LIBRARY 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
0¥  CALIEORNIA 

SANTA  BARBARA 


PRESENTED  BY 

MRS.  MACKINLEY  HELM 


HILL'S  ALBUM. 


'^ 


? 


■.jy — 


? 


HILL'S  ALBUM 


OF 


lographg  and  ^rt: 


CONTAINING 


portrait?  and  peq-^I^etc^e?  of  t/jan^  person? 

WHO   HAVE   BEEN    AND    ARE 

PROMINENT   AS   RELIGIONISTS,    MILITARY    HEROES,   INVENTORS,   FINANCIERS,  SCIENTISTS, 

EXPLORERS,  WRITERS,   PHYSICIANS,  ACTORS,   LAWYERS,   MUSICIANS,  ARTISTS, 

POETS,  SOVEREIGNS,  HUMORISTS,  ORATORS  AND  STATESMEN: 

TOGETHER   WITH    CHAPTERS    RELATING   TO 

EVOLUTION,  ASTRONOMY,   PHRENOLOGY,  HOUSEHOLD    DECORATION, 

AND  LANDSCAPE  GARDENING. 


BY 


THOS.  E.  HILL, 

AUTHOR    OF  "  hill's    MANUAL   OF   SOCIAL   AND   BUSINESS    FORMS.' 


CHICAGO: 
HILL   STANDARD    BOOK    COMPANY,    PUBLISHERS. 

1882. 


-^sTnv 


T 


I 


re 


U 


COPYRIGHT    OF 

THOS.   E.   HILL, 

1881. 


'H. 


^ 


'^ 


luued  bj  Subscription  only  and  not  for  sale  in  th.-  bookstores.    Residents  of  any  Stale  dcsmnj  a  copy  should  address  the  publishers  and  an  agent  will  call  upon  them* 


EI»«lrotypfd  by  BlomiOTn  Bm*.  *  To,.  rhtr«([rt.  Ill, 


A. 


UNIVKRSTTY  OF  CAITFORNIA 

SAXTA    n^r"'  'HA 

WYLCG  COLLrrTiOfl' 


? 


— ■ij] 


K 


I  Of 

lis 


TD 


THDSE     STRIYIN&    FDR    EXCELLENCE 


In  thB  YariDus  IlBpartmEnts  of  Human  Action, 


WHD  "WDULn  KNDISZ"  HDW  OTHERS  HAVE  WON  SUCCESS; 


This  ■yoluniB  is  Respectfully  Hedicated, 


::;S: 


-i>r. 


K 


2^ 


— -C)}'-/. 


i 


J.j^omc  are  born  great,  some  achieui3  greatness, 
-^        ^nil  some  hauJe  greatness  thrust  upon  them." 


■:o~ 


PREFACE, 


sVEEYBODY   desires  success.       Some   will  have  a  higher  mark,     a  more  exalted 

^=■/~<~     aiiibitidii,  tliaii  Dtliors,  l)ut   IVdiu    the    cradle    to   the    i^rave    there   is   within  the 

'fly  .  ... 

'^        huiiiaii  heart  a  desire  to  excel  iii  some  direction. 

^ 

'««\(^/s^  An  individual  has  lieeu  victorious  in  the  battle  of  life  and  has  come  con- 

sjjicuously  t<i  the  front.  The  world  is  curious  to  know  the  steps  that  were  taken 
bv  which  that  success  was  won.  Under  what  circumstances  and  where  was  the  individual 
born'^  AVhat  mental  gifts  did  he  inlierit^  What  were  his  opportunities  in  childhood?  What 
were  the  fortunate  circumstances  that  assisted  him  ?  What  advantages  had  he  that  we 
have  not '( 

As  we  draw  lessons  from  examples,  these  are  questions  that  naturally  and  ju-operly  arise  in 
the  mind  of  every  inquiring  and  aspiring  person.  To  answer  these  questions  is  the  oliject  of  this 
work.  In  its  preparation  the  aim  has  been  to  present  prominent  life-histories  in  a  space  so  brief 
as  to  be  quickly  read,  in  language  so  plain  as  to  l)c  easily  understood,  and  in  a  form  so  attracti\-e 
as  to  make  the  turning  of  its  pages  a  source  of  real  and  never-ending  pleasure. 

The  reader  will  miss  some  names,  probably,  that  should  have  been  mentioned,  and  may 
regret  that  facts  and  peculiarities  concerning  certain  individuals  have  not  been  more  fully 
given;  but  that  omission  will  be  excused  when  it  is  considered  that  no  book,  which  would  come 
within  the  ability  of  the  people  to  buy,  could  contain  all  the  names  of  those  al)out  whom  it  is 
desiral)le  to, read. 

From  the  multitude  of  representative  characters,  these  names  are  chosen.  The  record  of 
their  life-work  reveals  some  faults  to  be  avoided  and  many  virtues  worthy  of  imitation.  Xearly 
all  these  biographies  teach  lessons  which  the  youth  of  the  land  will  find  profitable  for  study, 
while  their  perusal  will  be  interesting  and  instructive  to  all. 


(5 A 


:(y — 


BOOK  I. 

RELIGIOX  AISB  ITS  POTJXDERS, 

Containing  Names  of   ReliKious   Founders.    Religious    denominations. 

Beliefs,  Glossary  of  lieligious  Terms,  etc 17 

BOOK    II. 

MII.ITAKT  CHIEPTAIXS  ANB  FAMOUS  BATTLES, 

Giving  Biographical   ,Slietches  of  Military  Heroes  at  all  Times,  Great 

Battles,  Military  Terms,  etc 48 

BOOK   III. 

niSCOVERERS  AND  £XPL,OR£RS, 

Presenting  the  Histories  of  Individuals  famous  for  Exploration.  Tnavel 

and   Discovery 75 

BOOK    IT. 
SKETCHES  OF  tEADISTG  IXVEXTORS, 

Presenting  Condensed  Accounts  of   their  Work  and  Dates  of  Important 

Inventions 82 

BOOK    V. 

HISTORY  OF  FINANCIERS, 

Giving  the  Means  by  which  Rich   ^len  have  Acquired  Wealth.  Personal 

Sketches  of  Mriliouaires,  Secrets  of  Success,  etc lOO 

BOOK   VI. 
SKETCHES  OF  THE  SCIENTISTS, 

Containing  the  Names  of  Famous  Originatoi*s  and  Discovel-ers  in  Scieik- 

tillc  Pursulta MO 

BOOK    VII. 
THE  THEORY  OF  PROGRESSION, 

Giving  a  Portrait  of  Darwin,  and  Views  of  Earth  and  Animal   Life  at 

Different  Epochs  of  Tlmo W7 

BOOK  vin. 

ASTRONOMICAI..  SC^IENCE, 

Presenting    Sketches    of    Distinguished    Astronomers,    Illustrations  of 

the  Planets  and  List  of    Astronomical  Terms l.'id 

BOOK    IX. 
I>iIICE\OI.OGY  AND  SCIENCE  OF  MIND, 

Containing  Portraits  of  Phrenological    Teachers.    Heads   of    DilTorent 

Characters  and  Description  of  Phrenuloglcal  Organs 107 


BOOK  X. 
HXTMOKISTS  AND  CARICATURISTS, 

Giving  Portraits  and  Biogi'aphies  of   Noted  Individuals  who   have  Suc- 


ceeded ill  making  People  Laugh. 


BOOK    XI. 

PHYSICIANS,  I-AWYERS  AND  SOVEREIGNS, 

Containing   the   Names  of   a  Few  who  have  been  Celebrated   in   Law. 

Medicine,  and  as  Rulei-s  of  Kingdoms 151-173-186 


BOOK    XII. 

ORATORS  AND  STATESMEN, 

Containing   Pen-Sketches  and   Portraits  of  Individuals   noted  for  Ora- 
torical Power  and  Influence  in  Swayinp  Public  Mind 197 


BOOK    XIII. 
ACTORS  AND  PLAY-WRITERS, 

iving  the  History  of  those  who  have  been  Prominent  as  Tragedians, 
Coiuedians,  Play- Writers,  etc 207 


BOOK    XIV. 
HISTORIANS,  NOVELISTS,  ESSAYISTS,  Etc., 

Giving  Personal  Sketches    of  Authors  distinguished  as  Historians,  Writ- 
ers of  Fiction,  Editors,  etc i 

BOOK    XV- 

POETS  AND  SONG-AVRITERS, 

Presenting  Sketches  of  the  most   Distinguished   Poet5   in  the  Old  and 
New  Worlds,  with  Occasional  Choice   Extracts S 


BOOK   XVI. 

PAINTERS    AND  SCULPTORS, 

Containing   the    Biographies  of  Artists  ci'lchr.itcd   for  Sculpture, 
trait^Paijltitig  and  Landscape  Delineation.. 


BOOK    XVII. 
nOTTSEHOLD  0RN.1MENT.\T10N, 


Giving  Illustrations  of    Various   Household    101cganci<' 
their  .Making,  along  with  Views  of  Several   luteri( 


HOdK     XVUI. 
ItE.Vl'TIFl'L  HOMES. 

Showing  Principles  of  Beauty.  Suggestions  relating  to  Curves,  Propor- 
tion and  Ctmlrast,  and  Views  of  Kosldcnces  and  Ornamental 
Grounds 312 


•? 


-4— <•£»— 


A 

Page. 

Aaron.  First  Jewish  Hiprh-Priest 43 

Alicrcrombit',  Juiiies.  British  Coiiiinanrtor 56 

A tR-rtroiiiby ,  Sir  Ralph,  British  Geiit-ral 51 

AbtTiiethy,  John,  English  Surgeon 151 

Abbot.  Samuel,  Merchant ^. 43 

Abbott,  Jacob,  Prolific  Writer  of  Books  for  Youth 224 

Abbott,  John  S.  C. ,  Author  of  Various  Histories 224 

Abdel-Kader,  Arabian  Emir 51 

Abraham.  Founder  of  the  Jewish  Nation " 43 

Adair,  John,  American  General 59 

Adams,  John,  Second  President  United  States 188 

Adams.  John  Quincy,  Sixth  President  United  States 188 

Addison.  Joseph,  Enprlish  Essayist  and  Poet 263 

^Esop,  Greek  Social  Philosopher  and  Fabulist 146 

iKtius.  Roman  General 51 

Agamemnon,  Grecian  Warrior 51 

Agassiz.  Louis  J.  R. ,  Eminent  Naturalist 14ft 

Agiicola,  Cnreius  Julius,  Roman  General 51 

Akei-s,  Benjamin  Paul,  American  Sculptor 280 

Alcibiades.  Athenian  General 51 

Alcott,  A.  Bronson.  Philosophic  Teacher  and  Lecturer. .   212 

Aleott.  Louisa  May,  Favorite  Writer  for  Youth 212 

Aldrich,  Thomas  Bailey,  American  Poet  and  Author 239 

Alexander  the  Great,  Macedonian  General 51 

Alexander,  William.  American  General 56 

Alfred  the  Great,  King  of  England ,  51 

Alger,  Horatio,  Jr.,  Writer  of  Books  for  Boys 224 

Alger,  William  R. ,  Unitarian  Clergyman  and  Author 224 

Allen,  Ethan,  American  Commander 56 

Allen,  Solomon,  American  Major 56 

Allen,  William  H.,  American  Naval  Commander 61 

Allibone,  Samuel  Austin,  Compiler  of  a  Book  of  Authors 225 

Alvarado.  Pedro  de,  Spanish  General 51 

Alvarez.  Juan,  Mexican  General  and  President 51 

Ames,  Daniel  T. ,  Teacher,  Author.  Artist  and  Expert  Penman 288 

Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  Danish  Writer  of  Children's  Stories 213 

Anderson,  Robert,  Major-General 66 

Andrew,  Christ's  Apostle 43 

Anglesey,  Henry  William  Paget,  Marquis  of,  British  Field-Marshal 51 

Anthon,  Charles,  American  Classical  Author 219 

Antony.  Mnrk,  Roman  Hero 51 

Aijpieton,  Daniel,  Founder  of  an  Extensive  Publishing  House 128 

Appleton,  Nathan,  American  Merchant  and  Financier 128 

Appleton,  Sairfuel,  American  Merchant 128 

Aquinas,  Thomas,  Italian  Theologian 43 

Aristotle,  Famous  Grecian  Philosopher 130 

Arius,  Greek  Patriarch  and  Founder  of  Arianism 43 

Arminius,  James,  Founder  of  Arminianism 43 

Armstrong,  John,  American  Soldier  and  Statesman 56 

Arnold.  Benedict,  American  General 56 

Arthur,  Timothy  S.,  Author  of  Temperance  and  Moral  Stories 213 

Asbury.  Francis,  First  American  Methodist  Bishop 43 

Ashe,  John,  American  General 56 

Astor,  John  Jacob,  Successful  New  York  Merchant 102 

Athanasius,  Egyptian  Theologian 43 

Attil.i,  King  of  the  Huns 5X 

Audubon,  John  J. ,  American  Oniithologist 131 

B 

Bacon,  Sir  Francis.  English  Philosopher  and  Statesman 134 

Bailey,  Theodorus,  Rear-.\dmiral 61 

Bainbridge,  William.  American  Commodore 61 

Baker,  Edward  D. ,  American  Colonel 66 

Baldwin.  E.  J. ,  Mining  Operator  and  Agriculturist 122 

Bancroft,  George,  American  Historian 213 

Barber,  Francis,  American  Adjutant-General 56 


Page. 

Barings,  a  Prosperous  Family  of  Bankers 123 

Barney,  Joshua,  American  Commodore 61 

Barnum,  P.  T.,  the  Successful  Showman 128 

Barron,  James,  American  Conmiodore 61 

Barron,  Samuel,  American  Commodore fil 

Barron,  Samuel  (2),  American  Captain r.l 

Barry,  John,  American  Commodore 01 

Bartholomew,  Christ's  Apostle 43 

Bayard,  "  Chevalier,"  Valorous  French  Knig'ht 51 

Baxter,  Richard,  Preacher  and  Author 43 

Beard,  James  H. ,  American  Painter 276 

Beard,  William  H.,  Humorous  Painter 276 

Beauregard,  Peter  G.  T..  Confederate  General •. 70 

Bede,  the  "  Venerable."  Monk  and  Author 43 

Eeecher  Family,  Distinguished  for  Authorship  and  Oratory l-iS 

Beecher,  Henry  Ward,  Pulpit  Orator  and  Author.... 43  and  208 

Beecher,  Lyman,  Preacher  and  Author » 43 

Beethoven,  Ludwig  Van,  German  Musical  Composer 190 

Behring,  Vitus,  Danish  Navigator 75 

Belknap.  William  W.,  American  General 66 

Bengel,  John  Albeit,  German  Theologian 43 

Bennett.  James  Gordon.  American  Journalist 224 

Bergh,  Henry,  the  Friend  of  Dumb  Beasts 145 

Berkeley,  George,  Irish  Bishop 43 

Bernadotte,  Jean  B.  .].,  French  Marshal ,^l 

Bernhardt,  Sarah,  French  Actress 209 

Beza,  Theodore,  Calvinist  Preacher 43 

Biddie,  Nicholas,  American  Naval  Commander -. 61 

Biddle,  Nicholas,  Prominent  American  Banker 123 

Bierstadt,  Albert,  German-American  Painter 270 

Bismarck,  Count.  German  Statesman 141 

Black  Hawk,  American  Indian  Chief 59 

Blackstone,  Sir  William,  Eminent  Expounder  of  Common  Law 186 

Blaine,  James  G..  Distinguished  Legislator 204 

Blair,  Hugh,  Preacher  and  Author 43 

Blucher.  Gebhard  L.  von.  Prussian  Marshal 51 

Boehm,  Jacob,  Mystic  Writer 43 

Boehme,  Joseph  E.,  English  Sculptor 280 

Boggs,  Charles  S.,  American  Rear-Admiral 61 

Bolivar,  Simon,  South  American  Hero 51 

Bonaparte,  Napoleon.  Warrior 49-51 

Bonheur,  Rosalie,  French  Painter  of  Animals 276 

Booth,  Edwin,  .\merican  Tragedian 211 

Booth,  John  Wilkes,  Actor  and  Assassin 211 

Booth,  Junius  Brutus,  Distinguished  Tragedian 211 

Born,  Brian,  King  of  Ireland 53 

Boucicault,  Dion.  Irish  Play- Writer  and  Actor 207 

Boudinot,  Elias,  American  Philanthropist 43 

Bozzaris,  Marco,  Grecian  Patriot 52 

Braddon,  Mary  Elizabeth,  English  Romance  Writer 214 

Bradstreet,  John,  American  General 56 

Bragg,  Braxton,  Confederate  Major-General 70 

Brainerd.  David.  Indian  Missionary 43 

Brandt,  Joseph,  Mohawk  Indian  Chief 56 

Brock,  Isaac,  British  General 59 

Bronte  Sisters,  English  Novelists— Charlotte,  Emily.  Anne 215 

Brown,  Jacob.  American  General .i9 

Brown.  John.  Biblical  Critic 43 

Browne,  Charles  F. ,  American  Humorist,  "  Artemus  Ward  " 178 

Browning,  Elizabeth  Barrett.  English  Poet 239 

Browning,  Robert.  English  Poet 239 

Brownlow,  W.   G. ,  Preacher  and  Journalist 43 

Brownson.  O.  A. .  Religious  Author 43 

Bruce,  Robert,  King  of  Scotland .52 

Brunswick.  Duke  of,  Prussian  General 52 

Bryant.  William  Cullen.  .American  Poet 256 

Buchanan,  James.  Fifteenth  President  United  States ,, 189 


,d. 


;(i — 


?e 


— ^-  '•/• 


ALPHABETICAL    SUMiLlRT    OF    BIOGKAPHIES. 


Page. 

Buckle,  Henry  T.,  an  English  Philosophic  Author 1*1 

Buddha,  Founder  of  Buddhism 20 

Buell.  Don  Carlos,  American  Major-General 66 

Bull,  Ole  B. ,  Famous  Norwegian  Violinist 192 

Bulwer,  Lord  Lytton.  English  Novelist 2.'>3 

Buonarotti,  Michael  Angelo.  Sculptor.  Architect  and  Poet 268 

Bunyan.  John.  Preacher  and  Author 43  and  227 

Bvirdett-Coutts.  Baroness,  Wealthy  Philanthropist 123 

Burdette.  Robert  T. .  '•  the  Burlington  Kaiofc-£i/e  Man" 1'8 

Burgoyne.  John.  British  General 56 

Burnet.  Gilbert.  English  Bishop *3 

Burns.  Robert.  Scottish  Bard 260 

Bumside.  Ambrose  E. ,  American  Major-GenGral 66 

Burr,  Aaron.  American  Officer 56 

Bushnell,  Horace,  Preacher  and  Author 43 

Butler,  Benjamin  P..  Lawyer,  Politician  and  Soldier 66  and  186 

Butler,  Joseph,  English  Bishop - 43 

Butler,  James,  American  Officer 56 

Butler,  John,  British  Guerrilla  Chief 57 

Butler.  Zebulon.  American  Colonel 57 

Byron,  John,  British  Navigator **! 

Byron,  George  Gordon.  Lord.  English  Poet 250 

C 

Cabot,  John.  Italian  Navigator ^ 

Cabot,  Sebastian,  Italian  Explorer '6 

Cailwalader,  John,  American  General ^* 

Ca?sar,  Julius,  First  Roman  Emperor ^2 

Calniet,  Augustin,  Bible  Commentator 43 

Calvin,  John.  Christian  Refomier 43 

Campbell,  Alexander,  Founder  of  the  Campbellites 44 

Campbell.  Thomas.  English  Poet 262 

Canby,  Edward  R.  S. ,  American  General 66 

Canne,  John.  Author  of  Bible  References 43 

Canova,  Antonio.  Italian  Sculptor 278 

Carlyle,  Thomas,  Historian  and  Essayist 227 

Carleton,  Will    M.,  American  Poet 246 

Carey  Sisters,  Alice  and  Phoebe,  Favorite  American  Authors 215 

Carroll,  John,  First  American  R.  C.  Bishop 43 

Cartwright,  Peter,  Pioneer  Methodist  Preacher 43 

Cervantes,  Author  of  "Don  Quixote" 219 

Chandler,  John,  American  General 59 

Chanlrey,  Sir  Francis,  English  Sculptor 281 

Chauncey ,  Isaac,  American  Commodore 61 

Cheever,  George  B.,  American  Preacher  and  Author 43 

Child.  Lydia  M.,  Philanthropic  Author 214 

Choate,  Rufus,  Learned  and  Successful  Lawyer 187 

Christ,  Jesus,  Founder  of  Christianity 25  and  M 

Clarke,  George  Rogers.  American  General 57 

Clarke,  Adam.  Bible  Commentator 44 

Clarke.  William.  American  General 59 

Clay,  Henry.  American  Orator  and  Statesman 197 

Clemens,  Samuel  L.,  known  as  "Mark  Twain" 180 

Clemmer,  Mary,  American  Newspaper  Writer 223 

Clinton,  SirHenrj',  British  Commander 57 

Clinton.  James,  American  Officer 67 

Cole,  Thomas,  American  Land  scape- Painter 275 

Cole,  Vicat,  English  Land.scape-Painter 276 

Coleridge.  S.  Taylor.  English  Poet 266 

Collingwood.  Lord.  Engll(*h  Admiral 52 

Collina,  William  Wilkie.  English  Novelist 219 

Colt,  Samuel.  Inventor  of  the  Revolver 83 

Columbu.H,  Christopher,  Discoverer  of  America 78 

Combe,  George,  Phrenological  Writer 168 

Comle,  AiiffUHte.  Founder  of  Positivism 134 

Conde,  Princes  and  Dukea  of,  Bourbon  Warrioi-s 52 

ConfucluM,  Chinese  Law-GIvor 22  and  44 

Conkling,  Kowcoe,  Sta,tesman  and  Orator 203 

Conwtnntlne    the  Great,  Roman  Emperor 62 

Conway.  Moncurc  I)..  Author  and  Reformer SIS 

Conway,  Thoma«.  American  General ft7 

Cook.  Captain  JamcH.  English  Navigator 76 

Cooper,  I'cler.  Manufacturer  and  Philanthropist 113 

Cooper,  J,  Fcnlmorc.  American  Author 222 

Copemlcuft,  DiKcovcrerof  the  Present  System  of  AHtronomy 153 

Cordova.  Fernando  F. ,  Spanish  General 52 

ComwalllM,  CharlcH.  MarrjulH,  BHIIwh  Commander 67 

Cortez.  Hernando,  Conf|ueror  of  Mexlro h% 


? 


Page. 

Coutts,  Thomas,  English  Banker 123 

Cowper,  William,  English  Poet 266 

Cranmer,  Thomas.  English  Archbishop 44 

Crawford,  Thomas,  American  Sculptor 273 

Crevecceur.  Philippe  de,  French  Marshal 52 

Croghan.  George,  American  Army  Inspector-General 59 

Cromwell,  Oliver,  EngJish  Ruler 52 

Cniikshank,  George,  English  Artist 270 

Curtis,  George  William.  Journalist  and  Lecturer '. 223 

Cushing.  Caleb.  Lawyer  and  Diplomatist 187 

Cushman.  Charlotte  S. .  American  Actress 208 

Cuvier.  Baron,  French  Naturalist 131 

Cyrus  the  Great,  Persian  General 52 

D 

Daguerre.  Louis  J.  M. ,  Inventor  of  Sun-Pictures 95 

Dahlgren.  Ulric,  American  Colonel C6 

Dahlgren,  John  A.,  American  Rear- Admiral CI 

Dale,  Richard,  American  Naval  Commander fil 

Dampier,  William,  English  Navigator 75 

Dana.  Richard  H. ,  American  Essayist  and  Poet 223 

Dana,  Richard  H.,  Jr.,  Lawyer,  Politician  and  Author 223 

Dante,  degli  Alighieri.  Italian  Poet 245 

Darius,  King  of  the  Jledes 52 

Darius  I. .  King  of  Persia 52 

Darius  III..  Another  King  of  Pei-sia 53 

Darwin,  Charles  R.,  Advocate  of  the  "Evolution"  Philosophy 136 

David,  Jean  Pien-e,  French  Sculptor 281 

Davis,  Andrew,  J..  Spiritualistic  Advocate  and  Seer 32 

Davis.  Jefferson.  Confederate  States,  President 70 

Davis.  Jefferson  C. ,  American  General 66 

Davoust.  Louis  N. ,  French  Marshal 52 

Dearborn,  Henry,  American  General 57 

Decatur   Stephen,  American  Commodore 61 

Decatur,  Stephen,  Jr.,  American  Commodore CI 

De  Foe,  Daniel,  Author  of  "Robinson  Cnisoe " 222 

De  Kalb,  John.  Baron,  American  General 57 

De  Lesseps,  Ferdinand,  Civil  Engineer 96 

De  Quincey.  Thomas,  English  Author 223 

Desaix  de  Veygoux,  French  General 53 

Dessaix,  Joseph  M.,  French  General 52 

Dick,  Thomas,  Scotch  Christian  Philosopher 222 

Dickens,  Charles,  English  Novelist 235 

Dickinson,  Anna  E.,  Eloquent  Lecturer  and  Play-Writer 205 

Disraeli,  Benjamin,  Earl  of  Beaconsfleld 218 

Disraeli,  Isaac,  English  Author 218 

Dix,  John  A.    American  Soldier  and  Statesman 59 

Doddridge  Philip,  Preacher  and  Author 44 

Dodge,  Mary  Abigail,  American  Author 219 

Douglass,  Frederick,  Orator  and  Journalist 198 

Dow,  Lorenzo,  English  Preacher 44 

Downing,  Andrew  J.,  American  Horticulturist 313 

Draper,  John  W.,  American  Nat^ural  Philosopher 134 

Dryden,  John.  English  Poet * 239 

DuChaillu.  Paul  B..  African  Explorer 76 

Dumas,  Alexandre.  French  Play-Writer  and  Novelist 224 

Dumas  (Mulatto^.  French  General 52 

Dupont,  Samuel  F.,  American  Rear-Admiral Cl 

Duroc,  Girard  C.  M. ,  French  General 52 

Dwight,  Timothy,  President  of  Yale  College 44 

E 

Eads,  James  B.,  American  Civil  Engineer 150 

Early,  Jubal  A. ,  Confederate  Major-General 70 

Eaton,  William,  American  Captain 67 

Edison,  Thomas  A.,  American  Inventor 84 

Edward,  the  "  Black  Prince"  of  England 62 

Edwards,  Jonathan,  Preacher  and  Author 44 

"Eliot,  George"— Sec  Evans,  Marian* 217 

Eliot,  John,  Indian  Missionary 44 

Elliott.  Jesse  P.,  Ami-rican  Commodore 61 

Elizabeth,  the  "  Virgin  Queen"  of  England 193 

Emcmon.  Ralph  W. .  Poet,  Ei'sayiHt  ami  Philosopher U3 

Ericsson,  John,  Swcdi.*<h  I nvcntor 95 

Espartcro,  Joaquin  B. .  Spanish  Chieftain 62 

Ewcll.  Richard  H.,  C.mfcderatc  Lienlcnant-General 70 

Evans.  Marliin,  English  Author,  kiinwii  as*  "George  Eliot" 217 


L, 


h 


% 


■.Q^x«Mi"*- 


T 


AI.rilAliKTKJAL    SL'MMAUy    *)K    IlKKiliA  I'll  ]  !■. 


Page. 

Fahrenheit,  Gabriel  Daniel,  Improver  of  Thermometer H2 

Fail",  James  G.,  Successful  Miner 120 

"  Faimy  Furn  "—See  Pavsox,  Saka 214 

Famday,  Michael,  English  Chemist 146 

Farrngut,  David  G. ,  American  Admiral fl2 

Faust.  Jitliiinii,  Early  German  Printer T. 89 

Fiiieloii.  1''.  de  S. .  French  Prelate 44 

Fillmore,  MiilSti-d,  Thirteenth  President  United  States 189 

Flavel,  John,  English  Preacher  and  Author 44 

Flechiere,  John  W. ,  English  Preacher 44 

Flood,  James  C,  Successful  Mining  Operator 121 

Florence,  Mrs.,  Favorite  American  Actress 210 

Florence,  William  J.,  American  Comedian 210 

Fo,  or  Fohi,  Pagan  Religionist 44 

Foote,  Andrew  H. ,  American  Rear-Admiral 02 

Forrest,  Edwin,  American  Tragedian.. 207 

Fourier,  Fiancois  Charles  Marie,  Founder  of  a  Social  System 143 

Fowler,  Orson  S. ,  Practical  Phrenologist 168 

Franklin,  Benjamin,  American  Philosopher  and  Patriot 131 

Franklin,  Sir  John,  Arctic  Explorer 77 

Franklin,  William  B.,  American  General 66 

Fi-emont,  John  C. ,  American  Explorer 66 

Fuller,  Margaret,  American  Author 216 

Fulton,  Kobei't,  Inventor  of  Steamboats. ;. .  ■ 89 


Gage,  Thomas,  British  Commander 57 

Gaines,  Edmund  P.,  American  General i 59 

Galilei,  Galileo,  Italian  Astronomer 154 

Gall,  Franz  Joseph,  First  Lecturer  on  Phrenology 167 

Gansevoort,  Peter,  American  General 57 

Garfield,  James  A. ,  Twentieth  President  United  States 189 

Garibaldi,  Giuseppe,  Italian  Patriot 52 

Garrison,  William  Lloyd,  American  Reformer 148 

Gates,  Horatio,  American  General 57 

Gaurgand,  Gaspard,  Baron.  French  General 52 

Gibbon,  Edward,  Historian  of  the  Roman  Empire 218 

Gillniore,  Quincy  A. ,  Major  of  Engineers 66 

Gillott,  Joseph,  Extensive  Manufacturer  of  Steel-Pens ;.149 

Giiard,  Stephen,  Successful  Merchant 109 

■  Glauber,  JuluuinR.,  Inventor  of  "  Glauber  Salts" 142 

Goldsborough,  Louis  M. ,  American  Rear-Admiral 62 

Gonsalvo,  de  Cordova,  Spanish  Warrior 52 

Goodrich,  Samuel  G. .  Known  as  "  Peter  Parley" 219 

Goodyear,  Charles,  Inventor  of  Hard  Rubber 93 

Goethe,  Johanu  W.  von,  German  Poet  and  Author 240 

Goldsmith.  Oliver,  Author  of  "  Deserted  Village" 264 

Gough,  Hugh,  Viscomit,  British  General 52 

Gough,  John  B. ,  Noted  Temperance  Orator 199 

Gould,  Jay,  American  Railway  King 124 

Graham,  Sylvester,  Originator  of  "  Graham  Bread" 148 

Grant,  Sir  James  Hope,  British  General 52 

Grant,  Ulysses  S. ,  Eighteenth  President  United  States 59,  63  and  189 

Gray,  Thomas,  Author  of  "  Elegy  Written  in  a  Country  Church-yard".  ...244 

Greeley,  Horace,  Founder  of  New  York  Tribune 232 

Greene,  Nathanael,  American  General 57 

Green,  Setb,  American  Fish-Culturist 132 

Grey.  Lady  Jane,  Unfortunate  Queen  of  England 194 

Griffith,  Professor  A.  A.,  Delineator  of  Facial  Character 184 

Gridley,  Howard,  American  General 57 

Grouchy.  Emmanuel,  Marriuis  de,  French  General 52 

Guide,  Reni,  Italian  Painter 282 

Gunter,  Edmund,  English  Mathematician  and  Astronomer 148 

Gutenberg,  Joliann,  Inventor  of  Printing 89 

Guyon,  Madame  Jeanne  Marie  Bouvier  de  la  Motte,  Religious  Wi'iter 44 

Guyot,  Arnold  H. ,  Geologist  and  Geographer 147 

H 

Ilaeckel,  Ernst  H.,  Prussian  Scientist 147 

Hahnemann.  Samuel  C.  F. ,  Discoverer  of  Homceopathy 151 

Hale,  Edward  E. ,  American  Author 221 

Halleek.  Fitz-Gieene,  American  Poet 229 

Halleck,  Henry  W. ,  General-in-Chief 66 

Hampton,  Wade,  American  General 57 

Hampton,  Wade  (Grandson),  Confederate  Lieutenant-General 70 


Pack 

Hancock,  Winfield  S.,  American  General C(» 

Handel,  Georg  Filedrich,  Composer  of  Oratorios,  etc Iftl 

Hardee.  William  J.,  Confederate  Brigadier-General 70 

Harmar,  JoKiah,  American  General-in-Chief 59 

Harney,  W*illiam  S.,  American  General 95 

Harrison,  William  H. ,  General,  and  Ninth  Pi*ei>ident  United  Statett.  .59  and  188 

Harte,  Francis  Bret,  American  Author 218 

Harvey,  William,  Discoverer  of  the  Circulation  of  the  Blood 147 

Hawthorne,  Nathaniel,  American  Author 218 

Havelock,  Sir  Henry,  British  General 5.1 

Haydn,  Joseph,  German  Musical  Composer 191 

Haync,  I.saac,  Ameriean  Colonel 57 

Headley,  Joel  T. ,  American  Hlatorian 221 

Healy,  GeorgeP.A.,  American  Painter 282 

Heath,  William,  American  General ^1 

Hemans,  Felicia  D.,  British  Poet 239 

Henry,  Matthew.  Preacher  and  Author 44 

Henry,  Patrick,  Patriotic  Orator 198 

Herkomer.  Hubert,  English  Artist 272 

Herschel,  William,  English  Astronomer 1.54 

Hervey,  James.  Preacher  and  Author 44 

Hill,  Ambrose  P.,  Confederate  Major-General 70 

Hill,  Daniel  H.,  Confederate  General 70 

Hillel,  Jewish  Teacher 44 

Hitchcock,  Edward,  American  Geologist 147 

Hoe,  Richard  M.,  Inventor  of  Hoe's  Prin ting-Press 91 

Hogarth.  William,  English  Painter 3i;9 

Hogg,  James,  Scotch  Poet 244 

Hookei",  Joseph,  American  General 66 

Holland,  Josiah  G. ,  American  Author 220 

Hollins.  George  N. ,  Confederate  Naval  Officer 62 

Holmes,  Oliver  Wendell ,  American  Poet 239 

Homer,  Ancient  Grecian  Poet 240 

Hood,  John  B.,  Confederate  Lieutenant-General 70 

Hood,  Thomas,  English  Humorist 220 

Hopkins,  Esek,  American  Commodore 02 

Hosmer,  Harriet  G.,  American  Sculptor 279 

Howard,  John,  English  Philanthropist 44 

Howard,  John  Eager,  American  General 57 

Howard,  Oliver  O. ,  American  General C6 

Howe,  Eliaa,  Inventor  of  the  Sewing-Machine 87 

Howe,  George  A  ,  British  General 57 

Howe,  Sir  William,  British  Commander 57 

Howells,  VVilliam  D.,  American  Author 232 

Howitt,  William  and  Mary,  English  Authors 216 

Huger,  Benjamin,  Confederate  Major-General 70 

Huger,  Francis  K.,  American  Captain 57 

Huger,  Isaac.  American  General 57 

Hughes.  Thomas,  English  Author 221 

Hugo,  Victor  Marie,  French  Author 220 

Hull,  Isaac,  American  Commodore 62 

Hull,  William,  American  General 59 

Humboldt,  Baron,  Philosophical  Explorer 144 

Huntingdon,  Countess  of.  English  Philanthropist 44 

Huss,  John,  Reformer  and  Martyr 44 

Hutchinson.  John.  Theologian 44 

Huxley,  Thomas  H. ,  Author  of  tho  ' '  Protoplasm  "  Theory 149 

I 

Ingersoll,  Robert  G. ,  Lawyer  and  Lecturer 200 

Irving,  Washington,  American  Author 217 

J 

Jackson,  Andrew,  Seventh  Prer-ident  United  States 59  and  1S8 

Jackson,  Thomas  J.  ("Stonewall"),  Confederate  Lieutenant-General 70 

James  (Brother  of  John),  Christ's  Apostle 44 

James.  George  P.  R. ,  English  Novelist 221 

Jasper,  William.  Brave  American  Sergeant 57 

Jefferson,  Joseph,  American  Comedian 211 

Jefferson,  Thomas,  Third  President  United  States 188 

Jenner,  Edward,  the  Discoverer  of  "Vaccination" 151 

Jerome,  Chauncey,  Inventor  of  Brass  Clocks 88 

Jerome  of  Prague,  Religious  Reformer 44 

Jesus  the  Christ.  Founder  of  Christianity 25  and  44 

Joan  of  Arc,  French  Heroine 53 

John  (Brother  of  James),  Christ's  Apostle 44 


Page. 

Johnson,  Andrew.  Seventeenth  Presklent  United  States 189 

Johnston.  Joseph  E..  Confederate  Major  (leneral 70 

Johnston.  Albert  S..  Confederate  General •..  70 

Jones,  Jacob.  American  Xaval  Captain 62 

Jones.  John  Paul,  American  Naval  Commander 62 

Jones.  S.  P.,  Pacific  Coast  Capit^ilist  and  Senator ...123 

Jonson.  Benjamin,  English  PlayuTight 242 

Josephns.  Flavins.  Jewish  Historian 221 

Juarez  and  Maximilian.  Mexican  Rulei-s 53 

Judas  Iscariot,  Christ's  Apostle 44 

Judson,  Adoniram.  Missionary *4 

Judson.  Mrs.  Ann  A.,  Missionary 4t 

Judson.  Mrs.  Sarah  H.,  Missionary 4i 

Judson.  Mrs.  Emily  C,  Missionary « 

Junot,  Andoche,  Duke  of  Abrantes -^...  51 

K 

Kane.  Dr.  E.  K.,  Arctic  Explorer 81 

Kearny.  Lawrence,  American  Commodore 62 

Kearny,  Philip,  American  General 66 

Kearny.  Stephen  W. ,  American  General 59 

Kfene,  James  R. ,  Capitalist  and  Speculator 121 

Kellogg.  Clara  Louise,  jVnierican  Soprano  Singer laO 

Kepler,  Johann,  German  Astronomer 154 

Kepler,  Joseph.  Caricaturist  of  Puck 183 

Kiss,  August,  Prussian  Sculptor 272 

Knox,  Henry,  American  General 57 

Knox,  Jolin.  Scotch  Reformer 44 

Kossuth.  Louis,  Hungarian  Patriot 53  and  206 

L 

Lafayette.  Marquis  de.  American  General 57 

Laniartine.  A.  M.  L.  de,  French  Historian  and  Siatesnian 226 

Lamb,  Charles,  English  Author  and  Poet 238 

Landor.  Walter  Savage,  English  Author 227 

Landseer,  Sir  Edwin,  Painter  of  Animals 277 

Laplace,  French  Astronomer 154 

Latimer,  Hugh,  English  Bishop  and  Martyr ii 

Lawrence,  Abbott,  American  Merchant  and  Philanthropist 128 

Lawrence.  Amos,  Xew  England  Merchant  and  Philanthropist 128 

Lee,  "  Mother  Ann,"  Founder  of  the  Shakers ii 

Lee,  Caroline  (Mrs.  Hentz),  American  Author 221 

Lee,  Fitzhugh,  Confederate  General 70 

Lee,  Henry,  American  Officer 57 

Lee,  George  W.  Custts,  Confederate  Officer 70 

Lee,  K<)bert  E. ,  Confederate  Commander-in-Chief 68 

Lewes,  George  H . ,  English  ' '  Positivist "  Writer 217 

Lewis.  Andrew,  American  General 57 

Lewis,  Charles  B.,  American  Humorist 178 

Lewis,  Morgan,  American  General 57 

Lick,  James,  California  Speculator 115 

Liebig.  Baron  Justus  von,  German  Chemist 148 

Lincoln.  Abraham,  Sixteenth  President  United  States 189 

Lincoln,  Benjamin,  American  General 57 

Lind,  Jenny.  "  the  Swedish  Nightingale" 192 

Linna'us,  Carl  von,  the  Swedish  Naturalist 149 

Lippincott,  Mrs.,  Known  as  "  Grace  Greenwood  " 214 

Livingstone.  David.  African  Exj)lorer 80 

Locke,  David  R.,  Author  of  the  "  N.asby  Letters,"  etc 179 

Logan,  John  A.,  American  General  and  Senator 66 

Longfellow,  Henry  W.,  American  Poet 258 

LongHtrect.  James,  Confederate  Li euton ant-General 70 

Longworth.  Nicholas,  Horticulturist 113 

Lopez,  Narclso.  Cuban  Revolutionist 53 

Loweil,  James  Russell,  American  Poet 243 

I^)yola,  IgnatlUHde,  Founder  of  the  Jesuit  .Society 41 

Luther,  Martin.  German  Reformer 44 

Lycll,  Sir  Charles.  Learned  GeologtHt 142 

Lyman,  Phineos,  American  Officer 57 

Lynch.  William  F..  American  Naval  Captain 62 

I,yo)i,  Natlinniel,  American  Brigiulier-Oeneral 66 

Lyiton,  K.  Ttobert  Bnlwer-Lytton,  English  Poet.     '■  Owen  Meredith  " 245 

Lytlon.  Edward  G.  E.  Bulwur  Lytton,  Bamn.  English  Novelist 2.')3 

M 

Mnennlny.  Thomas  B. ,  English  EHsnylsl  and  Poet 231 

Ma-'Dormld,  f Ivurn^-.  Scot.h  Author 225 


Page. 

Mackay,  Charles.  English  Journalist  and  Poet 245 

Mackey,  John  W. .  Nevada  Millionaire 120 

Macomb.  Alexander,  .-\mericnn  General 59 

Macready,  William  C.  tliitish  Tragedian 208 

James  Madison.  Foiirth  President  United  States 188 

Magellan.  Ferdinand,  Portuguese  Navigator 81 

Slagruder,  John  B. ,  Confederate  Major-General 70 

Marion.  Francis,  American  General .*. .'>7 

Mari*>'at.  Frederick,  English  Novelist 233 

Mason,  John  M. ,  Author  and  Preacher 44 

Mason,  Lowell,  American  Composer  of  Music 192 

Mather.  Cotton,  Preacher  and  Author 44 

Mather,  Increase,  President  of  Harvard  College 44 

Matthew  (or  Levi).  Christ's  Apostle 44 

Maury,  Matthew  F. ,  American  Scientist 141 

McArthur,  Dimcan.  American  Scientist 57 

McCall,  George  A.,  American  General 67 

McCarthy,  Justin,  English  Journalist  and  Author 232 

McClellan,  George  B. ,  American  General 66 

McClernand.  John  A. ,  American  General 67 

McCulIoch,  Benjamin,  Confederate  Major-General .-^ 70 

McCook,  A.  D.,  American  General 67 

McCormick,  Cyiois  H.,  Inventor  of  a  Reaper 86 

McDonough,  Thomas,  American  Naval  Commander 62 

McDougall,  Alexander,  American  General 57 

McDowell.  Irvin,  American  General 66 

Mcpherson,  James  B. ,  American  General 66 

Meade,  George  G. ,  American  General 66 

Meagher,  Thomas  F. ,  American  General 07 

Meiggs,  Harry,  South  American  Railroad-Builder 114 

Melancthon,  Philip,  Religious  Reformer 44 

Mercer,  Hugh.  American  General 67 

Mesnier.  Friedrich  A..  Developer  of  Animal  Magnetism 143 

Michelet,  Jules,  French  Historian  and  Essayist ..225 

Miffliti,  Thomas,  American  General 57 

Mill,  John  Stuart,  Philosopher  and  Political  Economist 143 

Miller.  Hugh,  British  Geologist 143 

Miller,  Joaquin,  American  Poet 244 

Miller,  William,  Founder  of  the  Second  Advent  Church 44 

Miltiades,  Athenian  General 53 

Milton,  John,  Author  of  "  Paradise  Lost" 267 

Mitchel,  Ormsby  M. ,  American  General *. 67 

Mitford,  Slary  Russell,  English  Author 215 

Mohammed,  Founder  of  the  Moslem  Religion 27  and  44 

Moltke,  Helninth  K.  B.  von,  German  General 53 

Monroe,  James,  Fifth  President  United  States ISS 

Moore.  Thomas,  Irish  Song-Wi-iter  and  Poet 2*2 

More,  Hannah.  English  Author 216 

Morgan.  Daniel,  American  General 5/ 

Morris,  Charles,  American  Naval  Captain 62 

Monis,  George  P.,  American  Journalist  and  Poet 242 

Morse,  Samuel  F.  B..  American  Electrician  and  Inventor l.'iO 

Moses,  the  Hebrew  Law-Giver 18  and  44 

Motley,  John  Lothiop,  .\merican  Historian 227 

Moultrie,  William,  American  General 57 

Mozart,  J.  C.  Wolfgang  A..  German  Musical  Composer 190 

Muhlenberg,  H.  M. ,  Lulhci-an  Divine 44 

Muhlenberg.  Peter  J.  G,.  American  General 57 

Mulock,  Dinah  Maria.  English  .\utlior 215 

Murray,  Lindlcy,  English  Grammarian 225 

N 

Nast,  Thomas,  American  Caricaturist. 182 

Nathanael,  Christ's  Apostle 44 

Neal,  Joseph  C,  American  Journalist  and  Author 225 

Ncander,  Augustus.  Church  Historian 44 

Nero,  Lucius  D.  C,  Roman  Emperor 53 

Newton.  Sir  Isaac.  English  Pliilosopher 154 

Nilsson,  Christine,  S%vedi»h  Opera-Singer 191 

O 

O'Conor.  Charles,  Noted  American  Lawyer 180 

Oglesby,  Richard  J,,  American  General,  Governor  am!  Senator 67 

Ord,  Edward  O.  C,  American  General 07 

P 

Paine.  Thomax,  Poliliri.in  and  Liberalist 44  and  226 

Rikenhain.  Sir  Edward,  British  Gcnei-al ; 59 


;s7 


ALlMiAIlKTK'AL    SlMMAiiV    OK    lilOl.  UA  I'HI]'..->. 


Pagic. 

Taley,  William,  British  Theologian 44 

]*iuk.  Miint'o,  African  Explorer 81 

J'arker,  Tlieodore,  Ameiican  Preacher  and  Author 41  and  i:i2 

Part  on,  Jiinies,  American  Biographer  and  Autliur 325 

Putti,  Adclina  M.  C. ,  Leading  Opera-Singer 101 

Patti,  Carlotta,  Soprano  Concert-Singer ISH 

Paul,  the  Ai)ostle  and  Gentile  Missionai-y 44 

Paulding,  Ihrain,  American  Rear- Admiral 02 

Payson,  Sara  { ' '  Fanny  Kern  ") ,  Americaji  Author 214 

Peabody,  George,  Banker  and  Philanthropist Ill 

Peale,  Charles  Wilson,  American  Portrait  Painter 269 

Peale,  Rembrandt,  Historical  and  Portrait  Painter 2«9 

Pchigius,  Founder  of  a  Christian  Sect  44 

Pcriy,  Christopher  R.,  American  Naval  Captain 62 

Pen-y,  Slatthew  C. ,  American  Comtnodore 62 

Perry,  Oliver  Hazard,  American  Commodore 62 

Peter  the  Great,  Emperor  of  Russia 195 

Peter  the  Hermit,  the  First  Crusader 44 

Peter,  Simon,  Christ's  Disciple 44 

Phidias,  Ancient  Greek  Sculptor 272 

Philip,  Christ's  Disciple 44 

Pliillips,  Wendell,  American  Orator  and  Philatithrupist 142 

Pickens,  Andrew,  American  General 57 

Pierce,  Franklin,  Fourteenth  President  United  Statee 189 

Pike,  Zebulon  M. ,  American  General  59 

Pillow,  Gideon  J.,  Confederate  General  70 

Pinckney,  Charles  C,  American  Officer 57 

Pinckney,  Thomas,  American  Major 57 

Pitman,  Isaac,  Inventor  of  Short-Hand  Writing 147 

Pizarro,  Francis,  Spanish- American  Warrior 53 

Plato,  Grecian  Philosopher 130 

Pleasanton,  Alfied,   American  General 07 

Poe,  Edgar  A.,  American  Author 254 

Polk.  James  K.,  Eleventh  President  United  States 189 

Polk,  Leonidas,  Bishop  and  Confedei-ate  General 70 

Pollok,  Robert,  Scotch  Poet 238 

Pompey ,  Cneus,  Roman  Statesman  and  Warrior 53 

Poniatowski,  Prince  Joseph,  Polish  General 53 

Pope,  John,  American  Genei'al 67 

Porter,  David,  American  Commodore 62 

Porter,  David  D. ,  American  Admiral 62 

Porter,  Fitz-John,  American  Genei-al 67 

Porter,  Peter  B.,  American  General 59 

Powers,  Hiram,  American  Sculptor 278 

Prehle,  Edward.  American  Commodore 62 

Preble,  Geoi'ge  H.,  American  Naval  Captain '..i 62 

Prescott,  William  H.,  American  Historian 228 

Pi-ice,  Sterling,  Confederate  Genei'al 71 

Pi'ominent  Persons—Age  at  Which  Tliey  First  Became  Distinguished 292 

Ptolemy,  Claudius,  Originator  of  a  System  of  Astronomy 153 

Pullman,  George  M.,  Improver  of  Sleeping-Cars 90 

Putnam,  Israel,  Amei'ican  General 57 

Putnam,  Rufus,  American  Engineer 57 

Pythagoras,  Ancient  Philosopher  and  Astronomer 153 

Q 

Quitman,  John  A.,  American  General 59 

R 

Ralston,  William  C. .  California  Banker 118 

Ransotn.  Thomas  E.  G.,  American  General 67 

Raphael,  Italian  Painter 268 

Reade,  Charles,  English  Novelist 230 

Reid,  Cajjtain  Mayne,  English  Story-Writer 230 

Reid,  Samuel  C. ,  American  Naval  Captain 62 

Rembrandt,  Paul,  Hoi  land  Artist 209 

Renan,  Joseph  E. ,  French  Sceptical  Writer ...230 

Reviere,  Briton,  English  Painter 274 

Ripley,  Eieazer  W. ,  American  General 59 

Ripley,  Roswell  S.,  American  Military  Officer 59 

Robertson,  William,  Preacher  and  Historian 44 

Rodgers,  John,  American  Connuodore 62 

Rodgevs,  John  (2),  American  Rear-Admiral 62 

Rogers,  John,  American  Sculptor 279 

Rogei-s,  John,  English  Martyr 44 

Rogers,  Randolph,  American  Sculptor 279 

Rollin,  Charles,  French  Historian 230 


PACK. 

Rosccrans,  William  S, ,  American-Genci-al (;; 

Rothschilds,  The— A  family  of  Foreign  Bankers lOi 

Rousseau,  Jean  Jacques,  Frencli  Author 230 

Rubens,  Peter  P.,  German  Painter 271 

S 

Sakyo-Muna,  Buddhistic  Teacher a 

Santa  Anna,  Antoni  L.  de,  Mexican  General 53 

"Sand.  George"  (Mdmc.  Dudcvant),  French  Novelist 216 

Saxe,  John  G. ,  American  Humorous  Poet 244 

Schenek,  Robert  C,  Amcricau  General C7 

Schiller,  Johann  C.  F.  von,  German  Poet ^ 240 

Schoeffer,  Peter,  Co-Inventor  of  Printing 89 

Scholield,  John  M. ,  American  General 07 

Schuyler,  Philip,  American  General 57 

Scott,  Thomas  A, ,  Railroad  Magnate 123 

Scott,  Sir  Walter,  Author  of  '  *  Waverley  " 237 

Sedgwick,  Catharine  M. ,  American  Author 228 

Sedgwick.  Jolin,  Amei-ican  General 07 

Semmes,  Raphael,  Confederate  Naval  Commander 02 

Shakspeare,  William,  the  World's  Poet 248 

Sharon,  William,  Sijeculator  and  Senator 119 

Shelby,  Isaac,  American  Naval  Commander 59 

Sheridan,  Philip  H.,  Lientcnant-General  United  States 07 

Sheridan,  R.  Erinsley,  Irisli  Dramatist. 234 

Sherman,  William  T. ,  General  of  United  States 07 

Shields,  James,  American  General  and  Senator 59 

Shubrick,  John  T.,  American  Rcar-Admii-al 62 

Shubrick,  William  B.,  American  Rear-Admii-al 02 

Sickles,  Daniel  E. ,  American  General 07 

Sigcl,  Franz,  American  General 67 

Sigourney,  LydiaH.,  American  Poet  and  Author 238 

Smiles,  Samuel,  British  Author 233 

Smith,  Gerrit,  American  Philanthropist v,z 

Smith,  Joseph,  Founder  of  Jlormonism 30 

Smith.  Kirby  E.,  Confederate  General. 71 

Socinus,  Faustus,  Intiiiel  Teacher u 

Socrates,  Famous  Ancient  Philosopher i:jo 

Solomon,  Wisest  King  of  the  Jewish  Nation 195 

Sothern,  Edwai*d  AT,  English  Comedian 210 

South  worth,  Mi-s.  E.  D.  E.  N.,  American  Novelist 229 

Silencer,  Herbert,  Engineer  and  Naturalist 135 

Spencer,  Philipp  J. ,  Founder  of  the  Pietists 44 

Spencer,  Piatt  R. ,  Originator  of  a  System  of  Penmanship 283 

Spinosa,  Benedict.  Founder  of  a  Sect 44 

Spofford,  Harriet  E.,  American  Author 229 

Spring,  Gaidiner,  Preacher  and  Author a 

Spurgeon,  Charles  H.,  English  Preacher 199 

Spurzheim,  Johann  G.,  Early  Teacher  of  Phrenology ir>8 

Stanford,  Leland,  Ex-Governor  of  California 122 

Stanley,  Henry  M.,  African  Explorer 75 

Stanton,  Elizabeth  Cad  y.  Leader  of  Worn  an -Suffrage  Movement 149 

Stark,  John.  American  General 57 

St.  Clair,  Arthur,  Amei-ican  General ^ 57 

Stephenson,  George,  Father  of  the  English  Railway-Locomotive 94 

Steuben,  Baron  F.  W.  A.,  American  General 57 

Stewart,  xMexandcr  T. ,  American  Merchant 107 

Stewart,  Charles,  American  Rear-Admiral 62 

Stockton,  Robert  F. ,  American  Commodore 02 

Stringham,  Silas  S. ,  American  Rear-AUmiral 62 

Sti'other,  David  H.,  American  Artist  and  Author 229 

Stuart,  Gilbert,  American  Portrait-Painter 279 

Stuart,  James  E.  B.,  Confederate  General 71 

Sue,  M.  J..  Eugene,  French  Novelist 229 

Sullivan,  John,  American  General 57 

Sunmer,  Edwin  V.,  American  General 67 

Sumter,  Thomas,  American  General 57 

Swedenborg,  Emanuel.  Founder  of  the  New  Jerusalem  Chui-ch 29  and  44 

Swinburne,  Algernon,  British  Poet 238 

Scott,  Winlleld,  American  General 60 

T 

Taylor,  Bayard,  American  Traveler  and  Author 239 

Taylor.  Zachary ,  American  General  and  President 59  and  1S9 

Tecumseh.  Shawnee  Indian  Chief 59 

Tennyson.  Alfred,  Present  Poet  Laureate  of  England 2r><.t 

Terry,  Alfred  H.,  American  General 67 


.(yr-"^-^ 


O 


-si);[x 


rSM 


ALPHABETICAL    SUMMARY    CIF    BIOGRAPHIES. 


.? 


Page. 

Thackeray.  William  M..  English  Author  and  Lecturer 236 

Thaddeus,  or  Jude,  Christ's  Apostle 44 

Thiers,  Louis  Atlolph,  French  Statesman  and  Author 233 

Thomas,  DidjTiius,  Christ's  Apostle 44 

Thomas,  George  H. .  American  General 67 

Thomson,  James,  Author  of  "The  Seasons" 241 

Trail,  Dr.  R.  T.,  American  Hydropathist 142 

Trollope,  Anthony,  English  Novelist 232 

Trollope,  Sirs.  Frances  M. .  English  Author 232 

Trollope,  Thomas  Adolphus.  English  Author 232 

Trowbridge,  John  T. ,  American  Author 246 

Tnixtun,  Thomas,  American  Naval  Commander 62 

Twiggt).  David  E..  American  General 69 

Tyler,  John.  Tenth  President  United  States 188 

Tyndal,  "William.  English  Translator  of  the  Bible 44 

TynUaU,  John,  English  Naturalist 134 

V 

Van  Buren.  Jtartin .  Eighth  President  United  States 188 

Vanderbilt,  Cornelius.  American  Financier 104 

Van  Dorn,  Earl,  Confederate  General 71 

Van  Rensselaer,  Solomon,  American  Slilitary  Officer .' . . .  59 

Verne,  Jules,  French  Writer  of  Romances  233 

Vespucci,  .\merigo.  Italian  Navigator 79 

Victoria,  Queen  of  England,  Empre.ss  of  India 194 

Virgil,  Greatest  of  Roman  Toets 238 

Volney,  C.  F. ,  Atheistic  Writer 44  and  233 

Voltaire,  M.  F.  A.,  French  Atheist  and  Poet , 44  and  320 

W 

Walters,  John  (C),  Proprietor  of  the  London  Times 229 

Ward,  Artemas,  American  General 57 

Ward,  John  Q.  A.,  American  Sculptor ;279 

Warren,  Joseph,  American  General 57 

Warrington,  Lewis,  American  Commodore 62 

Washington,  George,  Fii-st  President  United  States 54  and  188 


Page. 

Washington,  William,  American  General 57 

Watt,  James,  Inventor  of  the  Steam-Engine 92 

Watts,  Isaac,  Preacher  and  Hymn-Writer 44 

Way  land,  Francis,  Preacher  and  Author 44 

Wayne,  Anthony,  American  General 57 

Webster,  Daniel,  Statesman  and  Author 202 

Webster,  Noah,  Author  of  ' '  Webster's  Dictionary  " 231 

Weed,  Thui'low,  Prominent  American  Journalist 230  ' 

Weitzel,  Godfrey,  American  General 67 

Wellesley ,  Arthur,  Duke  of  Wellington 48 

Wesley,  Charles,  Preacher  and  Hymn-Writer 44 

Wesley,  John,  Founder  of  Methodism 44 

Whipple,  Abraham,  American  Commodore 62 

Whitelield,  George,  English  Pulpit  Orator 44  and  107 

Whitney,  Eli,  Inventor  of  the  Cotton-Gin 85 

Whittier,  John  G.,  the  "Quaker-Poet"  of  New  England 247 

Wickliffe,  John,  English  Religious  Reformer n 

Wilkinson,  James,  American  General .• 57 

Williams,  Barney,  Irish  Comedian 209 

Williams,  John  D. ,  Off-Hand  Penman  and  Flourisher 286 

Williams,  Roger,  Founder  of  Rhode  Island 44 

Winder,  William  H.,  American  General 59 

Winslow,  John  A. ,  American  Rear-Admiral 62 

Woodward,  R.  B. ,  Proprietor  of  a  California  Pleasure  Resort 116 

Wool.  John  E. ,  American  General 59 

Worcester.  Joseph  E. ,  Author  of  ' '  Worcester's  Dictionary  " §28 

Wordsworth,  William,  English  Poet 245 

Worth,  CharlesF.,  the  "Man-Milliner"  of  Paris 291 

Worth,  William  J.,  American  General 59 

Y 

Youmans,  Edward  L.,  American  Scientific  Author 233 

z 

Zuinglius,  Ulrich.  Swiss  Religious  Reformer 44 

Zoroaster,  Founder  of  Sun-Woi-ship  in  Pei-sia 24  and  44 


y-i ' 


i 


■<x 


K 


^L^ 


? 


Page. 

A 

Aberucthy,  Dr.  John 151 

Adums,  John 188 

Adams,  Juhn  Q 188 

Addi!*on,    Joseph 263 

Alcott, A.  Bioiison 313 

Alcott,  Louisa  M 213 

Allen,  Ethan 5(i 

Ames,  Daniel  T 288 

Aristotle 130 

Arthnr,  T.  S 213 

Astor,  John  Jacob 103 

Audubon,  John  J 131 

B 

Bancroft,  George 213 

Barnum,  Phineaa  T 128 

Bennett,  James  Gordon 334 

Bergh,   Henry 145 

Bernhardt,  Sarah , 309 

Bicrstadt,  Albert 370 

Blaine,  James  G 204 

Boehme,  Joseph  E 380 

Bronte,  Charlotte 315 

Browne,  Charles  P 1 T8 

Bryant,  William  Cullen 356 

Buchanan,  James 189 

Buddha 30 

Buckle,  Henry  T 141 

Burns,  Robert 300 

Butler,  Benjamin  F 186 

Byron,  Lord  George  Gordon. 350 

c 

Cabot,  Sebastian 76 

Campbell,  Thomas 262 

Carlcton,  Will    M 346 

Carlyle,  Thomas 227 

Choate,  Rnfns 187 

Clay.  Henry 197 

Clemens,  Samuel  L 180 

Clemmer,    Mary 223 

Cole,  Vicat 2T6 

Coleridge.  S.  Taylor 265 

Collins,  William  Wilkie 219 

Colt,  Samuel 83 

Columbus,    Christopher 78 

Combe,  George 168 

Confucius 22 

Conkling,  Roscoe .303 

Cook,  James,  Captain 76 

Cooper,  J.   Fenimore 322 

Cooper.  Peter 112 

Cowper,  William 260 

Cruikshank,    George 270 

Cushman,  Charlotte  S 208 

Curtis,  George  William 233 

Cuvier,  Baron ,.130 

D 

Daguerre,  Louis  J.  M 95 

Dante,  Alighieri 245 


""IS^  OF 

Pauk. 

Darwin,  Charles  R 130 

Davis,  Andrew  J^ 33 

Dc  Foe,  Daniel 222 

De  Lesseps,  Ferdinand 96 

Dickens,  Charles 235 

Dickinson,  Anna  E 205 

Disraeli,  Benjamin 218 

Douglass,  Frederick 198 

Downing,  Andrew  J 311 

Draper.  Prof.  J.  W 134 

Dn  Chailln,  Paul  B 76 

Duke  of  Wellinglon 48 

Dumas,  Alexandre 224 

E 

Eads,  Captain  James  B 150 

Edison,  Thomas  A 85 

Emerson,  Ralph  Waldo 142 

Ericsson,  John 95 

F 

Faraday,  Michael 146 

Fillmore,  Millard 189 

Flood,  James  C 121 

Florence,  Willifim  J 210 

Forrest,  Edwin 207 

Fourier,   Charles 143 

Fowler,  Orton  S. 108 

Franklin,    Benjamin 130 

Franklin,  Sir  John 77 

Fulton,  Robert 89 

G 

Galilei,  Galileo .'. .  .153 

Gall,  Dr.  Franz  Joseph 167 

Garfield,  James  A 189-289 

"George  Eliot" 217 

"George  S.and" 216 

Girard  Stephen 109 

Goethe,  Jobann  W.  von 240 

Gough,  John  B 199 

Goldsmith,    Oliver 264 

Goodrich,  Samuel  G 219 

Gould,  Jay 124 

Grant,  Ulysses  S 03-189 

Greeley,  Horace 232 

Green,  Seth 132 

Griffith,  Allen  A 184 

H 

Handel,  Georg  Friedrich. . .  .191 

Halleck,  Fitz-Greene 229 

Harrison,  William  H 188 

Hawthorne,   Nathaniel 218 

Hayes,  Rutherford  B 189 

Headley,  Joel  T 221 

Henry,  Patrick 197 

Herkomer,  Hubert 272 

Hogarth,  William 269 

Holland,  J.  G 220 

Holmes,  Oliver  Wendell 239 


PAGE. 

Howe  Ellas 87 

Hugo,  Victor 220 

Humboldt,  Baron  von 144 

Kossuth,  Louis 200 

I 

Ingersoll,  Robert  G 200 

Irving,  Washington 217 

J 

Jackson,  Andrew 188 

JctTcri?on,  Joseph ^11 

Jcffurs'on,  Thomas 188 

Jonncr,  Dr.  Edward 151 

Jc-sus  the  Christ 25 

Johnson,  Andrew 189 

Jonson,    Ben. 243 

K 

Kane,  Elisha  Kent 81 

Keppler,  Josejih 183 

L 

Lee,  Robert  E 68 

Lick,   James 115 

Liebig,  Baron  Justus  von. . .  .148 

Lincoln,   Abraham 189 

Lippincott,  Sara  J 214 

Livingstone,   David 80 

Locke,  David  R 179 

Longfellow,  Henry  W 258 

Longworth,  Nicholas 113 

Lytton,  Lord  Edward  B.  -L.  .253 

M 

MacDonald,  George 225 

Madison,  James 188 

McCormick,  Cyrus  H 86 

Meiggs,    Harry 114 

Meissonier,  Jean 282 

Michael  Angelo 268 

Mill,  John  Stuart 143 

Miller,  Joaquin 244 

Milton,  John 267 

Mohammed 27 

Monroe,  James 188 

Morse,  Prof.  S.  F.  B 150 

Moses 18 

Motley,  John  Lothrop 237 

Mozart,  J.  C.  W.  A 190 

N 

Napoleon  Bonaparte 49 

Nast,  Thomas 182 

Newton,  Sir  Isaac 153 

P 

Paine,  Thomas 226 

Parker,    Theodore 152 

Parton,  James 325 

Payson,  Sara 214 

Peabody,    George Ill 


PAGE. 

Phelps,  Elizabeth  Stuart 310 

Pierce,  Franklin 189 

Pitman,   Isaac 147 

Plato i;jo 

Poe,  Edgar  A 254 

Pope,    Alexander 241 

Polk,  James  K 189 

Powers,  Hiram 278 

Prescott,  William  H 228 

Pullman,  George  M 91 

R 

Ralston,  William  C 118 

Raphael .268 

Reviere,   Briton 274 

Rothschild,  Nathan  M 101 

Russell,  Lord  John  (Statue). 281 

s 

Scott,  Thomas  A 123 

Scott,  Sir  Walter 237 

Scott,  Winfield 60 

Shakspeare,  William 248 

Sharon,  William 119 

Sheridan,  R.    Brinsley 234 

Smith,  Joseph 30 

Socrates 130 

Spencer,  Herbert 135 

Spencer,  Piatt  R 283 

Spurgeon,   Charles   II 1 99 

Spurzheim,  Johann  G 168 

Stanton,  Elizabeth  Cady 149 

Stephenson,    George 94 

Stewart,  Alexander  T 107 

Swedenborg,   Emanuel 29 

T 

Taylor,  Zachary 1 89 

Tenny.sou,    Alfred 259 

Thackeray,  William  M 230 

Thomson,  James 34 1 

Tyler,  John 188 

V 

Van  Buren,  Martin 188 

Vanderbilt,  Cornelius 105 

Verne,  Jules 233 

Vespncci,  Amerigo 79 

Victoria,  (Jueen  of  England. 194 

w 

Washington,  George 54-188 

Watt,  James 92 

Webster,  Daniel 202 

Webster,  Noah 231 

Weed,    Thurlow 230 

Whitefield,  George 197 

Williams,  John  D 2S6 

Willis,  N.  P 243 

Woodward,  R.  B 116 

Worcester,  Joseph  E 228 

Worth,  Charles  F 291 


- 


■:(> — 


14 


ALPHABETICAL    SUMMAKY    VF    CONTENTS. 


Miscellaneous  Index. 


f^  PAGE. 

A  B  C  Of  Success 129 

Advemists,  The  Second 41 

American  Indians,  Religious  Belief  of 42 

American  Naval  Commanders 61 

American  Revolution,  Leading  Officers  in 56 

American  Revolution,  Prominent  Battles  of 55 

Analysis  of  Spencerian  Penmanship 284 

Artists,  Renowned  Painters  and  Sculptors 208 

Astronomers,  Distinguished 153 

Astronomical  Dictionary 159 

Astronomical  Science,  Progress  of 155 

Astronomy,  What  is  Known  of 155 

B 

Baptists,  History,  Forms  and  Beliefs  of 37 

Battles  of  the  American  Revolution 55 

Battles  of  the  English  in  Early  Times 48 

Battles  of  the  French,  Well-Known 51 

Battles  of  the  War  of  1812 58 

Bay  and  City  of  New  York 106 

Bay  and  City  of  San  Francisco 117 

Benevolence,  Duty  of — Extracts  from  the  Scriptures 19 

Biographies,  Alphabetical  Summary  of 7 

Bruin,  Divisions  of 169 

Brain,  Quality  of 171 

Brain.  Subdivisions  of 171 

Boy,  The,  What  He  May  Become  by  Training 177 

Buddha,  Precepts  and  Teachings  of 21 

Buddhistic  and  Brahmanistic  Beliefs 20 

Buddhistic  Hells  and  Heaven 21 


Catholicism,  History,  Forms  aad  Beliefs 35 

Character  and  Feeling  Illustrated  by  Facial  Expression.  .184  and  185 

Chinese  Sacred  Books,  Precepts  from 23 

Christian  Religion,  Influence  of 26 

Circums*tances  as  Influencing  Character 177 

Commandments,  The  Ten 19 

Confucius,  Religion  of 23 

Congregationalism,  History.  Forms  and  Beliefs 38 

Contents,  List  of,  in  this  Volume 6 

Curved  Lines,  Charm  of 315 


Dates  of  Important  Inventions 97 

Denominations,  Religious,  Their  History,  Forms  and  Beliefs 34 


Eminent  Lawyers 186 

Eminent  Physicians 151 

Epifcopalianiem  in  England  and  America 36 

Essentials  in  Pen  FlouH»*hing 287 

Evolulion,  Prngrc«!»  of,   Illiisrrati-d 137-110 


*4i*- 


"^^ 


Evolution,  Theories  of  Darwin. 
Explorers  and  Navigators 


PAGE. 

130 

. ...    75 


Faces,  Indications  of  Character  in 

Faces,  Various  Types  of 

Facial  Expression 

Financiers  and  Successful  Business  M 

Fish,  Apparatus  for  Hatching 

Fish  Breeding,  History  of 

Fish  Eggs,  How  Hatched 

Fish  Eggs,  How  Impregnated 

Fish,  How  to  Breed  and  Raise  Them. 
Fish,  How  to  Feed  the  Young 


.168 
.184 
.184 
.128 
.133 
.132 
.133 
.132 
.133 
.133 


c 


Good  Habits,  List  of 

Grant,  His  Trip  Around  the  World 

H 

Head,  Size  of,  as  Influencing  Character 

Humorists,  Persons  Who  Have  Made  People  Laugh. 

I 

Influence, of  the  Christian  Religion 

Ingersoll's  Funeral  Sermon 

Invention,  Dates  of  Important 

Invention,  Progress  of 


.120 
.  64 


.176 
.178 


.   26 

.aui 

.  97 
.  83 


Jefferson's  Ten  Rules  for  Business. 
Jesus,  Teachings  and  Precepts  of.. 

Jewish  Religion,  History  of 

Jewish  Scriptures 

Jumping  Frog  of  Calaveras  County. 


.139 
.  36 
.  34 
.  19 
.180 


Kindness,  Rewards  of — Extracts  from  the  Old  Testament 19 

Kings  and  Queens 19.'J 

Koran,  Extracts  from  the 28 


Lawyer.s,    Eminent 

Letter  from  a  Showman — .\rteraus  \Va 

Literary  Celebrities 

Lord's  Prayer,  The 

Lord's  Prayer,  The,  Illustrated 

Lutherans,  The,  Origin  and  Faith  of. 

M 


.186 

.178 
.312 
.  2G 
.290 
.   4.'i 


Managers  and  Financiere 

Masters  in  Penmanship 

Maxims  of  Benjamin  Franklin 

Methodism,  English  and  American. 
Military  Heroes  of  the  World 


.128 
.2S;i 
.129 
.  .19 
.    .M 


k 


<J 


— jD.' 


"'T 


ALriiAi;r:TH'Ai.  st'MMAKv   of  <:i>xti:.\is. 


PAGE. 

Military  Tcrmg,  Delinitions  of 71 

MoUummcdiinism,  \Vli;it  it  Teaches 28 

Money -Making,  McDonongh's  Kules  for 129 

Moravian?,  History  and  Uclief  of -11 

Mormon  Book  of  Neplii,  Extracts  from 31 

Mormons,  What  They  Believe 31 

Musicians  and  Musical  Composers 190 

N 

Nasby's  Account  of  His  First  Marriage 179 

Naval  Commanders,  Prominent  American 01 

New  Jerusalem  Church,  Doctrines  of 4'-^ 

New  York,  Location  of  Well-Known  Points  of  Interest 100 

o 

Officers  in  the  Confederate  Army 70 

Officers  in  the  Union  Service 00 

Officers  of  the  American  Revolution 50 

Officers  of  the  Wars  of  1H13  and  Mexico 59 

Old  Testament  Scriptures,  Selections  from ^0 

Orators,  Famous 197 

Organs,  Phrenological,  Location  of 171 

Origin  of  Names  of  Well-Known  Colleges 293 

P 

Painters,  Eminent 208 

Penmanship,  the  Spencerian  System 283 

Penmunship,  Analysis  of  the  Spencerian  System 284 

Penmanship,  Essentials  in  Flourishing 287 

Penmanship,  Off- Hand,  Principles  of  Beauty 28'7 

Philanthropists  and  Reformers 152 

Physicians,  Eminent 151 

Physiognomy,  How  Character  is  Indicated  by 168 

Phrenology  and  Some  of  its  Teachers 167 

Phrenology,  What  it  has  Taught 169 

Poets,  Distinguished 238 

Poor,  Jewish  Treatment  of  the 19 

Portraits,  List  of 13 


PAGE. 

Preface  to  this  Volume .'i 

Presidents  of  the  United  States.  Personal  Sketches  of 188  and  189 

Presbyterians,  History  and  Belief  of ." 37 

Punishments,  Laws  of  the  Jews  Concerning I'J 

Q 

Quakers,  Hislory  and  liulief  of 40 

R 

Religious  Teachers 43 

Religious  Terms,  Glossary  of 45 

s 

San  Francisco,  View  of  the  Hay  and  City 117 

Shakers,  History  and  Beliefs  of 41 

Spiritualism,  What  it  Teaches 33 

Spiritualists,  What  they  Believe 33 

Swedenborg,  Teachings  of 42 

Swedenborgianism,  What  it  Teaches 29 

Success,  Requisites  for 129 

Sun,  The,  and  the  Planets  Described 156  and  158 

T 

Talmud,  The,  Wbat  it  TeacUes I!) 

Talmud,  The,  Extracts  From 10 

Temperaments,  The ITO 

u 

Unitarianism,  History  and  Belief 39 

Univcrsalism,  History  and  Belief 40 

w 

Wealth,  Benefits  of 100 

Worship,  Ori;^in  of  Various  Forms  of 34 

Writings  of  Andrew  Jackson  Davis 33 

z 

Zoroaster's  Followers,  Belief  of 44 

Zoroaster,  Teachings  of 24 


^ 


^^^=f^'i 

® 

^\^-= 

=^^ 

_  V  - 

LIST   OF    POEMS 


I- 


PAOE. 

Answer  to  a  Child's  Question — Coleridge 265 

Claude  Jlclnotte's  Apology  and  Defence — Bulwer 253 

Comus,  Extract  from — ilillon 267 

Destruction  of  Sennacherib — Byron 252 

Elegy  on  the  Death  of  a  Mad  Dng—Goldmiith 264 

Eve's  Lament  on  Leaving  Paradise — MUlon 267 

Highland  Mary— ij'/rns 261 

How  are  Thy  Servants  Blest,  O  'LovA— Addison 263 

Hymn  of  the  Hel)rew  Maid— 5ir  Walter  Scott 237 

Light  Shining  Out  of  Darkness — Cowper 266 

^lake  Your  Home  Beautiful — Anonymous 294 

School-Days,  Extract  from — Whittier 247 


PAGE. 

Seed-Time  and  Harvest — Wliittier 247 

Severed  Friendship — Coleridge 265 

Shakspeare's  Writings,  Extracts  from '249 

Song  of  the  Brook — Tennyson 259 

Thanatopsis,  Extract  from — Bryant 257 

The  Age  of  Wisdom— r/(aoJrra;/ 236 

The  Birthplace  of  Burns — Ingersoll 260 

The  Raven — Poe .254 

The  Snow-Shower — Bryant 257 

The  Soldier's  Dream— fa;n;)if7; 262 

The  Village  Blacksmith — Longfelloie 258 

To  the  Nightingale- .I/'i?'on 267 


■.o^~-~ 


j^ 


IG 


ALPHABETICAL    SUMMARY    OF    CONTENTS. 


^ 


GENERAL  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


•m^ 


Page. 

Ames"  Pen-Drawing 289 

"A  Stern  Chase,"  from  a  Painting  by 

Briton  Reviere 275 

Bank  of  California,  San  Francis^co 118 

Birthplace  of  Burns,  Near  Ayr,  Scotland. 2G1 

Birthplace  of  General  Grant,  in  Ohio 64 

Birthplace  of  George  Stephenson,  England  94 

Birthplace  of  Jay  Gould,  New  York 125 

Birthjilace  of  John  G.  Whittier,  Haver- 
hill, Mass 24T 

Brain,  Subdivisions  of 171 

Bryant's    Residence    on    Long    Island, 

N.  T 257 

Byron's  Tomb,  Hucknall,  England 251 

Cathedral  at  Cologne,  Germany 319 

City  Hail,  San  Francisco,  Cal 115 

Comet  of  1843 161 

Earth  as  it  Appears  in  Space 159 

Conservatory   in   Woodward's   Gardens, 

California 116 

Dancing-Girl  of  Central  India 65 

"Election     for     Beadle" — Cartoon    by 

Cruikshank 271 

English  Throne-Room 195 

Epochs  in  the  History  of  Progression — 

(Seven  Illustrations) 137-140 

*' Eventide"  —  From     a     Painting     by 

Hubert  Herkomer 273 

Face  of  a  Girl 315 


PAGE. 

Faces,   Coarse   and  Vulgar,  Intellectual 

and  Brilliant 169 

Faces,  Miserly,  Benevolent  and  Idiotic. 170 
Faces,  as  Produced  by  Different  Kinds 

of  Training 177 

Faces,  Representing  Seventeen  Distinct 

Types  of  Character  and  Feeling.  184-1 85 
Home  of  Longfellow,  Cambridge,  Mass. .  .258 
Home    of    Mrs.    Sigourney,    Hartford, 

Conn 238 

Human  Head  and  Phrenological  Organs,  172 

Jay  Gould's  Summer  Residence 120 

Jumping  Frogs 181 

Landing  of  Columbus 79 

Moon,  Magnified  Appearance  of 160 

Mormon  Temple,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. . .  31 
Napoleon's  Tomb,  Hotel  des  Invalides, 

Paris 50 

Nazareth,  Childhood  Home  of  Jesus 2G 

New  Y'ork  City  and  the  Hudson  and  East 

Rivers 106 

Palace  Hotel,  San  Francisco 119 

Perfecting  Newspaper  Press 91 

Phrenological  Organs,  Location  of 171 

Planets  and  their  Relative  Sizes 157 

Planets  of  Our  Solar  System 156 

Progress  of  Invention 82 

Reflective  Organs  Large  and  Perceptive 

Organs  Large 170 


PAGE. 

Residence  of  James  C.  Flood,  California,  327 
Residence  of  F.  O.  C.  Darlcy,  Claymont, 

Pa 324 

Residence  of  R.  B.  Woodward,  California,  325 

Residence — Modern  Architecture 327 

Residence  of  J.  T.  Headley,  Newburgb, 

N.  Y 221 

San  Francisco,  Leading  Points  in.  Desig- 
nated  117 

Scene   in  West  Laurel   Hill   Cemetery, 

Philadelphia 320 

Size    of    the    Sun  Compared    with    the 

Planets 158 

Social  Life  on  the  Rail 90 

Spencerian  Pen-Flourishing 285 

Statue  of  Lord  John   Russell,  by  J.  E. 

Boehme 281 

Structure  of  the  Universe 155 

'•Summer   Rain,"    from   a   Painting   by 

Vicat  Cole 277 

Trentham  Hall,  England 3'3B 

Varying  Grades  of  Intelligence 169 

View  from  Prospect  Park,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  321 
Villa  of  Alexander  Pope,  Twickenham, 

England 241 

Waterfall  —  Sublime  Scene  in  Nature. . .  .318 

Williams'  Pen-Flourishing 287 

"Who  Stole  the  People's  Money!" — Car- 
toon by  Nast 182 


HOUSEHOLD    DECORATION    ILLUSTRATED. 


Baskets,  How  to  Make  Ornamental 302 

Beauty,  Moral  Benefit  of 294 

Beauty,  Fundamental  Principles  of 295 

Boudoir  of  Princess  Louise,  at  Rideau 

Hall 309 

Boudoir  in  a  New  York  Suburban  Resi- 
dence  311 

Canopies  for  Beds 300 

Card-Cases,  Mats  and  Dressing-Tables. .  .307 

Chairs,  How  to  Ornament 301 

Colors,  Effect  of 305 


Architecture,  Science  of  Bcanty  in 314 

Architecture,  Sublime   in 318 

Architecture,  Variety  and  Relief  in 317 

Arliflcial   Embellishment 3'34 

Beautiful   Homes 312 

Central  Park  Fountain  Scene,  New  York 

City. 3'26 

Costly  Resldonceo  and  Elegant  Grounds.  .827 


Contrasts,  Curved  Lines  and  Proportion .  .295 
Cushions  and  Foot-stools,  How  to  Make.  .303 

Decoration  as  Applied  in  Furnishing 311 

Draperies  for  Windows  and  Doorways. .  .299 

Drawing-Room  at  Rideau  Hall 309 

Dressing-Tables,  How  to  Make  Cheaply.. 307 
Faces  with  Straiglit  and  Curved  Lines... 314 

Floor-Mats,  How  to  Make 305 

Home  Comforts  at  Rideau  Hall 309 

Household  Interiors,  Elegantly  Illustrated  310 
Lambrequins,  Patterns  for. 296,  297,  298,  299 


BEAUTIFUL  HOMES  ILLUSTRATED. 

Curved  Lines,  Charm  of 315 

Curved  Lines  in  Nature  and  Art 317 

.  Landscape  Ornamentation 323 

Landscape  Scene.  Variety  in 320 

Nature  Improved  by  .^rl 322 

Nature, The  Sublime  in 318 

Ornamented  Grounds 325 

Parallels.The  Law  of 816 


Lamp  Shades 306 

Light-Stands  and  Table-Spreads 304 

Light   Screen 295 

Monograms  for  Furniture 300 

Picture-Frames,  Clothes-Bags  and  Sli])- 

per-Cascs 308 

Pincushions  and  Lamp- Shades 306 

Various  Furnishings 305  and  308 

Wall  Papers,  Ornamental 304 

Window   Ornamentation 296 

Window  and  Passage-Way  Decoration 297 


Park  Fences 322 

Park  Scenes 321 

Picturesque  Villa 325 

Residence  Architecture  as  a  Fine  Art. . .  .327 

Siiblimily  Illustrated 319 

Table-Covers 304 

Trees  and  Vines,  Effect  of 324 

Windows  with  Straight  and  Curved  Lines,  314 


i: 


;C>~~ 


:^ 


? 


Till-:    CULTIVATION    CIF    THE    SI'IKITUAL. 


Beliefs  Concerning  a  Future  Existence. 


'WW 


k 


EVOTION  is  a 
charac- 
teristic 
of  the 
h  u  m  a  n 
min(l,dis- 
tinguish- 
j^  ing  man 
^  from  the 
lower  ani- 
mal crea- 
tion. 

There 
exists    in 
the  high- 
er under- 
standing 
;  a    belief  that 
this  earth-life  is 
not  all — that 
there  is  a  state  of 
being  bc^'ond  this, 
and  that  death  is 
but   the  ]i  o  r  t  a  1 
through  which  the 
soul  passes  to  the 
other    sphere     of 
existence,  when 
the  spirit  can  no 
longer  remain  in  its  habitation  on  earth. 

What  the  condition  is  in  spirit-life  is  a  matter 
of  conjecture.  That  it  is  a  place  where  the 
extreme  of  torment  is  meted  out  to  those  who 
have  done  evil  on  earth  is  the  opinion  of  some. 


Tliat  it  is  a  haven  of  rest,  whatever  may  have 
been  the  faults  here,  is  the  belief  of  others. 

As  the  decades  go  by,  it  is  seen,  opinions  are 
constantly  changing  concerning  the  future  life, 
the  disposition  being,  as  the  mind  becomes 
enlightened,  to  take  broader  views  in  regard  to 
the  greatness  and  grandeur  of  the  Supreme,  the 
belief  gradually  fiistening  itself  in  the  mind  that 
death  is  another  birth,  ushering  the  soul  into  a 
future  existence,  that  will  be  Imppy  in  propor- 
tion to  the  good  deeds  done  and  the  life  well- 
lived  on  earth. 

Among  all  peoples  the  idea  prevails,  also, 
that  there  is  a  Creator — a  Governor  of  the  great 
universe,  and  that  through  prayer  the  mind  may 
come  into  a  communion  with  the  Supreme  and 
be  ennobled  and  exalted  thereby.  So  thor- 
oughly is  this  fact  fixed  in  the  human  belief, 
through  the  organs  of  veneration  and  spiritu- 
ality, as  to  cause  the  inhabitants  in  every  part 
of  the  world  instinctively  to  worship, 

Numerous  are  the  forms  hy  which  the  people 
of  different  countries  engage  in  their  devotions. 
It  is  a  conceded  fact,  however,  among  the  most 
highly  civilized,  that  as  the  spirituality  in  the 
nature  needs  cultivation,  it  can  best  be  obtained 
by  having  stated  times  of  worship  in  places 
set  apart  for  it,  the  ceremony  being  conducted 
by  those  who  are,  by  mental  endowment  and 
spiritual  nature,  fitted  to  lead  and  instruct. 

AVhat  have  been  the  phases  of  religious  be- 
lief at  various  periods,  is  shown  in  the  life-work 
of  the  different  religious  founders  whose  histo- 
ries are  found  on  succeeding  pages. 


^  :C^ — 


^- 


? 


BIOGKAPHICAL    SKETCH    OF   MOSES,  FOUXDEE   OF   THE    JEWISH    RELIGION 


? 


MOSES 


LEADER  OF  THE  ISRAELITES  OUT  FROM  THE  LAND  OF  EGYPT, 


ONELY 

wastes 
former 


ruins  and  desolate 
mark  the  seat  of  a 
civilization    in    many 


portions  of  Egypt.  Here  flour- 
ished science  and  here  was 
fostered  art,  thousands  of 
years  back  in  the  history  of  a 
race,  the  evidence  of  whose 
greatness  is  shown  in  the  relics 
of  beautiful  sculpture  and 
Krand  architecture  that  lie 
scattered  over  the  country. 

Throughout  Southern  Asia 
and  Egypt  the  various  systems 
nf  religion  took  root  earliest  in 
the  history  of  mankind.  Here  lived  and 
taught  Confucius,  in  China;  here  Brahma 
and  Buddha  established  their  codes  of  wor- 
ship in  India;  here  Zoroaster  proclaimed 
his  religion  in  Persia.  Here  Mohammed 
grew  to  power  and  made  the  Koran  the 
revealed  religion  in  Arabia.  Across  from 
Anibia,  in  Egypt,  on  the  banks  of  the  Red 
Sea,  Moses  became  a  great  religious  leader, 
and  near  by  was  the  birth-place  of  Jesus, 
whose  spiritual  teaching  and  example  laid 
the  foundation  for  that  grand  system  of 
Christianity  which  has  been  the  guide  and 
beacon  light  of  the  highest  civilization  in 
the  last  eighteen  centuries. 

The  first  mention,  according  to  the  best 
chronological  data,  of  religious  worship, 
dates  back  to  a  period  3,875  years 
before  Christ,  when  Cain  and  Abel  were 
offering  their  sacrifices  on  the  altar,  Cain 
having  brought  of  the  fruits  of  the  ground, 
null  Abel  of  the  firstlings  of  his  flock.  The 
writer  who  made  record  of    the   fact   was 

Moses,  who  is  supposed  to  have  written  the  flrst  Ave  books  of  the  Old 
Testament,  and  was  the  founder  of  the  Jewish  religion. 

In  the  tribe  of  Levi  were  a  husband  and  wifi'  known  as  Amram  and 
Jochabcd.  To  them  a  child  was  horn,  at  a  time  when,  for  certain 
reasons,  the  King  of  Egypt  had  commanded  the  death  of  every  new- 
born male  Israelite.  To  save  her  child  from  death,  the  mother  made 
a  basket  that  floated  like  a  small  boat,  in  which  she  placed  ber  infant 
at  a  point  by  the  side  of  the  river  N'ile  where  she  knew  the  daughter 
of  Pharaoh  was  in  the  habit  of  bathing.  In  the  meantime  she  secreted 
her  daughter  in  the  reeds  near  by,  to  watch  the  result.  As  had  been 
anticipated,  the  princess  discovered  the  child,  and  being  impressed 


<:oLcA^ 


with  its  beauty,  she  resolved  to  adopt  it.  The  sister  of  the  infant, 
who  was  near  at  hand,  offered  to  find  a  nurse  for  the  child,  which  met 
the  favor  of  the  princess,  and  thereupon  she  brought  the  mother,  who, 
in  the  capacity  of  nurse,  became  an  inmate  of  the  palace,  where 
the  child  was  named  Moses.  In  the  court  of  the  King  he  was 
educated  in  a  most  liberal  manner. 

When  about  forty  years  of  age  he  killed  an  Egyptian  officer,  whoni 
he  saw  ill-treating  an  Israelite;  for  which  offense,  in  order  to  save 
himself,  Moses  fled  into  Arabia,  where  he  married  the  daughter  of  a  . 
priest,  settled  in  Midian,  and  for  forty  years  followed  the  pursuit  of 
a  shepherd  near  Mount  Sinai. 

During  bis  long  residence  in  Arabia,  the  condition  of  the  descend- 
ants of  Abraham,  Isaac  and  Jacob,  known  as  Israelites,  in  Egypt, 
became  deplorable,  through  persecutions  of  various  kinds.  Accord- 
ing to  the  Biblical  account  (from  which  we  condense  this  biography), 
God  appeared  to  Moses  in  a  burning  bush, 
one  day  as  he  cared  for  his  flocks,  and 
commissioned  him  to  return  to  Egypt  and 
announce  himself  as  authorized  to  conduct 
the  Israelites  from  the  land  where  they 
were  enduring  so  many  persecutions  into 
Canaan,  a  region  of  the  country  bordering 
ui)on  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 

That  the  people  whom  Moses  proposed 
to  deliver  might  have  no  doubt  as  to  his 
divine  authority,  the  Lord  permitted  him 
to  perform  various  miracles  in  the  presence 
of  the  people.  Of  these  is  related  the 
changing  of  a  rod  to  u  serpent,  and  from  a 
serpent  tea  rod  again;  the  making  his  hand 
leprous,  aud  instantly  restoring  it  to  health; 
the  drawing  of  water  from  a  rock  by  smiting 
it,  and  the  turning  of  water  into  blood. 

The  jjeople  were  thus  made  to  believe 
in  his  power  and  capacity  for  leadership  of 
the  emigrants,  of  whom  there  were  GOO.  000 
men,  beside  women  and  children. 

It  is  related  that,  aside  from  pro\i(liug 
themselves  with  all  the  jewelry  they  could  obtain,  and  various  other 
kinds  of  personal  effects,  the  Israelites  took  with  them  on  their  Jour- 
ney large  droves  of  cattle,  whereby  food  might  be  obtjiined;  and  yet, 
notwithstanding  this  provision,  there  was  such  scarcity  as  to  make  it 
necessary  that  the  Lord  i)rovide  manna  and  other  food  by  which  the 
people  could  be  fed. 

Another  miraculous  provision  made  for  them  was  that  of  sending 
before  them  on  their  journey  out  of  Egypt  a  cloiul  by  day  and  a  pillar 
of  fire  by  night ;  while  another  was  the  opening  of  the  Red  Sea  to  lei 
them  pass  through  on  dry  land,  and  the  coming  together  of  the  waters 
again  afti'r  their  i>assnge,  thus  drowning  the  Egyptians,  who  were 


1: 


><l:(?^— 


TilJi    TEAClll-NGS    OF    MOSES. 


pursuing  and  intending  to  ciipture  the  I.sracliteB,  for  the  piirpoac  of 
returning  thorn  to  bondage. 

'i^iuti  the  followers  of  Moi^es  et*caped  out  of  Egypt,  but,  owing  to 
their  many  trun^gressione,  they  were  prevented  from  entering  the 
promised  land  until  the  olleuderrt  among  them  had  died.  Even 
Moses  himself,  from  errors  committed,  was  not  allowed  to  enter  it, 
but  from  Mount  Pisgah  he  was  permitted  to  see  the  land  of  Canaan. 

lietaining  liis  faculties  undimmed  to  the  last,  Moses  died  when  120 
years  old,  and  was  buried  on  the  confines  of  Canaun,  but  at  u  point 
which  is  not  known. 

The  Jewish  Scriptures. 

To  Moses  is  attributed  the  writiui,'  of  the  first  five  books  of  the 
Bible.  The  history  of  the  creation  of  the  world,  the  expulsion  of 
Adam  and  Eve  from  the  Garden  of  Eden;  the  account  of  the  fltjod; 
the  building  of  the  Tower  of  Babel;  the  calling  of  Abraham  to  be- 
come the  founder  of  the  Jewish  nation;  the  destruction  of  Sodom  and 
Gomorrah — these  events  of  which  Moses  wrote  occurred  from  fifteen 
to  twenty-five  hundred  years  before  his  own  birth. 

The  progress  of  the  history  of  the  Israelites,  which  began  by  God 
calling  Jacob  Israel;  the  selling  of  Joseph  into  Egypt;  the  settlement 
of  Jacob  and  his  family  in  that  country;  the  rapid  increase  of  the 


Israelites  and  their  enslavement  by  the  Egyptian  kings — thcBc  cvcntn, 
by  his  record,  occurred  at  a  much  later  date  before  his  birth.  The 
deliverance  of  this  people  from  their  bondage  by  God  Himself;  the 
receiving  of  the  ten  commandments  on  Mount  Sinai;  the  wandering 
of  the  people  forty  years  in  the  wilderness — these  events  he  wrote  of 
as  occurring  in  his  own  time.  To  the  writings  of  Moses  the  ancient 
priests  added  much  oral  law,  legal  provisions  and  traditions.  The 
whole  of  this,  collected  into  one  volume,  along  with  the  five  books 
written  by  Moses — being  Geru'cis,  Exodus,  Leviticus,  Numbers  and 
Deuteronomy — became  the  Bible  of  the  Jewish  people,  called  the 
•  "Talmud. ' ' 

What  the  Talmud  Teaches. 

To  Moses  and  the  Talmud  was  the  Christian  world  first  indebted  for 
the  idea  of  a  Sabbath  as  a  day  of  rest  and  spiritual  improvement.  By 
him  and  it  was  expounded  the  idea  of  one  God,  the  Creator  and  Kuler 
over  ail  things;  and  in  it  was  taught  the  necessity  of  lifting  the 
thought  above  the  idol  and  worshiping  the  one  (iod  as  a  Supreme  and 
All-Pervading  Spirit.  Unlike  the  teaching  of  Christ  in  its  severity 
and  in  its  advocacy  of  retaliation  for  sins  committed,  it  aimed,  never- 
theless, in  its  code  to  befriend  the  poor  and  unfortunate,  and  to  deal 
justly  by  those  who  observed  and  obeyed  the  laws. 


EXTRACTS  FROM  THE  TALMUD. 


THE  following  are  some  of  the  command- 
ments  and  teachings  of    the  Mosaic 
law  as  found  in  the  Talmud: 

In  a  place  where  there  are  no  eminent  men, 
enileavor  thou  to  become  eminent. 

Be  of  the  disciples  of  Aaron,  lovingr  and  pur- 
suing'peace;  loving  mankind  and  bringing  them 
to  the  study  ut  the  law. 

If  I  do  not  act  for  myself,  who  can  do  it  for 
me?  When  I  am  alone  by  myself,  what  am  I.' 
If  I  act  not  now,  when  shall  I! 


Law  of  Punishment. 

He  that  smiteth  a  man  so 
that  he  die  shall  bo  surely 
put  to  death. 

He  that  smiteth  his  father 
or  his  mother  shall  be  surely 
put  to  death. 

He  that  stealeth  a  man  and 
sellelh  him.  or  if  he  be  foimd  ' 
in    his  hand,    he  shall  surely 
be  put  to  death. 

He  that  curseth  his  father  or 
his  mother  shall  surely  be  put 
to  death. 

Thou  Shalt  give  life  for  life, 
eve  U>v  eve,  t.-oth  for  tooth, 
hand  f^r  li;ui<l.  fnot  fi.rfoot. 
burning''  \'"V  l.iiriunir,  wmnid 
for  wumid,   stripe   t'jv  stripe. 

If  men  strive  together,  and 
one  smite  another  with  a 
stone,  or  with  his  fist,  and 
he  die  not,  but  keepeth  his 
bed,  if  he  rise  again  and  walk 
abroad  upon  his  staff,  then 
shall  he  that  smote  him  be 
quit;  only  he  shall  pay  for  the 
loss  of  his  time,  and  shall 
cause  him  to  be  thoroughly 
healed. 

Treatment  of  the    Poor. 

If  thou  lend  money  to  any 
of  my  people  that  is  poor  by 
thee,  thou  shall  not  be  to  him 
as  a  usurer,  neither  shall  thou 
lay  upon  him  usui-y-  If  thou 
at  all  take  thy  ncighbur's 
raiment  to  pledurf,  thou  shall 
deliver  it  inito  him  by  ttiat 
the  sungoeth  duwn;  fur  that 
is  his  covering  only,  it  is  his 
raiment  for  his  skiii;  wherein 
shall  he  sleep* 


If  one  has  acquired  a  good  name,  he  has 
aciiuired  it  for  himself;  if  one  has  acquired  a 
knowledge  of  the  law,  he  has  obtained  immortal 
life. 

He  who  attends  much  at  school  increaaeth 
wisdom  :  he  who  inereaseth  in  reflection 
increaseth  in  prudence  ;  he  who  exerciseth  much 
charity  multiplieth  peace. 

He  who  increaseth  hi,'-^  tiesh  multiplieth  food 
for  worms;  he  whi>  iiiiilti|ilictli  lidi.-.  iii<  t  niM'th 
care:  he  whoincrfa-^ctli  imiaii'  -'i  \  ;iiii-  im  i  .-as- 
eth  lewdness;  he  \vhi>  nnUtii'h'ili  jui  ji -■  i  \  'uts 
increasecii  robbery,  Imt  he  wliu  incii^a-aelh  his 
knowledge  of  the  law  increaseth  life. 


Selections  From  the  Old  Testament  ScNptures. 


He  who  is  ambitious  of  magnif  jing  his  name 
destruyeth  his  name,  and  he  who  doth  not 
increase  his  knowledge  diminisheth  it;  and  he 
who  doth  not  study  the  law  deserves  death ;  and 
whosoever  useth  for  himself  the  crown  of  the 
law  will  perish. 

Separate  not  thyself  from  the  congregation: 
nor  have  confidence  in  thyself  until  the  day  of 
thy  death.  Judge  not  thv  neighbor  until  thnu  art 

placfd  in  tlu-  .■-iinu'  rirciiiustani't.'-- ;  n'-ilhcr  utti.-r 
anylliiiit:  wlii--h  is  iiiri.iiipi<-h.-ii--tltl'',  iti  tin-  li.ipe 
that  It  aft.Twaiils  iiiiiv  !>.■  .■,.TiiiJi-.-li.>riil.-il.  n-.r 
say.  Wht-n  I  >hall  have  )etr.ure  1  will  >tudy;  for 
perhaps  thou  mayest  never  have  the  leisure. 


THE  TEN  COMMANDMENTS. 


I. 

I  AM  the  Lord  thv  Ond.  which  have 
hn.ut;lit  th.-.'  -Mit  of  111.-  liiiiti  of 
Kgv|.I.  'Hit  i.ttln'  ii..ii>f  Ml  h.iiidage. 
Tiiiiu  slialt  ha\L-  no  otlit-r  K'kIs  before 
me. 

II. 
Thou  Shalt  not  make  unto  thee  any 
graven  image,  or  any  likeness  of  any- 
tlimg  that  is  in  heaven  above,  or  that  is 
in  I  he  earth  beneath,  or  that  is  in  the 
wattT  under  the  earth;  thou  shalt  not 
bi>w  down  thvstlf  to  them  nor  serve 
them;  fori,  the  I-'nii  tliyliod,  am  a 
icalousUnd,  vi--iliii^r  ihf  inii|Viitv  of  the 
fntht-r>upon  th.- rhil.hvn  uiU..  the  third 
ami  fi.iiiih  irrTirration  of  them  that 
lia(<-  xi\r  and  slu'wintrmercv  unto  thou- 
saiid^  .'I  111. in  tli;it  I'jve  me  and  keep  my 
(.■Limnianibaenls. 

III. 
Thou  shall  not  take  the  name  of  the 
Lord  thv  Ood  in  vain;  for  the  Lord  will 
n.it  hokl  him  guiltless  that  taketh  his 
name  in  vain. 

IV. 
Remember  the  Sabbath-day  to  keep  it 
holy.    Six  days  shalt  thou  labor  and  do 
all  thy  work;  but  the  seventh  day  is  the 


Sabbath  of  the   Lord  thy   God.    In  it 
thou  shalt  not  do  any   wnrk,  tliou.  nur 
thy  son,   nor  thy  dau^'htir,    thv  man- 
servant, northy  maid  ^-ti  vant.  imr  thy 
cattle,  nor  thy  >lianu'.i  that  is  withiii 
thy  gates;  f.irin  si\  days  Hip  I, urd  made 
heaven  and  earth,  Ihr  si-;i.   and  all  that 
in  them  is,  and  rt-si.d  th.- s,-y,nlli  day ; 
wherefor.-  the  L-nil  blessed  the  seventh 
dav  and  hallowed  it. 
V. 
Honor    thy  father  and  thy  mother: 
that  thy  days  may  be  long  upon  the  land 
which  the  Lord  thy  God  giveth  thee. 
Vl. 
Thou  Shalt  not  kill. 

VII. 
Thou  shalt  not  coimnit  adulten'. 

VII  I. 

Thou  shalt  not  steal. 

IX. 

Thou  Shalt    not   beai-    false    witness 

against  thy  neighbor. 

Thou  shalt  not  covet  thy  neighbor's 
house,  thou  shalt  not  covet  thy'neigh- 
bor's  wife,  nor  his  man-servant,  nornis 
maid-ser\-ajit,  nor  his  ox.  nor  his  ass, 
nor  anything  that  is  thy  neighbor's. 


Duty  of  Benevolence. 

And  if  thy  brother  be  waxen 

poor  and  fallen  in  decay  with 

thee,   then  thou  shalt  relieve 

him;    yea,   though   he   be    a 

stranger  or  a  sojourner;  that 

he  may  live  with  thee.     Take 

thou    no    usury    of     him .     or 

t  increase;  but  "fear  thy    God, 

j  that    thy    brother    may    live 

'  with  thee.    Thou  shalt  not  give 

him    thy  money  upon  usury. 

nor  lend  him  thy  victuals  for 

increase. 

At  the  end  of  every  seven 
yeai-s  thou  shalt  make  a 
release.  And  this  is  the  man- 
ner of  the  release ;  Everj-  cred- 
itor that  lendeth  aught  unto 
liis  neighbor  shall  release  it; 
he  shall  not  exact  it  of  his 
neighbor,  or  of  his  brother, 
because  it  is  called  the  Lord's 
release.  Of  a  foreigner  thou 
mayest  exact  it  again,  but  that 
which  is  then  with  thy  brother 
thine  hand  shall  release,  save 
when  there  are  no  poor  p,mong 
you. 

Rewards  of  Kindness. 

It  theie  be  among  y<iu  a  poor 
man  of  one  of  thy  brethren 
within  any  of  thy  gates  in  thy 
land  which  the  Loitl  thy  God 
giveth  thee,  thou  shalt  not 
harden  thine  heart,  nor  shut 
thine  hand  from  thy  poor 
brother;  but  thou  shalt  open 
thine  hand  wide  imto  him,  and 
shalt  surely  lend  him  sufficient 
for  his  need  in  that  he  want- 

eth Thou  shalt  surely  give 

him, and  thine  heart  shaJI  not 
be  grieved  when  thou  givest 
unto  him.  because  for  this 
thing  the  Lord  thy  God  shall 
bless  thee  in  all  thy  works  and 
in  all  that  thou  puttest  thine 
hand  unto. 


buddhism;  its  For>;DP:K  axd  his  history. 


^^t^'«¥l:V«tMiAMM  a  tk  MUM  M  ft  tlK¥«tWM'tV 


s^sipv    %iA 


SI 


BUDDHA,  €i 


Founder  of  the  Buddhistic  Religion 


iiiio        ^'.v -.■.,..•■>-. 


.  K.n. .T^^°'^i:^a:.  Bero,.e  C...         ^^ ^^  %^  %^  %f^  ^^^  ^ ^^^ ^ ^ ^ 


The  Buddhistic  and  Brahmanistic  Beliefs. 


T  KAPILAVASTOU,  the  capital  of 
Cfiitnil  India,  Siddharta  was  born 
about  670  years  before  Christ.  His 
father,  Couddhodama,  was  the  king 
of  the  realm,  and  bis  mnther, 
Maya  Devi,  a  very  beautiful 
woman,  was  the  daughter  of  king 
Soiiprabuddha.  Both  father  and 
mother  of  Siddharta  were  cele- 
brated— the  father  for  the  wisdom 
of  his  government,  and  his  mother 
for  her  exemplary  life  and  piety. 

His  mother  dying  seven  days 
after  his  birth,  his  guardianship 
was  entrusted  to  a  maternal  aunt, 
by  wlioin  he  was  trained  witli  care.  As  a  student  in  school,  he 
excelled  in  study,  but  was  much  disposed  to  be  absorbed  in 
meditation.     Such  i^  the  account  from  ancient  writings. 

Having  arrived  at  a  suitable  age,  a  maiden  was  selected  for  him  to 
marry,  named  Oopn,  but  her  father,  Dandapani,  withheld  bis  consent 
lo  the  marriage  until  Siddharta  should  demonstrate  his  worthiness 
by  talents  of  a  high  order.  He  was  comjjelled,  therefore,  to  enter  a 
contest  with  five  hundred  young  men,  in  the  various  studies,  games 
and  exercises  at  that  time  esteemed  in  India.  In  this  examination  and 
exhibition,  Siddharta  came  off  victorious  in  scholastic  exercises, 
knowledge  of  morals,  j)hilosophy,  and  games  of  bodily  skill,  through 
wiiicli  fact  Gopa  became  bis  wife. 

Though  happily  situated,  his  mind  turned  constantly  to  religious 
meditation,  and.  feeling  that  he  had  a  higher  duty  to  perform,  he 
tlnally  left  his  father's  palace,  exchanged  his  garments  for  those  be- 
fitting one  more  lowly  and  bumble,  and  entered  upon  a  study  of 
Brahmanism,  which  dissenting  from,  he  retired  to  the  wilderness  of 
Ourovilva,  where  he  spent  six  years  in  austerity,  fasting,  meditation 
and  prayer,  for  the  purpose  of  solving  the  mysteries  of  life,  sin,  dealli. 
goodness  and  wisdom. 

At  the  end  of  this  period  of  meditation,  he  felt  himself  so  enlight- 
ened as  to  be  Bi'UDHA.  the  meaning  of  which  is  ''Perfect  Sage." 

He  was  seated,  at  the  time  when  he  received  his  revelation,  under 
Ji  fig-tree,  a  jdacc  that  afterwards  became  greatly  celebrated,  and  was 
kurmn  as  Bodhimunda,  i.  c.  the  "Seat  of  Intellect." 


Hiover  Thsang,  a  Chinese  pilgrim,  who  visited  this  locality  632 
years  before  Christ,  found  many  monuments  erected  here,  and  seven 
days  he  spent  in  worshiping  them. 

Feeling  the  inspiration  full  up(m  him,  Buddha,  then  thirty-sis  years 
of  age,  commenced  his  preaching,  first  in  small  places,  and  afterwards 
in  the  city  of  Benares. 

In  the  succeeding  forty  years  he  traversed  all  Northern  India,  preach- 
ing his  system,  combating  the  Brahmans,  and  making  many  converts. 
He  lived  to  see  his  doctrine  generally  accepted  throughout  India.  He 
died  when  about  eighty  years  of  age,  543  years  before  Christ. 

For  1,600  years  the  system  of  religion  thus  founded  by  Buddha 
retained  its  hold  on  the  people  of  the  country  where  it  was  Iir.<t 
established,  but  in  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  centuries,  through  much 
persecution,  the  last  traces  of  the  system  disappeared  in  India.  It 
spread,  however,  over  nearly  the  whole  of  Eastern  Asia,  and  became  the 
popular  religion  of  China,  Japan,  Siam,  Anam.  Assam.  Nepaul. 
Ceylon,  Thibet  and  the  Burman  Empire,  having  about  370,000,000  of 
believers,  making  the  largest  number  of  followers  of  any  religion  on 
earth. 

Brahmanism  and  Buddhism. 

Before  the  advent  of  Buddhism,  Brahmanism  had  been  the  religion 
of  India  for  many  centuries,  as  it  is  to-day.  It  has  never  been  traced 
to  any  individual  as  its  founder,  Brahma  being  only  the  name  of  one 
of  the  imaginary  gods  of  the  people  from  which  the  religion  takes  its 
name. 

The  book  cif  Brahma  was  written  l)y  Menu,  and  from  its  pages  is 
learned  that  the  Brahmans  believe  in  the  transmigration  of  souls 
through  various  forms  of  animal  life.  jUTfect  bliss  or  heaven  being 
attained  when  we  at  last  become  unconscious. 

What  Buddhists  Believe. 

The  doclrine*-  of  Binldha  air  baxd  on  the  same  priiu-ij)U-s  of 
l)hilosophy  as  those  of  Brahmanism.  Both  believe  in  transmigraiion 
and  final  unconsciousness. 

Buddha  differed,  however,  from  Brahmn,  in  the  simplicity  of 
his  religious  doctrine.  He  aimed  to  raise  the  people  above  idol  wor- 
ship, and  his  religion  was  largely  instrumental  in  dispensing  with 
much  barbaric  ceremony,  bloodshed  and  superstition  among  the  people 
of  his  time. 


K 


TIIK    m:i)I)IIISTIC    HELLS    AND    IIE.VVKX. 


1:1 


His  object  was  to  teach  man  to  attain  to  a  pure  and  holy  life.  Tie 
did  not,  therefore,  seek  to  propayiatc  his  doctrint'H  by  the  sword,  but 
engrafted  them  upon  the  reli-^ious  forniH  and  habits  already  estab- 
lished, thus  improving  the  condition  of  the  people. 

The  Buddhist  believes  in  no  creation,  but  that  matter  is  constantly 
undergoing  change  of  form;  that  at  death  man  is  immedfately  born 
again,  either  in  some  animal,  some  condition  in  one  of  the  lower 
hells,  in  some  exalted  human  being,  or  in  one  of  the  upper  heavens?, 
according  as  his  life  has  been  i^ood  and  worthy  in  the  present  existence. 

Buddhistic  Hells. 

For  the  punishment  of  the  wicked  there  are,  in  the  Buddhistic 
belief,  one  hundred  and  thirty-six  hellf»,  situated  in  the  interior  of 
the  earth.  At  death,  the  soul  of  the  sinner  will  enter  the  form  of  a 
woman,  a  stone,  an  inanimate  clod,  some  reptile,   or  it  may  pass  to 


one  of  the  many  hells,  which  have  varying  degrees  of  punishment, 
the  least  time  in  which  is  ten  million  yearH. 

The  Buddhistic  Heaven. 

As  a  reward  for  goodne«>,  at  death  llie  j^oiil  will  enter  (he  form  of 
an  exalted  man,  a  blesprd  spirit,  or  may  become  u  divinity  in  one  of 
the  many  heavens,  which  have  varying  degrees  of  happiness  in  which 
the  soul  may  remain  for  many  billions  of  years. 

While  the  ignorant  Buddhist  often  worships  Buddha  himself  as  an 
idol,  it  was  not  the  design  of  Buddha  that  he  I'hould  be  so  worshiped. 
The  doctrine  makes  nothing  to  worship  but  a  good  life.  It  has  no 
recognition  of  God,  no  belief  in,  and  no  expectation  of,  immortality. 
Heaven  is  attained,  according  to  the  doctrine,  when  man.  having 
passed  thrnngh  the  various  forms  and  conditions  assigned  him,  is 
at  last  allowed  to  rest  la  an  unconscious  state. 


Teachings  and  Precepts  of  Buddha. 


_HOU  Shalt  not  lie. 
Thou  shall  not  hate. 
Thou  shall  not  calumniate. 
I  /    Thou  shall  not  speak  of  injuries. 

Thou   Shalt    not   infringe    the    laws   of 
chastity. 

Thou  shall  not  kill  even  the  smallest  crea- 
ture. 

Thou  shall  not  excite  quarrels  by  repeating 
the  words  of  others. 

Thou  shall  not  appropriate  to  thyself  what 
belongs  to  another. 

As  rain  breaks  through  an  ill-thatched  house, 
passion  will  break  through  an  uurtrtlecting 
mind. 

Cut  out  the  love  of  self  like  an  autumn  lotos 
with  thy  hand.     Cherish  the  love  of  peace. 

.As  a  solid  rock  is  not  shaken  by  the  wind, 
wise  people  falter  not  amidst  praise  or  blame. 

There  is  no  Are  like  passion,  no  shark  like 
hatred,  no  snare  like  folly,  no  torrent  like 
greed. 

He  whose  evil  deeds  are  covered  by  good  deeds 
lirighteiis  up  this  world  like  the  moon  freed  from 
clouds. 

If  a  man  commits  a  sin,  let  him  not  do  it 
again;  let  him  not  delight  in  sin^  pain  is  the 
outcome  of  evil. 

If  a  man  does  what  is  good,  let  him  do  it 
again;  let  him  delight  in  it;  happiness  is  the 
outcome  of  good, 

If  a  man  has  transgressed  one  law  and  spoken 
lies,  and  scoffs  at  another  world,  there  is  no  evil 
he  will  not  do. 

Let  a  man  overcome  anger  with  love;  lei  him 


overcome  evil  with  good;  let  him  overcome  the 
greedy  by  liberality  and  the  liar  by  truth. 

He  who  holds  back  rising  anger  like  a  rolling 
chariot,  him  I  call  a  real  driver;  other  people 
are  but  holding  the  reins. 

The  sages  who  injure  nobody,  and  who 
always  control  their  bodies,  will  go  to  the 
unchangeable  place,  where  they  will  suffer  no 
mure. 

As  ihe  bee  collects  nectar  and  departs  with- 
out injuring  the  tlower.  or  its  color  or 
fragrance,  so  let  the  sage  dwell  on  earth. 

The  virtuous  man  delights  in  this  world, 
and  he  delights  in  the  next.  He  delights,  he 
rejoices,  when  he  sees  the  purity  of  his  own 
work. 

The  evil-doer  suffers  in  this  world,  and  he 
suffers  in  the  next.  He  suffers  when  he  thinks 
of  the  evil  he  has  done.  He  suffers  more  when 
going  in  the  evil  path. 

Rortection  is  the  path  to  immortality; 
thitiigtiiU-iMii-ss  the  path  to  death.  Those  who 
iftliit  dn  II. It  ilie;  those  who  are  thoughtless  are 
as  if  ik-.id  alit-ady. 

Let  no  man  think  lightly  of  evil,  saying  in 
his  heart  il  will  not  come  over  me.  Even  by 
the  falling  of  water-drops  a  water-pot  is  filled: 
the  fool  becomes  full  of  evil,  even  if  he  gathers 
it  tittle  by  little. 

Let  no  man  think  lightly  of  good,  saying  in 
his  heart,  it  will  n-H  benefit  me.  Even  by  the 
falliiiu'  "f  wiitfi  dio|)^  a  water-pot  is  filled;  the 
wi-.t-  rn^iii  lirrniiif^  full  of  good,  even  if  he 
gathers  It  little  by  little. 

Better  than  sovereignty,  better  than  going  to 
heaven,  better  than  lordship  over  all  worlds,  is 
the  reward  of  the  first  step  in  holiness. 

Like  a  beautiful  flower,  full  of  color,  but 
without   perfume,    are  the   fine    but  fruitless 


words  of  him  who  does  not  act  accordingly;  but 
like  a  beautiful  flower,  full  of  color  and  full  of 
perftime.  are  the  fruitful  words  of  him  who  acta 
aeeordingly. 

Not  to  commit  any  sin,  to  do  good  and  to 
purify  one's  mind,  that  is  the  teaching  of  the 
Awakened.  Not  to  blame,  not  to  strike:  to 
live  restrained  under  the  law;  to  be  moderate 
in  eating,  and  to  dwell  on  the  highest  thoughts, 
this  is  the  teaching  of  the  Awakened. 

Nnt  in  the  sky,  not  in  the  midst  of  the  sea, 
not  if  wr  enter  into  the  clefts  of  the  mountains, 
is  there  kni.wn  a  spot  in  the  whole  world 
when  a  iikiii  might  be  freed  from  an  evil  deed. 
Not  nakedness,  not  plaited  hair,  not  diet,  not 
fasting,  nol  lying  on  the  earth,  not  rubbing 
with  dust,  nor  sitting  motionless,  can  purify  a 
mortal  who  has  not  overcome  desires. 

All  that  we  are  is  the  result  of  what  we  have 
thought;  it  is  founded  on  our  thoughts,  it  is 
made  up  of  our  thoughts.  It  a  man  speaks  or 
acts  with  an  evil  thought,  pain  follows  him  as 
the  wheel  follows  the  foot  of  him  who  draws 
the  carriage.  If  a  man  speaks  or  acts  with  a 
pure  tlii.iiu'hl.  happiness  follows  him  like  a 
jih.idi'W  that  lUM-r  leaves  him.  Let  the  wise 
mail  i;uani  liii  tli.mghts.  for  they  are  difticult 
to  perceive,  very  artful  and  rush  wherever  they 
list. 

If  one  man  conquer  in  battle  a  thousand 
times  a  thousand  men,  and  if  another  conquer 
himself,  he  is  the  greatest  of  conquerors.  One's 
own  self  conquered  is  better  than  all  other 
people;  not  even  a  God  could  change  into 
defeat  the  victory  of  a  man  who  has  vanquished 
hiin-.elf  ami  always  lives  under  restraint.  By 
one's  self  the  evil  is  done,  by  one's  self  one 
sutfers,  by  nne's  self  evil  is  left  undone,  by  one's 
self  one  is  purified.  Purity  and  inipuilty 
belong  to  one's  self ;  no  one  can  purify  another. 


K 


99 


THE    CHINESE    LAW-GIVER. 


Sage,  and  Principal  Author  of  tlie  Chinese  Moral  Law. 


"W^W 


HE  HEADER  who  has  studied  the  Chinese 
character  has  doubtless  been  impressed  with 
the  fact  that  through  every  vicissitude,  in 
whatever  part  of  the  world  he  may  be,  thou- 
sands of  miles  from  his  native  home,  the 
Chinaman  will,  as  far  as  possible,  conform  to 
the  habits  and  customs  of  his  ancestors. 
However  fashionable  the  dress  of  the  people 
around  him,  he  is  happiest  in  his  loose  blouse. 
Whatever  may  be  the  style  for  the  boot  or 
shoe,  he  is  best  satisfied  with  his  thick-soled 
slipper;  and  however  differently  the  men  of 
other    races    may 


dress  their  hair, 
nothing  but  the 
most  stern  nec- 
essity will  cause 
him  to  change  the  style  in  which  the  hair 
has  been  worn  for  hundreds  of  years  in 
his  own  country. 

Seldom  disposed  to  originate,  but  quick 
and  apt  as  an  imitator,  he  readily  adapts 
himself  to  circumstances,  and  through 
his  frugality  and  industry  is  usually  above 
the  necessity  of  beggary  or  want. 

A  studyof  Confucius  and  his  teachings 
reveals  the  fact  that  the  distinctive  char- 
acteristics of  the  Chinaman  arc  the 
results  of  his  religious  training. 

The  Bible  of  the  Chinese  is  the  writings 
of  Confucius.  For  over  two  thousand 
years  Ihey  have  been  the  supreme  law 
to  many  millions  of  the  Chinese  race, 
who  gathered  their  spiritual  strength  and 
regulated  their  daily  walk  by  their  pre- 
cepts and  instructions.  Notwithstand- 
ing that  no  claim  is  made  that  he  was  aided  by  Divine  assistance  or 
supernatural  power,  few  religions  have  exerted  so  great  an 
intluencc. 

The  Huge  Confucius,  according  to  the  records  of  the  Chinese  his- 
torians, was  born  five  hundred  and  flfly-one  years  before  Christ,  and 
was  a  direct  descendant  of  an  emperor  who  reigned  over  China  two 
thousand  years  before  his  birth.     His  father  dying  when  he  was  three 


'^a^^j^^^^35^:^j^^a33i»j^fe® 


CONFUCIUS 


years  of  age,  his  guardianship  and  instruction  devolved  upon  his 
mother,  who,  devoting  her  best  efforts  to  his  care,  was  rewarded  by 
the  utmost  filial  pictji^on  the  part  of  the  son,  a  virtue  w^hich  the  Chi- 
nese regard  among  the  foremost  of  the  principles  of  goodness. 

Sent  to  the  public  school  when  seven  years  of  age,  he  so  quickly 
excelled  his  comrades  in  his  studies  as  to  greatly  honor  his  teacher, 
who  soon  advanced  him  to  the  position  of  assistant.  At  this  young 
age,  the  historians  tell  us.  he  avoided  the  noisy  sports  of -bis  com- 
panions, and  devoted  himself  to  the  study  of  religious  rules,  wiiich 
precepts  he  earnestly  endeavored  to  follow. 

He  was  appointed  to  public  service  when  seventeen  years  of  age, 
hut  resigned  to  mourn  the  death  of  his  mother,  which  occurred  in  his 
twenty- fourth  year. 

Having  conveyed  her  remains  to  the 
summit  of  a  mountain  where  was  the 
grave  of  his  father,  he  went  into  retire- 
ment for  three  years,  his  only  relief  being 
the  study  of  philosophy. 

Becoming,  in  the  meantime,  acquainted 
with  the  precepts  of  the  sages  that  had 
lived  before  his  day,  and  being  desirous 
of  teaching,  he  entered  upon  this  work 
at  the  age  of  thirty.  To  increase  his 
knowledge  he  visited  neighboring  coun- 
tries, preaching  wherever  he  went. 

Returning  to  China,  he  was  called  in  his 
fiftieth  year  to  the  position  of  Prijne  Min- 
ister, an  office  which  the  intrigues  of 
a  neighboring  prince  soon  compelled  him 
to  resign.  He  retired  then  to  private  life, 
and  devoted  the  remainder  of  his  years  to 
the  recording  of  his  own  thoughts, 
besides  collecting  the  wisdom  of  others 
for  the  benefit  of  future  generations. 

On  one  of  his  journeys  abroad,  for 
the  purpose  of  making  new  researches, 
news  came  of  the  death  of  his  wife,  which  overwhelmed  him  wiih 
grief.  Returning  to  his  home,  he  announced  to  his  disciples  lluit 
rhe  days  of  his  life  were  numbered,  and  that  the  utmost  haste 
would  he  necessary  to  enable  him  to  finish  his  work. 

l;j>ou  the  completion  of  his  writings,  which  comprise  four  books  on 
governmental  and  moral  law,  one  only  of  which  is  claimed  as  his  own, 
the  other  three  containing  the  law  of  seers  before  him,  he  placed  ihiui 


--nC); 


f 


TKACIIINGS    OF    CONFUCIUS. 


23 


on  nn  altar  and  rendered  thanks  that  his  life  had  been  spared  until  he 
coidd  cnmpletu  his  Uibors.  He  snbseqnently,  realizing;;  that  liis  dcalh 
was  rapidly  approaching,  designated  the  duty  that  he  thought  each  of 
his  diseiples  should  perform,  and  soon  after  died,  at  the  age  of 
seventy-two,  honored  and  mourned  by  an  immense  number  of  people. 

In  1B71  it  was  estimated  that  there  were  11, 000  males  of  hi^  direct 
descendants  in  China  bearing  his  name,  Kung-fu-tse,  from  which  the 
name  Confucius  is  taken. 

In  the  city  of  Kiofoohien,  which  contains  his  tomb,  four-fifths  of 
the  inhabitants  are  his  descendants. 

The  most  magnificent  temple  in  the  Empire  stands  on  the  site  of 
his  residence,  and  the  fact  that  370,000,000  of  people,  or  about  one- 
fourth  of  the  inhabitants  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  are  governed 
socially  and  politically  by  the  laws  which  he  transmitted  to  posterity, 
would  make  him  one  of  the  most  successful  founders  of  religion  that 
ever  lived. 

A  Religion  that  Makes  Imitators,  not  Originals. 

The  religion  of  Confucius  was  a  religion  of  the  past.  While  it  Is 
admired  for  its  teachings  of  filial  love, for  its  gentleness  and  its  high 
appreciation  of  goodness  and  truth,  it  so  thoroughly  enforced  the 
duty  of  obedience  to  those  in  authority  as  to  make  its  followers  a  race 
of  imitators,  instead  of  a  progressive  people.  The  precepts  of  the 
religion  continually  admonish  the  people  to  admire  the  sages  of  the 


past,  to  imitate  their  example  and  to  do  as  they  have  done.  The 
result  is  that  the  people  of  China  have  steadily,  for  the  past  two 
thousand  years,  looked  back  upon  that  which  had  gone  before.  As  a 
people,  they  have  simply  imitated,  have  stood  still  and  made  no 
advancement.  In  art,  science,  agriculture  and  literature  China 
stands  where  she  stood  hundreds  of  years  ago. 

While  Ctmfucius  evidently  acknowledges  a  God,  his  religion  makes 
no  mention  of  the  Supreme,  but  relates  principally  to  the  importance 
of  a  moral  and  a  correct  life. 

The  Chinaman  is  a  reflex  of  the  religion  of  Confucius.  Imitative 
and  obedient,  he  is  disposed  to  respect  the  laws  and  obey  those  in 
authority.  Fully  impressed  with  the  idea  that  his  ancestors  were 
possessed  of  the  best  information,  he  adopts  the  habits  of  other 
countries  with  great  reluctance,  and  being  thoroughly  imbued  with 
filial  respect  and  love,  he  longs  to  have  his  final  resting-place  beside 
the  graves  of  his  parents,  which  privilege  Confucius  proclaimed  as  a 
reward  for  well-doing.  It  is  not  strange,  therefore,  that  the  last 
dying  request  of  the  Chinaman  should  be  to  be  transported  to  his 
native  country,  where  he  may  rest  beside  his  friends  and  relatives  in 
the  family  burying-ground.  A  variety  of  religious  beliefs  prevails 
throughout  China.  Some  believe  in  the  transmigration  of  souls; 
many  believe  in  a  future  heaven  and  hell;  some  accept  Christ,  and 
many  regard  Mohammed  as  the  prophet. 


'^^^^^^;.s'?i_"_. ■.t.>.^>.>.-J-J-.^3^-^g-e.fc^^gg.J^f^^9??.>^^^Kgj,'^0^'.^..^^.,.<^.. ^^,^^^^^^^ 


-y^^^> 


Precepts  from  the  Chinese  Sacred  Books. 


•^^^a-^^^c"^" 


■^c">  •  -"?■>  •  ~^-.-^G  ^^rf  ;5'=^?^'s^~^,'^^^^y^F^^%-^  D^^rf-  •  <*^-  •  <«^- 


/;<-'-        ■''_,• 

1^-r  -/ 


(^rfHE  following  arc  maxims  of  Confucius, 
taken   from  the  w'ritings  in  his  sacred 

l\}  books. 

If  you  err,  fear  not  to  reform. 

Have  not  a  fi-iend  morally  inferior  to  yourself. 

Have  faithfulness  and  sincerity  as  fii-st  prin- 
ciples. 

Not  to  correct  our  faults  is  to  commit  new  ones. 

When  you  have  faults,  do  not  fear  to  abandon 
them. 

To  know  that  a  thing  is  right  and  not  to  do  it,  is 
weakness. 

When  you  have  learned  to  Uve  well,  you  will 
know  how  to  die  well. 

Return  bad  treatment  with  equity,  and  recom- 
pense kindness  with  kindness. 

Be  rigid  to  yourself  and  gentle  to  others,  and 
you  will  have  no  enemies. 

Riches  and  honoi-s  acquired  by  unrighteousness 
are,  to  me.  as  a  floating  cloud. 

He  who  persecutes  a  good  man  makes  war 
against  himself  and  all  mankind. 

The  love  of  the  perfect  man  is  a  universal  love; 
a  love  whose  object  is  all  mankind. 

Give  thy  superfluities  to  the  poor.  Poverty  and 
human  m'iseries  are  evils,  but  the  bad  only  resent 
them. 

It  is  not  enough  to  know  virtue;  it  is  necessary 
to  love  it— but  it  is  not  sufficient  to  love  it;  it  is 
necessary  to  possess  it. 

Fix  thy  thoughts  on  duty:  practice  without 
ceasing  the  virtue  of  humanity,  and  if  you  have 
leisure,  cultivate  the  arts. 

It  is  necessary,  after  an  exact  and  extensive 
manner,  to  know  the  causes,  properties,  differ- 
ences and  effects  of  all  things. 

The  nature  of  man  is  upright.  If  in  the  course 
of  his  life  he  loses  his  natural  uprightness,  he 
removes  far  from  him  all  happiness. 

It  i?  impossible  that  he  who  knows  not  how  to 
govern  and  reform  himself  and  his  family  can 
rightly  govern  and  reform  a  people. 

Labor  to  purify  thy  thoughts ;  if  thy  thoughts  are 
not  ill,  neither  will  thy  actions  be  so.  The  wise 
man  has  an  infinity  of  pleasures. 


He  who  exercises  government  by  means  of  his 
virtue  may  be  compared  to  the  north  polar-star, 
which  keeps  its  place,  and  all  the  stars  turn  toward 
it. 

Things  that  are  done  it  is  needless  to  speak 
about:  things  that  have  had  their  course  It  is 
needless  to  i-emoiistrate  about;  things  that  are 
just  it  is  needless  to  blame. 

The  good  man  employs  himself  only  with  virtue ; 
the  bad  only  with  his  riches.  The  first  continually 
thinks  upon  the  good  and  interest  of  the  state; 
but  the  last  thinks  on  what  concerns  himself. 

Endeavor  to  imitate  the  wise,  and  never  dis- 
courage thyself,  how  laborious  soever  it  may  be; 
if  thou  canst  arrive  at  thine  end.  the  happiness 
thou  wilt  possess  will  recompense  all  thy  pain. 

If  a  person  has  deviated  from  the  path  of  integ- 
rity and  innocence,  he  needs  only  to  excite  the 
good  that  remains  to  make  atonement  by  pains 
and  industry,  and  he  will  infallibly  arrive  at  the 
highest  state  of  virtue. 

It  is  necessary  to  meditate,  in  particular,  on  the 
things  u.  liilirvr  \M' know,  and  to  weigh  every- 
tliing  by  ihi'  v\.  luhi  nf  reason,  with  all  the  atten- 
tivenes^-'i  -|H[ii^,  .mil  with  the  utmost  exactness 
whereof  \m.'  aiu  capable. 

It  is  the  wise  man  only  who  is  always  pleased; 
virtue  renders  his  spirit  quiet,  nothing  troubles 
him,  nothing  disquiets  him,  because  he  practices 
not  virtue  as  a  reward;  the  practice  of  virtue  is 
the  sole  recompense  he  expects. 

When  the  opportunity  of  doing  a  reasonable 
thing  shall  offer,  make  use  of  it  without  hesita- 
tion. If  a  man,  although  full  of  self-love, 
endeavors  to  perform  good  actions,  behold  him 
already  very  near  that  universal  love  which  urges 
him  to  do  good  to  all. 

The  defects  of  parents  ought  not  to  be  imputed 
to  their  chiMiiii.  If  a  father,  by  his  ninips. 
render  hirns-Hf  nnworthy  of  being  pnunnti'il  to 
honor,  tin-  s<>ii  (ni-^'lit  not  to  be  exohnhil,  il  tif  do 
not  render  himstU  unworthy.  If  a  man  .sh.ill  be 
of  obscure  birth,  his  birth  ought  nut  to  be  his 
crimes. 

Do  unto  another  what  you  would  he  should  do 
unto  you.  and  do  not  unto  another  what  you  would 
not  should  be  done  unto  you.  Thou  only  needest 
this  law  alone;  it  is  the  foundation  and  principle 
of  all  the  rest.  We  cannot  observe  the  necessary 
rules   of   life,   if    there  be   wanting  these  three 


virtues:  (I)  Wisdom,  which  makes  us  diseerh 
good  from  evil.  (2i  Universal  love,  which  makes 
us  love  all  men  who  are  virtuous.  Ci)  That 
resolution  which  makes  us  constantly  persevere 
in  the  adherence  to  good,  and  avei-sion  for  evil. 

Always  remember  that  thou  art  a  man.  that 
human  nature  is  frail,  and  that  thou  mayest 
easily  fall.  But,  if  happening  to  forget  what  thou 
art,  thou  chancest  to  fall,  be  not  di.scouraged; 
remember  that  thou  mayest  i-ise  again;  that  it  is 
in  thy  powrr  tn  brf.Tk  tlif  bands  which  j"in  thee 
tothvnllVii.se,  ,'ni<l  tu  sijIkIuc  thr  i.l.^t;^^l.■'<  uliii.'h 
hiiKl.T  tlirr  fioiii  walkiii-  in  the  paths  ..f  virtUL-. 
The  wist-  man  iicvt  r  hasti-tis.  eitlii'r  in  his  studies 
or  his  words;  he  is  sometimes,  as  it  were.  mute, 
but  when  it  concerns  him  to  act  and  practice 
virtue,  he,  as  I  may  say,  precipitates  all. 

He  who  in  his  studies  wholly  applies  himself  to 
labor  and  exercise,  and  neglects  meditation,  loses 
his  time;  and  he  who  only  applies  himself  to 
meditation  and  neglects  experimental  exercise, 
does  only  wander  and  lose  himself.  The  first  can 
never  know  anything  exactly,  and  the  last  will  only 
pursue  shadows.  To  the  mind  virtue  comnmni- 
cates  inexpressible  beauties  and  perfections;  to 
the  body  it  produces  delightful  sensations;  it 
affords  a  certain  physiognomy,  certain  transports, 
certain  ways,  whicii  intinitely  please.  And  as  it  is 
the  iirMpitt\  -if  virtue  to  becalm  the  heart,  and 
ki-<i' thi'  |.i  ,iir  there,  so  this  inward  tranquillity 
and  v.'ii  rt  ji>y  pVfKhires  a  certain  serenity  in  the 
countenance;  a  certain  air  of  goodness,  kindness 
and  reason,  which  attracts  the  esteem  of  the 
whole  world. 

There  are  four  rules  according  to  which  a 
perfect  man  ought  to  square  himself.  1 1 1  He 
ought  to  practice,  in  respect  of  his  father,  what 
he  requires  from  his  son.  (2)  In  the  service  of 
the  slate  he  ought  to  show  the  same  fidelity  which 
hedemandsof  those  who  are  under  him.  i3t  He 
must  act.  in  respect  to  his  elder  brother,  after  the 
same  manner  he  would  that  his  younger  brother 
should  act  toward  himself,  ti)  He  ought  to 
behave  himself  toward  his  friends  as  he  desires 
his  friends  should  carry  themselves  toward  him. 
The  perfect  man  continually  acquits  himself  of 
these  duties,  how  common  soever  they  may 
appear.  If  you  undertake  an  affair  for  another, 
manage  and" follow  it  with  the  same  eagerness  and 
fidelity  as  if  it  were  your  own.  Always  behave 
yourself  with  the  same  precaution  and  discretiim 
as  you  would  do  if  3'ou  were  observed  by  ten  eyes 
and  pointed  out  by  so  many  hands. 


— x);- 


•f. 


24 


ZOROASTER,    AUTHOR   OF   THE    ZEND    AVESTA. 


f 


Zoroaster. 


The  Sun  Worshipers  of  Persia  and  their  Religion, 


HE  traveler  who  may 
sojourn  for  any  time 
in  some  of  the  Asiatic 
cities  is  interested  as 
he  retires  near  the 
close  of  day  from  the 
busy  thoroughfares  to 
the  seaside,  or  to  some 
elevation,  in  witness- 
ing the  worship  of  the 
declining  sun  by  the 
Parsees,  a  remnant  of 
a  ouce  great  religious 
body  whose  Bible  is 
the  Zend  Avesta.  the 
author  of  which  was 
Zoroaster. 

The    exact   date    at 

which   this  personage 

lived    is   not    known. 

Some  authorities  place  the  time  of  his  birth  at  a  period  about  400 

years  before   Christ.     Others  dale  it  back  to  a  period  before  Moses. 

According  to  tradition,  a  good  spirit  appeared  to  his  mother,  who 

lived  in  Bokhara,  in   Southern   Turkey,  just   before   his   birth,  and 

assured  her  that  she  should  be  protected  from  the  evil  spirits  that 

were  seeking  to  destroy  her  child;  that  he  would  be  a  prophet,  and  the 

world  was  waiting  for  him.     Kecorded  accounts  make  his  father  to 


have  been  Pourushaspa.  and  that  the  child  lived,  grew  to  manhood, 
and  preached  under  the  favor  of  King  Gushtasp,  who  accepted  and 
favored  the  general  adoption  of  his  doctrines. 

The  Zend  Avesta,  which  contains  the  revealed  religion  of  his 
followers,  represents  hira  as  possessed  of  supernatural  endowments, 
and  as  receiving  from  the  Supreme  Divinity,  by  personal  interview, 
the  truths  which  his  religion  teaches. 

From  Turkey  his  influence  extended  southward  until  it  overspread 
all  Persia,  and  extended  largely  into  other  portions  of  Asia.  Its 
former  influence  and  strength  is  shown  in  the  remnants  of  ancient 
ruins  of  temples  dedicated  to  worship,  like  those  of  Persepolis  in 
Southern  Persia  and  others. 

The  disciples  of  Zoroaster  believe  that  as  time  never  had  a  begin- 
ning, it  will  consequently  have  no  ending;  that  eternity  can  be  neither 
created  nor  destroyed,  but  it  can  create  and  destroy  everything,  and 
consequently  may  be  considered  the  first  great  cause  or  creator. 

They  believe  that  originally  there  were  two  spirits — good  and  evil — 
typified  by  light  and  darkness;  that  the  good  spirit,  God,  evolved 
from  the  purest  light,  resides  beyond  the  sun;  that  the  bad  spirit,  the 
Devil,  was  evolved  from  darkness,  is  the  embodiment  of  evil,  and 
resides  in  hell.  That  these  two  spirits  have  always  been  and  will 
continue  to  be  engaged  in  a  strife  for  mastery,  until  light  prevails. 
That  God,  whom  they  call  Oromasdez,  created  six  other  gods  to 
assist  him,  whose  attributes  are  Benevolence,  Wisdom,  Truth, 
Beauty,  Order  and  Health.  That  the  god  of  darkness  created  six 
other  gods  of  opposite  attributes  to  aid  him  in  counteracting  the 
influence  of  goodness.     Their  belief  is  further  explained  elsewhere. 


TEACHINGS  OF  ZOROASTER. 


i 


Treat  old  aprewitbprreat  respect  and  tenderness. 

Be  very  scrupuIoUH  to  observe  the  truth  in  all 
thing>t. 

The  parental  mind  hath  sown  symbols  throuph 
the  world. 

To  refuHC  hospitality  and  not  to  succor  the  poor 
are  »lni«. 

Multiply  domestic  animals,  nourish  them,  and 
treat  them  gently. 

Cultivate  the  noil,  drain  marshes  and  destroy 
danjferouH  creaturen. 

There  Is  no  (freater  cHme  than  to  buy  grain  and 
keep  it  until  it  becomett  dear. 

All  Kood  thoucht-t.  words  and  actions  are  the 
productions  of  llie  celestial  world. 

There  Is  notnethlntf  Intelligible  which  Itiiehoovcs 
thee  to  apprehend  with  the  (lower of  the  mind. 

The  sfiid  Is  a  bright  fire,  and  l>y  the  power  of 
the  Father  reinaliu  Immortal,  and  In  miittretts  of 
Ufe. 


Avoid  everything  caleulated  to  Injure  others. 
Have  no  companionship  with  a  man  who  injures 
Ills  neighbor. 

He  who  sows  the  ground  with  diligence  acquires 
a  gj-eater  stoelt  of  relij^ouM  merit  than  he  could 
gain  by  ten  thousand  prayei-s  in  idleness. 

Re  not  envious,  avaricious,  proud,  or  vain. 
Envy  and  jealousy  are  the  worlc  of  evil  spirit^t. 
Haughty  thoughts'and  thirst  for  gold  are  sins. 

Every  man  who  is  pure  in  thoughts,  words  and 
actions  will  go  to  celestial  regions.  Every  man 
who  is  evil  in  thoughtB,  words  or  actions  will  go 
Uj  the  place  of  the  wicked. 

Po  not  allow  thyself  to  be  carried  awav  iiy 
anger.  Angiy  wi.iiU  luid  wcomful  looks  are  sins. 
To  strike  a  num.  'ir  v.-\  liiin  with  words,  is  a  sin. 
Even  the  Intnif  ifni  ti>  ^tiiki-  another  niei'its  punish- 
ment. OppoMlion  to  iM'iu'i)  is  tt  »in.  Reply  to 
thine  enemy  with  gentleness. 

Fornication  and  immodest  lookn  are  sins.  Avoid 
licentiousness,  because  it  Is  one  of  the  readiest 


means  to  give  evil  spints  power  over  body  and 
soul.  Strive,  therefore,  to  keep  imi-e  in  body  and 
mind,  and  t)nisj)reveiit  the  entrance  of  evil  spirits, 
who  are  nlwjiys  trying  to  gain  possession  of  man. 
To  think  evil  is  a  sin. 

Contend  eniistantly  against  evil,  morally  and 
physically,  lntiTii;)ll.\-  and  externally.  .Strive  in 
every  way  tt)  (iinimi^li  the  power  of  Arimanes,  the 
evil  one,  and  destruy  his  works.  If  a  man  lias 
done  this  he  may  fearlessly  nieel  death,  well 
assured  that  radiant  Ixeds  will  lead  him  across  the 
luminous  bridge  into  a  paradise  of  eternal  happi- 
ness. Itnt  tlKiugh  he  has  been  brave  in  battle, 
killed  wild  beasts  and  fought  with  nil  manner  of 
external  evils,  if  he  has  neglected  to  combat  evil 
within  liimself.  he  has  reason  to  fear  that 
Arimanes  and  his  Devs  will  seize  him  and  carrv 
him  to  Diiscakh,  where  he  will  be  punished  oecoitl- 
Ing  to  his  sins;  not  to  satisfy  the  vengeance  of 
Ornnidz,  but  because,  liaving  coiineete<i  himself 
with    evil,    this  is  the  only   means  of  becoming 

Etirlfled  therefrom,  an  as  to  be  capable  of  enjoying 
uppiness  at  a  future  period. 


??   ^^^^~ 


d- 


-^^T^ 


^tz 


lUTI.INIi    BIOGRAI'IIIC'AL    SKETCH    (»F    JKSIS. 


mm^im^^m^ 


JESUS     THE    CHRIST,     ^f  V. 


--  45' 


.M, 


\:^:^' 


Bible  Account  of  His  Life  and  Teachings. 


ndcrof  Ibt- Christian  religion,  Jesus 
Christ,  was  born  in  Bethlehem,  in 
Judea,  a  region  of  the  country  bordering 
on  the  East  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea, 
in  the  year  of  the  world  4004.  His 
mother,  Mary,  according  to  Biblical 
narrative,  was  betrothed  to  a  carpenter 
named  Joseph,  when  it  was  announced 
to  her  through  an  angel:  ''The  Holy 
t^e^^'^l^'^^f'^'^"^'^    Ghost   shall   come   upon   thee,    and  the 

power  of    the   Highest    shall  over- 

shadow  thee. "     The  Bible  descrip-     g^' 

tion  says  further:     "She  was  found 

with  child  of  the  Holy  Ghost;"    and 

further,    that   her    husband    "knew 

her  not  until  she  had  brought  forth 

her  first-born  son,"  who  was  named 

Jesus,       Joseph    and    Mary,     who 

resided  at  Nazareth,  were   stopping 

temporarily  at  an  inn  at  Bethlehem, 

which  being  full  at  the  time  of  his 

birth,    the    child    was    wrapped    in 

swaddling    clothes    and    laid    in    a 

manger. 

Shepherds  tending  their  flocks  at 

night  had  the  fact  of  his  birth   re- 
vealed to  them  by  an  angel,  and  they 

went  to  Bethlehem  to  see  the  child, 

and  three  wise  men  from  the  East. 

guided  by  a  star,  also  came,  and  fell 

down  and  worshiped  him. 

Being  circumcised  on  the  eighth 

day,  he  was  brought  to  the  temple  in 

Jerusalem  itt  the  expiration  of  thir- 
ty-three days. 

King  Herod,    at  that    time    being 

in  Judea,    hearing   of  the   birth   of 

Jesus,    and  fearing  the  loss  of    his 

throne  from  the  predictions  given  of 

the  child,  sent  a  band  of  robbers  to 

slay  all  the  male  children  to  be  found 

in  and  about  Bethlehem  under  two  years  of  age,  but,  being  warned 

by  a   dream,    the   parents   of   Jesus   fled   into    Egypt,    where    they 

remained  until  Herod's   death,  when  they  returned  to  Nazareth,  in 

Palestine,  seventy-five  miles  north  of  Jerusalem. 
Not  much  is  known  of  him  until  he  was  twelve  years  of  age,  when 

his  parents  took  him  to  the  annual  feast  of  the  Passover  at  Jerusa- 
lem, where  he  astonished  the  doctors  of  law  by  the  wisdom  of  his 

questions  and  answers  at  that  lime. 


JESUS, 

Teacher  of  forgiveness  and  lovf,  and  founder  of  the  Christian  Religion, 


Of  his  life  from  that  period  until  his  thirtieth  year  nothing  is 
known.  It  is  supposed,  however,  that  he  assisted  Joseph  as  a  car- 
penter, improving  such  opportunity  as  was  presented  for  reflection 
and  meditation.  About  six  months  previous  to  the  commencement 
of  his  ministry,  John  the  Baptist,  a  cousin  of  Jesus,  proclaimed  the 
coming  of  Jesus  as  the  promised  Messiah,  and  besought  the  people 
to  repent  of  their  sins  and  accept  him.  Many  repented  and  were 
baptized,  thus  preparing  themselves  to  be  his  followers.  Jesus  came 
soon  after  and  was  baptized,  at  his  own  request,  in  the  river  Jordan. 
It  is  said  that  as  he  came  out  from  the  water,  a  voice  from  heaven 
proclaimed:  "This  is  My  beloved 
Soji,  in  whom  1  am  well  pleased.*' 
Then  followed  a  fast  of  forty  days 
in  the  wilderness;  after  which  he 
selected  his  disciples  and  commenced 
his  preaching.  His  ministry  was 
remarkable  for  the  many  miracles 
which  it  is  recorded  he  performed. 
He  cured  by  a  word  a  nobleman's 
son  lying  sick  at  Capernaum.  He 
changed  water  to  wine  to  supply  the 
guests  at  a  marriage  feast  in  Galilee. 
He  stilled  a  tempest  on  the  Sea  of 
Galilee;  healed  a  palsied  centurion; 
raised  Lazarus  from  the  dead  at 
Bethany ;  restored  to  sight  blind  Bar- 
timens ;  blighted  with  a  word  a 
barren  fig-tree,  and  fed  5,000  per- 
sons with  five  loaves  and  two  small 
fishes. 

He  delivered  the  memorable  Ser- 
mon on  the  Mount,  and  gave  the 
Lord's  Prayer  as  an  example  to  those 
who  are  disposed  to  indulge  in 
long  prayers.  He  drew  upon  him- 
self the  hostility  of  the  Pharisees 
for  healing  the  sick  at  the  pool  of 
Bethesda  on  the  Sabbath,  and  gave 
ofl!ense  to  the  Jews  for  gathering 
food  also  on  that  day.  For  these 
of  the  forms  and  ceremonies  of  the  Jews, 
divine  power. 


offenses,  the  overturning 

and  the  hostility  aroused  because  he  claimed  to  possess 

the  scribes  and  Pharisees  commenced  a  system  of  persecution,  which 

finally  ended  in  his  death. 

At  the  last  feast  of  the  Passover  he  instituted  the  Lord's  Supper, 
and  at  that  time  announcc{J  that  one  of  his  disciples  would  betray 
him.  .  Afterwards,  in  the  garden  of  Gethsemane,  he  prayed  with 
great  agony  of  spirit,  and  hither  came  an  armed  band,  with  Judas, 


26 


CHILDHOOD    HOME    OF   JESUS.       EXTRACTS   FUOM    HIS   TEACHIXGS. 


? 


one  of  hi?  disciples,  who  made  Jesus  known  by  kissing  him.  Refu;?- 
ing  all  offers  of  assistance.  Jesus  surrendered  himself,  and  was 
brought  to  the  court  of  seventy— the  Jewish  Sanhedrim— where  he 
was  accused  before  Pontius  Pilate,  the  governor,  of  blasphemy  in 
claiming  to  be  the  Son  of  God — a  fact  which  Jesus  not  denying,  he 
was  condemned  to  death,  though  of  any  crime  Pilate  admitted  him  to 
be  entirely  innocent. 

With  a  crown  of  thorns  placed  npon  his  head,  he  was  led  to  Cal- 
vary, outside  of  Jerusalem,  where  he  was  ignominiously  cruciBed 
between  two  thieves,  among  his  last  words  being,  when  suffering  the 
agony  of  death  on  the  cross,  that  tender  and  compassionate  expres- 
gion — a  sentiment  that  will  live  and  elevate  the  races  in  all  the  years 
to  come:  '' Father,  forgive  them,  for  they  know  not  avhat 
THET   do!" 

At  his  death,  the  Bible  narrative  says,  the  sun  was  darkened,  the 
earth  quaked,  and  the  veil  of  the  temple  was  rent  in  twain.  Joseph, 
one  of  his  disciples,  came  in  the  evening  and  obtained  permission  to 
bury  his  body  in  a  tomb  "hewn  in  stone,"  from  which  grave  Jesus 
emerged  nlivt-  on  the  third  day,  made  himself  known  to  his  followers. 

Extracts  from  the  New       t^;^^^ 
Testament. 

GIVE  to  him  that  asketh  thoD. 
;ind  from  him  that  would  bor- 
row of  thee  turn  not  thou 
away.— Matthew  v.,  42. 

Let  your  light  so  shine  before 
men  that  they  may  see  your  good 
works  and  glorify  your  Father 
which  is  in  heaven.  — Matthew 
V. ,  16. 

He  that  receiveth  you  (the  dis- 
ciples) receiveth  Me;  and  he  that 
receiveth  Me  receiveth  Him  that 
sent  5Ie.— Matthew  x. ,  40. 

AVhosoever  shall  give  to  diink 
unto  one  of  these  little  ones  (the 
disciples^  a  cup  of  cold  water 
only  in  the  name  of  a  disciple, 
verily  I  say  unto  you  he  shall 
not  lose  his  reward.  — Matthew 
X. ,  42. 

God  sent  not  His  Son  into  the 
world  to  condemn  the  world, 
but  that  the  world  through  Him 
might  be  saved. — John  iii- ,  1". 

For  (iod  so  loved  the  world 
that  He  gaVi-  His  only  becrotteri 
Son  th;it  w)i..snt'Vfi-  belU'VL-tii  in 
Him  r.li..ul<l  ni)t  pi-rish.hut  have 
everia--iting  life. -John  iii..  Hi. 

Ye  have  heard  that  it  was  said 
by  them  rjf  old  time.  Thou  shalt 
m»t  commit  adultery;  but  1  say 
unto  ymi.  that  whosoever  look- 
eth  oil  a  wiiiiKin  to  lust  after  her 
hath  comtnitted  adultery  with 
her  already  in  his  heart. — Mat- 
thew v.,  27,  28. 

If  ye  forgive  men  their  tres- 
passes, vour  Hlmv-iiI.v  F;ith<-r 
will  also  fniL'iv.-  \..ii  tiu'  If  ye 
forgive  not  m--n  i!m-m  tn  ■i-.i--fs, 
neither  will  yuui  lailn  i  l-.i^rive 
your  trespasses.  —  Matthew  vi. , 

14.  ir.. 

Judge    not   that    ye    be    not 
judged.      For  with   what    judg- 
ment ye  Judge  ye  shall  be  judged 
and  with  what  meastne  ye  mete.  It  shall  be  meas- 
ured to  you  again.— Matthew vif.,  1,  2. 

Ask.  and  it  shall  be  given  you;  seek  and  ye  shall 
nnd;  knock,  and  it  shall  be  opened  unto  you;  for 
every  one  that  asketh  receiveth,  and  lie  that  seek- 
eth  llndeth.  and  to  him  that  knocketh  tt  shall 
be  opened.— Matthew  vil.,  7,    8. 

If  ye.  bi'ingevil.  know  hr)w  to  give  good  gifts 
unto  your  (liildrt-n.  imw  inmh  iiiori-  -.|i;ill  ymir 
Father  whiih  i--  in  ln-av.ii  give  good  gifts  to  tli.m 
thatojHk  himf  Therefon-  iill  things  whatsm-vcr  ye 
would  that  men  shcnild  do  inito  yuu.  do  y<.'  even  so 
to  them;  for  this  is  the  law  and  the  prophets.— 
Matthew  vti.,  II.  12. 

Knterye  in  at  the  strait  gate,  for  wide  Ih  the  gate, 
antl  broad  isthewav.  thiit  leadeth  to  destruction, 
and  manv  there  be  which  go  in  thereat;  because 
strait  is  the  gate,  and  narrow  Is  the  way.  which 
leadeth  unto  life. and  few  there  be  that  And  It.— 
Matthew  vll. .  13,  U. 

Ye  have  heard  that  It  hath  been  said,  an  eye  for 
an  eye,  and  a  tooth  for  a  tooth ;  but  I  say  unto  you 


remained  on  earth  forty  days,  giving  blessings  and  instructions,  and 
promising  to  be  with  those  who  should  believe. 

Taking  with  him  his  disciples,  he  then  retired  to  the  Mount  of  Olives, 
where,  in  the  act  of  spreading  his  hands  and  blessing  them,  he  was 
taken  up  into  heaven,  and  a  cloud  received  him  out  of  their  sight. 

The  Influence  of  the  Christian  Religion. 

Much  controversy  has  exi.sted  since  the  appearance  of  Christ,  as  to 
his  miraculous  conception,  his  subversion  of  the  laws  of  nature  to 
perform  miracles,  and  his  alleged  divinity.  Into  that  discussion  we 
do  not  purpose  now  to  enter.  It  is  sufficiently  shown,  however,  by 
Bible  history,  that  in  daily  walk,  example  and  precept,  Christ  was 
one  of  the  noblest  characters  that  ever  appeared  on  earth. 

His  teaching  moulded  and  fixed  in  the  human  mind  an  idea  of  an 
Omnipresent,  All-wise  and  Supreme  Creator,  elevating  his  followers 
above  idol-worship.  He  inculcated  the  law  of  charity  and  forgive- 
ness as  no  one  else  had  done,  and,  by  his  disregard  of  past  observances 
and  forms,  he  ushered  in  a  progressive,  advancing  theology,  which 
has  been,  and  is,  the  religion  of  civilization. 


Teaching  and  Precepts  of 
Jesus. 

T.VKE  heed  that  ye  do  not  your 
alms  before  men,  to  be  seen 
of  them ;  otherwise  ye  have  no 
rew.iiilof  vour  Fr»thci'"\vhich  is  In 

hfllVfll.    ..       .litlt  vb.'TI  lliolKlocst 

aiiiLs  Ift  notthv  lefl  li:tii<i  kn.iw 
whiit  tliy  right  handiloL-tb.  that 
tliini'  ;ilui-  iiiiiy  be  in  secret;  and 
tliv  l\ii)i.  r  \\  hich  seeth  in  secret 
sImII  nuard  thee  openly.— Mat- 
thtw  vi.,  ],  :i.  4. 

Every  good  tree  bringeth  forth 
good  trutt.  but  a  corrupt  tree 
bringeth  forth  evil  fruit.  A  good 
ti.r.  Miiiiot  liringfortli  evil  fruit; 
liiilli.'i-  can  A  riiini|.t  tree  bring 
[oiili  ;.'"!■<!  tnnt.  K v. tv  tree  that 
biiriiTitii  i.irih  not  good  fniit  is 
h.uTi  down  and  cast  into  the  fire. 
Wh.'nfore  by  their  fruits  ye 
sliall  know  them. —Matthew  vil. , 

■Whosoever shall  confessMe  be- 
fore men  him  will  I  confess  also 
before  My  Father  which  is  in 
ln;ntn;  but  whosoever  shall  deny 
:\b'  bi  (oir  rufn.  him  will  I  also 
ih  ii\  bL'tonMv  Father  in  heaven. 
-  Matthew  X.," 32,  3.^ 

Think  not  that  I  am  come  to 
destroy  the  law  or  the  prophets; 
lie  to  destroy,  but  to 


I  am  not 
fulfil.  F 
Till  heav 


NAZARETH, 

In  Palestine,  Childhood  Home  of  Jesus.   The  place  is  called  to-day  Nasirah,  and  has 
a  population  of  about  3,000  inltabitants. 

that  ye  resist  not  evil,  but  whosoever  shall  smite 
thee  on  thy  right  cheek,  turn  to  him  the  other  also. 
—Matthew  v.,  38,39. 

The  Lord's  Prayer, 

WHEN  ye  pray,  use  not  vain  repetitions,  as  the 
heathen  do;  for  thev  think  that  they  shall  bo 
heard  for  their  mucli  speaking. 
Re  not  ve  therefore  like  unto  them;    for  your 
Father  kr'ioweth  what  things  ye  have  need  of, 
before  ye  ask  Him. 
After  this  manner  therefore  pi'ay  ye; 
Our  Father  which  art  in  heaven,  lialIowe<l  be  Tliy 

Vhy  kingrlom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in  earth,  os 
it  is  In  heaven. 

Civc  Us  this  day  our  dallv  bread. 

Anr!  forgive  us  our  deblw,  o-s  we  forgive  our 
debtors.  ,         ,  ,, 

And  lead  us  not  into  tcrnntation,  Imt  deliver  uh 
from  evil:  For  thine  Is  the  khigdom.  and  the  power, 
and  the  glory  forever.    Amen.  —Matthew  vi. ,  U, 


1  -av  unto  vou. 
Ithpassol.rjot 
or  one  Iltllr  ~liall  mi  TIo  «)-.,•  Iiass 
from  tbf  laM  nil  all  he  lulliflfd. 
Wbosoev.i  Ih.-ivfnii- sliall  bivak 
our  ot  tlic-e  least  coinioaiid- 
nunls.  and  shall  Icarli  nu'ii  so, 
he  shall  br  .-allt'il  Ih-'  Ira-t  in 
tbr  kink'iioin..rhcav.'n.  but  u  ho- 
SoViTshalliloaiKlI.  a.'h  tlKiii.  the 
sanir  shall  b.-  .ail.-d  gn-al  iii  the 
kingdom  of  heaven.— Matthew  v. 
17-19. 

Blessed  are  the  poor  in  spirit; 
for  theirs  is  the  kingdom  of 
heaven. 

Blessed   are  they  that  mourn; 
for  they  shall  be  comforted. 
Blessed  are  the  meek;  for  they 
shall  inherit  the  enrth. 

Blessed  are  the  merciful;  for  they  shall  obtain 
mercy. 

Blessed  are  the  pure  in  heort;  for  they  shall  see 
God. 

Blessed  are  the  peacemakers;  for  they  shall  l)e 
calle<l  the  children  of  God, 

Blessed  are  they  which  are  perspcutcil  for  right- 
eousness' sake;  for  theirs  is  the  kingdom  of  heaven. 

Blessed  are  ye  when  men  shall  revile  ycni  nnd  per- 
secutt' vou. aiid  shall  say  all  nianiicr  ul'i'vil  ak'alM^t 
you  fai-srly.  for  >ly  sake;  rr.inuc  and  b.- iNr.rrimg 
glad,  tor  gR'al  is  yiviir  reward  in  lira\(rt;  loi-  ^.l 
persecuted  they  the  proiihels  which  vveie  beloie 
you.— Matthew  v.,  'i-l2. 

Ye  have  heard  that  it  hath  been  said,  thou  >balt 
love  thy  neighbor  Jind  hate  thine  enemy;  but  I  say 
unto  you.  love  your  .•iinnirs.  bless  them  that 
curse  vou,  do  good  to  iln-m  that  hate  you.  ami 
pray  ('or  them  whirh  dcsplt.  fully  use  and  perse- 
cute you. —Matthew  v.,  IK,  H. 


.(h^*'^- 


? 


HISTiiliV    AXD    ■\VOKK    OF    MOII AM:MKn. 


i     ^^^^' 


^^^f^^^ 


THE  MOHAMMEDAN  RELIGION  AND  ITS  TEACHINGS. 


^^^^^■^^ 


ERSIA,  Arabia,  Syria,  Asia  Minor,  Egypt, 
Xorlhcrn  Africa,  Asiatic  Turkey  and  Tar- 
tury,  are  included  in  that  portion  of  the 
world  over  which  prevails  the  Moham- 
iiifdan  religion.  That  an  individual  could 
arif^e  in  the  broad  light  nf  history  at  so  late 
a  dviy,  and  establish  such  a  wide-spread 
religion,  would  indicate  him  to  be  a  very 
remarkable  man.      Such  was  Mohammed. 

The  city  of  his  nativity  was  Mecca,  in  Arabia,  where 
he  was  born  in  the  year  570. 
Ilis  father,  Abdullah,  who  was 
a  merchant  in  humble  circum- 
stances, died  two  months  after 
his  birth,  and  his  mother  six 
years    later.       His    guardian- 
ship was  then  confided  to  his 
grandfather,    who     died     two 
years    afterwards,     when     he 
went  to  live  with  his   uncle, 
Abu    Taleb,    with    whom    he 
made  journeys  through  Syrii 
and  other  countries;  and  witl 
another  uncle,  named  Zobias, 
h e    traveled    extensiveli 
throughout  Arabia;  during  which  time  he 
acquired  valuable  knowledge,  which,  it  may 
well  bo  supposed,  served  him  in  good  stead 
in  the  later  years  of  his  eventful  life. 

In  his  varying  fortunes  he  was  at  one  time 
a  shepherd  near  Mecca;  subsequently  a 
linen  trader,  and,  a  little  later,  was  in  the 
employ  of  a  wealthy  widow  named  Khadijah, 
whom  he  married  when  about  twenty-five 
years  of  age,  she  being  fifteen  years  his 
senior.  Through  this  marriage  he  had  four 
daughters  and  two  sons,  and  with  his  family 
he   passed   ten   years   of  peaceful   life,  the 

love  of  meditation  growing  upon  him  to  that  extent,  however,  that  at 
forty  he  was  in  the  habit  of  resorting  to  a  solitary  cave  at  Mount 
Hara,  where  he  gave  himself  up  to  religious  meditation.  It  was  a 
time  in  the  history  of  Arabia  when  reform  was  needed.  Through 
tyranny  and  conquest  in  the  surrounding  nations,  his  country  was 
being  made  the  refuge  of  the  religiously  oppressed.     Hither  came 


MOHAMMED, 

Founder  of  the  Mitliamnu'daii  Religion 


the  Jews,  the  worshipers  of  fire  and  of  idols;  and  with  the  varyim; 
beliefs  and  contentions  the  time  was  ripe  for  the  inauguration  of  a. 
reform  that  should  bring  order  out  of  chaos. 

In  his  solitude,  Mohammed  gave  himself  up  to  reflection,  praying 
that  he  might  become  the  instrumentality  whereby  the  people  should 
be  saved  from  their  idolatries.  While  he  meditated  thus  he  passed 
into  a  convulsion,  when  an  angel  appeared  to  him  and  commanded 
him  to  read.  In  that  conditicm,  it  is  claimed,  he  saw  and  read  the 
decrees  of  God  which  he  afterwards  promulgated  in  the  Koran. 
Having  settled  in  his  own  mind  the  fact  that  he  was  not  under  the 
control  of  an  evil  spirit,  he  yielded  to  the 
influence  thus  brought  to  bear  upon  him,  and 
the  communications  continued  to  come  to 
the  end  of  his  life,  being  dictated  to  Moham- 
med by  persons  in  attendance.  These  rev- 
elations, at  the  close  of  his  life,  were  collected, 
and  became  the  Bible  of  the  Mohammedans, 
known  as  the  Koran. 

His  wife,  Khadijah,  became  his  first 
convert  when  he  commenced  preaching;  but, 
aside  from  his  family  and  immediate  friends, 
the  number  of  his  adherents  was  very  small. 
Five  years  went.by,  at  the  expiration  of  which 
time  he  announced  himself  as  a  prophet,  in 
compliance  with  a  special  message.  This, 
however,  drew  such  enmity  upon  him  as  to 
make  it  necessary  for  his  uncle,  Abu  Taleb, 
though  not  a  believer  in  his  mission,  to  pro- 
tect him  from  the  violence  of  the  mob. 

Five  years  later,  his  uncle  and  wife  both 
died.  As  before,  varying  fortune  attended 
him.  He  had  several  times  been  expelled 
from  Mecca,  and  at  last  was  compelled  to  flee 
to  Medina  to  save  his  life,  where  he  was 
received  with  all  the  honors  of  a  king. 
There  he  was  not  only  a  prophet,  but  a  tem- 
poral ruler  also, 

During  the  succeeding  ten  years  he  had 
several  battles  with  his  opponents,  but  in  the  end  he  had  not  onlv 
conquered  Mecca,  which  had  been  the  strongest  of  his  opposition,  but 
his  doctrines  had  become  the  generally  accepted  faith  of  the  country, 
and  his  rule  was  admitted  throughout  all  Arabia. 

Of  various  pilgrimages  which  he  made  to  Mecca,  his  followers  that 
went  with  him  the  last  time  numbered  40,000.     On  that  occasion  he 


ascended  Mount  Arraffl,  with  this  immense  concourse  of  Moslems, 
exhorted  for  the  last  time  his  people,  and  blessed  them.  In  this 
farewell  sermon  to  his  congregation,  having  a  premonition  that  he  was 
near  his  end,  though  only  sixty-three  years  old,  he  said:  "I  return 
to  Him  who  sent  me,  and  my  last  command  to  you  is,  that  you  love, 
honor  and  uphold  each  other;  that  you  exhort  each  other  to  faith  and 
constancy  in  belief,  and  especially  in  the  performance  of  pious  and 
charitable  deeds.  5Iy  life  has  been  for  your  good,  and  so  will  be  my 
death. "' 

Returning  to  Medina,  he  was  taken  sick  three  months  afterwards, 
the  result  of  an  enfeebled  system  from  poison  given  him  three  years 
before  by  an  enemy.  He  died  in  the  arms  of  Ayesha,  his  favorite 
wife,  in  a  house  adjoining  the  Mosque;  and,  in  a  portion  of  the 
Mosque  which  has  been  enlarged  to  cover  the  spot,  his  remains  lie 
to  this  day. 

During  the  life  of  Khadijah  he  had  no  other  wife  than  her,  but 
after  his  death,  it  is  claimed,  he  married  twenty.  Six  died  before 
him ;  from  five  he  was  divorced,  and  at  his  death  ten  were  left  widows. 

Mohammed  is  said  to  have  been  a  man  of  middle  stature,  having  a 
strong  beard,  thick  hair,  bright  eyes,  much  fluency  of  speech,  and^ 
though  modest  in  bearing,   had  great  courage. 

Mohammedan  writers  claim  that  he  possessed  the  power  to  have 
prolonged  his  life;  that  the  angel  Gabriel  gave  him  permission  to 
take  life  or  death;  whereupon  Mohammed  chose  death,  and  by  an 
angel  he  was  thrown  into  a  spasm,  which  soon  terminated  in  death. 
Thus  ended  the  life-work  of  a  remarkable  man,  whose  followers 
to-day  number  160,000.000. 


What  Mohammedanism  Teaches. 

The  Mussulman  faith  teaches  that  there  is  but  one  God.  Lord  and 
Governor  of  the  Universe,  who  produced  all  things  from  nothing, 
who  never  begot  any  person  whatever,  as  He  Himself  was  never 
begotten  by  another.  Lord  and  Sovereign  over  all,  we  are  bound  to 
serve  and  adore  Him  only.  That  we  must  believe  with  our  hearts  and 
confess  with  our  mouths  that  Mohammed  is  the  prophet,  and  that  his 
revealed  truth  has  been  transmitted  to  us  through  the  Koran.  That 
there  will  be  a  final  resurrection;  that  the  first  who  will  arise  upon  earth 
will  be  Mohammed;  that  all  will  come  to  judgment,  and  Mohammed 
will  intercede  for  the  wicked.  That  those  whose  actions  are  good, 
who  believe, and  confess  a  belief,  in  the  one  God,  in  Mohammed  and 
the  Koran — these  shall  have  perpetual  light  in  paradise  with  Moham- 
med; that  wicked  disbelievers  shall  be  cast  into  hell,  where  they  shall 
endure  every  possible  torment;  but  there,  even,  those  who  may  believe 
in  the  one  true  God,  though  morally  bad  and  in  hell  for  a  time,  at 
the  second  intercession  of  Mohammed  may  finally  hfive  their  sins 
washed  away. 

To  attain  to  purity  and  holiness  on  earth,  the  Mohammedan  faith 
enjoins  various  exercises.  Perfect  cleanliness,  frequent  prayers, 
the  giving  of  alms,  fasting,  and  a  pilgrimage  to  Mecca. 

While  many  forms  and  ceremonies  are  observed  by  the  followers  of 
this  religion,  the  general  outline  of  belief  regarding  the  resurrection, 
torment  in  hell  and  perpetual  bliss  in  heaven,  seems  to  have  been 
borrowed  from  the  Christian  faith,  Mohammed  being  regarded  as  the 
prophet  instead  of  Christ. 


Extracts  From  the  Koran 


r  OD  oblipeth  no  man  to  do  more  than  he  hath  an 
ability  to  perform;  God  will  cause  ease  to 
succeed  hardship. 

It  is  God  who  hath  created  seven  lieavens 
and  as  many  diflfei-ent  stories  of  the  earth; 
the  divine  command  descendeth  between  them. 

Hell  shall  be  a  place  of  ambush,  a  receptacle  for 
the  transgressors,  who  shall  remain  therein  for 
ages;  they  shall  not  taste  any  refreshments 
therein,  or  any  drink,  except  boiling  water. 

This  is  the  description  of  paradise,  which  is 
promised  to  the  pious.  It  is  watered  by  rivei-s;  its 
food  is  perpetual,  anil  its  shade  also;  this  shall  be 
the  reward  of  those  who  fear  God.  But  the  reward 
of  the  inlldels  shall  be  hell-fire. 

Unto  those  who  do  right  shall  be  given  an 
excellent  reward  in  this  world,  but  the  dwelling  of 
the  next  worltl  shall  be  better;  and  happy  shall  be 
iUf-  ilwellin;;  "f  tht-  piuus— namely  gardens  of 
eternttl  ab-idc,  into  whu-li  they  shall  enter;  rivci-s 
.shall  llnw  iHiii-iith  tin-  same;  thereiii  shall  they 
enjoy  whutevei-  they  wish. 

Concerning  wine  and  lots;  in  both  there  is 
great  sin,  and  also  some  things  of  use  unto  men; 
but  their  sinfulness  is  greater  than  their  use. 

The  Lord  halh  commanderl  that  ye  show  kind- 
ness unto  your  parents,  whether  the  one  of  them 
or  both  of  them  attain  to  old  age  with  thee. 
Wherefore  sav  not  unto  them.  Fie  on  yo>i: 
neither  reproach  them,  but  speak  respectfully 
unto  them,  and  submit  to  behave  humbly  toward 
them,  out  of  tender  alfection. 

Give  unto  him  who  is  of  kin  to  you  his  due.  and 
also  unto  the  poor  and  the  traveler.  And  waiito 
not  thv  substant-e  profusely,  for  the  profuse  ore 
brethrVri  of  the  duvtls}  and  the  devil  woa  untfralc- 
ful  to  hla  Lord.  . 


Verily  the  Lord  will  enlarge  the  store  of  whom 
he  pleaseth,  for  He  knoweth  and  regardeth  His 
servants. 

Give  full  measure  when  you  measure  aught; 
and  weigh  with  a  just  balance.  This  will  be 
better,  and  more  easy  Cor  determining  every 
man's  due. 

Set  not  up  another  god  with  the  true  God,  lest 
thou  sit  down  in  disgrace  and  destitute.  Thy 
Lord  hath  commanded  that  ye  worship  none 
beside  Him. 

Do  thou  trust  in  Him  who  livethand  dieth  not, 
and  celebrate  His  praise  who  hath  created  the 
heavens  and  the  earth,  and  whatever  is  between 
them,  in  six  days. 

The  servants  of  the  merciful  are  those  who 
walk  meekly  on  the  earth,  and  when  the  igno- 
rant speak  iinto  them,  answer,  Peace;  and  who 
pass  the  night  adoring'  their  Li)rd  and  standing  up 
to  pray  unto  Him.  Ami  \vh.n.'ver  repenteth  and 
doth  that  which  is  right,  vi-rily  he  turneth  luito 
God  with  an  acceptable  convei»ion. 

Veiily  this  present  life  is  only  a  play  and  a  vain 
amusement;  but  if  ye  believe  and  fear  God,  He  will 
give  you  your  rewards. 

Consume  not  your  wealth  among  yourselves  in 
vain;  nor  present  it  unto  judges,  that  ye  may 
devour  part  of  men's  substance  unjustly,  against 
your  own  conscience. 

Marrv  those  who  arc  single  among  you,  and  such 
as  are  honest  of  your  men-servants  and  your  maid- 
servants; if  they  be  poor,  God  will  enrich  tlu-m  of 
His  abnndam-e,  for  God  is  bounteous  and  wise. 
And  let  those  who  find  not  a  match  keep  Ihem- 
selves  from  fornication  until  God  shall  ciuich  them 
of  Uis  ubiuidancc. 


God  will  render  of  none  efi'ect  the  works  of  those 
who  believe  not,  and  who  turn  away  men  from 
the  way  of  God;  but  as  to  those  who  believe  and 
work  righteousness,  and  believe  in  the  revelation 
which  hath  been  sent  down  to  Mohammed  (fur  it 
is  truth  from  their  Lordl.  He  will  expiate  their 
evil  deeds  from  them,  and  will  dispose  their  heart 
aright. 

The  law  of  Koran  forbids  a.  man  marrying  his 
father's  wife,  his  mother,  daughter,  sister,  aunt, 
niece,  wet-nurse,  foster-sister,  mother-in-law  and 
daughter-in-law,  or  free  women  who  are  married, 
and  who  are  not  slaves.  If  he  has  not  means 
enough  to  marry  a  free  woman  who  is  a  believer, 
he  may  marry  those  of  his  maid-servants  who  are 
true  believers. 

Ye  may  divorce  your  wives  twice,  and  then 
either   retain    them  with  humanity,    or   dismiss 

them  with  kindness But  if  the  husband  divorce 

her  a  third  time  she  shall  nnt  he  lawful  for  him 
again  until  she  marry  anutli.i-  tiii>l>ari(l.  But  if 
be  also  divorce  her,  it  shall  h<-  ii<>  cnnu-  in  them  if 
they  return  to  each  other  if  tliey  think  they  can 
observe  the  ordinances  of  God. 

O  true  believers,  the  law  of  retaliation  is 
ordained  you  for  the  slain;  the  free  shall  die  ftir 
the  free,  and  the  servant  fnr  the  servant,  and  a 
woman  for  a  woniiiiK  hnl  be  wliniii  his  brother 
shall  ft>rgive  may  h.-  pl■o^.■c^lt^■^l  mul  be  obliged  to 
make  sati-^factiiin  according  to  »hat  is  just,  and  a 
fliii-  ^\i:\]]  \tf  set  oil  him  with  humanity-  And  lie 
wlii.  sliali  (iari>gress  after  this  by  killing  the 
muiilerer  shall  suller  o  grievous  jjunishment. 

Observe  prayer,  and  giveolnis,  and  obey  the 
apostle,   that    ye   may  obtain  mercy. 

Walk  not  proudly  in  the  land,  for  thou  canst  not 
cleave  the  earth;  neither  shalt  thou  e<iual  the 
mountains  in  stature. 


LCswiZli^i^^ 


.A- 


f 


IIISliiKY    z\NU    WOKK    i<V    SWKDENBOKO. 


'J'.l 


4?'  >-t'v  J*   -  -aJ  \  ih-    .'■  i-S-  ^   -  ' 


Emanugl  Swsdcnborg.       '^ 


W''^^i^^4St:i'^^:€X:r 


;■*? 


m^  \  Qi  e  Qlle'b  '<?te^  el'B|'e'|e'  e  lo  'e.je  g'  ei'tjiile' 0  l(i)|'e'ie"e|^  ~fC°  e  s'  o'  e  s'  o  oi'e'  b  !e"o  'Q'  °l  ei'pijo  o  'S  s  lo'°'  e'  be  e  o 


,i4 


Biographical  Sketch  of  the  Swedish  Seer. 


-..i:...,  ^-<W,  .- 

^: 

..  .,;-:s^'..:.,. 

■i  A  LEARNED  man  and  a  "prophet  chosen  to 
r(ncal  light  from  heaven,  Emanuel  Sweden- 
borgmay  justly  be  clawsed  with  those  who  are 
recognized  by  a  large  number  of  followers  as 
having  received  spiritual  instruction  superior 
to  what  is  given  most  mortals  on  earth   to 

y   know. 

He  was  born  in  Stockholm,  Sweden.  Jan- 
uary 29,  1688;  his  father,  Bishop  of  Skarn, 
in  West    Gothland,   being  Jesper    Swedborg, 

which  name,  by 

the  ennobling  of 

the  family,  was 
changed  to    Swedenborg,  in  1719. 

Carefully  educated  in  the  Lutheran 
church,  he  was  remarkable,  as  a  child, 
for  spiritual  susceptibility,  the  claim 
being  that  angels  spoke  through  him. 
Completing  his  studies  at  I'psal,  he 
spent  the  following  two  years  in  travel 
through  Holland,  England  and  France, 
afterwards  settling  in  Griefswald,  in 
Pomerania,  and  engaged  in  scientific 
pursuit.  He  subsequently  established 
and  published  iu  Sweden,  for  two  years, 
a  scientific  journal  devoted  to  mathe- 
matics and  mechanics;  during  which 
time  he  became  acquainted  with 
Christopher  Palhem,  an  engineer,  who 
secured  through  Iving  Charles  XIL  his 
appointment  as  assessor  extraordinary 
of  the  College  of  Mines.  During  the 
succeeding  years  he  gave  attention  to 
mining  engineering,  published  various 
works  relating  to  scientific  subjects, 
and  was  elected  to  membership  in 
academies  of  science  iu  Stockholm, 
St.  Petersburg  and  Upsal.       In  1745, 

being  then  fifty-seven  years  of  age,  he  announced  his  scientific 
labors  finished,  and,  feeling  himself  called  by  God,  entered  upon  the 
work  of  revealing  to  men  a  new  system  of  religious  truth,  the  claim 
being  that  he  was  permitted  to  converse  with  spirits  and  angels,  and 
could  thus  clearly  reveal  the  mysteries  of  the  spiritual  world. 

In  order  to  devote  himself  exclusively  to  his  work,  he  retired  from 
other  labor,  and  commenced  his  mission  by  first  reading  the  Christian 
Bible  in  the  original ;  following  which  he  wrote  several  books  explan- 
atory of  his  revelations  regarding  the  Scriptures,  which  he  published 
at   his   own  expense;  among   them   the    Arcana    Celestia,    in  eight 


Emanuel  Swedenborg. 


large  quarto  volumes,  being  a  commentary  on  Genesis  and  Exodus, 
besides  accounts  of  *' wonderful  things  seen  and  heard  in  heaven  and 
hell."  These  were  followed  by  many  other  works  of  a  religious 
character. 

Never  married,  he  was  a  modest,  unassuming  man,  who  never 
alluded  to  his  spiritual  intercourse  unless  closely  questioned;  but  of 
his  ability  to  converse  with  spirits,  and  thus  receive  intelligence  of 
distant  countries  and  places,  independent  of  other  means  of  com- 
munication, his  believers  had  not  the  slightest  doubt. 

A  stroke  of  apoplexy,  on  Christmas  eve  in  1771,  deprived  him  r.f 
speech  and  lamed  one  side.  In  a 
lethargic  state  he  remained  for  three 
weeks,  at  the  end  of  which  be  re- 
covered his  speech,  when  he  told  his 
attendants  that  the  angels  had  kei)t  him 
company  during  the  time,  as  usual. 
He  died  in  London,  March  24.  17T2. 
being  at  the  time  eighty-four  years, 
eight  weeks  and  five  days  old. 

His  body  was  deposited  in  the  vault 
of  the  Swedish  church  in  Princess' 
Square,  Radcliffe  Highway,  London, 
and  there  it  has  rested  for  over  a  hun- 
dred years.  The  revelations  which  he 
taught  have  impressed  themselves 
upon  the  minds  of  thousands  of  be- 
lievers who  make  the  congregations  in 
the  New  Jerusalem  churches  in  many 
parts  of  the  civilized  world. 

What  Swedenborgianism  Teaches. 
The  writings  of  S\\  edenbcrt;  rcve:d 
the  fact  that  a  hidden  meaning  is  in 
the  Scriptures,  not  generally  under- 
stood, which  is  explained  by  the  law  of 
correspondence  between  natural  and 
spiritual  things.  Thus  the  garden  of 
Eden  and  what  it  contained  corre- 
sponds to  the  human  sou],  its  impulses 
and  aflfections.  That  the  disobedience  of  Adam  and  Eve  symbolizes 
the  departure  of  mankind  at  an  early  period  from  their  original 
state  of  innocence.  That  the  New  Jerusalem,  seen  by  John 
descending  from  God  out  of  heaven,  signifies  not  only  the  chief  city 
of  Palestine,  but  the  Lord's  church,  and  particularly  the  religious 
doctrines  by  which  a  person  is  united  into  a  church.  Hence  the 
New  Jerusalem  church,  which  is  synonymous  with  a  new  doctrine  of 
pure  truth  from  the  Holy  Word,  is  destined  to  regenerate  the 
world.  The  doctrines  and  belief  of  the  Swedenborgians  are  outlined 
on  another  page. 


---^.?^ 


Ji 


■:6> — 


~<j: 


7 


% 


30 


THE    MORMON    FKOPHET. 


Joseph  Smith. 


■^1— ^=jjt^" 


Sketch  of  the  Rise  and  Progress  of   Mormonism 


T  SHARON,  Vt. ,  December  23,  1805,  was  born 
Joseph  Smith,  the  subject  of  this  sketch.  When 
ten  years  of  age  his  parents  removed  to  Palmyra, 
N.Y.  ,an(l  four  j'ears  afterwards  went  to  Man- 
chester. N.  Y. ,  a  town  t^ix  miles  distant,  where 
Joseph  spent  his  time  on  a  farm.  With  a  mind 
much  given  to  religious  contemplation,  Smith, 
then  about  fourteen  years  of  age,  retired  to  a 
grove  and  earnestly  called  uponjhe  Lord.  While 
thus  engaged  in  supplicating,  he  claims  to  have 
been  enrapt  in  a  heavenly  vision,  when  he  saw 
two  glorious  personages,  who  exactly  resembled 
each  other  in  features  and  likenes-s,  surrounded 
by  a  brilliant  light,  which  eclipsed  the  sun  at  noonday.  They 
assured  him  that  at  some  future  time  the  fullness  of  the  gospel 
^hould  be  made  known  unto  him. 

On  the  evening  of  September  21,  1823, 
while  engaged  in  prayer,  an  angel  en- 
compassed by  a  halo  of  light  appeared 
to  him,  and  announced  that  he  was 
chosen  to  be  an  instrument  in  the  hands 
of  God  for  the  promulgation  of  a  new 
dispensation.  He  at  that  time  was 
told,  also,  where  plates  were  deposited, 
on  which  weffe  engraven  an  abridgment 
of  the  records  of  the  ancient  prophets 
that  had  existed  on  the  continent.  After 
many  vieits  from  the  angels,  in  which 
he  wag  told  of  the  glory  of  events  that 
thould  transpire  in  the  last  days,  the 
angel,  he  further  claims,  delivered  the 
plates  into  his  hands  on  the  morning  of 
September  22,  1827. 

These  plates  he  assures  us.  had  the 
appearance  of  gold,  being  in  size  about 
six  by  eight  inches,  and  about  the  thick- 
ness of  tin.  They  were  filled  with 
engravings  in  Egyptian  characters,  and 
bound  together  in  a  volume,  as  the  leaves 
of  a  book,  with  three  rings  running 
through  the  whole,  the  volume  being  about  six  inches  thick.  With 
the  plates  came  a  pair  of  Hpcctacles,  the  glasses  in  which  being 
transparent  were  called  Urim  andThummim;  and  looking  through 
these  he  was  enabled  to  translate  the  engravings  on  the  plates,  which 
related  to  the  early  history  of  America,  from  its  first  settlement 
by  a  tribe  who  came  from  the  Tower  of  Babel  at  the  confusion  of 
languages,  to  the  beginning  of  the  fifth  century  of  the  Christian  era. 
The  records  on  the  plates  confirmed  the  appearance  of  Christ  on 
earth  andHis  resurrection,  and  was  especially  designed  to  aid  in  a 
fuller  and  more  complete  under«tanding  of  the  Bible,  and  was  to  be 
iiK-orporafcd  with  it. 


JOSEPH  SMITH, 

Moi-mon  Prophet  and  Preacher. 


In  translating  the  plates,  Smith,  \\ith  the  aid  of  the  stone  spectacles, 
seated  beside  a  blanket  suspended  in  the  room,  to  hide  profane  eyes 
from  looking  upon  the  inscriptions,  read  the  records  upon  them, 
while  Oliver  Cowdery  wrote  it  as  Smith  read.  When  completed,  this 
became  the  Book  of  Mormon,  which  found  believers  in  sufficient 
number  to  enable  Smith's  followers  to  found  the  Church  of  the  Latter- 
Day  Saints  by  an  organization  at  Manchester,  N.  Y. ,  April  6.  1830. 
Various  opinions  exist  as  to  the  authenticity  of  the  Mormon 
scriptures,  the  plates  being  carried  away  by  the  angel  that  delivered 
them. 

The  Book  of  Mormon  has  the  sworn  testimony  of  Oliver  Cowdery, 
who  wrote  the  book  into  English,  that  he  saw  the  plates,  and  to  his 
name  is  appended  the  signatures  of  ten  others  who  affirm  that  they 
also  saw  them.  The  opponents  claim  that  afterwards,  in  a  quarrel 
with  Smith,  some  of  these  witnesses  renounced  Mormonism  and 
declared  that  they  had  sworn  false  as  to 
seeing  the  plates. 

It  is  believed  by  some  that  the  matter 
which  composes  this  book  was  written  as 
a  religious  novel  by  an  educated  man, 
formerly  a  clergyman,  named  Solomon 
Spalding,  who  died  soon  after  taking  his 
manuscript  to  a  Pittsburgh  printing 
office.  That  in  this  office  was  a  man 
named  Sidney  Rigdon,  a  printer,  who, 
attracted  by  the  Oriental  and  antique 
style  of  the  composition,  copied  it,  fur- 
nished it  to  Smith  to  read  to  Cowdery.  and 
thus,  with  more  or  less  of  other  com- 
position intermixed,  the  matter  for 
the  Book  of  Mormon  was  obtained. 
Kigdon  afterwards  left  the  printing 
office,  and,  associating  himself  with 
Smith,  engaged  in  preaching. 

The  basis  of  belief  which  the  Mor- 
mons, who  styled  themselves  Latter-Day 
Saints,  preached  in  the  beginning  was 
that  the  millennium  was  near  at  hand, 
and  that  America,  the  land  of  the  free, 
souu'where  in  the  interior  of  the  conti- 
nent, was  to  become  the   New  Jerusalem. 

From  New  York  Smith  and  Uigdon  went  to  Independence,  Mo., 
where  they  arranged  for  the  erection  of  a  temple.  Subsequently 
they  were  for  Bome  yeari:  at  Kirtland.  Ohio,  where  they  endured 
various  persecutions,  Brigham  Young  in  the  meantime  joining 
them  there. 

Keturning  again  to  Missouri,  they  were  soon  compelled  to  leave 
there  and  take  up  settlement  in  Illinois,  where  was  built  up  the  city 
of  Nauvoo,  in  which  Smith  was  mayor,  president  of  the  church,  and 
conunander  of  a  military  organization. 

In  all  (he   movements   from  tme   State  to  jinnther.  the  erection  of 


k 


s^ 


■? 


NEW    MOKMON    TKMl'l.lO.       KXTRACTS    FKOM   THK    MOUMON    BIBLE. 


31 


t 

% 


churches  or  the  doing  of  any  important  work,  the  wiinie  was  usually 
done  through  revelations  that  came  to  Smith.  In  IH4."J,  Smith,  who 
then  had  one  wife,  received  ii  revelation  authorizing  pdlygamy,  which 
caused  a  dissension  in  the  Mormon  rankw.  In  an  exposition  of 
Smith  and  Rigdon,  sixteen  women  testified  that  these  leaders  had 
made  attempts  to  seduce  them,  under  the  guise  of  a  revelation  from 
heaven.  Foster  and  Lane,  who  printed  this  expose,  had  their 
printing  office  destroyed  by  the  Mormons,  and  were  compelled  to  lice 
to  Carthage,  111.,  where  they  obtained  warrants  for  the  arrest  of 
Joseph  Smith,  Ilyrum  Smith    (his  brother),  and  several  others. 

The  Smiths  were  lodged  in  jail  at  Carthage.  On  the  evening  of 
June  27,  a  mob  attacked  the  jail.  In  the  contest  Hyrum  Smith  was 
shot  and  killed  in  the  building,  and  Joseph  having  emptied  the  con- 
tents of  his  revolver  upon  the  crowd,  was  shot  while  attempting  to 
escape  from  a  window,  and  fell  to  the  ground  dead. 

Brigham  Young  was  appointed  to  the  head  of  the  church,  and  in 
1848  the  Mormons  emigrated  to  Ttah,  where,  iu  the  valley  of  the 
Great  Salt  Lake,  they  made  their  homes,  and  where  they  laid  out  and 


built  the  town  of  Salt  Lake  City.  In  1852.  nine  years  after  tlie 
revelation  to  Smith,  Bngbum  Young  afflrmed  the  revelation 
authorizing  polygamy,  which  has  been  a  distinctive  feature  of  the 
Mormon  religion  since  that  time 

What  the  Mormons  Believe. 

They  believe  in  the  out*  (Jod  and  Chri^t  the  Mediator  and  Savior,  as 
revealed  in  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  which,  aided  by  the 
Book  of  Mormon,  they  take  as  their  rule  of  faith.  They  believe  fur- 
ther that  we  have,  before' being  on  earth,  existed  as  spirits  in  other 
conditions,  and  that  we  descend  to  earth  to  pass  life  here  as  a  pr(jba- 
tionary  discipline.  They  believe  in  the  necessity  of  faith,  repentance, 
baptism  by  immersion,  the  sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper,  and  that 
those  who  accept  the  divine  word  as  revealed  in  the  Bible  and  the 
Book  of  Mormon,  and  do  right,  will  inherit  eternal  happiness;  that 
those  who  disobey  must  suffer  in  the  next  existence. 

Polygamy  is  justified  by  them  on  the  ground  of  necessity  for  the 
protection  of  woman,  though  forbidden  by  the  Mormon  Bible. 


Extracts  from  Book  of  Nephi, 


M<:)rtMoN  Hini-E. 


_.t  . 


^HE  Lord  givetti  no  command- 
ments unto  the  uhildren  of  men, 
save  he  shnll  prepare  a  way  for 
them  tlmt  tlu-v  m.ty  m-iomplish 

the  think"    \v)ii.h   li ininand- 

eth.  Wlienlnir  let  ii-  Ih-  faith- 
ful in  keeping'  the  .■omniaiidnients  of 
the  Lord.— I  Nephi  iii.,  7,  16. 

The  Lord  slayeth  the  wicked  to  bring 
forth  his  righteous  purposes.  It  is 
better  that  one  man  should  perish  than 
that  a  nation  should  dwindle  and 
perish  in  unbelief.— 1  Nephi  iv. ,  13. 

The  Lord  is  able  to  do  all  things, 
according  to  his  will,  for  the  children 
of  men,  if  it  so  be  that  they  exercise 
faith  in  him.  Wherefore  let  us  be 
faithful  unto  him.— 1  Nephi  vii.,  12. 

Remember,  O  man,  for  all  thy  doings 
thou  shalt  be  brought  into  .iudgnient. 
Wherefoi-e  if  ye  have  sought  to  do 
wickedly  in  the  days  of  your  proba- 
tion, then  ye  are  found  unclean  before 
the  judgment  seat  of  tiod;  and  no 
unclean  thing  can  dwell  with  God. 
Wherefore  ye  must  be  cast  otT  forever. 
— 1  Nephi  X.,  2(1,  21. 

Whoso  would  hearken  unto  the  word 
of  God.  and  would  hold  fast  unto  it, 
they  would  never  perish;  neither  could 
the  temptations  and  the  fiery  darts  of 
the  adversary  overpower  them  unto 
bJinduejjs,  to  lead  them  away  to  de- 
struction.—1  Nephi  XV.,  24. 

Behold,  the  Lord  hath  created  the 
earth  that  it  shnuld  be  inhabited;  and 
he  hath  .T.Mt.-.l  his  .-hihlr-'n  that  they 
should  pnsb.rs^  il.  Ami  lir  taJM'tli  iiji 
arightniiis  iialii.ii,  iukI  .U-stn.yrMi  the 
Ijatioii>  oi  Gir  ui.k.'d.  And  he  kadtth 
away  tjie  righteous  into  precious 
lands,  and  the  wicked  he  destroyeth  and 
curseth  the  land  unto  them  for  their 
sakes.  And  he  loveth  those  whn  will 
have  hiju  to  be  their  God.— 1  Nephi  xvii. 


36-38,  40. 


The  time  speedily  shall  come  that  alt  churches 
which  are  built  up  to  get  gain,  to  get  power  over 
the  Hesh,  to  become  popular  in  the  eyes  of  the 
world,  who  seek  the  lusts  of  the  flesh  and  the 
thincrs  of  the  world,  and  t'l  do  all  manner  of 
inii|UiIy,  yr-:i ,  in  liti.\  all  IIim-m- who  belong  to  the 
kin^'.l.ini  i'l  the  d.-vil.  ar.-  Ih.js*.- who  need  fear, 
and  tremble,  and  quake;  they  are  those  who  must 


New  Monnon  Temple,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 


be  brought  low  in  the  dust;  they  are  those  who 
must  be  consumed  as  stubble. — 1  Nephi  xxii.,  23. 

The  Messiah  Cometh  in  the  fullness  of  time,  that 
he  may  redeem  the  children  of  men  from  the  fall. 
And  because  that  they  are  redeemed  from  the 
fall,  they  have  become  free  forever — knowing 
good  from  evil— to  act  for  themselves. — 2  Nephi 
ii. .  2fi. 

O  the  vainness,  and  the  frailties,  and  the  fool- 


Extracts  from  Book  of  Nephi, 

MOR.MilN  BIHLR. 

ishness  of  men !  When  they  are 
learned  they  think  they  are  wise,  and 
they  hearken  not  unto  the  counsel  of 
God,  for  they  set  it  aMde,  >np)jiising 
they  know  of  themseh.-.  vsIhi'Iim.' 
their  wisdom  is  fooll5hln■^^.  and  it 
proflteth  them  not;  and  they  >\\a\\  per- 
ish. But  to  be  teamed  is  good,  if  they 
hearken  unto  the  counsels  of  God.— 
2  Nephi  ix.,  28,  29. 

Who  are  cursed: 

The  rich,  who  are  rich  a."*  to  the 
things  of  the  world;  because  thev  .ire 
rich  they  despise  the  pi-.ir,  and  they 
persecute  the  meek,  and  thin  hiaits 
are  upon  their  treasures;  wherefme 
their  treasure  is  their  god .  and  behold, 
their  treasure  shall  peri.sh  with  them 
also.  The  deaf,  that  will  not  hear;  for 
they  shall  perish.  The  blind,  that 
will  not  see;  fur  they  shall  perish 
also.  The  unciniiriitised  nf  heart; 
for  a  knowledge  of  their  in  i-iuities  shall 
smite  them  at  the  last  day.  The 
liar;  for  he  shall  be  thnist  down  to 
heJl.  The  murderer,  who  deliberately 
killeth:  for  he  shall  die.  Those  who 
commit  whoredoms;  lor  they  shall  be 
thrust  down  to  hell.  Tliose  that  wor- 
ship idols;  for  the  devil  of  all  devils 
delighteth  in  them.  In  fine,  all  those 
«lii.  die  in  their  sins;  for  they  shall 
reluru  to  God  and  behold  his  face, 
and  leinain  in  their  sins.— 2  Nephi  ix., 
30,  31. 

The  Lord  doeth  that  which  is  good 
among  the  children  of  men;  and  be 
doeth  nothing  save  it  be  plain  unto  the 
children  of  men;  and  he  inviteth 
them  all  to  come  unto  him.  and  par- 
take of  his  goodness;  he  denieth  none 
who  come  unto  him,  black  and  white, 
bond  and  free,  male  and  female;  and 
all  are  alike  mito  God,  both  Jew  and 
Gentile. — 2  Nephi  xxvi. ,  33. 

Behold  the  Lamanites.  your  brethren  (whom  ye 
hate,  because  of  their  filthiness  and  the  cursings 
which  have  come  upon  their  skins),  are  more 
righteous  than  you;  for  they  have  not  forgotten 
the  commandment  of  the  Lord,  which  was  griven 
unto  our  fathers,  that  they  should  have,  save  it 
were  one  ^Wfe;  and  concubines  they  sho>dd  have 
none. — Book  of  Jacob  iii. ,  5. 


ijS  ^  ~"' '  '""^'    •""^'^ciViS  \   ^t.1 


w 


&p^ 


',(j^^^^»^— 


>kl.t>— 


SKETCH    OF   THE    AUTIIUR    OF    NATURE  S    DIVINE    EEVELATIOXS. 


1 


Andrew  Jackson  Davis.1  ^ 


PROMINENT  REPRESENTATIVE  OF  MODERN  SPIRITISM. 


■-^31 


N  THE  YEAR  1843,  Professor  Grimes,  a 
^^?^  ■  P^^^^^*""^  '  phrendlo.^ist  and  lecturer  on  magnetism, 
*^    ^  •■■.■l?f  y^  gave  an  exhibition  of  his  powers  as  u mes- 

merist in  one  of  the  public  halls  in  Poiigh- 
keepsie.  N.  Y.  Attention  thus  directed  to 
the  subject  caused  a  citizen  in  the  town, 
Mr.  William  Livingston,  to  experiment 
If    I  '-■■  i^:-lL--<:i  :.9.  upon  a  boy,  an  apprentice  in  a  boot  and 

*''fi'\ '  '^=  7r .  -:  ^sytN**-*--*  shoe  store,  whom  he  chanced  to  meet  there, 
with  a  view  to  determining  the  truth  or 
fal-sity  of  that  which  was  claimed  as  a  science.  The  boy 
thus  selected  for  trial  by  Livingston  was  Andrew  Jack- 
son Davis.  He  was  then  sixteen  years  old,  slight  in 
frame,  delicate  in  constitution,  honest,  inexperienced  and 
uneducated.  Born  in  Blooming  Grove,  Orange  county, 
N.  Y. ,  in  1826,  young  Davis  had  with  his  parents  been  a 
resident  of  several  idaces  prior  to  coming  to  Poughkeepsie, 
mostly  in  rural  neigiil)orhoods, 
where  his  father,  who  was  a 
shoemaker  in  very  humble  cir- 
cumstances, in  turn  worked 
at  weaving,  shoemaking.  and 
by  the  day  for  various  farmers. 
The  mother  of  Davis,  a  woman  of  deli- 
cate constitution,  possessed  the  gift  of 
second  sight,  which  enabled  her  to  detail 
where  lost  things  about  their  premises 
might  be  found;  to  sec  sights,  and  hear 
sounds,  in  which  condition  she  exhibited 
an  abstraction  of  mind  that  made  her 
oblivious  to  things  about  her.  From  her 
the  son  inherited  an  extreme  susceptibility 
of  impression,  through  which,  it  is  stated, 
he  often  heard  music  in  the  air,  when 
in  the  fields,  and  words  addressed  to  him 
from  an  unseen  source. 

On  the  occasion  of  the  first  experiment 
by  Livingston,  Davis  went  from  the  mes- 
meric into  the  clairvoyant  condition,  in 
which,  while  blindfolded,  he  minutely  told 
the  lime  by  holding  a  watch  to  his  forehead. 
read  a  newspaper,  told  the  ailments  of 
those  present  and  described  various  articles  presented  for  examination. 
On  the  evening  of  January  1,  1844,  he  passed  into  the  third 
magnetic  condition,  in  which  he  claimed  he  could  sec  the  internal 
organs  of  each  person  in  the  room,  could  see  the  interior  of  otlier 
bouses  and  their  inmates,  and  see  the  entire  city;  that  on  this 
occasion,  for  the  first,  his  mind  went  out  and  away,  thousands  of 
miles,  and  nature  revealed  itself  as  it  could  not  be  seen  with  mortal 
eyes;  that  every  object,  from  a  grain  of  salt  to  the  loftiest  mountain, 
bad  caqh  an  atmosphere  of  its  own.     Thus  the  flower,  the  blade  of 


ANDREW  JACKSON  DAVIS. 

intjc-i  Aull»jr,  I'lulojoj.t.rr.  Si.inluatiil 


grass,  the  tendril,  the  leaf,  the  mineral — all  had  an  atmosphere  with 
a  color  distinctly  its  own.  This  emanation  encircling  some  species 
of  vegetation  seemed  from  four  inches  to  eight  feet  in  diameter. 
Each  animal  had  also  a  sphere  about  it.  At  this  time,  as  contin- 
ually afterwards,  was  revealed  to  him  the  law  of  sympathy  by  which 
everj-thing  in  nature  exists,  the  positibn  of  minerals  in  the  earth,  the 
dependence  one  upon  the  other  of  earth,  trees,  vegetation,  animals, 
human  beings,  and  of  the  sun,  moon  and  stars  in  the  heavens. 

On  the  evening  of  March  6,  1844,  he  went,  in  company  with  Mr. 
Livingston,  to  a  residence  in  Poughkeepsie,  to  make  a  clairvoyant 
examination  of  a  patient,  on  which  occasion  the  somnambulic  condi- 
tion remained  so  firmly  fastened  upon  him  after  he  left  the  house  and 
parted  company  with  Livingston,  as  to  cause  him  to  walk  along  the 
banks  of  the  Hudson  to  Catskill,  a  distance  of  forty  miles  from  Pough- 
keepsie. Restored  to  consciousness  at  the  end  of  his  journey,  he 
obtained  food,  and  being  directed  as  to  his  way  back,  was  a  portion  of 
the  time  again  in  the  clairvoyant  condition  on  his  return.  Many 
singular  visions,  it  is  related,  appeared  to 
him  during  this  journey,  which  he  was 
compelled  to  make  by  an  unseen  power. 

At  that  time  he  claims  to  have  conversed 
with  invisible  beings,  who  gave  him  in- 
structions as  to  the  position  he  should 
occupy  as  a  teacher.  During  the  suc- 
ceeding year  he  was  engaged  with  Mr. 
Livingston  in  giving  diagnoses  of  disease 
and  prescriptions  to  the  sick,  hundreds  of 
the  afflicted  crowding  their  rooms. 

Within  this  time  Davis  developed  other 
powers  of  a  philosophical  character,  and, 
severing  his  connection  with  Livingston, 
he  went  with  Dr.  S.  S.  Lyon,  of  Bridge- 
port, Conn. .  to  New  York  city,  in  the  fall 
of  1845,  to  deliver  a  series  of  private 
lectures  in  the  clairvoyant  condition,  the 
Rev.  William  Fishbough,  of  Tsew  Haven, 
Conn.,  beingehosen  to  transcribe  the  rev- 
elaticms. 

In  a   room   at   'So.   92   Greene    street. 

New  York,    on   the  28th    of  November, 

1845,  there   sat  young  Davis,   Dr.  Lyon, 

Mr.  Fishbough  and  three  witnesses,  among 

Lea  Smith.      Only  a  few  had  been  invited  to 


them    being   Dr.  T. 
witness  the  exhibition. 

When  all  was  in  readiness,  with  Mr.  Fishbough  at  the  table.  Davis,' 
in  a  clairvoyant  state,  with  closed  eyes,  after  a  little  time  of  still- 
ness, slowly  remarked:  "This  night  I  reach  my  superior  condition." 
Then  began  the  first  part  of  that  scries  of  discourses  which  after- 
wards appeared  as  "Nature's  Divine  Revelations,"  a  scientific, 
metaphysical  work  which  attracted  much  attention  at  the  time  because 
of  the  rationalistic  views  advanced.     More  especially  was  the  work 


1: 


? 


THE    PASSAGE    01''    A    SOUL    FROM    EAETH-LIFE    INTO    Sl'IKIT    EXISTENCE. 


? 


regarded  very  remarkable  as  coming  in  yuch  i\  manner  from  an  illiter- 
ate, uneducated  youtb.  twenty-one  years  of  age. 

Davis,  Kishbongh  and  Lyon  remained  in  New  York  tu'o  years,  the 
clairvoyant  giving  medical  prescriptions  during  a  portion  of  each  day, 
and  at  other  times  dictating  what  was  to  be  written.  During  the 
time  on  one  occasion,  having  discovered  from  a  clairvoyant  exami- 
nation, that  a  certain  lady  patient  would  die  of  a  cancer  at  a  given 
time,  he  repaired  to  her  residence  at  the  period  dcfrignated  to  witness 
the  departure  of  the  spirit  from  the  body — a  dissolution  termed 
death. 

The  Ijirth  of  this  woman  into  the  spirit-\\"orhl  Davis  very  mintilcdy 
described.  As  her  body  lay  motionless,  with  weeping  friends 
around  it,  he  passed  into  the  superior  condition,  and  in  an  adjoining 
room  he  beheld  first  a  bright  light,  as  the  extremities  of  the  body 
grew  cold,  begin  to  gather  itself  above  her  head.  Gradually  this 
light  grew  larger,  then  the  woman  herself  began  to  appear,  first  her 
head  and  then  her  body  being  developed,  until,  as  life  became 
extinct  in  the  body,  she  stood  as  a  spirit  in  the  freshness  of  mature 
life  above  the  inanimate  frame  in  which  she  had  lived. 

She  hovered  in  spirit  form  a  brief  time  among  her  friends,  who 
mourned  her  as  dead,  took  a  brief  survey  of  those  who  did  not 
realize  that  she  stood  in  life  beside  them,  gave  a  farewell  look  at  her 

Here  and  the  Hereafter. 

-H^  TI.\T  Mian  has  a  spiritual  nature  as  well  as  a 
/iT  ''"rporal;  in  other  words,  that  the  real  man 
im  is  a  s|»ii*it,  which  spirit  has  an  organized 
|||  j  fnirii  i<iin|>..M,'(i  of  spiritual  substance,  with 
\J]/  p.ui^  and  tii^ans  corresponding  to  those  of 
I    the  ci^irpoiL-iil  body. 

That  man,  as  a  spirit,  is  immortal,  and  has 
Continued  identity.  Being  found  to  survive  that 
change  called  physical  death,  it  may  be  reasonably- 
supposed  that  he  will  survive  all  future  vicissi- 
tudes. 

That  there  is  a  spirit-world,  with  its  substan- 
tial realities,  objective  as  well  as  subjective. 

That  the  process  of  physical  death  in  no  way 
essentially  transforms  the  mental  constitution,  or 
the  moral  character   of  those  who  experience  it. 

That  happiness  or  suffering  in  the  spirit-world, 
as  in  this,  depends  not  on  arbitrary  decree,  or 
special  provisions,  but  on  character,  aspirations 
and  degree  of  harmonization,  or  of  personal  coa- 
torrnity  to  universal  and  divine  law. 

Hence,  that  the  experiences  and  attainments  of 
this  life  lay  the  foundation  on  which  the  next 
commences. 

That  since  growth  is  the  law  of  the  human  beinj? 
in  the  jiresent  life;  and  since  the  process  called 
death  is  in  fact  but  a  birth  into  another  condition 
of  life,  retaining  all  the  advantages  gained  in  the 
experiences  of  this  life,  it  may  be  inferred  that 
growth,  development,  or  progression,  is  the  end- 
less destiny  of  the  human  spirit. 

That  the  spirit-world  is  near  or  around,  and 
interblended  with  our  present  state  of  existence; 
and  hence  that  we  are  constantly  under  the  cog- 
nizance and  influence  of  spiritual  beings. 

That  as  individuals  are  passing  from  the  earthly 
to  the  spirit-world  in  all  stages  of  mental  and 
moral  growth,  that  world  includes  all  grades  of 
character  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest. 

That  since  happiness  and  misery  depend  on 
intei'ual  states  rather  than  on  external  surround- 
ings, there  must  be  as  many  grades  of  each  in  the 
spirit-world  as  there  are  shades  of  character — 
each  gravitating  to  his  own  place  by  the  natural 
law  of  affinity. 

That  rommnni'-ations  from  the  'Spirit-world, 
■\\lu-lliiT  liv  ni.-iiiiil  impr.'ssi.in,  inspiiution,  or  any 
(pIIpt  nii'di-  <•{  tr:iii--iiii-;siiiii.  luf  imt  necessarily 
iiir;illihl.>  iriiihs,  but,  i-n  the  contrary,  partake 
luiavoiii  ibly  i>f  tlie  imperfections  of  the  mind  from 
which  they  emanate,  and  of  the  channels  through 
wliieh  they  come,  and  are,  moreover,  liable  to 
misinterpretivtion  by  those  to  whom  they  are 
addressed. 

Hence,  that  no  inspired  communication,  in  this 
or  any  past  age  (whatever  claims  may  be  or 
have  been  set  up  as  to  its  source),  is  authonta- 
tive,  any  further  than  it  expresses  truth  to  the 
individual  con^ciousnessi  which  last  is  the  final 
standard  to  which  all  inspired  or  spiritual  teach- 
ings must  be  brought  for  test. 

That  inspiration,  or  the  influx  of  ideas  and 
promptings  from  the  spirit-world,  is  not  a  miracle 


The  Writings  of  A.  J.  Davis. 

Although     Mr,    Davis    attended   school 
but  a  few  months,  in  which  he  mastered 
only    the   barest    rudiments  of    writing, 
spelling   and    reading,  he  has    become   a 
well    known    lecturer   and   an  author  of 
many  books  treating  upon  the  philosophy 
of  Life.  Death  and  the  Hereafter.      With 
such  limited  opportunity  for  educational 
advancement  in  the  schools,    and  in  his 
early  home,    his  present   intellectual  en- 
dowment is  \'ery  remarkable.    His  friends 
claim  it  to  be    the  result  of  direct  spirit 
assistance.       The     books     claiming    his 
authorship  are  named  as  follows: 
Nature's  Divine  Revelations. 
The  Physician.     Vol.  I.  Gt.  Harmonia. 
The  Teacher,     Vol.  U.  Gt.  Harmonia. 
The  Seer.     Vol.  III.  Gt.  Harmonia. 
The  Reformer.     Vol.  IV.  Gt.  Harmonia. 
The  Thinker.     Vol.  V.  Gt.  Harmonia. 
Magic  Staff— An  Autobiogi'aijhy  of  A.  J.  Davis. 
A  Stellar  Key  In  the  Summer-Land. 
Arabul:i,  m  I'i\iiie  Guest. 
Approaching  L'li^es.  or  Truth  vs.  Theology. 
Answers  to  Ever-iecurring  (Questions  froni  the 

People. 
Childien's  Progressive  Lyceum  Manual. 
Death  and  the  After-Life. 
History  ;.ml  l^lii)o>ophy  of  Evil. 
HarbinL-^.i  ■>{  H,-,,Ith. 

Harmuiii.U  Mm.  or  Thoughts  for  the  Age. 
Events  in  the  Lite  of  a  Seer.     (Memoranda). 
Philosopln  (il  spech\l  Providence. 
Free  Thiiim'lit>  I'nneerning  Religion. 
Penetr;»li;i.  i'iiiit;iiiiing  Harmnnial  .\nswers. 
Philosopliv  nt  Siiiiildal  Int.Tcourse. 
The  Inner  l.ite.  "i    Spiiit  >l\sl.iies  Explained. 
The  Temi'K-on  l>i>ease>  of  Biain  and  Nerves. 
The  Fountain,  with  Jets  of  New  Meanings. 
Tale  of  a  Physician,  or  Seeds  and  Fruits  of 

Ci"ime. 
Genesis  and  Ethics  of  Conjugal  Love. 
Diakka,  and  their  Earthly  Victims. 
-^.Views  of  Our  Heavenly  Home. 


of  a  past  age,  but  a  perpetual  fact,  the  ceaseless 
method  of  the  divine  economy  for  human  eleva- 
tion. 

That  all  angelic  and  demoniac  beings  which 
have  manifested  themselves,  or  interposed  in  hu- 
man affairs  in  the  past,  were  simply  disembodied 
human  spirits,  or  beings  of  like  character  and 
origin,  in  different  grades  of  advancement. 

~  That  all  authentic  miracles  (so  called)  in  the 
past,  such  as  the  raising  of  the  apparently  dead, 
the  healing  of  the  siek  oy  the  laylng-on  of  hands 
or  other  simple  me.ins.  the  nower  over  deadly 
pni-nn-^,  the  nii.vcment  of  physical  objects  without 
vivihlr  insii  inii.'niaiity,  etc. .  have  been  produced 
in  harm'Hi>'  with  nnivei-sal  laws,  and  hence  may 
be  repeated  at  any  time  under  suitable  conditions. 


former  home  of  clay,  then  passed  through  an  open  window,  joined 
other  spirit  friends,  and  passed  heavenwards  out  of  sight. 

Two  years  went  by.  The  lectures  being  completed,  the  clairvoyant 
power  gradually  diminished,  and  Davis  no  longer  submitted  to  the 
magnetic  manifestations.  He  has  written  several  book.s  since  then, 
but,  his  friends  claim,  none  containing  greater  wisdom  than  that 
entitled  "Nature's  Divine  Revelations.."  lie  subsequently  trav- 
eled extensively  throughout  the  country,  engaged  in  lecturing.  Mr. 
Davis  has  been  twice  married,  and  of  late  years  has  resided  at 
Orange,  New  Jersey. 

In  1848  the  so-called  si)irit-rappings  made  their  appearance  at 
Rochester,  N.  Y. ,  and  at  other  points.  These  were  followed  by 
various  other  physical  manifestaticms,  which  to  skeptics  have  never 
been  entirely  satisfactorily  accounted  for.  Spiritualists  believe  that 
these  demonstrations  are  made  by  spirit-power,  and  that  the  revela- 
tions of  Davis  came  also  through  the  agency  of  departed  spirits  once 
on  earth. 

The  adherents  of  this  belief  have  muKiplicd  so  rapidly  that  Ihcy 
now  number,  it  is  estimated,  some  ten  millions  of  believers.  At 
their  fifth  annual  convention,  held  at  Rochester,  N.  Y. ,  ]8(j8,  the 
Spiritualists  of  America  formed  themselves  into  an  association,  and 
announced  and  adopted  the  following  as  their  basis  of  faith: 

What  Spiritualists  Believe. 

That  the  causes  of  all  phenomena— the  sources 
of  all  powei-.  life  and  intelligence— are  to  be  sought 
foi-  in  the  internal  or  spiritual  realm,  not  in  the 
external  or  material. 

That  the  chain  of  causation,  traced  backwards 
from  what  we  see  in  nature  and  in  man.  leads 
inevitably  to  a  Creative  spirit,  who  must  be  not 
only  n  fouut  of  life  (love),  hut  &  fni-jniiiy  principle 
(Wisdom)— thus  sustaining  the  dual  parental  rela- 
ti(jns  of  father  and  mother  to  all  individualized 
intelligences,  who    consequently  are  all  brethren. 

That  man,  as  the  offspring  of  this  Infinite  Par- 
ent, is  in  some  sense  his  image  or  finite 
embodiment;  and  that,  by  virtue  of  this  parent- 
age, each  human  being  is,  oi'has  in  his  inmost 
nature,  a  germ  of  divinity— an  incorruptible  off- 
shoot of  the  divine  essence,  which  is  ever  prompt- 
ing to  good  and  right. 

That  all  evil  in  man  is  in  harmony  with  this 
divine  principle;  and  hence  whatever  prompts 
and  aid>  man  to  bring  his  external  nature  into 
subjection  to  and  in  harmony  with,  the  divine  in 
him— in  whatever  religious  system  or  formula  it 
may  be  embodied— is  a  "means  of  salvation" 
frou!  evil. 

That  the  hearty  and  intelligent  conviction  of 
the>-e  truths,  w  ith  a  realization  of  ^pirit■conmluni- 
eatiun.  tends  >|i  To  enkindle  lofty  desires  and 
spiritual  a-piiatimis.  an  effect  opposite  to  that 
of  materialism,  which  limits  existence  to  the 
present  life.  (2)  To  deliver  from  painful  fears  of 
death,  and  dread  of  imaginai-y  evils  consequent 
thereuijon,  as  well  as  to  pt  event  inordinate  sorrow 
and  mourning  for  deceased  friends.  (3)  To  give 
aialiDnal  and  inxitm^r  i-"rii-epti<>n  of  tJie  after- 
life lo  tln.s.-  m  hi.  usr  the  pi  e.-.-iit  worthily,  li)  To 
stiiiiiilate  t'l  llie  highest  jKi^sible  uses  of  the  pres- 
ent life,  in  view  of  its  relations  to  the  future.  (5) 
To  energize  the  soul  in  all  that  is  good  and  elevate 
ing,  and  to  restrain  from  all  that  is  evil  and 
inijnire.  This  must  result,  according  to  the  laws 
of  moral  iiilluence,  from  a  knowledge  of  the  con- 
stant picssuie  or  cognizance  of  the  loved  and 
pure,  (fi)  Til  promote  our  earnest  endeavors,  by 
purity  of  life,  by  unselfishness,  and  by  loftiness 
of  aspiration,  to  live  constantly  en  ra/i;>o;-f  with 
the  higher  conditions  of  spirit  life  and  thought. 
(7i  To  stimulate  the  mind  to  the  largest  investiga- 
tion and  the  freest  thought  on  all  subjects, 
especially  on  the  vital  themes  of  spiritual  philos- 
ophy anci  duty,  that  we  may  be  qualilied  to  judge 
for  ourselves  what  is  right  and  ti'ue.  (8)  To  deliver 
from  all  bondage  to  authority,  whether  vested  in 
creed,  book,  or  church,  except  that  of  received 
truth.  (9)  To  cultivate  self-reliance  and  cai-eful 
in\estigtlioM  by  taking  away  the  support  of 
authoiities,  and  le.iving  each  mind  to  exercise  its 
own  ti-uth<letermining  powers.  (lOi  To  quicken 
all  philanthropic  impulses,  stimulating  to  enlight- 
ened and  unselrtsh  laboi-s  for  universal  human 
good,  under  the  encouraging  assurance  that  the 
redeemed  and  exalted  spirits  of  our  race,  instead 
of  retiring  to  idle  away  an  eternity  of  inglorious 
e.ise,  are  encompassing  us  about  as  a  gi'eat  cloud 
of  witnesses,  inspiring  us  to  the  work,  and  aiding 
it  forward  to  a  certaiii  and  glorious  issue. 


:(> — 


34 


HISTORY    Als'D    WOEK    OF    THE    JEWISH    CHURCH. 


-i^   .^>!5^J-^ 


^^     y  ^_ 


Heligious  Denominations. 


/Is 


History,  Government  and  Beliefs  of  Various  Cliurcli  Organizations. 


x^ 


ORIGIN  OF  VARIOUS  FORMS  OF  WORSHIP. 


HATEVER  may  be  the 
nationality  of  individ- 
ual?. or\vhatever  may 
be     the     relii^non     to 
^vhicb  tbey  bave  been 
born  or    educated — wbutber   Bud- 
dbistic,  Mohammedan,  Christian  or 
Barbaric,     it    will    be     found,    if 
religionists    at   all,    that  each  has 
his  or  her  peculiar   ideas  of   the 
means  by  which  a  worship  shall  be 
conducted. 


-*^(i^^€^?:S®S>^'^c 


^VTiile  no  two  minds,  probably,  ever  'exactly  agree  concerning 
human  destiny  any  more  than  two  faces  ever  look  exactly  alike,  yet, 
in  every  community  there  will  generally  be  a  certain  number  that 
will  nearly  enough  agree  in  icligious  opinion  to  form  an  organiza- 
tion. If  this  organization  lives,  retains  its  individuality,  and  has 
peculiarities  of  belief  and  government  distinctly  its  own,  it  becomes 
a  denomination. 

Among  the  believers  in  the  Christian  religion  there  have  been 
and  are  at  the  present  time  many  different  grades  of  opinion.  There 
are,  in  all,  over  one  thousand  different  religions.  The  history  of 
several  of  the  most  prominent  of  the  religious  organizations  and  be- 
liefs will  be  found  in  the  succeeding  pages  relating  to  denominations. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  JEWISH   RELIGION. 


Af  te  r  the 
death  of  Moses 
Joshua,  his 
chosen  succes- 
sor, conducted 
tlie  i)eople  of 
iiTtfs'  Israel  into  Pal- 
\^^'^\^  e  s  t  i  n  e,  the 
^"^  promised  land, 
where  th(\v  snlxlued  most  of  the  heathen  na- 
tions and  divided  the  country  among  them- 
Bclvcs.  Their  history,  as  recorded  in  sacred 
writ,  f-hows  that  they  tired  of  the  Theoc- 
racy, or  God  gnverniniMit.  and  the  judicial 
system  under  which  they  had  lived,  and  de- 
(*ired  a  monarchal  form  of  government. 
Saul,  the  sonof  Kish.  was  chosen  for  the  first 
sovereign,  and  with  varied  fortunes  and  under 
various  king-*,  somelimes  relapsing  into 
idolatry,  ami  again  returning  to  obedience 
to  God;  Hometimes  attaining  extreme  pros- 
perity, and  again  falling  into  degradation, 
they  retained  possession  of  their  inheritance, 
until  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king  of  Babylon, 
destroyed  the  Jewisli  nation  and  carried  its 
inhabitants  into  captivity,  about  the  year  of 
the  world  3416,  or  about  388  years  after  the 
rebellion  which  separated  the  ten  tribes  from 
Iliat  of  .Judea.  They  were  retained  in  captiv- 
ity In  Babylon  for  seventy  years,  but  released 
by  Cyrus.  Most  of  them  then  returned  to 
Palestine,  rebuilt  the  city  and  temple  at  Je- 
rusalem, and  renewed  their  covenant  with 
(;od,  but  many  remained  In  Babylon.     About 


=^ 
A.  M.  3653  the  King  of  Persia  ravaged  part 
of  Judea,  and  carried  away  a  great  number  of 
prisoners.  About  thirty  years  afterwards,  and 
also  eight  years  later,  Ptolemy,  King  of  Egypt, 
carried  tens  of  thousands  of  the  Jews  into 
Egypt,  using  them  kindly.  Thirty  new  cities 
in  Asia  were  also  settled  with  Jews,  by  Seleu- 
cus  Nicator.  About  A.  M.  3834  Antiochus 
Epiphanes  forced  his  way  to  Jerusalem  and 
murd<_red  40.000  Jews.  Two  years  after- 
wards his  troops  pillaged  the  cities  of  Judea. 
murdered  multitudes  of  men  and  carried  off 
10, 000  women  and  children  prisoners;  the  holy 
temple  at  Jerusalem  was  devoted  to  the  wor- 
ship of  a  Grecian  idol,  and  the  Jews  were 
exposed  to  the  basest  treatment.  About  A.  M. 
3840  the  city  and  temple  of  Jerusak-m  were 
regained  and  repaired  by  Nicanor.  For  thirty 
years  more  the  country  was  ravaged,  del- 
uged in  blood,  and  desolated  by  various  nations 
and  civil  broils,  and  for  twenty-four  years 
was  oppressed  by  Herod  the  Great,  who  at 
length  assumed  the  government.  T\venly 
years  before  the  birth  of  Christ  be  rebuilt 
withgreat  splendor  the  Jewish  temple  at  Je- 
rusalem. About  A.  M.  4004  t'tirist  was  born, 
only  to  be  rejected  as  the  promised  Messiah 
by  the  Jews,  who  crucilled  him.  About  the 
year  70  after  Christ  Jerusalem  was  des- 
troyed by  Titus,  the  Roman  General,  and  In 
that  catastrophe  about  1,100, ()00  Jews  per- 
Islied.  Since  then  the  remainder  and  their 
descendants  June  been  scattered,  i)('rsecuted. 
slain  and  enslaved  among  all    nations  of  the 


earth,  but  have,  through  all.  retained  their 
distinctive  national  characteristics,  preserv- 
ing their  Jewish  worship,  devoid  of  animal 
sacrifices  and  having  undergone  several 
changes.  For  eighteen  centuries  they  have 
kept  themselves  a  separate  people,  worship- 
ing one  God  and  awaiting  the  coming  of  the 
Messiah,  who  was  promised  by  their  prophets 
700  years  before  the  advent  of  Christ. 

In  numbers  they  are  probably  as  strong  as 
at  any  time  they  formerly  were  in  Palestine. 
In  every  nation  they  live  and  prosper.  Their 
civil  government  is  that  of  the  respective 
countries  in  which  they  dwell. 

In  religion  almost  all  modern  Jews  hold  to 
certain  distinctions  in  food  and  ceremonies, 
and  adhere  as  closely  to  the  Mosaic  dispensa- 
tion as  their  dispersed  condition  will  permit. 
They  meet  in  their  syungoguts  (or  places  of 
worship)  on  the  seventh  day  of  (he  week,  as 
of  old.  instead  of  on  the  first,  as  the  Christians 
do.  The  Jews  formerly  sat  during  the  public 
services  with  their  hats  on.  The  serviee 
consists  chiefly  in  reading  the  ancient  laws 
of  Moses,  together  with  a  variety  of  prayers. 
They  repeat  blessings  and  particular  praises 
to  God.  not  only  in  their  prayiTs.  but  on  all 
accidental  occasions,  and  in  almost  all  their 
actions.  All  vain  swearing  and  Ihe  unnec- 
essary use  of  tlie  name  of  (Jod  is  forbidden. 
All  their  meats  nrr.  prepared  by  Jewish 
butcher'*  in  a  peculiar  manner,  to  a\()id 
contamination  from  i)rohi luted  food.  They 
acknowledge  a  two- fold  law  of  God — written 


nnd  unwritten;  the  former  is  found  in  the 
live  first  books  of  our  (Jld  Testament;  the 
latter  is  handed  down  from  gcnenition  to 
generation  by  word  of  moulU.  The  cere- 
mony of  circumcision  is  practiced  upon 
infants  eight  days  old,  as  in  the  days  of 
Abraham.  But,  especially  in  the  United 
States,  the  Jews  gradually  become  less  rigid 
in  their  national  practices  and  conform  more 
to  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  American 
people,  and  the  eating  of  pork  is  not  now 
considered  so  great  an  abomination  as  for- 
merly. 

The  restoration  of  Palestine  to  the  Jews 
before  the  end  of  the  world  is  predicted  in 
the  Old  Testament  prophecies.    Their  gath- 


criny  into  the  Holy  Land  is  to  reeult  in  ttioir 
becoming  a  strong  and  prosperous  nation,  in 
wllicll  the  promised  Messiah  is  expecU-d  to 
be  received  by  tliem  and  -^'overa  them. 

Religious  BeHef. 
The  Jews  believe  in  one  God,  the  Creator 
of  all  tliinj^s,  first  principle  of  all  beings, 
Belf-sulfleieiit  and  independent:  without  whom 
no  created  being  can  subsist;  having  a  unity 
peculiar  to  himself;  being  eternal  and  incor- 
poreal ;  who  is  the  sole  object  of  adoration  and 
worship;  having  no  mediator  between  him 
and  mankind.  That  Moses  was  a  prophet  of 
God,  superior  to  all  others,  enjoying  a  pecu- 
liar gift  from  God  in  this  direction;  that  the 
prophecies  of  Moses  were  true;  that  the  law 


that  he  left  was  purely  dictated  by  God 
himself  to  Moses,  from  whom  they  received 
and  have  it  to-day.  That  this  law  Is  un- 
changeable; that  God  will  not  give  another, 
and  that  there  can  be  nothing  added  to  or 
taken  from  it.  That  God  knows  the  most 
secret  thoughts  of  men  ami  governs  all  their 
acti(ms;that  he  will  reward  those  who  observe 
his  law.  and  severely  punish  those  who  are 
guilty  of  violating  it;  that  of  these  rewards 
eternal  life  is  the  best  and  greatest,  and  of 
punishment,  damnation  of  the  soul  is  the 
most  severe.  That  a  Messiah,  of  the  royal 
house  of  David,  shall  yet  come  to  deliver 
Israel,  and  that  God,  in  his  own  good  lime, 
will  raise  the  dead  to  life. 


'^Ha 


^ 


'•^:3ae^—i-»- 


i^:^ 


CATHOLIC   CHURCH. 


^-  ^-^ 


'^-i^^fX^ 


Its  History,  Covernment,  Belief  and  Form  of  Worship. 


I*  HE  Roman  Catholic  Church  traces 

'  r)?^i  \    ''■■' "'"'=''1  to  the  days  of  the  Apos- 

1^^^  I    tie  Si  mon  P  e  t  e  r,   one  of  the 

!pr?^~^  personal  disciples  of  Jesus  Christ, 

y^\Q>^         from  whose  lips  was  addressed  to 

('\i^^\  him  that  remarkable   passage  in  the 

•jy«      Scriptures:    "Thou   art    Peter;    and 

GO     upon  this  rock  I  will  build  my  church." 

t      Whatever  controversy  may  arise  upon 

I      the    mistranslation  or   misconception 

of  this  quotation,    it  is  clung  to  with 

unswerving    tenacity     by    the    ancient     and 

modern  writers  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church 

as  sufhcient  authority  for  all  that  it  believes 

and  does  as  a  mighty  system  of  religion. 

It  is  claimed,  also,  that  Peter  visited  Rome 
and  established  there  the  church  that  now 
venerates  him  as  its  founder  and  its  tirst 
Pope.  On  this  point,  ho\vever,  great  diversity 
of  opinion  exists;  but  the  fact  remains,  that 
upon  thisbelief  rests  and  is  perpetuated  the 
Papal  Church  of  Rome. 

Rome  is  to-day.  as  in  the  past  centuries  of 
the  Christian  church,  the  great  center  of  the 
Roman  Catholic  religion,  and  the  long  line  of 
Popes,  including  the  present  potentate,  Leo 
XIII.,  claimed  their  supremacy  over  the 
universal  Christian  church.  According  to  the 
records  of  the  church,  the  line  of  supreme 
Pontiffs  is  unbroken  from  A.  D.  42  to  A.  D. 
1880. 

Form  of  Government.  —  The  Church  of 
Rome  is  governed  by  the  Pope;  his  counselors, 
the  college  of  seventy  cardinals,  appointed 
from  many  nations,  and  classified  as  cardinal 
bishops,  cardinal  priests  and  cardinal  deacons, 
and  they  rank  as  seculnr  princes,  next  to  the 
kings  of  the  earth;  after  these  succeed  arch- 
bishops, bishops  and  the  various  orders  of 
vicars  and  priests,  each  holding  proportionate 
rank  and  sway,  according  to  the  degree  of 
their  office.  The  Popes  are  elected  by  the 
cardinals,  but  the  Pope  appoints  the  cardinals. 
The  common  people  are,  therefore,  subject  to 
theirbishops;  the  bishops  to  the  archbishops; 
the  archbishops  to  the  cardinals,  and  all  are 
controlled  by  the  Pope;  thus  there  is  "one 
church,  having  one  faith,  under  one  head." 
In  all  ecclesiastical  matters  the  infallibility 
of  the  Pope  is  maintained,  whatever  differ- 
ences may  exist  iu  the  church  as  to  his  tem- 
poral authority. 


The  Discipline  of  the  Church. — Canon  law, 
compiled  from  the  decrees  of  different  Popes 
and  councils  of  the  church,  and  of  several 
passages  of  the  holy  fathers  and  other  repu- 
table writers,  and  other  authoritative  works, 
now  regulates  the  Roman  Catholic  Church, 
in  place  of  the  canons  of  the  apostles,  the 
apostolic  constitutions,  and  the  ancient  com- 
pilations of  the  church.  Ko  diversity  of 
faith  is  allowed  in  the  church ;  but  in 
matters  of  worship  or  discipline  a  difference  is 
permitted,  so  long  as  peace  is  not  subverted 
or  communion  broken.  The  Pope  extends  his 
care  and  solicitude  to  every  Roman  Catholic 
church  iu  the  world;  he  enacts  new  rules  of 
discipline,  abrogates  others,  and  punishes 
those  who  do  not  obey  them;  decides  in 
church  differences,  and  listens  to  the  appeals 
of  all  bishops.  No  priest  or  prelate  in  the 
church  may  marry;  official  vestments  for  the 
priesthood  are  prescribed  for  the  greater  de- 
cency of  the  public  worship;  church  worship  is 
conducted  in  the  Latin  tongue;  the  common 
people  and  children  are  not  permitted  to  read 
either  the  Old  or  New  Testament  in  the  pre- 
vailing language  where  they  live,  nor  is  any 
portion  of  the  Bible  in  the  vulgar  tongue 
permitted  to  be  taught  in  the  charity  schools 
of  the  church.  Lent,  the  fast  of  forty  days, 
in  commemoration  of  the  fasting  of  Jesus  in 
the  wilderness  for  a  similar  period,  is  strictly 
kept,  as  a  time  for  doing  penance  for  sin. 
It  is  also  a  preparation  for  celebrating  the 
greatest  festival  of  the  church,  known  as 
Easter,  the  anniversary  of  the  resurrection 
of  Christ  from  the  dead.  Numerous  other 
fast  and  feast  days  are  prescribed  by  the 
church  and  observed  by  devout  Catholics  in  all 
countries.  During  these  fasts  no  animal  flesh 
is  permitted  to  he  eaten,  except  on  certain 
days  and  under  special  circumstances.  The 
Christian  Sabbath  is  always  a  church  holiday. 

Relicrious  Orders, —  In  Catholic  countiies, 
in  all  quarters  of  the  globe,  exist  several 
orders  of  priests,  known  as  monks.  Basilians, 
Benedictines,  A  u  g  u  s  1 1  n  i  a  n  s,  Dominicans , 
Franciscans,  etc.  All  belonging  to  these 
orders  take  upon  themselves  solemn  vows  of 
chastity,  poverty  and  obedience  for  life. 
Usually  they  are  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Pope,  instead  of  the  bishops,  and  differ  only 
in  disripline.  manner  of  dress,  and  particular 
privileges  granted  to  each  other.  Several 
orders  of  nuns,  or  female  devotees,  also  exist. 


each  following  its  own  rules  and  wearing  a 
l>eculiar  costume.  Their  vows  of  consecra- 
tion are  similar  to  those  of  the  monks;  after 
their  profession  they  are  never  allowed  to 
leave  the  convent  during  life,  without  the 
leave  of  the  bishop,  and  then  only  on  the 
burning  of  the  convent  or  some  similar  occa- 
sion; nor  is  any  man  permitted  to  enter  the 
convent  without  the  bishop's  permission,  and 
for  some  necessary  purpose. 

Principal  Beliefs  of  the  Church.— The  fun- 
damental principle  of  the  church  is  the  doc- 
trine that  God  has  promised  and  does  exert 
over  it  a  constant  and  perpetual  protection, 
to  preserve  it  from  destruction,  error  or  fatal 
corruption.  This  belief  assures  the  infalli- 
bility of  the  church.  The  Pope  is  the  repre- 
sentative of  God  on  earth,  and  hence  his  own 
infallibility.  The  bread  and  wine  of  the 
sacrament  of  the  Lord's  supper  are  the  actual 
body  and  blood  of  Jesus  Christ;  hence  none 
but  the  priesthood  are  worthy  to  partake  of 
them.  There  is  a  place  beyond  the  grave, 
and  this  side  of  hea\en,  called  purgatory, 
through  which  the  souls  of  believers  must 
pass,  as  a  disciplinary  and  purifying  process, 
to  fit  them  for  heavenly  joy.  Saints,  who  are 
believed  to  reign  with  Christ  after  this  life, 
should  be  honored  and  prayed  to.  Principal 
among  these  is  the  Virgin  Mary,  the  mother 
of  Jesus,  whose  intercession  with  her  Son  for 
her  supplicants  is  universally  sought  by  all 
devout  believers.  The  images  of  Christ,  the 
Virgin  Mary  and  the  saints  and  saintly  relics, 
are  held  in  veneration  and  honor.  Sins  should 
be  confessed  to  the  priests,  as  the  represen- 
tatives of  Christ,  who  are  enabled  by  His 
appointment  to  declare  His  forgiveness  of  sin. 
Indulgences  are  obtained  only  by  special 
prayer  and  great  devotictnal  application. 

Form  of  Worship, —  Public  services  are 
mostly  conducted  in  the  Latin  language,  after 
set  forms,  called  masses  and  vespers,  as  fully 
printed  in  the  missals  of  the  churches.  These 
are  divided  into  solemn  or  high  mass,  plain  or 
low  mass:  mass  sung  or  said;  publicmass  and 
private  mass.  These  vary  in  details,  and  are 
conducted  by  bishops  and  priests,  a  high  mass 
being  assisted  by  other  ministers  of  the 
church.  Vespers  are  the  evening  services. 
Another  form  of  worship,  called  canonical 
hours,  combines  prayer  and  instruction,  con- 
sisting of  psalms,  lessons,  hymns,  prayers, 
anthems,  versicles,  etc.,  divided  into  sections 


■.(i^*-'*' 


--nO:- 


for  use  at  different  hours.  The  fasts  and  fes- 
tival;-have  distinctive  peculiarities  of  worship. 
Changes. —  Under  Pope  Gregot-y.  about  the 
year  GOO,  ancient  Britain  was  converted  from 
Paganism  to  Catholicism,  which  continued  to 
flourish,  with  varying  success,  until  the  acces- 
sion of  Henry  VIII. .  in  the  sixteenth  century. 
Henry  sought  the  aid  of  the  Pope  in  getting  a 
divorce  from  his  wife,  the  queen,  in  order 
that  he  might  murry  Anne  Boleyn.  This  being 
refused.  Henry  threw  off  his  allegiance  to 
Catholicism,  and  became  the  head  of  the 
church  in  England.  In  the  succeeding  reiga 
of  his  only  son,  Edward  VI. ,  also  in  the  six- 
teenth century,  the  Church  of  England  was 
established,  and  England  was  arrayed  on  the 
Protestant  side  of  the  struggle  then  going  on 
in  Europe.  When  Queen  Mary,  in  1553, 
ascended  the  throne,  j-he  brought  England 
again  under  Papal  dominion,  and  slew  about 
300  Protestants,  including  some  of  their  most 
prominent  leaders — Latimer,  Ridley  and 
others.  Under  Elizabeth,  who  succeeded 
Mary,  Protestantism  was  again  restored,  and 
Catholicism  has  since  then  been  subordinate 
to  the  Puritans  and  Established  Church  of 
England  in  its  public  intlucnce.  In  Ireland, 
however,  Catholicism  has  held  a  prosperous 
sway. 


The  Reformation,  beginning  in  1517  by 
Luther,  himself  a  Catholic  monk,  greatly 
injured  Catholicism  by  its  assaults  upon 
several  of  the  distinctive  Catholic  doctrines; 
and  extending  throughout  Germany,  Switzer- 
land and  France,  led  to  the  introduction  of  a 
vigorous  Protestantism  in  those  countries. 
John  Calvin,  in  the  same  century,  becoming 
dissatisfied  with  the  doctrines  of  Catholicism, 
in  which  he  had  been  educated,  also  became 
noted,  as  a  reformer  and.  a  Protestant  leader. 

The  countries  in  which  Catholicism  mostly 
prevails  at  this  day  are  Austria,  France. 
Spain.  Italy,  Ireland,  Portugal,  Mexico  and 
all  the  countries  of  South  America.  They 
have  also  many  missions  and  a  large  number 
of  believers  in  other  countries. 

In  the  United  States,  where  the  Catholic 
religion  was  first  established  (in  Maryland) 
in  lti23.  there  wais,  in  1876,  computed  to  be  a 
membership  of  10,000,000. 

The  Christian  Fathers. — These  were  the 
first  and  most  eminent  writers  of  the  Chris- 
tian church.  Those  of  the  first  century  are 
styled  the  '  'Apostolical  Fathers ;"  those  of  the 
first  three  centuries,  prior  to  the  religious 
council  at  Nice,  "Antenicene  Fathers,  "and 
those  who  flourished   subsequently,    "Post- 


nicene  Fathers."  None  of  their  writings  are 
to  be  considered  as  inspired  in  the  sense  in 
which  that  word  is  applied  to  the  Christian 
Bible.  The  following  is  a  complete  list  of 
these  fathers;  Barnabas,  Clement  of  Rome, 
Hermas,  Ignatius  and  Polycarp  lived  in  the 
days  of  Christ's  apostles;  Papius,  A.  D.  IIR; 
Justin  Martyr,  140;  Dionysius  of  Corinth, 
17.0;  Tatian,  172;  Hegesippus,  173;  Melito, 
177;  Irena^us,  178;  Athenauoras,  178;  Milti- 
ades,  180;  Theophilus.  fs  1 :  Clement  of 
Alexandria,  194;  Tertullian.  200;  Minutius 
Felix.  210;  Ammonius,  220;  Origen,  230; 
Firmilian,  23  3;  Dionysius  of  Alexandria, 
247;  Cyprian,  248;  Novatus,  or  Novatian, 
251;  Arnobius,  300;  Lactantius,  306;  Alex- 
ander of  Alexandria,  313;  Eusebius,  315  ; 
Athanasius,  326;  Cyril  of  Jerusalem,  348; 
Hilary,  354;  Epiphaneus,  368;  Basil,  370; 
Gregory  of  Nazianzen.  370;  Gregory  of 
Nyssa.  370;  Optatus,  370;  Ambrose,  374; 
Philaster,  380:  Jerome.  392;  Theodore  of 
Mopsuestia,  394;  Rufhnus.  397:  Augustine, 
398;  Chrysostom.398;  Sulpitius  Sevcrus,4ni; 
Cyril  of  Alexandria,  412;  Theodoret,  423; 
and  Germanius,  494.  Their  writings  are  prin- 
cipally valuable  as  proofs  of  the  existence  and 
authenticity  of  the  New  Testament,  extending 
back,  as  they  do,  to  the  time  of  the  apostles. 


C^  S  ^JS>       ,   r-.^j^ 


:=THE  CHURCH  OF  ENGLAND 


HE  Church  of  England,  which  is 
Episcopal  in  government,  the 
most  prominent  Protestant  or- 
ganization in  England,  was 
founded  in  the  reign  of  Edward 
VI. ,  King  of  Great  Britain,  in  the 
sixteenth  century.  Christianity, 
however,  both  Protestant  and 
Catholic,  had  a  previous  existence  in  the 
nation.  Eusebius,  an  ancient  writer,  posi- 
tively declares  that  it  was  introduced  into 
Britain  by  the  apostles  of  Christ  and  their 
disciples. 

Its  (lovemraent  — The  reigning  sovereign  is 
the  head  of  the  church,  with  supreme  power. 
There  are  two  archbishops  —  of  Canterbury 
and  York  —  and  twenty-five  bishops.  These 
bishops  rank  as  temporal  barons,  so  that  each 
has  a  seat  and  a  vote  in  the  House  of  Peers  in 
Parliament.  Other  prelates  in  the  church  are 
designated  as  deans,  archdeacons,  rectors, 
vicars,  etc.  The  archdeacons  possess  author- 
ity next  to  the  bishops,  and  arc  sixty  in 
number.  They  look  after  church  property, 
reform  abuses,  excommunicate  members,  etc. 
Rectors  have  charge  of  the  parish  churches, 
and  vicars  seem  to  be  supernumerary  over- 
seers of  parish  affairs. 

Belief. — The  church  expresses  its  Protest- 
ant christian  faith  in  the  Apostles',  Niccne 
and  Alhanasian  creeds.  The  first  of  these  is 
as  follows: 

*' I  believe  In  God  the  Father  Almighty, 
Maker  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  In  Jesus  Chriwt. 
His  only  Son.  our  Lord,  who  was  conceived  by 
the  Holy  Ghost,  born  of  the  Virgin  Mary ;  was 
crucified,  dead  and  buried.  He  descended 
into  hell.  The  third  day  He  rose  from  the 
dead.  He  ascended  into  heaven;  and  sittelh 
on  the  right  hand  of  (;od;  fr(mi  thence  He 
shall  coin(-  to  judge  the  quick  and  the  dead. 
I  h<-li<'ve  in  the  Holy  Qhoet;  the  holy  catholic 


ri^      ^-^BT-^-j  •^■■ 


church;  the  communion  of  saints;  the  for- 
giveness of  sins;  the  resurrection  of  the  body, 
and  the  life  everlasting.  " 

This  creed  is  also  accepted  by  the  Methodist, 
Episcopal  and  Roman  Catholic  Churches. 
The  Nicene  creed,  a  formula  adopted  by  a 
convocation  of  Bishops  at  Nice  in  A.  D.  £.25, 
is  more  elaborate,  but  accords  with  this :  while 
the  Athanasian,  a  creed  formulated  by  Athan- 
a^^ius,  Bishop  of  Alexandria, in  the  fifth  cen- 
tury, is  a  sublime  exposition  of  the  two-fold, 
God-man  nature  of  Jesus  Christ. 

Besides  these  creeds  are  the  "Thirty-nine 
Articles"  of  belief,  which  may  be  thus  sum- 
marized: A  profession  of  faith  in  the  Divine 
Trinity;  the  incarnation  of  Jesus  Christ,  His 
descent  into  the  place  of  departed  spirits  — 
the  "hell"  of  the  creed — His  resurrection  and 
the  divinity  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  An  accept- 
ance of  the  canonical  books  of  the  Bible  as 
the  word  of  God.  A  belief  in  the  creeds  of 
the  church.  Declarations  of  the  doctrines  of 
original  sin,  of  justification  by  faith  in  Chrit^t 
alone,  of  i)redestination.  etc.  The  church 
declared  to  be  the  assembly  of  the  faithful. 
Rejection  of  the  Roman  Catholic  doctrines 
of  purgatory,  the  mass,  the  sale  of  indul- 
gences, the  adoration  of  images,  the  change 
of  the  wine  and  bread  in  the  sacrament 
to  the  real  blotid  and  body  of  Christ,  and 
the  invocation  of  saints.  (3nly  those  lawfully 
called  may  preach  or  administer  the  sacra- 
ments of  baptism  and  the  Lord's  supper. 
Requiring  the  form  of  worship  to  be  in  the 
English  language.  Declaring  that  the  sacra- 
ments are  effectual  signs  of  grace.  Permit- 
ting the  marriage  of  the  clergy.  Maintaining 
the  elHcacy  of  excommunication,  and  indors- 
ing the  power  of  the  civil  magistrates. 

The  Liturgy  of  the  Church.— The  Book  of 
Prayer  now  in  u^e  in  the  Church  of  Enu'Iand 
was  composed  in  1547,  and  has  since  uiulcr- 


gone  several  alterations.  It  breathes  a  true 
devotional  spirit  in  its  petitions  and  psalms 
of  praise,  indicating  the  deep  piety  of  its 
authors. 

The  Episcopal  Church  in  the  United  States. 

Oriuiii. — This  church  dL-rivcs  its  doctrines, 
liturgy  and  practices  almost  wholly  from  the 
Church  of  England.  The  changes  in  all  are 
rather  circumstantial  than  material,  and  were 
made  after  the  war  of  the  Revolution  had 
separated  the  American  colonies  from  the  rule 
of  Great  Britain.  It.  however,  differs  from 
the  mother  church  in  being  distinct  from  the 
state  government,  and  its  bishops  enjoy  no 
civil  powers,  immunities  or  emoluments  on 
account  of  their  office. 

The  Worship. — This  is  essentially  the  same, 
with  some  verbal  improvements,  curtail- 
ments, etc.  Tbe  Apostles'  and  the  Nicene 
creeds  are  retained,  hut  the  Athanasian  is 
rejected.  In  baptism  the  sign  of  the  cross 
may  be  omitted  at  pleasure.  The  marriage 
service  is  shortened.  The  jirayers  for  the 
rulers  of  the  nation  were  also  changed  to  meet 
the  exigencies  of  the  new  government. 

The  Episcopacy. — Bishops,  priests  and  dea- 
cons, wardens,  and  vestrymen,  comprise  the 
government.  The  bishops  govern  about  tifty- 
five  dioceses  in  the  United  States  and  Terri- 
tories, with  several  in  charge  of  missions  in 
Africa.  China  and  Japan.  General  conven- 
tions of  bishops,  clergy  au<l  hiily  meet  once 
in  three  years.  Bishoi)s  are  elected  in  annuiil 
diocesan  conventions,  and  ratilled  or  rejected 
by  a  majority  of  the  standing  committees  of 
oilier  dioceses.  Clergymen  are  educated  at 
Episcopal  universities  in  several  states,  and 
"called"  wherever  it  may  happen.  In  1H73 
there  were  41)  dioceses,  2,700  parishes.  2,938 
priests  and  deacons,  and  about  248, 000  com- 
municants. 


d: 


iiist(ii;y  and  beliefs  of  the  ijai-itsts  and  Presbyterians. 


:'>«J.aA.C).i.- 


_^<JL«G-«1»S2 


HISTORY  AND  BELIEF  OF  THE  BAPTISTS. 


suTi 


;es)i~5s^'-ei«''*^'' 


OME  writers   of   this  donomination 

■aee  its  origin  to  the  llrst  century. 

'»    with  John  the  Baptint  as  its  exeiii- 


;i 


^^  plar,  and  Jesus  Christ  as  its 
j^  founder,  thus  trivinK  it  the  basis 
^^M\  ^'ifi  dignity  of  a  llrst  Cliristiiin 
i'^'^a  church.  Others  again  trace  their 
\\  t^  '  history  in  a  succession  of  i)ure 
_"  churches,  essentially  Baptist,  though 
from  the  third  cen- 


kt\    under  various  names,  fi 
\\j  tury  down  to  T.uther's  (; 


Th. 


.Ihiti 


■  th. 


■at  Kcfnrniritinn. 


,t  m|- 


HvV 


jn'i'sfi'iilinn  rniiTi  ;niil  ;Ht.T  iUv  llttli  ■.■•■u- 
tury  on\v;ud,  from  ihi-  rcli^'ioui^ts  uf  the 
East  and  the  West.  Among  the  early  per- 
secutors ol  the  German  liaptists  were  Pope 
Innocent  I.,  and  Cyril  of  Alexandria,  by  whom 
they  were  driven  from  thnjr  lirm^t  s  nf  worship 
into  secret  places,  and  llin;iliiii'ii  willi  iIimiIi. 
under  ancient  laws  wliich  lorlvui''  i  rli;iiitisiti,  so- 
cnlled.  Thus  they  were  seatlrml,  Iml  in  llu- first 
dawn  of  the  Reformation  their  principles  reap- 
peared among  the  Culdees,  of  the  West,  and 
several  sects,  including  the  Waldenses  and  Albi- 
genses.  Pi'ominont  in  the  results  nt  Tlie  Reforma- 
tion tin- i  ii>fiii;i  u  i;ai>lj-t-^  appiird  ils  dt.rtnuesto 
the  soci.il  |i.>sil!.-Tis  of  III,-  ami  Ilucilruril  '  'an  end 
to  prie~l<talt  ;uiii  kin^-cmft,  sj.i  ritual  (iomiiiation, 
titles  and  vassalage."  But  they  wt-re  overcome 
with  foul  reproaches  and  arrogant  scorn,  and  thou- 
sands of  German  Baptist  peasants  pt-risheil  for 
their  principles.  In  England,  from  the  time  of 
Henry  Vlll.  until  that  uf  AVilIiaiu  HI  .  a  full  cen- 
tury and  a  half,  the  Bajilists  ^trnirulrd  au'ainst 
intense  opposition  in  their  ctfurls  to  nbtain  liberty 
of  conscience  for  all.  But  uutil  llu-  i,Ui''l^'ers  arose 
they  stood  entirely  alone  in  this  aiti'initt  to  setmre 
the  "soul-liberty"  of  the  sulj.iiet.  In  f'rumweirs 
time,  however,  they  succeeded  in  ublaining  a  fair 
hearing,  and  made  progress  under  the  leadership 
of  Ji...on  and  Vane,  but  were  beliiiyed  hy  one 
Monk.  In  the  time  of  Charles  11.  the  priMUis  were 
filled  with  tlirirrnnfessors  and  martyrs,  l.nt  their 
l)rini'i|il''~  '  'Mil  imird  to  gain  adherents  ann'ng  the 

people,    ;ilel    ll.i^lrllfii  the    relik'K'Us     I'evnhltLun    of 

1688.  U  1-  ■lainied  that  to  the  Baptist;-  i:nglish 
constitutional  liberty  owes  a  debt  that  it  can 
never  fully  repay.  Among  them  '■  christian " 
freedom  found  its  earliest,  itsstaunehest.  ils  most 


i^oazz::^  V; 


consistent  and  its  most  disinterested  champions." 

RcllceloiiN  Belief.— The  Baptists,  with  the 
generality  of  christian  denominations,  believe  in 
the  Divine  Trinity  of  Katlier,  S..n  and  Holy  Chost, 

as  one  Siipreiiie  Heing,  Creator  ol  all  things, 
Savi.ii-  nl  :ill  iiK'll  wli.i  believe  in  the  l.<.nl  .lesUS 
Chi'ist  and  His  alonemenl    tnr  sm,  ami    the  saneti- 

fving,  enlightenmt:  .ukI   e toUiiiL.'  mllneiMr-  ..f 

the  Holy  dhusl    ..ii  ih.    -..ul-  a,  tlie  -|.iiiiual 

unity  of  the  whole  brh.Mrii_'  i  IinmIi  uwh-)  <  hii^t. 
its  rieail.  and  in  the  dii!\  ot  nKikiii^'  llus  unity 
visibh-  by  >,iih.j...'li<.n  to  Hiin  in  all  things.  They 
dull  r  tiniii  oilier  denoiiiinat Ions,  huweyer.  in  jier- 
si.--tently  lefusing  to  aeknowkdge  any  baptism 
compleie  and  satisfactory  except  that  which 
immerses  the  entire  body  of  the  disciple  in  water; 
rejecting,  rigidly,  all  other  forms  and  methods 
f>[  iierf-u'ininK'  this  iniji.jrlant  rite.  r.ai>tisni.  to 
them,  is  i.n  essenliat  means  of  u^raee.  Willie  iliey 
tlo  not  believe  m  the  baptism  ol  infants  of  an 
irrespuiisibh.'  :>i:--\  ami  eonsider  spn  il  ual  qnalilica- 
tion  necessar\  .  ihe\  li;ip(i/e  ;ill  who  ie|»ent  and 
believe  the  ^'.i-pri,  nhrtini  m  eluhlhood.  youth 
or  manhood,  ami  i  m  .pieiH  Iv  w  liole  hou-L-holdsare 
thus  eiitrrafled  on  the  church  of  Christ.  The 
majority  aNo  exercise  a  rigid  regulation  in  their 
churches  I  liat  no  person  who  has  not  been  bap- 
tized by  immerMon  shall  be  permitted  to  partake 
of  the  bread  and  wine  in  the  sacrament  of  the 
Lord's  supper.  This  prohibition,  however,  has 
led  to  divisions,  and  the  doctrine  of  a  moi-e  liberal 
communion  is  by  some  now  strenuously  advo- 
cated. 

Government.— The  church  government  of 
the  Baptists  is  democratic,  or  congregational. 
Each  church  being  considered  entirely  dependent 
on  Christ,  is  entirely  independent  of  all  others, 
and  complete  in  itself  for  the  ehoice  of  its  officers, 
declaration  of  faith,  and  the  reception,  dismissal 
or  discipline  of  its  members.  The  principle  of 
inter-communion  of  the  churches,  however,  is 
maintained  as  the  highest  form  of  visible  unity, 
and  should  never  be  interrupted.  They  therefore 
associate  tlieir  churches,  invite  councils  for 
advice,  and  organize  societies  for  mutual  co-oper- 
ation in  benevolent,  educational  or  missionary 
enterprises;  but  no  association  claims  any  juris- 
diction over  individual  churches.     No  distinction 


vv'i^-^?^6?i(^e^^r 


except  that  of  office  Is  made  between  clerprymen 
and  laymen.  They  recognize  no  higher  church 
officers  than  pastors  and  deacons.  Elders,  as 
evangelists  and  missionaries,  are,  after  due  trial, 
ordained  and  sent  out  to  preach  the  gospel. 
Councils  are  usually  culled  to  ordain  ministers, 
form  churches  and  settle  serious  difficulties. 

Branches.— In  England  there  are  two  parties, 
known  as  raitienlar  and  in-neral  Baptists,  having 
but  litlle  eonimnmeati-.n  with  each  other.  The 
latter  inaiiitaiii  the  .loeinneof  general  redemp- 
tion and  the  other  pomis  ot  the  .\i  rmni.in  system, 
and  are  agreed  witli  the  i'aiti.  nlar  Biiptists  only 
on  the  subject  ol  bapti-in,  worship  aii'i  church 
discipline.  The  Particular  Baptists  are  the  most 
numerous,  and  embrace  the  Calvinistic  doctrine 
of  particular  redemption,  or  election.  The  Scot- 
tish Baptists  differ  in  various  respects  from  the 
English  Baptists,  and  many  divisions  exist  among 
them  on  doctrinal  points.  In  the  United  States 
there  are  several  different  branch(^s  ot  the  Baptist 
church,— the  Seventh  Day  (or  Saturday  observers) 
Free-Will,  Anti-Mi^ion,  the  Six  Prim-iple.  Tunk- 
ers,  JlennonitC'^,  (_'anipbeiiiti-s  .uid  W'lmbrarians. 
The  Six-Principle,  .M.-nnnniles  and  Tnnkers  are  of 
foreign  origin,  and  are  largely  composed  of 
immigrants  from  England,  Russia,  etc.,  driven 
from  their  native  lands  by  persecutions. 

American  BaptistH.  -Roger  Williams 
founded  the  tirst  Baptist  church  in  Ameiica,  at 
Providence.  R.  I.,  in  lf>3ii,  and  it  is  now,  with  one 
exception,  the  largest  denomination  of  evangelical 
christians,  having  a  foothold  in  every  State  and 
Territory.  They  have  been  a  prosperous  people, 
and  have  done  much  for  the  cause  of  education. 
They  have  about  thirty  colleges,  more  than  one 
hundred  academies  and  female  seminaries,  and 
nine  or  more  theological  schools,  besides  numer- 
ous publication  houses  in  several  cities  of  the 
Union,  and  supporting  nearly  fifty  denomina- 
tional periodicals.  Their  mission  work  is  very 
large,  extending  to  Canada,  Oregon.  California, 
New  Mexico  and  Hayti;  in  France. Spain, Germany, 
Denmark.  Sweden,  and  Norway;  in  Africa.  India, 
Siam  and  China.  In  doctrine  the  Baptists  of  the 
United  States  are  Calvinistic,  with  much  freedom 
and  moderation.  The  total  population  attached 
to  Baptist  \'iews  is  estimated  at  8,000,000,  and  the 
increase  is  very  rapid. 


rt:<«- — *-.^K— ^J=:= 


-^^ims^^-'-^-g;  p       THE 


PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH. 


-% 


'^% 


|0-^^>^^-^i^2^^f^'^ 


HE  principles  of  Luther's  Reform- 
ation found  their  way  into  Scot- 
land about  the  year  l.'>27.  where 
thev  excited  the  apjirehensions 
ol  the  CaUioli.-  priesthood  and 
led  to  a  -ei'ies  of  persecutions 
Upon  those  who  prutesscd  the 
Protestant  faith.  Indeed,  from 
the  first  dawn  of  the  Reformation 
in  Scotland,  for  a  long  series  of 
yea  IS,  there  was  a  jiei  petual 
strutrgle  lK'twi.'en  the  conrt  and 
the  people  tor  the  e-t abiishment 
of  an  Episcopal  or  Presbyterian 
form  of  worship  and  church 
government.  The  celebrated 
house  of  Stuart  advocated  the 
former  system,  hut  the  latter  was  supported  by 
a  majority  i>f  the  people,  )>erhaps  beeaiise,  as  was 
not  the  case  with  Episcupaey,  the  laity  and 
the  clergy  participated  together  in  church  juris- 
diction. 

The  first  adherents  of  this  form  of  church  gov- 
ernment in  England  were  those  Protestants  who 
returned  from  Germany,  to  which  place  they  had 
lied  for  refuge  in  the  time  of  Queen  Mary.  Com- 
ing back  in  the  generous  reign  of  Queen  Elizabeth, 
they  first  met  Jn  private  houses,  anri  afterwards 
more  publicly,  to  worship  in  th.'  forms  of  the 
Genevan  service  book.  The  lirst  Presbyterian 
place  ot  worship  was  erected  at  Wailswoith,  in 
Surrey,  where  they  also  formed  a  presbytery. 
Other    presbyteries    were    soon     established     at 


©r^ 


^ 


other  points,  and  in  a  short  time  the  number  of 
Presbyterians  in  England  is  said  to  have  reached 
100,000.  In  Cromwell's  administration  the  famous 
Westminster  Assembly,  consisting  of  l-'iO  minis- 
ters, was  held.  The  hope  was  that  Presbyterian- 
ism  would  be  made  the  established  religion  of 
England  by  act  of  Parliament;  but  a  law  was 
passed,  granting  freedom  of  thought  and  worship 
to  all  the  people,  a  measure  that  much  displeased 
the  Presbyterians. 

Charies  I.  alU'inptid  to  assimilate  the  churches 
of  England  ,  Kpisi'op;,i ,  umi  <.l  Seotbimi  il're-byte- 
rian),  but  his  o\-e!  imes  wile  met  with  H  lleree  and 
angry  revolution  uii  the  ijai  L  of  the  latter,  which 
forms  an  important  chapter  in  the  history  of 
Great  Britain .  Episcopacy  was,  however,  re-estab- 
lished in  Scotland  by  Charles  II.  The  Presbyteri- 
ans, not  dismayed,  maintained  their  ground, 
Subseqviently  an  arrantrement  was  effected  by  a 
treaty  of  union,  in  17H7,  eoiitinning  Episcopacy  in 
England  and  establishing  Presbyterianism  as 
the  religion  of  Scotland. 

To  John  Knox,  the  celebrated  and  intrepid 
reformer,  the  church  of  Scotland  owes  much. 
For  twelve  months,  after  coining  fresh  from  the 
Reformation  m  Switzerland,  he  labored  actively 
and  sneee^-lnlly  to  strengthen  the  cause  of 
Protestantism  in  Scotland-  From  the  time  of  his 
second  coming,  in  1550,  until  his  death,  in  1572,  the 
reformed  church  was  triumphant. 

Governmeiit.— The  primary  doctrine  of  the 
Presbyterians  is  the  representation  of  congrega- 
tions in  presbyteries,   etc. ,   by    their   delegated 


elders,  of  whom  the  preaching  elder,  or  minister, 
is  always  one.  This  system  of  church  representa- 
tion is  partly  founded  on  the  example  of  the 
apostles  in  the  primitive  church,  as  set  forth  in 
Acts  XV.,  and  partly  on  the  general  unity  of  the 
church.  Particular  congregations  confide  the 
management  of  their  alfairs  to  a  court  called  "the 
session,"  which  consists  of  the  minister  and  the 
other  elders,  the  minister  presiding,  but  each 
member  having  equal  power  and  an  equal  vote. 
From  the  decisions  of  thi^  court,  appeals  may  be 
taken  to  the  presbytery,  which  usually  comprises 
the  ministei's  of  a  certain  number  of  congrega- 
tions and  one  ruling  elder  from  each  congrega- 
tion. Beyond  this  appeals  may  be  carried  to  the 
higher  governing  bodies— the  sjTiods  and  general 
assemblies.  The  general  assembly  is  the  highest 
court,  to  which  the  synods  are  subordinate.  An 
order  of  deacons,  for  the  furtherance  of  its 
secular  affairs,  exists  in  some  churches,  while  in 
others  their  duties  devolve  on  the  elders.  The 
whole  care  of  the  flock  is  intrusted  to  the  teaching 
elders  and  the  ruling  elders. 

Whatever  difference  may  exist  in  the  names  of 
the  several  judicatory  bodies  among  the  different 
branches  of  the  church,  as  well  as  in  minuter 
arrangements,  yet  any  church  embodying  the 
above  principles  is  strictly  a  Presbyterian  church. 

ReIlfrlou8  Belief.— The  Church  of  Scotland 
possesses  no  liturgy,  no  altar,  no  instrumental 
music,  no  sacred  vestments.  It  condemns  saint- 
worship;  observes  no  festival  days;  uses  exlem- 
poraneous"prayer;  teaches  that  all  its  miuisters 


:(> — 


are  equal  in  commission,  and  that  bishops  and 
presbyters  are  the  same  in  office:  baptism  is  per- 
formed by  sprinkling-,  and  includes  infants;  and 
the  ring  is  omitted  in  the  marriage  service; 
believes  in  the  doctrine  of  spiritual  election,  and 
otherwise  indorses  the  ordinary  beliefs  of  ortho- 
dox Christianity,  the  atonement  of  Christ,  etc. 
Calvinism  maintains  the  doctrine  that  God  has 
chosen  certain  persons  to  be  saved  from  His 
wrath  for  sin,  in  His  free  love  and  grace,  without 
the  least  foresight  of  faith,  good  works  or  any 
condition  performed  by  the  creature,  and  that 
the  rest  of  mankind  will  be  eternally   toiniented. 

The  English  Presbyterians  are  less  attached  to 
Calvinism  than  the  Scotch,  and  differ  somewhat 
from  them  in  their  church  government,  with 
more  latitude  of  religious  sentiment. 

In  the  United  States.— Presbyterianism 
■was  introduced  into  Mai-yland  in  the  seventeenth 
century  by  Francis  Makemie.  who  gathered  the 
scattered  elements  of  that  religion  in  that  State, 
who  were  immigrants  from  Scotland  and  the 
North  of  Ireland.  The  Presbytery  of  Philadel- 
phia (the  fii-st)  was  constituted  in  1704.  In  1716 
four  presbyteries  were  formed,  with  the  Synod  of 
Philadelphia.     They  were  not  harmonious,  but  all 


differences  were  settled  in  175S.  The  first  general 
asscmtly  was  conventd  at  rhilatUlithia.  in  1789. 
Since  then  Prcsbyterianisrii  lia^  Kicatly  prospered 
in  this  country.  The  original  doctrines  of  the 
church  in  the  United  States  were  Calvinistic,  but 
were  followed  in  moderation.  From  an  early 
day  new  organizations  from  secessions  have 
sprung  up  and  attained  importance,  with  some 
clianges  in  doctrine  and  government. 

The  Cumberland  Presbyterian  church  originated 
in  Kentucky  toward  the  close  of  the  last  century, 
and  is  now  a  large  and  influential  organization. 
The  United  Presbytei'ian  church  of  North  America 
was  organized  in  1782,  from  the  Associate  Re- 
formed and  the  Associate  Presbyterian  churches. 
The  union  of  these  churches  caused  another  dis- 
sension, which  resulted  in  the  foundation  of  the 
Reformed  Presbyterian  church  in  America. 

General  Council.— In  London.  July  21,  1875, 
a  conference  of  one  hundred  delegates  from  such 
Presbyterian  bodies  throughout  all  the  world  as 
acquiesced  in  a  plan  previously  promulgated, 
called  an  "  Alliance  of  reformed  churches 
throughout  the  world,"  and  formed  an  inorganic 
and  co-operative,  voluntary  union,  to  promote 
mutual  sympathy  and  help,  diffuse  information, 


aid  in  mission  work,  promote  christian  reform  in 
appro|)riate  spheres,  and  oppose  inlidelity  and 
religious  intolerance;  no  interference  with  the 
status  of  the  constituent  churches,  a.^auming 
no  church  authority,  and  requiring  no  changes 
of  doctrine. 

The  Cumberland  Church.  —When  the 
Cumberland  Presbyterians  organized,  they  in- 
dorsed the  doctrines  of  the  American  Presbyterian 
church,  e-xcept  "the  fatality  of  predestination" 
(Calvinism)  and  the  requisition  of  an  academical 
education  for  the  ministry. 

Elsewhere.— Presbyterianism  has  also  a  firm 
foothold  in  Canada  and  Ireland, 

The  New  Llchts.— An  important  division 
occurred  in  the  United  States  in  1838,  whereby  the 
American  Presbyterian  church  was  divided  into 
two  great  sections,  commonly  known  as  the  Old 
School  and  New  School  Presbyterianism.  The 
first  maintained  strong  Calvinistic  doctrmes;  the 
latter  a  modified  indoi-sement  of  the  same  tenets. 
Both  churches  prospered  and  extended  over  the 
whole  country,  instituted  and  supported  missions 
in  various  heathen  lands,  and  finally,  in  1869, 
they  reunited. 


THE 


CONGREGATIONAL  CHURCH. 


W^'-^ 


:^nN(jKKUATl<>NALISU,  a  system  of 
rhurch  government  which  was  origi- 
niiUy  designed  to  be  used  by  several 
IjT;,  denominations  of  Protestant  christians, 
it^W/A^'mii  maintains  that  each  congregation  of 
■^iTtiAi  worshipers,  meeting  regularly  in  one 
^IGTtjVb  place,  is  a  complete  church,  formed  by 
f^^lp'y  the  free  consent  and  mutual  agreement 
ijT  of  its  members,  adopting  its  own  rules 
i^lllffli  °^  government,  and  is  subject  to  no  con- 
*cpl)^      trol  from  other  churches. 

1+1  This  system  was  originated  in  the  time 

r  of  Queen  Elizabeth,  from  the  desire  of 
certain  members  of  the  Church  of  England  to 
establish  a  purer  church,  and  determined,  at  all 
hazards,  to  enjoy  the  rights  of  conscience.  On 
this  account  they  were  stigmatized  with  the  gen- 
eral name  of  "Puritans,"  and  since  then  they 
have  been  generally  known  by  that  name.  The 
Congregationalistsof  the  United  States, but  first  in 
New  England,  are  the  descendants  of  this  people. 
Hintory.— The  first  recorded  organization 
occurred  in  England  in  1583,  under  the  auspices 
of  one  Robert  Browne;  but  it  is  thought  that 
churches  had  been  previously  founded  on  these 
principles  as  far  back  as  in  the  days  of  Edward 
VI.  and  Queen  Mary,  Browne's  church,  however, 
was  soon  broken  up,  and  he  and  many  of  his 
congregation  fled  to  Holland.  There  he  re-estab- 
lished the  organization,  but  it  fell  into  dissensions 
after  his  return  to  England  ami  soon  dissolved. 
In  Kngland  the  system  was  also  separated  by  the 
opinions  (if  its  adherents,  .Some  continued  to 
rtrcognizc  the  Church  of  England  a»a  true  church, 
and  l■L■fu^ed  to  leave  her.  but  demanded  that  her 
discipline  should  be  reformed,  and  her  bishops 
rank  US  the  lieads  of  the  presbyters,  nor  did  they 
recognize  the  doctrine  of  the  liberty  of  eon- 
Kcience.  These  were  known  as  the  Conforming 
Ptiritans.  The  others,  or  Non-Conformists,  would 
enter  into  no  compromise  with  the  Establir-hed 
Church.  They  desired  its  utter  overthrow,  with 
nil  Its  machinery,  ceremonies  and  filVins,  and  to 
build  upon  Its  niins  churches  after  the  pure  and 
simple  model  of  the  first  christian  apostles.  At 
least  five  of  the  Nonconformists  were  executed 
by  tlie  government  for  (qiroly  advocating  their 
jrlnciples.  in  addition,  in  l-'ili:,',  an  act  was  passed 
inprisoning  and  banishing  from  the  kingdom  all 


c: 


of  discretionary  years  who  should  embrace  the 
doctrines  of  the  Non-Conformist  or  refuse  to  attend 
the  services  of  the  Established  Church.  In  conse- 
quence of  this  law  a  number  of  the  proscribed 
people  went  to  Holland — how  many  is  not  known, 
but  the  Dutch  treated  them  with  little  favor, 
owing  to  prejudices  derived  from  the  slanders  of 
English  prelates.  In  time,  however,  these  bad 
impressions  were  removed,  and  churches  were 
established  in  several  cities  of  Holland,  where 
they  continued  to  flourish  fur  more  than  one  hun- 
dred years. 

At  the  time  of  the  passage  of  the  act  of  banish- 
ment, in  England,  it  was  estimated  that  there 
were  20.000  Non-Conformists  in  the  kingdom. 
Those  who  remained  in  England  were  subsequently 
treated  with  more  kindness  and  allowed  greater 
liberty  of  conscience  during  the  latter  part  of 
Queen  Elizabeth's  reign.  In  the  reign  of  her  suc- 
cessor, James  VI., a  new  series  of  acts  was  passed 
by  which  conformity  to  the  Established  Church 
was  rigidly  enforced,  on  pain  of  excommunica- 
tion. Thus  the  Puritans  were  silenced,  and  many 
sought  relief  in  flight. 

Among  others  who  fled  from  the  countr>'  amid 
painful  persecution  was  one  John  Robinson,  a 
Non-Con fonnist  minister,  and  part  of  his  congrega- 
tion, from  the  North  of  England.  Going  to  Hol- 
land, about  the  year  lfi08,  they  remained  at 
Leyden  for  about  ten  years,  during  which  they 
prospered  and  the  church  increased. 

In  America.— In  1617,  owing  to  the  contam- 
inating inlhiencos  of  society  in  Holland,  Mr. 
Robinson  and  his  friends  meditated  a  removal  to 
North  America,  where  in  the  wilds  of  that  new 
country  they  hoped  to  be  instrumental  in  convert- 
ing the  native  savages  and  securing  the  broadest 
liberty  of  conscience.  Negotiations  were  begini 
with  the  colony  of  Virginia,  but  the  liberty  of 
conscience  that  they  so  much  desired  could  not  be 
assured  to  them  there. 

In  1619  a  grantof  land  in  America  was  obtained, 
hut  as  ships  enough  could  not  be  procured  to  con- 
vey the  entire  Holland  church  acro.ss  the  Atlantic, 
Mr.  Robinson  and  a  part  of  his  congregation 
remaiiK'd  at  Leyden,  whilf  tin-  others,  uiidci-  Elder 
Brewsh  T,  ■■;iili'il.  I'iscoiii  iiirmir  cirtuni  stances 
twice  <-iui>rd  Ib.-ni  1o  rrtuiTi,  l.iit  at  hist,  in  the 
Mayflower,  one  huiulrcd  succeeded  in  landing  at 


Plymouth,  in  Massachusetts,  December  22,  1620. 
Ten  years  they  struggled  against  serious  haid- 
ships  and  adverse  circumstances,  but  then  and 
there  and  subsequently  they  established  the 
present  Congregational  Church  of  America— a 
church  that  has  given  to  the  world  some  of  its 
most  talented  and  pious  divines,  materially  aidetl 
in  forming  the  best  and  greatest  of  our  national 
institutions,  and  done  nnich  in  framing  the  char- 
acter of  the  American  people. 

Present     Form     of    Government.— The 

Congregational  form  of  church  i:o\  i  rruiurit  was 
in  effect,  if  not  altogether  in  namr,  i.st;il»iislnil  in 
Massachusetts  and  in  New  England  geiienilly. 
With  it  any  body  of  men  united  together  tor 
religious  worship  constituted  a  chuich,  perfect 
and  complete  in  all  its  parts.  From  this  principle 
the  whole  system  may  logically  be  deduced.  It  is 
a  voluntary  union,  leaving  each  church  (self- 
created,  in  one  sense)  independent  of  every  other, 
except  so  far  as  it  is  bound  by  those  laws  of 
christian  intercourse  which  govern  societies 
equally  with  individuals.  It  can  elect  its  own 
officers,  admit  and  exclude  members  at  will,  and 
whatever  the  Bible  recognizesas  corning  within  the 
province  of  a  christian  chuich.  1  lu-  njiiy  (liincli 
officers  now  recognized  by  the  Congr  ciriitiiiiialists 
are  pastoi-s  and  deacons,  the  oftice  ot  elder  having 
been  droi)ped  more  than  a  century  ago.  Deacons 
are  chosen  by  the  votes  of  the  church,  and  gener- 
ally thev  are  ordaineii  bv  the  imposition  of  hands. 
To'disni'iss  ;i  pasloi*.  ;i  m'utii;il  .■oimcil  of  ministers 
of  neigliboim;.-.hm.'lirsiv..,,inijionlv<.,illrd.  The 
power  ol  h.-.-risiriL:  |n.-.lnr^  i>  tatw  ^-i-iu.-i  iilly  in- 
trusted to  iuisucial  ions  ul  paslois,  winch  I'inbraco 
all  within  certain  local  limits.  The  ordinary 
meetings  of  these  assi>ciated  pastors  are  for  per- 
sonal improvement,  mutual  counsel  and  advice. 
This  denomination  is  one  of  the  most  prosperous 
in  the  United  States. 

RellfEfouK  Belief.— Implicit  reliance  on  the 
christian  scriptui'cs  is  an  essential  pai't  of  their 
faith  and  poIity,.a"d"o  doctrine  not  round  therein 
is  to  be  received.  Calvinism  exists  as  a  prominent 
featut*-  with  the  usual  orthodox  beliefs,  infant 
and  adult  lj,iptistn  by  sprinkling,  the  sacrament 
of  tht'  Lord'.s  slipper,  to  be  partaken  of  by  all 
christians  present,  etc. 


^ 


y-.l!  '■/■■;  -V*'' 


U-- 


.A 


m 


^ 


-^■%t  THE  METHODISTS  IN  ENGLAND  AND  AMERICA. 


J^^w=r>,,^■^i^^Vi^r^^ 


LOW  stite  of  relieion  and  mor- 
ality pfevaileU  in  EntrlJitid  in 
till-  .-urly  part  of  the  ei^rlitt-enth 
(■.Mil  my.  in  1729.  John  Wesley. 
iinvv  hinious  as  thy  tuunder  of 
Melliudisni.and  then  a  pi-esbyter 
in  tile  Chui'ch  of  En^Jrland,  with 
his  brother  Charles  and  two 
othors.  set  apart  certain  even- 
int:^  fi>r  readinijr  the  uri)<iiial 
^cf  i|itiiies  and  prayer.  Their 
liirl,'  (iiL'le  was  subsequently 
iiii-n  .i^(<l  by  tliH  :)dniishiun  of 
fi.ui  'itli.T-^,  iiiM-  i.r"  whom  was 
altrr  u  ,ii-i|^  tin-  ri-lrlir.-i ted  evan- 
p-list.(ieui-i,'e  Willi. -ti. ■Id.  Their 
spheie  uf  work  was  then  extend- 
ed to  visiting:  prisoners,  and 
the  sick  poor  in  the  town;  and 
tlieir  private  meetings,  further  enlarged  by  new 
m(?nibers.  became  more  religious.  They  now 
numbered  fifteen,  "all  of  one  heart  and  one 
mind  "  in  piety  and  charity,  and  were  irreverently 
called  the  '•  Godly  Club,"  and  afterwaitls  "  Meth- 
odists." 

In  the  latter  part  of  1739.  eii^ht  or  ton  persons 
came  to  Mr.  Wr^ti'V  in  LoiuI<<pi.  ' '  who  apptMred  to 
be  deeply  (MTUn-tfcl  ot  siu  aiKl  rarri.'-Ilv  trto:iiiing 
forredeTiipfioii."  W'irh  llu-'-e  hr  lurtn.'il  tlir  first 
Methodist  elass-uieetiiit,'.  Tliey  met  evi-ry  Thurs- 
day evening,  and,  soun  growing  in  numbers,  they 
then  and  there  received  such  advice  from  Mr. 
Wesley  as  he  judged  was  most  needful  for  them, 
and  engaged  in  devotional  exercises.  This  was 
the  origin  of  that  world  wide  denomination  now 
known  as  ^lethodists,  which,  whatever  peculiar- 
ities distinguish  its  several  branches,  remains 
essentially  in  doctrine  and  government  very  much 
as  Mr.  Wesley  established  it. 

History." Mr.  Wesley,  in  I73rj.  visited  Amer- 
ica in  the  furtlirr-dnce  of  his  project  of  establish- 
ing the  pniiiiplr^^  of  a  pure  religion,  but  met  with 
no  flatTLriiiL'  siicress.  and  returned  home.  In  1738 
Rev.  Georpre  VVhitefield  also  came  to  America,  and 
by  the  bi-illiancy  of  his  oratory  and  inlluential 
presence  created  a  remarkable  enthusiasm  in  the 
religions  worhJ.  Whitefield  returned  to  America 
seven  times,  preaching  along  the  Atlantic  coast, 
visiting  Georgia,  the  Caroiinas,  Maryland  and 
Virginia  and  the  Bermudas;  but  while  he  labored 
successfully  in  the  cause  of  benevolence,  he  estab- 
lished no  separate  congregations.  On  some  points 
of  belief  he  and  Mr.  Wesley  differed. 

After  a  prnspernus  growth  in  England,  Method- 
ism was  inliodii.ed  as  an  organization  into  the 
United  States  alii>ut  1766,  when  a  few  Methodists 
from  Ireland  settled  in  New  York.  Preachei-s 
were  sent  over  by  Mr.  Wesley,  and  in  1773  the  first 
regular  conference  was  held  in  Philadelphia. 
Eleven  years  later  American  Methodism  became 
independent  of  the  English  organization,  and 
Thomas  Coke  and  Francis  Asbury  were  commis- 
sioned as  bishopb  in  America  by  Mr.  Wesley,  ajid 


~«i£a2/©-^-^^-^fi'flj^Tp;t 


f. 


they  were  so  received.  Before  the  close  of  the 
Century  Methodism  had  extended  westward  to  the 
Mississippi  river,  into  Canada,  and  prospered  in 
New  Enghmd.  In  1S12  its  members  had  increased 
to  more  than  lO.i.OOO.  with  nearly  700  preachers. 
It  introduced  the  Sunday-school  into  this  country, 
established  a  publishing  house,  and  took  ad- 
vanced ground  in  the  cause  of  temperance. 

The  Oovernment.  —The  general  conference 
meets  once  in  four  year.^,  and  is  composed  uf 
clergy  and  lay  delegates  from  all  dioceses.  It 
elects  bishops,  missionary  and  educational  secre- 
taries, book-agents  and  its  j)eriodieal  editors,  and 
is  the  tinal  court  ot  apinMlM  tries  bi-liojis  and 
cases  of  aiipeal  tr-jiii  lli.-  annual  coiilLMinces. 
The  annual  conlcrences  are  held  in  each  diocese, 
and  presided  over  by  a  bisliup,  the  bishops  not 
being  coiilined  in  their  ministrations  to  any  one 
diocese.  This  conference  consists  of  traveling 
pr'eacliLTs.  whom  it  locates,  and  over  whose  char- 
acters jiml  lal>or>  it  ln'liis  supervision.  The  dis- 
tiict  coiirereiii.-e  i-;  corilrolled  by  the  presiding 
elder  of  the  district,  pastors,  local  preachers, 
exhorters  and  one  steward,  and  the  Sunday-school 
superintendent  from  each  pastoral  charge.  It 
licenses  local  preachers,  and  commends  them  for 
ordination  or  admission,  and  looks  after  the 
financial,  educational  and  benevolent  interests  of 
the  district.  The  ipiarterly  conlerence  consists 
of  the  pastor,  local  pica  clieis,  exhorters,  stewards, 
class-lr'MliM-.,  if)i-[iT-  .mil  SiiiKi.iy-scIiool  auperin- 
lendeiii  -  mi  ,i  -i  hu:  h-  |m  -'<  >i  i  I  <liarge,  over  which 
it  hius  -ii|M'i  \  i-i.iii.  'I'll.' ria--.  leaders  and  stew- 
ards usually  hold  a  nieetiiik'  lof  each  chuich  once 
a  month,  presided  over  by  the  pastor,  an<!  care 
for  the  sick  and  needy,  guard  the  discipline  of 
the  members,  recommend  persons  for  member- 
ship and  for  license  to  exhort.  Each  church  is 
also  divided  into  classes  under  pious  leadei-ship, 
who  meet  weekly  for  testimony,  prayer  aiul 
counsel  OS  to  their  spiritual  welfare.  The  minis- 
try consists  of  bishops  ami  traveling  preachers, 
the  latter  being  obiluiii  to  ehajige  their  charges 
every  two  years.  Tlie  bishops  preside  over  the 
annual  and  missionary  conferences,  station  the 
ministers,    arrange   the   preaching  districts,  etc. 

Methodism  fn  the  United  States.— 
The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  of  the  United 
States  is  divided  into  two  sections.  North  and 
South,  with  separate  jurisdictions  and  controlling 
interests,  but  similar  to  each  other  in  executive 
powers  and  divisions.  Both  are  thiifty  institu- 
tions, and  have  large  membei'ships.  and  their 
many  educational,  publishing,  benevolent  and 
missionary  institutions  exert  a  wide  inhuence  on 
the  prosperity  of  their  respective  sections. 

Branches.— The  church,  both  in  England  and 
America,  has,  from  time  to  time,  experienced 
secessions  and  the  formation  of  new  organiza- 
tions, with  more  or  less  important  changes  in 
discipline  and  points  of  doctrine.  In  Great 
Britain  we  have  the  Wesieyan  (original)  Method- 
ists,  the  Calvjnistic,   the    New   Connection,   the 


Prhiiitive.  the  United  Free,  the  Bible  Christian 
and  the  Irish  Primitive  Methodists,  with  several 
minor  lUviwjons.  In  America,  besides  the  main 
divisions  of  a  North  and  South  church,  there  are 
the  African  Metliodist  Episcopal,  the  Methodist 
Protestant,  the  Wesleyan  Connection,  Canadian 
Methodists,  the  Evangelical  Association,  the 
United  Brethren  in  Christ  and  the  Free  Meth- 
odists. 

Kellerlous  Belief.— Faith  in  the  Holy  Trinity 
as  one  God;  the  combined  divine  and  human 
natures  of  Christ,  who  suffered,  was  crucified, 
dead  and  buried,  in  order  to  atone  for  the  sins  of 
men;  who  rose  again  from  the  dead,  and  ascended 
to  heaven  as  ihe  Mediator  between  Oud  and  man, 
toretinii  au'Hn  ..  the  Judge  of  men  at  the  last 
day;  til.  ili^  III!  ill  iitity  ot  the  Holy  Gho.-^t  with 
God;  tlir  MiHii  I.  Ill  y  of  the  holy  sci'iptures  for  all 
necessai>  in;>ii  uetion  as  to  salvation;  the  doctrine 
of  original  sin  maintained;  man's  free  will  to 
turn  to  God  for  salvation  declared;  man  justified 
alone  by  faith  in  Christ  as  the  only  and  all-suffi- 
cient Savior;  good  works  of  no  value  beyond 
testifying  to  ouk's  faith,  and  in  that  ca^e  pleasing 
God;  sin.  repentance  and  foigiveness  may  follow 
one's  first  conversion  from  sin;  the  visible  church 
of  Christ  found  in  his  faithful  followers;  denial 
of  the  doctrine  of  purgatory,  worship  of  images, 
etc.,  public  service  to  be  carried  on  in  the  coimnon 
language  of  the  people,  the  saeniriMuts  ot  baptism 
and  the  Luril\  ■•iipprr  not  savmi^'  orfliiiaiiees; 
infant  baptism  piuuHteil;  iiKis-.es  derlaied  to  be 
blasphemous  and  dueeillul,  ijeniiUliiig  the  mar- 
riage of  ministers;  changes  in  rites  or  ceremonies 
permitted:  recognition  of  the  civil  government 
of  tlie  United  States  declared;  a  community  of 
goods  in  the  cimrch  denied,  but  the  duty  of  alms- 
giving urged;  the  nature  and  righteousness  of  a 
christian  num'soath  in  court  justilied.  The;-e  are 
the  main  principles  of  the  Methodist  chinch, 
whose  "general  rules"  require  a  strict  and  pious 
observance  of  public  and  private  duly  in  common 
life,  touching  our  own  and  our  neighboi-'s  wel- 
fare. These  general  rules  forbid  doing  harm  or 
evil  of  any  kind,  such  as  profanity,  sabbath-break- 
ing. drunkenne>s.  buying  and  selling  slave:*; 
lighting,  quarreling,  returning  evil  iorevil,  law- 
suits, bantering,  dealing  in  smuggled  goods, 
taking  usury,  uncharitable  and  unpi-olitable  con- 
versation: speaking  e\il  of  magistrates  or  minis- 
ters; doing  to  other-,  what  we  w.aild  nut  wish  them 
to  do  to  us,  weauim-  t:old  oinamem>.  and  costly 
apparel;  unlioiy  anmsement.  siuginu'  secular 
songs  or  unprolitable  books;  sotLnessot  living  and 
self-indulgence;  laying  up  treasure  on  earth; 
borrowing  without  a  probability  of  paying; 
requiring  members  to  evidence  their  desire  for 
salvation  b>  il'iiiig  good  to  all  men,  exercising 
mercy  and  dial  ii>  .  by  being  diligent  and  frugal; 
attending'  puhln;  v\r>rship,  hearing  or  reading  the 
Bible;  partaking  of  the  Lord's  supper,  praying  in 
private  and  in  the  family;  searching  the  scrip- 
tures, and  by  fasting  or  abstinence. 


THE  UNITARIAN  DENOMINATION. 


-<$> 


"fiSTOKY.— The    Unitarians   trace 
the  history  of  their  doi.'irines  back  to 
Arius.  a  liberal  l.i>li..p  who   lived  in 
Alexandria  in  the  loui  tli  century.    In 
1H2.>    the  Bl■iti^h  and  Foreign  Unitar- 
ian  Association  was  founded.    It  is 
-^  devoted  to  the  dissemination  of  Uni- 
-    '^  tarian  literature,  and  the  pi-omotion 
<v--|--o        of  missionary  efforts,  philanthropy, 

*  etc. 

In  America.— From  the  early  settlement  of 
New  England,  the  doctrines  of  UuitarianiHTn  were 
manifest.  In  1S15  the  discussion  I.etween  Dr. 
Channing  and  Dr.  Worcester  re~-ulteil  m  the  sep- 
aration of  the  Unitarians  from  the  Coiik'r*  k'ation- 
alists.  and  the  establishment  of  a  di-tnnt  ^.'ct  of 
the  former.  Tliis  movement  was  followeil  by  the 
secession  of  a  large  number  of  Congregatlonalist 
minfstera  and  churches  to  the  Unitarian  fohi  from 
Boston    and    its    vicinity,    and    Harvard    College 


passed  into  their  hands.  Since  then  Unitarianism 
has  widely  spread  and  prospered  in  Great  Britain 
and  the  United  States,  and  in  other  parts  of  the 
World.  Its  advocates  number  many  talented  and 
popular  preachers  and  writers,  and  it  has  origi- 
nated numerous  educational  institutions.  Persecu- 
tion followed  it  in  Hungary  and  Transylvania  for 
a  while,  but  it  has  since  then  increased  its  intlu- 
enee.  esjiecially  in  the  latter  country,  where  they 
number  about  60.000  or  more. 

RelitfioiiH  Belief.— The  Unitarians  believe 
that  there  is  but  one  God,  tlie  Father  and  Creator 
of  all  men.  who  is  superior  in  might  and  govern- 
ment to  all  other  beintrs.  liavnik'  no  equal.  They 
Consequently  deny  Christ  was  himself  divine,  but 
admit  that  his  disposition  and  life  partook  of  the 
divine  nature.  They  reject  the  doctrine  of  total 
depravity,  moral  inability  and  the  necessity  of  a 
vicarious  atonement  for  sin.  Some  individuals 
accept  the  doctrine  of  the  fall  of  Adam,  but  deny 


its  power  to  destroy  the  inbred  rectitude  of  human 
nature,  while  others  do  not  totally  reject  the 
redeeming  otiiee  of  Christ,  and  others  again  con- 
ime  His  mission  on  earth  to  that  of  an  exemplar 
and  a  teacher.  Unitarianism  beyond  this  has  no 
creed  to  bind  its  followers.  It  recognizes  the  rites 
of  baptism  and  the  Lord's  supper.  It  is  liberal  in 
all  things.  Chi-istmas  and  Easter  are  commonly 
recognized  as  festivals.  Some  regard  the  chris- 
tian gospel  as  a  means  of  redemption  for  the 
liuman  race,  and  others  recognize  it  as  an  expo- 
nent of  natural  religion,  with  precepts,  trutlis, 
laws,  etc..  tending  to  exalt  the  individual  life. 
The  Unitarians  claim  fellowship  in  belief  with  the 
Jewish  tenet  of  one  God.  to  which  they  say  that 
the  teachings  of  Christ  and  Hi>  disciples  in  the 
New  Testament  strictly  conform.  Controversies  in 
the  early  church,  they  claim,  imp.iin-d  this  belief 
and  made  way  for  the  opposite  doctrine  of  the 
Holy  Trinity. 


^+,r- 


S  HE  L'niversalists  claim 
th,»t  their  peculiar 
(li-'irint-s  may  be 
lutimi  uutlined  in  the 
wiitin;,''^  ')f  the  early 
Christ hiii^.  especially 
in  the  '■Sybilline  Ora- 
cles," which  taught 
the  doctrine  of  the 
final  restoiation  of 
lost  souls,  and  that 
Clement.  Origen  and 
others  advocated  the 
same  doctrine.  Uni- 
versalism  is  traced  in  strength  in  Europe, through 
the  fifth,  twelfth,  fourteenth,  fifteenth  and  six- 
teenth centuries.  In  England  it  received  the 
sanction  of  eminent  members  of  the  Established 
Church,  and  is  now  widely  spread  in  European 
nations  and  America. 

Since  the  arrival  of  Rev.  John  Murray  in  the 
United  States,  in  1770,  it  has  spread  here  with 
great  rapidity,  havjnff  a  place  in  most  of  the 
states,  with  a  large  membership,  numerous  im- 
portant educational  institutions,  periodicals,  etc. 
In  England  Universalism  was  organized  about 
1750,  in  the  city  of  London,  under  the  preaching 
of  Rev.  John  Kelly,  who  held,  with  his  congre- 
fration,  to  a  modified  form  of  the  doctrine  of  the 
Trinity,  which  gives  to  Universalism  in  that  coun- 
try a  character  that  it  does  not  possess  in 
the  United  States.  The  Unitarians  in  England 
are  generally  Universalists  in  sentiment  and 
preaching,   and  all,  or  nearly  all,  Universalists 


who  embrace  the  doctrine  of  the  divine  unity 
combine  with  the  Unitarians,  so  that  the  Univer- 
salists, as  a  {lenomiiiatiDU.  do  not  inui"ease  as 
rapidly  a.s  in  the  United  States. 

Reli|£ioii«  BeHef.— In  the  General  Conven- 
tiun  ui  Ml'  iMil'. I  status,  held  at  Winchester,  N. 
H.,  ill  isu.;,  ilir  lutluwing  profession  of  faith  was 
formed  and  pablislied : 

"We  believe  th.at  the  holy  scriptures  of  the  Old 
and  New  Testaments  contain  a  revelation  of  the 
character  and  will  of  God.  and  of  the  duty,  inter- 
est and  final  destination  of  mankind. 

"We  believe  there  is  one  God.  whose  nature  X9, 
love;  revealed  in  one  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  by  one 
Holy  Spirit  of  Grace,  who  will  finally  restore 
the  whole  family  of  mankind  to  holiness  and 
happiness. 

"We  believe  that  holiness  and  true  happiness 
are  inseparably  connected;  and  that  believers 
ought  to  maintain  order  and  practice  good  works, 
for  these  things  are  good  and  profitable  unto 
men." 

As  the  principal  doctrine  that  dif.tinguishes  the 
Universalists  fiom  i>tli(i  chi  i>ti:ni  lulievers  is  the 
final  restorali'in  --t  iri.inknnl  l.>  t-tLTnal  holiness 
and  happine-^.  tljc  l..llouiii- c\t.  ruled  article  of 
faith  will  iicrhajjb  thiuw  light  upon  the  reasons 
for  this  belief: 

"Believing  that  the  scriptures  of  the  Old  and 
New  Testaments  are  profitable  for  doctrine, 
reproof,  correction  and  instruction  in  righteous- 
ness, that  the  servant  of  God  may  be  thoroughly 
furnished  unto  good  works,  and  whoso  that  prop- 
erly readeth  them  becomes  wise  unto  salvation, 


we  do  most  devoutly  believe  that  every  promise 
and  every  threatenfng  made  in  them  and  relating 
to  a  period  yet  future  will  be  fully  performed  and 
completely  fulfilled,  to  the  honor,  gloiy  and 
praise  of  God,  and  to  the  benefit,  satisfaction  and 
final  salvation  of  man.  We  do  not,  therefore, 
believe  that  the  law  (or  threatenings)  is  against 
the  gospel  (or  promises),  tor  the  promises  were 
first  made  unto  Abraham,  and  the  law  was  given 
to  Moses  430  years  afterwards,  not  to  anjittl,  but 
to  cnnjirm,  the  promises.  Therefore  will  all  chas- 
tisement but  tend  to  produce  the  blessings 
promised  for  all  the  nations,  families  and  kin- 
dreds of  the  earth,  in  Christ,  the  chosen  Seed." 

They  also  teach,  and  constantly  enforce  in  their 
preachings  and  writings,  that  salvation  is  not 
.'shelter  nor  safety,  nor  escape  from  present  or 
future  punishment.  It  is  inward  and  spiritual, 
and  not  from  any  outward  evil,  but  deliverance 
from  error,  unbelief,  sm,  the  tyranny  of  the  Ilesh 
and  its  hurtful  lusts  into  the  liberty  and  blessed- 
ness of  a  holy  life,  and  supreme  love  to  God  and 
man.  They  urge  on  all  to  seek  salvation,  not  from 
the  torments  of  a  future  hell,  but  from  the  pres- 
ent captivity  and  sin.  No  one  is  wholly  saved  in 
this  life,  but  all  men  are  saved,  in  a  greater  or 
less  degiee  after  death;  in  other  words,  that 
man's  probationary  state  will  continue  until 
Christ  shall  have  fully  coinpleted  His  work  of 
redcTuption  and  surrendered  His  kingdom  to  the 
Father. 

Government. — The  government  of  the  Uni- 
versalist  church  is  ecclesiastical  and  congrega- 
tional, the  United  Convention  being  the  final 
court  of  appeal  in  all  cases  of  fellowship  and 
discipline. 


The  Denomination 


^libr?^' 


•*- 


-^-*- 


Covernment  and  Belief  of  the  Quakers. 


HE  religious  society  of 
Friends,  commonly  called 
Quakers,  was  originated  in 
England,  about  the  middle 
of  the  seventeenth  century, 
by  George  Fox,  a  shoe- 
maker, who  was  much 
given  to  meditation.  Con- 
sidering the  low  state  of 
religion  among  the  people, 
and  their  worldly-minded- 
ness  (he  hinu-^elf  having 
,,  nlw.ivs  leil  a  reiitrious   lifei, 

V  '--^5^        '  ^      I'L-  becauK-  troubled  because 

V.  -  '      the  tcjurluntrs  and  jnactices 

ol  the  Kst:.hli.-^h('d  Church, 
in  whii'li  Uv  WHS  reared,  did 
not  irivc  to  Its  members  that 
vi(-ti>ry  iivnsin  which  the 
gospel  enjoins.  He  with- 
drew into  retirement  and 
studied  tlie  scriptures,  with 
a  desire  rightly  to  under- 
stand them.  Some  time 
ftfterwarrls  he  commi-nced 
hi»  labors  aa  a  j»reachcr, 
traveling  through  England  mostly  on  foot,  and 
refusing  all  compensation  for  his  preaching. 
His  eaniOHtncHH,  piety  and  Bible  teachings  were 
crowned  with  gratifying  success,  and  In  a  few- 
years  a  large  numlur  of  rifrsonn  had  embraced 
the  doclrlnen  whi*b  lu-  pn-nchcd.  His  success, 
however,    wan  ntt<ndi-d    with    a  HcriC!*  of  severe 

ficrsecutions  from  the  nriesthood  of  the  Estab- 
lt.hcd  Church  and  itn  adherents,  but  hl«  doctrines 
grew  in  favor  with  the  pcoph;.  In  Cromwell's 
timo  he  firnt  dcKplsed  the  Foxltes;  and  «ubso- 
qiientlv  he  endeavored  to  purchase  their  Influence, 
but  in  "this  he  failed ;  they  wore  above  corruption. 
In  a  few  years  meetings  were  CRtablNhed  In 
nearly  all  parts  of  Great  Britain,  and  although 
the  Friendu  were  HubJecteU  to  extenHlve  individual 


persecution,  whippings,  imprisonment,  loss  of 
property,  etc..  their  numbei-s  continued  to 
increase,  so  that  their  religion  flourished  in  Hol- 
land and  other  countries. 

In  America.— About  the  year  1655.  the  first 
Friends  arrived  in  America,  at  Boston,  and  began 
their  religious  labors  ;uiii>iiir  the  people,  many  of 
whom  embraced  thiir  ti'idnnes.  But  the  spii'it 
of  persecution  followed  them  in  New  England,  as 
in  Old  England;  various  punishments  were 
inflicted  upon  them,  and  four  suffered  death  on 
the  gallows  for  conscience'  sake.  Yet.  as  in  Eng- 
land, their  doctrines  widely  spread;  other  Friends 
came  from  England,  and  in  1G82  the  celebrated 
William  Penn  brought  more  with  him  and 
founde<l  his  colony  in  Pennsylvania.  At  that 
day.  from  Boston  to  North  Carolina,  along  the 
Atlantic  const,  the  religion  grew  and  meetings 
were  established. 

"Why  Called  Qiiakorii.— It  was  George 
Fox's  expressed  opinii>n  that  the  scriptures,  as  the 
word  of  God.  should  be  read  and  heard  with 
quaking  and  treiubllug;  hence  the  n.ame  "Qua- 
kers "  soon  became  attached  to  this  class  of 
worshipers. 

Government.— The  government  of  the  Qua- 
kers is  congregadonai.  with  Christ  as  their 
Supreme  Head,  as  one  who  is  present  with  them 
In  all  their  assembloges,  by  Ilis  Spirit.  Four 
gradOM  of  meetings  arc  held.  A  preparative 
meeting,  to  prepare  business  for  the  umnthly 
meetings:  in  these  the  executive  department  o( 
the  dlf<ctpllne  is  chiefly  lodged.  Quarterly  meet- 
ing-j.  which  exen^lse  a  supervisory  care  over  the 
monthly  nu-etlngs,  examining  their  condition, 
and  advisintf  or  assisting  as  may  bo  required. 
Annual  meeting>*,  which  Include  the  whole,  pow- 
sessing  loglMlative  powers,  ami  annually  investi- 
gate the  state  of  the  whole  IxKly.  Oiie  or  two 
Friends  of  each  Bex  are  appolntud  as  overseers, 
to   labor  with  ofTendera,  etc.      The  women,  also, 


have  overseers  appointed  to  extend  christian  care 
and  advice  to  their  own  sex.  Meetings  of  minis- 
ters and  eldei-s  are  also  held,  the  latter  being 
prudent  members  of  the  society,  to  regulate  the 
conduct  of  the  ministry. 

Rellirions  Belief  of  Quakers.  —The 
Friends  believe  in  the  Divine  Trinity,  as  do  ortho- 
dox christians;  in  one  Almighty.  .All-wise  God, 
the  Creator  of  all  things.  They  believe  in  Christ; 
in  His  dual  nature,  and  in  His  redemption, 
mediation,  and  advocacv  of  men.  They  believe 
in  the  enlightening,  tlirecting,  strengthening, 
helping  and  coniloi'ting  infiuences  of  the  Holy 
Ghost.  They  believe  in  the  fall  of  man  through 
sin;  in  man's  salvation  from  sin  through  the 
sacrifice  of  Christ.  As  many  ns  believe  in  and 
obev  Christ  receive  a  holy,  pure  and  spii-itual 
birth,  bringing  forth  in  them  holiness,  righteous- 
ness, purity  and  other  fruits  acceptable  to  God. 
They  bi  tirve  in  the  resnrrrvtinn  of  the  dead;  the 
eternal  lll.-sr.hM■^s  ,.r  tin-  r.d.>.  nicd  and  the  ever- 
lastilik'  till  rnriit  <>r  tlie  wnk.d,  tin-  divm.-  inspi- 
ration ol  thesi  ri[.iiii  cv Dill'  li,i|)ti^rii:  rlics|iinlual 
nature  vt  the  celebration  of  the  Lord's  supper; 
the  religious  ministry  of  men  and  women;  silence 
in  the  churches,  where  all  sit  with  their  heads 
covered,  and  speak  only  "as  tUe  spint  moves 
them;"n  free  gospel  for  all  people;  opposition 
to  war.  contention  and  personal  violence;  the 
sufi'erance  of  in,iuries  without  resentment  or 
going  t'l  liiw.  the  refusal  to  take  any  legal  oath 
ccjnceriiing  the  truth  In  courts;  the  observance 
of  the  Sniibalh;  the  opposition  to  slavery;  the 
subndssinn  to  hurium  govornmonts;  simple  and 
unostentatious  modes  of  Ijvlng  and  temperance; 
forbidding  indulgence  In  worldly  amusements 
or  the  observance  of  worldly  f.-ishions  in  dress, 
language  or  furniture,  and  ailv oeal  jii;r  a  cuntinnal 
fear  of  God.  with  the  rriiciilxiun  ol  all  worldly 
lusts;  a  christian  cnnducl  at  all  liriirs  heciniiinu'' 
their  professiim  ami  adorning  the  tloetrine  of 
the  Savior  in  all  things. 


THE    SUAKKRS,    MORAVIANS    AND    ADVENTISTS. 


41 


THE  SHAKER  DENOMINATION. 


<H-f|liS^§§'-^>-- 


''li  r  sluikiTs.  or  Millennial  Church,  was 
iiMimlrd  ljy  Aim  Lt-e,  a  necfder  from 
ili<-  i''nemJs.  or  Quakers,  an  Ennlish 
\MMiiiUi,  in  the  State  of  NVw  York, 
(iiincipilly  at  Watervlitrt.  ciylit  miles 
I  inin  Albany.  She  came  from  Man- 
elif^tej'.  EnVland,  whei-e  she  had 
tanpht  lier  religion.  Shu  broucrht  to 
America  with  her  a  brother  and  also 
two  or  three  of  her  proselytes,  arriv- 
inj^  at  New  York  in  May,  1774. 

Why    Kamed    Shakern.  —  The 

name  of  the  soeiety  founded  hy  her  in 
di' rived  from  the  oontortiiins  and 
iiH'veiiient^  oi  thf  li.niy  wlulr  under  an 
allfk'ed  iflitrious  i)i.s]>ii'iil mii,  resem- 
bling tremhlin^r.  f'dlowrd  liy  ii  dejinvjrion  of 
strength.     Ann's  authority   was  very  great,  aiid 


nil  tlie 


her  t.-.arhin^"-  fmlmdc  the  iish  of  nin.ii 

peiM-ri,  iirid'   jui  yUuiiu- t..   ii..uiiv|i    [indr,  iviii   r<i 

the  .•ulliiit:  sJK.rl  of   (he   wi.irini  s  h;,  ir.      Sm.-e  li.-r 

dealh,  her  loliuweis  li.ive  Ih. unshed  and  attained 

an  honorable  reputation  for  thrift  and  industry  at 

Lebanon,  N.  Y.,  and  other  places  in  the  United 

States. 

■Whei'e  Orlerinated, -The  society  originated 
in  a  sei-essinn  Cinm  the  Qnakei's  in  England,  in 
1747.  They  hidd  that  the  revelation  of  (lod  is  pro- 
gressive, and  believe  in  an  eternal  "Mothei","  an 
well  as  an  eternal  Father,  and  two  Christs.  male 
and  female,  are  the  progei^  of  the  two  great  Eter- 
nal Beings,  They  are  eomniuni'^tie  in  then- social 
relations,  living  in  families  togitlier;  ludn-ve  only 
in  inarr-iage  as  a  means  to  perpi'tu:it>'  the  nu-e 
instead  -oJF  for  sensual  indulgenee.  while  some 
reside  in  isolated  family  relations;  but  there  is  a 


W 


prenciul  nonitmmc  of  property  for  the  benefit  of 
the  society  at  large.  There  is  ninr-h  of  mysticism 
and  »i)iritis!n  in  theii- religion,  with  a  few  dof!- 
Irines  (derived  from  their  t>wn  "revelations") 
that  are  not  to  be  found  in  Ihu-  religion  of 
other  sects.  They  aim  to  lead  holy  lives, 
and  provide  comfortably  for  each  other  in 
health,  sickness  or  old  age.  In  their  ordinary 
meetings  for  worship  they  formerly  engageiJ  in  a. 
regular  danci:,  jumping,  turning  round  lapidly, 
falling  on  their  knees,  and  a.ssuming  oth'^r  similar 
postures.  Sometimes  they  marched  around  the 
room,  In  order,  and  in  harmony  with  s()ng!.  that 
they  sing,  shouting  and  clapping  their  hands. 
They  also  liad  intervals  of  shuddering,  as  if  in  a 
(It  of  ague;  but  it  is  understood  that  the  modern 
Shakei-s  are  less  violent  in  their  movements  than 
in  the  olden  times. 


-^«^@( 


J-vS^ 


THE    MORAVIANS. 


^AfeVo     ^yHIS  religious  sect,  l:nown  also  as  the 

^^^;M   "United   Brethren,"   but    not    to   be 

"'  "    conlomuied  with  another  called  the 

■•Suited  brethren  in  Christ,"  assert 

that  they  deiive  their  origin  from  the 

tlreek  ehurch   in  the  -ninth  century. 

-A-^;i -~-r-<-'>^  It  is  also  stated  that  they  are  a  branch 

X^^P^  of  the  Hussites,  oi-  diseiples  of  the 

/Y''^T^    "^"•'■''y  Jtthn  fluss.    wlio   withdrew  into 

'  ^cy       Moravia,   a    province  of  Austria,  in    the 

JUteenth     century.       Another    authority 

states  that  tlie  Muraviiins  originated  un- 

t         der  the  teachings  of  Count  Zinzendorf,  a 

1  German  nobleman,  who  died  in  17tiO.     His 

'  followers  are  called   Moravians  because 

the  earliest  of  his  converts  were  some 

Moravian  families. 

The  society  itself  traces  its  descent  from  the 
old  Moravian  and  Bohemian  brethren,  who  existed 
as  a  distinct  sect  sixty  years  before  the  Luthei-an 
Reformation.  They  also  styled  themselves  rnitrnt 
Fralriim.  Count  Zinzendorf  came  to  Amei-ica  in 
1741,  ami  preached  at  Germantown  and  Bethle- 
hem, Pa.  In  1S42  he  ordained  the  missionaries, 
and  that  same  year  one  of  these  missionaries  car- 
ried the  gospel  among  the  Indians  with  good  suc- 
cess. In  fact,  the  Moravians  have  been  distin- 
gui^^hed  for  their  zeal  in  establishing  Christianity 
am.iiig  the  heathen. 

In  the  early  days  the  Moravians  were  also  called 
"Hei'iihutters."  "fioni  the  name  of  the  vill.ige 
where  they  first  settled.     In  1749  the  British  Par- 


s^^-^©©^ 


liament  passed  an  act  which  recognized  the 
church  of  the  United  Brethren  a,s  an  ancient 
Episcopal  church.  The  present  constitution  of  the 
chni-ch  was  adopted  in  17G4.  The  highest  legisla- 
tive authoi'ity  is  the  general  synod,  which  meets 
once  in  ten  years.  The  executive  board  of  the 
church,  as  a  whole,  is  the  eldei-s'  conference  of  ihe 
unity.  i-;;iih  Ml  till-  Ihiee  provinces  of  the  chureh 
— the  (Iirnian,  Hntisli  and  American — has  a  synod 
and  b.niid  cd'  eldeis  of  its  own.  The  ipir'itual 
church  officers  are  the  bishops,  through  \vhom  the 
regular  succession  of  ordination,  transmitted  t^ 
the  United  Brethren  through  the  ancient  church 
of  the  B()hcmian  and  Moiavian  Brethi-en,  is  pre- 
served, and  wb. I  alone  are  authorized  to  or(lain 
niinisdi  •,.  imt  possess  no  authority  in  the  govern- 
ment nf  the  chuich,  except  such  as  they  derive 
from  some  other  otfice  <most  frequently  pi-esi- 
dents  of  some  board  of  elders):  the  presbyters 
oi' ordained  stated  ministers  of  the  communities, 
anil  the  deacons,  the  latter  being  the  degree  first 
,bestoued  iipun  ynurig  miMl^tel•s.  Females  may  be 
elders  among  tlieir  own  sex,  but  are  never 
ordain.'d.  m.h-  do  lliey  vote  in  the  boards  of  elders. 
In  doctrine  the  Moravians  do  not  differ  from  other 
orthodox  or  evangelical  churches,  so  far  as  the 
main  points  of  christian  belief  are  concerned, 
although  on  minor  points  it  allows  a  dilfcrcnce  of 
opmiori.  In  the  pa.st  they  have  lived  in  di--.tinct 
Comnmnities,  and  united  their  iiiteie.-ts  very 
closely,  hut  did  not  luild  to  a  community  of  goods; 
nor  in  their  separated  communities  did  they  allow 


householders  who  were  not  members  in  full  com- 
munion to  obtain  a  permanent  residence.  Their 
discipline  allowed  no  balls,  dancing  or  theatrical 
amusements,  and  forbade  all  promiscuous  assem- 
bling of  the  youth  of  both  sexes.  Public  religious 
meetings  were  held  everj'  evening.  On  Sunday 
mornings  the  eliuicJi  litariv  v\a-  r  i-. id  and  sermons 
were  pivaehed.  Tlie  .-Imii'Ii  h-lnals  of  Christ- 
mas  and  Kapler  were  rrhlini.-l  Music  held  a 
prominent  place  in  then  d' \  mii  .|i~.  Previous  to 
partaking  of  the  Lord's  supper,  they  ha^l  a  '"love- 
feast"  of  coffee,  tea  and  light  cakes,  with  hymns 
and  instrumental  music.  Funerals  wei'e  attended 
by  bands  of  music,  without  any  external  badges 
of  mourning.  Such  were  the  customs  of  the 
church  less  than  foi-ty  yeai-s  ago.  The  seat  of  the 
provincial  board  of  the  American  branch  of  the 
church  IS  at  Bethlehem.  Pa. .  and  its  educational 
institutions  are  located  at  Bethlehem,  N.azareth 
and  Litiz.  in  Pennsylvania:  Salem.  N.  C. .  and 
Hope,  Ind.  The  missionary  lield  includes  Grecn- 
bmd.  Labrador,  North  American  Indians,  the 
Mi>squito  coast.  cert.ain  West  Indian  and  other 
islands,  Surinam,  South  Africa.  Thibet  and 
Australia.  On  the  continent  of  Europe  there  is  a 
special  mission  work,  called  the  "Diatipora. " 
which  extends  over  Saxony,  Pi-ussia  and  other 
Gennan  states.  Switzerland,  parts  of  France. 
l)enmark,  Norway.  Sweden  and  Russia.  In  lS7,i 
the  whole  number  of  communieants  in  the  three 
provinces  was  17,436,  and  of  all  attendants  27,630. 


^^o^o.^^ 


THE  SECOND  ADVENTISTS. 


Nl8:i:^.  William  Miller,  a  farmer,  of 
Low  Hampton,  N,  V.,  born  in  1781, 
after    soiiie     exaniiriation     of    the 
Bible,  began  lecturing  and  writing 
for   the   press   his    belief    in    the 
speedy  and  personal  coining  to  the 
JiU/'"^4!Tl      fa'th,  for  the   second  lime,  of  the 
Tpr-9  W      ^"'"'^  Jesus  Christ,  at   which    time 
'  should  end    the   present  christian 

dispensation.      The    date    for    the 
,  fulhllment   of  the  Old    Testament 

1  (?^^mii«.jil«    prophecies  in  regard  to  this  event, 
\  siBE^naP )«    computed  scriptur,ally  and   mathe- 
matically, he  placed  at  some  time 
about  A.  D.    1843.      Early  in   1840, 
Joshua  V.  Hiraes,  afterwards  on  Episcopal  clergy- 


^^.o^o-^^ 


man,  but  then  a  preacher  in  the  "Christian 
Connection,"  became  a  believerin  Miller's  views, 
and  beg.-in  the  publication  of  a  bi-weekly  paper, 
devoted  to  this  subject,  which  attained'  a  wide 
circulation.  The  dissemination  of  this  belief 
created  a  horde  of  believers  and  lecturers,  and 
the  excitement  became  general  and  intense  in 
various  parts  of  the  country.  Its  effects  led  to 
insanity,  in  many  cases,  and  people  who  gave 
away  tlieir  property,  in  anticipation  of  the  sec- 
ond advent  (after  which  event  they  would  need 
it  no  more)  were  at  last  undeceived  by  the  non- 
fulfiUment  of  the  prophecy.  Beggary  staring 
some  in  the  face,  they  committed  suicide,  as  did 
others  prior  to  the  expected  date,  through  sheer 
insanity. 


The  year  1843  having  passed  without  any  unu- 
sual spiritual  event  ocenriing.  some  lost  their 
faith  in  Miller  .and  Himes,  but  others,  whose 
enthusiasm  was  kept  ujj  under  new  calculations, 
continued,  from  time  to  time,  to  set  other  dates 
for  the  second  coining.  Notwithstanding  the 
frequent  failures  of  these  predictions.  Second 
Adventism  Invs  become  a  ivligious  denomination, 
having  ehurch  org.aniz.ations.  and  distinguishing 
principles,  and  tli riving  all  over  the  country. 
Second  Adventists  are  divided  into  several  classes. 
Some  are  "'timists"— that  is.  their  leadei-s  set 
particular  dates  for  the  second  coming,  while 
others  do  not,  but  wait  patiently  for  Christ's  com- 
ing in  His  own  good  time.  t)thers  again— and 
there  is  a  large  body  of  these,  with  an  educational 


42 


THE    SWEDENBOEGIANS.       THE    KELIGION   OF    INDIANS. 


institution  and  other  advantages,  at  Battle  Creek, 
Mich.— observe  the  Jewish  Sabbath,  or  seventh 
day  of  the  week,  instead  of  Sunday,  Tlie  pro- 
phecies in  Daniel  and  Revelation  are  particular 
favorites  in  the  ground-work  of  this  denom- 
ination. 

In  1S45  a  "Mutual  Conference  of  Adventists" 
was  held  in  Albany,  N.  Y. ,  and  agreed  upon  asso- 
ciated church  action  and  belief.  After  commend- 
ing the  formation  of  christian  churches,  they 
state  as  follows: 

ReligiouH  Beller.— The  Second  Advent 
believers  generally  throughout  the  coimtry 
have  united  in  church  fellowship,  with  no  other 
creed  or  form  of  discipline  than  the  written  word 
of  God,  which  they  believe  is  a  sufficient  rule,  both 
of  faith  and  duty. 

Second  Advent  conferences  are  held  as  often  as 
it  is  deemed  necessary,  for  the  consideration  and 
discussion  of  Mich  subjects  and  measures  as  the 
interests  of  the  cause  may  demand:  they  are 
constituted  of  both  ministerial  and  lay  membei-s. 
from  all  portions  of  the  country.  This  body  is 
purely  voluntary  and    advisory,   and  claims   to 


exercise  no  authority  over  the  conscience  of  any. 

They  look  upon  the  Advent  doctrine,  embrac- 
ing, as  it  does,  the  personal  and  visible  appear- 
ance and  reigii  of  Christ  on  earth,  the  restitution 
of  the  heavens  and  earth  to  their  paradisiacal  state 
as  the  eternal  inheritance  of  the  saints,  etc..  as 
the  only  view  which  will  explain  and  harmonize 
the  word  of  God. 

They  believe  the  second  advent  of  Christ  to 
judge  the  world  t»i  be  near  at  hand,  and  that  is 
the  great  practical  doctrine  set  forth  and 
used  by  the  apostles  as  a  motive  to  holiness.  It 
was  to  them  and  their  suffering  brethren  the 
great  source  of  comfort,  and  the  hope  of  the 
whole  Israel  of  God. 

The  Second  Comlnpr.— The  early  Adventists 
regarded  the  second  coming  of  the  Lord  to  be  at 
hand  for  these  reasons: 

"1.  The  four  great  empires  are  to  be  succeeded 
by  the  everlasting  kingdom  of  God;  and  it  is 
very  manifest  that  the  last,  the  Roman  govern- 
ment, has  passed  its  predicted  divisions,  and 
must  soon  end. 

"2.    The  waning  of  the  Ottoman  or  Mohamme- 


dan power  is  regarded  as  another  index  that  the 
kingdom  of  Christ  will  soon  come. 

'■3.  The  nni\'ersal  movements  and  agitations, 
with  the  famines,  pestilences  and  earthquakes, 
together  with  the  signs  in  the  sun.  moon  ami 
stars,  etc.,  they  consider  conclusive  evidence  ot 
the  speedy  coming  of  Christ. 

"4.  This  gospel  of  the  kingdom  which  was  to 
be  preached  in  all  the  world  for  a  witness  to  ail 
nations  is  now  completing  its  work." 

Side  Doctrines. —  Several  doctrines  have 
been  grafted  into  the  Second  Advent  organiza- 
tions, including  that  which  claims  that  the  soid, 
after  death,  remains  insensible  and  inactive 
(sleeping*  until  the  resurrection  morn,  and  that 
none  but  the  righteous  souls  will  be  raised  and 
endowed  with  immortality,  etc. 

Government.— At  the  sixteenth  annual  meet- 
ing of  the  Advent  Christian  Association,  at 
Springfield.  Mass..  in  August,  1875,  it  was  resolved 
to  convoke  a  general  conference  in  order  to  com- 
plete the  congregational  form  of  government 
that  lias  been  adopted  by  this  denomination. 


The  Doctrines  of  the  New  Jcrnsalem  Church 
arc  bhown  in  the  following: 

I.— God  is  One  in  Essence  and  in  Person,  in 
whom  there  is  a  distinct  and  essential  Trinity, 
railed  in  the  word  the  Father,  Son.  and  Holy 
Spiiit.  and  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  is  this  God  and 
the  only  true  object  of  worship. 

II.— In  order  to  be  saved,  man  must  believe  on 
the  Lord  and  strive  to  obey  His  commandments, 
loiiUing  to  Him  alone  for  strength  and  assistance, 
and  acknowledging  that  all  life  and  salvation  are 
from  Him. 

III.— The  Sacred  Scriptures,  or  the  Divine  Word, 
is  not  onlv  the  Revelati<)n  of  the  Lord's  will  and 
the  history  of  His  dealings  with  men.  but  also 
contains  the  intlnite  treasures  of  His  wisdom 
expressed  in  symbolical  or  correspondential  lan- 
guage, and  therefore,  in  addition  to  the  sense  of  the 
letter,  there  is  in  the  word  an  inner  or  spiritual 
sense,  which  can  be  interpreted  only  by  the  law  of 
correspondence  between  things  natural  and  things 
spiritual. 

IV.— Now  is  the  time  of  the  second  coming  of  the 
Lord,  foretold  in  M.itt.  xxiv..  and  the  establish- 
ment of  the  Xew  Church  signified  by  the  New 
Jerusalem  in  Revelation  xxi. ,  and  this  second  com- 
ing is  not  a  vi-ible  appearj.nce  on  earth,  but  a  new 
disclosure  ot  Divine  Truth  and  the  )ironuilgation  of 
true  Christian  doctrine,  effected  by  means  of  the 
Lord's  servant.  Emanuel  Swedenborg,  who  was 
specially  instructed  in  this  doctrine,  and  commis- 
sioned to  publish  it  to  the  world. 

v.— Man's  life  in  the  material  body  is  but  the 
preparation  of  eternal  life,  and  vvhen  the  body  dies 
man  immediately  rises  into  the  spiritual  world,  and 
after  preparation  in  an  intermediate  state,  dwells 
forever  in  Hc-iven  or  Hell,  according  to  the  char- 
octer  acquired  during  his  earthly  life. 

VI.— The  Spiritual  World,  the  eternal  home  of 
mt'n  after  death,  is  not  remote  from  this  world, 
hut  i<  in  direct  conjunction  with  It.  and  we  are, 
though  unconsciously,  alv/ays  in  Immediate  com- 
munion with  angels  and  spirits. 


The  Teachings  of  Swedenborg. 


The  delight  derived  fvnn  good,  and  the  pleasant- 
ness derived  trnui  tiiith.  which  constitutes  the 
happiness  of  heaven,  do  not  rv insist  in  idleness,  but 
m  activity.  Activity  with  t!i'>sf  w  lio  are  in  heaven 
Consists  in  performing  uses,  w  liirli  is  to  them  the 
delight  of  good,  and  in  relishing  tiuths  with  a  view 
to  uses,  which  to  them  is  the  delight  of  truth. 

Few  at  this  day  know  that  in  doing  good  without 
a  view  to  recompense  there  is  heavenly  happiness. 
They  who  are  in  genuine  mutual  love  are  in  their 
delight  and  blessedness  when  they  are  doing  good 
to  their  neighbor,  for  they  desire  nothing  more. 

Piety  without  charity,  and  external  sanctity 
without  internal  sanctity,  and  a  renunciation  of 
the  world  without  a  life  in  the  world,  do  not  con- 
stitute spiritual  life;  but  piety  with  charity,  exter- 
nal sanctity  fi"om  internal  sanctity,  and  a  renuncia- 
tion of  the  world  with  a  life  in  the  world,  do  con- 
stitute it- 

The  life  of  charity  consists  in  willing  well  and 
doing  well  to  our  neighbor;  in  acting  from  all  our 
works  from  justice  and  equity,  .and  from  goodness 
and  truth,  and  in  like  manner  in  every  office;  in  a 
word,  the  life  of  charity  consists  in  performing 
uses. 

Piety  consist^  in  thinking  and  speaking  piously, 
in  giving  mmli  titn>-  to  inMycT*.  in  hcinir  humble  at 
that  time,  ill  1 1  ei|iutuin;r  tLinples  and  attending 
devoutly  to  the  prtMching  tlieif,  in  frequently 
every  year  receiving  the  sarjameut  of  the  holy 
supper,  and  in  performiiiu'  tin-  «.llior  rituals  of 
worship  according  to  the  ordinances  of  the  church. 

Internal  sanctity  consists  in  loving  goodness  and 
truth  for  the  sake  of  goodness  and  truth,  and 
justice  and  sincerity  for  the  sake  of  justice  antl 
sincerity;  so  far.  also,  as  a  man  loves  these  so  far 
he  is  spiritual,  and  his  worship  too;  for  so  far, 
also,  heis  willing  to  know  them  and  do  them. 

External  worship  without  intfinal  mav  be  com- 
pared wilh  the  liic  of  respiriilion  willi.nit  the  life 
of  the  lir;irt  ;  liut  extrtii;.!  woi^liip  from  internal 
may  be  eom|i;ui'd  with  thi- life  of  respiration  con- 
joined to  the  life  of  the  heart. 


Every  man's  rulingaffcction  or  love  remains  with 
him  after  death,  nor  is  it  extirpated  to  eternity; 
for  the  spirit  of  man  is  altogether  as  liis  love  is, 
and  the  body  of  every  spirit  and  angel  is  the  exter- 
nal form  of  "his  love,  altogether  cori'esponding  to 
the  internal  form,  whitOi  is  of  his  mind. 

.MI  delights  flow  forth  from  love,  for  what  a  man 
loves  he  feels  as  delightful,  nor  has  he  any  one 
delight  fi'om  any  other  source.  Hence  it  follows 
that  such  as  the 'love  is,  such  is  the  delight.  The 
delights  of  the  body,  or  of  the  flesh,  all  How  from 
the  love  of  self  and  the  love  of  the  world;  but  the 
delights  of  the  soul,  or  spirit,  all  tlow  from  love  to 
the  Lord  and  love  towards  the  neighbor. 

How  great  the  delight  of  heaven  is  may  be  mani- 
fest from  this  consideration,  that  it  is  a  delight 
to  all  in  heaven  to  communicate  their  joys  and 
blessings  to  others;  and  whereas  all  in  the  heavens 
are  of  such  acharacter.it  is  evident  how  immense 
is  the  delight  there,  for  in  the  heavens  there  is  a 
communication  of  all  with  each,  and  each  with  all. 
Such  communication  tlows  from  the  two  loves  of 
heaven, which  are  love  of  the  Lord,  and  love  to- 
wards the  neighbor;  these  loves  are  communicative 
of  their  delights. 

There  are  three  sorts  of  dreams.  The  llrst  sort 
come  mediately  through  heaven  from  the  Lord; 
such  Were  the  prophetic  dreams  recoi'ded  in  the 
word.  The  second  sort  come  through  angelic 
spirits;  it  was  thence  that  the  men  of  the  most  an- 
cient church  had  their  dreams  which  were  instruc- 
tive. The  third  sort  comes  through  the  spirits  who 
are  near  when  man  is  asleep,  which  also  are  signi- 
Ilt-ative.  But  fantastic  dreams  have  anotherorigiu. 

The  Sun  of  heaven  is  the  Lord ;  the  light  there  is 
Divine  truth,  and  the  heat  theie  is  Divine  good, 
whii-h  jironcd  1 1  otn  the  Loid  as  a  Sun  ;  from  that 
origin  arc  all  things  that  exist  and  appear  in  the 
heavens.  But  let  no  one  ini.it:iLiL  ihe  idea  that 
the  sun  of  the  spiritual  woi  i.l  i  - 1  ini  imiiself.  God 
himself  is  a  Man.  The  lii-i  in  i, .  i  ilmtr  from  His 
love  and  wisdom  is  a  fierv  spu  ii  inl  pi  i  mi  pie.  which 
appeal's  to  Ihe  sitrhi  <•(  tin'  angels  nsasun;  but 
when  the  Lord  ni:uiir.-^ls  hitn-eU'  to  theangi-lsin 
person.  He  manifests  Imnsfll  as  u  Man,  sometimes 
in  that  sun,  and  soniclimes  out  oE  it. 


■^m 


^  RELIGIOUS  BELIEF  OF  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  INDIANS.   I^ 


fiHK  native  Indians  of  North  America 
r  titlieved  in  a  plurality  of  gods  who  made 
id  troverned  the  various  nationn  of  the 
orld,  but  made  .l.ili.-s  of  everything 
J  thill  thev  imairirinl  to  Im-  great  and  pow- 
erful henelleial  or  htirtfii!  t-.  inimkind;  still  they 
conceived  the  idea  of  one  Almighty  Heing.  who  U 
Hiipurlor  to  all  other  deities,  and  who  dwellh  in 
the  HOUthwcMtem  heavens.  Him  (hey  call  Klch- 
'lau.  and  they  believe  Him  to  be  a  good  Iking,  and 
pay  a  Hort  of  acknowledgment  to  Him  for 
plenty,  victorv  and  other  benetlts.  Th'-y  also 
wornhiped  Uohamocko.  or  the  di-vil,  of  whom 
Ihr-y  tttood  in  greater  awe,  anil  their  worship  of 
hitn  was  actuated  by  fear.    They  had  a  univernal 


belief  in  Ih''  iinniortatify  of  the  soul.  When 
good  people  died  llnv  li.-lieM-d  they  went  to  Klch- 
tau  and  du.-H  in  pi.Msur.-  uilh  their  previously 
departed  fiiend-.  The  wickeil  also  went  to  Kich- 
tan.  who  drove  them  away,  and  then  they 
wandered  about  in  restless  discontent  and  darU- 
nes)*  forever. 

In  New  Jersey  the  aborigines  believed  In  throe 
gods,  who  resj)e(^tively  made  white  men.Iniiiims 
ami  negroes.  After  death  they  believed  that  the 
spirltor  "nhadow"  of  the  dead  went  southward 
to  some  unknown  place.  hthI  en  loyed  noitm-  kind 
of  happiness,  such  ns  himtiiiu'.  hsinui;.  duuejug, 
etc.,  and  never  grew  wearv  of  these  ainuseinents. 
Thlrt  applied  to  mo»t  of  the  dead,  but  if  any  were 


not  happy  hereafter,  they  were  punished  only  by 
privation  outside  of  tin- iil.iei>  u  in-re  tiie  happy 
spirits  dwell.  Reward- ariil  piinislunenls  Imd  no 
reference  to  the  worship  of  the  Supreme  Ueing, 
but  to  man's  conduct  towards  man. 

Other  tribes  had  various  ideas  of  a  Supreme 
God  and  His  attributes,  mingled  with  much  of 
l)aganism  juid  supet-titloii.  The  belief  in  future 
exisli'iiee  jinii  of  reuaiiK  and  )iuiiishmcnts  after 
death  wer<-  eimiiii..n.  and  their  lieaven  was  full  of 
matei'ial  delight-' suiied  to  their  rude  and  savage 
life  on  earth.  Sun-worship,  and  idol-woi-ship  in 
manv  forms  prevailed  among  the  numerous  Indt:in 
tribes.  North  and  South.  Sacrillces  of  living 
uniinals  were  not  usiiiil   among  these  Indians. 


— jD: 


? 


ZOEOASTIC    BELIEF.       THE    LUTHERANS.       PROMtXENT    RELIGIOUS    TEACHERS. 


^ 


'i-^J'H^'-TZ^^-C'^'-T''^ 


RELIGIOUS  BELIEF  OF  THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  ZOROASTER. 


r 


,  DEAS  of  twos  pen-'ade  all  the  reli- 
ij  gionof  tlie  followers  of  Zoroii^tei-; 
^  they    believe  that    tliere  are    two 
lives,  mental  and  physieal:  two   intel- 
lects, one  the  spark  from   the  source 
of  litfht.  and  one  of   earth,  which  is 
acquired. 
^\\jm--  n       In    the  eternal  warfare    which    1ms 
m\fc  Ci^  been  waged  ainontj;  the  heavenly  b«.id- 
^^V.li/  ies.    the  sun  assumed  the     leadership 
oC  the  stars,  and  hence  the  reverence 
of  those  believers  for  the  sun- 
In  tlie  crealinii  of  Hit-  rnatcTJal  world  thcrr  were 
twelve  conip:ini(-- .. I rLTaiii/i'ii  iiiid>'i'  1  tii>  I  wclvc- si^'iis 
of    the    Zodlar,     pUiri-ri     in     tniir    tiJii.l     ■ilMsli.m.s— 

north,    south,  east  and  west,  with   Mars  over  the 


north.  Mercury  over  the  south.  J'jpiterover  the 
eiLst.  and  Saturn  over  the  west,  Venus  commanding 
tile  center.  From  the  world  God  created  a  bridge 
that  i-eached  to  the  source  of  light,  overachasm 
of  utter  darkness. 

In  due  time  the  spirits  of  darkness,  under  the 
command  of  the  evil  one,  commenced  an  attack  cm 
tlic  pathway  leading  to  the  light,  but,  afteraterri- 
bU- cnnllict,  the  evil  spii'it  was  vanquislied  and  fell 
back  In  faith  in  tlie  form  of  a  serpent;  hence  the 
antipathy  i>l  tin-  followersof  this  religion  to  ser- 
pents and  riptilt-s. 

Having  finished  the  creation  of  the  material 
world,  God  ei'eated  man  and  woman  to  inhabit  it, 
who  were  tempted  by   the  devil    to  drink  goats' 


mflk,  which  prorluced  libidinous  desires,  and  after- 
wards  brought  shanie. 

Thus  made  miserable  through  the  sin  of  the  first 
parents,  the  human  race  stands  between  two 
worlds. one  of  light,  theotherof  darkness:  between 
two  spirits,  good  and  evil,  but  able  to  act  of  their 
own  free  will. 

Possessing  the  spirit  of  light,  mankind  ought  to 
worship  tiod,  but  being  surrounded  bv  the  sjHiit 
of  darkness,  they  are  continually  temp'ted  to  wor- 
ship evil. 

In  this  condition  God  sends  them  Zoroaster  with 
a  revelation  of  His  will,  which  if  they  believe  and 
obey,  it  will  lead  them  to  light  and  eternal  happi- 


ORIGIN  AND  FAITH  OF  THE  LUTHERANS. 


q|*UTHER.\NISM  is  the  system  of  Protestant 
i  religion  adopted  by  the  followers  of  Luther, 
flK  the  celebrated  German  reformei',  but  has 
i  undergone  some  changes.  Luther  opposed 
*■*'  the  Romish  masses,  the'ador-ation  of  the  host, 
M*  confession  of  sins  to  the  priesthood,  the  doc- 
trine of  good  works  bringing  salvation,  the 
purchase  of  pleasurable  indulgences,  purgatory, 
image  worship,  Romish  fasts,  monastical  vows, 
celibacy  of  the  priesthood;  maintained  the  doc- 


trines of  predestination  and  justification  solely  by 
the  imputation  of  the  merits  of  Jesus  Christ,  and 
j'educed  the  number  of  sacraments  to  two— ba[)- 
tism  and  the  Lord's  supper.  In  the  latter,  how- 
ever, his  followers  believe  that  the  body  and  blood 
of  Christ  are  materially  present  in  the  bread  and 
wine  of  the  sacrament,  thougli  in  an  incompre- 
hensible manner.  They  also  allow  the  use  of 
images  in  churches,  clerical  vestments,  the  private 
confession  of  sins,   the  use  of  the  wafer  in  the 


Lord's  supper,  the  form  of  exorcism  in  the  bap- 
tismal ceremony,  ami  otlier  rites  which  remind  one 
of  the  Roman  Catholic  worship.  They  more  closely 
resemlile  the  Episcopalians  in  Sweden.  Norway 
and  Denmark.  In  th.-  Unit.'d  States.  Hamburg 
and  Frankfort,  the  elunch  t'.ivernment  is  more 
Congregational,  and  eonsists  «-'f  a  vestry,  a  district 
conference  and  a  general  synod  of  ministers. 
They  give  much  attention  to  educational  and  mis- 
sionary enterprises. 


* -^1-^? »        ,^>^.-.".^^—  — i-V ,r^^ -^,1-^; •     4 


OCCUPATION'. 


FIELD  OF  LABOR. 


BIRTHPLACE. 


Aiiron Jewish First  High  Priest .Arabian  Desert Egypt 157.^  B.  C H.'.2  B.  C 

Abraham Jewish Founder  of  the  Jews Palestine Ur,  in  Chaldea 2008  B.  C 1822  B.    C 

Antlrew Christian Christ's  Apostle Palestine Bethsaida,  Palestine 

AqiiiiiaH,  Thomas Roman  Catholic Theologian Italy Calabria A,  D.  1224 A.  D,  1274 

Ariufi Greek .....Patriarch Egypt Alexandria 3S6 

Arminiii*!.  iJames Arminian Founder  of  a  Sect Holland Onderwater,  Hoi 1580 Oct.  19,  1609 

AMbiiry.  Francis Methodist First  Am.  Bishop United  States Birmingham,  Eng Aug.  20.  1745 March  31,  181G. . 

Athanahiiis Trinitarian Patriarch Alexandria.  Egypt... Alexandria About  296 373 

Abbot,  Samuel Congregationalist Merchant Andover.  Mass Andover 1732 1812 

ISar(holonie\%' Christian Christ's  Apostle Palestine 

Baxter,  Richard Episcopalian Preacher- Author England Rowton,  England Nov.  12,  1615 Dee.  8,   1691 

Beecher,   I..yman Congregationalist Preacher- Author Conn,  and  New  York. New  Haven.  Conn.  ...Oct.  12.  177.5 Jan.  10.  1863 

Beecher,  Henry  W Congregationatist  .  ..Preacher  Author,  etc Indiana,  Brooklyn.  ..Litchfield.  Conn June  24.  1813 

Be<le    (the   "Venerable") Roman  Catholic Monk  and  Author England Durham,  England 673 7.S.T 

Boehni,  Jacob Visionary Mystic  Writer Germany Goerlitz.  Germany. .  .l.'iii) 1624 

Bengel,  John  Albert Roman  Catholic Theologian Germany Wurtemberg.   Ger 1687 Nov.  2.  17.52 

Berkeley,   George Episcopalian Irish  Bishop Ireland  and  America.  Kilcrin,  Ireland March  12,  1684 Jan.   14.  17.53 

Beza,  Theodore Prot.    Reformer Calvinist  Preacher Geneva,  Switzerland. Vezclai.  Switzerl.Tnd.I.'iIQ Oct.  13.  160.5 

Blair.  Hugh Episcopalian Preacher  and  Author Scotland Edinburgh.  Scotland.  April  7.  1718 Dec.  27.    1800 — 

BouilBnot,  Elias.. Protestant Patriot,  Philanthropist. ..  .America Philadelphia May  2.  1740 Oct.  24.  1821 

Br:iiiier(l,  David Protestant Indian  Missionary N.  E.  and  New  Jersey.  Haddam,  Conn April  20.  1T18 Oct.    9.  1747 

Bro\%-n.  John Presbyterian Biblical  Critic Haddington.  .Scot Perthshire.  Scotland. About  1722 June  19.  17S7 

Bunyan,    John Baptist Preacher  and  Author Bedford.  Eng Bedfordshire,    Eng.  ..1628 Aug.  31.  1688.... 

Burnet,  Gilbert Episcopalian Bishop  of  Salisbury England Edinburgh.  Scotland. .Sept.  18.  1643 March  17,  171.5... 

Butler,    JoMeph Episcopalian Bishop  and  .\uthor England Wantage.  England. .  .May  18,  1692 June  16.  1752.... 

Brownson,  O.  A Unitarian Religious  Author New  York  and  N.  E.Stockbridge.    Vt Sept.  16.  1803 Living 

Brownlow,  W.    G Methodist Journalist  and  Preacher Knoxville.  Tenn Wythe  Co..  Va Aug.  29,  1805 April  28,  1877 

Bu*ihnell.  Horace Congregationalist Preacher  and  Author Connecticut New  Preston.  Conn.  ..April  14.  1802 Feb.  17,   1876 

Calniet,  Aiiffustlue Roman  Catholic, Bible  Commentator France Lorraine.  France Feb    26.  1672 Oct. .    17.57 

Calvin,  John Calvinist Reformer  and  Writer France.  Switzerland  Picardy.  France July  10,  1500 May  24,  1564 

Canne.  John Baptist Author  of  Bible  References.  England England Bet.  1590  and  1600 

Carroll,   John Roman  Catholic First  American  Bishop Maryland Upper  Marlboro'.  Md.l735 Dec.  3,   1815 

CartwrlshI,  Peter Methodist Preacher Illinois Amherst  Co.,  Va Sept.  1,  1785 Sept.  25,  1872 

Cheever,  Geo.  B Congregationalist  ...Preacher  and  Author N.  E.  and  New  York.Hallowell,  Me April  17,  1807 


k 


1^ 


^: 


ChriNt,    .Jesu« Son  of  God Savior  of  Men Palestine Bethlehem,  Judea A.  M.  40(W April,  A.  D.  37... 

Clarke,  Adiim Methodist Bible  Commentator Great  Britain Moybeg.    Ireland 1760  or  1762 Au&.  26.  1832 

t'raiimor,  Thomas Episcopal Archbishop  of  Canterbury. England Nottinghams'e,  Eng. . July  2,  1489 March  21,  1556... 

('onfiicitiH Moralist Chinese  Philosopher China China B.  C.  551 

Cam|»hell.  Alex Baptist Founder  of  Campbcllites.  .Va.,  Tenn.  and  Ky..  .Ireland  June,  1786 March  4,  1866 

Doddrititfe,    Philip Episcopal Clergyman  and  Author. .. .England London.  England June  26.  1702 Oct.  26.  1751 

Dow,   Lorenzo Methodist Preacher Eng.,  Ireland,  U.  S..  .Coventry.  Conn Oct.  16.  1777 Feb.   2,  1834 

UniKlit*  Timothy Congregationalist President  Yale  College Connecticut Northampton.  Mass.  .May  14,  1752 Jan.    11,  1817 

£d\vard«.  (Jonathan Presbyterian Preacher  and  Author Connecticut Windsor,  Conn October  5,  1703.. .March  22.  1758... 

Eliot,  John Puritan Indian  Missionary Massachusetts Nasing,   England 1004..' Hay  20,  1690 

Feneloii,  Francis  de  S Roman  Catholic Prelate  and  Writer France Perigord,  France Aug.  6,  1651 Jan.    7,  1715 

Flavel,  John Episcopal,  N.  C Preacher  and  Author England « — Bromsgrove,   Eng.. ..1627 June  26,  1691 

Flechiere,  John  W Methodist Preacher England  and  Europe. Nyon,   Swit2erlajid...Sept.  12,  1729 Aug.  14,  1785 

Fo,  or  Fohl Paganism Founder  of  Religion China China 1027  B.  C 

Gil  von,  Jane  B.  de  Ti Mystic  Enthusiast Religious  Writer European  cities Montargis,  France.  ...April  13.  1648 June  9,  1717 

Heni'v,  Matthew Prot.  Dissenter Preacher  and  Author Chester,  England Broad  Oak,  Eng Oct.  IS,  1662 June  22,  1714 

Hervey,  James Episcopal Preacher  and  Author j  hrfgtra     'England  !' ^^'"^'"^''*'^**"'^'  ^"^■■•P'^*^-   26,  1713 Dec.    25,  1758 

]f  ille) Jewish Rabbi  and  Teacher Palestine Babylon,  Assyria 112  B.  C 

IIowar<l,  John.. Philanthropist Physician England  and  Europe. Enfield.  England Sept.  2,  1726 Jan.  20,  1790 

Huntington,  Countess  of.  .Protestant Philanthropist England England Aug.  24,  1707 June  17,  1791 

fIutc-hln<«on,  John Rationalist Theological  Writer England Yorkshire.  England..  1764- .A.iig.  28,  1757 

I{ii<«M.  John Protestant Eminent  Reformer Bohemia Prague.    Bohemia 1736 July  7,  1415 

IgnatiuM  de  Loj'ola Roman  Catholic Founder  of  Jesuits Spain  and  Italy Azcoitia,  Spain 1491 July  31,  1556 

Jame*<  i  bvo-  of  John) ^ Christian Christ's  Apostle Palestine Bethsaida.  Palestine 

Jerome  of  Prague Protestant Religious  reformer England  and  Europe. Prague,  Bohemia.... About  1375 May  30,  1416. ...,. 

Jiidoon,    A  don  i  ram Baptist Missionary Burmah Maiden.  Mass Aug.  9.   1788 April  12,  1850 

JtHUon,  >Ir»i.  Ann  H Baptist Missionary Burmah Bradford.  Mass Dec.  22.  1789 Oct.  24.  1826 

Judtion,  Sai-ah  H Baptist Missionary Burmah Alstead.  N.  H Nov.  4,  1803 Sept.  1,  1845 

Jud<«on,  Emily  C Missionary Burmah Eaton,  New  York...  Aug.  22,  1817 June  1,  1854 

John  ibro,  of  James) Christian Christ's  Apostle Palestine Bethsaida,  Palestine 

Juda*«  Ixeariot Hypocrite hrist's  Apostle Palestine 

Knox    John Protestant Keforraer Scotland Gifford.    Scotland 1505 Nov.  24,  1572 

Latimer,    Hugh Protestant Bishop  and  Martyr England Thurscaston,  Eng About  1490 Oct.  16,  1555 

I.ee.    Ann Friend Founder  of  Shakers New  York  State Manchester,  Eng Feb.  29.  1736 Sept.  8,  1784 

J^uther,  Martin Protestant Eminent  Reformer Germany Eisleben.  Saxony Nov.  10.  1483 Feb.   18.  154C 

Matron,  John  M Presbyterian Author  and  Divine New  York  City New  York  City March  19,  1770 Dec.  26,  1829 

Mather,  Increase Presbyterian Pres.  Harvard  College Massachusetts Dorchester,  Mass June  21,  16.'i9 Aug.  23,  1723 

Mather,  Cotton Presbyterian.- Preacher  and  Author Has.'sachusetts Boston,  Mass Feb.  12.  1663 Feb.  1."*,  1728 

Me  lane  t  lion,   Philip Protestant Noted  Reformer Germ'y,  France,  Eng.Brettan,  Germany...  Feb.  16.  1497 April  19.  1560 

Mohammed Moslem Religious  Founder Arabia Mecca,  Arabia 570  or  571 June  8.  632 

Mo«.e« Jewish Leader  and  Lawgiver Egypt  and  Arabia Egypt B.  C.  1571 B.  C.  1451 

Muhlenberg,  Henry  Itf. .. -Lutheran Founder  of  Church United  States Eimbeck,  Germany.  .1711 1787 

Matthew,  or  I^evi Christian Christ's  Apostle Palestine Galilee 

Miller,  William Protestant Founder  of  Adventists Eastern  New  York..  .Pittsfield,  Mass 1781 Dec.  20,  1849 

Xeander,    Augustus Lutheran Church  Historian Germany Gottingen,  Germany.  Jan.  17,  1789 July  It,  1850 

>alhanael  Christian Christ's  Apostle Palestine 

Paine,  Thomas Atheist Infidel  Author Pennsylvania Thetford,  England... Jan.  29,  1737 June  8,  1809 

Paley,    ^Viiliam Episcopal Religious  Writer England Peterboro,  England.. July,   1743 May  2.5,  1805 

Parker,  Theodore Independent Preacher  and  Author Massachusetts Lexington,   Mass Aug.  24,  1810 May  10,  1860 

Paul  the  Apostle Christian Gentile  Missionary Asia  Minor,  Europe.  .Tarsus,  Asia  Minor... A.  D.  10 A.  D.  65 

PelasiuM Roman  Catholic Founder  of  Pelagians Italy  and  Palestine.  .England About  390 

Peter  (he  Hermit Roman  Catholic Originator  of  Crusades Palestine Amiens,  France 1050 1115 

Peter  the  Apostle Christian Preacher  to  Jews Asia  Minor Bethsaida,  Palestine 

I>hilip Christian Christ's  Apostlo Asia  Minor Bethsaida,  Palestine 

Robertson,  VTin Presbyterian Preacher  and  Historian Scotland Bosthwick,  Scotland. Sept.  19,  1721 June  11,  1793 

Kou'er*.  John Episcopal J  BurS''''at''theSke!' ^ '^"^^^^^^   Germany.  .England About  1500 Feb.  4,  1555 

Sakya-Muna Mystic Teacher  of  Buddhism Hindoostan About  600  B.  C 

MiK-iniiH,  FauHtus Inlldel Religious  Reformer Switzerland,  Poland  :Siena,   Italy Dec.   1539 March  3,  1604 

Mprner,  Phillpp  J Prc^festant Founder  of  the  Pietists — Germany Rappoltsweiler,   Ger.Jan.,  1635 Feb.  5,  1705 

MpliM><*a,    Kenediet Pantheist Founder  of  a  Sect Holland,  Germany.  ..Amsterdam,   Hoi Nov.  24,  1632 Feb.  21,  1677 

Sprlnu.  fiardiiier Presbyterian Preacher  and  Author Mass.  and  New  York. Newburyport,  Mass.  .Feb.  24,   1785 Aug.  18,  1873 

m\t  edenbnrie.   FmanucI Protestant Religious  Teacher,  Seer Sweden Stockholm,  Sweden.. Jan.  29,  1688 March  29,  1772... 

Thadden*^.  or  Jnde Christian Christ's  Apostle Palestine 

Thomao  the  .\  iMiNtle Christian Preacher  of  the  Gospel Uncertain 

Tvndal,    William Episcopal Preacher,  Bible  Translator.  England,  Germany... North  Nibley,  Eng...  About  1484 Oct.   6,  1530 

Vfdney,  <'onHtantlnc  F.  C. Atheist Physician  and  Author France  and  Coi-slca.  .Craon,  France Feb.  3,  1757 April  25,  1820 

Volt  air**,  Marie  F.  A Atheist Author  and  Poet France Paris,    France Nov.  21,   1094 May  30,  1778 

Wiitl**,   Inaae Independent Preacher  and  Author London.  England Southampton,  Eng... July  17.  1674 Nov.  2.1,   1748 

Wayland,  Francis Baptist Preacher  and  Author New  England New  York March  11.  1796 Sept.  20.  ISO.") 

Wonley,  .|<»hn Methodist Founder  of  Methoilism England,  America  ..  .Epworth,  England..  .June  17,    1703 Marcli  2,  1791 

W.-Mli-y,    Charles Methodist j  Clergyman  and   Hy"""- j  England,    America. .  .Epworth,  England. .  .Dec.  18.1708 March  29,  1788. ... 

Whiteileld,  tivit Metliodist Preacher England,  America... Glouce^tter,  England. Dec.  16,  1714 Sept.  30,  1770 

Wlf'klilTe,  John Eplncopal Religious  Reformer England Wlckllfi'c,    England.  .About   1324 Dec.  31,  1384 

WilliainM,  ICo^er Uaptist Founder  of  Khodo  Island.  .Rhode  Island Wales About   1599 1683 

XiiImuIIun.    I' I  rich Protestant Swiss  Reformer Switzerland WUdhttuaen,  Swltz...Jan.    1,  H84 Oct.  11,  1531 

Zoroaster Mysticism Author  of  Persian  Bible.... Persia About  100 B.  C 


? 


n 


nUTloxAKV    OF    JtKLIOKjUS    TEUMS    IX    CoMMoX    rsi^ 


or   governor 


;'  BBA— A  word  applied  to  religious 
superiors  or  bisliops  in  foreign 
churches:  meaning  "Father. " 

Abbey— A    society    of    monks, 
governed  by  an  abbot,  or  of  nuns, 
presided  over  by  an  abbe&s:  also, 
the  huusf  in  which  they  dwell. 
Abbe— An    abbot, 
over  an  abbey. 

Abhney  — \Vhatever  pertains  to 
the  ofiice  of  an  abbut  or  abbess. 
Academic  — A   believer    in    the 
philosophy  of    Plato  or  Socrates. 

Acolyte  —  A   church    servant,    employed     in 
inferior  duties. 
Adamic— Relating  to  the  first  man,  Adam. 
Adoption— The    reception    of   the   redeemed 
into  the  lainily  of  God. 

Advent- A  devotional  season  in  the  Roman 
Catholic  and  Episcopal  churches,  just  before 
Christmas;  a  coming;  applied  spiritually  to  the 
first  and  second  coming  uf  Christ  to  the  earth. 

Adventlsts— Generally  applied  to  those  who 
expect  and  teach  that  the  second  coming  of  Christ 
draws  near;  a  religious  sect. 

Advocate— A  term  applied  to  Christ  as  our 
intercessor  at  the  throne  of  God. 

Affusion— The  pouring  or  Bprink;:ag  of  water 
upun  a  person  in  the  ceremony  of  baptism. 

AcrnoNticiHtn— .\  doctrine  that  neither  denies 
nor  believes  in  the  existence  of  God. 

A{;nu«  Dei— Latin  words,  meaning  the  Lamb 
of  Gud:  appluni  to  Jesus  Christ. 

AlblgeMses- A  sect  of  christian  reformers 
who  left  the  Koninn  Catholic  church  in  the  twelfth 
century;  so  called  from  Albi,  in  the  south  of 
France. 

Alcoran— Another  name  for  the  Koran,  the 
sacred  scriptures  of  the  Mohammedans,  written 
by  Mohammed. 

Alcoranic— Belonging  to  Mohammedisni. 

Allah— The  Arabian  name  for  the  true  God. 

All-hallovv— A  church  feast  on  the  first  of 
November  in  honor  of  all  saints;  also  called  All- 
Saints'-day. 

Alleluia— Hallelujah,  signifying  praise  to 
Jehovah,  the  Jewish  God. 

All-SoalH'-day- A  Roman  Catholic  holv- 
day.  when  they  pray  for  the  souls  of  the  faithful 
dead. 

Amen-  A  word  at  the  end  of  a  prayer  or 
thanksgiving,  meaning,  "Let  it  be  so." 

Anabaptist— One  who  does  not  believe  in 
inlant  baptism. 

Anathema— A  curse  pronounced  by  church 
authorities  iqtun  any  person  or  thing. 

Anathematize— To  curse. 

Anchorite— .\  hermit;  or.e  who  religiously 
retires  from  society  and  dwells  alone. 

Anchoress— A  female  anchorite. 

Angel— A  messenirer  from  God;  a  ministering 
spirit;  a  heavenly  inhabitant. 

Anfffclic— Pertaining  to  angels;  innocent  or 
amiable. 

Antediluvian- Before  the  flood. 
Anthem— Church  music  adapted  to  passages 
of  scripture. 


Antholog^y 

prayers. 


(Greek)  — A    book     of     Church 


AnthropoloBfy— Or  Anthropomorphism;  ex- 
pressions which  invest  the  Deity  with  human  pas- 
sions and  attributes. 

Anti-Christ- The  man  of  sin,  as  opposed  to 
Christianity;  described  in  I.  John  ii.  ,18  and  ILThes- 
salonians  U. ,  whoso  reign  on  earth  is  yet 
expected. 

Anti-chrlstian—Opposed  to  Chrisfs  teach- 
ings. 

Antinomians- A  sect  who,  it  is  alleged, 
dciiifd  .in  ubligatign,  under  the  gospel,  to  obey 
the  moral  law  of  the  Old  Testament. 

Apocalypse— One  of  the  names  applied  to  the 
la^t  book  (KevelationMn  the  christian  Bible,  it 
means  discovery,  disclosure. 

Apocrypha—  Certain  books  in  the  christ- 
ian Bible  whose  divine  inspiration  is  consid- 
ered doubtful. 

Apostate— One  who  forsakes  his  religious 
vows. 

Apostle— Applied  to  the  twelve  disciples  of 
Christ;  one  sent  out  to  preach  the  christian  or 
otlier  doctrine, 

ApoNtollcal— Relating  to  the  doctrines  or 
work  of  an  apo&tle. 

Archbishop- A  chief  bishop. 

Ark  of  the  Covenant— A  sacred  chest  of 
the  Jews,  containing  the  Mosaic  tables  of  com- 
mandments and  other  religious  memorials. 

Armenians— A  sect  that  maintained  that  the 
divine  nature  of  Christ  absorbed  his  human. 

Arminlans— Disciples  of  Arminius.  of  Hol- 
land; a  sect  of  christians  in  the  sixteenth  and 
seventeenth  centuries;  believing  in  a  conditional 
and  divine  election  to  salvation  and  reprobation; 
universal  redemption,  on  conditions,  and  spirit- 
ual regeneration. 

Ascension-day- .\  church  festival  in  com- 
memoration of  the  return  of  Christ  into  heaven 
after  his  resurrection. 

Afth-'Wednesdny— The  first  dav  of  the 
annual  fast  of  forty  days  in  the  Episcopal  and 
Roman  Catholic  churches,  called  Lent. 

Ascetic— A  religionist  who  separated  himself 
or  herself  from  the  world;  lived  unmarried,  and 
in  seclusion  and  poverty. 

^Athanasian  Creed— A  creed  used  in  the 
Church  of  England,  relatincr  to  the  Trinity;  attri- 
buted to  Athanasius,  Bishop  of  Alexandria,  in  the 
fourth  century. 

Atheist— One  who  disbelieves  or  denies  the 
existence  of  a  Supreme  Ruler  or  Creator;  an  infi- 
del, or  unbeliever. 

-*»'lnni«ni— A  belief  in  the  doctrines  of  Arius, 
Bishop  of  Alcvandria  in  the  fourth  century,  who 
taiiL'ht  ih.ii  (linvt  was  created  and  inferior  to 
(toU  llic  l-;ith.r  m  nature  and  dignity,  although 
the  first  and  lust  of  created  beings. 

Atonefnent- Satisfaction  for  injury  spe- 
cially adapted  to  the  sufferings  and  death  of 
(liiist.  by  which  God  the  Father  became  willing 
to  forgive  the  sins  of  tho.se  who  should  believe  in 
the  all-sufl^cient  power  of  Christ  to  save  men 
from  sin  and  its  effects. 

AucTHstlne— An  order  of  monks,  named  after 
St.  Augustine;  called  also  Austin  friars,  or  White 
friars. 

Auricular  Conression- One  of  the  tenets 
of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  which  requires 
Its  adherents  to  confess  their  sins  in  the  ears  of  a 
priest. 

Ave  Maria— An  invocation  to  the  Virgin 
Mary;  also  a  season  of  prayer  in  Italy. 


Baal-The  sun-god  of  the  Phoenicians  and 
Canannites. 

Baptism  — A  religious  ceremonv  in  which 
persons  uniting  with  a  christian  church  have 
water  either  sprinkled  upon  their  heads,  or  have 
their  bodies  dipped  beneath  the  water,  in  the 
nameof  the  Divine  Trinity;  it  is  usually  done  but 
once  m  a  lifetime. 

Baptist—One  who  administers  baptism  as 
John  the  Baptist;  specifically  a|)i.li.-.|  t..  a  u.ll- 
knowii  sect  who  believe  in  baptism  I. v  iniru.  tmn;,' 
the  whole  body  in  water  for  adult^,'alui  who  do 
not  practice  infant-baptism. 

Belief— A  firm  persuasion  that  the  teachings 
ot  theological  leaders  are  true. 
Belial  — An  evil  spirit. 

Benedictines- An  order  of  Roman  Catholic 

niiniks. 

Benediction  —  A  blessing. 

Bitfot- A  strenuous  and  unreasonable  advo- 
cate of  any  religious  doctrine. 

Bishop— The  spiritual  overseer  of  a  church. 

Brahma  — A  Hindostanese  god,  whom  they 
worship  as  the  creator  of  all  things. 

Brahmanism— The  religion  of  Brahma. 

Brahmin  —  A  priest  of  the  Hindoo  religion. 

Brahmanee— Wife  of  a  Hindoo  priest. 

Broad  <'hureh— A  Church  between  the  High 
and  the  Low  tor  evangelical)  church  parlies  in 
England. 

Brother  —  A  member  of  a  church  or  monastic 
order. 

Buddhism  —  The 

Hind<.>tan. 

Buddhist - 

Bud.lha. 


religion    of    Buddha, 
One  who  worships  or  believes 


Calvary —  The  place  where  Christ  was  eruci- 
tted.  just  west  of  Jerusalem. 

Calvinism— A  religion  taught  by  John  Calvin 
the  Protestant  Reformer,  of  France. 


Calvinist- 

Calvin. 


A  believer   in 


the    teachings  of 
Calvin     or    his 


Caivlnistic  — Relating 
teachings. 

Campbellites— A  sect  of  the  Baptists,  known 
as  Dlscijdes  of  Christ,  or  Christ-ians,  founded  by 
Alexander  Campuell,  of  Virginia. 

Canaanites  —  People  who  inhabited  the  Land 
of  Canaan,  in  Asia  Minor. 

Canon— A  religious  rule  of  doctrine,  or  church 
law. 

Canonical— Relating  to  Chui-ch  laws. 

Canonicals— The  official  garments  of  a  church 
fuiictionarv. 

Canonization— Placing  a  dead  person  among 
the  sainis  of  the  church. 

Canon-law— The  law  whicb  governs  all  Roman 
Caiholic  churches. 

Canticles  —  The  book  in  the  Old  Testament 
known  as  the  Song  of  Solomon. 

Capuchin —  A  monk  or  nun  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  order  of  St.  Francis. 

Cardinal— One  of  the  council  of  seventy 
appointed  by  the  Pope  to  advise  in  church  mat- 
ters, and  from  whom  one  is  elected  Pope  by  the 
othei-s,  when  a  vacancy  occurs  in  the  Papal 
chair. 

Carmelite  — A  monk  of  theonler  establistn-ti 
on  .Mt.  Carmel,  Asia  Minor,  in  the  fourth  century, 
by  the  Roman  Catholics. 


;C>- 


.i: 


^^PK 


46 


DICTIONARY    OF    RELIGIOUS    TERMS. 


k 


Casuist  —  One  who  considers  and  settles  cases 
of  conscience. 

Catechism  —  A  reduction  of  doctrinal  points 
to.  questions  and  answei-s,  for  educational  pur- 
posts. 

Cathedral —The  church  in  which  the  bishop 
of  a  diocese  principally  orticiates.  Cathedra  is 
the  chair  which  he  usually  occupies  when  in  his 
official  position. 

Catholic  — Meaninp  the  Universal,  true,  or 
whole  Christian  church;  especially  applied  to  the 
Roman  Catholic  church. 

Celebrant— -A.  church  dignitary,  who  per- 
forms a  religious  rite. 

Censer  — A  dish  in  which  incense  is  burned  in 
churches. 

Ceremonial  — The  order  of  rites  and  cere- 
monies; used  in  public  worship. 

Cerinthlan  — An  ancient  religious  sect,  which 
endfavured  to  harmonize  the  Jewish,  Gnostic. and 
Christian  doctrines. 

Chaplain- A  clerg-yman  connected  with  the 
army  or  naval  service,  or  some  other  department 
of  the  government  or  civic  societies;  legislative 
bodies,  etc. 

Cheruh— A  high  order  of  angelic  beings; 
plural,  cherubim. 

Chrir.tlan— A  disciple  of  Jesus  Christ,  one  who 
loves  and  obeys  His  teachings. 

Christianity —  The  religion  of  Christians, 
founded  on  the  tca<:hings  of  Christ. 

Christenine— The  baptism  of  an  infant. 

Christmas— The  anniversary  of  the  birth  of 
Jesus  Christ.  December  25. 

Churchmen  — A  term  usually  applied  to 
learne  1  or  active  members  or  officials  of  the  Epis- 
copal church. 

Church- Warden— A  local  official  of  the 
Episcopal  Church,  who  oversees  its  temporal 
affairs. 

Class-leader- A  Methodist  official,  who  has 
charge  of  the  spiritual  interests  of  a  section  of 
eh  u  rch-m  e  m  bei-s. 

Clerftyman— One  duly  authorized  to  preach 
the  gospel,  and  perform  marriage,  baptismal  aJid 
funeral  services. 

Commentator— An  expounder,  or  explainer 
of  the  Bible  «>r  other  books. 

Communion- Hannony  between  believers  in 
any  one  form  of  religion,  and  between  God  and 
man;  the  celebration  of  the  Lord's  supper. 

Compunction— A  consciousness  of  guilt. 

Confession- Acknowledgment  of  having  done 
wrong. 

Confessional  —  The  seat  where  the  priest  sits 
while  hearing  the  confe.-^sions  of  his  fiock. 

Confessor  —The  priest  who  hears  confessions 
in  the  Koman  Catholic  Church;  also  the  one  who 
confes.Hes  to  him. 

Conflrmation- A  sacred  rite  in  the  Episco- 
pal church,  wherein  the  bishop  lays  his  hands 
upon  the  heads  of  the  members  and  invokes  the 
M.-j-singof  the  Holy  Ghost,  with  its  sanctifying 
influences  upon  their  lives. 

<'onformity—  Having  harmony  with  the 
E'^tiihlished  Church  of  England,  its  rites,  its  doc- 
trines and  practices;  or  with  those  of  any  other 
denomination. 

Confucian  —A  l)eliever  in  the  teachings  of 
Cunlueiu;-.  the  Chinese  Philosopher. 

ConKreaatlou  — An  assemblage  of  wor- 
phiiM-rs. 

ConBreKi^tlonallsm  — That  form  of  church 
goverriiiient  ihal  has  no  bishop  at  its  llejid;  as 
the  Haptist,  Presbyterian  and  Congregational 
churches.  » 

Consecration  — Setting  apart  the  person  or 
prnperly  for  a  sacied  purpose:  dedicating  a 
building  to  the  worship  of  God;  dedication. 

<'onslstory  —  Anv  solemn  assembly  or  coun- 
cil :  a  rehgiouV  court  for  the  settlement  of  churcli 
questions;  the  college  of  cardinals  at  Koine. 

Consociation- A  free-will  confederacy  of 
neighboring  Congregational  churehes  for  mutual 
advice  and  co-operation  in  church  matters,  com- 
posed of  lay  memhers. 

Consubstantlatlon- A  Lutheran  doctrine 
that  the  actual,  substantial  presence  of  the 
bodv  of  Christ  i»  witli  the  bread  and  wino  of 
the  Lord's  supper. 

<,'ontrltl*»n —Penitence— true  sorrow  for  sin. 

<'onvent  —  An  aj't»cmblage  of  monks  or  of  nuns 
d.voird  to  II  rellgiouH  life;  the  house  in  which 
they  live;   a  Koman  Catholic  Institution. 

i'oiivenlual-  One  who  lives  In  a  convent. 

<;onvcrsl€»n  — in    theology,   a  turning    from 


wickedness  to  righteousness,  usually  accompanied 
by  repentance  for  past  sin;  belief  in  Ciirist  as  the 
Savior,  and  desire  to  be  made  holy. 

Conviction- A  convincing  of  the  conscience 
or  the  mind  as  to  the  wickedness  of  the  lite;  it 
usually  precedes  conversion. 

Convocation—  A  general  assembly  of  the 
clergymen  of  the  Church  of  England,  to  consult 
as  to  the  affairs  of  the  church;  any  called 
assemblage. 

Corporeallst  —  One  who  denies  the  existence 
of  f-piritual  beings. 

Corpus  Christi— (Body  of  Christ)— A  Roman 
Catholic  festival  having  reference  to  the  sacra- 
ment of  the  Lord's  supper. 

Covenant  — An  agreement;  the  promises  of 
God  as  found  in  the  Christian  Bible,  with  the  con- 
ditions on  which  they  will  be  fulftUed,  such  as 
man's  repentance,  obedience,  etc. 

(Creed  — A  summary  of  belief  in  certain  doc- 
trines. 

Crosier— An  archbishop's  staff,  with  the  fig- 
ure of  a  cross  at  its  top. 

Cross— Two  pieces  of  wood  or  metal  laid 
across  each  other  and  fastened;  a  symbol  of  the 
cross  on  which  Jesus  Christ  was  nailed  and  died. 

Crown  — The  head-dress  of  royalty:  spirit- 
ually, the  Christian,  through  grace,  is  able  to 
overcome  temptation,  and  thus  wins  a  crown  of 
victory;  after  death,  if  he  is  faithful,  he  hopes 
for  a  crown  of  glory. 

Crucial  — Partaking  of  the  nature  of  across 
or  crucifixion,  appliea  to  any  severe  trial  of  the 
mind  or  body. 

Crucifix  — An  image  of  Christ  dying  on  the 
cross. 

Crucifixion  — Suspension  of  a  human  body 
on  a  cross,  applied  specitically  to  the  death  of 
Christ. 

Curate—  An  assistant  to  the  clergyman  in  the 
Church  of  England. 

Damnation  —The  state  of  being  condemned; 
the  punishment  of  the  wicked  after  death. 

Deacon  — The  lowest  order  of  clergymen;  a 
subordinate  church  officer. 

Dean— A  church  prelate,  subordinate  to  a 
bishop. 

Decalogue  — The  ten  commandments  of  God. 

Dedication  —  See  Consecration. 

Deify —  To  make  a  god  of  anything  or  being; 
to  make  godlike;  as,  Cfesar  was  deified. 
Deism  —The  doctrine  or  creed  of  a  deist. 

Deist  — One  who  believes  in  a  Supreme  Ruler: 
bvit  not  in  revealed  religion,  taking  nature  and 
rea-on  for  his  guide  in  doctrine;  a  free-thinker; 
an  iiitldel. 

Delstlc- Pertaining  to  deism. 

Deity  —  A  Divine  being;  God,  the  Supreme 
Ruler;  whatever  distinguishes  God  from  other 
beings. 

Deluge- The  d  est  met  ion  of  mankind  by  water 
in  the  days  of  Noah. 

Demon  —  A  spiritual  being,  a  departed  soul; 
an  evil  spiiit;  a  devil. 

Demoniac  — A  human  being  influenced  by  a 
demon;  a  sect  who  believe  that  the  devils  will 
finally  be  saved  from  God's  wrath. 

Denomination  — A  religious  .sect;  a  collec- 
tion of  individuals  of  the  same  belief  and  name, 
as  the  Presbyterians. 

Dervish  —  A  Turkish  or  Persian  monk. 

Devil  — Satan;  the  adversary  of  God  and  man; 
the  ruling  evil  spirit. 

Devilish  -Resembling  the  devjl;  an  evil  dis- 
po-^iliou;  devoiil  of  charity  or  virtue. 

Devotional  — Having  a  prayerful,  worship- 
ing spirit. 

Devotion  —  Affection  for  God  manifested  in 
earnest  prayer  and  praise. 

Dla*M»nate —The  offlce  of  n  deacon;  g()vern- 
merit  by  deacons. 

Dlluvlun —  Pertaining  to  the  Hood  of  Noah's 
time. 

Diocese  — The  district  governed  by  a  particu- 
liir  bi>lioi>.  the  bishop  is  a  diocesan. 

Dii'iee  —  A  funeral  hymn  or  piece  of  music. 

IHscliiIc  — One  who  willingly  receives  and 
ndonts  the  teachings  of  another  as  ht»  or  her 
guide. 

Discourse  — Conversation;  a  sermon;  nn 
explanatory  address. 

|>lspensation  —  The  dlMtrlhntlon  of  good  and 
cvllbyOod  to  man;  God's  system  of  governing 
man,  us  the  Jewish  and  Christian  dispensation. 


Divine  — Belonging  to  the  Deity,  a  minister 
or  prie.st. 

Doctrine  —  Principles  of  a  system  of  religion. 

Dominicans  —  Roman  Catholic  orders  of 
monk>  and  nuns,  e>tablished  in  the  thirteenth 
century  by  St.  Dominic. 

Druid- A  i-eligious  priest  or  minister  among 
the  ancient  Celtic  races  in  Gaul,  Britain  or  Ger- 
many. 

Easter—  A  Roman  Catholic  and  Episcopal 
church  lestival,  commemorating  the  end  of  Lent 
and  the  resurrection  of  Christ  from  the  dead. 

Ecclesiastical  —  Pertaining  to  a  church  or 
its  goveniiuent. 

Edda  —  Ancient  Icelandic  scriptures. 

Election  —  A  doctrine  of  partial  salvation; 
only  chosen  ones  saved. 

Encyclical  — For  many;  applied  to  official 
letters  from  the  Pope. 

Episcopacy  — A  form  of  church  government 
where  a  bi>hoi/presides. 

Episcopal  — Relating  to  a  bishop  and  his 
charge. 

Eucharist  —  The  Lord's  supper. 

Evangelical  — In  harmony  with  the  New 
Testament  teacliings. 

Evangelist  — A  traveling  preacher  of  the 
gospel. 

Excommunicated  -Expelled  from  church 
membership. 

Exegesis  —  Scientittc  explanation  of  the  Bible. 

Father,  Son  and  Holy  Ghost  — The  three 
Persons  comprising  the  Christian's  Trinity  or  God- 
head; onv  God,  three  Persons;  the  Father  being 
the  Crealur  ami  Pi  e.server  of  all  things;  the  Son. 
the  Savii>i-  til  men,  known  as  Jesus  Christ,  and 
the  Hills  lihi'^l,  tile  enlightening,  convincing,  and 
saiKtil>  iiig  bpiiit  of  God. 

Fetlchism- A  low  form  of  worship,  which 
makes  go(ls  out  of  animals,  stones,  sticks,  etc.;  a 
superstitious  religion  among  the  ignorant. 

Friar  — A  Brother  or  member  of  any  Roman 
Catholic  order  of  monks. 

Friends  —The  sect  also  called  Quakers. 

Oentile  —  One  who  is  not  a  Jew. 

Gospel  —  Literally,  good  news:  applied  to  the 
New  Testament  scriptures,  as  containing  "glad 
tidings  of  great  joy,  for  all  people." 

Gr-ice  —The  unmerited  favor  of  God  bestowed 
upoi.  His  creatures;  the  exercise  of  love,  kindness 
or  gooU-will. 

Haides  — The  intermediate  place  between 
earth  and  heaven,  or  earth  and  hell,  where  the 
souls  rest  after  death  until  the  judgment-day. 

Heathen  — One  who  worships  idols;  an  irre- 
ligious, unthinking  person;  the  Jews  called  all 
people  heathens  who  were  not  Jews;  a  pagan. 

Hebrew  —  A  descendant  of  the  Patriarch 
Jacob;  an  ancient  inhabitant  of  Palestine;  an 
Israelite,  or  a  Jew;  also  the  Hebrew  language; 
also  whatever  else  pertains  to  the  Hebrews. 

Hegira  — The  flight  of  Mohammed  from 
Mect-a.  in  A.  D.  6'22,  from  which  date  his  followers 
reckon  time. 

Hell —Sometimes  applied  to  the  grave;  a  con- 
dition of  discomfort  or  misery  before  or  after 
death;  the  future  abode  of  the  wicked. 

Holy  Ghost—  The  third  Person  In  tho 
Christian  Trinity  or  Godhead;  the  enlightening, 
convincing,  sanctifying  Spirit  of  God. 

Imauni  —  A  Mohammedan  priest. 

Infidel  —  Generally,  a  disbeliever  in  a  Supreme 
Being  and  revealed  religion;  one  without  relig- 
ious belief  of  any  kind;  a  skeptic;  an  opposer  of 
religious  teachings. 

Infidelity —  Want  of  faith  in  Christian  or 
other  religious  teachings.  unfailh''ulness  to 
marriage  vows;  a  breach  of  trust;  disregard  of 
moial  obligations. 

Infinite  —  S|>ir{tuaI1y,  without  limit;  as  tho 
poivei-.  wisdom,  capacity,  perfection,  goodness, 
ami  love  of  God. 

Israel  —  The  name  given  by  God  to  tho 
Patriarch  Jacob,  with  the  promise  of  a  numerous 
progeny. 

Israelites  — Descendonts  of  the  Patriarch 
Jacob;  Hebrews,  or  Jews. 

I«.lam —  Submission,  obedience  and  humility 
btjori'  Cod,  the  religion  of  Mohammed  and  all 
his  lollowers. 

Islamism  — The  faith  or  creed  of  Moliam- 
mediMii. 

Itinerant  —  A  traveling  preacher. 

•lehovah  —  The  Jewish  name  for  God. 

tlesul(s~A  religiou>i  oi*der  of  the  Roman 
Catholics,  founded  by    Ignatius  Loyola;  Its  mem- 


DICTIONARY    OF    RELIGIOUS    TERMS    iyi    COMMOX    USE. 


bpis  take  vows  of  poverty,  chastity  and  obedience; 
it  1^  lai't'e  111  numbers,  zOal  and  inlluencf. 
•Judaism—  T)ie  doctrines  tiiu(;ht  by  Mu»es. 

JuwUflcatlon  — God  forgiving  tbe  sins  of 
men  becitiise  Christ  bore  the  penalty  of  their  sin 
in  lUs  erueilted  body;  requiies  faitli  in  Clirist  as 
tlie  Savior. 

Koran  — The  scriptures  of  llie  MohaninnMlans. 

Lectlonary  —  The  Roman  Catholic  service- 
bonk  ;  also  called  a  i»Iass-Book. 

I^ent"  A  church  fast  of  forty  days,  bepinninpr 
with  Ash-Wednesday  and  ending  with  Kaster- 
day, 

Levite  — A  descendant  of  Levi,  son  of  Jacob, 
whose  family  was  set  apart  for  priestly  oftices; 
the  Levites  were  subordinate  to  the  priests. 

Magi  — A  caste  of  Persian  priests,  or  wise 
men. 

Mahomet  — Same  as  Mohammed. 

Msirlyr  —  One  who  dies,  or  is  persecuted,  on 
account  of  his  religious  belief. 

Materialist  — One  who  denies  the  existence 
of  spiritual  substances,  and  maintains  that  the 
soul  of  man  is  the  result  of  a  particular  organiza- 
tion of  matter  in  the  body.     (Webster). 

Messiah  —  Christ  the  promised  Deliverer  of 
Israel ;  described  in  the  Old  Testament,  rejected  by 
the  Jews,  but  accepted  as  the  Savior  by  all 
Christians. 

Methoilists- The  denomination  of  Christians 
founded  by  .luhu  Wesley. 

MlllennUim  — A  thousand  years  of  holiness 
and  ptiicf  on  eartli,  described  as  a  future  event  in 
Revelation  XX.  A  Millenarian  is  one  who  believes 
in  a  literal  reign  of  Christ  on  earth  during  the 
niilleiiniuin. 

Monastery  —  .\  dwelling-house  for  monks,  as 
a  convfTit  is  for  nuns. 

Monk.  — A  religious  devotee,  who  separates 
himself  from  the  world  for  service  as  a  Roman 
Catholic  priest;  a  dweller  in  a  monastery. 

MormoiiiMm  —  The  religion  founded  by 
Joseph  Smith, 

Morale  —  Pertaining  to  the  career  and  laws  of 
Moses,  the  Israel  itish  leader. 

Moslem  or  MuHsiilmau- A  believer  in  the 
doctrines  of  Mohammed- 
Mysticism  —  Obscurity  of  doctrine. 

Mystics  A  sect  which  protesses  a  pure  sub- 
lime, disinterested  devotion,  and  claims  direct  in- 
tercourse with  the  Divine  Spirit. 

Nihilism  — Skepticism  as  to  the  reality  of 
anything. 

Nuncio  — A  Papal  ambassador  to  a  sovereign. 

Nun  —  A  woman  devoted  to  a  religious  life,  and 
Jiving  m  a  convent. 

Ordination  —  Religious  ceremonies  in  prepar- 
ing a  minister  or  priest  for  active  duties  in  the 
church. 

Optimist  — One  who  believes  that  all  things 
are  ordered  for  the  best. 

Pagan  —One  who  worships  false  gods. 

Pantheism  —The  doctrine  that  the  universe, 
as  a  whole,  is  God. 

Papal  —  Relating  to  the  Pope  of  Rome. 

PiipiMt  — .\  Roman  Catholic. 

Patriarch  — Ancient  heads  of  families  among 
the  Jews. 

Pelagian- A  follower  of  the  doctrines  of 
Pelagius. 

Pentateuch  — The  first  five  books  of  the  Old 
Testament. 

Pentecost --The  fiftieth  day  after  the  pass- 
over;  a  solemn  festival  of  the  Jews. 

Pessimist  —  One  who  believes  that  everything 
is  tending  to  the  worst. 


Pharisees  —  A  wect  of  the  Jews,  rigid  In  their 
outward  religious  ceremonies,  separating  them- 
selves on  lliis  account  from  other  Jews. 

Pietists  —  A  German  sect  of  Reformers. 

Polytheism  — The  doctrine  of  a  plurality  of 
g<»ls. 

Pontifical- Belonging  to  the  Pope. 

Predeottiiatlon  —The  doctrine  of  predes- 
tiiiatiuri  by  (iod  of  certain  events  in  the  history  of 
men,  especially  their  future  happiness  or  misery. 

Presbyter-  An  elder  in  the  Presbyterian 
church,  and   a  priest  in  the  Church    of  England. 

Presbyterian  —One  who  belongs  to  a  church 
governed  by  presbyters. 

Priesthood  — The  offlco  or 'character  of  a 
priest. 

Probationer.— A  member  taken  on  trial  in  a 
Methodist  church  for  six  months. 

Processional  —  Whatever  relates  to  religious 
processions. 

Puritans  — Early  dissenters  from  the  Church 
of  Kiigland. 

Puseyism  — A  proposition  to  carry  back  the 
discipline  and  doctrine  of  the  Church  of  England 
to  the  second  year  of  King  Kdward  the  Sixth.  Dr. 
Pusey.  however,  was  less  of  a  doctrinarian  than 
a  ritualist. 

Pyrrhonist  — A  skeptic,  who  has  doubts  of 
everything. 

Quaker  —  A  member  of  the  sect  called 
Friends. 

Rationalist —One  who  depends  wholly  on 
his  reason  as  the  supreme  authority  in  matters  of 
religion;  a  disbeliever  in  revealed  religion. 

Redemptlonists- A  Roman  Catholic  order, 
the  priests  of  which  devote  themselves  to  the 
spiritual  wants  of  the  German  people. 

Keligion- Any  system  of  faith  and  worship. 

Restorationists —Those  who  believe  that 
the  punishment  of  the  wicked  after  death  will  be 
but  temporary,  and  that  then  they  will  be  restored 
to  the  favor  and  presence  of  God;  the  Univer- 
sal is  ts, 

Revelation-Divine  truth  revealed  to  man. 

RitiialiMm  — A  rigid  adherence  to  religious 
forms  and  ceremonies;  conlldcnce  in  such  rites. 

Romanist— An  adherent  of  the  Roman  Cath- 
olic church;  a  Roman  Catholic. 

Sabianism- The  worship  of  the  sun,  moon 
and  stars. 

Sabbatarian  — One  who  keeps  holy  the  sev- 
enth day  of  the  week. 

Sabbath  — Kept  by  the  Jews  and  others  on 
Saturday  as  a  holy  day,  instead  of  Sunday;  Sun- 
day is  also  a  Sabbath,  or  seventh  day. 

Sacerdotal—  Pertaining  to  the  office  of  a 
priest. 

Sacrament  — A  sacred  religious  ordinance 
enjoined  by  (_'hris*.  of  which  two  arc  observed  by 
Protestants— baptism  and  the  Lord's  supper. 

Sacrifice  —An  otTering  solemnly  consecrated 
or  presented  to  God  in  token  of  acknowledgmenX 
or  thanksgiving. 

Sacrileee  —  Defiling  or  making  wrong  uses  of 
sacred  things. 

Sacristan  —  A  church  officer,  who  has  charge 
of  its  movable  property;  a  sexton. 

Sadducee— A  sect  of  the  Jews,  who  denied 
the  rcsuriection  of  the  dead. 

Sanctification  —  Making  holy— a  work  of  the 
Holy  Ghost. 

Sanctuary —  Any  house  or  place  devoted  to 
the  worshij)  vt  God. 

Sanhedrim —The  principal  Jewish  tribunal, 
composed  of  seventy-two  members,  over  which 
the  high  priest  presided;  called,  also,  the  Council. 

Satanic —Resembling  the  devil;  fiendishly 
malicious. 


Sectarian —  Relating  to  religious  sects;  a 
bigoted  altacliment  to  any  sect. 

Shakerlsm  — Pt-rtalning  to  the  Shakers;  some 
times  known  us  "  Shaking  Quakers." 

Skeptic  — One  who  doubts  the  truth  of  any 
religious  belief. 

Sncinlanlsm  —  An  Italian  theology  of  the 
sixlcijuli  I.  nliii  V.  (1. living'  the  Divine  Trinity,  the 
deilyi.I  Lliii^l,  lb.- p.r-onaiity  of  the  devil,  the 
atoni-meiit  ol  Christ,  and  the  eternity  of  future 
punishment. 

Soul  — The  spiritual,  rational  and  immortal 
pai't  in  man,  capabb;  of  the  highest  state  of  bliss, 
.  or  the  deepest  condition  of  misery. 

Spiritualism- A  belief  that  mankind  arc 
permitted  to  communicate  with  the  spirits  of  the 
dead,  through  the  medium  of  an  appropriate 
peison. 

Spirituality  —  A     spiritual      condition     of 

individuals  or  churches. 

Stole — Part  of  the  dress  of  a  Roman  Catholic 
Clergyman;  a  narrow  embroidered  scarf  with 
broad  ends. 

Swedenborgian  —  A  believer  in  the  doc- 
trines of  Swedenborg,  the  Swedish  seer  and 
founder  of  the  New  Jerusalem  Church. 

Synagogue  —  Jewish  house  of  worship. 

Synod  — A  council  of  church  dignitaries  to 
consult  on  matters  of  religion. 

Tabernacle  — A  tent  or  temporary  place  for 
worship. 

Talmud— A  book  of  Jewish  laws  and  tradi- 
tions, with  expositions  of  them. 

Theocracy  —  A  government  under  the  imme- 
diate direction  of  God. 

Theology  —  The  science  of  God  andHis  rela- 
tions to  His  creatures;  the  divine  laws,  doctrines, 
etc. 

TrJinsubstantiation- A  doctrine  of  the 
Roman  Catliulic  cliurch  that  the  bread  and  wine 
in  the  Lord's  supper  are  actually  changed  into 
Christ's  tiesh  and  blood. 

Trinity  — See  Father,  Son  and  Holy  Ghost. 

Trinitarian —  One  who  believes  in  the 
Divine  Trinity  of  Father,  Son  and  Holy  Ghost. 

Unitarian —One  who  denies  the  doctrine  of 
the  Trinity,  believing  that  God  exists  only  in  one 
person.     (Webster). 

XInlverealism  — One  who  believes  in  the 
future  restoration  of  all  men  to  eternal  felicity. 

Vaticanism  —  The  doctrine  of  Papal 
dominion. 

Venial  Sin  —  A  sin  that  weakens  but  does  not 
destroy  the  person's  sanctity;  a  doctrine  of  the 
Roman  Catholic  church;  a  sin  that  can  be  for- 
given. 

Vespers  —  Evening  service  in  Roman  Catholic 
or  Episcopalian  churches. 

Vestrymen  —  Persons  elected  in  the  Episcopal 
church  to  have  charge,  in  connection  with  the 
Wardens,  of  its  temporal  affairs. 

Vestments  —  The  official  garments  of  a  cler- 
gyman or  priest. 

Vicar— A  ruling  clergyman  in  the  Church  of 
England,  who  is  subordinate  to  the  Bishop. 

Vicarious  Atonement  — The  sufferings  and 
death  endured  by  Jesus  Christ  in  the  place  of  sin- 
ful men.  that  they  might  escape  from  deserved 
punishment. 

Vishnu  —  In  the  Brahman  religion,  Vishnu  Is 
the  destroying  deity;  Brahma,  the  creator;  and 
Siva,  the  preserver. 

Visible  Church  — The  believers  in  Christ  all 
over  the  world  as  one  body  of  worshipers. 

"Wesleyanism  — The  principles  of  Wesley, 
the  founder  of  the  Methodist  church;  Methodism 
proper. 

Zend  Ax-e^ta— The  ancient  scriptures  of  the 
Persians,  attributed  to  Zoroaster. 


'A-^ — 


A 


~^': 


? 


48 


THE    GRP:AT   military    hero    of   ENGLAND. 


T 


T    DAXGAX    CASTLE,     near 

Dublin,  in  Ireland,  in  1709,  was 

born    Arthur    Wellesley,    the 

third  son  of  the  Earl  of  Morn- 

ington.        Of     an      excellent 

parentage,  he  inherited  a  well- 
balanced  organization  of  mind. 

To   this  was   added   the    best 

education  which  the  schools 
at  Eton  could  give.  He  received,  further,  a 
military  education  at  Angers,    in  France. 

At  eighteen  he  was  commissioned  an  Ensign,  and 
at  twenty-six,  as  a  Lieutenant  Colonel,  he  commanded  a  brigade 
in  the  English  army.  ^Vhen  twenty-seven  years  old  he  went  as  a 
Colonel  with  his  regiment  to  India.  Six  years  later  he  was  made  a 
Major-General,  doing  conspicuous  service  in  the  Indian  wars  in  1803. 
He  returned  to  England  in  1805,  and  soon  after  entered  Parliament, 
when  thirty-six  years  of  age.  Two  years  afterwards  he  was  engaged 
in  military  service  again,  and  in  the  succeeding  seven  years  he  served 
his  country  so  well,  in  the  various  military  fields  to  which  he  was 
assigned,  as  to  win,  in  1814,  the  thanks  of  Parliament  and  a  pension 
of  SlOO. 000  per  year,  besides  a  Parliamentary  grant  of  $2,500,000. 
In  that  year  he  was  also  made  Duke  of  Wellington. 

In  1815,  with  his  military  headquarters  at  Brussels,  in  Belgium, 
he  fought  at  Hougomout,  on  June  18.  his  final  famous  conflict,  known 
as  the  battle  of  Waterloo,  in  which  Xapoleon  and  the  French  troops 
were  defeated.  Three  days  afterwards  he  crossed,  with  his  army, 
the  French  frontier,  and  proceeded  to  Paris,  where  terms  of  settle- 
ment were  agreed  upon,  which,  upon  his  part,  as  commander  of  the 
army  and  conqueror,  were  liberal  and  magnanimous. 


For  his  distinguished  services,  the  King  of  the 
Netherlands  made  him  Prince  of  Waterloo,  and 
the  British  nation  gave  him  an  estate  worth 
SI,  000. 000. 

In  1818,  the  Duke  resigned  his  command  in 
France,  and  returned  to  England,  where  he  was 
appointed  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  army,  a 
position  which  he  held,  except  at  brief  intervals, 
until  his  death,  his  attention  being  largely  occu- 
liiL'd  during  his  remaining  years  with  state  affairs. 
From  1827  to  1830  he  was  England's  Prime 
Minister.  '  He  was  subsequently  appointed  to 
several  most  important  and  responsible  state  positions,  in  all  of 
which,  whether  in  the  cabinet  councils  or  not,  he  extended  his 
influence  to  the  utmost  to  preserve  the  peace  of  Europe,  which  he 
did,  almost  unbroken,  for  forty  years  after  the  battle  of  Waterloo. 
He  died  of  apoplexy,  at  Walmer  Castle,  Kent,  in  England,  Sep- 
tember 14,  1852,  being  eighty-three  years  of  age  at  the  time  of  his 
death. 

He  was  buried  in  St.  Paul's  Cathedral,  in  London,  and  the  pnblic 
obsequies  attending  his  burial  were  the  most  elaborate  ever  seen  in 
England. 

He  was  strongly  built,  possessed  sharp  gray  eyes,  a  prominent, 
aquiline  nose,  and  was  of  medium  height.  He  united  in  his  char- 
acter quick  discernment  to  perceive,  courage  to  execute,  and  con- 
scientious desire  to  do  justice.  Although  lacking  in  oratorical  power, 
his  judgment  was  always  such  as  to  command  attention  and  influence. 
Altogether  his  career  stands  prominent  as  an  existence  well  rounded 
out,  being  from  the  first  to  the  last  a  most  successful  life. 


WELL-KNOWN  AND  IMPORTANT  BATTLES  OF  THE  ENGLISH  IM  EARLY  TIMES. 


BATTLE  of  Handnffi*.— Foupht  between 
Willi.uii  of  Nnriii;»nil.v.  Hiirimmed  the  Cun- 
qnpi-Dr.  and  Kintr  Hantld.  of  Enirlanil.  near  Ha-st- 
ings,  Enk'iaiitl  Drtober  U,  11)66.  William  had  in  his 
eoiiiiii.iiiil  fMi.iHiO  Norinan.i;  the  number  commanded 
by  Kiiik'  Hai'ild  is  unknown,  llesult— The  defeat 
and  •li'.-illi  of  Harold,  and  the  complete  contguest 
of  Knt'land  by  the  Normans. 

Battle  of  Bimnockhiirn.— Fouffhtiietween 
Robert  linice.  of  Scotland,  with  about  M.OOO  men. 
and  Edward  II. .  of  Eni.'l;uid.  with  nearly  100.000 
Entfli^hmen.  at  Uannockbiim,  Srotlaiid.  June  'H. 
1311.  The  English  wen-  defrated.  witli  the  loss  of 
30.000  nif?n.  By  this  contliet  the  independence  of 
Scotland  from  England  wuh  achieved,  and  Bruce 
secured  it,f  throne. 

Batttle  of  the  Roneii.— Fought  at  Towtown. 
ni-;u*  V'>ik.  England.  brlwL-cii  the  rival  claimants 
t".  tin-  lliione  of  England,  Eflward  IV.,  and  Henry 
VI..  March  29.  1161.  Each  wa.-*  KUpported  by  about 
.V». 000  men.  and  an  agreement  was  m.ide  that  no 
«iuarter  .-hoidrl  be  givctn.  The  battle  laMted  more 
than  a  day.  and  en<led.  after  the  slaughter  of  over 
30.000  pei-son-*,  in  the  defeat  of  Henry  and  the 
Lancfi-Hirian  army,  the  vlctoi-y  of  the  York  dyna.sty 
an<l  the  e^tiibli»)imcnt  of  Edward  IV.  upon  the 
throne  of  England. 

Batde  of  Bo«worth.— Kouu'hton  TloHWorth 
field.  Knk-land.  between  the  Earl  ..f  Hiehmurid,  a 
ebiliM.-iiil  for  (lie  tbioiir  of  Enu'laii'l.  mid   kHliiud 


III.,  the  reigning  King.  August  1i2.  H8.'i.  Treach- 
ery aided  Kichmond.  and  iliiliaid  fell,  fighting 
bravely.  Kichmond  winning  the  Held,  Kicharil 
was  the  last  of  the  I'lantagenets,  and  their  govern- 
ment, by  this  event,  passed  into  that  of  the 
Tudoi-s. 
Battle  of  Copenhagen.  — Foii^'ht  at  Copen- 

hagcTi.     \>r ;irk.   tM-|»i.ii    tlir    I  iinivli  lleit .  with 

U.mt  Uahi-]x  lii.cps,  :uid  l.nid  WillniK't-'M.  with 
7.000  Eiik'li-li  Md(ii*.-i-s  aiifl  the  a.^si^tance  .da  naval 
force.  SepteMd)er25,  1807.  The  combined  land  and 
seaattaek  icMilted  in  the  capture  of  the  Danish 
fleet,  and  Wellington  received  the  thanks  of  Par- 
liament for  this  victory. 

Brittle  of  Taljivera.— Fought  at  Talavera^ 
in  Spain.  July  27  and  28.  IKOK.  between  22.000  Hritish 
troops,  under  I.oid  Wrilinifton.  arul.'iO.tHW  Kiench. 
undci-  Vietor.  J.iiirdiin.  and  Seba-stiani.  fin  the 
Hccon'l  day  the  Ki-.-neh  were  driven  out,  and  Wel- 
lington (x-cujiied  the<'ity. 

Battle  4if  BiitliOnx.— Soult.  with  the  French 
army,  huvint- taken  the  fortlMeil  eity  of  Itadajoz. 
Spain,  from  the  Spaidards,  Wellington,  with  his 
Uritl-h  tro.ip-*.  besieged  the  city  for  twentv  days. 
On  the  nigtit  of  April  i5.  1812.  he  captun-d  the  eity 
by  a  blocMly  nsMinilt,  in  which  he  lost  3. .'lOO  men". 
His  total  loss  during  the  siege  was  about  .'i.lMlo. 

BattlcM  of  I.<lifiiy  anil  Qnatre  Brao.— 
To  defeat  the  probable  design  of  Napoleon  looeeu- 
pv    Uelt'ium.    \Velllll^^tMn,   with    his    alll<'<l    tr....|w, 


and  Blucher.  with  his  Prussian  command,  under- 
took its  defense.  On  June  16. 1K15.  Blucher  ami  the 
Prussians  encountered  Napoleon  ami  the  French 
troops  at  the  Belgian  village  of  Ligtiy.  The  light 
was  extremely  severe,  the  Prussians  "losing  12,000 
men  and  twenty-one  cannon,  and  sutTering defeat. 
Nai»nle..n's  loss  was  T.nOO  nim  On  Ilu-  same  dav, 
the  Fierieh.  under  Mar>lial  Nev,  and  the  Helk'ian-i 
and  Itiiti-h.  li.iinnanded  l.v  W  clliii^rtnii.  l.-UKhl  a 
battle  at  t^ualre  Ur^i^,  another  villiiKc  uf  Belgium, 
seven  iiules  from  Ligny.  The  latter  held  their 
ground,  and  upon  Wellington's  receiving  a  irin- 
forceineiit.  the  French  retired,  leaving  the  allies 
in  possession  of  the  village. 

Battle  of  Waterloo. —Fought  nenrtlie  Bel- 
gian village  of  Wnlerlon.eii^ht  miles  southeastei'Iy 
from  Brvissels,  June  18.  l.><I'i.  between  Napoleon, 
with  about  72.000  men  i  iiiehidini::  l."..(iOO  cavalry) 
and  240  (runs,  and  the  Btlli'-h  ;illied  arniv.  under 
Lord  Wellington,  of  about  7ii,<kiii  men  (including 
i:t..'iOOcavalrv).  The  allies  e..nsi-.teil  of  a  tittle  nioro 
than  2.".. 01W  English  soldiers,  .ihoiit  17.,'>00  Nether- 
landers,  and  the  rest  were  c;tTnians,  and  were 
sid)se(iuentlv  reinforcerl  by  Ithieher  aiul  the  Prus- 
sians. The  battle  lasted  from  bef.ue  noon  until 
towar-ds  evening,  ami  resulted  in  the  complete 
rout  of  the  Kreneh  t mops,  and  the  o\erthrow  of 
the  Fieneh  Eniperni-.  The  losses  of  the  British 
allies,  ill. -hiding  tli.ise  of  (he  Prussians,  were 
about  2.{.iHio  men.  and  of  the  French  more  than 
.•50,000.  besides  227  pieces  of  cannon. 


^? 


LIFE    AND    WOKK    f)F    XAPor.EoN    I. 


A'.) 


? 


uuuH  tiiuojUH  j  ^u^^L 


His  Brilliant  Career  and  Final  Overthrow 


,NE  OF  THE  most  cont^picuous  charncttTs  in  the 
history  of  the  world  was  NapoU-on  Bonaparte. 
Imperious  and  self-willed  as  a  chiUl;  talented 
and  aspiring  as  a  youth;  ambitious,  successful, 
rich  and  one  of  the  most  powerful  men  in  the 
world  in  his  manhood;  beaten,  defeated  and 
dying  a  prisoner  on  a  lonely  island  at  last — his 
career,  whatever  may  be  the  opinion  concerning  his  merit,  was, 
at  least,  calculated  to  claim  the  attention  of  mankind. 

Corsica  is  an  islandabout  115  miles  long  by  52  wide,  situated  in 
the  Mediterranean  Sea,  about  100  miles 
southeastward  from  France.  Upon  this 
island,  at  Ajaccio,  August  15,  1769,  Na- 
poleon was  born.  Here  he  passed  his 
childhood,  a  fondness  for  military  tactics 
very  distinctly  marking  itself  with  him 
in  his  boyhood,  as  shown  in  a  fondness 
for  organizing,  drilling  and  commanding 
in  military  companies  (sn  his  biographers 
claim)  the  boys  with  \\  horn  he  was  asso- 
ciated. 

His  father  was  Charles  Bonaparte,  a  Cor- 
sican  noble.  His  mother  was  a  woman 
of  superior  beauty,  courage  and  ability, 
and  upon  her  devolved  the  youthful  edu- 
cation of  her  children,  of  whom  there  were 
two  sons,  Joseph  and  Napoleon,  and  three 
daughters. 

Evincing  a  decided  taste  for  military 
pursuits.  Napoleon  was  sent  to  the  mili- 
tary school  of  Brienne,  in  Champagne, 
when  eleven  years  old,  and  afterwards  to 
a  military  school  at  Paris,  to  complete 
his  studies. 

In  1785,  when  sixteen  years  of  age,  he 
was  made  a  Lieutenant  of  artillery  and 
put  on  duty  in  his  native  country.  Subsequently  driven  by  the  English 
out  of  Corsica,  he  lived  with  his  family  in  very  humble  circumstances 
at  Marseilles,  in  France. 

In  1793  he  was  made  a  Captain,  and  soon  after  was  instrumental  in 
securing  the  capitulation  of  Marseilles.  The  summer  of  1793 
Napoleon  spent  in  Paris.  In  September  of  that  year  he  took  part  in 
the  siege  of  Toulon.  For  extraordinary  military  success  achieved 
there  he  was  made,  in  1794,  a  Brigadier-General  of  artillery.  He 
was  then  twenty-five  years  old. 


NAPOLEOX 


At  the  close  of   a  campaign  against  the   Piedmontese  troops, 


1794,  he  retired  to  Paris,  but  his  loyalty  having  been  suspected,  he 
was  dismissed  from  the  military  service.      He  remained  in  Paris  for 
five   months,  in   such    poverty  as  to   make    evt-n  the  blacking  of  his 
boots  an  expense  in  which  he  could  not  indulge.      Hope,  however, 
buoyed  him  up.      He  was  young,  adventurous,  and  t!ie  future  w;is 
before   him.       In    his   thoughts   of   what   he   might   accomplish,  he 
seriously  contemplated  at  (me  time  offering  his  services  to  the  Sultan 
of    Turkey.      In  the  meantime,  however,    the  French    government, 
having   adopted  a  new  constitution,  and  a  dissension  having  spriint: 
up  whereby  the  party  in  power  was  likely  to  be  besieged  and  dis- 
possessed,   he    was   called    to     the  com- 
niiuid  of   5,000   troops,    and  successfully 
repulsed  30,000  of    the  National  (iuard, 
who    were   attempting  to  take  possession 
of  the  Convention. 

Through  the  accomplishment  of  this 
achievement  he  was  soon  afterwards  given 
the  command  of  the  army  of  the  interior. 
This  was  in  1795,  when  he  was  twenty-six 
years  of  age.  During  this  time  having 
made  the  acquaintance  of  Madame 
Josephine  Beauharnois,  a  widow  of  supe- 
rior accomplishments,  from  the  West 
Indies,  he  was  married  to  her,  and  through 
the  infiuence  of  this  union  he  was  given 
the  control  of  the  army  in  Italy,  of  which, 
one  week  after  his  marriage,  he  departed  to 
assume  command. 

His  army  consisted  of  30.000  troops. 
Opposing  him  were  GO. 000  men;  yet.  not- 
withstanding that  difference  in  numbers. 
he  instituted  a  campaign  which  resulted 
in  routing  and  destroying  five  armies,  each 
larger  than  his  own,  and  made  large  ac- 
cessions to  the  territory  of  France. 
He  next  invaded  Egypt,  of  which  his 
army  soon  possessed  the  mastery.  He  then  passed  into  Syria  for 
more  conquests,  but  having  a  decimated  army  he  returned  to  Egypt, 
where,  giving  the  control  of  his  forces  to  Kleber.  his  second  in  com- 
mand, he  returned  to  France  at  the  head  of  a  powerful  party, 
overthrew  the  Directory  then  in  power,  and  made  himself  First 
Consul.  That  was  in  1799.  The  next  five  years  of  his  life  were 
full  of  startling  events.  In  1800  he  was  again  in  Italy,  at  the  head 
of  his  army,  and  by  various  successes  he  was  proclaimed  by  tht- 
French  government  Consul  for  life.  In  1805  he  was  made  Emperor. 
On  the  occasion  of  his  coronation,  he  disdained  the  assistance  of  the 


'/4(D' — 


k 


:(>~ 


T 


50 


NAPOLEONS    BANISHMENT    TO    THE    ISLAND    OF    ST.    HELENA. 


his  retreat,  he  gathered  about  him  the  army,  once  more  niarrlied 
upon  Paris  and  drove  Louis  XVUL  from  the  throne  upou  which  he 
had  been  seated  by  the  other  European  powers.  The  Congress  of 
Nations,  then  in  session  at  Vienna,  immediately  inaugurated  meas- 
ures to  unseat  him.  Napoleon,  with  his  enthusiastic  followers, 
undertook  again  the  initiative,  and,  in  Belgium,  was  successful  in 
defeating  the  Prussians  al  Ligny.  But  his  army  was  too  weak  fur 
the  combined  powers  then  arrayed  against  him.  On  the  18tb  of  June, 
1815,  was  fought  the  battle  of  Waterloo;  the  great  military  chieftain 
there  met  his  overthrow,  and  the  French  army  was  dispersed. 

Napoleon  hurried  to  Paris,  and  was  soon  followed  by  foreign  armies, 
who  again  took  possession  of  the  French  capital.  After  twenty- 
three  years  of  war,  in  which  hundreds  of  thousands  of  the  men  nf 
France  had  beeu  sacrificed,  their  capital  was  now  in  the  hands  of  the 
foreign  powers.  The  French  Legislature  demanded  that  Napoleon  abdi- 
cate the  throne  once  more,  and  just  one  hundred  days  from  the  time 
he  had  last  ascended  it,  he  signed  a  treaty  for  its  abdication  again, 
he  being  required  to  embark  immediately  for  the  United  States. 
Fearing,  however,  capture  by  the  British  cruisers,  he  went  on  board 
a  British  mau-of  war  and  voluntarily  gave  himself  up,  trusting  to  the 
magnanimity  of  England  for  a  generous  hospitality.      The  English 

nation,  however,   insisted   upon 


Pope,  but,  instead,  placed  the  crown  upon  his  own  head,  and  at  the 
same  time  crowned  Josephine.  Six  months  later  he  crowned  him- 
self King  of  Italy,  at  Milan. 

In  the  succeeding  two  years  Napoleon,  again  at  the  head  of  his 
armies,  secured  victories  in  Austria,  Prussia  and  Portugal; 
made  the  King  and  Queen  of  Spain  abdicate  in  favor  of  his  brother 
Joseph,  and  at  the  same  time  gave  the  throne  of  Naples  to  his 
brother-in-law,   JIurat. 

In  1809  Napoleon  was  divorced  from  Josephine  for  the  purpose  of 
marrying  Maria  Louisa,  the  daughter  of  the  Emperor  of  Austria. 
The  fruit  of  this  marriage  was  one  child,  a  son,  who  at  birth  was 
designated  the  King  of  Rome.  New  alliances  were  formed,  and  the 
French  Empire  had  seemingly  a  settled  future  before  it.  Napoleon, 
then  forty-two  years  of  age,  was  in  the  zenith  of  his  power.  From 
that  time,  however,  his  sun  slowly  began  to  set. 

The  Spaniards  did  not  take  kindly  to  the  encroachments  of  the 
French,  and  the  wars  waged  in  that  country  under  the  Napoleonic 
dynasty    cost  France  400.000  men.       Then  came  a  period  of  great 
financial   depression  throughout  France,  in  which  the  people   were 
impoverished,  and  following  came  the  opening  of  hostilities  among 
the  nations   northward  from  France.      At  the  head  of  an  army  of 
500.000  men,    Napoleon   passed 
into      Russia,     where      victory 
crowned  his   marches   until   he 
drove    out    the    Russians   from 
Moscow,  of    which  city  he  took 
possession,  in  1812.  with  his  vic- 
torious   army.        Here,    on    the 
night  of  September  15,  with  the 
city    in     their    possession,    the 
French    were    startled    by    the 
breaking  out  of  fire  in  all  parts 
of  the  town.     The  Russians  had 
resorted  to  the  only  means  they 
knew  of  to  vanquish  their  pur- 
suers—  the    sacrifice    of     their 
homes  in   order   to   destroy  the 
means  upon  which  their  enemies 
subsisted. 

Into  the  heart  of  the  enemy's 
country  Napoleon  dare  not  pur- 
sue further.     Until  October  19th 

he  lingered,  endeavoring  to  make    ^jL^a?JLW.W3^X*A?a^t«*a3A*^^VKVW\VUXVVV^^^^  an     Austrian 

a  settlement  for  pence,  but  all 
offers  being  rejected,  he  re- 
luctantly commenced  a   retreat, 

which,  in  the  midst  of  the  snows  that  had  fallen,  was  one  of  the 
most  terrible  journeys  for  an  army  of  which  history  makes  record. 
Napoleon  himself,  in  a  private  conveyance,  made  his  way  directly 
to  Paris,  and  announced  his  defeat,  his  losses  being,  out  of  the 
500,  (MH)  men  whom  he  look  into  Russia,  125.000  slain,  132,000  dead 
from  hunger,  disease  and  cold,  and  193,000  lost  as  prisoners. 

Napoleon  at  once  set  about  the  conscripting  of  new  troops,  and  in 
1813  he  passed  into  Germany  to  prosecute  other  wars,  many  great 
battles  being  fought  in  that  year,  with  varying  success,  the  battle  at 
Lcrpsic  costing  his  army  50,000  men.  At  length  the  French  people 
were  clamorous  for  peace,  the  strength  and  manhood  of  the  country 
being  so  rapidly  drained  as  to  make  war  no  longer  desirable.  Napo- 
leon  encountered   this  feeling  upon  hi 


Napoleon's  Tomb, 

Under  a  massive  monument  in  the  Hotel  des  Invalid' 


irable. 
return  from  Germany,  but, 
'oriranizing  a  fresh  campaign,  he  made  another  effort  to  contend  with 
the  allied  powers,  which  were  moving  against  him,  and  which  finally 
entered  the  French  capital  and  compelled  him  to  abdicate  his  throne, 
he  being  given  the  island  <tf  Elba  for  bis  retreat. 

He  pined  here  for  more  action,  and  within  a  year,  escaping  from 


considering    him  a   prisoner  of 

%■    war,  and  from  the  allied  powers 

Z     they  obtained  consent  to  banish 

z     him  to  the  island  of  St.  Helena, 

;:     where,  like   a  caged   eagle,  ac- 

z     customed    to    lofty  and    grand 

5     flights,     he     pined    under     bis 

^     restraint  for  six  years,  and  died 

P     May  5,   1821,    during  a  terrific 

%,    storm  of  wind  and  rain,  which 

^    vividly   recalled  to   him,  in  his 

^^    dying  moments,  the  terrible  bat- 

^'    tie-scenes  in  which  he  had  been 

^    so  many  times  the  central  figure. 

^         Maria  Louisa  never  saw  him 

%■     again  after  his  banishment  to  the 

'X     isle  of  Elba,  and  in  his  declin- 

-     ing    fortunes    from    that    time 

%,    forward  she  apparently  took  no 

S^     interest.      She  married,  in  1821. 

eneral.     Count 

Albert  Von  Neipperg,  who  h:ul 

himself  been  divorced  from  his 

first    wife.    Maria  Louisa  bore 

him  several  chihlren,  and  was  a  devoted  wife  and  mother. 

Josephine,  who  had  at  one  time  been  divorced  from  her  first  hus- 
band, before  her  marriage  with  Napoleon,  was  most  devotedly  attached 
to  the  Emperor,  notwithstanding hcrdivorccment  from  him,  and  was 
restrained  from  sharing  his  imprisonment  at  Elba  only  froni  fear  of 
hurting  the  feelings  of  Louisa.  With  an  annual  income  of  $5(io.  ooo 
and  her  rank  and  title  settled  upon  her  by  Napoleon, she  spent  Ihi- 
last  years  of  her  life  at  Malmaison.  At  her  death  she  was  buried  hi 
the  church  of  Rueil,  in  a  toml)  erected  by  her  cliildren,  Eugene  and 
Hortense. 

At  his  death,  Napoleon  was  buried  beneath  a  weeping  willow,  in 
Slane's  valley,  on  the  island  of  St.  Helena,  where  his  remains  rested 
for  twenty  years.  Under  the  administration  of  Louis  Philijipe  his 
ashes  were  removed  to  Prance,  and  they  now  rest  there  under  an 
imposing  monument  in  the  Hotel  des  Invalides. 

An  overweening  ambition  for  power,  a  despotic  govern?uent,  r^o 
great  u  love  for  war,  which  overwhelmed  his  country  in  tnnible,  ill- 
treatment  of  the  King  and  (^ueen  of  Spain,  and  many  other  actions 


France. 


-'Cj:  ^W 


which  mark  the  tyrant,  are  stains  that  blaclton  hie  memory.  Never- 
tlu'lfss  111'  dill  many  wiinilfrful  things  for  Franii'.  IIi-  nubilufd  anarchy 
anil  lirou(;ht  ordcroutof  chaos:  he  re-e»tal)lisheil  her  chnnh,  and  dur- 
ing his  reign  he  placed  his  country  in  the  very  flrst  rank  of  the  nations. 
He  was  unsurpassed  as  a  military  genius  and  administrator.     lie 


posseesed  in  the  highest  degree  self-reliance, untiring  energy,  and 
the  power  to  command.  His  short,  tliick-sct  frame  carried  one  of 
the  loftiest  intellects  in  the  world,  and  for  daring  adventure,  bold  anil 
wonderful  achievement,  his  career  was  one  of  the  moi't  rcinarkalde  in 
the  personal  histories  of  the  world. 


Important  and   Well-Known   Battles  of  the   French. 


BATTI-E  OF  M.lKENOO.-Foiik'Iit  at 
.M;ir.iin.i.  :i  villrtj;.-  of  l'i..-(iin.)nt.  Italy.  Jnrir 
U,  IHIH).  iHtWL-i'ii  alxMit  ■m.WH)  Fn-iir-h  si-ldu-rs, 
iiiuk-r  Victor  firul  Napoleon,  and  an  Ansti  ian  iitniy 
of  m.OOO  nit-n  and  21)0  cftiinon,  foiintiaiiil.il  t.y  (ien- 
fi-al  Melas.  At  one  time  the  Fremli  i.-ti.alrd,  hut 
rallied  a^'niii  ami  overwliflnied  thr  ,\us|iiaii  lMi<'e, 
The  All^^n:lrl^  Inst  ;,OIK»killfd  and  w.ntndfd,  ;!,n(KI 
prison. -IS.  -ii*  1.1. -ITS  .)!  ;irtill.TV  an. I  K  halllr  llatr.s. 
The  Ios^  of  the  Fienell  was  about  7.0(IU  killed  and 
wounded,  and  l.OOU  pii'^oneis.  The  result  of  this 
battle  was  the  evacuation  of  all  the  fortified  places 
in  Italy  west  of  the  Mincio  river,  held  by  the 
Austrians. 

Ba(<IeofHohenllnden.— Fought  at  Hohen- 
lindeii.  a  villa(;e  of  L'pper  Bavaria,  twenty  miles 
east  of  Munich.  December  3.  ISOO.  between  the 
Freneh  U.-n.-ial  Moreaii.  with  100, OiW  men,  ami 
Archduke  .l.ihn  .if  Austria,  with  an  unknown 
nunihei-  ..f  Austrians.  It  resulted  in  the  victory  of 
the  French  troops.  The  Austiians  lost  8,000  in 
killed  and  wounded,  more  than  10,000  prisoners, 
and  100  puns.  The  French  loss  was  al>out  5.000 
men.  This  battle  re-opened  negotiations  leading 
t.i  a  treaty  .if  pia-c  at  Luneville. 

It  utile  of. \  lint  erlitx.— Fought  near  Auster- 
lit/..  a  small  l..\\n  in  Mi.iavia,  De.-emher  2,  1805, 
hetwei-ii  Naiii>U-..n,  with  .sii, 110(1  Fr.-nch  soldiers, 
ami  the  .■.iniliiiicl  RusMan  ami  AiiNirian  army  of 
84,lMH)  men.  cuiiiman.leil  by  tlie  Emper.irs  of  Russia 
and  Austria.     The  allies  having  chosen  their  posi- 


tion wrongly.  Napoleon  attacked  and  completely 
routed  theiii.  after  a  most  severe  contest.  The 
allies  lost  .'«).000  in  killed,  wounded  and  prisoners, 
andtheFren.il  iti.lKlo.  Asa  result  of  this  battle. 
Austria  w;ls  ei.iiiiJ.-llcd  to  nrirotiatc  Tlu-  ]n-af..-  .if 
Presbiirg.  the  Kin|H-n.r  .jf  Russia  ntii.'-l  t..  Ins  own 
doniiiiions.  and  Napoleon  acquired  a  large  contr(»l 
of  Central  Europe. 

BaUIeof.JetiJi.— Fought  October  14,  180R,  at 
.lena,  U.-iinariy,  b.twcen  the  French,  umli'i'  Napo- 
leon, anil  111.'  I'oniliin.-il  I'lUs-iaii  and  Saxi'U  army, 
and  tlu-  l.ilirr  w.-iv  nailfd  with  I.  ai  liii  >iauu'liter. 
On  the  same  day.  at  Aueistadt.  (iei  niaiiy.  .Mai>hal 
Davoust,  in  command  of  a  French  force,  achieved 
a  victory  ()ver  the  Prussians.  By  these  two  battles, 
more  than  20,000  Prussians  were  killed,  the  mili- 
tary strength  of  Prussia  was  materially  reduced, 
and  Napoleun,  following  up  the  advantages  thus 
gained,  s.Hin  obtained  possession  of  the  capital  of 
that  kingilom. 

Battle  of  FriedlanU.— Fought  at  Fried 
land,  Prussia,  June  !i,  1807,  between  Napoleon, 
with  over  70.000  French  troops,  and  about  5.1.000 
Russians,  un<ler  General  Benningsen.  The  French 
loss  was  8.000  men  and  two  standards;  the  Russians 
lost  17,000  men  and  about  eighty  guns.  This  bat- 
tle resulted  in  the  treaty  of  Tilsit,  July  7,  1807. 

Battle  of  Albuera.— Fought  May  16,  18U,at 
Albuera,  Spain,  between  General  Beresford,  com- 
manding about  30,000  allied  British,  Spanish  and 


Portuguese  troops,  and  2.3,000  French,  under  Mar- 
shal Soult.  The  latter  lioped  by  defeating  Beres- 
foid  to  raise  the  siege  of  Badajoz  by  the  Brilioh, 
Ijut  was  decisively  defeateil  by  the  allies. 

Battle  of  CI  iitlati  KoUritfo.— Fought  at  ( "in 
dad  R.idiigo.a  slroiii,'li..ld  (.f  Spain,  near  the  I'ortu 
gnesi-  b.llImfa^^  ..lanu;iiv  lit. 1812.  Massena.with  a 
French  f.ir..-.had  .icciipied  it  in  1810.  and  retaine.l 
it.  Wellingt.m  l..-tran  Us  siege  .January  8.  1812.  ami 
furiously  li.irnl.iinl.'l  it.  Fiiuliiu;  that  two br.-arli.s 
of  sulli.i.'nt  si/.'  bad  [..-.■n  iria'l.'  in  th.-  wall-,  h.- 
stornie.l  (h.-  ti.rlilir.ili..n-  in  lb.-  la..-  ..f  a  niunb-i 
ous  resi-Iaiice,  hut  sn..et-dcd  in  caijturilig  the 
town.  The  British  gain.-d  a  vast  amount  of  stores 
and  i.'tO  .annt.n.  but  lost  l.;J00men.  The  French 
loss  was  :i(Hl  killr.l  ami  I.aOO  prisoners.  For  this 
exploit,  WellinK't.m  was  create<l  a  duke  by  Sjjain, 
a  viscount  hy  i'orliigal  and  an  earl  by  England. 

Battle  of  relpsic— Fought  October  Ifi.  17, 
18  and  ly.  !8i:i.  between  160. rMW  French,  under  Na- 
poleon, with  800  cannon  and  300.000  men  and  nearly 
1.100  cannon,  under  Prince  Schwarzenberg.com- 
posing  the  alli.-.l  ainiii's  of  Russia,  Prussia  and 
Austiia.  Aflii  -.v. -If  titrhting  against  such  fear- 
ful odds, (111  llif  I'.nli.  Nap.. Icon  madeafull  retreat, 
leaving  12.0IHI  able  ^diln-rs  and  2.i,(XH)  more  of  sick 
and  wounded  m  the  hands  of  the  allies.  The  total 
loss  of  the  Freneh  was  more  than  60,000.  and  that 
of  the  allies  .'jO.OOO.  This  battle  and  its  results 
served  to  hasten  the  downfall  of  Napoleon. 


•H— ^ 


-V>-^-.-^n-«^SS.-i§^^^ 


ri£37"xia)t 


^N^:- 


GREAT  MILITARY  HEROES  OF  THE  WORLD.      ►.^ 


'BDEI.  KADER— An  Arabian 
*  Eniir;  born  in  Algeria  near  Mas- 
cara, in  1806  or  1807;  operated  in 
Algeria  and  Morocco,  against  the 
French  and  Moors.  He  was  a  learned 
author  as  well  as  a  warrior,  and  the 
father  of  twenty-four  children;  died 
in  1873. 
Abercromhy,  Sir  Ralph— A 
British  General;  born  in  Scotland,  in  1738;  fields 
of  operation;  The  seven  years'  war;  American 
war;  Flanders  and  Holland;  commander  in  the 
West  Indies;  Irish  revolution  of  1798,  and  against 
the  French  in  Egypt;  wounded  in  the  battle  of 
Alexandria,  Egypt;  died  near  that  city  in  1828. 

AbranteN,  Biike  of  —  Andocho  .lunot— 

AColonel-tiem-i.n  ..r  Kr.ii.-h  hns>ar-  un.l'i  Napo- 
leon I.  ;  born  ai  Riis^v-I.- (irarid,  in  nmu'un.ly.  m 
1771;  an  impetu.ius  -ilhcer.  and  kii.iwn  as  •'the 
Tempest;"  laised  fioni  the  ranks  for  bravery;  dis- 
tinguished in  Bonaparte's  Italian  and  Egyptian 
campaigns;  commanded  in  Portugal;  served  in 
Spain  and  Russia;  died  insane,  at  Montbard, 
France,  in  1813. 

.^tlus— A  Roman  General;  bnrn  in  Moesia. 
about  A.  D.  30fi;  vaii.iuishcd  Burtnindians  and 
Flanks  in  Gaul;  alla.-k.-d  Attili,  th.>  lliinnish 
invader  of  Gaul,  on  tin-  plain-  ..f  i  'lia|..ii,  in  t.'.l,  and 
more  than  300,000  men  peri>-hed  on  buth  sid<-s;  was 
assassinated  at  Rome,  A.  D.  Oti,  by  the  Roman 
Emperor  Valentinian,  who  was  jealous  of  his 
fame. 

ABamemnon— An  ancient  King  of  Mycenae, 
in  which  kingdom  he  is  supposed  to  have  been 
born,  date  unknown;  commanded  the  combined 
forces  of  Greece  at  the  memorable  siege  of  Troy, 
immortalized  by  Homer;  murdered  by  his  wife  on 
his  return  from  that  campaign. 

Agrleola,  CneliiH  .Jullu«~A  Roman  Gen- 
eral; born  at  Forum  -Inlii  i  u.'w  Frejus),  in  Gaul, 
A.  D.  40;  sent  to  Britain  Ity  I'. itnitian,  and  brought 
it  into  complete  Mili.ieruon,  murdered,  it  is  sup- 
posed, bv  Domitian.  who  was  jealous  of  his  suc- 
cess, at  Rome,  A.  D.  93. 


Alclblades— An  Athenian  General;  bom  at 
Athens,  Greece,  B.  C.  450;  effected  the  conquest 
of  Sicily  and  that  over  Sparta;  was  murdered,  B. 
C.  404,  by  a  Persian  satrap,  at  the  instigation  of 
Lysander. 

Alexander  the  Great— A  Macedonian  Gen- 
eral; bnni  in  Mii.r.l.mia.  B.  C.  356;  destroyed 
Thehes,  d.-f.-at.cl  KiiiL' I'arius.  of  Persia;  subdued 
Asia  Mill. IT-,  r.Miti.i  r.uo.iKH)  Persians  at  the  battle 
of  Issiis.  sub.lued  Etrypt.  Tyre,  and  Libya;  con- 
quered Persia;  became  brutal;  pushed  his  con 
quests,  and  reached  Babylon,  having  conquered 
nearly  all  existing  nations;  died  while  intoxicated 
at  Babylon,  B.  C.  323. 

Alfred  the  Great— King  of  the  Saxons  in 
England;  born  at  Wantage.  Eng. ,  A.  D.  849; 
made  successful  resistance,  on  several  occasions, 
to  invading  Danes,  or  Northmen;  established 
coast  defenses;  translated  the  Bible  and  other 
books;  was  a  patron  of  education  and  literature; 
died  about  901. 

Alvarado,  Pedro  D.— A  Spanish  General; 
born  at  Badajoz,  Sixain,  about  the  close  of  the  fif- 
teenth century;  was  the  e.in.ineror  of  Mexico, 
under  Cortez,  and  iJuatfmala  ,  tr.iv.Tnor  of  Guate- 
mala and  Honduras;  kill.d  in  a  tiLrhr  with  Mexican 
Indians,  in  New  Galicia.  Mex  ,  in  la41. 

Alvarez*  Juan— A  Mexican  General:  born 
in  Mexico  about  1790;  drove  Santa  Anna  from  power 
in  the  revolution  of  IS.'j.^,  conquering  the  republic 
of  Mexico;  died  in  1867. 

AnffleMey,  MarquU  of— A  British  General: 
born  in  England,  in  1768:  distinguished  for  valor 
in  Flanders.  Holland,  Corunna.  Waterloo — losing 
a  leg  in  the  latter  battle,  and  was  Lord-Lieutenant 
of  Ireland;  died  in  18i>4. 

Antony,  Mark— A  Roman  Triumvir;  born 
in  Italy.  B.  C.  83;  ably  seconded  Julius  Csesar  in 
his  struj^-gle  for  supreme  power,  and  was  made 
j.iint  Consul  of  Rome  with  him;  achieved  other 
national  triumphs  by  his  genius  and  valor,  but 
being  defeated  in  battle  at  Actium.  B.  C.  30.  he 
slew  himself;  was  husband  of  the  renowned  Cleo- 
patra, who  killed  hei-self.  on  learning  of  his 
death,  by  the  sting  of  an  asp. 


Atttia— King  of  the  Huns;  the  place  and  date 
of  his  birth  are  unknown:  he  swayed  the  Northern 
tribes  from  the  Rhine  to  the  Volga;  overran  Illyria 
and  all  the  reL'^i.)n  betw.'.-n  the  Black  Sea  andthe 
Adriatic;  Tlirai.-,  Mu.-.'.li'iiia  and  Greece  were 
devastated,  manlir.l  thr..>nu'b  liermany  into  Gaul; 
invaded  Italy,  d.'stiitying  many  cities;  died  sud- 
denly in  his  camp,  A.  U.  453  or  454;  is  supposed  to 
have  been  assassinated;  called  himself  "the 
Scourge  of  God." 

Bayard.  **Chevaller*'— Peter  du  Xer- 

rall  — .\  French  knight,  distinguished  for  his 
valor,  virtue, generosity  and  courtesy, and  greatly 
honored  in  life  and  in  death;  displayed  admirable 
bravery  and  talents;  was  bom  at  the  chateau  de 
Bayard,  in  Dauphiny,  in  1476;  was  mortally 
wounded  in  battle  in  the  Milanese,  at  Romagnano, 
in  1524. 

Bernadotte,  tJean  B.  J. —A  French  Mar- 
shal; born  at  Pan.  France,  in  1764:  was  a  coadjutor 
in  the  French  Revolution,  and  in  Bonaparte's 
campaigns;  invaded  Sweden  and  became  its  king 
for  twenty-six  years,  during  which  time  the 
country  prospered;  died  at  Stockholm,  Sweden, 
in  1844.' 

Blueher.  Gebhard  I..  Von— A  Prus.sian 
Marshal;  born  at  Rostock.  Prussia,  in  1742;  served 
under  Frederick  the  Great,  during  the  seven 
years'  war:  retired  to  agricultural  pursuits; 
re<-alled  to  the  army  in  17S6:  active  in  the  cam- 
paigns ..f  17',i2  to  '94,  distinguishing  himself  and 
gaiiiini,'  |no(n.)ti.)n.  paiti.ipate.i  vigorously  in  the 
cjiinpai^'us  .it  1M:i  and  ISU.  defeated  at  Ligny  by 
Napoleon,  in  Ifil.'t,  and  turned  the  battle  of 
Watei-loointo  a  victory  for  the  English:  was  made 
Prince  of  Wahlstadt;  "died  at  Kribowitz,  Prussia, 
in  1819. 

Bolivar.  Simon  T.  P.— President  of  South 
American  republics:  bom  at  Caracas.  Venezuela, 
in  1783;  wrested  Central  South  America  fi-om 
Spain,  and  founded  the  republics  of  Bolivia  and 
Colombia;  died  at  San  Pedro,  near  Carthagena. 
Spain,  in  1831. 

Bonaparte,  N^apoleon  — An  Emperor  of 
France.  King  of  Italy,  etc.;  operated  in  Fi'ance, 


:^ 


GKKAT    MILITAKY    1IKK(_)ES    UF     THE    WoKLU. 


Italy.  Spain,  Egypt.  Russia  and  Belgriiim.  as  the 
greatest  warrior  of  modem  times,  in  point  of 
ambition,  energ-y  and  power  overmen;  born  at 
Ajat'cio.  in  the  Island  of  Corsica,  in  1769,  and  died, 
a  lonelv  prisoner,  in  the  island  of  St.  Helena,  in 
18'Jl. 

BozzarU,  Maroo— A  patriot  and  waixior 
of  t'l't^i't  distinction;  born  in  Greece,  obout  1790; 
made  war  against  the  Turks  from  1820  to  1R23.  and 
was  killed  in  the  latter  year  in  the  victorious  fight 
at  Missolon^hi. 

Bom,  Briao— A  native  king  of  Ireland; 
born  at  Munster,  Ireland,  about  A.  D.  927;  over- 
came the  Danes  and  prosperously  reigned,  but  in 
a  revolt  of  his  own  people  they  were  assisted  by 
Danes,  and  a  light  ensued,  in  which  Boni  was 
slain,  but  the  Danes  were  permanently  repulsed; 
died  at  Clontarf,  Ireland,  in  1014. 

Bruce,  Rohert— Earl  of  Carrick  and  King 
.it  s.i.tl;iti'!,  Ih.i  11  111  S<-otland  in  A.  D.  Vi'ii.  bear- 
intr  111-  tal)n'i'.-  name,  he  fought  for  the  freedom 
uf  .SLotliind  from  the  English  yoke,  first  fighting 
under  the  English  banner  against  his  competitor 
for  the  crown.  Baliol;  Bruce  was  crowned  at 
Scone,  in  1306.  defeated  Edwai-d  II.  at  Bannock- 
burn,  in  1314,  thus  firmly  establishing  his  throne; 
died  in  13.29. 

Bruniiwlck,  CharleH  W.  F.,  Duke  of— 
A  Prussian  General,  born  at  Brunswick.  I'lussia, 
in  17S.1:  served  actively  in  the  seven  years'  war. 
and  his  services  were  celebrated  by  Fiederick  the 
Great  in  a  poem;  was  mortally  wounded  at  the 
battle  of  Auerstadt,  in  ISoti. 

CEesar,  fjulliis— First  Roman  Emperor;  born 
at  iiorne,  B.  C.  100 :  owuig  to  family  affaii-s.  the 
Di.tatitr  Sylla  resolved  tn  destroy  him.  but  at  the 
sniiiiiatioh  of  friends  spared  his  life;  became 
I  111.  1  Pontiff  and  Pra?tor,  and  in  B.  C.  .^)9  Consul: 
subdued  Gaul;  twice  invaded  Britain;  overcame 
Italy:  became  Dictator  and  Consul  at  Rome;  van- 
quished the  Egj'ptians,  and  captured  Spain; 
became  the  victim  of  a  conspiracy  formed  by 
Bmtus.  Cassius  and  others,  and  was  assassinated 
in  the  Senate  House.  March  15,  B.  C.  44. 

Colltnsiivood,  Cuthbert,  Ijortl— English 
Admiral;  born  at  Newcastle-on-Tyne,  F,nK  .  n''0; 
was  at  Bunker  Hill,  America;  expeditmn  to  I  "eii- 
tral  America:  with  Lords  Howe  and  Jervis  in  their 
victories  over  the  French.  1794.  1797.  and  with  Lord 
Nelson  at  Trafalgar,  1805.  taking  that  officer's 
place  when  he  fell,  and  finishing  the  victory:  for 
this  he  was  raised  to  the  Peerage  of  England, 
with  thanks  of  Parliament  and  a  liberal  pension 
for  his  family  ;  died  at  sea.  1810. 

f^onde*  Princes  and  Dukes  of— Nine  mem- 
bers of  the  younger  h.MlM'b.-M  uf  the  n..uil..ms  <.f 
France,  who  plaved  inip'irt;uit  iiiihtaiy  atiil  pohrl 
cal  parts  in  French  hi-t.u y  lH-t«L-.-n  XW.'M  and  ISOii. 
of  these  Louis  II..  suinaincd  the  Gre;it.  "a-  bi>rri 
at  I'aris.  lfi-.;i,  and  distiaguisht^d  himself  in  the 
wars  with  Spain,  between  1645  and  1650. 

Constantlne  the  Great—  Emperor  of 
Koine,  binn  at  Naissus,  in  Moesia.  about  274; 
sliugglfd  for  the  empire  with  Maxentius,  whom  he 
oviTcaiiie.  vanquished  Licinus;  chastised  the 
(ioths;  made  Christianity  the  dominant  religion, 
and  removed  the  capital  from  Rome  to  Constanti- 
nople <  Byzantium);  died  at  Niconiedia,  337. 

Cordova,     Francisco     Ferdinand    de— 

SpiiM-ii  (Jcneral:  born  at  Madrid,  1792;  fought  in 
111.- .aFiipaign  against  Napoleon:  minister  <»f  war, 
im;  in  1849  went  to  Italy  with  an  army  to  aid  in 
1  .-loi  iiig  tile  Pope,  fought  against  the  victorious 
in-iii  k'riits  in  the  revolution  of  18.54,  and  fied  to 
li.iiirr,  in  1856  he  returned  to  Spain,  and  in  1H64 
was  made  minister  of  war  in  the  cabinet  of 
Narvtez. 

Cortez.  Hernando— Conqueror  of  Mexico; 
liorn  nt  Mcdellin.  Spain.  1185;  sailed  in  1.504  for 
San  Unirimgo.  W.  I.;  received  several  appoint- 
ment- iKim  the  governor;  in  1518  fitted  out  his 
evpi'ditnTi  t.i  Mexico,  contrary  to  the  governor's 
wi->h«->.,  b.-lu.-.n  Mai.-h  4.  K-l'J,  and  August  i;i,  l.VJl. 
he  wiig.-.l  a  war  with  lb.-  M.-viian-  »hi.b  ivsnllcd 
in  his  vaii.pii-limk'lh.-m.  and  \\-  l..-<am.-  k"'^c|■nn|■ 
of  Mexic...  jral.>ll^y  al  humc.  liowivtr.  lunicd 
him,  and  he  died  in  solitude  in  Spain,  near  Seville, 
1547. 

•Vevecipur,  Philippe  de— French  Marshal 
and  Maion;  born  early  in  the  fifteenth  century,  In 
rrarii-c;  <listinguished  as  a  soldier  under  Charles 
thi'  II  lid  and  Louis  VI. .  and  in  numerous  military 
and  (liplomatle  undi-rtakiiigs:  signed,  for  France, 
the  Inatii-s  of  .\inis  i  which  gave  important  terri- 
t.irv  to  Fnnu'iM  and  England.  He  also  overcame 
Duke  Maxiinill.iii  in  Picmdy,  taking  more  tcrri- 
torj'.  anii  was  on  his  wnv  to  conquer  Xapleu.  when 
he  died  near  Ly«)nrt,  in  [■  i-ance.  In  1194. 

<'roniweil*  Oliver— Lord  Protector  of  the 
Knglisli  I'oinmonwealth:  born  at  Huntingdon. 
Kng. .  I'lttfl;  became  a  zealous  Puritan;  entered 
Parliament,  1625;  onpoMcd  King  Charles  I.  In  Par- 
liament, and  look  the  Held  against  lilin.  winning 
v|r-(orles  over  the  roval  trtnips  in  numerous  well- 
fought  hnttleo  between  1(112  iiinl  \Mf,.  iiud  ablcd  In 

hllMU'lllk'   t)ir   klllk^   \'>   lb.'   -^.'ilirul'l  ,    Im     tlMII   -IllHllled 


Ireland,  after  severe  fighting,  and  defeated  the 
.Scot<:h  loyalists;  in  1651  he  reached  the  sum- 
mit of  his  power,  becoming  Lord  Protector 
in  1653;  during  his  dynasty  England  was  prosper- 
ous, i-espected  and  feared  bv  other  nations;  died 
at  Whitehall  Palace.  Eng. .  11158. 

Cyrus  the  Great— His  career  as  a  Persian 
Geiu-ra!  was  foretold  by  Isaiah  more  than  one 
hiinili.'d  \e:\rs  before  bis  birth,  but  considerable 
ili\(  r-ir\  -it  In-tory  surrounds  his  acts:  he  was  son 
ul  I  a(iili\  ■  -  the  Persian:  at  the  age  of  thirty  he 
wa- -'-III  \Mth  :io.O00  men  to  assist  his  uncle  Cyax- 
eres.  who  was  about  to  be  attacked  by  the  Baby- 
lonians, dispersing  the  latter;  piwlnd  the  ^^;lr 
into  adjoining  countries;  subdue. 1  rappa'in.ia ; 
capture.!  Sardis.  the  capital  of  Lydia.  i  educed 
almost  ;ill  ,\-la  to  subjection;  returned  and  fought 
the  .\>-^yrians;  captured  Babylon  after  a  siege; 
engaged  in  several  other  wars  and  subdued  all  the 
natunis  between  Syria  and  the  Red  Sea,  and  is 
described  in  Scripture  as  ■■Monarch  of  all  the 
earth  ;"  he  is  supposed  to  have  leigned  from  about 
558  to  529  B.  C- ,  dying  at  the  age  of  seventy  yeai-s. 

Darius,  the  Mede— Son  of  Astyages.  King 
of  the  Medes;  mentioned  in  Daniel  v.,  31.  ix.,  1. 
and  xi  ,  1 ;  in  sciiptiii'e  also  called  .\rtaxerxes;  in 
eitlui' .\.  M.  :J44K  or  :i4('iS,  be  con.|uered  Babylon, 
detbr.Jiuiig  lU-lshaz/.ar,  hi-  sisttr "^  grandson.  King 
of  the  ( 'baldeaii-.  occupying  the  throne  for  about 
two  years,  when  he  died,  and  Cyrus  the  Great 
reigned  in  his  stead. 

DarluHl.,  Kintr  of  Persia— Son  of  Hystas- 
pes:  took  iJabyl.Mi  attci  a  siek'..- ot  twi-nty  m.'iUbs; 
gave  pei'tiii-^ioii  lur  n'bitiMiiik'  the  .\v\\  i-h  innple 
at  Jerusak-iii  and  M-iit  tlu-  ..-aptiv,-  .).vv- to  then- 
own  country;  .subseqUeiiUy  the  Ptisians  nivaded 
Greece,  but  were  defeated  at  Marathon;  while 
preparing  to  take  the  field  against  the  Greeks  in 
pel-son,  Darius  died  B.  C.  485. 

Darius  III.,  the  last  Kins  of  Persia— 

Pei-sia  being  invaded  by  Alexander  the  Great, 
Darius  took  the  field  against  him  in  i)erson.  com- 
manding an  army  of  600.000  men.  two  battles  were 
fought,  at  Granicus  and  near  Issus;  in  the  latter 
the  Pei-sians  were  loiited,  having  more  tlian 
1(10,000  men  killed;  Darius  escaped. and  afterwards 
fought  the  Greeks  again,  but  was  defeated  and 
tle.l,  he  was  found  murdered,  B.  C.  331,  in  his 
chariot,  the  victim  of  Bessus,  governor  of  Bac- 
triana,  who  coveted  his  throne. 

Davoust,  I^ouis  Nicholas— A  French  Mar- 
shal; born  at  .\nnoux.  Burgundy,  1770,  studied  at 
Brienne  with  Napoleon,  di>t iiiguished  himself  on 
several  orr;isioii-  in  the  Freiicli  ai-niy,  and  went 
with  Honapart-.-  to  Kk-'vpl  ,  iu  Ilie  e.inipaiknis  of 
ISilH  and  lf<U9  he  won  the  titles  uf  Marshal.  Imke 
.Tiid  Pi  nice,  was  governor  of  Hamburgh  in  1813, 
I.su ;  minister  of  war  under  Napoleon  in  1815.  and 
e..miuanded  the  army  which  capitulated  under  the 
walls  of  Paris,  died  in  Paris,  1823. 

Dessalx,  «foseph  Marie— A  French  Gen- 
er.Tl  under  Napoleon;  burn  at  Thonon.  Savoy. 
17t)4;  served  at  thoiege  of  TouKni.in  Italy  and  in 
till'  i-ampam-n  of  ISO'',  against  Austria,  wuiiiilii;  the 
titl.-  of  Count  of  llie  Knipiir;  eommauded  at 
the  city 'if  Herlin;  in  l«i:'.  was  jnli  usted  with  the 
defen.s'e  of  France  on  the  line  of  the  Alps,  iind 
subsequently  was  commander  of  the  National 
Guard  at  Lyons;  died  in  France,  in  1834. 

Desalx    de    Veltfoux,    Louis    Charles 

Anthony— A  celebrated  French  tieneial.  of 
noble  descent:  born  in  Aiivergne,  1768:  Lieutenant 
in  the  army  at  fittcen;  delended  Fort  Kehl  in  1796. 
romuiaiidiiig  a  di\isi..ii  m  tin*  army  of  the  Rhine; 
aeeniiipjiuied  Honii|iarte  lo  Egypt, "where  he  was 
known  a.s  ■tlie  .Jusi  Sultan;"  and  fell  in  the  battle 
of  .Marengo.  June  14.  1800.  just  as  he  had  aided  in 
winning  victory  over  the  Austiians. 

Dumas,  General— .-V  mulatto  French  officer; 
born  in  .leremie.  Hayti.  1762  :  entered  the 
French  (irmv  at  fourteen,  noted  for  his  handsinne 
figure,  prinligiiuis  strength  and  great  bravery; 
serve<i  under  Duinouricz.  then  in  Italy,  under 
Napoleon,  and  nt  the  battle  of  Brixen.  single- 
handed.  Ill- delended  a  bridge  against  the  enemy 
until  the  Fieiuli  could  coinc  to  his  rescue;  he  also 
served  with  distinction  in  P^gypt;  died  at  VilUei-a- 
Ci)tterets.  France.  1806. 

Duroc,  Oirard  C.  M.— A  favorite  General 
of  Napoleon's;  bom  near  Nancy.  France.  J772; 
(Jovernor  of  the  Tiiilleries:  employed  on  Impor- 
tant diplomatic  missions;  served  at  Austcrlitz,  in 
the  eampriigns  of  1806  and '07,  in  Austria  and  in 
K11-.-1I1.  Killed  iit  the  battle  of  Bautzen,  while 
ej^eorliiik'  tile  Kni)ieT-.j|-  to  an  elevation.  Napoleon 
boiik'Ui  III'-  land  wh.-ie  he  fell,  and  erected  a  mon- 
ument to  his  mentory  thereon  ;  died  near  Markers- 
dorf.  Saxony,  1813. 

Edward,  Prince  of  "Wales— Known  us 
"the  Black  Prince,"  rroni  the  coio.  oi  jus  armor; 
Kon  of  King  Edward  III.,  of  England:  btnn  at 
Woodstock.  Kng. .  1330:  accompanied  his  father  to 
France  In  1145.  and  paitlelpati-d  in  the  great  vlc- 
h'i\  of  rie.-v;  iHvajf.d  the  French  <|.imlnloiis.  1355 
and  ■■111,  ami  iest..ied  ■pedl'..  the  CiUel"  to  the 
till. Ml.'  .d  spiiiii.  .Ii.'.t  Ml  Kiik'lujid.  t:i;f'.. 


Espartero,  .Toaquln  B.— A  Spanish  Gran 


dee;  b<)ni  near  Cuidad    Keai.  Spain.  1792; 

fought 

the  South  .\nieri.Mn  ni-nrk'eiit-    in  \  eiie/in 

la    and 

Peru:  favored  th.- .-ii.'.'.--ioii  nt  711r.11  i-al 

■  11,,  n. 

to  the  throne;   foiiglit  t  lie  i  "ai  li-t-    -11.  r.-- 

ulK  tn 

the  civil  war,  183:i- :jy.  «as    head    ul   yu.  er 

rlni- 

tina's  ministry;    succeeded  her  as  regent 

11    I84II. 

.  Kngla 

I  re 

b. 


..■Illsll 


being  overcome  by  Narvaez  he  retired  t 
until  1847,  when  he  returned  to  Spain 
his  lost  honor-i.  sUbse.|Uentlv  bee, 
Isabella's  government,  ami  attei  tiei 
supported  the  pii n  i-n itial  k'o\  ernn 
the  .I.."!!,  whieii  \va>  ofiered  tu  hni 
ot  his  great  age. 

Oarlhuldi,  Gutfteppe— An  Italian  patriot; 
born  at  Nii.-e,  1807  ;  r;ii,sed  a  mariner;  in  1834  he  was 
exilol  from  Italv  for  exciting  a  revohition,  visiteil 
the  lilaek  Sea  and  South  Aiiieri<-a;  espmised  the 
cause  of  the  repuhlii-  ._il  Hi.)  Grande  :  wa-  repulsed 
and  taken  piisonei  ;  eseaiiing.  he  returned  t.i  Kio 
liT-aiide  ;ind  j.iiiied  an  expediti<'n  against   the  Bra 


Zlll^ 


and  ; 


id 


•r  the  war  lie  settled  at  Montevideo;  this  phice 
being  besieged.  Garibaldi  fitted  out  a  fiotilla.  and 
the  town  was  saved.  He  then  leturned  to  Spain 
and  participated  in  the  military  affairs  of  1848, 
defeating  the  Neapolitans.  Being  surrounded 
by  Austrians,  he  was  offered  terms  of  capitula- 
tion, which  he  refused,  and  he  and  his  adbetents 
tied;  but  his  wife  died,  he  was  arrested,  banisbe.), 
and  came  to  New  York:  made  voyages  to  the 
Pacific,  and  returned  to  Nice;  here  he  joined  the 
Sardinian  government  against  the  Austnans; 
rendered  important  services  during  the  war  to  the 
Italian  lanse.  aild  in  18fiO  captured  Sirilv  and 
b.'.anie  Inetator;  afterwards  lu-  a-si-td  in  the 
.i\.iibnivv  .il  King  Francis,  and  the  kiiigiluiii  of 
Two  sirili.  -  It.  .-anie  merged  in  that  of  Italy.  Gar- 
ibaldi ie-i-ii--d  tlie  Di.'talorshi]}  and  retired  to  the 
isl,iiid  t.i  lapieia.  Siib-e.pu-ntly  lie  reappeared 
prominently  in  the  troubles  in  Italy,  and  incited 
the  Hungarians  against  the  Austrians.  In  a  battle 
near  .\spromonte  he  w;is  wounded  and  taken  pris- 
oner but  was    permitted  to  return    to    Caprera. 

Again  he  repeated  bis  m.i\  ement-  lor  tb ii.|nest 

ot  Koine,  but  wa.s  upon  one  oeeasi-.n  ai  le-te.l,  and 
on  the  other  defeiited  in  battle  and  taken  piis..ner. 
but  released  as  an  .\ineii.aii  ntizen.  In  ISTO.whcll 
the  Kepiddie  (d  Fianee  was  established,  lie  joined 
in  its  nati.mal  deten-e,  aii.lser\ed  in  the  French 
army,  but  with.ait  di>tiiiguisliiiig  himself.  He 
filled  a  seat  in  the  Nali.m.il  Assembly  lor  a  time, 
but  resigned  ;ind  letiie.l  I.i  CapieKi.  He  has 
written  novels  and  poem-,  and  is  itiidoiibledly  ..ne 
of  the  must  leinarkable  men  uf  this  etiuiiiy. 
Among  his  recent  acts  was  the  procuring  of  a 
divorce  from  his  second  wife. 

Gonsalvo  of  Cordova,  Hernandez  A. — 
A  celebrated  Spanish  warrior,  known  as  '  "the 
Great  Captain;"  born  at  Montillo,  Spain,  1453. 
He  entered  upon  a  military  life  at  fifteen  yeai-s; 
distinguj-bed  himself  in  wars  against  the  Mooi-s. 
Poi  luu^iu  >.-.  Turks  and  French:  was  Viceroy  of 
Naples,  w  iiieii  kingdom  he  bad  conquered;  died  in 
Gianada,  Spam.  I.'il5. 

Ouureaud,  Oaspard*  Baron— A  French 
General,  born  at  Versailles.  France,  1783;  attended 
military  scliools;  entered  the  army  in  1803;  fnughr 
in  the  campaigns  of  Germany,  Poland.  Spam  ami 
again  in  Germany;  went  to  Russia  with  Nap.  d. on  , 
at  Moscow  prevented  the  explosion  of  ."inii.iliio 
poll  mis  of  powder,  and  wo^  created  Baron . 
ac'ompanied  Napoleon  through  numerous  battles, 
sa\  ing  bis  lile  on  one  occasion;  was  among  the 
la.st  olbeers  to  leave  the  field  of  Waterloo,  and 
accompanied  his  Chief  to  St.  Helena.  Keturning 
to  England,  lie  worked  for  the  release  of  Napoleon 
from  exile,  and  retired  to  France,  where  he  lived 
on  a  legacy  from  his  former  friend  and  com- 
mander; died  in  18.'i2. 

Ooutfh.  HuKhVlsfount— A  British  General; 
born  at  \\'oodt.towu.  Ireland.  1779:  entei-ed  the 
army  in  1794;  served  against  the  Dutch  in  South 
Africa;  in  the  West  Indies;  in  Spain,  distinguish- 
ing himself  in  several  important  hjittles;  Com- 
mander-in-Chief in  China,  and  eiiated  a  Baronet  ; 
transferred  lo  India,  with  suiiivm.-  e.unniand,  \\>- 
carritKl  on  a  brilliant  and  sue. csslnl  .  a  m  pa  11:^11 
against  the  Sikhs,  from  184;no  1849.  superseded  by 
Sir  Charles  N;tpier,  iniule  a  viscount,  handsomely 
pensiimcd,  and  creatcil  Field  Marshal. 

Grunt,  Sir  «funies  Hope— A  British  Gen- 
eral: born  at  Kilgrasten.  Scotland,  1808;  entered 
the  army  In  18^6,  served  in  the  first  English  war 
with  China;  In  India  from  1818  to  18.58.  where  he 
won  battles  and  Innnn's.  cspeeiailv  at  the  siege  of 
Delhi  and  the  ivli.d^  <>\  l,iiekn..w  ;  .■onnnanded  in 
China  in  185y;  captui.d  Peking  m  isr.o,  and  s..  ter 
miiuitc<l  the  war,  leeening  thethnnksof  Parlia- 
ment and  being  madea  Knight  (irand  t'ross  ol  the 
Bath,  with  subse.picnt  military  piimiollons, 

Grouch V.  Emmanuel,  Mar«|ulM  de-A 
French  (Jcnera! ;  born  at  Paris.  i;c.6;  entered  the 
French  nillilnrv  service  at  fourteen  years,  serving 
a  part  of  the  time  un.ler  Lafiivellc.  From  J798  t>i 
1814  he  served  wllh  distinct  I. ui  In  the  army,  parti 
cipatlng  m  M.im-  .d  the  most  distinguished  Imttle- 
and  campiilgns  nmb-r  Nap.de. m  and  others.  \ 
w.xind  ton  I.I  biin  to  1  el  ire  tiuin  til.'  army  ,  but  Im' 


i2^ 


(.i;i:a'1'  mimiakv   hku^ks  ok  'iiik   \voi;lu. 


Piih«e<iuently,  after  Napoleon's  return  from  Klba, 
attHchtfd  hiinsell'  to  the  Einperor'.s  fdrluiit's. 
beL-nniinp  a  Marshal  of  France  and  tukinjf  a  con- 
spicuons  ]>art  in  his  chii-l'^  npi-nil  i■.^•^.  Hi>,  rail 
ure.  huwi'viM'.  to  hrlntr  In-  l.n.-.s  iiit'>  |im^iIimii  ;it 
the  liattle  uf  Waterln..,  r;iih.r  llniii  ilisnh.N  pi.-. 
vious  orders,  cost  NuiJi.'h'nn  his  ^i|;ii;d  di  leal  in 
that  contest.  Retiring  from  Fi'auce  undi-r  pro- 
scription, he  lived  five  years  in  the  United  States, 
at  Philadelphia.  He  returned  to  France  in  18*^1, 
anil  was  restored  to  his  rank  of  Marshal. 

Iliivelofk,  Sir  Henry— A  British  (ieneral. 
ilistiiitriii--lii'ii  by  his  brilliant  canipaitjrn  atfainst 
the  Sepoys  m  India  in  IRf)?;  hnrn  ill  county  Dur- 
ham. Kiitr..  I7:i''.  .Titciiii  till-  Uiilish  army  in  ISlf*; 
went  ti)  Indiji  111  lHj:i;  p;ntiri|iat<-d  in  the  Hui'inese 
war  cif  Lsji  Willi  djsnii.tinii,  m  the  invasion  of 
Atirhiinisran,  iimlir  Sir  Willmijrhby  Cotton.  1838 
and  l.SK',),  in  (b.-  Mnliiatta  eaTiipaitrn  and  in  the  war 
airainst  lb.-  Sikhs;  li.njrbt  in  Persia,  ISfifi;  his 
oprrali'.ti-;    in    IS,".7,    in    upprisitii .11    to    the   Si'pnys 


III'' 


llh 


■d 


lib,  h< 


KiitrMsb    t-n 


vci',  fstabli^hrd  lii 
,ii.-kTinv,  India,  1.1 
friviii^'a  baii.ri.'tcy 
t  the  day  alter  his 


tloaii  or  Arc, 

Tbis^-ieatest  . 


I'k  . 


;it.  1). 


Hhe  Miild  of  Orleann" 

i.f  butrdde  p; 


I.I   b' 


a  mind  tar  sn|i 
over  the  suirti 
of  relieving:  ib 

1)V   lUVSti-llMll^ 

FVan.''e 


,  Fiam-e.  Hlii;  tmdid  sin 
^I's  al  a  <-<ninti\-  inn,  but  li; 
i-n.M  to  her  station,  aiiil  biu. 
in  ITS  I  if  her  country  and  then 
■in  until  she  believed  bt-rs.-lf  e 
M.i.'t'sto  become  the  li.'iivi-r. 
H.T.-d    herself    to    Mn-    kin^ 


.if 


.li\  in.'l  V  jippoint.'.l  warrior.  Hi  r  sii\  ni -,  w  ,■<;■ 
a.-.-.-pt.'d,  and  sli.-  took  the  Held  a;r.iin-t  lln/rn.-- 
niies  Ltl  her  euuiitry.  Her  alleged  divine  uppuiiil- 
inent  and  bravery  inspired  her  followers  with 
enthusiasm,  while  it  depressed  the  English.  Her 
campaigns  were  wonderfully  succes«,ful;  city 
afti'r  cilv  was  subdued,  and  the  Enl;ii^Il  were 
ev.  rvwb.r.'  rapidlv  defeated;  fointi.ii  months 
pass.-.l  m  this  hniliant  worfare,  whirli  -.loM-d  wiib 
the  erowiiiiig  uf  her  sovereign.  She  now  declared 
her  mission  at  an  end,  but  she  was  prevailed  upon 
to  remain  with  the  army,  which  she  commanded 
with  her  wonted  braverv-  At  last,  falling  a  eai>- 
five  into  the  bands  ..f  the  Ent,'lish,  who  bought 
li.-i-  Iroiii  111,.  Hiirt:iin<lians.  sji.'  \v,is.  to  their  .■ver- 
i,■l^^ting.lis^^,■,.l,■.■.  bni'iie.l  at  the  stake  at  Roncii, 
France,  in  li:il,  as  a  sorci'i.'ss,  Sli.'  was  i|i-.tiii- 
guished  for  her  modesty,  punly  an. I  mnoicn'.'. 

vTiiarez,  Benito   Pablo   iiiiil    Maviniil- 

laii— .luarez  was  horn  at  San  l^iblo  (iiiclatao, 
siair  ni  ( I'l  jiu-a,  Mexico,  1806,  of  Indian  parents; 
riidi.i.d  i>v  a  friar;  studied  law;  professor  of 
n.iinul  |ili;!osophv  in  the  college  of  Oajaca; 
ailr.iitirH  lo  lb.'  bar  in  ISHi;  was  chief  iudge  of  the 
rrpiiblir  III  ]Si-t  t:.,  secretary   of  stall-  under  llen- 

'■ri'l   1 11,    rhi.l     ,)iistic.-   ot    the    >n|n-ri..ir    coui't. 

\\'ln-n  thr' Silas  r.-\oiution  in  l,sn;  h-Tanie  a  sue- 
ees-s  in  Oajaea,  he  was  made  one  of  tie-  gt>vei-ning 
triumvirate.  In  1S4G  he  was  a  mend)er  of  the  con- 
st it  u<*nt  congress  that  voted  money  to  carry  on  the 
war  with  the  United  States;  became  governor  of 
Dajaea  in  1847-'52,  managing  affairs  discreetly, 
Ii'piidating  the  state  debt  and  having  surplus 
lunds.  Soon  afterwards  he  was  arrested  and 
e\ili'd  Ijy  Santa  Anna,  and  lived  in  reduced  cir- 
cumstances for  two  years  in  New  Orleans.  Retum- 
intr  to  Mexico  in  185.5,  he  assisted  in  the  successful 
uprising  of  .\lvarez,  who  afterwards  appointed 
.lii.'u.-z  minister  of  justice  and  religion;  subse- 
■  luriiily  President  Comonfort  appointed  Juarez 
go\..rnor  of  Oajaca:  he  was  re-elected  governor 
in  1B.'>7;  was  also  then  elected  president  of  the 
supreme  court  of  justice,  and  afterwards  minister 
of  the  interior.  Comonfort  being  ousted,  Juarez 
succeeded  him  as  president  of  the  republic  in  1858, 
being  reco^ized  as  such  by  the  United  States  in 


IR-ia.  In  18(11  he  defeated  Miramon.  entered  Mex- 
ico, and  in  the  following  spring  was  elected  presi- 
(lent  again.  In  1802  Fronce  declared  war  against 
Jii.nc/,.  with  the  .ht.rminatioii  of  establisbmu'  an 
i-iiipn..  in  M.-Mi'o.      .Jiiaiv/  uas  d.-lcald.  an.!  Max 

liiiiliaii.   Aii-hdnk.'  of    Aiisii'ia.  as^i -.1    th..    tiiiir- 

tions  .jf  Kmpeiur.  Juaiez.  however,  maintained 
the  presidency  at  El  Paso  del  Norte,  and  in  1860 
began  that  brilliant  military  campaign  which 
restored  him  to  the  possession  of  the  republic, 
and  resulted  in  the  .■a|)Iure  and  shooting  of  Maxi- 
uiilian.  in  June.  iXtlT.  In  detob.-r  .luarez  was 
re-elected  presi.l.nt  of  Mexico.  i-ive  years  of 
unsuccessful  n-v.dulions  against  him  followed. but 
peace  came  in  1872.  The  health  of  Juarez,  how- 
ever, failed  imder  all  his  trials,  and  he  died  in 
Mexico,  in  1872.  of  apoplexy. 

KoHMiith,  IjoiiIn— Ex-governor    of  Hungary; 
born   at    Moii.ik,  IKii';    eiit.i.d    the   National    Diet 


I.  p. 


Kn 


[It  I'. 

apif; 


1  III 


•eiiri.s..nt alive  in  IStJ'.i;  li.r  publishing  reports 

■  Iiro(.eeiliny-s  ..f   this  ass.-mhlv,  he    was   con- 
l    ol      liii,-li     tre:,-.,.!,     iuiil     s..nleii.-|.d      to     f.mr 

■  ini|ins.inini.|it,  Wtlhin  two  veai  s.  hmvever. 
n  ainn.-sty;  Itecain.' editor  of 
1  in  1841;  in  1848  he  visited 
f  Austria,  to  press  the  claims 
e  government,  and  returned 
stcr  of  finance.  Under  this 
te.ssiiiiiy  .-arried  out  itnport- 

aiii  iiirasuies  i..i  t  he  i  ..li..f  . if  t In-  peasantry  under 
the  tell. lai  >>>!,. 111.  uhi.-h  was  swept  away.  Dur- 
ing ibe  civil  war  of  l84H-'49  he  was  governor  of 
Hung.ary.  The  Hungarians  having  been  sup- 
pit-.sed,  mainly  by  the  armed  intervention  of 
b'li-sia,  Kossuth  retired  to  Turkey  with  several 
(lolilieal  .allies  and  .">,lliin  troops.  By  the  interven- 
Moii  ill  Kntrian.l  ,in(l  Kianee,  Turkey  refused  to 
rb-ln'.'i-  up  Kossuth  at  the  request  of  Austria  and 
Hiissia,  and  he  and  his  followers  were  retained 
as  prisoners  in  Asia  Minor  until  1851.  Kossuth 
then  jiroceeded  to  England,  and  sailed  for  the 
United  st.'ifes  in  the  autumn  of  that  year.  Here 
be  tr.ivel.d,  ad vocat irit,'  the  cause  of  Hungary, 
and  was  recti v.-d  with  great  favor.  Afterwards 
be  returned  to  England,  residing  there  for  several 
years,  engaged  in  lecturing  and  writing  for  the 
newspapers.  From  1863  to  1875  he  resided  in  priv- 
acy at  Turin,  devoting  much  time  to  scientific 
investigations. 

LopeZt  Narclso— Cuban  revolutionist;  born 
in  17119,  in  Venezuela,  S.  A.,  of  wealthy  parents; 
served  fi>r  some  time  in  the  Spanish  army,  retir- 
in^'-in  IK'JJ.  while  Colonel.  After  the  Spaniards 
ev.iiiiatcd  \  ciie/aicla.  he  went  to  Cuba,  and  then 
to  Siiain,  espoiisiiiL'  the  cause  of  Queen  Isabella 
against  Don  Carlos,  the  pretender,  and  became 
the  recipient  of  several  offices,  which,  for  polit- 
cal  reasotis,  he  rejected,  returning  to  Cuba. 
Seized  with  the  idea  of  Cuba  becontinir  indi-jienrl- 
eiit  ot  Spain,  he  came  to  the  United  sti  le-  in  isi',), 
and  organized,  at  the  expense  of  nem  \v  hi-  eiiiin. 
fortune,  three  separate  and  unsucccsshil  .xpedi- 
tions  t.i  fi  e.-  Cuba  from  the  Spanish  yoke.  The 
la>t  .vp.-duion,  which  sailed  in  August,  1851, 
rcsulteil  111  the  capture  of  Li>pez  and  many  of  his 
followers. and  his  own  execution  at  Havana,  Sep- 
tember 1,  18.51. 

Miltlatles  —  Illustrious  Athenian  General  ; 
nourished  in  the  fifteenth  century  before  Christ ; 
reduced  Chersonesus,  Lemnos  and  Cyclades,  and 
before  Christ.  49<)  years,  fought  and  overcame  the 
invading  Persian  army  at  Manathon;  accused  of 
treason  by  his  countrymen,  he  was  thrown  into 
prison,  where  he  died  of  a  wound  received  in 
fighting  for  tirecian  independence;  died  B.  C.  489. 

Moltke,  Helmuth  K.  B.  Von— A  fJemian 
General;  born  at  Parchim.  Germany.  1800;  at 
eighteen  became  an  officer;  entered  trie  Prussian 
service  in  1822;  went  to  Constantinople  in  1835.  and 
Improved   the    Turkish     government's   fortifica- 


tlrms.  and  fought  for  the  Sultan  In  the  wars 
against  the  Kurds  and  Egv|it .  ri-lurned  to  I'ru^sla 
in  18.39;  in  lM,'>fi  be.ame  the  adjutant  of  Prince 
(■rcd.-iic,  and  in  I«.)K  chief  i>f  tbe  general  MtatT  of 
thejiimy;  m  ix.V.i  he  wan  made  Ueutenant-Gen- 
eial.  Illumed  hiively  in  the  wari*  with  Denmark 
tIHGI.  and  AuMria  (IKfiii).  When  the  war  with 
France  begun,  in  1870.  his  jilans  rcsult*'d  in  a  series 
of  astonishing  and  continuous  victories.  He  was 
rewarded  by  the  title  of  Count  and  large  dona- 
tions of  money,  etc.  ;  was  made  a  General  P'ield 
Marshal  in  1X71,  and  life  nieinberof  the  upper 
house  of  the  Prussian  (>ariinment. 

%'ei'o,  IjiiflnH  D€»mllliiN  C'lautlliiM  —  A 
Ritmaii  ..Ttiper..!  ;  hoin  at  Antnim,  Italv.  in  :17 ; 
Sliee.-ed.'d  Claudius,  uh,.w;.s  niur.lered.  Ml  ,M  a^ 
Emperor,  and    pruvi-d    to    be  one  of  tbe  base-t  .,f 

tyrants.     The  story  of  hiw  life  is  a  catalog' I 

cruel  crimes,  while  the  success  of  the  Hon, an 
armj  during  his  reign  was  glorious.  A  rebellion 
against  this  tyrant,  in  68,  proving  successful,  he 
committed  suicide. 

Ptzarro,  FrancU— Born  atTruxillo.  Spain, 
in  1475.  and  while  a  bov  ran  awav  to  Spanish 
Ameiica.  In  1524  he  diseovere.l  Peril,  m  eorim-c 
tion  with  Altnagro.  and  ciiarbs  the  Fifth  marb- 
him  Governor  of  the  new-found  eounlry,  over 
which  he  achieved  the  coiKpiest  in  loltj.  In  l.'.37  a 
contest  between  him  and  ..Mmagro  terminated  in 
the  defeat  and  execution  of  the  latter.  AIniagros 
son,  in  revenge,  in  l.=i4l.  aided  by  some  friends, 
assassinated  Pizarro  in  his  palace  at  Lima.  Peru- 

Pompey,  Cnellis—  Known  as  Pompev  the 
Great;  a  Roman  statesman  and  warrior;  born  iOfi 
B.  C.  :  at  tb.age  ..r  twenty  three,  with  the  imrty 
of  Sylla,  ami  c.uTiMianding  three  h-i.'i.-ri-.  he  recov- 
ered to  Rome.  Sicily  and  Afri<a;  en. led  the  war  in 
Spain,  and  considerably  extended  the  Roman 
Empire  in  Asia;  married  Cwsar's  daughter.  In  a 
few  years  dissensions  arose  between  Ctesar  and 
Poinpey:  civil  war  ensued,  and  Pompey  was 
dcf.-at.-.l  in  the  battle  of  Pharsalia.  He  then  fled 
to  Egypt,  wh.-rc  he  was  assassinated,  E.  C.  48. 

Ponialo\%'Mkl,  Prince  Joseph— Illustrious 
Polish  (icii.-ral ;  born  at  Warsaw.  1763:  distin- 
guished himself  in  the  cause  of  Poland  during  the 
urilii|i|.y  >tiiigt.'les  of  1T92  and  '94:  entered  the 
Ft  I 'in  1 1  :.  I  iti  \ ,  and  exhibited  conspicuous  bravery 
and  I.I  I.  Ml  iti  the  <-a  mpa  itrns  l.eI^^een  1806  and  1814; 
w;i-  iii.iiie  ,1  \i;itsh;,i  i.ii  III.'  h;»tth.-iield  at  Leipsic, 
and  was  ill  owned  in  the  river  Elster.  1813. 

Santa  Anna,  AntonE  r.opez  de— .\  Mexi- 
can General;  horn  at  Jalapa.  Mex..  1798;  entered 
the  Spanish  army,  becoming  Lieutenant-Colonel 
in  I,H21;  joined  Iturbide  in  1822  in  overthrowing 
Spanish  rule  and  reducing  the  province  of  Vera 
Cruz.  Iturhi.le  was  in  turn  overthrown  by  Santa 
Anna,  who  procbiiin.-d  himself  emperor.  The 
Mexican  Kipnhli.-  was  t.>Mni'.l  soon  afterwards. 
and  Iroin  that  tiiiii-  until  ls;i:i  Santa  .Anna  was 
engaged  m  lighting  against  ur  maintaining,  at  the 
head  of  Jlexican  troops,  the  claims  of  rival  chiefs. 
In  1833  he  became  president,  retaining  the  office 
for  three  years,  at  the  end  of  which  time  he  was 
taken  prisoner  at  San  Jacinto  by  political  oppo- 
n.-iits.  \fter  his  hheration.  jn  1837,  he  lost  a  leg 
while  enuMt,'e.|  m  repulsing  French  troops  at  Vera 
Cruz.  From  1M41  to  1845  he  was  again  president 
of  the  republic.  In  1845  he  was  exiled  for  ten 
years,  but  was  recalled  to  the  presidency  and  to 
protect  Mexico  against  the  United  States  armv. 
Ih  several  encounters  with  Scott  and  Tavlor,  the 
American  Generals,  his  forces  were  defeated,  and 
in  1848  he  was  tMunpe!led  to  resign.  From  1852  to 
18.10  he  was  president  once  more,  and  was  then 
driven  into  exile  again  by  the  revolt  of  General 
Carrera,  living  quietly  for  some  years  at  St. 
Thomas.  Since  then  he  has  participated  more  or 
less  quietly  in  Mexican  political  changes,  but  with- 
out accomplishing  any  notable  success. 


M 


f 


X7-~~ 


SKETCH    OF    THE    LIFE    OF   OEOEOE    WASHINGTON. 


§>!—♦- 


•^;=3=5^' 


George  Washington. 


HERO  OF  THE  WAR  FOR  UNITED  STATES  INDEPENDENCE 


, <\      0_. 

''^^  -  ■  -  —  -  j^yy  (■|Rc|_-jisTANCES  must  necessarily  com - 
bine  to  make,  with  any  individual,  a  great 
career.  Among  them  there  must  be  a  suita- 
ble training,  a  locality  in  which  {^^eniusmay  ex- 
pand, and  opportunity  to  draw  forth  genius. 
Many  great  men  have  lived,  passed  through 
life,  and  died  comparatively  unknown.  The 
occasion  never  offered  by  which  their  power  might  have  been  seen. 
They  could  have  been  distinguished  hud  (ipporlunities  been  favorable. 

Very  truly  has  Gray  in  his  "Elegy," 
speaking  of  the  country  churchyard,said: 

Perhaps  in  this  neglected  spot  is  laid 

Some  heart  once  pre^ant  with  celestial  fire; 
Hand  that  the  rod  of  ein|iir«  mi^hl  have  swayed. 

And  waked  l«  exta«;  the  living  lyre. 

But  the  favoring  circumstance  never 
came  by  which  they  could  be  carried  for- 
ward to  greatness  and  renown.  The  career 
we  follow  in  life  depends,  therefore,  much 
on  circumstances;  some  people  call  it 
luck. 

In  the  study  of  man  we  cannot  fail  t<> 
recognize  that  greatness  hangs  on  a  myri;id 
of  causes  that  exist  outside  of  him- 
self. Of  these  <me  of  the  most  important 
of  all,  perhaps,  is  tlie  inheritance  of  a 
well-balanced  mind.  Witliout  mental 
capacity  the  opportunities  may  be  ever 
so  favorable,  yet  they  will  pass  unim- 
proved. With  strong  brain-power, coupled 
with  ambition  to  achieve,  perceptive 
power  to  foresee,  and  judgment  to  direct. 
and  opportunity  offering,  the  individual 
g()es  forward  to  success  and  power. 

Of     all    the    circumstances,  therefore, 
which  maybe  presented,  there   are  none  so  desirable  to  the  child 
as  the   posses.'iion,  at  birth,    of    a  brain-power  capable  of  grasping 
the   opportunities    as   they  occur  in  after-life. 

Such  was  the  gift  which  George  Washington's  mother  presented  to 
her  child.  A  strong  woman,  of  clear  intellect  and  high  moral 
character,  she  endowed  him  with  the  capacity  for  a  prosperous  life 
in  any  event,  and  for  a  great  career,  if  opportunity  offered  for  him 
to  enter  upon  it.  The  war  of  the  Uevnlution  lu-eurred  in  his  lime, 
and.  with  a  genius  equal  to  the  occasion,  \w  niad<- his  place  in  Ibe 
hearts  of  (he  jM-ople. 

On  February  a:-'.  1733,  George  Washingtfm  was  born  at  Bridge's 
rnrck.  in  Westmorehind  c<ninty,  Va.  Ilis  father  afterwards  lived 
on  the  Kapjiahannock.  a  short  distance  from  Fredericksburg,  where  he 


died  in  1743,  leaving  a  widow  and  five  children,  comfortably  provided 
for  with  a  large  landed  property,  of  which,  by  will,  George  inherited 
the  homestead,  while  the  oldest  brother,  Lawrence  Washington, 
received  the  estate  on  the  Potomac. 

George,  who  at  his  father's  death  was  not  ten  years  of  age, 
obtained,  at  an  ordinary  school,  a  knowledge  of  reading,  writing  and 
arithmetic.  At  fourteen  he  commenced  the  study  of  geometry  and 
surveying,  in  which  he  made  such  progress  as  to  cause  him  to  enter 
upon  the  profession  of  surveying  when  sixteen  years  of  age,  at  which 
time  he  was  in  the  employ  of  Lord  Fairfax, 
who  had  large  estates  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  Alleghany  Mountains. 

Three  years  he  passed  thus,  traversing 
the  wilderness,  surveying  in  the  summer, 
and  spending  the  winter  with  his  brotlier 
Lawrence.  During  this  period,  engaged 
thus  in  active  open-air  employment,  he 
developed  into  fine  physical  proportions, 
became  familiar  with  the  lands  of  wliich 
he  afterwards  was  a  large  owner,  and 
formed  an  acquaintance  with  the  Indian 
tribes  then  in  that  region,  from  whom  he 
obtained  knowledge  that  served  him  well 
in  after-years. 

At  this  time  it  was  a  matter  of  dispute 
between  the  English  and  French  govern- 
ments as  to  the  ownership  of  the  North 
American  continent.  The  French  were 
then  intrtMiched  on  the  St.  Lawrence  and 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi.  Tlie 
English  were  in  possessicm  of  the  region 
bordering  the  Atlantic  coast.  In  view  of 
the  probability  of  a  rupture  between  the 
two  countries,  and  possibly  of  nn  Indian 
war,  the  Colonial  country  was  divided  inlodistricts.  and  Washington, 
tlien  nineteen  years  of  age,  was  made  an  Adjutant,  with  the  rank  nf 
Major. 

Through  the  death  of  bis  brother  Lawrence,  in  17r)',*,  George  c;itne 
into  the  possessiim  of  the  estate  at  Mount  Verucm.  the  name  having 
been  given  to  it  by  Lawrence  in  honor  of  Admiral  Vernon,  a  pnpiijur 
naval  hero  with  whom  he  was  ac(iuaint,ed.  The  succeeding  year  was 
largely  occupied  by  George  in  settling  his  brother's  affairs.  In  the 
meantime  the  threatening  attitude  of  the  French  caused  Govermtr 
Dinwiddie,  then  governor  of  the  Colonies,  to  resolve  upon  dispatching 
a  messenger  to  confer  with  the  French  commander  as  to  Ilieir  inten- 
tions. It  was  a  hazardous  journey  of  over  .^OO  miles,  tube  nuide  in 
midwinter  thronizh  a  then  trackless  wilderness.      Washingltm,   being 


if  thr   t'nilPd  SUWs. 


.Qi- — 


^<5T^ 


WASHINGTON  6    SKRVIOE    IN    THE    ENGLISH    AKMY. 


solocted  to  cxofutc  tliu  work,  performed  the  journey  succewj^fully, 
tlitni;^h  iiinid  great  daiijjers  from  the  Indiuns. 

From  that  interview  of  Wa^liington,  it  was  learned  that  the  Frcncli 
jiioposed  to  resist  the  extension  of  Enj;;lish  occnpalion  towards  the 
Ohio.  It  was  thereupon  resolved  hy  the  Colonial  Assemhly  to  take 
action  against  the  French,  and  among  the  regiments  raised  and 
ordered  into  the  field  was  cme  of  which  Washington,  refusing  to  take 
the  Colonelcy,  was  made  a  Lieutenant  Colonel,  and  stationed  at  a 
point  where  now  stands  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

For  five  years  Washington  was  in  the  royal  service,  the  command 
of  the  army  in  various  battles  devolving  upon  him.  In  one  of 
the  engagements,  known  as  Braddock's  defeat,  he  received  four 
biillct-holes  through  his  coat,  and  two  horses  were  shot  under  him. 

In  January,  1759,  he  married  Mrs.  Martha  Custis.  In  the  mean- 
time, the  French  having  been  expelled  from  the  Ohio  valley,  he 
resigned  his  commission,  and  retired  shortly  after  his  marriage  to 
Mount  Vernon. 

Washington  then  became  a  member  of  the  provincial  Assembly, 
which  met  at  Williamsburg.  His  private  business,  which  was  then 
large,  mostly  occupied  his  attention,  however,  for  the  next  sixteen 
years.  During  that  period  the  resolution  had  been  made  by  the 
colonists  to  free  themselves  from  the  mother  country,  and  to  Wash- 
iii^'ton,  then  forty-three  years  of  age,  was  given  the  command  of  the 
army,  July  3,  1775.  Then  followed  an  eight  years'  war,  during 
which  time  he  fought,  with  varying  success,  the  English  gen- 
erals Howe,  Clinton,  Burgoyne,  and  Cornwallis,  finally  surrounding 
Cornwallis  at  Yorktown,  where  Washington  compelled  bis  surrender. 

To  his  perseverance,  courage,  patience  and  prudence,  were  the 
American  people  greatly  indebted  for  their  independence,  which  was 
secured  by  a  treaty  of  peace,  signed  in  1783. 


Resigning  his  commission  at  the  close  of  the  "war,  Washington 
returned  again  to  Mount  Vernon,  and  participated  hut  little  in  public 
aflairs  until  May,  1787,  when  he  served  as  a  meiner  of  the  con- 
vention, in  Pliiladclphia,  which  framed  th(f  Constitution  of  the  United 
States.      Of  this  body  he  was  unanimously  chosen  President. 

Washington  was  elected  the  first  President  of  the  United  States,  and 
on  the  30th  of  March,  1789,  he  was  inaugurated,  John  Adams  being 
Vice  President.  At  that  time  the  seat  of  government  was  at  New- 
York,  where  it  remained  for  eleven  years  afterwards,  being  removed 
to  Washington  in  1800. 

During  the  first  and  second  years  of  his  Presidential  administration 
Washington  made  a  tour  through  the  Eastern  and  Southern  States  in 
his  own  carriage,  his  journey  throughout  being  one  continual  ovation. 

He  was  twice  elected  to  the  Presidency.  At  the  close  of  his 
official  life  he  returned  once  more  to  his  country  residence,  hoping 
for  permanent  retirement,  but  owing  to  an  apprehended  difficulty 
with  France,  he  consented  to  become  Lieutenant  General  and  Com- 
mander-in-Chief, a  post  which  he  accepted  with  extreme  reluctancy, 
and  only  as  a  matter  of  duty  to  his  country. 

In  consequence  of  a  severe  cold  which  he  caught  when  exposed  in  a 
snow  and  rain  storm,  as  he  was  riding  in  his  saddle  about  his  estate, 
on  the  12th  of  December,  1799,  he  was  confined  to  his  bed,  and  died 
two  days  afterwards. 

At  Mount  Vernon  in  a  tomb  lie  the  remains  of  Washington  to-day. 
The  estate  came  into  the  possession  of  John  A.  Washington,  and 
from  him  were  200  acres,  the  mansion  and  tomb,  purchased  by  the 
Ladies'  Mount  Vernon  Association  in  1858,  for  the  sum  of  S200. 000. 
The  design  is  to  preserve  everything  about  the  house  as  it  was  at 
the  time  of  Washington's  death,  thus  making  it  attractive  as  a  place 
of  perpetual  resort  for  pilgrimage  in  the  future. 


PROMINENT  BATTLES  OF  THE  REVOLUTION. 


BATTT^ES  of  r.exlnffton  and  Con- 
eoril.  — Ktnitrlit,  tii-st,  nt  Lexington,  Mass., 
betweiii  NiM)  Hiiii^li  sul.liiTs.  under  Lieutenant  Col- 
onel Srniili  ;iinl  .Mnjin- 1 'itinii  n,  and  a  lar^e  ffUTe 
of  enli.iiists,  uiul.r-  ( ':ipt;iiii  .Iiihn  Parker.  Apiil  19, 
1775,  while  the  111  iti.-^h  w.-rt  un  tlieir  way  to  Con- 
eoi(i.  Mass..  to  seize  a  quantity  I'f  miMtniv  stores 
belonging  to  the  e<tlonists.  A  skiinii^h  in.Mifii  at 
Lexington,  eii^ht  of  the  eolonists  Ik-ihl:  killed.  The 
Biitisli  incneeiteil  tn  Cmrmd.  I. lit  uere  severely 
repulsi'il  hy  tlir  l■oIl>lli^l^.  iinilff  ( \.h)nel  James 
Barrett,  "hii  (hn\r  iluui  ;iu';tiii  t'.\\  ,uiis  Lexington. 
At  Lmr.'lii  I  lie  Untish  wtiv  ull^i<k.  .1  by  the  Lex- 
ington iHilitia.  and  as  they  entrird  Lrxiiitittjii, 
the  eiitirr  lliitish  force  only  ese.i|iiil  de^tllK■tion 
at  the  hainWof  Iheenraped  eitizens..!  iluit  \  icinity 
by  reeeivint^  ii.irirniii.-riu-iits  ttoin  liosldii.  A;;  it 
was,  the  e<d,.iii'-I-^  h.>l]\  |.nrsii.-d  llirm  haek  to 
Boston.  In  this  .-xiirdilh'Ti  tlu-  lliili^h  lost  273 
men,  killed,  wounded  and  missing,  and  the  colo- 
nists forty-nine  killed,  thirty-four  wounded  and 
five  missing.  This  day's  work  inaugurated  the  war 
of  the  Itevulution. 

Capture  of  Tlconderoffa.— Eighty  Ameri- 
can soldiers,  under  Colonel  Ethan  Allen,  of 
Vermont, surprised  the  British  fort  at  Ticonderoga. 
N.  Y. ,  ciirnniaiidfd  hy  Capt;iiii  Prlaplaee,  early  on 
the  inDviiini;  <it' .M;l\  IK.  Ii7.'>,  and  \\  ithout  tiring  a 
shot  d.-maiid.d  its"  suirvnd.r  'in  the  name  of 
Jelwivah  and  llic  Continental  (."ongress."  No 
resistance  was  made,  and  the  Americans  captured 
two  officers,  forty-eight  soldiers,  128  pieces  of 
artillery,  and  a  large  quantity  of  small  arms.  By 
this  stroke  England  lust  control  of  the  (Jreen 
Mountain  district- 
Battle  of  Blinker  Hill. -Fought  .Tune  Ifi 
and  17.  177r),  near  Bnstnn.  hrtween  IJM)  British 
soldi. -IS.  iiiid.T  t;rn.MaN  Ib.w.-  and  I'lu'i'tt,  who 
ntterilpti-d  tc.  St. .nil  III.-  l-.i|..ul.t  .>ii  liir.-.ls  llill. 
defended  hy  LVfiiHl  Ameri.'ans,  un.Ier  er.mmand  of 
Colonels  I'rescott  and  F'ei)perell.  The  redoubt 
was  gallantly  defended  until  the  ammunition  of 
the  Amei'icans  was  exhausted,  when  a  retT-eat  was 
ordered,  and  annd  a  galling  tire  they  escaped  to 
Charli-st.iwii  N.-.-k,  at  uhi.-h  p. nut  tin-  piii-snit 
ended-  Tlu-  Brilish  lost  -JJi;  ..Itir.is  ami  m.-n  killed 
and  .S'JS  w.niiiiied,  and  the  Americans  H.'i  killed  or 
missing    anil  IHH  wounded. 

Battle  of  Quebec. —Fought  December  31, 
177rj,  between  the  British  troops  in  the  citadel  and 
a  small  foire  of  American  soldiers,  under  General 


Richard  Montgomery,  who  attempted  to  capture 
the  upper  town.  The  assault  failed.  Montgomery 
and  about  700  of  his  men  being  killed  or  wounded. 
Battle  of  Fort  Moultrie.— Fought  on  Sul- 
livan's Island.  Charleston  harbor,  S.  C. ,  June  'iH, 

1776.  b.-twi-r-n  four  vl-sshIs  of  the  Brilish  navy. 
carrvliif,'  l.'iCi  .-annons  ,iiiil  rcinlorcinn.rils,  under 
comiiiand  of  Sir  r.-tri  I'aik.'i  ,  an<!  i:!,".  Ani.-ii.-ans. 
under  L'olonel  William  Muultiic,  in  a  fui  t  which 
mounted  twenty-six  guns.  The  vessels  opened  tire 
on  the  fort  at  short  range,  and  the  contest  lasted 
from  about  noon  until  after  nine  o'clock  in  the 
evening,  «hi'ii  the  Britisli  vessels  wcie  i:-ither 
disal.lc.l  oi-  uKhiiifu,  \Mth..ii(  .■aplniin^'  tlit-  fort. 
The  Krilisli  ha.r^ii:.  m.n  kill.d  and  woinnU-.l'  the 
Americans  ele\en  killed  and  twtiity-six  wounded. 
It  was  a  brilliant  victory  for  the  American  fort  and 
its  brave  commander. 

Battle  of  White  Plains.— Fought  October 
28,  1776,  at  Chatterton  Hill.  N.  Y. .  between  4,000 
men  of  Howe's  British  army  and  1,400  Americans, 
under  McDougall.  The  Americans  were  driven 
from  their  position,  with  a  loss  of  nearly  100 
killed  and  wounded,  and  eighty  prisoners.  The 
British  lost  229  men. 

Battle    of  Trenton.— Fought    at    Trenton. 

N.    .1   ,     |i -nil..-i-    -fi,     ];-,i\.    ^n■t^M.■i^u    al t     1.300 

British  ami  II. -.--ran  I  r.. ops  and  ■J.ilM)  Ain.Ti.-ans. 
under  \\  asliingl.jii.  «lio  suipiisid  the  Hessians, 
killed  seventeen,  took  about  1,000  prisonei-s.  six 
brass  cannon,  1,200  stand  of  arms,  and  the  stand- 
ards of  an  entire  brigade.  Not  an  American  was 
killed  in  the  skirmish. 

Battle  of  Princeton. — Fought  at  Princeton, 
N.  .1. ,  .January  :(.  1777.  between  the  American  army, 
under  (;.>ncral  Wasliingt.m,  ami  the  Brilish  army, 
und.T  lo'urrat  Ma\vhoo.l.  Tli.-  a.-tmn  ta'-tfd  but 
twi-nty  niinnh-,,  but  \\  as  Il.-ir.lv  .■.ml.st.-.l.  and 
result. ■<!  in  a  vi.t..iy  for  the  Ainerieans.  who  lost 
about  thirty  men  and  seven  officers,  while  the 
British  loss  was  200  killed  and  wounded  and  230 
prisoners,  including  fourteen  officers. 

Battle  of  the  Brandywine.— Fought  on 
the  banks  of    Brandywine  creek,    September  11, 

1777.  between  the  British  army  of  18,000  men, 
imder  lieneral  Howe,  and  an  Atnerican  force  of 
13.000.  umt.-r  Cin-ial  Wa-shiiigton.  n-vijlting  in  the 

defeat  ..f  th.-  latt.T,  and  th upati.'n  of    I'hila- 

delphia  hy  th.-  Biitish.  The  loss  ot  the  Amt-ricaiis 
was  nearly  1,000  men. 


Battle  of  Germantowrn.— Fought  October 
4,  1777.  at  (ierinant.iwn.  I'a.,  between  the  Ameri- 
can army,  under  Washington,  and  tiie  British 
army,  under  General  Howe.  The  Americans  were 
defeated,  with  a  loss  of  about  1,000  men;  the 
British  lost  more  than  600. 

Battle  of  Benningfton. -Fought-  August  16, 
1777.  between  a  body  of  New  Hampshire  militia, 
under  (Jeneral  Stark,  and  a  portion  of  Bui-govne's 
British  army,  under  Colonel  Baum,  at  Benning- 
ton. Vt.  The  British  were  defeated,  with  a  loss 
of  200  killed.  600  prisoners,  and  1.000  stand  of  arms. 
The  Anifricans  lost  fourteen  killed  and  forty-two 
woiUKled. 

Battle  of  Stillwater.— Fought  at  Still- 
water. N.  Y. ,  September  19.  1777.  between  British 
and  Canadian  soldiers  and  Indians,  under  Generals 
Burgoyne  and  Fr.iser.  ami  a  p.'Mton  .-f  the  .Amer- 
ican army,  under  Generals  Morgan  and  Arnold. 
The  fight  lasted  for  several  houi-s,  and  resulted  in 
the  loss  of  about  600  British  soldiers  and  less  than 
400  Americans. 

Battle  of  Sar:iloea. — F.iuglit  at  nearly  the 
same  pia..-  ;is  lli.'  lo,  ..^r.untr.  ociMber  7,  1777. 
between  rlir  r,i  iii-.)i  airny,  nnd.-r  Knigoyne.  and 
the  .\nni  i.-a  n>,  nnd'jr  H.-nt-ial  Gatt-s.  At  night 
Burgoyne  retreated.  This  contest  i-esulted  in  the 
disheartening  of  Burgoyne.  and  on  the  17th  ho 
surrendered,  leaving  in  the  hands  of  the  Ameri- 
cans forty-two  brass  cannon,  4,647  nmskets.  and 
5.408  prisonei-s.  .\t  the  time  of  the  surrender  the 
American  army  numbered  10.817  effective  men. 

Battleof  Monmouth.— Fought  at  Freehold, 
N.  J.,  June  28,  I77S,  lu-tw.-.-ii  the  British  army, 
under  Sir  Henry  Clint.in.,iii.i  the  Americans, under 
Washington.  The  ontest  was  spirited  and  event- 
ful, and  resulted  in  the  retreat  of  the  British,  with 
the  I<)ss  of  nearly  300  killed  and  100  prisoners. 
The  American  loss  was  sixty-nine  killed  and  160 
wounded. 

Battlen  of  Savannah.— Fought  December 
29,  1778.  between  the  British,  under  General  Clin- 
ton, and  the  Americans,  under  General  Lincoln. 
This  contest  resulted  in  the  surrender  of  the  city 
of  Savannah,  Ga. ,  to  the  Bi'itish.  In  September, 
177y,  Savannah,  still  in  possession  of  the  British, 
was  besieged  hy  an  allied  French  and  American 
f.irce  under  C.'niil  l>"E.-taing  and  General  Lincoln. 
They  assaulted  the  .-ity  iiiL.I.er  9.  1779,  but  were 
repulsed  by  the  Briti^ll,  with  a  loss  of  nearly 
800  men. 


1 


;<): 


:^M 


of] 


BATTLES    AND    OFFICERS    OF    THE    KEVULUTIONAKY    "WAR. 


Battle  of  Stony  Point.  — American  forts 
at  Stony  Point.  N.  Y. ,  on  the  Hudson  river,  and 
Verplanck's  Point,  opposite  to  each  other,  were 
captured  and  occupied  by  the  British,  about  June 
1.  1779-  July  16,  General  Anthony  Wayne,  with 
1,200  Americans,  retook  the  fort  at  Stony  Point, 
and  captured  543  British  officei-s  and  men.  The 
.\nierican  lo?s  was  fifteen  killed  and  eiphty-three 
wounded;  the  British  had  sixty-three  killed.  The 
fort  was  soon  afterwards  dismantled  and  aban- 
doned. 

Battle  of  King's  Mountain. —Fought  at 

Kinn'>  Mountain.  N.  C.  .<  tctober  7.  1770,  between  a 
Bi'itish  force  of  1.200  local  desperadoes,  under 
Major  Patrick  Fergruson,  and  about  imo  mounted 
Americans,  under  several  colonels.  The  tipht  was 
brief,  but  severe.  Ferguson  was  killed  and  2iO  of 
his  men  had  fallen.  Of  the  others,  800  surren- 
dered and  200  escaped.  The  American  loss  was 
only  twenty  killed,  but  many  were  wounded. 
This  battle  did  much  towards  breaking  up  British 
domination  in  the  South. 


99^.^AS>m\9^ 


•w/'\/\, •^-?^ 


Battle  or  Cowpens.— -Fought  at  Cowpens. 
R.  (.'. .  January  IT.  1781.  between  1.100  British,  under 
Colonel  Tarleton.and  about  1.000  Americans,  imdi-r 
General  Morgan.  The  British  were  defeated,  with 
a  loss  of  300  killed  and  wounded,  and  between  500 
and  600  prisoners.  The  .\niericans  had  twelve  men 
killed  and  sixty  wounded. 

Battle  of  Guilford.— Fought  at  Guilford 
Court  House,  N.  C,  March  15.  1781.  between  2,100 
British,  under  Lord  Comwallis.  and  an  American 
force  of  4.404  infantry  and  horse  (regulars  and 
raw  militiai.  under  General  Greene.  The  battle 
resulted  in  the  retreat  of  the  Americans,  but  Corn- 
wallis  lost  more  than  600  killed  and  wounded.  The 
American  loss  was  about  400  killed  and  wounded, 
and  850  missing. 

Battle  of  Eutan*  Sprinffn.— Fought  about 
fifty  miles  north  of  Charleston,  S.  C. ,  September 
8.  1T81,  between  about  a,:iOO  British,  undi-r Colonel 
Stuart,  and  about  2.000  American--,  uiiiir?  (it-neral 
Greene.  The  contest  was  not  dei'tilol  until  tin*  next 
day,  when  Greene  pursued  the   retieatiiig   British 


I^aa^^^-Vs- 


towards  Charleston.  The  American  loss  was  535, 
in  killed,  wounded  and  missing;  that  of  the  Brit- 
ish, 13.1  killed  and  wounded,  and  500  prisoners. 

Sleere  of  Xorktown.— In  August.  17R1.  Lord 
Cornwallis,  coninuuKliim  the  British  army  under 
Sir  Henry  (.'iiiititu,  i..rii|iifd  and  fortitied  York 
town,  Va..with  S  <mhi  ipn-n  and  a  few  river  vessels, 
(^n  the  30th  of  September,  17K1,  a  besieging  force 
of  16,000  French  and  American  soldiers,  under 
Washington,  invested  Yorktown.  The  siege  con- 
tinued several  days,  and  on  the  night  of  Dciober 
14  a  successful  assault  by  the  .\mericans  resulted 
in  a  los,*!  of  nearly  100  killed  and  wounde<l  of  the 
British,  and  much  less  on  the  part  of  the  .Ameri- 
cans. A  French  tleet  in  Chesapeake  Bay  and  the 
persistent  attacks  of  the  Americans  soon  bi-uught 
Comwallis  to  terms,  and  on  the  19th  he  surren- 
dered, thus  virtually  ending  the  war  of  the  Kevo- 
lution.  In  this  siege  and  surrender  the  British 
lost  more  than  350  in  killed  and  wounded,  8,087 
prisoners  and  106  cannon. 


^^^•..t«G=tea^S£ 


Leading  Officers  in  tlie  American  Revolutionary  War. 


r^:^.HE  CELEBRATED  actor  in  the  American  struggle 

fur  national  independence.  Ethan  Allen,  was  born 

in  Connecticut,  in  1739,  and  about  1763  he,  with  his 

brothers,   removed  to  near 

Bennington.  Vt.      Here  he 

took  an  active  part  in  the 

distinguii^hed     controversy 

between  the  colonies  of 
Xew  Y<irk  and  New  Hampshire,  relative  to 
their  boundary  lines,  and  was  appointed,  in 
1770,  to  represent  the  settlers  in  the  law-suits 
which  ensued  at  Albany,  N.  Y.  The  court 
decided  against  them,  and  they,  with  Allen 
at  their  head,  made  an  armed  resistance  to 
the  authorities.  Thus  they  were  enabled  to 
protect  the  New  Hampshire  landowners  and 
remove  the  New  York  settlers  from  the  dis- 
l)uted  territory.  This  condition  of  hostility 
to  the  legal  powers  continued  until  the  break- 
ing out  of  the  American  Revolution.  In 
177.5.  Allen,  in  command  of  the  "Green 
Mountain  Boys,"  advanced  towards  Ticon- 
dcroga.  N.  Y. .  and  on  the  morning  of  May  10. 
Allen,  with  eighty  men.  having  been  reinforced, 
surprised  the  British  camp  at  that  point, 
commanded  by  Captain  Delaplace,  and  demanded  the  surrender 
of    the   fort   "in  the   name  of    the  Great  Jehovah  and  the  Conti- 


ETHAN 

Hereof  the  Hatil 


iri^'WS^. 


nental  Congress. "  The  bewildered  Englishmen  immediately  complied 
with  this  forcible  requirement,  and  the  Americans  captured 
two  officers,  forty-eight  soldiers,  one  hundred  and  twenty  cannon 
and  a  large  quantity  of  small  arms.  This 
success  also  wrested  the  control  of  the  Green 
Mountains  from  the  English. 

Allen  continued  to  aid  in  redeeming  the 
colonies  from  British  dominion,  and  the  same 
year  was  taken  prisoner  and  sent  to  England. 
A  few  months  later  he  was  sent  back  lo 
America  and  treated  as  a  felon,  being  most  of 
the  time  heavily  shackled,  until  May.  1778,  when 
he  was  exchanged.  t'pon  his  release  he 
was  warmly  received  by  Washington  and  Con- 
gress. 

The  land  controversy  between  the  colonies 
continuing,  Allen  was  made  a  General,  and. 
subsequently,  was  sent  as  an  agent  of  Vermont 
to  explain  the  course  of  that  state  to  Congress. 
Complications  then  arose  between  the  states 
and  the  British  authorities,  but  Allen  was 
enabled,  by  political  strategy,  to  keep  his 
adherents  unmolested  until  near  the  end  of 
the  Revolution.  After  the  war  he  served  in  the 
Vermont  Legislature,  residing  in  that  State 
until  his  death,  which  occurred  at  Burlington,  Vt.,in  1789.  He  was 
ever  distinguished  for  his  bravery,  honesty  and  frankness. 


ALLEN, 

(■  of  Ticonderoga, 


ip 

# 


I  American 
.  Mass.,  in 
eh  i-onveyed 
to  pii><(>ii;  sub- 
clergyman,    and 


POnOMON     AI.I-E\.-.' 

Major;    horn    at   Nortlmrript. 
IVr.l.comniiind.d  th.-^juiin!  wl 
Andre,    the    I'.hli-^h    ypy,     to 
KequiTitlv  he    became    a 
died  in  \V,'i\. 

A  hervromble.    fTnm^H  —  A    British 
commandtT:    bom    in     Scotland,  In     1706; 
''        scrvi-d  at  Tlcondcroga.  N.  Y. ;  died  in  Eng- 
land. In  17X1. 

AlexniKler,  IVUMani— An  American  Major- 
Oeneral;  b«jm  In  New  York  city,  in  172B:  fought 
in  the  battles  of  Long  Island,  (iermantown  ami 
Monmouth:  died  at  Albany.  N.  Y. ,  In  I7H3. 

Arm«tronirt  •lohn— An  American  offlcer-, 
born  nt  CarliHle.  I'a. .  In  I7.^>K;  fought  at  I'rincetcin. 
N.  .1.;  was  appoln1.-d  Minlnter  to  France  In  1«04. 
and  Mi-crclarv  of  War.  under  Monroe,  In  1813;  died 
at  Hi-d  Hook.  N.  Y..  In  1M3. 

Arnold.  Benedlot-An  American  Oeneral; 
born  at  Norwlrh.  Conn.,  In  1740;  nerved  at  Tlcon- 


deroga.  Saratoga  and  Quebec;  was  brave,  but 
yii'lded  to  impure  inHuences.  and  turned  traitor  to 
the  American  cause;  escaped  to  England,  and 
died  in  London,  in  1801,  despised  for  his  treachery. 

Auhe,  •John— An  American  Oeneral ;  born  in 
England,  in  1721;  member  of  the  Colonial  assem- 
bly; fought  at  Kort  Johnson.  Savannah,  Ga. .  in 
177.'t.  and,  as  a  Brigadier-ficneral,  took  part  in  the 
movements  of  rJeneral  Lincoln  along  the  Savan- 
nah river  in  1778  and  1779;  wan  taken  prisoner  of 
war  in  17S1,  and  died  the  same  year. 

Bnrher.  Frjincl«— An  American  Adjutant-- 
Oeneral.  and  an  active  otHcer:  born  at  Princeton, 
N.  J.,  in  17:.l;  fought  at  Trenton.  Princeton. 
Branrlywini',  <  irTiiuMili-"  ii  ;iiid  Moniii'iiith;   serviMl 

flgain"*t  till- iiiiii. Ill-  111  i;;'.".  :iini  "n-  woinKini  «t 

Newton;  wiis  ;.l-..  niu'ik.'.  .1  in  rli.-  h.ittlr  ..t  Spring 
H.-ld,  and  pr.-int  ;il  tlir  battk-  of  Vorklowu;  was 
killed  by  the  falling  of  a  tree  in  178:1. 

Rritndt,  (lo«e|»h— A  famous  British  Indian 
Chief;  born  in   Ohio,  about   1712;  participated  In 


the  massacre  at  Wvoming:  was  highly  educateil; 
dicfl  in  Canada,  in  1H07. 

Kradwtreet.  fjohn— A  British  General:  born 
in  Knglatid.  in  1711;  served  under  Braddoek  and 
Amhi-rst;  died  in  New  York  in  1774. 

Ritrffoynet  .John— A  British  fJeneral;  born 
in  England,  about  1722:  served  at  Ticondemga. 
Stillwater,  Freeman's  Farm  and  Saratoga;  wrote 
several  dramas  and  pamphlet*!;  died  In  London, 
in  1792. 

Riirr*  Anron— An  American  offlcor;  boi-n  at 
Newark.  N.  .?, .  in  17.'»fi:  served  In  the  expedition 
against  (Quebec:  became  distinguished  a.sa  lawyer 
and  public  man.  and  died  at  Stnteii  Island,  N.  Y. . 
in  ISItC. 

nii(l«>r,  •IiimeH — An  American  offlcer:  horn 
in  Prinrr  Wjlliiim  county,  Va.,  year  unknown; 
served  in  South  Corollna  and  Oeorglo;  was  an 
tnnmte  t>f  ii  British  prisrm-ship,  and  was  killed  In 
battle  at  CloudV  Creek,  S,  C. ,  In  \:^2. 


-^^tS 


:C> — 


LEA1)[N'(;    (H'FICKKS    OK     THK    REVOLUTIONARY    WAR. 


Butler,  tjohn— A  British  (rnenilla  lender; 
liorii  ill  CiinneetiL'ut,  year  unknown;  tirnlullv 
nivatrcd  tlie  valley  of  the  Wyoming;  time  of 
(iealh  unknown;  was  granted  5.i)()0  aci'es  of  liirul  in 
Canaria  and  a  pension  of  *2.500  a  year  for  his  ser 
vices,  by  the  British  Government. 

Butler,  Zebiilon— An  American  Cnlnnel; 
horn  in  Conneeticbt.in  1731;  was  in  several  battles; 
died  in  17y."i. 

Ca(i\«'iill:i<ler,  .John  — An  Ainctiijui  (JciutiiI; 

Iftirn  ;it  I'ImLhI.  l|.hu>,  I'a  ;  ^.■l  v.i!  i,l  I'nn.-.ton. 
Hrandvwihr.  li.i  lll;lrltH^Ml  and  M<>ru<i<>iil]i ;  was  a 
member  ut'  the  .Muryhind  Let^islature;  died  in 
1786. 

Clarke. Oeoree  Rosrers— An  American  Gen- 
eral: born  in  Virginia,  in  1752.  was  in  the  Indian 
service  in  Virginia;  built  Fort  Jefferson,  <_>. ,  in 
1779;  died  near  Louisville,  Ky.,  in  1818. 

dliiton.  Sir  Henry— A  British  commander 
boiii  111  Eniriiind,  about  17:18;  served  at  Bunker 
Hill.  Loni;  Island,  Charleston,  etc.;  died  while 
Kuvcniorof  Gibraltar,  in  1795. 

Clinton,  James— An  American  offlcer;  born 
in  Ulster  county,  N.  Y. ,  in  1736;  served  at  (Quebec 
and  other  places;  was  a  member  of  the  United 
States  Constitutional  Convention;  died  at  Little 
Britain,  N.  Y.,  in  1812. 

Conwsiy,  Thomas— An  American  General; 
born  in  Irchiml.  in  IT^iS;  served  at  Brandywine  and 
Germanlmvii.  and  conspired  against  Washington, 
died  about  isoo. 

CornwalllH.  Charles  (Marquis*— A  Brit- 
ish eoinmandcr;  born  in  Kngtand.  in  17.18;  served 
nt  Bramlywine.  Charleston,  Camden,  Yorktown, 
etc.  ;  died  in  India,  in  1805. 

Benrhorn,  Henry— An  American  General; 
born  at  Hampton.  N.  H..  in  1751;  served  at  Bunker 
Hill.  Monmouth,  etc. ;  was  twice  a  member  of 
Congress;  served  also  in  the  war  of  1812;  was 
United  States  Minister  to  Portugal;  died  at  Rox- 
bury,  Mass..  in  1729. 

Be  Kalb,  «Iohn  (Baron)— An  American 
General;  horn  in  Alsace.  France,  in  1721;  served 
near  Philadelphia  and  Camden.  N.  J. ;  was  mor- 
tally wounded  in  the  latter  battle,  August  16, 
1780. 

Raton.  IkVllliam— An  American  Captain; 
born  at  Woodstock.  Conn.,  in  1764;  served  under 
(ieneral  Wayne  on  the  Mississippi  and  in  Georgia; 
was  Consul'to  Tunis  in  1797;  died  at  Brimtleld, 
Mass.,  in  1811. 

Gatfe,  Thomas- An  eminent  British  com- 
mander; born  in  England  about  1720;  eommanded 
at  Boston  and  Bunker  Hill:  was  succeeded  by  Sir 
Henry  Clinton;  died  in  England,  in  1787. 

Gansevoort,  Peter— An  American  General; 
born  at  Albany.  N.  Y. .  in  1749;  served  in  Canada 
and  at  Fori  Stanwix;  was  Indian  Commissioner; 
died  in  1812. 

Oates.  Horatio— An  American  General :  born 
in  England,  in  1728;  served  at  Saratoga  and  Cam- 
den ;  was  formerly  under  the  British  General 
Braddock;  died  in  New  York,  in  1806. 

Greene.  IVnthanael— -An  American  General; 
born  at  Warwick,  R.  I.,  in  1742;  served  at  Ger- 
mantown.  Camden.  Guilford  Court  House  and 
Eutivw  Springs;  as  a  ("Jenera!  he  ranked  second 
only  to  Washington;  died  in  Georgia,  in  1786. 

Grldlcy,  Howard— An  American  General; 
born  at  Boston.  Mass.,  in  1711;  served  at  Crown 
Point,  the  Plains  of  Abraham  and  Bunker  Hill; 
was  a  successful  military  engineer;  died  at  Stough- 
ton.  Mass..  in  1796. 

Hampton,  "Wade  S.~An  American  General; 
born  in  South  Carolina,  in  17.5.5;  served  under 
Generals  .Sumter  and  Marion;  was  a  member  of 
Congress  in  1794;  served,  also,  in  the  war  of  1812; 
died  at  Columbia,  S.  C,  in  1835. 

Hayne.  Isaac— An  American  Colonel;  born 
in  South  Carolina,  in  1745;  served  at  Quarter 
House,  S.  C. ,  and  was  executed  at  Charleston.  S. 
C, ,  in  1781.  by  the  British  authorities,  on  the 
charge  of  being  a  traitor  to  Great  Britain. 

Heath.  William— An  .American  General; 
horn  at  Roxbury,  Mass.,  in  1737;  served  at  King's 
Bridge  and  Morrisania:  tilled  several  public 
offices,  and  died  at  Roxbury.  Mass. 

HoH'ard,  tjohn  Eager— An  American  Gen- 
eral ,  Horn  in  I'.i  IfiniiMc  ruiint  v,  Md  .  in  i;ri2; 
served  at  White  ri:iin-.,  UiTiii.iiitdWii.  M.-nnumth. 
Camden,  Cowjn,ii~^  ami  liuiltiMd  Court  House; 
was  a  brave  and  active  soldier,  was  governor 
of  Maryland,  and  a  United  States  senator  from 
that  State;  died  m  1827. 

Howe.  Georsre  A.— A  British  General;  born 


tn  Great  Britain,  place  unknown.  In  1724;  fought 
at  Tlccuuleroga.  N.  Y.,  where  he  was  slain,  in 
17;'.8. 

Howe.  Sir  IVIIIIam— A  British  commander; 
biirn  in  Great  Britain,  place  unknown,  in  1729; 
served  at  Bunker  Hill,  on  Long  Island,  at  (ier- 
mantown  and  elsewhere;  was  succeeded  by  Sir 
Henry  riintoii;  was  governor  of  Plymouth,  Eng. , 
and  III  that  position  be  died,  in  1814. 

Hiiffer,  Isaae— .\n  American  General;  born 
at  Limerick  Pliuitation,  S.  C. .  in  1742;  served  at 
Savannah.  Charleston,  Guilford  Court  House 
ond  Ht)bkirk's  Hill;  died  at  Charleston,  S.  C. ,  in 
1797. 

Hii^er.  Francis  K.— An  American  Captain; 
born  ill  Scnith  Carolina,  in  1764;  served  in  the  Con- 
tinental army.  aii<l  was  a  Colonel  in  the  war  of 
1813;  died  at  Charleston,  S.  C. ,  in  1855. 

»Jns|»cr,  Wllllani  — -An    American  .Sergeant, 

of  r..rM;.ils-,il.tr  ^,■.I.M.  I... in  m  s.mHIi  Carolina, 
about  KM),  s.i\-,  li  ,ii  i^'urt  M.'U  1 1  nr  ;iiiii  Savannah, 
being  sl.uii  ni  llir  l;ilter  ei>nllirt,  in  I7'J9. 

Knox,  Henry- An  American  General:  born 
at  Btiston.  Mass.,  in  1750;  served  at  Bunker  Hill. 
Boston,  New  York  city,  Princeton,  Monmcnith, 
Yorktown,  etc. ;  was  Secretary  of  War  under 
Washington;  died  at  Thomaston,  Me.,  in  1806. 

r.arayette(  Marqtils  de— An  American 
General;  born  near  Brioud,  France,  in  17.')7 ; 
served  at  Brandywine.  Barren  Hill.  Monmouth. 
Yorktown,  etc. ;  died  at  Paris,  greatly  honored,  in 
1834. 

I-ee,  Henry— An  American  officer;  born  in 
Westmoreland  county.  Va. ,  in  1756;  served  in 
Smith  Carolina,  at  Guilford  Court  House,  anti  in 
other  contliets;  was  greatly  esteemed;  died  at 
Cumberland  Island,  Ga.,  in  1818. 

Leivls,  Morgan- An  American  General; 
born  in  New  York  city,  in  1754;  served  in  the  bat- 
tle of  Saratoga  and  in  the  campaign  in  Northern 
New  Yi'vk;  «  as  governor  of  New  York,  and  one 
of  the  vj^'ni  rs  ..t  tbe  Declaration  of  Independence; 
also  partirip;it.d  in  the  war  of  1812;  died  in  New 
York  city,  in  1844. 

I,<ewls,  Andrew  —  An  American  General  ; 
born  in  Ulster.  Ireland,  about  1730;  served  in  the 
exprditinii  tn  tiike  possession  of  Ohio;  wilb  Wash 
inu-Ii.n  ;it  Fori  NeeessitV;  at  Br.Ml.loi^ks  .|rt  im  1  , 
II. MT    K.ilt   hllVUesnr.      was  tTe;lty  CMM  tlllssfneT'  {•• 

the  ^iix  Natiuiis  ut  Indians;  served,  ul-so,  at  I'oint 
Pleasant,  (.).  ,and  at  ti  Wynne's  Island;  died  in  Bed- 
ford county,  Va. ,  about  1780, 

I^flncoln,  Benjamin — An  American  General; 
born  ;ii  Hiii^'li;iiii.  Mass.,  in  1733;  served  at 
Bemis  HeiL-'liis,  .S;(\ftnnah,  Charleston  and  York- 
town;  w;is  Secietiiry  of  War  and  governor  of 
Massachusetts;  died  at  Hingham,  his  birth-place, 
in  1810. 

layman.  I^hlneas- An  American  officer; 
born  at  Durham.  Conn.,  about  1716;  fought  in  the 
battle  of  Lake  George. in  1755.and  served  at  Ticon- 
deroga.  Crown  Point,  etc. ;  died  in  West  Florida, 
in  177.5. 

Mc  Arthur,  Biinean— An  Ameiican  scout 
and  pioneer;  born  in  Dutchess  county.  N.Y..  in 
1772;  served  in  the  Kentucky  and  Ohio  Indian  war 
districts;  was  governor  of  Ohio;  served,  also, 
in  the  war  of  1812;  died  in  Ohio,  in  1839. 

Marlon.  Francis  —  An  American  General; 
boin  at  Winyaw.  S.  C. ,  in  1732;  served  in  the 
(_'lierokee  war  of  1761,  in  South  Carolina  and 
(ieoi-tria.  at  the  battle  of  Camden,  etc.  ;  was  dis- 
tingnisiie.l  for  the  secrecy  and  rapidity  of  his 
npeiatiiMis  figainst  the  British;  died  near  Eutaw, 
S.  C. ,  ill  179.^. 

McBoiicrall,  Alex. — An  American  General; 
born  in  Scoiland,  in  1731;  served  at  White  Plains 
and  (Jerinnntown;  was  a  member  of  the  Colonial 
Congress;  died  in  New  York,  in  1786. 

Mercer.  HiiBh— .\n  American  General;  horn 
in  Scotland,  about  1720;  fought  at  Trenton  and 
Princeton;  was  mortally  wounded  in  the  latter 
contest,  and  died,  greatly  mourned,  in  1777. 

MIffiln.  Thomas— An  American  General; 
born  at  Philadelphia.  Pa.,  in  1744;  served  on  Long 
Island;  was  president  of  Congress;  died  at  Lan- 
caster, Pa.,  in  1800. 

Moreran.  Banlel  —An  American  General: 
born  in  New  Jersey,  in  17,36;  served  at  Quebec  and 
Cowpens.  and  in  the  Pennsylvania  insurrection 
of  1794;  was  a  member  of  Congress;  died  at  Win- 
chester, Va. ,  in  1802. 

Moultrie.  W^illlam— An  American  General; 
born  in  S«mth  Carolina,  in  1731,  fought  at  Sulli- 
van's Island  and  Charleston.  S.  C. .  was  governor 
of  South  Carolina,  and  historian  of  the  Revolu- 
tion; died  at  Charleston,  S.  C,  in  1805. 


Muhlenheric,  Peter  •!.  G.— .\n  American 
GeiH-'ral.  born  at  TiarM"*.  Pa.,  in  1740:  wan  a 
clergyman  at  Wooilsto.-k.  Va..at  the  breaking 
out  of  the  Uev(,lution;  i^rliiped  olf  his  clerical 
gown,  and  put  on  the  continental  regimentalH, 
read  his  commission  as  a  colonel,  and  formed  a 
regiment  of  his  parishioners;  ro>.e  in  rank  in  the 
army;  was  member  of  Congress.  United  Stales 
senator  and  collector  of  customs  at  Philadelphia; 
where  he  died,  in  1807. 

Pickens.  Andrew— An  American  General; 
born  at  Paxt<m.  Pa.,  in  1739;  served  at  Kettle 
Creek.  Stono.  Cowpens.  Augusta  (Ga. )  and  Eutaw 
Springs;  member  of  the  South  Carolina  Legisla- 
tuie  and  of  Congress  f  lom  that  State ;  died  at  Tont- 
assee,  S.  C. ,  in  1817. 

PlnckMi*.v,Charle8C.— An  American  officer; 
born  .It  rliail.viMii,  .s.  C. ,  in  1746;  served  at 
Brandy"  Mir,  ( ii  irtmiitown.  Charleston,  Savannah 
and  in  Fh.nda.  was  a  member  of  the  National 
Constitutional  Convention  of  1787.  and  United 
States  Minister  to  France;  died  at  Charleston,  S. 
C. .  in  1825. 

PInckney,  Thomas— An  American  Major; 
born  at  Charleston.  S.  C, ,  in  17.50;  served  at  Stono. 
Savannah,  and  Camden;  was  governor  of  South 
Carolina  and  Minister  to  Great  Britain  and 
Spain:  was  also  in  Congress  from  South  Carolina; 
died  at  Charleston.  S.  C. ,  in  1779. 

Putnam.  Israel  — .An  American  General; 
born  at  Danvers.  M  Hd  Salemi  Mass.,  in  1718; 
served  at  East  Boston.  Bunker  Hill.  Long  Island 
and  Horse-necks,  Conn.,  at  which  latter  place  he 
won  distinction  for  bravery  by  rapidly  riding  his 
horse  down  a  steep,  rocky  declivity,  "thus  escap- 
ing from  the  British;  died  at  Brooklyn,  Conn., 
in  1790. 

Putnam.  Rufus  — An  American  engineer; 
born  at  Sutton,  Mass.,  in  1738;  constructed  the 
fortifications  at  West  Point.  N.  Y.,  and  founded 
Marietta,  O. ,  where  he  died,  in  1824. 

Schuyler.  PhIII|»  — .An  American  General; 
horn  at  Albany,  N.  Y. ,  in  1733;  participated  in  the 
operations  against  the  British  under  Eurgoyne. 
and  in  New  York;  was  a  member  of  Congress  and 
United  States  senator  from  New  York:  died  at 
Albany,  N.  Y. ,  in  1804. 

Stark,  JTohn— An  intrepid  American  General ; 
b.irniit  Londonderry,  N.  H. .  in  1728;  fought  in 
( ':in;ida,  and  at  Bennington  and  Saratoga;  died  at 
Manchester,  N.  H. ,  in  1822. 

Steuben.    Fred.    W.    A.     (Baron>  — An 

American  Oeneral ;  born  at  Madgeburg.  Prussia, 
in  1730;  served  at  Monmouth  and  Yorktown  ; 
founded  Steuben  county,  N.  Y. ;  died  near  I'tica, 
N.  Y. ,  in  1791. 

Siilllvun,  tJohn — An  American  General;  bom 
at  Berwick.  Me.,  in  1740;  served  in  Canada,  on 
Long  Island,  at  Trenton,  Brandywine  and  Ger- 
mantown:  was  a  member  of  Congress  and  judge 
in  New  Hampshire;  died  at  Durham,  N.  H.,  in 
1795. 

Sumter,  Thomas  — An  .American  General  : 
hoin  111  \iii,'mia.  in  1734;  participated  in  .'several 
baltl'-cif  Oie  l{e\  idiition;  was  a  member  of  Con- 
gress. Iiiiteil  stiites  senator  and  American  Minis- 
ter toBrazil;  was  the  last  surviving  General  of 
the  Revolutionary  army,  and  died  near  Camden 
S.  C. ,  in  1832. 

St.  Clair,  Arthur — .An  American  General; 
born  at  Thurso.  Scotland,  in  1734 ;  served  at  Tren- 
ton. Princeton  and  Ticonderoga;  was.  also,  a 
member  of  Congress  and  governor  of  the  North- 
west Territory ;  died  at  Greensburg.  Pa.,  in   1818. 

"Ward,  Artemas- An  American  General; 
bom  at  Shrewsbury,  Alass.,  in  1727;  served  at  Bos- 
ton and  Roxbury  Heights;  was  a  member  of 
Congress;  died  at  his  birth-place,  in  1800. 

"Warren,  Joseph  —  An  American  General: 
born  near  Roxbury,  Mass..  in  1741;  was  slain  at 
Bunker  Hill,  1775;  was  intrepid  and  eloquent. 

Washington.  William— .An  American  Gen- 
eral: born  in  StatTonl  eminly.  Va. .  in  1752;  served 
on  Long  Island,  and  at  Trenton,  Princeton.  Cow- 
pens  and  Eutaw  Springs:  was  a  relative  of  George 
Washington;  died  at  Charleston,  S.  C,  in  1810. 

■Wayne.  Anthony— -An  American  General; 
known  as  "Mad  Anthony,"  on  account  of  his 
energetic  bravery;  born  in  Chester  county,  Pa., 
in  1745;  served  at  Braufly  wine.  Germantown.  Mon- 
mouth and  Stony  Point;  died  at  Erie,  Pa.,  in 
1796. 

Wilkinson.  James— -An  American  General; 
bom  in  Maryland,  in  17.57:  ser\-ed  in  Canada, 
against  the  Wabash  Indians,  and  on  the  Maiimee 
river.  O. ;  was  governor  of  Louisiana,  and  served 
in  the  war  of  1812;  died  near  the  city  of  Mexico, 
in  1825. 


The  War  of  1812. 


mM 


-^i— ^p=:*- 


•!S'=^aTcrX» 


The  Causes  that  Led  to  the  War  of  1812.      Prominent  and  Important  Battles. 


,:imt.^e^- 


ITH  Thomas  Jef- 
ferson, James 
Madison  was 
associated  as 
Secretary  of 
State.  On  March 
4,  1809.  Madison 
succeeded  Jef- 
ferson to  the 
presidency.  As 
secretary  he  had 
gained  a  knowl- 
__    '       _  —  "^        edge  of  the  inso- 

-^=^^—  '^=  ^^  ~ — — -     ~~     ^^  Icnce  and  aggres- 

sion of  the  English  government  in  ignoring  the  rights  of  neutral 
nations,  like  the  United  States,  while  waging  war  against  the  French. 
To  <ucb  a  height  did  this  insolence  extend,  that  British  war  vessels 
would  stop  American  merchant  ships  on  the  high  seas,  and  impress 


portions  of  the  crews  of  the  latter  into  the  English  naval 
service.  Jefferson  ordered  an  embargo,  to  prevent  British  vessels 
entering  American  ports.  Madison  disapproved  of  this  embargo, 
protesting  no  less  forcibly,  however,  against  British  violations 
of  international  and  neutral  rights,  and  substituted  a  total  cessa- 
tion of  intercourse  between  the  two  countries.  As  this  course 
failed  to  abate  the  evil,  in  the  summer  of  1809,  with  the  consent  of 
Congress,  President  Madison  declared  war  against  Great  Britain,  and 
by  proclamation,  called  upon  the  people  to  prepare  for  the  conllict. 
Five  days  after  the  declaration  of  war.  Great  Britain  repealed  part 
of  the  obnoxious  orders  in  relation  to  the  rights  of  neutrals,  and  so 
removed  a  portion  of  the  causes  of  the  war.  Negotiations  for  a 
settlement  of  the  impressment  question  were  opened  between  the 
two  countries,  but  without  a  satisfactory  conclusion;  and  England, 
in  February,  1813,  established  a  blockade  of  American  porte  on  the 
Atlantic  coast.  Of  course  this  movement  led  to  active  hostilities, 
the  war  continuing  for  more  than  two  years.  The  following  are 
some  of  the  principal  contests  of  the  war: 


Principal  Battles  of  the  War  of  1812,  Between  the  United  States  and  England. 


t^S^HE  WAR  was  declared  June  18.  1812,  and 
tlTlljp^    closed,  by  treaty,  December  24,  18U. 

The  Surren<lerof  Detroit.— Gen- 
eral William  Hull,  Governor  of  Michigan 
ffiritory,  after  war  was  declared, 
receivc'd  uiders  to  invade  Canada  from  Detroit, 
wlinli  In-  (liil  with  I,8lX)  men,  but  not  having 
sutfn-iciit  tfo.-ps  to  carry  out  the  enterprise,  he 
was  siiDit  compelled  to  fall  back:  and  August  IG, 
18ia.  liitu  force  havinif  been  reduced  to  800  men. 
lie  surrendered  his  army,  Detroit  and  Michigan 
Territory,  to  the  British  wider  General  Brock. 

Battlenat  Sea.— Au;rust  10.  1813.  the  United 
Stal<;w  frigate  roristituiiMii  i:ipliiiii  Isaac  Hull, 
captuit  d  the  Britiisli  fii;-Mtf  <;n.'i  i  iL-re,  Captain 
l>;ici-cs;  British  loss,  iifventy-iiine  killed  and 
wminrlcd;  American  loss,  fourteen. 

October  18,  1812.  the  American  sloop  of  war. 
Wasp.  Cai>ta(ii  Jones,  captured  the  Briti-*h  liri«, 
Kiolic,  Captain  Whingates.  but  the  British  ship 
i'oictiers,  with  seventy  four  guns,  captured  both 
the  Wasp  and  the  Frolic. 

Otrtober  25,  1812.  the  American  frigate  United 
States,  Captain  Decatur,  captureil  the  British 
(riirate  Macedonian.  Captain  Carden .  time,  ime 
hour  luid  a  half;  British  loss,  thirty  six  killed  and 
sivtyr-ight  wounded;  American  loss,  five  killed 
aiirl  -"I'vcn  wounded. 

l)f<-fniber2'J,  1812.  the  American  frigate  Con'^ti- 
tiitinii.  Captain  1i;iiiilM  idu'--.  captun-d  IIk-  British 
fritfaleJava,  Captain  Liuiitn-rt.  "If  San  Salviui.ir. 
after  aKeven;  enkM^'tiiKul,.  British  Inss.  Cuptain 
Lambert  killed,  and  171  men  killed  and  wounded. 
Ameilcan  loss,  thirty  three  killed  ami   woniideil. 

The  I'-ntish  vessels  captured  by  American  priva- 
teers. In  1812.  ariioiinted  to  more  than  aoo. 

Intlliin  UraHHacre  In  Mlchlffiin.— In  .Tan- 
nary,  18I.'I,  a  force  4»r  British  Indian  allu-s  rniniint- 
ere»'l  UOO  American  soldiei-H  under  liencral 
Winchester,  at  the  river  Raisin,  defeated  and 
en|)tui-e<l  the  latter,  and  niossaci^ed  many  uf  the 
prisoners. 

<'a|»tiire  of  Toronto,  Can. -April  27,  1813; 
fJint-ral  Tike,  with  1.7(H)  Americans.  lussaulted 
York  (now  Toronlo).  then  tin-  capital  of  Upper 
Canada,  defendi-d  by  8(W  British.  One  battery 
was  Muecessfullv  carried  by  the  Amerlcnns,  when 
R  iimga/ine  exploded,  killing  General  I'lke  and 
killing  and  wounding  20fi  of  his  nun ;  but  the  f<irt 
viiis  <-iipliircd  by  tlie  attai-king  party. 


Bridflh  Repulfle  at  SaekettN  Harbor. 

—  In  May,  IXU.  General  Jacoli  Brown,  cunimanding 
the  American  naval  and  military  post  of  Sackelt's 
H.irbor.  on  Lake  Ontario,  successfully  repulsed 
the  attack  of  a  British  foice  under  General 
Prevost. 

Capture  of  Fort  GeorKe,  Can.— In  May, 
181.'},  the  Americans  attacked  and  carried  Fort 
Geoi-ge,  a  Canadian  stront^liold. 

BatlleoftheThamen,  Can.— Fonght  Octo- 
ber h.  181:t.  at  the  Moravian  settlement,  between 
American  infantrv  under  Geneial  Hari'ison  and 
<'avalry  under  Colonel  R.  M.  Johnson,  and  the 
British  under  General  Proctor,  assisted  by  2.000 
Indians  under  Tecumseh.  The  latter  was  killed, 
and  the  Americans  defeated  the  enemy,  ami  cap- 
tured 6(H)  pr-isoners,  six  cannon  and  large  quanti- 
ties of  stores. 

Battle  of  Lake  Erie.— Fonght  September 
10,  1X13  between  a  squadron  of  nine  American  war 
vessels,  under  Commodore  G.  H.  Perry,  and  a 
Rritish  stiimdron  of  six  armed  vessels,  under  Cnni- 
manil.-i  Hunlay.  The  American  foicc  consisted 
of  4^10  <itli.li-  "iind  men.  \Mtli  rifty  tour  i-annoii. 
wliilt- till'  I'.rilJ-h  niinilicitd  'MVl  i.tti.trs  ani^l  men, 
with  sixty  three  cannon.  The  contest  «as  -sevt-re, 
lasting  about  three  hours.  The  Americans  were. 
however,  successful,  capturing  two  ships,  two 
brigs,  one  schooner  and  a  slooj).  l*erry  lost  one 
v»-s>e!.  sunk,  the  Lawrence,  his  flagship.  The 
loss  in  men  was  nearly  e<|ual.  numbering  about  i:tO 
kilh'il  and  wounded  on  each  sidi*.  Barclav,  the 
British  commander,  was  killed.  This  battle 
secured  the  supn-niacy  of  Lake  Krie  to  the  Amcil- 
eans,  and  was  important  in  this  respct^t. 

More  RnttleH  at  Sc»— February  34,  I8i:i. 
off  the  coawt  of  British  Guiana.  S.  A.,  the  Amerl- 
<'an  frigate  Hornet,  eighteen  guns,  encountered 
the  British  brig  Peacock,  and  after  a  short 
engagfinenl.  the  latter  surrendered,  she  bring  in 
a  sinking  ccmilition,  and  in  a  short  tlnn-  slu-  w.nt 
down,  dr<)wiiing  nine  of  her  men  ami  llvr  ijf  ihe 
liornct's  crew.  The  Peacock  lo.st  thirty  (luce 
kilh-d  and  woinided  In  tlie  light,  ineludiiig  her 
eomnnmdiT.  while  the  llornet'H  loss  was  only  ono 
killed  anri  two  wounded. 

June  I,  1813.  the  Anmriean  frigate  Chesapeake, 
forty  eight  guns,  comnumded  by  the  same  cap- 
tam.  Lawrence,  engaifcd  the  British  frigate 
Shiiiinoii,    <'ji|ilain     Broke,    also    rairying     forty 


eight  cannon,  about  thirty  miles  from  Boston. 
The  fight  lasted  but  lifteen  minutes,  and  resulted 
ill  the  death  of  Lawrence  and  the  capture  of  the 
Chesapt-ake.  The  American  loss  was  f^irty-eight 
kilk-d  and  ninety-eight  wounded,  the  British  had 
twenty-three  killed  and  fifty  six  wounded. 

September  5.  1813.  the  American  sloop  of  war 
Enterprise,  commanded  by  Lieutenant  William 
Burroughs,  encountered,  off  Portland,  Me.,  the 
British  brig  Boxer,  commanded  by  Lieutenant 
BIyth.  and  captured  the  latter  after  a  sharp 
engagement.  Biyth  was  killed,  and  BuiToiighs 
was  mortally  wounded.  They  were  buried  side  by 
side  at  Portland. 

Battle  of  Chippewa.  Xiairara  FhIIh.— 

July  n,  I8U,  a  fort-e  ol  l.WMl  Anuri.ans,  luukr 
General  Wintleld  Seott,  fuu^'hl  -J.  Hid  Btiii-Ii  ti^ops 
under  General  Kiall.  at  Chippewa.  Tlu'  laiirr'. 
after  several  attacks  and  coiinler  attacks,  unc 
repulsed.  The  Americans  lost  sixtv  eight  killed 
and  2fi7  wounded,  the  British.  138  fci lied  and  Ma 
wounded. 

Battle  of  L.iindy*fi  I^aiie. —Fonght  near 
Niagara  Falls,  July  2.i,  18U.  betwt-en  3.000  Aineii- 
eans  under  (Jt-nerals  Brown  and  Seott.  and  a 
larger  force  of  British  under  Ci-ncral  liiall.  The 
battle  began  about  sunset,  and  c-oiiiiniuil  until 
after  dark  with  great  severity.  The  lliili-.li  Imt 
tery  of  nine  guns  was  eaptured,  and  Kiall's  troops 
wrie  drivrii  off  after  Iliree  unsuccessful  attempts 
to  regain  It.  The  Americans  lost  743  men  killed 
and  woiiiidefi.  and  the  British  878.  Brown  and 
Scott  were  both  wounded. 

Kaltif    of    I.aki*     4Mi:inipl:iln  —General 

Mai I..  \Mth  about    I.'.iin   Ann u.  an  troops,  lirld 

possession  of  plaHsbiirgh,  N.  V.,  on  the  western 
short-  of  Lake  Champlain,  in  August,  isil,  when 
the  British  (ieneral.  Sir  (ieorge  Prevost.  advanced 
upon  the  town  with  12.<H)0  men.  on  the  lake  the 
Amerleans  had  a  Meet  of  fourteen  vessels,  earrv 
tn^' eiirht  v  six  trims  and  XilO  men,  under  Captain 
M>'l>.inoiik-li.  while  t)ir-  British  s.inadron,  under 
(!a|>taiii  Downle.  numbered  sixteen  vessels,  ninctv- 
Hve  guns  and  about  1,000  men.  September  11.  IKU, 
early  in  the  >nornlng,  the  nnval  luitlh-  began, 
lasting  with  severity  for  several  Imurs,  and 
resiillirig  in  u  total  victory  for  the  Amei  ieans.  ihe 
Brltl-h  haiilmg  down  their  Ilai^s  and  surrender 
htlf.  The  liiridiittai  k  of  IheBrllivh  soldiers  was 
xbandoiieil  uIm  II  the  result  nl    the  naval    (l^'lil  wus 


i 


=^ 


OKKIOKIW    IN    Til  10    WAR    DF 


|SI2. 


lenrnetl.  The  Amoricans  lost  112  killed  and 
wounded.  The  British  loss  was  estimated  at 
about  300,  exclusive  of  prisoners*,  and  seventy-flvu 
eaiinon,  beside  their  Kimbcjuts. 

WaNhlnsrton  Burned.— August  S4.  1HU,  atl 
aniiv  of  fi.OOO  British,  iiiuler  (ienrral  Kdhs,  whn 
had  liin.i<'<l  ill  ('lirs,'.|.<-iike  Kiiy.  iiiun-hcil  on  lli,> 
nali..ii;il  <;i|.il,d,  tMuk  |i..sM'SN!..n  ..f  tli.-  <i(v  and 
biiriicii  tlir  imlilj.-  I.inldiii^-s,  in. ■hiding  llir  .M|.itol 
nnci  tin-  I'rcsiiliiiLs  limiHi",  Tliey  Diet  with  but 
little  tipposilioii. 

The  BrUiHh  al  UalUmor«.— After  burn 


intr  Washincrton.  Ross  re-embarkod  his  army  and 
assaulted  the  eity  of  Baltimore,  Md..  September 
12  and  IS.  but  was  repulsed  by  the  citizens.  Gen- 
eral K..SS  was  killed. 

Niival  OiKTadons.  — Peace  wa-S  consum- 
mat<d  about  Christmas,  1811,  hut  the  news  did  not 
ii-acb  AiMcriia  for  some  time  afterward,  and  tlj<ht- 
iiit^'  eiiiit  itiitt  il  itii  land  and  sea.  Additional  naval 
ea[tliiiis  by  the  Anii-in-aris  comprised  seven  Brit- 
ish war  vessels,  and  the  British  captured  two 
American  ffigatea  and  two  or  three  smaller 
era  ft. 


Battle  of  New  Orlean«.— Foiipht  January 
8,  ixir..  four  miles  from  the  city,  between  l.OtW 
Americans,  unrhT  (general  Anrlrew  Jackson,  and 
a  liriti^^li  army  under  Sir  Kdwurd  I'ukenham, 
istiinatedai  from  K.OOO  to  lO.tHK)  men.  .laekson 
occupied  a  stronj;  position,  well  fortilled,  with 
twelve  cannon.  The  severity  of  the  H^bt,  which 
resulted  in  the  repulse  of  the  Itrltisti,  Is  shown  in 
the  loss  of  the  latter— something'  over  2,000  men 
killed,  wounded  and  prisoners.  The  American 
loss  was  very  slii^ht.  On  the  IHth  the  Brit- 
ish retreated,  Ieavin(f  ei(flity  wcnindcd  men  in 
tiie  hands  of  the  Americans.    This  closed  the  war. 


Leading  Officers  in  the  Wars  of  1812  and  Mexico, 


<4>^'f^">  .^^^-^ 


jDAIR,  »TOIIN-An  American  Gen- 
eral, hnin  ill  t 'hester  county,  S.  C  , 
in  17,'.',i;  loiitrlit  111  the  battle  of    New 
Orleans,      January    8.     181.^;      Com- 
mand.-il  k'entui'ky  nniitia,  and  was 
a  member  of   Congress  from  Ken- 
tucky; died  in  IK40. 
Black  H a\*-k— A  British  Indian 
Chief;    born  near  the  mouth  of  Kock 
river,  IV..,  about   176»;  foutdrht  in  Illi- 
nois and   Wisconsin,    in   1832,  against 
Generals  Scott,  Atkinson  and  I>odge; 
was  finally  captured  and  imprisoned; 
died   near  DesMoines,  Iowa,  in  1838. 

Brook.  Isaac— A  British  General;  born  in 
England,  in  1769,  served  at  Detroit  and  Queens- 
town,  and  was  slain  in  the  battle  of  Queenstowil 
heights,  near  Niagara,  N.Y.,  August  16,  1812. 

Brown*  Jacob — An  American  General;  born 
in  Bucks  county.  Pa.,  in  177.'j;  served  at  Sackett's 
Harbor,  N.  Y.,  Chippewa,  Niagai-a  Falls  and  Fort 
Erie,  in  the  war  of  1812;  was  chief  Major-General 
of  the  United  States  army  in  18:il;  died  at  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  in  1828. 

Chandler,  John  — An  American  General; 
born  in  Massachusetts,  year  unknown;  served  in 
the  war  of  1812;  was  United  States  Senator  from 
Maine;  died  at  Augusta,  Me.,  in  1841. 

Clarke.  William— An  American  General; 
born  in  Virginia,  in  1770;  served  in  the  exploring 
expedition  to  Oregon,  in  1804;  was  Governor  of 
Missouri  Tenitory  in  1813-1821,  and  Superintendent 
of  Indian  Affairs  in  1822;  died  at  St.  Louis,  Mo. ,  in 
1838. 

CroKliaii,  Oeoi'tje— United  States  Inspector- 
Gen. -lal.. I  111.'  Anin  .  b.iiTini-ar  Lnnisvilli-.  Ky. , 
ini;;)!,  •^.■\\.:\  m  thr  u;irs  nf  ISI'^  and  Mexico; 
was  a  I  th.'  hall  !■■..!  Tippecanoe,  Ind.,  in  ISll;  died 
at  New  Orleans,  in  1840. 

DIx,  John  A.— An  Atneriean  Officer  and 
Statesman:  born  at  Boscawen.  N.  H.,  in  1798;  was 
an  Adjutant  in  the  war  of  1812.  and  prominently 
served  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion;  was  Governor 
of  the  State  of  New  York;  died  in  New  York  city, 
in  1879. 

Qaine»i,  Kdmund  P.— .\n  American  General; 
born  in  Cuipeper  conntv.  Va. .  in  1777;  served  at 
Chrystler's  Field  and  Fort  P^rie,  in  the  war  of  1812: 
was  instrumental  in  procuring  the  arrest  of  Aaron 
Burr  for  treason;  died  at  New  Orleans,  in  1849. 

Grant,  XJlysses  S. — An  .American  General; 
born  at  Point  I'leasant.  ". .  in  1S->,J,  fought  in  Mex- 
ico, under  (iiiurals  Scott  and  Taylor;  a  hero  of 
the  war  of  the  Kebt'llion,  and  eighteenth  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States. 

Harmar,  Joslah -General-in-Chief  of  the 
United  .States  army;  born  in  Pennsylvania,  in 
1753;  died  at  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  in  1813. 


Harrison,  William  H.— An  American  Gen- 
eral, born  at  Berkeley.  Va.  .in  1773;  fought  the 
Indians  at  Tippfcanne,  Ind.,  in  1811,  and  at  the 
battle  of  the  Tham.-s.  in  Canada;  was  a  niemiier 
of  Congress  trum  Ohio,  and  ninth  President  of 
the  United  States;  died  at  Washington,  D.  C, 
in  April,  1H41. 

Harney,  William  S.— An  American  Gen- 
eral; born  in  Louisiana,  in  1798;  is  (1880)  still 
living,  and  has  probably  been  in  the  army  service 
longer  than  any  other  officer,— with  an  honorable 
record. 

Hull,  William— An  American  General;  born 
at  Derby,  Conn. ,  in  1753:  served  in  the  wars  of  the 
Revolution  and  1812:  in  the  latter  he  surrendered 
Detroit  to  the  British;  was  Governor  of  Michigan 
in  1805;  died  at  Newton,  Mass.,  in  1825. 

JackHon,  Andrew— An  American  General; 
born  at  \Vaxli,nv  settlement,  in  North  Carolina,  in 
1707;  loiit^ht  llieCr.ck  Indians  in  1813;  defeated 
the  l{iiti>li  Oiiural  I'akenhani  at  New  Orleans, 
La..  January  8,  1815;  was  seventh  President  of  the 
United  .States  for  two  terms,  from  1829  to  1837; 
suppressed  the  South  Carolina  "  nulliflers;"  died 
near  Nashville,  Tenn. ,  in  1845. 

Kearny,  Stephen  "W.- An  American  Gen- 
eral; born  at  Newark,  N.  J.,  in  1794;  served  in  the 
wars  of  1812  and  Mexico;  was  Governor  of  Cal- 
ifornia in  1847;  died  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  in  1848. 

Macomb,  Alexander —  An  American  Gen- 
eral, born  at  Detroit,  Mich.,  in  1782;  served  at 
Niagara,  Fort  George  and  Plattsburg,  in  1813  and 
1814;  was  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  army;  died 
at  Washington,  D.  C. ,  in  18U. 

Pakenham,  Sir  Edward— .\  British  Gen- 
eral; place  and  date  of  birth  unknown;  fought 
the  Americans  under  General  Jackson  at  New 
Orleans,  January  8,  1815;  was  defeated  and  slain 
in  that  eonrtict. 

Pike,  Zebnlon  M.  — An  American  General; 
born  at  Lanibii  t.m,  \.  J,,  in  1779;  explored  the 
soureisnl  III.-  Mt-,M^si|.pi;  served  in  theAmerican 
besieg.-riiriii  of  ^.nk.  Can.,  in  1813,  at  which  time 
and  place  he  was  killed. 

Porter,  Peter  B.— An  American  General; 
born  at  Salisbury.  Conn.,  in  1773;  served  in  the 
battles  of  Black  Rock,  Chippewa,  Lundy's  Lane 
and  Fort  Erie;  was  Secretary  of  War  under  Presi- 
dent John  Q.  Adams;  died  at  Niagara  Falls,  in 
1844. 

Quitman,  John  A. — An  American  General; 
born  in  Dutchess  county,  N.  Y.,  in  1799;  served 
under  General  Taylor,  in  Mexico,  1846-1848;  was 
Governor  of  Mississippi,  and  a  member  of  Congress 
from  that  State;  died  at  Natchez,    Miss.,  in  1858. 

Rl|»ley,  ICoHwel!  S. — An  American  officer; 
born  in  Ohio,  about   1823;  served   in  the  war  with 


Mexico,  against  the  Indians  in  Florida,  and  as  a 
Confederate  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion;  was 
wounded  at  the  battle  of  Antietam,  and  died  at 
Charleston,  S.  C. ,  in  1863. 

Ripley,  Eleazer  ^V.— An  American  Gen- 
eral; born  at  Hanover,  N.  H.,  in  1782;  ser\'ed  at 
Chipjicwa.  Lundy's  Lane,  and  Fort  Erie;  died  at 
West  Feliciana,  La.,  in  18.59. 

Shelby,  Isaac— An  American  commander; 
born  near  Hagcrstovvn.  Md.,  in  17.50:  served  in  the 
American  wars  with  the  Indians,  the  war  of  the 
Revolution,  and  the  war  of  1812;  was  Governor  of 
Kentucky  eight  years;  died  in  Lincoln  county, 
that  State,  in  1826. 

Shields,  James — An  American  Brigadier- 
General  of  volunteers;  born  at  Dungannon,  Ire- 
land, in  1810;  served  in  the  war  with  Mexico  and 
the  Rebellion;  was  United  States  Senator,  respec- 
tively, from  the  States  of  Illinois,  Minnesota  and 
Missouri;  died  in  1879. 

Taylor,  Zaohary— An  American  General; 
born  in  ti[an;j-.'  c.Minty.  Va.,  ill  1784;  served  in  the 
wars  o|  ISIJ  and  Mexico;  was  twelfth  President  of 
the  United  States;  died  at  Washington,  D.  C,  in 
1850. 

Teoumseh— A  famous  chief  of  the  Shawnee 
Indians;  born  in  Ohio,  about  1768;  operated 
against  the  whites  in  Ohio  and  Indiana;  wa.s  killed 
at  the  battle  of  the  Thames,  in  1813. as  is  supposed 
by  Colonel  Richard  M.  Johnson,  of  the  Kentucky 
militia. 

Twiere"*.  David  E.— An  American  General, 
horn  in  RU-hnmnd  county,  Ga. ,  in  1790;  served  in 
the  wars  of  1812  and  Mexico;  joined  the  Confeder- 
ates in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion;  died  at  Augusta, 
Ga.,  in  1862. 

V:in  Renwselaer,  Solomon— An  American 

officer;  t.i.in  III  K.-n~s'lair  .i.niitv,  N.  Y. .  in  1774; 
serv.-d  in  III.-  battif  of  lli.'  M  lanil.  in  1792.  and  in 
the  battle  «(  <^u.-cn^t..\\M  h-  ights.  in  1812;  was  a 
member  of  Congress  from  the  State  of  New  York, 
1819-1822;  died  at  Albany.  N.  Y.,  in  1852. 

Winder,  W^illiam  H.— An  American  Gen- 
eral; born  in  Maryland,  in  1775;  served  at  Bladens- 
burg.  and  other  places  in  the  war  of  1812;  waS  a 
successful  lawyer  in  Baltimore;  died  in  1824. 

Wool,  John  E.— An  American  General;  born 
at  Newburgh.  N.  Y. .  in  1789;  served  in  the  wai-s 
of  1812.  Mexico,  and  the  Rebellion,  and  among  the 
Inihans  in  Oregon  and  Washington  Territories; 
diedatTr.jy.  N:  Y.  ,  in  1869. 

^Vorth.  'William  J.— An  American  General , 
born  at  Hiidxin.  N.  Y. ,  in  1794;  served  in  the  war 
of  ISi;,  against  the  Indians  in  Florida,  and  in  the 
war  with  Mexico;  died  at  San  Antonio,  Texas,  in 
1849,  was  buried  in  New  York  eity. 


I.CDx'i— 


.A 


'-^V- 

-? 


LIFE    AND    TIMES    OF    GENERAL    SCOTf. 


-^3£j 


WINFIELD  SCOTT. 


^m^. 


'j7j^''/^.'.j^a-'/-'^/  ^^'"y 


7^ 
Outline  Sketch  of  a  Long,  Eventful  and  Busy  Life. 


NE  OF  THE  MUST  prominent  of 
American  military  heroes  was  General 
Winfteld  Scott,  whose  life-history  is 
a  succession  of  distinguished  events. 
His  birth  occurred  at  Petersburg.  Va. , 
June  13,1786. 

After  receiving  an  education  at 
William  and  Mary  College,  near  Wil- 
liamsburg. Va. ,  he  studied  law  and 
was  admitted  to  its  practice  in  180G. 
In  1808  he  joined  the  army  as  a 
Captain  of  light  artillery,  being  stationed  at  Baton  Rouge.  La. 
In  1809  he  was  brought  before  a  court-martial  and  suspended  for 
a  year,  because  of  criticieing  the  conduct  of  his  superior  officer. 
During  the  time  of  his  suspension  he  studied  military  tactics. 

Being  restored  to  duty,  he  was  ap-  ^^^ — . 
]iointed  a  Lieutenant-Colonel  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  war  of  1812.  and  sent  to  the 
Canadian  frontier.  There  he  participated 
in  the  battle  of  Qneenstown  heights,  ren- 
dering efficient  service,  but  on  being 
promptly  reinforced,  he  and  his  whole 
command  were  captured  by  the  British. 
Having  been  exchanged,  early  in  1813.  he 
joined  the  army  under  General  Dearborn 
as  an  Adjutant-General,  with  the  rank  of 
Colonel. 

In  May  of  that  year,  at  Fort  George,  he 
was  severely  wounded  by  the  explosion 
of  a  powder  magazine.  He  held  a  com- 
manding position  in  General  Wilkinson's 
proposed  expedition  against  Montreal, 
which  was  abandoned,  however,  in  the 
autumn  of  1H13. 

In  March  of  the  following  year  he  was 
appointed  to  the  position  of  Brigadier- 
(Jencrnl,  and  soon  afterwards  he  estab- 
lished a  camp,  at  Buffalo,  for  the  purpose  of  giving  military  instruction. 
July.  18H.  was  an  eventful  month  in  the  career  of  the  General.  On 
the  3d  he  participated  in  the  successful  attack  on  Fort  Erie,  on  the 
Niagara  river,  which,  with  part  of  its  garrison,  was  captured.  The 
battle  of  Chippewa  was  fought  on  the  .'ith,  resulting  in  the  success  of 
the  Americans.  On  the  Srjth  occurred  the  short  and  blfK)dy  conflict 
of  Lundy's  Lane,  near  Niagara  Falls,  in  which  Scott  won  a  hard- 
fought  victory,  having  two  horses  shot  under  him  and  receiving  two 
severe  wounds,  one  of  which  partially  disabled  his  left  arm. 

When  the  war  was  over,  President  Madison  tendered  Scott  the 
position  of  Secretary  of  War  in  his  Cabinet,  but  this  he  declined.  He 
was  then  promoted  to  the  rank  of  Major-(ienernI.  receiving  also  a 
gold  medal  and  the  thanks  of  Congress  for  his  military  service/. 


WINFIELD  SCOTT. 


After  assisting  in  reorganizing  the  army  on  a  peace  footing.  General 
Scott  visited  Europe  on  a  military  and  diplomatic  mission  for  the 
Government. 

Returning  to  the  United  States  in  1816,  he  was  married  to  Miss 
Mayo,  of  Richmond,  Va. ,  and  prepared  several  works  on  military 
tactics  and  regulations. 

In  183'2  he  visited  Illinois,  to  participate  iu  the  war  against  the  Sacs 
and  Fox  Indians;  but  before  he  could  take  the  field  the  capture  of  the 
famous  chief  Black-Hawk  rendered  his  services  unnecessary. 

In  the  same  year,  when  the  South  Carolinians  threatened  to  nullify 
certain  provisions  of  the  Federal  Constitution.  General  Scott  com- 
manded the  military  forces  at  Charleston  with  good  effect  in  sup- 
pressing the  rebellious  spirit  of  the  citizens. 

From  1835  to  1837  General  Scott  was  engaged  in  the  war  against 
the  hostile  Indians  in  Florida  and  in  the  Creek  country,  but  his  mili- 
tary conduct  in  these  campaigns  subjected 
him  to  trial  by  a  court-martial,  in  which, 
however,  he  was  triumphantly  acquitted. 
In  1838  he  efficiently  assisted  in  remov- 
ing the  Georgia  Indians  to  a  new  reserva- 
tion west  of  the  Mississippi  river;  and  in 
the  following  year  he  was  active  in  sup- 
pressing the  difficulties  arising  from  the 
unsettled  boundary  line  between  Maine  and 
New  Brunswick.  This  trouble  was  not, 
however,  permanently  settled  with  Great 
Britain  until- 1842,  when  the  Ashburton 
treaty  was  signed. 

General  Scott,  in  1841.  after  the  death 
of  General  Macomb,  was  made  Com- 
mander-in-Chief of  the  army;  and  in  1847 
he  assumed  command  of  the  troops  ordered 
to  take  j)art  in  the  war  with  Mexico. 

The  e\euts  of  that  campaign  were  bril- 
liant and  successful.  Vera  Cruz  was 
invested  on  the  9th  of  March,  and  on  the 
atith  the  castle  of  San  Juan  de  Ulua  capitu- 
lated, the  garrison  of  5, 000  Mexicans  laying  down  their  arms  (mtside 
of  the  city  on  the  9th.  On  the  ISlh  of  April  the  battle  of  Cerro  Gordo 
was  fought.  Santa  Anna  being  driven  from  his  strong  position,  and 
on  the  following  day  General  Scott  captured  Jalapa,  taking  Perote  on 
the  add,  and  Puebla  on  May  15.  Here  he  rested,  awaiting  rein- 
forcements, until  August  7,  when  the  advance  of  the  army  upon  the 
city  of  Mexico  began. 

On  the  10th  of  August,  ar  the  head  of  nearly  11.000  men.  in  front 
of  the  city,  General  Scott  encountered  opposition  from  about  19,  OiK) 
Mexicans  under  Generals  VaU-ncia  and  Santa  Anna.  The  severe 
battles  of  Contrcras  and  Churubuseo,  in  which  these  opposing  forces 
were  engaged,  occurred  on  the  'JOlh  of  August,  the  Americans  being 
victorious.      The  capital  was  now  at  the  mercy  of  (Jeneral  Scott,  but 


-nC); 


i: 


an  armistice  was  agrci-d  upon  until  ScptcmbiT  V,  in  order,  if  po«>-ible, 
to  negotiate  a  peace. 

The  negotiations,  however,  were  unsuccessful  aiul  the  attji<-k  upon 
tlie  city  began  by  besieging  the  strong  fortitlcations  of  Chapultepec,  at 
the  southwest  entrance  to  the  city,  which  were  defentled  by  14,000 
Mexicans.  On  the  Rth  (Jeneral  Worth,  witli  3,  500  American  soldiers, 
curried  a  portion  of  this  j^tronghold.  capturing  more  than  800  prison- 
ers and  a  considerable  quantity  of  the  enemy's  munitions  of  war,  hui 
witli  the  lo«s  of  about  4)ne-fuurth  of  his  own  otticers  and  men.  The 
remaining  fortifications  at  Chapultepec  were  carried  by  storm  on  the 
Kith,  ami  on  the  follnwing  day  General  Scott  entered  the  city  of 
Mexico  and  raised  the  American  flag  over  the  far-famed  "  halls  of  the 
Montezumas, "  meeting  with  l)ut  slight  opposition.  Order  was  soon 
established,  and  u  levy  of  $150, 000  was  made  upon  the  city,  two- 
thirds  of  which  amount  General  Scott  sent  to  Washington  for  the 
purpose  of  founding  military  asylums.  The  Americans  retained 
possession  of  the  eity  until  peace  was  concluded,  in  February,  1848, 
governing  it  judiciously  and  successfully. 

Returning  to  the  United  States,  General  Scott  was  subjected   to  a 


formal  investigation  of  his  conduct  in  the  Mexican  war,  and  was  tri- 
umphantly vindicated. 

In  IH-'jii  the  General  was  nominated  for  President  of  the  United 
States  by  the  Whig  party;  but,  although  popular  as  a  military  hero, 
he  failed  in  his  election,  General  Franklin  Pierce,  the  Democratic 
candidate,  receiving  a  majority  of  the  electoral  vote. 

A  dispute  having  arisen  between  (Jreat  Britain  and  the  United 
States  as  to  the  boundary  line  of  British  America  in  the  Straits  of 
Fuca,  General  Scott  was  appointed  a  commissioner,  in  1850,  to 
investigate  the  trouble,  and  succeeded  in  amicably  and  satisfactorily 
adjusting  the  matter. 

When  the  Southern  Rebellion  was  inaugurated,  in  IHfiJ,  General 
Scott,  although  bowed  down  by  the  weight  of  years,  was  very  zealous 
as  a  loyal  military  chieftain,  but  too  infirm  to  participate  actively 
in  the  succeeding  campaigns;  and  he  retired  from  the  army  in  October, 
retaining  bis  rank  and  pay,  and  making  room  for  younger  and  more 
energetic  military  commanders.  After  a  brief  visit  to  Europe,  he 
passed  the  remainder  of  his  life  at  West  Point.  N.  Y.,  where  he  died 
May  29,  I80tJ,  full  of  honors,  and  where  his  remains  were  buried. 


-^^^5**^* 


PROMINENT  NAVAL  COMMANDERS. 


-•^i^^^li'  "'■■>i"i''i';  i'"i"  ■'■  I'l'-vi.i.'iic.^  K.  I., 

^I^WWl  i"  l''"^*;  .■iit.T.-i!  i]u-   nuw  in  iKim.  as 

l>j  a   nii<t-ln|.niari.    .!i-r imrui^-h..Ml   hiiii- 

MJsih  s^t-If  in  tlif  litrlil  lutM.rn  the  Anieri- 

s-gg^ta  cjiii  frijiad.'  Iriiti.!  Stiitfs,  of  whieh 

!^_^3sj  a-H  jj^    ^^,.^_.    p..^,^j    Li.iil.  lutiU.    and    the 


ti>h  fi'ikMtt-   M;ir,-.lMi 

■r    tu-ini:    riii.lun'.l, 

Kl.-.l  till-  l.im  Aiirii-, 

pt^ity,     in     Kn 


1,  in  IHV2.  the 
1H1;1  )u-  coni- 
l-Iiinnj,'  Brit- 
u  .itii>,    esti- 


mated to  be  worth  S2,iioo,imhi-,  (Iu-  same 
year,  in  a  fight  with  the  Hiittsli  Itiiir  Peli- 
Cftii.  he  lost  his  vessel  and  liis  life,  liyintr 
at  Plymouth,  P-ng. ,  on  the  following  day. 

Bailey.  Theodorus— Rear- Admiral;  born  in 
New  York,  in  1805;  operated  at  Pensacola,  1S61. 
and  in  contests  with  Mississippi  forts,  1862,  etc. ; 
plaeed'on  the  retired  list  in  1866,  and  died  at  San 
Francisco,  Cal.,  in  1877. 

Bnlnbrldee,  "William— A  suceessful  Com- 
modi-H-,  l-Mii  ,it  Princettin.  \.  J.,  in  1774;  served 
in  th<-  uiiT  1h  tu.,-11  tlie  Uiiiled  States  and  Tripoli, 
in  l-sici;  HI  IHI'3,  in  the  frigate  Constitution, 
captured  the  British  frigate  Java,  killing  and 
wounding  174  of  the  British,  and  losing  thirty- 
three  of  his  own  officers  and  men;  was  President 
of  the  board  of  naval  eommission'-i-s  of  the  United 
States,  died  at  Philadelphia,  in  1833. 

Barney,  Joshua  — Commodore;  born  at 
Baltimore.  Md. ,  inl7.i9:  served  in  the  wars  of  the 
Revolution  and  1812;  was  severely  wounded  at  the 
battle  of  Bladensburg;  died  at  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
in  1818. 

Barron,  flames— Commodore;  born  in  Vir- 
ginia, in  1768.  distinguished  for  skillful  seaman- 
ship and  scientific  acquirements;  was  made  a 
Captain  in  1799;  served  in  the  Mediterranean; 
encountered,  in  1807.  in  the  fiigate  Chesapeake, 
the  British  ship  Leopard,  to  which  he  surrendered, 
Barron  being  wounded;  the  succeeding  courts 
martial  vindicated  his  Hrmness  and  courage,  but 
suspended  him  for  his  mismanagement  in  the 
fight;  entered  the  merchant  service:  an  attempt 
to  restore  him  to  the  navy  brought  about  a  duel, 
in  1820.  between  him  and  Commodore  Decatur, 
who  was  killed,  Barron  being  severely  wounded, 
siibsefjuently  he  held  several  important  naval 
pobitionson  shore,  died  1851. 

Barron,  Samuel  —  Commodore;  born  at 
Hampton.  Va. ,  about  1763;  appointed  to  defend 
Norfolk.  Va.,  against  the  French,  in  1798;  served 
in  the  war  with  Tiipoli,  commanding  a  squadron 
inl80S;  captured  the  town  of  Derne.  in  Tripoli, 
resigned  on  account  of  iU-health;  commanded  the 
navy-yard  at  Gosport,  Va. ;  died  in  1810. 


Barron,  Samuel— f'apt.Tin.  horn  in  Virginia 
place  and  date  unktinwn  .iilircd  the  navy  as  a 
midshipman,  was  ;ittaclird  tn  iiu-  frigate  Br-andv- 
wirie  when  she  eoiiveyed  I.nlayettc  from  the 
United  Slates  to  France,  in  18^'i.  rose  to  be  a  Cap- 
tain in  ISf).!,  joined  the  Confederates  in  the  war  of 
the  Rebellion,  in  1861.  commanded  tne  naval 
defenses  of  North  Carolina  and  Virginia,  surren- 
dered, at  Hatteras  inlet,  in  1861.  to  the  Union 
forces,  was  exchanged  in  1862;  went  to  England 
and  fitted  out  blockade-runners  and  privateei-s, 
and  after  the  war  returned  to  Virginia  and 
engaged  in  farming. 

Barry,  John— Commodore;  born  at  Tacum- 
shane.  Ireland,  in  17*.5;  served  in  the  war  of  the 
Revolutioni  died  at  Philadelphia,  in  1803. 

Biddle,  Nicholas- Commander;  bom  at 
Philadelphia.    Pa.,    in    17:.0.    .nleic-.l   the    British 


vy  in  1770;  joii 


■d  ih. 


.(1 


of  the  war  of  'the  K( 

at  sea  in  capturing  British  prizes;  while  in  com- 
mand of  his  ship,  the  Randolph,  in  1778,  he  was 
wcmnded  in  an  action  with  a  British  vessel,  and  a 
few  days  afterward  at  sea  the  magazine  of  the 
Randolph  exploded,  destroying  himself  and  310  of 
his  men  with  the  vessel. 

Boggrs,  Charles  S.  —  Rear-Admiral ;  born  at 
New  Brunswick.  N.  J. ,  in  1811;  entered  the  navy  in 
1826;  served  in  various  parts  of  the  world,  becom- 
ing a  commander  in  IS-'i.t;  in  18.'i8  was  light  hou>e 
inspector  on  the  Pacific  coast;  was  with  Karra- 
gufs  (iulf  squadron  in  1S62.  and  fovight  with 
distinguished  bravery;  in  1866  he  became  a  Com- 
modore; in  1867  and  1868  was  in  the  Atlantic 
squadron;  became  Rear-Admiral  in  1870,  and  com- 
manded the  European  fleet  in  1871. 

Chauncey,  Isaac  —  Commodore ;  bom  at 
Black  Rock.  Conn.,  in  1772;  joined  the  navy  in 
1799;  was  made  a  commander  in  1802;  served  in 
the  war  with  Tripoli,  and  in  the  war  of  1812  con 
ducted  many  successful  operations  against  the 
British  fleet  on  the  great  American  lakes;  .subse- 
quently commanded  the  New  York  navy-yard; 
died  at  Washington,  in  1840. 

Dahlt^ren,  John  A.— Rear-.\dmiral  and 
inventor  of  the  Dahlgren  shell  gun;  born  at  Phil- 
adelphia, Pa.,  in  1809,  was  employed  m  Brazil  and 
Mediterranean  squadrons,  in  navy  vard  duty,  the 
coast  survey,  etc.  ;  attempted,  unsuccessfuilv.  in 
1863.  to  retake  Fort  Sumter  from  the  Confederates, 
was  appointed  chief  of  the  ordnance  bureau  in 
1867,  and  died  at  Washington,  in  1870. 

I>ale,  Richard  — Commander;  born  at  Nor- 
folk. Va..  in  17.16;  entered  the  British  navy,  after- 
ward joining  the  Federal  service;  was  taken  pris- 
oner, escaped  and  was  recaptured  by  the  British  ; 
escaping  again,  he  joined  the  squadron  of  Paul 


.lones.  becoming  IJeiitt-piant  of  Jmies"  own  ship, 
and  continued  wnli  him  thri.ni^'li  -i\  itiI  cojiflieis. 
afterwards  entered  tJie  le^uhu  Amei  ii_an  nav_v,  in 
1781;  after  many  \  i(i>Mtu(lrs  he  euniniinidi'd  i 
.squadron  during  the  war  with  Tripoli  in  the  Med 
iterranean  sea;  resigned  in  1802.  and  retired  to 
private  life,  dying  in  1820,  at  Philadelphia. 

Decatur,  Stephen  —  Commodore;  boi-n  at 
Newport.  K.  I.,  in  1751.  entered  the  merchant  ser- 
vice early  in  life,  soon  commanding  a  vessel,  in 
the  war  of  the  Revolution  he  also  commanded 
several  Federal  privateers,  capturing  Britivli 
ships,  which  gave  him  distinction,  during  the 
hostilities  between  the  .Americans  and  Fiance,  in 
1798.  he  rendered  efficient  service,  and  in  1800  he 
commanded  a  squadron  on  the  Guadeloupe  sta- 
tion, retired  from  the  navy  in  1801,  and  died  near 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  in  1808. 

Decatur,  Steiihen,  Jr.— Commodore;  born 
at  Sinepuxent.  Md.,in  1779;  son  of  the  above- 
named,  enteied  the  navy  in  1798.  '.rv.d  ilinin.' 
the  war  with  Tripoli,  in  uiii.h  he  .Ii-iuil'iii-Ii. -d 
himself  bv  Iih  iutrepnt  .nndNcl  m  ier;iptiir  in;.'  tlie 
United  States  frigate  Philadelphia  tiuin  the  Tripul 
itans;  for  this  he  was  made  a  Captain;  gained 
further  distinction  in  that  war  by  his  subsequent 
acts;  in  1812.  during  the  war  with  England,  while 
commanding  the  friirate  United  States,  he  gal 
lantly  eajitured  the  Bnii-h  fiigate  Macedoni.Tu!^  in 
lHir>.  in  a  fight  with  the  i:riti>h  frigate  Eiidyinion. 
Decatur  surrendeied  hi^  tlag->hip,  the  Piesideut, 
and  was  carried  a  prisoner  to  Bermuda;  the  same 
year  he  captured  two  Algerine  war  vessels,  with 
many  prisoners,  and  was  appointed  a  navy  com- 
missioner—a position  he  held  until  his  death, 
whicli  resulted  from  a  duel,  at  Bladensburg.  .Md. , 
in  1820,  with  Commodore  James  Barron. 

Dupont,  Samuel  F.  —  Rear  .\dmiral;  bom 
at  Bergen  Point.  N.  J.,  in  1803;  served  in  the  war 
with  -Mexico  and  the  war  of  the  Rebellion,  com 
manding.  in  the  latter,  the  South  Atlantic  block 
ading  squadron,  performing  efficient  service  in 
the  Union  cause,  was  made  a  Rear-Admiral  in 
1862.  and  was  relieved  from  active  duty  in  1863. 
dying  at  Philadelphia,  Pa. .  in  1865.  from  a  disease 
eontraoted  before  the  breaking  out  of  the  Southem 
Rebellion.  He  was  the  author  of  a  highiy-com- 
mended  treatise  on  the  use  of  floating-batteries 
forecast  defenses. 

Elliott,  Jesse  D.  —  Commodore;  born  in 
Maryland,  in  1782.  entered  the  navy  in  1804.  in 
the  war  of  1812.  served  actively  on  the  northern 
frontier  and  the  great  lakes;  was  second  in  com- 
mand at  Perry's  tight  on  Lake  Erie,  in  1813.  suc- 
ceeding that  officer  in  command  the  same  year, 
became  a  Captain  in  IS18,  was  foi-  sevei"al  yeai-s  in 
command  of  the  West  India  squadron,  and  alter- 


;(3, — 


wards  of  the  Mediterranean  squadron;  was  sus- 
pended, in  1840,  for  four  years,  for  inefficiency, 
and  after  his  restoration  was  placed  in  command 
of  the  Philadelphia  navy-vard;  died  at  Phila- 
delphia, in  18i5. 

Farrasut,  David  G.  — Admiral;  born  at 
Campbell's  Station,  Tenn. ,  in  1801;  entered  the 
navy  at  the  age  of  eleven,  serving  bravely  in  the 
war  of  1812;  for  nearly  forty  years  he  cruised 
about  the  globe  in  naval  vessels;  was  made  a 
Captain  in  1855;  commanded  the  Mare  Island  navy- 
yard,  in  California,  from  1854  to  1858;  in  1862  he 
assumed  command  of  the  Federal  naval  expedition 
to  capture  New  Orleans  and  open  the  Mississippi 
river  to  navigation;  his  success  was  brilliant,  and 
his  services  in  the  Union  cause  were  very  valuable 
all  through  the  civil  contest;  Congress  bestowed 
upon  him  repeated  thanks,  and  created  for  him, 
successively,  the  high  offices  of  Vice-Admiral, 
and  Admiral,  the  latter  in  1866;  in  1867  and  1868  he 
commanded  the  European  squadron,  receiving 
distinguished  honors  from  the  potentates  and 
people  of  the  countries  which  he  visited^  return- 
ing home,  he  died  at  Portsmouth,  N.  H.,  in  1870, 
greatly  esteemed. 

Foole,  Andrew  H.  —  Rear-Admlral;  bom 
at  New  Haven,  Conn.,  in  1806;  circumnavigated 
the  globe  in  1838;  wrote  several  books;  served  in 
Mediterranean  and  African  squadrons,  in  China, 
and  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion  on  the  Mississippi 
river,  rendering  distinguished  services;  died  in 
New  York,  in  1863,  while  preparing  to  take  com- 
mand of  the  South  Atlantic  squadron. 

Goldsborongh,  Lonls  M.— Reav-Admiral, 
born  at  Washington.  D.  C,  in  1805;  served  in  the 
Florida  and  Mexican  wars;  on  the  Pacific  coast  in 
the  war  of  the  Rebellion,  assisting  in  Burnside's 
expedition  to  North  Carolina;  after  the  war  com- 
manded the  European  squadron  and  the  Washing- 
ton navy-yard. 

Uolllns*  George  K.— Captain;  bom  at  Balti- 
more. Md.,  in  1799;  served  in  the  war  with  Tripoli 
and  the  war  of  1812,  commanding  the  navy-yard 
at  Sackett's  Harbor,  N.  Y. ;  joined  the  Confeder- 
ate navy  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion,  operating 
against  the  Federal  blockading  squadron  at  the 
passes  of  the  Mississippi  river. 

Hopklni*,  Esek— The  first  Commodore  of  the 
United  States  navy;  born  at  Scituate,  R.  I.,  in 
1718;  served  in  the  Bahama  islands  in  1776,  was 
dismissed  from  the  service  in  1877,  for  neglect  of 
duty;  died  at  New  Providence,  R.  I. ,  in  1802. 

Hull*  Isaac— Commodore;  bom  at  Derby. 
Conn. .  in  1775;  served  in  the  wars  with  France  and 
Tripoli,  and  of  1812;  commanded  the  frigate  Con- 
stitution, and  captured  the  British  man-of-war 
Guerriere,  in  1812,  for  which  service  Congress 
voted  him  a  gold  medal;  after  the  war  he  com- 
manded two  navy-yards  and  squadrons  on  the 
Pacific  coast  and  in  the  Mediterranean,  and  was, 
also  one  of  the  navy  commissioners;  died  at  Phil- 
adelphia, in  1843. 

•loneSi  Jacob  —  Pos^Captain:  born  at 
Smyrna,  Del.,  in  1770;  served  in  the  war  with 
Tripoli  ami  in  that  of  1812;  in  the  latter  he  com- 
mandt'd  tlit-  sh.op-of-war  Wasp,  with  which  he 
captiir.-d  thfc-  r.ritisli  war-vessel  Krolir  .  in  isiJ;  for 
this  ('..iit'i'-v  v.jt.d  him  a  tr.. ill  im.ditl;  m  1.S13  he 
was  prom. iti'd.  and  Cdminandt-fi  Ha-  liigatt  Mace- 
donian, undt-r  Decatur;  he  died  at  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  in  18.'>0. 

vjonen,  dohn  Paal— Commander;  bom  at 
Arbit'l.ind,  Smtlatid,  in  1747;  cntt-rt-d  tlif  merchant 
servi.f  at  an  larly  age;  jniufil  tin  .■iili.ni--t>  at  the 
bcgiiinirit.'  "f  llie  war  uf  the  Kcv.-liitmn  as  a  naval 
Lieutenant,  operating  at  sea  with  great  success; 
was  made  a  Captain  in  1776;  in  the  Ranger  did 
efficient  naval  service  on  the  coast  of  Scotland;  in 
1779,  off  the  coast  of  England,  in  a  flght  between 
his  vessel,  the  Bon  Ilomme  Richard  (named 
thus  in  honor  of  Benjamin  Franklin),  and  the 
British  man-r»f-war  Serapis.  the  former  was  simk; 
but  one  of  Jones'  four  other  vessels,  during  the 
contest  succeeded  in  capturing  one  of  the  Bi-itish 
fhEps  accompanying  the  Scrajiis;  for  hi.s  galjantry 
in  thin  affair,  Jones  received  the  most  distin- 
guished honors  in  France,  Including  a  sword 
presented  bv  King  Louis  XVL.and  on' his  return 
to  the  rnited  Slates,  in  1781,  Congress  voted  him  a 
cold  medal,  and  Washington  addressed  to  Iiim  a 
nighty  complimentary  letter;  he  Hubt^enuently 
entered  the  Russian  wcrvlce  as  a  Rear-Adrniraf; 
but  fell  int^i  polltfeal  disfavor,  and  retired  to 
Paris,  France,  where  he  died  in  poverty,  in  1792. 

Kearny,  Liawrence— Commodore;  bom  at 
Perth  Amboy.  N.  J.,  in  17H9;  served  in  the  war  of 
1812;  destroyed  many  (Jreek  pirates  In  1827;  served 
in  Ha.<4t  India  in  1841.  greatlv  promoting  Ameriean 
interests  In  China;  died  at  his  birthplace  in  IHB8. 

I^ynch,  \l^llllani  P.— Captain;  born  in  Vh- 
^nin.  In  1801;  distinguished  for  his  valuable 
explorations  dnrinif  his  expedition  to  the  Dead  sen 
and  the  river  Jordan,  In  Palcstim-.  in  1847  and  1848; 
became  a  ctrnrnodure  in  the  Confederate*  navy  In 
18fil;  wa»  d.re.ited  by  I'nh.n  FlngnfTlcer  (Jolrls- 
biiroiigh,  on  Ihe  coast  of  N<.rth  Carolina.  In  18(12: 
aftfjrwards  commanded  at  Smithvllle,  N.  C. ;  died 
at  Baltimore,  Md.,  in  1805.  I 


TIfc'DononKh,  Thomas— Commander;  bom 
in  New  Cavt],.  ctunty,  Del. ,  in  1783;  served  in  the 
war  uith  Tiip'.ii  and  in  the  war  of  1812;  in  the 
latter  distHiguished  himself  by  his  gallantry  and 
victory  over  the  British  on  Lake  Chaniplain,  at 
the  battle  of  Plattsburg  in  1814,  for  which  he 
received  a  gold  medal  from  Congress;  was  made  a 
Captain;  was  presented  with  an  estate  by  the 
legislature  of  Vermont,  and  was  a  subject  of 
numerous  civic  honors  from  several  towns  and 
cities;  afterward  he  commanded  a  squadron  in 
the  Mediterranean,  and  died  on  his  passage  home, 
in  1825. 

Morris,  Charles— Captain;  bom  at  Wood- 
sto<'k.  Cnrin.,  in  1784;  served  in  the  war  with 
Tripoli  mill  in  that  of  1812;  in  the  latter  year  par- 
tiiipaled  a.--  First  Lieutenant  in  the  sea-fight 
between  the  Constitution  and  Guerriere.  and  per- 
formed other  important  services;  was  afterwards 
chief  of  ordnance,  at  Washington,  D.  C. ,  where 
he  died  in  1856.  having  been  in  the  service  of  his 
counti-y  about  fifty-six  years. 

Paulding,  Hiram— Rear-Admiral,  bom  in 
Westchester  county.  N.  Y..  in  1797;  served  in  the 
battle  of  Lake  Chaniplain.  in  1814;  in  the  expedi- 
tion to  Nicaraugua  against  Walker's  fillibusters, 
in  1857,  in  command  of  the  navy-yard  at  New 
York;  was  governor  of  the  Philadelphia  naval 
asylum,  and  Port-Admiral  at  Boston;  died  at  Hunt- 
ington, N.  Y.,  in  1878. 

Perry,  Christopher  R.— Father  of  Oliver 
H.  and  Matthew  C.  Perry;  born  at  South  Kingston, 
R-  I.,  in  1761;  went  to  sea  when  a  boy;  served  in 
privateers  during  the  war  of  the  Revolution;  was 
for  months  an  inmate  of  the  Jersey  prison-ship; 
afterwards  entered  the  merchant  service;  in  i;98 
was  made  a  Post  Captain  in  the  United  States 
navy;  in  1801  was  appointed  Collector  at  Newport, 
R.  I. ,  where  he  died  in  1818. 

Perry,  Oliver  Hazard  —  Commodore;  bom 
at  Newport,  R.  L,  in  1785:  entered  the  navy  in 
1799  as  a  miilslii|>inan  ;  was  with  his  father  in  naval 
service  in  (lie  Wi-^t  Indi-s;  in  1807  was  made  a 
Lieutenant,  ami  iti  Ikihi  rxminaiided  a  war-vessel; 
in  1812  he  cnnnnaniied  gunboats  at  Newpoi-t; 
in  1813  served  under  Commodore  Chauncey, 
on  Lake  Erie ;  co-operated  in  the  attack 
on  Fort  George,  at  the  head  of  his  seamen,  and  in 
September  of  that  year  won  Mis  famous  victory 
over  the  British  fleet  on  Lake  Erie;  subsequently 
he  aided  General  Harrison  in  regaining  possession 
of  Detroit,  Slich.,  and  otherwise;  resigning  Iiis 
command  at  a  later  date,  for  his  gallantry  he 
received  a  gold  medal  from  Congress  and  was 
made  a  Captain.  In  1814  he  commanded  the  frigate 
Java,  and  assisted  in  the  defense  of  Baltimore;  in 
1819,  in  command  of  a  squadron,  he  sailed  for  the 
coast  of  Columbia,  S.  A.,  but  died  in  August  of 
yellow  fever  at  Port  Spain,  in  the  island  of  Trin- 
idad, his  remains  afterward  being  brought  home 
and  buried  at  Newport,  R.  I. 

Perry,  Matihe'wC.— Brother  of  Oliver  H,,  a 
Commodore,  born  at  South  Kingston,  R.  L,  in 
17D5;  served  under  Commodores  Decatur  and 
Rodgers  as  a  midshipman;  became  a  Captain  in 
1837;  commanded  the  Brooklyn  navy-yard,  the 
African  S(|naiiinn.  aTid  the  squadron  in  tlie  Gulf  of 
MexicM  .iui  mi:  til.'  Mexican  war  ;  in  1852  he  com- 
manded the  lnite<l  States  expedition  to  Japan 
which  result*'d  in  the  treaty  with  that  empire,  in 
1854;  died  at  New  York,  in  1858. 

Porter,  David  —  Commodore:  bom  at 
Boston,  Mass.,  in  1780;  served  in  the  wars  with 
France  and  Tripoli,  and  of  1812:  made  an  active 
cruise  to  Brazil  and  the  Pacific,  in  1813  and  1813, 
capturing  British  whale  anri  other  ships;  fought 
pirates  in  the  West  Indies  in  1823;  served  in  the 
Mexican  navy  until  1829;  was  appointed  Consul- 
General  to  the  Barhary  States,  and  afterwards 
Minister  to  Turkey;  died  at  Pera,  Turkey,  in  1843. 

Porter,  David  D.— Admiral,  son  of  the 
above  named  officer;  born  at  Philadelphia.  Pa.,  in 
1813;  served  in  the  war  with  Mexico  and  the  war 
of  the  Kebeilion;  also  in  the  Mediterranenn,  the 
co.ist  survey  ami  the  navnl  observatory;  for 
distinguished  services  in  the  civil  war  he  whs 
marie  a  Rcar-Admiral  in  1863;  was  promoted  to 
Vice-Admiral  in  1806,  and  succeeded  Farragut  as 
Admiral  in  1870. 

Preble.  Edward— Coinniodmc;  horn  at  Ful- 
mouth  Neck.  Me.,  in  1761;  i.-nd.  i.d  dislin^'iiis)ird 
services  in  the  war  of  the  K.\  ohidon  ainl  tin-  war 
with  Tripoli,  for  the  lattei  ol  whhh  he  le.tived  a 
gold  medal  and  a  volt'  of  thanks  from  Congress, in 
1805;  died  at  Portland.  Me.,  in  1807. 

Preble,  Oeorffe  H.— Captain;  nephew  of 
the  foregoing  officer:  bom  at  Portland,  Me.,  in 
1816;  served  in  the  Mexican  and  Chinese  squad- 
rons, and  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion;  Is  the 
author  of  the  "  History  of  the  American  Flag." 

Reld.  Hamiiel  C— Captain,  horn  In  178.3. 
place  unknown:  served  in  the  war  of  1812.  In  Fayal 
Roiiils,  where  he  gnllantly  defended  his  vessel, 
the  biig  (ieneral  .\rmslrong,  ngaitist  a  superi^n- 
British  force,  in  1814;  designed  the  present  Ameri- 
can Urnr.  in  1818;   died  In  1861. 

RodieerM,  tidliii     ('mnniodoir;  born  in  Hurt- 


ford  county,  Md..  in  1771;  served  effectively  in  the 
wars  with  France  and  Tripoli,  and  in  the  war  of 
1812:  died  at  Philadelphia.  Pa.,  in  1838,  being,  at 
that  time,  the  senior  officer  of  the  navy. 

Roderers,  vlohn  (2)  — Rear-Admiral;  bom  in 
Maryland,  in  1812;  served  in  the  Mississippi  and 
Southwestern  campaigns  in  the  war  of  the 
Rebellion. 

Semmes,  Raphael— Commander:     bom   in 

Charles  county,  Md. .  in  1809;  served  in  the  war 
with  Mexico,  under  General  Worth;  was  a  Con- 
federate naval  cruiser  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion, 
and  distinguished  for  his  many  and  successful 
raids  on  United  States  merchant  vessels  in  his 
steamship  Alabama,  in  1862  and  1863;  wrote 
several  books;  died  in  1877. 

Shubrick,  John  X.  —  Rear-Admiral;  born  in 
South  Carolina,  in  1778;  entered  the  navy  in  1806; 
served  in  the  Chesapeake,  as  a  subordinate,  in  her 
flght  with  the  Leopard,  in  1807;  was  a  Lieutenant 
in  the  Constitution  wlitn  shf  raptured  the  Guer- 
riere. in  1812;  was  in  the  H.imet  uh.n  she  fought 
the  Peacock,  in  1813,  ami  m  th.  l^.M.knt  when  she 
was  captured  by  a  British  stni;idron.  in  1815:  in  the 
Guerriere,  he  participated  in  the  naval  operations 
against  Algiers,  in  1815,  and  %vas  drowned  in  that 
year  while  conveying  the  Tripolitan  treaty  to  the 
United  States. 

Shnbrick,  William  B.  —  Rear-Admiral; 
brother  of  John  T.  ;  born  in  South  Carolina  in 
1790;  entered  the  navy  in  IKdC,  and  was  actively 
engaged  in  several  vessels  dnrint:  the  war  of  1812; 
suhsecjuently  ser\-ed  in  vari.m-;  fMiii^rn  s<iua<lrons 
and  in  the  war  of  the  Rebeilion.  lieing  made  a 
Rear-Admiral  in  1862;  died  at  Washington  in  1874. 

Stewart,  Charles —  Rear-Admiral;  bom  at 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  in  1778;  ser^'ed  in  the  wars  with 
France  and  Tiipoli.  and  in  the  war  of  1812;  com- 
manded the  Constitution  when  she  captured  the 
British  war-vessels  Cyane  and  Levant,  February. 
18i.'>;  subsequently  commanded  squadrons  in  the 
Mediterranean  and  Pacific  ocean;  was  aftenvards 
a  navy  commissioner,  and  commanded  the  home 
s(piadron  and  the  Philadelphia  navj'-yard;  died  at 
Eordentown,  N.  J.,  in  1869. 

Stockton,  Robert  P.  —  Commodore;  bom 
at  Princeton,  N.  J.,  in  1796;  entered  the  navy  in 
1810;  was  a  Lieut-  nant  in  1S14;  in  '.821  aideci  in 
founding  the  ci. I. my  >■{  Ijli.ria.  in  Africa;  subse- 
quently fouL'lit  pnal.>  in  the  West  Indies;  in  1838 
was  a  flag  oltieer  in  the  Mtditerranean;  was  made 
a  Captain  in  1839;  returned  to  the  United  States 
and  advocated  the  advantages  of  a  st*?am  navy; 
in  1845  went  to  the  Pacitlc  coast,  and  in  1846  con- 
quered California  for  the  United  Stales;  resigned 
in  1849,  and  in  1851  was  elected  United  States 
Senator  from  New  Jersey;  died  in  1866,  at  Prince- 
ton, N.  J. 

Strlnsham,  Silas  H.— Rear-Admiral;  born 
at  Middleton.  N.  Y..  in  1798;  entered  the  navy  in 
1809;  served  in  the  war  with  Tripoli;  was  engaged 
in  the  suppression  of  the  slave-trade  on  the  coast 
of  Africa;  served  actively  in  the  war  with  Mexico 
and  the  war  of  the  Rebellion;  commanded  the 
Charleston  navy-yard,  and  was  Port-.4iimiral  at 
New  York;  died  at  Brooklyn.  N.  Y.,  in  1876. 

Xriixtiin,  Thomas  — Commander;  born  on 
Long  Island.  N.  Y. ,  in  1755:  served  in  privateers 
during  the  war  of  the  Revolution,  making  many 
valuable  captures;  was  commissioned  a  Captain 
in  the  navy  in  1795:  commanded  the  frigate  Con- 
stcllHtion.  with  «hiih,  in  1799,  he  captured  the 
Frenrli  fniraie  L'lnMjrir.iite.  and  in  18(K>  disnbh-fl. 
with  heavy  loss  to  tlie  French  in  killed  and 
wounded,  the  fiiiratc  La  Vengeance,  receiving  for 
this  action  a  gold  medal  from  Congi-ess;  in  1802  he 
was  discharged  from  the  navy;  was  afterwards  a 
sheriff  of  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  where  he  died  in 
1822. 

'Whipple,  Abraham— Commodore;  horn  at 
Providence,  K.  I.,  in  1733;  served  with  admirable 
strategy  and  skill  in  the  French  ami  Indian  war; 
parliripati'd  in  the  war  of  the  KcMdution;  com- 
niunded  the  lii-st  vessel  tliat  showed  the  American 
Hag  in  the  river  Tluunes.  Eng. ,  in  1784;  died  near 
Marietta,  (>. .  in  1819. 

'Wnrrlnnrton,  I-ewls- Commodore;  bom  at 
Williamsburg.  \'a.  .  in  1782;  entered  the  niivy  in 
1800,  and  seive-i  under  C.. inn. odoi  e  Preble  in*  the 
war  with  Trii>oli;  in  ISHT  pinrieipaleil,  nil  the 
Chesapeake,  in  the  eaptntc  ol  tli.'  Unti^li  wju 
Vessel  Leopard;  in  1814  eoniniandid  the  IVacoek, 
and  that  year  captured  fovirtecn  British  merchant 
vessels,  with  valuable  results;  after  the  war  he 
commnnded  a  West  India  squadron;  was  subse- 
qiieiilly  a  navy  commissioner  and  chief  of  ord- 
nance at  Washiiigt^>n,  where  he  (lied  in  1851. 

Wlnslnw,  <lohn  A.— Uear-.Vdtniral ;  born  nt 
Wllniiuk'ton.  N.  C. ,  in  1811;  served  in  th--  war 
with  MeNieo  ami  in  the  AV(ir  of  the  Uel-elli,,n ,  in 
J8I1I  and  18112  he  was  attached  (o  (lie  Missivsippl 
fbidlla;  in  1864,  while  commandtng  the  steam 
sloop  Kcarsarge,  he  sunk  the  Confederate  i-niiser 
Alabama,  olf  Clierouurg,  Franco;  subsequently 
conimanded  the  Oulf  squadron  and  the  navy-yard 
at  Piulsmouth,  N.  H. ;  died  at  Boston.  Mass.,  in 
187:i. 


I'KOiMIiNKNT    COMMANUKK    llF    i;.    IS.    AlCMIIOS    IN    TllK    I.ATK    CIVIL    WAK. 


oa 


I 


i    ^ 


im  U.S.  Grant 


^3 


,v 

0 

// 

G 

//i.. 

O 
O 

O 

■■~  :. 

o 

o 

'V# 

o 

\V 

o 

As 

m 

w 

G 

His  Boyhood,  Military  Education  and  Subsequent  Successes. 


IlliOl'OII  tiK-  inlliK-nce  of  tlit*  Hon. 
Thoiiius  L.  llamur,  u  member  uf 
Conj^ress,  Hiram  Ulysses  Grant, 
then  a  yoiilh,  in  1830,  was  admitted 
to  tbe  \Ve!<t  Point  Military  Academy. 
By  a  mistake  his  name  went  upon 
the  records  at  the  Academy  as 
Ulysses  S. ,  and  in  the  military  an- 
nals from  that  time  remained  so. 
Born  at  Point  Pleasant,  O.,  April  27,  182^, 

young  Grant,  at  the 

time  of  his  entrance 

at  ihc  Academy,  was 

seventeen   years   of 

aj^c.     His  admission 

to   the    school    was 

from    no   choice    of 
own.       On    the 


^^^^his 

contrary,    he  sought 


tf^p 


to    avoid    attending 

it.     and   only    went 

at  last  by  command 

of  his  father. 
Remaining  in  the  Military  Academy 
fonryears,  he  graduated  in  184:J.  Receiv- 
ing an  appointment  as  Lientenant  by 
brevet,  he  proceeded  to  Missouri,  and  from 
thence  the  regiment  to  which  he  belonged 
was  called  to  the  army  of  General  Taylor, 
in  Texas,  where,  in  1845,  he  was  commis- 
sioned a  Lieutenant,  being  then  twenty- 
three  years  of  age.  In  the  following  year 
he  participated  with  his  regiment  in  sev- 
eral of  the  battles  fought  in  Mexico, 
where  he  received  honorable  mention  for 
his  bravery,  and  was  promoted  to  a  Cap- 
taincy by  brevet.      At   the   close   of    the 

Mexican  war  he  came  northward  with  his  regiment,  being  stationed 
for  a  time  at  Detroit,  and  afterwards  at  Sackett's  Harbor,  in  the 
State  of  New  York. 

In  1848  he  married  Miss  Julia  T.  Dent,  of  St.  Louis.  Four  years 
afterwards,  in  1852,  he  was  with  his  regiment  in  California  and 
Oregon,  when,  tiring  of  his  inactivity  and  absence  from  home,  he 
resigned  his  commission,  being  then  at  Vancouver,  and  returned 
to  St.  Louis,  fully  resohed  upon  leading  the  quiet  life  of  a  civilian. 


ULYSSES  S.  GRANT 


Naturally  averse  to  warfare,  he  never  desired   to  enter   military 
service  again. 

He  settled  upon  a  corner  of  the  Dent  farm,  some  miles  out  of  St. 
Louis,  and  among  his  other  labors  lie  drew  wood  to  the  St.  Louis  mar- 
kets in  the  morning,  sold  it,  smoked  his  cigar  quietly,  and 
returned  to  his  home  in  the  evening.  Tiring  of  this  quietude,  he 
sought  greater  activity  in  the  business  of  a  real  estate  agency  in  St. 
Louis,  but  the  fates  were  against  his  pecuniary  prosperity.  In  vain 
he  sought  to  obtain  an  appointment  to  a  petty  office  in  that  city,  but 
failing  in  that,  he  entered  into  business  with  his  father,  at  Galena, 
111.,  the  sign  upon  the  store  reading, 
1859,  "Grant  &  Son,  Leather- 
ers. " 

he  was  in  1861,  when  the  news 
Hashed  over  the  wires  of  the  assault  upon 
Fort  Sumter.  lie  immediately,  through 
a  sense  of  duty,  offered  his  services  to  the 
country,  recruited  and  drilled  a  company 
in  the  streets  of  Galena,  which  he  took  to 
Springfield,  III. ,  and  tendered  to  Governor 
Yates.  Here  he  remained  five  weeks, 
assisting  in  drilling  troops,  when,  receiv- 
ing the  appointment  of  Colonel  of  the  21st 
regiment  of  Illinois  volunteers,  he  was 
stationed  first  at  Mexico.  Mo.,  from  which 
point  he  went  as  a  Brigadier-General,  by 
appointment,  to  Cairo,  III. 

The  capture  of  Fort  Donelson,  with 
15,000  prisoners,  was  one  of  his  first 
notable  achievements,  for  which  he  was 
made  a  Major-General.  Following  came 
the  battles  of  Pittsburg  Landing  and 
Vicksburg.  where  he  captured  at  the  latter 
place,  July  4,  186.3.  over  2T.  000  prisoners, 
twenty  generals,  and  a  large  quantity  of 
munitions  of  war.  Succeeding  came  the 
battle  and  victory  at  Lookout  Mountain, 
Nov.  25,  186g.  Up  to  that  time  he  had  taken  possession  of  all  the 
strongholds  in  the  Mississippi  river  valley  and  tbe  Southwest,  had 
opened  the  Mississippi  to  navigation,  and  had  taken  90, 000  prisoners 
and  100,000  stand  of  arms. 

In  March,  1804,  he  was  made  a  Lieutenant-General.  to  command 
the  armies  of  the  United  States,  and,  taking  command  of  the  forces 
on  the  Potomac,  he  defeated  Lee,  and  took  possession  of  Richmond, 
the  last    slrui-'Lde  of    the  Rebellion,  the  terms  of    surrender  1 


M 


■:o- 


T 


(j-t 


GRANT  S  JOURNEY  AROUND  THE  WORLD. 


made  between  Grant  and  Lee  at  Appomattox  Court  House,  April 
9,   18U5. 

During  the  following  summer  be  visited  various  cities  in  the 
North,  among  them  his  home  at  Galena,  in  each  ot  which 
he  was  welcomed  with  the  warmest  expressions  of  esteem.  In  the 
winter  of  the  same  year  he  made  a  tour  of  inspection  through  several 
of  the  Southern  states. 

Desirous  still  further  of  testifying  their  appreciation  of  the  great 
service  he  had  rendered  the  country,  he  was  unanimously  nominated, 
at  the  Republican  National  Convention  held  at  Chicago,  May  21, 
1868.  as  a  candidate  for  the  Presidency,  to  which  position  he  was 
twice  elected. 

Grant's  Trip  Around  the  World. 

Having  been  in  the  service  of  his  country  for  sixteen  years,  during 
which  time  be  bad  often  been  invited  to  visit  foreign  countries,  be 
resolved,  upon  the  close  of  his 
official  career,  to  make  an  ex- 
tended journey  abroad. 

In  accordance  with  that 
determination,  he  left  Phila- 
delphia on  the  steamer  "Indi- 
ana, "  of  the  American  Line, 
departing  on  the  17th  of  May, 
1877,    being    accompanied    by 


Burtpoore,  Delhi,  Calcutta,  Singapore,  Bangkok,  Hong-Kong,  Can- 
ton, Shanghai,  Pekin,  Tokio,  Yokohama,  San  Francisco,  Chicago, 
and  New  York. 

Many  and  wonderful  were  the  sights  they  saw  on  the  eventful 
travels.  In  England  they  tarried  a  day  and  a  night  with  (iueen 
Victoria  at  Windsor  castle;  they  lingered  for  a  time  at  the  tomb  of 
Shakspeare,  and  looked  in  upon  the  cottage  of  Anne  Hathaway  at 
Stratford-upon-Avon. 

They  peered  into  the  crater  of  Mount  Vesuvius,  and  wandered 
among  the  excavations  of  Pompeii.  They  looked  over  the  ruins  of 
Thebes,  studied  the  hieroglyphics  on  the  old  obelisks  up  the  Nile; 
wondered  at  ruins  of  immense  size,  the  pyramids,  and  the  relics  of 
mighty  edifices  that  existed  when  Egypt  was  in  her  glory,  5,000  years 
ago. 

They  stood  in  Jerusalem  at  the  point  where  Christ  bore  the  cross; 
saw  the  place  of  crucitixion,  the  tomb,  and  the  rock  tbat  was  rent 

in  twain  at  the   time  of   the 

Savior's  death. 

They  examined  St.  Peter's" 
church  in  Rome.  430  feet  in 
bight,  with  its  capacity  for  shel- 
tering 50.  000  people,  which  took 
176  years  to  build,  going  through 
the  reign  of  twenty  popes, 
and  employing  the  services  ot 


rfe^^  -i.ij  ;m  x§ 


BIRTHPLACE  OF 

At  I\'int  Ph;a.sant,  Ohio,  on 


Mrs.  (irunt.  his  son  .Je>s< 
a  few  intimate  friends. 

(ountries  Visited  —  The  fol- 
lowing were  the  principal 
countries  visited  by  the  Gr;nit 
liarty  in  their  tour  around  tl»' 
world:  England,  Ireland. 
Scotland,  Belgium,  Germany, 
Denmark,  Norway.  Sweden, 
Holland.  Russia.  Poland,  Ba- 
varia. Spain,  Portugal,  France, 
Italy,  Sicily,  Egypt,  Palestine, 
Turkey,  Greece,  India.  Siam.  China  and  Japan. 

Cltlen  Visited  — The  most  prominent  cities  where  the  party  halted 
on  their  journey  were:  Liverpool.  Manchester.  London,  Brussels, 
Cologne,  Frankfort,  Geneva,  Edinburgh,  Glasgow,  Newcastle, 
Sheflleld,  Stratford-on-Avon,  Birmingham,  Paris,  Naples,  Pompeii, 
Palermo,  Malta,  Alexandria,  Cairo,  Jeru.salem,  Ccmslantinople, 
Rome.  ?"lorence.  Venice.  Milan.  Rotterdam,  Amsterdam.  Berlin. 
Hamburg,  Copenhagen,  Gotlenburg.  Christiana,  Stockholm,  St. 
Pelersburg,  Moscow,  Warsaw  in  Poland.  Vienna,  Munich,  Vichy, 
Bordeaux,     Madrid,    Lisbon,    Dublin,    lielfasl,    Bombay.    Jcypoor, 


twelve  architects,  among  them 
Michael  Angelo.     They  viewed 
ruins  of  the  Coliseum  that 
e     accommodated     100.000 
pie;  they  sailed  in  beauti- 
ful gondolas  through  the  streets 
of  water  in  Venice,  and  looked 
with  admiration  on   that  most 
beautiful  church  edifice  in  the 
world,  with  its  100   piinnicles 
and  5,000  statues,  the  Cathedral 
of  Milan. 
They  studied  the  dykes  in  Holland  and  the  canals  of  Amsterdam. 
They  dined  with  Bisnnirck  in  Berlin,  and  looked  with  curiosity  upon 
the  sixty  bridges  that  cross  the  canals,  within  the  conlliics  of  the  city 
of  Hamburg. 

They  rode  in  the  old  two-wheeled  vehicles  in  Stockholm.  They 
visited  with  the  Emperor  Alexander  in  the  winter  palace  at  St. 
Petersburg,  the  largest  roya!  ediftcc  in  the  world,  capable  of  acccun- 
modating  within  its  walls  si.\  thousand  persons.  They  looked  in 
upon  the  Imperial  Library,  which  contains  500.000  printed  volutncs. 
and  saw  many  other  great  things  in  this  city  of  TOO.  000  people  whicli 


GENERAL  GRANT. 

tlie  Banks  of  the  Oliio  River. 


GKANT  S    KETUKN    TO   THE    UNITED    STATES    FKOM    HIS    JOUKNEY    AUKOAO. 


»J5 


standH  wlu'i'c  tlicro  was  a  swamp  in  1700,  when  Pc-lcr  llic  Great 
dutermincd  to  found  a  city  here. 

Tlicy  wont  into  the  Ivrcinlin  in  Moscow,  a  proup  of  hii;j;o  ri'li^'ioiis 
edifices,  fiiirroiinded  hy  an  immense  wall  twelve  feet  thick  and  forty 
feet  in  bight;  and  gazed  at  the  cathedral  of  St.  Stephen,  in  Vienna, 
founded  in  the  fourteenth  century  and  completed  in  the  fifteenth, 
the  steeple  of  which  is  444  feet  in  bight,  being  fourteen  feet 
higher  than  St.  Peter's  in  Rome. 

The  l)eantiful  specimens  of  lithography  were  examined  iit  Munich, 
which  is  the  center  of  this  art  in  Europe.  They  quenched  their 
thirst  with  the  waters  al  Vichy,  the  celebrated  watering-jdace  in 
France;  and  they  drank  of  the  wines  at  Bordeaux,  which  is  in  Ibc 
center  of  Ibe  wine-producing  interest  in  Southern  France. 

They  saw  the  summer  residence,  the  "Villa  Eugenia,"  of  Napo- 
leon Third,  as  they  crossed  the  Pyrenees,  at  Biarritz;  they  looked 
with  interest  upon  the  Escurial, 
twenty-five  miles  from  Madrid,  the 
former  residence  of  the  Spanish 
kings,  and  their  last  resting  place, 
which  cost  $15,000,000. 

The  castle  of  St.  George,  which 
crowns  the  highest  point  in  the  city 
of  Lisbon,  was  studied.  So  were 
curiosities  inspected  with  interest 
on  the  journey  through  to  Ireland, 
which  country  Ihcy  left  to  visit 
India — their  first  prominent  stopping 
place  being  Bombay  —  a  city  of  a 
million  people,  where  the  immense 
number  of  Hindoo  servants,  that 
hovered  about  them  like  phantoms 
hy  day  and  spirits  by  night,  was 
one  of  the  curiosities.  The  singu- 
lar manner  of  disposing  of  the  dead 
here,  by  placing  the  corpse  above  a 
grating  on  the  top  of  a  high  tower, 
where  the  vultures  pick  the  flesh, 
leaving  the  bones  to  drop  into  a  pro- 
miscuous pile  below,  arrested  their 
attention. 

They  crossed  the  river  Ganges  at 
Allahabad,  where  200.000  people 
come  annually,  and  millions  come 
every  twelfth  year,  to  bathe  in  the 
supposed  sacred  waters  of  what  is 
really  a  turbid,  muddy  river.  Here, 
formerly  the  first-born  child  was 
drowned,  and  to  show  their  devo- 
tion many  drown  themselves  at  the 
present  time.  The  mausoleum  in 
the  Pearl  mosque  at  Agra,  erected 

by  the  emperor  two  hundred  years  ago  in  memory  of  his  former  wife, 
at  an  estimated  cost  to-day  of  $50,000,000,  was  a  sight  not  to 
be  forgotten. 

At  Amber,  General  Grant  rode  an  elephant  and  the  remainder  of 
the  party  were  carried  in  sedan-chairs.  A  tiger  that  had  killed 
twenty-five  men  before  he  was  captured;  a  dance  by  girls  who  attend 
the  king  (see  illustration);  the  scattering  of  a  great  profusion  of 
(lowers  and  scented  water  upon  the  party — were  also  among  the 
attractions  here.  They  passed  through  Benares,  a  sacred  city, 
where  thousands  are  brought  to  die,  the  belief  being  that  if  one  dies 
within  ten  miles  of  the  city,  though  the  vilest  sinner,  he  is  sure  of 
passing  into  everlasting  bliss.  When  dead,  the  bodies  are  burned 
and  the  ashes  arc  cast  into  the  Ganges.     Sacred  bulls,  not  a  hair  of 


The  Dance-Cir 


which  was  to  bo  injured ;  beggars,  mosques,  ami   idols — Burroundcd 
thcin  Iiere  on  every  side. 

Splendid  Arabian  liorscs  and  the  Peacock  throne,  valued  at  $.'in,  • 
000,000,  were  among  the  curiosities  at  Delhi.  They  .'hook  haiuls 
with  Lord  Lytton  nt  Calcutta,  and  passed  into  Southern  Asia  by  way 
of  Singapore,  where  they  have  perpetual  summer.  There  they  saw 
the  first  Chinese  pagoda,  and  with  the  temperature  never  higher  than 
90  degrees  and  never  lower  than  TO.  with  frequent  rains,  they  found 
the  plantations  of  pine-apple,  bread-fruit,  orange,  mango,  cotTee, 
chocolate,  cassia,  clove,  apple  and  palm-trees,  in  abundance. 

Through  Bankok,  Cochin-Chijia,  Hong-Kong  and  Canton,  the 
party  passed  into  China,  where  they  were  carried  on  chairs;  where 
thousands  of  stolid,  solemn-faced  natives  would  gather  in  every  city 
to  look  upon  the  visitors  in  the  day-time,  and  rockets  would  testify 
the  respect  of  the  people  at  night. 

The  e.\cur.sionists  spent  weeks 
amid  the  groves  and  beautiful  land- 
scape scenes  of  Japan,  which  coun- 
try they  declared  to  be  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  Ihey  had  seen;  and 
finally  reluctantly  departed  for 
America,  arriving  in  San  Francisco 
September  30,  1879,  where,  twenty- 
five  years  before.  General  Grant,  a 
young  man,  comparatively  unknown, 
had  passed  through  the  streets  as 
one  of  the  i)ioneers. 

They  partook  of  the  hospitalities 
of  Ibe  Palace  hotel,  the  largest  on 
the  American  continent;  were  feted 
at  the  residences  of  several  of  the 
millionaires;  they  made  a  hurried 
visit  to  Oregon,  and  then  passed  into 
Nevada,  where,  at  Virginia  City,  in 
comi)any  with  J.  W.  Mackey, 
J.  G.  Fair,  and  others,  they  went 
into  the  California  silver  mine, 
twenty- three  hundred  feet  under 
ground.  There  they  crossed  streams 
of  water  that  would  boil  eggs,  in  a 
temperature  so  warm  that  miners 
can  work  only  thirty  minutes,  when 
they  must  retire  to  the  air-shafts 
for  a  cooler  temperature. 

Over  the  Rockies,  the  party  jiassed 
eastward;  tarried  for  a  little  time 
at  Galena,  and  then  went  forward  lo 
Chicago,  where  a  grand  reception 
awaited  the  General. 

A  journey  to  Cuba,  Mexico,  and 
other  points  of  interest,  occu- 
pied the  time  for  months;  and  when  the  Republican  Coni-ention 
assembled  at  Chic.igo  in  June,  18fiO.  so  firm  was  General  Grant's 
hold  upon  the  aiiections  of  the  people  as  to  make  him  one  of  the 
strongest  candidates  before  the  Convention,  as  a  nominee  for  the 
third  presidential  term.  Many  friends,  however,  preferring  that  he 
be  no  more  the  target  for  party  sjiite.  he  was  not  selected  as  a  can- 
didate in  the  presidential  race.  —  the  feeling  being  that  the  grand 
honors  he  had  earned  should  not  be  jeopardized  by  party  struggle 
again  in  official  life. 

The  best  known  American  in  the  world,  and  one  of  the  most  hon- 
ored everywhere.  General  Grant  and  family  have  selected  New  York 
as  their  place  of  residence,  where  for  many  years  the  hope  is  he 
may  enjoy  the  honors  he  has  so  grandly  won. 


ndia. 


Wp.lK 


i 


BRIKF    BIOGRAPHICAL    SKETCH    OF    UNION    OFFICERS. 


DISTINGUISHED 


OFFICERS  1 1 


_g_. 


"^"s" 


THE 


UNION 

ARMY. 
""?^  ;U?^^J,-  ^^^^^c^ 


Well-Known  Officers  in  the  Union  Service  During  the  Civil  War. 


IVBERSOX.     Robert 

'     — A  Major-iJt'iieial;  born 

near  Luuisville.    Ky. .  m 

)K05;  served  in  t be  Blaok- 

Hawk   war,    18:12.    and  in 

tbe    war     with    Mexit-u; 

il^fended  Fort  Sumter  at 

I  liarleston,  S.C., against 

Heauregaid,     in     Apiil, 

isoi;     letired    Ci'om    the 

sfc^-  army  soon  afterwards; 

transHited  and  wrote  military  manuals 

ot     evolution,   etc.  J    died   in   France, 

in  ISTl. 

Bnker,   EUwartI    B.— A  Colonel 

of  volunteers:  burn  m  London.  Eng. ,  in 

1811;  served  in  tbe  war  with  Mexieo;  at 

Ball's  Bluff,  Va.,  in  1861,  where  be  wa-s 

slain  in   battle;  had  been  a  member  of 

Congrress  Crom   Illinois,  a  United   States 

Senator    from    Oregon,    and    resided    in 

t'alifornia. 

Belknap,  William  IV.— A  brevet  Major- 
General  of  volunteers;  born  at  Newburgh,  N.  Y. , 
in  1822;  entered  the  service  fiom  Iowa,  and  was 
assigned  to  the  army  of  the  Tennessee,  participat- 
ing in  its  brilliant  career;  was  appointed  Secretary 
of  War  by  President  (irant,  but  resigned  that 
position  and  retired  to  private  life. 

Buell,  Bon  Carlos— A  Major-General;  born 
near  Marietta,  O. ,  in  1818;  gratluated  at  West 
Point  Military  Academy,  in  18il:  served  in  the 
Florida  war;  in  frontier  duty;  the  Mexican  war; 
the  Adjutan^Gt•nera^s  office  at  Washington:  was 
AdjutantrGeneral'.-;  assistant  in  several  military 
divisions  of  the  country;  served  near  Washing- 
ton; at  Sbiioh;  in  the  district  of  the  Ohio;  at 
Perryville;  was  tried  by  a  court  of  inquiry;  was 
mustered  out.  injured.  186i;  since  the  w.ir  has 
been  the  president  of  iron-works  in  Kentucky. 

Burnnlde.  Ambrose  E.— A  Major-General; 
horn  at  Liberty,  Ind..  in  1824;  fields  of  operation: 
New  Mexico,  boundary  commission  (1851-2);  first 
Bull  Run  battle.  1861;  in  North  Carolina. 
Fredericksburg,  South  Mountain,  Vicksburg.  the 
Wilderness,  etc.  .  was  elected  Governor  of  Rhode 
Island  in  18G6,  18f>7  and  18G8;  waa  a  member  of 
Congress  from  that  State;  invented  a  breech- 
loading  gun. 

Butler,  Benlamln  F.— A  Major-General  of 
volunteers;  born  at  Di-erfield.  N.  H..  in  1818;  fields 
of  operation:  Eastern  Virginia;  captured  Forts 
Clark  and  Hatteras.  N.  C.  ;  New  Oi  leans;  army  of 
the  James;  PelersburK,  etc. ;  was  member  of  CoJi- 
gress  from  Massachusetts. 

Canbv.  Edwaril  R.  9.— A  Brigadier-Gen- 
eral; born  in  Kentucky,  in  1819;  fields  of  opei-a- 
tlon;  Florida,  Indian  and  Mexican  wars;  N<.*w 
Mexico.  |8f>l-2;  draft  rfots  in  New  York.  IHG3; 
captured  .Mobile.  ISSri;  Modoc  Indian  troubles, 
IH72-3:  was  Hhot  down  in  Callfoi-nla,  while  under  a 
fiagof  truce,  in  1873,  by  the  Modoc  chief  "Captain 
Jack." 

Bablffren,  Ulrlc— A  Colonel  of  vohinteerf; 
>KM-n  in  Bucks  county.  Pa..  In  IM2:  served  at 
HagarHtown.  Md..  and  n)'ar  Richmond.  Va. .  and 
was  killed  In  battle  near  King  and  yueen's  Court- 
Honse,  Va. ,  March  4,  I8C1. 

Fremont,  tjohn  C  — A  Major-General;  horn 
at   Savannah,    Ga. ,    in   1813;  fields  of  operatioti : 


Teacher  of  matheniatic.''  in  the  navy,  railroad 
surveyor  and  engineer;  exploration  of  mountain 
passes  between  North  Carolina  and  Tennessee; 
e\[)edition  in  the  mountainous  Cherokee  country 
of  <;.-iiiTria.  North  Carolina,  and  Tennessee; 
e\pli>r,itiuii  between  the  Missouri  river  and  the 
Bi  iii^ti  boundary;  survey  oC  the  Des  Moines  river 
and  I  he  western  frontier;  exploration  of  South 
Pass  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  to  the  Columbia 
river  in  Oregon;  exploration  of  Oregon  and  Cali- 
foi'nia;  expedition  across  the  continent  by  way  of 
the  Rio  Grande;  settled  in  California;  purchased 
the  immensely  wealthy  Mariposa  estate  in  Cali- 
fornia: United  States  Senator  from  California; 
vi^iited  Kurope;  made  another  exploration  across 
the  fiiiiiinent;  settled  in  New  York;  ran  for 
picMd-ut  in  18.56;  beaten  by  Buchanan;  in  the 
Rebellion  commanded  the  western  district  and  the 
mountain  district  of  Virginia.  Kentucky  and 
Tennessee,  but  soon  retired  from  tbe  army  ;  since 
1864  he  has  taken  no  part  in  public  affairs. 

Bavis.  Jefferson  C— A  brevet  Major-Gen- 
eral; burn  in  Clark  county,  Ind,,  in  1828;  fields  of 
operation:  iMexican  war;  Fort  Sumter.  1861; 
Milford.  Mo. ;  Pea  Ridge,  Corinth,  Murfreesboro, 
Chickamauga;  Atlanta  campaign;  Ahtska  and 
Modoc  war;  shot  General  Nelson  at  Louisville, 
Ky.,  in  1SG2,  and  died  in  Indiana,  in  1879. 

Franklin,  "William  B.— A  brevet  Major- 
General;  born  at  York,  Pa.,  in  182;i;  fields  of 
opei-ation:  Government  surveys.  1843-46;  Mexican 
war.  under  Taylor;  professor  of  philosophy  and 
Civil  engineer;  "army  of  the  Potomac;  Antietam, 
Fredericksburg,  Sabine  Cross-Roads,  etc. ;  since 
the  war  has  been  Vice-President  of  the  Colt's  Fire- 
Arms  Manufacturing  Company,  at  Hartford, 
Conn. 

Olllmore,  Qiilncv  A.— A  Major  of  Engi- 
neers! born  at  Black  Kiver,  O. .  inl82.');  fields  of 
operation:  engineer  corps;  Hilton  Head;  Fort 
Pulaski,  and  Forts  Sumter  and  Wagnei';  was 
engineer  in  charge  of  the  Atlantic  coast  defenses, 
in  1871. 

Ifalleek,  Henry  "W.— General-in-Chief  of 
the  Cm  ted  States  army;  born  at  Wat*^rville.  N.  Y. . 
ill  181'.;  fields  of  operation:  Military  enifineer. 
director  of  Almaden  quick-silver  mines;  lawyer; 
president  of  a  railroad;  Majoi'-llencral.  1861 ; 
(^Minth;  army  of  the  J.ames;  the  Pacific,  and  the 
Suutli;  author  of  several  mining,  military  and 
international  law-books;  died  at  Louisville,  Ky., 
in  1872. 

Hancoek,  Winlleld  S.— A  Major-Genera  I: 
bnin  in  Montt'oin.-iy  county.  Pa.,  in  1824:  fields  of 
ojieration:  Fiontier  duly:  Mevienn  war;  Wil- 
liamsburg; Frazer's  farm;  South  Mountain;  Antie- 
latn;  Fredericksburg;  Chaini'ltMC,-\  ilie:  Gettys- 
burg; the  Wilderness  and  enMuii^  Iiattles;  after 
till'  war  rM)mmanded  several  military  dejKirtments; 
\v;i>  nnniiiirili'd  for  President  of  the  Cnited  Stales 

bv  III''  I'l' erats,  and  defeated,  in  1880,  by   Gcn- 

Ci-al  UaMlekl. 

Honker,  •Joseph— A  brevet  Major-General: 
bniii  at  Hacilcy.  Mass. .  In  181'.;  fields  of  opera 
tioii.  Florida;  Mexican  war;  California:  Oregmi; 
i'eninsular  campaign  in  1862;  Fn-<lri-irl<>biii-g. 
Chancellorsville;  Chattanooga;  Loi.kmit  Mi. mi 
tain,  and  about  Atlanta;  lioldliitr,  aftirwarils. 
three  military  departments;  i-etlred  in  1868,  died 
in  187U. 


Hoivard,  Oliver  O.— A  brevet  Major-Gen- 
eral; born  at  Leeds.  Me.;  fields  of  operation:  Bull 
Run;  lost  an  arm  at  FairOaks;  Chancellorsville; 
Gettysburg;  Chattanooga;  Atlanta  campaign; 
Commissioner  of  the  Kreedman's  Bureau,  and 
trustee  of  Howard  University;  also  special  com- 
missioner to  the  Indians.  1872."  in  Arizona  and  New 
Mexico;  one  of  the  Editors  of  the  Chicago 
Advance. 

Kearny,  Philip— A  Major-General  of  volun- 
teers; born  in  New  York  city,  in  ISl.");  fields  of 
operation:  Algeria;  Mexican  war,  where  he  lost 
an  arm;  Indians  in  Oregon;  Italian  war  of  1859. 
winuiiit,'  lh<-  Finieh  cross  of  Honor;  Williams- 
Imi;;;  SeMri  I'lrirv;  Frazer's  Farm;  second  Bull 
Run;  ('liaiililly.  \\  here  he  was  mortally  wounded, 
dj  log  near  that  place  iu  1862. 

r<ogan,  John  A. — A  Major-General  of  volun- 
teers; born  in  Jackson  county,  111.,  in  1826:  fields 
of  operation:  Mexican  war;  Illinois  Lcgislatuie. 
1852- TiT;  Presidential  elector,  1836;  member  of 
Congress  four  tejtns;  union  officer  at  Hull  Run. 
Belmont,  Fort  Donelson,  Port  Gibson,  Vickslimg, 
Kenesaw  Mountain  and  commander  of  the  army 
of  the  Tennessee;  present  L'nited  States  Senator, 
his  term  expiring  in  1885. 

JLyon,  Xathaniel— .A  Brigadier-General  of 
volunteers;  born  at  Ashford.  Conn.,  in  1819;  fields 
of  operation:  Florida  and  MexlcTJi  wars;  Califor- 
nia and  Oregon.  1848  to  18.i3;  Kansas  and  Missouri, 
lS.i4  to  1861;  .St  Louis;  Boonesville.  Mo.;  Drv 
Spring,  Mo.;  Wilson's  Creek,  Mo.;  where  he  was 
slain,  in  1861. 

AlcClellan,  Georgre  B.— General-in-Chief 
of  the  United  States  army;  born  at  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  in  1826;  fields  of  operation:  Mexican  war; 
surveys  of  Texas  coast  and  Pacific  railroad; 
ulfi(i;illy  visited  the  Crimeaji  war;  chief  engineer 
of  Illinois  Central  railroad;  president  St.  Louis 
and  Cincmnati  railroad;  departmentof  the  Ohio; 
Western  Va. ;  army  of  the  Potomac;  superseded 
by  Burnside.  and  retired  fi'om  tlie  war.  1862;  was 
nominated  for  President  by  the  Democrats  in  1864; 
«;i-  (leli-ured:  Went  to  Europe,  returning  in  1868; 
fi. 111. wed  civil  engineering;  and  was  elected  Gov- 
ernor ol   New  Jersey  in  1878. 

MeDowell,  Irvln— A  Major-General;  born 
at  Franklinton.  O,.  m  1818;  fields  of  operation: 
Mexican  war;  Assistant  Adjutant-General;  oi-gan- 
izer  of  troops  at  Washingt^tn;  department  of  N. 
E.  Virginia;  army  of  the  Potomac;  Second  Bull 
Run;  department  of  the  Pacific,  and  departments 
of  the  East  and  .Soulh. 

WcPlierson.  dames  B.— A  Major-General 
of  vnluiiteer-:  Ix.rn  at  Clyde.  O. .  in  1828;  fields  «.f 
operation:  Militar.v  engineer.  1853  to  '61,  on  the 
east  and- west  coasts;  military  i-ailroads  in  Ten- 
nessee: Corinth;  Vicksburg;  Resaca.  Dallas, 
Atlatoona,  Kulp  House  and  Kenesaw;  before 
Allanla.  where  he  was  killed,  in  1804. 


at  <■.! 
Ida  \\ 


aile,  Oeorge  O.  -A  Major-G»'np 
li/.  Spain,  in  IM.'..  fields  of  opnat 
Mrvi.Mn 


■al;  born 
-ui:  Fh.r- 
.  Like 


surri 
tary 


■vs.  l>r:nir.vill.-,  M.rli;.  ilir- vll  le  ;  C.-ld  Mar 
i'raziei's  larni,  seeoMil  Hull  Run;  Maryland 
iait.rn;  South  Mountain  and  Antii'Iam; 
ericksburg;  Chancellorsville;  Gcttysbury-.  in 
iiand  of  the  army  of  the  Potoniac  to  the 
■ndcr  of  Lee.  and  afterwards  of  several  nilli- 
dislrict>s;  died  in  1S72,  at  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Meneher,  Thotnns  F.— An  Irish  political 
refugee  and  a  Hi'it;adier-Gi.'neral  of  voliiiitt'ors; 
boi-n  at  Wjit.i  liiiil.  In-kuid,  iti  is;:!,  lii  Ids  <.f 
operation.  Colnricl  li'Jlli  Nrw  Y.nk  nirirdtril  ;  lirst 
Bull  Kmi;  foniie.l  (li..'lti~li  l.rik'-Kl.-.  I.iith  ■^  IhI.,!.- 
Kiriiiiiotitl;  AriMet;un;  Kiel,  i  i.k-hur;,'.  CiianrL-i- 
lorsvillo;  military  liisinci  >,t'  l\f  Kl.iuah;  rmis- 
tt-red  out  in  18ti5;  Secretary  .if  M<>rit;iri,i  Territory; 
actiiiK- Oovernor;  neenlt'titiiUy  dimviu'ii,  in  1867, 
near  Fort  Benton,  Mont. 

McCall.  Oeorwre  A.— A  Brigadier-General; 
boin  at  I'liiiadelpliia,  in  1802;  served  in  the  war 
of  the  Kehelhon.  and  died,  in  1808,  at  West  Ches- 
ter,  Pa. 

AIc€leriinn«l,  tJohii  A.— A  Major-Oeneral 
of  volunteers;  born  in  Breckenridge  county.  Ky.  ; 
served  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion;  lias  been  ii 
member  of  Congress. 

McCook,  Alexander  D.— A  brevet  Major- 
General,  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion;  one  of  the 
family  of  "lighting MeCoolcs." 

Mltcliel,  Oi'msby  M.  — A  Major  flrniM-al , 
h..rii  Ml  I'liiHri  .■Munl.v,   Ky. ,  in  isid;   lirl.Is  nl'   ,.\,vr- 

(■iiiiiati  ami  l>.idl.-y  olist^-valories;  liiitr;uln-i  I  ien- 
eral  of  volunteers,  1801;  department  of  Ohio; 
near  Bridgeport,  Ala.  ;  seized  the  Coi'inth  and 
Chattanooga  railroad;  took  charge  of  the  departs 
mint  of  the  south  and  died  of  yellow  fever,  at 
r.riiiifiiit,  S,  ('.,  lii  1862.  He  was  popular  as  a  lee- 
liufi-  nil  iisirniiiiriiy ;  skillful  in  preparmg  astro- 
nuhiieal  niiuliiiH-iy,  and  distinguished  by  his 
additions  to  his  favorite  science. 

Oelesby.  Richard  J.— A  Major-General  of 
volunteers,  born  in  Oldham  county,  Ky. .  in  1824; 
Held  of  operation  :  Mexican  war  and  in  the  Rebel- 
lion at  Foit  Henry,  Fort  Uonelson  and  Corinth;  at 
the  latter  battle  was  wounded  and  resigned;  Gov- 
ernor of  Illinois,  and  United  States  Senator  from 
that  State. 

Ord,  Edward  O.  C— A  Brigadier-General; 
born  at  Cumberland,  Md. ,  in  1818;  served  in  tlie 
war  of  the  Rebellion,  and  afterwards  in  the 
Indian  department  of  the  Northwest. 

Pleasoiiton,  AllVed— A  Major-General  in 
the  war  of  tlie  Rebellion,  and  author  of  a  treatise 
on  the  healing  etfects  of  sunlight  passing  through 
blue  glass;  was  born  at  Washington,  D.  C. ,  in 
1824. 

Pope,  John— A  Major-General;  born  at  Kas- 
kaskia.  111.,  in  1823;  fields  of  operation:  Topo- 
grapliical  engineer  in  Florida.  !\nnnesota.  New 
:\l.'\]cn,  etc.  ;  on  liglUliousi'  diitv;  arniy  of  the 
Ml-sl^^ippi.  1802;  New  .M^idiid;  l^laJid  No.  10; 
aiiiiy  of  Virginia;  Cedar  ^Mountain;  Second  Bull 
Run",  department  of  the  Northwest,  and  depart- 
ment of  Missouri. 

P*»rter,  Pilz  John  — A  Major-Genera!  of 
vnliiiiteers;  born  at  Fortsmouth,  N.  H. ,  in  1823; 
llilds  of  operation:  War  in  Mexico;  instructor  at 
AVcst  Point;  defense  of  Washington  in  1861;  ai-my 
of  llie  Potomac;  Hanover  Court  House;  Cold 
Harbor;  Malvern  Hill;  Pope's  campaign  in  North- 
ern  Virginia;    Second    Bull    Run;    campaign   of 


Maryland:  Antietam;  dismissed  for  alleged  mis- 
conduct. 1863. 

KiiiiMoni,  XhomaH  E.  (i.— A  Brigadler-Gen- 
ciMl ,  l)oi  II  III  ih:u,  made  a  good  record  in  the  war 
ol  the  RilH-llion,  and  died  at  Chicago,  HI.,  in 
1864. 

RoNecranH,  William  S.— A  Major-Oenoral 
of  volunteers;  born  at  Kingston.  O. .  in  ISl'J;  llelds 
of  opi-iMli.iii:  Civil  i-rmiiicer.  profo-^oi'  at  West 
Puiiil.  .■iiu-at.'i'd  111  lni-iii.-.>  at  c;j  rinririati ;  in  ISOl 
Joiii.'d  McCl.'llati,  to.ik  p.ut  in  I  Ik-  .i|i. -rations  in 
Western  Virginia;  army  of  the  ,Mi>si-.s!ppi ,  luka 
and  Corinth,  Murfreesboro;  rlnckatnati^'a . 
department  of  the  Missouri  in  1864;  iinisiejni  oiii 
of  volunteer  service.  18G6,  and  resigned  his  juim. 
tion  of  Biigadier-(;eneral  in  the  regular  army  in 
186<;  Mini>ter  to  Mexico  in  1808-1869. 

Hchenck,  Robert  C— A  Major-General  of 
vnliiiiti'crs,  l„,in  a(  Franklin,  O. ,  in  1809.  entered 
the  \Nar  ..f  (lir  KeI.el  I  h  .n  Jn  1861;  was  wounded 
at.     III.'     see I     l.atlle    ..(    l!ull     RuU.   AUgU.St,    1862; 

was  pi'evioii-,|y  ;iii  aituiiiey  at  Dayton.  O.  ;  a  mem- 
ber of  tlir  I  >liii>  l..u:i-.laiLM  e,  and  went  to  Congress 
from  thai  .state  Im.mi  isi;i  to  1851;  afterward  again 
a  member  nl  i\.nni;-r.-  Iiom  1863  to  1871;  suiise- 
quently  United  States  Minister  to  both  Brazil  and 
England. 

SIk^I*  Franz— a  Major-General  of  volunteers; 

born  at  ilnislieiiii,  Baden.  t^Icrmany;  was  a  Ger- 
man retiitree:-u  tc.aeher  in  Ne\\  V.'nk  eily  and  St. 
U..III-,  Mo,  ,  entered  tlie  w,ii  "t  tlie  Kebellionas 
Coloni-l  of  tlie;td  Missouri  voliinteeis,  serving  in 
the  campaign  in  Southwestern  Missouri;  battle  of 
Wilson's  Creek;  at  Pea  Ridge;  in  Virginia,  under 
Fremont  and  Pope,  and  second  Bull  Run. 

NchoheUI.  tlohn  M.— A  Major-General;  born 
in  tii:.i,i.,ii.|ua  r.Minty,  N.  Y. .  in  1831;  fields  of 
op.  tatmii  l'l.lte^^n^  of  physics  in  Washington 
Uiiivei.sity,  SI.  Louis;  Major-General  of  volun- 
teers, 1801;  Atlanta  campaign;  battle  of  Franklin, 
Tenn. ;  fights  before  Nashville;  pursued  Hood's 
army;  operated  in  North  Carolina,  joining  Sher- 
man; department  of  the  Missouri,  and  division  of 
the  Pacific;  Secretary  of  War  in  1868. 

Sedgwick,  JTohii- A  Major-General  of  volun- 
teers, h<. Ill  at  Cornwall,  Conn.,  in  1813;  fields  of 
i)peraii..ri  Florida  and  Mexican  wars;  army  of 
the  Fotomae.  Aiitieiaiii;  near  Fredericksburg; 
Chaiicelluisville;  t.Jettysbuig;  the  Rapidan  cam- 
paign. Rappahannock;  Mine  Run;  Richmond 
campaign,  1864;  battle  of  the  Wilderness;  Spott- 
sylvania,  Va.,  where  he  was  slain,  in  1864. 

Sheridan,  Phlli|>  H.— A  Major-General  in 
the  war  of  the  Rebellion,  and  the  present  Lieuten- 
ant-General  of  the  U.  S.  army;  born  at  Somer- 
set, o. .  ill  is:ii,  fields  nf  operation:  Texas;  Pacific 
eoast;  Mi-Mssii.pi  rarii].aign,  1862;  BooneviMe; 
perr  yville.  Ten i leasee  i  ampaign;  Murfreesboro ; 
Chnkaniauga,  (  liattanooga;  Missionary  Ridge; 
army  of  the  Potomac;  the  Wilderness  and  Rich- 
mond campaign;  Cold  Harbor;  army  of  the 
Shenandoah;  theOpequan;  Fisher's  Hill;  Cedar 
creek;  from  Winchester  to  Petersburg;  important 
raids;  second  Richmond  campaign;  Five  Forks; 
siege  of  Petersburg;  advance  on  Richmond,   pur- 


suit of  Lee;  various  military  departments,  south 
and  west;  Lieutenant-(Jeiieral  in  1869. 

Sherman.  William  T.-A  Major-General  in 
the  war  of  the  Rebellion,  and  prcHcnt  General  of 
the  U.  S.  army;  born  at  Lam*a«t*r.  O. .  in  IM'-iO; 
fields  of  operation:  P'lorida;  California;  St.  Louis; 
New  Orleans;  banker  tn  .San  Francisco  ami  New 
York;  lawyer  .at  Leavenworth;  .xupeiinti^ndint  of 
Louisiana  military  school;  leiMined  ihe  ;uitiv  in 
1861:  first.  Bill)  Klin,  camp  ol  lIl^l  i  o.t  ion  .iT  St 
Louis;  Teliiiess.e  ;nid  M  issi  ss.|,],i  e:ii„i,;,i^Ml  ,  Slii- 
loll;  Coniilh:  ViekslMiig,  lK(i^';  Arkansa.-.  Post; 
\ieksl.urg,  1863;  Chattanooga;  Knoxville.  Merid- 
ian. Miss.;  invaded  Georgia;  Dalton;  Resaca; 
I  .issMlIc;  Dallas;  Kenesaw;  Marietta;  siege  of 
All.inia;     Jonesboro;       occupation     of    Atlanta, 

maieli  to  Savannah;  occupied  the  city;  Col ina, 

S.  ('.  ,  (,'heraw;    Fayettevllle.  N.  C. ;  Aveiy-i.oio 
Hent.niville.    GoldsbMio;      Raleigh;     Advance    to 

'^"  ' "'I  ■""'  \\'.i-iniiL.i->M ;    Military  division  of 

""■  ^'i  '  M'l'i  iful  Ml  -MM,  Lieutenant-Oeneral 
"I  Me  I  s  ,11(11',,  i.M.i,,  i.eeial  missiou  to  Mex- 
nai.  vi.-.iied  l-.ui.ipc,  piiljlished  his  own  memoirs, 

Sickles,  Daniel  E.— A  Major-General  of 
volunteers;  born  in  New  York  city,  in  1822;  lleld.s 
of  oper.ition  Lawyer  in  New  York;  member  of 
Legislature.  Secretary  i>(  Legation  to  Kiigland. 
Buchanan's  adminiatration;  State  Senator;"  tliiee 
terms  in  Conjfress,  killed  Key  for  seducing  his 
wife;  was  tried  for  the  murder  of  Key  and 
acquitted,  raised  a  brigade  in  1861;  Chickahominy 
caiiii)nign;  snccecdi-d  in  coinm.ind  of  H'.oker's 
divivinii,  Antietam,  Fiedei  uk^lnu^'.  ( ■h.ui.'eUors- 
Vllle;    GellysblirM".    uliei  e  h.-   lovf  a    le^' ,    appointed 

Colonel  111  the  leirular  .irniv;  Military  district  of 
North  and  South  Carolina;  Minister  to  Spain 
in  1869. 

Sumner.  Edwin  V.-A  Major-General  in  the 
war  ol  the  Rebellion,  born  at  Boston,  Mass.,  in 
1796;  died  at  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  in  1863. 

Terry,  Alfred  H.-A  Brigadier-General  in 
the  war  of  the  Rebellion,  born  at  Hartford. 
Conn.,  in  1827;  since  the  war  has  been  operating 
in  the  Indian  department  of  the  Northwest,  under 
General  Ord. 

Thomas,  Georgre  H.-A  Major-General; 
born  m  Southani  county.  Va..  in  1816;  fields  of 
operation:  Florida  war;  Mexican  war;  Seminole 
Indian  war;  instructor  at  West  Point;  California- 
Texas;  Valley  of  the  Shenandoah.  1861;  Tennes- 
see, Kentucky,  Alabama  and  Mississippi,  1861  and 
'62;  army  of  the  Cumberland;  Murfreesboro; 
Chickamauga;  Chattanooga;  Missionary  Ridge; 
Sherman's  Atlanta  campaign;  Nashville,  where 
he  defeated  Hood;  commanded  several  military 
divisions;  made  a  valuable  report  relating  to  the 
Territory  of  Alaska,  where  he  was  stationed 
during  the  latter  portion  of  his  life;  died  at  San 
Francisco,  Cal. ,  in  1870. 

"Weltzel,  Godfrey— A  Major-General  of 
volunteers;  born  at  Cincinnati,  O. ,  in  1835;  fields 
of  operation;  Last  Richmond  campaign  in  the 
war  of  the  Rebellion:  first  to  enter  the  Confeder- 
ate capital,  April  3,  1865. 


j^Xd. — 


6S 


TIIK    CO^'FEDEKATE    MILITARY    CIIIEKTAIN. 


His  Services  for  the  Union,  and  Later  for  the  Confederacy. 


WW 


ELDOM  DOES  HISTORY  make  record  of 
a  more  truly  brave  man  than  was 
Hubert  E.  Lee;  at  the  same  time  bis 
career  as  an  American  soldier  was 
eventful  and  interesting.  The  son  of 
a  distinguished  officer  of  the  war  of  the 
Revolution,  Colonel  Henry  Lee,  he 
inherited  much  of  the  military  spirit, 
energy  and  talent  that  marked  his  own 
career. 

Entering  the  West  Point  Military 
Academy,  in  1825,  when  eighteen  years  old,  he 
graduated  from  it,  second  in  his  class,  four 
years  later,  without  having  received  eitber  a 
reprimand  or  a  mark  of  demerit  during  his 
studies. 

Ha\  ing  been  ap- 
pointed a  Lieutenant 
in  the  engineers  corps 
of  the  army  in  1829,  he 
passed  five  years  in 
assisting  to  bni  Id 
Forts  Monroe  and  Cal- 
houn,  in  Virginia; 
three  more  as  assist- 
ant to  the  chief  engineer  of  the  army  at 
Washington,  and,  in  1835,  served  as  as- 
sistant astronomer  in  determining  the 
western  boundary  of  Ohio. 

His  duties  from  1837  to  1842  inchided 
the  superintendence  of  the  government's 
improvement  of  the  harbor  at  St.  Louis, 
Mo. ,  and  rendering  the  Mississippi, 
Ohio  and  Missouri  rivers  more  navigable. 
Between  1841  and  1845,  having  pre- 
viously been  promoted  to  a  captaincy, 
he  was  assistant  to  the  chief  engineer  and 
member  of  the  board  of  Atlantic  coast 

defenses,  superintending,  among  other  public  works,  the  construc- 
tion and  repair  of  the  fortifications  at  the  entrance  to  New  York 
harbor. 

At  the  breaking  out  of  the  war  with  Mexico,  in  1845,  he  was 
apjMiinted  chief  engineer  of  the  army  under  General  Scott.  In  the 
succeeding  contest  he  greatly  distinguished  himself  by  his  gallant 
and  meritorious  services  at  the   l)attlcs  of   f'crro  Oordo,  f'nntreras, 


ROBERT  E.  LEE. 


Cherubusco  and  Chepultepec,  being  wounded  in  the  letter  conflict, 
and  receiving,  successively,  promotion  as  Major,  Lieutenant-Colonel 
and  Colonel. 

After  the  war  he  continued  to  serve  his  country  in  various  depart- 
ments, and  from  1852  to  1855  was  superintendent  of  the  West  Point 
Military  Academy.  In  the  latter  year  he  became  Lieutenant-Colonel 
of  a  new  regiment  of  cavalry,  of  which  Albert  Sidney  Johnston  was 
the  colonel,  serving  with  it  in  Texas  for  about  two  years,  when  he 
returned  to  Virginia  on  leave  of  absence. 

In  1857.  by  his  wife's  inheritance,  he  came  into  possession  of  the 
estates  of  Arlington  House,  on  the  Potomac,  and  the  White  House, 
on  the  Pamunky  river  in  Virginia.  This  lady,  whom  he  married  in 
1832,  was  the  daughter  of  Mr.  Custis,  the  grandson  of  the  widow  who 
became  the  wife  of  George  Washington. 
Colonel  Lee,  in  October,  1859,  commanded  the  detachment  of 
troops  sent  by  the  government  to  sup- 
press the  famous  raid  of  John  Brown 
into  Virginia,  for  the  purpose  of  freeing 
the  slaves  in  that  State. 

During  nearly  the  whole  of  the  year 
1860  he  commanded  the  military  depart- 
ment of  Texas,  returning  home  in  Decem- 
ber on  leave  of  absence. 

Virginia  seceded  from  the  Union  on  the 
17th  of  April,  1861,  and  three  days  later 
Colonel  Lee  resigned  his  command  in  the 
army,  saying,  in  his  letter  to  General 
Scott:  "Save  in  the  defense  of  my 
native  State,  I  never  desire  again  to  draw 
my  sword. " 

Immediately  repairing  to  Kicbmond, 
Va. ,  he  was  appointed  Major-General  of 
the  Confederate  forces  of  the  State. 

Early  in  May,  Virginia  joined  the 
Southern  Confederacy,  the  capital  of  which 
was  then  established  at  Riclinmnd;  but 
owing  to  a  contention  for  commanding 
positions  tn  the  Confederate  army,  which 
arose  between  several  ofllcers  who  had  ranked  high  in  the  I'nited 
States  army  and  withdrawn  therefrom,  General  Leo  was  not  called  into 
important  service  for  more  than  a  year.  In  the  meantime  he  super- 
intended the  fortifications  at  Richmond  and  other  places,  and  acted, 
also,  as  the  adviser  of  President  Jefferson  Davis  of  the  Confederate 
Stut(!S,  performing  many  of  the  dulics  pertaining  to  a  secretary  of 


.A 


-q: 


T 


l.iEN'KHAI,    I.KK  S    KKKOUTS    IN    BEHALF    <»K  THE    Ci  IXKEDEUACV. 


(;!» 


Ocncnil  Joseph  E.  Johnston  having  been  wounded  in  battle  nnd 
Oeneriil  Albert  S.  J^hn^^tou  havini,'  been  killed  in  the  tij^ht  at  Shiluh, 
General    Lee  as-sumcd  command  of  the   ('(infedeiale  army  June  ;j. 

June  20,  he  entered  with  his  command  upon  that  series  of  con- 
flict:^ in  Virginia  known  as  "the  Seven-days'  buttles,"  which  resulted 
in  the  retirement  of  the  Federal  army  under  McClellan  ti)  Harris^on's 
Inndin^.  after  the  struggle  at  Malvern  Hill.  By  this  act  Richmond 
was  relieved  from  the  siege  which  it  had  undergone. 

August  39  and  30,  181)3,  General  Lee  and  his  forces  encountered 
the  I'nion  army  under  General  Pope,  and  fought  the  si^eond  burih"  of 
Bull  Run,  defeating  his  antagtmists. 

General  Lee  immediately  followed  up  this  victory  with  an  attempt 
to  invade  Maryland,  which  resulted  in  the  indecisive  battle  of  Antie- 
tam,  September  10  and  17. 

Recrossing  the  Potomac  into  Virginia,  Lee  took  ii  strong  position 
near  Cnlpeper  Court  House.  Early  in  November  he  massed  his 
forces  on  the  Fredericksburg  bank  of  the  Rappahannock  river  to 
resist  the  attempt  of  the  Union  army  under  Burnside  to  cross  that 
stream.  Lee  successfully  held  this  position,  und  on  December  13, 
having  been  attacked  by  Burnside,  signally  defeated  the  Union 
forces. 

Burnside  was  succeeded  in  his  command  by  General  Joseph 
Hooker,  who,  in  18G3,  attacked  Lee  in  front,  turned  bis  left  flank 
and  gained  the  rear  of  his  army.  Then  followed  the  conflict  at 
Chancellorsville,  May  2-i,  in  which  General  Lee  was  Tictorioufi. 

Lee  next  invaded  Pennsylvania  with  a  large  army.  The  Union 
army  of  the  Potomac  was  at  this  time  connnanded  by  General  Meade, 
who  encountered  Lee's  troops  at  Gettysburg,  Pa.,  where,  July  1-3, 
18G3,  was  fought  one  of  the  most  bloody  and  decisive  battles  of  the 
war.  On  the  third  day  of  the  contest,  Lee,  being  repulsed,  retired 
in  good  order  to  the  northern  bank  of  the  Potomac,  which  a  heavy 
flood  prevented  his  crossing,  into  Virginia,  and  strongly  intrenched 
his  forces.  Meade,  by  a  circuitous  march,  had  reached  that  vicinity, 
and  intended  to  give  Lee  battle,  but  before  his  intention  could  be 
carried  out  Lee  had  safely  forded  the  river  and  fallen  back  to  the 
Rapidan,  followed  closely  and  threatened  by  Meade's  troops;  but  no 
important  conflict  ensued. 

The  operations  of  both  armies  were  neither  decisive  nor  of  special 
imi)ortance  during  the  fall  and  winter  of  18G3-"64.  In  the  spring  of 
186-1,  in  camp  on  the  banks  of  the  Rapidan,  Lee,  with  some  60, 000 
men,  found  himself  opposed  to  General  Grant,  who  commanded  a 
Union  army  numbering  about  140, 000.  On  the  4th  of  May,  Grant 
endeavored  to  turn  the  Confederate  troops  by  the  right,  crossing  the 


Rapidan  river  without  opposition,  and  marching  through  the  western 
verge  of  the  Wilderness.  At  this  juncture,  by  a  hohl  and  skillful 
movement,  Lee  attacked  him,  and  thus  began  the  bloody  but  unde- 
cisive battle  of  the  Wilderness,  which  continued  May  5  and  6.  After 
the  tight  both  armies  intrenched  opposite  each  other,  but  neither 
commander  seemed  willing  to  attack  tbo  other.  A  movement  by 
Grant  to  outflank  Lee  led  to  the  battle  of  Spottsylvania  Court  House, 
May  1:;,  which,  although  severe,  did  not  prove  victorious  for  either 
army.  Another  attempt  by  Grant.  May  18,  to  turn  Lee's  flank  and 
compel  him  to  fall  back  on  Richmond,  resulted  in  a  slow  and  partial 
success,  until  at  the  end  of  that  month,  the  two  armies  confronted 
each  other  at  the  Chickahoniiny  river.  An  attack  was  made  by 
(Jrant,  June  3,  but  he  was  signally  repulsed.  Both  parties  remained 
there,  strongly  intrenched,  neither  venturing  an  attack,  until  June 
13.  when  Grant  moved  out  of  his  intreuchments,  crossed  the  Chicka- 
honiiny, and  took  up  his  position  at  Petersburg,  Va. ,  twenty-two 
miles  south  of  Richmond.  Lee,  finding  the  Confederate  capital  in 
danger  of  capture  by  this  movement  of  Grant's,  also  crossed  the 
Chickahominy  and  James  rivers,  in  order  to  defend  Petersburg.  If 
that  stronghold  could  be  retained  by  the  Confederat/is,  the  Union 
armie?  could  not  take  Richmond,  which  was  strongly  fortified,  by 
any  direct  assault.  The  siege  and  defense  of  Petersburg,  therefore, 
occupied  the  attention  of  the  contending  forces  until  April,  1865, 
when  Grant  passed  around  the  defenses  and  broke  through  the  Cim- 
fedcrate  lines.  On  the  2d,  Lee  abandoned  his  further  defense  of 
Petersburg  and  Richmond,  having  sufi'ered  heavy  losses  in  killed  and 
wounded.  His  hope,  now,  was  to  reach  the  mountainous  region  of 
the  valley  of  Virginia  with  his  remaining  force  of  about  40.000  men. 
But  they  were  short  of  provisions,  and  obliged  to  scour  the  country 
in  squads  in  search  of  food,  many  throwing  away  their  arms,  although 
pursued  vigorously  by  Grant.  At  Appomattox  Court  House,  Lee'a 
army  found  themselves  barred  by  a  superior  Union  force  which  had 
reached  there  before  them. 

Correspondence  between  Grant  and  Lee  as  to  terms  preceded  the 
final  surrender  of  the  latter  to  the  Union  Army  on  the  9th  of  April, 
1865,  closing  the  civil  war,  Richmond  having  already  been  captured 
by  the  Unionists. 

After  the  war  General  Lee  retired  to  a  strictly  private  life,  almost 
entirely  stripped  of  his  former  fortune. 

In  October,  1865,  he  became  President  of  Washington  College,  at 
Lexington,  Va. ,  which  flourished  under  his  supervision. 

His  death  occurred  in  October,  18T0,  the  result  of  a  stroke  of 
paralysis.     His  wife  died  three  years  later. 

General  Lee  was  the  father  of  three  sons,  all  of  whom  were  in  the 
Confederate  army. 


d: 


.(^ — 


>k|:c>~ 


-CY 


f. 


BRIEF    SKETCH    OF   WELL-KNOWN    MrLITARY    CELEBRITIES    IN   THE    CONFEDERACY. 


LEADING 


'^^    ■.    .     ■g^-.p.- 


kYs 

'.4;-^=^=^=^ 


THE 


fe  i  <^^^ 1 


SERVICE. 


Prominent  Men  that  Took  Part   in   Behalf  of  the  South. 


EATTREGARD.  Peter  G.  T.-A 

(ieneral:  born  at  New  (Orleans,  La, ,  in 
181S;  fields  of  operation:  Graduated  at 
We=.t  Point  in  1838;  was  in  the  Mexi- 
can war.  engineering  operations  at 
New  Orleans  and  on  the  Gulf,  with  the 
cliarge  of  constructing  public  build- 
ings ;  superintendent  of  West  Point 
Military  academy;  joined  the  Confed- 
eracy in  1861;  conducted  the  attack  on 
Fort  Sumter;  at  first  Bull  Kun;  de- 
partment of  the  Tennessee;  Shiloh; 
Charleston;  Petersburg;  since  the  war, 
engaged  in  railroad  operations  in  the 


Brager*  Braxton — A  Major-General;  bom  in 
Warren  county,  N.  C. .  about  181-t;  fields  of  opera- 
tion: Graduated  at  West  Point,  in  1837;  war  in 
Florida;  Mexican  war;  Western  frontier  service; 
resigned  his  position  in  the  army  in  1855;  State 
officer  in  Louisiana:  joined  the  Confederacy  in 
186J;  Pensacola;  Shiloh;  department  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi; in  1862,  retreated  from  Kentucky;  was 
removed  from  his  command,  but  soon  restored; 
opposed  Rosecrans  in  the  department  of  Tennes- 
see: Murfreesboro;  Chickamauga;  Chattanooga; 
Richmond,  and  in  Georgia,  opposing  Sherman; 
died  at  Galveston,  Tex.,  in  1875. 

Savlfif  JefferBon — Colonel;  born  in  Chris- 
tian county.  Ky. ,  in  1808:  served  in  the  Black 
Hawk  war.  1831-:';  in  the  war  with  Mexico,  under 
Taylor;  was  United  States  Senator  from  Missis- 
sippi. 1818-1857;  Secretary  of  War  under  President 
Pierce;  President  of  the  Southern  Confederacy; 
was  captured  by  Union  soldiers  in  Georgia,  in  1865; 
was  imprisoned  for  two  years  by  the  Union 
authorities,  and  then  released. 

Early,  *lubal  A.— A  Major-General;  bom 
in  Virginia,  about  1815;  fields  of  operation:  Grad- 
uated at  West  Point  in  1837;  Lieutenant  of 
Artillery;  lawyer;  Mexican  war;  joined  the  Con- 
federates.     1861;      Bull     Run:      (■.■.!  u      Momituin; 

Fredericksburg;  Gettysburg;  Shi  r iM.ih  \  ,,il.  y; 

threatened  Washington;  invaded  li  [m-v  K  mui ; 
burned  Chanibcrsburg;  defeated  bv  Mh-i  iil;iii  on 
the  (Jp.-iiiMii,  ;il  Fisher's  Hill  and  Cedar  Creek; 
routt'd  at  \\':i_vrn->liuro.  After  tlie  war.  he  visited 
Kuropc:  nturning,  practiced  law  at  Richmond, 
Virginia. 

Ewell,  Rlrhard  S.— A  Lieutenant-General; 
bnrn  in  the  district  of  Columbia,  in  1820:  fields  of 
operation;  Graduated  at  West  Point  in  1810;  Mex- 
ican war;  Apache  Indians,  IS.'^ilt;  joined  the  Confed- 
erates, May.  1861,  (list  Bull  Run;  Cain.-s'  Mill; 
Malvern  Hill;  Cedar  Mountain;  Hiishil  Station; 
Hccond  Bull  Run,  whore  he  losta  Irir;  (ictlyslmrg; 
the  Wilderness;  Spottsylvania  Ci»iirt  Hdiisi-.  Itic-h- 
niond;  surrendered  to  Sheridan  at  Saihirs  Creek. 
After  the  w.ir,  was  a  stock-raiser  in  Tennessee; 
died  at  Spring  Hill,  Tenn.,  in  1872. 

IIntii|>(on,  Vrnde,  .Jr. —  A  Lieutenftnt- 
Gf-neral;  born  at  Columbia.  S.  C. .  In  1818;  (lelds 
of  operation:  Studied  law;  member  of  South 
Carolina  Legislature  and  Stntt?  Senate;  eom- 
manrled  a  legion  of  cavalry  at  flrwt  Bull  Kun; 
Chickahominy  campaign;  Seven  Pines;  Oetty«- 
bnrg:  Columnia,  8.  C. ,  when  Sh<>rmun  captured 
It;  Hince  the  war.  ha.H  been  Governor  of  South 
Carolina  and  United  States  Senator;  accidentally 
luHt  a  leg. 

llnrtlee,  \%*  I  111  am  •!.— ABrlgadlcr-Ocncrnl; 
lK>rn  at  Savannah,  Ga.,  in  1818;  Heldti  of  opera- 
tion: Graduated  at  WcHt  Point  In   1838;  Florida 


and  Mexican  wars:  frontier  duty;  instructor  at 
West  Point;  compiled  "Hardee's  Military  Tac- 
tics;" Lieutenant-Colonel  of  cavalry;  resigned 
and  joined  the  Confederacy  in  1861 ;  was  at  Shiloh, 
Perryville,  Stone  River.  Chickamauga.  Chatta- 
nooga, Savannah  and  Charleston,  and  surrendered 
in  North  Carolina;  died  at  Wytheville,  Va. ,  in 
1873. 

Hill,  Ambrose  P.— A  Major-General;  born 
in  Culpeper  county.  Va. .  about  1825;  fields  of 
operation.  Graduated  at  West  Point  in  184T;  Mexi- 
can war;  Florida;  coast  survey,  1855  to  1860; 
resigned  his  army  commission  and  joined  the 
Confederates  in  1861;  campaigns  in  Northern  Vir- 
ginia; Bull  Run;  Williamsburg:  the  seven  days' 
battles  of  the  Peninsula;  Cedar  Mountain;  Grove- 
ton;  .Antietam;  Fredericksburg;  Chancellorsville; 
Gettysburg;  the  Wilderness,  and  the  siege  of 
Petersburg,  Va. ,  in  which  he  was  killed,  in  1865. 

Hill,  Daniel  H.— A  General;  born  in  South 
Carolina,  about  1822;  fields  of  operation:  Gradu- 
ated at  West  Point  in  1812;  Mexican  war;  resigned 
his  commission  in  the  army  in  1819;  was  professor 
in  two  Southern  colleges;  superintendent  of  the 
North  Carolina  military  institute;  published  a 
work  on  algebra  and  two  religious  volumes; 
wrote  essays  for  periodicals;  joined  the  Confed- 
erate army  in  1861;  commanded  at  Big  Bethel; 
Yorktown;  Mechanicsville;  Cold  Harbor;  Malvern 
Hill;  on  the  James;  second  Bull  Run;  South 
Mountain;  Antietam;  Fredericksburg;  depart- 
ment of  North  and  South  Carolina;  since  the  war, 
has  published  The  Field  and  Farm,  in  North 
Carolina. 

Hood,  tlotin  R. — A  Lieutenant-General;  born 
in  Bath  county,  Ky. .  about  1830;  fields  of  opera- 
tion: Graduated  at  West  Point  in  1853;  frontier 
service  in  Texas;  fought  Lipan  and  Comanche 
Indians.  1857;  resigned  his  commission  and  joined 
the    Confederacy,    in    1861;    Chickahominy   cam- 

f)aign;  second  Bull  Run;  Antietam;  Fredericks- 
>urg;  Gettysburg,  where  he  lost  an  arm; 
Cliiek.'imauga.  where  he  lost  a  leg;  succeeded 
.lohnstun  in  1861:  operated  against  Sherman  in 
(ii't.it'ia;  Franklin,  Tenn. ,  and  Nashville;  re- 
lieved from  his  command. 

Hiitcer,  Benlamin— A  Major-General;  born 
at  Charleston,  S.  C. .  in  ISOfi;  fields  of  operation: 
Gr:Miii;it.'d  at  We.-t  I'.iint  in  1825;  commanded  at 
Fi>itr«-^>  Mnnnie.  ixd  ii.  '16;  chief  of  ordnance  in 
M'AHMn  war.  in  eh;ngr  of  arsenal  at  I'ikesville, 
Mii,  ;  joined  the  Confederacy  in  1861;  operated  on 
the  Peninsula  so  badly  that  he  was  dismissed 
from  the  service. 

ilnckHon,  TliomuH  *T.(**  Stonewall  **)— A 
Lieutenant-General;  born  at  Clarksburg.  Va. .  in 
1821;  fields  of  operation:  Graduated  at  West 
Point  in  1816;  Mexican  war;  New  York  harlxtr; 
Florida  war;  resigned,  IB-W;  professor  and  in- 
structor in  Virginia  military  academy  at  Lexing- 
ton; Joined  the  Confederate  army  in  I8fit; 
Harper's  Ferry:  first  Bull  Hun;  Shenandoah 
Valley;  Cross  Keys;  seven  days'  battles  of  the 
I^enlnsula;  Cold  Harbor;  Malvern  Hill;  Cedar 
Mountain;  second  Bull  Run;  Harper's  Ferry,  1862; 
Antietam;  Fredericksburg  and  Chancellorsvllle; 
mortally  wounded,  dying  near  Fredcrlcksburfi:. 
Va..  in  1863. 

tlohnMton,  Albert  S.— A  General;  horn  in 
Masnii  ecninty,  Ky..  in  1803;  fields  of  operation: 
Graduated  at  West  Point  in  I«2fi;  frontier  duty: 
Black  Hawk  war;  resigned  his  eommlKsion;  joined 
the  Texan  army,  and  succeeded  (Jeneral  Hiniston 
in   chief    command;    Texan   eecivtary    of    war; 


Mexican  war,  under  General  W.  O.  Butler;  farmer 
in  Mexico;  re-entered  the  United  States  army; 
Paymaster;  Colonel  of  Cavalry,  in  command  of 
the  department  of  Texas;  expedition  to  Utah; 
brevetted  Brigadier-General;  department  of  the 
Pacific,  1861;  resigned  and  joined  the  Confederate 
army,  1861;  commanded  division  of  the  West,  and 
was  slain  at  Shiloh.  Tenn.,  in  1862. 

tTohuKton,  doseph  E.— A  Major-General; 
born  in  Prince  Edward  county,  Va.,  in  1807;  fields 
of  operation:  Graduated  at  West  Point  in  1829; 
garrison  duty;  Florida  war;  resigned,  1837:  be- 
came a  civil  engineer;  re-entered  the  army.  1838, 
as  topographical  engineer;  survey  of  British 
boundaries,  in  1813;  coast  survey;  Mexican  war; 
in  charge  of  Western  river  improvements;  Utah 
expedition,  1858;  Quartermaster-General,  1860;  re- 
signed, and  joined  the  Confederates  in  1861;  first 
Bull  Run;  Yorktown:  Fair  Oaks;  departments  of 
Tennessee  and  Mississippi ;  Jackson,  Tenn. ; 
Dalton,  Ga. ;  Resaca;  AUatoona  Pass;  Kenesaw 
Mountain;  Atlanta;  turned  over  his  command  to 
Hood;  concentrated  armies  against  Sherman,  to 
whom  he  surrendered,  in  1865.  Since  the  war.  he 
has  been  engaged  in  promoting  the  agricultural, 
commercial  and  railroad  interests  of  the  South, 
residing  in  Georgia. 

r.ee,  Georee  W.  C— Son  of  Robert  E.  Lee; 
a  General;  born  in  Virgini-a.  about  1833;  gradu- 
ated at  West  Point  in  1851;  Lieutenant  of 
Engineers;  resigned,  1861,  and  joined  the  Confed- 
eracy; Aid-de-cam'^  to  Jefferson  Davis,  and 
General  of  infantry;  succeeded  his  lather  as 
president  of  Washington  college,  at  Lexington, 
Virginia. 

I^ee,  Fitzhufth— A  nephew  of  Robert  E.  Lee; 
a  General;  born  in  Virginia,  about  183.5;  fields  of 
operation ;  tJraduated  at  West  Point  in  1856; 
Lieutenant  of  cavalry,  mainly  in  Texas;  resigned 
his  commission  and  joined  the  Confederate  army 
in  1861,  and  became  a  General  of  cavali'y. 

Lioner^treet,  James— -A  Lieiiten;iMt-General; 
born  in  South  Carolina,  abtuir  l.sjii;  lulils  of  oper- 
ation: Graduated  at  West  Poitit  in  IKIJ;  Mexican 
war;  frontier  duty  in  Texas,  resigiiid  his  roni- 
mission,  ami  joined  the  Confedeiacy,  in  1861 ;  lirst 
Bull  Run;  Yorktown;  Williamsburg;  Seven  Pines; 
Cold  Harbor;  Frazier's  Farm,  second  Bull  Run; 
South  Mount  a  ill;  Alltielain;  Chiekaniauga;  near 
Kiioxvillr.  t.atll.-  ol  th.  WildiiM<--v;  .,11  the 
Jiuii.'^  Kiv.r;  i-.trisliuig.  iitter  tllu  war,  he 
eiig.igid  in  civil  pursuits  in  New  (irli;m>,  La. 

MeCiilloeh,  Bcn.|ainin~A  Major-General; 
born  in  Rutherford  county,  Tenn,,  in  ISU;  parti- 
cipated in  the  battle  of  Pea  Uidge,  Ark.,  where  he 
was  killed,  March  7,  1802. 

Maieriider,  John  B.  —  A  Major-General; 
born  in  Virginia,  about  1810;  was  active  in  tlie 
war;  died  at  Houston,  Te?c.,  in  1871. 

Polk>  r.eonldaii— A  Major-General;  born  at 
Raleigh.  N.  C. ,  in  IHOfi;  llehls  of  operation:  Grad- 
ual.-d    ;it     Wevi     Point;     w;is     I    |.|    r I     l.ishop    of 

LoiiiMaTiii;     i ■(!  I  he   Colli  r,|.  ,  ,i  ( .     ;,i  ni\   rarlv  in 

111.-  K.-lulli-.n;  .lislii.-t.  ol  \\>'  Ml  i--i|>|ii;  eon- 
slnicted  lortillealiuiis;  Shiloh,  r.ii.wille;  Mur- 
freesboro; Chlekamauga;  depart  ineiit  of  the 
Mississippi;  Atlanta  carnpatgn;  nevei-  resigned 
his  bishopric;  ktlh-d  at  the  battle  of  Pine 
Mountain,  near  Marietta,  Oa. ,  by  a  cannon-ball, 
in  1864. 

Pillow,  Oldcon  J.  —  A  General;  born  in 
William!*on  county,  Tenn..  in  1806;  llrlds  nf  oper- 
ation;   Px-actlcud  law;    Mexican  war;    tiled    fur 


f- 


MIMTAUY    TKRMS    AND    WHAT    THEY    MKAX. 


insuhordinatioii.iind  acquitted;  battle  of  Belmont, 
Mil,.  IJtfll.  Furt  Dunelsoii.  I«6'2,  in  the  Southwest, 
uiiiler  Beaui'L'gard,  nut  a  graduate  of  West  Point. 
Pflce,  Sterllner— A  Major-General;  born  in 
rrin<r  K.hvai.l  .nnnty,  Va. .  in  1809.  parliei|mted 
in  n|ici;itioii>  111  Missouri  and  Arkansas;  Wilson's 
Crc'L'k.  I,c\iMi,'loM,  was  a  member  of  Congress 
from  Missouri  and  Governor  of  that  State;  died 
at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  in  1867. 


.  —     by 

St.  Augustine,  Kla.,  about  IKW;  lU-Iits  of 
tlon;  (Jraduuted  at  West  Point  in  \si'>-.  M.xican 
war;  instructor  at  West  Point;  app-tlntcd  Miijor 
of  cavalry;  n•^i^J;ll<■d.  iiml  j.iiiud  tin- ( '..ntnlfi  ate 
army;  waa  at  llr^t  Hull  Knn,  in  v;Mlid '[■itiiii-->.ee; 
sent  to  the  traii^Mi^si— ^ij'l"  Ucii.irlJiiLiil ;  Maris- 
fleld.  Pleasant  liill,  Itcd  Kivxr  upurations,  and 
Banks'  retreat;  surrendered  to  Canby,  May,  18ti5. 


Stuart,  tlnme*  E.  B.— A  Major-General; 
born  in  I'ati-ick  county,  V'a. .  in  WM;  was  in  tin- 
battle  of  Spotttiylvunift  Court  HouKt.  Va. .  and 
was  slain  while  ttt^httnt;  n^-ar  Kichinond,  Va.,  in 
18U4. 

Vail  Horn,  Earl— A  Miijor-General;  bom  in 
Mi.ssissippi.  in  18'.il;  participated  in  the  fights  »t 
Hunt's  L'roHs  Itoads  and  Franklin,  Tt;nn. ;  died  at 
Spring  Hill,  Tenn.,  in  1803. 


'^ 


B  .V  T  I S  —  Large  branches 
of  trees,  having  one  end 
sharpened,  laid  in  rows  with 
the  points  outward,  in  front  of 
a  fortification,  to  prevent  the 
approach  of  an  enemy.  The 
large  ends  are  fastened  to  the 
ground. 

AhoMt  — To  change  front; 
infantry  turn  to  the  left;  so  do 
artilltry.  but  cavalry  either 
right  or  left. 

Accoutrements  —The 
trappings  of  a  soldier  exclusive 
of  his  arms  and  dress. 
Action —  Active  hostilities; 
an  "  affair"  is  a  fight  of  less  importance. 

A<^|ulant— A  staff  oflicer  in  a  regiment,  rank- 
ing as  First  Lieutenant,  appointed  by  the  Colonel 
to  aid  him  in  performing  his  regimental  or 
garrison  duties.  The  Adjutant-treneral  of  a  State 
has  cliarge  of  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  militia 
of  that  Slate.  The  "Adjutant-General"  of  the 
United  states  is  the  principal  staff  officer  of  the 
army,  and  assists  the  General  of  the  Army. 

Advice-boat— A  vessel  employed  to  carry 
dispatches. 

Advance— That  part  ot  an  army  in  front  of 
the  remainder. 

Aid,  or  Aid-de-camp — An  officer  chosen  by 
a  General  to  convey  orders  to  subordinates,  aid 
him  in  his  correspondence  and  assist  in  military 
movements. 

AlBulllette— A  braid  or  cord  on  a  military 
uniform,  extending  from  one  shoulder  across  the 
breast,  a  point  or  tag  at  the  end  of  a  fringe  or 
lace. 

Aim- Directing  any  weapon  toward  an  enemy, 
as  a  gun,  pistol,  or  sword. 

Alarm-Siin— .\  gun  fired  for  the  purpose  of 
creating  an  alarm,  or  rousing  soldiers  to  arms. 

Alarm-post— The  place  where  soldiers  gather 
when  an  alarm  is  made. 

Aliarn— To  form  soldiers  or  cannon  in  line  for 
parade  or  battle. 

AllonBe  — A  thrust  with  a  sword,  made  by 
stepping  forward  and  extending  the  arm. 

Ambulance— A  vehicle  on  wheels  for  convey- 
ing wounded  soldiers  from  the  battle-field  to  hos- 
pitals or  elsewhere. 

Ambu8h,  or  Ambuscade  —  The  place  in 
w^iich  troops  are  hidden  preparatory  to  making  a 
sudden  and  unexpected  attack  upon  an  enemy. 

Ammunition  — Material  for  charging  fire- 
arms—balls, powder,  bomb-shells,  etc. 

Appointments  — The  accoutrements  of  mili- 
tary otficers,  their  sashes,  bells,  plumes,  etc. 

Approaches  — Works  carried  on  toward 
besieged  works. 

Arm— To  provide  with  weapons;  arms  — the 
weapons  employed  in  warfare.  .=*mall  arms— 
muskets,  rirtes,  and  revolvers,  side-arms— swodIs 
an<l  bayonets,  a  stand  of  arms- a  complete  set  for 
each  soldier;  a  particular  branch  of  the  army. 

Armor— Any  clothing,  especially  of  metal, 
worn  in  warfare  to  protect  the  body. 

Armstrong  Kun— A  breech  loading  cannon, 
having  a  rifie-bore.  and  made  of  wrought  iron, 
named  after  its  inventor. 


Definition  of  IWilitary  Terms. 


■^ 


Army  — An  organized  body  of  soldiers  com- 
manded by  a  General. 

Arquebuse— An  old-fashioned  gun  like  a 
musket,  very  heavy,  and  (ired  from  a  rest. 

Arsenal— A  place  of  deposit  for  arms. 

Artillery —  Usually  applied  to  cannons, 
mortars  and  howitzers,  with  their  carriages  and 
equipments,  ammunition,  balls,  bomb-shells,  etc. 

Artillerist— A  soldier  attached  to  the  artillery 
branch  of  the  military  service. 

Avant-guard— The  advanced  portion  of  an 
ainiy;  that  force  in  the  front. 

Articles  of  War— National  rules  governing 
the  army. 

Assault— A  furious  effort  to  carry  any  fortified 
place. 

Assembly  —  The  signal  to  form  in  line  by 
companies. 

Attack- An  onset  on  the  enemy,  either  to 
seize  his  position  or  break  his  ranks. 

Ball  — A  spherical  shot  for  use  in  cannon, 
muskets,  rifies  or  pistols;  applied  to  an  indefinite 
quantity  of  musket  balls. 

Band— The  musicians  of  an  army. 

Barbican— An  outer  fortification  defending 
the  entrance  to  a  city  or  castle. 

Barbette— A  hill,  or  mound,  on  which  cannon 
are  arranged  so  as  to  shoot  over  the  wall  of  a  fort 
or  city,  instead  of  through  an  embrasure,  or  open- 
ing; a  barbette  gun,  or  a  barbette  battery,  is  that 
thus  mounted. 

Barrack— A  house  for  the  use  of  soldiers  in  a 
fi.rt. 

Bjirrlcade- .\  temporary  or  hasty  fortifica- 
tion, constructed  of  earth,  trees,  wagons  or  other 
material  that  will  serve  to  obstruct  the  advance  of 
an  army,  or  defend  those  inside  of  the  barricade. 

Barrier—A  sort  of  fence  to  prevent  an  enemy 
using  a  certain  passage. 

Bar-shot  — Two  cannon-balls,  or  half-balls, 
united  by  a  strong  bar  between  them;  fired  from 
a  cannon  for  the  purpose  of  destroying  masts  and 
rigging  on  board  of  vessels. 

Bastard-gun-A  cannon  of  unusual  make  or 
proportions,  whether  long  or  short. 

Bastion— That  part  of  the  interior  of  a  fortifi- 
cation which  projects  toward  the  outside,  consist- 
ing of  the  ' '  faces  "  and  the  '  *  fianks. "  The  '  -cur- 
tain" is  that  part  between  and  connecting  two 
bastions. 

Batardenu— A  wall  built  across  a  fortilica- 
tinn,  or  military  ditch,  arranged  with  a  gate  by 
which  the  amount  of  water  in  the  ditch  may  be 
regulated. 

Battalion- Battalia  — The  disposition  of 
troops  in  the  order  of  battle;  a  battalion  is  a  force 
of  infantry,  formed  of  from  two  to  ten  companies; 
in  F^iig.ind  it  means  about  800  men,  under  a  Lieu- 
tenant-Colonel. 

Battering-ram  —  A  machine  used  to  beat 
down  the  walls  of  fortified  places. 

Battery— .Any  place  where  cannon  or  mortars 
are  stationed  for  attacking  an  enemy  or  fortifica- 
tion, also  a  collection  of  cannon  at  one  point. 

Battery-wagon— A  wagon  used  for  trans- 
porting the  tools  and  equipments  of  a  battery 
troin  place  to  place. 


Battle— An  organized  contest  between  two 
opposing  armies;  called,  also,  a  combat,  fight  or 
engagement;  a  skirmish  is  a  confiict  uf  arms  of  a 
briefer,  less  organized  character.  In  a  "drawn 
battle,"  neither  side  is  the  victor:  a  "pitched 
battle  "  is  one  systematically  entered  into  when 
both  sides  are  well  prepared;  to  "give  battle"  is 
to  attack. 

Battle-array- An  army  prepared  for  battle. 

Battle-axe  —  Formerly  an  axe  used  as  a 
weapon  of  attack. 

Battlement— That  part  of  a  castle  or  fortifi- 
cation on  which  soldiers  may  stand  and  shoot  at 
the  enemy  from  behind  defenses. 

Bayonet—  A  short,  sharp  steel  weapon 
attached  to  the  muzzle  of  a  musket;  used  for 
charging  upon  the  enemy. 

Besiege— See  Siege. 

Bivouac— A  camp  without  tents,  but  around 
fires- 

Block-house— A  house  made  of  strong  timber 
or  logs,  and  used  as  a  military  defense;  having  no 
windows;  but  only  small  apertures  through  which 
guns  may  be  fired  from  inside. 

Body  —  Any  number  of  men  under  one 
commander. 

Bomb— A  hollow  iron  ball,  or  "shell,"  filled 
with  powder  or  other  explosive  material,  with  a 
fuse  attached,  which  is  fired  from  a  mortar  or 
howitzer,  and  explodes  in  its  descent,  scattering 
death  and  destruction  all  around  it. 

Bombard — To  attack  with  bombs. 

Bombardment— The  act  of  attacking  a  ship, 
town,  ur  fort,  with  bombs. 

Bomb-proof— Able  to  withstand  a  bombard- 
ment. 

Bonnet— Part  of  a  parapet  in  a  fortification 
sufficiently  elevated  to  screen  its  other  part  during 
an  attack. 

Bore— The  hollow  part  or  cavity  of  a  gun. 

Breast«'oi'k— A  temporary  defense,  as  high 
as  the  breast  of  a  man,  hastily  formed  of  earth 
or  other  material. 

Breach— An  opening  in  the  walls  of  a  fortified 
place,  made  by  artillery. 

Breech— The  hinder  part  of  a  cannon  or  other 
gun. 

Breech-loader-  A  gun  that  receives  its 
charge  of  ammunition  at  the  breech  instead  of 
its  muzzle. 

Breech-pIn,  or  Breech-screw— A  stout 
iron  plug  screwed  into  the  breech  of  a  gun. 

Brigade— Two  or  more  regiments  of  soldiers, 
either  infantry,  cavalry,  artillery,  or  mixed, 
commanded  by  a  Brigadier-General;  a  "division" 
is  composed  of  two  or  more  brigades,  and  is  com- 
manded by  a  Major-General;  and  an  "army 
corps"  comprises  two  or  more  divisions,  and 
forms  the  largest  body  of  troops  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  army.  The  "Brigade-Inspector"  in- 
spects companies  of  soldiers  before  they  are 
mustered  into  the  service. 

Brigadier-general— An  army  officer  in  com- 
mand of  a  brigade,  whose  rank  is  lower  than  that 
of  a  Major-General.  but  above  that  of  a  Colonel. 
A  "  Brigade-Major"  is  an  officer  who  may  be  at- 
tached to  a  brigade  to  assist  the  General. 

Broad-sword— A  svvord  with  a  broad  blade 
antl  sharp  edge. 


DICTIONARY  OF    MILITAKY   TEEMS. 


RiHiiih  —A  slight  encounter;  a  skirmish. 

Biifkler— An  ancient  shield,  often  four  feet 
lon^',  used  to  protect  the  whole  body. 

Bullet— A  small  ball  for  muskets,  rifles  or 
Ili:^toIs,  usually  made  of  lead. 

Biillel-proof— Incapable  of  being  pierced 
Willi  Ijiilltts. 

Bulwark— A  mound  of  earth:  an  outwork, 
capable  of  resisting  cannon-balls,  and  resembling 
a  (nore  elaborate  fortification  in  its  formation. 

Busby  — A  high  militai-y  cap,  made  of  bear- 
skin. 

Cadet- A  young  man  in  the  Jlilitary  Academy 
at  West  Point,  or  in  the  Naval  Academy  at  Annap- 
olis; a  student  of  naval  or  militaiy  science. 

Csklitson- A  chest  containing  ammunition;  in 
artillery,  the  wagon  can-ying  the  ammunition 
chest  and  military  stores;  alsoachest  of  explosive 
material  to  be  blown  up  under  some  of  the  enemy's 
works. 

Calibre— The  diameter  of  the  bore  or  hollow 
of  any  gun. 

Camp  —The  ground  selected  for  the  erection  of 
tents  and  other  shelter  for  soldiers  or  laborers;  a 
Collection  of  tents,  huts,  etc..  arranged  in  an 
orderly  manner,  and  also  the  whole  body  of  per- 
sons occupying  the  camp;  to  "encamp"  is  to 
prepare  a  camp. 

CampiiiKii  — -^  period  occupied  by  a  body  of 
truo|>s.  either  in  action,  marches  or  in  camp. 

CampaiBrner— An  old  soldier— a  veteran. 

CaiiiHter-Bhot— Small  balls  put  into  a  canister 
and  tired  from  a  cannon. 

Cannon— Guns  of  heavy  calibre,  comprising 
several  varieties  of  form,  for  several  purposes, 
and  made  of  various  metals. 

CannonailinpT- Battering  forts,  towns  or 
ships  with  cannon-shot. 

Cannoneers —Soldiers  who  handle  and  use 
aitilli:ry. 

Ciipltnlation— Surrender  of  an  enemy  upon 
stipulated  terms. 

Captain— The  commander  of  a  military  com- 
pany, usually  of  about  100  men.  A  "Captain- 
(ieneral  "  is  the  commander-in-chief  of  the  army, 
or  (like  the  Governor  of  a  State)  of  the  militia. 

Carbine— A  fire-ann  smaller  than  a  muski^t  or 
I'iHe,  and  larger  than  a  horse-pistol,  used  by 
mounted  troops. 

Carronade— A  short  cannon  used  to  throw  a 
heavy  shot  with  -moderate  force,  in  order  to 
break,  rather  than  pierce,  any  obstruction  pre- 
sented, like  a  ship's  hull. 

Cartel— An  agreement  between  two  contending 
countries  for  the  exchange  of  prisonei-s. 

Cartouch— A  roll  of  paper  holding  a  charge  of 
powder  and  ball  for  a  tire-arni;  resembling  tin? 
niudprn  cartridge;  a  "  blank  cartridge  "  is  one  in 
which  nothing  but  powder  is  used;  a  ' '  cartridge- 
box  "  is  the  case  in  which  soldiers  carry  a  supply 
of  prepared  cartridges. 

Cartridge— See  Cartouch. 

Canemate- A  bomb-proof  chamber  in  a  fort, 
from  which  a  cannon  may  be  fired  through  an 
aperture  in  the  side;  or  it  may  be  used  as  a 
powder  magazine,  or  soldiers'  quarters. 

Cane-shot— Small  balls  encased  in  canisters  or 
iron  cases,  and  fii-ed  from  cannon.    See  Canisteh. 

Ca«*|iie— Defensive  aniior  to  protect  the  head 
and  neck. 

Cavalry  — That  portion  of  an  army  which 
habitually  llglits  on  horseback;  not  to  be 
confounded  with  mounted  infantry. 

Chiipeau  Bratt— A  military  hat  that  can  be 
flattened  and  so  carried  under  the  arm. 

<'harire— (1)  The  quantity  of  powder  used  to 
load  a  musket,  etc.  (2i  The  advance  of  infantry 
upon  the  enemy  with  bayonets  (Ixed  upon  the 
muzzles  of  their  muskets;  or  a  rapid  attack  of 
cavalry. 

Chevai-de-rrlfie.     or    Chpi-aux-de-frlite 

—A  pitfce  of  timber  traversed  with  wooden  spikes, 
poin'.i'd  with  iron,  live  or  six  feet  long,  used  ttj 
defend  a  i)an«age,  st^>p  a  breach  or  make  a 
ictrenchment  to  stop  an  enemy.     (Webster,  j 

Clrviimvallatlon,  line  of— An  earth-work, 
witli  a  parapet  and  trench,  built  around  a  phicu 
wiiich  It  is  intended  Ui  besiege. 

t'olonel— The  chief  commander  of  a  regiment 
of  Moldiers;  the  next  in  rank  below  a  Brigadier- 
General. 

C^olom  — The  ftilken  flag  of  a  rejclment,  or  any 
military  or  naval  ensign.  "  Camp-coIor»"  an; 
small  (lagH  (eighteen  Inches  square).  n«ed  to  mark 
poititMlii  the  evolutions  of  troopH,  the  color  line, 
etc.;  sometimes  culled  "  (leld-colors." 

Color-Kiinrd— A  detail  of  eight  oorporaln,  to 
whom  Is  entnisttid  the  protection  of  the  colors  of  u 
legiinent. 


Combat— A  battle;  fight,  or  warlike  engage- 
ment between  opposing  tioops. 

Commissary— An  officer  appointed  to  provide 
food  for  the  army;  called,  also,  a  "commissary 
of  subsistence." 

Commissariat  —  The  provision  department 
of  the  army,  at  the  head  of  which  is  a  Com- 
missary-General. 

Company — A  division  of  troops,  comprising 
from  fifty  to  100  men,  commanded  by  a  Captain, 
Lieutenant,  Sergeant,  and  Corporal. 

Convoy— Any  number  of  troops  appointed  to 
perform  guard  service  in  transferring  men. 
money,  ammunition,  provisions,  etc.,  from  place 
to  place  in  time  of  war. 

Corpora] — A  non-commissioned  officer  of  the 
lowest  grade  in  a  company,  whose  duty  it  is  to 
place  and  relieve  sentinels,, etc. 

Corps,  army— The  largest  organization  of 
troops  in  the  United  States  army,  consisting  of 
two  or  more  divisions,  under  the  command  of  a 
Major-General.  (See  Division.)  A  simple  "corps" 
is  a  body  of  troops  under  one  commander. 

Countersign- A  changeable  and  secret  mili- 
tary pass-word,  exchanged    between    guards  and  , 
entrusted  to  those  employed  on  duty  in  camp  or 
garrison,   in  order   to   distinguish  friends  from 
enemies. 

Court-martial— A  tribunal  composed  of 
military  officers  for  the  trial  of  offenders  against 
military  laws,  orders,  etc. 

Cuirassiers— Soldiers,  usually  in  the  cavalry 
service,  who  wear  "cuirasses,"  or  breastplates 
of  metal,  for  protection. 

Cul-de-sac— A  position  where  a  body  of  troops 
is  so  hedged  in  by  enemies  that  the  only  way  out 
is  by  an  advance  in  front. 

Curtain— That  part  of  a  fortification  where 
contiguous  basiious  are  connected  with  ranipai'ts 
and  parapets. 

Dea«l-liiie  — A  line  in  a  cantp  or  military 
pn>on  beyond  which  no  prisoner  may  pass  without 
being  hliot  by  a  sentinel. 

Defense  —  Any  sort  of  fortification  or  work 
that  serves  to  protect  troops  or  places  against  the 
assaults  of  enemies,  or  ward  olf  danger. 

Befile  — A  narrow  passage  or  road  in  which 
troops  can  march  only  a  few  abreast,  or-by  fiank; 
to  "defilade"  is  to  raise  the  outer  works  of  a 
fortification  in  order  to  protect  the  interior  from 
the  assaults  of  enemies  occupying  an  elevated 
position  outside. 

Beploy— To  display  or  spread  a  body  of  troops 
ill  forming  a  line  of  battle;  also,  the  act  of  taking 
intervals  as  skirmishers.    (Webster. ) 

Depot— A  place  where  military  stores  or  pro- 
visions are  kept. 

Detail,  or  Detachment-^  A  body  of  troops 
detached  from  the  mum  army  to  perform  specific 
duty. 

Discipline  — The  rules  and  regulations  in- 
stiuctiug  and  governing  the  army. 

Dislodge— To  force  an  enemy  from  his 
delcn^es. 

Dismantle— To  demolish  the  outworks  of  a 
town  or  fortification. 

Ditch— A  trench  dug  to  prevent  an  enemy  from 
approaching  a  town  or  fortress;  called,  also,  a 
"moat"  or  "fosse,"  and  it  maybe  filled  with 
water  or  not.  The  earth  taken  from  the  trench 
may  also  be  used  for  forming  a  parapet  or  defense 
on  its  inner  side. 

Dratroons— Soldiers  who  are  armed  and 
trained  to  light  either  on  foot  or  on  horseback. 

Echelon— Military  tactic?",  in  which  larycr  or 
smaller  bodies  of  sotdiei-s.  divisions  of  hatt.Uioiis 
or  brigades,  follow  each  other  on  difii-niii  line-, 
presenting  the  form  of  steps,  and  thus  protect  the 
front  and  one  or  both  flanks  of  the  army  at  once. 

Elevation— In  using  a  cannon,  it  means  the 
angle  included  between  the  plane  of  the  horizon 
and  the  line  of  the  hollow  of  a  gun. 

Embrasure— The  opening  in  the  wall  of  a 
fortilication  occupied  by  the  muzzle  of  a  cannon 
pointing  outward. 

Enceinte— The  interior  wall  of  a  fortification 
that  surrounds  a  place. 

Encounter— A  combat,  light,  engagement, 
hostiif  collision,  or  skirmish. 

Enemy— An  opponent  in  war,  national,  sec- 
tional, or  in-rsonal. 

Enflladlnur— Firing  shot  along  the  whole 
hiigth  of  an  eucmy's  line. 

EniclneerH  —  A  department  of  the  army 
engaged  In  devising  and  constructing  defensive 
and  offensive  works,  keeping  them  in  repair 
ami  Mometitnes  in  planning  attacks  upon,  and 
defenses  of,  f(H-tifications. 

Eultnl— Tu  Join  the  army  aa  a  common  soldier. 


Epaulement— A  species  of  embankment  or 
breastwork,  made  of  wickerwork,  or  bags  filled 
with  earth,  bimdles  of  sticks,  etc.,  or  earth 
heaped  up.  used  to  afford  a  cover  from  the  fire  of 
an  enemy  to  the  side  or  flank  ot  an  army. 

Epaulette— An  ornamental  badge,  worn  on 
the  shoulder  by  officers  of  the  army  and  navy, 
having  peculiarities  of  form  or  size  to  indicate 
the  rank  of  the  wearer. 

Eprouvette- A  machine  for  testing  the 
strength  of  gunpowder.  (Brande.)  A  small 
mortar. 

Equipage  —  Military  furniture,  comprising 
whatever  is  necessary  for  efficient  service  by  any 
body  of  troops  or  a  single  soldier. 

Establishment  —The  permanent  military 
force  of  a  nation;  implying  the  quota  of  officers 
and  men  in  an  aiiny,  regiment,  troop  or 
company. 

Evolution— The  prescribed  or  uniform  move- 
ments made  by  a  body  of  troops  in  arranging  or 
rearranging  their  position  in  the  field. 

Exempts —  Citizens  who  from  their  sex.  age. 
infirmities,  or  oci-upations.  are  not  liable  to  be 
called  upon  to  peiform  military  duty. 

Expedition—An  armed  excur-sion  of  troops 
against  an  enemy,  or  in  an  enemy's  country  for 
some  specific  and  valuable  military  purpose. 

FaclnB  —  Movements  of  soldiers  when  turning 
on  their  heels  to  the  right  or  left  in  their  places  in 
line. 

False  attack— A  movement  in  the  nature  of 
an  advance  calculated  to  divert  the  attention  of 
the  enemy  from  the  point  at  which  the  attack  is  to 
be  made. 

Fascines— Twigs  of  trees  or  bushes  tied  up  in 
long,  round  bundles,  used  to  support  earth  in 
forming  embankments  or  parapets  in  field 
defenses,  filling  ditches,  etc. 

Feint — A  mock  attack  upon  any  troops  or  place 
designed  to  conceal  the  true  assault. 

Field— Any  open  spaceof  ground  where  a  battle 
is  fought;  also  applied  to  the  action  of  the  army 
while  ill  the  field. 

Field-colors— See  Colors. 

Field-day  — A  day  set  apart  for  instructing 
troops  in  field  evolutions,  the  exercise  ot  arms, 
etc. 

Field-gun- Field-piece  —  A  small  cannon 
used  on  a  battlefield. 

Field-marshal  —  A  military  officer  of  high 
rank  in  Germany  and  France,  and  the  highest  in 
England,  except  the  Captain-General. 

Field  -  officers  —  The  Colonel,  Lieutenant- 
Colonel  and  .Major  of  a  regiment. 

Field-work  — A  temporary  earthwork  or 
other  fortification  thrown  up  by  troops  in  the 
field,  for  defense  when  besieging  a  fortress,  or 
when  defending  a  besieged  point. 

Fight— See  Combat. 

File  — Soldiers  nuirching  in  line,  one  behind 
another  and  not  in  ranks. 

File-leader  — The  first  soldier  iu  flle-march- 
ing- 

Fire-arms— AH  weapons  in  which  powder  and 
ball,  or  shot,  are  used. 

Flag— Colors,  ensign  or  banner,  having  forms 
and  hues  indicating  a  difference  of  nationirtity, 
party,  or  opinion;  the  standai-d  around  whicii 
soldiers  rally  in  a  contest,  as  representing  their 
country.  A  yellow  flag  designates  a  hospital;  a 
red  flag  signifies  di-fiamc;  a  white  flag,  a  desire 
for  peaceful  coniniiini<-uiion  — ;i  M;ig  of  truce;  a 
black  flag,  no  merey;  a  Hak'  Imlf mast,  a  sign  of 
mourning:  a  flag  wrong  side  up.  distress;  a  flag 
hauled  down  in  a  rtjfht,  surrender;  hauled  down  a 
few  feet  and  immediately  raised  again,  respect  for 
a  superior. 

Flank— The  side  of  any  body  of  troops.  large 
or  small;  the  exti'eme  right  or  left  of  an  army. 
In  a  fortification,  the  flank  is  any  part  of  a  work 
by  which  another  part  is  defended  by  firing  guns 
along  the  outside  of  a  parapet. 

Flanker- A  militaiy  force  sent  out  to  gimt-d 
the  flank  of  an  army  along  its  line  of  inarch.  To 
"outflank"  Is  to  geC  the  better  of  an  army  or 
body  of  troops  by  extending  lines  of  soldiers 
beyond  or  around  it. 

Flash -Til.'  suddiMi  burst  of  flame  and  light 
that  arrompanies  the  discharge  of  firearms. 

Fliigelman— A  teacher  of  manual  exercises, 
who  stands  before  soldiers,  and  whoso  motions 
they  imitate  simultaneously;  a  fugleman. 

Flylng-artlUcry— Artillerymen  trained  to 
perform  their  evolutions  with  great  rapidity, 
leaping  on  moving  horses  or  ammunition  car- 
riages with  agility. 

Flylng-camp-A  body  of  troops  trained  to 
cliaiik'"'  tlicir  position  from  place  to  place  with 
alaci'ity. 


k 


—<):■ 


X[:c>- 


Foil— A  blunt  swonl,  used  in  Ccncint?,  having  a 
nietiil  biittun  oil  its  point. 

Fool-Noldler— Set-  Infantry. 

Forujce  —  Oidinaiy  foi»<l  for  lioi'MGs;  to  fora^re 
is  to  ML-nd  out  a  purty  of  snidiiis  to  gather  feed  for 
horses,  called  a  "  I'luak'iiit,'  |>;uly;"  a  "  foraging- 
cap"  is  a  military  uiidrcss-fu|>  lor  the  head. 

Force  — Any  body  of  troops  assembled  for  mill 
tary  purposes. 

F«florn-hoi»e— A  di-spcrate  pntorprise;  to 
ciny  a  town  or  lortiht-atioii  by  storming  its  walls; 
a  duty  involving  great  peril. 

Fort»  Fortress,  Forilfl<*:illoii--A  large  or 
small  space,  surroundt-d  by  lii^'li  .■nibunknii.nl'^, 
or  stone  or  wooden  wails,  o|  gri'ut  tluikiu'ss,  and 
strongly  prepared  for  oirensivc  or  ddiiiMve  war- 
fare, usually  so  built  as  to  coninumd  some 
important  approach  to  a  city,  town  or  inland 
stream,  and  of  such  form  as  to  repel  invaders  at 
all  points  of  its  structure.  From  the  walls  pro- 
trude, at  intervals,  the  muzzles  of  ponderous 
cannon,  while  inside  a  body  uf  troops,  with  stores 
of  provisions  and  ammunition,  are  e.vpeeted  to 
hold  the  fort  against  th.-  ii-<suiilts  ..r  lln-ir  ene- 
mies. Outside  of  a  toil  l^,  usii;.  Ily  l-Mirid  ;i  ditch, 
rampart  and  parajiel.  mrlsr  pah^fKlrs.  ■<t.ick;ides, 
and  other  means  of  di'i't-tisL-.  A  ■ '  tnrialicc  "  is  a 
small  outwork  of  a  fortilieation.  "  Kortitication  " 
is  the  art  or  science  of  strengthening  (or  fortify- 
ing) places  for  defense.  ' "  FicldfortiHcation  "  is 
the  art  of  constructing  all  kinds  of  temporary 
works  in  the  field.  A  "fortress"  is  a  more  per- 
manent structure  than  a  fortification. 

Front-face— An  order  requiring  soldiers  to 
loin  their  faces  to  the  proper  front  of  the  force 
which  they  compose. 

Front  ol"  Operations—The  front  formed  by 
an  armv  as  it  moves  on  its  line  of  operation. 
tHalk'ck.  ) 

Furlough— Leave  granted  to  n  soklier  to  be 
absent  from  the  army  for  a  longer  or  shorter 
period. 

Fuse— A  tube  fixed  in  a  bomb-shell  or  hand- 
grenade,  filled  with  combustible  materials,  which 
burn  and  explode  tlie  shell  at  the  proper  time. 

Gabion — A  cylinder  made  of  wicker-work, 
resembling  a  tall  basket  without  a  bottom,  tilled 
with  earth,  and  used  in  connection  with  others 
like  it  for  sheltering  soldiers  in  the  field  from  the 
enemy's  fire;  also  used  in  throwing  u))an  intrench- 
ment  called  a  "  gabionnade." 

Gallery— Any  passage  in  a  fortification  that  is 
covered  overhead  as  well  as  having  sides. 

Garrison— A  body  of  troops  quartered  in  a 
fort  or  fortified  town,  to  defend  it,  or  to  keep  citi- 
zens in  subjection  to  the  laws;  also  the  place 
where  they  are  quartered. 

General  of  the  Army— An  officer  of  the 
highest  rank,  commanding  all  the  armies  of  the 
United  States. 

Generalissimo— The  chief  commander  of  an 
army  or  other  military  force,  especially  where 
the  army  is  in  two  divisions  under  separate  com- 
manders. 

General  Oflficers- All  officers  above  the  rank 

of    Colonel.      (See    GENERAL    OF    THE    ARMY,     LlEU- 
TENANT-GENERAL,     AD.IUTANT-GENERAL,     MaJOR-GEN- 

ERAL,  and  Brigadier-general.  ) 

Glacis- That  sloping  embankment  in  a  fortress 
which  serves  as  a  parapet  to  the  covered  way. 

Grape-shot— See  Canister  and  Case-shot. 

Grenade,  or  fl:tn4l-fi:renade  —  A  small, 
explosive  iron  bi»mb  shell,  thrown  from  the  hand 
upon  thf  .lUMiy.  used  in  defending  a  fortification. 
"  Kainpart  'iniiiides"  are  of  various  sizes,  and 
are  rollcil  over'  the  parapet  upon  the  attacking 
force  out .  f  a  trough. 

Guard— .\  detachment  of  soldiers  stationed  to 
protect  a  position  or  a  body  of  other  troops 
against  a  surprise  from  the  enemy;  also  to  guard 
Generals,  prisoners  of  war,  public  property,  etc- 
"On  Guard,"  serving  as  a  guard.  "  Running  the 
Guard,"  passing  the  guard  or  sentinel  without 
leave.  "Advance-guard,"  a  military  force  of 
infantry  or  cavalry  marching  before  a  moving 
army  or  division,  to  prevent  surprise,  or  to  give 
notice  of  danger.  "Rear-guard,"  a  similar 
guard,  to  follow  a  moving  army  for  the  same 
purpose.  •' Guard-nuiunting,"  the  ceremony  of 
placing  on  guard.  "  Grand-guard,"  one  of  the 
posts  of  the  second  line  belonging  to  a  system  of 
advance-posts  of  an  army.  (Mahan. )  "  Life- 
guard," soldiers  selected  to  guard  the  persons  of 
kings,  queens,  princes,  etc.  "  Off  the  Guard,"  in 
a  careless  condition.  "Van-guard,"  same  as 
advance-guard. 

Guidons — Small  silk  stjindards  for  cavalry,  or 
to  direct  the  movementsof  infantry ,     See  Colors. 

Gunpou'der  —  A  mixture  of  sulphur,  salt- 
petre and  charcoal— an  important  "sinew  of 
war. " 


Harass— To  perplex  and  hinder  military  move- 
ments, sieges,  etc.,  by  frequent  attacks. 

Haversaclt- The  bag  in  which  a  soldier  car- 
ries his  provisions  when  marching. 

Head«|uarters— The  place  occupied  by  the 
coinmanding-orticer  and  his  staff  as  a  residence. 

HSIt-The  handle  of  a  sword. 

Iloislers- Leather  cases  for  pistols,  attached 
to  n  hoi-si'irian's  saddle. 

IIoNpifai  —  Any  place  where  the  sick  and 
wounded  are  attended  to. 

Hostilities  — The  condition  of  war  between 
two  nations. 

H4»\vitzer— A  short,  light  cannon,  for  firing 
hollow-shot,  canister-shot,  etc. 

Infantry— Soldiers  who  march  on  foot,  carry- 
ing muskets  or  riiles,  with  bayonets. 

Inroad— .\n  irregular  and  sudden  invasion. 

Inspector-Keneral  —  .A  staflf-officer,  whose 
duty  it  is  to  inspect  the  troops  at  stated  times, 
and  reportas  to  their  discipline,  efficiency,  instruc- 
tion, and  whatever  else  pertains  to  the  army  organ- 
ization. 

Inti'enehment  —  See  Ditch.  It  also  means 
any  sort  of  work  intended  to  fortify  a  post  against 
attack. 

Invasion— The  entrance  of  troops  into  a  hos- 
tile country,  for  conquest  or  plunder. 

Invest— To  inclose,  by  seizing  all  avenues  of 
approach  to  a  town,  so  as  to  intercept  aid  or 
assistance  from  without,  and  prevent  the  escape 
of  those  within. 

Knapsack — The  leather  or  canvas  bag  carried 
by  an  infantry  soldier  on  his  back  containing  his 
clothing  and  other  necessaries. 

Hileutenant-colonel — The  second  ofiicer  in 
command  of  a  regiment. 

liieutenant— The  second  officer  in  command 
of  a  company;  he  is  the  lowest  officer  who  receives 
a  commission. 

Line  of  Battle— Troops  arrayed  in  readiness 
for  active  combat. 

1.1  tter— A  sort  of  bed  in  which  wounded  officers 
and  men  are  curried  off  the  battle-field. 

I^odtcnient — Gaining  possession  of  an  enemy's 
position  and  holding  it. 

Ijunette- A  small  field-work,  resembling  the 
bastion  of  a  fortification. 

Magfazine— That  part  of  a  fortification  where 
powder  is  stored;  a  storehouse  for  army  pro- 
visions, arms,  etc. 

Major— The  third  officer  in  command  of  a 
regiment,  next  in  rank  above  a  Captain,  next 
below  a  Lieutenant-Colonel,  and  the  lowest  grade 
of  field-otficer. 

Major-ffeneral— An  officer  who  commands  a 
division  of  the  army. 

Martial  Law — An  arbitrary  laAV  emanating 
from  the  principal  military  authorities,  without 
reference  to  any  immediate  legislative  or  consti- 
tutional sanction.  It  is  founded  on  paramount 
necessity,  in  times  of  rebellion,  war,  insurrection, 
etc.,  and,  when  instituted,  extends  to  all  the 
inhabitants  of  the  prescribed  district  and  all  their 
actions. 

Match- A  substance  used  in  war  to  convey  fire 
to  explosive  or  combustible  material  for  the  pur- 
pose of  destroying  it,  exploding  magazines, 
mines,  etc.  Two  kinds  are  used  —  the  "slow- 
match"  and  the  "quick-match"- so  called  on 
account  of  their  different  peculiarities  in  point  of 
time  for  effecting  the  desired  object. 

Mine— An  excavation  made  under  an  enemy's 
fortification,  in  which  powder  is  placed  for  the 
puri'os^- ..t'  blowing  up  the  works  and  their  occu- 
pants; rr^i.ri.-d  to  insieges.  A  "  counter-mine  " 
is  <inv  iiuuit-  jjy  the  besieged  under  the  fortification 
of  the  besieging  party. 

Mortar— A  very  short  cannon,  of  large  bore, 
and  having  a  chamber;  used  for  throwing  bombs, 
stones,  etc.,  into  an  enemy's  camp. 

M^uster- A  gathering  of  troops  for  parade, 
exercise,  inspection,  roll-call,  etc.  To  "muster 
into  service'"  is  to  inspect  soldiers  and  place  their 
names  on  the  army  pay-roll:  to  "muster  out"  is 
to  formally  dismiss  soldiers  from  the  service  and 
strike  their  names  from  the  army  lists.  To  "  pass 
muster"  is  to  pass  a  proper  examination  without 
censure.  A  "muster-book"  is  the  record  of 
several  military  forces;  a  "muster-roll"  is  a 
similar  record  of  separate  companies,  troops  or 
regiments. 

Mutiny— Open  and  violent  opposition  to  lawful 
authority,  or  any  refractory  conduct  among 
soldiers. 

Xeedle-ffun  —A  breech-loading  fire-arm,  the 
detonating  powder  in  which  is  exploded  by  a 
slender  pin  or  needle  that  passes  in  at  the  breech. 


>i'4»n-<-onim|MM|fine<l  Officers—  All  oflUcent 
below  the  grade  ot  a  company  Lieutenant. 

Neutral— A  person  or  nation  that  takes  no 
part  in  the  contests  of  others. 

Orders— The  lawful  ccjminands  of  an  officer  to 
his  subordinate  officers  or  men. 

Ordnance— A  term  applied  generally  to  all 
art  illi'iy,     including     cannon,      howitzern     and 

muilurs. 


Outposts— Troops  Htationed  at  points  outside 
of    a  rump,  to  prevent  surpris*-s  by  an  enemy;  _ 


led  at  po: 
.>ris*-s  by 
also  tile  places  where  they  are  stationed. 

Outrjink —  Having  a  higher  degree  of  au- 
thority tliaii  another.' 

Outwork— An  intrenchinent  or  other  defense 
bi-yoiid  t.r  outside  of  a  f<jrtiftcation. 

Palisades  —  Sharp  pointed,  strong  wooden 
stakes,  set  in  the  ground  close  together  like  a 
fence,  around  a  fortification. 

Parallels- \VnJe  and  covered  trenches  made 
by  besirging  troops  between  their  various  bat- 
teries and  appi.i.iilics,  affording  safe  communica- 
tion and  passage  fiom  one  to  another. 

Parapet- An  elevation  of  earth,  a  wall,  or 
rampart,  in  a  fortification  for  the  protection  of 
soldiers  from  the  enemy's  fire;  breast-high;  hence 
a  breastwork. 

Park— A  space  of  ground  set  apart  in  an 
encampment  for  the  accumulation  of  animals, 
wagons,  pontoons  and  other  war  material.  Thus 
there  is  a  "  park  of  artillery,"  the  space  occupied 
by  cannon;  a  "  park  of  wagons,"  etc. 

Parley— A  conference  with  the  enemy,  usually 
conducted  under  a  Hag  of  tnice. 

Parole— The  word  of  honor  given  by  a  prisoner 
of  war  that,  if  set  at  liberty,  lie  will  not  take  up 
arms  again  until  exchanged,  or  that  he  will  return 
to  his  cai)tors  at  a  certain  time;  a  "  parole"  is 
also  a  word,  like  a  countersign  (which  sec),  given 
out  in  orders  for  the  purpose  of  distinguishing 
friends  from  foes  in  the  dark. 

Party  —  A  small  detachment  of  soldiei's 
engaged  in  any  duty;  a  "fatigue-party"  is  one 
employed  in  manual  labor  about  the  camp. 

Patrol  — A  vigilance  party,  consisting  of  a  few 
s<ildirrs  iiTiilir  i-mitrol  of  a  non  loiinms-ionid 
<illi.'i'i\  iiiov)iig  Ironi  post  to  post,  almig  roari>  or 
thiou;,'li  sln.ts,  to  maintain  safety,  order,  atten- 
tion to  duty,  etc. 

Pay-master— An  officer  whose  business  it  is 
to  pay  the  soldiers  and  camp  men  their  wages;  the 
"  pay-roll "  is  the  list  of  men  and  the  wages  due 
to  each. 

Pickets  —  Guards  stationed  in  front  of  an 
army,  and  between  it  and  the  outposts;  when 
attacked,  the  outposts  fall  back  on  the  pickets  for 
support. 

Pillage  —  Booty  captured  from  an  enemy's 
camp,  town  or  country. 

Pioneers—. A  party  of  soldiers  armed  with 
axes,  saws  and  other  tools,  who  go  before  an 
advancing  army  to  clear  the  way,  repair  roads  or 
bridges,  and  work  on  intrenchments. 

Platoon— Half  of  a  companj'  of  soldiers. 

Pontoons— Light  frames  or  boats,  of  wood  or 
other  material,  placed  in  streams  for  supporting 
temporary  bridges  during  the  march  of  an  army. 

Port-fire  —  A  mixture  of  combustible  an<I 
exijlosive  materials  encased  in  cloth  or  pajier; 
formerly  used  as  a  match  for  firing  cannons,  but 
now  superseded  by  a  patent  primer. 

Position  —  Ground  occupied  by  an  army 
encamped  or  in  battle. 

PriminfiT— Powder  or  other  combustible  used 
to  convey  fire  to  the  charge  in  a  gun. 

Private — A  common  soldier. 

Projectile  —  A  cannon-ball,  bomb-shell,  or 
otJicr  substance,  projected  by  the  force  of  powder 
or  other  explosive. 

Provost-marshal— A  militarj-  police  officer, 
whose  duty  it  is  to  arrest  and  retain  deserters, 
prevent  soldiers  from  pillaging,  to  indict  crimi- 
nals, and  to  see  that  sentences  are  executed  upon 
otfenders. 

Put  to  the  Sword— Slain  with  swords,  as  in 
ancient  warfare. 

Pyrotechny— The  art  of  making  fire-works 
for  military  signals  or  popular  amusement. 

Quadrangle— A  fort  having  four  sides  and 
four  corners. 

Quadrant — An  instrument  used  by  gunners 
for  regulating  the  elevation  and  pointing  of 
caiincm,  niortai-s.  etc. 

Quiirters- The  station  or  encampment  occu- 
pied by  troops;  place  of  lodging  for  ofHc-ers  or 
men.  ' '  Quarter, "  the  encampment  on  one  of  t  he 
principal  passages  round  a  place  besieged,  to  pre- 
vent relief  and  intercept  convoys.  (Webster.)     To 


—vt).  I 


74 


DICTIONARY    OF    MILITARY    TERMS. 


1' 


' '  give  quarter  "  is  to  show  mercy  to  a  vanqntshed 
foe.  To  •  ■  beat  to  quarters  "  is  a  signal  (or  prompt 
readiness  for  duty. 

Quartermaster— The  officer  whose  business 
it  is  to  provide  quartei-s,  provisions,  clothing, 
fuel,  storage,  stationery,  and  transportation  for 
the  army,  superintending  all  supplies.  The  chief 
officer  in  this  department  of  the  service  is  the 
'■Quartermaster-General,"  assisted  by  a  "Quar- 
termaster-Sergeant. " 

Kally— To  renew  order  and  discipline  among 
disordered  or  scattered  soldiers. 

Rampart — An  earth  embankment,  or  wall, 
surrounding  a  fortified  place,  to  resist  the  enemy's 
shot,  protect  the  barracks,  etc.  The  strong  works 
projecting  outside  the  rampart  or  main  wall  are 
called  bulwarks. 

Range— Properly,  the  horizontal  distance  to 
which  a  projectile  "can  be  carried  by  the  force  of 
a  gun;  sometimes  from-  the  mouth  of  the  gun 
to  where  the  shot  lodges,  as  at  "short  range''  or 
"  long  range." 

Ranfe— A  line  of  soldiers  standing  or  marching 
side  by  side;  also  the  grade  of  an  officer  in 
authority. 

Rank,  and  File— That  part  of  an  army  com- 
posfd  of  non-commissioned  officers  and  common 
Soldiers, 

Ration  — The  daily  fixed  allowance  of  food, 
drink  and  forage  for  each  soldier. 

Rear— The  hindmost  part  of  an  army. 

Rear-g-nard  —  A  detachment  of  troops  as- 
signed to  the  rear  of  an  army  to  protect  it, 
prevent  straggling,  etc. 

Reeonualssance,  Reeonnoitre  —  A  pre- 
liminary survey  of  an  enemy's  country,  the 
character  of  his  operations,  the  approaches  to  his 
works,  etc. .  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  his 
position  and  strength.  A  ' '  reconnaissance  in 
force"  is  a  demonstration  of  attack  for  the  same 
purpose. 

Reeriiit— A  new  and  undisciplined  soldier;  one 
recently  enlisted. 

Redoubt— A  small  polygonal  work  in  a  fortifi- 
cation; an  outwork  within  another  outwork. 

Reeiment— A  body  of  troops  comprising  ten 
or  twelve  companies,  under  the  command  of  a 
Colonel. 

ReHerve- Troops  not  brought  into  action  in  a 
battle  until  towards  its  close  or  until  actual 
necessity  requires  their  presence  on  the  field. 

Retreat— The  movement  of  retiring  before 
an  enemy,  or  of  going  back  to  a  place  recently 
occupied. 

Retrenchment— An  intrenchment  thrown  up 
to  prolong  the  defense  of  another  outside  of  it, 
when  the  latter  is  likely  t/a  be  carried  by  the 
euemy. 


Reveille— The  morning  beat  of  the  drum  to 
awaken  soldiers  in  camp. 

Ricochet— The  skippingor  reboundingof  shot 
and  shells  after  striking  the  ground,  when  fired 
from  a  gun. 

Roster— The  list  of  officers  in  any  one  army 
organization,  containing  their  names,  rank,  corps, 
date  of  commission  and  other  details,  as  the 
roster  of  a  regiment. 

Round— A  general  discharge  of  fire-arms  or 
cannon,  each  piece  being  fired  only  once.  Also, 
the  walk  of  a  guard  or  officer  around  the  ramparts 
of  a  fort,  to  see  if  the  sentinels  are  vigilant,  or  if 
all  is  safe.  A  "round  of  cartridge"  is  one 
cartridge  to  each  soldier. 

Roundel— A  bastion  of  a  circular  fonn. 

Rout  — The  confusion  and- dispersion  of  an 
enemy  when  badly  defeated  or  panic-stricken. 

Saber— .\  sword  with  a  broad  and  heavy  blade, 
having  a  curve  toward  its  point;  a  weapon  used 
by  cavalry. 

Saber-tasohe  — A  small  pendant  pocket  at- 
tached to  the  sword-belt  of  a  cavalry  officer.  ^ 

Sack— To  plunder  or  pillage  a  town  or  city. 

Safe-conduct-A  convoy  or  guard  to  protect 
a  person  in  an  enemy's  country,  while  going  from 
place  to  place. 

'Safe-eruard— A  protection  given  by  the  General 
of  an  army  to  exempt  an  enemy's  person  or 
property  from  molestation  or  plunder. 

Sally,  or  Sortie— The  sudden  issuing  forth  of 
a  strong  body  of  besieged  troops  upon  the  works 
of  the  besiegers,  in  order  to  destroy  them. 

Salute— To  honor  any  day.  person  or  nation  by 
a  discharge  of  fire-amis;  also,  the  ceremony  of 
presenting  arms  by  a  soldier  on  the  approach  of 
an  officer:  aJso,  touching  or  lifting  the  cap  by  a 
subordinate  officer  on  meeting  his  superior  in 
rank.  A  "salvo"  is  a  volley  of  fire-arms  not 
intended  as  a  salute. 

Sand-bags- Sacks  filled  ^vith  earth,  used  to 
stop  breaches  in  an  intrenchment  made  by  cannon- 
balls,  shells,  etc. 

Soalinet— Climbing  walls  for  hostile  purposes 
by  means  of  ladders,  etc. 

Scouts— Persons  employed  in  gaining  informa- 
tion as  to  the  movements  and  condition  of  an 
enemy;  also,  horsemen  sent  in  advance,  or  on  the 
right  or  left  of  an  army,  to  discover  the  wherea- 
bouts of  an  enemy. 

Sentry,  or  Sentinel— A  private  soldier  placed 
on  guard,  to  watch  the  enemy,  prevent  a  surprise, 
antl  perform  any  special  duty  connected  with  his 
post. 

Sergeant  — A  non-commissioned  officer  in  a 
regiment,  ranking  just  below  a  Lieutenant  and 
next  above  a  Corporal,  whose  duty  is  to  instruct 
recruits  in  discipline,  to  form  soldiers  into  ranks, 
etc. 


Sergeant-lWi^tor — A  non-commissioned  offi- 
cer in  a  regiment,  whose  busfness  it  is  to  assist  the 
Adjutant  in  his  duties.     (See  Adjutant.  ) 

Service— .A.  jgeneral  term  for  the  army  and  its 
prescribed  duties  as  a  branch  of  the  national 
defense;  also  the  professional  duty  of  any  officer 
or  soldier. 

Shells— See  Bomb  and  Grenade. 

Siege— Surrounding  or  investing  any  fortified 
town  or  fortress  with  an  army  and  attacking  it 
with  batteries,  mines  and  assaults  until  it  capitu- 
lates or  the  besiegei-s  are  driven  off. 

Skirmish— An  unorganized  combat  between 
detachments  in  the  neighborhood  of  two  contend- 
ing armies.  "- 

Spherical-cone  Shot  —  Thin  shells  filled 
with  musket-balls  and  fired  from  a  howitzer. 

Storm— A  violent  assault  of  besiegers  upon  a 
fortified  place  by  climbing  its  walls,  breaking 
down  its  gates,  etc. 

Stratagem- A  General's  device  to  cover  his 
designs  during  a  campaign  and  to  deceive  the 
enemy. 

Strategy  —  The  science  of  conducting  great 
military  movements:  also,  the  hostile  movements 
of  annies  when  beyond  Che  reach  of  each  other's 
cannon. 

Stretcher  —  A  litter,  or  frame,  on  which 
sick  or  wounded  men  are  carried. 

Surprise  —  An  unexpected  attack  from  an 
enemy. 

Tamp  — To  pack  earth  or  other  materials 
around  a  mine  so  as  to  prevent  an  explosion  in  a 
wrong  direction. 

Tattoo  —  A  drum-beat  at  night,  warning 
soldiei-s  to  retire  to  rest,  if  in  camp,  or  to  retreat 
if  on  the  battle-field. 

Traverse  —  Parapets  of  earth  raised  to  cover 
troops  from  the  enfilading  fire  of  an  enemy. 

Trench— See  Ditch. 

Troop — A  company  of  cavalry. 

Troops— A  general  term  for  a  collection  of 
soldiei"s. 

Trophy— Anything  captured  from  an  enemy. 

Tumbril — A  two  wheeled  vehicle  accompany- 
ing troops  or  artillery,  for  conveying  tools, 
cartridges,  etc. 

"Vedettes— Mounted  sentries  at  outposts. 

Vent— The  opening  in  fire-arms  where  fire  is 
communicated  to  the  charge. 

Volley— .\  simultaneous  discharge  of  numerous 
fire-arms*  at  the  funeral  of  a  soldier  or  in  a 
combat. 

Wings—The  right  or  left  division  of  an  army 
or  battalion. 

Works— Any  of  the  military  fortifications  or 
intrenchiuents  described  in  this  lexicon. 


•A 


f^'^iff^ 


i: 


I)ISTINGUISII7CD    DISCOVERERS. 


(•<£*- 


-*-•■ 


•*- 


-»■'{ 


:5-> 


Explorers  and  Navigators. 


•*-^ 


HENRY   M.   STANLEY, 

AFRICAN    EXPLOHEB. 


ENRY  M.  STANLEY  came  into  notoriety  in  consequence  of 
his  discovery  of  Dr.  David  Livingstone,  in  Africa,  who, 
when  found,  had  been  unheard  from  over  two  years. 

Born  near  Denbigh,  in  Wales,  in  1H40,  be  was  sent  to  an  orphan 
asylum  at  Asaph,  his  name  being  John  Rowlands.  He  remained  at 
the  asylum  until  he  was  thirteen  years  of  age.  Afterwards,  as  a 
cabin-boy,  he  shipped  at  Liverpool  for  New  Orleans,  where,  with  a 
merchant  named  Stanley,  he  got  his  present  name.  On  the  breaking 
out  of  the  American  rebellion,  he  went  into  the  Confederate  army, 
and  afterwards,  having  been  taken  prisoner,  he  volunteered  in  the 
Union  naval  service,  and  became  an  acting  ensign  in  the  iron-clad 
Ticonderoga. 

Succeeding  the  war,  he  traveled  in  Turkc)',  Asia  Minor,  and 
\'arious  parts  of  Europe.  Taking  the  position  of  correspondent  of 
the  New  York  Herald,  he  accompanied  the  British  expedition  to 
Abyssinia,  and  afterwards  went  to  Spain. 

Commissioned  by  the  proprietor.s  of  the  New  York  Herald  to  find 
Livingstone,  he  spent  some  months  in  visiting  Constantinople, 
Palestine,  the  Crimea,  Persia,  and  India,  when  he  sailed  from 
Bombay,  in  the  fall  of  1870,  and  reached  Zanzibar  in  January,  1871. 
With  192  men  he  went  across  the  country  in  Africa,  and  succeeded  in 
finding  Livingstone  at  Ujiji,  his  journey  to  reach  the  object  of  his 
search  having  occupied  eight  months. 

Remaining  with  Livingstone  about  half  a  year,  during  which  time 
they  made  various  explorations  together,  Stanley  left  for  England  in 
the  middle  of  March,  and  reached  his  destination  the  last  of  July. 
At  Brighton,  England,  he  gave  an  account  of  his  expedition  before 
the  British  Association.  A  gold  snuff-box,  presented  to  him  by  the 
Queen,  and  a  banquet  given  to  him  by  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society,  were  among  the  incidents  of  his  visit. 

The  record  of  his  journey  appeared  under  the  title.  ' '  How  I  found 
Livingstone,"  and  was  published  in  London  and  New  York. 

Upon  the  death  of  Livingstone,  he  was  employed  by  the  New  Y'ork 
Herald  and  the  London  Telegraph  to  continue  the  exploration  of 
Africa,  in  the  lake  regions  on  the  equator.  With  a  company  of  300 
men  he  went  from  the  coast  into  the  Urimi  country,  in  the  latitude 
of  Ujiji,  where  he  found  the  waters  flowing  northward.  One  of  the 
rivers,  the  Shemeeyu,  he  followed  350  miles  to  its  mouth,  on  the 
Victoria  N'yanza,  losing  on  the  journey  194  men  by  death  and  deser- 
tion. With  a  boat  that  had  been  transported  in  pieces,  accompanied  by 
twenty  canoes  lent  to  him  by  Mtesa,  King  of  Uganda,  he  navigated 
this  body  of  water  and  found  it  to  be  a  great  lake,  with  many  islands, 
it  being,  with  the  lake  Albert  N'yanza,  the  headwaters  of  the  Nile. 


VITUS   BEHRING, 


vAc  RUSSIAN  navigiitor,  who  was  born  at  Horsens,- Denmark,  in 
ll\  1680.  He  joined  the  naval  service  of  Russia  in  1704,  and  was 
v^^y/Tj  made  a  captain  by  Peter  the  Great.  After  serving  with  distinc- 
tion in  the  war  between  Russia  and  Sweden,  he  was,  in  1725,  put  in 
command  of  an  expedition  of  discovery  in  the  Arctic  regions.  This 
having  been  safely  accomplished,  he  was  again  sent,  in  1728,  with 
another  exploring  expedition  to  the  seas  bordering  on  the  northwestern 
coast  of  Siberia.  His  explorations  continued  for  several  years.  A 
third  expedition  was  made,  with  two  vessels,  1741,  which  resulted  in 
disaster  and  death;  and  stormy  weather,  dissatisfaction  and  sickness 


among  his  crews  compelled  him  to  return.  On  the  voyage  home  bis 
vessel  was  wrecked  on  a  desolate  island,  where  he  died  in  1741.  Dur- 
ing these  several  voyages  Behring  discovered  the  strait  that  bears  bis 
name,  between  the  continents  of  Asia  and  America;  the  Behring  sea, 
that  part  of  the  Pacific  ocean  that  lies  immediately  south  of  Behring 
strait,  and  between  the  two  continents  which  are  separated  by  that 
strait.  The  southern  limit  of  the  sea  is  the  circular  line  or  range  of 
the  Aleutian  island,  also  discovered  by  Behring,  which,  with  Behring 
island,  where  he  died,  stretch  across  the  Pacific  from  Alaska  to 
Kamtchatka.  Behring  island  is  off  the  east  coast  of  the  peninsula  of 
Kamtchatka,  in  latitude  fifty-five  degrees  and  twenty-two  minute* 
north,  and  in  longitude  1G6  degrees  east.  The  island  is  barren,  but 
abounds  in  fresh  water  and  arctic  animals. 


JOHN   CABOT, 


NOWN  as  "the  discoverer  of  North  America,"  whose  place 
'^l^  and  date  of  birth  are  unknown,  came  from  Venice,  Italy,  to 
(*^N<-)  England,  in  the  fifteenth  century,  and,  according  to  the  best 
authority,  made  a  westward  voyage  of  discovery,  under  the  patronage 
of  King  Henry  VII. .  of  England.  The  record  preserved  in  the  geo- 
graphical cabinet  of  the  Imperial  library,  at  Paris,  France,  shows  that 
on  June  24  (St.  John's  Day).  1494,  John  Cabot  and  his  son,  Sebastian, 
at  five  o'clock  in  the  morning,  discovered  land,  to  which  he  gave 
the  name  of  '  'First  Land  Seen"  (Newfoundland),  on  the  northeastern 
coast  of  America,  and  a  great  island,  near  by,  to  which  he  gave  the 
name  of  St.  John,  in  honor  of  the  day  on  which  the  discovery  was 
made.  He  is  represented  by  other  authorities  as  having  sailed  along 
the  coast  of  North  America  for  about  900  miles.  When  he  landed  he 
found  no  inhabitants,  and  planted  on  the  soil  the  national  ensigns  of 
England  and  Venice.  Another  expedition  appears  to  have  been 
authorized  by  the  English  Government  afterwards,  but  Cabot  does 
not  seem  to  have  made  a  second  voyage,  and  neither  the  time  nor 
the  place  of  his  death,  or  his  age  when  he  died,  are  known. 


WILLIAM    DAMPIER. 


fHISeminentnavigator  was  born  at  East  Coker,  England,  in  1652, 
and  entered  upon  a  seafaring  life  at  an  early  age.  InlG73he 
^A  fought,  under  Sir  Edward  Spragge,  against  the  Dutch.  After 
that  he  became  a  cutter  of  logwood  in  the  bay  of  Campeachy,  Yucatan, 
and  in  1683  he  joined  a  party  of  buccaneers  in  an  expedition  to  the 
South  seas,  where  they  robbed  towns  on  the  Peruvian  coast  and 
captured  several  Spanish  vessels.  In  1684  he  joined  another  depre- 
datory expedition,  under  Captain  John  Cook,  of  Virginia,  which 
cruised  along  the  coasts  of  Chili.  Peru  and  Mexico,  robbing  the 
Spaniards.  At  a  later  period  he  embarked  for  the  East  Indies, 
touching  at  Australia  and  cruising  in  the  Indian  archipelago.  Land- 
ing at  Bencoolen  (Sumatra),  he  became  gunner  in  the  English  factory. 
In  1691,  he  returned  to  England,  and  published  his  "Voyage 
Around  the  World."  As  commander  of  a  sloop  of  war,  in  1699,  he 
made  a  voyage  of  discovery  to  the  South  Sea,  explored  the  west  and 
northwest  coast  of  Australia,  the  coasts  of  Papua,  New  Britain  and 
New  Ireland,  gave  his  name  to  a  small  cluster  of  islands  and  the 
strait  between  Papua  and  New  Britain,  and,  after  making  several 
other  discoveries,  returned  to  the  Molucca  islands  by  a  new  route. 
He  reached  England  in  1701.  He  is  known  to  have  made  sea  voyages 
up  to  1711.  but  his  latter  days  and  the  date  of  his  death  are  wrapt 
in  obscurity. 


A. 


—<).'■ 


:(>— 


EMINENT    EXPLORERS    AND    DISCOVERERS. 


African  Explorer,   Navigators  and  Discoverers, 


'^J^  SEBASTIAN    CABOT, 

,  ON  OF  the  di:^covcier  of  Newfoundland,  and  himself  the 
discoverer  of  Paraguay,  in  South  America,  was  prob- 
ahly  born  at  Venice,  Italy,  about  147G,  but  raised  in 
England.  Considerable  obscurity  aurrounds  both  the 
time  and  place  of  his  birth  and  death.  In  1517  he  made 
.  fruitless  attempt  to  reach  the  East  Indies  by  a  new  route. 
Afterwards  he  entered  the  Spanish  service,  in  which  he 
remained  for  several  years,  and  explored  the  river  La  Plata 
and  part  of  the  South  American  coast.  In  the  reign  of 
Edward  VI.,  of  Great  Britain,  he  returned  to  England,  was 
pensioned,  was  made  Grand  Pilot  of  England,  and  was  consulted 
on  all  maritime  and  commercial  affairs.  It  is  stated  that  he  died 
in  1557- 


^^^ij^,^^  PAUL  BELLONI  DU   CHAILLU, 

^i^^*^^^?N  AFRICAN  explorer  and  disL-ovt-rer  of  the  gorilla, 
^jfc®a^  was  born  at  Paris,  France,  in  liiSo.  At  an  early  age 
"^^i^JMt^L  he  accompanied  his  father,  who  was  a  trader,  to  the 
^[j^5^"  °^  West  coast  of  Africa,  where  he  studied  the  languages 
^ejlv^  and  characteristics  of  the  natives,  as  well  as  the  natural 
^J||P  history  of  the  country.  In  1852  he  brought  to  the  United 
'  States  a  cargo  of  ebony,  and  published  a  series  of  papers 
relating  to  the  Gaboon  (Africa)  country.  In  1855  he  sailed 
from  New  York  witli  the  design  of  exploring  the  then  unknown 
region  of  Africa  lying  two  degrees  north  and  south  of  the  equator. 
Four  years  were  spent  in  this  exploration,  which  extended  inland  to 
about  longitude  fourteen  degrees  and  fifteen  minutes  east.  The 
jirartical  results  were  the  gathering  of  more  than  3,000  stuffed  birds, 
of  which  sixty  kinds  were  previously  unknown  to  naturalists;  the 
killing  of  1,000  animals,  including  several  gorillas  (a  creature  until 
then  a  stranger  to  the  civilized  world),  and  twenty  other  kinds  of 
animals  not  hitherto  clas-sified  by  scientists.  In  1859  he  returned  to 
New  York,  bringing  with  him  many  interesting  trophies  of  his  African 
expedition,  including  native  arms  and  implements  and  specimens  of 
natural  history,  which  were  publicly  exhibited,  and  many  of  which 
were  subsequently  purchased  for  the  IJrilish  Museum.  He  also  puh- 
li-hed  a  history  of  this  expedition,  hut  the  truth  of  some  of  his  state- 
ments was  so  strongly  controverted  that  he  undertook  a  second 
expedition  to  the  some  region,  in  order  to  secure  fresh  evidences  of  his 
veracity.  He  left  England  in  1803.  oud  in  September,  1804,  having 
been  delayed  by  the  accidental  Ios«  of  his  sclentiflc  outfit,  he  again 
struck  Into  the  interior  of  Africa,  visiting  the  scenes  of   his   foimer 


explorations  and  beyond,  making  new  discoveries  among  tribes  not 
until  then  described.  In  September,  1865,  he  was  attacked  by  natives 
with  such  severity  that  he  fled  to  the  seacoast,  having  lost  all  the 
results  of  his  explorations  except  his  journals.  An  account  of  this 
expedition  was  published  in  1867,  as  "A  Journey  to  Ashango 
Land."  After  that  he  spent  several  years  in  the  United  States, 
lecturing  in  public  and  writing  books  for  youth  based  on  his  African 
experiences.  Subsequently  he  visited  Sweden,  Norway,  Lapland 
and  Finland,  publishing  a  narrative  of  bis  journey. 


CAPTAIN   JAMES  COOK. 

HIS  EMINENT  mariiiiiie  explorer  was  born  at  Marlon. 
England,  in  17ii8,  and  received  only  the  commonest 
rudimental  education.  Going  to  ^ea  In  a  merchant 
l^ii^y^  "  vessel,  he  remained  in  that  service  for  several  years, 
/'(^lyNbut  entered  the  British  navy  in  1755,  and  displayed  so  much 
vK  competency  and  good  character  that  he  was  soon  promoted  to 
«  a  subordinate  office  on  ship-board.  His  skillful  preparation  of 
I  several  sea  and  harbor  charts  led  to  his  further  promotion  as  a 
marine  surveyor.  This  position  twice  stationed  him  in  New- 
foundland for  a  considerable  period,  and  it  was  while  there  that  he  sent 
to  the  British  Royal  Society  an  observation  of  a  solareclipse.  This, 
and  his  evidences  of  nautical  skill,  induced  the  government  to  give  him 
command  of  the  ship  Endeavor,  with  the  rank  of  lieutenant.  Ills  vessel 
was  selected  to  take  to  the  Sandwich  Islands  a  company  of  astrono- 
mers sent  out  to  observe  the  transit  of  Venus  across  the  sun's  disk. 
During  this  voyage,  which  was  begun  in  1768  and  ended  in  1771.  he 
particularly  explored  the  coasts  of  New  Zealand  and  New  Holland. 
On  his  return  he  was  promoted  to  the  rank  of  master  and  commander. 
In  1772,  in  company  with  Captain  Furneaux,  he  sailed  to  discover,  if 
possible,  a  southern  polar  continent.  In  latitude  seventy-one 
degrees  south  their  progress  was  stopped  by  ice.  The  voyage,  how- 
ever, was  not  terminated  until  in  1775,  and,  on  his  return,  the 
precaution  of  Commander  ('ook  in  keeping  his  crew  free  from 
scurvy  while  so  long  at  sea,  was  rewarded  by  his  promotion  as  a  post- 
captain,  Captain  of  Greenwich  Hospital  and  Fellow  of  the  Uoyal 
Society.  In  1770  he  again  sailed  from  England  with  two  ships 
{Kesolutionand  Discovery)  to  search  for  an  arctic  passage  between  the 
Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans.  On  this  voyage  he  touched  at  Owhyhee, 
one  of  the  Sandwich  Islands,  on  the  14th  of  February,  1776,  where 
he  was  attacked  and  slain  by  the  savage  natives.  Ilia  loss  was 
regretted  by  foreii^u  countries  no  less  than  by  England. 


.(> — 


Till-;    KXI'I.ilUAIIn.N'    (IK    -IIIIO    XdKTHKIJN    SEAS. 


Sir  John  Franklin. 


(.$>■' 


># 
N 


'     I' 


The  Distinguished  Arctic  Explorer. 


She  subject  of  this  sketch 
was  born  at  Spilsby,  Eng- 
land, April  16,  1786.  The 
lad  was  intended  for  the 
ckrical  proft'ssion,  but  as 
he  evinced  great  fondness 
for  a  seafaring  life,  his 
father  procured  for  him 
___^  admission  into  the  navy  as 
•y  l^^ft  ii  midshipman,  at  the  age  of 
fourteen.  When  sixteen 
^  years  of  age,  he  formed  one 
of  the  crew  on  the  Investi- 
gator, commanded  by  his  coui^in.  Captain  Flinders,  who  was  com- 
missioned by  the  English  Government  to  explore  the  coasts  of 
Australia. 

When  homeward  bound  on  the  ship  Porpoise,  the  vessel  was 
wrecked,  and  our  youthful  hero,  after  remaining  with  the  other  sea- 
men fifty  days  on  a  sand-hank,  was  picked  up  by  a  relief-boat,  taken 
to  Canton,  China,  and  there  he  took  passage  on  an  Indiaman  for 
England. 

Subsequently  he  served  as  a  midshipman  in  the  battle  of  Trafalgar, 
in  1805,  and  afterwards  he  participated  in  naval  warfare  on  the 
American  coast  against  the  United  States,  in  1813-1815. 

In  a  gunboat  fight  at  New  Orleans,  he  boarded  and  captured  one 
of  the  American  boats,  being  wounded  during  the  engagement.  For 
liis  bravery  exhibited  on  this  occasion  he  was  promoted  to  a 
lieutenancy. 

In  command  of  the  Trent,  on  an  exploring  expedition,  in  the 
attempt  to  find  the  passage  to  India  by  crossing  the  Polar  Sea  to  the 
north  of  Spitzbergen,  Franklin  acquired  no  little  reputation  as  a 
thorough  seaman,  surveyor,  and  scientific  observer. 

In  the  following  year  he  was  appointed  to  the  command  of  an 
expedition  from  Hudson  Bay  to  the  Arctic  Ocean,  to  explore  the 
western  coast  of  America. 

Returning  to  England,  in  1822,  he  was  elected  a  Fellow  of  the 
Royal  Society.  He  made  a  second  voyage  to  the  Polar  Sea.  and  at 
the  conclusion  of  each  journey  he  published  the  result  of  his 
discoveries. 

In  1830  he  commanded  the  Rainbow,  in  the  Mediterranean  sea, 
and,  in  1836,  he  was  made  Governor  of  Tasmania  and  Van  Diemen's 
Land,  which  position  he  held  until  1843,  universally  beloved  by  the 
people  for  his  kindness  and  public  spirit.  Among  his  other  work 
was  the  founding  of  a  college,  to  be  conducted  independently  of  sect, 
and  the  establishment  of  the  Royal  Scientific  Society  at  Hobarton. 


In  1845  he  was  selected  to  command  an  expedition  to  discover,  if 
possible,  the  northwest  passage  from  England  lo  the  Pacific  ocean. 
The  ships  Erebus  and  Terror,  with  picked  crews  of  128  men,  were 
selected  and  equipped  in  the  most  cmnplete  manner.  From  Sheer- 
ness,  England,  they  sailed  May  19,  1845,  with  orders  to  return  in 
1847,  but  fate  had  willed  that  these  brave  men  should  never  more  be 
seen  again  at  their  firesides  in  England. 

A  whaler  had  seen  them  in  Bathn  Bay,  July  20,  1845,  but  that 
was  the  last  seen  of  them  alive  by  white  men. 

No  tidings  coming  from  them,  in  1848  several  expeditions  were 
fitted  out  to  go  in  search  of  the  missing  voyagers.  That  of 
McClintock,  in  1859,  satisfactorily  settled  the  fact  that  Franklin  had 
discovered  the  northwest  passage;  that  the  expedition  had  sailed  up 
Lancaster  Sound,  and  had  explored  Wellington  Channel  to  a  point 
further  north  than  any  navigator  had  hitherto  reached.  On  Cape 
Herschcl,  and  in  the  vicinity,  were  found  skeletons  with  European 
clothing.  Near  Cape  Felix  were  found  the  remains  of  a  tenting 
party,  and  in  a  tin  case,  amid  a  pile  of  stones,  was  found  a  paper, 
which  was  dated  April  25,  1848.  On  this  it  was  stated  that,  for  a 
year  and  six  months,  beset  by  ice,  the  crews  of  the  Erebus  and 
Terror,  numbering  105  souls,  had  deserted  their  boats,  April  22, 
1848;  that  Sir  John  Franklin  had  died  on  the  11th  of  June,  1847.  and 
that  the  total  loss  by  deaths  up  to  that  time  had  been  nine  officers  and 
fifteen  men.  The  writing  was  signed  by  F.  R.  M.  Crozier,  Captain 
and  senior  officer,  who  added  that  the  company  would  start  on  the 
next  day,  April  26,  for  Back's  Fish  river.  While  large  quantities  of 
clothing  were  found  about  here,  and  other  relics  of  the  party,  no 
further  evidences  of  the  missing  travelers  were  discovered.  The 
journey  to  Back's  Fish  river  leading  over  ice,  the  supposition  is  tha\ 
the  party  perished,  perhaps  from  cold,  starvation,  and  the  ice  break- 
ing up  in  the  spring,  the  waters  had  received  them,  so  that,  along 
with  the  wreck  of  the  vessels,  their  bodies  had  been  washed  into 
unknown  regions. 

This  theory  was  accepted  by  Lady  Franklin,  who  expended,  in 
connection  with  the  British  Government,  a  large  amount  of  money 
for  the  discovery  of  the  missing  voyagers. 

Sir  John  Franklin  was  twice  married.  His  second  wife.  Lady  Jane 
Franklin,  was  born  about  1805.  She  came  into  prominence  from  her 
persevering  eflforts  to  discover  the  fate  of  her  husband  and  the 
expedition  that  accompanied  him.  Among  her  last  works  was  the 
purchase  of  Franklin's  house,  in  Lincolnshire,  where  many  relics 
are  collected  of  Sir  John's  expeditions.  She  died  July  18,  1875. 
In  1860  Parliament  voted  SlO. 000  for  a  monument  to  be  erected  in 
London  to  Sir  John  Franklin's  memory. 


? 


ENOA,  Italy,  is  the  place  where 
Columbus  was  born,  about  1435. 
Early  evincing  an  inclination  for 
the  sea,  his  education  was  con- 
ducted with  a  view  to  entering  the 
maritime  service.  Aside  from 
his  studies,  which,  besides  the 
ordinary  branches,    consisted  of 


a  j-^s^^_^^^  ■-   r\S^         ordinary    Drancnes,    consisiea  oi 
^C' <^"^jio!;A  '^/jf'^         gfometrv.  geography,  Latin,  draw- 


ing,  astronomy,  and  navigation, 
he  assisted  his  father  at  wool-combing.  He 
went  to  sea  at  the  age  of  fourteen,  his 
younger  years  being  spent  mostly  on  the 
Mediterranean  in  commercial  voyages.  He 
located  for  a  time  in  Lisbon;  engaged  in 
the  making  of  maps  and  charts,  and  after- 
wards lived  on  the  island  of  Porto  Santo,  a 
dependency  of  Madeira,  where  he  married 
and  settled.  Having  inherited  some  prop- 
erty by  his  marriage,  and  having  the  time 
and  opportunity  to  study  navigation  philo- 
sophically, he  came  to  the  conclusion  that, 
the  earth  being  a  globe,  by  sailing  due 
.westward  a  voyage  could  be  made  entirely 
around  the  world.  In  the  meantime,  how- 
ever, he  believed  that  in  the  intervening 
space,  after  sailing  westward  for  a  time,  the 
eastern  regions  of  Asia  would  be  reached. 
That  there  was  an  unknown  country,  par- 
tially and  perhaps  highly,  civilized,  lying 
in  this  dirccti(m,  was  evident  from  the  fact 
that  a  Portuguese  pilot  had,  1.350  miles 
went  of  Portugal,  picked  up  a  piece  of  curiously-carved  wood. 
Cancp  of  tropical  growth  had  drifted  from  the  westward, and  drowned 
men.  unlike  Europeans,  had  been  found,  who  had  washt-d  also 
from  the  same  direction. 

These  evidences  of  land,  inhabitants,  and  civilization  of  an 
unknown  character  existing  in  the  western  seas,  caused  him  to 
resolve,  about  1474,  upon  a  voyage  of  exploration  into  the  hitherto- 
unknown  regions.  With  this  end  in  view,  he  sought  the  aid  of  the 
sovereigns  of  Portugal  and  Italy,  and  many  distinguished  individuals; 


but  all  deemed  the  expedition  a  visionary  scheme,  and  refused  to 
lend  assistance.  Leaving  Porto  Santo,  where  his  wife  had  died. 
Columbus,  with  his  son,  went  to  Spain,  where,  after  repeated 
attempts  to  get  aid  for  the  fitting-out  of  the  expedition,  he  finally 
arranged  with  Ferdinand  and  Isabella,  the  King  and  Queen  of  Spain, 
in  1492,  the  terms  by  which  such  a  fleet  was  to  be  supplied. 

He  had  struggled  with  never-flagging  effort  for  eighteen  years,  and 
it  can  well  be  imagined  that  he  set  about  the  work  of  preparation 
with  enthusiasm.  Three  vessels  were  selected,  of  good  size,  having 
four  sails  and  sixty-six  seamen;  the  other  vessels  were  of  small 
size,  supposed  to  be  of  advantage  in  the  exploring  of  rivers,  etc. 

Columbus,  who  was  a  zealous  Catholic,  received,  with  most  of  his 
crew,  the  sacrament,  and  all  being  in  readiness,  the  fleet  left  Palos, 
in  Spain,  Friday,  August  3.  1492,  there  being  on  board  ninety  sea- 
men, who,  with  physicians  and  adventurers,  made,  in  all,  120  men, 
for  whom  provisions  were  provided  for  one  year. 

Sailing  southward,  they  passed  the  Canary  Islands,  and  thence 
driven  by  favoring  breezes  from  the  eastward,  they  sailed  rapidly 
toward  the  west.  During  the  journey  Columbus  had  to  resort  to  a 
great  amount  of  strategy  to  quiet  the  fears  of  the  seamen,  who  were 
disposed  to  mutiny  at  the  thought  of  being  taken  from  home  with  no 
destination  and  no  apparent  prospect  of  ever  returning.  He  kept 
two  records  of  the  ship's  progress:  one  for  the  crew  to  examine, 
which  showed  that  the  vessel  made  slow  progress  in  getting  from 
home;  and  the  other  for  himself,  that  revealed  the  actual  speed. 
When  the  needle  no  hmger  proved  serviceable  in  pointing  toward 
the  pole,  he  quieted  the  fears  of  the  pilots  by  the  theory  of  the 
attraction  of  the  polar  .star. 

Frequent  indications  of  land  proved  only  to  be  clouds  in  the  dis- 
tance. When  the  illusion  was  proven,  the  crews  were  more  and 
more  disposed  to  rebel  at  being  taken  further,  which  required  the 
greatest  amount  of  firmness  to  overcome.  Prayers  were  regularly 
had,  which  probably  induced  many  to  believe  that  Providence  would 
protect  them,  and  rewards  were  offered  to  those  who  might  first 
discern  land,  which  served  somewhat  to  quell  the  turbulent  spirit. 
Five  weeks  after  commencing  their  journey,  they  faw,  floating,  a 
large  tree.  Two  months  out,  they  one  day  picked  up  a  piece  of  rudely 
carved  wood  and  the  branch  of  a  thorn,  with  berries.  That 
night,  at  ten  o'clock,  Columbus  saw  a  light,  which  was  verified  by 
othurs.  No  one  slept  during  the  night.  The  excitement  was  too 
intense  In  fidniil  of  nsl.      At  two  o'clock  llu-  ncxl   niuriiing.  Friday, 


f- 


THK    LANDING    OF    COHMIUS.       Till:    IH8C0VERIES    OF    VESrUCCI. 


October  12,  1-102,  hiiving  been  scvcnty-onc  days  at  Bca,  the  cry  of 
"  Land  I"  wont  up,  and  a  gun  was  lired,  the  si*pial  of  dUcovcry. 
A  sailor  on  one  of  the  smaller  boats  was  the  first  to  discover  it,  but 
the  prize  was  aftcrwardw  awarded  to  Columbus  for  having  first  dis- 
covered the  llglit. 

When  morning  came,  a  timbered  island,  ^^ix  miles  distant,  appeared 
In  sight,  on  which  natives  were  seen  running  along  the  beach, 
astonished  at  the  appearance  of  the  vessels,  which  they  supposed  to 
be  gods  come  down  from  heaven.  At  sunrise,  boats  were  lowered, 
and  Columbus,  with  the  royal  standard,  accompanied  by  the  com- 
manders of  the  two  smaller  vessels,  each  bearing  a  green  flag  with  a 
cross,  were  rowed  to  the  shore, 
where  Columbus  first  set  foot 
on  the  land.  All  knelt  down, 
kissed  the  soil,  and  rendered 
thanks  to  God.  Drawing  his 
s\v'ord  and  unfurling  the  royal 
banner,  Columbus  then  took 
possession  of  the  island  (one  ^ 
of  the  Bahamas),  and  named  it 
San  Salvador.  ^^ 

With  the  natives  an  exchange  ^^^ 
was  made  of  toys  and  trinkets 
for   cotton    yarn    and    cassava 
bread,    and  noticing  that  they  Columbus   Taki 

wore  trinkets   made   of    gold, 

a  voyage  of  exploration  followed  in  search  of  the  precious  metal, 
which  resulted  in  the  discovery  of  several  smaller  islands,  together 
with  Cuba  and  Hayti.  On  the  latter  island,  Columbus  built  a  fort 
from  the  timbers  of  one  of  the  vessels,  Santa  Maria,  and  left  his 
brother  in  command,  with  thirty-nine  men.  The  commander  of 
one  of  the  vessels  left  on  a  further  voyage  for  gold,  and  Columbus, 
taking  with  hira  several  of  the  natives,  returned  to  Spain,  where  he 
was  received  with  all  the  honors  of  a  great  discoverer.  He  was  then 
placed  in  command  of  a  second  expedition,  with  seventeen  vessels 
and   1,500  men;  but  while  he  discovered   this  time  the   islands  of 


Jamaica  and  Porto  Rico,  the  crews,  not  finding  the  gold  they  sought, 
attempted  to  throw  the  bhime  on  Columbus.  He  returned  to  Spiiin 
with  much  less  honor  than  had  been  bestowed  on  him  before.  He 
sailed  on  a  third  voyage,  to  make  further  exploration,  when  he  dis- 
covered the  islands  of  Trinidad,  Margarita,  and  Cubaqua.  He  then 
returned  to  the  colony  he  had  first  founded  on  the  Island  of  Hayti, 
which  he  found  disorganized,  and  in  the  effort  to  restore  it  he  became 
the  victim  of  persecution.  A  commissioner,  sent  from  Spain  to 
inquire  into  the  dithculties.  put  Columbus  and  his  brother  in  chains 
and  sent  them  to  Spain.  The  offer  of  the  masters  of  the  vessel 
to   liberate    him,  Columbus    indignantly    refused,    saying  that  their 

majesties,  having  ordered  the 
chains,  he  would  wear  them  to 
Spain,  and  keep  them  as  relics 
and  memorials  as  a  reward  for 
his  services.  Great  indignation 
was  expressed  throughout 
Spain  at  this  conduct  on  the 
part  of  the  authoritiefl. 

Columbus  made  a  fourth 
voyage,  with  ]50  men,  to  the 
(iulf  of  Mexico;  but,  suffering 
from  hardship,  returned  in 
1504,  having  been  twelve  years 
engaged  in  these  voyages  of 
discovery.  The  queen  being 
dead,  bis  claims  for  services  were  denied  by  the  king,  though  be  lay 
sick  for  some  time  at  Seville,  now  an  old  man.  He  died  May  20,  1506, 
nearly  seventy  years  old.  Near  seven  years  passed  before  a  tomb 
was  placed  above  his  grave.     This  was  then  done  by  the  king. 

As  the  years  went  by,  his  services  began  to  be  appreciated. 
Remorse  gradually  impelled  the  people  to  do  him  honor.  His 
remains  were  removed  from  the  Convent  of  St.  Francis,  in  1513,  to 
the  Monastery  of. Las  Cuevas.  In  1536  they  were  taken  to  the 
cathedral  in  Santo  Domingo,  and  thence  they  were  conveyed  in  great 
jiomp,  in  I7H6,  to  the  cathedral  in  Havana,  where  they  now  repose. 


ng   Possession. 


Amerigo 


m-^  "^^^^^ — ^' 


Vespucci. 


v# 


^^^^ 


The  Individual  After  Whom  America  was  Named. 


MERICA*S  NAME  was  acquired  through 
the  discoveries  of  an  Italian  living  in 
Seville,  Spain,  when  Columbus  returned 
from  his  first  voyage,  in  1493.  named 
Amerigo  Vespucci.  Born  in  Florence, 
March  9.  1451,  Vespucci  was,  at  that 
time,  forty-two  years  of  age.  Hav- 
ing conversed  with  Columbus  relative 
to  his  exploration  and  discovery,  he  was 
induced  to  engage  also  in  nautical 
adventure. 


Accordingly,  in  1499.  he  made  a  first  voyage.  In  1501,  in  the 
service  of  the  King  of  Portugal,  he  accompanied  an  expedition  to 
Brazil,  an  account  of  which  he  wrote,  which  was  first  i)uhlished  at 
Strasburg,  Germany,  in  1505.  From  this  he  was  accredited  with 
being  the  first  discoverer  of  the  mainland,  and  from  him  was 
America  named.  Vespucci  died  at  Seville,  February  22,  1512, 
having  made  four  voyages  to  America.  While  credit  was  due  to 
Vespucci  for  his  discoveries,  the  fact  must,  nevertheless,  be  con- 
ceded that  to  the  energy,  determination,  courage,  and  perseverance 
of  Columbus,  belong  the  honor  of  those  explorations  and  discoveries 
which  led  to  actual  knowledge  of  the  new  world. 


;^\0v— 


LIVINGSTONE,    MISSIONARY    AND    AFRICAN    P:XPLOREE. 


The  Distinguished  African  Explorer. 


AVID  LIVINGSTONE,  famous 
;is  the  BritUh  traveler  and 
explorer  in  Africa,  was  born 
at  Blantyre,  near  Glasgow, 
ScotUmd,  on  the  19th  of  March, 
1813.  He  received  a  limited 
t'ducation  as  he  labored  in  the  cot- 
ton mills,  and  afterwards  widened 
his  educational  experience  by  a  study 
of  medicine  and  theology  at  Glasgow. 
Being  a  rigid  Presbyterian  and 
strongly  religiously  inclined,  he  re- 
solved upon  entering  missionary 
work  in  Africa.  Offering  his  services 
lithe  London  Missionary  Society,  they 
were  accepted,  and,  later,  being  or- 
diiined,  he  left  England,  in  1840,  for 
Port  Natal.  Here  he  married,  and 
soon  afterwards  located  about  GOO  miles  to  the  northeast  of  Cape 
Town,  South  Africa.  In  thin  vicinity  he  labored  as  a  missionary 
and  teacher  during  the  succeeding  nine  years,  in  the  meantime  trans- 
mitting to  England  much  valuable  geographical  and  scientific  infor- 
mation concerning  the  country. 

In  1849  he  made  a  journey  in  search  of  lake  Ngami,  which  he 
found.  Having  acquired  a  fondness  for  exploration,  he  sent  his  family 
to  England,  in  1852,  and  commenced  a  long  voyage  of  exploration, 
which  continued  four  years,  in  which  he  passed  from  the  West  coast 
of  Africa  by  lake  Ngami  to  the  river  Zambesi,  which  he  followed  to  its 
mouth,  the  whole  reaching  over  an  estimated  distance  of  11, 000  miles. 
Returning  to  England,  in  1856,  he  was  received  with  distinguished 
honors.  In  1857  his  first  work  was  published  under  the  title  of 
*' Missionary  Travels  and  Researches  in  South  Africa." 

He  returned  to  Southern  Africa  in  1858.  Starting  from  Quilimanc, 
he  ascended  the  Zambesi  river  a  few  hundred  miles,  and  thence  went 
northward  and  discovered,  in  September,  1859,  lake  Nyassa.  Siis- 
tJnnod  by  government  aid  and  private  subscriptions,  he  continued  his 
fcxplonilionH,  for  five  years,  over  a  range  of  several  hundred  miles 
about  the  headwaters  of  the  Zambesi.  It  was  during  this  journey 
that  Mrs.  Livingstone,  who  had  accompanied  her  husband,  died  at 
Shupanga.  April  27.  1802.  He  went  to  England,  in  18G4,  and  again 
i-j-ued  a  volume  relative  to  the  explorations  of  the  Zambesi  and  its 
iributaricH. 

He  returned  to  the  scene  of  his  labors  in  18(15,  and  the  only 
intelligence  from  him  for  two  years  was  the  report  that  he  had  l)een 


killed  by  the  natives  in  the  vicinity  of  lake  Nyassa.  A  variety  of 
opinions  existed  as  to  the  truth  of  this  rumor,  and  the  subject  excited 
much  comment  in  the  papers  throughout  the  world.  In  1808  letters 
were  received  from  Livingstone,  clearly  proving  that  he  was  alive, 
and  stating  that  he  was  in  good  health.  He  was  then  several  hundred 
miles  westward  of  lake  Nyassa,  engaged  in  the  effort  to  discover  the 
source  of  the  Nile.  Again  was  he  heard  from,  this  time  at  I'jiji, 
his  letter  being  dated  May  13,  1869. 

Then  came  another  long  silence  for  two  years,  in  which  rumors  were 
current  again  that  he  was  dead.  To  ascertain  the  truth  or  falsity  of 
this  report,  the  New  York  Herald  sent  Henry  M.  Stanley  as  a  cor- 
respondent to  Africa,  his  especial  mission  being  to  find  Livingstone. 
In  this  he  was  successful,  the  lost  explorer  being  found  at  I'jiji,  in 
the  fall  of  1871,  alive  and  well. 

Livingstone  and  Stanley  together  explored  and  satisfied  themselves 
that  lake  Tanganyika  had  no  communication  with  the  Nile.  Remain- 
ing about  six  months,  Stanley  left  Livingstone  at  Unyanyembc,  in 
March,  1872,  and  returned  to  England.  It  was  then  Livingstone's 
intention  to  remain  one  or  two  years  longer,  and  afterwards  go  to 
England  for  permanent  settlement.  Receiving  men  and  supplies 
from  Zanzibar,  he  started  on  an  expedition  to  explore  the  lake 
Bangweolo  and  the  reported  headwaters  of  the  Congo;  but  no  com- 
munication was  afterwards  received  from  him. 

Stanley's  return  to  England  aroused  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society  to  send  an  expedition  to  assist  Livingstone,  under  the  com- 
mand of  Lieutenant  Cameron.  This  party  left  Zanzibar  for  the 
interior  in  the  spring  of  1873,  but  had  reached  no  further  than 
Unyanyembe  when  intelligence  was  received.  August  4,  of  the 
explorer's  death,  the  circumstances  of  which  were  that,  being 
compelled  to  cross  a  wet  and  swampy  country,  the  hardships  had 
been  such  as  to  cause  the  death  of  several  of  the  exploring  party. 
Livingstone  himself  had  been  taken  with  the  dysentery,  and  had  died 
a  fortnight  afterwards. 

Embalming  the  body  of  the  leader  as  best  they  could,  the  survivors 
of  the  party,  numbering  seventy-nine,  had  resolved  upon  carrying  it 
to  Zanzibar.  Arriving  at  Unyanyembe  in  a  famished  condition,  they 
received  assistance  from  the  Cameron  i)arty,  and  thence  the  body  was 
taken  to  Zanzibar,  from  which  point,  by  government  vessel,  it  was 
transported  to  England,  where,  with  distinguished  honors,  it  was 
buried  in  Westminster  Abbey,  April  18,  1874. 

Livingstone  was  the  recipient  of  many  medals  and  otluT  tokens 
from  various  learned  societies,  in  appreciation  of  a  life  devotrd  to 
research,  cxploratjim,  and  important  discovery  in  a  dangerous 
country,  hillifrln  unknown  to  civilization. 


><rc>- 


EXI'r.ORERS    AND    NAVIGATORS. 


— ^: 

^1 


w£wwv£-ww4     ^     '  ''  '■  '      ^V    W   W    W    W    £   V   ^    ^^• 

I — ' Tiir-BT       -,•-■■-••.•---•'      >.———,., — niM^    r' 


ELISHA  KENT  KANE 

AND 

.MUNGO    PARK..    .  «;- 


v^ 


ELISIIA  KKNT  KANK. 


j^j.j^A^^^^/'C^QV^^c*^**^^. 


FERDINAND    MAGELLAN 


AND 


-^^-s.JOHN  BYRON.sEEtV 


A  Sketch  of  Explorations  in  the  Arctic  Seas  and   in   Southern   Africa. 


HE 

Kc- 


firfti(r  explorer,  Elisha 
I'lit  Kane,  was  born  in 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  in  1820. 
lie  partially  qualified  him- 
self for  a  civil  engineer  at 
Ihe  Virginia  University, 
which  he  entered  in  183B, 
but  left  in  1838. 

Ill  1H.S9  he  began  the  study 
of  medicine  in  Philadelphia, 
and,  in  1840,  was  elected 
resident  physician  in  the 
Pennsylvania  hospital.  In 
1843  he  sailed  as  physician 
of  the  government  embassy 
to  China,  and  found  oppor- 
tunity, during  his  three 
years^  absence,  to  visit  the 
Philippine  islands,  Ceylon, 
India,  Egypt  and  Greece, 
Subsequently  he  returned 
to  Egypt  and  explored  the 
river  Nile  as  far  as  the  bor- 
ders of  Nubia,  aud  walked 
completely  over  Greece. 
He  returned  to  the  United  States  for  a  brief  season,  and  afterwards 
visited  the  slave  markets  at  Whydah,  in  Africa,  but  was  prostrated  by 
fever  and  came  home  in  feeble  health.  Taking  part,  in  1847,  in 
the  Mexican  war,  he  served  in  the  American  army  through  the 
fatigues  and  dangers  of  the  campaign,  and  was  wounded  and  sent 
home  as  an  invalid.  When  Mr.  Grinnell,  of  New  York,  fitted  out 
his  expedition,  in  1850,  to  search  for  Sir  John  Franklin  in  the  arctic 
regions.  Dr.  Kane  accompanied  it,  and,  in  18.53,  when  a  second 
expedition  for  the  same  purpose — the  first  having  failed — was  sent 
out.  he  was  placed  in  command  of  it.  This  Voyage  lasted  about  two 
years;  was  entirely  unsuccessful,  and  very  unfortunate,  the  expedi- 
tion having  to  abandon  their  vessel  in  the  ice,  and  travel  eighty-four 
days  in  sledges  and  boats  to  the  Danish  settlements  on  the  coast  of 
(ireeuland,  where  they  met  the  party  that  had  been  sent  out  for  their 
relief.  Dr.  Kane  wrote  the  history  of  both  expeditions,  which  were 
respectively  published  in  1854  and  1856.  He  was  also  the  recipient 
of  gold  medals  from  Congress,  the  New  York  Legislature,  the  Royal 
Geographical  Society  of  England,  and  Queen  Victoria.  His  health 
seriously  failing,  he  went  to  London,  and  from  there  to  Havana,  in 
Cuba,  where  he  died  February  Hi,  1K5T. 

IWUNGO  PARK. 

THIS  celebrated  traveler  in  .\frica,  the  son  of  a  farmer,  was  born 
near  Selkirk,  Scotland,  in  1771,  and  was  educated  for  a  physician. 
.\fter  he  had  made  a  voyage,  as  assistant  surgeon  of  a  ship,  to  the 


Island  of  Sumatra,  he  was  engaged  by  the  African  Society,  in  1795, 
to  penetrate  into  the  interior  of  Africa  and  explore  the  course  of  the 
river  Niger.  He  reached  the  Gambia  region  of  Africa  in  June,  and 
on  the  2d  of  December  started  from  Pisania  on  his  adventurous 
journey,  accompanied  by  six  negroes.  Being  obliged  by  the  wars  of 
the  natives  to  turn  out  of  his  course,  he  passed  through  the  country 
of  the  Moors,  from  whom  he  received  no  little  ill-treatment,  but  was 
allowed  to  proceed.  On  the  30th  of  the  following  July  he  came  in 
sight  of  the  Niger,  and  traced  its  course  to  a  considerable  distance, 
but,  owing  to  sickness  and  other  hindrances,  he  was  obliged  to 
forego  further  explorations,  and  returned  to  Scotland.  Here  he 
married  and  resumed  his  business  as  a  physician.  In  1804,  how- 
ever, he  undertook  a  second  expedition  to  Africa,  and  again  reached 
the  Niger.  Embarking  upon  it  at  Bammakoo,  he  proceeded  upon 
his  voyage  to  Houssa,  but  was  attacked  by  the  natives,  and  drowned 
by  jumping  from  his  canoe  into  the  river.  This  was  probably  early 
in  the  year  1800. 

FERDINAND   MAGELLAN, 

OTHERWISE  known  as  IV-niaiulo  .Magalhaens,  a  distinguished 
Portuguese  navigator,  was  born,  it  is  supposed,  at  Oporto,  about 
1470.  He  fought  under  Albuquerque,  in  India,  and  obtained 
distinction  at  the  siege  of  M.ilaeca,  but  not  receiving  what  he  con- 
sidered a  suitable  reward  for  his  services  from  his  own  country,  he 
offered  his  talents  to  King  Charles  V.,  of  Spain.  In  1519  the 
Spanish  monarch  intrusted  him  with  the  command  of  a  fleet,  with 
the  design  of  determining  a  westward  passage  to  the  Molucca  islands. 
On  this  voyage  Magellan  succeeded  in  discovering  the  straits  at  the 
southern  extremity  of  South  America,  which  now  hear  his  name, 
together  with  the  South  American  territory,  known  as  Patagonia,  of 
which  he  took  possession  in  the  name  of  the  King  of  Spain,  in  1520. 
Passing  through  the  straits  into  the  Pacific  ocean,  he  reached  the 
Philippine  islands;  but,  in  a  skirmish  with  the  natives,  he  was  slain 
in  1531. 

JOHN   BYRON, 

THE  grandfather  of  the  celebrated  poet,  was  born  at  Newstead 
Abbey,  England,  in  1733.  He  entered  the  British  navy  at  an  early 
age,  and  was  wrecked  on  a  desert  island  in  one  of  the  vessels 
of  Lord  Anson's  unfortunate  South  sea  expedition,  in  1740.  After 
suffering  dreadfully  from  famine,  the  crew  were  rescued  from  the 
island  by  Spaniards,  with  whom  they  remained  as  captives  for  five 
years.  From  1764  to  1766  Byron  was  employed  as  a  captain  in  a 
voyage  of  discovery  around  the  world,  particularly  between  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  in  Southern  .\fnca.  and  .South  .\merica.  On  this 
voyage  he  discovered  two  islands,  one  of  which  still  bears  his  name. 
He  gained  the  rank  of  admiral,  ami  commanded  a  British  fleet  in  the 
West  Indies,  during  the  .\merican  revolution.  In  1799  he  fought 
the  French  squadron,  under  Count  d'Estaing.  the  ally  of  the 
.\mericans,  off  Grenada.      He  died  in  1786. 


^ 


i 


f 


^:i 


IXVEXTIONS    AND    IMPROVEMENTS    OF    THE    AGE. 


I  Progress  of  Invention.  & 

i  SJ  Iff 


iioi^iiiii^iiijiiiaifiil 


HE  PROGRESS  of  civilization  is  marked  "by  the  intro- 
duction of  appliances  by  which  man  may  escape  the 
necessity  for  severe  toil. 

Gradually  the  inventive  genius  of  man  has  sought 
out    means   Jor  performing    labor   more   easily,    and 
as   improvements  have  come  forward,  the  world  has, 
intellectually  and  morally.  corresi)ondingly  and  rapidly 
advanced.      History  reveals   how,  step  by  step,  man- 
kind has  improved.     To  the  club  and  the  stone  with 
which  the  primitive  man  killed  the  animal  and  procured 
fond,  were  added  the  spear,  the  bow  and  the  arrow,  with  which  the  prey 
could  be  obtained  more  easily;  and  to  these  were  added   the  powder 
and  ball,  which  immensely  lessened  the  labor  and  insured  a  certainty 
of  obtaining  the  game. 

To  the  knowledge  that  grain,  if  sown,  would  germinate  and  briiiL' 
forth  a  harvest,  came  the  rude  implement,  a  crooked  stick  for  stirriim 
the  soil.  To  that  was  added  a  sharpened  iron,  which,  in  time,  ha> 
developed  into  the  modern  plow.  To  the  husbandman  who  gathered 
his  grain  with  a  sickle  has  been  given  the  reaper,  which  will  do  the  work 
of  forty  men  in  the  olden  time. 

To  the  masses  that  groped  in  ignorance  has  been  given  the  art  of 
printing.  To  the  slow  and  expensive  process  by  which  literature 
was  supplied  at  first  has  been  added  the  power  press,  multiplying  and 
distributing  information  so  cheaply  and  so  rapidly  as  to  give  all  classes 
the  opportunity  of  becoming  intelligent.  To  the  slow  toiler  in  the 
mill  came  steam,  that  relieved  him  of  his  Ijcavy  labor.  To  the  long- 
distant  traveler  came  steam  power,  and  distance  was  forgotten.  To 
the  absent  one  from  whom  intelligence  could  not  be  received  for 
months  came  lightning,  and  he  conversed  with  the  distant  friend  as 
though  seated  at  his  side. 

To  the  toiler  has  come  the  labor-saving  machine  in  such  uninner 
and  such  quantity  as  to  give  him  the  privilege  of  possessing  a  home, 
in  which  he  can  have  the  necessaries,  the   comforts  and  many  of 
luxuries  of  life.     The  inference  is  that  a  corresponding  advaneemc 
will  cimtinue  to  be  made,  and,  as  in  the  past,  so   in  the  future  w 
the  world  be   greatly  indebted,  in   the 
march  of  improvement,  to  the  inventor. 


•fe 


■       ■▲.>       ■▲.•_■     A.     ■_■▲■•■      A     ■.     ■      A,     a.    . 


A 


w^ 


•I'lllO    I.N\  lO.N'liiIi    OK    'fllK    KKV(ll,\'liK. 


— xj: 


SAMUEL  COLT. 


C-©:^— 


\fJ 


The  Founder  of  the  Great  Manufactory  of  Fire-Arms  at   Hartford,  Conn. 


HE  INVENTOR  of  the  revolver,  Samuel 
Colt,    was    born    at    Hartford,    Conn., 
July    19,    1814.      Averse    to    attending 
school,  his    father,  in  order   to   gratify 
the  boy,  allowed  him  to  enter  a  factory 
;it  llie  age  of   ten   years,  where  he  ve- 
nmined  until    he  was  thirteen.      Feel- 
ing   that    he     ought    not    to    grow    to 
manhood    without    an     education,     his 
father  sent  him  to  a  boarding-school  at 
Amherst.  Mass.,  from  which  phice  the  lad 
ran     away,    and     shipped    as  an   assistant 
on  a  vessel  bound  for  the  East  Indies. 

During  the  ^^^^^ 
leisure  hours  \y 
of  Ibis  voy-  \\ 
age,  he  \\hit- 
tled  (Hit  a 
model  for  a 
revolving 
pistol.  Ueturning  home,  he  entered 
his  father's  factory,  at  Ware,  Mass., 
where  he  became,  in  the  bleaching  and 
dyeing  department  of  the  institution, 
WTV  proficient  in  chemistry.  He  after- 
wards,  when  eighteen  years  of  age, 
through  the  spirit  of  adventure,  en- 
gaged in  successful  lecturing  through- 
out the  country,  for  two  years,  on 
the  subject  of  chemistry,  illustrating 
the  same  with  interesting  experi- 
ments. With  the  proceeds  of  these 
lectures  he  retained  and  carried  to 
perfection  the  idea  of  the  revolver 
that  he  had  formed  on  his  journey  to 
the  East  Indies.  In  two  years  of 
experiment  he  had  it  so  perfected  us 
to  obtain  a  patent  for  it  in  England, 
France  and  the  United  States,  although  he  could  not  claim  to  l)e  the 
originator  of  the  idea  of  this  kind  of  arms,  as  a  model  of  the  revolver 
is  in  the  museum  of  the  United  States  service  institution,  that  dates 
hack  in  the  period  of  making  it  to  the  time  of  Charles  I.,  in  the 
beginning  of  the  seventeenth  century. 

In  1835  the  ' '  Patent  Arms  Company, "  with  a  capital  of  $;J0(),  000, 
wa.s  formed  at  Paterson,  N.  J.,  for  the  manufacture  of  this 
revolver.  The  next  thing  was  to  get  the  weapon  introduced.  The 
Government  refused  to  use  it  for  two  years,  and  not  until  the  Florida 
war.  when  engaged  in  a  contest  against  the  Seminoles.  was  it  used.  At 
that  time  a  regiment,  armed  with  this  revolver,  did  such  efticieutser- 


SAMUEL 

Inventor  of  Colts  I'ati 


vice  by  their  rapid  tiring  without  reloading,  as  to  quickly  vanquish 
the  enemy.  That  established  the  reputation  of  the  revolver,  but  the 
war  closing,  there  was  no  further  demand  for  patent  firearms,  and  the 
Arms  Company,  at  Hartford,  was  compelled  to  wind  up  its  affairs  in 
1842. 

Five  years  afterwards,  at  the  opening  of  tlu*  Mexican  war.  tlirough 
the  recommendation  of  (Jeneral  Taylor,  the  (Government  ordered  a 
thousand  revolvers,  for  which  they  agreed  to  pay  S28. 000.  Fitting 
up  temporary  shops  at  Whitneyville.  near  New  Haven,  Colonel  Colt 
filled  the  order,  the  pistol  giving  such  satisfaction  as  to  make  a  rapid 
demand  for  more:  whereupon  befitted  up  more  extensive  shops  at 
Hartford,  and  laid  the  foundation  for  his  subsequent  business 
success,  which,  in  a  few  years,  made  him  a  millionaire. 

Though  the  war  closed,  the  reputa- 
tion of  this  weapon  was  now  so 
established  as  to  make  a  steady  and 
growing  demand  for  it,  which  was 
greatly  increased  by  the  discovery  of 
gold  In  California,  each  emigrant 
taking  a  revolver  as  a  part  of  his 
outfit. 

The  success  of  its  manufacture 
was  henceforward  assured,  the  Cri- 
mean and  Indian  wars  making  an 
extraordinary  demand.  Feeling  cer- 
tain of  future  success.  Colonel  Colt, 
in  1851,  purchased  250  acres  of  waste 
meadow,  near  Hartford,  for  a  small 
sum,  from  the  fact  that  it  was  flooded 
each  spring  by  freshets.  This  meadow 
he  surrounded  by  a  strong  dyke.  and. 
having  made  the  land  dry.  he  erected 
the  largest  armory  in  the  world  upon 
the  same,  the  capacity  of  which  he 
doubled  in  1861.  He  also  erected 
many  cottages  for  his  workmen,  mak- 
ing, in  all.  an  expenditure  on  the 
property  of  nearly  $3,000,  000. 
Colonel  Colt's  revolver  was  as  well  known  in  all  portions  of  the  f)ld 
World  as  in  America,  and  from  nearly  all  the  European  powers,  and 
several  of  the  Asiatic  rulers,  he  received  medals,  orders  of  merit, 
diplomas  and  rings  in  token  of  appreciation  of  the  great  benetit  that 
he  had  rendered  the  world  by  his  improved  firearms. 

Although  a  man  of  great  ft)rce  of  character,  he  had  some  very  con- 
spicuous faults,  among  them  being  a  violent  temper,  and  habits  of 
intemperance,  which  doubtless  greatly  shortened  his  life.  He  died  at 
Hartford,  January  10. 1802.  in  the  forty-eighth  year  of  his  age,  leav- 
iiTg  a  fortune  of  several  millions,  and  the  largest  armory  in  the  world 
in  its  extent  and  perfeetitm  of  machinery. 


COLT, 

lit  Revolving  Pistol. 


di 


:<^ 


? 


.s4 


THE    \V)IRK    OF    FRAXKLIX,    MOKSE    AXD    EDISOX    IX    ELECTRICAL    SCIEXCE. 


A  Sketch  of  Edison  as  Newsboy.  Telegraph  Operator  and  Inventor. 


N  1746  Beujiiinin  Franklin 
made  an  advance  i^tep  in  the 
knowledge  of  electricity,  by 
denum;*trating  that  it  could 
be  conducted  from  the  air 
by  mechanical  appliance. 
The  lightning-rod  was  the 
result  of  that  discovery. 
For  practical  utilization  of 
electric  power,  the  world 
rested  after  Franklin's  ex- 
periment eighty-six  years. 
In  1832  Samuel  F.  B.  Morse,  then  a  ' 'Professor  of  the  Literature 
of  Fine  Arts,"  in  the  University  of  the  City  of  Xew  York,  invented 
an  apparatus  by  which  electricity  could  be  made  of  valuable  service 
to  man.  With  his  device  he  was  able  to  send  an  electric  current  over 
a  wire  half  a  mile  in  length,  making,  by  means  of  telegraphic 
characters,  signals  which  could  be  read  and  understood.  Five  years 
afterwards  he  placed  a  duplicate  machine  at  the  end  of  the  wire,  by 
which  intelligence  could  be  returned  for  a  distance  of  half  a  mile. 
Could  intelligence  be  conveyed  on  a  wire, by  means  of  electricity,  a 
longer  distance?  That  theory  was  doubted  by  many.  To  test  the 
matter.  Congress,  after  much  discouraging  waiting  on  the  part  of 
Professor  Morse,  granted  an  appropriation  of  $30,000  for  the  purpose 
of  establishing  an  experimental  line  between  Baltimore  and  Washing- 
ton, a  distance  of  over  forty  miles. 

Sinking  the  wire  in  a  lead  pipe  underground  was  the  first  means 
tried.  It  was  soon  found  that  this  mode  of  laying  the  wire  would  not 
serve  the  purpose.  It  was  afterwards  elevated  on  poles,  and  on  the 
27th  of  May,  1844,  the  line  was  complete,  the  experiment  tried  of 
sending  and  receiving  messages  between  the  two  cities,  and  found  to 
be  a  success. 

Then  came  the  vast  net-work  of  telegraph  lines  extending  through- 
out the  world,  the  means  of  conveying  intelligence  by  electricity  being 
thus  developed  to  a  point  where  Professor  Edison  became  interested 
in  telegraphy,  about  18G6,  when  he  was  nineteen  years  of  age. 

In  order  to  appreciate  the  zeal  that  has  actuated  the  famous  elec- 
trician in  his  work,  the  industry,  enterprise  and  ambition  that  have 
impelled  him  forward,  it  is  only  necessary  to  recall  some  of  the 
prominent  incidents  of  his  early  life. 

Born  in  Milan.  Erie  county,  X.Y.,  February  11,  1847.  Thomas  A. 
Edison  came  with  his  parents  to  reside  at  Port  Huron.  Michigan,  when 
he  was  eight  years  old.      About  that  time  he  begnn  to  ejirn  his  own 


living  by  selling  newspapers,  his  budding  ambition  developing  into 
-  his  obtaining  a  contract,  at  twelve  years  of  age,  for  the  exclusive 
privilege  of  selling  newspapers  on  the  Detroit  division  of  the  Grand 
Trunk  Railway. 

The  less  ambitious  boy  would  have  rested  content  to  pass  through  the 
trains,  and  furnish  the  passengers  and  the  people  at  the  stations  with 
their  news,  and  the  remainder  of  the  time  would  have  cracked 
jokes  with  brakemen  and  gossiped  with  the  passengers  in  the 
smoking  car.  Xot  so  with  Edison.  He  fitted  up  a  printing  office  in 
a  corner  of  the- coach,  and  printed  a  paper  on  the  car,  called  The 
Grand  Trunk  Herald^  which  had  a  subscription  list  of  450  names. 
Probably  no  publisher  ever  more  completely  controlled  his  own  paper 
than  did  this  youthful  journalist  at  that  time.  With  the  matter  largely 
contributed  by  the  employes  of  the  road,  be  was  his  own  editor, 
compositor,  proof-reader  and  pressman.  The  son  of  Robert  Steph- 
enson, of  England,  who  accompanied  a  commission  sent  over  to 
inspect  the  Grand  Trunk  Railway,  seeing  an  edition  of  the  paper 
being  "  worked  off, "  purchased  200  copies  and  sent  them  to  England 
as  a  specimen  of  newspaper  enterprise  in  America,  and  the  only 
newspaper  in  the  world  printed  on  a  railway  train. 

Having  satisfied  his  ambition  for  editing  and  publishing  a 
newspaper,  he  replaced  the  printing  materials  with  a  chest  of 
chemicals,  with  which  he  experimented  on  the  train.  The  sponta- 
neous combustion  of  a  quantity  of  phosphorus  and  the  firing  of  the 
baggage-car  caused  the  whole  philosophical  apparatus  to  be  pitched 
out  of  the  coach  by  the  railway  company,  and  this  ended  all  further 
chemical  experiments  on  the  trains. 

Suppressed  here,  the  war  news,  exciting  public  attention  at  that 
time,  enabled  our  enterprising  newsboy  to  occupy  his  genius  for  inven- 
tion in  another  direction.  He  had  bulletin-boards  constructed  and 
placed  in  conspicuous  positions  at  each  station.  He  then  arranged 
with  the  station-agent  to  post  the  headings  of  the  news  which  he 
should  send  him  by  telegraph.  With  curiosity  thus  aroused,  a  large  and 
expectant  crowd  of  people  awaited  the  arrival  of  the  newsl>oy  at  each 
station,  and  the  profits  of  the  paper  business  rapidly  increased. 
Using  the  telegraph  thus  caused  our  hero  to  become  interested  in  its 
workings.  With  another  boy  he  constructed  a  telegraph  line,  at  his 
home,  a  mile  in  length,  to  supply  power  for  which  he  at  one  time 
made  a  thorough  experiment  in  iibfaining  electricity  from  the  strok- 
ing of  a  cat. 

Finding,  however,  that  that  battery  would  he  inadequate  to  his 
wants,  he  resorted  to  other  means,  the  whole  making  him  so  profi- 
cient and  interesting  him  so  much  in  the  subject  of  electro-magnetism 


lA 


•e^ 


I'liKIKAIT    111''    lODISoN. 


i;i,i    \\iiirM:v,    i.w  i-.N'roij  m-'  tiiI';  cotton  gin. 


i. 


thiit  he  entered  a  trloi^raph  office,  and  very  soon  mastered  the  details 
uf  the  subject. 

From  Port  Huron  he  went  siiecessively  to   Indianapolis,  Cincinnati, 
Louisville,      Memphis      and 
Boston,     being     known      us 
one  of  the  most  expert  oper- 
ators in  the  United  States. 

At  Cincinnati  he  conceived 
the  idea  of  transmitting  two 
messages  over  a  single  wire 
at  the  same  time.  His  oftiec 
hecame  a  laboratory  of  ex- 
periment. He  attended  to 
his  duties  at  the  appointed 
time,  and  thought  and  studied 
in  the  "wee  sma'  hours." 
The  habits  formed  then  cling 
to  him  yet.  He  delights  in 
working  while  others  sleep. 

In  1869  be  left  the  oper- 
ating chair  and  went  from 
Boston  to  New  York,  with 
inventions  in  duplex  and 
printing  telegraphs,  which 
have  since  come  largely  into 
nse.  In  New  York  he  found 
an  ample  field  for  his  genius, 
and  the  parties  with  ^^■ealth 
who  could  appreciate  his 
industry,  his  genius  and 
bis  great  originating  power. 
Through  acquaintance  thus 
formed  he  has  so  prospered 
as  to  establish  himself,  with 
his  family,  in  a  beautiful 
home  at  Menlo  Park,  New 
Jersey,  where,  with  an  ample 
laboratory  for  experiment, 
he  has  every  means  at  com- 
mand for  the  full  exercise  nf 
his  inventive  talent. 

The  wonderful  genius  of  this  man  for  invention  is  shown 
in  the  fact  that  in  1878  he  had  already  had  granted  to  him  for 
duplex,   recording,    repeating    and   various  other  improvements   in 


/-^        nil  in."u   iiiB    uiiL'iiiiuii    lu   iij 

'-T — ~r     agi-nl  as  a  means  of  fnmis 

ing     physical      power      ai 


the  telegraph,  139  patents  and  sixty-seven  caveats — all  taken  ou 
eight  years.      Since  then   the  phonograph,    the  telephone,    the  elec- 
tric   pen    and    cither  inventions    have    rapidly  come   from   his  hand. 

Having  for  the  time  exhaust- 
ed   the   field    for    the    usca 
of  electricity  in  transmitting 
characters  and  sound,  he  has 
turned  his    attention  to  this 
sh- 
and 
A  late  contriv- 


illumination. 

ance  of  his  design  is  a 
locomotive  propelled  by  elec- 
tric power,  uptm  a  circular 
railway,  in  the  vicinity  of 
his   home. 

Another  device,  of  very 
great  importance,  from  the 
hand  of  this  inventive  genius 
is  that  by  which  the  remain- 
ing gold  and  silver  in  refuse 
ore  may  be  extracted.  For 
the  purpose  of  carrying  this 
scheme  into  effect  a  com- 
pany has  heen  formed,  whose 
agents  visit  the  gold  and 
silver  mining  camps  of  the 
country  and  arrange  with 
the  owners  of  mines  to  take 
the  ore  which  has  been 
already  once  worked,  known 
as  "tailings,"'  and  by  this 
new  process  gather  the 
precious  metal  which  it  has 
been  heretofore  impossible 
to  save  by  the  former  meth- 
ods of  treating  ore. 

What  Edison  will  accom- 
plish in  the  field  of  electrical 
science  remains  yet  to  be 
seen.  In  the  boundless,  un- 
iththe  ambition  to  achieve, 
and  the  power  to  perform,  we  may  safely  presume  that  the  most 
startling  and  the  most  beneficial  of  his  discoveries  are  yet  to  come. 


83    'Q; 

t  in  f 


explored  recion  before  him.  however, 


^S^  - 


ELI  WHITNEY,  INVENTOR  OF  THE  COTTON  GIN. 


In  1793  Eli  Whitney,  a  school -teacher  in  the  South,  from  New 
England,  had  his  attention  called  to  the  ditKculty  of  separating  the 
seed  from  cotton.  Taking  up  his  quarters  in  a  basement  of  a  house 
in  the  South,  he  labored  a  good  share  of  one  winter  and  produced  a 
machine  which,  by  means  of  teeth  extending  between  slats,  would 
draw  the  cotton  away  from  the  seed,  thus  enabling  a  man,  in  one  day, 
to  do  as  much  as  could  have  been  done  before  by  one  person  in  three 
months.  The  simplicity  of  the  machine,  and  the  readiness  by  which 
his  patent  could  be  infringed,    prevented  him  from  realizing  a  profit 


on  the  invention,  although  its  introduction  raised  the  price  of  all 
cotton  lands,  trebled  the  production  of  this  staple  in  the  South,  and 
placed  the  Southern  States  in  a  more  prosperous  position. 

Finding  that  no  profit  would  accrue  to  him  from  this  invention,  he 
turned  his  attention  to  the  improvement  of  firearms,  establishing 
himself  at  Whitneyville,  Conn.,  where  he  manufactured  arms,  which 
were  afterwards  materially  improved  by  Colt  and  others. 

He  was  born  at  Westborough,  Mass. .  December  8,  1T65.  and  died  at 
New  Haven,  Conn.,  January  8,  18:25,  in  the  sixtieth  year  of   his  age. 


-^V- 


S6 


thp:  inventor  of  thk  mccoemick  reaper. 


I'  Cyms  H-McCormick. 


^g\%^--\^J^erG!'o:ie'eiGi!e^|o|!0|'f|e!rs:iiJ>l|a||a 


w^ 


THE  SUCCESSIVE  STEPS  FROM  THE  GRAIN-CRADLE  TO  THE  REAPER 


>'  THE  15th  of  February.  1809,  at  Wal- 
nut Grove.  Rockbridge  county, 
Va. .  Cyrus  H.  McCormick  was 
born.  His  parents,  natives  of 
that  State,  were  of  Scotch-Irish 
descent.  His  father,  who  was  an 
extensive  farmer,  had  all  the 
appliances  for  keeping  the  farm 
machinery  in  order,  in  his  shops 
for  blacksmithing,  carpentering 
;md  macliinery.      Posseiased  of  an 


genius,  he  constructed  several  machines 
upon  which  he  obtained  patents,  among 
them  being  threshing,  hydraulic  and 
hemp-breaking.  In  1816  he  had  invented 
a  reaping  machine  that  served  the  pur- 
pose where  grain  was  not  lodged.  For 
sixteen  years  he  labored  to  perfect  this 
machine,  but  at  last  abandoned  it  as 
impracticable. 

The  son,  Cyrus  H.,  took  up  the  idea 
where  his  father  left  it  and  continued  to 
experiment.  He  was  possessed  of  an 
ordinary  education,  euch  as  could  be 
acquired  in  the  common  schools  of  that 
vicinity,  and  inventive  genius  such  as  had 
enabled  him,  at  the  age  of  fifteen,  to 
perfect  a  cradle  with  which  he  worked 
with   the  men  in  the  harvest  field. 

To  the  observer  of  a  reaping  machine 
it  seems  all  simple  enough  that  it  .should 
do  its  work  as  it  does;  but  to  get  the 
forward  and  tlie  side  motions  combined  in 
such  manner  as  to  perfectly  cut  grain  and 
clear  itself,  was  a  task  that  took  a  great 
amount  of  thought,  and  several  years  to 

accomplish.  Step  by  step,  however,  it  progressed  toward  perfection, 
the  young  man,  himself,  constructing  cranks,  drive-wheels,  geer- 
whcels,  dividers,  cutting-blades,  gathering- reels,  etc.,  until  the 
machine  wae  so  perfected  as  to  cut  grain  passably  well  with  a  man 
walking  beside  it  with  a  rake  to  draw  the  grain  from  the  platform. 

In  1831  Cyrus  II.  McCormick.  then  twenty-two  years  of  age,  had 
produced  a  machine  which  cut  that  spring  a  few  acres  of  oats,  and  the 
next  year  it  cut  several  fioldH  of  wheat.  Although  fairly  successful, 
the  inventor  did  not  know  its  worth  at  that  time,  nor  the  future 
before  him,  but  let  the  matter  rest  to  engage,  in  1830,  in  the  smelting 
buBlncHs,  which  proved  u  failure  in  the  dull  season  of  1837. 

Paying  off  the  indebtedness  of  himself  and  partner  in  full.  Mr. 
McCormick  then  turned  his  attention  to  his  machine  with  a  view  to 


CYRUS  H.  McCormick. 


perfecting  it  for  public  use.  He  had  obtained  a  first  patent  in  1834, 
and  in  1845  he  secured  another  for  valuable  improvements.  In  the 
latter  year  he  established  himself  in  Cincinnati,  as  the  center  of  the 
grain-growing  region  of  the  West.  In  1847,  during  which  year  he 
took  out  patents  on  other  improvements,  he  removed  to  Chicago.  In 
1848  seven  hundred  of  the  machines  were  made  and  scattered  among 
the  grain  fields  of  the  West.  ^  The  next  year  fifteen  hundred  were 
made  and  sold,  and  so  the  work  went  forward  until  thousands  took 
the  place  of  hundreds. 

In  1849  Leander  J.  came  to  the  aid  of  his  brother,  and  later 
W.  S.  McCormick  became  an  assistant.  In  1859  the  brothers  became 
partners  with  Cyrus  H. ,  and  so  continued 
until  the  death  of  W.  S. ,  in  1865.  The 
success  of  the  McCormick  reaper  has  been 
very  great,  as  illustrated  by  the  many 
premiums  taken  at  various  exhibitions 
held  in  all  parts  of  the  civilized  world. 
Obed  Hussey  was  his  first  competitor, 
having  patented  a  reaper  two  years  later 
than  McCormick;  and  since  then,  building 
upon  Mr.  McCormick's  ideas,  many 
reapers  of  different  make  have  come  into 
the  field,  all  tending  to  aid  in  the  pro- 
duction of  grain  to  that  extent  as  to  enable 
America  to  become  the  granary  of  the 
world. 

To-day     the     McCormick     Harvesting 
machine  company,  in  Chicago,  has  a  cap- 
ital of  near  $3, 000, 000  invested  in  their 
works,  and  with  one  thousand  workmen 
employed  in  the  active  seasons  they  turn 
out    about   30.000   machines    per    year. 
With  the  aid  of  2,000  agents  these  are  dis- 
tributed to  all  parts  of  the  civilized  earth. 
In  all  the  McCormicks  have  sold  over 
300.000  reaping  and  mowing  machines, 
and,    as    each    does    the    work    of    ten 
persons,  an  army  of  .3,000,000  of  men, 
it  will  be  seen,  would  be  necessary  to  do  the  work    Ixiiig   done    at 
this  writing    by  the  McCormick  machines. 

One  of  the  most  imposing  residences  in  the  northwest,  and  numer- 
oua  large  blocks  in  the  business  center  of  Chicago,  aside  from  the 
extensive  manufacturing  works,  all  attest  the  part  Mr.  McCormick 
has  taken  in  the  rebuilding  of  Chicago  since  the  great  fire.  At 
the  same  time  he  has  given  liberally  in  support  of  educational  work, 
both  in  Chicago  and  elsewhere;  principally  in  the  Presbyterian 
denomiiuUion,  of  which  he  is  a  prominent  member. 

At  this  writing.  In  1881,  Mr.  McCormick,  in  the  full  vigor  of  his 
mental  and  physical  strength,  bids  fair  to  live  many  years  yet.  to  ser 
tlu' fruits  of  his  labors  blessing  all  lands  by  the  cheapening  of  bread 
for  the  toiling  millions. 


■;(tr"~ 


Til]';    I.W  l;.NTnU    OK     11 1 K    SIJWIM 


■^^ 


Howe. 


^^^^^^^^^ 


His  Perseverance,  Struggles  and  Final  Triumph. 


NE  DAY,  in  1833,  in  a  poorly  fur- 
nished tenement  in  Boston,  there 
sat  a  young  man  intently  watching 
his  wife  as  she  engaged  in  sewing. 
This  was  Elias  Howe,  then  deter- 
mined upon  inventing  some  means 
by  which  the  drudgery  of  sewing 
could  he  dispensed  with,  and  the 
labor  performed  by  machinery. 

Young  Howe  was  miturally  a  me- 
chanic. Born  in  the  town  of  Spen- 
cer, Massachusetts,  in  1819.  being 
one  of  eight  children,  he  was  put  by  his  father, 
who  was  a  farmer  and  miller,  at  the  business 
of  sticking  wire  teeth  through  leather  straps 
for  cotton-cards. 
He  assisted  his  father 
until  sixteen  years  of  age, 
when,  he  went  to  Lowell, 
where  he  secured  work  in  one  nf 
the  cotton  mills  of  that  city,  and 
there  remained  until  thrown  out 
of  employment  by  the  financial  dis- 
asters of  1837.  Thence  he  went  to 
Cambridge,  where  he  found  work  on 
hemp- carding  machinery ;  boarding 
in  the  same  house  with  him.  and 
working  in  the  same  shop,  was 
Nathaniel  P.  Banks,  afterwards 
(Jovernor  of  the  State,  a  member  of 
Omgress  and  Major- General  in  the 
army. 

From  Cambridge  he  went  to  Bos- 
ton, where,  in  the  machine  shop 
of  Ari  Davis,  he  obtained  work. 
Married  at  the  age  of  twenty-one,  he 
soon  had  a  family  of  three  children 
dependent  upon  his  labors,  and  his 
health,  always  frail,  breaking  down 
about  this  time,  he  was  greatly  de- 
pressed in  mind,  and  discouraged, 
inasmuch   as  to  his  poor  health  was  added  extreme  poverty. 

It  was  at  this  time  that  he  heard  discussed  the  need  of  a  sewing- 
machine,  and  driven  to  the  necessity  of  procuring  a  subsistence  for 
his  family  outside  of  manual  labor,  he  began  to  ponder  the  subject, 
giving  it  his  thought  night  and  day.  Here  it  was  that  we  found  him 
watching  his  wife  as  her  needle  went  forward  and  hack  through  the 
cloth  while  she  sewed. 
For  a  year  he  labored  on  the  idea  that  the  operation  of  the  machine 


EblAS  HOWE, 

Original  Inventor  of  the  Sewing  Machine. 


should  be  similar  to  the  work  of  hand.  Finally  he  came  to  the  con- 
clusion that  another  stitch  was  needed,  and  a  little  later  came  the  idea 
of  using  two  threads,  forming  the  stitch  with  the  aid  of  a  shuttle,  and 
using  a  curved  needle  with  the  eye  near  the  point.  In  this  he  had 
solved  the  problem,  and  in  18-14  the  sewing-machine  was  nearly 
invented. 

Having  abandoned  the  labor  of  the  reguhir  mechanic,  he  had 
removed  to  the  garret  of  his  father's  house,  in  Cambridge,  when,  witli 
his  father's  assistance,  he  was  able  to  pursue  his  attempts  at  inven- 
tion. His  father  suffering  the  loss  of  property  about  this  time  from 
fire,  Elias  was  compelled  to  seek  elsewhere  for  assistance,  his  effort 
being  rewarded  by  Mr.  George  Fi.«Iu'r,  a  wood  and  coal  dealer  of  Cam- 
bridge, who  agreed  to  furnish  $500  for  the  purchase  of  materials 
with  which  to  construct  a  model,  in  the  meantime  allowing  Howe  and 
his  family  to  board  at  his  house,  while  his  garret  was  to  be  used  as  a 
shop  for  making  the  machine.  In 
return,  Fisher  was  to  receive  a 
half-interest  in  the  patent,  if  one 
could  be  obtained. 

During  the  winter  of  1844  and  '45, 
the  inventor  labored  faithfully  on  his 
device,  working  all  day,  and  often 
through  the  night.  In  April,  184.5. 
the  machine  would  sew  a  seam,  and 
in  July  he  sewed  two  woolen  suits 
with  it — one  for  Mr.  Fisher,  and  the 
other  for  himself.  Having  his  ma- 
chine completed  and  patented,  the 
next  thing  was  to  put  it  into  use. 
Then  came  another  and  the  most 
severe  trial.  Not  a  tailor  would 
adopt  it,  for  fear  that  it  would  ruin 
his  business.  Its  ingenuity  whs 
commended  and  its  utility  admitted, 
but  it  was  impcjssihlc  to  get  anybody 
to  purchase  it. 

About  this  time  Fisher,  becoming 
disgusted  with  the  lack  of  success, 
refused  to  have  further  interest  in 
the  patent,  and  Howe  and  his  family 
returned  to  his  father's  house. 
Driven  by  poverty  to  the  necessity  of  earning  bread  for  his  family, 
he  secured  a  position  as  engineer  on  a  railway  locomotive. 

His  health  at  length  breaking  down,  he  concluded,  as  a  last  resort, 
to  see  if  the  people  in  England  would  adopt  his  machine.  He  sent 
the  model  over  by  his  brother  Amasa,  who  effected  an  engagement 
with  a  Mr.  William  Thomas,  of  Cheapside.  London,  a  corset-maker, 
who  promised  to  pay  $1,250  for  the  machine,  provided  Elias  wouhl 
enter  his  employ  at  $15  per  week  and  adapt  the  machine  to  his  work. 


■.(^k"**"*^ 


— tT): 


•^      88 


THE    ORIGIN    OF    THE    BRASS    CLOCK. 


The  inventor  accepted  the  proposition,  and  took  his  family  to 
England;  but  after  a  time,  finding  it  impossible  to  endure  the  exac- 
tions of  his  employer,  he  left  the  place  and  sent  his  family,  in  a  nearly 
destitute  condition,  back  to  bis  father's,  at  Cambridge,  in  the  United 
States,  while  he  resolved  to  remaiu  longer,  to  find  employment,  if 
possible,  with  his  machine.  In  this  effort  he  entirely  failed.  Sec 
ing,  at  length,  no  hope  for  success  in  England,  and  being  greatly 
impoverished,  he  pawned  his  model  and  patent-papers  for  a  passage 
to  America,  where,  upon  his  arrival,  he  learned  that  his  wife  was 
dying  at  Cambridge  of  consumption.  Added  to  this  sorrowful  intel- 
ligence was  the  realization  of  the  fact  that  his  health  would  not 
permit  him  to  walk  to  Massachusetts,  and  having  no  means  to  pay  his 
passage  he  must  wait  the  arrival  of  money  from  home  before  he 
could  return  there. 

He  reached  Cambridge  barely  in  time  to  see  his  wife  die,  and  that, 
too.  just  as  the  cloud  of  despondency  that  had  hung  over  them  so  long 
was  about  to  break,  allowing  the  light  to  pass  through. 

During  his  absence  in  England,  his  patent  had  created  great  inter- 
est in  the  United  States.  Acting  on  his  ideas,  unscrupulous 
mechanics  had  made  other  sewing-machines,  which  had  been  so  well 
advertised  as  to  make  Elias  Howe,  the  original  inventor,  one  of  the 
most  famous  names  in  the  country.  Friends  came  now,  and,  with 
money  to  assist  him,  he  commenced,   in  1844,  a  series  of  suits  for 


infringements  of  his  patent,  which  the  courts  finally  decided  in  his 
favor,  in  1850. 

He  opened  a  manufactory  for  his  machines  in  New  York,  in  a 
small  way,  with  a  Mr.  Bliss,  which,  on  the  death  of  his  partner,  he 
conducted  himself.  In  time  the  profits  of  his  business  grew,  with  the 
royalties  paid  to  him  by  other  manufacturers,  to  $200,000  per  year, 
yielding  him  in  all  $2,000,000 — a  sum  which  was  lessened  consider- 
ably, however,  by  litigation  in  defending  his  patent. 

During  the  war  he  enlisted  as  a  private  in  the  Seventeenth  Regiment 
of  Connecticut  Volunteers,  and  performed  the  duties  incident  to  the 
campaign  until  his  health  compelled  him  to  resign.  At  one  time  the 
government  being  unable  to  pay  the  soldiers,  Howe  himself  advanced 
the  money  to  pay  the  regiment,  greatly  to  the  convenience  and  advan- 
tage of  the  men. 

Elias  Howe  died  in  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. ,  Octobers,  ISfiT,  being  forty- 
eight  years  of  age  at  the  time  of  his  death. 

Though  comparatively  young  when  he  died,  he  had  lived  to  see  the 
machine  he  had  striven  so  hard  to  invent  perfected,  and  appreciated  as 
one  of  the  greatest  labor- savers  in  the  world:  while  the  making  of  it  had 
become  an  immense  industry,  affording  a  livelihood  to  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  mechanics,  yielding  fortunes  to  many  manufacturers,  and 
a  revenue  of  many  millions  of  dollars  to  the  United  States. 


Chauncey 


m^ 


"^rrr 


The  Inventor  of 


>H  THE  BRIGHT  little  brass  clock  that 
I  h  ks  so  rapidly  is  the  reader  indebted  to 
Lbauncey  Jerome,  who  was  boni  at 
Canaan,    in  Connecticut,  in  1703. 

Reared  on  a  farm,  the  death  of  his  father 
caused  him  to  be  apprenticed  to  a  carpenter  at 
the  age  of  fifteen,  from  whom  he  obtained  per- 
mission to  work  for  himself  during  the  winter- 
time, on  condition  that  he  clothe  himself.     This 
arranijcineiit  bcinj;  assented  to.  the  young  man 
proceeded  to  Waterbury,  Conn. ,  where  he  engaged  him- 
self to  a  clockmaker. 

At  that  time  the  old-fashioned  wooden  clock,  seven  feet  high,  sold 
for  $40.  By  dint  of  economy,  and  working  fifteen  hours  a  day,  he 
acquired  a  knowledge  of  clock-case  making,  and  saved  some  money, 
with  which  he  returned  to  his  carpenter-shop  in  the  spring. 

He  afterwards  engaged  with  Kli  Terry,  who  had  invented  a  wooden 
clock  which  sold  for  $15.  This  cheaper  price  enabled  Mr.  Terry  to 
find  sale  for  G,000  clocks  ayear.  Ere  long  Chauncey  started  business 
for  himself,  and  soon,  through  the  introduction  of  labor-saving 
machinery  of  his  own  invention,  he  was  conducting  an  extensive 
clock  manufactory.  One  difficulty  stood  all  the  time  in  the  way, 
however,  and  that  was  the  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  wooden 
wheels  when  exposed  to  extremes  of  moisture  or  heal,  thus  causing 
his  time-pieces,  when  shipped  long  distances  by  water,  to  get  out  of 
order. 

There  came,  one  day,  a  discouraging  report  of  his  clocks  that  were 
spoiled  by  the  works  swelling  while  they  were  being  shipped  t(»  the 


-m 


Jerome. 


the  Brass  Clock 


South.  There  came,  too,  a  temporary  lull  in  the  busi- 
ness. It  was  one  of  those  dark  days  which,  while  they 
depress  the  mind,  will  turn  thought  into  new  chan- 
nels from  which  sometimes  grand  things  result.  It 
was  during  one  of  these  dark  periods  that  he  was  pon- 
dering one  night  in  his  bed  what  could  be  done  to  obviate 
the  difficulty  which  beset  the  wooden  clock,  when 
suddenly  the  thought  came  to  him  that  brass  might  serve 
the  purpose  for  wheels  instead  of  wood.  The  idea 
came  to  him  like  a  revelation.  He  arose,  struck  a  light, 
and  spent  the  remainder  of  the  night  in  making  his 
plans.  It  was  necessary  to  construct  machinery  for  the 
cutting  of  the  brass  wheels,  but  it  was  all  produced,  and  the  time 
came,  finally,  through  that  invention,  when  a  clock  could  be  made 
for  forty  cents;  but  even  at  that  cheap  price  the  Jerome  Clock 
Company,  of  New  Haven,  with  orders  for  200,000  docks  a  year, 
flourished  apace,  and  Mr.  Jerome,  as  the  president  of  the  com- 
pany, living  in  a  beautiful  residence  in  New  Haven,  was  rich. 

Times  changed,  however.  The  business  of  the  concern  Mr. 
Jerome  had  intrusted  to  other  hands,  and  through  bad  nianHgenient 
the  concern  was  wrecked,  and  Mr.  Jerome  was  left  with  no  alternative 
but  to  move  from  his  elegant  and  comfortable  home  into  a  hired  cot- 
tage, completely  impoverished  at  sixty-seven  years  of  age.  He 
accepted  the  snperintendeney  of  a  new*  clock  company,  in  Chicago, 
where  he  resided  for  a  time,  hut  returned  to  New  Haven,  soon  after- 
wards, where  he  died;  having  lived  sufllciently  long,  however,  to  sec 
the  product  of  his  work  distributed  throughout  all  the  civilized  world. 


j?  x5^^^ 


-^y 


•lUK    ISW.XllnK    OF    STKAMBOATS    AND    THE    ART    OK    IMilXTIX" .. 


S'.i 


>'0  ■    ©    .  O , .  ©. 


O  ..ij .  fJ     Q     Gi 


)0  THESE  THREE  citizens  of  Germany  belongs 
the  honor  of  inventing  and  improving  the  art  of 
printing  with  movable  typee.  John  Gutenberg, 
the  inventor  of  printing,  was  born  at  Mentz, 
in  1400.  In  1424  he  went  to  Strasbiirg,  where 
he  appears  to  have  resided  until  1444.  About 
1436  he  first  practiced  the  art  of  printing,  and 
it  is  supposed  that  bis  original  types  were  made 
of  wood.  In  1444  he  removed  to  Mentz,  where, 
in  1450,  he  entered  into  partnership  with  Faust.  He' 
t  died  in  1408.    Peter  Schoeffer,  another  inventor  of 

the  art  of  printing,  was  born  at  Gernsheim,  in  Darmstadt,  about  M30. 
He  was  originally  a  copyist  at  Paris,  France,  but  about  1450,  at 
Mentz,  he  became  an  assistant  in  the  printing  office  of  Gutenberg 
&  Faust.  The  firm  was  dissolved,  subsequently,  and  in  1455 
Schoeffer  became  a  partner  in  the  business  with  Faust,    and  after- 


wards married  his  daughter,  Christine.  On  the  death  of  Faust,  in 
146G,  Schoeffer  became  sole  proprietor,  by  inheritance,  of  the  printing 
office.  He  invented  the  steel  punches,  or  "matrices"  (moulds)  used 
in  casting  metal  typee.  He  died  about  1503.  and  in  1836  a  monu- 
ment was  erected  to  his  memory  at  Gernsheim.  John  Faust,  or 
Fust,  was  a  native  of  Mentz,  but  the  date  of  his  birth  is  wrapped  in 
obscurity.  While  he  shares  with  Gutenberg  and  Schoeffer  the  honor 
of  having  invented  printing,  it  is  believed  that  he  contributed  little 
more  than  the  money  required  to  carry  on  the  business.  He  waf-  at 
one  time  a  wealthy  goldsmith.  He  died  at  Paris  about  1466.  Of  the 
books  printed  by  Gutenberg  &  Faust  the  only  ones  known  are  copies 
of  two  editions  of  an  "indulgence"  granted  by  Pope  Nicholas  V.  to 
one  Chappe,  an  ambassador  of  the  King  of  Cyprus  (1454  and  1455). 
and  an  "Appeal  to  Christendom  Against  the  Turks;"  a  folio  Latin 
Bible  of  the  Muzarin  library  is  also  attributed  to  them.  Faust  & 
Schoeffer  did  a  more  extensive  business,  and  numerous  books  of 
their  production  are  in  existence. 


the   third   child   of 
children,     was    born     in    Little 
Britain  (now  called  Fulton)  in  Lan- 
caster county,  Pennsylvania,  in  1765. 
Ai^^}  At  Lancaster,  where  his   father  died 

f  IV^      when  Robert  was  a  mere  child,  he  grew 
<p         to  young  manhood,  being  known  as  a  dull  student  in  the 
ordinary  studies  of  school,    but  was  marked  for  aptitude  in 
drawing  and  a  fondness  for  invention. 
At  fourteen  he  invented  a  pair  of  paddles  to  attach  to  a  row-boat. 
At  seventeen  his  fondness  for  drawing  led  him  to  engage  in  the  pn>- 
fession  of  portrait  painting,  at  which  time  he  went  to  Philadtdphia, 
where  he   remained  until  his  twenty-first   year,  succeeding  so  well 
pecuniarily  as  to  be  able  to  purchase  a  small  farm  for  Ids  mother, 
stock  it  and  make  her  comfortable  for  life. 

He  afterwards  went  abroad,  and  through  his  fondness  for  mechan- 
ism,   took  up  the  work  of  civil   engineering.     Meeting  Watt,    who 


had  then  just  brought  out  the  steam  engine  in  Eng- 
land, he  conceived  the  idea  that  this  power  could  be 
attached  to  the  paddle-wheels  which  he  had  invented 
years  before;  and  thus  was  born  in  Fulton's  mind 
the  idea  of  steam  navigation. 

It  was  Monday,  September  10,  1807,  when  Ful- 
ton's steamboat  named  the  "Clermont,"  one  hundred  and  thirty 
feet  long,  eighteen  feet  wide  and  seven  feet  deep,  was  first  launched 
at  New  York;  and  on  her  first  trip  she  reached  Albany  in  thirty-two 
hours'  running  time,  being  a  speed  of  five  miles  an  hour.  Though 
not  the  inventor  of  the  first  steamboat,  to  Fulton  belongs  the  honor 
of  first  making  water  navigation  by  steam  a  success. 

While  attending  a  law-suit  at  Trenton.  New  Jersey,  loncerning 
his  exclusive  right  to  navigate  the  Hudson,  which  privilege  had  been 
granted  him  by  the  New  York  Legislature.  Fulton  caught  a  severe 
cold  in  the  court-room,  from  the  effects  of  which  he  died,  on  the  24th 
of  February,  1815,  being  at  the  time  fifty  years  of  age. 


— ui):[ 


90 


THE  INVENTOR  OF  THE  PULLMAX  CAR. 


George  M.  Pullman,  m 


Health,  Comfort  and  Luxury  in  Railway  Traveling. 


OT  MAXY  years  back  in  the  past  was  the  time  when,  in 
addition   to   the    discomfort    of     a   long    journey   in    a 
^^    rail-car,  the  passenger  occupied,  during  the  entire  dis- 
tance, a  seat  which,   while  it  might  serve  the  purpose 
of  rest  for  a   time,  afforded  no  opportunity  for  comfort 
while  sleeping.     Added  to  this  was  iU-health,  engendered 
by  improper  ventilation  and  irregularity  in  eating. 

True,   as  compared  with  the  stage-coach,  the  railway- 
car,  even  at  its  wor?t,  was  an  improvement;  but.  while  it 
made  traveling  possible,  it  was  without  much  comfort. 

It  was  at  this  stage  that  George  M.  Pullman  came  to  the  front  wilh 
the  railway  coach  so  remodeled  as  to  give  it  the  air  of  domestic  enjoy- 
ment, containing  the  facilities  for  eating  and  sleeping  with  the  same 


was  a  woman  of  superior  taste,  from  whom  Ihe  future  manufacturer 
of  palace  cars  inherited  his  love  of  the  artistic  and  the  beautiful. 

Receiving  a  fair  education  in  the  schools  of  that  time,  he  com- 
menced work  in  a  furniture  establishment,  but  was  soon  afterwards 
engaged  as  a  contractor  in  raising  buildings  along  the  line  of  the 
Erie  canal,  at  the  time  of  its  enlargement. 

In  1859  he  removed  to  Chicago  and  entered  upon  the  work  of 
elevating  the  buildings  of  the  city  to  grade — an  enterprise  just  being 
commenced  at  the  time  of  his  arrival. 

Among  the  large  edifices  at  that  time  raised  were  the  Matteson 
House,  the  Tremont  House,  and  the  entire  business  block  extending 
from  Clark  to  LaSalle  street.  These  great  stone  buildings  and  brick 
edifices  were  elevated  several  feet,  complete,  with  scarcely  a  break, 


Home  Enjoyment  and  Social  Life  on  the  Journey. 


regularity  and  pleasure  that  might  be  experienced  in  the  parlor  of  the 
mo!*t  luxurious  home.  Hundreds  of  thousands  of  people  having 
riijoyed  the  comforts  of  the.  palace,  sleeping  and  dining  cars,  it  may 
-:ifcly  he  presumed  that  it  will  be  int<Testiug  to  know  something  of 
ihi-  inventorand  the  means  by  which  thi^  imj)rovement  was  given  to  the 
world. 

The  Pubject  of  our  sketch  was  born  in  ('hautauqna  county,  N.  Y. , 
Miirch  3.  I83I.  His  father.  James  L.  Pullnum.  was  an  industrious 
Tri'-chanic.  and  his  mother.  Emily  Caroline  Pullman,  we  may  presume. 


business  going  forward  in  all  of  them  without  iuterrnption. 
Soon  after  his  arrival  in  Chicago,  his  attention  having  been  called  to  the 
necessity  for  better  sleeping  accomniodntions  for  people  when  travel- 
ing by  rail,  he  obtained  permission  from  the  railway  authorities 
of  the  Chicago  and  Alton  railway,  and  fitted  np  with  berths  two  old 
cars  for  use  on  that  road.  Although  vastly  inferior  to  the  present 
palace  car,  these  were  so  great  an  improvement  on  anything  that  had 
been  seen  before  as  to  call  forth  the  warmest  commendations. 

At  Ihe  exi>iration  of  a  year's   residence  in  Chicago,  Mr.  Pullman 


1 


.A 


GEORGK   M.    PULLMAN    AND    IIIH    KNTKKI'KISKS. 


liiciiAL'i)   M.    ii"i: 


went  to  the  mining  regions  of  Colorado,  where  he  remained  three 
years,  when  he  fsold  out  his  interest  in  that  weetion  and  returned  to 
('hieago,  .satisfied  that  the  world  needed 
and  would  appreciate  greater  comfort  in 
traveling.  With  that  idea  firmly  fixed  in 
his  mind,  he  fitted  up  a  shop  on  the  Chicago 
and  Alton  road,  and  huilt  two  cars,  at 
an  expense  of  about  $18,000  each,  to  run 
on  that  line.  These  cars  excited  a  great 
deal  of  interest,  and  though  regarded  by 
numy  as  a  foolish  extravagance,  the  man- 
agers of  the  Michigan  Central,  the  Chicago, 
Burlington  and  Quincy,  and  the  Great 
Western  of  Canada  soon  made  contracts 
with  Mr.  Pullman  for  the  placing  of  his 
sleeping-cars  on  their  roads.  From  that 
time  forward  the  success  of  the  Pullman 
sleeping,  parlor  and  dining  cars  was  estab- 
lished. They  came  rapidly  into  notoriety, 
and  as  rapidly  forward  to  popularity,"))ene- 
fiting  the  public  and  enriching  the  man 
whose  enterprise  and  taste  have  made 
a  journey  by  rail,  apparently,  as  pleasant 
as  traveling  can  be  made. 

Believing  Chicago,  in  the  near  future, 
to  be  not  only  the  centre  of  gravity  of 
population  in  the  United  Stales,  but  the 
leading  railway  centre  of  the  country,  Mr. 
Pullman,   with  his  family,  has  made  this 

city   his  permanent  residence.      His  pecuniary  interests,   however, 
lie  in  various  directions  throughout  the  Union.     He  was  a  contractor 


GEORGE  M.  PULLMAN 


in  building  and  a  large  stock-holder  in  the  Metropolitan  Elevated 

Uaihvay,  in  New  York;  ha«  been  one  of  the  largest  owners  of  the 
Eugleton  wire-works,  in  Xew  York,  em- 
ploying a  thousand  workmen,  and  is  inter- 
ested in  car-works  in  various  sections  of 
the  country,  employing  hundreds  of  men. 
His  latest  enterprise,  at  this  writing,  is 
tlie  establishment  of  extensive  works  for 
the  manufacture  of  railway  coaches  in  a 
new  town  a  few  miles  southward  from 
Chicago,  at  a  place  which  has  been  named 
Pullman.  Heretofore  the  palace  cars  have 
been  made  at  various  points,  in  different 
railroad  shops,  outside  of  Mr.  Pullman's 
jurisdiction.  In  this  new  manufactory  it 
is  the  design  to  gather  the  most  skillful 
of  artisans,  and  with  the  best  of  materials 
to  (-(mstruct  sleeping,  drawing-room  and 
dining  cars  with  every  convenience  which 
genius  and  cultured  taste  may  suggest,  all 
under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  Pull- 
man Palace  Car  Company. 

Though  not  the  originator  of  sleeping- 
cars,  Mr.  Pullman  is  the  author  of  the 
improvements  which  have  made  the 
sleeping-car  what  it  is  to-day;  and  the 
success  which  has  attended  his  efforts  is 
gratifying  evidence  that  the  talent  for 
invention  and  knowledge  of  business  can 

be  so  combined  as  to  give  the   inventor  the  reward  of  his  thought 

and  effort,  while  he  yet  lives  to  enjoy  it. 


Inventor  of  Hoe's  Ligrhtning  Printing-  Press. 


R.  M.  Hoe  was  born  in  New  Y'ork.  September  13,  1812.  Reared 
to  the  business  of  manufacturing  printing  presses,  a  work  that  his 
father  had  been 
in  before  him,  he 
gave  his  attention 
to  improving  the 
presses  in  use,  and 
in  1837  produced 
the  machine 
known  as  Hoe's 
Double  Cylinder 
Press,  which  could 
print  about  G,  000 
copies  an  hour. 

In  December, 
1848,  he  gave  to 
the  country  what 
was  known  as  the 
"Lightning"" 
press,    capable  of 

throwing  off   10.000,  or  more,  copies  per    hour.      In    18G0    he  had 
supplied  the  New  Y'ork  journals  with  fifteen  of  these  presses,  had 


Hoe's  Perfecting  Newspaper  Press. 


furnished    the   Boston  publishers   with   several,   had   sent   eighteen 
to  Great  Britain,  four  lo  France,  and  one  to  Australia. 

Mr.  Hoe  con- 
tinued to  improve 
his  press  by  the 
addition  of  more 
cylinders,  until  it 
was  able  to  print 
25, 000  copies  per 
hour;  and,  at 
this  writing,  about 
sixty  years  of  age, 
in  the  posses- 
sion of  an  ample 
fortune,  and  at  the 
head  of  a  large 
manu  factory  in 
New  Y'ork.  and 
one  in  England,  he 
is  yet  busy  study- 
ing the  means  by  which  the  printing  press  may  be  improved,  a  matter 
of  interest  to  all  concerned  in  the  cause  of  universal  education. 


.(7 — 


-f 


f 


92        THE    INVENTOR    OF  THE    STEAM-CONDENSER,    STEAM    HOUSE-WARMING    AND    THE    COPYING-PRESS. 


*ry 


JAMES 


Born,  January  19,  1736. 


-45J5i^=«ee®i='^^«=- 


WATT. 


r 


Died,  August  25,  1S19. 


-^vS'St^^gJC^S.g^ 


Ingenious  Boy,  Mathematical    Instrument  Maker,  and  Discoverer  of  the  Power  of  Steam. 


AMES  WATT, 
born  at 
■■v  (i  reenock, 
Scotland, 
-Jaiuuiry  19, 
1736,  was  !i 
f^ickly  child, 
who,  unable 
to  attend 
school,  was 
left  to  follow 
his  own  in- 
clinations. 

His  father, 
who  was  a 
mathemati- 
cal instru- 
ment maker, 
furnished  the 
boy  tools,  and 
\\-  i  t  h  them 
he  found 
amusement 
and  instruc- 
tion. The 
child  early 
evinced  me- 
chanical and 
inventive 
talent,  and  at 
fourteen  had 
rciTi^-trucIed  an  electrical 
machiiH'. 

Gra<lually  as  his  health 
improved,  he  entercdupou 
a  course  of  Btudy,  from 
which,  bcflide  having  a  good  knowU-dfre  of  philosophy,  he  became  very 
proficient  nt»  a  mntliematician.  He  went  up  to  London  when  nine- 
teen yearK  of  a;re  aiul  engaged  with  one  Morgan  as  a  mathematical 
JUf'trnment  maker.  He  afterwards  returned  to  Glasgow,  and  at 
twenty-three  began  to  ptudy  ihe  principles  of  the  steam  engine. 
It  it!  not  claimed  that  be  was  the  originator  or  discoverer  of  the 


■\^ 


power  of  steam.  The  idea  of  the  steam  engine  is  said  to  have  been 
conceived  by  Hero  of  Alexandria,  who  tlourished  2,000  years  ago,  and 
it  is  said  invented  a  rotary  engine,  since  which  time  a  long  Hue  of 
experimenters  have  followed. 

In  1763  Watt  commenced  a  series  of  experiments  relating  to  the 
power  of  steam  which  finally  resulted  in  his  invention  of  the  con- 
densing engine.  Nine  years  he  struggled  with  poverty  to  make  a 
practical  application  of  this  improvement.  Difficulties  rose  up  before 
him  on  every  side.  The  necessary  tools  were  not  in  existence,  and 
he  had  no  money  with  which  to  make  them.  Added  to  this  perplexity, 
also,  was  his  extreme  aptitude  for  invention.  No  sooner  had  he 
determined  upon  perfecting  an  idea,  and  had  commenced  to  carry  it 
to  fulfillment,  than  an  improvement  in  another  direction  would  take 
possession  of  his  mind  so  firmly  that  he  felt  he  must  give  it  heed. 

His  want  of  executive  talent  was  shown  in  his  attempt  to  superin- 
tend the  building  of  a  canal,  his  poverty  compelling  him  to  accept 
the  situation  at  a  thousand  dollars  a  year.  Nervous  and  retiring, 
he  shrank  from  giving  orders  to  the  workmen.  He  would  go  a  long 
distance  out  of  his  way  rather  than  make  a  close  bargain,  and  the 
details  of  the  business  he  greatly  disliked.  The  result  was  Ihat  at 
the  expiration  of  eighteen  months  of  trial  he  abandoned  the  work, 
and  retired  very  much  discouraged;  his  misfortunes  being  augmented 
about  this  time  by  the  death  of  his  wife,  who  had  done  much  to  sus- 
tain him  in  his  darkest  hours. 

It  was  at  this  period  that  an  interest  in  his  invention  fell  into  the 
hands  of  Matthew  Bmilton.  a  large  hardware  manufacturer  of  Bir- 
mingham, who.  having  wealth  and  foresight  to  see  the  merit  of  the 
invention,  joined  heartily  with  Watt  in  his  endeavors,  and  together, 
as  partners,  they  carried  the  engine  forward  to  such  success  that  the 
great  Birmingham  manufactory,  which  employed,  under  Boulton, 
1,000  workmen,  was  ultimately  driven  to  its  fullest  capacity  to 
supply  the  demand  for  steam  engines. 

Among  the  difficulties  that  Boulton  and  Watt  had  to  contend  with 
at  first  was  an  extreme  jealousy  among  workingmen  from  fear  that 
the  engine  would  deprive  them  of  labor.  Boulton  was  at  various 
times  threatened  with  personal  injury,  ami  the  clamor  against  Watt 
was  severe;  but,  as  time  passed  on  and  new  avenues  of  employment 
multiplied  through  this  labor-saving  device,  the  ill-feeling  died  away 
and  Watt  was  declared. a  benefactor. 

After-years  brought  other  inventions  of  his,  among  them  being 
house-warming  by  steam  and  the  copying  press.  He  died  August 
25,  1819,  at  the  advanced  age  of  eighty-three. 


:5^ 


PT^ 


TUP".   rTn,izArii>.\  nv   imha    i;ri;i;i:i;. 


A 


COvJ  UitfiJ  J  Wn'M  '->:^p  oiJjJ  ^*TjJ  •>riTi,-^  XI  '.'•''; 


A, 


4aiani;iiiii:fe[i^iii^ifeiii^iieit^ii;^iMiio  e  .^^^-gw  oii^iiiiig-ii^iioii^i^Hi^ii 


Discoverer  of  the  Process  of  Vulcanizing  Rubber 


»Vihk»lVn«V«\Vi\\l\Ui 


V^.VaSSING  a  rubber  store,  one  day. 


in    New    Yorlc,    C'hurles    Goodyear 
was  attracted  by  the  words  "India 
Rubber'''  on  the  sign  over  the  store 
of  the  Roxbary  Rubber   Company. 
MiK'b   had    about  that    time    been 
yaid  concerning  India-rubber  life- 
preservers,  and  Goodyear  was  inter- 
ested.     This    was    in     1833,    and 
Goodyear  having  been  born  at  New 
Haven,  Conn.,   Dec.   29,  1800,  was 
consequently   at    this    time    abtmt 
thirty-three  years  of  age. 
Having  been   associated  with   his  father  in   the 
biirdware  trade  at  Philadelphia,  and  the   business 
being    insolvent,    Goodyear    was    seeking    a    new 
employment,  when  the  rubber  sign  attracting  bim, 
be  entered  the  store.      He  made  examination  of  the 
\arious  goods  for  sale,  and  at   last  bought  a  life- 
preserver,  which,  in  the  admission  of  air,  he  after- 
wards  discovered   could   be    materially  improved. 
Returning  to  the  store  to  explain  his  improvement, 
V^S^^        the  salesman  dilated  quite  at  length  on  the  discour- 
se) agemeuts  which  the  rubber  trade  was  undergoing  as 
^  a  reason  for   not  caring  to  purchase  any  invention 
connected    with    the    manufacture;     that    among    the    difliculties, 
especially,  were  rubber  over- shoes,  those  of  the  rubber  becoming  as 
hard  as  flint  in  winter,  and    if   exposed   to    a   temperature   of    100 
degrees   in    summer,    of  melting   and  running   together  in    a   solid 
mass  of  gum.     The  representative  of  the  rubber  house  also  informed 
him  that  unless  a  method  could  be  devised  for  obviating  this  difficulty 
the  trade  and  manufacture  of  rubber  goods  would  be  a  loss  —  a  fact 
which  proved  true  in  the  failure  of  this  company  a  short  time  after- 
wards. 

Returning  to  Philadelphia,  Goodyear  commenced  to  experiment 
with  India  rubber.  The  effort  to  make  this  discovery  he  steadily 
continued  for  six  years,  purchasing  a  few  pounds  at  a  time,  melting 
it,  and  mixing  with  it  various  ingredients  in  order  to  prevent  its 
becoming  solid  or  adhesive.  During  these  years  Goodyear  was  most 
severely  pressed  for  the  means  wherewith  to  support  his  family.  He 
sold  and  pawned  every  available  article  that  could  possibly  be  spared 
about  his  household,  to  raise  means  to  continue  his  experiments,  and, 
even  with  these  sacrifices,  he  was  often  in  the  debtor's  prison. 

At  length,  after  three  years  of  continued  experiment,  he  discov- 
ered that  the  adhesiveness    of   the    rubber  could  be  destroyed   by 


dipping  it  in  a  preparation  of  nitric  acid.     This  served  the  purpose 
with  the  exterior  of  shoes,  but  the  interior  was  not  yet  improved. 

He  continued  his  trials,  and  at  Woburn,  Mass.,  six  years  after  he 
commenced  his  attempts,  be  discovered  that  by  sprinkling  on  the 
common  sticky  rubber  powdered  sulphur,  and  baking  it  for  a  short 
time  in  an  oven  heated  to  275  degrees,  it  came  out  a  new  material, 
being  an  India  rubber  that  would  not  harden  in  cold  weather,  nor 
melt  in  warm.  He  subsequently  discovered  that  by  varying  the 
degrees  of  heat  he  could  make  Ibe  material  as  hard  as  flint  or  as  soft 
as  silk,  as  hrittleasglass,  or  as  elastic  as  a  steel  spring.  A  new  material 
had  been  formed,  adapted  to  a  thousand  purposes,  which,  in  articles 
of  use  and  ornament,  are  found  to-day  in  the  various  avenues  of 
trade. 

The  problem  had  been  solved,  and  yet  nobody  but  Charles  Good- 
year believed  it.  He  was  simply  laughed  at  when  he  mentioned  rubber 
to  his  friends,  who  considered  him  a  monomaniac  on  the  subject.  Two 
years  went  by,  in  which  he  suffered  the  direst  want  before  he  could 
interest  anybody  in  his  work.  At  length  an  individual  in  New  York 
went  into  partnership  with  him,  and  vulcanized  rubber  goods  began 
to  be  made  with  success.  The  necessaries  of  life  were  then  obtained 
for  his  family,  and  had  he  rested  his  efforts  there  and  engaged  in 
manufacturing,  he  could  have  become  wealthy.  But,  instead,  he 
sold  rights  to  manufacture,  and  continued  his  experiments.  In  the 
meantime  he  became  involved  in  expensive  litigation  with  parties  who 
infringed  on  his  patent,  which  prevented  his  accumulating.  Though 
patented  in  France  in  1844,  through  certain  legal  informalities  he 
secured  no  benefit  from  his  improvement  in  that  country;  and  having 
negotiated  with  a  firm  in  England  to  sell  the  right,  a  partner  of  the 
firm,  discovering  the  process,  took  out  a  patent  in  his  own  name,  so 
that  the  benefit  to  the  right  of  its  manufacture  was  lost  to  the  original 
inventor  in  Great  Britain. 

Goodyear  died  in  July,  1860,  in  the  seventy-first  year  of  his  age. 
The  Goodyear  patents  now  number  over  sixty.  The  discovery  and 
adoption  of  his  process  have  been  of  immense  service  to  the  world. 
The  vulcanized  India-rubber  trade  is  one  of  the  greatest  industries  of 
the  land  to-day;  and  yet,  notwithstanding  the  perseverance  which 
accomplished  the  final  result,  the  sacrifices  made  to  attain  it,  contin- 
ued experiment,  and  expensive  litigation,  caused  the  inventor  to  die 
insolvent,  leaving  his  family  unprovided  for.  His  only  reward  was 
that,  he  lived  to  see  large  factories  for  its  manufacture  arise  in  the 
Tnited  States  and  Europe,  which  employed  over  60,000  operatives, 
producing  over  500  different  articles,  which  sold  to  the  value  of 
$8,000,000  annually,  an  amount  which  from  that  time  to  this  has 
steadily  increased,  employing  tens  of  thousands  of  workmen,  and 
a  capital  embracing  tens  of  millions  of  dollars. 


/^;C)y— 


•y'  w 


THE    FATHER    OF   ENGLISH    BAILWAYS. 


..V 


^ 


V3 


George 


iS> 


<^ 


liCo 


-ffe^^-t-G: 


»<- 


•W-. 


Stephenson. 


;-^.^|^- 


^T  WYLAM,  about  nine  miles  west  of  Xewca-tle- 
upon-Tyne,  in  a  poor  cottage,  with  a  clay  floor 
;iiid  iinplastered  walls,  George  Stephenson  was 
bnrn  in  April,  1787. 

The  father  of  George  was  a  fireman,  whose  wages 
brought  him  but  three  dollars  a  week.  With  a 
wiff  uinl  MX  Ltiildren  to  support  from  this  sum,  there  was  nothing  to 
expend  for  education.  To  satisfy  the  cravings  of  hunger  was  the 
first  impulse,  and  as  soon  as  opportunity  offered  the  children  were 
put  to  earning  the  means  of  support. 

Five  cents  a  day  were  George's  first  earnings  in  lookingafterWiiiow 
Ainslie's  cows.  Later,  he  received  fifty  cents  a  week,  when  caring 
for  horses.  Afterwards  he  got  a  dollar  a  week  as  an  assistant  to 
his  father;  and,  at  the  age  of  sixteen,  he  was  appointed  to  work  at 
a  pumping-engine, 
at  three  dollars  a 
week. 

Rec  ei  vin  g  a 
man's  wages,  he 
was  delighted,  and 
in  all  his  subse- 
quent triumphs  as 
a  locomotive  build- 
er, It  is  doubtful  if 
he  was  ever  happier 
than  when  he  was 
elevated  to  the  posi- 
tion as  an  attendant 
upon  the  pump- 
engine. 

At  the  age  of 
eighteen,  he  could 
neither  read  nor 
write,  but,  pos- 
eessed  of  a  thoughl- 
ful,  meditative 
mind,  be  then  com- 
menced attending  a 
night-school,  and  a 
year  aflcrwardfl 
could  spell  words, 
was  able  to  write 
bis  own  name,  and  had  begun  to  get  an  insight  into  arithmetic. 

When  not  engaged  in  his  labors  throughout  the  day,  he  sought  to 
improve  bis  position  by  becouiing  proficient  in  his  work.  He  took 
his  engine  to  pieces  and  studied  every  part.  He  was  never  idle. 
The  result  of  his  t^plrit  of  inquiry  and  ambition  was,  that  he  was 
rapidly  advanced  through  all  the  grades  of  engineering. 

He  marri'-d  at  twenty-one,  and  settled  in  a  little  cottage  at  Willing- 
ton  Quay.  Here,  in  his  home  at  evenings,  he  studied  mechanics,  the 
effort  to  get  perpetuiil  motion  coming  in  for  a  share  of  his  time. 
Ills  clock  subsequently  getting  out  of  order,  he  took  the  same  to 
pieces,  and  out  of  the  remnants  of  his  machine  for  perpetual  motion, 


House  Where  George  Stephenson  was  Born,  at  Wylani,  England. 


he  put  it  in  good  order.      He  forthwith  became  the  clock-repairer 
of  the  neighborhood. 

From  one  position  to  another  he  advanced.  It  was  iu  1813,  and 
he  was  thirty -two  years  old,  when  he  told  his  employer,  Lord 
Ravensworth,  that  he  believed  he  could  make  a  steam-engine  that, 
placed  on  wheels  over  the  tramways  then  in  use,  would  profitably  take 
the  place  of  horses. 

Steam-carriages  were  then  a  fact.  Locomotive-engines  had  been 
actually  then  employed;  therefore,  Stephenson  could  in  no  sense  be 
said  to  be  the  inventor  of  this  means  of  locomotion.  But,  although 
the  steam-engine  on  wheels  was  a  reality,  it  had  not  yet  been  made 
practicable. 

As  Watt  successfully  applied  steam  as  a  power,  so  it  was  left  for 
Stephenson  to  successfully  put  the  steam-engine  on  wheels  for  the 

rapid   transport    of 
heavy  burdens. 

Lord  Ravens- 
worth  furnished  the 
money,  and  in  the 
workshops  at  West 
Moor,  Killingworth, 
Stephenson,  with 
the  aid  of  the  col- 
liery blacksmith, 
constructed  a  loco- 
motive that  would 
draw,  at  the  rate  of 
four  miles  an  hour, 
eight  loaded  car- 
riages of  thirty  tons 
each.  The  affair, 
although  clumsy, 
was  pronounced  a 
success;  and  im- 
provements went 
forward  from  that 
time  until,  in  1825, 
over  the  Stockton 
and  Darlington  rail- 
way, Stephenson 
drove  an  engine  that 
drew  ninety  tons  at 


the  rate  of  a  little  more  than  eight  niih-s  an  lumr. 

The  great  engine  works  which  he,  with  his  son.  estal)li^hed  at 
Newcastle,  and  the  network  of  railways  throughout  England  and  the 
worl<l,  stand  as  ever- living  monuments  of  the  peri-everancc  and 
inventive  genius  of  George  Stephenson,  who,  in  hi:*  sixty-seven 
years  of  life,  had  lived  to  see,  through  his  own  effort,  the  speed  of 
travel  increased  from  stage-coach  pace  to  the  velocity  of  the  rapid- 
running  locomotive. 

Stephenson  died  at  Tapt(m  house,  near  Chesterfield.  August  12, 
1848,  leaving  a  great  fortune,  mostly  to  his  only  son  Robert,  who 
also  became  one  of  the  most  distinguished  engineers  In  England. 


i- 


'Cj, 


THE    INVENTDRS    oK    'IIIIO    i  lAiHIEKKKUTYl'K    AND    'I'llE    CALiilUIJ    ENGINE. 


05 


1^         ^v-fESPt^T^).^^^ 


M.  Daguerre. 


-»^ 


't-^J^^^-SE^^- 


The  Ingenious  French  Artist  who  Invented  the  Daguerreotype. 


AGUERRE,  whose  name  was  a  familiar  word  in 
tbe  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  centnry.  was 
born  at  Cormeilles,  France,  in  1789.  He  was 
a  scene  painter  by  profession,  in  Paris,  and 
one  of  tbe  most  slvilifnl  engaged  in  that  art. 
IIa\ing  assisted  in  painting  the  panoramas  of 
several  European  cities,  it  occurred  to  him 
that  their  exiiibition  would  be  greatly  imi)ro\'ed 
by  a  reflection  of  various-colored  lights  upon  them,  which  would 
produce  tbe  effect  of  summer,  winter,  sunset,  storm,  etc. 

This  invention,  called  the  diorama,  Daguerre,  assisted  by  Bouton, 
carried  to  perfection  in  1822.  For  some  years  afterwards  the  work  of 
preparing  i>icturcs  for  exhibition  absorbed  Dagucrre's  time,  until  his 
establishment  was  burned  in  18.39. 

Upon  recovering  from  this  misfortune,  he  began  to  experiment  on 
brilliant  surfaces,  with  a  view  to  getting  a  permanent  representation 
of  objects  through  tbe  aid  of  sunlight.  About  that  time,  Joseph 
Nicephore  Niepce  commenced  similar  experiments,  and  discovered 


the  process  by  which  partially  satisfactory  results  were   obtained. 

Niepce  and  Daguerre  united  in  their  elTorts  to  perfect  tbe  improve- 
ment, and  labored  together  until  the  death  of  Niepce,  in  1833,  when 
Daguerre  continued  to  experiment,  and  made  such  improvements 
and  discoveries  as  to  cause  the  credit  of  the  invention  to  be  given  to 
him. 

The  announcement  of  this  discovery,  in  1839,  created  mucli  interest, 
which  was  greatly  increased  by  the  exhibition  of  several  pictures 
taken  soon  after.  On  consideration  of  his  making  his  secrets  relating 
to  the  diorama  and  daguerreotype  known  to  the  public,  Daguerre  was 
created  an  officer  of  (he  Legion  of  Honor  and  presented  by  the 
French  government  with  6, 000  francs.  His  history  and  description 
of  the  diorama  and  tbe  daguerreotype,  published  in  1840,  passed 
through  many  editions,  and  had  a  very  large  sale. 

Daguerre  died  July  12,  1851,  leaving  to  the  world  the  processes 
out  of  which  have  come  photography,  photo-lithography,  photo- 
engraving, the  Albert-type,  and  similar  improvements  in  picture- 
making. 


JOHN  ERICSSON, 

^^^J^HE    INVENTOR   of    the    famous 
vPi^^     monitors  which,  during  the  war. 


•^  came  to  the  aid  of  the  fleets  on 
the  Union  side  as  they  were 
engaged  in  naval  warfare,  was  John 
Ericsson,  a  Swedish  engineer,  who  was 
born,  1803.  in  the  province  of  Wcrmeland. 

At  the  age  of  thirteen  he  was  employed 
as  a  leveler  on  the  ship-canal  between 
the  Baltic  and  the  North  sea;  was  in  the 
Swedish  army  at  the  age  of  seventeen,  and 
for  meritorious  conduct  attained  to  the 
rank  of  captain.  Having  a  natural  taste 
for  mechanics,  he  resigned  his  commis- 
sion in  the  army  and  gave  his  attention  to 
invention. 

His  first  improvement  was  the  introduc- 
tion of  a  steam-boiler  that,  by  artificial 
draft,  secured  a  great  reduction  of  fuel, 
and  did  away  with  the  necessity  for  the 
huge  smoke  stacks.     This  was  adopted  in 

London  among  tbe  manufacturers,  and  was  placed  on  the  railway 
locomotives  in  England,  in  1829.  Near  that  time.  Ericsson  also  con- 
structed a  locomotive  that  would  run  at  the  rate  of  fifty  miles  an  hour. 

The  aim  of  this  inventor  seemed  to  be  to  secure  great  strength  and 
efticiency  in  as  compact  and  small  a  space  as  possible.  His  improve- 
ment was  made  practicable  on  steam  fire  engines,  and,  in    further- 


SWEDISH  ENGINEER. 

ance  of  his  idea,  he  made  and  perfected 
a  caloric  engine,  in  1HG3.  which  created 
great  interest  in  the  scientific  world. 

The  idea  of  propelling  a  vessel  by  the 
aid  of  a  screw- paddle  in  the  rear,  was 
Ericsson's.  The  British  did  not  take 
kindly  to  this  improvement,  and  the  in- 
ventor came  to  America,  where  his  idea 
was  adopted,  and  is  largely  in  use  upon 
the  inland  lakes  of  the  United  States. 

The  war  steamship  Princeton,  made  by 
him  in  1841,  was  remarkable  for  having  its 
propelling  machinery  under  water,  where 
it  could  not  be  injured  by  shot  or  shell. 

Among  his  inventions  have  been  an 
instrument  for  measuring  distances  at  sea; 
for  determining  the  volume  of  fluids  under 
pressure;  a  meter  for  measuring  thequan- 
tity  of  water  which  passes  through  pipes 
during  certain  definite  periods;  an  alarm 
barometer;  a  sea-lead  for  taking  sound- 
ings; and  an  appliance  for  measuring  temperature,  from  thirty-two 
uj)  to  4,000  degrees. 

This  distinguished  inventor  came  prominently  before  the  world 
through  the  Monitor,  a  successful  iron-clad  war  vessel,  which  he 
constructed  for  the  United  States  government  in  100  days.  Ericsson 
has  latterly  resided  in  New  York  City. 


W^ 


i: 


=^^ 


Engineer  of  the  Suez  Canal   Across   the   Sandy,  Egyptian   Waste  of  About  One  Hundred   IVIiies. 


.  -  HE  CKLEBliATED  Fronch  engineer,  Be  Lesseps,  derives 
'v5  P  his  principal  fame  from  his  connection  with  the  con- 
i^iH  struction  of  the  Suez  canal,  running  across  the  ii^thmus 
of  that  name,  which  connects  the  continent:^  of  Asia  and 
Africa.  The  isthmus  is  a  sandy  waste,  between  seventy 
and  eighty  miles  wide.  On  its  south  side  lies  the  Gulf 
of  Suez,  an  arm  of  the  Red  sea,  and  on  the  north  is  the 

Mediterranean  sea.     The  Suez  canal  begins  at  the  Bay  of  Peluj*iuni, 

in  the  Mediterranean,  and  runs  southerly  to  the  town  of  Suez,  across 

the  isthmus,  a  distance  of  about  100  miles,  and  has  proved  to  he  one 

of    the    most    profitable    and    important  M-:^^ 

artificial    water-courses    that    the    world  ^ ' 

has    known.     Its   importance  is  derived 

from    the    fact  that    it  saves  voyages  of 

more  than  .5,000  miles  between  England 

and   Ceylon,    around   the   Cape   of    Good 

Hope  in  South  Africa;  and  within  a  little 

more  than  five  years  after  its  opening  in 

18G9,  vessels  to  the  number  of  4.781    had 

passed  through  it,  going  north  and  south, 

with -IJTS. 'iai   passengers.      The  history  of 

the  canal  begins  in  ancient  times,  when 

a  water  channel  uniting  the  river  Kile  with 

the  Red  sea  was  proposed.     In  1799  Xa- 

polcon  had  surveys  for  a  canal  made,  but 

the  engineer,  La  Pere,  seriously  erred  in 

bis  report  as  to  the  levels  of  the  two  seas, 

which  the  canal  now  connects.     In  1854 

the   idea  of  a   canal  across   the  isthmus 

was   renewed,  and  by  authority  from  the 

Pasha  of  Egyj)!,  M.  de  Lesseps  received 

permission  lo  form  the  company  wliich.  in 

1859.  began  the  construction  of  the  present  ^t 

canal.     The  capital    of    this  company,  at:^- 

the  start,  was  S-10,000,000.  and  was  In- 
creased to  $90,000,000.     Ten  years  after 

its  commencement   the  canal  was  completed.     In  1875  the  British 

government  purchased  177  of  the  canal  shares,  owned  by  the  Khedive 

of  Egypt,  for  S-O.OOO,  000.      The  whole  amount  of  shares  issued  was 

■KK).     The  plan  of  I)e  Lesseps  not  only  comprised  the  cutting  of  the 

canal  through  ninety  miles  of  Hand  from  sea  to  sea:  to  build  moles 

out   into  the  Mediterranean,  at  Port  Said,  one  of  which  is  fi.940  fuet 

long  and  the  other  (J,  0*J0  feet,  made  of  concrete ;  to  (h-epen  the  shallow 

waters  by  excavations;  to  create  ports  to  receive  ships  from  India  and 

Australia,  and   to  adapt  the  canal   to  purposes  of  irrigalion    and    so 


FERDINAND    DE  LESSEPS. 


fertilize  the  adjacent  country.  Such  is  the  capacity  of  the  canal  that 
steamships  of  3, 000  tons  burthen  pass  readily  through  it.  On  the 
17th  of  November.  1869,  the  canal  was  successfully  opened  in  the 
presence  of  the  Emperor  of  Austria,  the  Empress  of  the  French,  the 
Viceroy  of  Egypt,  and  others;  and  on  July  4,  1870,  De  Lesseps  was 
publicly  entertained  in  London.  He  is  now  interested  in  the  con- 
struction of  a  similar  ship-canal  across  the  Isthmus  of  Darieu, 
between  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Pacific  ocean. 

M.  De  Lesseps  was  born  at  Versailles,  France,  in  1805.      Early  in 

life  he  developed  the  spirit  and  shrewdness  which  distinguished  his 

-=^3  after-career  as  a  diplomatist.     In  1825  he 

I'ijjj  was  attached  to  the  French  consulate  at 

I  '  Lisbon,  Portugal.  In  1837  he  was  engaged 
:  in  the  commercial  department  of  tlit- 
:  French  Minister  af  Foreign  Affairs.  In 
j  1828  he  was  attached  to  the  Consul- 
l  general's  office  at  Tunis,  and  in  1831  he 
was  sent  as-Consul  to  Alexandria,  Egypt. 
Seven  years  afterwards  he  was  Consul  to 
Rotterdam,  Holland.  In  1839  he  was  sent 
to  Malaga  to  negotiate  in  behalf  of  French 
commerce  with  the  Spanish  government, 
and  was  appointed  Consul  at  Barcelona. 
In  1844  he  was  again  Consul  at  Alexandria, 
returning  soon  to  Barcelona.  In  1848  he 
was  appointed  French  Minister  to  Spain, 
remaining  at  JIadrid  about  a  year,  and 
returning  to  Paris  just  after  the  revolu- 
tion of  1848.  In  1849  he  was  sent  as 
envoy  of  the  French  republic  to  the 
Mazzini  government  at  Rome,  taking  part 
in  tlie  negotiations  previous  to  the  resto- 
v'^  ration  of  the  Pope  by  the  French  army, 
rZ-f  In  18.54  he  was  commissioned  by  the  society 
at  Paris  which  contemplated  the  opening 
of  the  Suez  canal,  to  negotiate  with  Said 
Pasha  of  Egypt  for  its  construction.  His  mission  was  crowned  with 
success,  but  it  was  not  until  1856  that  the  fullest  concession  was 
granted,  and  the  international  company  was  completely  organized. 
The  result  is  described  above,  although  the  construction  of  the  canal 
was  not  begun  until  1859. 

During  the  year  1880  De  Lesseps  visited  the  I'nited  States  for  the 
purpose  of  interesting  the  capitalists  of  America,  in  his  Darien  canal 
scheme.  His  journey  extended  across  the  continent  and  excited 
much  interest,  because  of  tlie  man  biinsclf  and  his  great  enterprise. 


>?I 


1^~- 


J.  -^^^  -"^  IMPORTANT 


At  Different  Periods   of  the  World's  History- 


CCOKDIONS-  Invented 
hv  D^iinuLii,  ol"  Vieiiiiu..  Auti- 
tfia,  IS-2'J. 

.^oliun  harp— First  iJe- 
scribud  by  KircluT,  a  <Jt'r- 
inan.  in  lO-'iS;  but  it  was 
earlier  known. 

Air-hrstken  —  Invented 
by  (ieuri^e  Westinfrhoiise.  in 
AnK'iica,  181}!);  iinpiovt-d  by 
J.  W.  Gardinei-,  187'^;  by 
Henderson.  1872,  and  by 
FoKelbiirg,  187^. 

Alr-ffiliiN  —  Invented   in 
Germany,  by  (Julir,  IfiriB;   in 
America,  by  Shaw,  1849. 
All-pumps— First   made  in  Madtjeburg,  Ger- 
nnuiy,  by  otto  Guei'ickc.  16J0. 

A  Icohol— Was  known  in  the  tliirteenth  century, 
and  nianulactured  in  France  in  the  fourteenth 
et'ntury. 

Ale— Was  known  as  abeverage  404  yeai-s  before 
Chri.st. 

Aleebrn— Is  traced  to  Diophantus,  a  Greek,  in 
the  fourth  century;  known  in  Europe  in  1300. 

Almanacs  — First  printed  in  Hungary,  by 
llicus,  in  1470;  in  Engrland.  107^*.  and  in  Phila- 
delphia, Pa.,  by  William  Bracllurd.  1086. 

Alphabet  (Ionic)  —  Introduced  3:!9  yeai-s 
licforL-  Christ;  Cadmus  brought  letters  from  Pha_'- 
niei.i.  into  Greece  UM  yeai-sbefore-Christ;  Athote^ 
is  said  to  have  been  the  author  of  hieroirlyphics, 
and  to  have  written  history  with  them  'ZV-i'-i  years 
belore  Christ. 

AmHlffamator  —  Invented  in  America,  by 
V;irney;  improved  by  Hill,  1861;  Coleman,  ISIi-i; 
Wheeler.  18ll,1;  He^th.  18C;J;  Dodffe.  1804;  Brodie, 
lSii4;  Moore,  1S65;  Peck,  18(j5;  Charles,  18t>G;  Staats, 
IStii'i. 

Anchorn- Were  invented  by  the  Tuscans; 
improved  by  Anacharsis  in  Scythia,  592  years  be- 
fore Christ. 

Aiiemometer  (wind-measure)  —Invented  by 
WuUus.  170U;  measures  force  and  speed. 

Apple-parer — Invented  by  Contes,  1803; 
improved  by  Gates,    1810;    Mitehell,    1838;    Pratt, 

Aniline-colors  —  For  dyeing,  discovei-ed  by 

I'nverdoiben.    1.S3B. 

Areometer  —  For  measuring  liquid  density 
and  gravity,  deseiibed  by  Baume,  1768. 

Argund  Lamp— Invented  by  .\iine  Argand, 

178;». 

ArmstronBT-siin  —  Invented    by    Armsti'ong, 

i8:.r>. 

Atmospheric  rallwave— Atmospheric  pres- 
sure diM-DVered  by  Papin,  1680. 

Backgammon- Invented  in  Greece,  by  Pala- 
medes,  ;ibout  l--'^4. 

Baepi|»e— Invention  traced  to  early  Greece; 
prohaiily  ,'00  yeai-s  or  more  before  Christ. 

R  a  Moons— Invented  by  Montgolfler,  France, 
17S-,'. 

Banks— Known  at  Athens.  Greece,  38.>-.^22  be- 
fore Christ;  at  Rome.  3J2  before  Christ;  in  Venice 
il.'.7;  Bunk  of  EnKliind  established,  1095. 

Barometers— Invented  1626. 

Battery-{rnn— Invented  bv  Gatling.  1861;  by 
Haniy,  1862;  Taylor.  1871;  Dodge.  1856. 

Bayonets  — Invented  at  Bayonne,  France, 
a'..out  1647- lOyO. 


Beer— First  introduced  into  England,  1492;  in 
Scotland  as  early  as  1482.     (See  ALE. ) 

Bellows— Invented  (it  is  claimed)  by  Anachar- 
sis, in  Scy  thia,  about  069  yeai-s  before  Chiisl. 

Bells- Invented  by  Paulinus,  Bishop  of  Nola. 
Canipagna.    about  400;  tii-st  used  in  France,  .'•50. 

Bessemer-steel  — Invented  in  England  by 
H.  Bessemer,  1856;  improved  by  him,  1861  and  1862. 

Billiards— Origin  unknown,  claimed  to  have 
been  invented  in  France,  by  De\"igne,  about  1471. 

Blankets— First  made  in  England,  in  1340. 

Blast-riirnace— Invented  by  Dctmold,  1812; 
improved  by  \'an  Dyke,  1860. 

Blood— Circulation  discovered  in  England,  by 
Dr.  Harvey.  1617. 

Bombs — Alleged  to  have  been  invented  at 
Venio,  Holland,  1495. 

Books  —  In  their  present  form,  invented  by 
Attalus.  King  of  Pergamus,  887;  lii-st  jjrinted  in 
England,  by  Caxton,  1474. 

Book-keeping  —  Double-entry  originated  in 
Venice,  in  the  tifteenth  century. 

Boot-crimper— Invented  by  Mooi-e.  1812. 

Boots— Invented  907  yeai-s  befoi-e  (.  hrist. 

Bottles  (.glass) — Made  at  Pompeii,  in  the  Ilrst 
century. 

Bows  and  Arrows- Introduced  in  England. 
1066. 

Brandy— Made  in  France  early  in  1300. 

Brass — Copijer  and  zinc  combined — known  to 
oai'ly  nation.s;  patent  to  Emerson,  iJi  England, 
1781. 

Bread— Of  great  antiquity;  first  made  witli 
yeast  in  England,  1034. 

Breech-loading  Fire-arms  —  Invented  by 
Thornton  nnd  Hall,  1811;  improved  by  Ballard, 
1851;  Chassepot,  1867. 

Bricks— Fiist  used  in  England  by  the  Romans 
about  A,  D.  44;  size  fixed  by  King  Charles  I. .  162r>. 

Bridore  (stonel— Ancient  in  China;  first  built 
at  Row.  England,  1087;  first  wooden  one  at  Croy- 
land  Abbey,  943. 

Buckles- Invented  about  1680. 

Bullets  (stone)— Used  in  1514;  iron  ones  first 
mentioned,  1550;  of  lead,  in  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury. 

Calico-prlntiner  —  The  Dutch-loom  engine 
used  Ilrst  in  1670;  calicoes  first  made  in  Lancashire, 
England,  1771;  biought  to  England  from  India. 
1031. 

C;iniera  Obscura  —  Invention  claimed  for 
Roger  Bacon,  12^0,  and  tor  Baptisa  Porta,  six- 
teenth century. 

Candles  (tallnw)~Substituted  foi-  pi'ei)ared 
wood-splinters,  1290. 

Ciinnons— Invented  in  1330;  first  used  by  the 
English,  1346;  first  made  of  iron  in  England,  1547. 

Caps— First  worn  in  1449. 

Cards  (plaving) —  Invented  for  the  amuse- 
ment of  King  Charles  V[..  13S0. 

Carrlaises- Introduced  into  England,  1580;  in 
Vienna,  Austria,  1515;  in  France.  1559. 

Carpets — Introdncted  into  France  from  the 
East,  1589-1610;  made  in  France,  1664. 

Carte-de-visite  (photographic) — First  made 
by  Ferrier,  in  Paris,  1857. 

Cast-iron  pavement— First  used  in  London, 
England,  1817. 


Cast-Iron  plow— Invented  by  New  bold,  1797. 
C'hain-Nhot— Invented  by  De  Witt,  the  Dutch 
Admiral,  1666. 

Chess— Invented  608  years  before  Christ. 

Chimes  (on  belts)— Invented,  1487. 

Chimneys— Introduced  into  England  in  1300. 

China  (earthenware)  — Made  at  Clielsea.  Eng- 
land, 1752-176U;  by  Wedgwood,  1763;  at  Dresden, 
Saxony.  1706. 

Chloral— First  obtained  by  Liebig,  1831. 

Chloroform— Discovered  by  Samuel  Guthrie, 
1831;  first  used  in  surgical  operation  at  Boston, 
1846. 

Circular-saw  —  Invented  bv  Bentham.  in 
England,  1790;  improved  by  Tiotter,  1X04,  and  bv 
Brunei,  1805  and  1809;  first  saw-maker's  anvil 
brought  to  America,  1819. 

<'larionet  —  Invention  claimed  for  John  C. 
Denner,  ot  Leip.sic,  1690. 

Clocks  (water) — Fii'st  used  in  Rome  158  years 
befuie  Christ;  church  clocks  and  dials,  tirst  put 
up  in  913;  clocks  made  to  strike  the  hoin-s.  in 
Arabia,  801;  clocks  with  pendulums,  invented  in 
Enu'land  by  Harris,  about  1641;  repeating  clocks 
and  watches,  in  England,  by  Barlow.  1676;  biass 
clocks  by  Jerome,  in  Amedca,  about  1820-'25. 

Cloth  (woolen)— Intioduced  intoEngUmd  1191; 
first  nuuiufaetured  tliere,  1390. 

Coal— Discovei-ed  in  England,  near  Newcastle, 
1234;  sea-t^uul  used  for  fuel,  1350. 

Collodion— Used  in  photography;  originated 
by  F.  S.  Areher,  1851. 

Coin  (silver)— First  made  by  Phidon.  King  of 
Ai-gos.  869  yeai's  befoi-e  Christ;  in  Rome.  269  before 
Christ;  gold  coin  fii-stused  in  the  East:  first  coined 
in  Venice,  1346;  English  guineas.  1073;  coining 
with  a  die.  invented  1617;  copper  money  first  le- 
giilJy  coined  in  England,  1689;  in  Scotland.  1466. 

Comets— Ha! lev's  identified.  1682;  Encke's  dis- 
covered, 1818;  Biel.Vs  lifted,  1826;  Donati's,  fir>t 
observed  at  Florence,  Italy,  1858. 

Compa*>»«  ( -'■-iiiKiii'si— Invented  in  China,  1120 
Veui-    inliiii     I   liiit,      ■vari;ition"  discovered    bv 

tlut  liiiir  .      mmI  I Ill  by  Columbus:  the  "drp" 

diseoveiLil  l.iO.  b.v  Koijert  Nonnan,  of  Limdon. 

Concrete  pavement— Invented  bv  Rtraub. 
1863;  improved  by  Pre.scott,  1872,  and  by  Bellamy, 
1875, 

Copper— Its  discovery  is  said  to  have  preceded 
tliat  of  iitm.  and  it  was  known  to  the  ancients; 
the  first  copper  cent  was  made  at  New  Haven, 
Conn..  1087. 

Corn-sheller  — Invented  by  Phinney  in  1815; 
improved  by  J;imes.  1819. 

Cotton-gin  — Invented  bv  Eli  Whitnev.  1793; 
improved  by  Whipple.  1840.  jind  Parkhui-st,  184.5. 

Carved  Stereotype  Plates— Invented  by 
Coopei".  1815. 

Cutting  glass  (by  sand-blast) —  Invented  by 
Teghlman,  1870. 

Daguerreotype    Miniatures  —  Produced 

in  France  by  M.  Daguerre.  18;}8. 

Dahlgren-gun  (cannon)- Invented  by  Admi- 
ral Dahlgren,  L".  S.  N..  1861. 

Dancing— Attributed  fii-st  as  a  time-movement 
to  the  Curetes,  1534  yeai-s  before  Christ. 

Davy  8afety-Iami»  (for  miners)— Invented 
by  Sir  Humphrey  Davy,  England,  1815. 

Diamonds- Fii-st  cut  and  polished  at  Bruges, 
Belgium,  1489. 


.(d^ — ^ 


^<^ 


98 


DATKS    OF    IMl'onTANT    INVENTIONS,    DISCOVERIES    AND    IMPR0VE:\IENTS. 


Dice— Invented  1500  years  before  Christ. 

Diction  arT  —  The  earliest  known  was  in 
China,  about  1100  years  before  Chri.st;  the  oldest 
Greek  dictionary  dat^s  back  to  the  days  of 
Augrustus:  a  Latin  dictionary  waa  compiled  in  the 
rirst  Christian  century. 

Distilling— First  practiced.  1150. 

Diving-bell— Probably  invented  about  lo09, 
and  iinpruved  in  Holland  about  1670. 

DomlnoeH— As  a  game,  is  traced  to  the  Greeks, 
Hebrews  and  Chinese. 

Draughts,  or  Checkers— Has  been  played  in 
Etrypt  4000  years:  introduced  into  Europe  three  or 
four  centurifs  ago. 

Drummond-light  — Invented  by  Lieutenant 
Druniinond.  ISiiO. 

Drums— Invented  in  the  East,  and  introduced 
by  thf  Moors  intoSpain.  713. 

Earth-closets  —  Invented  by  Moule  &  Girdle- 
stone.  KSGO. 

Ehonite-hnrd  Rubber  —  Invented  by 
Charles  Goodyear,  1849. 

Engraving  on  Metal —Invented.  1423;  on 
copper.  1511:  on  wood,  in  Flandei's,  1123,  and 
revived  by  Albert  Durer.  l."dl;  on  j?las#,  at  Paris, 
by  Bnndier,  1799;  etching  on  copper  with  acid 
introduced,  1.^12. 

Electric  Light  —  Invented  by  Stalte  &  Petrie 
about  1846;  improved  by  Duboscq.  in  185.5:  Serrin, 
1862.  Holmes.  18.58;  Dumas  and  Benoit,  1862;  Jabla- 
kotf.  about  1878;  Edison.  1879. 

Electrical  machine  —  Invented  by  Von 
Guericke.  1647;  the  Leyden  jar,  invented  at  Ley- 
den,  about  174.5. 

Electrotype  —  Invented  by  Spencer.  1837; 
impioved  by'Jacobi,  1838;  Kobert  Murray,  1840. 

Elevated  railwav  —  Invented  by  Sarg-ent, 
1825;  improved  by  Andrew,  1861. 

Envelopes  (for  letters')— First  used  in  1839. 

Fairbank's  platform  Scales— Invented  by 
Thaddeus  Fairbanks,  1831. 

Fairs  (or  market  faii-s)  — First  instituted  in 
England  by  King  Alfred.  886;  called  fairs  because 
they  were  first  held  on  holidays. 

False  hair- Introduced  by  courtesans  in  Italy, 
and  carried  to  England  from  France,  1572. 

Fire-engines— E.xistod  in  ancient  times;  the 
modern  style  invented  by  Vanderheides.  in  Hoi- 
land— time  unknown;  invented,  also,  at  Augsburg, 
1518;  first  known  at  Paris,  1699. 

Flint  gun-locks—Invented,  1030. 

Forks— First  known  in  Italy  toward  the  close 
of  the  lifteeutli  century;  introduced  in  England, 
1608. 

Galvanism  —  Investigated  and  residts  an- 
nounced by  Galvani,  1791;  galvanic  battery  con- 
structed by  Volta,  1800. 

Oas  — First  extracted  from  coal  by  Clayton. 
1739;  tir^t  used  as  an  illuminator  by  Murdoch,  in 
England,  1792;  first  used  in  Paris,  1802;  in  New 
York.  1834. 

Oa<*-meter— Invented  either  by  Clegg,  1815,  or 
Riibiri^sun.  is:tl. 

Ge*»metry  —  Ascribed  to  early  Ep-yptians; 
Euclid's  elern'ents  compiled  about  300  years  before 
Christ. 

Glass- Oritrin  uncertain;  introduced  in  Eng- 
land, 674;  window-ghiss  llrst  made  there.  IS.")?. 

G«l«l— A  metal  known  in  the  remotest  times; 
lirst  dipcovereil  in  California  in  1848. 

GolU-leal'gilding— Invented  by  Margaritone, 
i';7.;. 

<iri«»t-min»t— Invented  in  Ireland.  S14. 

<iuineas— First  oined,  1673:  s<)-called  because 
in:ide  of  gold  brought  from  (Juinea,  Africa. 

Guns— Inv('nte<l,  1.330:  used  by  Moors  in  Spain, 
1314;  Knulish  guns  made  of  iron.  1547;  of  brass, 
1035;  bonjb.tand  mortars  invented.  1.543. 

Gun-cotton- Invented  bySchonbeIn,  1845-'46. 

Gunpowder  —  Known  to  Hind<ms  .15.1  years 
bi-r-in-  Christ,  but  attributed  to  Uotrer  Ilacon,  in 
Kiik'land.  who  lived  between  1214  and  1292. 

Gulta-percha  —  Invenleil  by  Monttromery, 
ixi;!,    its  vuleuni/atlon  Invent^-d  by  Goenlyear,  1836. 

llandkerchlerN  —  First  manufactined  at 
I'jii-lcy,  Sfotliind,  1743. 

Harvesters  —  Invented  by  Cyrus  IT.  Mc- 
f'onnii-k.  IK.3i  :  Improved  by  Palmer  &  Williams. 
IKr.l;  l»v  Wheeler,  18.52:  I)enymore.  1H52:  Gove,  1859; 
Klrhy,'l859;  Mayall.  IH69;  Manny,  1X7.5. 

lints— FIrxt  made  In  London,  1.510;  at  Paris, 
Mm 

Hitch    Towers- Fli-st    erected    on    churches, 


!■;■ 


PH 


lloi'Nc-ruilroad  -Fir^*t  built.  1826-'27. 


Horse-shoes— Know-n  to  the  ancients,  but  not 
brought  into  general  use  until  the  ninth  century. 

Hour-glasses  —  Invented  in  Alexandria, 
Egypt.  210. 

Howitzei — Invented  by  Paixhans,  1822. 

Ice-making  machine  —  Invented  by  Carre. 
1860;  inip'-oved  by  Boyle.  1872;  by  Martin  &  Beath, 
1872,  and  by  Bealh,  1875. 

India-  rubber  manuTactiire  —  Invented 
by  Chaffee,  1836;  improved  by  Goodyear,  1844. 

Inhalation  of  Ether  (to  prevent  pain)— Dis- 
covered by  Morton,  1846. 

Iron-cind  ships- Were  used  by  the  Normans 
in  the  twelfth  century;  the  fii"st  iron  steamship 
was  built  in  1830. 

(Jupiter's  moons  — Discovered  by  Galileo, 
1610. 

Kerosene— Fii-st  used  for  illuminating.  1826. 

Knitting  machine  — Invented  by  Hooton, 
1T76;  improved  by  Lamb.  1865;  knitting  stockings 
by  hand,  invented  in  Spain  about  1550. 

Knives  — First  used  in  England,  1559;  first 
made  there,  1563. 

Lace  — Invented  (it  is  claimed)  by  Barbara 
Uttmann,  in  Germany,  about  the  middle  of  the 
sixteenth  century;  also,  claimed  by  Italy  and 
Flanders,  about  a  century  eai'iier. 

I^anterns- Invented  in  England  by  Alfred  the 
Great,  890. 

Lamp-black  manufacture  — Invented  by 
Mini,  1844. 

Ijathe  (for  turning  irregular  fo rmsl— Invented 
by  T.  Blanchard,  1843— such  as  axe-helves,  etc. 

Lead  wnter-plpes— First  used  in  1236:  lead- 
pipe  machine,  invented  bv  .Mderson,  1804;  im- 
proved by  Dobbs,  1820,  and  Hague,  1822. 

Life-boat —  Invented  in  England  by  Great- 
head.  1802. 

Lightning-rods- Invented  by  Franklin,  1752. 

Liquor-metre— Invented  by  Pontifex,  1824; 
improved  by  Tice. 

Linen— Previously  made  on  the  continent  of 
Europe;  hrst  manufactured  in  London,  1386. 

Lithographic  printing- Introduced  into 
England,  1801. 

Locomotives  (for  railroads)- Invented  by 
Trevethick.  1802;  first  one  in  America,  1830;  im- 
proved by  scores  of  inventors. 

Looms  — An  ancient  invention;  the  Jacquard 
loom  fur  figured  fabrics,  invented  by  Jacquard,  in 
Kranee.  1800. 

Lncifer-matches— First  made,  1839. 

Magic  Lantern— Invented  in  England,  by 
Koger  Bueon,  1252. 

Magnifylng-glasses  —  Invented  by  Roger 
Bacon.  1260. 

Maps  and  Globes  —  Invented  by  Anaxi- 
munder  (JOO  yeai's  belorc  Christ. 

Matchlocks  (for (runs)— Invented,  1567;  super- 
seded by  tlie  tlint-loek,  about  1692. 

Metallic  W^ashboards— Invented  by  Rice, 
1849. 

Melodeons- Invented  by  Carhart,  New  York, 
1836. 

Microscopes  — First  used  in  Germany,  1621; 
solar  microscopes  invented.  1740. 

Militarv  School  —  Established  in  France, 
1751;  at  We>t  Point,  N.  Y. ,  1802. 

Minie-rifle — Invented  by  Minie,  a  French 
omeei-.  1833. 

Mirrors— Anciently  made  of  polished  metal; 
glass  mirrors  are  mentioned  in  A.  D.  23-79:  not 
again  until  1300,  when  they  were  made  in  Venice. 

Mowers  and  Kenpers—First  mentioned  by 

Plin.W   A,   1>.  60.      (Sii-  IIaUVKSTERS.  ) 

Miiwii'al  Xotew  —  Invented,  1070;  improved, 
133(1;  Ili^t  piinted,  1473. 

Muskets— Were  in  use  about  1521. 

IVjill  machine— Invented  bv  Wilkinson.  177.1; 
inir.inv..,!  l.vCUfnrd.  1790;  Reed.  1786;  Cochran, 
1794;    ll.Mid.M-k.  1X70. 

Navigable  ('anal— First  built  in  England, 
1134. 

Needles— First  made  in  England,  1545;  Im- 
proved by  Greening,  1560. 

Needle-iriin  —  Invented  by  Blittkowskie  and 
Ilnlfriian,  1K56. 

Ne\v«pa|»er— First  Issued  monthlv  at  Venice, 
about  15,5(1;  first  In  England,  1022;  llrstlii  Anii-rlea, 
1704. 

Neu'spaper  Advertisements  —  First  ap- 
peared, 1652. 


Nickel- Was  discovered  by  Cronstedt,  1751. 

Normal  Schools- First  organized  in  Prussia, 
1735;  in  Massachusetts,  1839. 

Omnibuses— First  ai>i)eared  in  Paris,  1825;  in 
Londi.n,  1829,  and  in  New  York,  1830. 

Orarans— Invf'ntinn  n^cribed  to  Archimedes  220 
year^  In  lun- Christ:  to  Cre-ibju^,  .il.out  100  vears 
befor.-  CluisI,  ;iiid  t..  ;ui  iirikruMMi  inventor,  A.  D. 
758;  tli.'  |ii  iii.iiilf  of  tlu-  .\met  j.Mii  leed-organ  was 
disf'overtd  by  Alt-xandre.  in  Paris,  about  1835. 

Padlock— Invented  in  Germany.  1540. 

Paper-hangings- First  known  patent  issued    • 
to  Lanyer,  an  Englishman,  in  1634,  although  it  is 
asserted  that  they  were  introduced  in  France  in 
1620,  by  Francois. 

Paper  (cotton  manufacturet— Was  in  \ise  in 
the  year  1000:  linen  manufacture.  1319;  white 
paper  made  in  England,  1690,  and  made  from 
straw  in  1800. 

Paper-bag    machine— Invented  by  Wolle, 

1853:  improved  by  Goodale,  1855;  Kice,  1857;  Arm- 
strong, 1860. 

Paper-money— First  used  in  America  in  1740. 

PapSer-mache— Invented  by  Lefevre,  i740. 

Parlor-skates- Invented  by  Plvmpton.  1803; 
improved  by  PuIIitt,  1870. 

Parrott-ffun— Invented  by  Parrott,  1862. 

Paving  iwith  stones)  —  First  introduced  in 
Paris  m  1786. 

Pearl-a«he*i— !^Ianufactured  in  Ireland,  1783. 
The  lir-t  n<.M  d.il  patent  issued  by  the  United 
Static  (;<.\  .1  iitiuiu  was,  for  pearl-ashes,  July  31, 
1790.  lu  SaiiHiL'l  Hupkins. 

Pendulums  (for  clocks)— Invented,  1656. 

Pens — Quills  are  stated  to  have  been  used  A.  D. 
553,  and  others  say  not  until  635;  steel  pens  fli-st 
produced  by  Wise,  of  Great  Britain,  1603;  im- 
proved by  Gillott,  1822. 

Penny-post — Introduced  into  London  and 
suburbs,  by  JIurray,  1681;  adopted  by  the  govern- 
ment, 1711;  made  a  twopenny-post,  1801. 

Percussion-caps  (for  guns)^Came  into  use 
between  1820  and  1830;  inventor  unknown. 

Phonography  (short-hand  writing)— Invented 
by  Pitman.  England,  1837. 

Phosphorus  —  Discovered  by  Brandt,  of 
Germany,  1069. 

Photography— The  action  of  lightou  chloride 
of  silver,  wa.';  known  in  the  sixteenth  century;  the 
original  Daguerreotype  (which  see)  has  been 
superseded  by  other  processes;  negative  photo- 
graphs date  back  to  1839  or  beyond;  collodion  first 
used  by  Archer,  1851. 

Pins—Were  brought  from  France, 1543,  and  fii-st 
used  in  England  by  Catharine,  queen  of 
Heni-y  VIII. 

Piiino-forte— Invention  claimed  for  Cristofali 
before  1711;  for  Marius,  1716,  and  for  Schroter, 
1717. 

Pistols— Used  by  French  cavalry  as  early  as 
1544. 

Pitch  and  Tar— Made  from  coal  in  England, 
1779. 

Planlng-machine— Invented  by  W'oodwurth. 
1828;  impruved  by  Stover,  1861. 

Plaster-casts  (from  faces)  —  Invented  by 
VerrcK-hio,  1470. 

Pneumatic  railway- Invented  by  Pinkus, 
1834;  impioved  by  Henry,  1845. 

Post-office— First,  established  in  Paris,  1462, 
in  England.  1.581;  in  Entrlish  Atnerica.  1710;  lirst 
mail  by  stage-coach  started  Augusta,  1785. 

Post-mark    Stamp  —  Invented    by    M,    P. 

Norton.  18.59. 

Poiver-l€>oni— Invented  by  Cartwright,  1785; 
impruved  by  Higelow,  1857;  by  Mai-shall.  1818. 

Printing-  Praeti.-ed  bv  the  Chin.-se  fifty  vpars 
beloi-i-  (■liilst,  aiKl  Ih.-V  luv  -:n.i  I,.  I..i v.-' i|v,-(l 
inuvabh-  l>prs  in  A.  |)  9(ll);  about  H.i'.l  tin-  arr 
was  ii-iTi\i-nlrd  in  (iermaiiy  hv  (iuleiilieru,  l-au>t 
A  Seliiieffer;  llie  bitter  invented  matrices  for  east- 
intr  sfpiiiafi'  lettei-s;  Caxton  inlroduced  printing 
into  l-:ii;rland  between  1171  and  1474:  the  first  press 
in  America  is  traced  to  tht;  city  of  Mexico,  in  tlio 
sixteenth  <'eiitury;  first  printing  In  New  England, 
Candnidi^e,  Mass.,  1639. 

Printing  In  Colom  —  First  introduced  in 
lfl2C.. 

PflntliiK-liresscs  —  Inventor  of  hand-press 
unkiiowTu  iiiip'oved  by  Earl  Stanhope  about  1800; 
(•vUriib'r-iirrMs  patented  about  1790;  steam-power 
appl"'''l.  If*!!' 

Puddllng-furnace— Invented  by  Cort,  1781; 
improved  by  Dank,  1875. 


DATKS   OK    IMrniiTANT    l.\  VKNTluN.S,     lilsi  ■<i\):itIK.S    AND    IMI'KOVKMENTS. 


!»!» 


FlinctiiJitlon  —  Known    to  the  nncicnts.  the 

nio(l*.-iii  -\-i.  in  IS  iiiti  ilMiird  til  a  K''Jt">"iiii'ii'" 
naniL'd  \i  i-iM|.lL,inrv.  :i  I  ,\U\:ui(iiii».  Kt^ypt.  and 
tirst  sv-ltiiKiiir.illv  ;i<li»|>tr(l  iit  Venice  about  tiie 
close  6l  the  llttecnth  eenliiry. 

QiiioksUver— First  used  foi"  reltnitig  silver 
ore,  lolO. 

Quinine— Uiseovercd  by  Pcllctlev  and  Caven- 
l.iM,  ]H-W. 

RullroailH  —  Wooden  rails  used  in  England 
about  liWi;  east-iron  edne  rails,  17«'.),  first  wooden 
railroad  ill  tlje  United  Htates,  Peniisylvania.  180(i; 
lirst  iron  track  road  laid  in  Massachusetts  and 
Pennsylvania.  1837. 

RailrontI  oars  —  Invented  by  Knight.  1829; 
improved  by  Winans.  1831;  by  Iinlay,  1873. 

Keaper-See  Hahvestkr. 

Revolver  —  Invented  by  Tolt.  1836;  improved 
bv  fSharp.  ISJO;  Hniith  and  Wesson,  1863;  Starr, 
isiil  While,  IK7J;  several  others,  1804,  and  by 
Ki-iiiin^'ton.  1863. 

Rifle  (repeating)  —  Invented  by  Sharp,  1848; 
imiuoved  by  Henry.  18.J2.  Spencer,  1848. 

Rifle     (coninion)  —  Invented     by    Whitworth. 

about  1800. 

Ruliiigr-maehineB  —  Invented  iii  London. 
ll'J'i. 

Salihadi  HchoolH— First  introduced  in  Kng 
land,  by  Robert  Kuikes.  1781;  in  .\nierica,  at 
Kphrata.  Pa.,  by  Ludwig  Hacker,  between  1740 
and  1747. 

Saddles— Used  in  the  third  century;  of  leather, 
mentioned  in  304;  known  in  England  about  000: 
side-saddles,  1380. 

Saws— Invention  claimed  for  Dfedalns  or  Tains 
or  Perdox.  ancient  <irecians,  saw-mills  in  Madeiia, 
1420;  in  Norway,  i:.30;  in  England,  1063. 

SavliiBrM-ltaiikN  —  Founded  in  Hamburg, 
tieiniany.  1778;  in  Philadelphia.  Pa.,  ISlfi. 

Scenes— First  introduced  in  theaters,  1533. 

Seeding-machine  —  Invented  by  Cahoon, 
18.^7;  improved  by  Bi'own,  1863. 

Sewlne-inachine— Patent  granted  toWeisen- 
th;«:.  in  Enf.'lan(t.  I7:i".,  inj])i  ..vcmiiit  bv  Alv,.,.  in 
Kiiyliuui.  1770.  irivnitinn  iMl.'iitcii  in  F,riu'l;uid  by 
Wirilcr.  1807,  invcntjim  by  Tlimiiininirr,  is:!t,  tirst 
cuniplt-te  machine  Ln  L;rri-'i;tl  use  pateiiled  by 
Elias  Howe,  .Ir..  of  !\1  i— :h  im^rt t-,.  September  10, 
1846;    improved   bv    Siii.^ii,  ink,    by  Howe.    1846; 

by  A.  n.  Wilson,  18.'.!,  mi  ,v  iiaker.  IS.'il;  T.  E. 

Weed.  1854,  Oibbs,  18J7,  and  iiuiiieious  others. 

Sliip-biiildingr  ~  Attributed  to  the  early 
Egyptians  lirst  treated  n.s  u  science,  1696;  ships 
tirst  copper  bottomed.  1837. 

Silk— Supposed  to  have  been  first  brought  from 
rhina;  silk  worm  raisiuj;  and  working  the  silk, 
piacticed  in  Euro|>e.  about  A.  D.  f).">f>;  liistsilk  made 
by  machinery  in  the  United  States,  1829,  in  Con- 
necticut. 

Shoes  (modem  styIes)~Fii-st  worn  in  England, 
1633;  sandals,  or  soIe-shieUls,  strapped  to  the  foot, 
appear  to  have  been  the  earliest  form. 

Shoe-|teKSin[(  machine  —  Invented  by 
(.Jallahue,  1858:  latest  improvement  by  Budlong, 
1863. 

Sleeplnff-cars  — Invented  bv  T.  T.  Woodruff. 
1856.  improved  by  Wheeler.  IsriU;  by  Field  and 
Pnllman,  186.'),  by  Lucas,  18;.i. 

Soda-vi-aier  a|»i»ai*atus  —  Invented  bv 
North,  1775. 

Soap  —  Accoi-ding  to  Pliny,  wa.i  invented  by 
the  Gauls,  first  made  in  London,  1524. 

Speclacles- Invented  by  Spina,  at  Pisa,  Italy. 
1299.  •         J- 

S|>innine-.fenny— Invented  by  Hargreaves. 
in  England,  1767. 

Spinnine-mule  — Invented  by  Crompton.  in 
England,  1779. 

S|iinninis:-\vheel —Invented    by  Jnrgens,  at 

Eniiiswiek.  l."i:i(J, 

Sfiaare-kole  aufirer— Invented  by  Branch, 
1826. 


Stcumlionts -Snrfe«<:(unv  triifl  .i  t  Itarcflona, 

SpillM.   tiv     1)<'    fi^ll'I'V.   .llllK'     \.       IM:      ).<;r     .il,,i||i|M||r.| 

n<  illipiilcIle;Ll.|.-,    ;lll''I<'r nn       i.   |m.      <   iit     |j:uMlr- 

wheel  boats  l,eiMi<-  the  ( •hirri.ui  .  i .,  ;  (nrd  uu  iIm- 
{'uiitstuga  liver,  by  model,  by  William  Henrv.  of 
(-'hester,  Pa.,  1703;  trie<i  on  the  Potomac  river. 
Va,.  by  Kumsey,  at  fovir  miles  an  houi'.  1786:  in 
Scotland,  on  the  Forth  and  Clyde  canal,  by 
Smyngton,  1189,  by  John  Fitch,  on  the  Delaware 
river,  1790.  and  at  New  York  in  1790;  by  .lohn 
Stevens,  1804;  Fulton's  steamboat  navij^aled  the 
Hudson  river,  !807;   first  slc.nti'..>;.l  1t..rii  LiiL-Luid 

to  Iiiilia.  1825;  lli'st  Irom  Ihr  I  ^l  si.,h      i.,  I'lig. 

land.  ISP.f;  used  on  tin-  Tli.unr-.  iivr,,  l.nrl.Mid, 
for  iiasseiitrers,  I8).'>:  screw  |)iu|.ellL-ia  mveiiled  by 
Firicsson  and  Smith,  patented  1836. 

Sleam-carrlaKc— Invented  by  T.  Blanchard, 
1825. 

Steam-enKlncM— Crudely  developed  about  120 
years  beloie  ('hrist,  by  Hero,  of  Alexandrni, 
Ejiypt;  between  A  U  l."". 80  and  1663  three  pei-sons 
ennieived  the  idea  ol  u-nig  steam  to  raise  water: 
tins  piineipl''  pat(iiierl  by  Captain  Savery,  in 
Etii^t.iiid.  Hi'.is,  an  engine  worked  by  a  piston 
nni\MiK  in  ;i  eytiinier  was  constructed  at  Dart- 
niuiith.  F.riKrl.iiut,  1705.  by  Newcomen;  but  James 
Walt  iii:iile  ilie  llist  perfect  engine  in  England. 
17(il ,  the  lir^t  steam-engine  in  America,  it  is 
ulaiiiied,  came  from  England.  1753. 

Steam  fire-enKlne  —  Invented  by  Captain 
Eiies.son,  18:!0.  and  improved  by  him,  1842-'43, 

Slcam-hammer  —  Invented  by  James  Nas- 
myth,  1838. 

Steam  prlntlnff-|>ress  (rotary)  —  Invented 
by  Kieluiid  Hoe.  1842;  improved  by  Gordon,  18.")0, 
and  by  llullock.  1867,  witli  reciprocating  bed,  by 
Seth  Ad;ims,  1830. 

Steel  caniiou  — First  made  by  Krupj),  in 
Germany,  1849. 

Steel-pen— See  Pen. 

Stem-winding:  watch  —  Invented  by  Noel, 
is,-.i. 

Stereosco|>e  —  Invented  by  Charles  Wheat- 
stone,  1838:  but  the  principle  w;im  known  lo  Euclid 
300  years  before  Christ,  and  described  by  Galen. 
A.  D.  174. 

Stereotypes  —  Invented  by  Messi-s  Didnt. 
French  printei-s,  toward  thecloseof  theeighteenth 
century;  intiodiiced  into  America  about  1813. 

Stereotype  |»rlnting— Invented  by  William 
Ged,  of  Scotland,  1735. 

Stoeklngf-rrame- Invented  by  William  Lee, 
in  England,  1589.     (See  Knitting  m.\chine.) 
Street-sweeper— Invented  by  U.  A.  Smith, 

18.55. 

Siisrar-cane— Originally  from  China  and  the 
East;  was  pioduced  in  Sicily.  1148;  in  Madeira. 
1419;  in  the  West  Indies,  1510;  in  Barbadoes,  1641. 

Suffar-refinini?- Fii-st  successfully  practiced 
by  a  Venetian,  1503.  and  in  England,  same  pio- 
cess,   1569. 

Sun-dials— Invented  558  before  Christ;  men- 
tioned in  Isaiah,  Bible. 

Swords  —  Made  of  iron  by  the  Chinese,  1879 
years  befoi'e  Christ. 

Tack  machine  —  Invented  by  Thomas 
Blanchard.  1806. 

Xallow  candles— See  Candles. 

Tea— Came  into  general  use  in  China  about  A. 
D.  600;  Jiist  taken  to  Europe  by  the  Dutch,  1610. 

TelCKraph  (mechanical)— Invented.  1687.  first 
used  by  the  French,  1794.  and  the  English,  1796. 

Telt'Eraph  (electric)— First  established  at 
(;emv;,,  Su)i/erl;uul.  by  Lesage.  1782;  two  by 
BuiMu  viiri  s<  hiilinj,'.  made  in  1832;  one  con 
stunted  111  GeniKLuy  by  Gauss  and  \Veber.  1838. 
Professor  S.  F.  B.  Moi-se  exhibited  his  electro- 
magnetic instrument  in  New  York.  1837.  and  this 
was  brought  into  practical  use  in  May,  1844.  between 
Washington  and  Baltimore;  Edison  invented  his 
duplex  transmitter.  1875. 

Tele8rra|>h  (submarine!— Proposed  by  Salva. 
1797.  for  use  between  Barcelona  and  Palma,  in  the 
Island  of  Majorca;  experiments  in  India,  1839;  by 


Professor  Morse,  in  New  York  Imrbor.  Oetnber. 
IHI  -■,  111  -t  ^necei-sfiil  iiir.-iti|)t  to  lay  a  mai  ine  cable 
I'M'---  rlie  \tl:<nli<-  'jre^.ii  was  made  in  1k.'.x,  but 
1  In-  .'.ililc  soon  became  useless;  the  n<*xl  sncccM-ful 
aitempt.  which  was  a  liiuniph  lor  Mor»e  and 
science,  was  in  1867. 

Telegraph  (fire-alarm)- Invented  by  Fftriner 
and  Charming,  about  1846;  improved  byiiamewell, 
1871;  Crane,  1875;  Spang,  187.5,  and  by  .McCulIoch. 

Telcflfraph    (electric    needle)  —  Invented    by 

Cooke  and  Whcatstone,  in  England,  1837. 

Teleeraphine  (musical  notes)  —  Apparatus 
invented  by    E.  Wilson,  1866;  improved  by  Gray, 

'a|»h    (printing)  —  Invented    by    U.     E. 
16,  improved  by  Hughes,  1856. 


Teletrraiih   (p 

House,  1816, 


Tele|>hone  (three  methods)— Each  invented 
by  Bell.  Gray  and  Edi-son. 

Telescopes— Invented  bvZJansen, 1.590.  man- 
ufactured in  1608,  Ijy  I.ipiiershey.  of  Holland;  im- 
proved by  (Jaiileo:  Gregory  invented  and  described 
thereHectingteIescoi>e.l063,and  I  he  Hi-st  wa.s  made 
by  Sii-  Isaac  Newton.  1668:  Hei-schePs  great  tele- 
scope was  made  in  1781;  Kosse's,  in  1844. 

The;iter— First  bvitit  at  Atbcn:^,  Greece,  by 
Philos,  420  years  befoje  Christ. 

Theater  scenery— Painted  and  Introduced 
by  Sienna,  1533. 

Theater  seats  (turn  i:p)— Invented  by  .\.  A. 
Allen.  18.54. 

Thermometer— Credited  to  (^Jalileo.  1596:  to 
Drebel.  1620;  improved  by  Keaumur,  1730,  and  by 
Fahrenheit,  1741). 

Thread  —  First  made  at  Paisley,  Scotland, 
1722. 

Threshine-machine— Invented   by  Meiizies, 

of  Scotland.  17.12.  a  rotaiy  machine  by  Lcckie,  a 
Scotch  farmer,  1758. 

Time— Divided  into  houi-s  at  Home,  308  years 
before  Christ. 

Tobacco— Discovered  inCnba.  1492;  first  taken 
to  Europe  by  Sir  Waiter  Kaleigh.  15.5.5. 
_Tor|»edo  shells  —  Invented  by  l)r   Bnshnell, 

Truss  hridffe  — Invented  by  Price  and  Philli|is. 
1841,  by  Whipple.  1841;  improved  by  Barnes,  J 85a; 
by  Lowthrop.  1857. 

Trasses  (for  ruptures)  —  Invented  by  Robert 
Brand,  1771. 

Tvpe-setling  machine— Invented  bv  W.  H. 
iMitchell.  1854;  improved  by  Alden.  18.57. 

Vaccination- Inventedby  Dr.  E.  Jenner,1780. 

Velocipedes  —  Invented     by    M.    Dritis,     at 

Mannheim,  1817. 

Violin —  Mentioned  as  earlv  as  1200  in  the 
legendary  career  of  St.  Christopher;  of  great  and 
imcertain  antiquity.  In  its  present  form  invented 
about  A.  D.  1477. 

Watches —Were  invented  at  Nuremberg, 
Germany,  in  1477,  and  introduced  into  England, 
1.577, 

Water-mills— Are  said  to  have  been  invented 
at  Home  in  A.  D.  555;  Pliny  mentions  them  at  an 
earlier  date. 

Windows  (of  glass)- First  mentioned  in  the 
fourth  centui-y;  observations  at  Pompeii  indicate 
the  use  of  glass  windows  in  the  first  century:  in 
England  glass  windows  were  first  used  in  private 
houses,  A.  D.  1117. 

Wire  —  Invented  at  Nuremberg.  135I;  wire- 
drawing at  the  same  place,  said  to  be  in  1410. 

Wooden  pavements- Invented  bv  Nicholson 
in  1854:  improved  by  De  Golyer,  1869;  by  Ballard, 
1870:  by  Beidler,  1872. 

"Wood-paper  —  Invented      by     Watts      and 

Burgess,  1853. 

Woolen  cloth  —  Its  manufacture  was  an 
ancient  art.  but  not  practiced  in  France  until  A.  D. 
1646,  nor  in  England  until  1331,  but  not  dyed  or 
dressed  until  1667. 


^  X^v~~ 


T  ^     i     i    i     3     i     i     ^ 


^^S  LONG  AS  wealth  will   secure  corafort_and 

luxury  there  will  always  be  vigilant  effort 

put  forth  to  obtain  it.     It  is  doubtless  true 

^    that  advancing    civilization   will   so    abun- 


dantly surround  man  with  the  means  for  obtaic- 
l  comfort,  however,  as  to  make  the  contest  for 
vealth  less  severe. 

There  has  been  a  period  when,  with  the  laborer, 
fourteen  hours  was  the  necessary  time  of  a  day's 
toil.  And  even  then,  this  unremitting  labor  brought  only 
the  barest  necessities  of  life.  Since  those  years  the 
hours  of  a  day's  work  have  been  greatly  lessened.  Edu- 
cational advantages  have  improved;  the  cost  of  travel- 
ing has  been  cheapened;  articles  of  comfort  and  luxury 
have  been  so  multiplied  and  so  lessened  in  price  as  to 
come  within  the  reach  of  all,  bringing  a  condition  in  which 
it  is  not  so  necessary  as  formerly  to  be  rich  in  order 
to  enjoy  life. 

It  is  highly  probable  that  there  will  come  an  age 
when  a  large  accumulation  of  wealth  will  not  be  desired, 
bringing,  as  it  will,  simply  multiplied  cares,  without 
any  more  privileges  than  the  people  of  modcriile  fortune 
enjoy.      To  reach  that  condition,  however,  it  is  necessary 


that  we  pass  through  an  acquisitive  age,  a  period  when 
the  desire  to  get  rich  will  impel  men  forward  to  inaugurate 
and  carry  forth  enterprises  of  such  character  that, 
while  they  bring  individual,  personal  gain,  they  will 
benefit  the  public  as  well. 

The  desire  to  acquire  wealth,  therefore,  is  legiti- 
mate. If  no  wrong  is  done  to  others  by  the  acquisition, 
it  is  unquestionably  for  the  world's  benefit  that  there  be 
large  individual  wealth  attained,  as  the  mind,  able  to 
acquire,  is  able  to  wisely  control  the  expenditure,  found- 
ing manufactories  and  various  enterprises  by  which 
thousands  of  the  poor  may  be  employed. 

In  the  business  relations  of  life  there  are  three  classes 
of  mind — the  men  wlio  depend  upon  being  emploj'ed  by 
others;  the  men  partially  independent,  but  still  sufH- 
ciently  dependent  as  to  desire  a  partnership,  and  those 
men  who  are  aipable  and  prefer  to  exercise  their  individ- 
uality, choosing,  in  their  business  relations,  to  he 
entirely  free  from  partnership  restraints  in  their  methods 
of  procedure. 

The  power  for  individual  acquisition  of  wealth  by  men 
who  prefer  to  act  alone,  is  illustrated  in  the  lives  of  the 
financiers  who  are  considered  in  this  chapter. 


^.A 


-M 


.;....*.[. ..?..... l„.V..,.'„ 


(5^ 


^ 


-CY 


now  -iiiK   r;iii'iisriiii.iis  IIA^•|■;  wox  idinixi;. 


Ml 


4^  'Yh9"Rothschiids7     [ir     1^ 


Distinguished  Banl(ers 


and  Financiers. 


W^ 


A  Great  Fortune  the  Reward  of  Being  Faithful  to  the  Trust. 


T  FRANKFORT-ON-TIIE-MATN.  in  Germany,  in  1743, 
Meyer  Anselm  Rothscliild.was  born.  Commencing  as  a 
small  trader,  by  economy,  integrity  and  business 
capacity,  be  won  bis  way  to  easy  circnmstances,  and 
establi;^hed  bimself  as  an  exchange  broker  and  banker. 

After  tbe  battle  of  Jena,  in  Germany, 
October,  180G.  Napoleon  decreed  that  the 
sovereif^ns  of  Brunswick  and  Hesse- 
Cassol  shduld  forfeit  their  estates,  and  a 
French  army  was  sent  to  put  this  edict 
into  execution.  The  landgrave  of 
Hesse-Casscl  had  S5, 000, 000  in  silver 
in  the  vaults  of  bis  palace.  Aware  that 
he  must  flee,  it  was  a  question  of  the 
most  serious  import  how  to  dispose  of 
this  large  amount  of  treasure.  Lack  of 
confidence  prevented  him  from  confiding 
it  to  any  of  bis  subjects,  any  one  of 
whom,  he  knew,  would  be  severely 
punished  for  undertaking  its  trust,  if 
discovered   by  tbe  French. 

In  bis  extremity  he  sent  to  Frankfort 
for  Rothschild  as  the  most  trustworthy 
person  whom  he  knew,  and  to  him  be 
entrusted  the  great  fund,  to  keep  it  until 
called  for,  the  reward  being  that  no 
interest  should  be  asked.  Under  these 
circumstances  the  trust  was  accepted, 
and  with  the  aid  of  some  Jewish  bankers 
atCassel,  the  money  was  so  secreted  that 
the  French,  upon  their  arrival,  found 
only  tbe  landgrave  gone,  and  his  treas- 
ure vanished. 

At  the  time  of  receiving  this  money, 
Meyer  Auselm  Rothschild  had  five  sons, 
three  of  whom,  grown  to  manhood,  be 
associated  with  himself,  and  by  careful 
uninagemcnt  as  bankers  this  money 
rapidly  multiplied  itself.  On  the  fall  of 
Napoleon,  the  landgrave  returned  and 
gave  notice  to  tbe  bankers  that  he  would 
withdraw  his  loan;  but  tbe  escape  of  tbe 
French  General  from  tbe  Isle  of  Elba 
so  alarmed  bira  that  he  urged  the  Roths- 
childs to  keep  tbe  money  at  an  interest 
of  two  per  cent,  per  annum,  which  they 
did  until  his  death,  in  1823,  when  they  refused  to  keep  it  longer. 

At  the  time  of  tbe  elder  RoIhscliiUrs  death,  in  1812,  when  he  was 


rpH 


Nathan  Meyer  Rothschild. 


HE  rpprosentntion  piven  .^bo^■e  is  of  Nathan,  the  nin.;t 
(iistinguialied  linnncial  representative  of  the  Ruthschild 
fnniily. 

He  wns  in  his  prime  as  a  banker  in  Lonrlon  when 
Napoleon  1.  was  in  his  plory  in  Fiance.  As  illustrative 
of  his  enterprise  it  i.«  said,  anticipating  the  battle  of  Water- 
loo, lie  had  a  relay  of  horses  all  the  way  from  the  battle 
pround  to  London,  and  after  witnessing-'the  defeat  of  Na- 
poleon, he,  personally,  with  the  aid  of  fresh  horses  every  few 
miles,  sped  homeward  and  reached  London  nearly  two  days 
in  advance  of  the  news  of  the  battle.  Gloomy  forebodings 
filled  the  minds  of  the  people,  and  government  securities 
sold  low.  Rothschild  bought  all  he  could  obtain.  Wlien 
the  gnod  news  came  they  rose  immediately  gieally  in  value 
and  Uothtchild  made  by  this  single  achievemeui  a  great 
fortune. 


sixty-nine  years  old.  bis  five  sons  were  respectively  at  the  head  of  five 
large  banking  iusiitulions:  Anselm  being  at  Frankfort,  where  he 
died  in  1855,  eighty-two  years  old;  Solomon,  located  at  Vienna,  who 
died  also  in  1855,  eighty-one  years  old:  Nathan  Meyer,  the  ablest 
financier  of  the  family,  established  at  London,  who  died  in  1830, 
sixty-two  years  of  age;  Charles,  the 
head  of  the  house  at  Vienna,  who  died 
in  1855,  in  his  sixty-seventh  year,  and, 
lastly,  James,  at  Paris,  who  died  in 
18G9,  seventy-seven  years  of  age  at  the 
time  of  bis  death,  bit-  fortune,  when  be 
died,  being  estimated  at  $200,000,000. 
A  favorite  method  of  investment  by 
tbe  Rothschilds  was  that  of  making 
large  loans  to  governments.  During 
twelve  years,  at  one  period  of  their 
work,  the  following  were  the  amounts 
loaned :  To  England,  $300, 000. 000 ; 
Austria.  S50.000,000;  Prussia,  $40,- 
000.000;  France,  $80,000,000;  Naples, 
$50,000,000;  Russia.  $25,000,000;  Bra- 
zil, $12,000,000;  besides  $5,000,000 
to  smaller  states,  making,  in  all, 
$462,000,000. 

The  affairs  of  the  different  banking 
houses  of  this  celebrated  family  are 
now  conducted  by  the  grandsons  of 
Meyer  Anselm,  their  financial  connec- 
tion through  banks  and  their  represen- 
tatives extending  to  nearly  all  the  leading 
cities  in  civilizalion. 

A  fundamental  rule  of  action  with  tbe 
great  house  of  Rothschilds,  has  been  to 
sell  when  customers  wanted  to  buy,  and 
buy  when  people  desired  to  sell.  That 
there  have  been  times  when  they  wielded 
their  immense  monied  influence  to 
depreciate  the  value  of  that  which  they 
wanted  to  buy,  is  highly  probable;  and 
that  they  have  used  their  power  to  ele- 
vate the  price  of  that  which  they  pos- 
sessed, in  order  to  sell  at  a  high 
price  to  those  wishing  to  purchase,  is 
likewise  probable;  but  that  they  have 
been  scrupulously  exact  in  the  fulfillment 
of  every  promise,  is  equally  a  fact.  In 
short,  the  commercial  word  of  every  Rothschild  has  ever  been  as 
religiously  kept  as  was  that  of  the  elder  Rothschild  to  the  landgrave. 


_ia 


LTBT>A7^Y 


m 


THE    BENEFITS    OF    UNDERSTANDING    A    BUSINESS   TIIOKOUGIILY. 


g??^?g 


T—r 


T—r 


_L \ 


TT 


T—r 


jL__l 


J_LA 


U-\.j;>VVA^\.  V- V\.!CA.  \T^t.\.A;\\\\-  \-A.  \.A\\-  ^7\.TJ^.T;X.^?^?g^^ 


John  Jacob  Astor. 


A^\  rv  .v.y^VAr.V  A  A  A  -V  A  A  A  A  V  A  A  ■VA>V;VA^  A  \  A  A  A  A  V;yi^^ 


.^^ 


\/ 


£L^ 


'Mmhik  r-"n  pnl 


Dealer  in  Musical  Instruments  and  Furs 


I'R  HAS  BECOME  one  of   the  mo-t 
extensive  articles  of  commerce  in 
the  United  States. 

The  early  rii^e  and  devel- 
opment of  the  fur  trade  in 
America  is  closely  identified 
with  the  history  of  John 
Jacob  Astor,  a  German,  who 
w:is  bom  in  the  village  of 
Waldorf,  near  Heidelberg, 
in  the  Grand  Dnchy  of 
Baden,  on  the  17tb  of  July, 
1703.     He  was  the  young- 

e^it    of    four  sons,    one  of    whom  estab- 
lished himself   in  London  as  a  maker  of 

musical  instruments,  and  another  settled 

in  America.     There  was  nothing  particu- 
larly notable  in    the  parentage   of   these 

children.      The  father,  Jacob  Astor,  was  a 

jolly  peasant,  who  followed  the  business 

of  butchering  a  good  share  of  the  season. 

The  mother  was  a  pious  woman,  thrifty, 

industrious,    and  devoted  to  her   family. 

Under  her  guardianship,  John  Jacob  was 

trained  to  rise  early  in  the  morning,  and 

give  the  first  of  his  waking  hours  to  the 

reading  of  the   Bible,  a  pastime  that  he 

followed   through   life,  it   being   to   him, 

he    claimed,    a    source    of    ncvcr-fuiling 

pleasure.     By  the  same  maternal  guardian 

he  was  schooled  in  habits  of  industry  and 

economy,    which,  in  after-life,  aided  him 

in   the  accomplishment  of  his  undertak- 

ing!>.      He  received  a  plain  education  by    ^?^^-j-, 

the  aid   of  the  village   schoolmaster,  and 

his  partaking  of  the  rites  of  confirmation 

as  n  member  of  the   church   at  the  age  of  fourteen   indicated   the 

religious  bent  of  bis  mind. 

In  Waldorf  he  might  have  remained  till  he  had  grown  to  manhood. 

hut  his  mother  dying,  and  a  stepmother  coming  to  take  her  place, 

who  looked  with  no  favor  upon  the  boy,  his  lot  became  so  hard  as  to 

•  lusc  bim  to  resolve  upon  leaving  home. 

From  his  father  he  obtained  a  reluctant  consent  to  go,  nnd  liaving 

ecmiplcted  hii^   jiri-parntionf,  wilh   a  knapsack  over   his  shoulder  he 


JOHN  JACOB  ASTOR. 


left  his  native  village,  to  walk  to  the  Rhine,  not  far  distant,  hoping 
in  some  manner  to  secure  a  passage  for  London,  where  he  expected 
to  meet  his  elder  brother. 

Aside  from  his  little  bundle  of  clothes  which  he  carried,  his  pos- 
sessions, as  he  went  out  from  home,  then  seventeen  years  of  age, 
consisted  of  two  dollars  in  money,  a  good,  plain  education,  a  strong 
constitution,  a  large  amount  of  common  sense,  and  no  bad  habits. 
In  after-life,  referring  to  his  departure  from  home,  he  said:  "Soon 
after  I  left  the  village  1  sat  down  buneath  a  tree  to  rest,  and  there  I 
made  three  resolutions — to  be  honest,  to  be  industrious,  and  not  to 
gamble. " 

Reaching  the  Rhine,  he  obtained  work  on  a  raft,  in  payment  for 
which  he  received  ten  dollars  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  with 
this  he  secured  passage  for  London,  where 
he  was  warmly  welcomed  by  his  brother. 
He  remained  here  two  years,  during  which 
time,  in  working  for  his  brother,  he 
acquired  quite  a  knowledge  of  the  English 
language,  became  the  possessor  of  a  good 
suit  of  clothes,  and  had  $75  in  money. 
With  this  money  he  purchased  seven 
German  flutes  of  his  brother  for  $35.  and 
for  $25  more  he  secured  a  steerage 
passage  for  Baltimore.  The  passage  to 
America  was  a  stormy  one,  and  it  was 
noticed  on  one  occasion,  when  the  ship 
was  in  great  danger,  that  young  Astor 
appeared  on  deck  in  his  Sunday  suit. 
Being  asked  the  reason,  he  repHed  that 
if  the  vessel  was  wrecked  and  he  escaped, 
be  would  save  his  best  clothes;  if  all  were 
lost  it  would  be  immaterial  what  becanu* 
of  his  clothes. 

On  this  journey,  Astor  made  the 
acquaintance  of  a  German  who  had  brm 
brfore  in  America,  engaged  in  the  business 
of  buying  furs  from  the  Indians.  From  him  the  young  adventurer 
obtained  full  ijiformation  as  to  the  best  course  to  pursue,  the  advice 
being  to  buy  trinkets,  go  among  the  Indians,  who  even  came  to  New 
York  with  their  peltries;  to  make  the  best  bargain  he  could,  obtain 
the  furs,  and  instead  of  selling  to  the  New  York  dealers,  ship  his  pos- 
sessions directly  to  Europe,  where  they  would  sell  for  four  or  five  times 
as  much  as  in  America;  invest  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  in  trinkets,  and 
rclurn   again   for  furs,  and   thus  continue  to  enlarge  the  business. 


1:. 


(> — ~- 


CAUSES    THAT    I. IT)    'in    ASTOR  S    SUC'CKSS. 


nr.i 


K 


Astor  listened  with  great  attention,  iinil  took  ttic  names  of  leading 
furriers  in  New  York,  Montreal  and  London.  Together  the  Germans 
proceeded  to  New  York,  where  they  were  warmly  reeeived  by  Henry 
Astor,  then  prosperously  in  business  as  a  butcher,  an  employment 
at  which  he  afterwards  made  a  fortune;  and  here  the  future  plans  of 
John  Jacob  were  talked  over,  it  being  agreed  that  it  would  be  best 
for  the  young  man  to  enter  the  employ  of  a  furrier  for  a  time,  until  a 
practical  knowledge  of  the  business  could  be  obtained.  Acting  upon 
this  idea,  a  search  for  a  place  was  made  the  next  day,  which  resulted 
in  finding  a  situation  with  a  Mr.  Robert  Browne,  where  he  received 
for  Ills  services  two  dollars  per  week  and  board. 

His  first  work  was  that  of  beating  furs,  to  prevent  moths  from 
lodging  in  and  destroying  them.  From  the  first  he  applied  himself 
most  industriously  to  the  work  of  obtaining  a  knowledge  of  the 
business.  He  mastered  the  details  of  curing  and  preserving  furs, 
and  from  the  trappers  he  learned  the  habits  and  the  liaunts  of  fur- 
bearing  animals  and  the  best  means  of  trapping  and  capturing.  By 
attention  to  business,  knowledge  of  his  work  and  excellent  business 
habits,  his  employer  advanced  him  from  one  position  to  another, 
until,  ere  long,  he  entrusted  him  with  a  mission  to  Montreal,  to  jiur- 
chase  furs — an  expedition  that  the  merchant  himself  had  occasion- 
ally made  before.  Young  Astor  ascended  the  Hudson  to  Albany, 
where,  with  a  pack  of  trinkets  on  his  back,  he  struck  out  across  the 
country,  then  almost  wholly  a  wilderness,  to  Lake  George;  passing 
up  tlu'ough  into  Lake  Champlain,  thence  sailing  across  to  the  hoad 
of  the  Lake,  from  which  point  he  repaired  to  Montreal,  where 
he  made  extensive  purchases.  Employing  the  Indians  to  carry  his 
skins,  he  returned  across  the  lakes  to  Albany,  and  thence  to  New- 
York,  to  surprise  his  employer  with  the  large  amount  of  peltries  he 
had  obtained  for  a  small  investment  of  money. 

Having  carefully  studied  the  fur  trade  in  all  its  details,  he  com- 
menced business  for  himself  in  a  small  store  on  Water  Street,  which 
he  furnished  with  toys  and  articles  adapted  to  the  wants  of  the 
Indians  who  had  furs  to  sell.  His  entire  stock  was  worth  only  a 
few  hundred  dollars.  This  was  in  1786,  when  Astor  was  twenty-three 
years  old.  His  store  was  small.  He  employed  no  assistants.  He 
bought,  cured,  packed  and  sold  the  skins  himself.  If  pelts  came  in 
slowly,  he  shouldered  a  pack  of  "notions"  and  made  a  journey 
among  the  Indians,  farmers  and  trappers  throughout  Central  and 
Western  New  York,  thus  driving  and  eijarging  his  business;  his 
store,  in  the  meantime,  being  cared  for  by  a  partner,  with  whom  he 
found  it  necessary  to  associate  himself.  In  time  he  had  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  skins  to  make  it  an  object  to  ship  them  to  London. 
Taking  a  steerage  passage,  he  went  himself,  sold  his  furs,  made 
arrangements  with  houses  to  ship  them  furs  and  draw  upon  the  firms 
to  which  they  were  consigned. 

He  took  the  agency  of  his  brother's  musical  instruments,  from 
which  trade  he  derived  a  large  revenue  in  New  York.  Thus  his 
business  grew.  Having  made  the  personal  acquaintance  of  Indians 
and  trappers,  he  secured  their  trade.  He  had  opened  connections 
abroad  whereby  he  could  profitably  ship  and  find  sales  for  his  furs  in 
Europe,  while  musical  merchandise  and  other  goods  filled  the  ships 
on  the  return  voyages. 

In  due  time  he  married  Miss  Sarah  Todd,  of  New  York,  who 
engaged  heartily  with  her  husband  in  his  business,  buying  and  beat- 
ing the  furs  herself.  It  was  his  boast  in  after  years,  when  he 
became  a  millionaire,  that  her  knowledge  of  furs  and  her  capacity 
for  conducting  business  were  fully  equal  to  his  own. 

In  1794,  Jay's  treaty,  by  the  placing  of  the  frontier  forts  in  the 
hands  of  the  Americans,  enabled  the  traders  to  extend  their  opera- 
tions very  greatly,  the  consequence  being  that  Astor,  ere  many 
years,  had  his  agents  at  work  purchasing  furs  at  various  points  along 
the  great  lakes,  his  enterprise  even  reaching  across  the  continent  to 
Oregon. 


.o 


L'p  to  1800,  when  Astor  wap  thirty-eeven  years  of  age.  he  lived 
over  his  store.  He  had  been  in  busine.-ss  for  fifteen  years.  He  then 
moved  his  residence  to  22;j  Broadway,  where  the  Astor  House  stands 
to-day. 

He  commenced  in  this  locality  worth  SS50, 000,  and  with  the 
exception  of  one  removal,  he  remained  here  for  twenty-five  years, 
rapidly  extending  his  business.  He  made  every  article  that  he 
bought  or  sold  turn  a  profit,  and  generally  a  large  profit.  He  bought 
beaver-skins  in  Western  New  York  for  a  dtdlar  each,  and  sold  them 
for  si.x  dollars  each,  in  London.  The  proceeds  invested  in  English 
goods  he  sold  at  a  large  profit,  when  his  vessels  returned. 

By  and  by  his  vessels  went  into  Asiatic  ports.  The  Chinese  trade 
he  found  profitable.  His  furs  sold  there  readily,  and  the  proceeds, 
invested  in  teas  and  silks,  sold  at  a  great  profit  in  New  York.  The 
average  profits  on  a  vessel's  journey  to  China  were  $;!0. 000  a  tri]). 
and  sometimes  reached  $70,  000.  He  had  at  one  time  several  vessels 
running  from  the  Pacific  coast  to  Canton,  in  China,  thus  exchanging 
furs  for  silks  and  teas  at  a  great  profit.  In  all,  it  is  estimated,  he 
made  g'i.OOO,  000  in  the  fur  trade.  The  bulk  of  his  great  fortune, 
however,  was  made  in  real  estate. 

Having  great  faith  in  the  future  of  New  York,  as  fast  as  his  gains 
came  in  he  invested  them  in  houses  and  lots,  and,  in  some  cases, 
where  parties  would  not  sell,  he  leased  property  on  long  time. 
Occasionally  he  bought  real  estate  in  the  center  of  the  city,  but 
suburban  property  was  his  choice  for  investment.  He  constructed 
houses  which  he  rented,  and  thus  realized  a  revenue  immediately. 
These  houses  he  did  not  sell,  but  with  the  revenue  obtained  by  rent- 
ing them  others  were  built,  until  in  time  the  houses  of  the  Astor 
estate  numbered  7, 000. 

Subsequently,  through  rapid  growth,  the  city  extended  far  beyond 
his  possessions,  and  his  real  estate  was  found  to  be  most  centrally 
and  favorably  located.  How  rapidly  it  increased  in  value  was  shown 
by  his  purchase  from  the  estate  of  Aaron  Burr,  at  Richmond  Hill, 
of  160  acres,  at  $1,000  per  acre.  Twelve  years  afterwards  the  land 
was  worth  $1, 500  a  lot. 

He  continued  actively  in  business  for  fifty  years.  He  was  always 
an  early  riser,  and  until  he  was  fifty-five  years  old  was  always  in  his 
office  before  seven  o'clock  in  the  morning;  but  having  dispatched  his 
business  rapidly,  he  usually  left  by  two  in  the  afternoon.  He  was 
extremely  punctual  in  all  his  ai)pointments,  and  was  remarkable  for 
his  calmness  in  the  midst  of  some  of  his  greatest  losses,  being  per- 
fectly cool,  and  apparently  more  cheerful  than  ever. 

Soon  after  his  arrival  in  New  York  as  a  stranger,  he  stopped  one 
day  on  Broadway,  to  notice  a  block  of  buildings  that  had  just 
been  erected,  the  finest  on  the  street.  He  there  made  a  vow  that  he 
would  some  day  erect  a  building  finer  than  any  then  on  the  street. 
About  the  year  1830  he  purchased  for  $60.  000  the  ground  for  the  site 
of  a  hotel,  and  soon  afterwards  erected  the  Astor  House,  then  the 
largest  and  best  hotel  in  the  country.  He  presented  the  building, 
when  it  was  completed,  to  his  eldest  son,  William  B.  Astor. 

John  Jacob  Astor  left  at  his  death  a  property  valued  at  $20. 000. 000, 
among  his  bequests  being  $50, 000  for  the  poor  of  his  native  town  of 
Waldorf,  and  $400,000  for  the  founding  of  the  Astor  Library.  He 
died  at  the  age  of  eighty-four,  and  was  buried  in  St.  Thomas'  Church, 
on  Broadway. 

While  the  extreme  parsimony  of  this  great  financier  was  perhaps  a 
serious  defect  in  his  business  dealing,  there  were  many  causes  that 
contributed  to  his  success  which  are  especially  worthy  of  study  by 
those  who  wonld  succeed  in  the  acquisition  of  wealth.  Among  these 
were  his  temperate  habits,  his  perseverance,  his  punctuality,  and  his 
thorough  comprehension  of  an  enterprise  before  he  commenced  it. 
which  gave  him  in  his  long  business  career  an  almost  unbroken  round 
of  success,  from  the  beginning  to  tlie  end. 


i- 


-^^1X 


-? 

3  I 


lOi 


A   FORTUNE    THE    RESULT    OF  ECONOMY,    FORCE    AND    ENTERPRISE. 


Cornslius  Vandertilt 


prfrjTIuiuMmliMnitW 

The  Siaten  Island   Ferry-Boy,  the  Successful  Steamboat  Owner  and   Distinguished   Railroad   Financier. 


HE  FATHER  of  Cornelius  Van- 
ilerbilt,    Pteamboat   and   rail- 
road owner,  was  a  well 
^  to   do    farmer,    who, 

with  his  wife,  lived 
on  Staten  Island  at 
ail  early  day. 
-_'^  Here,    Cornelius, 

.^     the    eldest     of     a 
_^'      family  of      several 
-  children,   was  born 

''  May  27,  1794.  When 
seventeen  years  old, 
a  strong,  active  boy.  daring  and  courageous,  he  had 
the  reputation,  even  thus  young,  of  accoraplishing 
whatever  he  undertook.  Being  passionately  fond  of  the  water,  he 
had  assisted  his  father  for  some  years  in  sailing  a  boat  from  Staten 
Island  to  New  York,  in  the  transportation  of  passengers  and  farm 
produce.  This  experience  only  confirmed  him  in  his  desire  to  follow 
the  water,  and  he  was  seventeen  years  of  age  when  he  impor- 
tuned his  mother  to  lend  him  $100  with  which  to  buy  a  boat,  that  he 
might  become  a  boatman  in  Xew  York  harbor.  His  mother,  a  clear- 
headed woman,  realizing  the  importance  of  a  child  knowing  the  value 
of  money  by  having  earned  it,  gave  him  the  promise  of  the  money  on 
condition  that  he  plow,  harrow  and  plant  a  certain  ten  acres  of  rough 
land  on  the  farm,  by  a  certain  day,  a  task  that  he  triumphantly  com- 
pleted within  the  stipulated  time,  and  thus  obtained  the  required 
amount  with  which  to  buy  his  boat. 

He  entered  upon  his  work  with  a  genuine  enthusiasm,  and  earned 
Si, 000  a  year  for  the  next  three  years,  besides  becoming,  out  of 
forty  competitors  in  the  business,  the  leading  boatman  in  the  harbor, 
and  the  owner  of  the  best  boat,  with  a  perfectly  acquired  knowledge 
of  his  business.  Of  the  $3. 000  earned,  he  retained  only  enough  to 
provide  himself  with  clothing,  the  remainder  going  lo  his  parents. 

Oftentimes  his  courage  was  put  to  the  severest  tests.  On  one 
occasion,  in  1813,  the  commanding  officer  of  the  British  fleet,  then 
a  short  distance  from  the  city,  was  desirous  of  sending  some 
messengers  to  New  York  for  reinforcements,  during  a  heavy  gale 
blowing  at  the  time.  The  boatmen  all  agreed  that  if  it  could  be  done 
the  only  person  who  could  accomplish  it  would  l)e"Corneel"  Vander- 
bilt.  Upon  being  sent  for,  the  young  man  expressed  his  belief  that 
the  feat  could  be  performed,  but  in  doing  it  he  would  be  compelled 
to  carry  the  men  a  portion  of  the  way  under  water.  Under  his  com- 
mand, the  men  undertook  the  journey,  and  were  landed  at  the  foot 
(»r  Whitehall  street  an  hour  afterward,  drenched  to  the  skin. 


His  courage  to  undertake,  and  his  ability  to  perform  what  he 
undertook,  became  so  well-known  as  to  secure  him  the  contract, 
when  twenty-one  years  of  age,  for  supplying  the  military  forts  about 
New  York  harbor,  in  1814,  with  provisions;  notwithstanding  the  bid 
of  young  Vanderbilt  was  much  higher  than  that  of  the  most  of  his 
competitors.  The  delivery  of  these  goods  being  regular,  he  per- 
formed the  labor  at  night,  when  other  work  could  not  be  had,  leaving 
his  boat  free  to  obtain  all  transient  custom  it  was  possible  to  get  in 
the  day-time.  With  a  profitable  contract  to  fill,  and  other  patronage, 
he  soon  began  to  make  money  rapidly,  being  assisted  by  his  wife,  to 
whom  he  had  been  married  two  years.  In  1814  he  saved  money 
enough  to  build  a  little  schooner  called  the  "Dread,"  and  in  the 
succeeding  year,  in  company  with  his  brother-in-law,  the  schooner 
"Charlotte"  was  set  afloat  for  the  coasting  trade,  its  journey 
extending  as  far  south  as  Charleston.  Three  years  later  he  was  the 
owner  of  two  or  three  sloops  and  schooners,  and  had  saved  SO.  000. 

Fulton  had  launched  his  steamboat,  the  "Clermont,"  in  1807.  In 
1812  his  steam  ferry-boats  were  running,  and  in  1818  the  fact  was 
fully  demonstrated  tlint  steam  was  lo  be  the  propelling  power  for 
rapid  sailing.  Thomas  Gibl)ons  had  constructed  a  steamer  to  sail 
from  New  York  to  New  Brunswick,  in  New  Jersey,  where  passen- 
gers remained  over-night,  and  thence  they  went  by  stage  to  Trenton, 
where,  on  a  steamer,  they  went  to  Philadelphia.  To  Vanderbilt 
Gibbons  gave  the  captaincy  of  the  steamer,  at  a  salary  of 
$1,000  a  year.  This  was  less  than  Vanderbilt  had  been  making,  but 
desirous  of  becoming  acquainted  with  steamboating,  he  accepted  the 
situation.  The  hotel  at  New  Brunswick,  which  had  been  miserably 
kept,  was  given  him  rent  free,  and  this  he  placed  in  charge  of  his 
wife,  through  whose  administration  the  house  became  popular. 

Vanderbilt  remained  with  Gibbons  eleven  years,  conducting  the 
boat  amid  much  opposition,  but  so  successfully  as  to  give  his 
employer  during  the  last  four  years  a  profit  of  $40,000  annually. 
During  this  time  Vanderbilt  had  himself  saved  $30,000,  besides  hav- 
ing the  lease  for  fourteen  years  of  the  ferry  between  Elizahethport, 
New  Jersey,  and  New  York,  a  line  that  was  proving  very  profitable. 

Vanderbilt  was  now  thirty-five  years  old,  and  just  coming  forward 
to  his  prime.  Refusing  all  offers  of  partnership,  and  desirons  of 
commencing  in  business  for  himself,  he  constructed  a  small  steamer, 
called  the  "Caroline  ,"  which  he  commanded  in  person. 

In  the  succeeding  nineteen  years,  he  became  the  owner  of  numerous 
steamers,  which  floated  on  the  Hudson,  on  the  routes  to  Boston,  on 
Long  Island  Sound,  and  elsewhere,  to  establish  which  lines  in  the 
face  of  powerful  combinations  of  capital,  cost  him  frequently  an 
immense  amount  of  money.  He  would  establish  such  a  sharp  busi- 
ness competition,  however,  as  to  eventually  drive  his  opponents  from 
the  field,  or  comin-l    them   to  C()rnpron)|te.      A   favorite  saying  u  illi 


^ 


PORTRAIT    OF    VANDKRI'.ILT. 


lor. 


Vandcrbilt,  wiip  that  ho  did  not  care  po  much  about  makiiiu'  money  as 
he  did  carryinj^  his  point. 

In  the  steamship  "■Prometheus, "  which  he  built  in  IBtS-Mf).  hesaiU-d 
for  the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  havinff  already  a  controlling  interent  in 
the  "American,  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Canal  Company."  which 
intended  biiildinga  canal  acrot;s  the  isthmus.  Vandcrbilt  substituted 
another  route  across  the  isthmus  from  the  way  heretofore  traveled, 
which  shortened  the  distance  TOO  miles  between  New  York  and  San 
Francisco.  The  old  route  had  been  from  Chaj^res  to  Panama.  The 
new  extended  from  the  mouth  of  the  San  Juan  river,  at  (Jreytown,  to 
the  San  Juan  del  Sur,  on  the  Pacific.  In  1851  he  put  three  steamers 
on  the  Atlantic  side  and  four  on  the  Pacific  side,  and  entered  into 
competition  with  the  "United  States"  and  the  "Pacific  Mail"  com- 
panies. The  next  year  he  put  three  more  steamers  on,  to  ply 
between    New    Orleans    and    Grey  town. 

In  1853  he  made  a  cruise  to 
Europe  in  his  steamer,  the 
"North  Star."  While  abroad, 
an  opposition  having  been  estab- 
lished in  his  absence,  to  his 
Atlantic-Pacific  line,  he  was  com- 
pelled to  overthrow  it  on  his 
return.  Subsequently',  in  1850. 
when  William  Walker,  then  ruling 
in  Nicaragua,  seized  the  property 
of  the  Transit  company  across 
the  isthmus,  Vanderbilt  creatt-d 
an  insurrection,  which,  with  the 
aid  of  Costa  Rica,  expelled 
Walker.  Receiving  afterwards  a 
large  subsidy,  Vanderbilt  with- 
drew his  opposition,  the  business 
being  insuthcient  for  two  lines. 
To  enumerate  all  the  successful 
contests  which  he  had,  would 
swell  this  sketch  to  a  great 
length. 

In  all,  he  owned  at  one  time 
sixty-six  steam  sailing  craft, 
including  twenty -one  steamers, 
eleven  of  which  he  built  himself, 
to  govern  and  control  which  he 
was  very  appropriately  named 
"  Commodore. " 

In  18(54,  with  a  fortune  esti- 
mated at  $40,  000, 000.  he  arranged 
to  leave  the  water.     He  had  been 

for  twenty  years  a  large  owner  of  the  stock  of  the  New  York  and 
New  Haven  as  well  as  the  New  York  and  Harlem  railways,  the  whole 
of  which  latter  road  he  owned  in  18U4.  He  had  also  several  millions 
invested  in  the  Erie.  Soon  after  coming  into  the  possession  of  the 
Harlem  he  obtained  a  controlling  interest  in  the  New  York  Central 
and  Hudson  River  roads,  and  consolidated  them.  Subsequently  con- 
nection was  made  with  the  Michigan  Southern  and  Lake  Shore  roads, 
the  whole  being  operated  nnder  one  management,  making  a  line, 
with  side-branches,  2,128  miles  in  length,  representing  a  capital 
of  SI  40, 000, 000. 

While  possession  largely  developed  the  faculty  of  acquisitiveness, 
it  could  not  be  said  of  Vanderbilt  that  he  was  miserly.  For  the 
purpose  of  carrying  a  point  he  was  ready  to  spend  money  lavishly, 
and  while  seldom  putting  his  name  to  a  subscription  paper  he  was 
ready  to  give  to  any  cause  that  he  deemed  worthy.  He  presented 
the  steamer  "Vanderbilt,"  which  cost  S800,000,  to  the  government  at 
the  opening  of  the  civil  war;  and  to  the  Vanderbilt  University,  at 
Nashville.    Tenn.,    he   gave    $700,000;     to   the    Rev.    Dr.    Deems. 


VANDERBILT  IN  HIS  PRIME. 


of     New   York,    he  gave  the  Mercer   Street  Presbyterian    Church, 
while  his  lesser  charities  have  been  numerous. 

In  the  latter  years  of  his  life  he  gradually  withdrew  from  the 
activities  of  business,  taking  relief  behind  a  span  of  fast  horses  in  the 
afternoon,  and  a  game  of  whist  with  his  friends  in  the  evening.  He 
had  tliirteen  chililren — nine  daughters  and  four  sons.  He  was  twice 
married.  With  Uis  first  wife  he  celebrated  his  golden  wedding,  on 
which  occasion  one  hundred  and  forty  of  his  descendants  were  present 
to  congratulate  him  and  the  worthy  partner  of  his  hopes,  struggles 
and  trium])hs. 

Averse  to  attending  school  in  his  boyhood,  Vanderbilt  had  no  book 
education.  He  claimed  an  indistinct  recollection  of  having  seen  a 
spelling-book  in  his  childhood,  of  the  contents  of  which  he  had 
only  a  limited  knowledge.  But  such  was  the  great  strength  of 
body  and   brain   of    this  man    as   to  enable    him   to  triumph  even 

without  a  knowledge  of  books. 
He  was  born  great.  Of  course,  as 
the  jewel  is  more  brilliant  when 
carefully  cut  and  polished,  so 
Vanderbilt  would  havQ  been  a 
vastly  more  perfect  character  had 
he  had  good  educational  advan- 
tages; but  even  without  this  he 
po>;scssed  such  large  perceptive 
faculty  and  business  capacity, 
impelled  by  the  combative  pow- 
ers which  gave  force,  as  to  carry 
him  to  the  head.  A  marked 
feature  of  his  life  was,  also,  that 
although  living  to  the  advanced 
age  of  eighty-three,  he  retained 
his  powers  undimmed  to  the  last. 
His  success  was  an  evidence  of 
what  industry,  economy,  perse- 
verance, enterprise  and  courage 
may  accomplish.  After  making 
ample  provision  for  his  various 
descendants,  by  will,  and  con- 
signing his  vast  monied  interests 
to  his  son,  Wm.  H.  Vanderbilt, 
that  his  plans  might  be  carried 
forward  to  completion,  he  died 
Januarys,  1877,  leading  property 
variously  estimated  to  be  worth 
from  $G0,  000.  000  to  $80,  000.  000; 
an  elaborate  tomb,  surmounted 
by  a  grand  monumental  shaft,  in 
the  old  Moravia  burying  grounds  on  Staten  Island,  becoming  the 
resting  place  for  his  remains. 

Why  Vanderbilt  Succeeded. 

A  careful  study  of  the  life  of  this  financier  reveals  the  following  as 
among  the  principal  causes  of  his  success: 

First.  He  had  a  strong  body  and  possessed  great  power  of  physi- 
cal endurance. 

Second.  As  an  assistant  of  his  father,  he  formed  industrious 
habits.      He  knew  how  to  work. 

Third.  Money  came  to  him  slowly  in  his  childhood,  and  only  by 
hard  earnings.     He  thus  learned  the  value  of  a  dollar. 

Foyrfh.  He  was  courageous.  Enterprises  that  others  would 
shrink  from  he  would  undertake  with  readiness,  and  carry  through 
to  success, 

Fiffh.  He  was  reliable.  He  did  ns  he  agreed,  and  he  performed 
his  contract  in  first-class  style.  He  could  get  a  higher  price  than  his 
competitors,  even  as  a  youth,  because  his  promise  could  be  abso- 
lutely depended  upon. 


^ 


-<);• 


The  Bay  and  CITY  OF   NEW    YORK,  Looking  Northward. 


New  York  City  i;?  located  on  the  island  of  Manhattan,  a  name  given 
it  by  the  Dutch  who  fire^t  located  here,  in  1614.  In  1026  Peter  Minuit, 
a  Hollander,  bought  the  entire  island  from  the  Indians  for  sixty 
itriiilders,  a  sum  equal  to  $-24.  The  island  was  sixteen  miles  long; 
was  four  and  a  half  miles  in  width  at  its  widest  place,  and  was  esti- 
mated to  contain  26, 500  acres. 


In  1627  there  were  about  twenty  huts  on  the  island,  scattered  alon^; 
the  East  river,  and  the  population  was  270  whites.  The  receipts  for 
furs  sent  abroad  that  year  amounted  to  $19, 000.  One  hundred  years 
afterwards  the  poi)ulation  was  8,622:  when  two  hundred  years  old 
it  was  93,63-1,  and  by  the  census  of  1880  it  was  1,206,577. 


The  Location  of  Well-known  Points  of  Interest 

Are  designated  by  the  following  numerals,  which  correspond  with  the  figoires  in  the  Engraving-. 


So,  1.  New  York  Bay,  first  entered  by  Henry 
lltirlsoii  in  1609,  who  tlu-n  saw  and  visited  the 
isljind  of  Mnnhnttjin.  2.  Ttie  present  site  of  39 
Itrtmdwny.  where,  in  1612.  Ilendiick  Christasnsen, 
a  Hollander,  llrwt  made  a  Hinall  redonbt,  e^clo^*- 
injr  fou)'  log  huts,  as  a  place  in  wliicli  to  live 
and  receive  furn.  3.  Battery  park,  at  the 
extreme  southern  end  of  the  islanrl.  containing 
twenty-one  acres,  about  one  mile  from  City 
Hall.  »  1-2.  Brooklyn  Warehouses.  4.  Costlc 
(Jarden,  a  circular  building,  where  the  emi- 
grants land  when  arriving  in  New  York,  a 
record  being  made  as  they  pass  through  of  the 
name  of  each,  place  of  nativity,  age  and  occupa- 
tion. i».  Brooklyn:  population  in  1880,  554,465. 
O.  Location  of  the  piers  for  peveral  lines  of 
KU-amcrs,  which  nm  to  Florida.  Ciiba,  Texas  and 
California,  'i.  Piers  of  Hartford  and  New  Haven 
Unesof  stcam(*hlp8.  8.  Fulton  Market.  O.  Print- 
ing houHC  of  Harper  Brothers.  lO.  Brooklyn 
bridge.  11,  Cnftom  house.  12.  Trinity  church, 
hfiul  of  Wall  street,  lit,  Broailway— extending 
from  Batterj'  to  Central  park,  ft  distance  of  Hvc 
milen.  14.  Washington  House,  where  Washing- 
ton   made   his   huad'iuartcrs  while   In   New  York 


during  the  revolntinn.  l.'J.  Piers  of  steamers  fitr 
New  Orleans.  16.  Piers  of  steamers  for  Boston 
and  points  at  thesouth.  17.  Piers  of  the  Penn- 
sylvania railroad.  18.  Jersey  City;  population  in 
1880,  lO.'i.OOO.  19.  Hudson  river,  first  discov- 
ered by  Heni'y  Hudson,  an  Englishman.  September 
II,  1609,  and  iiavigateti  by  him  to  Albany,  where 
he  arrived  September  *2l,  1609.  the  journey  occupy- 
ing eleven  days.  20.  New  Jersey.  21.  Washing- 
ton market.  22.  Pi<'rs  from  which  boat,'!  run  to 
the  Ei'ie  railway.  In  this  vii-inity  are  located 
also  the  piers  of  the  White  Star  line,  Anchor. 
Cunard,  Pacific  Mail.  Innian  and  ntlior  ocean 
lines  of  steamships.  2:{.  City  Hall  and  Post 
ofHcc.  In  this  neighborhood  arc  also  the 
Tribune,  Herald,  World.  Sun.  Astor  House  and 
other  prominent  buildings.  24.  City  i)rison, 
called  the  ''Tombs."  2ii.  Wa.^liiiijfton  srpiare, 
containing  eight  acres.  2fl.  Astor  Llbi-ary; 
near  here  also  are  the  Appletons',  Scrlbners', 
and  Fowler  &  Wells'  publishing  houses,  the  Grand 
Central.  New  York,  St.  Nicholas  and  Metro- 
politan botelK.  2T.  Stewart's  store;  near  here  are 
the  Bible  House,  ('oopcr  Institute,  the  Irving  nnd 
St.  Denlshotcls— amlleandahalf  fromCity  Hall. 


28.  New  York  Historical  Socu'ty.  29.  Tompkins 
square,  containing  forty  acres.  UO.  Bellevtie 
Hospital.  »1.  Orand  Central  Depni  of  the  N.  Y. 
Central  and  Harlem  railroads.  32.  I'nion  Square 
park,  containing  three  and  a  half  acres.  In  this 
vicinity  are  located  Gramercy  park.  Union 
Square  theater.  Walla<-k's  Academy  of  Music, 
Stein  way  hall.  Tammany  hall,  Irving  hall, 
Everett  House,  Tiffany's,  and  Domestic  Sewing 
machine  buildings.  Half  a  mile  furthernorth  is 
Madison  Square  park,  containing  six  acres.  In 
this  vicinity  are  llu*  Fifth  Avenue  hotel,  the  Hoff- 
man, Alhermarle,  Hotel  Brunswick.  St.  James 
and  Dclmonico's.  Here  also  are,  the  Academy  of 
Design,  Gilmoi-e's  garden  and  Bootli's  theater. 
323.  Riverside  park,  on  a  line  witli  the  Hudson 
river,  from  "and  to  1,'lOth  streets;  a  little  over  a 
mile  in  width,  and  contains  one  hundred  and 
>eventy-cigbt  acres.  34.  Central  park,  live  miles 
from  the  Battery,  containing  eight  handled  and 
forty  acres.  SA.  Blackwell's  island.  In  this 
vicinity  are  nls<»  Ilandnll's  isianii,  and  the  reefs, 
called  Hell  Gate.  30.  Long  Island  Sound,  lead- 
ing out  to  the  Atlantic  ocean.  3*7.  East  river. 
38.  Brooklyn. 


::;S^ 


f 


-<) 


'IIIK    I-AM<>[.'.S    I)UY-(;0(H>S    MKKCIIANT    I'KIXIM-:. 


]07 


A  Fortune  the  Result  of  Attention  to  Details. 


'OR  MANY  YEARS  the  colossal  operations 
of  A.  T.  Stewart  in  the  purchase  and  sale 
of  dry-goods,  so  engaged  the  attention  of  the 
American  public,  as  to  make  a  biographical 
sketch  of  this  distinguished  merchant  of 
especial  interest  to  all.  How  did  he  aohie\'e 
so  great  success?  The  object  of  this  paper  is 
to  answer  that  question. 

In  the  year  1818,  among  the  immigrants 
who  stepped  from  a  European  vessel  anchored  in  New 
York,  was  a  young  Irishman,  a  mere  boy,  only  sixteen 
years  of  age,  who  in  after 
years  became  widely  kno\\n 
as  Alexander  T.  Stewart, 
lie  was  born  at  Belfast,  Ireland, 
ill  1802.  of  Scotch-Irish  parents. 
His  father  dying  when  he  was 
«K^^  quite  young,  caused  bis  guar- 
«<^|^  dianship  and  education  to 
devolve  upon  his  grandfather, 
who  gave  him  a  good  common - 
school  education,  and  placed 
liim  in  Trinity  College,  with  a  view  of 
fitting  him  for  the  ministry.  During  his 
second  term  in  school,  his  grandfather 
died,  and  he  thereupon  abandoned  the 
idea  of  completing  bis  collegiate  course, 
and,  instead,  concluded  to  try  his  fortune 
in  the  new  world,  where  his  mother  was 
tlien  living. 

Failing  to  secure  employment  in  a  store, 
he  engaged  in  teaching  for  a  few  years, 
carefully  saving  the  proceeds  of  his  labors. 
Having  become  of  age,  he  returned  to 
Ireland,  where  he  received  the  proceeds 
of  a  small  legacy  left  him  by  his  grand- 
father. A  portion  of  this,  by  advice  of  a 
friend, he  invested  in  "insertion,"  "scol- 

Inp-trimmings"  and  other  fancy  material  of  ladies*  wear,  and  returned 
to  New  York,  where  he  opened  for  himself,  at  283  Broadway,  a 
small  store. 

He  commenced  with  several  disadvantages,  among  which  were  a 
small  stock  of  goods  and  himself  with  inexperience  as  a  salesman. 
He  was  resolved,  however,  to  win  his  way.  He  worked  early  and 
late.  He  gave  from  fourteen  to  eighteen  hours  to  his  business  each 
day.      Unable  to  employ  help,  he  was  bis  own  porter,  book-keeper 


A.  T.  STEWART. 


and  salesman.  A  total  stranger  in  the  business  community,  he  had 
no  credit,  and  he  asked  none.  But  to  do  a  cash  business  thus 
required  that  he  observe  the  utmost  economy. 

His  purchases  at  first  were  principally  at  the  auction  sales,  where 
he  bought  miscellaneous  stocks  of  goods  known  as  "sample  lots," 
often  thrown  together  in  confusion.      These  he  bought  very  cheaply 
for  cash,  took  them  to  his  store,  and  when  the  business  of  the  day 
was  over,  he  commenced  a  most  careful  examination  of  the  goods  he 
had  thus  purchased.     In  this   he  was  assisted  by  his  wife,  a  most 
estimable  lady  whom  he  married  about  this  time.     The  articles  were 
carefully    assorted,     redressed     if     found     necessary,     handsomely 
labeled,   placed   in   beautiful   boxes,    and 
when  exposed  for  sale  they  possessed  all 
thfir  original  excellence. 

In  tiiis  work  we  undoubtedly  now  dis- 
cover tlie  key-note  to  the  great  mer- 
chant's success.  He  was  economical. 
He  bought  where  he  could  buy  the 
cheapest.  He  was  industrious.  He  shrunk 
from  no  labor  necessary  to  assort  and 
arrange  his  goods.  He  possessed  large 
order.  From  a  tangled  mass  of  odds  and 
end.s  of  goods,  be  would  carefully  pick  and 
straighten  the  skeins  of  silk,  rearrange 
the  sizes  of  gloves,  of  hose  and  other 
goods,  ttius  bringing  method  and  system 
out  of  the  disorder.  He  possessed  ex- 
quisite taste  which  enabled  him  to  display 
his  goods  to  fine  advantage.  Having 
bought  his  goods  very  cheaply  for  cash, 
he  was  able  to  sell  cheaper  than  most 
other  retail  dealers,  and  yet  at  a  good 
profit,  his  sales  being  strictly  for  cash  on 
delivery. 

Added  to  the  foregoing  original  methods 
of  procedure,  the   young  merchant  intro- 
duced another  innovation  into  his  business, 
which  was  that  of  having  no  deviation  in 
customers,  one  patron  invariably  being 
Customers  thus  soonjearned  that 
beat  down, "  and  they 


price   for  an  article  among 

able  to  buy  as  cheaply  as  another. 

it  would  be  entirely  useless  to  attempt  to 

learned  another  thing,  which  was  that  a  child  could  buy  as  cheaply 

as  themselves.     He  marked  his  goods  up  and  down  according  to  the 

fluctuation  in  the  market,  but  among  buyers  at  his  store  the  cost 

was   uniform,  and  the  price   for  every  article  he  sold   was  as   low 

as.    or    lower,    than    the    same     could     be    bought   for     elsewhere 


.O^-'" 


■■•c>- 


? 


los 


li.iW    STKWAKT    WAS    ENABLED    TO    BECOME    RICH. 


The  patron  soon  had  the  utmost  confidence  in  trading  with  him — a 
confidence  well  and  worthily  bestowed,  for  Sir.  Stewart  made  it  a 
rule  to  dismiss  any  clerk  who  should  misrepresent  an  article  of  goods 
or  in  any  way  take  advantage  of  a  customer.  He  was  a  perfect 
autocrat  among  his  clerks;  holding  them  to  their  duties  by  severe 
rules  of  discipline,  a  fine  being  imposed  on  any  one  who  should  be 
late  at  the  store,  who  shonld  misdirect  bundles,  over-stay  the  lunch 
hour,  or  mistake  a  number. 

lie  adopted  the  plan,  also,  of  never  carrying  goods  over  to  another 
season.  To  avoid  this,  he  would  advertise  a  "closing  out"  sale  "at 
cost  ■'  for  a  certain  number  of  days,  and  by  adroit  management  he 
would  fill  his  store  thus  with  patrons,  at  times  and  seasons  when, 
with  other  merchants,  business  would  be  dull. 

At  the  expiration  of  sis  years  he  found  it  necessary  to  move  to  a 
larger  store,  between  Chambers  and  Warren  streets,  and  in  four 
years  more  he  was  compelled  to  go  to  a  yet  larger  building  on  Broad- 
way, between  Murray  and  Warren  streets,  five  stories  of  which  he 
soon  occupied. 

He  was  a  superior  judge  of  human  nature,  and  his  success  was 
doubtless  largely  due  to  that  knowledge.  Aside  from  the  absolute 
honesty  with  which  he  compelled  his  clerks  to  observe  his  one  price, 
his  cheap  price,  and  his  frequent  "cost  price,''  he  employed  men  of 
fine  address  to  assist  him,  well  knowing  that  the  average  young  lady 
would  often  go  a  long  distance  out  of  her  way  to  trade  and  chat  for  a 
little  time  with  a  handsome  clerk.  He  carefully  studied,  also,  the 
methods  that  gave  tone,  and  brought  success  to  his  establishment. 

On  one  occasion  he  was  asked  by  a  well-known  wealthy  lady  how 
she  could  serve  him.  In  answer,  he  said  that  the  greatest  favor  he 
could  ask  would  be  that  her  coachman  be  allowed,  when  on  the  street, 
to  occasionally  halt  her  carriage,  and  rest  the  horses  in  front  of  his 
store.  He  knew  the  value  of  appearances,  and  be  studied  the  effect. 
The  result  of  his  study  and  effort  was  seen  in  after  years,  when  the 
most  costly  and  beautiful  equipages  of  the  city  came  of  their  own 
accord. 

In  ten  years  from  the  time  he  commenced  hie  mercantile  career, 
his  great  success  was  assured.  His  rapidly  increasing  business 
requiring  more  room,  he  bought  land  at  the  corner  of  Chambers  street 
and  Broadway,  where  he  erected  a  palatial  store,  into  which  he 
moved  in  1846;  and  some  years  later  he  secured  the  Old  Ninth 
Street  Dutch  Church  and  the  lots  adjoining  it,  comprising  an  entire 
block,  at  the  corner  of  Ninth  street  and  Broadway,  upon  which  he 
erected,  as  a  retail  store,  the  largest  and  most  complete  establishment 
of  the  kind  in  the  world;  covering  about  two  acres,  having  six 
elevators,  the  service  in  the  establishment  being  arranged  about  as 


follows  when  the  force  was  full:  one  superintendent,  nineteen  assist- 
ants, nine  cashiers,  twenty-five  bookkeepers,  thirty  ushers,  two 
hundred  cash  boys,  four  hundred  and  seventy  clerks,  fifty  porters 
for  heavy  work,  nine  hundred  seamstresses  in  the  manufacturing 
department,  five  hundred  others  employed  in  various  work;  making 
in  all  two  thousand  two  hundred  persons  employed  about  the  store, 
with,  at  times,  when  under  Mr.  Stewart's  supervision,  receipts 
averaging  $60,000  daily. 

He  early  foresaw  that  the  late  war  would  greatly  increase  the  price 
of  all  manufactured  articles.  Acting  on  this  belief,  he  contracted 
with  many  factories  to  take  all  they  made  for  a  long  time,  the  result 
being  that  when  prices  rose,  as  they  did  during  the  war,  he  was  in 
the  possession  of  an  immensely  large  stock,  from  which  he  made  a 
profit  of  several  millions  of  dollars. 

The  years  went  by  and  Mr.  Stewart,  by  close  attention  to  his  busi- 
ness, by  enterprise,  by  care,  economy  and  courage,  by  honesty, 
sagacity  and  industry,  became  the  most  successful  merchant  in  the 
world.  He  turned  his  attention  then  to  the  purchase  of  real  estate, 
and,  excepting  Wm.  B.  Astor,  became  the  largest  real  estate  owner 
in  America;  his  landed  possessions,  including  his  two  mammoth 
stores,  the  Metropolitan  Hotel  and  the  New  York  Theater,  all  on 
Broadway;  nearly  all  of  Bleecker  street  from  Broadway  to  Dupont 
Row,  numerous  churches,  many  buildings,  one  of  the  most  expen- 
sive residences  in  the  country — all  in  New  York,  besides  the  Grand 
Union  Hotel  at  Saratoga,  and  10. 000  acres  of  land  in  New  Jersey, 
whereon  Garden  City  has  been  built  through  his  liberality  and  enter- 
prise.     He  also  possessed  much  other  land. 

The  erection  of  a  mammoth  hotel  in  New  York,  costing  several 
millions,  originally  designed  for  the  accommodation  of  women;  the 
sending  of  a  ship  load  of  provisions  to  Ireland,  during  one  of  her 
famines,  and  other  charities,  were  among  his  benefactions. 

He  was  appointed  to  the  position  of  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  in 
the  Cabinet  of  President  Grant,  a  position  which  he  was  compelled  to 
resign,  because  by  an  old  law  it  was  found,  that  any  person  employed 
as  an  importer,  was  ineligible  to  the  place,  a  fact  which  was  sin- 
cerely regretted  because  of  his  known  fitness  for  the  office.  The  result 
of  his  business  career  was  a  fortune  of  over  S-0. 000. 000,  the  pro- 
ceeds of  upright  dealing  and  legitimate  trade.  He  died  April  10. 
1876,  in  the  seventy-third  year  of  his  age,  the  Memorial  Church  at 
Garden  City,  being  designed  by  his  widow  to  receive  his  remains. 
His  death  in  the  mercantile  world  was  like  the  fall  of  a  giant  tree  in 
the  forest.  This  generation  will  see  but  few  men  who  will  pass 
through  fifty-three  years  of  such  remarkable,  continued,  legitimate 
business  success. 


- — vC). 


:(?^ 


TiiK  i)isTi.\i;i'i.sm;i)  i;ankki;  ok  i'iin..vi)i,i,i'iiiA. 


M) 


Stephen 


ninW^*^T!T^ 


''■'I'lfBli''''''   "*^' 


STEPHEN  GIRARD  was  a 
remarkal)le  character  in  Pbil- 
adclphia  at  the  bcginnhij 
this  century,  being  noted  for 
two  things:  First,  becanae 
of  his  large  wealth,  and,  second,  for 
his  peculiarities  and  eccentricities. 
He  was  born  at  Bordeaux,  in  France, 
May  24,  1750.  Ilis  father  was  a  sea- 
man, whom,  it  is  claimed,  was  very 
harsh  and  severe  with  his  children, 
particularly  with  Stephen,  the  eldest. 
His  mother  died  when  he  was  young, 
and  a  step-mother  taking  her  place 
made  the  lot  of  the  boy  still  more 
unpleasant.  Added  to  this  was  the 
dii^covcry,   in  his  childhood,  that  one 

eye  was  blind.     This  fact,  his  biographers  claim,  had  much  to  do  in 
souring  a  disposition  that  otherwise  might  have  been  gentle  and  kind. 

With  his  father's  consent,  having  the  barest  rudiments  of  an  edu- 
cation, he  shipped  as  a  cabin-boy,  at  thirteen,  to  the  West  Indies 
and  New  York.  In  this  position  he  made  the  best  of  his  opportu- 
nities in  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  navigation,  and  gradually  worked 
himself  up  to  the  position  of  mate,  and  to  the  command  of  a  vessel 
when  he  was  twenty-six  years  old. 

It  was  in  1776,  while  on  his  way  from  New  Orleans  to  a  Canadian 
port,  that  he  was  bi  calmed  in  a  fog  off  the  mouth  of  Delaware  bay. 
Learning  that  in  consequence  of  hostilities  between  America  and 
England  he  was  liable  to  have  his  vec-sel  captured  by  the  English  cruis- 
ers, he  proceeded  up  the  Delaware  river  to  Philadelphia,  sold  his 
sloop  and  cargo,  which  he  partly  owned,  and  commenced  business  as 
a  grocer  and  liquor-dealer. 

During  the  Revolution  he  established  himself  for  a  time  at  Mount 
Halley.  New  Jersey,  where  his  sale  of  wines  and  cider  to  the  soldiers 
being  large,  he  made  considerable  money,  all  of  which  was  most 
carefully  saved.  With  the  capital  thus  acquired  he  engaged  in  the 
New  Orleans  and  San  Domingo  trade  at  the  close  of  the  war. 

A  ten  years'  lease  of  a  block  of  buildings  on  Wtiter  street,  in 
Philadelphia,  taken  during  the  business  depression,  in  1782,  proved 
a  very  profitable  investment.  These  buildings,  upon  the  revival  of 
prosperity,  he  relet  at  a  great  advance  over  the  price  he  paid,  and  his 
profits  were  very  large.  He  subsequently  made  S30. 000,  the  result 
of  a  partnership  with  his  brother.  Captain  John  Girard,  in  the  West 
India  trade.  The  partnership  being  diss^olved,  Stephen  continued 
profitably  in  the  business. 

At  the  time  of  the  negro  insurrection  in  Hayti,  as  two  of  his  ves- 
sels   were    in    port,    several    of    the    planters   brought   considerable 


Sailor,  Banker  and  Financier. 


treasure  on  board.  Returning  to 
Iheir  homes  for  more,  they  were  never 
heard  of  afterwards.  This  treasure 
Girard's  ships  brought  to  Philadelphia, 
where  he  advertised  it  liberally,  but 
tlie  parties  who  placed  it  on  the  ships 
having  been,  probably,  killed  on  their 
return  to  land,  no  one  ever  appeared  to 
claim  it,  and  the  property,  amounting 
to  about  $50,000,  went  to  swell  the 
growing  wealth  of  Girard. 

From  this  time  forward  wealth  rap- 
idly accumulated  with  him.  He  built 
ships  and  started  them  to  various 
parts  of  the  world.  His  vessel8 
could  be  found  in  all  the  waters  where 
commerce  extended.  He  was  largely 
in  the  Chinese  and  East  India  trade.  His  captain  would  buy 
fruits  in  the  warm  climates;  would  sail  to  a  northern  port, 
sell  the  cargo  to  great  advantage,  and  invest  in  another  production, 
which  would  be  taken  to  and  sold  in  another  part  of  the  world;  every 
turn  being  generally  at  a  profit.  The  success  which  attended  this 
fortunate  course  of  trade  was  termed  luck^  but  observation  proved 
that  Girard  had,  through  bis  own  experience  as  a  navigator  and 
careful  study,  made  himself  perfectly  familiar  with  what  he  expected 
his  captains  to  perform;  and,  giving  them  minute  details  of  what  he 
desired,  be  required  them  to  obey  instructions  to  the  fetter. 

On  one  occasion,  a  captain,  discovering  that  he  could  by  the  pur- 
chase of  teas,  at  another  port  from  the  one  in  which  he  had  been 
instructed  to  buy,  save  several  thousand  dollars,  took  the  responsi- 
bility of  making  the  change.  Although  the  captain's  judgment 
greatly  enriched  hie  employer,  Girard  discharged  him,  and  would 
never  afterwards  employ  him,  his  reason  being  that  while  an  emploj'c 
might  occasionally  benefit  him  by  going  contrary  to  orders,  in  the 
majority  of  cases  it  would  prove  a  loss,  and  would  eventually  ruin 
him. 

He  required  perfect  obedience,  no  matter  at  what  loss  to  himself. 
One  day  a  man  applied  to  him  for  labor,  and  Girard  set  him  at  work 
removing  a  pile  of  stone  from  one  portion  of  a  lot  to  another,  the 
orders  being  to  report  when  the  job  was  completed.  When  finished, 
the  laborer  announced  the  fact  to  Girard,  who  replied:  *•  Very  well, 
remove  the  stone  back  again  to  the  place  where  you  found  them." 
The  stone  was  carefully  carried  back.  The  work  finis-hed.  and  the 
fact  reported,  Girand  told  him  to  carry  it  once  more  to  the  place 
where  he  first  put  it.  Again  the  workman  pleasantly  returned  to 
his  task,  completed  the  labor  and  WL^nt  for  further  orders.  Having 
tested  the  willingness  uf  the  man.   thus,  to  perform  any  labor  to 


9 


A 


^ 


-^1/. 


? 


Ill) 


WHAT    UIliAKl)    DID    WITU    HIS    MOXEY. 


7? 


which  he  might  be  assigned  with  alacrity  and  without  question. 
Girard  gave  him  other  duties  to  perform  and  retained  his  services  for 
years. 

In  1793  the  yellow  fever  raged  with  fearful  violence  in  Philadel- 
phia. People  fled  to  the  country,  and  the  streets  were  deserted.  An 
appeal  was  made  for  money  and  nurses.  At  this  time  Girard  stepped 
to  the  front,  took  the  management  of  the  hospital  for  the  infected, 
and  in  person  superintended  the  care  of  the  patients.  Again,  in  1797 
and  in  1798,  he  did  the  same,  receiving  the  gratitude  of  the  people 
for  his  courage  and  the  valuable  assistance  that  he  had  rendered, 
through  his  wealth  and  personal  service. 

In  1812  he  purchased  the  building  and  most  of  the  stock  of  the 
United  States  bank,  and  commenced  business  as  a  private  banker,  on 
a  capital  of  $1,200,000,  which  be  afterwards  increased  to  $4,000,000, 
his  institution  being  known  as  the  Girard  bank. 

In  1814  the  government,  being  sorely  pressed  for  money,  asked 
for  a  loan  of  85.000,000. 
Only  $20,000  could  be  ob- 
tained, although  liberal 
inducements  were  offered  by 
Congress  to  subscribers.  At 
this  juncture  Girard  stepped 
forward  and  subscribed  for 
the  entire  amount,  the  an- 
nouncement of  which  caused 
the  loan  to  immediately 
become  popular,  and  cap- 
italists thereupon  began 
promptly  to  purchase  the 
bonds,  which  Girard  allowed 
them  to  do.  He  was  active  in 
procuring  the  charter  of  the 
second  United  States  bank, 
and  became  a  director.  He  erected  several  of  the,  at  that  time,  most 
beautiful  blocks  of  buildings  in  Philadelphia.  He  subscribed  and 
loaned  over  $350,000  to  the  navigation  of  the  Schuylkill.  He 
subscribed $200, 000  to  the  Danville  and  Pottsville  railroad,  and  many 
other  enterprises  of  public  character. 

He  married,  at  the  age  of  twenty-seven,  a  woman  with  whom  he 
lived  unhappily.  His  wife  died  in  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital  for  the 
Insane. 

Short,  thick-set,  blind  in  one  eye,  unprepossessing  in  appearance, 
with  a  temper  soured  in  childhood,  and  doubly  embittered  in  after 
years  by  domestic  trouble,  he  withdrew  from  society,  and  absorbed 


Girard*s  Bequests. 

To  Girard  College,  for  the  Education  of  Orphans 86,000,000 


To  City  of  Philadelphia  for  Improvement  of  Streets  and  Buildings. 

To  Improvement  of  Canal  Navigation  in  Pennsylvania 

To  Pennsylvania  Hospital  for  the  Insane 

To  the  Pennsylvania  Deaf  and  Dumb  Asylum 

To  the  JIasonic  Loan ; 

T J  the  Orphan  Asylum  of  Philadelphia 

To  the  Philadelphia  Public  Schools 

To  Philadelpliia.as  a  fund  to  furni^  the  poor  with  fuel  each  winter 
To  the  fund  fordistre&bcd  masters  of  ships 


his  mind  and  soul  in  the   multitudinous  cares  of  his  immense  busi- 
ness, which  yielded  a  fortune  of  about  $9,000,000. 

Requiring  the  utmost  farthing  in  the  transaction  of  business,  he 
held  it  as  a  paramount  duty  to  do  as  he  had  himself  agreed.  His 
habits  were  extremely  simple.  His  personal  expenses  were  very 
light.  He  lived  in  a  lonely  little  house  on  Water  street,  solitary, 
alone  and  sour,  fully  conscious  of  personal  unpopularity.  The  crown- 
ing ambition  of  his  life  seemed  to  be  to  compel  the  attention  of  the 
world  to  the  fact  that  he  was,  in  his  time,  the  richest  man  in 
America. 

The  claims  of  religion  having  brought  him  no  happioess,  be  looked 
upon  it  as  a  sham,  and  openly  avowed  his  unbelief.  He  worked  on 
Sunday  to  show  his  disregard  for  the  opinions  of  orthodoxy,  and  his 
ships  he  named  after  the  most  noted  of  the  French  infidels  of  the 
Voltaire  school. 
Being  childless  and  far  advanced  in  years,  he  carefully  prepared 

his  will,  in  which  were  be- 
I  quests  for  various  hospitals, 

asylums,  educational  institu- 
tions and  public  enterprises. 
To  each  of  his  relatives  he 
gave  from  five  to  sixty  thou- 
sand dollars.  To  his  captains 
then  in  service  who  safely 
brought  their  vessels  home, 
he  gave  $1,500  each.  To  his 
apprentices  he  gave  $500 
apiece,  and  to  his  old  servants 
he  gave  annuities  ranging 
from  $300  to  $500  each. 

The  sight  of  his  remaining 
eye  rapidly  failing  him  when 
eighty  years  of  age,  he  was 
one  day,  while  crossing  the  street,  knocked  down  by  a  passing 
team,  at  which  time  he  was  so  bruised  about  the  head  as  to  cause 
him  rapidly  to  decline,  until  he  died,  December  26,  1831,  his 
remains  finding  a  last  resting  place  in  the  lower  vestibule  of 
Girard  college,  which  is  one  of  the  conspicuous  edifices  in  Phil- 
adelphia. A  notable  peculiarity  of  Girard's  will,  relating  to  this 
college,  is  that  no  professing  ecclesiastic,  missionary  or  clergyman 
of  any  sect  whatever,  shall  ever  be  allowed  on  the  premises,  even  as  a 
visitor.  The  officers  of  the  institution  are  required  to  instruct  the 
pupils  in  a  pure  morality  and  leave  them  free  to  adopt  their  own 
religious  opinions. 


500.000 
300,000 
30,000 
20,000 
20,000 
10,000 
10,000 
10.000 
10.000 


.6. — 


M^ 


GKHKLiE    rEAl;ill>V;    BANKKK,     !•  I  X  A.NCI  l:i:    AM)    I'lUI.  A.NI  II  l;(il'l>  I'. 


-<)- 


11 


r.SERVATION  proves 
I  Imt  the  majority  of  those 
men  who  become  cek'- 
■  brated  fortheacquisitioii 
of  wealth  in  their  later  years,  be^^ido 
inheriting  a  good  physical  constitu- 
tion and  a  well  balanced  mind, 
have  been  trained  to  useful  labor 
in  youth. 

A  sound  brain  in  a  sound  body, 
rightly  directed  in  childhood,  is  one 
of  the  grandest  endowments  that  the 
parent  can  give  the  offspring.  The 
success  that  attended  the  subject 
of  our  sketch,  George  Peabody, 
was  the  result  of  this  fortunate 
inheritance.  His  parents  wore 
poor.     That  was  to  his  advantage, 

as  the  son  was  compelled  to  rely  upon  his  own  energies,  which 
were  thus  developed  by  use.  He  had  a  strong  physical  constitution, 
and  that  enabled  him  to  endure.  He  had  a  kind  and  wise  mother, 
whose  good  counsels  directed  him  into  the  right  path. 

George  Peabody  was  born  in  Danvers,  Mass.,  February  18,  1795. 
Early  compelled  to  assist  his  father's  family,  he  was  taken  from 
school  when  eleven  years  of  age,  and  given  employment  in  the  coun- 
try store  of  Sylvester  Proctor,  in  Danvers.  He  proved  himself  a 
faithful  clerk  here  for  the  next  five  years. 

His  father  dying  when  George  was  in  his  teens,  he  took  upon  him- 
self, as  best  he  could,  the  task  of  providing  for  his  mother,  his 
brothers  and  his  sisters;  a  proof  that  true  worth  was  in  the  boy, 
which  subsequent  years  fully  demonstrated. 

Not  many  incidents  of  note  occurred  with  him  in  his  boyhood.  At 
fifteen  he  left  Mr.  Proctor's  to  go  to  Vermont,  where  he  remained 
a  year  with  his  grandparents,  at  Thetford.  A  year  later  he  went  into 
the  dry-goods  store  of  his  brother,  David  Peabody,  at  Newburyport, 
Mass.,  where  a  large  fire,  which  destroyed  his  brother's  store,  com- 
pelled him  to  seek  a  place  elsewhere.  He  next  entered  the  employ- 
ment of  his  uncle  in  Georgetown,  D.  C. ,  which  place  he  soon  left,  to 
find  a  better  position  with  Mr.  Elisha  Riggs,  in  that  city,  who  made 
him  his  partner.  Young  Peabody  was  then  but  nineteen.  The  busi* 
ness  was  the  wholesaling  of  dry-goods,  largely  imported  from  Europe. 

To  secure  trade  Peabody  made  various  journeys  on  horseback 
into  the  unsettled  regions  of  the  border  States,  with  such  success  as 
to  make  it  necessary  to  establish  the  store  of  his  firm  at  a  more 
central  place;  Baltimore  being  selected  as  the  point.  In  that  city 
the  young  merchant  immediately  took  front  rank,  being  noted  as  a 
business  man  for  his  quick  and  cautious  judgment;  his  decision, 
firmness,  industry,  punctuality,  justice  and  honor  in  every 
transaction;  the  whole  accompanied  by  a  genial  courtesy  that  won 
him  friends  on  every  side. 

The  business  of  the  house  so  rapidly  extended  as  to  make  it  soon 
necessary  to  establish  branches  in  New   York   and    Philadelphia,  the 


whole  being  under  the  immediate 
careful  supervision  of  Mr.  Pea- 
body. In  1829  Mr.  Kiggs  withdrew 
from  the  active  business  of  the 
institution,  still  leaving  his  name, 
however  —  the  firm  continuing  as 
Peabody,  Riggs  &  Co.  Opening  a 
banking  department  in  connection 
with  the  house,  which  had  proven 
very  profitable,  especially  as  the 
financial  agents  of  the  State  of 
Maryland,  and  having  been  in  Eng- 
land frequently,  where  he  had  made 
a  large  acquaintance,  Mr.  Peabody 
resolved  to  establish  a  branch  store 
in  London,  and  in  1837,  when  forty- 
two  years  old,  he  went  there  to 
persianently  reside. 
In  the  succeeding  year  he  did  great  service  to  his  native  country 
by  securing  nionied  assistance  at  a  time  when  general  financial  wreck 
had  overspread  the  commercial  interests  of  the  United  States. 
Through  his  own  wealth,  and  trust  in  the  future  of  America,  he  was 
able  and  willing  to  buy  largely  of  American  securities,  while  his 
integrity  and  high  standing  among  the  capitalists  of  England  inspired 
confidence  in  others.  Thus  credit  was  saved  to  the  State  of  Mary- 
land, which  he  represented  as  its  agent,  as  well  as  to  vast  monied 
interests  in  the  United  States.  In  his  transactions  at  that  time  Mr. 
Peabody  acquired  great  reputation  for  financial  strength,  courage  and 
ability.  In  the  meantime  his  mercantile  interests  steadily  grew  in 
America.  He  bought  very  heavily  of  British  goods,  and  shipped 
them  to  this  country,  receiving  by  his  vessels,  in  return,  all  kinds 
of  American  produce,  which  found  ready  sale  in  England. 

Gradually  his  customers,  when  they  consigned  to  his  firm,  not 
only  drew  upon  him,  but  they  as  often  deposited  large  amounts  of 
money  w-ith  him,  to  be  held  until  required.  The  result  was  that  he 
soon  found  himself  doing  a  large  banking  business. 

In  1843  his  business  firm  name  was  changed  to  "George  Peabody 
&  Company,  of  Warnford  Court,  City, "and  banking  thenceforth 
became  his  leading  busines.s,  the  purchase  and  sale  of  American 
securities  being  his  specialty.  Through  his  geniality  and  kindly 
courtesy,  his  othce.  which  was  liberally  supplied  with  newspapers 
from  the  United  States,  became  the  resort  of  Americans  in  London. 
Though  careful  in  expenditure,  he  was  liberal.  For  many  years 
it  was  his  custom  to  give  a  grand  dinner  at  some  public  place  on  the 
Fourth  of  July,  in  commemoration  of  the  establishment  of  Ameri- 
can independence.  At  this  dinner  he  invited  distinguished  Ameri- 
cans who  might  be  in  London  at  the  time,  as  he  did  also  prominent 
men  in  Great  Britain.  At  the  opening  of  the  International  exposi- 
tion in  1851,  no  provision  having  been  made  by  congress  for  the 
display  of  American  products.  George  Peabody  furnished  the 
commissioners  with  the  sum  of  $15,000,  with  which  the  articles  of 
American     skill,     including    printing-presses,     revolvers,    reapers. 


;Ct — 


=^pi^ 


11: 


FEAUODY    BEQUESTS. 


SKETCH    OF    PETER    COOrER. 


macbincs,  works  of  Bculpture,  and  many  valuable  inventions  were 
so  finely  displayed  as  to  win  tbe  applause  of  tbe  civilized  world. 

Generous  thus  in  tbe  bestowal  of  thousands  or  millions,  he  was 
rigidly  economical  to  the  penny,  the  result  of  the  habits  that  he  had 
formed  in  his  youth.  Never  married,  he  lived  cheaply  in  a  suite  of 
apartments  and  entertained  his  friends  at  the  club  house.  In  dress 
he  was  scrupulously  neat,  but  unostentatious.  Anything  calculated 
to  attract  attention  he  carefully  avoided.  A  black  band  was  the  only 
thing  he  would  wear  for  a  watch-guard. 

In  the  later  years  of  his  residence  in  London,  lie  made  several 
visits  to  his  native  country,  renewing  his  friendships  of  early  years. 
Having  acqnired  immense  wealth,  his  life  was  particularly  notable, 
near  its  close,  for  the  many  and  wise  gifts  which  he  made  for  explo- 
ration, discovery,  for  the  education  of  the  masses,  and  for  the  comfort 
and  welfare  of  the  poor. 

The  following  were  some  of  his  principal  donations  during  his  life, 
togethc_r  with  bequests  made  hy  his  will; 

The  Peabody  Bequests. 

To  the  Soutliern  Educational  Fnud ?:^..500.000 

To  Itomes  for  the  Poor  in  Loiulon 2..')00,000 

To  tlie  Peabody  Institote,  at  Baltimore ^•°?r!llJ5 

To  Pealjoiiv  Institute.  Peabody,  Mai.s ^r-"S 

To  Institute  of  .\rch«olosry,  Haivard  College """SS. 

To  Dep.artment  of  Physical  Science,  YaleColie(je 1;>0,000 

To  Peabody  Museum,  Saiein,  Mass 150,000 


To  Memorial  riiureli   in  Ceoi-getown,  D.  C $10(1,000 

To  W.islMlli.'t..ii  roll, ■He.  V.i oil  mill 

To  I'liilhli--  Aciikiiiv,  Aiidover,  Ma-ss - m.lMI 

To  K.-iivoii  tuliL^ie,  at  liainbier,  O  . 2;.. mill 

To  Pubiie  Library.  .Vewburyport.  Mass 20.000 

To  Maryland  Historical  Society 20.000 

Totirinnell  Expidltion.  under 'Dr.  Kane lo.ooo 

To  Public  Library,  Tlletfold,  Vt 10.000 

«7. 975, 000 

lie  contributed  about  $200,000  to  various  other  objects,  and  left 
85,000,000,  mostly  to  his  relatives.  He  died  in  London,  Nov.  4, 
1809,  when  seventy  two  years  of  age.  Tbe  news  of  his  death  was 
received  with  profound  grief  on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic.  So  great 
had  been  his  benefactions  to  England  as  to  cause  the  Queen  to  pre- 
sent him  with  her  portrait,  painted  at  an  expense  of  $40,000.  She 
had  also  offered  him  a  baronetcy,  which  be  declined.  His  body  lay 
in  state  for  some  time  at  Westminster  Abbey,  and  when  brought  to 
this  country  in  a  royal  man-of-war  ship,  every  homage  was  paid  that 
could  be  extended  to  a  citizen  that  had  so  greatly  honored  and  bene- 
fited his  country. 

At  Peabody,  Mass.,  amid  thousands  of  monrners,  they  laid  him 
gently  to  rest  by  the  side  of  that  mother  whose  tender  counsels,  in 
his  boyhood,  had  laid  the  foundation  for  his  fame  and  fortune.  The 
monument  that  stands  above  his  tomb  is  an  ever-living  witness  of 
what  the  boy  in  humble  circumstances  may  achieve  in  life  who  is 
industrious,  temperate,  economical,  enterprising,  faithful  and  honest. 


a^r^^^BaSdJfa 


(-^•^^"S^^T 


First  Manufacturer  of   Locomotives  in  America,  and   Founder  of  the  Cooper  Institute. 


ETER  COOPER,  the  well-known  millionaire  and  i  an  cnterprisi 
]ibilantbropist,  was  born  ill  New  York,  in  1791.  Wiih  I  Cooper  Instil 
limited      education,      at 


seventeen,  he  was  ap- 
prenticed to  a  coach- 
maker,  and  worked  with  such  fidelity 
and  skill,  that  his  employer  offered  to 
set  him  up  in  business  for  himself; 
but  this  was  declined,  ulthoiigh  he 
followed  his  trade  for  some  lime  after- 
wards. Then  he  tried  manufacturing 
])atent  machines  for  shearing  clolli, 
during  the  war  of  1812;  then  the  nKinu- 
facture  of  furniture;  then  the  grocery 
business,  finally  settling  down  to  the 
liroduction  of  glue  and  isinglass,  which 
lie  continued  for  fifty  years.  He  also 
erected  iron-mills,  and  followed  the 
manufacture  of  railroad  iron  on  a  large 
scale,  and  was  the  first  to  roll  wrouglit- 
iron  beams  for  fire-proof  buildings.  Tlie 
iron  business  is  still  carried  on  exten- 
sively by  his  family.  He  built  the  Hist 
locomotive  engine  ever  constructed  on 
iliis  continent,    after    his  own  designs; 


Peter  Cooper. 


invested  largely  in  the   extension  of  the  electric  telegraph,*"and   in    I    Hewitt,  hii^ 
municipal  improvements  and  the  cause  of  education,  be  exhibited    |    liichard  an 


spirit.     To    bis    liberality     New   York   owes   the 
or  Ihc  advancement  of  science  and  art.  the  edifice 
costing  Mr.  Cooper  more  than  $IJ30,  000, 
besides  an  endowment   of  S150, 000   in 
cash,   the   whole   being  devoted   to   the 
instruction  and  elevation  of  the  ■working 
classes  of  that  city,  free  of  charge.     It 
has  a  series  of  schools,  well  attended,  in 
which  learning   is  practically  applied  to 
the  industries  of  life,  and  employs  up- 
ward of     thirty  instructors.       Besides 
Ihese   schools   there   is  a  free  reading- 
room  and  library,  with  galleries  of  an, 
collections  of  models  of  inventions,  etc. 
In  1870    Mr.  Cooper  was  a  candidate 
for  the  presidency  before  the  people  on 
llie    National     Greenback    ticket;    and 
during  the  presidential  canvass  of  1880, 
lie   was  present,  an    honored    guest,  at 
tile  Greenback  gathering  held  in  Cooper 
Institute.     At  this  writing,  he  still  lives 
in   tbe  enjoyment  of  good  health  and  ft 
serene  old  age,  his  active  participation  in 
'S^^t/^    public  matters  descending  to  his  family, 
^''^       among  whom  his  son-in-law,  Abram  S. 
In'cii  ail   influential  member  of  Congress,  and  his  son 
llouored  Mayor  of  New  York. 


M 


I)ISII.\li|ISIIl;l»    MIM.Kl.N'AIliK    OF    CIXCIX.VATI. 


li: 


-^„^— =^--=^r@. 


■  ^':i%:^''''- 


Horticulturist,  Wine-Grower  and  Dealer  in   Real   Estate, 


N  ITH'-i,  January  1(5,  iit  New- 
ark, New  Jersey,  was 
born  Nicholas  Longworth. 
for  many  years  one  of  the 
richest  men  in  Cincinnati. 
He  served  for  a  time  in 
Newark  as  an  apprentice 
to  a  shoemaker,  and  after- 
wards as  a  clerk  for  his 
brother  in  Sonth  Carolina. 
Evincing  a  fondness  for 
I  lie  law,  he  returned  to 
Newark  to  prosecute  its 
^tudy,  but  the  tide  of 
eniiiiration  westward  car- 
4^''^>^''^i^^^^^^'^-''T^^\^  ried  him  to  Cincinnati  in 
SflC^  "~^^^Bk^^  V'f  ^  )  ^^^3'  "'^*^"  ^^  ^^"'^^  Iwenty- 
\  C        /-/■  Wo«*rV»  ir\  I  o    /      ^jjjj,     years     old.        He 

resumed  his  study  here 
in  the  law  office  of  Judj,'e 
Burnet,  and  was  soon 
admitted  to  the  bar.  H 
was  but  a  short  time  before  he  had  an  extensive  practice,  the  revenue 
from  which,  instead  of  squandering,  he  steadily  invested  in  real 
estate.  Cincinnati,  at  that  time,  had  a  population  of  about 
1,000,  with  probably  no  more  prospect  of  becoming  a  great  city  than 
has  many  another  town  of  that  population  to-day.  The  young  lawyer 
evidently  had  a  premonition,  however,  that  the  place  of  his  adoption 
was  to  become  a  large  city,  and  he  continued  to  buy  lots,  which  after- 
wards came  into  the  center  of  the  town,  in  those  early  years,  costing 
him  but  ten  dollars  apiece. 

It  is  said  of  him  that  his  first  fee,  as  a  lawyer,  taken  from  a  client 
accused  of  horse- stealing,  were  two  second-hand  copper  stills,  which 
he  sold  to  a  distiller,  taking  in  exchange  thirty-three  acres  of  barren 
land,  which  land  afterwards,  in  the  center  of  the  city,  became,  during 
Mr.  Longworth's  time,  worth  S*',  000. 000. 

He  retired  from  the  law  after  a  sixteen  years' practice,  to  devote 
himself  to  Ihe  management  of  his  large  interests.  Having  an  abun- 
dance of  means,  and  a  fondness  for  horticulture,  he  turned  his 
attention  to  the  grape — full  in  the  faith  that  the  Ohio  valley  would 
prove  a  rich  grape-growing  region.  After  much  experiment,  he 
(1<  mou-^trated  that  the  Catawba  and  Isabella  could  be  grown  toadvan- 
l.iL'e,  and  that  the  wine  interest  could    be    made  more  profitable.      In 


pursuing  this  industry,  Mr.  Longworth  showed  himself  possessed  of 
much  liberality  and  public  spirit.  Desirous  of  developing  the  wine- 
producing  interest  in  the  vicinity  of  Cincinnati,  he  offered  to  buy, 
at  a  liberal  price,  every  gallon  of  grape  wine  that  was  brought  to 
him,  the  effect  of  which  was  to  encourage  grape-growing  on  the  part 
of  Ihe  gardeners  in  the  Ohio  river  valley  to  such  an  extent  as  to  make 
that  industry  as  large  and  profitable  as  it  is  in  portions  of  the  wine- 
producing  districts  of  France. 

Mr.  Longworth  himself  had  a  vineyard  of  200  acres,  with  large 
cellars  for  storing  his  wines,  in  which  he  had  usually,  in  process  of 
ripening,  some  300,000  bottles  at  a  time.  Although  experiment  and 
the  commencing  of  this  enterprise  cost  him  vast  sums  of  money,  he 
ultimately  made  the  industry  profitable. 

He  did,  also,  much  for  strawberry  culture,  then  in  its  infancy. 
Passing  a  garden,  one  day,  he  found  upon  the  sidewalk  a  number  of 
strawberry  vines  which  had  been  thrown  over  the  fence.  He  paused 
to  converse  with  the  gardener,  and  learned  in  the  conversation,  that 
the  plants  thrown  out  were  the  superabundance  of  males  or  non- 
producers.  The  idea  was  new  to  Longworth.  Was  it  a  fact  that 
there  were  male  and  female  plants,  and  that  a  proper  union  of  the 
two  sexes  was  essential  to  the  production  of  the  crop?  Longworth 
began  to  experiment,  at  the  same  time  bringing  the  matter  to  the 
attention  of  the  horticulturists  of  the  country.  The  result  was 
that  a  vast  fund  of  information  was  added  to  horticultural 
knowledge,  relative  to  the  sexual  powers  of  many  kinds  of  fruits. 
With  the  strawberry  the  experiments  resulted  in  the  production  of 
several  varieties  of  berries,  that,  as  hermaphrodites,  contained  the 
male  and  female  qualities  within  themselves,  so  blended  as  to  make 
them  certain  bearers  of  fruit  when  the  conditions  of  climate,  soil  and 
moisture  were  attended  to.  All  this  information  Mr.  Longworth 
took  great  pleasure  in  ha\"ing  widely  disseminated. 

As  with  grapes  and  strawberries,  he  was  equallj*  public-spirited 
with  his  land,  in  its  sale  at  cheap  prices  for  portions  of  lots,  on  long 
time  and  easy  payments.  He  had  some  eccentricities;  among  them 
being  a  total  disregard  for  dress.  Of  inferior  personal  presence, 
he  was  as  likely  to  be  taken  for  a  beggar  or  tramp  as  was  the 
beggar  himself,  about  hie  premises.  He  made  no  disphiy  of 
benevolence  but  he  bestowed  charity  liberally  nevertheless,  to  those 
who  were  in  absolute  want. 

As  a  benefactor  to  his  city,  as  well  as  to  the  horticullnral  interests 
of  the  country,  he  very  emphaticj\lly  made  his  impress  in  his  genera- 
tion. He  died  February  10,  1863,  at  the  age  of  eighty-one,  leaving  a 
fortune  of  fifteen  millions. 


K 


i2^ 


114 


THE  CKLEBRATED  RAILROAD  CONTRACTOR. 


Distinguished,  Enterprising  Pioneer  in  California,  and  Railroad  Contractor 
^  and  Builder  in  South  America. 


NE  OF  THE  most  distin- 
guished men  in  California, 
in  Jin  early  day,  was  Harry 
Meiggs.  lie  was  born  in 
Catskill,  N.  Y.,  July  7, 
1811.  Naturally  given  to 
the  projection  of  enter- 
prises, he  commenced  in 
New  York,  when  young, 
OS  a  contractor  for  the 
purchase  and  supply  of 
building  materials,  and 
had  made  a  fortune  in  the 
lumber  trade,  before  be  was 
twenty-five,  which  was  swept  away 
by  the  panic  in  1837. 

The  reported  discovery  of  gold  in 
California  found  Mciggs  ready  for 
another  venture.  Loading  a  ship  with 
liiniher,  he  went  around  Cape  Horn  to 
San  Francisco,  where  he  sold  his  cargo 
at  a  profit  of  $50, 000.  Having  great  faith 
in  the  future  of  that  SUte,  he  started 
in  the  lumber  trade  again,  and  had,  at  one 
time,  over  500  employes  in  his  saw- 
mills and  elsewhere,  at  work. 

He   made  a  fortune,    and   for  several 

years    was    one   of    the   most  extensive 

business  operators  on  the  Pacific  coast. 

The  panic  which  spread  over  California, 

in   IHrj-l,    caused    his    failure   again,    and 

through   various  complicatiima    he    was 

compelled  to    close   his  business   there. 

On  hoard  a  small  vessel,  with  his  family, 

he  departed  for  South  America. 

ni*>  firft  enterprise  in  that  country  was  a  contract  for  the  building 

of  eighty-four  milert  of  railway,  which  involved  a  stupendous   feat 

in  cngloecring.      While  other  engineers  had  estimated  that  this  road 


would  cost  S20. 000. 000,  if  it  could  be  built  at  all,  Meiggs  took  the 
contract  for  Sti,  000, 000,  and  utilizing  the  Chilians  under  American 
overseers  at  a  cost  of  thirteen  cents  a  day  each,  he  tunneled  moun- 
tains, excavated  mines,  exploded  rocks,  and  made  such  rapid  head- 
way as  to  be  the  wonder  of  all  South  America. 

Though  three  years  had  been  assigned  him.  he  completed  the 
contract  in  two  years,  making  a  handsome  profit,  beside  securing  a 
government  bonus  of  $120,000. 

He  next  took  the  contract  for  building  114  miles  of  railway  in 
Peru,  from  Mollendo  to  Arequipa.  During  the  progress  of  this  con- 
tract an  earthquake  destroyed  much  of  his  constructions;  but.  not- 
withstanding he  gave  $100,000  to  the  sufferers  by  that  calamity, 
$310,000  in  gold  and  silver  medals  to  workmen,  and  $200,000  to  the 
entertainments  in  commemoration  of  the  completion  of  this  road,  he 
made  by  his  contract  a  great  fortune  above  all  this. 

He  lived  in  Lima,  in  a  style  of  superb  magnificence,  during  the 
later  years  of  bis  residence  in  the  country,  his  extravagance  of  hos- 
pitality being  the  theme  of  all  who  knew  him.  In  all,  he  built  about 
a  thousand  miles  of  railways  in  South  America,  some  of  which  roads 
were  financial  failures  for  the  government  as  well  as  himself. 

Having  a  great  railroad  enterprise  on  hand,  requiring  many  millions 
to  build,  he  made  an  effort  to  interest  the  capitalists  of  Europe  in  the 
undertaking.  His  endeavors  were,  however,  in  vain.  This  failure, 
together  with  an  overwrought  nervous  energy,  produced  paralysis, 
from  which  he  died  when  about  sixty  years  of  age.  The  immense 
crowds  of  people  and  demonstrations  of  sorrow  attending  his  funeral 
formed  one  of  the  most  notable  events  that  ever  occurred  in  South 
America.  Even  in  California,  though  failure  ultimately  attended  his 
enterprise  there,  his  public-spirit  and  wonderful  executive  ability 
greatly  endeared  him  to  the  i)eople,and  thousands  mourned  his  death. 

With  a  large  body  that  weighed  22.5  pounds,  and  an  active  brain 
that  measured  twenty-four  inches,  with  mathematical  talent  greatly 
developed,  and  large  perceptive  faculties,  he  possessed  extraordinary 
capacity  for  the  carrying  through  of  great  enterprises.  His  dash, 
extravagance  and  lack  of  preparation  in  times  of  commercial  crises 
prevented  him  from  retaining  the  colossal  fortune  which  might  have 
been  his,  had  greater  caution,  prudence  and  habits  of  economy  ruled 
his  business  undertakings. 


,ii. 


•  CAIJI'OUNIA    MII.I.KlN'AIKKS.        .lA.MIOS    r.lclv    AM)    HIS    liKCiL'ESTS. 


115 


^W 


Farmer, 

Music    Dealer, 

Piano  Tuner, 

-^^HH^ >—*-^ ^^^ 


r*lp^>Ei^NE  OF  THE  earliest  pioneers  in  California,  during  the 
gold  excitement,  was   James  Lick,  a  native  of    Fred- 
ericksburg, Pa.,  where  be   was  born,  August  25,  179G. 
Reared  on  a  farm,  he  afterwards  became  a  piano  tuner 
,      ^      in  New  York  city.     Subse- 
^  quently    be    drifted    off    to 

South  America,  where  he  not  only  tuned 

but  successfully  sold  pianos  for  Philadel- 
phia manufacturers.      Hearing  of  the  gold 

excitement  in  California,  he  converted  his 

possessions  into  money  and  came  North, 

arriving  in   San   Francisco   in  1847  with 

$30,000.     Lick   was  then  fifty-one   years 

of  age,  and  the  money  he  possessed  was 

the    savings    of    a     life-time    of    close 

industry  and  economy.       It  had  cost  him 

too  much  to  be  gambled  away.     He  sur- 
veyed the  situation  upon  his  arrival,  and 

concluding     that     San    Francisco     must 

become  the  metropolis  of  the  Pacific  coast, 

he  resolved  to  invest   his   money  in   real 

estate  and  abide  the  issue.      The  city  then 

had  a  population  of  1,000. 

His  first  investment  was  in  a  lot  at  tlie 

northeast     corner    of     Montgomery    and 

Jackson     streets,    for     which     he     paid 

$5,000.      He  subsequently  sold  a  portion 

of   this   lot   to   Duncan,  Sherman    &    Co. 

for  $30, 000.     During  the   early  years  the 

town  was  frequently  almost  deserted   by 

people,  attracted  to    the    various  mining 

camps,  but  through  it  all  Lick  continued 

steadily  a   dealer  in   real   estate,  buying 

when  everybody  wanted  to  sell,  and  selling  again  when  people  came 

buck  and  everybody  wanted  to  buy. 
In  time  his  estate  became  worth  several  millions,  prominent  among 


^swC^ 

*-"-* >»» 

Real    Estate 

Speculator  and 

<«« 

Millionaire. 
*~"^ >»» 

JAMES    LICK. 


his  possessions  being  extensive  flouring  mills  at  San  Jose,  costing 
$300,000,  and  the  Lick  Hotel,  one -of  the  most  expensive  of  the  large 
hotels  of  San  Francisco.  By  his  will  he  returned  to  the  State  and  the 
city  the  fortune  he  had  made  there,  to  be  appropriated  to  various 
charitable  and  scientific  objects — a  for- 
tune the  result  of  steady  purpose  in  one 
direction. 

Lick  Bequests. 

The    following  were  some  of  the  most 
prominent  of   the   Lick  donations: 

To  the  Lake  Tahoe  Observatory 8700,000 

To  School  of  Mechanical  Arts  in  Cali- 
fornia    300. 000 

To  Public  Monuments  in  Sacramento. .  250,000 
To  Academy  of  Sciences  and  Pioneer 

Society 250. 000 

To  City  Baths  for  people  at  Sacramento  150,000 
To  monument  for  Francis  B.  Key,  at 

Golden  Gate  Park 150,000 

To  Old  Ladies'  Home,  San  Francisco...  100,000 
To  Ladies'  Relief  Society^  San  Fran- 
cisco    25, 000 

To    Protestant   Orphan    Asylum,   San 

Francisco 25.000 

To  Orphan  Asylum,  San  Jose 25.000 

To  Mechanics'   Library,  San  Francisco  10,000 
To  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty 

to  Animals lo.  000 

Total 81,995,000 

The  gift  for  the  erection  of  a  monument 
to  Key  was  a  tribute  to  his  genius  as  the 
author  of  the  "Star  Spangled  Banner," 
the  singing  of  which  at  the  opening  of 
the  war  in  one  of  the  leading  theaters  in 
San  Francisco,  did  much  toward  inspiring  the  people  with  intense 
loyalty  for  the  Union. 

Mr.  Lick  was  about  eighty  years  of  age  at  the  time  of  his  death. 


■?e 


? 


116 


WOOUWAKD  S    GARDENS,    SAN    FRANCISCO. 


"^  -J  NE  OF  THE  most  delightful  pleasure-grounds  in  the 
United  States  is  Woodward's  Gardens,  in  Sun  Fran- 
-^^  Cisco.  The  proprietor.  R.  B.  Woodward,  was  from 
J^  Providence.  R.  I.,  where  he  was  born  January  2G,  1824. 
il(^?^  Going  by  way  of  Cape  Horn,  on  a  sailing  vessel,  be  arrived 
in  San  Francisco,  in  184D.  bis  first  venture  being  the  opening  of  a 
grocery  store  in  a  three-story  building,  the  upper  part  of  wbirb  be  b-t 
to  lodgers, 
while  the 
lower  portion 
be  used  as  a 
restaurant. 

Steadily  his 
business  ex- 
tended until, 
in  time,  it  de- 
veloped into 
the  *'What 
Cheer  House" 
long  a  favorite 
]ilaee  of  re- 
sort. Under 
his  manage- 
ment the  hotel 
was  very  at- 
t  r  a  c  t  i  V  e  1  y 
kc-pt.  at  cheap 
prices. 

In  his  hotel 
he  gathered 
an  interest- 
ing museum 
of  minerals, 
birds  and  ani- 
mals, native  to 
the    country. 

Purchasing  ^  ...,,, 

„ ,  Conservatory  in  Woodward 

several  acres  ^ 

in   the   suburbs  of   the   city   for    residence   purposes,    he   removed 

his  museum    there,    and    gradually   began    beautifying    the    place. 

At  the  opening  of    the   Southern   Rebellion,    he    gave   an   enter- 

tninment    for  the   first    time   on    these   grounds   in   behalf  of    the 

Sanitary  Commission,  when  it  was  discovered  that  the  museum  had 

been    so  enlarged   and    the   grounds   so  beautified   as   to  be  a  most 

I)lea«aut  and  desirable  place  of  resort.       From  Ih;it  time,  at  a  cbe;ip 


rate  of  admission.  Woodward's  Gardens  became  a  favorite  place  of 
amusement  for  the  Californians  and  all  strangers  on  the  Pacific  coast. 
Through  the  large  revenue  derived  from  visitors,  the  proprietor 
continued  to  embellish  and  improve  the  grounds,  conlinually  adding 
attractions,  until  to-day.  with  its  theatrical  entertainments,  its 
museum  of  minerals,  birds,  fishes,  insects,  animals  and  reptiles, 
it>;  anuarium.  caged  animals,  sea-lions,  and  multitude  of  curiosities, 

it  is  a  wry 
attractive 
place  to  visit. 
Beside  be- 
ing a  man  of 
superior  taste 
Mr.  Wood- 
ward was  very 
practical  and 
public-spir- 
ited. He  was 
one  of  the  first 
to  build 
borsp  railways 
in  San  Fran- 
Cisco.  on 
w  Inch  wcro 
charged  lo\v 
fares. 

His  rule 
was,  whether 
k  e  e  p  i  ug  a 
hotel,  cou- 
<1  u  c  t  i  n  g  a 
J)  1  a  c  e  of 
;nnn  seme  ii  t. 
or  running  a 
horse  railway, 
to  put  the 
price  of  ad- 
mission and 
fare  so  low  that  all  might   use  and  enjoy  their  advantages. 

Later  in  life,  be  purchased  a  farm  of  ^,000  acres  in  the  Napa  val- 
ley, for  a  home,  surrounding  it  with  fruits,  flowers  and  ornament;i] 
trees,  ?uch  as  taste  and  experience  prompted  him  to  select.  At  this 
place  he  died  in  the  fall  of  1ST9,  young,  comparatively,  in  years,  but 
old  enougli  to  have  been  of  great  service  to  San  Francisco,  having 
done  nujre  to  entertain  Ihi-  people  tlian  ;iny  man  in  the  State. 


s  Gardens,  San  Francisco. 


.A 


■G^ 


SAN  FRANCISCO    AM)    IIS    I'UoMINKNT    POINTS    OK    INlTiUl^s']-. 


City  and  Bay  of  SAN    FRANCISCO,  Looking  Westward. 


Sun  Francisco,  California,  was  early  occupied  by  Francisco  Paloti 
and  Benito  Cambon,  two  Franciscan  Catholic  monks  from  Spain,  who 
founded  here  the  mission  of  San  Francisco  do  Asis,  October  9.  177G. 
The  mission  prospered,  and,  in  1825,  it  possessed  76,000  head  of 
cattle,  79,000  sheep,  3,000  horses,  18,000  bushels  of  wheat  and 
barley,  $35, 000  worth  of  merchandise,  and  $25,000  in  cash;  having 
at  the  same  time  supervision  over  1,800  Indians. 

In  1834  the  missions  of  California  were  placed  under  the  control 
of  civil  officers,  and  in  a  few  years  nothing  remained  of  their  former 
power,  but  a  few  buildings.  The  first  house  of  modern  construction 
iu  San  Francisco  was  erected  in  1835,  near  the  present  site  of  the 


City  Hail.  The  first  survey  of  streets  and  lots  was  made  in  1839. 
The  town  was  known  as  Yerba  Buena  until  January  30,  1847.  when 
the  village  council  changed  it  to  San  Francisco.  At  that  time  the 
population  of  the  place  was  1,000.  The  discovery  of  gold  in  the 
State  caused  the  town  to  be  almost  wholly  deserted  in  the  spring  of 
1848.  In  the  fall  of  that  year,  however,  the  place  began  to  grow,  and 
continued  rapidly  to  increase.  In  1852,  when  the  State  census  was 
taken,  the  population  was  34.870.  In  1860  it  showed  56,802;  in 
1870  it  contained  149.473,  and  in  1880  the  census  revealed  that  it 
possessed  a  population  of  233,066;  an  increase  of  83,593  in  the  last 
ten  years. 


No.  1.  Bay  of  S.in  Francisco;  a  larpe  body  of 
wjitrr.  fxteniiiuer  fiom  the  Golden  Gate,  about 
fnrtv  miles  inland,  being  in  many  places  ten  miles 
in  width. 

a.  Long  Bridge,  leading  southward  over 
Mission  bay. 

3.  Piers,  of  steamships  which  ply  between  San 
Francisco  and  Chinese,  Japanese  and  Australian 
ports. 

4.  Foot  of  Market  street,  the  Broadway  of  the 
city.  At  this  point  are  the  piers  of  the  ferry-boats 
tliat  ply  between  San  Francisco  and  Oakland,  con- 
necting with  the  Central  Pacific  railway,  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  bay,  Ave  miles  distant. 

5.  Marine  Hospital  and  Hospital  of  Sisters  of 
Mei'cy. 

e.    Po!5t-office,     Sub-Treasury      building      and 
Custom-house. 
t.  Lick  House,  erected  by  James  Lick. 

8.  Bank  of  California.  Near  here  are  the  Bank 
of  Nevada,  Stock  Exchange,  Mercantile  library, 
Kuss  and  Occidental  hotels. 

9.  The  Palace  hotel.  In  this  vicinity  ar**  the 
Granfl  hotel.  Bancroft's  publishing  house,  and 
other  well-known  houses. 

10.  United  States  Mint. 

1 1 .  Mission  Woolen  Mills. 


Leading  Points  of  Interest. 

12.  Woodward's  Gardens,  covering  an  area  of 
five  acres. 

13.  City  Hall.  Near  by  were  the  celebrated 
"Sand  Lots,"  and  between  this  point  and  the 
Palace  hotel  is  the  Baldwin  hotel. 

14.  Lake  Merced. 

1.%.  01(1    Mission    Church,    built  in    1776;    llrst 
building  erected  in  San  Francisco. 
16.  Grace  Cathedral. 
IT.  Lone  Mountain  Cemetery. 

18.  Golden  Gate  Park,  including  1. 100  acres. 
These  grounds  are  beautifully  decorated,  and  con- 
tain, among  other  attractions,  an  expensive 
conservatory,  in  which,  with  many  other  rare 
plants,  is  a  beautiful  specimen  of  the  Victoria 
Regia.  Near  the  park  are  the  race-course 
grn.mds. 

19.  In  this  vicinity  are  the  Chinese  fiuarters, 
pxtt'iiding  over  several  blocks,  including  a  popu- 
lation of  Chinese  numbering  froni  20.000  to  40.000. 

ao.  Old  Citv  Hall.  Formerly  Jenny  Lind  Thea- 
ter;   erected  in  1851. 

21.  St.  Francis'  hotel,  comer  Clav  and  Dnpont 
streets,  erected  in  lS3.i;  location  of  the  first  dwell- 
ing-house built  in  San  Francisco. 

22.  Nob  Hill.  This  is  an  elevated  portion  of 
the  city,  containing  many  of  the  most  beautiful 
residences. 


23.  Telegraph  Hill,  commanding  a  view  of  the 
Golden  Oate  and  a  large  portion  of  the  bay. 

24.  Meiggs'  Wharf,  built  in  1854.  bv  Harry 
Meiggs.  afterwards  the  railroad  king  of  Peru. 

25.  Selby's  Lead-smelting  Works. 

26.  Black  Point  and  fortifications. 

27.  Presidio  Barracks  and  government  reserve. 
Headiiuartei-sof 'the  Army,  Division  of  the  Pacific. 

28.  Golden  Gate.  At  this  point  of  entrance  to 
the  bay,  the  watei-s  are  about  one  mile  in  width. 

29.  Point  Bonita.  This  is  one  of  the  prominent 
points  in  the  vicinity  of  the  bay.  Here  is  located 
a  beacon-light,  which  guides  the  mariner  through 
the  Golden  Gate. 

30.  Locatinn  of  the  Seal  Rocks.  These  rocks 
are  surround. -il  bv  the  ocean,  and  are  situated  a 
hundred  nMisiirmore  from  the  main  land.  The 
largest  enntams  from  a  quarter  to  three-quarters 
of  an  acre  of  barren,  rough,  rutrged  rock,  which 
rises  from  the  ocean  forty  or  fifty  feet  above  the 
writers.  Upon  this  rock  scores  of  seals,  at  mo-;t 
sea,sons  of  the  vear,  may  be  seen  resting  and 
sunning  themselves.  This  is  one  of  the  attractive 
places  of  resort  to  all  strangers  who  visit  San 
Francisco. 

31.  Pacific  Ocean;  some  three  miles  from  the 
heart  of  the  city. 


^^ 


lis 


A    CIIAI'TKU    IX    THE    HISTORY    OF    TIIK    IJA: 


|>F    CALIFORNIA. 


Ship-Carpenter,  Steamboat  Clerk  and  Banker 


i^ERY  MANY  OF  THE  Californians.  in  the  early  years  of 
the  gold  discoveries  on  the  Pacific  coast,  possessed  a 
degree  of  dash  and  enterprise  not  common  in  other  parts 
of  the  world. 

One  of  the  notables  on  the  coast  in  an  early  day  was 
W.  C.  Ralston.  In  business  courage,  liberality  of 
spirit,  generous  hospitality,  and  power  to  achieve,  he 
was  much  like  Harry  Meiggs.  Ralston  was  a  native  of 
Ohio,  where,  in  boyhood,  he  was  put  to  the  work  of  ship- 
carpentering.  Subse- 
quently serving  for  a  time  as  a 
clerk  on  a  Mississippi  steamer,  he 
started  for  California  by  way  of 
Panama,  in  1850,  in  which  latter 
place  he  found  employment  as  the 
agent  for  a  line  of  steamships  plying 
between  New  York  and  San  Fran- 
cisco. To  more  effectually  serve  the 
company  he  took  up  headquarters 
in  San  Francisco  in  1853.  where  he 
was  soon  after  engaged  in  banking, 
the  firm  being  known  at  one  time  as 
Donohoe,  Ralston  &  Co. 

The  Bank  of  California  was  organ- 
ized with  a  capital  of  $5,000,000  in 
18G4,  with  D.  O.  Mills,  a  shrewd 
financier  and  banker  from  Sacra- 
mento, as  president.  Ralston  was 
the  vice-president  of  the  bank,  but, 
having  had  large  experience,  and 
possessing  the  unlimited  confidence 
of  the  stockholders,  he  was  the 
acknowledged  manager  of  the  insti- 
tution. The  business  of  the  bank 
was    exceedingly    prosperous;    the 

premium  on  gold  yielded  great  returns,  and  in  various  stock  specu- 
lations Ralston  had  before  this  made  a  large  amount  of  money. 

Numerous  industrial  interests  on  the  Pacific  coast  were  at  that  time 
struggling  for  existence  and  position.  Ralston  was  a  most  affable 
niiin,  was  personally  popular,  und  was  much  sought.  The  manager 
of  nearly  every  enterprise  needing  assistance  went  to  him,  and  no 
one  ever  applied  in  vain.      He  had  in  the  meantime  constructed  a 


BANK  OF  CALIFORNIA.  SAN  FRANCISCO. 


beautiful  town  residence  and  an  elegant  suburban  home  at  Belmont, 
twenty  miles  from  San  Francisco,  where  he  entertained  people  from 
the  East  in  a  most  sumptuous  manner,  not  so  much,  his  friends 
claimed,  for  personal  popularity,  as  for  the  good  of  the  State. 

In  aid  of  various  enterprises  he  had  contributed  liberally  to  the 
Mission  woolen  mills,  the  Kimball  carriage  works,  the  Cornell  watch 
factory,  and  many  other  manufacturing  establishments,  all  located  in 
San  Francisco.  He  furnished  the  capital  with  which  to  carry  forward 
irrigation  enterprises;  he  erected  thus  the  California  theater,  and 
grfTCcjvr;  with  Mr.  Sharon,  projected  and 
^     built  the  Palace  Hotel. 

He  had  expected  to  carryall  this 
through  by  the  sale  of  the  water 
supply  to  the  city,  which  the  bank 
owned,  and  for  which  he  had  hoped 
to  realize  $10,000,000.  Failing  in 
this,  and  returns  not  coming  from 
other  investments,  he  was  ol)ligcd 
to  acknowledge  to  the  bank  directors 
that  he  had  used  up  S-*.  500. 000 
which  he  could  not  pay.  Ho  had 
gone  too  fast. 

The  bank  officials  held  a  meeting, 
and  passed  a  resolution  requesting 
him  to  resign,  which  he  did  imme- 
diately. Following  which  he  walked 
rapidly  lo  North  beach,  where  he 
had  been  in  the  habit  of  bathing, 
swam  out  into  the  channel,  was 
apparently  taken  with  a  cram{), 
threw  up  his  arms  for  a  moment, 
sank  and  was  drowned.  A  coroner's 
inquest  decided  it  to  be  accidental 
death,  but  many  believe  otherwise. 
As  a  genial,  whole-souled,  pub- 
lic-spirited man.  and  a  great  benefactor  of  the  city  and  State,  his 
misfortune  and  death  were  most  sincerely  mourned.  The  bank 
closed  five  weeks.  At  the  end  of  that  time  the  stockholders  had 
supplied  the  lost  capital  by  assessment,  paid  all  debts,  and  made  the 
great  monied  Institution  the  ])ower  that  it  was  bef(tre.  Its  tri- 
umphant, immediate  survival  of  this  immense  loss  is  said  to-  be 
without  a  parallel  in  banking  history. 


— %(!):■ 


Mi 


■? 


CALII-OKXIA    MILLIONAIRES.       HOTEL,    MINE,    BANK    AND    RAILROAD    OWNER. 


Ill* 


LAWYER, 

MINING  SPECULATOR, 

MERCHANT, 


AND 

UNITED    STATES 

SENATOR. 


An  Illustration  of  how  Fortunes  have  been  Rapidly  Acquired  on  the  Pacific  Coast. 


:RING   the   ten   years,    from    1870    to    1880.    in 
connection  with  mining  interests,  on  the  Pacific 

y^|i».ii  ^  IIS'^A.  K      coast,    with    hotel    ownership,    and    with  tlie 

^'Int  ■^^Hfr^'''^  Kevada  Senatorship,  Mr.  Sharon  was  mnch 
heard  of  throughout  the  country.  This  gcn- 
tli-man  is  a  native  of  Smithfield.  O.  Leaving 
Athens  College,  where  he  attended  school  fi)r  a 
time,  he  studied  law  with  Edwin  M.  Stanton, 

afterwards  Secretary  of  War.    He  subsequently  went  to  Missouri  and 

engaged  in  the  practice  of  the  law. 

Later,    in  1844,    he,    with  Dr.  John 

K.  Sharon,  kept  a  store  at  Carrollton, 

in  Southern  Illinois. 
In  1849,  he  went  to  Sacramento, 

Cal. ,  to  engage  in  general  trade ;  and 

a  year  afterwards  he  located  in  San 

Francisco,  where,  in  the  succeeding 

fifteen    years,    he   engaged   in    real 

estate   operations,    accumulating   in 

the  time  about  Sl50,000.      Through 

stock   speculation,   he   lost  all   this 

and  was  bankrupt  in  1864.      At  this 

time  he  was  appointed  by  the  man 

agers  of  the  Bank  of  California  to 

go   to  Virginia  City,  Nov.,   open   a 

branch  and  represent  the  interests  of 

the  bank  at  that  point.      A  year  after- 
wards the  mines  there  seemed  to  be 

exhausted.     About  that  time    Mr. 

Ralston  paid  a  visit  to  Mr.  Sharon, 

when  the  two  had  a  long  confidential 

interview,  the  result  of   which  was 

that  Sharon  was  to  commence  umost 

vigilant  effort  to  prospect  and  dis- 
cover, if  jiossible,  more  paying  ore  in 

the  Comstock  lode;  Mr.  Ralston  agreeing  that  the  Bank  of  California 

should  furnish  the  means  for  prosecuting  the  search,  on  Mr.  Sharon's 

personal  responsibility,  the  indebtedness  to  be  paid  within  two  years. 

Having  agreed  upon  terms,  Mr.  Sharon   called   to   his   aid   the   best 

mining  talent  of  the   country,  sunk  new  shafts,  and,  luckily,  opened 

the  wonderfully    rich   mines   which   have   made   the   Virginia    City 

Bonanza  mines  famous  the  world  over. 

Four  months  from  the  date  of  his  agreement  with  Mr.  Ralston, 

Mr.  Sharon  had  paid  the  bank  all  he  owed  and  bad  deposited  there  to 


Palace  Hotel,   San  Francisco, 


his  own  credit  $750,000.     He  was  soon  after  made  a  director  of  the 
bank,  and  within  a  year  he  was  reputed  to  be  worth  $"^5, 000. 000. 

Soon  after  Ralston's  death,  it  was  Sharon  who  convened  the 
directors  of  the  bank  and  proposed  the  re-opening  of  the  instilutiim, 
stating  at  the  time  what  he  proposed  to  subscribe  to  that  end.  His 
subscription  was  immediately  followed  by  others,  until  the  neces- 
sary amount  was  made  up. 

In  the  fluctuations  of  values  of  various  kinds  of  property,  it  is 
difficult  to  estimate  Mr.  Sharon's  wealth.  He,  probably,  could  hardly 
tell  himself.  Aside  from  mining 
interests,  he  is  one  of  the  largest 
hotel  owners  in  the  world,  having 
in  his  possession  the  Grand  and 
the  Cosmopolitan,  of  San  Francisco, 
each  worth  from  S300. 000  to 
S500,000,  besides  the  Palace  Hotel, 
which  cost  to  build  between  two 
and  three  millions.  At  various  times 
in  the  past,  he  has  owned  a  large 
interest  in,  and  has  controlled,  the 
Yellow  Jacket,  Belcher,  Dayton, 
Chollar,  Ophir,  Eclipse,  Overman, 
Caledonia,  and  Sierra  Nevada  mines, 
in  Nevada.  At  this  writing  he  is 
the  one-half  owner  of  the  Virginia 
and  Truckee  railroad,  a  railway 
extending  from  Reno  to  Virginia 
City,  a  distance  of  thirty- three 
miles,  which  yields  a  princely 
revenue. 

Mr.  Sharon  was  married  to  Miss 
Maria  Malloy,  since  deceased,  in 
c^^^jr^  1853,  which  union  was  blessed  with 
five  children,  three  of  whom — two 
daughters,  both  married — and  a  son, 
are  living,  in  1881.  He  was  elected  to  the  United  States  Senate 
from  Nevada  in  1874.  His  successor  in  Congress  was  James  G.  Fair, 
who  was  elected  in  1880.  In  the  terms  of  settlement  of  the  Ralston 
estate,  the  Ralston  residence  at  Belmont,  a  suburb  of  San  Francisco, 
came  into  his  possession,  and.  when  not  in  San  Francisco,  he  makes 
Belmont  his  home  a  portion  of  the  time. 

For  the  development  of  the  Comstock  mines,  the  erection  of  fine 
buildings,  the  maintenance  of  bank  credit  and  other  work,  are  the 
people  of  the  Pacific  coast  greatly  indebted  to  Mr.  Sharon. 


m 


■^ — 


■■P'     120 


CALIFORNIA    MILLIOXAIEES.        JOHN    W.    MACKKV    AM)    .1.     «.     FAIR. 


? 


A. 


JOHN  W. 


§m£^.    .,.i£m^  ^.t;^^-m 


ACKEY. 


t'M^    '^^sme^  ^-^^-. 


fm 


W 


Ship-Carpenter,  Miner,  Mine-Owner  and  Weil-Known    lyiillionaire. 


FORTUNATE  mine-owner,  much 
hcunl  of  in  the  past  five  years,  is 
John  \V.  Mackey.  Born  in  Dublin, 
IiL'huul,  in  1835,  he  is,  at  the  date 
of  this  writing,  yet  comparatively 
ji  young  man.  Coming  to  this 
country  when  a  mere  boy,  ho  found 
work  fiir  some  years  with  Wil- 
liam II.  Webb,  a  ship-builder  in 
New  York.  In  1852  he  joined  a 
party  that  went  around  Cape  Horn 
to  California  in  one  of  his  employ- 
er's boats.  He  went  straight  to  the 
irold  mines  and  engaged  in  placer- 
mining  in  Sierra  county,  Cal.  He 
entered  upon  the  work  of  mining  not  as  a  temporary  employment, 
but  as  a  profession.  He  had  average  success,  but  no  especia-lly 
good  fortune.  He  worked  for  others  until  he  had  something  laid  by, 
when  he  went  to  Virginia  City,  Nev. ,  and  commenced  a  start  for 
himself  by  constructing  a  tunnel  north  of  the  Opbir  mine.  Here 
he  lost  all  he  had  made,  and  was  glad  to  get  work  again  at  four 
dollars  a  day  as  a  timbcrman  in  the  Mexican  mine. 

He  worked  faithfully,  early  and  late.  The  acme  of  bis  ambition  in 
those  days  was  to  make  $25,000;  a  sum  with  which  hu  hoped  to  make 
comfortable  the  declining  years  of  a  beloved  mother.  In  1863  he 
became  associated  with  J.  M.  W^alker,  a  brother  of  Governor  Walker, 


of  Virginia,  and  made  then  his  first  subt-tantial  start.  In  the  next 
year  Messrs.  Flood  and  O'Brien  joined  the  partnership,  which  con- 
tinued for  four  years,  when  Mr.  Fair  took  the  place  of  Mr.  Walker. 

The  first  few  hundred  thousand  dollars  of  the  firm  were  made 
during  their  control  of  the  Hale  and  Xorcross  mine,  in  the  three 
years  of  18G5,  'OG  and  '07.  Becoming  the  possessors  of  great  wealth, 
they  purchased  more  and  more  territory  in  the  district  known  as  the 
Comstock  lode,  in  which  they  were  satisfied  vast  wealth  was  located. 
Their  efforts  here  resulted  in  the  opening  of  the  Consolidated 
Virginia  and  California,  known  as  the  "-Bonanza"  mines;  from 
which,  up  to  1879,  there  has  been  taken  SlO3.OO0.0QO.  Of  this. 
$73,000,000  has  been  a  clear  profit.  How  great  have  been  the  opera- 
tions of  this  firm  is  shown  in  the  fact  that  before  these  mines  were 
discovered  and  profitably  developed,  $500,000  was  spent  in  prospect- 
ing, and  that,  too,  1,200  feet  under  ground. 

The  lesson  taught  is,  that  while  much  luck  has  attended  Mackey  in 
his  efforts,  his  success  is  principally  due  to  persevering  acli\ity 
in  one  direction — in  one  locality — instead  of  floating,  as  do  the  major- 
ity of  miners,  from  one  part  of  the  country  to  another,  as  reports 
come  of  new  discoveries.  While  Mr.  Mackey  remains  mostly  at 
Virginia  City,  and  much  of  the  time  2,000  feet  under  ground,  in  the 
sweltering,  dripping  mines,  he  owns  a  beautiful  residence  in  Paris, 
where  his  wife  at  present  resides,  and  where  his  two  children  are 
being  educated.  As  no  one  can  tell  the  extent  and  richness  of  his 
mines,  so  Mr.  Mackey  does  not  himself  know  the  amount  of  his 
wealth.      It  is  probably  up  between  twenty  and  forty  millions. 


■^^ 


.ITS) 


.-^ 


JAMES  :U.  FAIR,  i 


Mining  Expert.  Superintendent  of   Bonanza  Mines  and  United  States  Senator. 


HE  SUBJECT  of  this  sketch  was  bnrn  in  Clougher, 
Ireland.  December  3,  1831,  After  attending  school 
some  years  at  (ieneva.  111.,  and  securing  a  practical 
business  education  in  Chicago,  he  drifted  with  the 
gold-scekcrs  to  California  in  1840.  and  made  his  first 
effort  aH  a  placer  miner  at  Long's  Bar.  on  Feather  river.  Failing 
here,  he  turned  his  attention  to  qtinrlz  mining  in  Angelo.  Calaveras 
county,  Cal.,  and  elsewhere,  and  became  distinguished  as  n  i)rofes- 
sional  minor. 

Taking  the  uuperintendency  of  Iln-  Opbir  and   Male  and  Xorcross 


mines,  in  Nevada,  in  1855  and  1857.  he  was  largely  instrumental  in 
developing  the  Bonanza  mines,  with  the  aid  of  Flood.  O'Brien  and 
others.  For  some  years  he  retained  the  superintendency  of  Ilu' 
Bonanza,  but  failing  health,  from  the  damps  of  Hie  mines,  caused 
him  to  resign  hi(*  position  some  time  since. 

lie  spends  much  of  his  time  in  Virginia  City,  at  the  mines,  as 
consulting-expert,  with  Mr.  Mackey.  though  he  is  frequently  in  Cali- 
fornia, where  he  has  large  real  estate  interests,  at  Menlo  Park  and  iu 
San  Francisco.  In  the  contest  for  U.  S.  senatorship.  In  Nevada.  .1. 
O.   Fair,  came  off  \ictorious  in  the  political  canvas  of  18H{). 


c 


(^ — 


"> 


CAI.IlnUMA     -MII.LIONAIRKS.        MINrN(i    Sl'KCn.ATOR    AM)    HAXKKU. 


Fortunate  Mining  Speculator  of  San  Francisco. 


E\V  OF  THE  millionaires  on   the  Pacific 

slope    biive    ever   had    to    undiT^o    the 

long  years  of 


Btrii<: 
acquire 


xtN:: 


;]e     to 
their 

weiilth,     which 

is     usnally  the 

lot  of  rich  men 
at  the  East.  Aiul  yet,  as  a  rule,  to 
obtain  large  wealth  in  mining,  and 
retain  it,  requires  enterprise,  courage, 
and  ()ftentimes  much  financial  sao;acity. 
A  very  successful  mining  -  stock 
operator  in  San  Francisco,  has  been 
James  C.  Flood.  Of  course,  much 
"luck"  has  attended  Mr.  Flood,  but 
experience  has  proven  that  he  i?  one 
of  the  best  of  financial  managers. 

Born  in  New  York,  in  18:2(j,  he  went 
to  San  Francisco,  in  1849,  and  asso- 
ciating himself  with  W.  S.  O'Brien. 
since  deceased,  he  kept  for  some  years, 
what  was  known  as  the  ' '  Auction 
Lunch  and  Saloon,"'  in  the  central 
part  of  the  city.  Both  were  polite 
and  genial,  and  by  their  affability  made 
their  saloon  the  general  resort  of 
stock  operators.  In  1802  they  secured 
an  interest  in  some  of  the  Comstock  mines,  but,  although  they  made 
a  good  deal  of  money  by  speculation  in  Hale  &  Norcross'  and  other 


James  C.  Flood. 


mines,  it  was  not  until  1874  that  they,  with  Mr.  Mackcy,  opened  the 
(_'rc:it  Miinanza,  at  Virginia  City,  Nevada,  which  made  thtfir  fume 
world-wide.  It  is  claimed,  by  those 
conversant  with  the  career  of  Mr. 
Flood,  that  he  has  dealt  most  gener- 
ou^ly  with  his  friends  of  former  years. 
Ample  opportunity  was  given  them  by 
tile  Bonanza  firm  for  investment  in  the 
development  of  the  mines  when  their 
probable  richness  became  known. 
Many  availed  themselves  of  the  privi- 
lege, and  many  rich  men  owe  their 
wealth,  to-day,  largely  to  the  advice 
of  Mr.  Flood,  and  willingness  on  his 
part  that  they  participate  in  the  golden 
returns.  Mr.  Flood  was  principally 
in>trumental  in  securing  the  erection 
(•f  the  Bank  of  Nevada,  in  San  Fran- 
cisco, and  is  largely  interested  in 
other  real  estate  in  That  city. 

In  order  that  he  might  have  ready 
cash  at  any  time,  he  invested,  some 
time  ago.  §5.000,000  in  government 
bonds.  His  family»consists  of  a  wife, 
son  and  daughter.  Among  other  enter- 
prises, he  has  now  in  process  of  erec- 
tion at  Menlo  Park,  twenty  miles  from 
San  Francisco,  a  residence  costing 
about  a  million  dollars,  and  said  to  be.,  with  the  elegant  grounds 
surrounding  it,  one  of  the  handsomest  on  the  continent. 


AMES 


M.. 


KEEN 


,__._.  [/HIS  INDIVIDUAL,  an  Englishman  by  birth,  with  a  sharp 
i  wP  I  *>"^in^^'*  education,  appeared  on  the  streets  of  San  Fran- 
I^JMliM  c'^co  some  years  ago,  in  the  employ  of  mining  stock- 
•c^^^^:;^^^  brokers,  who,  pleased  with  his  activity  and  dash, 
bought  a  seat  for  him  in  the  Stock  Board.  Here  he  proved  himself 
very  useful  to  his  employers,  his  intuition  and  his  clear  judgment 
serving  bis  purposes  admirably.  By  and  by  he  began  to  buy  for 
liimself.  his  first  venture  being  in  Belcher  and  Crown  Point  mining 
stocks,  in  which  he  cleared  a  quarter  of  a  million.  It  was  claimed 
that  in  18T4  he  was   worth  three  millions,  and  that   in   one  week. 


through  speculation    in   Ophir   stock,   he   made  S640. 000. 

He  distributed  money  freely  among  his  relatives.  He  gave  his 
father,  it  is  claimed,  §1,50.000,  and  in  charities  of  various  kinds  he 
has  been  a  most  liberal  dispenser.  The  great  strain  upon  bis  mind, 
in  carrying  through  his  various  speculations,  weakened  bis  health  to 
that  extent  as  to  require  him  to  withdraw  from  stock  speculation  in 
California,  which  State  be  left  for  the  East,  with  five  millions.  His 
large  speculative  enterprises  in  Chicago  and  New  York  since  then 
have  frequently  arrested  the  attention  of  the  public.  Young,  com- 
paratively, his  best  business  career  is  doubtless  yet  before  him. 


.V^^-*-"*- 


~vi).|>V 


12-2 


CALIFORNIA    MILLIONAIRKS.        LT'OKY    I'.ALDWIX    AND    EX-GOVERNOR    STANFORD. 


pii  u  ■  iti  n  ifirA  1 1  g  uiifiii^nin  iinHTiiMi^i  ■  n  1 1  ■  1 1  iin  itiiii  i|i  ii|itjipnjtM|(t)LM|i  ijiiijLiiiiiju|{i  ■■!■■■■  U^U  Ml? 

Merchant,  Agriculturist  and   Mining  Speculator. 


COXSPICUOUS  MAN  in  California,  for  a 
niimbLT  of  years,  has  been  E.  J.  Baldwin. 
It  has  been  claimed  that  his  success  was  the 
result  of  "luck,"  but  examination  of  his 
history  reveals  the  fact  that  marked  force 
of  character  is  really  the  secret  of  his  being 
"lucky."  A  native  of  Butler  county,  O. ,  by 
removal  of  his  father  he  wag  on  a  farm  in 
Indiana  at  seven,  and  a  merchant  in  Val- 
paraiso, Ind. ,  at  twenty-two.  He  built  three 
canal-boats  to  ply  between  Chicago  and  St. 
Louis  in  1848,  which  were  the  first  built  on 
this  canal.  Two  years  afterwards  he  did  a  large  grocery  business 
at  Racine,  Wis.,  from  which  State  he  came  to  San  Francisco  in 
1853,  coming  across  the  plains  with  a  large  stock  of  horses  and 
merchandise,  nearly  the  whole  of  which  he  sold  out  at  Salt  Lake,  at 
a  profit  of  about  $3,000. 

Arriving  in  San  Francisco,  he  purchased  the  Pacific  Temperance 
Ilouse.  This  he  sold  at  a  good  advance.  Thus,  he  bought  and  sold 
two  or  three  hotels  at  a  large  profit,  succeeding  which  he  went  into 
the  business  of  buying  and  selling  brick,  which  proved  equally  profit- 
able. From  bricks  he  went  into  the  livery  business,  which  he 
followed  for  seven  years,  when  he  sold  out  and  opened  in  the  lumber 


trade  ai  Virginia  City,  Xev. ,  where  he  dealt  in  lumber,  real  estate 
and  mining  stocks;  not  always  luckily,  for  at  one  time  he  lost  so 
heavily  in  stocks  as  to  compel  him  to  mortgage  all  his  property. 

The  variety  of  employment  he  has  followed,  generally  with  success, 
shows  versatility,  accompanied  by  energy  and  enterprise,  and  the 
close  manner  in  which  he  was  sometimes  pressed,  demonstrates  that 
he  was  not  always  "lucky,  "but.  on  the  contrary,  has  acquired  his 
fortune  by  perseverance  and  hard  labor. 

Through  management  he  became  a  large  owner  in  the  Ophir, 
Belcher,  Consolidated  Virginia  and  California  mines,  on  the  Com- 
stock,  and  came  out  at  last  with  $9,000,000,  with  a  portion  of  which 
he  built  the  Baldwin  Hotel,  in  San  Francisco,  one  of  the  most 
elegant  and  costly  hotels  on  the  continent.  Bcside=  this  enterprise, 
he,  some  time  since,  went  down  the  coast  to  Los  Angeles,  where  he 
purchased  50.000  acres  of  the  best  land  in  that  section,  upon 
which  he  has  erected  many  farm-houses  in  the  midst  of  his  orange 
groves  and  his  vineyards, — having  a  school  on  the  plantation,  and  all 
the  general  conveniences  which  a  rural  population  on  that  number  of 
acres  would  be  likely  to  require. 

Though  a  manager  of  so  many  enterprises  in  the  past  twenty-five 
years.  Mr.  Baldwin  is  but  in  his  prime,  being  only  about  fifty  years 
of  age  at  the  date  of  this  writing.  What  the  future  will  develop 
with  him  remains  to  be  seen. 


jJi-J?. 


Lawyer,  Merchant,  Ex-Governor 


ELAND  STANFORD,  the  eighth  Governor  of  the  State, 


I' 


and  Railroad   President. 


^       was  early  in  the  history  of  California  a  prominent  man. 
Stanford  was  from  Albany  county.  New  York.      Pos- 
sessing a  knowledge  of  law,  acquired  at  a  law  oftice  in 
New  York,  he  came  West  and  settled  in  law  practice  for 
-ix^     four  years  at   Port    Washington.    Wis.  ;   following   which    he 
7t      came  to  California  in  1852.     Heat  once  repaired  to  the  interior 
of  the  State,  secured  mining  interests  in  Placer  county,  and 
V-     connected  himself  with  his  brothers  in  mercantile  pursuits  at 
Sacramento,  which  city  was,  for  many  years,  his  home.    A  checkered 
Ijut  successful  political  experience  has  been  among  the  incidents  of 


his  career.  The  crowning  success  of  hia  life,  however,  the  result 
of  steady,  persevering  purpose,  has  been  his  work,  aided  by 
others,  in  the  building  of  the  Central  Pacific  railway,  which,  uniting 
with  the  Union  Pacific,  gave  California  an  outlet  to  the  Ea!-t. 

Mr.  S.  presides  at  the  ofUce  of  the  Central  Pacific  railway  as  the 
president  of  the  company;  lives  in  an  elegant  residence  in  San 
Francisco  in  the  winter;  in  a  charming  suburban  home  at  Menlo 
Park.  Cal.,  twenty  miles  from  the  city.  In  the  summer,  and  is  esti- 
mated to  be  worth  $20,000,000.  With  the  general  drift  of  California 
millionaires  to  the  East.  Mr.  Stanford  has  spent  much  of  his  time  in 
New  York,  which  city  may,  very  probably,  become  his  prrtnaiuiil  houic. 


■^(^ 


SUCnKSSFTL    UrsiNKSS    ArKX    AS\)    FIXAXCIKUS. 


THOMAS   A.    SCOTT. 

,  Tliomn!'  A.  Scott,  wasbnrn 
,  Ph.,  in  1824.  Was  a  clerk  in 
country  stores;  then  in  the  office  of  collector  of  tolls,  at 
^^^V^?^?'  Columbia;  then  in  an  extensive  warehouse  and  com- 
mission-house at  the  same  place.  In  1847  was  chief  clerk  in  the  office 
of  collector  of  tolls  in  Philadelphia.  In  1850  was  pcneral  agent  of 
the  mountain  division  of  the  Pennsylvania  railroad,  at  Duncansville; 
th'^'n  in  charge  of  the  western  division  of  the  same  road,  and  soon 
afterwards  general  superintendent  of  the  whole  line.  In  1859  he 
succeeded  Hon.  W.  B.  Foster,  as  vice-president  of  the  road. 

At  the  outbreak  of  the  rebellion.  Colonel  Scott  assisted  Governor 
Curtin  in  equipping  and  forwarding  Union  troops  from  Pennsylvania 
to  the  field.  Subsequently  he  was  called  to  Washington  to  act  as 
Assistant  Secretary  of  War,  having  charge  of  the  department  of 
transportation  and  supplies.  This  post  he  held  until  May,  18t)2, 
when  his  railroad  duties  recalled  him  to  Philadelphia.  From  March, 
1871,  when  it  was  organized,  he  wns  president  of  the  Pennsylvania 
company;  president  of  the  Pan  Handle  Route;  president  of  the 
Union  Pacific  until  VanderbiU  obtained  control  of  it;  president  of 
the  Texas  Pacific  railroad;  president  of 
the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  railroad  (on  the 
thirty-fifth  parallel);  controlling  director 
of  the  Southern  Railway  Security  com- 
pany, which  manages  a  net-work  of 
Southern  roads;  a  director  of  the  Kansas 
Pacific,  Denver  &  Pacific,  and  Denver  & 
Rio  Grande ;  has  a  controlling  interest  in 
other  roads,  besides  prominent  connec- 
tion with  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad 
company.    He  died  May  21,  1881. 


BURDETT-COUTTS,  BARONESS  ANGELA  GEORGINA. 

?I1E  ili^tingui:-ln.-d  EH;^li>h  philanlhropi-t  is  a  granddaii-litf.'r  of 
Thomas  Coutts,  whose  daughter  married  Sir  Francis  Burdett, 
in  1837.  Miss  Coutts  fcuccecded  to  property  valued  at 
belwecn$10,000.000and$15.000,000.  The  income  arising  from  this 
estate  has  been  mainly  devoted  to  charitable  purposes.  The  list  of 
her  charities  is  large,  and  includes  churches  and  schools  in  England, 
missionary  enterprises  abroad,  and  food  and  clothing  for  the  poor. 
In  1880  she  donated  $2,  500, 000  for  the  personal  relief  of  the  suffer- 
ing citizens  of  Ireland. 


NICHOLAS  BIDDLE. 

■^^PROMINENT  American  finan- 
cier, a  hundred  years  ago,  was 
Nicholas  Biddle,  who  was  born 
at  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  in  1786. 
Was  Secretary  of  Legation  at  Paris  and 
London,  under  Ministers  Armstrong  and 
Monroe.  Studied  law,  and  practiced  in 
Philadelphia.  Edited  the  Port  Folio, 
and  compiled  a  Commercial  Digest. 
Was  in  the  Pennsylvania  Legislature, 
1 810  -'11,  and  advocated  a  general 
system  of  education.     Was  member  of 

the  State  Senate,  1812-''15;  government  director  of  the  United  States 
Bank,  1819,  and  its  president  from  1823  to  1836;  then  president  of 
the  United  States  Bank  of  Pennsylvania.  Possessing  financial 
ability,  force  of  character  and  social  popularity,  he  wielded  a  com- 
manding influence,  and  was  an  earnest  promoter  of  public  improve- 
ments.    Died  at  Philadelphia,  in  1844. 


tTHE    BARINGS. 
HE  Barings,  English  men.liants   and    bankers,  are  descendants 
of    Peter    Baring,    of    Germany,    who    lived    about    1070,  at 
Groniogen.     John,  another  ancestor,  established  a  cloth  manu- 
factory, in  Devonshire,  England.      He  had  five  children — John, 
Thomas,  Francis.  Charles  and  Elizabeth.       John  and  Francis  estab- 
lished a  trading  house  in  London,  selling  their  father's  cloth   and 
importing  their  wool,  dye-stuffs,  etc.      Thus  was  founded  the  present 
house  of  Baring  Bros.  &  Co.,  a  power  in 
the  commercial  business  of  the  world. 
One  of  the  descendants  of  this  house. 
Sir  Francis  Baring,  retired  with  a  regal 
fortune,  and  Alexander,  afterwards  Lord 
Ashburton,  made  S850, 000  in  two  years 
by  speculations  in  French  securities. 


W 


f  THOMAS  COUTTS. 

HE  emiuent  English  banker.  Tlionias  Contts,  was  one  of  four 
eons  of  a  merchant  in  Edinburgh,  Scotland.  James,  one  of 
^j^[.  the  sons,  at  the  age  of  twenty-five,  settled  in  London  as  a 
merchant,  and  then  started  as  a  banker  in  the  same  place  where 
he  had  sold  goods.  Thomas  joined  him  in  business,  and  when  James 
retired,  Thomas  became  the  head  of  one  of  the  most  famous  hanking 
houses  in  the  world.  This  was  during  the  reign  of  George  III.  The 
wealth  amassed  by  Coutts  was  immense.  Late  in  life  he  married 
Miss  Mellon,  an  actress,  and  bequeathed  to  her  his  very  large  fortune; 
after  his  death  she  married  the  Duke  of  St.  Albans,  and  at  her  demise 
willed  her  estate  to  Miss  Burdett- Coutts. 


S.  p.   JONES. 

OR  great  enterprises,  few  men 
on  the  Pacific  slope  have  equaled 
'^-J^  S.  P.  Jones.  Born  in  Wales, 
in  1829,  be  was  brought  by  his  parents  to 
Ohio.  Thence  he  went  to  California  in 
the  spring  of  1850,  arriving  there  after  a 
nine-months'  voyage  around  Cape  Horn. 
Not  yet  twenty-one,  he  went  directly  to 
the  mines,  and  from  time  to  time  worked 
mines  in  Calaveras  county,  Tuolumne 
county,  in  Sierra,  Butte,  Nevada  and 
Shasta  counties,  his  last  work  in  Cali- 
fornia being  at  Kernville,  Tulare  county, 
where  he  had  very  extensive  mills  for 
quartz  mining. 
His  operations  more  recently  have 
been  very  extensive  in  Nevada.  At  one  time  he  had  control  of  the 
Ophir,  Savage  and  Crown  Point  mines  on  the  Corastock.  He  has  been 
interested  in  the  development  of  gravel  beds,  in  Eastern  Oregon,  in 
the  manufacture  of  artificial  ice,  at  Atlanta,  Ga. ,  New  Orleans  and 
Dallas,  Texas.  He  built  the  Hammam  baths,  in  San  Francisco,  and 
expended  $200,000  in  reclaiming  land  from  overflow,  12, 000  acres 
of  which  he  owned,  at  the  confluence  of  Napa  and  Sonoma  creeks. 

In  various  enterprises,  from  tunneling  mountains  and  sinking 
shafts  in  mines,  to  reclaiming  thousands  of  acres  of  waste  lands  to 
cut  up  into  farms,  it  is  claimed  he  has  spent  a  good  many  fortunes. 
How  much  money  he  has  saved  it  is  difficult  to  tell.  The  mining 
fields  of  Colorado  have  of  late  considerably  occupied  his  attention. 

With  a  very  large  and  varied  experience  concerning  the  mineral 
resources  of  the  West  and  the  requirements  of  the  countr}*.  a  man 
of  fine  presence  and  large  influence  among  men,  it  was  a  most  fitting 
thing  for  the  people  of  Nevada  to  select  him  to  represent  their  State 
as  Senator  in  Congress.  Only  as  yet  in  his  prime,  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  new  States  and  Rocky  Mountain  regions,  much  may  be 
expected  of  Senator  Jones  in  the  future. 


^^^^ 


■'.Q' 


124 


TIIK    .NAl'dLEliX    OF    FIXA.NCE. 


? 


Distinguished  Speculator  in  Stocks,   Railroad  Owner  and   Financier. 


^r^^^ 


HE  little  village  of  Roxbnry.  in  Delaware 
county.  N.  Y. ,  is  fifty-five  miles  west  from 
Rondout,  on  the  Hudson  river.  Into  this 
vicinity  came,  from  Connecticut,  at  an  early 
day.  Abraham  Gould,  one  of  the  old  Puritan 
stock.  To  him  was  born  John  B.  Gould, 
the  first  white  male  inhabitant  whose  birth 
occurred  in  the  town. 

John  B.  grew  to  manhood  in  Roxbnry; 
lived  and  died  there,  being  in  the  meantime 
twice  "married.  By  his  first  wife  he  had 
five  children —  '^oo- 
four  daughters 
and   a  son.     By 

the  last  be  had  one  son. 
The  son  by  the  first  wife  was  borfl  in 

May,    1836,    and    is    the    subject   of    our 

sketch — Jay  Gould. 
\Miatever  faults  Jay's  father,  John  B. 

(ionld,  may  have  had,  he  possessed  some 

sterling  virtues,  among  which  was  a  firm 

resolve  to  do  as  he  had  promised.     Many 

farmers,    in    that    portion    of    Delaware 

county,  in  an  early  day,  had  leased  their 

land,   having  contracted  to  pay  a  stipu- 
lated  rent    for  a  long  series  of  year«. 

This  rent  became    a  burden,    and   many 

of  the  farmers  resolved   upon    repudiat- 
ing the  contract.      Such  were  known   as 

the  "Down-renters,"  that  is,  down  with 

the  rent.     The  rcpndiators  were  largely  in 

the  majority.    The  few  who  resolved  to 

fulfill    their   contracts  were    termed    the 

"Up-renters,"  pay  up  your  rent.     With 

the  latter  was  Jay's  father. 

Various  were  the  attempts  made  by  intimidation  and  otherwise,  to 

compel  John  B. ,  who  was  an  influential  citi/.en,  to  join  with  the 

majority;  hut  he  stood  firm  in   liis  determination.      Tlie  result  was 

that  such  a  feeling  was  aroused  against  him  among  the  neighbors  as 

to  extend  even  to  the  chihlrcn,  making  their  attendance  at   school 

dJMagrecable  from  the  insults  they  received. 

Resolved  to  submit  to  this  persecution  no  longer.  Jay's  father,  in 

company  with  a  neighbor,  erected  a  Bchool-housc  upon  his  own  land. 

in  which  they  placed  a  gentleman  of   superior  education  to  teach 


JAY    GOULD, 


a  school  for  the  benefit  of  their  own  children.  To  those  who  came 
from  the  outside  a  tuition  fee  was  charged;  but  notwithstanding  this 
hindrance,  so  popular  became  the  institution  as  to  practically  break 
up  the  district  school. 

Here  young  Jay  pursued  his  earlier  studies.  Subsequently,  he 
went  to  a  select  school  taught  at  Hobart,  six  miles  away,  and  after- 
wards to  an  academy  in  Roxbury  village,  two  miles  from  his  father's 
farm.  This,  together  with  a  year  at  school  in  Albany,  where  he  gave 
attention  mainly  to  the  study  of  surveying,  completed  his  studies. 

As  a  boy,  he  was  averse  to  participating  in  the  general  sports  of 
the  school.  Small  for  his  age,  retiring  anddiffidept,  he  withdrew  by 
■M-&«j&  himself,  and  was  rather  disliked  by  his 
schoolmates  because  of  his  unwillingness 
to  join  with  them  in  their  plays.  This 
ill-will  was  engendered,  also,  by  the  fact 
that  he  excelled  his  associates  of  the 
same  age  in  nearly  all  the  studies  they 
pursued  together.  He  cared  but  little  for 
declamation,  though  he  occasionally  took 
part  in  the  debating  societies,  his  argu- 
ments being  generally  very  brief  and 
always  directly  to  the  point.  He  wrote 
an  excellent  essay;  was  a  good  gram- 
marian, and  was  generally  proficient  in  all 
his  studies;  his  marked  superiority,  how- 
ever, being  in  the  range  of  mathematics, 
in  which  study  he  immediately  passed 
his  associates,  and  advanced,  apparently 
without  effort,  bcycmd  their  reach. 

Jay's  mother  had  died  when  he  was 
quite  young,  leaving  bis  guardianship 
largely  to  the  care  of  his  sisters,  who 
were  older.  It  was  soon  evident  to  his 
father  that  his  aptitude  for  business  was 
such  that  he  could  be  trusted,  and  thus 
Jay  was  placed  in  charge  of  a  stove  and  tin  shop,  when  quite  a  boy, 
which  store  his  father  afterwards  sold  to  advantage. 

Jay  Gould's  first  experience  with  the  great  world  at  large  was  at 
the  world's  fair  in  New  York,  in  1853.  His  uncle,  Mr.  Moore,  had 
devised  a  rat-trap,  which  Jay  had  interested  himself  in,  and  had 
been  instrumental  in  securing  a  patent  for.  To  bring  this  trap 
before  the  world,  Jay  became  its  exhibitor  at  the  world's  fair. 
While  he  was  there,  one  day  President  Pierce  passed  through,  and 
talked  with  many  of  the  attendants  at  the  exhibition.      It  was  on  this 


^^^^^57^ 


i 


r 


JAY  <;oiij>  s  <-iiiLniii)oh  iKt.Mi:. 


occiision  (hat  he  Phook  hand?  with  young  Gould,  who  looked  thought- 
fully afttT  him  as  he  passed  on  and  was  lost  in  the  crowd.  The 
honor  bestowed  on  him  by  the  presidential  party  evidently  deeply 
impres!?ed  him,  and  after  a  little  time  of  silence  he  turned  to  a  boy 
acquaintance  and  said,  "I  shall  be  President  of  the  United  States 
myself  some  day." 

Jay  was  then  only  sixteen,  but  in  that  brain  tliere  lurked,  even  in 
those  young  years,  a  towering  ambition  to  do  and  to  become  some- 
body great  and  grand  in  after  time.  Whoever  ctmld  have  looked 
into  that  heart  would  have  seen  the  fire,  even  then,  that  was  to  make 
the  boy  famous  in  the  years  to  come. 

Jay  was  eighteen  when  he  entered  the  store  of  Esquire  Berhans, 
at  Roxbury.  as  a  clerk.  His  employer  kept  a  general  store  and  did 
what  surveying  was  required  among  the  farmers  of  that  vicinity, 
(iould  immediately  employed  himself  in  getting  a  practical  knowledge 
of  surveying. 

To  make  himself  more  rapidly  proficient,  he  commenced  and  sur- 
veyed the  farms  of  that  vicinity  and  brought  out  u  map  of  Delaware 
county,  lie  paid  his  running  expenses  by  placing  the  noon  mark  on 
the  farmers'  doors,  wherever  he  went,  charging  for  time  and  trouble 
in  this  fl  dollar  each.  In  this  work  he  gathered  a  large  amount  of 
information  relating  to  the  history  of  the  county,  which  was  aftc-r- 
wards  published  as  a  History  of 
Delaware  County,  by  Jay  Gould:  an 
octavo  volume  of  some  400  pages. 

He  about  this  time  surveyed  and 
had  mapped  Albany  and  Ulster  coun- 
ties in  New  York  and  two  counties  in 
Ohio,  which  business  he  sold  however 
to  enter  upon  the  work  of  the  civil 
engineer,  in  which  he  surveyed  the 
route  of  a  railway  through  his  county, 
and  laid  out  and  established  the  grade 
for  the  horse-railway  that  now  ex- 
tends from  Albany  to  West  Troy. 

Though  carrying  a  very  old  head 
on  young  shoulders,  Gould  sometimes 
lost  his  reckoning,  and  was  put  to  lii> 
wits'  end  to  get  out  of  difficulty.  It 
was  while  he  was  surveying  the  Troy 
and  Albany  horse-railway  that  he  be- 
came completely  nonplused,  and  to 
make  the  quandary  still  more  em- 
barrassing, a  large  force  of  workmen  stood  waiting  on  him  for  orders. 

He  had  entirely  lost  his  bearings,  and  how  to  escape  from  his  diffi- 
culty without  acknowledging  defeat  before  the  workmen,  was  the 
thought  that  most  troubled  him.  It  was  at  this  juncture  that  he 
earnestly  prayed  for  rain,  that  there  might  be  an  excuse  for  suspend- 
ing the  work  of  the  day.  Luckily,  the  sky  being  overcast,  it  soon  did 
rain,  and  the  men  were  dismissed  with  orders  to  be  on  duty  eaily  on 
the  morrow.  Forthwith  Jay  repaired  to  a  practical  engineer, 
explained  his  trouble,  got  light  on  the  subject,  and  on  the  next  day 
as  the  men  assembled,  orders  were  promptly  given  them  by  Gould, 
and  then  work  rapidly  and  efficiently  proceeded  to  completion. 

Of  course  a  young  man  of  Gould's  ambition  could  never  be 
satisfied  without  having  something  to  do  with  a  newspaper.  It  was 
about  this  time  that  he  was  called  to  edit  a  neighboring  paper  during 
the  absence  of  its  editor.  In  that  position,  among  other  things  there 
appeared  in  the  publication  a  glowing  encomium  upon  the  life  and 
labors  of  Colonel  Zadok  Pratt,  the  noted  tanner,  then  of  Prattville, 
in  which  the  article  strongly  recommended  Pratt  for  the  Vice-Presi- 
dency at  a  forthcoming  presidential  election.  This  greatly  pleased 
the  Colonel,  and  the  authorship  being  attributed  to  "Jay  Gould  of 
Roxbury,"  Pratt  inquired  him  out.  learning  in  the  meantime  that 
Gould  was  a  competent  and  skillful  survi-yur. 


Buthplace  of  Jay  Gould 


Meeting  Gould  one  day  by  the  roadside,  engaged  in  running  a 
survey,  Pratt  proposed  that  he  then  get  into  his  carriage  and  go  with 
him  to  the  vilhige  for  a  further  talk  about  surveying  property  which 
Pratt  thought  of  buying.  To  this  Gould  promptly  said  no.  but 
added  that  he  would  run  his  line  to  a  certain  point  by  such  a  time, 
when  he  would  meet  Pratt,  and  they  could  then  confer  on  the  subject. 
This  decision  of  the  young  man  and  his  evident  understanding  of 
his  business,  favorably  impressed  Pratt,  who  at  once  acceded  to  the 
arrangement  made  by  Ciould. 

The  result  of  their  conference  was  a  partnership,  in  which  Pratt 
and  Gould  went  into  Pennsylvania  and  there  purchased  several  thou- 
sand acres  of  hemlock  land.  Pratt  furnishing  the  capital,  upon  which 
they  erected  an  extensive  tannery,  calling  the  place  Gouldsborough, 
in  honor  of  Gould.  Although  then  but  twenty  years  of  age,  Gould 
made  out  all  the  papers  and  did  all  the  work  requiring  legal  knowledge. 
This  partnership  lasted  three  years.  In  which  time  extensive 
tanning  works  had  been,  under  Gould's  superintendency,  erected 
and  put  into  operation;  a  large  force  of  workmen  were  engaged  in 
bringing  in  bark  from  the  surrounding  country;  the  plans  were  per- 
fected for  obtaining  hides,  and  the  facilities  had  been  secured  for 
selling  the  leather  in  New  York. 

It  was  at  this  time  that  Pratt  became  alarmed  at  the  pecuniary 
condition  of  affairs  in  his  tannery  in 
Pennsylvania.  Permission  had  been 
given  Gould  to  sign  the  firm  name  to 
notes  for  what  money  might  be  re- 
quired, and  the  impression  prevailed 
with  Pratt  that  Gould  was  giving  out 
more     notes,     and     thus     obtaining 

-=;^^-^s=r-~-:;i^^^ "''^    money,   than   was    necessarj*. 

,^|-J  ^i]^S^^^^  1  loroughly  determined  to  close  the 

iitnership,  he  repaired  to  Goulds- 
"  nough  to  confer  with  Gould,  the 
|)roposition  being  made  that  he 
should  either  sell  or  buy  the  interest 
of  Pratt. 

Gould  was  apparently  surprised 
that  Pratt  should  be  dissatisfied. 
He  detailed  the  work  that  was  being 
done,  but  Pratt  was  inexorable.  One 
or  the  other  must  buy  or  sell.  Gould 
replied  that  inasmuch  as  he  had  but 
little  capital  in  the  concern,  it  was 
evident  that  Mr.  Pratt  would  be  compelled  to  buy  the  institution.  He 
must  therefore  put  such  a  price  upon  the  factory  as  he  was  willing  to 
buy  at;  that  price  to  be  the  same  whether  Pratt  bought  or  sold.  It 
was  a  natural  conclusion  that  Pratt  would  have  to  buy,  and  he 
therefore  placed  a  low  figure  as  the  sum  which  he  would  pay. 
Gould's  knowledge  of  human  nature  had  foreseen  what  Pratt  would 
do,  and  he  waited  the  issue. 

No  sooner  had  Pratt  niBde  his  proposition  than  Gould  demanded 
that  it  be  put  in  writing.  As  the  proposition  was  new,  he  also 
required  that  a  certain  number  of  days  be  allowed  him  to  consider 
whether  he  would  sell  his  interest  at  the  price  named,  or  buy.  To 
this  Pratt  assented. 

These  preliminaries  being  arranged,  Gould  went  to  New  York,  laid 
the  affair  before  George  Loop,  an  extensive  and  wealthy  dealer  in 
leather,  who  promptly  came  forward,  furnished  the  money,  and  Pratt's 
interest  was  purchased  at  his  own  offer,  Gould  remaining  in  charge. 
Gould's  enemies  aver  that  the  notes  of  Pratt  &  (iould.  given  by 
him.  kept  coming  back  long  after  the  dissolution  of  parlner.ship. 
to  the  extent  of  tens  of  thousands  of  dollars,  and  had  much  to  do 
with  Pratt's  final  financial  overthrow;  while  his  friends  claim  that 
a  just  cause  could  be  assigned  for  the  issuance  of  every  note  which 

he  gave. 


i: 


<> 


=^S^ 


— <j: 


126 


JAY  GOULD  S  RESIDENCE  ON  THE  HUDSON. 


Tlie  partnorsUip  bctwccu  Gould  and  Loop  did  not  last  long.  Mis- 
understandings and  difticuUics  arose,  which  resulted  in  the  sheriff 
and  a  po?se  of  men  in  Gould's  temporary  absence  entering  and  taking 
possession  of  the  tannery  in  behalf  of  Loop.  When  Gould  returned, 
he  rallied  his  workmen,  bad  a  hand  lo  hand  contest  with  the  officers 
in  charge,  in  which  shots  were  fired,  and  finally  regained  possession 
of  the  works. 

While  yet  the  matter  was  in  the  courts.  Loop  committed  suicide 
and  thus  ended  his  connection  with  the  case.  The  enemies  of  Gould 
assert  that  pecuniary  loss  and  trouble,  sustained  through  him,  caused 
the  suicide.  His  friends,  on  the  contrary,  insist  that  insanity  was 
in  the  Loop  family,  and  that  he  would  have  committed  suicide  upon 
any  other  excitement  just  as  quickly.  That  Gould  did  the  fair 
thing,  they  claim,  is  shown  in  the  fact  that  his  transactions  were  at 
every  point  sustained  by  the  courts. 

In  ihe 
midst  of  his 
litigation 
with  Loop. 
Gould  open- 
ed a  leather 
store  in 
New  York 
on  Spruce 
street,  and 
in  1862  he 
married 
Helen  Mil- 
ler, daugh- 
terof  Henry 
D.  Miller,  a 
well-known 
capitalist  of 
New  York. 
Through  ac- 
quaintance 
thus  made, 
he  disposed 
of  his  leath- 
er business 
and  pur- 
chased a 
controlling 
interest  iu 
the  Troy 
andRulland 
railroad,  of 
which  cor- 
poration he  was  chosen  president,  with  headquarters  at  Troy. 

Soon  after  he  disposed  of  his  connection  in  that  road  and  procured 
an  interest  in  the  Erie.  It  was  about  this  lime  that  Jim  Fisk  was 
given  authority  by  Vanderbilt,  and  Jay  Gould  w«s  empowered  by 
Daniel  Drew,  to  purchase  and  exercise  power  with  a  large  amount  of 
the  stock  of  the  Erie.  In  the  turns  that  were  miwle  Fisk  was  given 
a  prominent  position  in  the  management  and  Gould  became  president 
of  the  company. 

That  Gould  and  Fisk  made  a  great  deal  of  money  in  their  connec- 
tion with  this  corporation,  was  evident  in  the  Grand  Opera  House 
which  they  erected,  and  in  which  Ihey  had  the  most  sumptuously 
fitted- up  offlcc  in  New  York;  the  palace  cars  which  they  had  con- 
structed and  bore  their  names  on  the  Eric  railway,  and  the  magnifi- 
cent steamers  which  floated  in  the  Sound,  built  and  fitted-out  at  their 
'xpenHC. 

Fisk  was  a  ehowy  man  and  delighted  in  making  a  di.-play  of  his 
wealth.      Gould  was  out  of   sight,   was  usin;^  Fisk,   was  studying 


Jay  Gould's  Suin 

At  Irvington,  near  Tairytowu 


men.  and  \\'as  evidently  all  the  time  swimming  in  deeper  water. 
The  stockholders  of  the  Erie,  convinced  that  Gould  and  Fisk  were 
using  the  funds  of  the  road  for  their  own  personal  benefit,  instituted 
proceedings  against  them,  but  for  some  reason  they  could  never  be 
arrested.  Although  the  officers  dogged  their  track  and  watched  the 
office,  Gould  and  Fisk  came  and  went  unmolested,  and  when  at 
length  the  matter  for  which  they  were  prosecuted  had  a  hearing  in 
the  courts,  the  judges,  in  the  main,  sustained  them.  The  friends  of 
Gould  point  to  his  support  from  the  law  as  a  proof  of  his  honesty, 
while  his  enemies  claim  that  his  plans  were  always  laid  deep  enough 
to  control  all  the  courts. 

Gould  retired  from  the  Erie,  with  the  understanding  that  in  the 
settlement  of  differences  he  was  to  pay  the  Erie  company  $10. 000, 000 
which  was  due  to  it  from  himself.  This  sum,  his  friends  claim,  was 
merely  nominal,  no  such  sum  ever  being  expected  by  the  company 

from  him, 
butthatthis 
report  was 
simply  for 
effect. 

At  the 
close  of  the 
liti  ga  tion 
Gould  re- 
tained yet  a 
large  inter- 
est in  the 
Erie,  which 
rose  to  a 
point  such 
as  to  in- 
crease his 
f  o  r  t  u  n  c 
s  c  V  e  r  a  1 
hundred 
thousand 
dollars. 

Gould  was 
for  a  time 
in  the  brok- 
erage bus- 
Mi  e  s  s  in 
New  York, 
located  on 
Broad  St  , 
the  firm 
name  being 
Smith, 
Gould  &  Martin;  and  during  these  years  came  and  went  Black  Friday, 
and  many  other  exciting  events,  through  which  his  friends  claim  it  will 
be  found  Gould  has  always  discharged  every  legal  obligation  as  faith- 
fully as  his  father  was  disposed  to  in  the  days  of  the  anti-rent 
troubles  up  in  Delaware  county. 

Of  late  years  Gould  has  withdrawn  himself  from  the  sight  of  the 
multitude.  He  has  dealt  principally  in  railroad  stocks,  and  with 
such  remarkable  foresight  as  to  give  him  an  estimated  wealth  to-day 
of  $00,000,000.  This  great  wealth  has  become  ii  power  by  which, 
with  his  knowledge  of  men  and  things,  It  is  easy  for  him  to  make 
greater  wealth.  Thus  he  can  easily  buy  a  controlling  interest  in  a 
M'estern  railway,  the  stock  of  which  is  low;  and  by  opening  connec- 
tions with  his  other  railways,  he  can  thus  increase  the  receipts  of 
his  new  acquisition  and  raise  the  value  of  its  stock,  which,  if  he 
desires  to  sell,  he  can  thus  dispose  of  at  a  great  advance  over  the 
cost. 

He  controls  a  great  network  of  ^Vestern   railways   and    telegraph 


mer  Residence, 

N.  Y. ,  on  tlie  Hudson  River. 


-^cJ 


f 


CAUSES  OF  JAV  GOULD  S  SUCCESS. 


127 


lilies,  the  value  of  the  stock  in  which  he  can  raise  or  lower  at  will, 
and  thus  within  himself  he  has  the  power  of  rapidly  adding  to  his 
posst'ssions. 

Of  late  a  large  source  of  his  wealth  has  been  the  construction  of 
new  railways  in  the  territories,  where  the  rates  of  fare  have  been 
sufticiently  lii^'h  and  the  rush  of  travel  snfticiently  great  to  yield  an 
income  that  paid  for  the  roads  the  first  year.  With  the  exception  of 
these  investments,  his  rule  is  to  buy  depreciated  stock  of 
various  roads  and  sell  them  on  the  rise.  In  other  words,  he  has 
acted  on  the  advice  of  a  keen  stock  operator  who,  when  asked  how  to 
make  money  in  stocks,  replied,  ' '  Buy  Vm  when  they're  low,  and  sell 
'em  when  they're  high.'' 

Gould  is  held  iu  profound  dread  and  admiration  on  Wall  street.  If 
stocks  are-going  down,  the  belief  is  that  Gould  is  selling  somewhere; 
when  the  stocks  arc  down,  it  is  known  that  his  brokers  will  buy  for 
him  in  large  amounts.  When  the  stocks  are  going  up,  it  is  believed 
that  he  is  yet  buying,  and  somewhere  near  the  lop  it  is  known  that 
he  will  sell  out  at  an  advance  what  he  bought  at  a  low  price.  What 
he  is  doing  is  always  a  profound  mystery,  as  must  necessarily  be  the 
case  in  order  that  he  may  succeed. 

In  a  plain  but  handsome  residence,  near  Fortieth  street,  on  Fifth 
avenue.  New  York,  Gould  and  his  family  pass  the  winters,  and  in 
an  elegant  residence  at  Tarrytown,  on  the  Hudson,  surrounded  by 
ninety  acres  of  land,  they  spend  the  summers.  A  special  car,  fitled- 
up  luxuriously,  is  kept  in  Tarrytown  to  carry  Gould  and  a  few  others 
each  morning  to  New  York,  and  waits  in  readiness  to  take  them 
home  at  night.  Once  every  year  he  makes  a  two  months'  tour  over 
his  Western  railways,  being  latterly  accompanied  by  his  eldest  son, 
George  B.  Gould,  a  promising  young  man,  who  at  this  writing,  in 
1881,  is  about  nineteen  years  of  age.  This  son  is  one  of  six  children, 
of  whom  there  are  four  boys  and  two  girls. 

"Can  Gould  be  President  of  the  United  States?"  was  queried  of 
a  friend  of  his. 

'  '•  Possibly  it  has  ceased  to  be  his  ambition ,  but  if  he  should  desire 
it,"  said  he,  "I  have  no  doubt  he  could.  He  is  the  most  remark- 
able organizer  in  the  world.  He  will  lay  a  plan  from  the  beginning 
so  perfectly  as  to  accomplish  his  aim,  without,  apparentl}-,  having 
anything  to  do  with  it.     Ue  could  do  this  as  a  boy — he  dues  it  as  a 


man.  At  present, "  he  continued,  "it  is  probably  his  ambition  to 
be  the  richest  man  on  earth,  which  wealth  you  will  ultimately  sec 
will  be  used  for  the  benefit  of  mankind;  for  I  know,  to-day,  many 
of  hi--^  private  charities  which  he  does  not  want  spoken  of.  In  time 
he  will  have  the  largest  number  of  men  in  his  employ  of  any  living 
man,  if  he  has  not  to-day.  Ten  years  hence,  you  sec,  with  his 
constantly  aggregating  wealth,  his  power  will  be  simply  immense." 

*'In  fact,"  continued  the  friend,  "in  courage  to  venture,  power 
to  orj^anizc,  foresight  to  comprehend  results,  wisdom  to  control  and 
coolness  to  act,  he  is  the  greatest  man  on  earth,  to-day,  of  his  age, 
being  in  the  year  1881  but  forty-five  years  old." 

A  remarkable  feature  of  Gould's  life  is  the  fact  that  a  brain  can 
exercise  such  great  power,  when  sustained  by  a  body  so  small  as  to 
be  but  a  little  over  five  feet  high  and  weighing  119  pounds. 

Among  the  causes  of  his  success  are  these: 

He  inherited  an  organization  in  .which  were  love  of  approbation 
and  love  of  power,  combined  with  dignity  of  character.  Along  with 
these  were  superior  knowledge  of  human  nature,  great  mathematical 
talent,  combined  with  force  to  propel,  and  inventive  genius,  which 
enables  him  to  plan  the  means. 

His  infancy  and  youth  were  carefully  guarded  by  kind,  Christian 
sisters,  who  made  his  welfare  their  constant  study. 

He  received  a  strictly  practical  education.  Everything  he  learned 
he  made  use  of,  and  no  time  was  wasted  in  learning  that  which  was 
unnecessary  or  had  to  be  thrown  away  as  useless. 

Born  in  humble  circumstances,  it  was  necessary  that  he  labor  in 
order  to  support  himself,  hence  the  formation  of  industrious  habits. 

He  is  a  man  of  the  strictest  order.  He  has  a  time  for  everything, 
and  every  appointment  and  duty  must  come  in  the  appointed  time. 
By  this  methodical  system  he  knows  the  result  of  his  business  in  all 
parts  of  the  United  States  at  the  close  of  every  day,  his  men  in  all 
parts  of  the  Union  telegraphing  to  him  at  a  certain  hour  the  proceed- 
ing and  results  of  the  day. 

He  is  a  man  of  the  most  temperate  and  careful  habits.  He  thus 
keeps  his  body  in  most  perfect  condition  for  the  support  of  a  brain, 
the  workings  of  which  have  wrought  greater  financial  results  than 
that  of  any  living  man  at  so  early  a  period  iu  life. 


Vi^^ 


— trj: 


E 


SKETCHES    OF    SUCCESSFUL    FINANCIERS. 


■mil 


People  Who  Have  Been  Prominent  and  Widely  Known. 


lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllUllwi>M«|)ir'iM|U*ift «)r 

'   S!   ?  "•  s   5»  J' 
V  ¥ 


P.   T.    BARNUIVl. 

SlSPrQf  MERICA'S  great  showman,  Phiiieas  T.  Barnum,  was 
born  at  Bethel,  Conn.,  1810.  With  small  means  he 
established  a  store,  and  succeeded  in  business;  was 
editor  of  a  paper  in  Danbury,  Conn. ,  for  a  season. 
Then  went  to  New  York,  with  very  limited  means. 
In  1835  he  bought  Joyi-e  Hcth,  a  colored  woman 
of  extr.aordinary  age,  for  $1,000.  and  exhibited  her 
throughout  the  country,  realizing  large  sums.  On 
her  death  he  continued  the  show  business  in  a 
f^A^^a  small  way,  and,  in  1841,  with  little  means,  became 
\D'^r+^  the   proprietor  of  the   American  Museum  in  New 

York,    in  which,  by  his    shrewdness   and 

poi}u]arity.  he  achieved   a  large  fortune. 

As    Jenny   Lind's  manager  he  also  added 

greatly  to  his  wealth,  but  unfortunate  in- 
vestments reduced  him  to  bankruptcy  in 

18.57.    Having  recourse  to  the  old  museum 

again,  he    recuperated    his    fortune;   and 

the   museum  having  burned,  he  has  since 

then   been  a  traveling  showman  with  the 

largest    and     most    superior     exhibition 

extant. 


Daniel  Appleton,  founder  of  the  well-known  and  extcnsi^■e 
publishing  house  that  bears  his  name  in  New  York  city,  was  born 
at  Haverliill,  Mass.,  1785.  From  a  retail  trader  in  his  native  place 
and  Boston,  he  became  an  energetic  and  prosperous  impt-rter  of 
English  books,  and  the  manufacturer  of  standard  American  works  in 
New  Y'ork.     Died  in  1849. 


THE   LAWRENCES. 


^TOT^MONG  the  old-timi;  successful  nierchants  uf  Boston  were  the 
\,'A  C      Lawrences.       Of  these,  Amos  was  born  at  Grotou,  Mass., 


THE    APPLETONS. 

AMUEL  Appleton.  American  mer- 
chant, was  born  at  New  Ipswich, 
N.  H.,  17GG.      Was  a  teacher  at 
seventeen.     Began  mercantile  life 
at     Boston.    1794.    dealing    in    iniporlcfl 
English  goods  and  manufacturing  cotton. 
Gave  awiiy  large    sums   during   his    life. 
c"timated    at  $1,000,000,  for  educational 
and  benevolent  purposes.      Died  at  Boston,  1853, 
nearly  SI. 000. 000. 

Nathan  Appi.etox.  hrotlu-r  of  tlu-  foregoing.  American  nuTchant 
and  political  economist.  Was  born  at  New  Ipswich,  N,  II.,  1779. 
Aided  in  setting  up  the  first  power-loom  ever  used  in  the  United 
StalcH.  in  1813.  Became  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Merrimack 
Cotton  Manufacturing  Company,  one  of  the  originators  of  the  city 
of  Lowell,  Masfl. ,  and  also  proprietor  of  another  mtinufucturing 
company.  Served  in  the  State  Legislature  several  terms,  and  was 
twice  elected  to  Congress.  Wrote  a  book  on  currency  and  banking. 
Accumulated  a  large  property,  and  also  distributed  a  large  amount 
of  money  for  charitable    purposes.      Died  at  BoHton,  in  ISUI. 


PHINEAS  T.  BARNUM 

Left  a  fortune  of 


**  in  178G.  From  clerkships  in  country  stores  he  went  to 
^^d^  Boston,  in  1807.  and  began  business  in  dry  goods.  In  1814 
he  formed  a  partnership  with  his  brother 
Abbott,  who  had  been  his  clerk,  and  this 
partnership  continued  until  Amos  died, 
in  1852.  The  two  were  very  successful 
in  their  business,  adding  to  their  in- 
creasing fortunes  by  the  establish- 
ment of  cotton  manufactories.  In 
1831  Amos  retired  from  active  business, 
the  possessor  of  an  immense  property, 
which  he  liberally  expended  for  charitable 
purposes.  From  1829  to  1852  he  gave 
away  S639. 000,  distributed  among  several 
educational  institutions;  a  child's  infirmary 
in  Boston,  the  completion  of  the  Bunker 
Hill  monument,  and  numerous  private 
charities  being  among  his  benefactions. 
Abbott  Lawrence  was  born  at  Grot  on. 
Mass..  1792.  and  was  for  many  years  asso- 
ciated in  business  with  his  brother  Amos. 
In  the  latter  part  of  his  life  Abbott  wa.s 
engaged  largely  in  the  China  trade.  In 
1834  he  was  elected  to  Congress,  where 
he  served  on  the  committee  on  ways  and 
means;  subsequently  he  was  one  of  the  Government  Northwestern 
boundary  commission.  lu  1849  President  Taylor  offered  him  a  seat 
in  his  cabinet;  but  Mr.  Lawrence  declined  and  accepted  the  post 
of  Minister  to  Great  Britain.  Was  recalled,  however,  at  his  own 
request,  in  1852.  The  remainder  of  his  life  he  devoted  to  private 
business,  his  fortune  becoming  very  large.  To  Harvard  College  he 
gave  $50,000  to  establish  a  scientific  school,  which  bears  his  name, 
and  left  $50,000  more  to  establish  model  lodging-houses.  He  died 
at  Boston,  in  1855. 

In  the  careers  of  both  these  genllemcn  was  manifested  the  true 
New  England  character  for  business  energy  and  integrity,  producing 
the  usual  result-— lives  of  prosperity  and  distinction. 


^^f^m^^-  -^^.^«||.^^_  ^_i_«5^,^ 


The  Experience  and  Testimony  of  Successful  Men. 


A  B  C  of  Success. 

ATTEND  carefully  to  details  of  your  business. 
Be  prompt  in  nil  things. 
Consider  well,— then  decide. 
Dare  to  do  right.     Fear  to  do  wrong. 
Endure  trials  patiently. 
Fight  life's  battle  bravely,  manfully. 
Go  not  in  the  society  of  the  vicious. 
Hold  integrity  sacred. 

Injure  not  another's  reputation  or  business. 
Join  hands  only  with  the  virtuous. 
Keep  your  mind  from  evil  thoughts. 
Ijie  not  for  any  consideration. 
Make  few  acquaintances. 
Never  try  to  appear  what  you  are  not. 
Oppose  not  in  spite  or  malice. 
Pay  your  debts  promptly. 
Question  not  the  veracity  of  a  friend. 
Respect  the  counsel  of  your  parents. 
Sacrifice  money  rather  than  principle. 
Touch  not,  taste  not,  handle  not  intoxicating 
drinks. 
Use  your  leisure  time  for  improvement. 
Venture  not  upon  the  threshold  of  wrong. 
Watch  carefully  over  your  passions. 
'Xtend  to  every  one  a  kindly  salutation. 
Yield  not  to  discouragements. 
Zealously  labor  for  the  right. 
&  success  is  certain. 


F' 


You  Will  Not  be  Sorry, 

OR  being  cuurtL'uus  li>  all. 

For  doing  good  to  all  mcTi. 

For  speaking  evil  of  no  one. 
For  hearing  before  judging. 
For  holding  an  angry  tongue. 
For  thinking  before  speaking. 
For  being  kind  to  the  distressed. 
For  asking  pardon  for  all  wrongs. 
For  being  patient  toward  everybody. 
For  stopping  the  ears  of  a  tale-bearer. 
For  disbelieving  most  of  the  ill-reports. 


Seventeen  Good  Habits. 

SEVENTEEN  good  habits,  to  keep  in 
mind,  are  recounted  in  the  following 
lines: 

1.  Constant  occupation. 

2.  Temperance  at  meals. 

3.  Giving  as  well  as  receiving. 


4,  Talking  on  edifying  subjects, 

f).  Doing  at  once  what  is  required. 

6.  Regular  pursuit  in  some  science. 

7.  Paying  for  evei-ything  in  advance. 

8.  Acting  always  in  the  right  spirit. 

9.  Looking  always  on  the  bright  side. 

10.  Aiming  at  harmony  in  conversation. 

11.  Associate  with  none  but  good  society. 

12.  Have  a  time  and  place  for  everything. 

13.  Fidelity  to  all  appointments  and  duties. 

H.  Realizing  the  presence  of  God  at  all  times. 

15.  Spending  leisure  hours  reading  good  books. 

16.  Abstinence  from  tobacco  and  intoxicants. 

17.  Daily    attention    to   all    the    conditions   of 
health. 


Requisites  of  Success. 

IN  answer  to  an  inquiry  as  to  what  consti- 
tuted the   essential   elements   to  man's 
success,  Colonel  Thomas  A.  Scott  is  said 
to  have  replied: 

He  must  possess  the  necessary  equanimity  of 
temperament  to  conceive  an  idea,  the  capacity  to 
form  it  into  some  tangible  shape,  the  ingenuity 
to  put  it  into  practical  operation,  the  ability  to 
favorably  impress  others  with  its  merits,  and  the 
power  of  will  that  is  necessary  to  force  it  to 
success. 


McDonough's  Rules  for  Making  Money. 

THE  distinguished  niillioniiire  of  New 
Orleans,  John  McDonough,  upon  being 
interrogated  as  to  the  secret  of  money 
making,  replied: 

To  succeed  in  life  you  must  obtain  the  favor  and 
influence  of  the  opulent  and  the  authorities  of  the 
country  in  which  you  live.     This  is  the  /irst  nile. 

You  must  exercise  your  influence  and  power 
over  those  who  in  point  of  wealth  are  inferior  to 
you;  and  by  availing  yourself  of  their  talents, 
knowledge  and  information,  turn  them  to  your 
own  advantage.     Tliis  is  the  second  rule. 

There  is  a  third  and  last  rule,  and  that  is  prayer. 
Tou  must  pray  to  the  Almighty  with  fer\'or  and 
zeal,  and  you  will  be  sustained  in  all  your  doings, 
for  I  never  prayed  sincerely  to  God  in  all  my  life 
without  having  my  prayers  answered  satisfacto- 
rily. Follow  my  advice  and  you  will  become  a 
rich  man. 


Maxims  by  Benjamin  Franklin. 

MANY  foxes  grow  gray,  but  few  grow  good. 
Presumption  first  blinds  a  man.  then  sets 
him  running. 

Drink  does  not  drown  care,  but  waters  it  and 
makes  it  grow  faster. 

Having  been  poor  is  no  shame,  but  being 
ashamed  of  it  is. 

The  wise  man  draws  more  advantage  from  his 
enemies  than  the  fool  from  his  friends. 

Keep  conscience  clear,  then  never  fear. 

Strive  to  be  the  greatest  man  in  your  country, 
and  you  may  be  disappointed;  strive  to  be  the 
best,  and  you  may  succeed. 

Honest  Tom!  You  may  trust  him  with  a  house 
full  of  untold  millstones. 

There  is  no  man  so  bad,  but  he  secretly  repects 
the  good. 

Courage  would  fight,  but  discretion  won't  let 
him. 

We  are  not  so  sensible  of  the  greatest  health 
as  of  the  least  sickness. 

A  good  example  is  the  best  sermon. 

A  quiet  conscience  rests  in  thunder,  but  ^c^t 
and  guilt  live  far  asunder. 

He  that  won't  be  counseled  can't  be  helped. 

Write  injuries  in  dust,  benefits  in  marble. 

What  is  serving  God?    'Tis  doing  good  toman. 

Time  enough  always  proves  tittle  enough. 

He  that  cannot  bear  with  other  people's  pas- 
sions, cannot  govern  his  own. 

He  that  by  the  plow  would  thrive,  himself 
must  either  hold  or  drive. 

He  that  keeps  his  shop,  his  shop  will  keep  him. 


Jefferson's  Ten  Rules. 

TAKE  things  always  by  the  smouth  handle. 
Never  spend  your  money  before  you  have 
it. 

We  seldom  repent  of  having  eaten  too  little. 

Pride  costs  more  than  hunger,  thirst,  and  cold. 

Nothing  is  troublesome  that  we  do  willingly. 

Put  not  off  till  to-morrow  what  you  can  do  to-day. 

Never   trouble   another  for  what   you  can  do 
yourself. 

Never  buy  what  you  don't  want  because  it  is 
cheap. 

How  much  pain  the  evils  have  cost  us  that  never 
have  happened. 

When  angi-y,  count  ten  before  you  speak ;  if  very 
angry,  count  a  hundred. 


.(j^ — 


Scientists, 

Statesmen, 
I  Philanthropists 

AND 

Reformers. 


^^ 


lUlHIIU-milllUIIIMlMlll fTII 


Leading  Minds  Who  Have  Been  Identified  witli  the  World's  Progress, 


3NE  of  the  famous  philosophers  and  warriors  of 
ancient  Greece,  Socrates,  was  born  at  Athens, 
470  years  before  Christ.  He  followed  the 
profession  of  a  sculptor  in  his  youth,  and 
afterwards  served  as  a  soldier  and  dis- 
tinguished himself  in  the  battles  of  Tanagra 
and  Deliiim.  As  a  philosopher  he  placed 
temperance  at  the  foundation  of  every  virtue, 
believing  that  men  should  eat  to  live  rather 
than  live  to  cat.  As  a  senator,  he  was  (as 
Lewes  says)  **onc  of  the  very  few  examples 
of  inflexible  justice  of  whom  we  have  record,  able  at  once  to  resist 
the  power  of  tyrants  and  defy  the  despotism  of  mobs."  In 
religion  he  taught  the  existence  and  rule  of  the  Supreme  God  and 
the  immortality  of  the  soul.  Hisdisciides  were  numcrons  and  illus- 
trious. In  his  life  he  was  consistent  with  his  doctrines,  but  could  not 
avoid  the  ridicule  and  persecution  of  his  contemporaries.  When  about 
seventy  years  of  age  he  was  accused  for  contemning  the  gods,  and 
the  Athenians  inconsiderately  giving  credit  to  the  charge,  he  was 
condemned  to  die  by  i)Oison.  He  met  his  fate  with  admirable  forti- 
tude, and  left  behind  him  a  name  honored  in  all  subsequent  ages. 


-WW 


PLATO. 

"V  NiyniKH  ]ihiloso|iher  and  the  founder  of  the  Academic  sect,  was 

jL   Plato,  who  was  born  430  years  before   Christ,  in  the  Grecian 

jy  island  of  ^Hgina.   He  was  carefully  educated  and  at  the  age  of 

twenty  years  became  a  disciple  of  Socrates.     After  the  death  nf  the 


latter  he  traveled  in  search  of  knowledge,  and  on  his  return  to 
Athens  opened  a  school  of  philosophy,  which  was  attended  by 
many  distinguished  characters.  He  maintained  that  there  is  one 
God,  the  fashioner  and  the  father  of  the  universe,  incorporeal, 
without  beginning,  end,  or  change;  that  God  fashioned  forms  from 
matter,  that  matter  is  the  cause  of  evil,  and  that  ideas  are  the  only 
real  existences;  that  whatever  conception  the  soul  has  of  anything, 
whatever  is  the  object  of  the  soul's  thought,  has  a  real  and  true 
existence;  that  each  individual  soul  is  an  idea,  and  thai  it  is  immor- 
tal, etc.  Three  times  Plato  visited  the  court  of  Sicily,  once  by 
invitation  of  the  elder  Dionysius,  whom  he  so  offended  that  the 
tyrant  sold  him  into  slavery,  from  which  condition  Plato  was  released 
by  the  liberality  of  a  Cyrenian  named  Aniceris.  He  died  347  years 
before  Christ. 


NK 


ARISTOTLE. 

if  tile  most  renowned  of  Grecian  jdiilosophers,  Aristotle, 
was  born  in  Slagira,  in  Thrace,  384  years  before  Christ.  At 
seventeen  he  became  a  disciple  of  Plato,  who  valued  him  highly, 
and  with  whom  he  remained  for  twenty  years,  during  which  time  he 
studied  diligently,  and  became  so  famous  for  wisdom  that  he  was 
intrusted  for  eight  years  with  the  education  of  Alexander  the  Great. 
After  the  departure  of  Alexander,  Aristotle  returiu'd  to  Athens, 
opened  a  school  of  i)hilosophy,  and  foundeil  the  sect  of  Peripatetics. 
After  pursuing  this  course  for  eighteen  years,  he  was  charged  with 
impiety  and  ccunpelled  to  quit  Athens,  going  toChalcis,  where  he  died 
in  his  sixty-third  year.  He  was  versed  in  nil  sciences  known  in  his 
lime,  and  illustrated  them  in  his  writings  with  great  intellectual  vigor. 


A- 


=:S1 


AUDUBON,  THE    ORNITnOLOGIST. 


131 


Benjamin  Franklin.     Baron  Cuvier.     John  J.  Audubon. 


•O 


'^? 


Jf 


HE  American   pbilo^nphcr  and  statesman,  licn- 
jamin  Franklin,  was  born  at  Boston  in  170G. 
Bcin;;  apprenticed  as  a  printer  to  his  brother, 
he  developed  a  tine  literary  talent  early  in  life. 
Dissatisfied  with  the  treatment  of  his  brotiier, 
at  the  ago  of  17,  he  started  clandestinely  for 
Philadelphia,  where  he  obtained  employment. 
He  made  a  voyage  to  London  nnder  deceptive 
promises  of  business  assistance,  and  worked  at 
his  trade  in  London  as  a  journeyman  for  eighteen 
months,    performing   also   some  literary  work. 
He  returned  to  Philadelphia  in  1726,  and  engaged 
in   business  as  a  printer  and   stationer,  pros- 
pered, and  in  1728 
established  a  news- 
paper.     Prudence, 
temperance  and  in- 
dustry  soon    made 
him  successful  and 
iniluential,  and  his 
activity  and   talent 
exhibited   itself 
in    the     establish- 
ment   of    a   public 
library,  a   fire-pre- 
venting    company, 
an   insurance  com- 
pany, and  a  volun- 
tary association  for 
defense,   all  in  the 
city    of     Philadel- 
I  phia.      His    '*Poor 

Richard's  Almanac"  first  appeared  in 
1733.  As  a  public  servant  he  became 
clerk  to  the  General  Assembly  of  Penn- 
sylvania, then  postmaster,  and  afterwards 
a  Representative.  In  1753  he  was  ap- 
pointed deputy  Postmaster-General  of 
British  America,  and  from  1757  to  17tJ3 

he  lived  in  London,  as  the  agent  of  Pennsylvania  and  other  American 
colonies.  He  also  held  a  similar  agency  there  until  the  breaking 
out  of  the  American  revolution  in  1775,  when  he  returned  and  par- 
ticipated in  the  cause  of  the  rebellious  colonies.  In  1778  he  was  sent 
as  embassador  to  France,  and  signed  important  treaties  with  several 
European  governments.  He  returned  to  Philadelphia  in  1785,  greatly 
honored  and  applauded.  He  died  in  1790.  To  him  belongs  the 
credit  of  the  discovery  of  the  lightning  rod  as  a  protection  to  builjj- 
ings,  the  invention  of  the  Franklin  stove,  the  cure  of  smoky  chim- 
neys, the  first  scientific  organization  in  America,  the  founding  of  the 
Philadelphia  hospital,  the  scheme  of  uniting  the  colonies,  perpetuated 
in  the  Union  of  the  States,  and  the  first  high  school  in  Pennsylvania. 
He  also  proved  himself  the  first  as  he  was  one  of  the  most  success- 
ful of  diplomatists. 

GEORGES  CHRETIEN  LEOPOLD  FREDERIC  DAGOBERT  CUVIER. 

Vv  AKON  CUVIKH.  tlie  naturalist,  was  l)orn  at  M.mibeliard,  France, 
K  in  1769.  He  studied  at  Stuttgart,  Germany,  and  was  a  private 
kf   tutor  in  a  family.     He  was  appointed  professor  of  natural  history 

in  the  college  of  France,  in  1799,  and  professor  of  comparative  anatomy 


at  the  Garden  of  Plants,  Paris,  in  1802.  From  that  time  he  entered 
upon  his  studies  of  nature  in  animals,  and  arranged  the  entire  animal 
kingdom  on  a  scientific  basis,  according  to  the  organization  of  their 
respective  species.  This  work  places  him  next  to  Linntrns  in  the 
rank  of  scientific  development.  Anatomy  is  the  key-note  to  his 
system  of  classification.  Cuvier  filled  important  public  offices  in 
connection  with  the  cause  of  education,  received  much  honor  during 
his  life-time,  and  was  made  a  peer  of  the  realm.     He  died  in  1832. 


John  J. 

.American  Travck 


JOHN  JAMES  AUDUBON. 

DISTINGUISHED  .,iiiiihol..;.'isi  !iii,l  i,iril-:irtist  in  thi-  oariy  part 
of  this  cc'iitury  was  JohnJ.  Audubon,  who  was  born  in  Louisiana, 
about  1780.  He  was  sent  to  Paris  to  finish  his  education,  and 
there  studied  desiini  under  the  celebrated 
painter  David.  RctuminK  to  America, 
he  married,  and  his  father  presented  him 
with  a  valuable  Southern  plantation,  but 
domestic  and  civilized  life  had  less  at- 
traction for  him  than  a  rugged  existence 
in  the  wilds  of  his  native  country. 
Charmed  with  the  study  of  birds,  their 
characteristics  and  varieties,  he  devoted 
himself  to  the  solitary  pursuit  of  prepar- 
ing a  work  on  the  ornithology  of  America. 
For  fifteen  years  he  traveled  alone,  often 
in  unfrequented  woods  and  prairies,  in 
search  of  material  for  his  favorite  study, 
and  whenever  a  fine  specimen-bird  was 
secured  he  drew  it  and  painted  it  true  to 
nature  while  it  lay  fresh  before  him,  and 
as  large  as  it  was  in  life,  also  sketching 
the  surroundings  of  the  bird  with  fidelity. 
Returning  to  Philadelphia,  he  stored  his 
invaluable  paintings,  representing  1,000 
different  birds,  in  a  private  house,  where 
the  rats  destroyed  them  during  his  ab- 
sence. This  loss  was  followed  by  a  long 
and  severe  fever,  but  he  recovered  in  due 
time  and  set  about  restoring  his  lost 
work.  This  labor  occupied  four  and  a  half  years  more  of  time,  but 
was  successful.  To  bring  out  his  publication  in  a  manner  com- 
mensurate with  its  importance  and  proposed  elegance,  he  visited 
England  and  France,  where  he  was  received  with  the  highest  distinc- 
tion. The  first  volume  of  the  "Birds  of  America"'  was  issued  in 
London  in  1830,  containing  100  colored  plates  of  birds,  each  life-size. 
Four  volumes,  the  last  being  published  in  1839,  completed  this  mag- 
nificent work,  containing  1,065  representations  of  birds.  A  letter- 
press volume  to  accompany  the  plates  was  also  issued  in  Edinburgh, 
and  appeared  simultaneously  with  them.  The  success  of  the  Ameri- 
can Ornithology  being  secured,  Audubon  returned  to  America  and 
prepared  a  similar  work  (assisted  by  his  son  and  other  companions) 
relating  to  the  "Quadrupeds  of  America,"  which  was  published  at 
Philadelphia  between  1846  and  1830;  as  in  the  former  case,  a  book  of 
biographies  accompanies  the  plates.  "  The  Life  of  John  James 
Audubon  the  Naturalist","  was  prepared  by  Mrs.  Audubon,  aided  by 
a  friend,  and  published  in  Xew  York  in  18G9.  This  work  was  also 
produced  in  London,  with  a  view  of  Audubon's  residence  and  a  portrait 
copied  from  Inman's  picture.  The  naturalist  was  everywhere  well 
received  by  learned  societies.     He  died  in  1851. 


Audubon, 

r  und  Ornithologist. 


.Qi. — 


=<^ 


f- 


132 


SETH    GREKN    A:SD    TUE    HISTORY    OF    FISH    BREEDING. 


Seth  Green. 


^ 


^^ 


'3-^3     ■^3:)TT1-'"33;)JJ'-^' — _i_iaat 


Fisherman  and   Fish-Culturist. 


xA 


m 


r- 


wm- 


tioii  of  the  New  YorU  SULt;  Lcj 


EARLY  AS  the  year  1837,  there 
ttas  a  very  energetic  fisherman  in 
the  State  of  New  York,  whose  gill- 
nets,  in  after  years,  in  some  of  the 
large  fisheries,  extended  for  fifty 
miles,  and  his  employes  were 
numbered  by  the  hundred.  He  was 
a  large  contractor  for  the  supply  of 
fresh  fish  in  several  of  the  principal 
cities,    among  them  New  York  city. 

This  individual  was  Seth  Green,  a 
native  of  Rochester,  N.  Y. ,  where 
he  was  born  March  19,  1817. 

Exceedingly  fond  of  the  healthful 
exercise  and  the  excitement  attend- 
ant upon  fishing,  he  adopted  that 
employment  for  a  livelihood,  and 
made  the  waters  of  Lake  Ontario 
the  principal  scene  of  his  labors. 

Witnessing,  while  engaged  one  day 
in  trout-fishing,  a  shoal  of  salmon 
making  a  greiit  commotion  in  the  act 
of  spawning,  he  at  once  prepared  a 
gravelly  bed  for  thcra  to  use.  and 
the  next  two  days  he  spent  in  watch- 
ing these  fish  in  their  egg-laying. 
The  affair  impressed  him  w^ilh  the 
possibilities  of  fish-breeding  by 
artificial  means,  an  idea  that  he  has 
since  perfected  with  a  great  variety 
<tf  opportunities  for  testing. 

The  rapid  disappearance  of  fish 
from  the  streams  and  small  lakes  of 
the  Eastern  States,  and  the  possi* 
bility  of  increasing  the  supply,  began 
to  engage  the  attention  of  the 
pcoijje.  It  was  at  this  time  thai  the 
sturly.  investigation  and  experi- 
ments of  Green  in  fish-culture  were 
made  known,  and  it  was  found  that 
his  experience  connected  with  the 
fish  pupply  would  be  of  great  service. 
The  matter  of  restocking  the  waters 
in  New  York,  so  engaged  the  atten- 
;islature  as  to  cause  the  appointment, 


in  1868,  of  three  fish  commissioners,  being  ex-Governor  Seymour, 
Seth  Green,  and  Robert  B.  Roosvelt. 

In  the  meantime,  $10,000  %vas  appropriated  for  the  purpose  of 
instituting  practical  experiments  in  fish-breeding  by  erecting  hatching- 
houses  in  various  parts  of  the  State;  and  two  years  afterwards  the 
commissioners  made  a  gratifying  report  of  what  had  been  done,  and 
the  possibilities  in  the  future  of  supplying  the  waters  of  the  country 
once  more  with  fish.  In  the  report  it  was  stated  that,  for  the  results 
accomplished,  the  commissioners  were  principally  indebted  to  the 
labors  of  Mr.  Green,  who,  after  establishing  an  extensive  fish- 
breeding  establishment  at  Caledonia.  N.  Y.,  has  since  been  engaged 
for  several  years  as  fish  commissioner,  in  government  employ,  in  the 
propagation  and  introduction  of  young  fish  of  various  kinds  to  the 
waters  of  the  country. 

From  the  success  which  has  attended  the  efforts  of  a  few,  a  general 
interest  on  the  subject  has  been  aroused  which  will  doubtless  extend 
until  every  stream,  pond  and  lake  will  be  alive  once  more  with  tlie 
finny  tribe,  as  they  were  in  the  early  history  of  the  country. 

History  of  Fish-Breeding. 

One  Dom  Pinchon.  a  French  monk,  is  said  to  have  discovered,  in 
the  fourteenth  century,  that  fish-eggs  could  be  artificially  impreg- 
nated. The  subject  was  revived  by  an  article  written  in  1758.  by  one 
Jacobi,  on  the  fecundation  of  fish-eggs,  which  was  published  quite 
extensively  in  the  German  and  French  languages. 

In  1837,  Mr.  Shaw,  in  Scotland,  commenced  making  a  practical 
application  of  the  theories  on  the  subject  of  fish-culture,  by  stocking 
the  streams  with  salmon.  In  1843.  Joseph  Remy,  a  Frenchman, 
and  a  fisherman  at  La  Bresse,  through  artificial  impregnation, 
restocked  the  Moselle  and  other  streams  so  successfully  as  to  gain  a 
living  from  the  yield  of  fish  thus  produced.  His  pecuniary  success 
being  brought  to  the  attention  of  others,  introduced  the  modern 
industry  of  fish-culture  in  Europe  and  America,  an  art  which  is 
snpposed,  however,  to  have  been  understood  and  practiced  with 
profit  for  several  centuries  in  China. 

How  Fish-Eggs  are  Impregnated. 

The  female  of  most  varieties  of  the  common  fish  deposits  her  eggs, 
called  spawn,  once  a  year.  The  spawning  season  with  trout  extends 
from  the  latter  part  of  October  to  the  middle  of  December.  Wliere 
water  does  not  freeze,    it  may  extend  two  months  or  more  later. 

A  male  and  female  tront,  in  a  wild  state,  having  mated,  will  select 
some  locality  at  spawning-time  where  the  water  is  shallow,  and  there 
the  fennile.  with  n  rapid  movement  of  her  tail,  will  sweep  away  the 
dirt  from  a  space  perhaps  a  foot  square,  leaving  nothing  but  (he 
clean,  bare  ground  or  sand  exposed.     This  is  what  is  called  ' '  n.akiug 


r^r- 


]|(i\V     Til    ICAISE    FISH. 


i:y.', 


lu-rbod. "  Here,  with  the  lower  part  of  her  hotly  pressed  against 
the  •ground,  she  will  expel  from  hcrsflf  the  spawn,  or  efjgs,  on  the 
clean  gravel,  the  nnmber  depending  upon  her  age.  A  trout  two 
years  old  will  give  from  200  to  300  eggs;  three  years olti,  from  400  to 
000;  four  years  old,  from  1,000  to  1,200;  five  years  old,  from  3,000 
to  3.000,  according  to  size. 

While  engaged  in  depositing  her  eggs,  the  male  trout  is  kept  busy 
guarding  the  nest  from  other  fish  that  would  devour  the  eggs,  if 
opportunity  presented.  Male  fishes  often  have  severe  battles  in  their 
efforts  to  protect  their  female  companions  in  the  act  of  spawning. 
The  male  performs  another  important  duty;  as  the  eggs  are 
laid  by  the  female,  he  immediately  covers  them,  and  from  his  body 
emits  a  whitisli  substance  called  "milt, "  which,  in  its  action  upon 
the  eggs  impregmxtes  them  with  life-giving  power,  whereby,  in  a 
period  varying  from  one  to  five  months,  these  eggs  will  hatch  and 
become  small  trout. 

Spawning  over,  the  fish  leave  the  eggs  to  the  mercy  of  the  elements, 
and  return  to  the  deeper  water.  If  the  conditions  are  favorable, 
these  eggs  thus  deposited  will  all  hatch,  and  the  brood  of  fish  will  be 
greatly  enlarged;  but  the  chances  are  that  in  a  wild  state  many  things 
w'iU  work  againt-t  the  rapid  increase.  Among  these  obstacles  will  be 
that  fish,  snakes  and  frogs  will  devour  the  eggs  in  the  nest;  the 
stream  may  become  dry,  and  thus  they  will  not  hatch,  or  freshets 
may  wash  them  from  their  resting-place  to  the  deep  water,  where 
they  will  become  the  prey  of  fish  that  otherwise  would  not  disturb 
them.  It  is  to  overcome  these  diflficulties  that  artificial  means  have 
been  resorted  to  in  the  rearing  of  fish. 

Artificial  Means  of  Impregnation. 

What  is  known  as  artificial  impregnation  is  nothing  more  than  the 
taking  of  measures  for  securing  the  eggs;  having  them  impregnated 
by  the  milt,  carefully  protecting  them  from  their  enemies  until  they 
hatch,  and  then,  afterwards  guarding  the  young  trout  till  they  are 
old  enough  to  care  for  themselves.      This  is  done  as  follows: 

In  a  place  suitably  prepared,  where  fishes  are  confined,  they  will, 
male  and  female,  congregate  together  for  the  purpose  of  spawning. 
At  this  time  the  females,  known  by  their  palish  white  appearance, 
are  captured,  and  while  held  in  the  hand,  the  lower  part  of  the  fish 
just  touching  the  water,  the  eggs  are  expressed  from  each  into  a  pan 
of  water.  When  a  sufficient  nnmber  of  eggs  have  been  taken  from 
the  females  to  about  cover  the  bottom  of  the  pan,  one  after  another 
of  the  male  fish  are  taken  in  the  hand  in  the  same  manner,  and 
the  milt  pressed  from  the  body  in  such  quantity  into  the  water  as  to 
give  it  a  whitish  appearance.  This  is  allowed  to  stand  a  half-hour, 
at  the  expiration  of  w^hich  time,  if  there  has  been  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  milt,  the  eggs  are  supposed  to  be  thoroughly  impreg- 
nated, and  under  favorable  conditions  every  one  will  hatch.  This 
is  termed  artificial  impregnation. 

Some  authorities  think  it  best  to  express  the  milt  first,  gently 
stirring  the  water  with  the  tail  of  the  fish  to  distribute  it.  The 
female  lays  all  her  eggs  in  a  day  or  two,  or  three  at  most.  The  male 
of  the  same  size  as  the  female  has  milt  sufficient  for  several  females. 
His  milting,  therefore,  extends  over  a  period  of  eight  or  ten  days. 
TIic  male  is  known  at  spawning-time  by  his  orange  tint  and  brilliant- 
rtd  fins.     The  females  have  a  silvery-gray  appearance. 

How  Fish-Eggs  are  Hatched. 

It  is  observed  that  trout,  ut  spawning- time,  seek  a  shallow 
place  in  the  stream  to  lay  their  eggs,  near  the  fountain  head,  the 
object  being,  probably,  to  get  pure,  fresh,  cold  water.  It  is  neces- 
sary to  observe  these  conditions  in  hatching  the  eggs  artificially. 
The  water  must  be  absolutely  pure;  should  be  shaded  from  the  sun; 
should  gently  flow  above  the  eggs,  covering  them  to  a  depth  of  one  or 
two  inches,  and  to  hatch  the  eggs  in  about  one  month,  should  be  of  a 
temperature  about  fifty-four  degrees  and  never  higher.  If  a  lower 
temperature,  it  will  take  the  eggs  longer  to  hatch.     In  water  as  low 


as  thirty-seven  degrcc^s,  it  will  tak<;  fish-eggs  five  months  to  hatch. 

Young  Fish  when  First  Hatched. 

When  trout  are  first  hatched  they  are  exceedingly  sm&ll.  scarcely 
larger  than  the  wiggler  in  the  barrel  of  stale  rain-water,  which  conic8 
forth  a  mosquito.  Underneath  and  attached  to  the  little  fish,  when 
it  first  comes  from  the  egg,  is  an  umbilical  sac,  from  which  it 
derives  nourishment  for  about  forty  days.  After  that  time,  the 
young  fish  require  food  consisting  of  boiled  liver,  cheese,  curd,  or 
fresh-chopped  sea-fish.  The  most  available  food  is  curd,  and  is 
recommended  to  be  fed  in  the  following  proportions:  For  10.000 
yearling  trout,  three  quarts  per  day;  for  8,000  two-year-olds,  six 
quarts  per  day;  for  7,000  three-year-olds,  twelve  quarts  per  day. 

How  to  Breed  and  Raise  Fish. 

The  following  is  an  outline  of  the  appliances  and  means  requisite 
in  the  breeding  and  rearing  of  trout: 

A  series  of  not  less  than  three  ponds,  joined  by  raceways,  usually  serve  In 
the  process  of  trout-breeding.  The  first  one  is  for  the  young  fish  which  come 
from  the  hatching  place  or  nursery,  and  serves  until  they  are  about  twenty 
months  old:  the  second  for  the  fish  during  the  next  twelve  months,  and  the 
third,  for  the  same  brood  until  they  are  three  and  one-half  years  old.  when 
they  are  taken  out  for  the  table.  On  the  vacation  of  the  third  pond,  flsh 
from  the  second  are  transferred  to  the  former,  and  so  the  process  goes  on 
from  the  first.  The  shape  of  the  ponds  have  something  to  do  with  con- 
venient manipulation  of  the  fish.  An  oblong  pond  is  chosen  in  preference 
to  a  circular  one,  the  water  being  kept  cooler  because  of  the  more  rapid  How 
through  the  same. 

.\s  young  trout  thrive  in  shallow  water,  the  first  pond  should  be  about  six 
inches  deep  at  one  end  and  two  feet  at  the  other,  or  lower  end;  the  bottom 
requiring  a  layer  of  course  gravel  two  or  three  inches  in  depth.  The  second 
pond  should  be  one-third  or  one-half  longer  than  the  first  one,  and  several 
feet  wider, —  the  width  of  a  pond  may  be  about  one-tenth  of  its  length.  The 
depth  of  water  may  be  more  uniform,  about  three  feet,  the  second  containing 
four  or  five  times  as  nnich  water  as  the  tii-st.  The  racew.ay  entrance  should 
be  of  greatest  practicable  depth,  and  free  from  gravel.  The  third  pond 
should  have  an  average  depth  of  five  feet,  and  contain  several  times  as  much 
water  as  the  second. 

The  ponds  should  have  at  the  bottom  a  flume  or  passage-way,  for  draining 
when  necessity  requires.  The  raceways  are  the  spawning-places  of  the  fish; 
should  be  five  or  six  inches  deep  and  from  two  to  tliree  and  one-half  feet 
wide:  the  length  from  twenty  to  sixty  feet,  according  to  the  ^ize  and  capacity 
of  the  ponds.  The  sides  may  be  of  board  an  inch  thick  by  twelve  inches 
wide,  and  the  bottom  of  the  yjlace  should  be  covered  with  coarse  gravel  for 
the  trout  to  make  their  nests.  To  keej)  the  fish  in  the  bounds  allotted  to 
them,  wire  screens  are  used  to  close  up  the  way  between  the  pfinds.  The 
water  should  fiow  in  an  easy  current  through  the  raceway;  it  should  be  pure 
and,  for  liatching,  never  above  fifty-four  degrees.  The  fish  should  be  trans- 
ferred from  one  pond  to  another  the  latter  part  of  August,  two  months 
before  the  commencement  of  the  spawning  season. 

The  Hatching  Apparatus. 

A  wooden  trough,  with  transverse  strips,  forming  sort  of  compartments 
by  which  the  fiow  of  water  is  broken,  is  used  for  hatching  in  this  countrj'. 
The  bottom  is  covered  an  inch  in  depth  by  small  gravel,  with  an  inch  of 
filtered  water  over  it.  To  hatch  120.000  eggs  would  require  four  troughs, 
with  a  supply  of  water  through  a  like  number  of  pipes  a  little  more  than  an 
inch  in  diameter.  Hatching-troughs  should  be  enclosed  so  as  to  admit  of 
light  without  sunshine,  a  house  of  rough  boards  serving  the  purpose.  To 
filter  the  water  for  the  above  number  of  eggs  a  tank,  connected  with  the 
troughs,  twenty  inches  wide  by  eighteen  in  depth,  admitting  water  through 
flannel  screens,  may  be  used  and  placetl  across  the  upper  ends  of  the  troughs. 
The  latter  have  a  fall  of  one  inch  from  upper  to  lower  end;  twelve  to  sixteen 
feet  long,  ten  to  fourteen  inches  wide,  six  inches  deep,  and  separated  into  ten 
or  more  nests.  The  contiguous  nurseries  are  sixteen  inches  deep,  twenty 
inches  wide  and  four  feet  long;  so  made  that  the  water  at  the  entrance  of 
the  troughs  shall  be  four  or  five  inches  deep,  and  two  inches  deep  at  the 
outlet,  the  bottoms  covered  with  gravel.  When  the  fish  have  passed  the 
hatching  process,  they  are  let  into  the  nurseries  and  exposed  to  the  sunlight. 
Upwards  of  sixty  per  cent,  of  the  eggs  are  fecundated  by  this  method. 

Another  Process. 

By  a  process  attributed  to  Mr.  Vi-asski.  a  Russian,  called  dry  impregnation, 
and  lately  introduced  into  this  country  by  George  Shepard  Page,  of  Kew 
York,  an  average  of  nniety-six  per  cent,  is  fecundated.  This  involves  the 
expressing  of  the  ova  into  a  pan  and  bringing  thcni  in  contact  with  the  milt 
before  the  addition  of  water.  Ameriean  fish-culturists  have  quite  exten- 
sively adopted  this  method  of  propagation. 


(y. — 


=^m^ 


— ^: 


134 


THE    DISTINGUISHED    CHEMIST,    PKOF.    DKAPER. 


Prof.  Draper,  Comte,  Sir  Francis  Bacon  and  John  TyndalL 


'ATURAL  philosophy  has  had 
an  excellent  representative 
in  Professor  John  William 
Draper,  chemist  and  physi- 
ologist. Born  at  St.  Helens, 
England,  in  1811,  he  was 
tauffht  in  the  public  school 
and  by  private  instructors, 
giving  much  attention  to 
chemistry,  and  higher  math- 
ematics. 

He  subsequently  prosecuted  chemical  studies  at  the  university  of 
London.  Emigrating  to  America  in  1833,  he  studied  chemistry  and 
medicine  at  the  university  of  Pennsylvania,  and  after  graduating  with 
distinction  as  a  doctor  of  medicine,  was  appointed  professor  of 
chemistry,  natural  philosophy  and  physiology  in  the  Hampden- 
Sidney  college,  in  Virginia,  where  he  prosecuted  numerous  chemical 
and  physiological  investigations.  In  1839  he  was  chosen  professor 
of  chemistry  and  natural  history  in  one 
of  the  departments  of  the  university  of 
the  city  of  New  York,  where  be  also 
lectured  to  the  under-graduates  on 
physiology.  In  1841  he  was  advanced 
to  the  chair  of  chemistry  in  the  medical 
college  of  the  university,  and  after- 
wards became  president  of  both  the 
scientific  and  medical  departments  of 
that  institution.  He  has  written  volu- 
minously concerning  his  scientific  re- 
searches, and  by  them  has  attained  a 
high  reputation  as  a  scientist.  Among 
his  important  discoveries  is  one,  in 
1842,  of  a  peculiar  property  or  force  in 
that  portion  of  the  sun's  rays  which 
produces  the  chemical  effects  shown  in 
the  art  of  photography,  now  known  as 
"actinism."'  It  is  also  claimed  for  Dr. 
Draper  that  he  was  the  first  to  apply 
the  daguerreotype  process  to  taking  por- 
traits. He  has  also  published  numerous 
books  of  a  religious  character. 


the  positive  stage  the  mind,  convinced  of  the  folly  of  inquiring  into 
causes  and  essences,  applies  itself  to  the  discovery  of  those  laws 
which  regulate  effects,  or  those  invariable  relations  of  succession 
and  similitude  which  exist  throughout  nature."'  The  mission  of 
positivism  is  said  to  be  'to  generalize  science  and  to  systematize 
sociality.'  '  It  is  a  doctrine  capable  of  embracing  all  that  can 
regulate  humanity;  not  a  treatise  on  physical  science,  not  a  treatise 
on  social  science,  but  a  system  which  absorbs  all  intellectual 
activity.'  All  sciences,  of  whatever  kind,  physical  or  mental,  are 
but  branches  of  one  science,  to  be  investigated  on  one  and  the  same 
method.'' 


AUGUSTE  COMTE. 

fHE  founder  of   the   "-positive  phi- 
losophy"   and    the    **  religion    of 

humanit)',"  Auguste  Comte,  was  born  at  Monlpellier,  France,  in 
1798.  He  entered  the  polytechnic  school  in  1814.  and  became  a  dis- 
ciple o/  the  social  reformer,  St.  Simon,  about  1818.  Six  years  later 
they  separated,  mutually  disgusted.  Before  1824  Comte  discovered 
his  law  of  "social  evolution,"  and  during  the  next  twenty  years  he 
perfected  his  system  of  "Positive  Philosophy,"  publishing  it 
between  1833-42,  The  "Religion  of  Humanity"  appeared  at  a  later 
date.  He  died  in  IH.'i",  at  Paris.  The  positive  philosophy  is  cum- 
bersome and  difflcult  to  describe.  Zell's  Cycloi)a'dia,  however, 
condenses  it  as  follows:  "Humanity  has  three  stages  of  develop- 
ment— the  theological,  the  metaphysical  and  the  positive.  In  the 
theohigical  ptnge  man  is  dispo.'^ed  to  regard  all  effects  as  super- 
natural, as  signs  of  the  pleasure  or  displeasure  of  some  superior 
being  or  beings.  In  the  metaphysical  stage,  the  supernatural  agents 
give  place  to  abstract  forces  supposed  to  be  inherent  in  the  sub- 
stances themselves,  and  capable  of  producing  Ihe  phenomena.      In 


Prof.  J.  W.  Draper. 

Mathematician,  Chemist  and  Physiologist 


SIR  FRANCIS  BACON. 

VyYHE    English    philosopher  and    politician,    Sir   Francis    Bacon, 

described    by   Pope    as   "  the    wisest,    brightest,    meanest    of 

\    mankind,"  was  born  in  England,  in  1561.      He  found  favor  in 

the  eyes  of  Queen  Elizabeth  and  her  successor,  James  I.,  both  of 

whom  heaped  upon  him  numerous  offices,  honors  and  wealth,  until  he 
became,  in  1620,  Viscount  St.  Albans, 
having  attained  the  height  of  his  ambi- 
tion. Still  it  was  as  a  philosopher  and 
the  writer  of  philosophical  books — his 
"Novum  Organum,"  his  "Essays,"'  his 
treatise  on  the  "Wisdom  of  the  An- 
cients," and  others — that  he  manifested 
the  greatness  of  his  genius  and  won  the 
admiration  of  the  learned  in  all  subse- 
quent ages.  But  the  bright  picture  of 
his  triumphs  and  genius  was  marred 
and  ruined  by  his  confession,  in  1621, 
of  gross  briberyand  political  corruption. 
For  these  crimes  he  was  sentenced  to 
pay  a  fine  amounting  to  about  $200,000, 
and  imprisonment  during  the  king's 
pleasure;  was  rendered  incapable  of 
filling  any  office,  of  sitting  in  the  house 
of  lords  and  of  coming  to  court.  The 
fine  and  imprisonment  were  remitted, 
and  the  remainder  of  his  broken  life 
was  spent  in  retirement  and  in  literary 
pursuits,  but  embittered  by  pecuniary 
embarrassments  growing  out  of  his 
extravagance.  He  died  at  Ilighg.ite, 
England,  in  1626.  The  life  of  Baron 
has  been  written  by  his  secretary  and 

chaplain.  Rev.  William  Rawley,  London,  and  by  other  biographers. 


JOHN  TYNDALL. 

NATURAL  philosophy  finds  in  John  Tyndall  one  of  its  most  in- 
telligent exponents.  Born  at  Leighlin  bridge,  in  Carlow  county, 
Ireland,  in  1820,  at  an  early  age  became  familiar  with  mathematics 
plane  trigonometry,  etc.,  and  for  about  five  years  was  employed  as  an 
ordnance  surveyor.  About  1848  he  studied  and  experimented  in 
magnetism  and  diamagnetisni,  i)roving  the  intimate  relation  between 
these  and  the  molecular  arrangement  of  matter.  In  18.')2  he  was 
appointed  professor  of  natural  philosophy  at  the  Royal  inslilulion. 
He  lias  made  numerous  annual  visits  to  the  Alps,  in  Switzerland,  for 
scientific  observation  in  connection  with  the  glacial  theory.  In  1872 
he  visited  the  United  States  and  lectured  in  public,  the  surplus 
profits  being  devoted  to  the  promotion  of  scientific  study  in  this 
cunntry. 


:^ 


f 


TilK    DISTINCU'ISIIKD    NATI'IiALIST    AND    EVi iLL'TIONIST,    IIKKUEUT    SI'EXCEK. 


135 


i^ 


fj      Hgrbsrt  Spcncsr,      [ir  ^^ 


.  ^  -  '-m'  \  ife 


-I-         :v 


English  Philosopher  fe 


and  Scientist,     %, 


ffi: 


^j 


^ftef^i  r 


3|0 


Author  of  the  Saying,  **  Survival  of  the  Fittest." 


/  OXTEMPORANEOUS  with  Charles  R.  Darwin  is 
Herbert   Spencer,  in  the  advocacy  of  the  ideas 
relating  to  the  higher  forms  of  life,  coming  up 
from  the  lower  orders.     Mr.  Spencer  was  born  at 
Derby,    England.    April    27,    1820.        He    early 
exhibited  a  fondness  for  collecting,  classifying, 
and  studying  winged  insects,  a  favorite  pastime 
with    him     being     v^^^  v\^~^ 
to  catch  caterpil-     ^Jtl4li   ^ 
lars  for  the  pur- 
pose of  watching 

their      transformations     to      other 

forms.      Possessing  a  mind  disposed 

to   be   philosophical,    the    study   of 

these  changes  led  him  to  inquire  as 

to   the   means   by  which   organized 

existence  is  evolved. 

The  Rev.  Thomas  Spencer,  rector 

of  the   parish   at   Hinton,    was   his 

tutor  for  three  years,  and  his  father, 

author  of  a  work  on  ' 'Inventional 

Geometry,"    gave   him   further   in- 
struction,   the    especial    delight   of 

young  Herbert  being  mathematics. 
He  was  appointed  civil  engineer 

on    the    Birmingham    and    London 

railway   at    the  age  of    seventeen, 

from  which,  three  years  afterwards, 

he     retired     and     returned     home, 

in  order  to  pursue  mathematics  and 

philosophical  studies.    Herbariums, 

a    botanical     press,     and     various 

schemes  of  invention,  occupied  his 

mind     for     some     years.        When 

twenty-three  years  of  age,  he  nest 

went    to    London    to    get    literary 

occupation,  failing   lo   obtain   which   he    resumed    engineering,  but 

gratified  his  literary  taste  by  communications  to  the  C'lKil  Engineers'' 

and  Architects'"   Journal,   the    Philosophical    Magazine,    and  other 

publications  of  similar  character. 
Tn  1842    he  commenced  a  series  of  articles  for  the  Xonconfonnisf, 

on   the    "Proper   Sphere  of  Government,"   which  were  afterwards 


HERBERT  SPENCER. 


issued  in  pamphlet  form.  He  was  a  contributor  of  elaborate  essays 
to  various  scientific  publications,  from  1848  to  1854.  during  which 
time  he  outlined  his  idea  of  evolution.  In  1854  he  fully  determined 
that  the  natural  order  of  creation  was  through  the  evolving  of  one 
species  from  another  below,  and  so  on  down  through  to  the  first 
forms  of  life;  but  it  was  not  until  1860  that  he  published  an  exposi- 
tion of  the  subject,  in  which  he  quite  fully  elaljorated  the  idea.  In 
the  meantime  he  has  been  a  prolific 
writer  upon  the  subject  of  sociol- 
ogy— one  of  his  leading  publica- 
tions on  this  subject  being  '^  Social 
Statics;  or,  the  Conditions  Essential 
to  Human  Happiness  Specified,  and 
the  First  of  Them  Developed," 
which  first  appeared  in  London  in 
1850.  Since  that  time  he  has 
successively  published  works  on 
' '  Psychology ;"  '  *  Railway  Morals 
and  Policy;"  "Essays,  Scientific, 
Political,  and  Speculative;"  "  H- 
lustrations  of  Universal  Progress:" 
"Essays,  Moral,  Political,  and 
.Esthelic;"  "Education.  Intel- 
lectual, Moral,  and  Physical;" 
"First  Principles  of  a  System  of 
Philosophy;"  "  Classification  of  the 
Sciences;"  "Reasons  for  Dissent- 
ing from  the  Pliilosophy  of  M. 
Comte;"  "  Principles  of  Biology;  " 
"Spontaneous  Generation,  and  the 
Hypothesis  of  Physiological  Units;" 
"Recent  Discussions  in  Science, 
Philosophy,  and  Morals, "  collected 
from  English  reviews,  with  six 
additional  articles. 

Mr.  Spencer  is  a  retired  gentle- 
man, who  has  for  many  years  lived  at  a  quiet  boarding-house  in  Lon- 
don. Although  a  philosopher  of  wide  reputation,  the  multiplied 
volumes  of  this  scientist  have  had  so  limited  a  sale  as  to  give  the 
author  but  a  precarious  subsistence.  He  will  probably  be  much  more 
fully  appreciated  hereafter,  when  the  minds  of  the  people  shall  have 
sufficiently  expanded  to  comprehend  the  ideas  that  he  now  advances. 


A 


136 


THE    DISTINGUISHED    NATURALIST,    CHARLES    K.    DAKWIN. 


Naturalist  and  Expounder 


of  the  Darwinian  Theory. 


Island*^ 


HE  NATURALIST,  Charles  R.  Darwin,  was 
born  in  Shrewsbury,  in  England,  February 
9,  1809,  and  graduated  at  Christ's  College, 
Cambridge,  in  1831. 

On  the   ship  Beagle,    which   sailed    from 
England,  in  1831,  he  was  a  passenger  on  a 
voyage  of    exploration    around    the    world, 
which  lasted  five  years.     Out  of  this  journey  he  gathered 
material    for    a    volume,  published    in    18-42,     on   "The 
Structure     and   Distribution   of  u;y»y» 
Coral   Reefs;"  in    1844,    "Geo 
logical  Observations  on  Volcani 
'     and,     in     1846,      '  *■  Geological 
Observations  in  South  America." 

In  1851  and  1853  two  volumes  appeared, 
entitled  "Monograph  of  the  Family  Cir- 
ripedia, "  followed  by  two  other  volumes 
on  the  fossil  species  of  the  same  class. 

His  most  celebrated  work,  "The  Origin 
of  Species  by  Means  of  Natural  Selec- 
tion." appeared  in  1859.  The  ideas 
advanced  by  Darwin  in  this  last-mentioned 
volume,  called  fiorth  a  great  amount  of 
controversy,  the  interest  in  the  subject 
causing  the  book  to  be  translated  into 
Hcvcral  languages.  A  German  publisher, 
at  Berlin,  discovered  that  313  different 
authors  bad  written  books  and  pamphlets 
relating  to  Darwinism,  and  no  work  of  the 
age  hag  excited  so  much  review  and  com- 
ment. 

In  18fi2  appeared  his  work  on  the 
"FcrtiHzati(m  of  Orchids;"' in  18(58,  "  Variation  of  Animals  and 
Plants  under  Domestication,"  and,  in  1871,  a  treatise  on  "The 
DeHcent  of  Man,  and  Selection  in  Uelaticm  to  Sex,"  being  a  further 
consideration  of  the  "Origin  of  the  Species, "  the  object  of  which 
is  to  prove  that  man  has  descended  from  a  lower  order  of  animal  life. 
Among  bis  later  works  is  a  volume  entitled,  "Movements  and 
IlabitH  of  Climbing  Plants, "  and  "The  Expression  of  the  Emotions 
in  Men  and  Animals." 

He  has  been  the  recipient  of  various  ord(;rs  of  merit,  and  has  been 
elected  to  membership  in  several  of  the  learned  societies  of  Europe. 


CHARLES  ROBERT  DARWIN. 


He  has  contributed  very  largely  to  a  knowledge  of  the  lower  animals, 
while  his  ideas  in  regard  to  the  origin  of  man  are  accepted  by  some 
and  denounced  by  others. 

The  Theories  of  Darwin 

are  essentially  those  of  the  evolutionists,  which  are  that  all  the  higher 
forms  of  creation  have  gradually  progressed  up  from  the  lower;  that 
the  fittest,  strongest  and  best  of  every  order,  class  and  race  survive, 
while  the  w-eaker  perish.  Thus,  with  the  lower  animals,  the 
strongest  will  capture  their  prey,  will  live  and  multiply  their  kind; 
the  weaker  will  die  and  leave  no  issue. 
The  best^  therefore,  propagate  their 
species,  and  improvement  is  the  order. 
With  races  and  nations  of  people  at  war. 
the  strongest  and  superior  conquer,  per- 
petuate themselves,  and  civilization 
advances. 

The  theories  of  evolution,  it  is  said, 
were  advanced  by  the  early  Greek  phi- 
losophers, who  claimed  that  animal  life 
originated  from  earth,  with  the  assistance 
of  water,  light  and  heat.  Aristotle,  it  is 
said,  in  the  olden  time,  claimed  that  man 
did  not  originate  in  a  perfect  state,  but 
was  evolved  from  the  lower  orders. 
Linnanis  and  Buffon,  in  later  times, 
espoused  the  idea  of  progressive  organic 
development.  Dr.  Erasmus  Darwin,  the 
grandfather  of  Charles  R.  Darwin,  in  a 
published  work,  in  1794,  maintained  the 
development  theory.  Lamarck,  in  1815, 
took  the  position  that  alt  organic  forms, 
from  the  lowest  to  the  highest,  have  pro- 
gressively developed  from  microscopic  particles.  Goethe,  in  Germany, 
assumed  the  same  position,  as  did  Geoflfroy  Suint-Hilaire,  of  France, 
in  a  scientific  work,  published  in  1828.  Professor  Grant,  of  Edin- 
burgh, throui^h  tho  Philntiophiral  Journal,  in  182U,  held  that  species 
are  desceiultMl  from  other  si)ecies. 

Herbert  Spencer,  in  185*J.  advanced  arguments  to  prove  that 
species  have  been  greatly  modified  by  changes  of  circumstances. 

The  first,  however,  clearly  to  define  and  popularize  the  idea  nf 
of  pn)gression,  was  Charles  R.  Darwin,  in  his  work  on  the  "Origin  of 
the  Species,"  in    1858. 


Y 


1> 


k 


EARTHS    SUCCESSIVK    rKKIODS    OK    VKUKTAIil.K    ANI>     AM.MAL    DKVKL"  )l'.Mi:,\r. 


137 


The  Theories  of   Progression. 


*  of  the  development  theoi-y  have  hud  much  ditlieulty    | 


/ 


t 


,rA 


mm 


Earth  hardeiietl.  matuied; 


Vegetation  sprati(;  forth,  am 
fhell-lLsh,  L'lc,  wi- 


The  advocate; 
to  contend  with 
in  the  attempt 
to  denionstnife 
the  truth  of  the 
position  thai 
they  have 
taken.  It  could 
casiily  be  shown 
that  by  domes- 
tication and 
tnnning.  under 
a  change  of  cir- 
cums  tan  ce  s, 
one  hundred 
and  fifty  varie- 
ties of  pigeons 
could  be  pro- 
duced from  the 
one  specie  !s. 
But  each  and 
every  one,  after 
all  was  done, 
would  be  a  pigeon, 
kinds  of  dogs,  some 
others,  all  came 
from  one  vari- 
ety of  dog;  but 
facts  demon- 
strated, also, 
that  dogs  were 
never  anything 
but  dogs.  Thus 
of  every  other 
species  of  ani- 
mals. So  lim- 
ited was  the 
knowledge  of 
creation  ;  so 
small  had  been 
the  range  of  ob- 
servation; so 
narrow  was  the 

idea  of  the  origin  of  life,  and  so  prejudiced  were  the  majority  of 
people  against  a  progressive  development,  and  so  plain  was  the  fact 
that    the    same 


Geology  first  came  to   the  aid  of  the 


|.hih 


FIRST    IirOVn,— Primordial   Age. 

lowest  forms  of  moving  life,  headless  animals, 
;  evolved. 


It  could  easily  be  demonstrated  that  the  various 
of    which  were  a   hundred  times  larger   than 


Plate  n.-HT^VaW^   EPO<H. 
The  period  in  wliich  vegetation  had  attaiiit-d  lo  ruiik  triowUi ,  w 


Species,  cither 
a  horse,  a  hog, 
or  an  oak, 
always  re- 
mained essen- 
tially the  same 
— only  modi- 
fied; so  plain 
was  all  this,  and 
so  averse  were 
even  the  best 
minds  to  chang- 
ing their  long- 
established 
views,  as  to 
make  the  pre- 
sentation of  the 
development  theory,  an  exceedin, 


The  reptilian  age; 


Plate  ni.- 
higher  forms  of 


THIRD    EPOill.     s..; 

'egetation;  reptiles  crept  fr«i 
animals  appeared. 


dy  difticult  and  laborious  task. 


■ioplier.  and  proved  by 
earth-forma- 
tions that  the 
earth  was  hun- 
dreds of  thou- 
sands, and, 
I)  o  8  8  i  b  1  y , 
millions  of 
years  old;  that 
fossil  remains 
of  animals  had 
been  deposited 
tens  of  thou- 
sands of  years; 
that  a  large 
share  of  the 
remains  thus 
found  were  of 
animals,  rep- 
tiles and  birds 
that  had  become 
extinct;  and 
while    often 

large  were  coarse,  and  of  a  lower  order  than  any  now  existing. 

Those  discoveries  gradually  led  the  scientists  on   in  their  inveeti- 

gations;  the 
fact  of  tens  of 
thousands  of 
years  being 
given  for  an 
animal  to 
change  its 
c  haracter, 
greatly  assist- 
ing in  the  es- 
tablishment of 
the  develop- 
ment idea. 
The  careful 
study  of  the 
anatomical 
s  t  ru  c  t  u  re  of 
animals   also 

demonstrated     how    circumstances    had    changed    their    character. 

Thus,  under  the  skin  of  some  snakes  they  found  partially  developed 

feet,  indicating 
that  at  a  former 
period  this 
species  of 
snake  \v  a  s 
probably  a 
lizard;  that  its 
short  and 
clumsy  legs 
were  not  suffi- 
cient for  rapid 
propuls  ion; 
that  it  bad  re- 
sorted to  the 
wriggling 
movements  as 
the  easiest  and 
most  speedy 
radually  disappeared.    That 


ry  i-rrn>.i. 

;u:iled  lioni  land  ■ 


nd  Ubhes  deVth-pLd. 


Klanj  P.Tu.d. 

1  the  water  upon  dry  land  and  winged 


locomotion,  and  so  legs  were  useless  and 


h: 


"r 


— ^: 


13s 


wnxT  thp:  progressionists  bp:likve 


Plate  71'.— FOrTRTH    EPOCW.. -Tertiary  Pe. 
New  kinds  of  vegetation  came  forth. 


certain  reptiles,  forming  the  habit  of  springing  upon  their  prey, 
developed  the  wings.  This  is  proven  by  the  remains  of  birds,  very 
recently  found,  which  have  teeth,  showing  the  connection  between 
the  reptile  and  the  bird  kingdom.  The^e  remains  supply  what  has 
long  been  regarded  as  the  "missing  link."  The  winged  reptile, 
under  varying  conditions,  changed  its  character  entirely;  nature 
supplied  it  with  hair,  and  it  became  a  bat.  and  under  other  con- 
ditions it  acquired  feathers. 

Never  having  a  chance  to  fly,  it  will  be  seen  how  a  bat  could  change 
to  a  mouse, 
which  might 
develop  to  a 
rat,  which  might 
learn  to  burrow 
under  ground, 
and  in  long  ages 
could  change  its 
charactertothat 
of  awoodchuck. 
and  from  that  to 
a  prairie- 
dog,  which 
long  periods  of 
time  might 
bring  up  to  the 
intelligent 
shepherd  or 
Newfoundland- 
dog. 

That  the  mouse  and  rat,  In  certain  portions  of  the  world,  might, 
to  avoid  their  enemies  on  the  ground,  take  to  the  trees  as  a  place  of 
abode — might  learn  to  use  their  tails  as  do  the  monkeys,  and,  in  fact, 
through  long  ages  develop  to  the  size,  and  intelligence  of  the  monkey. 
In  time,  the  necessity  no  longer  existing  of  remaining  in  the  trees, 
he  would  spend 
his  time  on  the 
ground ;  his  tuil 
would  become 
unnecessary, 
as  it  is  with 
tht!  ourang- 
outang  and  the 
gorilla.  That 
through  long 
ages  the  go- 
r  i  1  1  a  ti  a  > 
gradual  1  > 
developed  to 
the  conditions 
of  the  lowest 
cannibal  sav- 
ages, which 
wild  and  bar- 
barous tribes 
in  time  became 
civilized. 


maturity,  breaks  and  gathers  in  a  nebulous  mass,  making  a  spot  on 
the  sun.  In  time,  this  substance,  thus  thrown  off,  which  is  a 
molten  mass  of  intense  heat,  like  a  rain-drop  in  space,  assumes 
a  spherical  form,  takes  its  orbit  for  revolving  about  the  sun,  gradually 
cools  on  the  surface,  and  a  crust  is  formed  which,  as  the  ages  and 
the  centuries  go  by,  gradually  thickens.  This  crust,  rent  and  dis- 
turbed by  the  heat  within,  rises  and  falls,  making  great  irregulari- 
ties of  surface.  Hence  the  mountains  and  the  valleys  were  formed. 
That  planets  themselves  have  the  power  to  throw  off   and  produce 

other  worlds. 


-^ 


Higher  fnmis  of  life  appeared,  and  hair  and  fur-bearing  animals 
were  developed. 


Plate  r.— FIFTH    F^VOCn.- Quaternary  Period. 

Hiffhly  matured  condition  of  thcearlh:  nttt-d  f.ir  the  f^uppiut  and  production  of  the  highest  grades  of 
intelligence  among  aniiual.s  up  ti)  man. 


What  the  Progressionists  Believe. 

While  a  variety  of  opinions  exi^t  anujiig  the  eMdutionists,  their 
belief  is  esnentially  this: 

That  there  exists  in  the  infinitude  of  space  unnumbered  suns,  each 
the  center  of  a  planetary  system,  which,  through  the  law  of  gravita- 
tion, continually  revolve  around  a  great  central  sun.  That  the  planets 
about  the  sun  arc  born  of  the  sun.  That  the  planets  dependent  upon 
our  sun  have  all  come  from  it.  That  in  the  process  of  birth  the  sun 
throw?  off  a  gaseous  ring,  which,  having  attained  a  certain  degree  of 


which  are  the 
moons  that  be- 
long to  various 
planets. 

The  belief  is 
that  the  earth 
was  born  thus 
of  our  sun;  that 
hundreds  of 
thou  sands 
and,  perhaps, 
millions  of 
years  have 
passed  since  it 
came  from  the 
sun;  that  its 
irregularities  of 
surface  have 
been  produced 
by  internal  commotion  and  volcanic  eruptions.  The  evolutionists 
bring  forward  as  proof  that  the  interior  of  the  earth  is  a  mass  of 
fire,  the  fact  that  for  every  100  feet  we  go  towards  the  center  of 
the  globe  the  heat  increases  one  degree.  At  10,000  feet,  towards 
the  center,  water  boils.     At  forty  miles  in  the  earth,  1,800  degrees 

is  reached.  At 
that  point  iron 
would  melt, 
and,  at  seventy 
miles  in  depth, 
everything 
must  be  in  a 
liquid  slate.  A 
further  proof 
that  the  i  n  • 
t  e  r  i  o  r  o  f  t  h  e 
earth  is  on  fire 
is  shown  in  the 
fi  a  m  e  e  m  i  1 1  e  d 
l)y  volcanoes, 
and  the  hot 
water  wh  iih 
comes  from 
boilingspringfl. 
In  the  crea- 
tinii  of  this 
world,  when  the 
earth  had  become  suflSciently  cooled  to  cause  the  gaseous  moisture 
uptm  its  surface  to  condense,  clouds  were  formed,  and  rain  began 
to  fall,  which  collected  in  the  low  places  on  the  earth's  surface  and 
made  the  oceans.  The  first  crust  formed  became  what  is  now  known 
as  the  hardest  rock,  such  as  granite,  syenite,  porphyry,  etc.,  in 
what  were  imbedded  the  heaviest  metals. 

In  process  of  time  this  layer  was  overspread,  through  volcanic 
eruption,  by  another  layer,  which  became  what  is  known  as  slate- 
rock,  clay-slate,  etc.      Through  the  action  of  wat<'r,  heat   and  idr. 


--<). 


VARYING    (iliADES    OF    INTELLIGKNCi: 


i:;:» 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PLATES. 

Rcprehiontint;,'  the  rriiminlial  Ai,'e,  Piiniarj-,  Seoundnry,  Tertiary  niui  Quaternary 
Periods,  and  the  Ascending  Serifs. 


this  rock  became  so  soft  as  to  produce  soil.  When  the  conditions 
had  become  matured  sufficiently,  a  combination  of  substances,  each 
as  carbonic  acid,  water  and  ammonia,  made  wluit  is  termed  "proto- 
plasm," a  compound  which  is  the  basis  of  all  life,  from  which  may 
come  at  any  time  the  order  of  vej;etation.  and  fill  rnrni<  of  animal  life. 
PLATE  I. 
Primordial  Age. 

Of  life  on  the  earth,  first 
came  the  lowest  of  vegeta- 
tion, such  as  the  mosses, 
which  gradually  progressed 
to  the  higher  orders.  The 
first  forms  of  life,  largely 
df!pen<lent  upon  moisture 
for  sustenance,  lived  in  the 
water  and  gradually  de- 
veloped to  the  shell-fish, 
headless  insects,  and  ani- 
mals of  various  kinds.  This 
is  termed  by  the  philoso- 
phers the  primordial  age. 

This  age  is  supposed  to 
cover  an  immense  period  of 
time.  The  layers  of  earth 
and  rock  formed  in  this 
period,  during  which  the 
interior  fires  were  receding 
from  the  earth's  surface,  are 
over  70,000  feet  thick,  but 
of  the  fossil  remains  found 
in  them  there  is  no  evidence 
of  land  animals. 

PL.iTE  II. 

Primary  Period. 

This  was  followed  by  that 
known  as  the  primary 
period,  an  epoch  of  time 
when  the  fire  receded  and 
the  earth's  crust  thickened 
42,000  feet.  The  water  ani- 
mals in  this  period  on  the 
earth's  surface  multiplied 
and  developed  to  fishes,  and 
came  up  to  the  lowest  of 
those  orders  that  divided 
their  time  between  water 
and  dry  land,  such  as  lizards 
and  reptiles  of  various 
kinds. 

PL.VTE  III, 
Secondarij  Period. 

In  the  secondary  period, 
the  belief  is  that  the  fires 
receded  into  the  earth,  and 
the  earth's  covering  was  in- 
creased 15,000feet  in 
thickness.  At  this  time  the 
animal  kingdom  developed 
to  frogs,  crocodiles,  turtles, 
dragons,  and  other  immense 
water  animals,  traces  of 
which  are  sometimes  found. 


prey,  and  teeth  which  enabled  them  to  maf^ticate  their  food.  Their 
skeletons  abound  in  the  museunih*  of  natural  history.  There  were 
reptiles  with  wings,  and  in  the  latter  part  of  this  period  birds  were 
developed.  There  was  also  a  colonsal  growth  of  vegetation,  much  of 
which,  in  various  localilies,  turned  to  coal. 


Pint'-  VI. 


ASCENDING  SERIES. 


Grades  of  Intelligence. 
Sho%ving  the  progress  of  development  through  the  various  grades  of  intelhgence 
from  the  lowest  forms  of  life  up  to  the  king  of  birds. 


PLATE  IV. 

Tpriiary  Period. 
In  the  tertiary,  or  third 
period,  the  trees  progressed 
to  the  putting  on  of  leaves, 
and  the  animal  creation  de- 
veloped np  to  those  that 
iiurpicd  their  young,  such  as 
the  whale  and  dolphin,  in 
the  waters,  and  the  species 
of  animals  from  which  came 
the  horse,  rhinoceros,  ele- 
phant and  swine,  and  the 
predecessors  of  the  monkey, 
ourang,  chimpanzee,  the  go- 
rilla and  the  mammoth. 
PLATE  V. 
Quaternary  Period. 

In  the  quaternary,  or 
fourth  period,  came  the 
present  development  of  the 
vegetable  kingdom,  animal 
life  as  it  exists  to-day,  and 
man  perfected  as  he  is  at  the 
present  time. 

The  scientists  attempt  to 
class  all  development  on  the 
earth's  surface  into  these 
five  great  epochs  of  time, 
one  period  gradually  running 
into  another,  so  that  there 
is  no  sharp  division  between 
them. 

The  claim  is  that  this 
progress  is  still  going 
forward,  and  probably  will 
continue  for  thousands  of 
years,  until  the  earth's  crust 
shall  become  so  thick  and 
the  earth  so  cold  that  life 
can  no  longer  be  supported 
upon  it.  At  that  time  all 
animal  life  will  have  ceased 
to  exist,  vegetation  will  no 
longer  retain  life,  and  the 
earth  will  be  dead,  as  many 
other  planets  are  supposed 
to  be  that  revolve  in 
space. 

PLATE  YI. 
Ascending  Series. 

This  plate  is  designed  to 
show  the  varying  grades  of 
physical  development  and 
intelligence,  from  the  lowest 
orders    of    animal    life    up 


Among  these  were  the  enormous  sauri-        through  to  the  highly  intelligent  of    the  feathered  kingdom. 


ans  which,  covered  with  scales  like  the  crocodile,  had  four  legs  and 
resembled  great  lizards,  having  claws  with  which  to  capture  their 


In  the  lower  right  hand  corner  of  the  plate  is  seen  the  infusoria. 
A  drop  of  water  allowed  to  be  exposed  on  a  vegetable  or  animal  sub- 


;(i. — 


X>- — '-^ 


1-KJ 


THE    ASCENDING   GEADES    OF    ANIMAL    LIFE, 


HIGHER  ORDERS  OF  ANIMALS. 

Representing  the  Ascending  Series,  beginning  with  the  Hippopotamus,  a  water 
quadruptd,  up  through  tu  Man. 


stance  in  tlae  summer  sun,  will,  in  a  few  days,  be  found  covered  with 
a  Ihin  film  of  matter,  wkich  often  presents  the  varying  shades  of 
rainbow  colors.  Microscopic  examination  of  this  stagnant  water  will 
reveal  a  great  number  of  moving  animalcules.  This  plainly  indi- 
cates that  germs  of  life  are  floating  in  the  air,  and  only  want  the 
necessary  conditions  to  re- 
veal themselves  in  active 
being.  This  grade  of  life  is 
lowest  in  the  scale  of  animal 
existence  of  which  the  natu- 
ralist has  any  knowledge. 

One  of  the  next  higher  in 
order  is  the  polypi.  This 
might  be  taken  as  a  species 
of  animal  life,  but  examina- 
tion shows  that  it  possesses 
an  aperture  that  serves  as 
a  mouth,  and  various 
rootlets  which  are  used  as 
arms  in  capturing  prey  and 
feeding  itself. 

The  star-fish  is  one  of  a 
numerous  family  of  the 
radiata,  which,  having  an 
intestinal  canal,  make 
another  step  upward. 

The  mollusks,  possessing 
an  alimentary  apparatus, 
heart,  liver,  and  the  evi- 
dences   of     lungs     and 

breathing  power,  belong  to  a 

still    higher    class.      These 

include  the  oyster,  the  clam 

and  the  animals  that  reside 

in  shells,  whose  infinite  va- 
riety of  color  and  form  make 

always  a  pleasant  study  to 

the  naturalist. 

The  crawling  wofms  and 

the  caterpillars  that  change 

their    form    to    the    bright 

winged  butterflies,  occupy  a 

still  higher  range. 
Above   these    yet    is    the 

patient,    cunning    ant;    the 

busy,  ingenious  bee,  and  the 

hungry  grasshopper.   In 

this   class  of    life   there  is 

exhibited  the  sense  of  sight 

and    considerable    evidence 

of  reasoning  power. 

The  fpider  and  crab  be- 
long   to    another    and     yet 

hiirhcr  order. 

In   the  flsh  we  reach   tli'- 

fir'^t  form  of  animal   being 

pos^cs-King  a   backbone  and 

fpinnl  cord.     We  have 

now  reached  a  scale  of  de- 
velopment   in    animal    life 

which  e  X  h  i  b  i  t »  a  r  t  e  r  I  e .«, 

veinw  and  red  blood. 
The  creature,  however,  like  the  frog  that  can  come  forth  and  subsist 

upon  dry  land,  i:*  yet  higher  in  the  scale;  but  the  alligator,  the  turtle 

find  unaiie,   though  all  cold-blooded,  are  yet  in  advance  of  the  frog. 


Plate  VIT.     ASCENDING    SERIES,      armies  of  InteUigence. 
Showing  the  varying  degrees  of  (h-vi'lupnient  and  lirain  power,  among  (Ufferent 
kinds  of  animals. 


The  walrus,  the  whale  and  other  animals  in  that  class,  bring  us  up 
to  the  warm-blooded  orders  and  usher  us  in  among  the  fowls  of  the 
air,  the  unnumbered  kinds  of  which  are  ever  a  cariosity  and  study  to 
the  student  of  nature.  In  this  range  of  physical  development  the 
senses  of  feeling,  hearing,  seeing  and  tasting  are  very  considerably 

developed. 

While  all  the  various  kinds 
of  the  feathered  kingdom 
have  warm  blood  and  brain 
sufticient  to  enable  them 
to  acquire  considerable  edu- 
cation, there  is  nevertheless 
much  variety  in  the  natural 
brain  development,  and 
many  and  various  are  their 
characteristics,  as  shown  in 
the  tenderness  of  the  dove, 
the  talkativeness  of  the 
parrot,  the  melodious  notes 
of  the  nightingale,  the 
cunning  of  the  raven,  the 
dignity  and  the  courage  of 
the  eagle. 

PLATE  VII. 

Grades  of  Animals. 

Having  come  through  the 
grades  of  life  that  swim  the 
water,  that  divide  their  time 
between  the  water  and  the 
land,  and  thai  fly  in  the  air 
we  come  to  other  classes  of 
animal  life,  the  most  of 
which  have  four  legs,  with 
which  to  walk  the  earth,  and 
have  hair  or  fur  to  protect 
them  from  the  inclemency  of 
the  weather,  a  few  excep- 
tions being  in  thpse  animals 
native  to  the  warm  climates, 
whose  thick  skins  are  such 
as  to  require  no  other 
covering. 

The  grade  of  animal  life 
shown  in  plate  VIT.  belongs 
in  that  known  as  the  mam- 
7?ialla,  a  characteristic  of 
which  is  that  the  young  are 
bom  alive  and  arc  nourished 
with  their  own  milk. 

This  illustration  shoivsthe 
gradually  ascending  grades. 
The  gross,  huge  water  ani- 
mal, the  hippopotamus,  is 
surpassed  in  brain  power  by 
the  deer,  which  is  in  turn 
excelled  by  the  bufTalo,  the 
goat,  the  squirrel,  the  cat 
and  the  beaver. 

The  dog  and  the  horse 
evince  a  high  degree  of  in- 
telligence, and  so  the  grade 
progresses  through  the  orders  of  the  orang-oulang  and  the  gorilla  up 
to  man.  whose  degree  of  development  varies  from  the  low  savage  to  the 
superior  white  Caucasian,  who  is  master  of  all  animal  life  below  him. 


.6- — 


i2^ 


f 


A    I'OKTKAIT    OK    IIKNKY    THOMAS    IJCCKI.i:. 


Henry  Thomas   Buckle,   Bismarck  and   M.    F.  Maury. 


ENGLISH  writer  of  liberal 
principles  was  IIcnryTbnmns 
Buckle,  who  was  born  in 
Kent,  England,  in  1821.  He 
devoted  himself  to  study, 
acquiring,  meanwliile,  great 
proficiency  as  a  cbess- 
r.  His  fame  rests  upon  an 
isbed  work,  *' History  of  Civil- 
>n  in  England,"  two  volumes  of 
ublished  in  1857  and  18G1,  but 
I  not  live  to  finish.  His  theory, 
which  caused  much  discussion,  endeavored  to  show  tbat  the 
character  of  a  people  was  chiefiy  dependent  on  material  circum- 
t-tances,  such  as  soil,  climate,  scenery  and  food,  and  that  ideas  on 
morals  or  religion  bad  very  little 
intluence  on  civilization,  a  progress 
in  which,  he  mnintained,  depended 
chiefiy  on  the  growth  and  accumulation 
of  scientific  or  positive  knowledge. 
In  18G1  he  visited  the  continent  of 
Europe,  remaining  abroad  until  the 
following  March,  when  he  died  of  a 
fever,  while  traveling  in  the  "Holy 
Land. '' 


conferred  upon  bim  by  the  diet.  The  annexation  of  several  neigh- 
boring principalities,  the  confederation  of  others,  and  the  estublir^b- 
ment  of  the  North-German  confederation,  were  considered  chielly 
due  to  his  diplomatic  skill.  In  the  French  war  of  1870  be  exerted  a 
superior  influence  tbat  aided  materially  in  the  subjection  of  France, 
and  resulted  in  the  crowning  of  King  William  as  Emperorof  Germany, 
at  Versailles,  France,  in  1871,  while  Bismarck  was  rewarded  by 
promotion  to  the  rank  of  Prince  and  Chancellor  of  the  German 
Empire.  Since  then  bis  genius  and  brilliant  executive  ability  have 
been  exercised  in  the  reforms  of  internal  policy.  Among  other 
changes  due  to  his  influence  is  the  dissolution  of  the  ordcrof  Jesuits, 
the  secularization  of  schools,  and  the  establishment  of  state  sover- 
eignty over  the  church.  Bismarck,  however,  is  claimed  by  the 
liberals  in  religion  as  an  atheist.  The  family  of  Bismarcks  is  an  old 
one,  and  has  been  known  for  more  than  five  hundred  years. 


COUNT  BISMARCK. 

["HE  statesman,  prince,  and  prime 

minister  of  Prussia,  Otto  Eduard 

Leopold  Bismarck- Schonhausen, 
was  born  at  Scbouhausen,  Prussia, 
in  1815.  He  studied  at  Gottingen  and 
Berlin,  and  was  admitted  to  the  bar  in 
1835.  He  was  referendary  at  Aix-la- 
Chapelle  and  Potsdam  in  1830-'7;  per- 
formed military  duty  and  studied  the 
science  of  husbandry  at  Potsdam  and 
Greifswald  in  1837-8,  attended  the 
united  diet  at  Berlin  as  district  dele- 
gate, and  opposed  liberal  reforms  ably 
and  vehemently  in  1847.  In  the  second 
chamber  of  tbc  Prussian  diet,  in 
1849-'50,  he  urged  increased  powers 
for  the  monarchy.  He  was  appointed 
Prussian    embassador  to   the  German 

diet  at  Frankfort,  in  1851,  and  there  changed  his  international  views, 
repelling  the  pretensions  of  Austria;  was  transferred  to  St.  Peters- 
burg in  1850,  where  he  strengthened  the  friendly  relations  between 
Prussia  and  Russia,  remaining  until  18G2;  was  embassador  to  Paris 
and  succeeded  Prince  HobenzoUern  as  prime  minister  of  Prussia  in 
1802,  and  became  minister  of  foreign  affairs.  He  advocated  strength- 
ening the  army,  and  succeeded  in  procuring  the  co-operation  of 
Austria  in  the  Scblcswig-Holslein  war  of  1864;  concluded  a  new 
treaty  with  Austria,  in  1805;  was  pi-omotcd  to  Count,  and  invested 
with  ministerial  authorijy  over  newly-conquered  countries  in  18G5; 
formed  an  alliance  with  Italy,  and  declared  war  against  Austria  and 
her  allies  in  18G6.  Military  prowess  having  soon  subdued  the  Austrian 
alliance,  the  treaty  of  Prague,' in  1806,  extinguished  Austria  as  a  Ger- 
man state,  secured  Scbleswig-Holstein  to  Prussia,  and  placed  the 
latter  at  the  head  of  the  North-German  confederation.  He  was  now 
idolized  by  the  Prussian   people,    and  a  national   endowment  was 


Henry  Thomas  Buckle. 
Author  of  "  History  of  Civilization  in  England 


MATTHEW  FONTAINE  MAURY. 
N  VIRGINIA,  Spottsylvania  coun- 
ty, in  180C,  was  born  Matthew  F. 
Maury,  known  by  his  valuable  re- 
searches into  marine  physical  geog- 
raphy and  meteorology.  He  entered 
the  American  navy  as  a  midshipman  in 
18^5,  went  to  France  in  the  ship  that 
conveyed  Lafayette  on  his  return  home, 
made  a  voyage  to  the  Pacific  in  the 
same  vessel,  and  circumnavigated  the 
globe  in  the  United  States  vessel  Vin- 
cenues.  While  yet  young  he  published 
bis  "Treatise  on  Navigation,"  which 
passed  through  several  editions;  be- 
came a  lieutenant  in  1830.  and  received 
bis  appointment  to  the  South  Sea  ex- 
ploring expedition,  but  resigned  it. 
Owing  to  accidental  lameness  be  with- 
drew from  sea  service,  and  was  placed 
iu  charge  of  the  department  of  sea- 
charts  and  instruments  at  Washington, 
and  when  it  was  combined  with  the 
Washington  observatory,  he  was  made 
superintendent  of  both.  *'  The  Physi- 
cal Geography  of  the  Sea,"  with 
observations  of  ocean  winds  and  cur- 
rents, made  up  from  actual  reports  of 
vessels  and  special  cruises,  occupied 
his  attention.  Tn  1844  he  published  his  views  of  the  Gulf  stream, 
ocean  currents  and  "  great  circle-sailing,"  which  have  generally 
proved  to  be  well-grounded.  By  his  suggestion  a  general  maritime 
conference  was  held  at  Berlin,  Prussia,  under  government  auspices, 
in  1853,  in  which  it  was  recommended  that  merchant  and  war  vessels 
should  keep  an  abstract  "log,"  or  record,  in  the  interest  of  marine 
science.  His  principal  researches  are  embodied  in  bis  "Physical 
Geography  of  the  Sea  and  its  Meteorology,"  which  has  been  several 
times  revised  and  enlarged.  In  1855  be  was  promoted  to  the  rank 
of  commander  in  the  navy,  a  post  which  be  resigned  on  the  breaking 
out  of  the  Southern  rebellion  in  18G1.  He  then  became  a  commodore 
in  the  confederate  navy,  and  afterwards  professor  of  physics  in  the 
Virginia  military  institute.  He  died  at  Lexington,  Va.,  in  1873. 
He  published  a  number  of  scientific  works,  received  many  valuable 
testimonials  from  foreign  governments,  and  was  a  member  of  many 
of  the  principal  scientific  institutions  of  Europe  and  America. 


>?t 


•CJ' — 


142 


POKTKAIT   OF   RALPH    WALDO    EMERSON. 


Lyell,  Emerson,  Fahrenheit,  Phillips,  Glauber  and  Trail. 


CHARLES  LYELL,  distinguished 
s  a.  geolo^'ist,  was  born  at  Kinnordy, 
Scotland,  in  1797.  He  graduated  at 
Exeter  college,  Oxford,  in  1831,  and 
studied  law,  but  abandoned  it  for 
Lieological  investigation.  In  1832  he 
was  appointed  professor  of  geology  at 
King's  college,  London,  but  this  posi- 
tion he  soon  resigned.  In  1830 
appeared  the  first  volume  of  his  im- 
portant work,  "Principles  of  Geology," 
which  was  completed  in  1834,  and 
was  received  with  great  favor.  He 
visited  the  United  States  in  1841, 
lecturing  on  his  favorite  science  in  Boston.  On  his  return  to 
England  he  published  his  travels  and  scientific  observations  in  this 
country,  and  wrote  other  treatises  on 
the  geolosy  of  America.  A  second  visit 
to  the  United  States,  in  1845,  resulted  in 
two  additional  volumes.  He  also  trav- 
eled extensively  in  Europe,  gave  the 
world  the  benefit  of  this  expedition  and 
its  results,  and  received  the  honor  of 
knighthood,  with  other  testimonials  of 
scientific  appreciation.  In  1863  he  pub- 
lished "  The  Geological  Evidences  of  the 
Antiquity  of  Man."     He  died  in  1875. 


and  formed  the  scale  for  measuring  heat  and  cold  so  commonly  used 
in  thermometers  of  the  present  day.  He  wrote  a  "Dissertation  on 
Thermometers,"  and  other  scientific  papers,  and  at  the  time  of  his 
death,  in  1736,  was  engaged  in  constructing  a  machine  for  draining 
the  Dutch  marshes. 


RALPH  WALDO  EMERSON. 

^HE  poet,    essayist  and  speculative 

'  philosopher,  Ralph  Waldo  Emerson, 
was  bom  at  Boston  in  1803,  edu- 
cated at  Harvard  college  from  181 7-'21, 
and  ordained  a  Unitarian  minister  in 
1829.  He  resigned  in  1832  and  visited 
Europe,  returning  in  the  autumn  of  1833, 
when  he  commenced  his  career  as  a 
lecturer  on  a  great  variety  of  literary 
and  philosophical  subjects.  He  pub- 
lishiid  a  volume  of  essays  in  1841, 
and  contributed  to  the  Dial,  the  organ 
of  the  Transcendentalists,  in  1841,  and 
became    its    editor    from   1842  to  1844. 

He  published  a  second  series  of  essays  in  1844,  and  in  1846  a  collec- 
tion of  his  poems.  He  visited  England  and  lectured  there  in  1847,  and 
in  1850  gave  the  world  his  volume  on  "  Representative  Men.  "  Since 
then  he  has  published  several  other  works.  Emerson's  philosophy 
is  transcendental,  "having  reference  to  those  beliefs  or  principles 
which  are  not  derived  from  experience,  and  yet  are  considered  abso- 
lutely necessary  to  make  experience  useful  or  possible.  "  (Webster. ) 
For  example,  two  of  its  cardinal  articles  of  faith  declare  (1)  "the 
eternal  and  universal  primacy  of  mind,  and  (2)  the  connection  of  the 
individual  intellect  with  the  primal  mind,  and  its  ability  to  draw 
thence  wisdom,  will,  virtue,  prudence,  heroism,  and  all  active  and 
past^ive  qualities.  "     (Bennett.  ) 


WENDELL  PHILLIPS. 

N  eminent  American  orutur  and  philanthropist,  Wendell  Phillips, 
was  born  at  Boston,  in  1811.  He  was  educated  at  Harvard  college, 
graduating  in  1831.  He  was  admitted  to  the  bar  in  1834,  but 
abandoned  his  profession  at  the  end  of  two  years  to  unite  himself  with 
the  fortunes  of  the  abolitionists,  in  opposition  to  slavery  in  America. 
His  first  distinguished  outburst  of  oratory  was  made  at  Faneuil 
Hall,  Boston,  in  1837,  at  a  meeting  called  to  express  the  popular 
indignation  at  the  assassination  of  Rev.  Elijah  P.  Lovejoy,  at  Alton, 
111. ,  by  a  mob  in  the  interest  of  Southern 
slave-holders.  Phillips  was  then  only 
twenty-six  years  old,  but  his  eloquence 
and  enthusiasm  on  that  occasion  laid 
the  foundation  for  his  after-fame  as  a 
finished  orator.  For  years  ho  combated 
the  evils  of  slavery  with  his  voice  and 
money,  until  the  emancipation  procla- 
mation crowned  the  struggles  of  the  abo- 
litionists and  rendered  them  longer  un- 
necessary. Since  then  Mr.  Phillips  has 
advocated  the  rights  of  workingmen  and 
women  and  of  the  Indians.  His 
humanitarian  views  command  esteem, 
and  his  eloquence  is,  as  ever,  opposed 
to    social  oppression. 


Ralph  Waldo  Emerson. 

Poet.  Essayist  and  Speculative  Philosopher. 


GABRIEL  DANIEL  FAHRENHEIT. 
'•/IIK    scientific    philosopher,    Fahrenheit,    was  born    at  Dantzic, 
Prusnia,  in  I68G.      He  improved  the  thermometer  by  adopting 
mercury  instead  of  spirits  of  wine  for  testing  the  temperature, 


JOHANN  RUDOLF  GLAUBER. 

PUOMIXEXT     chemist,    of    Ger- 
many,   Johann     Rudolf     Glauber, 
was  born  in  the  sixteenth  century 
and  settled  at   Amsterdam.     He  was  a 
large  experimenter,  and  in  his  endeav- 
ors to  discover  the    fabulous  *'  philos- 
opher's stone,"  he  invented  several  new 
chemicals,  one  of  which  was  the  com- 
mon alkali  known  as  "Glauber's  salts." 
He   wrote   thirty-two    treatises,    some  of  which  possess  a    certain 
value.     The  date  of  his  death  is  uncertain,  but  is  placed  subsequent 
to  1668. 


DR,  RUSSELL  THACHER  TRALL. 

K  American  phyBician  and  developer  of  Priessnitz's  system  of 
water-cure  for  diseases,  Russell  T.  Trail,  was  born  at  Vernon, 
Conn.,  in  18IS2,  his  parents  subsequently  removing  to  Western 
New  York.  He  adopted  the  medical  profession,  studied  its  standards 
and  practiced  according  to  its  teachings,  until  his  removal  to  New  York 
city,  in  1840.  In  1843  he  opened  a  water-cure  hospital,  and  in  ISnS  a 
medical  school  for  pupils  of  both  sexes,  which  was  afterwards 
removed  to  Florence,  N.  J.  Dr.  Trail  wrote  numerous  books 
relating  to  the  hydropathic  treatment  of  diseases,  temperance, 
medicine,  regimen,  bad  habits  and  their  cure,  diseases^  and  phj'si- 
ology.      llv  d\rd  at  Florence,  N.  J.,  in  1877. 


.C^^'*"'^ 


T- 


(JIIAUI.KS    FOUUIEK.        TIIK    I'llI.ITICAL    ECONOMIST,    J.    STUAItT    MILT,. 


1-43 


Hugh  Miller,  Mesmer,  J.  Stuart  Mill  and  Fourier. 


-^_^^^ 


UOn  MILLER,  thu  British  geologist,  was 
born  at  Cromarty,  Scotland,  in  180::;,  and 
lirincipully  received  his  earliest  education 
from  his  mother's  1*1,000' 
brothers,  Alexan- 
der and  Jumes. 
Later  be  attended 
local  schools,  read 
classics  by 
stealth,  and  was 
gifted  with  a  re- 
markable memory  and  a  faculty  of  telling 
stories  which  he  used  to  extemporize  witti 
great  success.  At  an  early  age  he  man- 
ifested a  fondness  for  geological  re- 
searches. Refusing  to  go  to  college  and 
prepare  for  the  gospel  ministry,  he  was 
taught,  instead,  the  trade  of  a  stone- 
mason, pursuing  at  his  leisure  the  study 
of  books,  reading  the  best  literature  of 
the  day  in  many  departments,  and  writing 
verses,  rhapsodies  and  reflections.  All 
this  time  he  was  also  continuing  his 
geological  researches,  and  at  this  period 
of  his  life  he  made  his  "old  red  sand- 
stone" discoveries,  which  procured  him 
considerable  distinction  among  the  scien- 
tific men  of  the  day.  His  attainments 
made  him  a  local  celebrity  at  Cromarty,  and  he  was  elected  town 
councilor.  In  1829  he  published  a  volume  of  poems,  wrote  a  series 
of  papers  on  the  herring  fishery,  made  some  important  discoveries  in 


expressed  his  belief  that  the  heavenly  bodies  diffasc  through  the 
universe  a  subtile  fluid,  which  acts  on  the  nervous  system  of  ani- 
mated beings.     Since  his  death,  in  1815,  the  science  of  mesmerism 


00^ 


has    been    revived    and    developed  with 
wonderful  results. 


Charles  Fourier, 

Celebrated  Advocate  of  the  Co-operative  System 
of  Living. 


fish  fossils,  and  became  accountant  in 
the  next  two  years  he  married 
and  published  his  "■Scenes  and  Legends 
of  the  North  of  Scotland,"  and  be- 
came a  frequent  contributor  to  period- 
icals. In  1640  he  removed  to  Edinburgh, 
and  became  the  editor  of  The  Witness^  the 
organ  of  the  Free  church  of  Scotland. 
He  succeeded  as  a  journalist,  his  articles 
exerting  a  powerful  influence  on  public 
opinion  by  their  thoughtfulness  and  lit- 
erary excellence.  In  the  }yitii€SS  he  pub- 
lished an  iiccount  of  his  discovery  of  the 
"old  red  sandstone,"  and  fossils,  and  by 
this  publication  attained  distinction  from 
the  British  association,  and  became  the 
admiration  of  scientists.  Others  of  his 
distinguished  scientific  and  literary  works 
followed  from  time  to  time.  In  his  lite- 
rary and  geological  labors  he  labored  so 
incessantly  as  to  destroy  his  health.  The 
strain  upon  his  brain  was  too  intense,  nnd 
in  1856  he  committed  suicide,  while  in  a 
paroxysm  of  insanity. 


local    bank.      Within 


John  Stuart  Mill, 

Author  of  Various  WorUs  on  Political  Economy. 


FRIEDRICH  ANTON  MESMER. 

/"HE  founder  of  the  science  of  animal  magnetism,  Friedrich  A. 
Mesmer,  to  which  he  gave  his  name — Mesmerism — was  born  at 
Meersburg,  in  Swabia,  Germany,  1734.      In  IVGG  he  announeed 
his    theories    in   a   paper   on  "Planetary  Influence,"'    in    which    he 


JOHN  STUART  MILL. 
(HIN  STL'AIiT  .MILL,  the  Knyli.-h  phi- 
losopher and  political  economist,  son 
of  the  eminent  James  Mill,  the  hL-^to- 
rian  and  essayist,  was  born  in  London  in 
1806.  He  was  educated  at  home,  and 
became  a  clerk  in  the  office  of  the  Kast 
India  company,  1823.  He  contributed,  in 
hie  youth,  to  the  Edinburgh  and  TIVx/*- 
minster  Hevieics^  and  published  his  "Sys- 
tem of  Logic,"  1843;  "Essays  on  Some 
Unsettled  (Questions  in  Political  Econ- 
omy," 1844;  "Principles  of  Political 
Economy,'"  1848.  During  the  American 
rebellion,  1861-'65,  he  espoused  in  liis 
writings  the  cause  of  the  Unionists. 
Other  works  from  his  pen  include  "  An 
Essay  on  Liberty,"  "Thoughts  on  Parlia- 
mentary Reform,"  "  Considerations  on 
Representative  Government,"  and  "The 
Subjection  of  Woman,"  1869.  His  writ- 
ings evince  originality  of  thought,  and 
when  in  parliament,  in  1865-'67,  he  became  an  able  debater  in  the 
cause  of  reform,  the  extension  of  the  elective  franchise,  and  the  claims 
of  women  to  representation.  In  philosophy  he  inclined  to  positivism. 
He  died  at  Avignon,  France,  in  1873. 

"^  

FRANCOIS  MARIE  CHARLES  FOURIER. 

HE  founder  of  a  once  popular,  but 
now  nearly  extinct,  social  system, 
F.  M.  Charles  Fourier,  was  born  at 
Besancon,  France,  in  1772.  lie  was  at 
first  a  clerk,  and  then  for  two  campaigns 
an  involuntary  soldier  in  the  French  rev- 
olutiim.  Leaving  the  army,  he  engaged 
in  more  peaceful  pursuits,  and  passed 
several  years  in  traveling  for  commercial 
houses  of  Lyons  and  Marseilles.  Sub- 
sequently, in  1803-41,  he  published 
several  books  of  a  socialistic  character, 
which  were  not  acceptable  to  the  general 
public  or  the  reviewers;  but,  after  all, 
left  their  impress  on  society.  His  theo- 
ries tended  to  the  formation  of  "pha- 
lanxes," or  gatherings  of  families  (having 
a  common  interest)  into  communities,  so 
that  while  the  family  relation  should 
be  rigidly  maintained  in  separate  apart- 
ments, the  labor  and  expense  for  sup- 
porting them  should  he  united,  and  the 
easy  and  economical  production  of  the  means  of  existence,  with  the 
comfort  and  education  of  the  individual,  be  secured.  Between  1841 
and  1850  this  system  became  popular  in  America,  and  numerous 
"  phalanxes"  were  formed  in  various  sections,  but  they  were  short- 
!    li\ed,  and  probably  not  one  of  them  now  survives 


7^ 


.(b> — 


144 


THE    EECORD    OF    A    LONG    LIFE    DEVOTED    TO    nilLOSOPHICAL    RESEARCH. 


ib! 


i  Baron  von  Humboldt. 


Extensive  Traveler  in  the  Interest  of  Philosophy  and  Science. 


HE  GERMAN  iiatiiniUst,  Humboldt, 
was  born  at  Berlin,  Prussia,  in 
1769,  and  educated  in  the  natural 
sciences  at  home.  He  studied,  in 
1787,  at  the  university  of  Frank- 
fort-on-the-Oder,  and  on  his  re- 
turn applied  himself  to  the 
^  technology  of  manufactures,  the 
Greek  laugnagcs,  and  flowerless 

:  '-*  plants  and  grasses.     A  year  was 

-pent  at  the  university  of  Gottin- 

-^   gen,    in  the   study   of    philology 

and  natural  history.     He  made  a 

journey,  in  1790,  through  the  low 

3^1 


countries,  England  and  France,  but 
returned    to    Germany  and    studied 
book-keeping  and  familiarized  him- 
self with   commercial   transactions. 
In  1791  he  studied  the  arts  of  min- 
ing, and   while   engaged   in    mining 
practice  gathered  information  (which 
he   published)  concerning  subterra- 
nean   flowers  and  the  effects  upon 
plants  of  darkness  and  unwholesome 
gases.      Obtaining  a   superior  posi- 
tion as  a  mining  officer,  he  explored 
several  mining  districts  in  Bavaria, 
Prussia,  etc.      Subsequently  he  ex- 
perimented  on  the  nature  of    fire- 
damp in  mines,  and  made  a  scientific 
journey  through    Tyrol,    Lombardy, 
and  Switzerland;  published  a  work 
on  galvanism,  became  familiar  with 
practical    astronomy,    and    in    1797 
began  his    great    scientific    expedi- 
tion, and  proceeded  to  Italy,  where 
he    encountered   hindrances    to   bis 
purpose  of  seeing  the  Italian  volca- 
noes.     His  subseqiient  journey   lo 
Kgypt  was  also  frustrated,  but  while 
in    Paris    he   became  familiar  with 
Bonpland,    the    botanist,  the    com- 
panion of    his   subsequent  travels.    ?^^V-<--:p...... .,..„.,-, 

Several    other    proposed    journeys  ^^©    ^ 
were    thwarted,   but    the   winter  of 

1798  and  1799  was  passed  in  making  botanical,  astrouomii^al 
mimnctic  observations  in  Spain.  At  Madrid  he  obtained  royal  per- 
mission to  explore  the  Spanish  possessions  in  Europe,  America,  and 
the  East  Indies,  with  freedom  to  use  any  or  all  scientific  instruments 
necessary  to  aid  him  in  his  investigations.  lie  left  Spain  with 
Ii«inpland,  after  having  made  further  observations  in  portions  of  that 


Humboldt. 

and 


kingdom,  in  June,  1799,  proceeding  to  Teneriffe,  Venezuela,  S.  A., 
thence  southward  to  the  Orinoco  river,  and  to  Havana,  and  then 
returned  to  South  America,  up  the  Magdalena  river,  and  for  months 
explored  the  Cordilleras,  Quito,  Chimborazo,  the  Andes,  the  Upper 
Amazon,  the  Peruvian  Andes,  Lower  Peru,  and  Mexico,  returning 
to  France  by  way  of  the  United  States,  after  an  absence  of  five  years 
of  active  exploration  in  America.  The  results  of  this  expedition 
were  extremely  gratifying  and  valuable.  Some  time  was  spent  in 
Paris  in  arranging  his  collections  and  manuscripts,  and  experiment- 
ing on  the  chemistry  of  the  atmosphere.  He  returned  to  Berlin 
after  an  absence  of  nine  years,  but  resorted  again  to  Paris,  where  he 
resided,  with  brief  periods  of  absence,  about  nineteen  years,  super- 
intending the  publication  of  his  writings.  A  second  scientific 
expedition  was  projected  through  Upper  India,  but  was  prevented  by 
war  between  Russia  and  France. 
In  1814  he  visited  England,  and 
subsequently  Rome  and  Naples. 
Resuming  his  residence  in  Berlin, 
he  lectured  in  public  on  the  cosmos 
in  the  winter  of  18a7-*8,  and  in 
1829  he  began  his  great  scientific 
expedition  to  Northern  Asia,  the 
Caspian  sea,  Russia,  etc.,  under 
the  liberal  patronage  of  Count 
Cancriu.  This  journey  of  over 
10,000  miles  was  made  in  nine 
months,  and  was  rich  in  its  results, 
one  of  which  was  the  establish- 
ment of  a  series  of  magnetic  and 
meteorological  stations  from  St. 
Petersburg,  Russia,  to  Pekin,  in 
China,  and  subsequently  the  Eng- 
lish followed  this  example  in  the 
southern  hemisphere.  From_that 
time  to  his  death,  in  1859,  enjoy- 
ing the  favor  of  his  government 
and  occupying  some  political  posi- 
ti(ms,  he  resided  first  in  France 
and  finally  in  Prussia,  pursuing 
his  scientific  labors  with  una- 
bated zeal  in  his  old  age.  lb- 
]iuhlished  many  important  sclent  ilif 
bottks,  of  which  the  "Cosmos," 
written  toward  the  close  of  his 
life,  is  perhaps  the  most  important 
and  enduriui:.  It  is  "a  systematic  view  of  the  results  of  his  inves- 
tigation and  thought  in  the  whole  domain  of  natural  science."  Hav- 
ing the  advantage  of  extensive  travel,  assisted  by  government  aid, 
Humboldt  had  the  best  of  oppuitunities  for  the  acquisition  of  scien- 
tific information.  Living  a  h)ng  life  devoted  lo  phihvsophical  exposi- 
tion \Uv  world  was  greatly   benefited  by  his  having  lived  in  it. 


— -{^.^ 


-? 


f 


llKXliY    JiKK(iII,     WKLL-KNOWN    rillLANTIIKI  )1'IST. 


\:> 


The  Horse  Abused. 


^V^-V^-v^'V   '^ 


4»ft««a«« 


J^Gnry  pBsrgh. 


The  Horse  Kindly  Treated. 


^^-■,^?^ 


Pioneer  in  the  Work  of  Preventing  Cruelty  to  Animals. 


NLY  a  few  years  ago  it  was  that  cruelty  prac- 
ticed upon  the  inferior  animals  was  much  more 
common  than  now.  As  a  consequence,  their 
live 


short- 
ened, 
diseas  e 
frequent 


was  much  more 
among  them,  and  their  use- 
fulness to  man  was  greatly 
lessened.  For  the  change  of 
sentiment  existing,  the  pub- 
lic is  largely  indebted  to  the 
Individual  whose  name  heads 
this  chapter.  Henry  Bergh 
was  born  in  New  York,  in 
1820.  His  father  was  a  large 
ship-builder  in  the  early 
days  of  this  country's  history, 
and  toward  the  close  of  his 
career  Mr.  Bergh  was  asso- 
ciated with  him  in  business. 
With  ample  means  at  com- 
mand, with  a  cultured  mind 
and  the  leisure  to  gratify  a 
taste  for  travel  and  observa- 
tion, Mr.  Bergh  for  a  quarter 
of  a  century  traveled  exten- 
sively in  both  hemispheres, 
in  a  portion  of  which  time 
he  rendered  valuable  assist- 
ance to  the  general  govern- 
ment as  secretary  of  legation 
to  Russia,  appointed  by  Pres- 
ident Lincoln  in  1861;  and  he 
afterwards  served  as  consul 
at  St.  Petersburg  until  1804, 
when  he  resigned  his  posi- 
tion in  consequence  of  fail- 
ing health.  Soon  after  his 
return  to  America,  in  18B5, 
he  instituted  measures  for 
the  establishment  of  a  society 

for  the  prevention  of  cruelty  to  animals,  and  the  effort  he  put  forth 
then  has  been  multiplied  many-fold  by  the  general  dissemination  of 
humane  literature,  and  the  passage  of  laws  in  many  of  the  States 
calculated  to  protect  the  lower  animals  from  abuse.     In  1881  Mr. 


HENRY  BERGH, 

Advocate  of  Measures  Protecting  the  Rights  of  Lower  Animals. 


Bergh  threw  a  fire-brand  into  a  public  meeting  held  at  Cooper  Insti- 
tute, New  York,  which  was  called  to  consider  the  rights  of  criminals 
in  the  State  prisons  of  the  country.     Mr.  Bergh  being  seen  in  the 

audience,  was  called  to  the 
platform.  Being  urged  to 
speak,  he  reluctantly  con- 
sented, remarking  that  he 
was  not  fully  in  accord  with 
the  object  of  the  meeting, 
inasmuch  as  he  believed  that 
many  brntal  criminals  did 
not  get  their  deserts  in 
prison.  In  many  cases  he 
would  have  the  punishment 
entirely  different  and  more 
effectual;  particularly  would 
he  have  this  the  case  with 
those  brutes  of  men  who 
maltreated  children  and  beat 
their  wives.  For  these  men 
he  suggested  that  the  only 
just  punishment  was  the 
public  whipping-post,  and 
that  the  chastisement  should 
be  administered  by  a  machine 
that  knows  no  partiality.  In 
support  of  his  position  he 
argued  that  to  fine  and 
imprison  the  wife-beater 
was  simply  to  take  bread 
from  the  wife  and  children  of 
the  criminal,  who  were 
already  suffering  from  unkind 
treatment.  Justice,  he  said, 
could  only  be  done  in  such 
cases  by  personal  chastise- 
ment of  the  offender,  after 
which  he  should  be  allowed 
to  work  that  his  family 
might  have  the  means  of 
subsistence.  This  idea  was 
new  and  yet  logical.  It  met 
with  public  favor  at  once, 
and  did  much  toward  edu- 
cating public  sentiment  in  regard  to  meting  out  punishment  to 
those  who  not  only  abuse  the  lower  animals,  but  likewise  ill-treat 
those  who  may  be  in  their  power,  as  women  and  children.  For 
many  humane  reforms  the  world  is  indebted  to  Mr.  Bergh. 


10 


^:^: 


rORTKAIT    OF    FAKADAY,    THE    ('HFMIST. 


Louis  John  Rudolph  Agassiz,   Faraday    and  i€sop. 


coiir 
I  ennt 

I  and 

)  alon 


AMERICAN  naturalist  of  great 
eminence  in  scientific  circles  in 
Europe  and  America,  Agassiz,  was 
Ijorn  in  Metiers,  Switzerland,  in 
1807,  of  Huguenot  (French)  ances- 
tors. He  was  educated  partly  at 
home  and  partly  at  Bienne,  the 
college  of  Lausanne,  at  Zurich,  the 
university  of  Heidelberg,  and  the 
university  of  Munich,  Bavaria. 
\t  the  latter  place  he  formed  the 
acquaintance  of  eminent  men  and 
tudied  the  science  of  plants,  the 
embryonic  development  of  animals, 
mineralogy  and  philosophy,  under  com- 
petent teachers.  Subsequently  he  pre- 
pared the 
lyo- 
log  i  c  al 
(fish)  depart- 
ment of  Mar- 
tins" great  work  on  Brazil 
for  publication  in  a  man- 
ner that  placed  him  in  the 
front  rank  of  naturalists. 
His  next  important  work  was  the 
"Natural  History  of  the  Fresh-Water 
Fishes  of  Europe,"  on  which  he 
labored  many  years,  publishing  it  in 
1839-40.  In  the  meantime  he  had 
won  the  degrees  of  doctors  of  philos- 
ophy and  medicine,  and  became  pro- 
fessor of  natural  history  in  the 
reorganized  college  at  Neufchatel, 
Switzerland.  His  work  on  "Fossil 
Fishes"  filled  five  volumes  and  a  folio 
atlas  of  about  400  plates;  its  publica- 
tion was  an  important  event  in  the 
scientific  world,  and  Agassiz  found 
himself  justly  appreciated  by  the 
learned  men  of  Europe.  The  univer- 
sities of  Edinburgh  and  Dublin  con- 
ferred on  him  the  degree  of  LL.  D., 
and    he    was     made    a    member    of 

several  scientific  cori>orations.  He  also  published  other  works  of 
considerable  value  to  scientists.  From  1836  to  1845  he  continued 
his  researches  among  the  Alps,  engaged  in  the  study  of  the  glaciers 
and  the  geological  phenomena  that  they  produce.  These  researches 
and  their  results  were  published  in  1840  and  in  1847,  in  two  separate 
volumes,  and  establish  the  fact  that  the  rocky  boulders  seen  in  so 
many  portions  of  the  world,  were  conveyed  to  the  jilaces  where  they 
are  found  by  the  action  of  ice-rivers,  or  bodies  of  moving  ice. 
Agassiz,  coming  to  America  in  1840,  further  confirmed  his  glacial 
theory  by  researches  in  an  excursion  to  Lake  Superior.  In  Boston 
he  delivered  a  series  of  public  lectures,  listened  to  by  large  audi- 
ences, giving  a  general  review  of  the  animal  kingdom,  and  another 
course  upon  the  ^aclers  and  their  work.  Other  portions  of  the 
east  and  south  were  visited,  to  compare  the  animals  of  the  northern 
and  southern  latitudes.  In  1H47  he  continued  his  scientific  researches 
along  the  Atlantic  coast  with  the  government  coast  survey;  the  same 


year  he  accepted  the  professorship  of  zoology  and  geology  in  Abbott 
Lawrence's  scientific  school  in  Cambridge;  in  1848  he  made  a  scien- 
tific exploration  of  the  Lake  Superior  region,  and  about  that  time  he 
published  his  "Principles  of  Zoology,"  for  use  in  schools;  in  the  mean- 
time lecturing  on  scientific  subjects  in  different  portions  of  the  country. 
In  1850  he  investigated  the  Florida  reef,  and  in  1851  exjilored  the 
State  of  New  York.  In  1852  he  accepted  a  professorship  of  com- 
parative anatomy  in  the  medical  college  of  Charleston,  S.  C. ,  making 
within  two  years  a  thorough  study  of  marine  animals  on  that  coast, 
and  in  Georgia  and  North  Carolina.  Finding  that  the  climate  dis- 
agreed with  him,  he  resigned  and  returned  north.  In  18G8  he  was 
appointed  a  non-resident  professor  in  Cornell  university,  at  Ithaca, 
N.  Y.  In  1865  he  started,  with  six  assistants,  at  the  expense  of  a 
Boston  merchant,  on  a  scientific  excursion  in  Brazil.  The  excursion 
lasted  about  fifteen  months,  and  was  rich  in  scientific  results,  its 
immense  collections  being  preserved  in  the  Cambridge  museum. 
Subsequently  Agassiz  made  an  excur- 
sion to  the  Kocky  Mountains,  and  in 
1872  he  made  an  ocean  vojage  around 
Cape  Horn  in  a  coast  survey  steamer, 
with  other  scientists,  for  deep-sea 
dredging,  the  results  of  which  i)roved 
important  in  the  study  of  oceanic 
animals.  His  next  great  work  was  the 
establishment  of  a  scientific  school 
at  a  point  on  the  Northern  Atlantic 
coast,  in  which  he  continued  to  teach 
until  his  death,  in  18T3. 


Michael  Faraday, 

Chemist,  Electrician,  and  Eminent  Philosopher. 


MICHAEL    FARADAY. 

HE  chemist  and  natural  philos- 
opher, Michael  Faraday,  was  b()rn 
at  Newington,  England,  in  1791, 
learned  the  book-binders'  trade,  after- 
wards studied  electricity,  and  became 
chemical  assistant  to  Sir  Humphry 
Davy  at  the  Royal  institution.  For  a 
long  series  of  years  he  pursued  his 
scientific  investigations,  made  several 
distinguished  discoveries,  received 
great  honors  and  emoluments,  and 
filled  several  important  stations  in 
scientific  institutions.  Among  his 
discoveries  arc  the  chlorides  of  carbon,  the  mutual  rotation  of  a 
magnetic  pole  and  an  electric  current,  the  condensation  of  gases, 
diamagnetism,  the  influence  of  magnetism  upon  light,  the  magnetic 
cliaracter  of  oxygen,  and  the  magnetic  relations  of  flame  and  gases. 
He  died  at  Hampton  Court,  near  London,  in  1867. 


AESOP. 

'"HE  ancient  philosopher  and  fabulist,  ^sop,  was  born  in  Phrygia 
(Asia  Minor),  and  flourished  about  600  years  before  Christ.  While 
a  slave  at  Athens,  Greece,  he  exhibited  so  much  virtue  and  talent 
that  he  was  set  at  liberty.  Cra-sus,  the  rich  Grecian,  sent  him  on  a 
mission  to  Delphi,  where  he  so  incensed  the  people  by  his  ridicule 
and  plain-speaking  that  they  precipitated  him  from  a  rocky  eminence 
and  killed  him,  after  bringing  against  him  a  calumnious  charge  of 
sacrilege.  His  fables,  and  others  alleged  lo  have  been  written  by 
him,  are  too  well-known  to  require  more  than  mere  mention. 


:^ 


K 


:c> — 


nisi;ovKKi-:Ks  and  scikntists. 


Haeckel,  Pitman,  Hitchcock,  Guyot  and  Harvey. 


NTIL  1865  the  university  at 
Jena,  in  Germany,  bad 
no  professorship  of  zool- 
ogy. In  that  year  one 
was  created  expressly 
forErnBt  Heinrich 
Haeckel,  who  was  born 
at  Potsdam,  Prussia,  in 
1834.  At  an  early  age 
be  made  botany,  anat- 
omy, and  histology  his 
studies,  and  practiced 
medicine  for  a  time  in 
Berlin,  but  abandoned  it 
for  his  favorite  pursuits  in 

the  study  of  nature,  with  such  success  that  he  introduced  many  new 

genera  and  species  of  rhizopods.    Upon 

being  appointed  to  his  professorship  he 

began   the    formation  of    a    scientific 

museum     that     has     since     become 

extremely  valuable.    lie  has  piiblished 

several   scientific    works,   giving    the 

results  of  his  zoological  investiga- 
tions, and    largely  demonstrating   the 

correctness    of    Darwin's    theory    of 

evolution,  with  modifications.  Dar- 
win, indeed,  considers  that  almost  all 

the  conclusions  at  which  he  has  arrived 

are    confirmed    by   Haeckel,    who,  he 

concedes,  possesses  fuller  knowledge 

on  many  points  than  himself. 


ISAAC  PITMAN. 

'VSAAC  PITMAN,    distinguished    as 

]    the    inventor    of    the    system    of 

\^  phonography,  or  short-handwriting, 
was  born  at  Trowbridge,  England,  in 
1813.  His  education  was  completed 
at  the  normal  British  school,  in  Lon- 
don, and  after  leaving  that  institution 
he  was  employed  in  several  different 
schools  as  principal.  As  early  as  1768 
Franklin  had  suggested  a  system  of 
phonography.  Mr.  Pitman  invented 
his  system  in  1837,  and  in  1843  the 
Phonetic  society,  whose  object  was 
to  render  our  method  of  writing  and 
with  sound,  was  established,  with 
His  first  book  was  entitled  '■'Stenographic  Sound  Hand."  Estab- 
lishing a  printing-office  at  Bath,  England,  he  printed  a  weekly  paper 
called  the  Phonetic  Jonnialy  several  manuals  relating  to  short-hand 
writing,  and  the  Bible  and  other  books  in  phonetic  language. 


Amherst  college  from  1825  to  1845,  and  president  of  that  institution 
from  1845  to  1804,  retaining  tlie  chair  of  natural  theology  until  his 
death,  in  1804.  In  1830  he  was  appointed  State  geologist  <jf  Massa- 
chusetts, in  1836  of  the  first  district  of  New  York,  and  in  1857  of 
Vermont.  He  was  also  a  member  of  the  Massachusetts  State  board 
of  agriculture,  and  in  1850  was  commissioned  by  the  State  govern- 
ment to  investigate  the  agricultural  schools  in  Europe.  His  most 
important  writings  are  those  which  relate  very  fully  to  the  geology 
and  fossil  remains  of  his  native  State  and  of  the  Connecticut  valley, 
although  he  wrote  more  than  twenty  volumes  concerning  geology, 
temperance,  diet,  etc.  His  last  work  was  '•Reminiscences  of  Amherst 
College,"  with  the  interests  of  which  institution  he  was  so  long  and 
closely  connected,  and  which  he  so  materially  aided  and  strengthened 
by  his  personal  efforts.  He  was  also  the  first  president  of  the 
American  Scientific  association.  Among  his  works  are:  ''History 
of  a  Zoological  Temperance  Convention  in  Central  Africa,"  "Lec- 
tures on  the  Peculiar  Phenomena  of 
the  Four  Seasons,"  and  "Illustrations 
of  Surface  Geology." 


\/UE 
'  H. 


Isaac  Pitman, 

Inventor  of  Plionograpliy,  a  System  of  Sliort-Hand  Writing. 


printing  more  in  accordance 
Mr.    Pitman     as    secretary. 


EDWARD  HITCHCOCK. 

THE  American  geologist,  Edward  Hitchcock,  wasborn  atDeerfield, 
Mass. ,  in  1793.      In  his  younger  days  he  became  principal  of 
the  Deerfield  academy  and  pastor  of  a  Congregational  church  at 
Conway.     He  was   professor  of  chemistry  and  natural  history  in 


ARNOLD  HENRY  GUYOT. 

American  geographer,  Arnold 
Guyot,  was  i)orn  near  Xeuf- 
ehatel,  Switzerland,  in  1807.  He 
studied  natural  science  with  Agassiz, 
besides  obtaining  a  knowledge  of  phys- 
ics, meteorology,  chemistry,  mineral- 
ogy, zoology,  and  botany.  For  ten 
years  (1835  to  1845)  be  made  scientific 
journeys  in  France,  Belgium,  Hol- 
land, Switzerland  and  Italy,  studying, 
mainly,  the  geologic  peculiarities  of 
the  Alps.  From  1839  to  1848  he  was 
professor  of  history  and  physical 
geography  in  the  academy  of  Neuf- 
chatel,  Kemovir.g,  in  1848,  to  the 
L'^nited  States,  he  lectured  on  physi- 
cal geography  and  history;  organized 
a  system  of  meteorological  observa- 
tions for  the  Smithsonian  institution; 
lectured  in  the  normal  schools  of 
Massachusetts;  studied  the  altitudes 
of  various  American  mountains;  was 
appointed  professor  of  physical  geog- 
raphy at  Princeton  college  (of  New 
Jersey),  and  has  published  several 
volumes  and  delivered  numerous  lectures  on  his  favorite  sciences. 


WILLIAM  HARVEY. 

"VcylLLIAM  HARVEY,  an  Enuli^h  physician  and  philosopher,  was 
W  born  at  Folkestone,  England,  in  1578.  He  studied  exlen- 
\\  sively  at  Cambridge  and  elsewhere,  and  then  settled  as  a  physi- 
cian in  London.  There  he  became  physician  to  St.  Bartholomew's 
hospital  and  lecturer  in  the  college  of  that  name  on  surgery  and 
anatomy.  He  partially  announced  his  great  discovery  of  the  circula- 
tion of  the  blood  in  1616,  but  did  not  fully  publish  it  until  twelve 
years  later.  He  was  physician  to  both  Kings  James  I.  and  Charles  I. , 
and  published  a  learned  work  on  "Generation."     He  died  in  1657. 


-<! 


lis 


-<jl>^ 


A    I'UKTKAIT    OF    LIEBIG,    THE    GERMAN    CHEMIST. 


Baron  Liebig,  Gunter,  Graham,  and  Wm.  Lloyd  Garrison. 


5T" 

,IIE  GERMAN  chemist,  Baron  Justus  von 
Lie-big,  was  born  ut  Darmstadt,  Germany, 
in  1803.  He  was  educated  at  the  univer- 
rrity  of  Bonn,  and  studied  chemistry  in 
Paris  two  years.  In  1826  he  was  appointed 
professor  of  chemistry  in  the  university 
at  Giessen,  Germany,  and  cstabli?hed  his 
laboratory  for  the  practical  study  of 
chemistry,  which  became  the  resort  of 
chemical  students  from  different  portions  of  the 
civilized  globe,  including  many  noted  developers 
of  that  science.  Liebig's  most  important  additions 
to  science  are  undoubtedly  his  alleged  discovery  of 
chloroform,  and  his  celebrated  treatise  on  '*  Chemistry  in 
its  Application  to  Agriculture  and  Physiology,"  followed 
by  another,  entitled  (in  the  English  translation)  "Familiar 

Letters  on  Chemistry  and  its  Relations  to  Commerce,  Pliysiology  and 

Agriculture."     In  the  first  of  these  works  he  informs  the  readerthat 

his  object  is  to  develop,  in  a  manner  correspondent  to  the  present 

state  of  science,  the  fundamental  principles  of  chemistry  in  general, 

and  the  laws  of  organic  chemistry  in 

particular,    in    their    applications    to 

agriculture    and  .physiology;    to   the 

causes   of    fermentation,    decay    and 

putrefaction,  to  the  vinous  and  acetic 

fermentations,    and    to    nitrification. 

He  also  shows  how  woody  fiber  is  con- 
verted into   wood  and   mineral   coal, 

the  nature  of  poisons,  contagions  and 

miasms,  and  the  causes  of  their  action 

on  the  organs  of  living  beings.  Pur- 
suing the  subject  further,  he  produced 

other   works:    "Animal   Chemistry," 

"Researches    on    the     Chemistry    of 

Food,"  "  The  Motions  of  the  Juices 

of   the  Animal  Body,"  etc.     He  also 

gave  much  attention  to  the  subject  of 

using  the  sewage  of  cities  to  the  best 

advantage  as  a  means  of    fertilizing 

exhausted  soils;  he  also  expressed  his 

views  of  the  value  of   extracting  the 

"  essence  of  meat,"  and  preparing  it 

for   future    use,    instead  of    the   raw 

material.     Few  men  have  ever  turned 

chemistry  to    eo  many  valuable   and 

practical    uses    in  every-day   life    as 

Liebig,  and  his  services  in  this  direc- 
tion    were     duly     appreciated     and 

rewarded  with  honors  and  honorable  positions  during  his  life-time. 

Ue  died  at  Munich,  Bavaria,  in  1873. 


SYLVESTER  GRAHAIW. 

YLVESTER  GRAHAM,  the  originator  of  "Graham  bread,"  was 
born  at  SufKeld,  Conn.,  in  1794.  He  was  dyspeptic  and  rheu- 
matic from  an  early  age,  and  tried  farming  and  several  other 
occupations,  but  without  attaining  good  health.  Entering  Amherst 
college  in  1823,  he  prepared  for  the  pulpit,  and  some  three  years 
afterwards  became  a  Presbyterian  minister.  He  began  lecturing 
on  temperance  in  1830  under  the  auspices  of  the  Pennsylvania 
temperance  society,  studying  physiology  and  anatomy,  and  became 
convinced  that  judicious  habits  of  life  were  the  only  cure  for  intem- 
perance. He  prepared  an  essay  on  cholera  in  1832,  and  wrote, 
delivered,  and  published  his  "Lectures  on  the  Science  of  Human 
Life,"'  which  were  printed  in  book-form  in  1839.  Among  his  other 
writings  was  a  treatise  on  "Bread  and  Bread  Making,"  which  gave 
his  name  to  bread  made  from  unbolted  flour.  His  "  Philosophy  of 
Sacred  History,'"  which  was  designed  to  show  the  harmony  between 
the  teachings  of  the  Bible  and  his  own  views  on  dietetics,  was  pub- 
lished after  his  death.  He  was  married  in  1826,  previous  to  entering 
upon  the  ministry.  His  death  occurred  at  Northampton,  Mass.,  in 
1851. 


Liebig, 

Well-Known  Chemist  and  Author. 


EDMUND  GUNTER. 

YIIE  ENGLISH  mathemalician  and  astronomer,  Edmund  Gunter, 
was  born  in  Hertfordshire,  England,  in  1581.  He  was  educated 
at  Westminster  and  Oxford,  and  was  for  six  years  professor  of 
astronomy  at  Gresham  college.  He  was  also  the  inventor  of  the 
"Gunter  scale,"  well  known  by  its  use  in  solving  problems  and  in 
navigation,  etc.  ;  improved  various  mathematical  instruments,  known 
as  *' Gunter's  chain,"  "Gunter's  line,"  and  "Guntcr's  quadrant."' 
The  surveyor's  chain  of  the  present  day  was  introduced  by  him. 
He  published  several  mathematical  works,  and  died  in  1026. 


WILLIAM  LLOYD  GARRISON. 

HE  AMEHICAX  j  (Hi  i  iialist, 
reformer  and  philanthropist, 
William  Lloyd  Garrison,  was 
born  at  Xewburyport,  ;Mass. ,  in  1804. 
Learning  the  printer's  trade  in  his 
native  town,  he  wrote  for  the  paper  on 
which  he  worked,  and  at  twenty-two 
owned  and  edited  the  Free  Press. 
Afterwards,  in  Boston,  he  edited  the 
first  paper  ever  devoted  to  total 
abstinence  from  intoxicating  drinks, 
and,  after  that,  a  political  reform 
journal  at  Bennington,  Vt.  In  1829 
he  went  to  Baltimore  and  assisted  in 
editing  the  Genius  of  Universal 
Emancipation.  An  unfortunate  article 
led  to  his  being  fined  and  imprisoned. 
In  1833,  at  Boston,  he  founded  the 
Liberator^  a  reform  journal,  devoted 
to  anti- slavery,  national  peace,  tem- 
perance, woman  suffrage,  the  abolition 
of  capital  punishment,  and  religious 
freedom.  This  sheet  he  continued  to 
issue  until  December,  1865.  In  1833, 
he  aided  in  founding  the  Mew  England 
Anti-Slavery  society,  and,  in  1838,  the 
American  Anti-Slavery  society,  of  which  he  was  the  continuous 
president  from  its  youth  until  1805.  His  bold  stand  in  the  cause  of 
negro  freedom  created  many  enemies  to  him  in  the  South,  and  among 
certain  politicians  in  the  North.  The  latter  of  these  attacked  him  at 
a  public  meeting  in  Boston,  in  1835,  and  his  life  was  endangered, 
but  the  authorities  managed  to  rescue  him  from  the  mob.  The 
proclamation  of  emancipation  ended  the  contest  for  the  freedom  of 
(he  slaves,  and  he  lived  to  celebrate  the  triumph  of  his  principles. 
During  his  life  he  made  several  visits  to  England.  On  the  occasion 
of  his  visit  in  1867,  he  was  feted  by  Englishmen,  and  presented  with 
the  freedom  of  the  city  of  Edinburgh.  Several  collections  of  his 
prose  and  poetic  writings  have  been  published.  He  died  in  New 
York,  in  May,  1879. 


.(b- — 


^;. 


^^^ftj 


? 


DISTINGUISIIKD    INDIVIDUALS    IN    VAKIoUS    FIELDS    OF    LAIJOK. 


149 


Linnaeus,  Cillott,  Huxley  and  Mrs.  Cady  Stanton. 


^r\  A  jfTK  < ^  u  J,-  su'ccliyh  nnturalipl,  Carl  von  Liniuciip,  was 
born  in  1707,  at  Rusluilt,  Sweden.  From 
infancy  he  manifested  a  fondness  for  the 
study  of  plants.  lie  stndicd  at  the  nniver- 
sitios  of  Lund  and  Up^al,  and  at  an  early 
;igo  formed  the  idea  of  tb;it  botanical  system 
which  made  him  famous.  Between  1731 
and  1738  he  explored  Lapland,  lived  three 
years  in  Holland,  as  sui)enntendcnt  of 
riifforfs  celebrated  garden,  received  a 
medical  degree,  and  visited  England  and 
France.  In  1738,  returning  to  Sweden,  he 
practiced  medicine  ut  Stoclvholui,  and  pros- 
His  fame  spread  through  all  parts  of  the 
civilized  world;  he  was  freely  enrolled  as  a  member 
of  scientific  societies,  and  acquired  considerable 
wealth.  He  published  seven^l  scientific  works.  He 
married,  about  1738,  a  lady  to  whom  he  had  been 
l)etrothed  five  years  previously.  While  lecturing  on  botany, 
in  1774,  his  health  was  impaired 
by  an  attack  of  apoplexy,  and 
two  years  later  his  right  side  was 
paralyzed,  which  resulted  in  his  death, 
January  10,  1778.  Linnceus  was  a  man  of 
untiring  energy,  and  his  death  was  generally 
mourned  at  Upsal. 


JOSEPH  GILLOTT. 

y^OSEPH  GILLOTT,  who  distinguished 
himself  as  the  improver  and  most  exten- 
\/  sive  manufacturer  of  steel  pens,  was 
born  in  WarwickL=hire,  England,  about  the 
year  1800.  Early  in  life  he  became  a  grinder 
of  cutlery  at  Sheffield.  Afterwards  he  re- 
moved to  Birmingham,  and  began  to  manu- 
facture steel  pens,  being  assisted  by  his 
wife,  making  them,  it  is  said,  in  a  garret, 
and  selling  them  to  small  dealers  in  goods 
in  the  city.  At  first  they  manufactured 
what  are  known  as  the  black  "■  barrel  "  pens, 
which  were  not  much  better  than  the  ordi- 
nary quill  pens.  His  first  imp^rovement  in  their  manufacture  was 
accomplished  in  1820,  and  was  so  marked  that  his  trade  began  to 
flourish.  The  use  of  machinery  in  their  manufacture  was  the  next 
step  in  his  enterprise,  together  with  some  other  minor  improvements, 
which  tended  to  make  his  pens  more  desirable,  until  the  demand  for 
them  gradually  increased  with  such  profit  to  himself  that  he  was 
able  to  build  a  large  manufactory  at  Birmingham,  and  supply  dealers 
in  other  countries  besides  his  own.  The  tendency  of  his  enterprise 
has  been  to  cheapen  the  price  of  this  very  useful  article  of  commerce, 
and  by  this  means  to  increase  the  facilities  of  correspondence.  By 
his  skill  and  energy  he  amassed  a  large  fortune.  His  works  at 
Birmingham  consume  about  five  tons  of  steel  weekly  in  producing 
150,000,000  pens  a  year.  Compared  with  softer  pens  the  black 
"  barrel  "  article  was  stiff  and  unwieldy,  but  on  making  his  improve- 
ment as  indicated  by  cutting  three  slits  in  lieu  of  one,  it  became 
quite  serviceable.  When  he  commenced  the  business  the  price  of 
a  steel  pen  was  many  hundreds  of  times  greater  than  at  the  time  of 
his  death.  Mr.  Gillott  was  a  patron  of  the  fine  arts,  and  at  his  death, 
in  1872,  he  had  collected  a  celebrated  gallery  of  paintings  at  his 
country  residence,  near  Edgbaston,  Eni^land.  The  story  of  Gillott 
is  illustrative  of  what  may  be  accomplished  by  continuous  industry. 


WORD  that  has  come  into  the  language  within  the  past  few  years 
is  "protoplasm,"  which  represents  the  idea  that  a  combination 
of  compounds,  carbonic  acid,  water  and  ammonia,  brought 
together,  will  produce  life.  The  theory  was  advanced  in  a  lecture 
on  "The  Physical  Basis  of  Life,"  delivered  by  Professor  Huxley,  in 
13U8.  Thomas  Henry  Huxley  was  born  at  Middlesex,  England,  May 
4,  1825.  Graduating  from  the  Charing  Cross  Medical  college,  in  1845, 
he  became  a  contributor  on  medical  subjects  to  ihc  Medical  Times 
soon  afterwards.  While  in  Haslar  Hospital,  in  the  service  of  the 
royal  navy,  he  was  selected  as  an  assistant  surgeon,  in  184G,  to 
accompany  Captain  Stanley  on  an  expedition  to  the  South  Pacific  on 
the  ship  Rattlesnake.  The  voyage  consumed  four  years'  time,  a 
portion  of  which  was  spent  in  Australia.  These  years  of  travel  and 
exploration  Mr.  Huxley  improved  by  study  and  observation  of  the 
natural  history  of  the  countries  he  visited,  the  range  of  zoological 
knowledge  being  largely  increased  by  his  communications  in  the 
meantime.  Returning  from  this  journey  and  resigning  his  position 
in  the  navy,  he  became  a  professor  in  the  Royal  School  of  Mines; 
took  up  his  residence  in  London,  and  thenceforward  devoted  his 
time  to  scientific  research,  in  which  field  he 
has  done  much  toward  popularizing  science 
by  lectures.  A  prominent  member  of  vari- 
ous philosophical  societies,  he  was  also  an 
active  member  in  the  London  school  board 
of  education  from  1870  to  1872,  during 
which  time  he  strenuously  opposed  denom- 
inational teaching  in  the  schools,  and  was 
conspicuous  in  his  denunciation  of  Roman 
Catholicism.  Accepting  Darwin's  theory  of 
"natural  selection,"  he  has  done  much  in 
acquainting  the  world  with  the  subject  of 
evolution,  while  the  science  of  zoology  has 
been  greatly  advanced  by  his  contributions. 
In  defense  of  the  theory  of  evolution,  in 
his  lectures  "On  Man's  Place  in  Kature," 
he  claims  that  the  anatomical  difference 
between  man  and  the  higher  apes  is  less 
great  than  that  existing  between  the  highest 
and  the  lowest  apes.  A  corresponding 
member  of  the  principal  foreign  societies. 
Professor   Huxley   has    received    honorary 


Elizabeth  Cady  Stanton, 

Organizer  of  the  First  Woman's  Rights  Convention. 

rees  from  various  universities, 


ELIZABETH  CADY  STANTON. 

'[AMOrS  in  the  woman-sulTra^e  movenunt  is  Elizabeth  Cady 
'  Stanton,  who  was  born  at  Johnstown,  N.Y.  ,in  181G.  Receiving  a 
liberal  education,  she  studied  law,  and  delighted  in  horseback 
riding.  During  a  vit^it  at  the  residence  of  Gerrit  Smith,  at  Petcrboro, 
N.  Y. ,  she  met  her  future  husband,  Henry  B.  Stanton,  a  young  anti- 
slavery  orator,  and  they  were  married  a  few  months  later.  In  1840  they 
visited  Europe.  On  their  return  Mr.  Stanton  practiced  law  for  tive 
years,  and  afterwards  removed  to  Seneca  Falls,  X.  Y.  In  1848  Mrs. 
Stanton  distinguished  herself  by  being  the  chief  agent  in  cabling,  at 
Seneca  Falls,  the  first  woman's-rights  convention  known  in  history. 
In  this  convention  she  participated  largely  and  active!}',  drafting  its 
resolutions  and  declarations  of  sentiment,  and  making  a  public 
speech  in  favor  of  woman  suffrage  with  great  boldness  of  opinion. 
This  convention  was  held  July  19  and  20,  1840.  Her  father  was 
alarmed  at  her  advanced  position,  deeming  her  insane,  and  labored 
assiduously  but  ineffectually  with  her,  trying  to  reason  her  out  of  the 
position  she  had  taken.  Since  then  she  has  maintained  those  views 
as  vigorously  as  when  she  first  promulgated  them. 


_i!^ 


=^TX 


THE    KNGINEEE,    EADS.       THE    INVENTOR,    MOKSE, 


Jamss  B.  Eads, 


S.  F.  B.  Morss.  ' 


"TlS>S3r^  ^ 


Prof.  S.  F,  B.  MORSE. 


Well-Known  Engineer- 


Electrician  and  Inventor. 


HE  SUBJECT  of  this  sketch,  James  B.  Eads,  was 
born  at  Lawrcnceburg,  Indiana,  in  1820,  and 
afterwards,  in  1829,  with  his  parents,  removed 
y  Vr^tt/  *^  Lnuisvillc,  Ky.  At  eleven  years  of  age,  having  a 
r^^T^  u  ^'^ii(l"i*J^i^  for  mechanics,  he  constructed  a  practical 
Xl^^j^j^  steam-engine,  and  this  led  to  furtherdevelopments  and 
facilities  for  mechanical  ingenuity.  The  family 
becoming  poor,  and  failing  to  find  employment  in  Louis- 
ville, Jamep  went  to  St.  Louis,  working  his  passage, 
without  a  coat,  or  shoes  on  his  feet;  not  finding  work,  he  took  to 
peddling  apples  on  the  street  until  he  should  secure  a  situation, 
(li'tting  employment  at  last,  iu  a  mercantile  house,  he  had  access 
to  the  library  of  one  of  his  employers,  and  his  studies  of  machinery, 
mechanics  and  engineering  were  resumed.  Afterwards  he  wa8 
employed  as  a  clerk  on  a  Mississippi  river  steamer  for  several  years; 
thus  he  obtained  a  useful  knowledge  of  that  important  water-course. 
At  twenty-two  he,  with  others,  entered  upon  the  employment  of 
raising  sunken  or  wrecked  steamers  on  the  river,  their  operations 
extending  from  Galena.  111.,  totheBalize,  La.,  and  several  tributaries 
of  that  stream.  The  enterprise  became  very  successful.  Selling 
out.  he  established  a  glass  factory  at  St.  Louis,  but.  with  a  new  com- 
pany, he  soon  returned  to  the  work  of  rescuing  sunken  steamers. 
In  tun  years  the  company  made  SMO,  000. 

In  18.57.  owing  to  ill-health,  he  was  forced  to  retire  from  business, 
but  when  the  Rebellion  came,  Mr.  Eads  threw  the  weight  of  his 
numcy  and  restored  energies  on  the  Union  side,  building  gunboats 
for  the  government  and  receiving  handsome  emoluments;  fourteen 
gunboats,  lieavily  armored,  and  four  mortar-boats  were  turned  out, 
with  seven  *' tin-clad"  transports,  or  musket-proof  boats,  for  the 
Union.  After  the  war  he  obtained  a  government  contract  for  building 
"jetties  "  at  the  mouths  of  the  Mississippi  river,  at  a  big  price,  and 
with  such  success  that  large  ocean  vessels  may  now  enter  the  Missis- 
fippi  river  without  hindrance,  through  the  improved  channels  that  he 
hiis  made. 

Captain  Eads  has  lately  given  much  attention  to  the  matter  of 
elevating  vessels  upon  wheels  and  transporting  them  by  railway 
acroHf*  llh-  Inthmui-  of  Panama. 


AMUEL  FINLEY  BREESE  MORSE  was  a  native  of 
Charlestown,  Mass.,  where  he  first  saw  the  light, 
April  27,  1791.  Having  perfected  his  education  at 
Vale  College  in  1810,  he  visited  Europe  with  Washington 
AUston,  studied  art  under  the  supervision  of  that  cele- 
brated painter  and  the  renowned  Benjamin  West,  and 
became  quite  proficient  both  in  painting  and  sculpture, 
remaining  abroad  until  1815.  Returning  home,  he 
followed  his  profession  in  Boston,  Charleston  and  New  York  city, 
and  was  one  of  the  organizers  of  the  National  Academy  of  Design, 
established  in  New  Y'ork  in  1826.  For  sixteen  years  he  was  presi- 
dent of  this  institution.  In  1829  he  revisited  Europe  for  the  purpose 
of  completing  his  art  studies,  and  returned  in  about  three  years.  As 
professor  of  literature  of  the  arts  of  design  in  the  University  of  New 
York,  he  delivered  a  course  of  lectures  on  the  affinity  of  those  arts, 
in  1835.  A  student  of  chemistry  and  natural  philosophy,  as  well  as 
art,  it  is  not  strange  that  in  1826 -'27  he  became  interested  in  the 
science  of  electro-magnetism  and  made  it,  in  connection  with  tele- 
graphy, the  subject  of  intense  study  and  the  object  of  ancithfr  voyage 
to  Europe. 

In  1832  he  conceived  and  practically  demonstrated  the  great  electric 
telegraph  system,  which  now  bears  his  name.  After  various  failures 
in  seeking  government  aid  to  perfect  his  invention,  he  was  surprised 
and  delighted,  in  1843,  by  anappmprialion  of  $30, 000  from  Congress, 
with  which  to  erect  his  first  telegraph  line  between  Washington  and 
Baltimore.  Upon  its  completiim  his  success  was  assured,  and 
wealth  and  honor  were  attained.  His  own  countrymen  proudly 
acknowledged  the  superiority  of  his  genius,  and  the  crowned  heads 
of  the  old  world  bestowed  upon  him  rich  and  elegant  tokens  of  their 
high  ai)])reciation  of  his  invention.  To  him  also  is  the  world 
indebted  for  electro-magnectic  sub-marine  telegraphy  and  the 
Atlantic  cable,  of  which  he  made,  it  is  believed,  the  first  suggestiou 
in  1843. 

In  June,  1871,  in  conuuemoratidn  of  bis  invaluable  scientific  dis- 
coveries, a  bronze  statue  of  him,  provided  by  the  telegraphers,  was 
publicly  unveiled  in  Central  Park,  N.  Y. ,  by  William  CuUen  Bryanl. 
lit'  died  in  New  York,  April  2,  1872. 


MKN    I'K(.IMINENT    IN   MEDICAL    SUIKNCE. 


151 


^  jh.jh.j^j*v*^jf^j^^jh.^  ■  m 


Dr.  Abernethy 


Eminent  Physicians. 


Distinguished  for  Skill  and  Medical  Discovery. 


HE  ECCENTRIC  surgeon,  John 
Abernethy,  was  born  either  in  Scotland 
or  Ireland,  in  1764.  Probably  no  man 
ever  more  lightly  esteemed  the  opinions 
of  others,  or  endeavored  to  impress  his 
own  views  upon  the  minds  of  others 
with  more  clearness.  Whatever  may 
be  thought  of  his  blunt  and  offensive 
manners,  his  ])rofessional  and  private 
character  rank  high.  At  first,  as  a  medical  student,  he  was  a  scholar 
of  Sir  Charle.s  Blick,  surgeon  of  St.  Bartholomew's  hospital,  and 
afterwards  of  the  learned  John  Hunter.  Early  in  life  he  nearly 
revolutionized  the  science  of  surgery  by  bis  exposition  of  the  funda- 
mental principles  upon  which  surgical  operations  have  since  been 
conducted,  and  by  the  boldness  and  success  with  which  he  tied  up 
ruptured  jugular  veins  and  iliac  (or  main  flank)  arteries  m  the 
human  body.  Having  acquired  great  distinction  in  his  profession, 
he  was  successively  appointed  surgeon  to  St.  Bartholomew's  and 
Christ's  hospitals,  and,  in  1814,  professor  of  anatcuny  and  surgery  to 
the  Royal  college  of  surgeons.  As  a  writer  of  books  relating  to  his 
favorite  science,  he  became  a  standard  authority  in  nearly  all  the 
medical  colleges  of  Europe  and  America.  Among  these  were  tracts, 
treatises,  essays  and  collections  of  his  medical  lectures.  He  died 
at  Enfield,  England,  in  1831. 


EDWARD  JENNER. 

N  THE  year  1718  Lady  llary  Wortley  Montogne  brought  from 
Turkey  to  England  the  practice  of  inoculating  persons  with  small- 
po-x,  as  a  means  t>f  preventing  any  future  attack  of  that  disease  in 
the  natural  way.  It  was  highly  successful,  but  involved  the  same 
risk  of  infection  to  others  as  did  the  disease  when  accidentally 
taken.  In  1796,  Dr.  Edward  Jenner,  an  English  physician,  had  his 
attention  turned  to  the  cow-pox  by  discovering  that  tliose  who  had 
been  affected  by  it  were  incapable  of  receiving  the  small-pox  infec- 
tion. In  May  of  that  year  he  made  his  first  experiment  in  what  is 
now  known  as  "  vaccination,''  by  applying  the  pus,  or  nuttter,  from 
a  sore  on  a  milkmaid,  who  had  caught  the  cow-pox  from  the  cows,  to 
the  person  of  a  healthy  child,  and  the  usefulness  and  triumph  of  his 
discovery  were  completely  established.  The  practice  of  vaccination 
spread  to  all  quarters  of  the  globe,  and  honors  and  applause  were 
showered  upon  Dr.  Jenner  from  all  quarters.  Oxford  college  pre- 
sented him  with  a  diploma,  the  Royal  society  admitted  him  as  a 
member,  and  parliament  voted  to  give  him  $10U,000.  Before  his 
discovery   the   deaths  from  smallpox  in    London  every  year  were 


4,000,  and  afterwards  only  3,000.  Dr.  Jenner  was  bom  in  Glouces- 
tershire, England,  in  1749,  was  apprenticed  to  a  surgeon,  and  subse- 
quently settled  at  Berkeley,  England,  as  a  physician  and  surgeon. 
He  wrote  extensively  concerning  the  cow-pox,  and  also  a  volume 
of  observations  on  the  natural  history  of  the  cuckoo.  He  died  in 
1833. 


SAIVIUEL  CHRISTIAN  FRIEDRICH  HAHNEMANN. 

'HE  discoverer  of  the  medical  system  of  honiffiopathy,  Samuel  C. 
F.  Hahnemann,  was  born  at  Meissen,  Saxony,  in  1755.  At  the 
age  of  twenty  he  studied  medicine  at  Leipsic,  Germany,  teaching 
languages,  and  translating  foreign  medical  books  during  his  leisure 
hours.  In  1777  he  was  appointed  to  the  care  of  a  ward  in  a  govern- 
ment hospital,  and  was  subseqtiently  for  two  years  librarian  and 
physician  to  the  governor  of  Transylvania.  In  1787,  having  married, 
he  settled  at  Dresden,  and  began  to  gain  reputation  as  a  writer  on 
medical  subjects,  when  he  made  the  important  discovery  that  a  drug 
produced  in  a  healthy  individual  the  very  symptoms  which  that  drug 
was  used  to  cure  in  a  sick  person.  This  principle  became  the 
foundation-stone — the  bed-rock — on  which  Hahnemann,  revolution- 
izing his  previous  beliefs  in  the  science  of  medicine,  built  up  his 
now  widely-known  system,  the  motto  of  which  is,  "Like  cures 
like,"  He  experimented,  tested,  and  studied,  in  the  interest  of  his 
discovery,  until  the  most  satisfactory  results  were  obtained.  Then 
he  put  his  system  into  practice  among  his  patients  with  the  best 
effect.  But  his  theories,  not«  ithstanding  the  proofs  in  their  favor, 
met  with  severe  opposition  for  fifteen  years.  In  the  meantime  he 
wrote  several  works  in  advocacy  of  his  system,  which  was  thoroughly 
organized  and  named  "  homoeopathy,"  in  a  volume  called  the 
"  Organon,"  published  at  Dresden  in  1810.  This  work  brought  on  a 
bitter  warfare  among  the  medical  men  of  that  age,  hut  Hahnemann 
continued  to  practice  the  new  system  at  Leipsic,  gathering  around 
him  many  friends  and  disciples.  A  highly  satisfactory  test  of  the 
correctness  and  usefulness  of  houKBopathy  was  made  in  1813,  during 
the  prevalence  of  malignant  typhus  fever  at  Leipsic,  when  Hahne- 
mann treated  seventy-three  of  these  patients,  and  all  but  one 
recovered,  and  that  was  an  old  man.  This  success  led  to  a  new 
persecution  against  him,  and  in  1820  he  removed  to  Kothen,  where 
he  also  encountered,  for  a  time,  the  same  hostility  that  had  driven 
him  from  Leipsic;  but  a  reaction  in  his  favor  soon  occurred,  and 
when  he  wished  to  change  his  residence  to  Paris,  in  1835,  he  had  to 
leave  the  town  secretly,  at  night,  lest  the  populace  should  refuse  to 
let  him  go.  After  reaching  Paris  he  continued  to  practice  his  system 
of  medicine  there  until  his  death,  in  1843. 


— vC); 


152 


PHILANTHROPISTS    AND    EEFURMEKS. 


? 


Theodore  Parker,  Gerrit  Smith,  and  the  Beecher  Family. 


HE  American  scholar  and  rational- 
istic preacher,  Theodore  Parker, 
was  born  at  Lexington,  Mass. ,  in 
1810.  He  entered  Harvard  col- 
lege, in  1830,  and  the  theolosical 
school  in  1834,  remaining  two 
years.  In  1836  he  went  to  preach 
at  Barnstable,  Mass.,  to  the  Uni- 
tarians, and  in  1837,  after  his 
marriage  to  Miss  Cabot,  removed 
to  West  Rosbury.  Soon  he  began 
to  advance  religious  opinions 
which  were  considered  radical  in  the  extreme  by  most  Unitarians, 
and  when  he  declared  at  Boston,  in  1841,  his  belief  in  the  absolute 
humanity  of  Christ,  they  arrayed  themselves  in  opposition  to  him. 
In  1843-4  he  visited  Europe,  and  on  his  return  to  Boston  he  began 
preaching  his  peculiar  doctrines  to  his 
adherents  at  the  Melodeon.  Over  this 
congregation  he  was  regularly  installed 
in  1846.  From  1847  to  1850  he  edited 
the  Massachusetts  Quarterly  Beview, 
lectured  on  various  political  and  social 
topics,  corresponded  with  many  prom- 
inent men,  and  gave  attention  to  other 
intellectual  pursuits.  Particularly  did 
he  oppose  the  fugitive-slave  law,  and 
sheltered  runaway  slaves  in  his  own 
house.  His  earliest  published  book 
was  the  "Discourse  of  Matters  Per- 
taining to  Religion,"  which  contains 
the  fundamental  principles  of  those 
peculiar  tenets  known  as  "Parker- 
ism."  In  1859,  for  the  purpose  of 
recruiting  his  health,  he  visited  the 
West  Indies,  and  that  summer  he 
went  to  Europe,  spending  the  fol- 
lowing winter  at  Rome.  In  the  spring 
he  went  to  Florence,  Italy,  where  he 
died  in  May,  1860.  His  comprehen- 
sive and  valuable  collection  of  books, 
amounting  to  more  than  13,000  vol- 
umes,   he  left  mostly  to   the   Boston  public   library. 


much  confidence  or  over-zeal  he  was  persuaded  to  contribute  to  the 
attempt  of  John  Brown,  of  Ossawattomie,  to  raid  Virginia  in  the 
cause  of  anti-slavery,  and  its  failure,  together  with  the  loss  of  life 
attending  it,  is  said  to  have  unsettled  the  mind  of  Mr.  Smith  to  a 
degree  that  caused  his  confinement  for  some  months  in  an  insane 
asylum.  During  the  Southern  rebellion  he  contributed  freely  of  his 
means  for  the  raising  of  Union  troops,  but  bis  universal  philanthropy 
led  him  afterwards  to  become  a  bondsman  with  Horace  Greeley  for 
the  release  of  Jefferson  Davis.  Mr.  Smith  built  a  church  at  Peter- 
boro,  N.  Y. ,  in  which  he  used  to  preach.  At  first  he  was  orthodox 
in  his  faith,  but  became,  subsequently,  very  liberal.  He  died  in  New 
York  city,  in  1874.  Some  of  his  publications  are:  "The  Theolo- 
gies," "Speeches  in  Congress,"  "The  Religion  of  Reason,"  "Nature 
the  Base  of  a  Free  Theology,"  and  "Correspondence  with  Albert 
Barnes."  Mr.  Smith  from  time  to  time  lectured  in  the  great  centers 
of  population  on  religious  or  political  topics.  He  was  an  earnest 
advocate  of  what  he  considered  to  be 
just  and  right,  and  bis  writings,  which 
he  had  printed  in  pamphlet  form  for 
free  distribution,  were  spread  among 
the  people  on  all  proper  occasions, 
whenever  or  wherever  he  came  before 
them. 


THE  BEECHERS. 


Theodore  Parker, 

Independent  Clergyman  and  Representative  of 
Theology. 

pie 


Liberal 


GERRIT  SMITH. 

/"HE  American  phil!inthropi><t,  (Jerrit  Smith,  was  bom  at  Utica, 
X.  Y.,  in  1797.  He  inherited  large  landed  estates  in  New  York 
and  other"  States  from  his  father,  who  had  been  a  partner  of 
John  Jacob  Astor  in  the  fur  business.  He  was  educated  at  Ham- 
ilton college,  Clinton,  N.  Y. ,  from  which  he  graduated  in  1818.  For 
years  he  was  occupied  in  looking  after  the  interests  of  his  estate,  but 
was  admitted  to  the  practice  of  the  law  at  the  age  of  flfty-six.  He 
was  a  member  of  the  colonization  society,  which  had  for  its  object 
the  emigration  of  colored  people  from  the  United  States  to  Africa. 
Subsequently  he  joined  the  American  anti-slavery  society.  His 
philanthropy  led  him  to  give  away  large  quantities  of  land  to  indi- 
vidualt*  and  for  the  benefit  of  the  public;  thus,  in  1848,  he  donated, 
in  parcels  averaging  fifty  acres  each,  a00,000  acres.  He  was  elected 
to  Congress  in  1852,  but  resigned  before  the  end  of  his  term.  In 
hi(4  congressional  career  he  voted  with  the  anti-slavery  party,  and 
made   several   «pceche8   in   behalf  of  its    principles.      Through   too 


Yy/HE  well-known  family  of  this 
name  is  eminently  literary  and 
\^  reformatory  in  its  work,  as 
shown  by  the  principal  publica- 
tions which  different  members  of 
the  family  have  contributed  to  Amer- 
ican literature,  as  follows: 

Catherine  E. — "Educational  Rem- 
iniscences, "  ' '  Domestic  Service, " 
"Appeals  to  the  People  as  the  Au- 
thorized Interpreters  of  the  Bible," 
"  Common-Sense  Applied  to  Religion, 
nrthe  Bible  and  the  People,"  "House- 
keeper and  Healthkeeper, "  "Manual 
of  Arithmetic,  "  ' '  Letters  to  the  Peo- 
Health  and  Happiness,"  "-Physiology  and  Calisthenics," 
"Treatise  on  Domestic  Economy,"  "Religions  Training  of  Children 
in  the  Family,  School,  and  Church."  "Duty  of  American  Women  to 
their  Country, "  "The  American  Woman's  Home,"  etc. 
Lyman  —  "Political  Atheism"  and  "Sermons." 
Charles  —  "Redeemer  and  Redeemed,"  "  Tlie  Incarnation,  or 
Pictures  of  the  Virgin  and  Her  Son,"  "  Pen-Pictures  of  the  Bible," 
"  Spiritualism  Reviewed, "  and  the  "Life  and  Correspondence  of 
Lyman  Bccchcr,"  a  divine  and  father  of  the  Beecher  family. 

Henry  Ward  —  "Illustrated  Bible  Biographies,"  "Lectures  to 
Young  Men,"  "Industry  and  Idleness,"  "Star  Papers,"  "Life 
Thoughts, "  "  Life  of  Jesus  Christ, "  "  Norwood  "  (a  novel),  "  Fruits, 
Flowers,  and  Farming,"  "The  Plymouth  Pulpit"  (sermons),  "Ser- 
mons on  Lib(.-rty  and  War, "  "  Yale  Lectures  on  Preaching,  "  etc. 

Edward — "Baptism,  its  Imports  and  Modes,"  "The  Conflict 
of  Ages,"  "The  Concord  of  Ages,"  "The  Papal  Conspiracy." 

Harriet  Ehzaretii  Beecher  (Mrs.  Stowe) — "The  Mayflower," 
"Uncle  Tom's  Cabin,"  "A  Key  to  Uncle  Tom's  Cabin,"  "  Dred, 
a  Tale  of  the  Dismal  Swamp,"  "The  Minister's  Wooing,"  "My 
Wife  and  I,"  "Lady  Byron  ^'indicated,"  etc. 


I> 


.MEN    CELEBEATED    FOK    ASTKONOMIUAL    UISCOVEKY. 


153 


V^^^r.^^^^, ^ 'ItiS 


P^    ,lli. i 

...11"';" '•'  'I '  '■ } 


ill" "ill* 


■  A'/s.yk-^'/^v^-'/^  ■.'\  / 


I  GALILEO.  r    ^W-: 


Men   Who  Have  Devoted  Their  Lives  to  the  Investigation 
of  Astronomical  Science. 


PYTHAGORAS. 

BOUT  580  years  before  Christ,  was 
born  at  Samos  the  illustrious  Grecian 
metaphysical  pbUosopher,  geometri- 
cian and  at^tronomer,  Pythagoras.  At 
the  age  of  eighteen  he  began  his 
travels',  visiting  Phoenicia  and  Asia 
Minor,  and  even,  it  ia  said,  Persia 
and  India.  He  resided  for  twenty- 
five  years  in  Egypt.  Returning  to 
Samos  he  taught  geometry,  subse- 
quently settling  at  Crotona,  where  he 
estiiblishcd  a  school  of  philosophy  that 
became  famous.  His  pupils  were 
required  to  observe  strict  silence  for 
five  years,  to  dress  simply,  eat  but  little 
and  abstain  from  animal  food.  Women 
were  admitted  to  his  lectures,  and  fif- 
teen attended  his  school.  He  taught 
the  doctrine  of  '•'•metempsychosis"  — 
the  passing  of  a  human  soul,  at  death, 
into  the  body  of  some  animal,  1,000 
years  being  required  in  this  manner 
to  expiate  the  sins  of  the  human  life  and  restore  it  to  a  blissful  im- 
mortality. While  he  had  many  admirers  and  disciples,  he  was  sub- 
jected to  persecution  and  driven  from  Samos.  He  then  took  refuge 
in  the  Temple  of  the  Muses  at  Metapontum,  where  it  is  doubtfully 
said  that  he  starved  to  death  about  407  years  before  Christ.  While 
he  entertained  crude  ideas  concerning  a  future  state  of  existence,  it 
is  doubtless  true  that  he  was  one  of  the  most  learned  of  the  philoso- 
phers who  lived  prior  to  the  Christian  era.  As  evidence  of  this  it  is 
claimed  that  he  conceived  the  idea  of  the  rotundity  of  the  earth  and 
that  it  revolved  around  tlie  sun,  which  he  believed  to  be  the  center  of 
the  solar  system.  This,  in  an  age  of  such  limited  opportunity,  was 
a  w'ouderful  discovery. 


CLAUDIUS    PTOLEMY. 

THE  life  of  Claudius  Ptolemy,  the  distinguished  astronomer, 
geographer  and  mathematician,  is  somewhat  obscured  by  the 
absence  of  authentic  records.  Pelusium,  in  Greece,  is  men- 
tioned as  his  birthplace,  and  the  second  century  as  the  time  of  his 
career.  His  intelligence  concerning  the  earth  and  the  starry  worlds 
around  it,  although  varied  and  extensive,  has  been  proven  to  be  erratic 
in  some  of  its  conclusions.  For  instance,  he  projected  the  Ptolemaic 
system  of  astronomy,  which  placed  our  planet  in  the  middle  of  the 
universe,  so  that  the  whole  creation  moves  about  it  as  a  common 
center.  This  theory  was  prevalently  received  until  the  present 
(Copernican)  belief,  which  makes  the  sun  the  center  orb  of  the  solar 
system,  was  adopted  a  few  centuries  later.  Ptolemy,  however,  was 
wise  in  much  that  he  advanced  concerning  the  heavenly  bodies.  His 
principal  work,  the  '^  Great  Astronomiciil  Construction, "  contains  a 
catalogue  of  ^he  stars,  following  but  improving  that  of  Hipparchus, 
and  treats  of  the  correspondence  of  the  earth  with  the  other  planets, 
the  effect  of  the  earth's  position,  etc.  With  all  his  errors  he  com- 
puted future  eclipses,  with  great  exactitude  and  determined  the 
orbits  of  the  various  planets.  Nor  was  it  in  astronomy  alone  that  he 
excelled  his  predecessors  and  contemporaries,  for  he  wrote  a  geogra- 
phy, which  became  and  remained  a  standard  authority  until  the 
sixteenth  century,  and  was  the  first  to  use  the  terms  latitude  and 
longitude  in  the  earth's  measurement,  proving  it  to  be  a  globe.  His 
geography  and  its  accompanying  maps  are  still  in  existence.  His 
various  acquirements  included  a  practical  knowledge  of  music,  and 
he  wrote,  or  compiled,  papers  on  that  art,  chronology,  mechanics 
and  astrology.     The  date  of  his  death,  as  of  his  birth,  is  not  known. 


COPERNICUS. 

THIS  distinguished  discoverer  of  the  system  of  planetary  science 
which  boars  his  name,  Nikolaus  Copernicus,  was  born  at  Thorn, 
Prussia,  in  1-173.      He   studied    medicine   and  philosophy,  but 
abandoned  them  for  mathematics  and  astronomy.      He  became  mathe- 
matical professor  at  Rome,  canon  of  Frauenburg.  and  an  arch-deacon 


;6^~- — 


154 


MEN    WHO    MAPPED    OUT   THE    HEAVENS. 


in  his  native  town.  His  theory  of  a  reform  in  the  current  (Ptolemaic) 
system  of  astronomy  was  first  meditated  in  1507,  but  its  details  were 
not  completed  until  1530,  and  so  great  was  his  fear  of  opposition 
that  he  did  not  publish  his  work  until  1543,  just  before  his  death. 
His  system,  now  universally  believed  to  be  true,  announced  that 
the  planets  revolved  around  the  sun,  instead  of  the  sun  revolving 
around  the  earth  —  a  theory  which  previously  prevailed. 


JOHANN  KEPLER. 

GERMANY  produced  one  of  the  most  famous  of  the  world's 
astronomers  in  the  person  of  Johaun  Kepler,  at  Magstatt, 
Wurtemburg,  in  December,  1571.  His  education  was  received 
at  a  monastic  school  and  the  university  of  Tubingen,  at  the  latter  of 
which  he  acquired  a  master's  degree  in  1591.  Devoting  himself  to 
the  study  of  astronomy  he  began  his  scientific  career.  Near  the 
last  of  the  sixteenth  century  he  hecame  professor  of  mathematics  in 
the  University  of  Gratz.  About  1598  he  assisted  Tycho  Brahe  in 
preparing  new  astronomical  tables,  by  order  of  the  Emperor  Rudolph 
II.  Tycho  died  soon  afterwards,  and  Kepler  became  the  royal  math- 
ematician, hut  this  did  not  keep  him  out  of  poverty,  so  that  he 
resorted  to  astrology  for  support.  Subsequently  he  made  some 
important  discoveries  in  the  movement  of  certain  planets  in  their 
orbits,  and  his  theories  and  exposition  of  these  were  adopted  as 
authorities.  The  labor  and  assiduity  of  Kepler  in  pursuing  these 
studies  were  profound  and  earnest,  yet  he  obtained  little  or  no  profit 
from  their  publication.  Misfortunes  overtook  him,  but  still  he 
struggled  on.  until  he  made  his  greatest  discovery — that  the  squares 
of  the  periodic  times  of  the  planets  are  proportional  to  the  cubes  of 
their  average  distances  from  the  sun.  He  also  largely  elucidated  the 
truth  of  the  Copernican  system  of  astronomy.  Pecuniary  disap- 
pointments, however,  continued  to  depress  him,  and  finally  threw 
him  into  a  fever,  which  caused  his  death  in  1630. 


GALILEO. 

THE  distinguished  Italian  astronomer  and  scientist,  Galileo  Galilei, 
a  son  of  a  nobleman  at  Florence,  was  born  at  Pisa  in  1564.  He 
was  designed  for  the  medical  profession,  but  preferring  mathe- 
matics instead,  he  attained  such  proficiency  in  this  science  that  at  the 
age  of  twenty-four  he  was  appointed  professor  of  mathematics  at 
Pisa.  There  his  opposition  to  the  philosophy  of  Aristotle  created  so 
many  enemies  to  him  that  he  resigned  in  159*2,  and  accepted  the  pro- 
fessorship at  Padua.  He  remained  in  the  latter  position  eighteen 
years.  In  1609,  becoming  acquainted  with  the  invention  of  the  tele- 
scope, he  constructed  one  for  himself,  with  which  he  discovered  the 
four  moons  of  the  planet  Jupiter,  the  phases  of  Venus,  the  starry 
nature  of  the  milky  way,  the  hills  and  valleys  of  the  moon,  and  the 
spot.«  on  the  solar  disk,  from  the  motion  of  which  he  inferred  the 
rotation  of  the  sun.  Becoming  convinced  of  the  truth  of  the  Coper- 
nican system  of  astronomy  ( the  revolution  of  the  earth  on  its  axis, 
and  the  planets  around  the  sun  ),  he  avowed  his  belief  and  was  twice 
persecuted  by  the  Inquisition,  in  1015  and  1633,  on  the  charge  of 
heresy.  On  both  occasions  liis  tormentors  required  him  to  openly 
recant  his  belief  in  the  Copernican  system,  but  he  is  said  to  have 
stamped  the  earth  with  his  foot  after  his  last  abjuration,  with  the 
remark,  "It  moves,  nevertheless. "  Three  years  before  his  death  he 
was  stricken  with  bliiulncss.  In  addition  to  the  foregoing  discov- 
eries he  noted  the  gravity  of  the  atmosphere,  invented  the  cycloid 
and  simple  pendulum,  and  was  the  first  to  make  a  clear  exposition 
of  the  principles  of  motion.     He  died  in  1642. 


SIR  ISAAC  NEWTON. 

rlllS  great  philosoplicr  was  horn  at  Woolsthorpe.  Lincolnshire,  in 
1C42.  Being  educated  at  Grantham  school  and  Trinity  college, 
Cambridge,  he  early  evinced  a  talent  for  mechanics  and  drawing. 


At  college  he  studied  mathematics  assiduously,  in  1669  became  pro- 
fessor of  mathematics,  and  in  1671  a  member  of  the  Royal  society. 
During  his  slay  at  Cambridge  he  made  his  three  great  discoveries,  of 
fluxions,  the  nature  of  light  and  colors,  and  the  law  of  gravitation — 
the  latter  suggested  by  seeing  an  apple  fall  from  a  tree.  His 
'■Principia,"  which  unfolded  to  the  world  his  theory  of  the  universe, 
was  published  in  1687.  He  was  elected  member  of  the  university  in 
1688  and  1701;  was  appointed  warden  of  the  mint,  in  1696,  and 
master  of  it  in  1699.  He  was  chosen  president  of  the  Royal  society 
in  1703,  and  knighted  in  1705.  He  died  in  1727.  Newton's  theory 
of  universal  gravitation  involved  the  principle  (according  to  Sir 
David  Brewster),  ' '  that  every  particle  of  matter  in  the  universe  is 
attracted  by,  or  gravitates  to,  every  other  particle  of  matter,  with  a 
force  inversely  proportioned  to  the  squares  of  their  distance. " 


WILLIAM    HERSCHEL. 

ONE  of  the  most  distinguished  of  modern  astronomers  was  William 
Hcrschel,  who  was  born  at  Hanover,  Prussia,  in  1738.  Being  the 
son  of  a  musician,  young  Herschel  washimself  a  player  of  military 
music  besides  being  an  organist.  Astronomy  was  one  of  the  occu- 
pations of  his  leisure,  and  to  save  the  expense  of  purchasing  a  tele- 
scope he  constructed  one  for  himself,  with  great  success.  He  also 
manufactured  numerous  others  of  great  power.  Forsaking  music 
and  prosecuting  the  study  of  astronomy,  on  March  13,  1781,  he  dis- 
covered a  new  planet,  which  he  named  Georgium  Sidus  ( now 
Uranus).  Continuing  his  astronomical -researches,  in  1816  he  was 
knighted.  He  died  in  1822.  Of  his  numerous  discoveries  the  fol- 
lowing are  some  of  the  principal:  Volcanoes  in  the  moon;  the  sixth 
and  seventh  moons  of  Saturn;  the  six  moons  of  Uranus,  and  others 
of  less  general  interest,  but  of  great  astronomical  value.  Ills 
famous  telescope,  the  expense  of  which  was  defrayed  by  King 
George  III.,  of  England,  was  forty  feet  long,  with  a  four-foot  mirror 
and  weighed  2,118  pounds.  Herschel  was  a  member  of  the  principal 
scientific  societies  of  Europe  and  America,  and  the  first  president  of 
the  Royal  astronomical  society  of  England.  Herschel's  only  son, 
Sir  John  W.  F.  Herschel,  baronet,  is  another  prominent  English 
astronomer.  He  was  born  in  England,  1790.  In  1834  he  established 
an  observatory  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  South  Africa,  at  his  own 
expense,  remaining  there  and  prosecuting  his  star-studies  for  four 
years  ( 1834-'38)  in  the  whole  southern  sky,  deriving  a  vast  fund  of 
valuable  astronomical  and  meteorological  information.  He  has  pub- 
lished several  scientific  works,  and  received  a  high  appreciation,  with 
distinguished  scientific  honors  and  positions.  His  intellectual  powers 
have  won  him  many  golden  opinions. 


LAPLACE. 

AN  astronomer  who  won  much  distinction  by  his  knowledge  of  the 
heavenly  bodies  and  their  motions,  was  Pierre  Simon,  the  Mar- 
quis de  Laplace,  who  began  his  existence  at  Beaumont-en-Augo, 
Lower  Normandy,  March  23,  1749.  Although  of  obscure  parentage, 
wealthy  friends  aided  him  in  early  life  to  gain  an  education  at  the 
college  of  Caen  and  the  military  scliool  of  Beaumont,  (ioing  to 
Paris  when  eighteen,  he  soon  attracted  the  attention  of  the  scientist. 
D'Alcmbert,  by  the  producticm  of  a  shrewd  paper  on  mechanical 
principles,  and  through  this  influence  Laplace  obtained,  about  ITtiO, 
a  professorship  of  mathematics  in  the  military  school  at  Paris. 
He  died  at  Paris  in  1827.  His  attainments  in  science,  and 
especially  in  astr(momicaI  discovery,  evidence  his  great  superiority 
over  his  contemporaries.  Ilis  genius  is  best  exempUtied  in  his 
writings,  which  in  some  degree  stand  unrivaled  by  those  of  more 
modern  scientists.  His  theories  and  celestial  expositions  are  stand- 
ard authorities  in  astrimomical  investigations,  but  his  fame  rests 
principally  on  his  "Mecanique  rdcsle, "  a  comprehensive  epitome 
(tr  jinalyj-is  of  astroiicunical  learning,  giitberi'd  from  various  sources. 


K 


THE    HEA.VKNLY    BODIES.       IIOW    THEY    HAVE    HEEN    DISCOVERED. 


n,') 


k 


What  is  Known 


-iOFj- 


Astronomy. 


-^•'^ 


-^Ai 


The   Progress   of  Astronomical    Science. 


lEW  OF  the  heayens  on  a  clear  night  reveals 
ii  vast  number  of  stars,  and  if  in  the  right 
period  in  the  month,  a  moon.  By  day 
the  stars  and  moon  have  disappeared 
from  sight  and  the  sun  is  the  only  object 
visible  in  the  heavens. 

The  study  of  these  heavenly  bodies 
occupied  the  attention  of  the  ancients 
many  centuries  before  the  advent  of 
Christ,  but  detinitc  knowledge  concern- 
i  II  -J. 


very 
limited,  and  such  maybe  said  to 
be  the  case  yet.  With  the  in- 
troduction of  the  telescope,  how- 
ever, much  information  has  been 
gained  In  the  past  three  centu- 
ries. 

Various  were  the  conjectures 
of  the  ancients  concerning  the 
shape  of  the  earth  and  the  rela- 
tions which  the  sun,  moon  and 
stars  held  to  our  planet,  the  im- 
pression being  that  the  earth  was 
flat,  and  was  the  center  of  the 
universe,  the  various  heavenly 
luminaries  revolving  around  it. 

Six  hundred  years  before  the 
Christian  era,  Thalesof  Miletus, 
a  Grecian  philosopher,  taught 
astronomy,  and  succeeding  him 
came  Pythagoras  and  Pluto. 
Some  of  these  conceived  the  idea 
Ihiit  the  world  was  round  and 
that  it  had  two  movements,  one 

being  diurnal  upon  its  axis  and  the  other  around  the  sun.  They 
taught  that  the  sun,  which  they  thought  the  center  of  the  universe, 
was  a  globe  of  fire,  which  lighted  the  moon  and  gave  heat  and  light 
to  the  earth. 

In  the  second  century  after  Christ,  Ptolemy,  another  philosopher, 
prepared  a  treatise  on  astronomy,  the  first  systenuitic  work  of   the 


FIG.  (.--The  Supposed  Structure  of  the  Universe 

^HE  infinity  of  • . 

Q^}y  be  stufidt'ii  with  untold  millions  of 


HE  infinity  of  spa'^e  is  snpposfd  to 
ifidt'ii  with  untold  millions  of 
snns,  each  of  which  is  the  center 
of  a  group  of  planets,  similar  to  our 
planetary  system.  These  suns,  each 
with  the  family  of  planets  that  circu- 
late about  them,  it  is  supposed,  could 
they  be  seen,  would  present  an  appear- 
ance similar  to  the  illustration  shown 


kind,  in  which,  rejecting  the  system  of  Pythagoras,  he  announced 
that  the  earth  was  the  center  of  the  universe  and  the  heavenly  bodies 
revolved  around  it.  For  thirteen  centuries  this  idea  possessed  the 
inhabitants  of  the  earth. 

Near  the  middle  of  the  fifteenth  century,  a  Prussian  physician, 
named  Copernicus,  announced  his  adherence  to  the  Pythagorean 
theory  that  the  sun  instead  of  the  earth  was  the  center  of  the  planet- 
ary system,  was  immovable,  and  the  earth  revolved  around  it 
between  the  orbits  of  Venus  and  Mars.  Copernicus  studied  the 
subject  for  some  thirty  ye;irs  and  did  much  toward  the  establishment 

of  the   science  of  astronomy  on 
a  reasonable  basis. 

Kepler,  a  German  astronomer, 
succeeded  Copernicus  fifty  years 
after,  and  demonstrated  that  the 
planets,  instead  of  revolving 
around  the  sun  in  perfect  circles, 
made  their  revolutions  in  an 
ellipse,  and  that  the  moons  made 
also  their  revolutions  in  elliptic 
orbits.  Kepler  also  determined 
the  dimensions  of  the  orbits  of 
the  several  planets  and  their  ve- 
locity of  movement. 

Galileo,  an  Italian,  was  busy 
about  the  beginning  of  the  six- 
teenth century  with  the  telescope 
in  a  survey  of  the  heavens. 
His  researches  resulted  in  a  close 
inspection  of  the  moon,  which 
very  clearly  determined  its  char- 
acter. The  satellites  revolving 
about  Jupiter  were    discovered. 


above.     The  inmu-nsity  of  creation  can 

be  dimly  imapined  when   we  consider 

that  each  of  these  (rroups  is  as  preat 

as    is    our    solar    system,     and     these 

frroups    numberinpr"  millions,   billions     gjnj    mji^y   facts   relating    to    the 

and  trdlions  of  planets,  vast  numbei-s 

of  which  may  be  inhabited,  extend  into    celestial   bodies  were   made 

boundless  space  which  no  finite  mind     , 

can  comprehend.  known. 

Up    to    this    point,    however, 

while  the  dimension,  orbits,  velocity  of  movement,  and  revolutions 
of  many  of  the  planets  had  been  fully  settled,  the  power  that  held 
them  in  place  and  caused  their  movement  was  yet  a  mystery. 
Then  came  the  discovery  by  Newton,  an  English  philosopher,  of 
the  means  by  which  all  the  heavenly  orbs  may  be  held  in  place 
by  the  law  of  gravitation;    and  later  many  discoveries  by  Herschel 


:2r 


156 


THE  SUN  AND  THE  KNOWN  PLANETS  THAT  REVOLVE  AROUND  IT. 


of  heavenly  orbs,  among  them  being  Uranus  and  various  satellites. 
Astronomy  with  the  aid  of  mathematics,  which  determines  the 
equinoxes,  conjunctions,  and  eclipses,  has  now  settled  itself  into 
one  of  the  positive  sciences,  concerning  which  considerable  is 
known,  and  yet  when  a  view  is  taken  at  night  of  the  thousands 
of  brilliantly  shining  orbs,  as  they  appear  in  the  heavens,  and  the 
question  is  asked,  whence  came  these  stars,  arc  they  worlds,  and  are 
they  peopled,  the  mind  is  lost  in  conjecture  and  forced  to  the  conclu- 
sion that  we  know  indeed  but  very  little. 

Near  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century  Laplace,  a  learned 
French  astronomer,  advanced  the  idea  called  the  nebular  theory,  —  a 
theory  that  has  been  largely  adopted  by  the  evolutionists  and  pro- 
gressionists, that  the  heavens  are  studded  with  innumerable  groups  of 
planets,  in  the  center  of  each  of  which  is  a  sun  around  which  a  certain 
number  of  planets  revolve  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  movements  of 
our  planetary  system.  The  idea  was  further  advanced  that  the  sun 
once  filled  all  the  space  now  occu- 
pied by  the  orbits  of  the  several 
planets.  That  from  the  sun  has 
been  thrown  off  from  time  to  time 
an  emanation  of  gaseous  substance 
which  formed  in  a  ring  about  the 
sun,  and  in  due  time  broke,  col- 
lected together  and  made  a  planet. 
That  the  sun  has  gone  forward 
gradually  contracting  and  throwing 
off  rings  thus  until  all  the  planets 
in  the  solar  system  have  been  in 
this  manner  developed. 

That  this  solar  system  of  ours, 
with  its  sun  and  planets  revolving 
in  space,  is  but  one  of  millions 
of  similar  systems,  thousands  of 
whose  planets  are  inhabited,  while 
some  once  inhabited  are  dead, 
and  others  are  yet  too  young  and 
gaseous  to  admit  of  habitation. 

That  while    the   planets  revolve 

around  the  sun,  this  sun  with  its 

family  of    planets    revolves  with 

many    other    systems    around    a 

greater  sun,  and  this  greater  sun 

with    its    multitude    of     systems 

revolves    around   a  great   central 

8un. 

The  groups  of  planetary  svstems  pies  the  ..i-bit  next  the  sun      Venus  is 

-        *^  '^  -^    •  next.     Outhide  and  beyond  that  is  the 

which    fill    immensity    of    space,  earth  with  its  one  moon.     Mars  is  yet 

,       ,  .   ,         ...  a  greater  distance  away  from  the  sun. 

each  group  of  which   with  its   sun  Then  are  found  still   farther  off  .^ev- 

is  supposed  to  be  revolving  around  ^ t^Z^^^Tv^^^^^^^ 
a  great  center,    is    repreeented   in  Then  Saturn,  with  its  bnihant  nnpa 

and  eight  moons,  is  one  of  the  con- 
Figure  1. 

The  definite  intelligence  which  astronomers  have  of  the  heavenly 
bodies  is  confined  to  the  size,  revolutions,  orbits,  density,  and  con- 
junctions of  the  planets  which  revolve  about  our  sun.  The  prin- 
cipal of  these  planets  arc  named  in  their  order  as  they  go  out  from 
the  sun  as  follows:  Mercury,  Venus,  Earth,  Mars,  Jupiter,  Saturn, 
Uranus,  and  Neptune.  There  arc  also  several  moons  aud  secondary 
planets  that  are  mentioned  elsewhere. 

The  relative  size  of  each  of  the  primary  or  principal  planets  in 
our  solar  system  may  be  judged  l)y  the  following  comparison  jire- 
Bcnted  by  an  astronomer,  the  sun  being  represented  as  a  globe  two 
feet  in  diameter  standing  in  an  open  field;  A  pin-head  164  feet  away 
will  represent  Mercury ;  a  pea  28*  feet  from  the  sun,V^enus;  another 
pea  -130  feet.  Earth;  a  large  pin-bead  V>:A  feet.  Mars;  a  medium-sized 
orange  nearly  half  a  mile  from  the  globe  represents  Jupiter;  a  small 


FIG.  2. --The  Planets  of  our  Solar  System 


THE  above    illustration  represents 
the  sun  with  the  planets  as  they 
revolve  in  their  orbits  about  the 
same.     As  will  be  seen  Mercury  oecU' 


orange  four-fifths  of  a  mile,  shows  Saturn;  a  small  plum  a  mile  and 
a  half,  represents  Uranus,  and  an  ordinary  plum  two  miles  and  a 
half  from  the  globe  shows  Neptune. 

All  the  planets  of  our  system  together  would  not  equal  in  bulk  a 
six-hundredth  part  of  the  body  of  the  sun. 

A  specific  description  of  the  sun  and  the  several  planets,  their 
moons  and  the  asteroids,  herewith  follows: 

The  Sun. 

While  the  discoveries  of  modern  astronomers  and  other  scientific 
men  have  effected  something  toward  developing  the  true  nature  and 
composition  of  the  sun,  it  is  still  comparatively  an  unsolved 
problem.  Science,  however,  establishes  it  as  the  center  of  our  great 
solar  system,  the  source  of  light  and  heat  to  all  other  planets  within 
this  system,  and  an  immense  power  in  the  production  and  mainte- 
nance of  animal  and  vegetable  life.  Of  the  sources  of  the  sun's 
heat,  nothing  is  positively  known, 
although  it  is  believed  that  it  is 
derived  from  electrical  influences. 
Astronomy,  with  mathematics, 
places  the  sun's  distance  from  the 
earth  at  02,000,000  of  miles,  to  us 
an  incomprehensible  distance,  if 
we  judge  alone  by  our  natural 
senses.  It  is  around  the  sun  that 
all  the  other  planets  within  the 
solar  system  revolve  at  various 
periods,  according  to  their  position 
and  distance  from  it.  Thus  Mer- 
cury, the  nearest  to  the  sun,  is 
still  37,000,000  of  miles  from  it, 
and  passes  entirely  around  it 
within  eighty-five  days,  while  the 
earth  requires  3651-4  days  to  ac- 
complish one  revolution. 

The  diameter  of  the  sun  is 
882,000  miles,  so  that  it  is  about 
111  times  thicker  than  the  earth. 
It  has  no  orbit,  for  it  is  station- 
ary, but  it  revolves  upon  its  axis, 
with  the  speed  of  4,504  miles  an 
hour,  or  more  than  four  times 
faster  than  the  earth  turns  upon 
axis;    but   with   all    this 


spicuous  objects  in  the  heavens.    Far- 
ther off  yet  is  Uranus,  with  its  four  its    own 

moons,   and  away  millions  of   miles  ..,i„„:(.,    _„  i.,«„-.  j™   *k„    „„.,    .!,„» 

vet.    in    the    distance,    in    Neptune,  velocity,  SO  large  IS  the    sun  that 

Crossing  the  orbits  of  these  several  jj:  requires  25^  days  to  complete 

planets  is  seen    the  erratic   track  oi  ^ 

thecomet  which,  in  oheilience  to  some  one  entire  revolution, 

unknown    and    peculiar    law.    comes  „     ,                .            ,         ,    .          .       j 

from  out  the  boundless  space  of  the  So  far  as  science  has  determined, 

pra;;iSr\>Srab„-ut  Cu^i  a,';S  "-e  «.ni«»da.-k  .nd  a.>lid  globe, 
returns  agam  into  the  unknown  abyss  surrounded  by  two  coverings  of 
of  space.  .   ,  ,      „ 

gaseous  material,  each  of  consider- 
able thickness,  the  one  nearest  to  the  body  of  the  sun  not  being 
light-giving,  but  somewhat  like  our  own  atmosphere,  while  the  outer 
one  is  a  light-giving  gas  or  flame,  from  which  our  sunlight  and  heat 
are  derived. 

Some  scientific  people,  judging  from  observations  made  during 
total  eclipses  of  the  sun,  conclude  that  there  is  another,  or  third, 
gaseous  covering  to  Ihe  body  of  the  sun,  above  the  second,  which  is 
cloudy  and  extends  thousands  of  miles  outward  from  the  sun. 

Others,  considering  the  first  or  inner  covering  of  the  sun  as  an 
atmosphere  of  a  cool  material,  producing  a  delightful  climate  on  the 
body  of  the  sun,  have  conjectured  that  animate  beings  inhabit  the 
great,  planet;  but  of  course  this  suggestion,  however  probable,  is 
unsupported  by  facts. 

Dark  spots  of  irregular  form,  rarely  to  be  seen  with  the  naked  eye, 


-<t 


f 


I'LAMOTS    AND    TIIKIK    DII' I'EKKNT    SI/.IvS. 


Jo 


sometimes  pass  over  the  sun's  surface  from  east  to  west,  within  a 
period  of  nearly  fourteen  days.  They  arc  supposed  to  be  ruptures  or 
openings  in  the  outer  tieiy  envelope  of  the  sun.  They  usually 
present  a  dark  nucleus,  surrounded  liy  a  strip  of  shaded  light,  and 
that  by  a  margin  of  light  mere  brilliant  than  the  sun  itself.  As  a 
general  thing  the  spots  are  neither  permanent  nor  uniform.  Some- 
times small  spots  unite,  and  again  large  ones  separate  into  smaller 
ones,  some  continuing  days,  weeks  or  months  together,  while  others 
appear  but  a  few  hours.  Galileo  is  said  to  have  first  discovered  sun- 
spots  aiK)ut  1611;  since  then  observution  has  shown  that  they  appear 
almost  every  year,  but  from  lUTO  lo  1084.  none  were  seen.  Some  of 
the  largest  have  been  estimated  to  he  from  30,000  to  50,000  miles  in 
length,  and  sometimes  a  spot  seems  to  be  spanned  with  a  bridge  of 
light.  See  spots  on  the  sun,  Fig.  4. 
Mercury. 
With  the  exception  of  the  asteroids  (See  Astronomical  Diction- 
ary), Mercury  is  the  smallest  of  the  principal  planets  iTi  our  solar 
system,  its  diameter  being  only  2,984  miles.  Its  distance  from  the 
sun  is  nearly  37,000,000  miles.  Turning  on  its  axis  from  west  to 
cast,  at  the  speed  of  370  miles  an  hour,  it  performs  one  revolution 
within  twenty-four  hours,  five  minutes  and  twenty-eight  seconds, 
so  that  its  day  is  a  trifle  longer  than  ours.  It  moves  in  its  orbit 
around  the  sun  at  the  astonishing  velocity  of  110, 7:^25  miles  an  hour, 
thus    perfecting   an   entire    revolution  in  eighty-eight  days,  which  is 


offices  alternately  292  daye,  appearing  as  the  former  in  the  western 
horizon  and  as  the  hitter  in  the  east.  The  change  from  one  to  the 
other  is  wrought  by  its  orbital  departure  from  the  sun  and  its  return. 
It  is  called  one  of  the  "interior"  or  "inferior"  planets  because, 
like  Mercury,  its  orbit  is  between  the  sun  and  the  earth.  Twice  in 
a  century  Venus  passes  between  us  and  the  sun,  traversing  the  disk 
of  the  latter.  This  is  called  the  "transit  of  Venus,"  and  is  consid- 
ered among  astronomers  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  celestial 
events.  In  December,  1874,  it  attracted  universal  attention,  and  in 
1882  this  phenomenon  will  again  occur,  creating  no  less  interest 
than  before.  Mountains  of  great  height  have  been  discovered  on  its 
surface,  which  is  believed  to  be  mostly  covered  with  water.  Whether 
it  is  inhabited  or  not  its  climate,  on  the  plains,  is  thought  to  be 
warmer  in  summer  than  ours,  with  a  less  degree  of  average  coolness 
in  winter. 

The  Earth. 

The  earth  on  which  we  live,  and  from  which  all  our  astronomical 
phenomena  must  be  observed,  is  the  third  planet  in  our  system 
from  the  sun,  being  distant  from  it  about  92,000,000  miles.  It  is  a 
sphere,  or  globe,  in  form,  but  not  perfectly  round,  as  it  is  considera- 
bly flattened  at  the  north  and  south  ends,  which  we  call  the  poles,  or 
ends  of  the  imaginary  axis  on  which  the  whole  structure  is  supposed 
lo  turn  from  west  lo  east  once  in  twenty-four  hours.  This  revolu- 
tion is  called  * '  diurnal  "  because  it  forms  one  entire  night  and  day- 


FIG.  3.--The  Relative  Sizes  of  the  Planets. 


the  length  of  its  year,  equaling  about  three  of  our  months.  Tele- 
scopes have  revealed  some  of  the  mysteries  of  its  surface,  and  one 
mountain  (it  is  said)  has  been  discovered  in  its  southern  hemisphere 
that  is  estimated  to  be  ten  and  a  half  miles  high.  Nothing  is 
known  of  its  inhabitants,  if  any  there  be,  but  it  is  demonstrated  that 
the  light  and  heat  of  the  sun  on  the  surface  of  this  planet  arc  seven 
times  greater  than  on  the  earth's.  The  nearness  of  Mercury  to  the 
sun  prevents,  except  at  certain  periods,  the  correctness  of  observa- 
tions afforded  by  most  of  the  other  planets. 

Venus. 

This  is  the  second  planet  from  the  sun.  and  the  brightest  star  in 
the  heavens.  It  is  about  08,000,000  miles  distant  from  the  sun, 
around  which  it  revolves  from  west  to  east  in  224  ?3  days,  moving  in 
its  orbit  at  the  rate  of  80,000  miles  an  hour.  Its  true  diameter  is 
7,G21  miles,  but  as  its  distance  from  the  earth  constantly  varies,  its 
apparent  size  and  brilliancy  also  continually  change.  It  turns  upon 
its  axis  once  in  twenty-three  hours,  twenty-one  minutes  and  seven 
seconds,  and  its  year  is  equal  lo  about  thirty-two  of  our  weeks. 
Venus  is  best  known  to  us  by  her  constant  position  either  as  the 
earth's  evening  star  or  morning  star,  continuing  in  each  of  these 


The  earth  has  a  circumscribed  pathway  through  space,  called  its 
orbit,  over  which  it  passes  around  the  sun  once  in  365^  days,  thus 
measuring  one  of  our  entire  years.  Our  globe  is  composed  of  seven 
strata,  or  layers  of  different  sorts  of  rocks  and  earth,  and  is  about 
8,000  miles  in  thickness  through  its  center.  It  has  one  satellite,  or 
moon,  (see  "Moon."  in  the  following  Dictionary),  and  contains 
1,300,000,000  inhabitants.  As  large  and  wonderful  as  it  seems  to  us, 
it  is  in  size,  as  compared  with  some  of  its  sister  planets,  and  especially 
the  sun,  a  very  insignificant  affair.  On  the  first  of  January  the 
earth  is  about  3,000,000  miles  nearer  the  sun  than  on  the  third  of 
July,  but  its  surface  being  slantingly  placed  toward  the  sun  at  the 
former  period,  the  heat  is  lessened  instead  of  increased.  The  earth 
revolves  on  its  axis  at  the  speed  of  about  1,000  miles  an  hour,  and 
on  its  journey  around  the  sun  at  68,000  miles  during  the  same  lime. 
About  two-thirds  of  its  surface  is  water.  (See  "Seasons,"  "Atmos- 
phere, "  and  "  Moon. ") 

Mars. 
Mars  is  the  fourth  planet  as  regards  distance  from  the  sun,  and  the 
first  of  the  "exterior  planets,"  or  those  whose  pathways  around  the 
sun  are  outside  that  of  the  earth.     It  is  to  us  a  fine  cherry-colored 


^vSy 


15S 


THE    SUN    AND    ITS    SPOTS. 


star,  whose  brilliancy  increases  ov  decreases  in  proportion  as  it 
approaches  or  moves  away  from  the  earth,  varying  from  50,000,000 
to  240,000,000  miles.  Its  average  distance  from  the  sun  is  145,000,- 
000  miles;  its  average  rate  of  speed  in  its  own  orbit  around  it  is 
55,000  miles  an  hour,  and  one  complete  revolution  on  its  axis 
requires  twenty-four  hours,  thirty-nine  minutes  and  two  and  one- 
half  seconds,  so  that  its  day  is  something  longer  than  ours.  Its 
average  diameter  is  4,222  miles  at  the  equator,  and  about  one- 
sixteenth  less  at  the  poles.  Mars,  it  is  claimed,  has  two  moons.  Its 
year  comprises  about  687  of  our  days,  or  one  year  and  ten  and  a  half 
months.  Its  atmosphere  is  much  thinner  than  ours,  it  has  seasons 
resembling  ours,  and  the  telescope  has  revealed  to  us  the  existence 
on  its  surface  of  oceans,  continents,  mountains,  arctic  regions,  hills, 
valleys  and  rivers,  similar  to  ours.  That  animiils,  and  perhaps 
beings  superior  to  ourselves,  inhabit  Mars  is  conjectured  as  rea- 
sonable, for  the  planet  seems  fitted  for  such  animated  creations,  and 
nothing,  it  is  said,  was  ever  made  in  vain. 

The  Asteroidal  Planets. 

See  "Asteroids,"  "Ceres,"  '-Juno,"  ••Pallas"  and  "Vesta," 
in  the  following  Dictionary. 
Jupiter. 

This,  the  largest  of  all  the 
planets  in  our  solar  system, 
and  one  of  the  brightest,  has 
an  average  distance  from  the 
sun  of  about  480,000,000 
miles.  Its  diameter,  or  thick- 
ness at  its  equator,  is  about 
91, 000  miles,  or  twelve  times 
as  great  as  that  of  the  earth 
at  our  equator,  while  its  sur- 
face eSceeds  in  area  that  of 
the  earth  115  times.  Al- 
though it  moves  in  its  path- 
way around  the  sun  at  a  speed 
of  nearly  30,000  miles  an 
hour,  It  requires  almost 
twelve  of  our  years  (4,332'2 
of  our  days)  to  accomplish 
its  annual  circuit.  One  pecu- 
liarity of  this  planet  is  the 
fact  that  it  revolves  on  a  per- 
pendicular (or  upright)  axis — standin; 
instead  of  a  slanting  position— at  the  speed  of  about  28,000  miles 
an  hour,  accomplishing  one  whole  daily  revolution  in  nine  hours  and 
flfty-.'^ix  minutes  of  our  time.  Its  days  and  nights  arc  of  equal 
li-nsth;  no  change  of  seasons  occurs,  perpetual  spring  prevailing, 
ai'.d  four  moons  contribute  to  the  interest  of  its  nights.  Astrono- 
mers differ  as  to  the  character  of  this  planet,  some  claiming  that  it 
may  be  covered  with  vegetation  and  inhabited  by  hunum  beings  and 
animals,  while  others  object  to  this  idea  because  of  the  singularly 
stormy  ap])earancc  of  its  atmosphen',  and  the  apjjarently  unsettled 
condition  of  its  surface,  covered  with  vapors,  as  if  it  had  not  suffi- 
ciently cooled  off,  but  still  glowed  with  internal  Arcs.  Proctor 
thinks  that  it  possesses  self-illuminating  properties.  To  us  it 
appears  of  a  cold,  stccl-bluc  color. 

Saturn. 

Outside  of  Jupiter  and  inside  of  Uranus  is  the  orbit,  or  pathway 
around  the  sun,  of  Saturn,  a  planet  722  times  as  large  as  our  earth. 
Its  distance  from  the  sun  is  87'J,  132.000  miles;  its  thickness,  at  its 
.(luator,  is  71.!)03  miles,  and  at  its  poles  64.213  miles.  It  moves 
around  the  sun  at  the  rate  of  22, 306  miles  an  hour,  requiring  twenty- 
nine  and  a  half  of  our  years  to  accomplish  one  of  its  annual  circuits. 
It  turns  very  rapidly  upon  its  axis,  making  a  complete  revolution 


,  as  it  were,  straight  on  end, 


once  in  ten  and  a  half  of  our  hours,  its  year  containing  25,150  of 
these  short  days.  Saturn  has  eight  moons,  and  derives  great  interest 
from  a  broad  and  magnificent  zone,  or  ring,  above  and  around  its 
equator,  encircling  it  with  perpetual  light,  brighter  to  the  observer 
than  the  planet  itself.  This  zone  consists  of  two  great  rings  having 
a  common  center,  and  divided  by  a  dark  band.  The  spread  of  the 
outer  ring  is  109,530  miles,  its  thickness  10, 160  miles;  the  extreme 
spread  of  the  inner  bright  ring  is  146,769  miles,  its  thickness  10,503 
miles ;  the  dark  band  between  the  bright  rings  is  1, 725  miles  wide,  and 
the  distance  between  the  planet  and  inner  bright  ring  is  20. 427  miles. 
These  two  bright  rings  and  dark  band  move  regularly  around  the  ball 
of  the  planet  over  its  equator.  The  inner  one  is  believed  to  be 
nebulous,  and  the  outer  one  and  dark  space  to  consist  of  solid 
material,  like  that  of  the  planet  itself.  Speculation  as  to  whether 
Saturn  is  inhabited  is  averse  to  that  belief,  as  the  planet's  form  has 
been  known  to  change  in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  it  inconvenient 
for  actual  settlers  by  the  upheaving  of  the  soil. 

Uranus. 

This  planet,  whose  distance  from  the  sun  is  1,822,360,000  miles, 
was  discovered  by  Dr.  Herschel,  in  1781,  and  received  his  name,  but 

was  afterwards  known  as 
Georgium  Sidus,  being  so 
called  in  honor  of  George  III., 
of  England.  Its  diameter,  at 
the  equator,  is  34,  331  miles, 
and  it  is  said  to  revolve  on  its 
axis  once  in  seven  hours  and 
five  miniites.  It  moves  in  its 
magnificent  pathway  around 
the  Bun  at  the  rate  of  15,600 
miles  an  hour,  but  such  is 
its  sweep  in  the  universe  that 
each  annu.al  revolution  occu- 
pies 30, 687  of  our  days,  or 
a  trifle  more  than  eighty-four 
years.  Owing  to  its  position 
on  the  outer  bounds  of  our 
solar  system,  the  sun  must 
appear  to  its  inhabitants  as 
merely  a  brilliant  day-star. 
Uranus  has  six  moons,  which, 
instead  of  revolving  around 
it  from  west  to  east,  as  all  other  moons  do  around  their  respective 
planets,  except  in  the  case  of  Neptune,  apparently  move  from  cast 
to  west.  Any  conjectures  as  to  the  character  of  the  residents  of  this 
far-off  world,  or  its  natural  productions,  must  of  course  be  only  idle 
imaginings. 

I^eptune. 

The  outermost  planet  of  our  solar  system  yet  observed,  was  dis- 
covered by  the  German  astronomer  Galle,  September  23,  1846.  Its 
distance  from  the  sun  is  2, 745,998. 000  miles,  and  it  moves  once  around 
the  central  orb  in  nearly  164 !i  of  our  years.  Its  diameter  at  the 
equator  is  about  38,000  miles.  Its  daily  revolution  on  its  axis 
appears  to  be  nnestimatcd,  and  very  little  of  its  climatic,  \-egetable 
and  animal  peculiarities,  owing  to  its  great  distance,  is  known.  One 
moon  has  been  discovered,  but  astronomers  insist  that  this  majestic 
planet  is  entitled  to  five  more.  The  motion  of  the  moon  already 
oliserved  is,  like  those  of  Uranus,  contrary  to  the  common  movement 
of  most  planetary  satellites.  Leverrier  noted  and  iiondered  over  the 
perlurbalions  of  I'ranus.  measuring  their  intensity  and  direction, 
and  concluded  that  a  body  far  beyond  the  orbit  of  that  planet  was  the 
cause  of  its  irregularities,  lie  wrote  to  Dr.  Galle  requesting  hiui 
to  point  his  glass  in  n  certain  quarter,  where  he  must  find  anolher 
planet.     Dr.  Gallcdld  as  directed,  and  thus  Nejitune  was  discovered. 


C.  4--Size  of  the  Sun  Compared  with  the  Planets, 

Shuwint;  Spots  upon  the  Sun. 


.03^ 


;Gr — 


— 9]^ 


-T 


TlIK  EAinil   AS  ir  ArrEAus  in  spack. 


l.V.i 


*-)— t^W- 


:;^STRONOMICAL  [I)ICTI0NAIIY.| 


Words  and  Terms  used  in  Describing  Various  Matters  Relating  to  Astronomy. 


berrallon— v\  small,  nppnront  motion 
in  the  fixed  stars,  disfovf  i  t-d  in  1735. 

V^      Accelerntion    of    the    Moon— 

The  moon's  present  period  of  revolution 

is  shorter  than  formerly,  owing  to  the 

1^^-    ^  increase  or  acceleration   of     its   mean 


Q)      motion  in  its  orbit. 


Accelerntion  of  the  Planets  —  The  in- 
creased rapidity  of  their  movements  while  chang- 
ing: position  from  nearness  to  the  earth  to  the 
farthest  range  of  their  orbits. 

Acceleration     (Daily)    of    the     Fixed 

Stars— The  amount  by  which  their  daily  motion 
seems  to  exceed  that  of  tho  sun,  so  that  they 
reach  the  meridian  of  any  place  about  four 
minutes  sooner  each  sueeeoding  duy. 

A  c  o  1  y  *.  e  —  A 
star  attending,  as 
a  companion,  an- 
other star  in  its 
orbit. 

Acronycal— A 
star  that  rises  at 
sunset  and  sets  at 
suni'iso. 

Adumbration 

—  The  faint  shad- 
ow of  the  moon, 
shown  in  favorable 
weather,  when  it 
becomes  "new,"  or 
during  an  eclipse 
of  the  sun. 

Aerolite  —  A 
meteoric  stone,  or 
other  substance, 
coming  totheearth 
from  far-off  re 
gionsof  space:  sup- 
posed to  be  a  frag- 
ment of  another 
planet. 

Alcyone  — Thi- 
most  brilliant  star 
in  the  cluster  of 
thePleiades(in  the 
constellation  of 
Taurus,  the  Bull), 
and  surmised  to  bo 
the     central      sun 

around  which  our  solar  system  appears  to  be 
moving. 

Aldebaran— The  brightest  star  in  the  con- 
stellation of  Taurus,  in  the  group  Hyades,  in  the 
face  of  the  Bull. 

Algrol— A  fixed  star  of  the  second  magnitude  in 
the  constellation  of  Pei-seus. 

Almanac — A  calendar  or  record,  published 
annually,  of  the  months  and  days,  with  an 
account  of  the  rising  and  setting  of  the  sun  and 
jnoon,  the  movements  of  other  planets,  and  other 
astronomical  and  miscellaneous  matters. 

Alphonsine  Tables— Astronomical  tables, 
published  under  the  auspices  of  Alphonso  X., 
king  of  Spain,  in  the  latter  part  of  the  fifteenth 
century. 


Altalr— The  principal  star  in  the  constellation 
of  Aquila,  or  the  Eagle. 

Altitude  of  a  Star— The  lieight  of  any  star 
above  the  horizon,  and  is  true  or  apparent  accord- 
ing as  it  is  reckoned  from  the  sensible  or  rational 
horizon.  The  "parallax  of  altitude"  is  tlic  dif- 
ference of  distance  between  these  two  horizons. 
See  Horizon. 

Amplitude  —  An  arc  of  the  horizon  inter- 
cepted between  the  east  or  west  points  and  the 
center  of  the  sun  or  stars  at  theii"  rising  and  set- 
ting, it  is  "  ortive,"  or  eastern,  when  the  star  is 
rising,  and  "occiduous,"  or  western,  when  the 
star  is  setting. 

Annual  Parallax— See  Parallax. 

Aiilarc-»ic— Tliu  nam.'  nf  a  Lircic  of  the  globe 


Fig.  5--The  Earth  as  it  Appears  In  Space. 

Showing  Earth,  Sun,  Moon,  a  Comet  and  various  Planets  as  they  revolve  m  the  immensity  of  space. 


which  iR  opposite  to  the  arctic,  or  northern  pole, 
and  is  nearly  twenty-three  and  a  half  degrees 
distant  from  the  antarctic,  or  southern  pole. 

Andromeda— A  constellation  of  sixty-three 
stars  in  the  northern  heavens,  representing  a 
woman  chained. 

Anser— A  star  of  the  fifth  magnitude  in  the 
MUky  Way. 

Annular— Having  the  form  of  a  i-ing:  annular 
space  is  the  interval  between  an  inner  and  outer 
ring.     See  Eclipse. 

Anomalistic  Tear  —  The  time  that  the 
earth  occupies  in  passing  through  its  orbit. 

Aphelion— That  point  at  which  any  planet  is 
farthest  from  the  sun.     See  APOGEE. 


Aquarius  (or  the  Water-Bearer)— A  constella- 
tion in  the  zodiac,  immediately  south  of  the 
equinoctial,  and  the  eleventh  sign  in  the  zodiac. 

Aqulla  and  Antinous- A  double  con.stel- 
lation,  directly  south  of  the  Fox  and  Goose  and 
immediately  west  of  the  Dolphin;  it  contains 
seventy-one  stars. 

Arc  ]>lurual  —  That  part  of  a  circle 
described  by  a  planet  or  star  between  its  rising 
and  setting;  the  "  nocturnal  arc  "  is  that  passed 
between  its  setting  and  rising. 

Arctic  Circle  —  That  portion  of  the  earth 
immediately  sunounding  the  north  pole,  bounded 
by  a  line  parallel  with  the  equator  about  tweuty- 
thiee  and  a  half  degrees  from  the  pole. 

Arcturus— Afi.\.■(i^!:lJ  -f  lli<-'  first  magnitude 
111  the  constellation 
of  Bootes. 

Aries  (the 
Ram)— A  constella- 
tion now  second 
in  the  zodiac,  sit- 
uated next  east  of 
Pisces,  and  con- 
laining  sixty-six 
Btavs,  nine  of  these 
are  called  "  nauti- 
cal stars,"  because 
sailors  use  them  in 
determining  their 
longitude  at  sea. 

Armillary 
Sphere  —  An    in- 

strument.trranged 
like  a  globe,  but 
made  of  a  number 
'if  circles  of  wood, 
metal  or  paper, 
representing  the 
several  circles  of 
ilie  sphere  of  the 
wurld  put  together 
111  their  Jiatural 
Mider;  the  whole 
t  urns  upon  an  axis 
\\  ithin  a  horizon, 
\\  hich  is  divided 
into  degrees, 
moves  in  every  di- 
rection, and  when 
revolved  exhibits 
all  the  phenomena  of  the  heavenly  bodies. 

Arffo  Xavls  (the  Ship)— A  constellation  of 
the  soiithern  hemisphere,  containing  sixty-four 
stars,  two  of  which  (Canopusand  Miaplacidus)  are 
of  the  first  magnitude;  this  constellation  com- 
memorates the  mythological  story  of  Jason's 
expedition  to  Colchis  lo  recover  the  golden 
fleece. 

Apogee—That  point  of  a  planet's  orbit  where 
it  is  most  distant  from  the  earth;  this  term,  as 
well  as  "  Perigee  "  (which  see),  was  in  use  among 
the  ancients;  since  modern  astronomers  have 
made  the  sun  the  center  of  the  solar  system, 
the  terms  "Aphelion"  and  "Perihelion"  are 
more  commonly  used  to  express  the  same  things. 
Apparition— The  visibility  of  any  star;   the 


R5^ 


160 


ASTKONOMICAL    DICTIONARY.       THE    MOON. 


"circle  of  apparition"  is  an  imaginary  line 
within  which  stai-s  are  always  visible  in  any  given 
latitude. 

Appiilse  — The  approach  of  a  planet  toward 
a  conjunction  with  the  sun  or  any  of  the  fixed 
stars. 

Apsides— The  two  points  in  the  orbit  of  a 
planet,  at  the  greatest  and  least  distance  from  the 
sun. 

Ascension— That  degree  of  the  equator  reck- 
oned from  the  first  of  the  constellation  Aries  east- 
ward, which  rises  with  the  sunorastar;  and  is 
either  rij^if  or  oblique  according  as  it  rises  in  a 
right  or  oblique  sphere ;  ' '  ascensional  difference  " 
is  the  difference  between  the  right  and  oblique 
ascensions  in  any  point  of  the  heavens. 

Asteroids— The  numerous  small  planets  whose 
orbits  are  situated  between  those  of  Mars  and 
Jupiter;  these  include  Astraea,  Ceres,  Iris.  Hebe, 
Juno,  Pallas,  Vesta,  and  more  than  one  hundred 
others,  discovered  since  1801.  They  are  supposed 
to  be  fragments  cast  off  from  other  remote  plan- 
ets, and  are  held  in  their  places  by  solar  influeaces. 

Astrwa- One  of  the  asteioidal  planets 
in  our  solar  system. 

Astrolabe  —  An  instrument  for  taking 
the  altitude  of  the  sun  or  stars  at  sea,  resem- 
bling the  arinillary  sphere,  but  is  not  now 
used. 

Astronomy- The  science  wliich  treats 
of  the  siin,  moon,  earth,  planets,  comets, 
etc. ,  showing  their  magnitudes,  order  and 
distances  from  each  other,  measuring  and 
noting  their  risings,  settings,  motions,  ap- 
pearances, the  dates  and  number  of  their 
eclipses, etc.  ;  aniixed  mathematical  science. 

Atmosphere*  or  Air— The  invisible  and 
delicate  element  which  we  breathe,  and 
which  closely  envelops  the  earth  to  a  depth 
of  about  forty  miles;  the  substance  of  winds. 

Anrlsra.  (the  Wagoner)— A  constellation 
in  the  northern  hemisphere,  between  Per- 
seus and  Gemini,  on  the  same  meridian  with 
Orion,  containing  sixty-six  stars,  of  which 
Capella  is  one  of  the  most  brilliant  in  the 
heavens. 

Anrora  "Borealis  ("The  Northern 
Twilight  "  )— An  extraordinary  meteoric  or 
luminous  appearance,  visible  at  night,  in  the 
northern  heavens,  usually  known,  also,  as 
"northern  lights;"  itsoriginand  nature  have  long 
puzzled  the  votaries  of  science,  to  whom  its  mys- 
terious beauty  ever  attracts  attention;  its  source 
is  believed  to  be  electrical;  its  phenomena  varies 
almost  constantly,  assuming  the  form  of  an  arch 
of  light  and  brilliant,  colored  streamers  flashing 
through  the  sky.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  southern 
pole,  where  it  is  called  *'  Aurora  australis,"  it  i3 
also  witnessed. 

Autumn— The  third  season  in  the  solar  year, 
which  begins,  in  the  northern  hemisphere.  Sep- 
tember 22,  when  the  sun  enters  the  constellation 
of  Libra,  the  Scales,  and  terminates  about  Decem- 
ber 21;  during  tin.-*  season  the  sun  also  passes 
through  the  other  two  constellations  of  Scorpio, 
the  Scorpion,  and  Sagittarius,  the  Archer,  and 
these  three  constellations  are  known  as  "  Autum- 
nal Signs." 

Axl«  of  the  Knrth— An  imaglnarj'  line  pass- 
ing through  the  center  of  the  globe,  north  and 
south,  from  pole  to  pole,  about  which  Its  daily 
revolution  is  performed;  the  axis  of  the  earth 
during  it«  revolution  round  the  sun  remains  par- 
allel to  Itself,  Inclined  to  the  plane  of  the  ecliptic 
( which  ace )  In  an  angle  of  23><  degrees. 

Axis  of  the  Heavens  —  The  axis  of  the 
earth,  from  north  to  south,  or  from  east  to  west, 


presented  both  ways  to  the  concave  surface  of  the 
heavens. 

Azimuth  —An  arc  of  the  horizon  intercepted 
between  the  meridian  of  the  place  and  the  verti- 
cal circle  passing  through  the  center  of  the 
object.  "  Azimuth  circles"  are  imaginary  great 
vertical  circles  passing  through,  the  zenith  and 
nadir,  and  cutting  the  horizon  at  right  angles. 
"  Magnetical  azimuth,"  an  arc  of  the  horizon, 
intercepted  between  the  vertical  circle  (azimuth) 
passing  through  the  center  of  any  heavenly  body 
and  the  magnetical  meridian.  "  Azimuth  com- 
pass." an  instrument  for  defining,  in  a  more 
accurate  manner  than  by  the  common  compass, 
the  magnetical  azimuth  of  the  sun  or  stars. 

Beard  of  a  Comet— The  rays  which  a  comet 
sends  out  toward  that  part  of  the  heavens  to 
which  its  course  seems  to  direct  it. 

Berenice*s  Hair  — A  beautiful  cluster  of 
forty-three  stars  in  the  northern  hemisphere, 
about  live  degrees  east  of  the  equinoctial  colure; 
its  principal  stars  are  between  the  fomth  and  fifth 
magnitudes. 


Fig.  6--The  Moon. 

The  Satellite  which  revolves  around  the   earth.   2,162  miles  in 

diameter,  with  a  surface  thirteen  times  less  than  the  earth, 

and  giving  light  to  the  earth  by  reflection  from  the  tiuu. 


Binocular— See  Parallax. 

Bootes  (the  Bear- Driver)  —  A  constella- 
tion of  the  northern  hemisphere,  said  to  contain 
fifty-four  stars;  represents  a  huntsman,  with  two 
greyhounds,  pui"suing  the  constellation  of  the 
Great  Bear;  its  principal  star,  of  the  first  magni- 
tude, is  Arcturus. 

Boulcverscment— A  French-Latin  word,  ex- 
pressive of  "  the  wreck  of  matter  and  the  crush 
of  worlds;"  a  general  disorder. 

Cancer  (the  Crab)  — The  fifth  constellation 
and  fourth  sign  of  the  zodiac;  situated  in  the 
etOiptic,  with  Leo,  the  Lion,  on  the  east,  and  (Jem- 
inf,  the  Twins,  on  the  west;  contains  eighty-three 
stars,  of  which  Beta,  of  the  tliird  or  fourth  mag- 
nitude, is  the  brightest,  besides  several  double  and 
nebulous  stars;  it  reaches  the  meridian  March  3. 
See  Tropics. 

Cnmelopard  —  A  constellation  between  the 
Pole  Star  and  the  Great  Bear,  and  directly  north 
of  Auriga;  it  contains  fifty-eight  small  stars,  the 
five  largest  being  of  the  fourth  magnitude. 

Canes  Vcnatlel  —  The  constellation  of  the 
Greyhounds,  which  see. 

CaniN  IIIii,1or]ind  Canis  Minor— Two  con- 
stcUatiuns  in  the  suuthcrn  hemisphere,  known  as 


the  Great  Dog  and  the  Little  Dog;  the  first,  con- 
taining thirty-one  visible  stare,  is  southward  and 
eastward  of  Orion;  its  principal  star  is  Sirius,  the 
Dog  Star,  the  most  brilliant  in  our  heavens  ( .«ee 
SiRiL's);  the  second,  a  small  one,  containing  only 
fourteen  stars,  has  Procyon,  of  the  first  magni- 
tude, for  its  brightest  star,  and  Gomelza,  of  the 
second  magnitude,  for  its  next  most  important; 
its  place  in  the  heavens  is  about  five  degrees  north 
of  the  equinoctial,  midway  between  Canis  Major 
and  Gemini. 

Caprlcornus  (the  Goat)- The  t<?nth  sign  in 
the  zodiac,  a  constellation  of  fifty-one  stars,  the 
largest  three  of  which  are  only  of  the  third  mag- 
nituiie;  situated  in  the  southern  hemisphere, 
south  of  the  Dolphin  and  east  of  Sagittarius.  See 
Tropics. 

Cassiopeia — A  beautiful  constellation  in  the 
northern  and  southern  hemisphere,  representing 
a  queen  seated  in  a  chair,  her  head  and  body  in 
the  Milky  Way  and  her  foot  resting  upon  the 
arctic  circle — situated  midway  between  Andro- 
meda and  the  north  polar  star;  it  contains  fifty 
five  visible  stars,  the  live  brightest,  of  the 
third  magnitude,  and  one  or  two  smaller 
ones,  forming  the  "  chair;"  the  star  Caph  is 
useful  to  mariners  and  surveyors  in  deter- 
mining the  true  position  of  the  polar  star. 

Castor— A  star  of  the  first  magnitude  in 
the  constellation  of  the  Twins. 

Celestial  Olobe  —  An  artificial  globe, 
like  those  repi'esenting  the  earth,  which  con- 
tains a  view  of  the  various  constellations 
and  signs  of  the  zodiac  in  their  places  in 
the  heavens. 

Centuurus  fthe  Man-Hoi-se)- A  constel- 
lation of  the  extreme  southern  hemisphere, 
containing  thirty-five  stare,  including  two  of 
the  first  magnitude,  which  are  not  visible  in 
the  United  States;  it  represents  a  horse's 
body  with  a  man's  head  and  arms,  holding  a 
spear. 

Centripetal  Force— That  force  which 
draws  .a  body  toward  the  sun;  "centrifugal 
repulsion  "  is  that  power  which  the  sun  has 
to  repel  other  bodies;  both  forces  keep  the 
planets  in    their   places. 

Cephcus  (the  King) — A  constellation  in 
the  northern  hemisphere,  about  twenty-five 
degrees  northwest  of  Cassiopeia,  to  whom 
the  king  seems  to  extend  his  scepter,  while  his  left 
foot  is  over  the  north  pole;  it  contains  thirty-five 
visible  stare,  the  largest  of  which,  Alderamin,  is 
of  the  third  magnitude. 

Ceres  —  One  of  the  asteroids,  discovered 
January  1,  1801.  by  Piazzi,  of  Palermo,  who 
named  it  after  the  goddess  of  grain  and  harvest. 
(See  ASTEROIDS.)  It  revolves  around  the  sun  in 
fdur  years  and  seven  and  one-third  months;  has  a 
diameter  estimated  at  ^.'tSS  miles,  and  a  velocity 
in  its  orbit  of  41.000  miles  an  hour,  and  is  never 
seen  with  the  naked  eye. 

Cctiis  (the  Whale)— The  largest  constellation 
in  tho  heavens,  filling  a  space  fifty  degrees  in 
length  and  about  twenty  degrees  in  breadth;  is 
situated  below  Aries  and  the  Triangles,  and  con- 
tains ninety-seven  stars,  but  none  of  the  first 
magnitude,  and  only  two  of  the  second  magnitude. 
Circumference  —  The  distance  around  the 
outer  surface  of  a  circle  or  sphere. 

Columha  (the  Dove)— A  constellation  of  only 
ten  stars,  only  one  of  which  is  of  the  second  mag- 
nitude; situated  obout  sixteen  degrees  s<)Ulh  of 
the  Hare,  and  nearly  on  the  same  meridian  with 
the  "  three  stars"  in  Orion's  belt;  it  was  nameil 
after  Noah's  dove,  sent  out  from  the  ark  to  find 
dry  land. 


AISTltOKUMICAL    DICTIONAKV.        Till':    (.IMOAT    ('i>MKT    Ol'' 


isi:;. 


ICl 


i'olnrcK— Two  (Treat  ima^rinni-y  circles  in  the 
litvivfus,  wliirh  iiitoisect  t-acli  oilier  at  ri^'lit 
uiiiilfs,  diviilint'  the  c-cliptic  into  fouri-qiial  parts, 
and  mark  tho  seasons  of  tin-  year;  one  pasaest 
through  the  etiiiinoxes  at  ArieH  and  Libra,  and  in 
eiilled  the  "  equinoctial  colure;"  tho  other,  north 
and  south,  ia  the  solstitial  colure.  " 

C'omet— Around,  transparent  body,  resembling 
a  planet,  which  performs  irre(?uiar  or  ceecntrle 
revolutions  about  tlie  sun  in  long  and  narrow 
orbits,  which  have  the  sun  in  one  of  their  focuses; 
it  consists  of  a  spherical,  transparent  light,  enclos- 
ing a  transparent  nucleus,  or  ball,  and  a  long 
train,  or  tail,  of  Hery  particles,  by  whieli  comets 
arc  distinguished  from  other  heavenly  bodies;  it 
is  estimated  that  there  are  upward  of  one  million 
of  tliese  wandering  wonders  in  space,  and  while 
many  of  them  have  regular  times  for  returning 
to  the  sun  and  departing  again  at  greater  or  less 
peiiods,  others  have  been  noted  but  once  in 
human  history  as  visitors  to  our  solar  system; 
their  composition  and  mission  are  profound 
mysteries,  which  science  fails  to  reveal;  supersti- 
tion has,  however,  made  them  objects  of  terror, 
in  past  ages,  lest  they  portended  evil  to  the  world 
and  its  inhabitants. 

Concave— The  interior  of  an  arched  or  spheri- 
cal surface. 

ComplemeiiLt — Tlio  distance  of  a  star  from  the 
zenith. 

<'on.|iinctlon— The  meeting  of  two  planets  in 
the  same  degree  of  the  zodiac. 

<')ons  tell  sit  ion  —  An  assem- 
blage of  llxed  stars,  imagined  to 
represent  the  form  of  sonio 
creature  or  other  object,  such 
as  a  bear,  a  ship,  or  noted 
heathen  god  or  goddess,  from 
■which  they  derived  those  names 
that  are  now  used  in  designating 
and  describing  the  stai-s. 

Constellations    (Origin)  — 
The  division  of  the  heavens  into 
constellations    is  very  ancient, 
probably  as   old  as  astronomy 
itself.       Frequent    mention    is 
made  of  them  by  name  in  the 
Christian  Bible,    especially  in   the  books  of  Job 
and  Amos;  some  of  them  are  also  mentioned  by 
Homer  and  Hesiod,  about  900  years  before  Christ. 
Originally  there    were    forty-eight  constellations 
known  to  Ptolemy,  called  the  Old  Constellations, 
to  which  others  have  been  since  added,  until  tho 
list  now  comprises  100  or  more. 

Convex — The  exterior  surface  of  a  sphere  or 
arc — opposite  of  concave. 

Corona— A  luminous  appearance,  with  diver- 
gent points  of  light,  surrounding  the  dark  body  of 
the  moon  during  an  eelipse  of  the  sun;  also  that 
phase  of  the  aurora  borealis,  where  a  crown-like 
illumination  diverges  from  the  main  arc  near 
the  north  pole. 

Coperniean  System  —  A  particular  system 
of  the  heavenly  bodies  first  proposed  by  Pythag- 
oras and  afterwards  revived  by  Copernicus,  a 
Polish  astronomer;  their  theory  is  the  one  now 
universally  adopted,  placing  the  sun  in  the  center 
of  the  solar  system,  with  all  the  other  planets  re- 
volving round  it  in  a  particular  and  regular  order. 

Corona  Boreallit  (the  Northern  Crownl— A 
beautiful  constellation,  situated  directly  north  of 
the  Serpent's  Head,  between  Bootes  on  tho  west 
and  Hercules  on  the  east;  it  contains  twenty-ono 
stars,  none  of  the  first  raagnitiide,  six  of  which 
form  a  circular  figure  much  resembling  a  wreath 
or  cro^vn. 

Corvus  (the  Crow)— A  small  constellation  east 


of  the  Cup,  In  the  southern  lipmlMi)here,  on  the 
smnc  nieri(hun  as  Berenice's  Haii-,  but  as  far  south 
of  the  cijuinoclial  as  Berenice's  llalr  is  north  of 
it;  containing  lune  stars,  but  none  of  the  first  or 
second  magnitudes. 

(.'oMmlcal  — A  term  having  ref(;rence  to  tho 
grand  harnumious  system  of  the  universe,  or  of 
the  .solar  system,  or  to  any  heavenly  body  that 
rises  and  sets  with  the  sun.     Sec  Acronycal. 

Coup-de-»o-lell— The  peculiar  elfeet  of  the 
sun's  heat  upon  men  and  animals  known  as  "  sun- 
stroke." 

Crescent  of  the  Moon— The  moon's  appear- 
ance when  nc-w  or  in  the  last  quarter. 

Cyf^niiP*  (the  Swan) — A  remarkable  constella- 
tion, composed,  according  to  dilTercnt  estimates, 
of  eighty-one  or  one  hundred  and  seven  stars, 
situated  in  the  Milky  Way,  directly  east  of  the 
Lyre,  and  nearly  on  the  same  meridian  as  the 
Dolpliin;  the  principal  stars  that  mark  the  wings, 
the  bill  and  the  body  of  the  Swan  form  a  large 
and  I'cgular  cross;  it  has  but  one  star  of  the  first 
magnitude. 

]>ay8  and  Nights- The  unequal  lengths  of 
the  days  and  nights  are  occasioned  by  the  annual 
revolution  of  the  earth  around  the  sun,  with  its 
axis  inclined  to  the  plane  of  its  orbit;  the  contin- 
uance of  the  sun  above  the  horizon  of  any  place 
deijcnds  entirely  upon  his  declination  or  altitude 
at  noon;  at  tlie  vei'nal  and  autumnal  equinoxes, 
March  21  and  September  23,  he  has  no  declination, 
aiul  Iln"  ■Inv';  iind  uiL'tit-^  ai'e  then  of  eciniil  Iciitrtli: 


Fig.  7--The  Great  Comet  of  1843, 

The  tail  of  which  was  130,000,000  milus  in  length. 

and  the  sun's  declination  or  obliquity  between 
these  two  dates  regulates  the  seasons,  pro- 
ducing spring  and  summer  on  one  side  of  the 
equator,  and  autumn  and  winter  on  the  opposite 
side.  An  astronomical  day  is  rated  from  noon  of 
one  day  to  the  noon  of  the  next;  a  civil  day  is 
reckoned  from  sunrise  to  sunrise,  or  sunset  to 
sunset. 

Depression— The  <iistance  of  a  star  from  the 
horizon  below  it;  "depression  of  the  pole"  is 
said  of  a  person  sailing  from  either  pole  toward 
the  equator;  "depression  of  the  visible  horizon," 
or  ''  dip,"  is  its  dipping,  or  sinking,  below  the 
true  horizontal  plane  by  the  observer's  eye  being 
above  the  surface  of  the  sea. 

Wescension— An  arc  of  the  equator  which  de- 
scends or  sets  with  any  sign  or  point  in  the  zodiac, 
and  descension  is  either  "  right"  or  "  oblique  " 
according  as  it  takes  place  in  a  right  or  oblique 
sphere;  "  descensiimal  difference"  is  the  differ- 
ence between  the  right  and  oblique  descension  of 
a  star,  etc. 

Declination  —  The  distance  of  any  star  or 
point  of  the  heavens  from  the  equator,  either 
north  or  south;  the  greatest  declination  is  twenty- 
three  and  a  half  degrees. 

Degree— The  three  hundred  and  sixtieth  part 
of  the  circumference  of  a  circle. 

Delphinus  (the  Dolphin)— A  beautiful  cluster 
of  eighteen  stars,  only  one  being  above  the  third 


magnitude,  about  fourteen  degreea  northea«t  of 
the  lOagle;  tho  four  principal  Btaru  In  the  head 
form  a  diamond  llgure. 

Diameter— A  right  line  pawslng  through  a 
circle  or  sphere. 
DlflTerence  or  EjoneitiKle  —  An  arc  of  the 

earth's  equator,  c:umprehendcd  between  the  me- 
ridians of  two  i>laccs  on  earth. 

Direction- The  motion  and  other  phenomena 

of  a  planet  when  it  is  direct,  or  going  forward  in 
the  zodiac  according  to  the  natural  order  of  the 
signs. 

Disit— The  body  or  face  of  the  sun  or  moon  as 
it  appeaiii  to  us. 

Diurnal— Constituting  the  measure  of  a  day— 
the  time  expended  by  any  planet  Jn  making  one 
revolution  around  its  own  axi«;  "diurnal  are" 
is  the  .space  apparently  trav'eled  by  the  nun  or 
moon  from  its  rising  to  its  setting. 

Draco  (the  Dragon)— A  large  constellation  in 
the  polar  sky,  containing  eighty  stars,  four  of 
wliieh  are  of  the  second  magnitude. 

Dragon*s-head  —  The  ascending  node  of  a 
planet,  represented  in  almanacs  by  a  figure 
exactly  resembling  the  eye  of  a  hook-and-eye;  tho 
name  is  derived  from  a  fanciful  figure  caused  by 
deviation  of  the  planet  from  the  ecliptic  in  pass- 
ing from  one  node  to  the  other. 

Eartli— (See  Introduction  to  this  Dictionary.) 

Eccentric  Circle  —  The  circle  that  circum- 
scrib-'s  tin-  elliptical  orbit  of  the  planet. 

Eccentricity— The  distance 
between  the  sun  and  the  center 
of  the  eccentric. 

Equation  of  Time-The 
difference  between  mean  and  ap- 
parent time,  or  the  reduction  of 
the  apparent  unequal  time  or 
motion  of  the  sun.  etc.,  lo 
equable  time  or  motion. 

Eclipse— "An  eclipse  of  the 
sun  takes  place  when  the  dark 
body  of  the  moon,  passing  di- 
rectly between  the  earth  and 
sun.  intercepts  his  light;  this 
can  happen  only  at  the  instant 
of  new  moon,  or  when  the  moon  is  in  conjunction, 
for  it  is  only  then  that  she  passes  between  us  and 
the  sun.  An  eclipse  of  the  moon  takes  place  when 
the  dark  body  of  the  earth,  coming  -between  her 
and  the  sun,  intercepts  his  light  and  throws  a 
shadow  on  the  moon;  this  can  happen  only  at 
the  time  of  full  moon,  or  when  the  moon  is  in  op- 
position, for  it  is  only  then  that  the  earth  is  be- 
tween her  and  the  sun.  The  magnitude  of  the 
sun  is  such  that  the  shadow  cast  by  each  of  the 
primary  planets  always  converges  to  a  point 
before  it  reaches  any  other  planet,  so  that  not 
one  of  the  primary  planets  can  eclipse  another; 
the  shadow  of  any  planet  which  is  accompanied 
by  satellites  may.  on  certain  occasions,  eclipse  its 
satellites,  but  it  is  not  long  enough  to  eclipse  any 
other  body;  the  shadow  of  a  satellite,  or  moon, 
may  also,  on  certain  occasions,  fall  on  the  primary 
planet  and  eclipse  it." — (Burritt,)  Eclipses  are 
total  or  partial,  according  to  the  relative  posi- 
tions of  the  two  planets  at  the  time  of  the  eclipse, 
so  that  the  whole  of  the  eclipsed  body  may  be 
darkened,  or  only  a  portion  of  it.  An  "  annular 
eclipse  "  is  one  of  the  sun  in  which  the  moon  con- 
ceals the  whole  of  the  sun's  disk,  except  a  bright 
ring  around  the  border.— (Brn»irfe.)  There  cannot 
be  less  than  two  eclipses,  nor  more  than  seven,  in 
any  year;  usually  there  are  two  each  of  the  sun 
and  moon. 

Ecliptic  —  A  great  circle  of  the  sphere  in 
which  the  sun  performs  his  apparent  annual  mo- 


i: 


11 


? 


162 


ASTRONOMICAL    DICTIONARY. 


tion;  it  is  supposed  to  be  drawn  through  the  raid- 
die  of  the  zodiac,  and  makes  an  angle  with  the 
equinoctial  of  nearly  twenty-three  degrees  and 
thirty  minut«s,  which  angle  is  called  ' '  the 
obliquity  of  the  ecliptic." 

Equator  — .^n  imaginary  great  circle  drawn 
around  the  earth  from  east  to  west,  half-way  be- 
tween the  north  and  south  poles. 

Equator  of  the  Heavens  (or  Equinoctial 
Line  t— An  imaginary  great  circle  in  our  solar  sys- 
tem, answering  to  the  equator  on  the  earth; 
whenever  the  sun  conies  to  this  circle,  the  days 
and  nights  are  equal  all  over  the  earth. 

Equinoxes— The  times  when  the  sun  entei-s 
the  borders  of  the  constellations  of  Aiies  and 
Libra,  about  the  twenty-flrst  of  March  and  the 
tvventy-third  of  September,  at  which  dates  the 
days  and  nights  are  of  equal  length  throughout 
the  world. 

Equuliis  (the  Little  Horse) — A  small  cluster  of 
stars,  about  half-way  between  the  head  of  the 
constellation  Pegasus  and  thatof  the  Dolphin;  it 
contains  ten  stars,  none  of  which  are  of  more 
than  the  fourth  magnitude. 

Elliptical  —  An  oblong  figure  with  rounded 
ends. 

Elllptlcity  —  The  deviation  of  the  earth's 
shape  from  the  form  of  a  true  sphere  or  globe. 

Elongation— The  removal  of  a  planet  to  the 
farthest  distance  it  can  be  from  the  sun,  as  seen 
from  the  earth. 

Emersion— The  reappearance  of  the  sun  and 

moon  after  they  have  undergone  an  eclipse;  also 
of  a  star  that  emerges  from  under  the  raj's  of  the 
sun. 

Ephemerls — An  astronomical  almanac  or 
table,  showing  the  state  of  the  heavens  for  every 
day  at  noon. 

Epicycle  — A  little  circle  in  the  center  of  a 
greater  circle. 

Epicycloldal— A  curve  generated  by  a  point 
in  the  circumference  of  a  movable  circle,  which 
rolls  on  the  inside  or  outside  of  the  circumference 
of  a  fixed  circle,  as  the  moon's  orbit  in  connection 
with  the  earth's  around  the  sun. 

Erldanus  (the  River  Po)— An  eccentric  con- 
stellation of  eighty-four  stars,  only  one  of  which 
is  of  the  first  magnitude,  meandering,  like  a 
river,  irregularly  through  the  heavens  a  distance 
of  130  degrees;  that  part  of  it  which  lies  between 
Orion  and  the  Whale  is  known  as  the  "northern 
stream,"  and  tlie  remainder  as  the  "southern 
stream. " 

Falling  Stars-See  Meteoric  Showers. 

Forces  (Attractive  and  Repelling)— See  Cen- 

THI  PETAL. 

Fixed  Stars  —  Those  which  do  not  change 
their  positions  in  regard  to  each  other. 

Firwt  Quarter— See  Phases. 

Full  IWooii— That  phase  of  the  moon  when 
the  f iin  ^hiiifs  squarely  upon  its  hemisphere  pre- 
st-nli'd  to  our  virion,  so  that  one-half  of  its  sur- 
face is  completely  illuiiiinatcd. 

Oemlnl  aho  Twins)- The  fourth  constellation 
and  the  third  sign  in  the  order  of  the  zodiac, 
between  Cancer  on  the  cast  and  Taurus  on  tho 
west,  and  south  of  the  Lynx,  the  orbit  of  tho 
earth  passing  through  th«  center  of  the  constella- 
tion, which  contains  eighty-nvc  starn;  one  of 
these.  Castor,  ti4  of  the  first  magnitude,  and 
Pollux  of  the  second,  both  appearing  in  the  head 
of  the  Twin.H,  not  fur  apart. 

<i4'ocentrlc— See  Paiiallai. 


Gibbous- The  convex  shape  of  the  light  part 
of  the  moon  during  her  coui'^e  from  full  to  new 
when  the  dark  part  of  that  body  appeai-s  homed 
— the  opposite  of  the  "crescent  of  the  moon," 
which  see. 

Olobe  —  An  artificial  round  body,  solid  or 
hollow,  on  which  is  drawn  a  representation  of  the 
earth,  or  of  the  heavens;  the  first  is  called  a 
terrestial  globe;  the  other,  a  celestial  globe. 

Onomon  —  An  astronomical  instrument  or 
apparatus  for  measuring  altitudes. 

Gravitation  —  That  particular  force  which 
the  earth  possesses  for  attracting  all  exterior  sub- 
stances toward  its  own  center,  in  a  greater  or  less 
degree. 

Greyhounds  —  A  modem  constellation,  em- 
bracing two  in  one,  was  made  by  Hevelius  out  of 
the  unformed  stars  of  the  ancients  which  were 
scattered  between  Bootes  on  the  east,  and  the 
Great  Bear  on  the  west,  and  between  the  handle 
of  the  Dipper  on  the  north,  and  Berenice's  Hair 
on  the  south;  the  northern  hound  is  called  Aste- 
rion  and  the  southern  one  Chara,  and  the  largest 
star  is  of  the  third  magnitude,  in  the  neck  of 
Chara. 

Harmony  of  the  Spheres— A  kind  of  mu- 
sic, supposed  by  the  ancients  to  be  produced  by 
the  combined  motions  of  the  stars  and  planets. 

Heaven— That  immense  region  wherein  the 
planets,  stars  and  comets  are  located  and  perform 
their  motions;  commonly  known  as  "the  heav- 
ens," the  astronomers  having  variously  assumed 
as  many  heavens  as  they  observed  different  celes- 
tial motions. 

Hebe— One  of  the  asteroidal  planets  in  our 
solar  syiitem. 

Heliacal  —  A  tenn  applied  to  the  stars  or 
planets  when  they  rise  and  set  with  or  at  the  same 
time  as  the  sun. 

Heliocentric- ^Vliatever  relates  to  the  center 
of  the  sun.     See  Parallax. 

Hellometer— A  sort  of  telescope  formed  of 
two  object-glasses  of  equal  focal  strength,  placed 
side  by  side,  and  having  but  one  eye-glass. 

Hemisphere— One-half  of  the  earth  or  any 
other  sphere,  real  or  imaginary. 

Hercules- A  constellation  of  113  stars,  none 
of  which  are  of  the  first  magnitude,  situated  in 
the  northern  hemisphere,  with  one  foot  resting 
on  the  head  of  I>raco.  at  the  north,  Lyra  lieing  on 
the  east  of  it  and  the  Serpent  and  the  Crown  on 
the  west.  It  represents  Hercules,  the  mytholog- 
ical hero,  clad  in  the  skin  of  the  Nema?an  lion, 
holding  a  club  in  his  hand,  with  the  three-headed 
dog,  Cerebus,  at  his  left. 

Herschel— (See  the  Introduction  to  this  Die- 
tionai-y. ) 

Horizon—"  Apparent  horizon,"  the  apparent 
junction  of  the  sky  with  the  earth,  at  any  stand- 
point on  the  latter,  called,  also.  "Sensible  Hori- 
zon." "Rational  horizon  —  An  imaginary  great 
circle,  whose  plane,  passing  through  the  center  of 
the  earth,  divides  the  heavens  into  two  hemi- 
spheres, of  which  the  upper  one  is  called  the 
visible  hemisphere,  and  the  lower  one  tho  invisi- 
ble hemisphere;  it  is  the  plane  of  this  circle 
which  determines  the  rising  and  setting  of  the 
heavenly  bodies.  "—(Iturritt.) 

Hydra— A  constellation  in  tlii'  southern  hemi- 
sphere, extending  almost  from  the  Little  Dog  to 
the  Scales,  a  distance  of  over  100  degrees;  it  con- 
tains sixty  stars,  but  none  of  the  first  magnitude. 
The  center  of  this  conntellatSon  is  a  crescent  of 
six  stars  of  the  fo!irth  niagnttuile,  called  the  Cup. 
Hydra  Is  also  known  as  the  Water-Serpent. 


Immersion— A  term  applied  to  so  near  an 
approach  of  a  planet  to  the  sun  that  the  foi-mer 
cannot  be  seen;  also,  the  commencement  of  an 
eclipse  of  the  moon  — that  moment  when  she 
begins  to  darken. 

Impact— The  single  or  simple  act  of  one  body 
upon  another  so  as  to  set  it  in  motion. 

Ingfess— The  sun's  entrance  into  a  sign  of  the 
zodiac,  or  the  entrance  of  the  moon  into  the 
shadow  of  the  earth,  at  the  time  of  an  eclipse. 

Interior  Planets— Those  planets  which  are 
situated  within  the  orbit  of  the  earth. 

Iris — One  of  the  asteroidal  planets  in  our  solar 
system. 

Juno— One  of  the  asteroidal  planets  in  our 
solar  system.  (See  Asteroids.  )  It  revolves 
around  the  sun  in  four  years  and  four  and  a  half 
months,  its  average  distance  from  it  being  about 
254,000,000  mites,  and  moving  in  its  orbit  at  the 
rate  of  41,000  miles  an  hour.  Its  diameter  is  esti- 
mated at  1.393  miles.  Its  orbit  is  so  eccentric  that 
in  perihelion  it  is  nearer  by  130.000.000  miles  than 
when  in  aphelion,  and  owing  to  solar  attraction, 
moves  through  the  half  of  its  orbit  that  is  nearest 
to  the  sun  in  half  the  time  that  it  takes  to  trav- 
erse the  remainder. 

Jupiter— (See  Introduction  to  this  Diction- 
ary. ) 

I^atltude  on  Earth  —  Parallels  of  latitude 
are  small  imaginary  circles  on  the  earth's  surface 
running  parallel  with  the  equator,  on  both  sides 
of  it;  between  the  equator  and  each  pole  are 
ninety  of  these  lines,  each  marking  a  geographical 
degree  of  about  sixty-nine  miles. 

X^atitude  in  the  Heavens— The  distance 

north  or  south  of  the  ecliptic  and  at  right  angles 
with  it. 

I^eo  (the  Lion)— The  fifth  sign  in  the  zodiac  and 
the  sixth  constellation,  situated  next  east  of  the 
Crab  and  south  of  the  Little  Lion  and  the  Great 
Bear;  it  contains  ninety-five  visible  stars,  and  two 
— Regulus  and  Denebola— are  of  the  first  magni- 
tude. 

Leo  Minor  (the  Little  Lion)  —  Hevelius 
formed  this  constellation  of  fifty-three  stars, 
including  none  of  the  first  or  second  magnitude, 
out  of  stars  unappropriated  to  other  constella- 
tions by  the  ancients,  between  the  Lion  on  the 
south  and  the  Great  Bear  on  the  north. 

Lepus  (the  Hare^— A  constellation  of  nine- 
teen stars,  none  above  the  third  magnitude, 
directly  south  of  Orion,  with  which  it  reaches  the 
meridian  January  24.  and  about  eighteen  degrees 
west  of  the  Great  Dog. 

Libra  (the  Scales)  —  This  seventh  sign  and 
eighth  constellation  in  the  zodiac,  next  cast  of 
the  Virgin,  contains  fifty-one  stars,  none  of  them 
of  the  first  magnitude;  when  the  sun  enters  this 
sign,  the  days  and  nights  are  of  equal  length  all 
over  the  world,  suggestive  of  an  even  balance. 

LIbratlon  of  tho  Earth— A  motion,  real  or 
apparent,  of  the  poles,  resembling  that  of  a  bal- 
ance before  coming  to  a  rest  — an  oscillatory 
movement  of  the  earth  on  its  axis. 

LIbration  of  the  Moon  —  An  apparent 
irrrguluritj'  in  its  motion. 

Limb- The  utmost  edge  or  border  of  the  body 
of  th<'  sun  or  moon. 

I.tfiiiKllu<lc  — An  arc  of  the  ecliptic  intercepted 
bctwt  rti  snnii'  giv<'n  jinint  called  the  fii-st  merid- 
ian and  the  meridian  passing  through  the  pro- 
posed place;  this  may  be  either  east  or  west, 
according  as  it  is  reckoned  on  the  east  or  west 
side  of  the  first  meridl:in. 


Longitude  on  the  Earth  —  Distance  either 
east  oi-  west  from  some  fixed  ineviUlan,  measured 
«tii  till."  equator. 

I^oiitfUiidc  In  the  lleavenn— Distance  east 
fiLiin  tilt*  rirst  point  uC  Ariirs,  the  Ram,  measured 
on  llu'  ucliptic. 

Liupiis  (the  Wolf)— A  constellation  low  down 
in  the  suuthern  hemisphere,  next  east  of  the  Cen- 
taur and  south  of  tlie  Scales,  containing  twenty- 
three  stars,  none  of  the  tlrst  or  second  magnitude. 

Lynx— A  constellation  in  the  northern  hem- 
i-iphere,  containing  forty-four  small  stars,  "and 
none  of  note,"  and  is  situated  between  the  Wag- 
oner and  the  Great  Bear,  and  north  of  the  Twins. 

I^yra  (the  Harp)— A  constellation  in  the  north- 
ern hemisphere,  south  of  Draco,  between  the 
Swan  on  the  east  and  Hercules  on  the  west,  and 
contains  twenty-one  stars,  of  which  Vega,  of  the 
first  magnitude,  is  one  of  the  most  brilliant  in 
the  northern  heavens;  its  surpassing  brightness 
has  atti'acted  the  admiration  of  astronomers  in 
ail  ages. 

Lunar— Relating  to  the  moon,  its  phases, 
eclipses,  effects,  etc. 

Lunation— Otherwise  called  a  "  synodical 
month,"  by  which  is  meant  one  revolution  of  the 
moon,  or  the  time  between  one  new  moon  and 
another. 

Mars— (See  Introduction  to  this  Dictionary.) 

Mei'idlans— "  Imaginary  great  circles  drawn 
through  the  poles  of  the  world,  cutting  the  equa- 
tor and  the  equinoctial  at  right  angles.  Every 
place  on  earth  and  every  corresponding  point  in 
tht^  heavens  is  considered  as  having  a  meridian 
passing  through  it,  although  astronomers  apply 
but  twenty-four  to  the  heavens,  thus  dividing  the 
concave  surface  into  twenty  four  sections,  each 
fifteen  degrees  in  width.  These  meridians  mark 
the  space  which  the  heavenly  bodies  appear  to 
describe,  every  hour,  for  the  twenty-four  hours 
of  the  day,  they  ai'e  thence  sometimes  denom- 
inated 'hour-circles.'  In  measuring  distances 
and  determining  positions  on  the  earth,  the  equa- 
tor and  some  fixed  meridian,  as  that  of  Green- 
wich "  (or  Washington)  "contain  the  primary 
starting  points;  in  the  heavens  these  points  are 
in  the  ecliptic,  the  equinoctial,  and  that  great 
meridian  which  passes  through  the  first  point  of 
Aries,  called  the  equinoctial  colure. "— (Burri«.) 

lUEagnetical  Meridian— A  gi-eat  circle  in 
the  heavens  which  intersects  the  horizon  in  the 
points  to  which  the  magnetic  needle  (as  the  mar- 
iner's compass),  whenat  rest,  directs  itself. 

Magnitudes  of  Stars— Modern  astronomei-s 
liave  been  accustomed  to  distinguish  stars  in  the 
various  constellations  by  the  letters  of  the  Greek 
alphabet  and  also  according  to  their  sizes,  rang- 
ing from  the  "  first  magnitude,"  or  largest  star, 
to  the  •*  sixth  magnitude,"  or  smallest  star  visible 
to  the  naked  eye. 

Mean  —  Average;  intermediate  between  two 
extremes  of  quantity  or  situation ;  as  mean 
motion,  mean  time,  mean  distance. 

Mean  Time— "  Apparent  time"  is  that  indi- 
cated by  the  sun;  "sidereal  time"  is  that  meas- 
ured by  the  stars;  "  mean  time  "  is  that  equably 
maiked  by  a  perfect  clock,  as  if  every  day  in  the 
year  is  of  a  uniform  length. 

Medu8a*s  Head— See  Perseus. 

Mercury— (See  Introduction  to  this  Diction- 
ary. ) 

Meteoric  Showers  —  The  recurrence  of 
meteors  falUng  through  space  in  gi-eat  numbers 
at  various  periods  has  led  to  much  study,  observa 
tion  and  speculation  on  the  pai't  of  scientific  men. 


and  certain  data  appear  to  produce  the  following 
conclusions;  That  the  meteors  havo  their  oi'igin 
beyond  the  hmfts  of  our  atmosphere;  on  one 
occasion  the  height  of  the  meteoric  cloud,  or 
radiant  point,  above  the  earth's  surface  was, 
according  to  Professor  Olmsted's  observations, 
not  less  than  2,238  miles;  they  are  composed  of 
very  light,  combustible  materials;  the  cause  of 
this  wonderful  phenomena  is  thus  stated  by  Pro- 
fessor Olmsted  in  connection  with  the  remarkable 
meteoric  shower  of  November  la,  1833;  "The 
meteors  emanated  from  a  nebulous  body  which 
was  then  pursuing  its  way  along  with  the  earth 
around  the  sun;  this  body  continues  to  revolve 
ai'ound  the  sun  in  an  elliptical  orbit,  but  little 
inclined  to  the  plane  of  the  ecliptic,  and  having 
its  aphelion  near  the  orbit  of  the  earth ;  the  body 
has  a  period  of  nearly  six  months,  and  its  peri- 
helion is  a  little  below  the  orbit  of  Mercury." 
Showei'S  of  meteoi*3  aie  now  regularly  expected 
November  13  and  August  13,  each  year,  although 
they  sometimes  fail  to  appear. 

Micrometer  —  An  astronomical  machine 
which  serves  to  measure  extremely  small  distan- 
ces in  the  heavens,  etc.  It  is  used  in  coimection 
with  the  telescope  or  microscope,  and  there  are 
several  varieties  of  the  instniment  for  different 
sorts  of  scientific  observation. 

Mlllcy  "Way  (the  Galaxy)  —  This  is  that 
"luminous  zone  or  pathway,  of  singular  white- 
ness, varying  from  four  degrees  to  twenty  degrees 
in  width,  which  passes  quite  around  the  heavens; 
the  Greeks  called  it  Galaxy,  on  account  of  its 
color  and  appearance;  the  Latins,  for  the  same 
reason,  called  it  Via  Lactea,  or  the  Milky  Way." — 
[Biirritt.)  Astronomy  develops  the  fact  that  this 
zone  is  composed  of  innumerable  small  stars,  so 
many,  indeed,  that  Dr.  Herschel,  with  his  best 
glasses,  counted  558  stai"s  in  a  single  spot,  without 
moving  his  telescope,  and  while  he  steadily  gazed 
at  one  point  and  the  motion  of  the  earth  brought 
new  ones  to  his  telescopic  vision,  there  passed  in 
one-fourth  of  an  hour  no  less  than  116.000  stars 
and  on  another  occasion,  in  forty-one  minutes,  no 
less  than  258,000  stars.  It  is  also  a  belief  of 
astronomers  that  all  the  stars  of  the  universe  are 
an-anged  in  clustei-s,  or  groups;  which  are  called 
nebula,  or  starry  systems,  each  of  which  contain 
many  thousands  of  stars;  our  sun,  it  is  also  said, 
belongs  to  tlie  nebula  of  the  Milky  Way,  and 
although  at  such  an  immense  distance  from  other 
planets  in  that  zone,  is  considered  as  near  to  any 
one  of  them  as  they  are  to  one  another.  Of  the 
character,  motions  and  peculiarities  of  the  innu- 
merable stars  that  form  the  Milky  Way,  little  or 
nothing  is  known,  although  it  appeai-s  that  they 
are  unequally  dispersed  and  arranging  them 
selves  into  separate  cluster;  that  various 
changes  are  taking  place  among  the  nebula,  some 
increasing  by  accessions  of  stars,  and  others 
growing  smaller  by  dissolution.  JMore  than  2, .500 
nebula  have  been  observed,  each  of  which  may 
contain  as  many  stars  as  the  Milky  Way,  and 
human  understanding  fails  to  grasp  the  immensity 
of  the  visible  universe. 

Monoceros  (the  Unicorn)  —  A  constellation 
containing  thii'ty-one  small  stars,  made  out  of 
those  previously  unformed  which  were  scattered 
between  the  two  constellations  of  the  Great  Dog 
and  the  Little  Dog;  extending  a  considerable  dis- 
tance on  each  side  of  the  equinoctial ;  none  of  its 
stars  are  of  more  than  the  fourth  magnitude. 

Moon— The  "  lesser  light "  that  was  created  to 
illuminate  the  earth  in  the  absence  of  the  sun. 
Recent  observations  indicate  that  it  is  a  "dead 
planet."  once  filled  with  int^ernal  fires  and  volca- 
noes, which  have  burned  out  and  left  it  a  moun- 
tainous, desolate,  barren  waste,  without  an  atmos- 
Bphere   or    inhabitants.      Its  distance   from  the 


earth  is  about  240,000  miles;  its  diumc-tei  is  2. 102 
miles.  Its  apparent  daily  average  motion  In 
itii  orbit  is  more  than  thirteen  degrecH  in  a 
day,  but  this  is  understood  as  a  motion  in  a 
small  orbit,  embracing  a  great  number  of 
degrees,  with  comparatively  few  miles.  In  thy 
opinion  of  some  astronomers  tills  body  was 
once  attached  to  the  eartli,  and'  when  nebulous 
matter  forming  the  latter  contiacted  to  its  pres- 
ent size,  was  thrown  olT  fiom  it  and  became  a 
satellite.  The  moon  revolves  once  on  its  axis 
exactly  in  the  same  time  that  it  performs  a  revo- 
lution around  the  earth,  which  is  evidenced  by  its 
always  presenting  the  same  side  to  the  earth,  for 
If  it  did  not  rotate  on  an  axis,  every  part  could  be 
seen  from  our  own  planet.  It  follows,  then,  that 
the  moon's  year  contains  but  one  day  and  one 
night,  both  together  embracing  twenty-nine  days, 
twelve  houi-s,  forty-four  minutes  and  three  sec- 
onds. While  revolving  about  the  earth  the 
moon  is  carried  with  it  at  the  same  time  around 
the  sun,  so  that  its  path  is  extremely  irregular, 
describing  during  one  of  our  years  about  a  dozen 
curves  around  the  earth  and  only  one  around  the 
sun.  The  reason  why  the  body  of  the  moon  is  not 
seen  in  its  new  phase  is  because  of  its  being  in  the 
dazzling  light  of  the  sun,  and  its  position 
toward  that  orb  as  seen  from  the  earth. 
The  "Harvest  Moon"— "The  moon  near  to  its 
full  at  the  time  of  harvest  in  England,  or 
about  the  time  of  the  autumnal  equinox  (in  Sep- 
tember), when,  by  reason  of  the  small  angle  of 
the  ecliptic  and  the  moon's  orbit  with  thehonzon, 
it  rises  nearly  at  the  same  early  hour  for 
several  evenings."  {JVebster  Improved.)  "Horn- 
Moon"  is  the  sharp  point  in  the  ci-escent  form 
of  the  new  moon.  "Horizontal  Moon" — Some- 
times the  moon,  as  well  as  the  sun,  when  on  the 
horizon  at  rising  or  setting,  appears  two  or  three 
times  larger  than  when  thirty  or  forty  degrees 
higher  in  the  heavens,  although  when  measured 
by  an  insti'ument  at  the  horizon  its  diameter  is 
really  not  at  all  increased.  This  has  puzzled  the 
scientists  greatly,  but  its  cause  is  probably  due 
to  atmospheric  causes  affecting  the  eyesight. 
"  Moon's  Quarters  "—See  Phases. 

Xadir— That  point  in  the  heavens  opposite  to 
the  zenith,  and  directly  under  our  feet,  in  the 
lower  hemisphere  of  the  earth. 

Xeptiine  —  (See  Introduction  to  this  Dic- 
tionai-y. ) 

Nebula — Spots  in  the  heavens,  some  of  which 
are  clusters  of  very  small  stai"s.  while  others 
appear  like  luminous  spots  in  various  forms. 

Nebular  Hypothesis- A  theory  that  from 
nebula  in  their  earliest  forms,  planets,  satellites 
and  stars  were  produced  by  cooling,  contracting 
processes,  wlule  revolving  in  space. 

Nebulosity- A  faint,  misty  light,  surround- 
ing certain  stai-s. 

Ne\«'toiiiau  Philosophy— The  doctrine  of 
the  universe  as  explained  by  Sir  Isaac  Newton, 
respecting  the  properties,  affinities,  forces, 
motions  and  laws  of  celestial  and  terrestrial 
bodies. 

Nodes— Two  points  where  the  the  orbit  of  a 
planet  intereects  the  ecliptic;  the  northern  or 
ascending  node  is  called  the  dragon's  head,  and 
the  southern  or  descending  node,  the  dragon's 
tail. 

Nocturnal— Relating  to  night;  as  anoctumal 
arc  — the  arc  in  the  heavens  traversed  by  a  star 
in  the  night. 

Nucleus— The  body  of  a  comet,  surrounded  by 
its  coraa.  or  hair,  otherwise  called  the  comet's 
head;  this  nucleus  is  known  to  be  transparent. 


'.(a. — 


104 


ASTKONOMICAL     DIOTIONAKY. 


Xntatlon— A  tremulous  motion  of  the  earth's 
axis,  by  which  its  inclination  to  the  plane  of  the 
ecliptic  is  coiistantly  varj-ing  m  a  small  degi'ee. 

Obscnration  —  Hiding  from  view  any 
heavenly  body  by  clouds  or  eclipse. 

Observation— The  scientific  noting  of  the 
phenomena  of  the  heavenly  bodies  by  meaos  of 
any  instrument. 

Observatory  — A  place  in  some  lofty  situa- 
tion prepared  and  fitted  up  with  telescopes, 
quadrants  and  other  instnimentg  for  the  pur- 
pose of  making  astronomical  obser\'ations. 
Those  of  Greenwich  (England),  Washington 
(D.  C),  Paris  (France),  and  Munich  (Bavariaj, 
are  among  the  most  noted  of  modern  obsei"va- 
tories.  The  ancient  Chaldeans  had  similar 
observatories. 

Observatory  (Equatorial  or  Portable)  —  An 
instrument  for  solving  numerous  astronomical 
problems,  such  as  finding  the  meridian,  directing 
the  telescope  to  any  particular  star  in  broad  day- 
light, etc. 

Occident  —  Westward,  or  the  west,  as  the 
Occident  equinoctial. 

Occultatioa  —  The  obscuration,  or  hiding 
from  view,  of  any  star  or  planet  by  the  interposi- 
tion of  any  other  body,  as  the  moon.  ' '  Circle  of 
occultatiou  "  is  an  imaginary  circle  around  the 
poles  which  contains  those  stars  that  are  not 
visible  in  our  hemisphere. 

Opposition  —  One  of  the  aspects  of  the 
planets,  when  they  are  180  de^rrees  distant  from 
each  other,  or  in  a  diametrically  opposite  relation 
to  each  other. 

Optic  Glasses— Instruments,  as  microscopes, 
telescopes,  or  spectacles  for  viewing  objects 
otherwise  difficult  of  observation.  "Optic  place 
of  a  star,"  that  point  of  its  orbit  in  which  it 
appears  to  be  to  our  eye. 

Orb— A  sphere,  or  ball,  solid  or  hollow,  espe- 
cially one  of  the  celestial  spheres,  as  the  sun, 
moon,  or  a  star;  also  a  celestial  circle,  as  the 
orbit  of  a  planet;  also,  a  period  of  time  marked 
off  by  a  heavenly  body. 

Orbicular — Resembling,  or  having  the  form 
of  an  orb. 

Orbit — The  path  of  a  planet  or  comet  while 
pursuing  its  proper  course  through  the  heavens. 

Orient— The  east,  opposite  to  the  Occident; 
the  point  of   the  sun's    I'ising. 

Orion— A  magnificent  constellation  of  about 
2.000  stars,  seventy-eight  of  which  are  visible, 
situated  midway  between  the  poles  of  the 
heavens  and  directly  over  the  earth's  equator, 
coming  to  the  meridian  about  January  23.  It 
represents  a  man  in  the  attitude  of  assaulting  the 
Bull,  having  a  sword  in  his  belt,  a  huge  club  in  his 
right  hand,  and  a  shield  of  lion's  skin  in  his  left. 
Two  of  the  stars  are  of  the  first  magnitude,  four 
of  the  second,  three  of  the  third,  and  fifteen  of 
the  fourth.  It  is  full  of  interest  to  the 
iLstronomor. 

Orrery  —  An  astronomical  instrument  for 
exhibiting  the  several' motions  of  the  heavenly 
bodies,  and  derives  its  name  from  the  Karl  of 
Orrery,  for  whom.  It  was  supposed,  the  fii-st  one 
wan  made,  but  this  appears  to  be  a  nilstake.  It 
reprcwnts  the  principal  ptanettiull  in  their  proper 
places,  illuminated  by  the  sun  in  the  center,  and 
revolving  together  In  their  various  orbits. 

Onclllutlon  —  Swinging  forward  and  back- 
ward, like  a  pendulum ;  tt  fluctuation  or  vibration 
between  fixed  limits. 

Pulla«— One  of  the  astcroldal  planets  of  our 
-i>]ar  «yHtem.  «ltunt4'<l  between  the  orbltH  of  Mars 
nnd    Jupiter.    dlMrovered     Marrh    '.W,     IHOU,    by    M. 


Olbei-s,  of  Bremen.  Its  average  distance  from  the 
Sim  is  2G4.000.000  miles;  it  revolves  around  the  sun 
in  four  years  and  seven  and  two-thirds  months; 
it  moves  in  its  orbit  at  the  speed  of  41,000  miles 
an  hoiir,  and  its  diameter  is  estimated  to  be  2,025 
miles,  but  little  less  than  that  of  our  moon. 

Parallax— A  change  in  the  apparent  place  of 
any  heavenly  body  when  seen  from  different 
points  of  view.  The  greatest  annual  apparent 
change  of  place  of  a  body  as  seen  from  the  earth 
or  sun  is  called  an  ' '  annual  parallax ;"  the  difi'er- 
ence  between  the  position  of  an  object  as  seen  by 
one  eye,  and  that  in  which  it  is  seen  by  the  other, 
the  head  remaining  unmoved,  is  a  "binocular 
parallax;"  the  apparent  change  of  a  body  with 
reference  to  the  earth's  center  is  a  "geocentric"' 
or  "diurnal"  parallax;  the  parallax  of  a  body 
with  reference  to  the  suji,  or  the  angle  extended 
beyond  a  body  by  lines  drawn  to  the  earth  or  sun, 
is  a  "  heliocentric  po-ratlax;"  the  diurnal  paral- 
lax of  a  star  or  planet  when  in  the  horizon,  or  the 
angle  extended  beyond  the  body  by  the  earth's 
radius,  is  a  "horizontal  parallax."    (Webster.) 

Parallel — A  name  for  lines,  surfaces  or  bodies 
everywhere  at  an  equal  distance  from  each  other. 
'."Parallel  sphere,"  the  situation  of  the  earth 
or  other  sphere  when  its  equator  coincides  with 
the  horizon  and  its  poles  with  the  zenith  and 
nadir.  "  Parallels  of  latitude  "  are  small  circles 
imagined  to  be  drawn  on  the  earth's  surface, 
north  and  south  of  the  equator,  and  parallel  to  it. 
"Parallels  of  declination"  are  small  circles  im- 
agined to  be  drawn  on  the  concave  surface  of 
the  heavens,  north  and  south  of  the  equinoctial 
and  parallel  to  it.  or  as  circles  formed  by  apply- 
ing the  earth's  parallels  of  latitude  to  the  heavens 
above  it. 

Parhelion— A  mock  sun  or  meteor,  or  lumi- 
nous appearance,  sometimes  seen  a  few  degrees 
from  either  both  sides,  or  on  one  side,  of  the  sun, 
in  frosty  weather,  supposed  to  be  a  concentrated 
refieetion  of  the  sun's  rays  upon  the  atmosphere, 
partaking  of  the  nature  of  a  halo. 

Paraselene- A  mock  moon,  or  a  meteor  in 
the  form  of  a  luminous  ring  around  the  moon. 

Pegasus  (the  Flying  Horsej— A  constellation 
of  eighty-nine  stars  visible  to  the  naked  eye 
(none  of  the  first  magnitude),  representing  a  por- 
tion of  a  horse  with  wings,  in  an  inverted  posi- 
tion; it  is  situated  between  the  Swan,  the  Dolphin 
and  the  Eagle  on  the  west,  and  tho  Northern  Fish 
and  Andromeda  on  the  east,  having  an  average 
length,  east  and  west,  of  about  forty  degrees, 
and  extending  north  from  the  equinoctial  thirty- 
five  degrees. 

Penumbra— The  partial  shade  or  obscurity 
observed  on  the  margin  of  the  perfect  shade  in 
an  eclipse;  also,  the  zone  of  a  lighter  shade  seen 
around  each  of  the  larger  black  spots  on  the  sun's 
surface. 

Perigee— That  point  in  the  heavens  in  which 
the  sun  or  any  planet  is  least  distant  from  the 
center  of  the  earth.  Since  the  true  center  of 
motion  has  been  discovered,  the  term  "perihe- 
lion "  is  used  to  denote  the  coiTcsponding  points. 

Perihelion— (See  Perigee.)  That  point  of  a 
planet's  orbit  in  wliich  it  is  nearest  to  the  sun. 

Pci-iod— The  entire  revolution  of  a  planet. 

Perlphei-y- The  circumference  of  any  circle, 
curve,  etc. 

Persens  —  A  constellation  in  the  northern 
hemisphere,  representing  Perseus,  son  of  Jupiter 
and  Danae.  who  slew  one  of  the  three  Gorgons 
(Medusa)  and  cut  off  her  head,  which  also  forms 
part  of  tliia  constellation,  crowned  with  coiling 
snakes.  Sixty-seven  stars  compose  this  constella- 
lii>n.  which  is  tituatrd  din'ctly   north  of  tb.-  I'lr 


iadcs  and  the  Fly,  between  Andromeda  on  the 
west  and  Auriga  on  the  east.  It  contains  no 
stars  of  the  first  magnitude. 

Phases— The  various  "quarters."'  or  appear- 
ances, of  the  moon  at  diflferent  epochs,  presenting 
first  a  crescent  of  light,  then  a  semicircle,  then 
becoming  gibbous,  and  lastly  full,  when  it  returns 
by  the  same  gradation  to  the  state  of  a  new 
moon.  These  phases  are  produced  by  the  varied 
positions  of  the  moon  in  respect  to  the  sun  and 
earth. 

Piscis  Australis  (the  Southern  Fish)  —  A 
constellation  of  twenty-four  stars  visible  to  the 
naked  eye,  directly  south  of  Aquarius,  the  Water- 
Bearer,  and  representing  a  fish  drinking  the 
water  that  fiows  from  the  um  of  Aquarius.  Its 
positioh  has  been  accurately  determined,  to  assist 
navigators  in  finding  the  longitude  in  the  southern 
hemisphere. 

Pisces  (the  Fishes)— This  constellation  is  now 
the  first  in  order  of  the  twelve  con^tellations  of 
the  zodiac,  and  is  usually  represented  by  two  fishes 
tied  a  considerable  distance  apart,  at  the  extrem- 
ities of  a  long  undulating  cord  or  ribbon.  It 
occupies  a  large  triangular  space  in  the  heavens, 
and  its  outline  at  first  is  somewhat  difficult  to  be 
traced.  The  two  Fishes  and  the  cord  between 
them  make  two  sides  of  a  large  triangle,  thirty 
and  foi-ty  degrees  in  length,  the  open  pa  rt  of  which 
is  towai*d  the  northwest.  This  constellation  is 
bounded  north  by  Andromeda,  west  by  Andromeda 
and  Pegasus,  south  by  the  Cascade,  and  east  by 
the  "Whale  and  the  Triangles.     (Burritt. ) 

Plane— An  imaginary  surface,  conveying  the 
idea  of  a  straight  line,  "  coinciding  with,  or  con- 
taining, some  designated  astronomical  line, 
circle  or  other  curve;  as  the  plane  of  an  orbit, 
the  plane  of  the  ecliptic,  or  of  the  equator." 
iWebstcr.) 

Planets— Stars  that  change  their  position,  in 
distinction  from  the  fixed  stars.  They  are  divided 
into  two  classes — primary  and  secondary;  the 
first  are  those  that  are  supposed  to  revolve 
around  the  sun,  such  as  the  Earth,  Jupiter,  Mer- 
cury, Venus,  and  others;  the  secondary  include 
those  which  revolve  around  the  primary  planets, 
as  our  moon  and  the  satellites  of  Saturn.  Jupiter 
and  Uranus.  The  original  number  of  planets  was 
six— Mercury,  Venus,  the  Earth,  Mars.  Jupiter 
and  Saturn,  which  were  distinguished  bj'  some 
mark  or  attribute  of  the  deities  whose  names  they 
bore.  Since  then  numerous  other  planets  have 
been  added— I'ranus,  Neptune,  the  Asteroids,  etc. 
To  undei"stand  the  manner  in  which  the  planets 
are  retained  in  their  orbits,  see  Centripetal 
Force. 

Planl8|»here— A  projection  of  a  sphere  and 
its  various  circles  on  a  plane,  such  as  maps,  etc. ; 
especially  of  the  celestial  sphere,  representing 
the  various  constellations,  slai-s,  etc. 

Pleiades- A  remarkable  cluster  of  stai"s  in  the 
constellation  of  Taunis,  the  Bull.  Only  seven  are 
visible  to  the  naked  eye;  their  names  arc  Alcyone, 
Mcrone,  Maia.  Klectra,  Tayeta,  Sterope  and 
Celeno.  The  Pleiades,  according  to  fable,  were 
the  seven  daughters  of  Atlas  and  the  nymph 
Pleione,  who  were  turned  into  stars,  with  their 
sisters,  the  Hyades,  on  account  of  their  amiable 
virtues  and  mutual  alfection.  Merone  married  a 
mortal,  and  for  that  reason  her  star  shines 
dimly.  The  number  of  stars  developed  in  this 
cluster  by  the  telescope  varies  from  scvcnty-clght 
to  two  hundred. 

Point  —  The  name  for  certain  parts  in  the 
heavens,  as  the  carillnal  ]>oints,  solstitial  points, 


— vO; 


>il 


■'.(y — 


T- 


ASTlii.iNO.MICAL    I)IIJTION.\l;V. 


Kiy 


9 


Pointem  —  Two  stars  in  tho  constellation  of 
t)ie  Great  Bear,  so  cftlled  because  they  always 
point  nearly  in  a  direction  toward  the  polar 
star. 

Polar  CircleH  —  Two  small  circles,  each 
about  sixty-six  and  a  half  degrees  from  the 
equator,  beinff  always  at  the  same  distance  from 
the  poles  that  the  tropics  are  from  the  equator; 
the  nprthern  is  called  the  arctic  circle  and  the 
southern  the  antarctic  circle.     (Burritt.) 

PolcN  of  the  Earth -The  extremities  of  its 
axis— imaginary  points  on  its  surface  of  the 
sphere,  two  in  number,  the  arctic  or  north  pole, 
and  the  antarctic  or  south  pole.  Encompassed 
with  perpetual  ice  and  severe  cold,  no  navigator 
has  yet  reached  either  of  them.  ' '  Poles  of  the 
heavens"— The  imaginary  extremities  of  their 
axis.  "Poles  of  the  horizon ''—Two  points,  one 
of  which  is  directly  overhead,  called  the  zenith; 
the  other,  directly  under  foot,  is  called  the 
nadir. 

Polar  Star»  or  Pole-Star  —  The  present 
pole  star  is  the  last  one  in  the  tail  of  the  eonstel- 
l.ition  of  the  Little  Bear,  near  the  north  pole, 
wliich,  owing  to  its  nearness  to  the  earth,  never 
sets,  and  is  tlierefore  of  great  use  to  mariners  in 
ascertaining  the  latitude,  etc.  "  The  time  taken 
for  one  revolution  of  the  pole  of  the  equator 
around  that  of  the  ecliptic,  or,  what  is  the  same 
thing,  for  the  first  point  of  Aries  (the  Ram)  to 
perform  a  complete  circle  around  the  ecliptic  is 
25.800  miles;  as  a  consequence  it  follows  that  the 
pole-star  is  not  the  same  at  different  epochs;  at 
present  the  (north)  pole  of  the  earth  is  approach- 
ing more  nearly  the  direction  of  the  bright  star 
Polaris,  but  it  will  soon  begin  to  recede  from  it, 
and  some  other  star,  coming  more  nearly  in  the 
direction,  will  be  the  polar  star."  (Plummer.) 
The  present  one  is  of  the  second  magnitude. 

Pollux— A  star  of  the  second  magnitude  in  the 
constellation  of  the  Twins. 

Precessaon  of  the  Equinoxes— A  slow 
motion  of  the  equinoctial  points,  by  which  they 
change  their  place,  going  from  east  to  west,  con- 
trary to  the  order  of  the  signs  of  the  zodiac;  in 
other  words,  the  sun,  in  its  apparent  annual 
course,  does  not  cross  the  equinoctial,  in  spring 
and  autumii,  exactly  in  the  same  places,  but  every 
year  a  little  behind  those  of  the  preceding  year; 
the  equinoctial  points  do  thus  go  back  upon  the 
ecliptic  at  the  rate  of  about  fifty  and  one-fourth 
seconds  of  a  degree  every  year;  thei'efore  "  reces- 
sion of  the  equinoxes"  would  he  a  more  appro- 
priate phrase  than  ' '  precession. " 

Ptolemaic  System  —  The  system  of  astron- 
omy prepared  by  Ptolemy,  the  celebrated 
Egyptian  astronomer  and  mathematician, 
founded  on  the  theory  that  the  earth  is  immov- 
ably fixed  in  the  center  of  the  whole  universe, 
the  sun,  moon,  planets  and  stars  all  moving  from 
east  to  west  around  it  once  in  twenty-four  hours; 
this  theory,  however,  has  been  set  aside  as 
erroneous.     "Pythagorean  system" — See  Coper- 

NICAN  SYSTEM. 

Quadrature  —  When  the  moon  is  midway 
bet\vtt-n  the  points  of  eon  junction  and  opposition, 
or  ninety  degrees  from  each  (or  a  quarter-circle), 
it  is  in  quadrature. 

Quadrant  —  An  instrument  for  noting  the 
altitudes  of  the  sun  and  stars;  of  these  there  are 
several  sorts,  but  Hadley's  quadrant  is  most 
esteemed. 

Radiant  Point — -AJiy  point  from  which  rays 
of  light  proceed. 

Radius  Vector  of  an  Orbit  — Any  line 
joining  the  sun  to  a  planet.  * '  Radius  "—Half  the 
diameter  of  a  circle,  or  a  straight  line  drawn 
from  the  center  to  the  circumference  of  a  circle. 


Rearuluii— A  star  of  the  first  magnitude  in  the 
Constellation  of  the  Lion. 

Reflection  —  A  motion  of  rays  of  light  or 
heat,  whereby,  after  falling  upon,  or  striking 
against,  a  solid  surface,  are  forced,  or  recede, 
from  it. 

Refraction— The  bending  or  deviation  of  a 
ray  of  light  from  that  right  line  in  whi(;h  It  would 
have  continued  if  not  prevented  by  the  thickness 
of  the  medium  through  which  it  passes;  thus  the 
sun's  rays  passing  through  our  atmosphere  are 
refracted  or  bent  down,  making  the  sun  to 
appear  higher  tlian  it  really  is. 

Refranfflblllty  —  A  disposition  of  rays  of 
light  to  be  refracted  or  turned  out  of  a  direct 
course,  in  passing  out  of  one  transparent  body  or 
medium  into  another.     (Webster.) 

RetroccHHiou  of  the  Equinoxes  —  The 
going  backwards  of  tlie  equinoctial  points  of  the 
s'gns  of  the  zodiac,  the  Ram  and  the  Bull. 

Retrogrradation  —  A  going  backwards;  a 
retrocession,  recession  or  precession  of  equinoxes. 

Revolution  —  The  motion  of  any  heavenly 
body  in  a  circulariine  or  orbit,  until  it  returns  to 
tho  same  point  again;  also  the  revolving  of  a 
planet  on  its  own  axis,  which  is  more  properly  a 
rotation ;  the  earth  revolves  around  the  sun  once  a 
year,  but  rotates  on  its  own  axis  once  a  day;  this 
latter  is  called  "  diurnal  revolution;"  a  "  synod- 
ical  revolution  "  is  a  period  extending  from  one 
conjunction  (as  of  the  moon  or  a  planet  with  the 
sun)  to  the  next;  a  "sidereal  revolution"  is  tlie 
orbit  of  a  planet  that  returns  to  the  same  place  in 
respect  to  the  stars.  [Note— So  far  as  the  aster- 
oidal  planets  of  our  solar  system  are  concerned, 
it  is  not  known  that  they  have  a  diurnal  rotation 
on  their  axes.  ] 

Rotundity— Roundness  of  form;  spherical. 

Sagittarius  (the  Archer)— The  ninth  .sign  of 
the  zodiac,  and  a  constellation  of  sixty-nine  stars 
(none  of  the  first  magnitude),  in  the  southern 
hemisphere,  next  east  of  the  Scorpion. 

Satellite  —  A  secondary  planet  revolving 
around  anotlier,  as  the  moon  moves  around  the 
earth;  the  name  is  devised  from  the  custom  of 
eastern  princes,  who  had  satellites  attending 
upon  them  as  a  guard. 

Saturn— See  introduction  to  this  dictionary. 

Scorpio  (the  Scorpion)— The  eighth  sign  of 
the  zodiac,  and  an  interestingconstellation  in  the 
southern  hemisphere,  situated  southward  and 
eastward  of  the  Scales,  and  containing  forty-four 
stars;  one  of  these  stars,  Antares,  is  of  the  first 
magnitude,  and  the  whole  constellation  Is  readily 
distinguished  from  all  others  by  the  peculiar 
luster  and  position  of  its  principal  stars. 

Scruples  Eclipsed— That  part  of  the  diam- 
eter of  the  moon  which  enters  the  shadow. 

Seasons— The  four  portions  or  quarters  of  the 
solar  year,  namely:  Spring,  when  the  sun  enters 
the  constellation  of  Aries,  the  Ram:  summer, 
when  he  enters  Cancer,  the  Crab;  autumn,  when 
he  enters  Libra,  the  Scales,  and  winter  when  he 
enters  Capricorn,  the  Goat.  The  regular  rotation 
of  these  seasons  produces  seed-time  and  harvest 
on  the  earth,  and  is  caused  by  the  varied  positions 
of  the  earth's  surface  toward  the  sun  at  different 
stages  of  its  journey  around  it. 

Secondary  Circles— Circles  which  intersect 
the  six  greater  circles  of  the  sphere  at  right 
angles. 

Secondary  Planets— Those  which  revolve 
as  moons  or  satellites  around  the  primary 
planets. 

Selenography— A  description  of  the  face  of 
the  moon. 


Serpent-Rearer  —  A  constellation  In  tho 
niid-Iutavfus,  wlu.se  center  is  very  nearly  over  the 
earth's  equator,  opposite  to  Orion,  and  directly 
south  of  Hercules.  It  represents  a  man  with  a 
venerable  beard,  liaving  both  hands  clenched  in 
tho  folds  of  an  enormous  serpent,  whieli  In 
writhing  in  his  grasp,  and  contains  seventy-four 
stars,  none  of  which  arc  of  the  first  magnitude. 
This  constellation  is  also  called  Esculapius,  tho 
god  of  medicine. 

Serpent— Four  kinds  of  serpents  have  places 
in  constellations — Hydra,  south  of  the  zodiac, 
below  the  Lion,  Crab  and  Virgin;  Hydrus.  near 
the  south  pole;  Draco,  about  the  north  pole; 
Serpens  Ophiuchi,  situated  chiefly  between  the 
Scales  and  the  Northera  Crown. 

Sextans  (the  Sextant)—"  Uranhi's  sextant,"  a 
modem  constellation  made  by  Hevelius  out  of 
unformed  stars  between  the  Lion  on  tho  north 
and  Hydra  on  the  south,  and  contains  forty-one 
very  small  stars;  it  represents  a  sextant,  an 
astronomical  instrument  resembling  a  quadrant. 

Sidereal—Pertaining  to  any  star  or  planet;  as 
a  "sidereal  day,"  the  time  in  which  any  star 
appears  to  revolve  from  the  meridian  to  the 
meridian  again,  which  is  twenty-three  hours, 
fifty-six  minutes  and  four  seconds  of  average  solar 
time,  there  being  366  sidereal  days  in  a  year,  or  in 
3G5  diurnal  revolutions  of  the  sun. 

Signs- The  ecliptic,  like  every  other  circle, 
contains  360  de^ees.  and  is  divided  into  twelve 
equal  arcs  of  thirty  degrees  each,  called  signs, 
which  the  ancients  distinguished  by  particular 
names.  This  division  eonimenct-s  at  the  vernal 
equinox,  and  is  continued  eastwardly  round  to 
the  same  point  again,  in  the  following  order: 
Aries,  Taurus,  Gemini,  Cancer,  Leo,  Virgo,  Libra, 
Scorpio,  Sagittarius,  Capricornus,  Aquarius, 
Pisces.  The  sun,  commencing  at  the  first  degree 
of  Aries  about  March  21,  passes,  at  an  average 
rate,  through  one  sign  every  month.     (Burritt. ) 

Sirlus  (the  Dog  Star) — A  very  bright  star  of 
the  first  magnitude  in  the  constellation  of  the 
Great  Dog.  In  ancient  times  the  rising  and  set- 
ting of  Sirius  was  watched  with  much  solicitude. 
The  Thebans  determined  the  length  of  the  year 
by  the  number  of  its  risings.  To  the  Egyptians  it 
was  ominous  of  agricultural  prosperity  or  blight- 
ing drought,  since  it  foretold  to  them  the  over- 
How  of  the  river  Kile  (or  Siris)  when  they  sowed 
their  grain.  The  Romans  annually  sacrificed  a 
dog  to  Sirius,  to  court  its  favor.  The  Eastern 
nations  looked  to  its  rising  as  the  precursor  of 
great  heat  on  the  earth,  hence  to  that  portion  of 
the  year  the  ancients  gave  the  name  of  dog-days. 
It  is  with  us  overhead  in  the  day-time  during  the 
dog-days,  and  so  invisible,  and  is  at  night  in  the 
lower  hemisphere,  but  is  visible  to  us  about  mid- 
winter. 

Solar  System  —That  system  of  astronomy 
which  is  founded  on  the  theoi-y  that  the  sun  is  the 
immovable  center  of  an  important  portion  of  the 
great  universe,  round  which  all  the  planets  within 
a  circumsci'ibed  circle  revolve  at  different  dis- 
tances and  within  various  spaces  of  time. 

Solstices- The  time  when  the  sun  is  at  the 
greatest  distance  from  the  equator  (twenty-three 
degrees  and  twenty-eight  seconds),  which  happens 
about  June  21,  when  he  enters  the  tropic  of 
Cancer,  or  the  summer  solstice,  and  about  Decem- 
ber 21,  when  he  enters  the  tropic  of  Capric»rn, 
which  is  the  winter  solstice. 

Spectroscope— An  instrument  similar  to  a 
spy-glass  or  telescope,  used  in  making  observa- 
tions of  heavenly  bodies  for  the  purpose  of  deter- 
mining their  physical  constitution.  This  is 
accomplished  by  analyzing  the  light  of  objects. 


71 


(b^ — 


V 


A 


X 


^ 


1(36 


ASTRONOMICAL     DICTIONARY. 


as  the  sun,  moon,  planets,  stars,  comets  or  nebula, 
by  means  of  the  spectroscope.  The  spectra  of 
the  planets  Venus,  Mars,  Jupiter,  and  Saturn, 
show,  bbsides  the  signs  peculiar  to  the  reflected 
light  of  the  sun,  signs  which  are  eridence  of  the 
presence  about  those  bodies  of  an  atmosphere 
containing  aqueous  vapor. 

Stars— A  general  name  given  to  the  heavenly- 
bodies  seen  from  the  earth,  except  the  sun  and 
moon.  "Fixed"  stars  are  those  that  do  not 
change  their  positions  in  respect  to  one  another. 
"Variable"  stars  are  those  whose  brilliancy 
periodically  or  irregularly  increase  and 
decrease;  some  appear  to  be  gradually  gaining 
luminosity,  and  otliers  are  becoming  more 
obscure,  while  some  have  suddenly  blazed  forth 
with  great  splendor,  then  become  dim  and 
finally  disappear.  "  Clusters"  appear  at  several 
points  in  the  heavens,  which,  under  the  telescopic 
view,  become  groups  of  many  stars;  in  the 
Pleiades,  six  or  seven  stars  appear  to  the  naked 
eye,  but  one  astronomer  affirms  that  he 
counted  200  in  this  cluster,  and  some  clusters, 
it  is  estimated,  contain  at  least  10,000  or  20,000 
stars.  ' '  Double  "  or  "  Binary  "  stars  are  revealed 
by  the  telescope  in  various  portions  of  the 
heavens,  two  or  more  stars  being  either  placed 
very  near  each  other  and  revolving  around  each 
other,  and  both  around  a  common  center,  or  else 
they  may  be  at  a  great  distance  from  each  other, 
but  nearly  in  the  same  tine  of  vision  from  the 
earth.  ' '  Nebula  "  are  light  spots  in  the  heavens, 
some  consisting  of  clusters  of  exceedingly  small 
stars,  while  others,  like  luminous  clouds  of  dif- 
ferent forms,  resemble  comets,  rings,  etc. 
What  they  are  astronomy  does  not  yet 
reveal.  Many  of  the  stars  vary  in  color, 
curiously  contrasting  with  each  other  in  the 
heavens;  Mars  is  a  red  star;  Jupiter  is  of  a  cold, 
steel-blue  color;  some  have  green  tints,  some 
yellow,  others  are  white,  etc.  At  a  moderate 
estimate  man  has  discovered  13,000.000  stars.  The 
enormous  distances  of  the  stars  from  our  planet 
can  only  be  generally  referred  to  here,  Sirius 
being  twenty  trillion  miles  away. 

Snn-Oogrs,  or  Mock-Suns— The  sun  shining 
on  icy  particles  of  the  atmosphere.  Sun-dogs 
occur  during  the  cold  season,  in  the  early  nioru- 
ing,  and,  when  conditions  are  favorable,  even  late 
in  the  forenoon.  When  the  air  is  full  of  floating 
frost  crystals,  after  sunrise,  sun-dogs  may  be 
formed  before  the  vision  of  the  spectator,  as  many 
as  seven  at  a  time,  accompanied  or  joined  by 
large  bright  circles,  making  a  spectacle  of  unusual 
brilliancy.  Sometimes  one  great  bright  spot  will 
indicate  the  position  of  the  rising  sun  on  a  cold, 
frosty  morning,  the  image  of  which  will  be  trans- 
mitted by  refraction  of  its  light  in  dilTerent 
directions  and  in  contiguous  portions  of  the 
heavens.  Sun-dogs  aie  thus  (1)  an  effect  of  the 
8un  shining  on  the  frosty  icd-crystals  of  the 
atmosphere,  which  produces,  by  the  reflection  of 
its  light,  a  large  bright  spot  or  image  of  itself; 
(2)  the  refraction  of  light  from  this  llrst  bright 
Image  into  the  surrounding  froHty  atmosphere,  by 
means  of  which  it  is  duplicated,  aniiaccompaniL-d 
by  haios  or  great  circles  of  light. 

Sun-spot*— Supi)()sed  to  be  irregular  openings 
in  the  outer,  light-giving  covering  of  the  sun, 
like  a  break  in  our  own  trloudy  sky,  showing  us 
the  dark  body  of  the  sun  below  it. 

H|>hepe— The  concave  vault,  or  expanse,  which 
surrounds  all  portions  of  our  earth,  and  in  which 


the  stars  and  planets  appear  to  the  eye  to  be 
placed  nearly  equidistmt  from  us. 

Tanrns  (the  Bull)  —  A  constellation  of  the 
northern  hemisphere,  representing  the  head  and 
shoulders  of  a  furious  bull,  and  is  the  second  sign 
of  the  zodiac,  Aries,  the  Ram,  being  first.  It  is 
found  between  Perseus  and  the  Charioteer  on  the 
north,  the  Twins  on  the  east,  and  Orion  and  the 
River  Po  on  the  west.  It  contains  141  visible 
stars,  including  the  two  beautiful  clusters  of  the 
Pleiades  and  Hyades,  the  first  on  the  shouliier  and 
the  latter  in  the  face  of  the  Bull.     See  Pleiades. 

Tides  —  The  regular  peiiodical  current  of 
water,  which,  when  it  rises,  is  called  the  flow, 
and  when  it  goes  back  is  the  ebb.  Newton  attrib- 
uted this  phenomenon  to  the  influence,  prin- 
cipally, of  the  moon,  and  also  of  the  sun  in  a  less 
degree.  Pluramer  says  that  the  waters  of  the 
ocean  vertically  below  the  moon  experience  an 
attraction,  heaping  them  up  below  the  nocturnal 
planet,  and  a  similar  wave  on  the  opposite  side  of 
the  globe,  and  that  these  waves  follow  the  diurnal 
motion  of  the  moon  about  the  earth.  The  sun, 
also,  causes  a  similar  but  smaller  wave  on  both 
sides  of  the  globe.  When  the  combined  influences 
of  the  sun  and  moon  cause  two  waves  at  the  same 
time,  it  is  called  a  "  spring  tide."  The  height 'of 
the  solar  tide  is  to  the  height  of  the  lunar  tide  as 
two  to  five,  when  the  moon  is  in  her  first  and 
second  quarters.  The  tides  are  lowest  (called 
' '  neap  tides  ")  because  then  the  planet  is  farthest 
from  the  earth.  The  general  theory  of  the  tides 
is  this,  that  when  the  moon  is  nearest  to  the 
earth,  her  attraction  is  strongest  and  the  tidal 
waves  are  highest,  but  when  she  is  farthest  from 
the  globe  the  tides  are  lowest. 

Transit— The  passage  of  any  planet  just  over 
or  by  a  fixed  star  or  the  sun's  disk,  particularly 
the  transit  of  Venus  and  Mercury,  which  always 
greatly  interests  astronomei-s. 

Twilight— By  the  atmospheric  refraction  of 
the  rays  of  the  sun  its  light  is  reflected  upon  the 
earth  before  its  rising  and  after  its  setting.  "  In 
the  morning,  when  the  sun  has  arrived  at  eighteen 
degrees  below  the  horizon,  his  rays  pass  over  our 
heads  into  the  higher  region  of  the  atmosphere, 
and  are  thence  reflected  or,  as  it  were,  bent  down 
to  the  earth.  The  day  is  then  said  to  dawn,  and 
the  light  gradually  increases  until  the  sun  appears 
above  the  hori2on :  this  is  called  morning  twilight, 
or  aurora.  In  the  evening,  after  sunset,  the  rays 
of  the  sun  continue  to  illuminate  the  atmosphere 
till  he  sinks  eighteen  degrees  below  the  horizon, 
and  a  similar  eff'ect,  called  the  evening  twilight, 
is  produced. "    (Btirritt. ) 

Time— A  certain  measure  or  portion  of  eter- 
nity— "  a  strip  of  time  between  two  eternities"— 
graduated  by  the  motions  of  the  heavenly  bodies. 
'  •  Apparent  time  "  is  that  reckoned  by  the  sun,  so 
that  the  sun's  center  passes  over  the  meridian  at 
precisely  12  o'clock  fnoon).  "  Mean  time"  is  that 
indicated  by  a  perfect  clock,  rightly  adjusted, 
which  slightly  differs  from  the  sun  or  apparent 
time. 

XJma  Major  (the  Great  Bear)— .\n  important 
constellation  in  the  northern  hemisphere,  con- 
taining eighty-seven  visible  stars,  of  which  one  is 
of  the  first  magnitude  and  three  of  the  s<'cond. 
It  Is  situated  between  the  Little  Bear  on  the  north 
and  the  Little  Lion  on  the  south,  and  is  one  of  the 
most  conspicuous  and  noted  in  this  hemisphere. 
Among  its  remarkable  features  is  the  cluster  of 


A. 


seven  stars  familiarly  known  as  the  "dipper," 
the"  plow,"  or  "Charles'  Wain."  Although 
there  is  no  resemblance  whatever  to  a  bear  or 
other  animal.-it  is  stated  that  both  the  remote 
American  Indian  tribe  of  Iroquois  and  the  earliest 
Arabs  in  Asia,  probably  without  having  ever 
communicated  with  each  other,  gave  this  constel- 
lation the  name  of  ' '  Great  Bear. " 

Ursa  Minor  (the  Little  Bear)— Another  con- 
stellation of  the  northern  hemisphere,  containing 
twenty-four  stars,  of  which  the  seven  principal 
ones  form  a  fi^re  resembling  that  in  the  Great 
Bear,  only  the  "dipper"  is  revei-sed  and  about 
half  as  large  as  the  one  noticed  above.  The  first 
star  in  its  handle  is  the  present  polar  star,  and 
the  others  revolve  constantly  about  it.  All  the 
stars  in  the  group,  being  situated  near  the  pole  of 
the  heavens,  seem  to  move  very  slowly  around  it 
in  circles  so  small  that  they  never  sink  below  the 
horizon.     (See  Polar  Star). 

Vertical— Pertaining  to  the  zenith— as  planets 
are  vertical  when  directly  overhead. 

Vertex— -Another  terra  for  the  zenith— the  top 
of  a  perpendicular  line. 

Virgo  (the  Virgin)— The  sixth  sign  of  the 
zodiac,  and  a  constellation  situated  next  east  of 
the  Lion  and  about  halfway  between  Berenice's 
Hair  on  the  north  and  the  Crow  on  the  south.  It 
covers  a  large  field  in  space,  and  contains  IIO 
stars,  including  only  one  of  the  first  magnitude. 
(Flamstead. ) 

Vesta— One  of  the  asteroidal  planets  in  our 
solar  system,  discovered  by  Dr.  Gibers  of  Bremen, 
March  29,  1807,  in  the  constellation  of  the  Virgin. 
It  appeai-s  like  a  star  of  the  fifth  or  sixth  magni- 
tude, shining  with  a  steady  radiance,  and  can  be 
seen  with  the  naked  eye.  Its  orbit  is  so  eccentric 
that  it  is  sometimes  farther  from  the  sun  than 
either  Ceres,  Pallas,  or  Juno,  although  its  average 
distance  is  many  millions  of  miles  less  than  theirs. 
Its  orbit  crosses  those  of  all  three  in  two  opposite 
points. 

Vulcan— A  planet  discovered  in  1859,  situated 
between  Mercury  and  the  sun.  According  to  Pro- 
fes.sor  Tice's  estimate,  it  is  as  large  as  Uranus, 
having  a  diameter  of  33,000  miles.  It  was  re-dis- 
covered by  Professor  Watson,  at  Rawlins,  Kas, 

"Winter— That  season  of  the  year  when,  in  the 
northern  hemisphere,  the  sun  is  in  the  tropic  of 
Capricorn,  and  at  his  greatest  declination  from 
the  equator;  known  as  the  coldest  portion  of  the 
year  in  countries  north  of  the  equator. 

Zenith— The  vertical  point  of  the  heavens, 
ninety  degrees  distant  from  the  horizon. 

Zodiac  —  A  zone,  or  girdle,  about  sixteen 
degrees  in  breath,  extending  quite  around  the 
heavens,  and  including  all  the  heavenly  bodies 
within  eight  degrees  on  each  side  of  the  ecliptic, 
it  includes,  also,  the  orbits  of  all  the  jilanets, 
except  some  of  the  asteroids,  since  they  are 
never  seen  beyond  eight  ilegi-ecs  cither  north  or 
south  of  the  ecliptic.  (Hurritf.)  It  has  also 
twelve  constellations  within  its  bounds,  which  are 
called  the  twelve  signs  of  the  zodiac.  See  Signs, 
and  EcLii'Tic. 

Zone— A  division  of  the  eartli's  surface,  of 
which  there  are  five,  distinguished  according  to 
the  degree  of  heat  to  which  ea<-h  part  is  exposed, 
into  two  temperate,  two  frigid,  and  one  torrid 
zone,  the  latter  being  central. 


-CY 


WHAT    IS    TllK    oli.IKCT    OF    LIVK  1 


ICA 


^ 


m 


■  ^ 


What  Causes  Good  and  Evil  Actions  Among  Men. 


IIAT  is  the  object  of  man's 
creation?  That  is  a  miittor 
of  question.  Why  he  should, 
without  choice  of  his  own, 
be  brought  into  existence, 
una  forced  to  pass  through 
life  —  possibly  a  long  life- 
time—with tioubk-  on  every 
side,  is  a  mystery  that  no  one 
can  solve, 
us  man 
ladc  sim- 
ply to  de- 
monstrate 
that  he 
could  be  created,  or  was  he  placed  here  for 
a  ;:urposc,  living  his  brief  time  on  earth 
and  then  passing  on  to  other  spheres  of 
existence  where,  with  broader  opportuni- 
ties, he  may  fill  a  grander  destiny  than  falls 
to  the  lot  of  most  men  here?  All  this  is  a 
matter  of  speculation,  and  yet  faith  leads 
to  the  belief  that  this  life  is  not  all. 

The  mechanic  does  not  construct  a 
machine  to  simply  demonstrate  that  he  can 
make  it.  On  the  contrary,'  he  designs  it 
for  a  purpose.  Reason  teaches  that  the 
Supreme  would  not  create  man  for  the  brief 
and  purposeless  existence  which  he  passes 
here.  Were  that  all,  life  would  not  be 
worth  the  living.  What  then  would  be  the 
object  of  man's  creation? 

Wc  are  forced,  in  the  examination  of  this 
subject,  to  the  conclusion  that  there  is  a 

beyond  toward  which  we  are  all  drifting.  "What  that  future  is  none 
may  absolutely  know  on  earth.  We  may  conjecture,  but  the  certainty 
is  withheld  because  it  would  not  be  well  for  us  to  know  the  future. 
Aspiration,  anticipation,  hope — \\ould  all  die  if  we  knew  to  an  abso- 
lute certainty  the  duties  of  the  morrow. 

If  there  is  a  sphere  in  which  man  will  retain  his  individualily 
beyond  this  existence,  what  will  be  his  condition  there?  That  is  a 
question  about  which,  again,  there  is  nothing  definitely  known.  The 
inference  is,  however,  that  if  man  retains  his  individuality  in 
another  existence,  the  hopes  entertained,  the  loves  cherished,  and 
the  wisdom  acquired  here  will  t)e  retained  and  possessed  there. 


Joseph  Franz  Gall, 


Distinguislied  Phtenolotri^t  who  Fii-st  Mapped  Out  and 
Designated  the  Piu'eno logical  Organs. 


Onr  future  coudilion,  then,  will  depend  upon  the  life  daily  lived  on 
earth.  This  leads  us  to  a  study  of  man,  and  to  an  examination  of 
the  causes  which  influence  his  action  and  develop  his  character. 

It  was  a  former  belief  with  many  people  that  all  good  actions  were 
the  result  of  an  angel  influence  acting  upon  the  individual  from  the 
outside;  that  all  evil  was  the  work  of  an  evil  spirit.  A  study  of 
human  nature,  however,  brought  a  change  of  opinion  on  this  subject. 
It  was  discovered  that  men  possessed  various  grades  of  intullectuai 
capacity  and  moral  development,  depending  upon  parentage  and 
education.  That  human  action  thus  was  the  result  of  training  and 
surrounding  influences,  but  even  when  this 
belief  was  arrived  at  it  was  not  fully  deter- 
mined that  character  and  intellectual 
capacity  could  be  told  by  the  appearance  of 
the  face  and  the  contour  of  the  head. 

Dr.  Gall. 

To  map  out  the  several  faculties  of  the 
mind  was  the  work  of  Joseph  Franz  Gall, 
who  was  born  at  Tiefcnbronn,  in  Baden, 
March  9,  1T58,  and  died  at  Montrouge,  near 
Paris,  August  22,  1828. 

Dr.  Gall  had  pursued  his  literary  studies 
at  Baden,  had  studied  anatomy  and  natural 
history  at  Strasburg,  and  afterwards  re- 
ceived his  diploma  as  a  physician  at  Vienna. 
From  boyhood  be  had  observed  the 
difference  of  talents  displayed  by  his  com- 
panions, and  particnlarly  had  he  noticed 
that  all  those  students  who  excelled  in 
committing  compositions  to  memory,  had 
large  eyes.  Commencing  with  the  idea 
that  individual  characteristics  could  be 
determined  by  certain  outward  manifesta- 
tions, he  continued  the  study,  visiting  lunatic  asylums,  prisons, 
universities  of  learning,  and  other  places  where  certain  grades  of 
intellectuality  and  morality  could  be  found,  until  he  had  determined 
that  all  the  manifestations  of  the  mind  had  their  seat  iu  the  brain 
instead  of  in  the  heart,  as  bad  been  before  supposed. 

After  twenty  years  of  study  he  decided  the  location  of  some 
twenty  of  the  different  organs  of  the  mind,  and  satisfied  himself  that 
the  activity  of  these  could  be  determined  by  tlie  protuberances  on 
the  head.  In  accord  with  this  discovery  he  published  a  general 
medical  work  in  1791,  and  began  lecturing  on  the  subject  in  1790,  at 
Vienna,  where  the  novelty  of  the  theory  created  a  marked  sensation. 


— ^'nC/.' 


■:^ 


PHRENOLOGICAL    TEACHERS. 


Spurzheim, 

isheil  Teacber  of  Phre- 
and  Kaily  Disciple  of 
Dr.  Gall. 


His  first  written  exposition  on  phronulogy  appeared  in  a  paper  pub- 
lished at  Wieland,  in  1198. 

Spurzheim. 

About  this  time  Johann  Caspar  Spurzheim,  who  was  born  at 
Longwich,  in  1776,  espoused  the  theory  of  Dr.  Gall,  and  did  much  to 
popularize  the  doctrine.  In  1802  Gall's  lectures  were,  forbidden  by 
the  Austrian  government  as  dan- 
gerous to  religion.  In  company 
with  Spurzheim,  Gall  then  lec- 
tured for  the  succeeding  eleven 
years*  in  central  and  northern 
Europe,  finally  settling  in  Paris, 
in  1807,  where  his  theories  met 
with  much  opposition,  but  grad- 
ually made  headway. 

Spurzheim  remained  with  Gall 
until  1813,  and  then  commenced 
lecturing  on  the  brain  and  its 
manifestations.  He  delivered  a 
series  of  lectures  in  Great  Britain 
in  1 825,  and  afterwards  went  to  the 
TTnited  States,  where,  in  Bos-ton, 
he  delivered  several  lectures  in 
1832,  in  which  year  he  died. 

George  Combe. 

It  was  during  the  visit  of  Gall  and  Spurzheim  to  Scotland,  in 
1816,  that  George  Combe,  who  was  born  in  Edinburgh,  in  1788, 
became  interested  in  the  subject,  and  at  last  a  firm  believer  in 
phrenology.  Combe  subsequently  issued  "Essays  on  Phrenology" 
and  his  "■  Constitution  of  Man,"  the  latter  of  which  had  a  large  sale. 

In  company  with  his  brother  Andrew, 
be  established,  in  1823,  the  Ed'mhuvgh 
Phrenological  Journal^  and  for  twenty- 
three  years  thereafter  was  a  contributor 
to  its  pages. 

Accompanied  by  his  wife.  Combe  vis- 
ited the  United  States  in  1838,  and 
remained  here  two  years,  during  which 
time  he  delivered  158  lectures.  He  died 
in  1858»  at  Moor  Park,  in  England. 

0.  S.  Fowler. 

Or-«on  Squire  Fowler,  who  was  born  at 
Cohocton,  N.  Y. ,  in  1809,  had  become 
interested  in  the  subject  of  phrenology 
through  the  lectures  of  Spurzheim,  and 
after  his  graduation  at  Amherst  college, 
in  1834,  he  commenced  lecturing  upon 
the  subject,  and,  in  comjiany  with  his 
brother,  Lorenzo  Niles»  he  opened  an 
office  in  Kuw  York  city,  in  1835.  They 
jointly  published,  in  1836,  a  work  entitled 
"Phrenology  Proved,  Illustrated  and 
A])plicd,"  and  together  they  issued,  in 
1849,  "  The  Self-Instructor  in  Phrenology 
and  Physiology." 

In  1838,  O.  S.  Fowler  issued,  in  Phil- 
adelphia, the  first  number  of  the  Ameri- 
can Phrenological  Journal^  where  it  was  published  durin 
succeeding  four  years,  wlien  it  was  removed  to  New  York  in 
1842,  and  published  by  O.  S.  and  L.  N.  Fowler  until  1844.  Mr.  S. 
R.  Wells,  a  brother-in-law  of  the  Fowlers,  became  associated  with 
them,  th"'  firm  being  known  as  Fowler  &  Wells  for  twenty-three 
vfiiT'^.     dnriii"     "  lii-h     tinc'     llii-'    wid'-ly -known    jniltlishinL'-tion'^p, 


through  the  Phrenological  Jour imI^  "Life  IHustrated,"  and  their 
many  books  relating  to  the  science  of  mind  and  the  laws  of 
health,  did  a  great  and  most  beneficial  work  in  the  educating  of  the 
masses  in  a  correct  knowledge  of  the  laws  of  life. 

The  Fowlers   withdrew   from  the  firm  in  1863,  L.   N.   going  to 
London  the  same  year,  where  he  established  himself  as  a  phreno- 
logical  lecturer.     Since  then  he 


George  Combe, 

Aiitlmr  of  '  Combe's  Constitu- 
tion ot    Man,"  ■'  Es.<iays  on 
Phrt-nolopr>-,*'  etc 


"<$>€|^E) 


has  lectured  repeatedly  through- 
out Great  Britain,  besides  publish- 
ing various  works,  among  his 
principal  books  being  "The  Syn- 
opsis of  Phrenology  and  Physiol- 
ogy," "Marriage,  its  History  and 
Philosophy,  with  Directions  for 
Happy  Marriages,"  etc. 

O.  S.  Fowler  has  been  an  inde- 
fatigable worker  in  the  cause  from 
the  time  he  first  entered  the  field. 
Aside  from  almost  continuous 
lecturing  in  all  parts  of  the  United 
States  and  Canada,  he  has  issued 
numerous  books,  among  them 
being:  "  Memory  and  Intellectual 
Improvement  Applied  to  Self- 
Education,"  "Physiology,  Animal  and  Mental,  Applied  to  Health  of 
Body  and  Power  of  Mind,"  "Matrimony,  or  Phrenology  Applied 
to  the  Selection  of  Companions,"  "  Self-Culture  and  Perfection  of 
Character,"  "Hereditary  Descent,  its  Laws  and  Facts  Applied  to 
Human  Improvement,"  "Love  and  Parentage  Applied  to  the  Improve- 
ment of  Offspring,"  "A  Home  for  All,"  and  "  Sexual  Science." 
In  the  past  twenty  years,  through  the  efforts  of  an  army  of  lec- 
turers in  the  field,  the  subject  of  phre- 
nology has  been  very  thoroughly  taught 
in  nearly  every  village  and  hamlet  in  the 
land. 

Physiognomy, 

People  instinctively  judge  of  the  mental 
ability  of  the  persons  whom  they  see. 
No  one  could  fail  to  determine  in  his  own 
mind  the  intellectual  capacity  of  the 
different  heads  as  shown  in  Fig.  1, 
entitled  "Varying  Grades  of  Intelli- 
gence. "  While  the  profile  of  the  extreme 
right,  with  thick  lips,  sloping  chin  and 
forehead,  bears  the  evidence  of  small 
intellect,  the  face  at  the  left  we  readily 
discover  to  be  the  possessor  of  vigorous 
mind  and  strong  intellectual  power.  We 
judge  these  faces  by  the  shape  of  head, 
the  nose,  the  chin,  and  the  lips;  by  the 
texture  of  the  hair,  the  brilliancy  of  the 
eye,  the  color  of  the  skin,  and  the  chang- 
ing expression  of  the  face  as  we  converse 
with  the  individu:d. 

Two  Faces. 

Again,  we  quickly  determine  the  mental 
status  of  the  two  faces,  Figs.  2  and  3. 
evidences  of  vulgarity  and  ignorance — a 
face  that  no  amount  of  training  could  make  into  anything  but  a  low 
order  of  human  being.  On  the  contrary,  in  Fig.  3,  we  see  a  face 
that  exhibits  certain  well-defined  characteristics  which  are  evidences 
of  superior  mental  endf>wnK'nt.  Examination  shows  an  eye  sharp 
and  brilliani,  a  no^e  that  indicates  churacler,  a  forehead  thai  shows  a 


In  Fig.  2  arc  shown  all 


h: 


DIFFERENT   KINDS    OF    FACES. 


Id'.) 


wi^ll-doliiu'd  perceptive  talent,  and  a  mouth  and  chin  that  reveal 
decision  of  purpose. 

While  the  first  would  be  a  menial,  we  nt  once  reeosnize  the  fact 
that  the  latter  i^  a  face  full  of  culture,  refinement  and  power. 

Three  faces  and  heads  are  placed  before  us,  differing:  in  shape  imd 
expression.     In  the  one,  y 

Fig.  4,  wc  sec  the  scowl  N^ 

and  the  wrinkles,  which  ^^-l  y^^C=$^' 
indicate  fear  and  anxiety. 
This  individual,  fearful 
that  he  may  come  to  want, 
and  thinking  only  of  him- 
self, hoards  his  money 
and  ignores  the  wants  and 
sufi'erings  of  others. 

Another  face.  Fig.  5, 
stands  out  in  contrast  with 
this:  a  face  beaming  with 
a  genial  and  pleasant  ex- 
pression. We  intuitively 
recognize  this  man  as 
good  and  kind.  With  a 
kindly  regard  for  the 
wants  of  all,  he  is  partic- 
ularly distinguished  for 
his  benevolence. 

A  third  face.  Fig.  0,  is 
in  the    group.       No    one 
would    accuse    the     pos- 
sessor of  this   face  of  being  miserly,  and  no  one  would  attribute 
to  him  any  benevolence.     In  short,  his  appearance  indicates  only  a 
disposition  to  gratify  his  lower  appetites.     Such  we  judge  him  and 
such  is  a  fact. 

Divisions  of  the  Brain. 

The  steps  will  be  rciidily  pi-rceiwd  which  Ifd  up  to  the  classifica- 
tion of  the  different  organs  of  the 
mind.  Thus,  in  Fig.  7,  we  have 
lines  drawn  which  clearly  define 
the  difference  in  the  shape  of 
heads. 

The  line  drawn  from  c  to  d 
divides  the  brain  into  two  portions, 
the  one  below  being  called  the  basi- 
lar and  the  one  above  the  coronal. 
Observation  proved  that  if  the 
brain  above  this  line  was  larger 
than  that  below,  then  the  moral 
and  intellectual  sentiments  would 
have  the  ascendancy.  If,  on  the 
contrary,  the  brain  lay  mostly  be- 
low this  line,  then  the  animal 
nature  would  predominate. 

Figs.  T  and  8  reveal  two  distinct 
tj'pes  of  faces  often  seen,  the 
peculiarities  of  which  are  as  differ- 
ent as  are  the  shapes  of  the  faces. 
Thus,  while  in  Fig.  8  there  is  large 
perceptive  power  shown  by  the 
protuberance  above  the  eyes,  the 
reflective  faculties  and  the  moral 

are  so  wanting  as  to  show  depression  at  i.  In  such  a  head  as  this 
the  discoverers  of  phrenology  found  the  moral  and  reflective  faculties 
kicking,  and  the  lower  nature  in  control  of  the  individual.  The 
sharp,  perceptive  faculty  would  make  the  individual  keen 
and    active,    but    in    cases   of  emergency  the    man  could    not    be 


relied    upon    implicitly   for    steadiness    of    moral    purpose. 

In  Fig.  7  it  was  found  there  was  so  much  of  the  brain  in  front  of 
a  imd  b  which  gave  intellectual  power,  and  so  much  above  d  and  c 
which  gave  moral  strength,  that  the  man  possessing  unch  a  head  could 
be  depended   ui)on  as  a  person  of  moral  integrity,  however  adverse 

-  might    be     the     circum- 

^.\C  stances    about    the    indi- 

vidual. 

A  long  series  of  exam- 
inations and  experiments 
convinced  Gall  that  there 
were  seven  prominent 
divisions  of  the  brain 
which  might  be  mapped 
out  as  shown  in  Fig.  9: 
that  the  upper  part  per- 
tained to  the  spiritual,  ihe 
front  to  the  intellectual, 
and  the  lower  part  behind 
the  ears  related  to  the 
pi-opensities. 

Further  study  convinced 
him  also  that  each  divis- 
ion, provided  it  was  dc- 
velo])ed  in  harmony  and 
balanced  with  the  others, 
was  essential  to  man's 
progress  and  happiness; 
that  the  animal  propen- 
sities were  necessary  to  the  procreation  of  the  species,  and  that  they 
cared  for  self  and  gave  force  of  character;  that  the  intellectual 
enabled  the  individual  to  grapple  with  the  difticulties  of  life,  while 
the  moral  nature  guided  into  the  higher  and  better  ways. 

For  general  convenience  the  phrenologist  divides  the  brain  into 
three  distinct  compartments,  as  shown  in  Fig.  10. 


Coarse,  Vulgar,  Brutal  and 
Ignorant. 


What  Phrenology  Has  Taught. 


The  advocates  of  phrenology  do 
not  claim  that  it  is  yet  complete  as 
a  science,  but  they  affirm  that  they 
have  demonstrated  beyond  ques- 
tion that  the  brain  is'  the  organ 
through  which  the  mind  manifests 
itself,  and  that  each  faculty  of  the 
mind  has  a  separate  and  distinct 
organ  in  the  brain;  that  the  organs 
relating  to  each  other  are  grouped 
together  in  the  brain  as  shown  in 
the  moral  faculties,  the  propensi- 
ties, etc. ;  that  other  things  being 
equal,  the  power  of  the  brain  may 
be  estimated  by  its  size;  that  the 
manifestations  of  brain  are  affected 
by  the  bodily  conditions;  that  every 
faculty  of  the  raind  is  devised 
for  a  good  purpose,  but  may  be 
perverted,  and  every  faculty  may 
be  cultivated  and  enlarged  by  exer- 
cise, or  may  be  lessened,  by 
neglect. 
Most  phrenologists  and  physiognomists  claim  also  that  character 

can  be  determined  by  many   evidences  existing  outside  the  contour 

of  the  head. 

After  showing  the  conformation  of  the  head,  they  note  the  features 

of  the  face,  the  color  of  the  hair  and  eyes,  the  complexion  of   the 


Bright.  Intelligent  and 
Educated. 


i: 


.Qx — 


170 


THE   TEMPERAMENTS. 


Fisr.  4--OIisprly, 


skin,  the  shape  of  mouth,  no?e  and  face,  brilliancy  of  the  eyes,  arch 
of  the  eyebrows  and  nose,  fineness  of  the  hair,  length  and  size  of 
neck,  breadth  of  chest,  strength  of  lungs,  size  of  body,  shape  of  feet 
and  hands. 

Even  beyond  and  outside  all  these  physical  characteristics,  it  is 
claimed  that  the  mental  peculiarities  of  the  individual  can  be  seen 
and  known  in  the  tone  of  voice,  the  rapidity  of  speech,  the  spright- 
liness  of  motion,  the  firmness  of  step,  the  heartiness  of  a  laugh,  and 
the  LTusp  of  the  hand. 

Temperaments. 

It  is  a  well-known  fact 
that  many  men  with  large 
heads  do  not  accomplish 
as  much  as  others  who 
have  heads  and  bodies  of 
much  less  size.  This 
fact  is  cited  as  one  of  the 
objections  to  the  claim 
that  mental  ability  can  be 
determined  by  the  size  of 
the  brain. 

The  phrenologist  an- 
swers by  saying  that  there 
are  four  temperaments, 
called  the  lymphatic,  the 
sanguine,  the  bilious  and 
the  nervous:  that  every  person  possesses  more  or  less  of  these  in 
his  physical  constitution;  that  the  lymphatic  temperament  is  indi- 
cated by  the  predominance  of  stomach,  which  makes  .roundness  of 
form,  softness  of  flesh,  a  weak  pulse,  and  a  languid  condition 
of  the  system.  With  such  the  hair  is  light,  complexion  pale,  eyes 
blue  and  dull. 

The  sanguine  temperament  largely  depends  upon  a  preponderance 
of  the  arterial  system.  The  person  possessing  it  will  have  light  hair 
and  blue  eyes,  will  be  fairly  rounded  in  muscle,  will  be  ardent, 
active,  enthusiastic,  impressible,  and  will  possess  much  greater 
energ)'  than  the  person 
who  is  under  the  control 
of  the  lymphatic. 

With  the  bilious  tem- 
perament the  liver  is 
taken  as  the  basis.  This 
temperament  is  indicated 
by  black  eyes  and  hair, 
a  dark  and  tawny  skin» 
solid  and  spore  flesh, 
angular  form,  great  en- 
ergy, activity,  and,  if 
couided  with  superior 
mental  development, 
large  power. 

The  nervous  tempera- 
ment rests  upon  a  pre- 
ponderance of  the  nervous 

Hystem.  Those  possessing  it  arc  known  by  their  delicacy  of 
health,  thin  and  angular  features,  light,  thin  hair,  rapid  movements, 
keenly  sensitive  natures,  and  mental  activity. 

These  temperaments  arc,  fortunately,  generally  found  blended 
more  or  less  with  each  other,  and  out  of  the  combination  the  phre- 
nologists designate  another  class  of  temperaments  called  the  motive^ 
the  vital,  and  the  Tnenfat. 

The  persons  possessiing  the  motive  tempenimont  in  a  lartro  degree 
will    be    known  by  large,  ani,'ular   frames,  iironiinrnt   feuturew,   hair 


abundant,  strong,  and  usually  dark;  are  active,  robust,  energetic, 
capable  of  endurance,  and  are  noted  for  executive  force.  If  pos- 
sessed of  a  high  order  of  brain,  the  person  will  be  an  intellectual 
power.  If  deficient  in  mental  capacity,  the  person  will  be  noted  for 
brute  force. 

The  vital  temperament  is  shown  in  the  full  chest,  the  rounded  form, 
fondness  for  outdoor  exercise,  debate,  and  sport.  Those  who  pos- 
sess this  temperament  are  good  livers,  liable  to  excesses  in  eating 
and  drinking,  and  naturally  genial,  but  are  liable  to  be  passionate, 

and  are  prone  to  go  to 
^  extremes,  though  not  al- 
ways so  if  the  tempera- 
ment is  balanced  by  a 
good  organization. 

The  mental  tempera- 
ment gives  its  possessor 
a  slight  frame,  a  large 
forehead,  light,  soft  hair, 
clear  -  cut  features,  a 
graceful  figure,  refine- 
ment, love  of  the  artis- 
tic and  beautiful,  sensi- 
tiveness, and  keen  emo- 
tions. 


Fii:.  .')---lti  iieviilcnt. 


Fie.  G---Idiiitic. 


Quality  of  Brain. 

The  phrenologist  rests 
his  case  also  on  other  conditions,  without  which,  he  admits,  we  cannot 
determine  the  mental  power  of  the  individual.  Among  these  are 
qualily  of  the  brain,  which  is  indicated  by  the  muscles  of  the  body; 
that  a  loose  and  tlabby  flesh  reveals  a  soft  and  spongy  brain;  that  a 
close-knit  frame,  firm  flesh,  and  favorable  temperaments,  show  a 
compact  brain  and  correspondingly  strong  intellectual  power. 

Added  to  this  must  be  taken  into  account  the  state  of  the  health  of 
the  individual.  If  in  perfect  health,  the  brain  will  be  strong  in 
proportion.  If  in  ill-health,  the  manifestations  of  brain  will  be 
weak. 

To  give  the  brain  ample 
opportunity  for  a  full  dis- 
play of  its  power,  there 
must  be  lungs  sulhciontly 
large  to  take  in  a  full 
supply  of  air  with  which 
to  vivify  the  blood,  which 
blood  must  have  a  full 
and  free  circulation  with- 
out the  least  restraint. 

The  powers  of  digestion 
must  also  be  in  perfect 
conditinn,  aided  by  a 
Bufticiency  of  exercise, 
which  will  each  day  pro- 
d  u  c  c  a  p  er  s  p  i  r  a  t  i  o  n 
through  the  pores  of  the 
skin, the  pores  being  kept 
open  by  a  daily  application  of  moisture,  and  rubbing. 

The  mind  should  be  free  from  undue  excitement,  the  sleep  should 
be  all  that  the  individual  requires,  the  occupation  should  be  con- 
genial, the  associates  agreeable,  and  all  the  habits  of  the  individual 
should  be  temperate. 

When  these  condilitms  are  fully  inulcrstood,  Ihe  power  of  the 
brain  may  be  readily  estimated,  and  the  mental  ability  and  character 
(if  the  individual  may  be  told  by  the  form  of  the  person,  the  shape 
of  the  face,  and  the  cuntour  of  the  head. 


:Gi^— 


i 
^ 


■Igk— 


I.dCA'I'KIN    OF    DIFFKRENT    DIN'ISIUNS    llF    Till-;    lillAIN. 


THE  PHRENOLOGICAL  ORGANS. 


Step  by  step  the  advocates  and  students  of  phrcnnloiry  have  dis- 
covered and  determined  the  location  of  some  forty-two  of  the  distinct 
divisions  of  the  biunaii  mind,  of  wbicb  numbur  Dr.  (iall  delinitely 
located  twenty. 

Definition  of  the  Organs. 

1.  AMATiVENEys,  Love 
between  tbe  sexes — desire 
to  marry. 

A,  Conjugality,  Mat- 
rimony—  love  of  one  — 
union  for  life. 

2.  Parental  Love,  Re- 
gard for  offspring,  pets, 
etc. 

3.  Friendship,  Adbe- 
siveness  —  sociability  — 
love  of  society. 

4.  iNHABITIVENESa, 

Love  of  home  and  country. 

5.  C  o  N  T  I  N  u  I T  Y,  ()  n  e 
thing  at  a  time — conj^ecu- 
tiveness. 

E.     VlTATIVENESS,   LoVC 

and  tenacity  of  life — dread 
of  annihilation. 

6.  CoMBATivENESs,  Resistance — defense — courage — opposition. 

7.  Destructiveness,  Executiveness — force — energy. 

8.  Alimentiveness,  Appetite — hunger — love  of  eating. 

9.  Acquisitiveness,  Accumulation — frugality — economy. 

10.  Secretiveness,  Discretion — reserve — policy — management. 

11.  Cautiousness,     (^^^^.^r^ 
Prudence  —  provision  — 
watchfulness, 

12.  Approbative- 
ness.  Ambition — display 
— lo^'c  of  praise. 

13.  Self-Esteem, 
Self-respect — independ- 
ence— dignity. 

14.  Firmness,  Decis- 
ion— perseverance — sta- 
bility — tenacity  of  will. 

15.  Conscientious- 
ness, Integrity — love  of 
right — justice — equity. 

16.  Hope,  Expectation 
—  enterprise  —  anticipa- 
tion. 

17.  Spirituality,  In- 
tuition —  faith  —  "  light 
within" — credulity. 

18.  Veneration. 
Reverence  for  sacred 
things  —  devotion  —  re- 
spect. 

19.  Benevolence,     Kindness  —  goodness  —  sympathy 
thropy. 

20.  Constructiveness,  Mechanical  ingenuity — sleight  of  hand 
31.   Ideality,  Refinement — love  of  beauty — taste — purity. 

B.   Sublimity,  Love  of  grandeur — infinitude — the  endless. 


The  different  organs  of  the  brain,  as  they  have  been  finally  classi- 
fied, located  and  numbered,  arc  shown  in  Fig.  11,  a  brief  synopsis 
of  which  numbers  are  shown  bcrewitli.  For  :i  fuller  description  of 
these,  see  other  pages. 


-^-■^r^    Definition  of  the  Organs. 


The  Subdivisions  of  the  Brain, 

And  the  General  Grouping  of  the  Phrenolog-ical  Organs. 


22.  LtiiTATioN,  Copy- 
ing— patterning" — mimic- 
ry —  f  oil  o  w  i  n  g  e  X  a  m- 
pics. 

23.  M  I  H  T  II  F  U  L  N  E  S  fl , 

Perception  of  the    absurd 
^ocoseness — wit — fun. 

24.  Individuality,  Ob- 
servation— desire  to  see 
and  examine. 

23.  Form,  Recollection 
of  shape  —  memory  of 
persons  and  faces. 

21).  Size,  Cognizance  of 
magnitude— measuring  by 
the  eye. 

27.  Weight,  Balancing 
— climbing — perception  of 
the  law  of  gravity. 

28.  Color,    Perception 


Location  of  Phrenological  Onrans. 


philan- 


and  judgment  of  colors,  and  love  of  them. 

29.  Order,    Perception   and    love   of    method — system — arrange- 
ment. 

30.  Calculation,  Cognizance  of  numbers — mental  arithmetic. 

31.  Locality,  RecoUuctions  of  places  and  scenery. 
i^^KjcW         ^~-  Eventuality, 

Memory  of  facts  and  cir- 
cumstances. 

33:  Time,  Cognizance 
of  duration  and  suc- 
cession of  time — punc- 
tuality. 

34.  Tune,  Sense  of 
harmony  and  melody — 
love  of  music. 

35.  Language,  Ex- 
pression of  ideas — mem- 
ory of  words. 

36.  Causality,  Ap- 
plying causes  to  effect — 
originality. 

37.  Comparison,  In- 
ductive reasoning — anal- 
ysis— illustration. 

C.  Human  Nature, 
Perception  of  character 
!ind  motives. 

B.  Agreeablexess, 
Pleasantness — suavity- 
persuasiveness. 
The  student  in  the  study  of  phrenology  is  much  assisted  by 
the  phrenological  bust  which  shows  a  well-balanced  head,  with  all 
the  organs  located  and  distinctly  marked.  The  best  school,  how- 
ever, for  the  acquisition  of  a  practical  knowledge  of  the  subject  is 
to  study  the  characteristics  of  various  people. 


iCv — 


— ^': 


m 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  DIFFERENT  ORGANS  OF  THE  BRAIN. 


The  exact  location  of  the  different  organs  of  the  brain  are  quite 
fully  shown  in  Fig.  13,  accompanying  which  is  the  following 
description  of  the  organs  as  determined  from  their  size,  taken 
from  the  "Self-Instructor  in  Phrenology,"  published  by  Fowler 
&  Wells.  "New  York.      It  may  be  remarked   also  that   this  descrip- 


tion, which  is  greatly  condensed,  does  not  do  ibe  subject  justice. 
It  is  only  by  a  study  of  all  the  organs  in  combination  that  we 
may  understand  the  mental  characteristics.  The  "  Self-In:ftruc- 
tor"  and  the  larger  phrenological  works  very  fully  explain  all 
this. 


^0  0  0 


1.  A5LiTIVE\ESS. 

Conjugal  love;  attachment  to  the  opposite  seX; 
desire  to  love,  be  loved,  and  marrj';  adapted  to 
pei-petuate  the  race.  It  causes  those  mutual 
attractions  which  exist  between  the  sexes;  creates 
love;  induces  marriage;  eventu- 
ates in  offspring;  renders  woman 
winning,  persuasive,  urbane,  affec- 
tionate, loving,  and  lovely,  and 
develops  all  the  feminine  charms 
and  graces;  makes  man  noble  in 
feeling  and  bearing;  elevated  in 
aspiration:  tender  and  bland  in 
manner;  affectionate  toward  wo- 
man; pure  in  feeling;  highly  sus- 
ceptible to  female  charms,  and 
clothes  him  with  that  dignity, 
power,  and  persuasiveness,  which 
accompanies  the  masculine.  Per- 
verted, it  occasions  a  grossness 
and  vulgarity  in  expression  and 
action;  licentiousness  in  all  its 
forms;  a  feverish  state  of  mind, 
and  depraves  all  the  other  propen- 
sities; treats  the  other  sex  merely 
as  a  minister  to  passion,  now 
caressing,  and  now  abusing  them, 
and  renders  the  love-feeling  every 
way  gross,  animal,  and  depraved. 

L.ar(re  — Is  strongly  attracted 
toward  the  opposite  sex;  admires 
and  loves  their  beauty  and  excel- 
lent qualities;  easily  wins  their 
affectionate  regard,  or  kindles 
tlieir  love;  has  many  warm 
friends,  if  not  admirers,  among 
them:  loves  young  and  powerfully, 
and  wields  a  potent  influence  for 
good  or  evil  over  the  destinies  of 
its  subject,  according  as  it  is  well 
or  ill  placed. 

Averaffe  —  Is  capable  of  fair 
sexnal  attachments  and  conjugal 
love,  providi.'d  it  is  properly  placed 
and  fully  called  out;  experiences  a 
greater  or  less  degree  of  love  in 

frojiortion  to  its  activity;  renders 
he  son  (piite  attached  to  mother 
and  sisters,  and  fond  of  female 
society,  and  endowed  with  a  fair 
liharc  of  masculine  element,  yet 
not  remarkable  for  its  perfection; 
makes  woman  quite  winning  anil 
attractive,  yet  not  particularly 
susceptible  "to  love;  renders  the 
daughter  fond  of  father  and 
brothers,  and  desirous  of  the  soci- 
ety of  men,  yet  not  extremely  so, 
and  capable  of  a  fair  «hare  of  con- 
jugal dcvotedness  under  favorable 
circumstances. 

Small  — Feels  little  conjugal  or  sexual  love 
anil  desire  lo  marry;  is  cold,  coy.  distant,  and 
re-^ervf'd  toward  the  other  sex;  experiences  but 
little  of  the  beautifying  and  elevating  influence 
of  love,  and  should  hot  marry,  because  incapable 
of  apl>reciating  Its  relation  and  making  a  com- 
panion happy. 

2.  PIIILOPKOGEMTIVKNESS. 

Parental  love;  attachment  to  one's  own  off- 
Hprlng;  love  of  children,  pctM,  and  animals 
generally,  especially  thoso  young  or  small; 
adapted  to  that  infantile  condithm  in  which  man 
enters  the  world,  and  to  children's  need  of 
parental  care  and  education.  Tills  fiu^iilty  renders 
children  the  richest  treasure  of  their  parentis; 
easts  into  the  shade  all  the  toll  and  expense  they 


cause,  and  lacerates  them  with  bitter  pangs  when 
death  or  distance  tears  them  asunder.  It  is  much 
larger  in  woman  than  in  man,  and  nature  requires 
mothers  to  take  the  principal  care  of  infants. 
Perverted,   "^  it     spoils    children     by     excessive 


perverted,  it  forms  attachments  for  the  low,  vul- 
gar, or  vicious,  and  leads  to  bad  company. 
Adapted  to  man's  requisition  for  concert  of 
action,  copartnership,  combination,  and  com- 
munity of  feeling  and  interest,  and  is  a  leading 
element  of  his  social  relations. 

■W><K>-; 


ffoooa 


-»«-e-e^ 


Fit,'.  1*2--The  Human  Head, 

And  the  Location  of   the  Various  Organs  of  Mind. 

fondness,     pampering,    and    humoring. 

I^ariee  —  Loves  its  own  children  devotedly, 
values  them  above  all  price,  cheerfully  endures 
toil  and  watching  for  their  sake,  forbears  with 
their  faults,  wins  their  love,  deliirhts  to  play  with 
tliem,  and  cheerfully  sacriflces  to  promote  their 
interest. 

Averaflre  —  Loves  its  own  children  tolerably 
well,  yet  cares  but  little  for  those  of  others. 

Small— Cares  little  for  its  own  children,  and 
Dtill  less  for  those  ol  ollu-is. 

3.  ADHESIVENESS. 

Friendship;  social  feeling;  lovo  of  society; 
desire  to  congi-egato,  associate,  visit,  seek  com- 
pany, entertain  friends,  form  and  reciprocate 
attachments,  and  indulge  friendly  reelings.  When 


l.ai*gre  —  Is  a  warm,  cordial, 
ardent  friend;  readily  forms 
friendships,  and  attracts  friendly 
regard  in  return;  must  have  soci- 
ety of  some  kind. 

Average  —  Is  capable  of  tol- 
erably strong  friendships,  yet 
their  character  is  determined  by 
the  larger  faculties;  enjoys  pres- 
ent friends,  yet  sustains  their 
absence. 

Small  —  Thinks  and  cares  little 
for  friends;  dislikes  copartnei-ship; 
is  cold-hearted,  unsocial,  and  sel- 
fish; takes  little  delight  in  com- 
pany, but  prefers  to  be  alone;  has 
few  friends,  and.  with  large  selfish 
faculties,  many  enemies,  and  man- 
ifests too  little  of  this  faculty  to 
exert  a  perceptible  influence  upon 
character. 

A.  IM0>  FOR  LIFE. 

Attachment  to  one.  and  but  one 
conjugal  partner  for  life.  Adapted 
to  the  pairing  principle  in  man 
and  animals,  and  is  located  be- 
tween Adhesiveness  and  Amative- 
ness.  Some  birds,  such  as  geese, 
eagles,  robins,  etc. ,  pair  for  life, 
and  remain  true  to  their  connubial 
attachment;  while  hens,  turkies, 
sheep,  hoi-ses.  and  neat  cattle. 
associate  promiscuously,  which 
shows  that  it  is  a  faculty  distinct 
from  Amativeness  and  Adhesive- 
ness. 

r^arge  —  Seek?  one.  and  but  one 
scxtiul  mute;  fNiuri'iiCfs  the 
keeilrst  iii-;:Hi|.c.inllni'lU  uhni  love 
is  interiiipli'd;  is  pcMectly  s;itis- 
fied  with  the  society  of  that  one. 
and  can  truly  love  no  other,  and 
retains  that  )ove  even  after  its 
objert  is  dead;  may  love  .■ind  marry 
anotlu-i-.  but  it  will  !..•  nimr  Iimi'h 
motives  i.f  pKJiry  than  imif  ■■..iiju- 
gal  union;  and  siioiiM  e\i-rt  e\('ry 
faculty  to  will  the  heart  and  hand 
iif  the  one  beloved,  nor  allow  any- 
thing to  alienate  their  affections, 
because  certain  ruin  to  mind  and 
body  is  consequent  thereon. 

AveraiTP  —  Is  disposed  to  love 
but  one  for  life,  yet  is  capable  of 
changing  its  object. 

Small— Cares  but  little  for  first  love,  and 
seeks  the  promiscuous  society  anil  affection  of  the 
opposite  sex,  rather  than  a  single  partner  for 
life. 

4.  IN'HABITIVENESS. 

The  home  feeling;  love  of  house,  the  place 
where  one  was  born  or  has  lived,  and  of  home 
associations.  Adapted  to  man's  need  of  an  abid- 
ing idace,  in  which  to  exorcise  the  family  feelings; 
patriotism.  Perversion  —  homesickness  when 
away  from  home. 

I.nriee  — Has  a  strong  desire  to  locate  young, 
to  have  a  hi>mo  or  room  exclustv-.-Iy  to  itself; 
leaves  home  with  trieat  reluctance.  an<l  rctums 
with  extreme  deliifhl;  soon  becomes  attached  to 
house,  sleejiin^-room,    garden,    llelds,    furniture, 


•iz::^;^} 


^ 


'i 


--<) 


i)ES(n;n''Jiox  ov  tiiio   nakkus  iJi;(i.\.\s  oi'  tii]':  minh. 


H:3 


M 


etc. :  and  highly  prizes  domestic  associations,  nor 
js  satislk-d  till  it  has  a  plact^  on  which  to  expend 
this  huiuc  instinct. 

ATeraare  —  Loves  home  tolerably  well,  yet 
with  no  trieat  fervor,  and  changes  the  place  of 
abode  as  the  other  faculties  may  dictate;  takes  no 
great  interest  in  house  or  place,  as  such,  or  pleas- 
ure in  their  improvement,  and  in  siatisllcd  with 
ordinary  home  comforts. 

Small— Cares  little  for  home,  Irnvos  it  without 
nnich  rep-ret.  contemplnlis  it  uitli  little  delight, 
takes  little  pains  In  its  iiii|Mi.viiii.-iit.  and.  with 
Aci|iiisitiveness  large,  ^jnuds  reluctantly  for  its 
inipruvenient. 

5.  COKTINt'ITY. 

A  patient  dwelling  upon  one  thing  till  it  is  fin- 
ished; consecutiveness  and  connectedness  of 
thought  and  feeling.  Adapted  to  man's  need  of 
doing  one  thing  at  a  time.  I'erversion— prolixity, 
repetition,  and  excessive  amplification. 

IjurKe  — Gives  the  whole  mind  to  the  one  thing 
ill  liiuid  till  it  is  finished;  completes  as  it  goes; 
keeps  up  one  common  train  of  thought,  or  current 
of  feeling,  for  along  time;  is  disconcerted  if  atten- 
tion is  directed  to  a  second  object,  and  cannot 
duly  consider  another. 

Averaee  —  Can  dwell  upon  things,  or  divert 
ftttentiun  to  others,  as  oceasion  requires;  is  not 
cotilused  by  interruption,  yet  prefers  one  thing  at 
a  time. 

Small  —With  activity  great,  commences  many 
things,  yet  -finishes  few;  craves  novelty  and 
variety;  puts  many  irons  into  the  fire;  lacks 
application;  jumps  rapidly  from  premise  to  con- 
clusion, and  fails  to  connect  and  carry  out  ideas; 
is  a  creature  of  imjuilst.';  lacks  ?.ti/:ulincss  and 
consistency  of  character;  iii;iy  hr  inillririt,  yet 
cannot  be  profound;  hiunmiiit-'-lunl  like,  fiies 
rapidly  from  thing  to  tlnng.  but  dues  not  stay 
long;  has  many  good  thouglits,  yet  they  are  scat- 
tered: and  talks  on  a  great  variety  of  subjects  in 
a  short  time,  but  fails  sadly  in  consecutiveness  of 
feeling,  thought,  and  action. 

A.  VITATIVENESS. 

Tenacity  of  life,  resistance  to  death,  lore  of 
existence  as  such,  dreads  annihilation,  loves  life, 
and  clings  tenaciously  to  it  for  its  own  sake. 

Large  — Struggles  resolutely  through  fits  of 
sickness,  and  will  not  give  up  to  die  till  it  is  abso- 
lutt'ly  compelled  to  do  so. 

Average  —  Enjoys  life,  and  clings  to  it  with  a 
fair  degree  of  earnestness,  yet  by  no  means  with 
passionate  fondness. 

Small  — Likes  to  live,  yet  cares  little  about 
existence  fur  its  own  sake. 

C.   COMBATIVENESS. 

Resistance,  opposition,  defense,  defiance,  bold- 
ness, courage,  resentment,  spirit,  willingness  to 
encounter,  self-protection,  presence  of  mind, 
determination,  get-out-of-my-way,  let-me-and- 
mine-alone;  adapted  to  man's  requisition  forovar- 
coniing  obstacles,  contending  for  rights,  etc. 
Perversion— anger,  contrariety,  fault-finding, 
contention,  ill-nature,  and  fighting. 

I^arere  — Imparts  a  bold,  resolute,  fearless, 
determined  spirit;  disposes  to  grnpple  with  and 
remove  obstacles,  and  diixt-^i  wli.Ufver  it  under- 
takes; loves  debati'  and  I'pinisiTii'H;  gives  great 
coolness,  intrepidity  and  pn^tiic-  of  mind  in 
time  of  danger,  and  Jiervts  uue  fur  encounter. 

Averjige  —  Evinces  the  combative  spirit 
according  to  circumstances;  when  vigorously 
opposed,  ui'  when  any  of  thr  f>tbcr  larulrii's  work 
in  cunjunclioii  with  < 'MirJi.ti  i  v  rtir-s.  -.||,.\\  -  a  good 
degree  of  the  up|ii>-nit.',  m.  i  l-ii  !.■  -in  r  n  .  imt,  when 
any  of  the  ntlu'r  laciiiIii.->,  -mli  :i-,  lai  u.'  I'autious- 
ness  or  Appiobativ<_nes,s  wmk  against  it,  it  evinces 
irresolution,  and  even  cowardice. 

Small  —  Is  inefficient,  can  accomplish  little, 
never  feels  its  own  strength,  and  with  large  moral 
and  intellectual  organs,  is  too  gentle  and  easily 
satisfied. 

7.  DESTRI'CTIVENESS. 

Executiveness,  severitj'.  sternness,  the  destroy- 
ing and  pain-causing  faculty,  harshness,  extermi- 
nation, indignation,  disposition  to  break,  crush, 
and  tear  down,  the  walk-right-through  spirit, 
adapted  to  man's  destroying  whatever  is  prejudi- 


cial to  his  happinesfl;  performing  and  enduring 
surgical  operations,  undergoing  pain.  etc.  Per- 
version—wrath, revenge,  malice,  disposition  to 
murder,  etc. 

T*jir(te— Iniparts  that  determination,  energy, 
and  force  which  removes  or  destroys  whatever 
impedes  its  progression. 

AveraRre  — Manifests  itself  in  a  similar  man- 
ner as  when  full,  due  allowance  being  made  for 
diminished  power. 

Small  — With  large  moral  fat'ulties.  possesses 
too  tender  a  soul  to  enj()y  our  world  as  it  is,  or  to 
endure  hardships  or  cruelties. 

8.  ALIMEXTIVENESS. 

Appetite,  the  feeding  instinct,  relish  fur  food, 
hunger,  adapted  to  man's  need  of  food,  and  creat- 
ing a  disposition  to  eat.  Perverted,  it  produces 
gormandizing  and  gluttony,  and  ends  in  dyspepsia 
and  all  its  evils. 

L.arse  —  Has .  a  hearty  relish  for  food,  sets  a 
high  value  upon  table  enjoyments,  and  solid, 
hearty  food. 

Average  — Enjoys  food  well,  and  eats  with  a 
fair  relish;  yet  rarely  over-eats  except  when  ren- 
dered craving  by  dyspeptic  complaints. 

Small  —  Eats  with  long  teeth,  and  little  relish; 
hardly  knows  or  cares  what  or  when  he  eats,  and 
should  pay  more  attention  to  duly  feeding  the 
body. 

9.  ACQI'ISITIVEXESS. 

Economy;  frugality;  the  acquiring,  saving, 
and  hoarding  instinct;  laying  up  of  surplus,  and 
allowing  nothing  to  be  wasted;  desire  to  possess 
and  own;  the  mine  and  thine  feeling;  claiming 
of  one's  own  things;  love  of  ti'adingand  amass- 
ing property.  Adapted  to  man's  need  of  laying 
up  the  necessaries  and  comforts  of  life  against  a 
time  of  future  need.  Perversion— a  miserly, 
grasping,  close-fisted  penuriousness. 

X^arge —  Saves  for  future  use  what  is  not 
wanted  for  present;  allows  nothingtogo  to  waste; 
turns  every  thing  to  a  good  account;  buys  closely, 
and  makes  the  most  of  all  it  gets;  is  industrious, 
econuiiiual,  and  vigorously  emploj's  means  to 
accumuhitt:  property  and  desires  to  own  and  pos- 
sess much. 

Average  —  Loves  property;  yet  the  other 
faculties  spend  quite  as  fast  as  this  faculty  accu- 
mulates. 

Small  — Holds  money  loosely;  spends  it  often 
without  getting  its  full  value;  cares  little  how 
his  money  goes. 

10.  SECKETIVEXESS, 

Self-government,  abilitj'  to  restrain  feelings, 
policy,  management,  reserve,  evasion,  discre- 
tion, cunning.  Adapted  to  man's  requisition  for 
controlling  his  animal  nature.  Perverted,  it 
causes  duplicity,  double-dealing,  lying,  decep- 
tion, and  all  kinds  of  false  pretensions. 

I^arge- Throws  a  veil  over  the  countenance, 
expression,  and  comluct;  appears  to  aim  at  one 
thing  while  accompli^lnriu'"  aiiniher;  loves  to  sur- 
prise others;  iseiii^-nnaiicLiI.  mysterious,  guai'ded, 
foxy,  politic,  shrewd,  manauing,  employs  hum- 
bug, and  IS  hard  to  be  found  out. 

Average  — Maintains  a  good  share  of  self- 
government,  except  when  under  excitement,  and 
then  lets  the  whole  mind  out  fully. 

Small  — Is  perfectly  transparent:  seems  to  he 
just  what,  and  all  that,  it  really  is;  disdains  con- 
cealment in  all  its  forms;  is  no  hypocrite,  but  pas- 
sive and  uiiequivocal  in  all  it  says  or  does. 

11.  C.U'TIOUSNESS. 

Carefulness,  watchfulness,  prudence,  provis- 
ion against  want  and  danger,  solicitude,  anxiety, 
apprehension,  security,  protection,  avoiding 
prospective  evils,  the  sentinel.  Adapted  to  those 
dangers  which  suiTound  us,  and  those  provisions 
necessary  for  our  future  happiness.  Perversion- 
irresolution,  timidity,  procrastination,  inde- 
cision. 

Tjarge  —  Is  always  on  the  look-out;  takes 
ample  tnne  to  get   ready;   provides  against  pros- 


pective dangers;  makes  every  thing  safe;  gunr^Js 
againi^t  losses  and  evils;  incuix  nu  riwk;  sure 
binds  that  it  may  sure  find:  with  large  (Jumbat- 
ivencss,  HoiH?.  and  un  ("ctivc  teniperament, 
drives.  Jehu-like,  whatever  is  undertaken,  yet 
drives  euuiiously. 

Average- Has  a  good  share  of  prudence, 
whenevei- this  faculty  works  In  conn4'eli<iii  with 
the  larg.-r  oi'gans.  yet  evinces  but  little  in  the 
direction  of  the  smaller  organs. 

Small  — Is  rash,  reckless,  luckleys;  and  with 
large  Hope,  always  in  trouble;  with  large  Combut- 
ivehess,  i)lunges  headlong  into  diffleulties  in  lull 
sight,  and  should  assiduously  cultivate  this 
faculty. 

12.    APPUOIUTIVEXESS. 

Desire  to  be  esteemed,  rcg.ard  for  eharactcr, 
appearance,  etc. ;  love  of  praise,  desire  to  excel, 
ambition,  affability,  politeness,  desire  to  display 
and  show  off,  sen.se  of  honor,  desire  for  a  good 
name,  for  notoriety,  fame,  eminence,  distinction, 
and  to  be  thought  well  off,  pride  of  character. 
sensitivene.ss  to  the  speeches  of  people,  and  love 
of  popularity.  Adapted  to  the  reputable  and 
disgraceful.  Perversion  —  vanilj-,  affectation, 
ceremoniousness,  aristocracy,  pomposity;  eager* 
ness  for  popularity,  outside  display,  etc. 

Large  — Loves  commendation,  and  is  cut  by 
censure;  is  keenly  alive  to  the  smiles  of  i)ublic 
opinion:  minds  what  people  say;  strives  to  show 
ort"  to  afivantatre,  and  is  affable,  courteous,  and 
desii.iii-^  ..t  pliasing;  loves  to  be  in  company, 
stand--  "11  f.ti'|ii.-tte  and  ceremony;  aspires  to  do 
and  liirinnr  .--innething  great;  sets  milch  by 
appeal  iiiirs  ami  is  mortified  by  reproach;  with 
lartrc  '  .' m  I'm-n.-ss  and  moderate  Self-Esteem  is 
careliil  ti.  i.iki  ibc  popular  side,  and  fears  to  face 
the  ridicule  ui  others;  yet  with  Conscience  and 
Comljativeness  large,  sticks  to  the  right,  though 
it  is  unpoi>ular,  knowing  that  it  wilT  ultimately 
confer  honor. 

Average  —  Evinces  only  a  respectable  share 
of  this  faculty,  except  when  it  is  powerfully 
wrought  upon  by  praise  or  reproach. 

Small  — Cares  little  for  the  opinion  of  others, 
even  of  friends;  is  comparatively  insensible  to 
praise:  disregards  style  and  fasluDn;  d^:'^pis*■s 
etiquette  and  formal  usages;  never  a>ks  what  will 
persons  think,  and  puts  on  no  outside  appt-aram,.. 
for  their  own  sake;  with  large  Self-Esteem.  Finii- 
ness,  und  Combativeness,  is  destitute  of  polite- 
ness, devoid  of  ceremony,  and  not  at  all  fiexible 
or  pleasing  in  manner;  with  large  Combativeness 
and  Conscientiousness,  goes  for  the  right  regard 
less  of  popularity,  and  is  always  making  enemies. 

13.  SELF-ESTEEM. 

Self-appreciation  and  valuation,  self-respect  and 
reliance,  magnanimity,  nobleness,  indeiiendence. 
dignity,  self-satisfaction  and  complacency;  love 
of  liberty  and  power,  an  aspiring,  self-elevating, 
ruling  instinct,  pride  of  character,  manliness, 
lofty-mindedness,  and  desire  for  elevation. 
Adapted  to  the  superiority,  greatness,  and  exalted 
dignity  of  human  nature.  Perversion  —  haughti- 
ness, forwardness,  over-bearing,  tyranny,  ego- 
tism, and  superciliousness. 

Large  —  Puts  a  high  estimate  upon  itself,  its 
sayings,  rioings,  and  capabilities;  falls  back  upon 
its  own  unaided  resinir<es;  will  not  take  advice, 
but  in-ir-ls  upmi  liciiiLr  its  own  master;  is  high- 
minded ;  will  never  St'. up  or  demean  itself;  aims 
high,  is  not  satisfied  with  moderate  success,  or  a 
petty  business,  and  comports  and  expi"esses  itself 
with  dignity,  and  perhaps  with  majesty,  and  is 
perfectly  self-satisfied. 

Average  —  Shows  this  faculty  mainly  in 
combination  with  those  that  are  larger. 

Small  —  Feels  diminutive  in  its  own  eyes; 
lacks  elevation  and  dignity  of  tune  and  manner; 
places  a  low  estimate  on  self;  and,  with  Appro- 
bativeness  large,  is  more  anxious  to  appear  well 
in  the  eyes  of  others  than  in  its  own. 

14.  FIRMXESS. 

Stability,  decision,  perseverance,  fixedness  of 
purpose,  tenacity  of  will,  and  aversion  fo  change. 
Adapted  to  man's  requisition  for  holding  out  to 
the  end.  Perversion  —  obstinacj'.  willfulness, 
raulishness.  stubbornness,  unwillingness  to 
change,  even  though  reason  requires. 


-O^*'— 


-^:[>\ 


i^iK 


17i 


hescrh^tion  of  the  various  organs  of  the  mind. 


l^arffe  —  Is  s^et  in  its  own  way,  sticks  to  and 
cai-n<->  out  what  it  coininences,  holds  on  long 
and  hard,  continues  to  the  end,  and  may  be  fully 
rtdifd  upon. 

Small  — With  activity  great,  and  the  head  un- 
even, is  fitful,  impulsive,  and.  like  the  weather- 
vane,  shifts  with  every  changing  breeze,  and  is 
ruled  by  the  other  faculties,  and  as  unstable  as 
water. 

15.  CO>'SCIENTIOl'S\ESS. 

Moral  principle,  inte^ty.  perception  and  love 
of  right,  innate  sense  of  accountability  and  obli- 
gation, love  of  justice  and  truth,  regard  for  duty, 
desire  for  moral  purity  and  excellence;  disposi- 
tion to  fulfill  promises,  agreements,  etc. ;  the 
internal  monitor  which  approves  the  right  and 
condemns  the  wrong,  sense  of  guilt,  contrition, 
desire  to  reform,  penitence,  forgiveness.  Adapted 
to  the  rightness  of  right,  and  the  wrongness  of 
wrong,  and  to  the  moral  nature  and  constitution 
of  things.  Perverted,  it  makes  one  do  wrong 
from  conscientious  scruples,  and  torments  with 
undue  self-condemnation. 

Ijarge— Loves  the  right  as  right,  and  hates 
the  wrong;  is  honest,  faithful,  upright  in  motive; 
means  well;  consults  duty  before  expediency; 
feels  guilty  when  conscious  of  having  done  wrong; 
desiies  forgiveness  for  the  past,  and  to  do  better 
in  future;  with  strong  propensities,  will  some- 
times do  wrong,  and  then  be  exceedingly  son^ 
therefor;  and,  with  a  wrong  education  added,  is 
liable  to  do  wrong,  thinking  it  to  be  right,  because 
these  propensities  warp  conscience,  yet  means 
right. 

Average  — When  not  tempted  by  stronger 
faculties  does  what  is  about  I'ight,  generally 
justifies  itself,  and  does  not  feel  particularly 
indignant  at  the  wrong,  or  commendatory  of  the 
right. 

Small- Has  few  conscientious  scruples,  has 
little  penitence,  gratitude,  or  regard  for  mora! 
prmciple.  justice,  duty,  etc.,  and  is  governed 
mainly  by  the  larger  faculties. 

16.  HOPE. 

Expectation,  anticipation  of  future  success  and 
happiness.  Adapted  to  man's  relations  with  the 
future.  Perverted,  it  becomes  visionary  and 
castle-building. 

Large- Expects  much  from  the  future;  con- 
templates with  pleasure  the  bright  features  of 
life's  picture;  never  desponds;  overrates  prospec- 
tive good,  and  underrates  and  overlooks  obstacles 
and  evils;  calculates  on  more  than  the  nature  of 
the  case  will  warrant;  expects,  and  hence  attempts 
a  great  deal,  and  is  therefore  always  full  of  busi- 
iH's^;  is  sanguine,  and  rises  above  present  trouble 
by  hoping  for  better  things  in  future,  and  though 
disappointed,  hopes  on  still;  builds  some  air  cas- 
tles, and  lives  in  the  future  more  than  in  the 
present. 

Average —  Ex]»r'ffs  and  attempts  too  little, 
rather  than  ton  iiiihIl;  wiili  I,uk''  rauliuusness, 
dwells  nmri>  on  dillirulli.-  lliaii  i-rninii  ak'ements; 
is  conti-nted  with  the  prcH(.-nt  rather  tliuu  lays  out 
for  the  future. 

Small  —Expects  and  undertakes  very  little; 
with  iargt  Cautiousness,  puts  off  till  it  is  too  late; 
is  always  behind;  may  embark  in  projects  after 
every  body  cl.se  has  succci^ded,  but  will  then  be 
too  late,  and  in  general  knocks  at  the  door  just 
after  it  has  been  bolted;  with  large  Cautiousness, 
is  forcvi-r  in  doulii :  with  large  AjJprubativeness 
and  Cautiousness,  thtnigh  most  d.-siritu>nf  praise, 
ha-s  little  hopes  of  obtaiiiiiitr  it,  and  therefore  is 
exceedingly  backward  in  nocicty. 

17.  SFIKITLAUTV. 

Faith,  prescience,  the  "  light  within,"  trust  in 
divine  guiding,  perception  and  feeling  of  the 
Hpirltual;  Interior  perception  of  truth,  what  is 
about  to  transpire,  etc.  Adapted  to  a  spiritual 
Btat*  of  mind  and  feeling.  Perversion— super.Hti- 
tion.  wlichrraft,  and  with  Cautiousness  large, 
fear  of  ghosts. 

I..arKe  —  PercelvOB  and  knowg  things  independ- 
ent of  tlie  Hcnses  or  Intellect,  or  as  it  were  by 
spiritual  intuition;  experiences  an  intei-nal  con- 
KciousneHM  of  what  Ik  best,  and  that  spiritual 
rommunbfn  with  God  which  constitut^-s  the 
<-N.Htnce  of  true  piety;  Iovch  to  ruPdltate;  bewtows 
a  speeleti  of  waking  clairvoyance,  and  Is  o»  It 
were  '■forewarned of  Ood;  "  combined  with  largo 


Veneration,  holds  intimate  communion  with  the 
Deity,  for  whom  it  experiences  profound  adora- 
tion! and  takes  a  world  of  pleasure  in  that  calirt, 
happy,  half-ecstatic  state  of  mind  caused  by  this 
faculty. 

Average  —  Has  some  spiritual  premonitions 
and  guidings.  yet  they  are  not  always  sufficiently 
distinct  to  secure  their  being  followed. 

Small —  Perceives  spiritual  truths  so  indis- 
tinctly as  lanlv  t.i  admit  theni;  is  not  guided  by 

faith,  l.*<-;iu-^r  SI.  wi-;ik,  Ilk*- unbelieving  Thomas, 
mu-l  --•■{■  tbf  luilr-l  jiinnt  helure  it  believes;  has 
very  little  f.redulity.  and  doubts  things  of  a  super- 
human origin  or  nature;  has  no  premonitions, 
and  disbelieves  in  them. 

18.  VENERATION. 

Devotion,  adoration  of  a  Supreme  Being,  rever- 
ence for  religion  and  things  sacred,  disposition  to 
pray,  worship,  and  observe  religious  rites. 
Adapted  to  a  belief  in  the  existence  of  a  God.  and 
the  pleasures  and  benefits  experienced  by  man  in 
worshiping  him.  Perverted,  it  produces  idolatry, 
bigotry,  religious  intolerance,  etc. 

Large  —  Experiences  an  awe  of  God  and 
things  sacred,  loves  to  adore  the  Supreme  Being, 
especially  in  his  works;  feels  true  devotion,  fer- 
vent piety,  and  love  of  divine  things;  takes  great 
delight  in  religious  exercises;  has  much  respect 
for  superiority;  regards  God  as  the  center  of 
hopes,  fears  and  aspirations. 

Average  — Will  adore  the  Deity,  yet  often 
makes  religion  subservient  to  the  larger  facul- 
ties. 

Small  —  Experiences  little  devotion  or  respect, 
and  is  deficient  in  fervor;  cares  little  for  religious 
observances,  and  is  not  easily  impressed  with  the 
worshiping  sentiment. 

19.  BEXEVOIEXCE. 

Kintlness,  humanity,  desire  to  make  others 
happy,  a  self-sacrificing  disposition,  philanthropy, 
generosity,  the  accommodating,  neighborly  spirit. 
Adapted  to  man's  capability  of  making  his  fellow- 
men  happy.     Pervei-sion- misplaced  sympathies. 

Large—  Delights  to  do  good;  makes  personal 
sacrifices  to  make  othei's  happy;  cannot  witness 
pain  or  distress,  and  does  what  it  well  can  to 
relieve  them;  manifests  a  perpetual  flow  of  dis- 
interested goodness. 

Average  —  Manifests  kindness  only  in  con- 
junction with  Adhesiveness  and  other  large  facul- 
ties; and  with  only  full  Adhesiveness,  if  kind  is  so 
for  selfish  purposes. 

Small  — Cares  little  for  the  happiness  of  man 
or  brute,  and  does  still  less  to  promote  it. 

20.  CONSTRUCTIVENESS. 

The  making  instinct,  the  tool-using  talent; 
sleight  of  hand  in  constructing  things.  Adapted 
to  man's  need  of  things  made,  such  as  houses, 
clothes,  and  manufacturing  articles  of  all  kinds. 
Perverted,  it  wastes  time  and  money  on  perpetual 
motion,  and  other  like  futile  inventions. 

Lai'ge  —  T>oves  to  make;  is  able  to,  and  dis- 
posi  d  ti.  imkfr,  in>nd.  and  fix  up,  build,  ni.iim- 
fartiiTi',  i*iii|.l..>-  jiiarbinery,  etc.;  shows  mechan- 
ical skill  and  dcxtciity  in  whatever  is  done  witli 
the  hands;  with  large  Causality  and  perceptives, 
is  given  to  inventing. 

Moderate  —  Is  rather  awkward  in  the  use  of 

tools,  and  in  manual  operations  Of  every  kind. 

Small— Is  deficient  in  the  tool-using  capability, 
awkward  in  making  and  fixing  ujt  things,  pnnr  in 
undcrslanding  and  nianatrmir  ni:Hlurici\  ,  t.akcs 
hnl.i  of  work  awkw;inllv  and  ur.'llk'  <iid  liisl. 
writes  pooi-ly,  and  lacks  IkiHi  imiital  and  physical 
construction. 

21.    IDEALITY. 

Perception  and  admiration  of  the  beautiful  and 
perfect,  good  taste  and  refinement,  purity  of 
feeling,  sense  of  propriety,  elegance,  and  gentil- 
ity, polish  and  imagination.  Adapted  to  the 
beautiful  in  nature  and  art.  Perverted,  it  gives 
fastidiousness  and  extra  nicenoas. 

Large  —  Appreciates  and  enjoys  beauty  and 

fierfection  wherever  fotmd.  especially  in  nature; 
H  graced  by  purity  and  propriety  of  expression 


and  conduct;  by  gracefulness  and  polish  of  man- 
ners, and  general  good  taste;  is  pure-minded; 
enjoys  the  ideal  of  poetr^',  elegance  and  romance; 
longs  after  perfection  of  character,  and  desires  to 
obviate  blemishes,  and,  with  Conscientiousness 
large,  moral  imperfections. 

Average —Prefers  the  plain  and  substantial 
to  the  ornamental,  and  is  a  utilitarian  ;  with  large 
intellectual  organs,  prefers  sound,  solid  matter 
to  the  ornament  of  style,  and  appreciates  logic 
more  than  eloquence. 

Small  —  Shows  a  marked  deficiency  in  what- 
ever appertains  to  taste  and  style,  also  to  beauty 
and  sentiment. 

B.  Sl^LIMITY. 

Perception  and  appreciation  of  the  vast,  ilHmit^ 
able,  endless,  omnipotent,  and  infinite.  Adapted 
to  that  infinitude  which  characterizes  every 
department  of  nature.  Perverted,  it  leads  to 
bombast,  and  a  wrong  use  of  extravagant  ideas. 

Large — Appreciates  and  admires  the  grand, 
sublime,  vast,  magnificent,  and  sidendid  in  nature 
and  art;  admires  and  enjoys  extecdiiiKly  im. mi  tain 
scenery,  thunder,  lightning.  tt-iti|i'-st,  va-t  pi..>- 
pects,  and  all  that  is  awful  and  iii.i^'iiiiiceiit,  also 
the  foaming,  dashing  cataract,  a  ^tunn  at  sea; 
the  lightning's  vivid  Hash,  audits  accompanying 
thunder;  the  commotion  of  the  elements,  and  the 
star-spangled  canopy  of  heaven,  and  all  manifes- 
t  itions  (if  LHJiiiipotence  and  infinitude;  with  large 
Veneralinn.  i-.  particularly  deliglited  by  the  infin- 
ite as  appertaining  to  the  Deity,  and  his  attributes 
and  works. 

Average  —  Possesses  considerable  of  this  ele- 
ment, when  it  is  powerfully  excited,  yet,  under 
ordinary  circumstances,  only  an  ordinary  share 
of  it. 

Small  —  Shows  a  marked  deficiency  in  this 
respect,  and  should  earnestly  cultivate  it. 

22.  IMITATION. 

Ability  and  disposition  to  copy,  take  pattern, 
and  imitate.  Adaiited  to  man's  i"eqiiisition  for 
doing,  talking,  acting,  etc. ,  like  othei's.  Per- 
verted, it  copies  even  their  faults. 

Large  —  Has  a  great  propensity  and  ability  to 
copy  and  take  pattern  from  others;  do  what  is 
seen  done. 

Average  —  Can  copy  tolerably  well  when  this 
faculty  is  strongly  excited,  yet  is  not  a  mimic,  nor 
a  natural  copyist. 

Small  —  Copies  even  commonplace  matter  with 
extraordinary  difficulty  and  reluctance;  is  origi- 
nal, and  generally  does  everything  in  its  own 
way. 

23.  MIRTHFULNESS. 

Intuitive  perception  of  the  absurd  and  ridicu- 
lous, disposition  and  ability  to  joke  and  make  fun, 
and  laugh  at  what  is  improper,  ill-timed,  or  unbe- 
coming; pleasantness;  facetiousness.  Adapted  to 
the  absurd,  inconsistent,  and  laughable.  Per- 
verted, it  makes  fun  on  solemn  occasions,  and 
where  there  is  nothing  ridiculous  at  which  to 
laugh. 

Lurore  —  Enjoys  a  hearty  laugh  at  the  expres- 
sions .and  absurdities  of  others  exceedingly,  and 
deligbis  to  make  fun  out  of  every  thing  not  ex- 
actly proper  or  in  good  taste,  and  is  always 
ready  to  give  as  good  a  joke  as  it  gets. 

Average— Is  generally  serious  and  sedate, 
except  when  this  faculty  is  excited,  yet  then  often 
laughs  heartily,  and  evinces  considerabte  wit. 

Snmll  — Makes  little  fun.  is  slow  to  perceive, 
juid  still  slower  to  turn  jokes;  seldom  laughs,  and 
thinks  it  fooli-sh  or  wrong  to  do  so. 

24.  INDIVIDl'ALITY. 

Observation,  desire  to  see  and  examine,  cogniz- 
ance of  individual  objects.  Adapted  to  individual 
existence,  or  the  thingness  of  things,  and  is  the 
door  through  which  most  forms  of  knowledge 
enter  the  mind.  Perverted,  makes  the  starerund 
till'  impudently  observing. 

l-arice  — Gives  a  great  desire  to  see,  kiu»w. 
examine,  experience,  etc. :  Is  a  great  and  practical 
observer  of   men  and  things;    sees  whatever  is 


>U& — 


^^?IX 


DESCRIPTION    OF    TlIK    VAKIOUS    ORGANS    OF    THE    MIND. 


transpirinp  around,  what  should  be  done,  etc. ;  is 
quick  of  peiception;  knowing. 

Average  —  Observes  only  the  more  conspic- 
uous objects  around  it,  and  these  more  in  gen- 
eral than  in  detail,  and  what  especially  interests 
the  larger  faculties. 

Sniiill  ~Ohsei-ves  only  what  is  thrust  upon  his 
atuiitiun,  and  is  quite  deficient  in  this  respect. 

25.  FORM. 

Cognizance  and  reoollectiim  of  shape,  memory 
iif  coimtenances  and  the  looks  of  persons  and 
tilings  seen,  perception  of  resemblances,  family 
likenesses,  etc.  Adapted  to  shape.  Perverted, 
SI  rti  imaginary  shapes  of  persons,  things,  etc. 

I^itrge  —  Notices,  and  for  a  long  time  remem- 
bers, the  faces,  countenances,  forms,  looks,  etc., 
n(  persons,  beasts,  and  things  once  ween;  knows 
l),V  sight  many  whose  names  are  not  remembered. 

Averasre  —  Has  only  a  fair  natural  recollec- 
tion of  shapes,  countenances,  etc. ;  yet  with  much 
priii-tiee  may  do  tolerably  well,  but  without  prac- 
tice will  be  comparatively  delieient  in  these  re- 
s|teets,  and  should  cultivate  this  faculty. 

Small  — Has  a  poor  recollection  of  persons, 
books,  etc;  -,  often  meets  persons  the  next  day 
after  an  introduction,  or  an  evening  interview, 
without  knowing  them;  with  Eventuality  large, 
may  remember  their  history,  but  not  their  faces; 
with  Locality  large,  where  they  were  seen,  but 
not  their  looks,  etc. 

26.  SIZE. 

Cognizance  of  bulk,  magnitude,  quantity,  pro- 
portion, etc.  ;  ability  to  measure  by  tlie  eye. 
Adapted  to  the  absolute  and  relative  magnitude 
of  things.  Perverted,  it  is  pained  by  slight  depart- 
ures from  proportion,  or  architectural  inaccura- 
cies. 

Large  — Has  an  excellent  eye  for  measunng 
angles,  proportions,  disproportions,  and  depart- 
ures therefrom,  and  with  large  Constructiveness, 

gjvi's  a  gouii  meeh;mieal  eye,  and  judi^'es  cur  leelly 
of  iiuiiiilily  in  ticiieial;  li.\es  pn .pent mn ,  ;iihI  is 
pjiiiieil  by  (li-^|in.p<ii  tii>ii,  ;iinl  is  iief.'>s;iiy  to  arti- 
sans, meehauics,  ail  kinds  of  dealeis,  students, 
etc. 

Average  —  Has  a  fair  eye  for  judging  of  bulk, 
weight,  by  the  size,  etc. ,  and  with  practice  would 
do  tolerably  well  in  this  respect. 

Small  —  Is  obliged  always  to  rely  on  actual 
measurements,  because  the  eye  is  too  imperfect 
to  be  trusted. 

27.  WEIGHT. 

Intuitive  perception  and  application  of  the  laws 
of  gravity,  motion,  etc.  Adapted  to  man's  requi- 
sition for  motion.  Perverted,  it  runs  imminent 
risk  of  falling. 

Larsc  —  Has  an  excellent  faculty  for  preserv- 
ing and  regaining  balance;  riding  a  fractious 
horse,  skating,  carrying  a  steady  hand,  etc. ; 
easily  keeps  from  falling,  when  aloft,  or  in 
dangerous  places;  throws  a  stone,  bait,  or  arrow 
straight;  is  pamed  at  seeing  things  out  of  plumb; 
judges  of  pei'pendiculars  very  exactly;  loves  to 
climb,  walk  on  the  edge  of  a  precipice,  etc. 

Averaee— Similar,  only  less  gifted  in  this 
tesprri ,  with  Only  average  Constructiveness  and 
piinptives,  should  never  engage  in  working 
iti;ir(iniiTy,  because  deticient  in  this  talent. 

Small — Is  quite  liable  to  sea-sickness,  dizzi- 
ne--N  \vlien  aloft,  etc.,  and  naturally  clumsy;  with 
lat^'e  Cdutiousness,  is  afraid  to  walk  over  water, 
even  un  a  wide  plank,  and  where  there  is  no 
danger;  never  feels  safe  while  climbing,  and  falls 
easily. 

28.  COLOR. 
Perception,  recollection,  and  application  of 
colors,  and  delight  in  them.  Adapted  to  that 
infinite  variety  of  coloring  interper.sed  through- 
out nature.  Perverted,  is  over-particular  to  have 
colors  just  right. 

Lartrc —  Can  discern  and  match  colors  by  the 
eye  with  accuracy;  with  Comparison  large,  can 
compare  them  closely,  and  detect  similarities  and 
differences. 

Averaee— Possesses  a  fair  share  of  this  talent, 
yet  is  not  extraordinary. 


Small  —  Can  tell  the  primitive  colors  from 
each  other,  yet  rarely  notices  ihe  (■..:. jf  of  dress, 
eyes.  hair,  etc.;  cannot  ileseiili.'  iiei-4,,ris  and 
tilings  by  them,  and  evinces  a  marked  dellciency 
in  this  respect. 

20.  ORDER. 

Method,  system,  arrangement.  Adapted  to 
heaven's  first  law.  Perverted,  it  overworks,  and 
annoys  others  to  keep  things  in  order,  and  is  tor- 
mented by  disarrangement. 

Lariee  —  Has  a  desire  to  eoiiduet  Inrsiness  on 
methodical  principles,  and  to  }je  -\ -^i  i matic  in 
eveiy  thing;  with  large  Aeqin^ii  iviness  and 
Causality,  has  good  business  talents,  with  large 
Locality,  has  a  place  for  every  thing,  and  every 
thing  in  its  place;  with  large  Time,  has  a  time  for 
every  thing,  and  every  thing  in  season ;  with  large 
Continuity^  Comparison  and  the  mental  tempera- 
ment, has  every  idea,  paragraph,  -and  head  of  a 
subject  in  its  proper  place;  with  large  Construct- 
iveness, has  its  tools  where  it  can  always  lay 
hands  upon  them  in  the  dark. 

Averaere  — Likes  order,  yet  may  not  always 
keep  it,  and  desires  more  than  it  practically 
secures. 

Small  — Has  a  very  careless,  inaccurate  way 
of  dnimr  every  thing:  leaves  tbiiics  where  it  hap- 
pens, e;iii  never  liiid  what  is  wanted;  t.ikes  a 
lonir  time  lo  i^et  leuily,  or  else  t,'i>es  luiprepared, 
ami  has  every  thmg  in  perpetual  confusion. 

30.   CALCULATION. 

Cognizance  of  numbers,  ability  to  reckon  figures 
in  the  head,  mental  arithmetic.  Adapted  to  the 
relations  of  numbers. 

Lar^e  —  Excels  in  mental  arithmetic,  in 
adding,  subtracting,  multiplying,  dividing,  reck- 
oning figures,  casting  accounts,  etc..  in  the  head: 
with  large  perceptives,  has  excellent  business 
talents,  and  large  Locality  and  Causality  added, 
excels  as  a  mathematician. 

Average  —  Can  learn  arithmetic  and  do  quite 
well  by  practice,  yet  is  not  naturally  gifted  in 
this  respect. 

Small —Is  dull  and  incorrect  in  adding,  sub- 
tracting, dividing,  etc.  ;  dislikes  figuring;  is  poor 
ill  arithmetic,  both  practical  and  theoretical,  and 
should  cultivate  this  faculty. 

31.  LOCALITY. 

Cognizance  of  place;  recollection  of  the  looks 
or  places,  roods,  scenery,  and  the  location  of 
objects,  where  on  a  page  ideas  are  to  be  found,  and 
position  generally;  the  geographical  faculty; 
desire  to  see  places,  and  the  ability  to  find  them. 
Adapted  to  the  arrangement  of  space  and  place. 
Perverted,  it  creates  a  cosniopolitic  disposition, 
and  would  spend  every  thing  in  traveling. 

Ijarge  —  Remembers  the  whereabout  of  what- 
ever it  sees;  can  carry  the  points  of  the  compass 
easily  in  the  head,  and  is  lost  with  difficulty  either 
in  the  city,  woods  or  country;  desires  to  see 
places,  and  never  forgets  them  ;  studies  geogra- 
phy and  astronomy  with  ease,  and  rarely  forgets 
where  things  are  seen. 

Average  —  Recollects  places  and  positions 
seen  several  times,  yet  in  city  or  roads  is  occasion- 
ally lost;  has  no  great  geographical  talent,  yet  by 
study  and  practice  can  do  tolerably  well. 

Small  —  Is  decidedly  deficient  in  finding  places, 
and  recollects  them  with  difficulty  even  when  per- 
fectly familiar  with  them. 

32.  EVEXTUALITY. 

Memory  of  facts,  recollection  of  circumstances, 
news,  occurrences,  and  historical,  scientific,  and 
passing  events;  what  has  been  said,  seen,  heard, 
and  once  known.  Adapted  to  action,  or  those 
changes  constantly  occurring  around  or  within  us. 

I^arge  —  Has  a  clear  and  retentive  memory 
of  historical  facts,  general  knowledge,  what  has 
been  seen,  heard,  read,  done,  etc.,  even  in  detail; 
considering  advantages,  is  well  informed  and 
knowing;  desires  to  witness  and  institute  experi- 
ments; find  out  what  is  and  has  been,  and  learn 
anecdotes,  particulars,  and  items  of  information, 
and  readily  recalls  to  mind  what  has  once  entered 
it;  has  a  good  general  matter-of-fact  memory, 
and  picks  up  facts  readily. 

Average   —  Recollects    leading    events    and 


Interesting  particulars,  yet  is  rather  deficient  in 
memory  of  items  and  details,  except  when  It  is 
well  cultivated. 

Small  —  Ha?  a  treacherous  and  confused 
memory  of  circumstances;  often  forgets  what  is 
wanted,  what  was  intended  to  be  said,  done,  etc. ; 
has  li  poor  command  of  knowledge,  and  should 
strenuously  exercise  this  remembeHng  power. 

33.  TIME. 

Cognizance  and  recollection  of  duration  and 
succession,  the  lapse  of  time,  when  things  oc- 
curred, etc..  and  ability  to  carry  the  time  of  the 
day  in  the  head  punctually.  Adapted  to  period- 
icity. Perverted,  it  Is  excessively  pained  by  had 
time  in  music,  not  keeping  steps  in  walking,  etc. 

Itiirtce  -Tan  treneraHv  tell  when  thintrs  <»■■ 
CUrreil,  :il  le;i~.l  llie  ..I'derof  ev--iits  .-iikI  the  leiiL'Ili 
of  tillir  hrtwi.eiiMiir  .-eu  rreiiee  .'ttld  aunl  li.  T.  rt.-.  : 
tells  II, e  Irriie  of  the  day  wilboiit  Iiniepieee  i.r  siiii. 
well,  and  keeps  an  accurate  chronology  in  the 
mind  of  dates,  general  and  particular. 

Average— With  practice,  has  a  good  memory 
of  dates  and  successions,  yet  without  it  rather 
deficient. 

Small  — Has  a  confused  and  indistinet  idea  of 
the  time  when  things  transpired,  and  forgets 
dates. 

34.  Tl'XE. 

Ability  to  learn  and  remember  tunes  by  rote; 
the  music  instinct  and  faculty.  Adapted  to  the 
musical  octave.  Perversion- excessive  fondness 
for  music  to  the  neglect  of  other  things. 

Large  — Loves  music  dearly;  has  a  nice  con- 
ception of  concord,  melody,  etc. ,  and  enjoys  all 
kinds  of  music. 

Average  —  Has  fair  musical  talents,  yet  to  be 
a  good  musician,  requires  considerable  practice; 
can  learn  tunes  by  rote,  yet  with  some  difficulty. 

Small  —  Learns  to  sing  or  play  tunes  with  great 
difficulty,  and  that  mechanically,  without  emo- 
tion or  etfect. 

35.  LANGUAGE. 

Expression  of  ideas  aaid  feelings  by  words, 
written  or  spoken;  gesture,  looks,  and  action;  the 
communicative  faculty  and  instinct  in  general. 
Adapted  to  man's  requisition  for  holding  commu- 
nication with  man.  Perverted,  it  creates  gar- 
rulity, excessive  talkativeness,  telling  what  does 
harm,  etc. 

I^arge  —  Expresses  ideas  and  feelings  well, 
both  verbally  and  in  writing;  can  leam  to  speak 
languages  easily;  recollects  words  and  commit^^to 
memory  well;  gives  freedom,  copiousness,  and 
power  of  expression. 

Average  — Has  fair  communicating  talents, 
yet  not  extra. 

Small —  Has  poor  lingual  and  communicative 
talents;  hesitates  for  words,  speaks  with  extreme 
difficulty  and  very  awlnvardly,  and  should  cul- 
tivate this  faculty  by  talking  and  writing  much. 

36.  CAUSALITY. 

Perception  and  application  of  causes ;  adaptation 
of  ways  and  means  to  ends.  Adapted  to  the  insti- 
tution in  nature  of  causes  and  eff'ects.  Perverted 
by  selfishness,  it  reasons  in  favor  of  untruth,  and 
attains  injurious  ends. 

Large  —  Desires  to  know  the  why  and  where- 
fore of  things,  and  to  investigate"  their  laws; 
reasons  clearly  and  correctly  from  causes  to 
effects,  and  from  facts  to  their  causes;  gives 
uncommon  capabilities  of  planning,  contrivintr. 
inventing,  creating  resources,  and  making  the 
head  save  the  hands:  kills  two  birds  with  one 
stone;  predicts  results,  and  arranges  things  so  as 
tosuct^eed;  synthetizes,  and  puts  things  together 
well. 

Average  —  Plans  and  reasons  well  in  con- 
junction with  the  larger  faculties,  but  poorly  with 
the  smaller  ones. 

Small  —  Is  deficient  in  reasoning  and  planning 
power;  needs  perpetual  telling  and  showing; 
seldom  arranges  things  beforehand,  and  then 
poorly;  should  work  under  others;  lacks  force  of 
idea  and  strength  of  understanding. 


:(:i — 


::;S^ 


37.   (OMPAKISON. 

Inductive  reasonini:?;  ability  and  disposition  to 
classify,  compare,  draw  inference*  from  analogy, 
etc.  Adapted  to  those  classifications  which  per- 
vade universal  nature.  Perverted,  is  too  redun- 
dant in  proverbs,  fables,  and  figures  of  speech. 

Larsre  —  Reasons  clearly  and  correctly  from 
conclusions  and  scientific  facts  up  to  the  laws 
which  govern  them:  discerns  the  known  from  the 
unknown,  detects  error  by  its  incongruity  with 
facts;  has  an  excellent  talent  for  comparing,  ex- 
plaining, expounding,  criticising,  exposing,  etc.  ; 
employs  similes  and  metaphors  well ;  puts  this  and 
that  together,  and  draws  inferences  from  them. 

Averagre  —  Shows  this  talent  in  a  good  degree 
in  conjunction  with  the  larger  faculties,  but  is 
rather  wanting  in  reference  to  the  smaller  ones. 

Small— Has  a  poor  talent  for  drawing  infer- 


ences; lacks  appropriateness  in  every  thing,  and 
should  cultivate  this  facultj'. 

C.  HUMAN  NATURE. 

Discernment  of  character,  perception  of 
motives,  intuitive  physiognomy.  Adapted  to 
man's  need  of  knowing  his  fellow-men.  Perverted, 
it  produces  suspiciousness. 

Lurgre  —  Reads  men  intuitively  from  their 
looks,  conversation,  manners,  and  walk,  and 
other  kindred  signs  of  character;  with  Individu- 
ality and  Comparison  large,  notices  all  the  little 
things  they  do.  and  founds  a  correct  estimate 
upon  them,  and  should  follow  first  impressions 
touching  persons;  with  full  Secretiveness  and 
large  Benevolence  added,  knows  just  how  to  take 
men,  and  possesses  much  power  over  mind. 

Averase  —Has  fair  talents  for  reading  char- 


acter, yet  is  not  extra  in  this  respect,  and  may 
safely  cultivate  it. 

Small  —  Is  easily  imposed  upon  by  othei-s;  with 
large  Conscientiousness  and  small  Secretiveness, 
thinks  every  body  tells  the  truth ;  is  too  confiding, 
and  fails  sadly  in  knowing  where  and  how  to  take 
things. 

D.  AGREEABLENESS, 

Persuasiveness,  pleasantness,  blandness,  etc. 
Adapted  to  please  and  win  others. 

Ijurfre  —  Has  a  pleasing,  persuasive,  concilia- 
torj-  mode  of  addressing  people,  and  of  saying 
things. 

Averapre  —Has  a  good  share  of  pleasantness 
in  conversation  and  appearance,  except  when  the 
selfish  faculties  are  excited,  but  is  then  repulsive. 

Small  —  Says  even  pleasant  things  very 
unpleasantly,  and  fails  sadly  in  w^inning  the 
good  graces  of  people. 


SIZE  OF  HEAD  AS  INFLUENCING  CHARACTER. 


Size  of  head  and  organs,  other  thijigs  being 
equal,  is  the  great  plirenological  condition. 
Though  tape  measurements,  taken  around  the 
head,  from  Individuality  to  Philoprogenitiveness, 
give  some  idea  of  the  size  of  brain,  the  fact  that 
some  heads  are  round,  others  long,  some  low, 
and  othei*s  high,  so  modifies  these  measurements 
that  they  do  not  convey  any  vei-y  correct  idea  of 
the  actual  quantity  of  brain.  Yet  these  measure- 
ments range  somewhat  as  follows:  Least  size  of 
adults  compatible  with  fair  talents,  20>^;  203C  to 
21,"^.  moderate;  21Ji  to  22,  average;  22  to  22%,  full; 
22\  to  23X-  large;  above  235s',  very  large.  Female 
heads,  M  ^<^  %  below  these  averages. 

Larffe  —  One  having  a  large-sized  brain,  with 
activity  average,  will  possess  considerable  energy 
of  intellect  and  feeling,  yet  seldom  manifest  it,  un- 
less it  is  brought  out  by  some  powerful  stimulus, 
and  will  be  rather  too  indolent  to  exert,  especially 
his  intellect;  with  activity  full,  will  be  endowed 
with  an  uncommon  amount  of  the  mental  power, 
and  be  capable  of  doing  a  good  deal,  yet  require 
considerable  to  awaken  him  to  that  vigorous 
effort  of  mind  of  which  he  is  capable.  If  his 
powers  are  not  called  out  by  circumstances,  and 
his  organs  of  practical  intellect  are  only  average 
or  full,  he  may  pass  through  life  without  attract- 
ing notice  or  manifesting  more  than  an  ordinary 
share  of  talent,  but  if  the  perceptive  faculties 
are  strong,  or  very  strong,  and  his  natural  powers 
put  in  vigorous  requisition,  he  will  manifest  a 
vigor  and  energy  of  intellect  and  feeling  quite 
above  mediocrity— be  adequate  to  undertakings 
which  demand  originality  of  mind  and  force  of 
character— yet,  after  all,  be  rather  indolent.  With 
activity  great,  or  very  great,  he  will  combine  great 
power  of  mind  with  gj-eat  activity,  exercise  a 
commanding  influence  over  those  minds  with 
which  he  comes  in  contact;  when  he  enjoys,  will 
enjoy  intensely,  and  when  he  suffers,  suffer 
equally  80;  be  su>»ceptlble  of  strong  excitement, 
and,  with  the  organs  of  the  propelling  powers 
and  of  practical  intellect  large  or  very  large, 
will  possess  all  the  mental  capabilities  for  con- 
ducting a  large  buttine»M,  for  rising  to  eminence, 
if  not  pre-eminence,  and  discover  great  force  of 
character  and  power  of  intellect  and  feeling.  With 
activity  moderate,  when  powerfully  excited,  will 
evince  conMidcrablc  energy  of  intellect  and  feel- 
ing, yet  be  too  Indolent  and  too  5luggif<h  to  do 
much;  lack  clearness  and  force  of  Idea,  and 
intenfienoss  of  feeling;  unleiw  literally  driven  to 
It.  will  not  be  likely  to  be  much  or  to  do  much, 
and  yet  actually  pOHScwt  more  vigor  of  mind  nrirl    I 


energy  of  feeling  than  he  will  manifest.  With 
activity  small,  will  border  upon  idiocy. 

Very  Large  —  One  having  a  very  large 
head,  with  activity  average  or  full,  on  great 
occasions  or  when  his  powers  are  thoroughly 
roused,  will  be  trulj'  great,  but  upon  ordinary 
occasions,  will  seldom  manifest  any  remarkable 
amount  of  mind  or  feeling,  and  perhaps  pass 
through  life  with  the  credit  of  being  a  person  of 
good  natural  abilities  and  judgment,  yet  nothing 
more.  With  great  activity  and  strength  and  large 
intellectual  organs,  will  be  a  natural  genius, 
endowed  with  very  superior  powers  of  mind  and 
vigor  of  intellect,  and,  even  though  deprived  of 
the  advantages  of  education,  his  uatui-al  talents 
will  surmount  all  obstacles,  and  make  him  truly 
talented.  With  activity  very  great,  and  the  organs 
of  practical  intellect  and  of  the  propelling  powers 
large,  or  very  large,  will  possess  the  first  order  of 
natural  abilities;  manifest  a  clearness  and  force 
of  intellect  which  will  astonish  the  world,  and  a 
power  of  feeling  which  will  carry  all  before  him, 
and,  with  proper  cultivation,  enable  him  to 
become  a  bright  star  in  the  firmament  of  intellec- 
tual greatness,  upon  which  coming  ages  may  gaze 
with  delight  and  astonishment.  His  mental 
enjoyment  will  be  most  exquisite,  and  his  suffer- 
ings equally  keen. 

Full  —  One  having  a  full-sized  brain,  with 
activity  great,  or  verj-  great,  and  the  organs  of 
practical  intellect  and  of  the  propelling  powers 
large,  or  vei"y  large,  although  he  will  not  possess 
greatness  of  intellect,  nor  a  deep,  strong  mind, 
will  be  very  clever;  have  considerable  talent,  and 
that  so  distributed  that  it  will  show  to  be  more 
than  it  really  is;  is  capable  of  bcng  a  good 
scholar,  doing  a  fine  business,  and  with  advan- 
tages and  application,  of  distingiiishing  himself 
somewhat,  yet  he  is  inadequate  to  a  great  under- 
taking; cannot  sway  an  extensive  influence,  nor 
be  really  great.  With  activity  full,  or  average, 
will  do  only  tolerably  well,  and  manifest  only  a 
common  share  of  talent;  with  activity  moderate, 
orHmall,  will  neither  be  nor  do  much  worthy  of 
notice. 

ATcraore — With  activity  great,  manifests  a 
quick.  <"Iear.  sprightly  minrl.  and  ofi'-lmnd  talents, 
and  Is  capable  of  doing  a  fair  business,  especially 
If  the  stamina  is  good.  With  activity  very  great, 
and  the  organs  of  the  propelling  powers  and  of 
practical  intellect  large,  or  very  large,  in  capable 
of  doing  a  good  bu«lncRK,  and  may  pass  for  a  man 
of  fair  talent,  yet  will  not  be  original  or  profound; 
will  be  quick  of  percepli')n;    have  a  good  practi- 


cal understanding:  will  do  well  in  his  sphere,  yet 
never  manifest  greatness,  and  out  of  his  sphere, 
be  commonplace.  With  activity  only  average, 
will  discoveronly  an  ordinary  amount  of  intellect; 
be  inadequate  to  any  important  undertaking:  yet, 
in  a  small  sphere,  or  one  that  requires  only  a 
mechanical  routine  of  business,  may  do  well. 
With  moderate  or  small  activity,  will  hardly  have 
common  sense. 

M^oderate — One  with  a  headof  only  moderate 
size,  combined  with  great  or  verj-  great  activity, 
and  the  organs  of  the  propelling  powers  and  of 
practical  intellect  large,  will  possess  a  tolerable 
share  of  intellect,  yet  be  more  showy  than  sound; 
with  others  to  plan  for  and  direct  him,  will  exe- 
cute to  advantage,  yet  be  unable  to  do  much 
alone;  will  have  a  very  active  mind,  and  be  quick 
of  perception,  yet  after  all,  have  a  contracted 
intellect;  possess  only  a  small  mental  calibre,  and 
lack  momentum,  both  of  mind  and  character. 
With  activity  only  average  or  fair,  will  have  but 
a  moderate  amount  of  intellect,  and  even  this 
scanty  allowance  will  be  too  sluggish  for  action, 
so  that  he  will  neither  suffer  nor  enjoy  much. 
With  activity  moderate,  or  small,  will  be  idiotic. 

Small,  or  Very  Small  — One  with  a  small 
or  very  small  head,  no  matter  what  may  be  the 
activity  of  his  mind,  will  be  incapable  of  much 
intellectual  effort,  of  comprehending  even  easy 
subjects,  or  of  experienciJig  much  pain  or  pleas- 
ure; in  f^hort,  will  be  mentally  imbecile. 

sizj:  of  brain  as  affecting  mentality. 

Most  great  men  have  great  heads.  Webster's 
head  measui-ed  over  2*  inches,  and  Clay's  con- 
siderably above  23;  and  this  is  about  Van  Burcn's 
size;  Chief  Justice  Gibson's,  the  greatest  jurist  in 
Pennsylvania,  24X;  Napoleon's  reached  nearly 
or  quite  to  34,  his  hat  passing  easily  over  the  head 
of  one  of  his  offlcei-s,  which  measured  23}^, 
and  Hamilton's  hat  passed  over  the  head 
of  a  man  whose  head  measured  23M-  Burke's 
head  was  very  large;  so  was  Jefferson's, 
while  Franklin's  hat  passed  (»ver  the  ears  of  a  24- 
incli  head.  Small  anri  average-sized  heads  often 
astonish  us  by  their  brilliancy  and  learning,  and, 
perliaps,  eloquence,  yet  they  fail  in  that  com- 
manding greatness  which  impresses  .and  sways 
mind.  The  phrenological  low  is,  that  size,  other 
thing.-*  being  equal,  is  a  measure  of  jiower,  yet 
thesi- ortter  conditions,  such  as  activity,  power  of 
motive,  health,  physiological  habits,  etc., 
Increase  or  diminish  the  mentality,  even  more 
than  size. 


J 


M 


--Q: 


t 


THE    TWO    ROADS. 


S>: 


-Flit.  1. 


-FiB.  3. 


■I"*..?      Gi 


#  MAY  CHANGE  THE  MIND.  ^ 


"^& 


^     _^^  What  the  Boy  Way  Become. 

"^N  THE  success  and  failures  of  life  much  allowance  must 
be  made  for  traininy;  and  circumstances.  The  inheritance 
\''  ?4  at  birth  of  a favoniblc  temperament,  physical  constitution, 
^^  cJ  and  mental  organization,  is,  in  the  befcinning,  a  most  impor- 
tant circumstance  toward  the  accomplishment  of  grand 
purposes  in  life.  To  be  born  of  bad  parentage,  to  inherit  weaknesses 
and  bad  appetites,  to  have  bad  training  in  infancy — these  are  circum- 
stances that  will  very  probably  strongly  tend  to  consign  the  indi- 
vidual to  the  lower  walks  of  life.  And  j'et,  notwithstanding  bad 
parental  influence  and  inferior  mental  endowment,  the  course  of 
life  can  be  so  regulated  through  education  as  to  enable  the  person 
to  become  a  respected  and  honored  citizen.  On  the  contrary  the 
individual,  though  the  possessor  of  naturally  superior  qualities 
of  mind,  may  pursue  a  course  which  will  bring  sorrow  and  unhap- 
piness  through  life. 

The  illustrations  upon  this  page  show  two  boys,  each  well  gifted 
in  phrenological  development.  Temptation  crossed  the  pathway  in 
youth.  Possibly  one  received  wise  counsel  at  an  opportune  time, 
and  was  enabled  to  resist  the  evil.  No  guiding  hand  coming  to  the 
rescue,  or  adverse  influences  being  at  work  undoing  the  good  admoni- 
tions, the  other  fell  into  evil  ways  and  wrecked  the  happiness  and 
usefulness  of  his  after-life. 

There  is  a  lesson  in  this  for  parents  and  teachers.  In  faces  Figs. 
1  and  li  are  the  evidences  of  a  noble  future  for  each,  with  the  right 
training. 

In  Figs.  3  and  4  the  effect  of  moral  training  is  plainly  shown. 
The  marks  of  dissipation  are  rapidly  leaving  their  impress  on  the 
one.  Bad  company,  late  hours,  strong  drink,  and  vicious  thoughts 
reveal  themselves  in  the  face.  The  index  of  a  pure  heart  is 
expressed  in  the  face  of  the  other.  A  well-spent  Sabbath,  early 
hours  to  bed,  temperance  in  eating  and  drinking,  moral  reading,  clean- 
liness in  habits,  good  boys  for  associates — all  these  are  doing  the 
work  toward  preparing  him  for  a  noble  manhood. 

In  Figs.  5  and  6,  the  evidences  of  good  or  bad  training  in  youth  is 
very  distinctly  seen.  While  the  one  has  developed  into  the  loafer, 
diseased  and  useless  from  the  effect  of  bad  habits,  the  other  is  a 
useful  man,  serving  a  most  worthy  mission  in  life. 

Figs.  7  and  8  tell  their  own  story  more  plainly  than  words  can 
portray.  In  these  are  revealed  the  truth  of  that  assertion,  "As  ye 
sow,  so  shall  ye  also  reap."  The  youth  "sowed  to  the  wind  and 
reaped  the  whirlwind."  An  early  life  governed  by  bad  circum- 
stances has  developed  the  old  man  who  walks  our  streets  a  mendi- 
cant, unless,  possibly,  he  has  found  refuge  in  an  asylum,  or  is 
confined  in  some  prison.  In  Fig.  8  is  seen  the  serene  old  age,  a 
happy  and  glorious  closing  of  a  life  well  lived. 


-Fig.  4. 


-Fig.  6. 


-Fie.  8. 


s. 


6-^ 


12 


2:= 


:=M 


ARTEIIUS    WARD,     "  DETKOIT   FREE    I'KESS "    AND    "  BUJRLINGTON    HAWKEYE." 


A  Sketch  of  Some  of  Those  Who  Have  Made  People  Laugh. 


ed,    >■ 


CHARLES  F.  BROWNE. 

A-IIARLES  FARRAR  BROWNE,  ( Artemus  Ward),  was  born  at 
if  Waterford,  Me.,  April  26.  1834.  lie  was  by  trade  a  printer, 
t|  j  working  in  Maine,  in   Boston  and  on  various   papers  in  Ohio. 

1  finally  settling  down  for  a  four  years'  stay  on  the  Plaindealer, 
in  Cleveland,  whore  he  established  himself  as  a  humorist  of  the 
first  class.  It  was  while  here  that  the  following  letter,  purporting  to 
come  from  a  traveling  showman,  written  in  1858,  went  the  rounds  of 
the  papers.  It  was  so  true  to  human  nature,  and  withal,  so  comical 
as  to  commend  itself  at  once  to  the  laughter-loving  people,  and 
directly  established  the  reputation  of  the  \^^^,y^ 
author.  In  18f)2  his  first  book  appeared, 
entitled,  "Artemus  Ward:  His  Book, 
which  was  followed  by  three  others. 
Commencing  as  a  humorous  lecturer  in 
1861.  he  afterwards  went  on  a  successful 
lecturing  tour  to  England  in  1806,  where 
he  died'  of  consumption.  The  following 
is  the  first  article  of  his  which  had  a 
general  circulation. 

tetter  From  a  Traveling  Showman. 

To  the  E'iitor  <>f  the 

Sir— I'm  nioviii  alon^j— slowly  along— down 
tortls  your  place.  I"  want  you  should  rite  me 
a  letter,  sayin  how  is  the  .show  bizniss  in  your 
place.  My  show  at  present  consists  of  three 
moral  Bares,  a  Kangaroo  (a  amoozin  little 
Raskal—  t'wouUl  make  you  larf  yerself  to  deth 
to  8ce  the  littlo  cusa  jump  up  and  squeal)  wax 
Aggers  of  G.  Washington  (Jen.  Tayler  John 
Bunyan  Capt.  Kidrl  and  Dr.  Webster  in  the 
act  of  killin  Dr.  I'arkman,  besides  several  mis- 
cellanyus  moral  wax  statoots  of  celebrated 
pinit?*  &  murderers,  &c. ,  ckalled  by  few 
&  exceld  by  none  Now  Mr.  Editor,  scratch 
orf  a   few  lines  sayin  how  in  the  show  bizniss 

down  to  your  place.  I  sliall  hav  my  hanhillsdunatyour  ofllss.  Depend  upon 
ft.  I  want  you  should  git  my  hanbills  up  in  (latniti  wtile.  Also  get  up  a  tre- 
menjiiH  exclt<-mcnl  in  yr.  paper  'bowt  my  onparalrld  Show.  We  must 
fetrh  the  public  smnhow.  We  must  wnrk  on  their  fcelins.  Cnni  the 
mcjial  on  'em  strong.  If  it's  a  temperance  community  tell  'em  I  sined  the 
pledge  (Iftfcn  minits  arter  Ise  bom,  but  on  the  eojitrery  ef  your  peple 
take  their  tf)ds,  say  Mister  Ward  is  a»  Jenial  a  felln-  as  we  ever  met,  full 
of  conviviality,  A  the  life  an  cole  of  the  Soshul  Bored.  Take,  don't  you! 
If  you  nay  anythin  abowt  my  show  say  my  snaiks  is  as  hai-mllss  as  the 
new  born  Babe.  What  a  intcrestin  study  it  is  to  see  a  zewological  animal 
like  a  snalk  imdcr  perfeck  subjccshun!  My  kangaroo  is  the  most  larfable 
little  cuss  I  ever  saw.  All  fur  1.1  cents.  I  am  nnxyus  to  skewer  your 
Inlloounco.     I  repoet  In  regard  to  them  Iianbills  that  1  shall  git  Vni  stniek 


orf  up  to  your  printin  oflice.     My  perlitercal  sentiments  agree  with  youm 
exackly.     I  know  thay  do,  becawz  I  never  saw  a  man  whoos  didn't. 
Respectively  yures, 

A.  Ward. 
P.  S.~You  scratch  my  back  &  He  scratch  your  back. 


CHARLES   B.  LEWIS, 

CHARLES  B.  LEWIS  is  a  native  of  Liverpool,  Ohio;  was  an 
apprentice  in  the  office  of  the  Lansing  Journal  at  the  age  of 
fourteen;  served  in  the  war.  where  he  won  a  lieutenancy; 
after  which  he  followed  journalism  in  various  localities.  A 
steamboat  explosion  on  the  Ohio,  in  which  he  was  a  victim,  being 
taken  from  the  water,  piled  with  others 
for  dead  on  the  beach,  and  afterwards 
taken  to  the  morgue,  where  he  revived, 
formed  the  basis  of  a  funny  article, 
which  started  him  on  the  road  to  fame. 
In  1870  he  became  connected  with  the 
Detroit  Free  Press,  in  the  columns  of 
which  he  has  poured  forth  a  steady  stream 
of  humorous  sketches,  which  have  been 
widely  quoted  and  have  had  great  circu- 
lation in  the  past  ten  years. 


CHARLES  F.  BROWNE, 


ROBERT  T.  BURDETTE. 

^^HE  subject  of  this  sketch  was  born 
ft  at  Greensboro,  Pa.,  July  30,  1844; 
l|  J  removed  with  his  parents  to  Peoria 
I  in  his  boyhood;  graduated  at  the 
Peoria  high  school;  served  in  the  Porty- 
scvcnth  Illinois  volunteers  throughout  the 
war;  returned  home  and  became  night 
editor  upon  the  Peoria  Transcripf,  in  1870; 
was  city  editor  of  the  same  paper  after- 
wards, and  subsequently  of  the  Jlfiview, 
of  which  he  was  part  owner.  In  this  latter  journal  Burdette  com- 
menced to  win  his  reputation  as  a  humorist.  Funny  paragraphs, 
however,  could  not  keep  it  alive.  Upon  its  suspension,  bis 
services  were  solicited  and  obtained  for  the  Burlington  Ilawkeye, 
with  which  paper  he  has  been  connected  for  several  years,  a  portion 
of  his  time  being  spent  in  traveling  as  a  lecturer.  He  is  a  very 
versatile  writer,  his  sketches  covering  a  wide  variety  of  subjects; 
and  whether  put  in  prose  or  verse,  his  articles  have  the  true  ring  of 
the  genuine  humorist. 

Several  of    his  best  papers  have  been  collected  in  an   attiarlivc 
vcdume.  oddly  eulilli-d,  * '  Rise  and  Fall  of  the  Moustache. " 


:<57 


Prominent  Satirist,  Widely  Known  as  Petroleum  V.  Nasby. 


,  E\V  SATIRISTS  in  tli.-  limguage  have  been 
quoted  so  exteiit^ively  as  "Nasby." 
His  letters,  usually  purporting  to  come 
from  a  Democratic  politician,  had  such 
a  political  significance,  mingled  with 
satire  and  ridiculous  spelling,  as  to  make 
them  of  very  general  service  in  the  Repub- 
lican papers,  where  they  have  been  published. 
It  was  while  publishing  the  Findlay  Jeffer- 
sonidn,  in  Ohio,  that  he  wrote  and  issued  in  his  paper  a  letter  that 
purported  to  come  from  a  whisky-loving,  ignorant,  penniless,  pro- 
shivery  Democrat,  in  Kentucky,  who  wanted  to  be  a  postmaster.  This 
letter,  over  the  signature  of  the  "  Rev.  Petroleum  Vesuvius  Nasby," 


had  a  large  circulation,  and  paved  the  way  for  thu  multitude  of 
other  letters  that  followed. 

D.  R.  Locke  was  born  a>  Vestal,  N.  Y.,  September  20,  1833.  He 
learned  the  printing  trade  at  Cortland,  N.  Y.,  from  which  point  he 
drifted  westward,  and  became  a  reporter  on  various  papers,  and 
afterwards  a  newspaper  publisher  in  several  of  the  interior  townt^  in 
Ohio,  the  * '  Nasby  "  letters  commencing  their  appearance  about  1860. 

Later,  Mr.  Locke  becoming  connected  with  the  Toledo  Blade, 
the  letters  were  transferred  to  that  journal,  in  which  they  have  been 
issued  for  several  years,  finally  appearing  in  book  form  under 
various  titles.  One  of  his  last  enterprises  is  that  of  play-writing.  A 
popular  comedy  of  his,  entitled  "Widow  Bedott."  is  at  this  writing 
meeting  with  good  success  on  the  theatrical  boards. 


NASBY  GIVES  AN  ACCOUNT  OF  HIS  FIRST  MARRIAGE— WHAT  HE  EXPECTED  AND  WHAT  HE  GOT. 


[Toledo  Blade.] 

CoN'FF.DRiT  X  Roads  (wk-h  is  in  the  State  uv 
Kentucky*,  February  15,  1881.  —  I  wuz  a  young 
man,  and  singlerly  averse  to  work.  Work  never 
agreed  with  me.  My  priiigiple  employment  wuz 
to  lay  under  trees  all  day  and  commune  with 
Nacher,  onless  ther  wuz  a  prrosery  convenyent, 
wich  wuz  liable  to  ask  the  house  up  to  take  suthin. 
I  didn't  feel  the  need  uv  much  egpsercise,  but  wat 
I  needed  I  cood  git  at  playin'  seven-up  or  euker  in 
the  grosery  I  hev  menshuned.  Shuflin  and  dealin 
keerds  develops  the  muscles  uv  the  arms  wonder- 
ful.    Billyards  wuz  alluz  too  much  for  me. 

The  time  cum,  however,  when  it  becum  neces- 
sary to  do  suthin  for  a  livelihood.  I  wuz  too 
yung  to  go  into  politix,  and  the  old  man,  my 
father,  he  got  to  that  age  when  it  was  all  that  he 
cood  do  to  borrer  for  hisself.  He  wuz  a  gittin  old 
and  wuznt  ez  strong  ez  he  wunst  hed  bin.  He 
intiniatid  ti>  nic  tlu^t  the  sooner  I  sliifted  for 
mys.lt  till-  ln-tlrr  h. -d  be  pleased.  Wot  cood  I  do? 
I  hid  nil  i"!  iL'sliin  tliatwood  enable  me  to  live 
witliout  labcr.  uiul  luber  I  wooden't. 

My  father  solved  the  problem.  "  Marry  a  wid- 
der, "  said  he,  — ' '  a  widder  with  a  farm,  and  make 
her  do  the  work.  Yoo  are  ekal  to  overseein  a 
farm.     Aint  yer?" 

1  remarked  that  I  cood  see  other  men  swet  with- 
out materially  fatiguin  myself,  and  that  1  thot  his 
segestion  a  good  one.     I  wood  adopt  it. 

Hard-by  wuz  the  widder  Thompson,  wich  wuz 
the  owner  uv  one  uv  the  best  farms  of  the  seek- 
shun.  It  wuz  200  akers  of  good  land,  well-im- 
provrtl  .■iiul  u-.'ll-stocked.  She  wuzii't  eggsackly 
wat  uimhI  hr  lalh-d  a  handsome  woman,  ,ind  wuz 
15  yi<  Ts  iililiT  than  me.  but  I  didn't  mind  that. 
What  uarcd  I  that  her  teeth  wuz  all  out.  and  that 
she  hed  a  goiter,  and  weighed  200  pounds  !  Wat 
cared  I  that  she  hed  a  habit  uv  goin  about  with 
her  stockins  down  at  her  heels,  and  that  she  con- 
sidered tile  tinu'  j-pent  in  coniin  hair  ez  wastid  ? 
She  ln'd  a  farm,  nnd  that  wuz  enufF  forme. 

I  huil  sir^'i'  to  till--  venerable  female,  and  to  my 
delile  found  lier  nut  averse  to  a  second  chance  at 
matrimony.  I  wuz  a  helthy  young  man,  and  not 
bad  lookin,  and  looked  ez  tho  1  mite  run  two  er 
three  farms  to  wunst.  She  wuz  ruther  lonesome 
on  the  farm,  and  it  cost  a  pile  uv  money  to  hire 
help,  and  then  they  needed  a  man  to  look  after 


'nil :  and,  to  make  a  long  story  short,  she  accepted 
inc.  and  we  wmz  yoouited  in  the  holy  bonds  uv 
matrimony. 

For  a  few  days  1  lived  in  a  elysium.  watever  that 
may  be.  I  hed  the  best  uv  eatin.  suthin  the  Nasby 
family  did  not  indulge  in.  and  Mrs.  Nasby  wuz  ez 
complaisant  ez  a  woman  cood  be.  I  hed  cider  to 
drink,  the  late  Thompson  left  a  good  supply  uv 
terbaker,  and  things  wuz  a  goin  ez  smooth  ez 
cood  be. 

The  fourth  day  Mrs.  Nasby  remarked  that  we 
hed  hed  a  long  rest,  and  it  wuz  time  we  got  about 
our  work. 

"  Pete,"  said  she,  "Yoo  want  to  take  the  oxen 
this  mornin  and  go  and  break  that  lot  behind  the 
barn.  It  nmst  be  done  towonst.  and  shood  hev 
been  a  week  ago,  but  for  this  marrying  biznis. " 

■■  Excoose  me.  Mrs.  Nasby,"  sez  I,  goin  out  and 
layin  down  under  a  apple  tree,  with  my  pipe 
lightid,  "  breakin  ground  is  not  my  best  hold. 
This  soots  nie  better.  I  didn't  many  to  break 
ground." 

"What,"  she  eggsclaimed. 

"I  merely  say  tliat  I  shall  not  break  grounds. 
My  biznis  on  this  farm  is  merely  ornamental.  I 
am  willin  to  go  and  lay  down  in  the  field  to  be 
broke  and  oversee  the  breakin,  pervidid  there  is  a 
shade-tree  under  which  I  kin  lay.  But  ez  for 
takin  hold  uv  a  jilow  myself,  never.  " 

The  woman  looked  at  me  in  a  dazed  sort  of  way, 
for  a  minit.  She  held  in  her  rite  hand  a  pale  of 
soap-suds  wich  she  wasa-goin  to  pour  on  the  roots 
uv  a  grape-vine  near  me.  Without  a  word  uv 
warnin  she  histid  that  buckit  of  suds,  hot  ez  it 
wuz.  all  over  me,  and  in  another  second  hed  me 
by  the  liair.  It  wuz  time  that  I  assertid  myself. 
I  made  up  my  mind  to  whale  her  then  and  there, 
wunst  for  all,  and  hevin  establisht  my  sooperior- 
ity.  hev  it  all  my  way,  ever  afterward. 

Assertin  one's  sooperiority  is  all  well  cnuff,  but 
yoo  want  to  be  shoor  about  your  strength,  that 
bein  the  main  pint  in  any  assertin  biznis.  I  nz 
and  grappled  her.  and  found  that  assertin  wuz  one 
thing  and  establishing  quite  another.  In  less 
than  a  minit  that  infooriatid  and  muskeler  female 
hed  me  on  my  back,  and  wuz  a  makin  me  bald- 
headid  at  a  rate  wich  I  never  dreamed  possible. 
She  tore  out  my  hair  by  the  handful,  she  peeled 
my  face  in  a  miiiit,  and  in  less  than  four  minits  I 


looked  very  much  like  an  old-fashioned  frigate 
after  an  encounter  at  short  range. 

"  Yoo  won't  work,  won't  ye  *  well  I  guess  you 
will!  Yoo'll  work  on  this  farm,  or  ye  won't  eet. 
Yoo  won't  work,  won't  ye  !" 

And  then,  ez  if  that  thot  incited  her  to  madnis. 
she  tore  out  wat  little  hair  I  hed  left,  and  knocked 
the  last  bit  uv  skin  off  my  face,  and  dragged  me 
out  to  the  lot.  ,    , 

■■There  is  the  plow,  there  is  the  oxen,  and  there 
is  the  ground.  Yoo  sooperintent  !  I'll  do  that 
eend  uv  the  biznis.     Git  to  work,  yoo  broot.  er— " 

I  saw  ^hi-  \\  iiz  in  earnest,  and  I  yoked  them  oxen 
meekly,  and  went  to  work  in  the  hot  sun  and  she 
sot  (l.-\vn  uiidir  a  shadetree  and  kept  me  at  it, 
without  a  niiiufs  rest,  till  nite. 

Her  soopremacy  wuz  assertid  and  established. 
Whenever  I  dared  to  murmur  she  wood  exhibit  a 
lock  uv  my  hair,  which  she  kept  by  her.  and  that 
wuz  enuff.     I  dared  not  question  her  authority. 

Two  mizrable  yeers  I  spent  on  that  farm.— two 
yeers  uv  agonizin  labor.  When  she  died  I  diskiv- 
ered  that  the  place  wuz  mortgaged  for  all  it  wuz 
worth,  and  that  the  money  she  got  for  it  she  had 
bequeathed  to  a  neece  of  hern,  and  I  wuz  turned 
out  on  a  cold  world,  with  nothin'  'cept  wat  I  man- 
aged to  git  off  the  place  the  night  before  I  left. 

That  wuz  why  I  went  into  politix.  After  driftm 
some  time,  su'bsistin  on  wat  chance  threw  in  my 
way  nites,  I  found  that  men  uv  my  caliber  are 
needed  in  politix,  and  that  it  is  a  shoorer  livm 
than  marryin  widders;  and  I  likewise  made  up  my 
mind  that  ef  I  ever  shood  marry  another  widder 
it  wood  be  one  which  didn't  weigh  more  than 
ninety  pounds;  and  that  I  shood  eggsamine  the 
records  afore  the  ceremony  wuz  pemounst.  and 
see  that  the  farm  didn't  hev  no  incumbrance  onto 
it.     Eggsperience  is  the  only  teacher. 

Butt  I  shel  never  do  it.  Age  has  dimmed  my 
arder,  and  long  eggsperience  in  borrerin  enables 
me  to  live  in  suthin  like  comfort,  ef  not  in  luxury. 
And  then  so  long  ez  there  is  a  Democrisy  sich  men 
ez  me  are  in  dem.ind;  and  jist  before  eleckshuns 
I  am  shoor  uv  enuf  to  drink  anyhow.  I  km  alluz 
pick  up  enuf  to  eat,  and  close  are  not  difficult  to 
come  by  in  a  keerlis  and  conlidin  kentry.  Pos- 
sibly I  have  did  ez  well  ez  though  the  widder  cood 
hevbin  molded  to  my  will. 

Petroleum  \.  N.vssr. 


^'^ 


(y^-—- 


■-<)':\ 


M^e 


180 


SAMUEL    L.    CLEMENS,     UUMOEIST,     BEST    IvNOWN    AS    "MARK    TWAIN. 


-f 


mm.ft 


Newspaper  Reporter,  Lecturer  and  Humorist. 


f  T^5 


CLEMENS,  hnmorist,  was  bom  at  Florida, 
Mo.,  November  20,  1835.  He  was  an  apprentice  to  the 
printing  business  in  the  Courier  office  at  Hannibal,  at  the 
age  of  thirteen,  and  subt-equently  worked  at  his  trade  in 
St.  Louis,  Cincinnati,  Philadelphia  and  New  York. 

Becoming  acquainted  with  steamboating,  he  secured  a 
situation  as  pilot  on  a  Mississippi  river  steamer  in  1855; 
was  a  private  secretary  to  his  brother,  the  Secretary  of  the  Territory 
of  Nevada,  in  1861;  worked  at  mining  for  a  time;  was  city  editor  of 
the  Virginia  City,Nev. ,  Enterprise,  in  1862;  afterwards,  for  several 
months,  was  a  reporter  on  the  Morning 
Call  newspaper,  in  San  Francisco; 
went  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands  in  186G; 

The  following  was  one  of  Twain's 
first  sketches: 

The  Jumping  Frog  of  Calaveras  County. 

In  compliance  with  the  request  of  a 
friend  of  mine,  who  wrote  me  from  the 
East,  1  called  on  good-natured,  garrulous 
old  Simon  Wheeler,  and  inquired  after  my 
friend's  friend.  Leonidaa  W.  Smiley,  as 
requested  to  do.  and  I  hereunto  append 
the  result.  I  have  a  lurking  suspicion 
that  Leonidas  W.  Smiley  is  a  myth;  that 
my  friend  never  knew  such  a  personage; 
and  that  he  only  conjectured  that  if  1  asked 
old  Wheeler  about  him,  it  would  remind 
bini  of  his  infamous  Jim  Smiley,  and  he 
would  go  to  work  and  bore  me  to  death 
with  some  exasperating  reminiscence  of 
him  as  long  and  as  tedious  as  it  should  be 
useless  to  me.  If  that  was  the  deslg^i,  it 
succeeded. 

I  found  Simon  Wheeler  dozing  comfort- 
ably by  the  bar-room   stove  of  the  dilapi- 
dated tavern  In  the  decayed  mining  camp 
of  Angel's,  and  I  noticed  that  he  was  fat 
and  liald-headed.   and  ha*l  an   exproHwion 
of     winning     gentleness     and     simplicity     upon 
his    tranquil   countenance.       He  roused    up.  and 
gave  me  good-day.      I  told  him  a  friend  of  mine 
had   conimiHsfoni-d    me   to   make   some  Inquiries 
about    a    cheriMhed    eompanlon    of    his    boyhood 
nainerl    I^onidan    W.    .Smiley— /irt'.    LeonitUtH    H'. 
Smiley,  a  young  minister  of  the  gospel,  who  he 
had  heard  was  at  one  time  a  resident  of  Angel's 
Camp.     I  added  that  If  Mr.  Wheeler  could  tell  mo 


Samuel  L.  Clemens. 

istinguished  humorist,  better  known  as  ' 


anything  about  this  Hev.  Leonidas  W.  Smiley.  I 
wtuild  feel  under  many  obligations  to  him. 

Simon  Wheeler  backed  me  into  a  comer  and 
blockaded  me  there  with  his  ehalr.  and  tlien  sat 
down  and  reeled  off  the  monotonous  narrative 
which  follows  this  pariigraph.  He  never  smiled, 
he  never  frowned,  he  never  changed  his  voice 
from  the  gentle-Howing  key  to  which  he  tuned  his 
Initial  sentence,  he  never  betrayed  the  sllghtext 


returned  to  San  Francisco  a  few  months  afterwards,  and  engaged 
successfully  in  lecturing  through  California  and  Nevada. 

In  1867  he  accompanied  a  large  party  of  travelers  in  the  '  •  Quaker 
City  "  on  a  pleasure  excursion  to  Egypt  and  the  Holy  Land,  from 
which  joucney  he  gathered  the  material  for  a  humorous  volume, 
entitled  "The  Innocents  Abroad."  a  work  that  had  a  large  sale. 
"Roughing  It,"  "The  Gilded  Edge,"  "Tom  Sawyer,"  "The 
Tramp  Abroad, "  and  other  books  of  his,  have  each  had  a  large 
circulation. 

In  18T3  and  1873  he  was  engaged  in  lecturing  in  England.  He  has 
spent  considerable  time  of  late  years 
in  Europe,  though  his  residence  is 
in  Hartford,    Conn. 

— — S— ^^1C=<<— 


suspicion  of  enthusiasm;  but  all  through 
the  interminable  narrative  there  ran  a  vein 
of  impressive  earnestness  and  sincerity, 
which  showed  me  plainly  that,  so  far  from 
his  imagining  that  there  was  anything 
ridiculous  or  funny  about  his  story,  he 
regarded  it  as  a  really  important  matter, 
and  admired  its  two  heroes  as  men  of  iraji- 
scendent  genius  and  finesse.  I  let  him  go 
on  in  his  own  way,  and  never  interrupted 
him  once. 

' '  Kev.  Leonidas  W.   H'ra,  Reverend  Le— 

well,  there  was  a  feller  here  once  by  the 

name  of  Jim  Smiley,  in  the  winter  of  '49— 

or  may  be  it  was  the  spring  of  '50—1  don't 

recollect    exactly,  somehow,  though  what 

makes  me  think  it  was  one  or  the  other 

is  because  I  remember  the  big  flume  wam't 

finished  when  he  flrst  come  to  tne  camp; 

but    any  way,  he  was  the  curiosest  man 

about  always   betting  on    anything    that 

turned  up  you  ever  see,  if   he   could  get 

anybody  to  bet  on  the  other  side;  and  if 

he  couldn't  he'd  change    sides.     Any  way 

that  suited  the  other  man  would  suit  /nm— 

any  way  just  so's  he  got  a  bet  hr  was  satis- 

Ucd.     But  still  he  was  lucky,  uncommon  liieky;  he 

ni'jst  always  come  out  winner.     He   was  jihvays 

ready  and  laying  for  a  chance;  there  couldn't  be 

no  solitary  thing  mentioned  but  that  feller'd  olfer 

to  bet  on  it.  and  take  ary  side  you  please,  as  1  was 

just  telling  you.     If  there  was  a  horse-race,  you'd 

(iiid  him  Hush  or  you'd  tln<l  him  busted  at  the  end 

of  it;    if    there  was  a   dog-light,  he'd  bet  on   it; 

if  there  was  a  eat-Ilglit,  he'd   bet  on  it;  if  there 


Mark  Twain. 


i 


=^m 


was  a  chi^en-fiprht,  he'ii  bet  on  It;  why.  if  there 
was  two  birds  settiiiy  on  a  fenee.  he  would  bet  you 
whirh  one  would  Ily  first;  or  it  there  was  a  ciiiiip- 
meetinfr.  he  would  be  there  reg'lnr  to  bet  on 
Parson  Walker,  which  he  jedtrt'd  to  be  the  best 
exhoi'ter  about  here, and  so  he  was,  too,  and  a  j^ood 
man.  If  he  even  see  a  straddle-buy  start  to  pro  any- 
wlieres,  he  would  bet  you  how  long  it  would  take 
]iini  to  get  to— to  wherever  he  was  ffoing  to,  and 
if  you  took  him  up,  he  would  foller  that  straddle- 
bug  to  Mexico  but  what  he  would  find  out  where 
he  was  bound  for  and  how  long  ho  was  on  the 
road.  Lots  of  the  boys  here  has  seen  that 
Smiley,  and  can  tell  you  about  him.  VVhy,  it 
never  made  no  difference  to  /ji'm— he'd  bet  on  any 
thing— the  dangdest  feller.  Parson  Walker's  wife 
lay  very  sick  once,  for  a  pood  while,  and  it  seemed 
as  if  they  warn't  going  to  save  her;  but  one 
morning  he  came  in,  and  Smiley  U|i  and  asked  him 
how  she  was,  and  he  said  she  was  considable 
better— thank  the  Lord  for  his  inf'nit  mercy— and 
coming  on  so  smart  that  with  the  blessing  of 
Prov'dence  she'd  get  well  yet;  and  Smiley,  before 
he  thought,  says,  "Well,  I'll  resk  two  and  a  half 
she  don't  anyway." 

Thish-yer  Smiley  had  a  mare— the  boys  called 
her  the  fifteen-minute  nag,  but  that  was  only  in 
fun,  you  know,  because  of  course  she  was  faster 
than  that— and  he  used  to  win  money  on  that 
horse,  for  all  she  was  so  slow  and  always  liad  the 
asthma,  or  the  distemper,  or  the  consumption,  or 
something  of  that  kind.  They  used  to  give  her 
two  or  three  hundred  yards  start,  and  then  pass 
herunderway;  but  always  at  the  fag-end  of  the 
race  she'd  get  excited  and  desperate-like,  and 
come  cavorting  and  straddling  up,  and  scattering 
lier  legs  arpund  limber,  sometimes  in  the  air,  and 
sometimes  out  to  one  side  amongst  the  fences, 
and  kicking  up  m-o-r-e  dust  and  raising  m-o-r-e 
racket  with  her  coughing  and  sneezing  and  blow- 
ing her  nose— and  alicays  fetch  up  at  the  stand  just 
about  a  neck  ahead,  as  near  as  you  could  cipher  it 
down. 

And  he  had  a  little  small  hull-pup,  that  to  look 
at  him  you'd  think  he  warn't  worth  a  cent  but  to 
set  around  and  look  ornery  and  lay  for  a  chance 
to  steal  something.  But  as  soon  as  money  was  up 
on  him  he  was  a  diffei-ent  dog;  his  under-jaw'd 
begin  to  stick  out  like  the  fo'castle  of  a  steam- 
boat, and  his  teeth  would  uncover  and  shine  like 
the  furnaces.  And  a  dog  might  tackle  him  and 
bully-iug  him,  and  bite  him,  and  throw  him  over 
his  shoulder  two  or  three  times,  and  Andrew 
Jackson — which  was  the  name  of  the  pup — Andrew 
Jackson  would  never  let  on  but  what  he  was  satis- 
fied, and  hadn't  expected  nothing  else— and  the 
bets  beingdoubied  and  doubled  on  the  other  side 
all  the  time,  till  the  money  was  all  up;  and  then 
all  of  a  sudden  he  would  grab  that  other  dog  jest 
bythej'int  of  his  hind  leg  and  freeze  to  it— not 
chaw,  you  understand,  but  only  just  grip  and 
hang  on  till  they  throwcd  up  the  sponge,  if  it  was 
a  year.  Smiley  always  come  out  winner  on  that 
pup,  till  he  harnessed  a  dog  once  that  didn't  have 
«io  hind  legs,  because  they  been  sawed  off  in  a  cir- 
cular saw,  and  when  tlie  thing  had  gone  along  far 
enough,  and  the  money  wasall  up,  and  he  come  to 
make  a  snatch  for  his  pet  holt,  he  see  in  a  minute 
how  he'd  been  imposed  on,  and  how  the  other  dog 
had  him  in  tlie  door,  so  to  speak,  and  he  'peared 
surprised,  and  then  he  looked  sorter  discouraged- 
like,  and  didn't  try  no  more  to  win  the  fight,  and 
so  he  got  shucked  out  bad.  He  give  Smiley  a  look, 
as  much  as  to  say  his  heart  was  broke,  and  it  was 
his  fault,  for  putting  up  a  dog  that  hadn't  no  hind 
legs  for  him  to  take  holt  of,  whicli  was  his  main 
dependence  in  a  fight,  and  then  he  limped  off  a 
piece  and  laid  down  and  died.  It  w.asa  good  pup. 
was  that  Andrew  Jackson,  and  would  have  made 
a  name    for  hisself  if  he'd   lived,  for   the  stuff 


was  in  him  and  he  had  genius— I  know  It, 
because  In*  hadn't  mi  opportunities  to  speak  of, 
and  it  don't  stand  to  reason  that  a  dog  could  make 
such  a  fight  as  he  could  under  them  circumstances 
if  he  hadn't  no  talent.  It  always  makes  me  feel 
sorry  when  I  think  of  that  last  fight  of  his'n,  and 
the  way  it  turned  out. 

Well,  thish-yer  Smiley  had  rat-tarriers,  and 
chicken-cocks,  and  tomcats  and  all  them  kind  of 
things,  till  you  couldn't  rest,  and  you  couldn't 
fetch  nothiTig  for  him  to  bet  on  but  he'd  niatcli 
you.  He  ketch'il  a  frog  one  day,  and  took  him 
home,  and  said  he  calc'lated  to  educate  him;  and 
so  he  never  done  nothing  for  three  months  but  set 
in  his  back  yard  and  learn  that  frog  to  jump. 
And  you  bet  you  he  did  leani  him.  too.  He'd  give 
him  a  little  punch  behind,  and  the  next  minute 
you'd  see  that  frog  whirling  in  the  air  like  a 
doughnut— see  him  turn  one  summei"set,  or  may 
be  a  couple,  if  he  got  a  good  start,  and  come  down 
flat-footed  and  all  right  like  a  cat.  He  got  him  up 
so  in  the  matter  of  ketcliing  flies,  and  kep'  liim  in 
practice  so  constant,  that  he'd  nail  a  fly  every 
time  as  fur  as  he  could  see  him.  Smiley  said  all  a 
frog  wanted  was  education,  and  he  could  do  'most 
anything— and  I  believe  him.  Wliy,  I  seen  him 
set  Pan'l  Webster  down  here  on  this  floor— Dan'l 
Webster  was  the  name  of  the  frog— and  sing  out, 
"Flies,  Dan'l,  Hies!"'  and  quicker'n  you  could 
wink  he'd  spring  straight  up  and  snake  a  fly  off'n 
the  counter  there,  and  flop  down  on  the  floor  ag'in 
as  solid  as  a  gob  of  mud.  and  fall  to  scratching 
the  side  of  his  head  with  his  hind  foot  as  indiffer- 


The  Jumping  Froe. 

ent  OS  if  he  hadn't  no  idea  he'd  been  doin'  any 
more'n  any  frog  might  do.  You  never  see  a  frog 
so  modest  and  straightfor'ard  as  he  was.  for  all 
he  was  so  gifted.  And  when  it  come  to  fair  and 
square  jumping  on  a  dead  level,  he  could  get  over 
nioie  ground  at  one  straddle  than  any  animal  of 
his  breed  you  ever  see.  Jumping  on  a  dead  level 
was  his  strong  suit,  you  understand;  and  when  it 
come  to  that,  Siniley  would  ante  up  money  on  him 
as  long  as  he  h.ad  a  red.  Smiley  was  monstrous 
proud  of  his  frog,  and  well  he  might  be,  for 
fellers  that  had  traveled  and  been  everywheres, 
all  said  he  laid  over  any  frog  that  ever  fhey  see. 

Well,  Smiley  kep"  the  beast  in  a  little  lattice  box, 
and  he  used  to  fetch  him  down  town  sometimes 
and  lay  for  a  bet.  One  day  a  feller — a  t-tranger  in 
the  camp,  he  was — come  acrost  him  with  liis  box, 
and  says: 

"What  might  it  be  that  you've  got  in  the 
box  ?" 

And  Smiley  says,  sorter  indifferent-like,  "It 
might  be  a  parrot,  or  it  might  be  a  canary,  may- 
be, but  it  ain't — its  only  just  a  frog." 

And  the  feller  took  it,  and  looked  at  it  careful. 


and  turned  It  round  this  way  and  that,  and  »&yn, 
*' H'm— so 'tis.     Weil,  what's /i<*  good  for  f  " 

"  Wfll,"  Smiley  says,  easy  ond  careless,  "he's 
good  enough  for  one  thing,  1  should  judge— he  can 
outjump  any  frog  in  Calaveras  county." 

The  feller  took  the  box  again,  and  look  another 
long,  particular  look,  and  givt?  It  biwk  to  Smlhry, 
and  says,  very  deliberate,  "Well."  he  say^t,  "I 
don't  see  no  p'ints  about  that  frog  that's  any 
better'n  any  other  frog." 

"  Maybe  you  don't,"  Smiley  says.  "  Maybe  you 
understand  frogs  and  maybe  you  don't  underntand 
'em,  maybe  you've  had  experience.and  maybe  you 
ain't  only  a  amaturo,  ax  it  were.  Anyways,  I've 
got  »iy  opinion  and  I'll  i-esk  forty  dollars  that  he 
can  outjump  any  frog  in  Calaveras  connty. " 

And  the  feller  studied  a  minute,  and  then  says, 
kinder  sad  like,  "  Well,  I'm  only  a  stranger  here, 
and  I  ain't  got  no  frog;  but  it  I  had  a  frog  I'd  bet 
you." 

And  then  Smiley  says,  "  That's  all  right-thafs 
all  right— if  you'll  hold  my  box  a  minute.  I'll  gu  and 
get  you  a  frog."  And  so  the  feller  took  the  bux. 
and  put  up  forty  dollars  along  with  Sniiley's,  and 
set  down  to  wait. 

So  he  set  there  a  good  while  tliinking  and  think- 
ing to  hisself,  and  then  he  got  the  frog  out  and 
prized  his  mouth  open  and  took  a  teasjmon  and 
filled  him  full  of  quail  shot— filled  him  pretty  near 
up  to  his  chin— and  set  him  on  the  fioor.  Smiley 
he  went  to  the  swamp  and  slopped  around  in  the 
mud  for  a  longtime,  and  finally  he  ketehed  a  frog, 
and  fetched  him  in,  and  give  hinj  to  this  feller, 
and  says: 

"Now,  if  you're  ready,  set  him  alongside  of 
Dan'l,  with  his  fore-paws  just  even  with  Dan'I's, 
and  I'll  give  the  word."  Then  he  says,  "  One— 
two— three— (/i7  ,'"  and  him  and  the  feller  touched 
up  the  frogs  from  behind,  and  the  new  frog  hopjied 
off  lively, but  Dan'l  give  a  heave, and  hysted  up  his 
shoulders— so— like  a  Frenchman,  but  it  warn't  no 
use— he  couldn't  budge;  he  was  planted  as  solid  as 
a  church,  and  he  couldn't  no  more  stir  than  if  he 
was  anchored  out.  Smiley  was  a  good  deal  sur- 
prised, and  he  was  disgusted,  too,  but  he  didn't 
have  no  idea  what  the  matter  was,  of  course. 

The  feller  took  the  money  and  started  away; 
and  when  he  was  going  out  at  the  door,  he  sorter 
jerked  his  thumb  over  his  shoulder— so— at  Dan'l, 
and  says  again,  very  deliberate,  "  Well,"  he  .says, 
" /don't  see  no  p'ints  about  that  frog  that's  any 
better'n  any  other  frog." 

Smiley  he  stood  scratching  his  head  and  looking 
down  at  Dan'l  a  long  time,  and  at  last  he  says.  "  I 
do  wonder  what  in  the  nation  that  frog  throw'd 
off  for- 1  wonder  if  there  ain't  something  the 
matter  with  him— he  'pears  to  look  mighty  baggy, 
somehow."  And  he  ketehed  Dan'l  by  the  nap  of 
the  neck,  and  hefted  him,  and  says.  "  Why  bLime 
my  cats,  if  he  don't  weigh  five  pound!"  and  turned 
him  upside  down  and  he  belched  out  a  double 
handful  of  shot.  And  then  he  see  how  it  was.  ami 
he  was  the  maddest  man— he  set  the  frog  down 
and  took  out  after  that  feller,  but  he  never 
ketehed  him.     And " 

[Here  Simon  Wheeler  heard  his  name  called 
from  the  front  yard,  and  got  up  to  see  what  was 
wanted.]  And  turning  to  me  as  he  moved  away, 
he  said:  "Just  set  where  you  are,  stranger,  and 
rest  easy— I  ain't  going  to  be  gone  a  second." 

But,  by  your  leave,  I  did  not  think  that  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  history  of  the  enterprising  vaga- 
bond Jim  Smiley  wouhl  be  likely  to  afford  me 
much  information  concerning  the  Rev.  Leonidas 
W.  Smiley,  and  so  I  started  away. 

At  the  door  I  met  the  sociable  Wheeler  return- 
ing, and  he  button-holed  me  and  re-commenced: 

"Well,  thish-yer  Smiley  had  a ''    However, 

lacking  both  time  and  inclination.  I  did  not  wait 
to  hear  further  about  Smiley,  but  took  my  leave. 


,i 


Q^ — 


— ^.' 


::^ 


•^jj^ 


182 


NAST    AND    HIS    CAEICATUKES    OF   THE    OLD    TAMMANY    KING. 


fiii?-^-tc-ii~4> 


^^ 


^..^ 


V  A-  \-\.v -v-wv.  v.\.  v-'v;  V  v.^;\^^-.  V  \|pv^.  \-  \.  \.  \.^^B 


^  -^  J- 


Thomas  Nast. 


^^^^: 


Brilliant  Caricaturist  and  Artist. 


AXDAU,  Baviiria.  was  the  birthplace,  September  27,  1840, 
of  Thomas  Nast,  an  artist  whose  caricatures  of  noted 
poUticians  and  social  pests  have  made  him  famous 
throughout  the  United  States.  Coming  to  this 
country  when  about  six  years  old,  and  possessing 
natural  talents  of  a  high  order  as  a  draughtsman, 
we  find  him  engaged  at  the  age  of  fourteen  in 
preparing  pictures  for  Frank  Leslie's  Illustrated 
Paper.  When  about  sixteen  he  made  a  journey 
to  England  to  sketch  the  heroes  and  incidents  of  the  notorious  prize 
fight  between  John  C.  Heenan  and  Thomas  Sayers,  and  these  draw- 
ings  appeared 
among  the  attrac- 
tions of  the  New 
York  Illustrate'/ 
News  of  that  period. 
Not  long  afterwards 
he  attached  himself 
to  the  military  force 
of  Garibaldi,  the 
Italian  patriot,  with 
whom  he  entered 
Naples  and  wit- 
nessed the  sieges  of 
Gaeta  and  Capua,  as 
the  sketching  cor- 
respondent of  the 
London  NetvH,  the 
New  York  Illus- 
trated News  ttnd 
the  Paris  Illustra- 
ted World.  In 
July.  18fi2,  having 
returned  pafely  trj 
New  York  from  the 
scat  of  war  in  Italy. 
he  formed  an  en- 
gagement with  the 

jjropriotors  of  Harper's  Weekly  to  regularly  provide  that  jjajier  with 
drawings  of  heroes  and  scenes  of  the  war  of  the  rebellion  and  of 
noted  pf)lilicians  and  their  peculiar  weaknesses.  Tliis  engagement 
resulted  in  signal  benefit  to  the  Harper's  and  the  country  at  large, 
his  striking  illustrations  adding  greatly  to  the  popularity  of  the 
paper,  while  the  moral  illustrated  in  the  war  pictures  made  a  deep 
Imprecsion  on  the  public  mind  and  greatly  strengthened  the  North. 
Whrii  \\\^  war-work  wan  ended  his  ready  pencil  and  sarcastic  humor 


WHO  STOtE  THE  PEOPLES  mW  ?  -  DO  TELL  . 


found  a  fruitful  field  in  the  exposure  of  the  enormous  frauds  of  tho 
political  *■  rings "  of  New  York,  in  which  "Boss"  William  M. 
Tweed  was  the  principal  conspirator.  Week  after  week  and  month 
after  month,  he  illustrated  with  great  fidelity,  through  the  columns  of 
the  Harper's,  the  rascality  of  the  men  who  had  robbed  the  city 
treasury  to  enrich  themselves  under  Hie  cover  of  alleged  "public 
improvements,''  These  sketches  excited  both  laughter  and  anger: 
laughter  at  the  ridicule  which  Nast  heaped  upon  Tweed  and  his  com- 
panions, and  anger  at  the  frauds  which  had  been  perpetrated  by  these 
ofiicials.  The  attempt  of  these  ring  thieves  to  screen  themselves 
by  throwing  the   blame  upon  others,  made   the   subject  of  one   of 

Nast's  famous  car- 
toons, which  is 
herewith  represent- 
ed, entitled  "Who 
Stole  the  Money?'" 
This  illustration, 
with  others,  which 
were  widely  noted 
at  the  time,  origi- 
nally appeared  in 
the  \yt-fkly  and 
afterwards  in  Har- 
p  e  r's  Mo  n  t  h  I  y. 
One  of  his  most  re- 
markable achieve- 
ments as  an  artist 
was  the  painting 
with  water  colors, 
within  thirty  days, 
in  IfiOt'i.  f()r  a  pic- 
torial paper  of  New 
York,  sixty  carica- 
tures of  prominent 
editors,  politicians, 
actors  and  artists, 
on  sheets  varying 
in  size  from  four 
feet  by  three  to  six  feit  l)y  four.  Several  >'ears  ago  he  began  a  brief 
career  as  a  public  lecturer  in  the  chief  cities  of  the  Union,  drawing 
during  his  discourses  caricatures  illustrating  their  salient  points.  Mr. 
Nast  has  not  ctmfineil  bis  peculiar  talents  to  humorous  sketches  for  the 
papers  and  i)latform  exhibiti(ms,  but  has  produced  many  important 
illustrations  of  serious  character  to  embellish  various  books  and  peri- 
odicals. At  this  writing  his  facile  lu-ncil  is  yet  busy  affording  amuse- 
nu-iit  arul  instruclimi  llinuiL'h  the  various  publieatinns  of  Ihe  Harpers. 


"TWM  H»M- 


75^ 


.(>— 


"I'UCK,"    AND    A    SKKTdl    OF    KKPl'I.KK. 


183 


>^',3C->» 


Joseph  Keppler,  the  Weil-Known  Caricaturist  of  **Puck," 
and  Some  of  His  Assistants. 


'-///j'/if/i/o-^ry 


JOSEPH  KEPPLER, 


^^*^UCK  NEEDS  no  introduction  to  our 
i'-^^  readers.  With  its  original,  striking, 
colored  illustrations,  tempered  with 
wit,  satire,  and  generally  contain- 
ing a  moral,  it  is  to-day  one  of  the 
best  known  publications  in  the 
United  States.  The  personal  his- 
tory of  its  author,  however,  is  not 
so  well  known,  and  hence  the  object 
of  this  writing. 
,,  It  was   in  Vienna,  Austria,  that, 

*  in  1838,  Joseph  Keppler  was  born.  His  father  was 
a  confectioner,  and  it  fell  to  the  lot  of  Joseph  to  aid 
in  putting  ornaments  upon  the  candies,  a  work  in 
which  he  displayed  such  originality  as  to  induce  his 
father  to  send  him  to  a  drawing-school  when  he 
was  nine  years  old. 

It  was  soon  after  this  that  his  father,  Johann 
Keppler,  was  obliged  to  tlee  from  Austria  in  conse- 
quence of  the  too  free  expression  of  his  political 
sentiments,  which  necessitated  the  return  of  Joseph 
to  the  candy  store  as  an  assistant  of  his  mother, 
\\  here  he  remained  until  twelve  years  old,  when  he 
entered  the  Academy  of  Design  two  years  earlier 
than  the  regulations  allowed,  because  of  the  proficiency  he  exhibited 
in  his  examination.  He  was  an  apt  student,  but  was  a  .severe 
trial  to  his  teachers,  because  of  his  disposition  to  draw  figures  and 
forms  outside  of  his  lessons.  Tiring,  after  a  two-years'  stay,  of 
the  restrictions  of  the  school,  he  returned  again  to  the  confections, 
where  he  remained  some  years,  but  only  to  dream  of  some  day 
becoming  a  great  artist. 

With  a  view  to  becoming  a  master  of  his  art,  he  resolved  upon  a 
visit  to  Italy,  to  accomplish  which  he  commenced  his  journey  on  foot 
across  the  country,  his  expenses  being  paid  by  portrait-making  on 
his  way.  It  was  at  this  time,  when  he  was  seventeen  years  old.  that 
the  opportunity  offered  for  him  to  join  a  theatrical  troupe,  with 
which  he  returned  to  Vienna,  where  he  continued  on  the  boards  for 
three  years,  interspersing  his  time  with  retouching  negatives  for  the 
jihotographers  and  drawing  cartoons  for  the  Cock-a-doodle-doo,  a 
sort  of  Puck,  then  and  yet  published  in  Vienna. 

A  letter  about  this  time  from  his  father  brought  him  to  New  York, 
and  thence   to  Missouri,  where  his  father  resided.      In  St.  Louis  he 


went  upon  the  stage  again,  at  the  Apollo  Theater,  which  he  left 
at  the  end  of  six  months,  having  commenced  with  Frederick  Ilerrold 
the  publication  of  Puck,  which  was  discontinued  at  the  end  of  two 
years  in  consequence  of  the  death  of  Mr.  Herrold. 

He  then  came  to  New  York,  entered  the  employ  of  Frank  Le.slie, 
where  he  continued  for  three  years,  when  he  established  a  partner- 
ship with  A.  Schwiirzmann,  publisher  of  the  New  Yorkej'  Musick 
Zelfitng.  They  together  revived  Puck  in  the  year  1876,  and  printed 
it  for  six  months  only  in  German,  when  the  demand  of  the 
English-speaking  public  became  such  as  to  cause  it  to  be  afterwards 
issued  in  both  German  and  English.  Taking  a  liberal,  radical,  and 
independent  stand  on  the  current  topics  of  the  day,  Pvck  has  been 
a  success  from  the  first,  its  circulation  rapidly  reaching  up  into  the 
tens  of  thousanTls. 

Some  of  the  cartoons  of  Mr.  Keppler  have  caused  the  paper  to 
increase  in  circulation  many  thousands  in  a  single  week.  The 
illustration  at  the  time  of  Madame  Restell's  death,  representing  the 
strong  and  healthy  w^omen  in  contrast  with  the  weak  and  sickly,  made 
so  by  abortion,  increased  the  circulation  over  10,000.  The  spider 
picture,  showing  the  pitfalls  which  surround  the  country  merchant 
when  he  goes  to  the  metropolis  to  buy  goods,  had  an  ennrmous  sale, 
as  have  also  the  political  cartoons  both  on  the  Republican  and  Demo- 
cratic sides. 

Mr.  Keppler  is  ably  assisted  by  Mr.  J.  A.  Wales  and  Mr.  F. 
Opper.  either  of  whom,  if  Ihey  turn  their  pencil  against  a  man 
deserving  of  censure,  will  be  very  likely  to  make  him  wish  that  he 
had  never  been  born. 

Frederick  Opper,  who  is  of  German  descent  on  his  father's  side. 
was  born  at  Madison,  Ohio,  January  2.  1857.  Was  for  a  time  a 
printer  and  compositor  at  Sladison,  but,  coming  to  New  York,  went 
into  picture-making  on  Wild  Oats  nt  the  age  of  eighteen.  After- 
wards he  served  two  years  with  Frank  Leslie,  when  his  love  of  the 
funny  and  his  genius  for  delineation  of  the  grotesque  and  the 
humorous  carried  him  to  Puck. 

J.  A.  Wales  is  a  native  of  Clyde.  Ohio,  where,  in  his  boyhood,  he 
assisted  his  father,  who  was  a  merchant  in  that  town.  His  love  of 
picture-making  took  him  into  the  work  of  engraving,  first  at  Cleve- 
land, and  afterwards  in  Chicago,  and  other  large  cities.  Like  many 
others  of  the  best  engravers,  he  also  drifted  to  New  York,  where  his 
facile  pencil  found  ready  work  on  Wild  Oats,  Leslie's,  Harper's 
iVeekly.  and  finally  on  Puck. 


x>. 


-vO.'- 


ker: 


HOW    E.XI'KKHSION    MAY    EEPEESENT   ClIARACTKK    AND    FKEI.IM; 


]0  ^'■?|f'?|^'?|^'' 


SCIENTIST. 


h.. 


\ 


W^-WWK 


;.t..tJJJJJJ.JJJ.LtJ. 


Facial  Expression, 

As  Illustrated  by  Prof.  Griffith. 


E^  -^lir-:  POWER  of  mimicry  through  the  muscles 
of  the  face  is  well  shown  in  the  illustrations 
herewith  presented.  From  the  natural 
face  of  Professor  Griffith,  shown  on  the 
o]jposite  page,  are  seventeen  distinct  charac- 
ters, every  one  of  which  will  he  readily  recog- 
nized as  a  very  natural  expression. 

In   examining   these   we   at   once   discover 
their  naturalness.      From  the  intense  earnest- 
ness of  Macbeth,  we  glance  at  Mirth.,  and  are 
ourselves  disposed  to  laugh,  a  feeling  which 
is   checked,   however,    hy  a   study  of   the   face 
representing;  Hypocrisy. 
om-  could  fail  to  rrcoi^Miizc  the  Meddler,  who  is  continu- 
)king  his  }iOf.e  into  other  p('o{)li''s  business,  and  we  see  the 
Shjioi-k  in  the  sinister  expression  and  nearly  closed  eyes  of  that 
rli;ir;Kfer.     The  anxious,  phlegmatic  Germar.  is  well-known,  and 
,-o  al^ii  is  that  representing  Meditation. 

Turning  to  this  page  we  see  the  thoughtful  face  of  the 
Scientist  in  contrast  with  the  bleared  eyes  of  the  Drunkard,  who 
tries  to  appear  wise,  but  whose  ideasare  all  befogged.  The  jolly 
Krenchnuin,  who  is  all  suavity  and  exprest-ion,  shrubs  his 
shoulders,  and  has  his  own  opinion  about  the  Lover,  who  is  trying 
to  look  his  very  sweetest. 

The  man  who  breaks  down  at  discouragement  and  gives  vent  to 
his  sorrow  in  tears  is  well  represented  by  the  Booby,  who  con- 
trasts strongly  with  the  self-poised,  solid  Douglas,  who  was 
always  strongest  when  in  the  midst  of  oi>position. 

The  middle  face  on  th(*  right  clo.arly  expresses  Frielit,  and  is 
quite  unlike  the  Tippler,  who  evidently  has  too  little  sense  lo  be 
afraid  of  anything.  The  stern  face  of  The  Judge  indicates  that 
he  is  disposed  to  mete  out  full  punishment  to  law-breakers,  and 
he  will  undoubtedly  do  full  justice  to  the  person  beside  him, 
whose  close-shut  mouth,  rolling  eye,  and  gross  face  plainly  reveals 
Brutality  in  his  character. 


FRIGHT. 


/. 


■% 


mj. 


<m 


^JJJJJJJJ.*.*.i  J 


A 


>il'C>~ 


T 


~ir)- 


ISO 


MEN    DISTINGUISHED    IN    THE    LEGAL   PROFESSION. 


^^J. 


j-~^:-jrm   ■y.B.ii^m.iii-gtll.: 


Eminent  Lawyers. 


t^tg^^^^    ^Mi.tf^^ 


B.  F.  BUTLER.     SIR  WILLIAM  BLACKSTONE.     CHARLES  O'CONOR. 


ENJAMIN  F.  Bl'TLER,  the  American 
j^  lawyer,  politician  and  soldier,  was 
\  born  at  Deeraeld,  N.  H.,  in  1818. 
'^  Few  men  of  modern  times  have  at- 
tained such  proficiency  in  the  knowl- 
edge of  international  law.  He  was 
educated  at  the  Lowell  high  school 
and  at  WaterviUe,  Maine,  college; 
was  admitted  to  the  bar  in  1841,  and 
became  a  prosperous  attorney,  being  es- 
ially  successful  in  criminal  cases.  In 
853  he  was  elected  a  member  of  the  lower 
se  of  the  Massachusetts  legislature,  and 
in  1859  a  State  senator.  In  1860  he  was 
chosen  a  delegate  to  the  National  Demo- 
cratic conven- 
tion at  Charles-  $^ 
ton,  S.  C. ,  and 
when  the  con- 
vention divided  he  went  to  Baltimore  with 
the  seceders,  but  withdrew  because  he 
would  not  remain  in  a  convention  that 
approvingly  advocated  the  slave-trade, 
which  by  the  laws  of  the  country  is  piracy. 
In  ISfiO  he  was  also  Democratic  candidate 
for  governor  of  Massachusetts,  but  was 
defeated.  At  the  first  call  for  Union  troops 
at  the  breaking  out  of  the  Southern  rebel- 
lion, in  1801,  he  took  command  of  the 
eighth  MassachuHctts  regiment  and  was 
placed  in  charge  of  the  military  district, 
extending  from  Annapolis  to  Baltimore, 
Md.  In  May,  18(11,  he  became  commander 
of  the  department  of  Virginia;  in  August 
of  that  year  he  commanded  the  Union 
troops  at  the  cajiture  of  Fort  Hattcras, 
and  organized  the  expedition  against  New 
Orleans.  The  federal  fleet,  under  Admiral 
Farragut  having  virtually  cajitured  New 
Orleans  in  the  following  spring,  General 

Butler  took  possession  of  the  city  on  the  first  of  May  and  governed 
it  with  a  firm  discipline  until  November,  18^2,  when  he  was  recalled. 
In  November,  1803,  he  became  commander  of  the  eighteenth  army 
corpH,  and,  in  1804,of  the  troops  oj)erating  on  the  James  river,  in 
Virginia,  in  conjunction  with  (Jeneral  (irant's  campaign  against  Kich- 
mond.  From  this  last-named  command  he  was  relieved  in  1805.  Since 
then  be  han  represented  his  State  in  congress  for  several  terms,  and  has 
been,  two  or  three  times,  an  unsucceHsful  candidate  for  governor  of 
Mattfachusetts  on  the  Democratic  and  National-Greenback  tickets. 


Benjamin    F.  Butler, 

Prominent  Law.v<M-.  Politirian  and  Cont'iv 
Kf  pri'SL-iitative. 


HE  jurist,  Sir  William  Blackstone,  son  of  a  silk  merchant,  was 
born  in  London  in  i'^li.  He  was  educated  at  the  Charter  House 
seminary  and  Pembroke  college,  Oxford,  and  at  both  institutions 
exhibited  superior  talents.  At  twenty  years  of  age  he  composed 
for  his  own  use  a  *' Treatise  on  the  Elements  of  Architecture. "  Hav- 
ing decided  to  adopt  the  legal  profession,  he  entered  upon  its  study  in 
the  Middle  Temple,  London,  in  1741,  at  which  time  he  wrote  his  ele- 
gant valedictory  poem,  entitled  "The  Lawyer's  Farewell  to  his  Muse. " 
In  174.3  he  was  elected  a  fellow  of  All -Souls"  college,  and  in  1740  he  was 
admitted  to  the  practice  of  the  law,  but  obtained  very  little  business. 
For  several  years  he  lived  in  comparative  obscurity,  but  in  1753  he 
began  to  deliver,  at  Oxford,  his  lectures  on  the  English  law.  These 
were  published  in  17G5-'G9,  and  formed  his  celebrated  "Commen- 
taries on  the  Laws  of  England,"  which  have,  by  common  consent, 
become  a  standard  publication.  In  consequence  of  these  lectures  his 
business  greatly  increased,  and  he  was 
elected  Vinerian  professor  of  law  in  the 
Oxford  university.  In  1701  he  entered 
parliament  as  the  member  for  Hindon,  and 
was  appointed  king's  counsel  and  solic- 
itor-general to  the  queen.  In  1770  he  was 
made  a  judge  of  the  king's  bench,  and 
soon  afterwards  was  transferred  to  the 
court  of  common  pleas.  Besides  his 
"Commentaries,"  he  published,  in  1702, 
a  scries  of  law  tracts,  and  prepared  two 
folio  volumes  of  "  Law  Reports,"  which 
were  printed  after  his  death.  Of  him  it 
is  said  that  he  was  "the  first  who  wrote 
on  the  dry  and  repulsive  subject  of  Eng- 
lish law  in  such  a  manner  as  not  to  excite 
disgust  in  a  reader  of  taste."  He  died 
in  1780. 

CHARLES  OXONOR. 

N  .\MKKU'AN  lawyer,  Charles 
O'Conor,  was  born  in  New  York  city, 
in  1804.  He  was  instructed  in  the 
primary  English  branches  and  in  the  Latin 
and  French  languages.  He  also  studied 
law,  and  was  admitted  to  its  practice  in  1834.  From  the  start  he 
appears  to  have  held  a  i)rominent  position  as  an  advocate,  and  from 
1835  to  1874  he  was  employed  in  lawsuits  involving  great  pul)lic 
interests  and  large  sums  of  money,  sucji  as,  the  flave  Jack,  the  Lis- 
penard  will,  the  Forrest  divorce.  Mason  will,  Lemmon  slave,  "Boss" 
Tweed,  and  other  cases.  For  more  than  a  year  he  was  United  States 
district  attorney  for  New  York,  and  was  a  member  of  the  two  conven- 
tions to  form  new  wnistitutions  for  New  York,  in  1840  and  1804. 
He  was  twice  nominated   for  the  presidency  by  labor-reform  bodies. 


75^. 


PROMINENT    LAWYERS. 


Ruhs  Choate.    Caleb  Gushing. 


:^^ 


HOMINENT  as  a  lawyer  in  the  early 
part  of  tliu  cciilury  wiis'  Rufus 
Choate,  who  was  grtNUly  admired 
for  his  excellent  judgment,  supe- 
rior tact  in  the  management  of 
lawsuits,  and  convincing  oratory. 
He  was  born  at  Essex,  Mass.,  in 
1799,  and  was  educated  at  Dart- 
mnuth  college,  where  he  graduated 
in  1819,  and  where  he  remained  as 
tutor  for  a  year  longer.  Adopting 
the  profession  of  the  law,  after 
devoting  hims-clf  for  some  time 
to  its  study,  he  began  to  practice 
at  Danvers, 
Mass.,  in  182-1, 
but  be  soon 
afterwards  re- 
moved to  Suleni. 
In  18:25  be  was 
elected  a  member  of  the  Massachusetts 
legislature;  in  1827  he  became  a  State 
senator,  and  was  elected  to  Ibe  lower  house 
of  Congress  in  1838.  On  the  expiration 
of  his  term  he  declined  a  re-election,  and 
established  himself  in  the  practice  of  his 
profession  at  Boston,  where  he  soon 
achieved  the  highest  reputation  as  an 
acute  lawyer  and  an  able  advocate. 
Daniel  Webster  having  retired  from  the 
United  States  senate,  to  enter  President 
Harrison's  cabinet  as  Secretary  of  State, 
in  1841  Mr.  Choate  was  elected  his  suc- 
cessor in  the  senate,  but  in  1845,  at  the 
expiration  of  his  term,  he  returned  to 
Boston  and  resumed  the  practice  of  law. 
In  1853  he  was  made  attorney-general  of 
the  State,  and  from  that  time  until  his 
death,  at  Halifax,  N.  S. ,  in  1859,  his  career 

as  a  lawyer  was  brilliant  and  uninterrupted.  Not  only  was  he  an 
eloquent  and  effective  pleader,  but  he  was  also  distinguished  by  his 
addresses  and  orations  on  several  public  occasions,  including  a  eulogy 
on  President  Harrison,  one  on  Daniel  Webster,  and  an  address  on  the 
landing  of  the  pilgrims  at  Plymouth. 


Rufus 

Widely  Known,  Suci 


CALEB  GUSHING. 

//ALEB  CUSHING  proved  himself  an  acute  diplomatist,  and  in 
/      the  public  service  of  the  United  States  obtained  an  enviable  repu- 

y  tation.  His  birth  occurred  at  Salisbury,  Mass. ,  in  1800.  He  was 
educated  at  Harvard  college,  where  he  graduated  in  1817.  For  two 
years  he  was  a  tutor  in  the  college,  then  turned  his  attention  to 
the  law,  and  in  1825  was  admitted  to  the  bar.  He  first  practiced 
law  at  Newburyport,  Mass. ,  and  at  this  period  became  a  contributor 
of  historical  and  legal  articles  to  the  Xorth  American  Review.  In 
1825  he  was  also  elected  a  member  of  the  Massachusetts  legislature, 
and  in  1826  he  was  chosen  a  State   senator.     In  1829-'31   he  visited 


Europe,  and  on  his  return  he  published  two  volumes:  *' Reminis- 
cences of  Spain"  and  "A  Keview  of  the  Revolution  of  the  *Three 
Days'  in  France,  and  the  Consequent  Events  in  Europe."  In  1833 
he  was  re-elected  to  the  lower  house  of  the  Massachusetts  legislature 
from  Newburyport,  in  which  he  remained  for  two  years.  In  1834  he 
was  elected  as  a  whig  to  Congress,  and  was  re-elected  for  three  suc- 
cessive terms,  remaining  there  until  1843.  Upon  the  accession  of 
President  Tyler,  after  the  deaith  of  Mr.  Harrison,  in  1841,  Mr.  Cush- 
ing  became  an  adherent  of  Mr.  Tyler's  rather  unpopular  administra- 
tion. His  appointment  as  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  in  1843,  was 
rejected  by  the  senate.  Mr.  Tyler  thereupon  appointed  Mr.  Cushing 
a  national  commissioner  to  China,  and  it  was  in  this  position  that  be 
concluded  the  first  American  treaty  with  the  Chinese  government. 
Thi.s  was  done  in  1844.  When  Mr.  Cushing  returned  from  his  mis- 
sion he  was  re-elected  a  member  of  the 
Massachusetts  legislature.  In  that  assem- 
bly, in  1847,  he  urged  a  measure  to  raise 
and  equip  a  regiment  of  soldiers  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  Mexican  war.  The  measure 
was  defeated,  but  Mr.  Cushing  raised  the 
regiment  and  equipped  it  at  his  own 
expense,  and  then  accompanied  it,  as  its 
commander,  to  Mexico.  Soon  afterwards 
he  was  appointed  a  brigadier-general  by 
General  Taylor.  After  his  return  from 
the  war  he  was  chosen  one  of  the  justices 
of  the  supreme  court  of  Massachusetts, 
and  in  1853  President  Pierce  appointed 
him  Attorney-General  of  the  United 
States.  In  1857-"59  he  was  again  in  the 
State  legislature.  In  1860  he  presided 
ovi-r  the  national  Democratic  convention, 
at  Baltimore,  that  nominated  John  C. 
Breckinridge  for  president.  In  1866  he 
was  api>ointed  by  President  Johnson  one 
of  the  three  commissioners  to  codify  and 
revise  the  federal  laws.  He  was  also 
active  in  preparing  the  treaty  by  which 
Russia  sold  Alaska  to  the  United  Slates, 
and  in  18G9  he  consummated  a  treaty  with  the  government  of  the 
United  States  of  Columbia  (known  as  the  Cushing  treaty),  which 
permits  our  country  to  construct  a  ship-canal  across  the  isthmus  of 
Darien.  In  1872  he  was  one  of  the  couu.sel  for  the  settlement  of 
the  claims  against  the  British  government  for  damages  done  to  Amer- 
ican citizens  by  the  confederate  cruiser  '*  Alabama;"  and  in  1873  he 
published  a  book,  called  "  The  Treaty  of  Washington,"  in  which  he 
sharply  criticised  the  conduct  of  the  British  arbitrator.  In  Decem- 
ber, 1873,  he  was  nominated  for  United  States  Minister  to  Spain,  and 
in  the  following  month  for  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States;  but 
both  nominations  failed,  the  latter  being  withdrawn  by  President 
Grant.  Cushing  was  not  popular  in  ladies'  society,  and  never  sought 
it,  but  he  finally  married  Caroline  Wildes,  a  judge's  daughter,  and 
a  woman  with  tastes  as  studious  as  his  own.  He  had  a  passion  for 
light  reading,  and  when  not  very  busy  would  keep  a  novel  near  ^y 
to  read  in  his  spare  moments.  He  possessed  a  vast  fund  of  informa- 
tion, and  «ould  always  quote  authorities.     He  died  in  1879. 


Choate. 

■e>sful  Boston  Lawyer. 


^- 


■x>^ 


¥  ^ 


INS 


iTTLIXE    SKETCH    OF    THE    PRESIDENTS    (jK    THE    UNITED    STATES. 


of  the  United 


■T 


PRESIDENTS 


States  of  America.      %y 


^■^  - 


Their  Place  of  Birth,  Occupation  and  Principal  Events  in  Their  Lives. 


pEOROE  'WAHllI'S(iTit\- First  President  Served 

'  fip:ht  viMi-s.  Hi-  I'M  I  111  1 1 1  <  irik--  the  L'nitetl  States  from 
tlie  duiiiiriatiini  uI  i.ir.ii  i;iiiani.  is  related  elsewhere  in 
this  volume,  in  tin;  cli.q.l.i  nu  ■  Military  Heroes;""  was  the 
piimaiy  President  ol"  the  newly-organized  republic.  His 
first  inauguration  occurred  April  30,  1789,  and  both  of  his 
administrations  i  for  lie  was  elected  to  a  second  term)  were 
marked  bv  the  s.-ime  calm  tirinni*ss.  prudence  and  ability 
thatdisting^ti^h.■<l  his  pi.vjous  pnvatt- ami  militarj- career. 
He  was  horn  at  Wolmuiehiiul.  Va. .  February  23,  1732;  was 
Chief  Magistrate  fium  17SU  to  171)7,  and  died  December  14, 
1799.  Of  him  it  has  been  truly  said  that  he  was  "first  in 
war.  fii-st  in  peace,  and  first  in  the  hearts  of  his  countiy- 
men."  The  nation  that  he  founded  has  survived  the  initial  century  of  its 
existence,  and  is  the  wonder  and  admiration  of  foreign  powers. 


t')  jirivate  life. 
hi'L-uthed  his  last. 


JOHV  AD  AMS— Sfconrf  President.  Served  eight  years. 
Born  in  Massachusetts.  October  19.  1735,  and  was  from 
earlv  manhood  distinguished  for  sterling  business  talents 
andsagaeitv.  Began  his  career  as  a  lawyer  at  Quincy. 
Mas.-;.,  inl7»9;  married  Mi^s  AhiuMil  Smith  in  1764;  was  a 
powerful  advocate  for  the  iiuhji.nchn.  t- ut  the  American 
colonies;  aided  in  formin:,'  th«-  Ft-diT;il  (.'on^ress.  in  1774. 
and  in  preparing  the  Declaration  of  Independence;  also 
oik'anized  the  war-system  of  the  colonies,  the  foreign 
department  of  the  new  government,  and  assisted  in  nego- 
tiating  treaties  with  Great  Britain.  France  and  Holland; 
was  chosen  Vice  President,  under  Washington,  and  Piesi- 
deiit  in  1797.  and  after  a  successful  administration  retired 
He  died  July  4,  1820,  a  few  hours  after  President  Jefferson 


THOMAS    JEFF  EURO'S —Third  President.    Served 
eight  years.      Born  at    Shadwell.  Va. ,  April  2.  1743;    ho 
received  a  collegiate  education,  and  was  admitted  to  the 
,T         tvy?  '*•'*''  "'  176t>;  at  twentv-flve.  he  was  a  member  of  the  Vir- 

y^^  V^  ginia  Slate  Legislature;  in  1775   he  was  elected  a  member 

"^  ^  ""  of  the  Continental  Congress,  and,  in  1776,  drafted  the 
Declaration  of  Independence;  in  l777-'79  he  assisted  in  the 
revision  of  the  laws  of  Virginia,  and  in  the  latter  year  was 
chosenOovernorof  the  State;  in  17r:{  was  le-elected  to  Con- 
gress; in  17K4  wa.s  appointed  Minister  Plenipotentiary  to 
aid  in  effecting  commercial  treaties  with  foreign  nations, 
and  from  1785  to  1789  was  United  States  Minister  to 
France;  in  1789  was  appointed  Secretary  of  State  by 
President  Washington;  was  Vice-President  in  1797,  and  Chief  Magistrate  from 
1801  to  1809.     He  died  at  Slonticello.  Va.,  July  4,  1826. 


^'fffERS 


ppniillv 

■  vHidy. 


JAMKS  MADISOX— FoMr//i  President.  Served  eight 
years.  limn  at  King  George,  Va. ,  March  16.  17.il.  the 
eldest  of  seven  children;  he  received  a  liberal 
graduating  from  Princeton  CoHege  in  1771. and  sn 
pursued  a  course  of  legal,  theological,  and  litti 
in  1776  was  elected  a  member  of  the  Virginia  ((•uventiwii. 
and  also  a  meinher  of  the  ViiL'inia  Slnle  l.-^-isLiliire ;  in 
1787.  at  Philadelphia.  as-.isieil  m  riainitik'  iIh-  l-i-ileiul  r..n- 
>titution,  in  1789  became  a  member  uf  the  llrst  Ain.Tiean 
Congress,  and  was  elected  President  of  the  I'luhd  stales, 
serving  until  1817.  his  administration  being  di-,iiiiiruis|iid 
by  the  second  war  with  Great  Britain,  18r.i-'ll.  ami  i.llier 
Important  political  events.  At  the  close  of  hi.s  execrutive 
term,  in  1817.  he  ix-llred  from  public  life,  spending  his  latest  yeai-s  in  agricul- 
tural i>ursulls  on  his  farm,  where  he  died  June  28,  1836. 


J.IMEH  Ma's  ROE— Fifth  Preftidetd.  Served  eight 
vears.  Bi>rii  in  Westmoreland  county,  Va. ,  April  28, 
17^.8.  he  received  his  education  at  Williuin  and  Mary  Col- 
lege iVa,);  joined  the  Hevulutiunary  army  in  1776;  after- 
wards stmlied  law  with  Thomas  Jeifei-son;  was  sent,  in 
17R3.  (o  C«inffies>,  In  1787  wan  elected  to  the  Legislature: 
ill  1788  was  a  niember  of  the  Vlrghiia  Constitutional 
Convention;  In  1790  was  chosen  United  Stat*?s  Senator; 
from  1794  to  1796  was  Minister  to  France:  was  Governor  of 
Virginia  from  1799  to  1802;  was  f*ent  to  France,  in  1802,  lo 
negotiate  for  the  pnrcIiHse  of  Louisfann.  and  to  England 
til  Heeure  Ametican  i-eainen  against  impressment,  siibse- 
fineiitly  chosen  Governor  of  Virginia,  was  appointed  Secre 

l;u  V  of    State  and   then  H<'cretnry  of  War.    was  elected   President  in   1817, 

and  again  In  1831.     Died  In  New  York  city,  July  4,  1831. 


'ONf^' 


JOHN  UlTINCY  AJtAMSSixthPresideiU.  Served 
four  years.  ]Utrn  at  Braintree.  Mass..  July  11,  1T67; 
was  educated  at  Harvard  college;  was  admitted  to  the  bar 
in  1791,  and  pi-acticed  in  Boston;  in  1791  was  appointed 
Minister  to  Holland,  and.  in  1797.  Minister  to  Prussia;  was 
elected  State  Senator  in  1801.  and  United  States  Senator  in 
1804;  in  1806  became  professor  of  rhetoric  in  Harvard 
college;  three  years  later,  «ent  to  Russia  a-s  United  States ' 
Minister;  in  1814  assisted  in  ne^'■lIlatiIlff  peace  with 
England  ;  in  1817  President  Mi'iim--  apiH-nited  him  Secretary 
of  State;  in  1824  Jackson.  Adams,  and  Crawford  ran  for 
the  Presidency,  but  there  being  no  choice,  the  succeeding 
session  of  Congress  gave  the  ofiice  to  Mr,  Adams,  who  filled 
it  until  1829;  in  1829  he  was  elected  a  member  of  Congress  from  Massachu- 
setts.continuing  there  until  his  death,  at  Washington,  D.  C.  February  23,  1848. 


4XDKEW  J  AVISO'S- Seveidh  Presideyit.  Sen.-ed 
'™-  eight  years.  Born  in  Mecklenburgi  county.  N.  C. , 
March  15,  1767;  became  a  lawyer;  settled  at  NashviHe. 
Tenn.,  in  1791;  became  district" attorney  of  the  State;  in 
1795  waseleeted  the  lirst  CuTiijrre-i-nian  from  Tennessee,  in 
1797  was  (Ji.iNen  Inited  st,t!*s  Senator:  resigned  his  seat 
the  followiMu'  spiin^'.  and  wa^  I'lceted  a  justice  of  the 
Supreme  Court  of  Tennessee  by  the  Legislature;  resigned 
in  1804;  in  1812  commanded  a  detachment  of  the  Ten- 
nessee militia;  became  a  Major-General  in  1814.  and 
January  8.  1815.  fought  hi.'j  famous  battle  of  New  Orleans; 
in  1818  was  lighting  the  Seiiiiiinle  Indians,  in  Florida,  of 
whieh  he  was,  in  1K21,  a ppoiutfil  Governor;  in  1823  was 
again  eleeted  Unile.!  stales  Senator  from  Tennessee;  in  1R2S  was  el 
President,  and  re-elected  in  1832.     He  died  near  Nashville,  June  8,  1845. 


^''^CKS 


MARTIN"       VAN     BUKEN  -  E/Vi//t      President. 
Serve<i   four  years.       Born     at     Kinderhook,     N.    Y. . 
December  5,  1782,  in   1812    was  eleeted  State  Senator,  and 
from  1815  to  1819  was  Attorney-General  of    the  State;    in 
1816    he  was  re-elected  State  Senator,  and  in   1818  became 
the  leader  of  the  famous  Denioeratie  eli'iue  known  as  the 
"  .\lbany  Kegeiicy,"  in  1821    he  was  eh-. sen    United  States    i 
Senator,  and  re-elected  in   1827.  but  heeuniing  Governoi-  of    - 
the  State  in  1828.  he  resigned   his  seat  in   the  Senate;  in    '. 
1829      was     appointed     Secretary    of     State    by    Pie-ideni 
Jackson,  but.  in  1831.  was  sent  as  ■\linisterto  Englainh  in 
I8.'12    was  elected  Vice-President  on  the  Jackson  ticket,  in 
1836     was    eleeted    President    over    Harrison,    and  in  1X40 
Harrison  defe.iied   hnii   and   became  President;  in  1848.  on  t 
ticket,  was  defeated  by  General  Taylor.     Died  at  Kinderhook, 


WII^I^IvVM  HENRY  HARRISON  -  Mnlh 
Prcsidfnd.  Served  one  montli.  Burn  at  Berkeley, 
Va.,  February  9.  1773;  at  nineteen  he  envraL'ed  in  tiie  war 
against  Western  Indians;  in  17'.I7  wa.'^  iii)|">inteii  Seeretary 
of  the  Northwestern  Territory,  from  which,  in  17y'J,  he  w;i,s 
chosen  a  delegate  to  Congress;  in  1801  was  appointed 
Governor  of  Indiana  Territory,  comprising  the  present 
States  of  Indiana,  Michigan,  Illinois,  and  Wisconsin;  in 
18U  he  defeated  the  ho>tile  Indian  Chief  Tecumseh.  at 
Tippecanoe;  in  1X12  eoininaiideil  the  Northwestern 
frontier;  in  1R13  eunipl.lelv  nnil.-d  the  British  at  Hie 
battle  of  the  Thames,  t  lel.ihei  :.;  in  1K16  waseleeted  to  Con 
gress.  and  in  1824  a  United  stales  Senator;  in  1828  Minister 
to  Colombia,  S.  A.,  rctiimlnu'  mi  1829;  in  1840  waseleeted  Presidents 
Whig  ticket,  but  died  one  montli  after  his  inauguration,  April  4,  1841. 


"^ftrtlSO^- 


JOHN  T'YltEn,— Truth  President.  Served  nearly  four 
years.  Born  in  Charles  City  county,  Va. .  March  29. 
1790:  was  admitted  to  the  bar  in  1809:  in  1811,  luid  for  five 
years  more,  wn-s  a  member  of  the  Virginia  Legislature; 
in  1816  was  eleeted  to  Congress,  and  twice  re-elected,  re- 
sitfiiintr  before  the  close  of  his  lust  term;  in  1825  was 
chosen  Governor  bv  the  Legislature,  and  iv-eleeted  at  the 
next  session:  in  1827  was  chosen  United  States  Senator. 
and  reelected  in  lH;i3.  n>signlng  in  1836;  in  1840  was  elected 
Vice  President,  and  on  the  di>atU  of  President  Harrison  stic- 
ceedetl  to  the  Presidency;  having  twice  vetoed  a  bill 
authorizing  a  national  bank,  a  favorite  Whig  measure,  his 
Cabinet  reHlgned.  Mr.  Tyler  was  a  member  of  the  Cotifi 
when  he  died,  nt  Richmond,  Vu.,  January  17,  1862. 


.k 


Sketch  of  the  Presidents  in  Civil,  Political  and  Military  Life.  E. 


'    ■  <^' 


Achievements  as  Civilians  and  Successes  as  Military  Heroes. 


I  t 


AME!4  KNOX   POT^K 

luiir  years.  linrii  in  M 
Novfinber  a.  1795.  ntnl  flucjiti 
Cnroliiia.  The  fainilv  kiudv 
1820    he  was  ailinin«<i  to  tlic  1. 1 

luembLT   of    the   'I'c ^^cc     I.-l; 

member  of  Cifiii,'fc>--,  iT(;iiiiiri  .;■  t 
yeai's,  durinp:  ulij.h  )!<■  wns  iwi 
House;  in  \f^\^'i  was  ii.-(.tt-(l  (1.. 
failed  of    a    re-elt'clinn    in    isil; 


■Elrvp}ith  Pr(;.iident.    Served 
rkb-iihurtr    county.     N.    C , 

i  ill   tlu-  I'lllV 


POLK. 


shington, 
ireniei.t 


elected   him  PresiiU-m.    \vi 

President,  his  adnunistiatKir 

war  with  Mexico,  tlie  creation 

the  adoption  of    the  low  tariff,  t 

in  I8i9.  he  died  at  Nashville,  Tenn. 


isity  of  North 
..  it-nm-vMe  in  IROfi.  In 
in  IK'J:!  was  elected  a 
l.iliiTc,  mid.  in  1825.  a 
!■  Lincr  office  fourteen 
■  iIiM.^n  speaker  of  the 
■nior  of  Tennessee,  but 
in   18i*     the    Democrats 


orge  M.  Dallas  as  Vice- 
I  bcinp  distinguished  by  the 
of  the  Interior  Department  at 
tc.  Three  months  after  his 
.  June  15. 


A  <'lf  A  R  Y  T A  Y I-OK- Tivelfth  President.  Served 
sixtfcii  months.  Born  in  Orange  county,  Va. ,  September 
•Hi.  17K1;  son  of  a  licvolntionary  olliccr.  The  family 
rfmi'\id  to  Kentucky,  in  17sri.  oecupyintr  a  ptantaliun  near 
Liiui^villc.  and  there  Zachury  was  einplnyi-d  until  his 
twenty-tuuith  year.  In  !N0«  bi-  -iiic-ecd-d  bi>  dead  brother, 
Hancock,  as  a  Lieut''nanl  in  tbi-  niniy  ;  in  isri   commanded 


Fort  Harrison,  on  the  Waliiisli 

fully,  with  tifty-two  nun,  ;m. 

served  Ibroii^rb   tlu-  wiir,  wli. 

ill.'L.'k    H;u\k    and    SmiiUMlr 

tllrri    ill    tlu-   Suulhw,-!,  aii.l 

war  will)   Mexico.  lSi.V'47.  wi 
and  success;  in  1848    was  elected  President  as  a  Whi^,  with  Millard  Fillmore 
a.s  Vice-President.     He  died  at  Washington,  July  'J,  18o0. 


"^^YLO^- 


drtViidmg  it  success- 
AViXf  iiTi-e  of  Indians; 
■-1^11. -d,  >rrv)d  in  the 
vat-,  lit  \s::-:,  is;;ivi84ft; 
[\<\\  riiLraL;i'ii  in  the 
ng  renown  by  his  bravery 


M» 


flLLARD  FlI^J.ytO'RK-Tfiirtpevth  President.  Suc- 
ed  Taylor.  Horn  at  Summerhill,  N.  Y-,  January?. 
1800;  receiving  a  limited  education,  he  was  apprenticed  to 
a  fuller  when  fourteen;  six  yeai-s  afterwards  he  bought  a 
release  from  his  apprenticeship,  and,  in  1821.  went  to 
Buffalo,  .studied  law,  taught  school  and  assisted  the  Post- 
master; was  admitted  to  the  bar  in  1823.  and  began  to 
practice  law  at  Aurora.  N.  Y. ,  in  1827.  and  in  1829  began  to 
practice  as  attorney  and  counselor  in  the  State  Supreiae 
Court,  removing  to  Buffalo  in  IS.'^O;  in  1828  was  elected  a 
member  of  the  Legislature  by  the  Anti-Masons,  and  twice 
re-elected;  in  1832  was  elected  a  member  of  Congress;  in 
1836.  1838  and  1x40  was  re-elected  as  a  Whig,  retiring  in 
1813:  in  1847  he  was  elected  Comptroller  of  the  State,  and  in  1848  was  elected 
Vice-President.     Became  President  in  1850.     He  died  March  8,  1874. 


;^RAXKLIN  'PI'EKC'E-FnurteeuthPre.tident.  Served 
four  years.  Bom  at  Hillsborough,  N.  H.,  November 
23,  1804;  was  educated  at  Bowdoin  college;  began  legal 
practice  al  nill^b.MMiitrii  alu  ut  1S27;  was  elected  a  member 
of  the  St;ite  Lt-i,'i--l;i1  ill  i-  in  IS'I?  and  18.'!1;  in  1833  and  183") 
was  clcetcil  a  niemhri  "i  ( '. niu'irss.  and  in  18.'17  was  chosen 
I'nited  States  Seiiat'ir;  m  1S4.'  n-signed;  in  1847  he  volun- 
i>  1  I  r^l  .!>  a  soldier,  subseiiueni  ly  commanding  a  regiment, 
I'l  •■'ininu'  alteiwards  a  Brmadier-Oeneral,  serving  under 
tMjirial  Scott  in  llie  war  witli  Mexico,  and  participating  in 
the  battles  of  Ci'iitreias  and  < 'biirnliiiscc;  in  1X50  presided 
over  the  New  Hampsliiii'  stiilr  ( 'oust  ii  til  imml  Convention; 
in  1852  was  elected  I're-ideiit  t.y  tlu-  D'-ni-icrats.  From 
18.57  to  1860  he  traveled  in  Europe,  and  on  his  retuin  espoused  the  cause  of  the 
Confederates  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion.    Died  at  Concord,  N.  H. ,  in  18G9. 


^/£RC£ 


TAMES 

"      four  v.- 
gi  ndu.Tte 


'RJJCnX'S X'\-Fiff>'r„th  Prrsi.h>nf.  Served 
is.  r.Min  at  Sl.mv  llaftiT,  rinii  ,  April  22,  1791; 
al  Diekin-MM  CMlleire.  Carli-le,  I'enn-,  in  1809;  in 
d  US  a  vuliiiiteer  in  defense  of  Baltimore;  in  18tt 
\v  as  elected  a  member  of  the  State  Legislature,  and  was,  from 
1821  to  1831.  a  continuous  member  of  Congress;  in  1831  was 
ippninted  Minister  t^  St.  Petersburg,  where  he  concluded 
the  tirst  commcrelal  treaty  between  Russia  and  the  Cnited 
States;  from  is:^:;  i<>  IKH  was  airain  a  United  States  Senator. 
.Tnd  then  President  Pulk  ai-pomted  him  Secretarv  of  State; 
in  1845  he  retired  to  private  life,  but  in  1853  President 
Pierce  appointed  him  Minister  to  England,  where  he 
remained  until  lH5fi,  when  he  returned  and  was  elected 
President  by  the  Democrats.  In  1861  Mr.  Buchanan  retired  permanently  to 
private  life'  and  died  at  Lancaster.  Penn. ,  June  1,  1868. 


fiOCHANA^- 


fiixtpenlh 
<.iitb.      Itorn 
'(If,      1, 


Dei 


Pft'iiidevt. 
in    Hardin 

i~     pal.  lit-. 
the  laiMi; 

-r;   III    l.s.ii) 
■aliir.   III., 


A  BR  AHAM      I.IXOOI.N  - 

•**■     .Served   four  yens  and  a 

county,     Ky,  .     February    12,     isw.    in    1 

removed  to  Indiana,  the  lad  being  einjili. 

in  1825    he  managed  a  ferry  acro».  ibedl 

the     family     removeil     to    the  vicinity 

where  he  split  rails  and  aided    in  clearing  Hie    l.irm; 

1831    he  piloted  the  llrsl  .steamboat  on  the  Sangamon  iiv. 

and  enlisted  as  a  private  in  the  Black  Hawk  war;  bi-cumi 

captain;  in    1834     the  Whigs    elected    him    a    member 

the  Legislature,  re-electing  him   in    1836,  J838  and  1840; 

1837     he   practiced   law   successfully   at    Si>ringlteld;    w 

elected  to  Congress  in  1840;  in  1858   held  the  famous  debaie 

with  Douglas  for  the  Senator.-ihip.  but  wa,s  defeated.     In  1X60  and  1864    Lincoln 

was  elected  President,  and  was  assassinated  April  14,  1865,  by  Wilket-  Booth. 


COL-'^ 


A  NDREW  *JOIINSOX  —  Seventeenth  President. 
-^  Served  three  years  and  eleven  months.  Born  at 
Raleigh,  N.  C-,  Deceniber29.  1808;  at  ten  %vns  apiircnticed 
to  a  tailor;  emigrated  to  Tennessee  in  1826;  in  1841 
became  a  State  Senator,  and  in  1843  was  elected  a  member 
of  Congress;  for  ten  yeai's,  by  re-elections,  he  held  this 
office,  working  with  the  Democracy;  in  1853  and  1855  was 
elected  Governor  of  Tennessee,  and,  in  1857,  United  States 
Senator;  in  1860  opposed  secession,  ami  was  mobbed  and 
burned  in  .-Higv  on  lii>  letui  n  t.>  Tennessee,  in  1861;  in  ISi.; 
President  Line. .In  nia<l.-  Iiini  Mililaiv  '.Mvernor  of  Ten 
nessc'-;      m    lMi4     be     w  as  el.rl.  d     \i.>-l'i  evident    on    the  '^.ijf 

Lincoln  ticket.     When  Mr.  Lincoln  dud.  April  15,  1865.  Mi. 
Johnson  became  President.     In  1808  he  proclaimed  a  full  pardon  to 
sons  concerned  in  the  rebellion.     He  died  at  Greenville,  Tenn. ,  July 


-.oti- 


all   jier- 
31,  1875. 


ITLYSSES  S.  G^X'S^  ~  Eigiiteenih  President. 
^  Seized  eight  vears.  Born  at  Point  Pleasant.  Ohio, 
April  27,  1822;  in  1K39  entered  the  West  Point  Military 
Academy,  graduating  in  1S43;  served  on  the  Missouri 
frontier,  and.  in  1845,  joineil  (leneral  Taylor's  army  in  the 
Mexican  war,  participating  in  several  important  battles; 
married  Miss  Dent,  at  St.  Louis,  in  1848;  1852-'54  was 
stationed  on  the  Pacilic  coast;  then  resigned  find  lived  on 
a  farm  near  St.  Louis;  then  went  into  the  leather  trade  at 
Galena,  111.;  in  1861  jiided  Governor  Yates  as  mustering 
officer  at  8pi  inglicld,  and,  as  cdIi'Ih-I  of  a  regiment,  served 
in  Missouri  and  Tennessee--  was  successful  as  a  military 
officer;  captured  \'ickshurg,  and  tinally  forced  Lee  to  sur- 
render, in  1865;  in  1866  was  made  General  of  the  army,  and.  in  1B68,  by; 
popular  vote,  was  elected  President  of  the  United  Slates,  and  again  in  1872 


RXTTHERFORB 

"'  dent.  Served  fou: 
studied  law  and  practit 
Miss  Li        


B.  HAYES— -V(»f/eeiifft  Presi- 
•  yeai-s.  Bom  in  Ohio,  in  1817; 
ed  in   Cincinnati;  in  1852    married 

sa  Whig 


1<1     the 


Rebellinii    was  Ma.jor  of  the  Twenly-tliird  olii.>  V..hi 

participating  in  the  .■petations  in   West   Virginia    :i 

battles  near  Winchester,   and  wa.s  wounded   in  the   contest 

at  South  Mountain;  in  1864    was  elected  a  member  of  Con 

gress  from  Ohio;  subse(iuently  was  twice  chosen  Governor 

of  that  State,  and,  in  1876.  was  nominated  for  President  by 

the  Repuldieans.  in  opposition  to  Samuel  J.  Tilden,  whi.ni 

he  defeated  at  the  fk-eii. .11  Ijy  such  an  uncertain   niaj.irity 

that  an   eb-cti'ial    cMminis-inn   was  created  tn  decide  the 

contest.     The  vote  in  the  commission  was  eight  to  .seven  in  favor  of  Mr. 

Hayes.     Personally,  both  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Hayes  have  been  deservedly  popular. 


JAMES  ABRAM  G XTiYX'Et.Ti-Tn-entieth 
Prrsiil.nt.  Born  m  rNv.alL.^-a  eMinilv,  «-lii...  N..vember 
10,  18:n;  during  bis  \.>ml!  In^  vM.ike.l  on  tlic  farm  in 
summer  and  at  the  carpenter's  bench  in  winter;  when 
seventeen  years  old  he  worked  on  a  canal-boat;  then, 
preparing  to  enter  college,  he  earned  money  for  that 
purjiose  by  teaching  school  and  carpenter's  work;  was 
educated  at  Geauga  i(^hiiti  Academy  and  Williams  col- 
lege, Mass.,  graduating  in  IK.'.l;  became  tutor  in.  and  then 
president  of ,  Hiram  (('.  i  Eclectic  Institute,  a  Campbellite 
seminary;  in  1859  was  elected  a  State  Senator;  in  1861  en- 
tered the  army  of  the  Union,  rising  to  the  rank  of  maj.  - 
gen. ;  was  elected  to  the  thirty-eighth  and  other  Congresses 
un  to  the  Forty-sixth,  from  which  he  was  elevntcd  ro  the  U.  S.  Senate.  In 
1880  elected  President.    Wounded  by  an  assassin  July  2,  and  died  Sept.  19,  IS.'"! 


i 


riflESTER  Ar.r.AN  ARTHX'R— TH-PHfy-^rsf  PresideTit. 
V-  fifth  child  of  a  Baptist  clergyman,  was  born  in  Fairtkld. 
Fi-nnklin  county,  Vt. ,  in  1831.  He  was  prepared  I. 'ic. liege  b\  tiiiti..n 
from  his  father,  at  home,  and  at  schools  in  (.Jreinwicli  and  S.  beiuc- 
tady,  N.  Y.  He  was  a  sophomore  at  Union  college.  Schenectaily,  at 
the  age  of  fifteen,  graduating  in  1848;  after  two  years' study  of  the 
law,  he  was  admitted  to  the   bar  in   1850.  and  in  1853  he  became  a 

iiartner  in  the  law  practice  of  Hon.  E.  D.  Culver,  in  New  York  City; 
lefore  completing  his  law  studies  however,  he  was  for  some  time 
the  iirincipal  i>f  an  academy  at  North  rown;\l.  Vt.  In  his  profes- 
sion he  was  the  strong  advocate  of  tlu-  cdoied  people,  and  in  one 
or  two  trials  he  triumphed  over  the  provi^ion^  of  the  fugitive-slave 
law  and  secured  civil  righl.s  for  his  c-olored  clients  in  public  convey- 
ances etc.  At  the  beginning  of  the  war  of  the  southern  rebellion,  in 
Mr   Arthur  served  the  State  of  New  York  as  quartermaster-general,  per 


ing  arduous  duty  in  that  position,  and  acting,  also,  as  Adjut9nt-Gen 
eral  and  Inspector-General  of  State  Troops.    In  1864  he  resumed  the 

Ei-aetice  of  his  profession,  and  prospered.  In  1871.  and  again  in  1S75, 
e  was  appidnted  by  President  Grant  collector  of  customs  of  the 
port  of  New  York,  an  office  of  great  responsibility,  which  he  very 
creditably  filled.  In  June,  1880.  at  Chicago.  Mr.  A'rthur  was  nomi- 
nated for  Vice-President,  on  the  Republican  ticket,  with  (Jen.  James 
A.  Garfield  for  President;  both  were  elected  in  the  following  Novem- 
ber, and  inaugurated  in  March.  1881-  When  President  tiartield  died, 
on  the  19th  of  September.  1881.  from  wounds  received  from  an 
assassin  on  the  -^.l  of  July,  1881.  Chester  A.  Arthur  became  Presiilent 
of  the  United  States  bv  succession.  He  was  married,  in  18.59.  to  Miss 
Herndon,  who  died  in  January,  1881.  having  borne  him  a  son  and  a 

anghter.      Mr.  Arthur  began    his  administration  imder  mournful  circum- 

lances,  but  acceptably  to  the  people. 


■:(>■ — 


•^'K 


190 


THE    PRUDUCEES    OF    MUSICAL    HARMONY. 


■  ■«fej^— c^ 


1^  Musicians  »'■  Composers. 


-:,vt?- 


^.,.:^^ 


Beethoven,   Mozart  and  Clara  Louisa  Kellogg. 


1 AMOUS  AS  a  composer  wa.-» 
Ludwig  Van  Beethoven,  who 
was  born  at  Bonn,  Germany, 
in  1770.  His  musical  education 
began  when  he  wag  five  years 
old,  under  the  tuition  of  his 
father,  who  was  a  tenor  singer 
in  the  chapel  at  Bonn.  He 
received,  abo,  at  a  later  period, 
instruction  from  M.  Pfeiffcr,  and 
Uarned  organ-playing  from  M. 
Van  Der  Eden.  In  1787  the  great 
composer  Mozart  predicted  the 
success  of  Beethoven.  At 
Vienna,  in  1792,  Beethoven  was 
the  pupil  of  that  other  noted 
composer,  Haydn,  remaining  with 
him  until  the  latter  went  to 
London.  Up  to  this  time  Bee- 
thoven appears  to  have  exhibited 
more  genius  as  an  extemi)orary 
performer  than  as  a  composer 
i>f  music.  Taking  up  his  resi- 
dence in  Vienna,  he  composed 
his  first  quartets.  From  1800  to  1803  he  was  engaged  in  the  com- 
pOi^ition  of  his  oratorio  of  *' Christ  on  the  Mount  of  Olives.''  The 
opera  of  "  Leonia  "  was  finished  in  1804,  and  in  1805  be  wrote  his  opera 
of  "  Leonora,"  known,  also,  as  *'  Fidelio.  "  About  this  time  he  began 
to  grow  deaf,  and  this  affliction  continued  to  increase  until  he  could 
only  communicate  with  others  by  writing.  Independent  in  spirit,  far 
from  being  rich,  he  depended  upon  his  musical  creations  for  subsist- 
ence. The  public  taste  also  changed,  and  Italian  music  superseded 
the  German  in  po[>ularity.  Beethoven,  therefore,  deemed  it  prudent 
to  become  a  chapel-master  under  Jerome  Bonaparte,  then  King  of 
Westphalia,  at  a  salary  of  about  $000  per  annum,  but  changed  his 
mind  when  the  archduke  Rudolph,  of  Austria,  and  the  Princess  Lobko- 
witz  settled  upon  him  an  annuity  of  4,000  florins  (possibly  $1,21)0). 
In  1810  he  brought  out  his  first  mass.  In  1812  he  won  the  friendship 
of  Goethe,  In  1813  were  first  performed  "  The  Battle  of  Vitoria"  and 
the  "Symphony  In  A  Major.*'  In  1815  he  wrote  harmonies  to  Scotch 
songs  for  an  Edinburgh  gentleman.  From  this  date  domestic  difll- 
culties,  his  deafness,  neglect  and  other  causes  rendered  his  life 
troublous,  and  produced  bodily  disorders  that  terminated  in  his 
di-ath  in  1827.  Beethoven  posscMsed  a  large  head  and  brain,  and  was 
rai)able  of    intense  application.      Being  fond  of  reading,   he   spent 


a  portion  of  his  time  among  books  for  self-improvement,  having 
a  predilection  for  history.  In  politics  he  was  early  and  for  life  a 
republican. 

JOHANNES   CHRYSOSTOIVIUS  WOLFGANG  AMADEUS  MOZART. 

GERMAN  composer,  Johannes  Chrysostomus  Wolfgang  Amadeus 
Mozart,  was  born  at  Salzburgh,  Germany,  in  1756.  He  began  to 
display  his  musical  talents  when  he  was  only  three  years  old,  and 
at  six  years  he  was  listened  to  as  a  prodigy  in  various  parts  of 
Germany.  In  subsequent  visits  to  France,  England  and  Italy,  he 
was  everywhere  received  with  enthusiastic  applause.  In  his  tenth 
year  he  earnestly  set  about  studying  the  science  of  composition, 
forming  his  musical  taste  on  the  works  of  the  mo^t  celebrated  mas- 
ters. In  his  fifteenth  year  he  produced  his  first  serious  opera  of 
"  Mithridates,"  which  was  publicly  performed  for  twenty  nights.  ' 
In  1777,  with  his  mother,  he  made  another  journey  to  Paris,  where 
his  mother  died,  and  he  returned  home  in  1779.  Some  time  after 
this  he  went  to  Vienna  and  entered  the  service  of  the  emperor  as 
"  cimcert-master  and  court  and  cathedral  organist,"  at  a  small  salary. 
In  1783  he  married  Constanza  Weber.  Many  tempting  offers  to  leave 
the  service  of  the  emperor  were  made  to  him,  but  he  remained  in 
the  royal  service  until  his  death,  in  his  thirty-sixth  year,  December 
5,  1793.  His  last  production  was  his  celebrated  "Requiem."  Of 
the  twelve  operas  which  he  composed  (besides  his  other  works,  wliich 
are  too  many  to  be  even  mentioned  here)  the  principal  are:  "  Ido- 
meneo,"  "The  Clemency  of  Titus,"  "Don  Giovanni,"  "The 
Marriage  of  Figaro,"  and  "  The  Enchanted  Flute. " 


CLARA  LOUISA  KELLOGG. 

■yy>J"HIS  American  soprano  singer,  whose  reputation  extends  through- 
out this  country  and  England,  and  whose  parents  wcsrc  Xew 
\_  England  people,  was  born  at  Sumter,  S.  C,  in  1843.  Having  a 
natural  affinity  for  harmony,  she  read  difficult  music  at  sight  when 
only  seven  years  old.  Her  musical  training  was  completed  in  the 
United  States,  and  her  first  appearance  as  a  public  singer  was  made 
at  the  New  York  academy  of  music,  in  February,  IStil,  in  the  part  of 
Gilda,  in  Verdi's  "Rigoletto. "  In  the  following  month  she  made 
her  first  bow  to  a  Boston  audience  in  "  Linda  di  Chamouuix.  "  From 
that  time  her  success  was  assured.  From  1865  lo  1868  she  sang  in 
Italian  opera-  in  New  York  and  Ltmdon,  achieving  a  conslanlly- 
increajTing  fame.  Another  professional  visit  to  London  was  made  in 
1872.  During  the  winter  of  1873  and  1874  she  formed  an  English 
opera  company,  which  visited  the  principal  cities  of  the  United 
States,  and  has  since  carefully  ni;iinlaiiu'd  her  musical  i)restige. 


-^: 


DISTINGUISH KI)    COMI'OSICKS    AND    MUSICIANS. 


191 


Handel,  Haydn,  Christine  Nilsson  and  the  Patti  Sisters. 


\I  I IIOIJ  of  the  oratorio 
of  "  Bcli^hazzar" 
and  other  musical 
works.  George 
Frk'tirich  Handel, 
Wilt*  born  at  Halle, 
Saxony,  in  1685. 
It  was  intended 
tbat  he  should  fol- 
low the  profession 
of  the  law,  but  the 
musical  bent  of 
the  boy's  mind  led 
his  father  to  con- 
aent  to  his  instruc- 
tion in  music. 
iwl*"   At  nine  years  of   age   he   began   to 

8  compose  musical  pieces.  Eight 
years  later  he  wrote  music  as  easily 
as  he  did  grammar.  In  1702  he  was 
installed  as  organist  in  the  church 
at  Halle.  In  1703  he  made  music 
his  profession,  and  at  the  age  of 
twenty  he  went  to  Hanover  and  Ham- 
burg. Winning  reputation  as  he 
grew  in  years,  he  visited  Italy  in 
1708,  but  at  the  end  of  two  years 
he  returned  to  Germany  and  entered 
into  the  service  of  the  elector  of 
Hanover,  who  was  afterwards  King 
Gi'urgL-  I.,  of  England.  When  George  ascended  the  British  throne, 
Handel  accompanied  him  to  England.  In  1730  Handel  was  placed 
at  the  head  of  the  Italian  opera,  but  his  life  for  twenty  years  was 
an  unprofitable  struggle  against  pecuniary  embarrassments  and 
poverty.  Almost  discouraged,  he  relinquished  opera,  and  by  his 
oratorios  regained  a  fortune  of  considerable  magnitude.  Eight 
years  before  his  death,  which  occurred  in  London  in  1759,  he  lost  his 
sight,  u  fact  that  led  to  the  production  of  his  pathetic  composition  of 
"Total  Eclipse,  Without  all  Hope  of  Day,"  adapted  from  Milton's 
"Samson  Agonistes. "  Handel  was  in  many  respects  considered  a 
matchless  composer.  Among  his  prominent  works  are  found  the 
operas  of  "  Almeria,"  "Nerone. "  "  Rodrigo,"  "  Agrippina," 
"Rinaldi,"  and  the  oratorios  of  "Esther,"  "Messiah,"  "Samson," 
"Joseph  and  His  Brethren,"    and  "Jephthah." 


JOSEPH  HAYDN. 

y^OSEPH  HAYDN,  the  author  of  the  oratorio  of  "  The  Creation,'' 
was  born  of  humble  parents  at  Rohrau,  Austria,  in  1732.  His 
\}  father,  who  did  not  possess  any  knowledge  of  music,  used  to 
accompany  the  songs  of  his  wife  on  a  rude  sort  of  harp,  and  a  neigh- 
boring schoolmaster,  seeing  the  delight  of  the  lad  and  his  correctness 
in  beating  time  to  his  father's  thrumming,  gave  him  some  musical 
instruction.  When  eight  years  old  Haydn  was  admitted  as 
one  of  the  choristers  at  the  cathedral  of  Vienna,  where  he  remained 
under  the  tuition  of  Renter  until  his  voice  broke,  when  he  was 
dismissed.  For  several  years  he  struggled  against  poverty  by 
teaching  and  composing  music,  but  after  some  time  he  was  appointed 
dirt-'ctor  of  music  in  the  establishment  of  Count  Marzin.  This 
position  he  held  until  1791.  when  he  entered  the  service  of  Prince 
Anthony    Esterhazy,   as    chapel-master.       He    remained    with    this 


prince  until  the  latter  was  succeeded  by  Prince  Nicholas,  into  whose 
chapcl-scrvice  Haydn  then  entered.  The  prince  both  loved  and 
honored  the  composer,  and  kept  him  with  him  until  the  death  of 
Haydn  in  1809.  Haydn's  musical  conii)ositions  numbered  1,200  or 
1,300,  including  nineteen  operas  and  five  oratorios,  and  are  remark- 
able for  their  blending  of  elegance  with  science.  Among  his  most 
noted  works,  bej^ides  the  "Creation,"  is  "The  Seasons,"'  based  on 
Thomson's  poem  of  the  same  name.  Twice  Haydn  visited  Eng- 
land; once  in  1790,  when  he  remained  there  eighteen  months,  giving 
concerts  and  composing  music  with  great  popularity.  In  1794  he 
returned  to  England,  remaining  about  the  same  length  of  time. 


CHRISTINE  NILSSON. 

/^HRISTINE  NILSSUX,  tlaiighler  of  an  ardent  admirer  of  music, 
I      and  a  leading  singer  in  his  church,  at  Hnssabj',  near  Wexio,  Swe- 

V  den,  was  born  in  1843,  the  owner  of  a  voice  that  has  charmed  the 
world.  Her  education  was  simple  and  domestic.  Sometimes  she 
was  employed  in  household  duties,  and  sometimes  in  the  field.  Her 
brother's  fiddle  was  her  delight,  and  with  her  songs  and  his  playing 
they  won  money  and  applause  at  fairs  and  weddings  to  which  they 
were  invited.  A  neighboring  magistrate,  having  heard  them  on  one 
occasion,  liberally  offered  to  educate  Christine  at  his  own  expense. 
In  his  family  she  was  carefully  trained  in  music,  and  from  there  she 
went  to  Stockholm  and  Paris,  receiving  instruction  from  prominent 
teachers.  In  October,  1804,  she  sang  to  a  Parisian  audience,  at  the 
Lyric  theater,  in  the  "  Magic  Flute,"  with  encouraging  success,  and 
during  her  engagement  at  that  theater  and  another  at  the  academy 
of  music,  her  popularity  and  the  superiority  of  her  genius  were 
established.  From  Paris  she  went  to  England  to  win  a  new  triumph 
at  the  Handel  festival  in  the  crystal  palace,  at  London,  before  an 
audience  of  34,000  spectators  and  musicians.  Her  singing  was  a 
perfect  success,  and  she  was  engaged,  for  $40,000  in  gold,  to  sing  in 
the  principal  towns  in  Great  Britain.  In  1870  she  came  to  the  L'nited 
States,  where  a  hearty  welcome  was  accorded  to  her,  and  she 
appeared  first  in  concerts  and  then  in  opera.  In  1872  she  married,  in 
London,  at  Westminster  abbey,  a  merchant  of  Paris,  Mr.  Auguste 
Rouzaud,  and  in  the  following  winter  she  sang  at  St.  Petersburg, 
Russia,  with  great  success.  In  1873  she  returned  to  the  United 
States  and  sang  during  the  winter  of  1873-'4.  Her  home  is  in 
Europe. 


THE  PATTI   SISTERS. 

URROUNDED  by  musical  influences,  with  parents  who  were  pro- 
fessional vocalists,  Adelina  Maria  Clorinda  Patti  was  born  at 
Madrid,  Spain,  in  1843.  The  following  year  the  family  removed 
to  New  York,  where  the  musical  education  of  the  little  girl  received 
particular  attention  from  her  near  relatives.  At  eight  years  of  age 
Adelina  sang  in  concerts,  and  in  her  sixteenth  year  she  made  her  first 
public  appearance,  as  a  leading  singer,  in  the  opera  of  "Lucia  di 
Lammermoor.  ■"  She  first  appeared  in  London  in  1861,  and  in  Paris 
in  1862.  In  1868,  in  London,  she  was  married  to  the  Marquis  de 
Caus,  a  French  nobleman.  The  union  did  not  prove  to  be  a  happy 
one,  and  after  a  few  years  had  passed    they  were  legally  separated. 

Carlotta  Patti,  a  sister  of  Adelina,  was  born  at  Florence,  Italy, 
in  1840,  and  both  in  the  United  States  and  Europe  has  distinguished 
herself  in  concerts  by  her  powerful  soprano  voice  and  her  faculty  of 
expression.  She  has  appeared  successfully  in  opera,  but  a  slight 
lameness  is  understood  to  have  influenced  her  in  seeking  other 
channels  for  the  exercise  of  her  splendid  talent. 


^<m 


V.)-2 


INDIVIDUALS    DISTINGUISHED    IN   THE   MUSICAL    WORLD. 


Lowell  Mason,  Ole  Bull  and  Jenny  Lind. 


OWELL  MASON,  as  a  com- 
poser of  mujrie,  attained 
a  national  reputation. 
Born  at  Medfield,  Mass. , 
in  1792,  from  bis  child- 
hood he  developed  a 
marked  love  for  music  and 
a  talent  for  teaching  it. 
When  about  twenty  years 
old  he  went  to  Savannah, 
Ga. ,  where  he  gave  in- 
structions, superintended 
musical  associations  and 
led  church  choirs.  The  success  of  his  first 
volume  of  church  music,  the  old  "Handel 
and  Haydn  Boston  Collection,"  which  was  pub- 
lished in  1831,  recalled  him  to  Boston.  There 
he  began  an  extended  career  of  musical  instruc- 
tion, advocating  the  Pestalozzian  system  of 
teaching,  and  gratuitously  forming  children's 
classes  for  improvement  in  vocal  harmony.  In 
these  arduous  labors  he  was  for  some  time 
assisted  by  Mr.  G.  J.  Webb,  and,  together, 
they  prepared  and  published  more  than  twenty 
books  of  sacred  and  church  music,  several 
glee-books,  and  more  than  a  dozen  juvenile 
musical  collections.  While  Mr.  Mason  was  an  industrious  adapter 
from  the  compositions  of  other  persons,  musical  pieces  of  his  own 
cimiposing  are  found  in  all  these  books.  His  last  work,  "The  Song 
Garden,"  was  published  in  186G.  He  died  at  Orange,  N.  J.,  in 
1873. 


OLE  BULL. 


LE  BORNEM.\NN  BULL,  well-known  master  of  the  violin,  was 
a  native  of  Bergen.  Norway,  where  he  was  born  in  1810.  Music 
was  with  him,  in  his  youth,  a  passion,  which  his  father  (a  chem- 
ist) opposed,  designing  to  educate  the  lad  for  the  pulpit.  Having  been 
sent,  at  the  age  of  eighteen,  to  the  university  at  Christiania,  he 
was  given,  on  one  occasion,  temporary  charge  of  the  orchestra 
(whose  leader  was  sick)  at  one  of  the  theaters,  and  the  result  was 
his  separation  from  the  university. 

He  went  to  Cassel,  Germany,  in  1839,  to  study  music,  but  not 
liking  his  instructor,  he  began  to  study  law  at  Gottingen;  his  fondness 
for  music,  however,  interfered  with  this  design.  Going  to  Minden, 
Prussia,  he  fought  a  duel  and  mortally  wounded  his  antagonist.  He 
then  went  to  Paris,  where  he  suffered  so  much  for  want  of  the  com- 
forts of  life  that  he  attempted  suicide,  but  was  rescued  and  found  a 
friend  in  a  lady  who  had  lost  a  son  whom  he  strongly  resembled. 
She  took  him  to  her  own  house,  and  enabled  hint  to  make  his  first 
appearance  as  a  violinist.  With  the  means  thus  procured  he  made 
a  musical  tour  through  Italy,  and  subsequently,  for  seven  years,  he 
traveled  and  performed  on  the  violin  in  Italy.  France,  Germany, 
England  and  Russia. 

By  (his  lime  he  had  become  weallliy.  In  1838,  with  his  wife — a 
l.'idy  f"'"'  Paris — he  returned  to  Bergen,  bought  an  estate  and  settled 
iipfin  it.      Five  years  later  be  made  a  professional  visit  to  the  United 


States,  remaining  two  years.  From  1845  to  1853  he  traveled  and 
gave  concerts  in  the  principal  cities  of  Europe;  joined  General 
Yusuf's  campaign  against  the  Kabyles,  in  Algeria;  built  a  theater  at 
Bergen,  and  projected  national  schools  of  literature  and  art  in 
Norway,  besides  making  some  improvements  in  musical  instruments. 

At  his  theater  he  permitted  political  sentiments  to  be  incorporated 
in  the  dramas,  and  this  course  brought  him  within  the  strong  grip  of 
the  law,  and  inaugurated  a  ruinous  series  of  lawsuits.  Losing  con- 
siderable money  in  this  way.  he  came  again  to  the  United  States. 
Having  still  sufficient  means  remaining,  he  purchased  130.000  acres 
of  uncultivated  land  in  Potter  county,  Pennsylvania,  and  attempted 
to  form  a  colony.  A  few  families  gathered  there,  but  the  attempt 
failed,  and  the  colony  was  broken  up. 

In  1854  he  resumed  his  concerts,  and  leased  the  New  York  acad- 
emy of  music,  with  a  view  of  establishing  Italian  opera  in  that  city, 
but  that  project  also  proved  a  failure.  Since  then,  residing  in  the 
United  States,  he  has  several  times  revisited  Europe.  In  1870  he 
married  his  second  wife,  in  Wisconsin.  He  died  in  August, 
1880. 


JENNY  LIND. 


OPULARLY  known  as  "  the  Swedish  Nightingale,"  a  vocalist 
possessing  great  range  and  sweetness  of  voice  and  an  enviable 
reputation,  Jenny  Lind,  was  born  at  Stockholm,  Sweden,  in  1831. 
Iler  musical  education  began  at  an  early  age,  and  when  nearly  eleven 
years  old  she  sang  juvenile  parts  in  public,  manifesting  considerable 
dramatic  talent  as  well  as  musical  genius.  After  performing  for  two 
years,  it  was  discovered  that  her  voice  was  becoming  disagreeably 
affected,  and  she  retired  into  obscurity  for  four  years,  studying 
instrumental  music  without  singing.  An  accidental  exercise  of  her 
vocal  organs  when  she  was  about  sixteen  years  old,  showed  that  her 
voice  was  restored  with  increased  power  and  purity.  From  that 
time,  for  about  two  years,  she  was  the  principal  singer  in  the  Stock- 
holm opera  performances.  For  the  improvement  of  her  voice  she 
went  to  Paris,  in  1841,  and  under  the  instructions  of  Garcia  and  the 
encouragement  held  out  by  Meyerbeer,  she  was  induced  to  sing 
at  Berlin,  in  1844,  with  such  success  that  in  Vienna  and  other 
empires  of  music  she  was  received  with  great  enthusiasm.  In 
1847  she  first  sang  publicly  in  London,  in  the  opera  of  "  Robert  le 
Diable,'"  creating  an  almost  unrivaled  sensation.  The  next  three 
years  were  years  of  triumph  in  England,  Germany  and  Sweden.  In 
1850,  under  an  engagement  with  P.  T.  Barnum,  the  .\merican 
showman,  she  came  to  the  L'nited  States  and  gave  a  series  of  con- 
certs in  several  of  the  principal  cities,  and  was  received  with  the 
wildest  enthusiasm,  the  choice  of  seats  at  her  concerts  bringing 
premiums  of  fabulous  sums,  one  citizen,  of  New  Y'ork,  paying  SROO 
as  his  bonus  for  a  choice.  During  her  stay  in  America  she  was 
honored  almost  as  greatly  for  her  munificent  gifts  for  various  chari- 
table purposes,  and  her  estimable  private  character,  as  for  her 
musical  superiority.  At  Boston  she  was  married  to  Otlo  Gold- 
schmidt,  a  young  pianist,  who  had  accompanied  her  during  her 
American  concerts.  Going  to  Europe,  they  dwell  for  a  while  at 
Dresden,  but  in  18.58  they  made  Lcnidon  their  residence.  Altliough 
she  refuseii  to  sing  again  professionally,  she  has  a)>peared  in  several 
public  performances  in  behalf  of  the  poor  in  London  and  else- 
where. 


/I^l  ft' 


PEOPLE    BOKN    TO    KULE. 


>.iO 


\i!>f':'* ''Njilt    WV  J     ,„||/««l,,  ai||; 


:*^^ 


Queen  Elizabelh—Forty  Years  a  Reigning  Sovereign  Over  a  Prosperous  Kingdom 


I  N  THE  palace  of  Greenwich,  September 
7,  1533,  was  born  the  Englinh  sov- 
ereign, Queen  Elizabeth,  known  as 
"  the  Virgin  Queen."  She  waS  the 
daughter  of  Henry  VIII.  and  his 
second  wife,  Anne  Boleyn.  Her 
education  was  intrusted  to  Protestant 
teachers,  and  she  acquired  consid- 
erable knowledge  of  classical  lit- 
erature. In  1558,  at  the  age  of 
twenty-five  years,  she  ascended  the 
throne,  the  successor  of  another 
queen  known  in  history  as  •*  Bloody 
Mary."  Elizabeth's  right  to  be  the  queen  of  England  was  denied 
by  all  the  Catholics  in  that  kingdom  and  in  other  countries,  for  the 
English  Catholics  looked  upon  the  young  and  beautiful  Mary, 
queen  of  Scots,  as  the  rightful  heir  to  the  throne.  Mary  was 
a  grandniece  of  Henry  VIII. ,  the  father  of  Elizabeth,  and  daughter  of 
James  V.  of  Scotland.  She  had  been  trained  in  the  Catholic  religion 
at  the  French  court.  The  year  after  Elizabeth  became  queen,  Mary 
was  married  to  Francis  II. ,  then  a  prince,  who  became  king  of  France 
in  the  following  year,  but  who  died  in  the  succeeding  year.  In  1561 
Mary  returned  to  Scotland  and  was  received  as  its  rightful  sovereign. 
In  1558  the  Catholic  powers  of  Europe  determined,  if  possible,  to 
drive  Elizabeth  from  the  throne,  and  Sjiain  fitted  out  that  celebrated 
collection  of  vessels  and  armies  of  soldiers,  called  *'  the  invincible 
armada,"  the  largest  fleet  then  ever  known,  to  invade  England.  It 
consisted  of  129  ships,  3,000  cannon  and  20,000  men,  while  34,000 
other  armed  men  composed  a  land  force  to  co-operate  with  the  fleet. 
The  "armada"  reached  the  English  channel  in  July,  1588,  and  there 
encountered  the  British  fleet  of  thirty  vessels.  The  contest  between 
the  two  fleets  lasted  for  several  days,  and  the  superior  character  of 
the  little  English  vessels  enabled  them  to  harass  and  drive  the  big 
ships  of  their  enemies  to  the  French  coast.  The  Spanish  commander 
then  attempted  to  return  to  Spain  by  sailing  his  vessels  around  the 
north  coast  of  Scotland,  but  furious  storms  scattered  them  hither  and 
thither,  destroying  many,  and  only  one-third  of  the  great  "  invincible 
armada,"  and  that  in  a  bad  condition,  ever  returned  to  report  the 
disaster.  The  result  was  a  weakening  of  the  influence  of  Spain  over 
other  countries  of  Europe,  and  a  strengthening  of  the  cause  of  Prot- 
estantism. Elizabeth,  fortunately  for  herself  and  her  people,  had 
two  excellent  advisers;  Lord  Burleigh,  a  wise  statesman,  who  was 
her  lord  treasurer,  and  Sir  Francis  Walsingham,  her  secretary  of 
state.     For  forty  years  she  was  guided  by  the  advice  of  Lord  Bur- 


leigh, and  during  those  years  her  reign  was  glorious,  the  nation  was 
raised  to  a  high  degree  of  prosperity,  and  its  enemies  were  baffled. 
Art,  education,  discoveries  and  literature  throve  during  her  adminis- 
tration; the  age  produced  Shakspeare  and  some  others  of  the  greatest 
men  and  women  that  the  world  has  known,  while  commerce  and 
manufactures  experienced  a  vast  improvement.  Mary,  queen  of 
Scots,  after  her  return  to  Scotland,  met  with  great  opposition  from 
the  Protestant  supporters  of  Elizabeth.  Seven  years  she  braved 
these  storms  of  wrath,  but  was  at  length  compelled  to  flee  to  England 
to  implore  the  pity  of  Elizabeth.  The  queen  received  her  more  as  a 
prisoner  of  state  than  a  suppliant  for  favor,  and  kept  her  in  confine- 
ment for  eighteen  years.  During  these  years  numerous  plots  were 
formed  by  the  Catholics  to  harass  Elizabeth,  until  finally  a  law  was 
passed  that  made  Mary  personally  responsible,  although  a  prisoner, 
for  any  conspiracy  created  against  the  queen  by  the  friends  of  the 
captive.  Soon  afterwards  a  plot  to  assassinate  Elizabeth  was  formed 
and  discovered,  and  for  this  the  unfortunate  Mary  was  formally  tried, 
sentenced  to  die,  and  beheaded,  at  the  age  of  forty-five,  in  the  year  1587. 
In  the  latter  portion  of  her  life  the  favorite  noble  of  Queen  Elizabeth 
was  the  earl  of  Essex,  a  young  man,  described  as  possessing  great 
courage,  but  headstrong  and  weak,  who  presumed  so  far  upon  his 
favor  with  the  queen  that  he  became  insolent  to  her,  and  one  day  she 
gave  him  a  hearty  box  on  the  ear.  In  one  of  his  freaks,  afterwards, 
he  attempted,  in  the  streets  of  London,  to  raise  an  insurrection 
against  her.  For  this  he  was  arrested  and  condemned  to  die.  At 
some  previous  time  she  had  given  Essex  a  certain  ring,  with  instruc- 
tions to  send  it  to  her  whenever  he  might  be  in  any  danger,  and  now 
she  waited  to  receive  the  ring.  It  did  not  come,  and  she  unwillingly 
was  obliged  to  sign  his  death-warrant.  After  his  execution  a  lady 
confessed  upon  her  dying  bed  that  Essex  had  confided  his  ring  to  her 
to  carry  it  to  the  queen,  and  that  she  had  been  induced  by  her  hus- 
band, a  bitter  enemy  of  Essct ,  not  to  deliver  it.  On  hearing  this, 
the  rage  and  grief  of  the  queen,  who  had  never  been  happy  since  the 
death  of  Essex,  were  terrible.  Ten  days  and  nights  she  lay  upon  the 
floor,  refusing  food  and  medicine;  then  falling  asleep,  she  died,  in  her 
seventieth  year,  March  24,  1603.  Possessing  many  good  qualities,  with 
numerous  weaknesses  of  character,  she  derived  glory  from  the 
national  prosperity  of  England  during  her  reign  of  forty-five  years, 
and  as  a  brilliant  scholar.  She  was  familiar  with  Greek  and  Latin, 
and,  besides  writing  an  original  comment  on  Plato,  some  poetry  and 
various  prayers,  meditations  and  speeches,  she  translated  a  play  of 
Euripides,  a  dialogue  of  Xenophon,  two  orations  of  Isocrates,  Sal- 
lust's  "  Jugurthine  War,"  part  of  Horace's  "Art  of  Poetry,"  and 
Bcethius'  "Consolations  of  Philosophy." 


>^:(5— 


13 


:o- 


194 


POETBAIT   OF    QUEEN   VICTOEIA. 


Queen  Victoria.     Lady  Jane  Grey. 


The  One  Successful  and  Prosperous;  the  Other  Unfortunate. 


HE  PRESENT  queen  Victoria  Alesandrina 
Guelph,  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  and 
empress  of  India,  is  the  daughter  and  only 
child  of  Edward,  duke  of  Kent,  fourth  son 
of  George  III.,  by  his  wife,  Victciia  Mary 
Louisa,  of  Saxe  Cohurg-Saalfield,  Ger- 
many. She  was  born  at  Kensington 
palace,  England,  May  34,  1819.  Her  father 
died  in  1820,  and  her  general  education, 
under  her 
mother's  su- 
pervision, was 
conducted  by 
the  duchess  of 
Northumber- 
land, and  until 
within  a  few 
weeks  before 
she  ascended  the  throne,  she  lived  iu 
comparative  retirement,  diversified  by 
visits  to  various  portions  of  the  United 
Kingdom.  The  death  of  the  reigning 
king,  William  IV.,  occurred  in  June, 
1837,  and  on  the  2Sth  of  that  month 
Victoria,  by  royal  succession,  was 
crowned  queen  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland  at  Westminster  abbey.  She 
came  into  power  in  a  time  of  England's 
proRi)erity,  and  among  her  first  acts  was 
a  prayer  to  God  for  strength  and  wisdom 
to  rule  her  people  aright.  And  it  is 
remarkable  that  during  her  long  reign 
Great  Britain  has  enjoyed  more  and 
richer  advantages  in  religion,  science, 
art,  commerce,  and  literature  than 
under  any  other  modern  sovereignty. 
She  immediately  became  a  favorite  with 
her  people,  and  has  managed  to  retain 
their  esteem  and  affection  up  to  the 
present  moment  by  her  womanly  and 
queenly  character.     In    1840,  Victoria 

was  united  to  Albert,  prince  of  Saxe-Coburg-Gotha,  second  son  of 
duke  Ernest,  who  was  born  in  Germany  in  1819,  and  was  iu  every 
way  a  suitable  husband  for  the  young  and  popular  queen.  lie  was  a 
man  of  peaceful  habits  and  refined  taste,  whose  pursuits  were  of 
an  exalted,,  benevolent  and  useful  character;  and  he  was  a  compe- 
tent and  active  participator  in  public  measures,  which  tended  to 
increase  the  happiness  and  j>rosperlty  of  the  English  people.  Nine 
children  were  born  to  thin  royal  couple,  as  follows:  Victoria  Adelaide 
Mary  Louisa,  who  was  married  in  1858  to  the  crown  prince,  Frederick 
William,  of  Prussia;  Albert  Edward,  jjrince  of  Wales,  who  was 
married  In  1863  to  the  Princess  Alexandra,  of  Denmark;  Alice  Maud 


Mary,  who  was  married  in  1863  to  Prince  Louis,  of  Hesse-Darm- 
stadt, Germany,  and  died  in  1878;  Alfred  Ernest,  duke  of  Edinburgh, 
who  was  married  in  1874  to  the  grand  duchess  Marie  Alcxandrovna, 
only  daughter  of  the  emperor  of  Russia;  Helena  Augusta  Victoria, 
who  was  married, in  1866  to  Prince  Christian  of  Schieswig-Holstein, 
Germany;  Louise  Caroline  Alberta,  who  was  married  in  1871  to  the 
marquis  of  Lome,  afterwards  governor-general  of  Canada;  Arthur 
William  Patrick  Albert,  duke  of  Connaught;  Leopold  George  Duncan 
Albert,  and  Beatrice  Mary  Victoria  Feodore.     The  duchess  of  Kent, 

—  -...  Queen  Victoria's  mother,  died  in  March, 

^  1801,  and  her  dearly-beloved  husband, 
\  Prince  Albert,  suddenly  expired  in  the 
following  December.  The  whole  king-  ■ 
dora  was  thrown  into  grief  by  the  death 
of  the  prince  consort,  and  for  many 
years  she  deeply  moui-ned  her  heavy 
loss;  indeed,  that  event  has  been  the 
means  of  inducing  continuous  habits  of 
seclusion  in  her  private  life,  while  she 
has  continued  to  exercise  her  powers 
and  duties  as  the  sovereign  of  a  mighty 
nation  with  great  fidelity  to  her  sub- 
jects. Her  public  history  is  that  of 
Great  Britain  during  the  last  forty- 
three  years.  As  a  wife,  a  mother  and  a 
queen  she  has  experienced  only  the 
changes,  the  sorrows  and  joys  which 
usually  fall  to  the  lot  of  ordinary 
women,  but  in  all  and  through  all  she 
has  proven  herself  an  honor  to  her  sex. 


] 


Victoria  I,  or  England, 


LADY  JANE  GREY. 

ADY  JANE  GKEY,  who  wiis  the 
daughtiT  of  the  duke  of  Dorset,  was 
\  born  at  Bradgate,  Leicestershire, 
Eiif;laml,  in  1537.  She  was  a  great- 
granddaughter  of  King  Henry  Vll.  Her 
talents,  which  were  of  a  superior  order, 
were  developed  at  au  early  age,  so  that 
when  she  was  fifteen  year?  old  she  had 
learned  the  Greek,  Latin,  Hebrew,  Chaldee,  Arabic,  Freneli  and  Italian 
languages.  In  1553  she  was  married  to  Lord  Guilford  Dudley,  son 
of  the  duke  of  Norlhuniberland.  Edward  YI.,  reigning  sovereign  at 
that  time,  being  opposed  to  the  religious  principles  of  his  sister 
Mary,  was  disposed  to  bequeath  his  crown  to  Lady  Jane.  After  his 
deatli  she  reluctantly  accepted  the  crown  of  England.  She  reigned 
nine  days,  when  Mary,  Edward's  sister,  whom  the  Catholics  had 
declared  for  as  sovereign,  became  queen,  and  Lady  Jane  was  com- 
mitted as  a  i)risoner,  with  her  husband,  to  the  lower  of  London,  and 
in  February,  1554,  both  were  beheaded  at  the  command  of  Queen 
Mary.     Lady  Jane  refused  to  the  last  to  renounce  rrotestantism. 


75::: 


Former  Distinguished  Emperor  of  Russia. 


[KTER  I.,  ALEXEIEVITCH,  one  of  the  czars  of 
Uuspia,  commonly  called  "the  Great,"  was  born 
near  Moscow,  in  that  empire,  in  1672.  In  l(j82  he 
and  his  brother  Ivan  became  joint  heirs  to  the  crown, 
and  uiirn  I\aii  died  in  169G,  Peter  became  the  sole  emperor.  Early  in 
his  reign  Peter  began  to  form  projects  to  increase  tlie  civilization 
and  the  greatness  of  Russia.     His  lirst  attention  was  turned  to  mili- 


rcpeatedly  defeated,  but  at  length  the  tide  of  l)attle  turned,  and  lie 
gained  a  decisive  victory  at  Pultowa,  in  1709,  and  wrested  several 
provinces  from  the  Swedes.  Upon  a  part  of  the  terrilory  thus  gained 
he  founded  the  city  of  St.  Petersburg,  the  present  great  capital  city 
of  the  empire.  In  a  war  with  the  Turks,  in  1711,  he  was  surrounded 
by  the  enemy  in  force,  on  the  bunks  of  the  river  Pruth,  and  obliged 
to  sign  a  disadvantageous  treaty  of  peace.     In  a  war  against  Persia 


e# 


^oo» 


3-e^ 


View  of  the  English  Throne-Room. 


tary  and  naval  improvements,  and  in  these  he  was  ably  assisted  by 
his  contidcntial  counselor,  Lefort,  a  native  of  Geneva,  Switzerland. 
Twice,  once  in  1697,  and  again  in  1716,  Peter  made  journeys  in  order 
to  iicquire  knowledge.  In  the  course  of  his  first  tour  he  came  to 
Saardam,  where  he  worked  as  a  shipwright  in  the  dockyard.  He  was 
also  instrumental  in  inviting  men  of  talent  and  mechanical  skill  in 
other  countries  to  settle  in  Russia.  From  1700  to  1721  he  was 
engaged  in  a  war  with  Sweden,  at  the  beginning  of  which  he  was 


he  was  more  successful,  and  in  1733  he  compelled  that  power  to  cede 
extensive  possessions  to  Russia.  In  his  latter  years  Peter  was 
brought  to  sorrow  by  the  undoubted  unfaithfulness  of  his  wife, 
Catharine,  and  the  disobedience  of  Alexis,  his  son.  He  spared  the 
life  of  the  empress,  but  his  son  was  arraigned  for  trial  and  put  into 
prison,  and  it  is  believed  that  he  was  there  put  to  death.  The  real 
greatness  of  Aleseievitch  is  found  in  the  extensive  internal 
improvements  which  he   projected  and  carried  to  completion. 


f 


^ 


im 


THE    BflLDEU    OF    THE    TEMPLE    AT    JERUSALEM. 


V ING  SOLOMON  was  bom  at  Jerusalem 
in  the  year  1033  before  Christ, 
He  was  the  son  of  King  David  and 
Bathsbeba,  his  wife,  of  Israel. 
His  education  was  superintended 
by  his  father,  and  was  of  such  a 
character  as  befitted  his  station 
and  the  designs  foreshadowed  of 
his  career.  Adonijah,  also  a  son 
of  David  by  another  wife,  having 
attempted  to  assume  the  reins  of 
government,  Solomon  was  ap- 
l)ointed  his  father's  successor  on 
the  throne  of  Israel,  and  inaugu- 
rated amid  the  acclamations  of 
His  reign  having  been  estab- 
lished, he  formed  an  alliance  with  Pharaoh, 
king  of  Egypt,  whose  daughter  he  married  and 
brought  to  Jerusalem.  At  Gibeon,  on  one 
occasion,  he  offered  a  thousand  burnt  sacri^ces 
before  the  Lord,  and  when  he  slept,  God  appeared 
to  him,  it  is  said,  in  a  dream,  and  said,  "Ask 
of  Me  what  3'ou  desire."  In  reply,  Solomon 
asked  for  divine  wisdom,  an  understanding 
heart,  and  such  other  qualifications  as  were  nec- 
essary for  bib  good  government  of  the  people. 
The  request,  it  is  stated,  was  granted,  with 
the  promise  of  great  prosperity,  of  riches  and 
honor,  so  that  there  should  be  no  king  like 
him.  This  wisdom  and  prosperity  were  soon 
manifested,  as  his  history  shows.  His 
dominions  extended  from  the  Mediterranean 
sea  to  the  river  Euphrates,  from  the  Orontes 
to  the  Red  sea  and  the  Persian  gulf,  and  it  is  recorded  that 
he  "had  peace  on  all  sides  round  about  him.''  At  that  time  the 
Hebrews  were  the  ruling  people  in  the  west  of  Asia.  The  scrip- 
tural account  of  the  glory  of  Solomon's  reign  is  plain  and  decisive. 
It  is  found  in  the  books  of  Kings  and  the  Chronicles  in  the  Christian 
Bible.  The  temple  at  Jerusalem,  as  a  national  house  of  worship  for 
the  Jews,  was  Solomon's  first  great  undertaking,  and  in  tbi.s  he  was 
directed  both  by  the  charge  of  his  dying  father  and  his  own  desire. 
In  the  needful  preparations  be  derived  important  aid  from  Hiram,  or 
Huram,  the  king  of  Tyre,  the  friend  and  ally  of  his  father,  and  the 
Tyrian^,  then  the  most  skillful  mechanics  and  sailors  in  the  world, 
were  engaged  in  the  service  of  the  Hebrews.  Timber  from  the 
forests  of  Lebanon  was  drawn  to  the  Mediterranean  sea,  floated  to 
the  sea-port  of  Joppa,  and  paid  for  in  the  agricultural  products  of 
Judea.  Probably  180,000  men  were  employed  in  the  forests  and  the 
quarries  where  the  stone  was  hewn  for  the  temple,  besides  those 
engaged  in  preparing  its  site  and  in  other  labor.  Seven  and  a  half 
years  this   splendid   fabric   silently   but   rapidly   proceeded   toward 


completion.  Every  part  and  material  of  the  immense  structure, 
even  the  largest  beams  and  the  most  ponderous  stones,  were  fitted  to 
each  other  before  they  were  brought  to  the  building.  It  was  the 
most  costly  and  magnificent  edifice  of  which  an  account  is  given  in 
history.  When  it  was  completed  it  was  dedicated  to  the  service  of 
God  with  much  solemnity  in  the  presence  of  all  the  Hebrews,  the 
feast  of  dedication  being  kept  for  seven  days,  and  concluded  with  a 
solemn  assembly.  When  the  temple  was  completed,  Solomon  erected 
other  splendid  buildings.  His  own  palace  occupied  thirteen  years 
in  its  construction  at  Jerusalem,  and  employed  the  utmost  skill  of 
the  artificers  of  that  day  and  the  vast  resources  of  wealth  and  power 
at  his  command.  "The  whole  house  was  built  of  white  marble, 
cedar,  gold  and  silver,  with  precious  stones  upon  the  walls  and  ceil- 
ing," according  to  the  account  in  Josephus'  works.  He  bad 
abundance  of  horses  and  chariots  of  war,  and  his  court  was  a  scene 
of  unparalleled  and  gorgeous  magnificence.  His  vast  resources  of 
wealth  were  various.  A  large  income  was  derived  from  commerce 
with  Tyre  and  other  countries,  as  the  trade  of  the  civilized  world 
then  almost  entirely  passed  under  the  control  of  Solomon  and  Hiram. 
Business  was  not  conducted  by  individuals;  the  profits  were  not 
subject  to  much  competition;  all  was  controlled  by  kingly  authority, 
and  a  large  proportion  of  the  advantages  was  gathered  into  the  royal 
treasury.  An  inland  trade  from  Egypt  on  the  south,  for  linen  and 
horses,  through  Judea  to  Syria  and  other  countries  to  the  north  and 
east,  brought  considerable  profits  to  Solomon,  in  addition  to  those 
resulting  from  the  spice-merchants,  or  the  Arabian  caravans  which 
traversed  his  kingdom,  carrying  all  the  precious  commodities  of  the 
East,  together  with  other  caravans  proceeding  directly  across  Asia 
from  Babylon  and  the  Euphrates  to  Tyre.  Solomon,  it  is  chiimed, 
was  the  wisest  man  of  his  time,  and  his  reputation  spread  through 
all  nations.  "He  was  the  greatest  philosopher  of  antiquity,  as  well 
in  natural  history  as  in  morals,  being  acquainted  with  the  nature  of 
plants  and  trees,  also  of  beasts,  of  birds,  of  reptiles  and  of  fishes. 
There  was  a  concourse  of  strangers  from  all  countries  to  hear  bis 
wisdom,  and  embassadors  from  the  most  remote  princes.  He  made 
gold  and  silver  very  abundant  in  Jerusalem,  and  cedars  as  plentiful 
as  the  sycamore  trees  in  the  valley."'  In  his  literary  labors  he  was 
also  famous  for  the  composition  or  collection  of  3,000  i)roverbs  and 
1,005  religious  songs.  Of  his  writings  there  remain  to  us  only  his 
book  of  "Proverbs,"  a  portion  of  his  "Psalms,"  his  "  Ecclesiastes," 
and  his  "  Song  of  Songs,"  known  in  the  Bible  as  "  Solomon's  Song. " 
In  his  domestic  arrangements  he  was  extravagant,  having  TOO  legiti- 
mate wives  and  300  other  women  in  his  household.  In  his  latter  years 
he  was  led  by  some  of  his  heathen  wives  to  worship  tlieir  idols,  for 
whom  he  built  temples,  in  which  he  burned  incense  and  offered 
sacrifice.  This  delusion,  it  is  calculated,  overtook  him  about  the 
thirty-fourth  year  of  his  reign  and  the  fifty-fourth  of  his  age. 
Whether  he  ever  again  turned  to  the  worship  of  the  Supreme  God  is 
not  known.  In  his  writings  are  purity,  morality,  and  sublimity, 
leaving  no  intimation  of  anything  but  the  excellence  of  his 
character. 


h 


>^-^ — 


IMiniDUAI.S    DISTINGUISH  KU    FOR    EASK    OF    EXI'IiKS.SIoX. 


v.n 


1 


>>'rl!l'^M.T= 


E«<^ 


-'^x 


-*fe 


Patrick  Henry. 


jiimiHi! 


\   ii 


'Js^^ 


11 1||!P!ISfl'fliif'1ll!|||l'''||« 

^ '  ml ' '  rf 


Famous  Orators. 


nir 


The  Influence  of  Words  Fitly 
Spoken. 

if  -,_i....^>;t^....i-»- 


-:©:—  ^1 


The  Magnetism  of  Graceful 
Oratory. 


•^>=C=^ 


^>^i[v£^The  Power  of  Gesture,  Expression  and  Voice. 


EXRY  CLAY,  one  of  America's 
greatest  statesmen,  the  son  of  a 
clergyman,  was  born  near  Rich- 
mond, Virginia,  in  a  humble 
dwelling,  in  1777.  His  educa- 
tion was  elementary,  and  gained 
at  the  district  school.  At  an 
early  age  he  was  employed  as  a 
copyist  in  the  office  of  the  clerk 
of  the  court  of  chancery  at  Richmond.  At 
nineteen  he  began  the  study  of  the  law,  and 
within  a  year,  such  rapid  progress  had  hd 
made,  he  was  admitted  to  practice.  In  1799  be 
removed  to  Lexington,  Ky. ,  and  opened  a  law 
office,  taking  also  an  active  interest  in  public 
politics,  working  for  the  election  of  delegates  to 
the  convention  to  revise  the  constitution  of  Ken- 
tucky, who  would  favor  the  emancipation  of  the 
slaves.  Unpopular  as  this  effort  was,  Clay  by  his 
judicious  action  in  regard  to  other  State  interests, 
overcame  the  public  prejudices,  and  became  a 
In  1803  he  was  elected  to  the  State  legislature  by 
His  skill  in  argument  and  eloquence  of  speech 
led  to  his  election  to  the  United  States  senate,  in  1800,  to  fill  a 
vacancy  caused  by  the  resignation  of  his  predecessor,  and  there 
he  soon  acquired  his  lasting  and  brilliant  reputation  as  an  orator  and 
judicious  statesman.  At  the  end  of  his  terra  in  the  senate,  he  was 
again  elected  member  of  the  Kentucky  State  legislature  for  two 
sessions.  In  1809  he  was  re-elected  to  the  United  States  senate, 
to  fill  a  vacancy,  and  for  two  years  he  took  a  prominent  part  in  the 
discussion  of  the  political  questions  of  the  day.  In  1811  he  was 
elected  a  member  of  the  lower  house  of  Congress,  and  was 
chosen  speaker,  an  office  which  he  filled  with  general  satisfaction 
until  1814,  when  he  was  sent  as  one  of  the  United  States  commis- 
sioners to  Ghent,  to  prepare  the  terms  of  a  treaty  of  peace  with 
England.  In  this  mission  he  proved  his  ability  as-  a  skillful  diplo- 
matist. Returning  to  Kentucky  in  1815,  he  was  re-elected  a  member 
of  Congress.  During  that  term  he  became  prominent  by  his  advocacy 
of  a  protective  tariff  upon  imports  from  abroad,  and  his  active  partic- 
ipation in  the  adjustment  of  the  famous  '*  Missouri  Compromise," 


political  favorite, 
a  largo  niiijority. 


which  provided  that  Missouri  should  be  admitted  into  the  Union  as  a 
slave  holding  State,  but  that  in  future  slavery  should  never  be  estab- 
lished in  any  States  formed  from  lands  lying  north  of  latitude  thirty- 
six  degrees,  thirty  minutes;  a  provision  which  was  adopted  by 
Congress.  Owing  to  the  condition  of  his  private  business,  Mr.  Clay 
retired  for  three  years  from  public  life,  but  in  1823  he  was  re-elected 
to  Congress  and  again  chosen  speaker  of  the  house.  It  was  during 
this  term  that  he  ably  seconded  the  efforts  of  Daniel  Webster  for  the 
relief  of  the  oppressed  Greeks.  When  John  Quincy  Adams  became 
President  of  the  United  States,  Mr.  Clay  was  appointed  Secretary 
of  State,  a  position  which  he  honorably  filled  until  after  the  elec- 
tion of  Andrew  Jackson  to  the  presidency  in  1828.  In  1831  he  was 
re-elected  United  States  senator  from  Kentucky,  and  in  1832  was  nomi- 
nated for  the  presidency  in  oi)position  to  Jackson,  who  defeated  him, 
and  was  elected  for  a  second  term.  In  183G  Mr.  Clay  was  once  more 
sent  to  the  United  States  senate,  serving  until  1842.  In  1844  the 
Whigs  nominated  him  again  for  the  presidency,  against  James  K. 
Polk,  and  again  he  was  defeated.  In  1849  Mr.  Clay  was  again 
returned  to  the  senate,  where  he  fought  once  more  the  policy  of  per- 
mitting slavery  to  extend  its  encroachments  upon  new  States  and 
Territories  of  the  Union,  and  the  "  Compromise  of  1850  "'  was  agreed 
upon.  [Many  persons  who  have  heard  of  "  Mason  and  Dixon's  line" 
in  connection  with  the  old  controversy  between  elavery  and  anti- 
slavery  advocates  without  understanding  its  meaning,  will  be  pleased 
to  learn  of  its  origin  in  this  connection.  Mason  and  Dixon  were  two 
English  civil  engineers  who  were  authorized  in  1703  to  survey  the 
disputed  boundary  line  between  Pennsylvania,  a  free  State,  and  Mary- 
land, a  slave  State.  The  line  surveyed  by  them  and  their  successors 
extended  310  miles  due  west  from  the  northeast  corner  of  Maryland.  ] 
Mr.  Clay's  health  failing  after  this  arduous  contest,  he  sought  to 
restore  it  by  a  voyage  to  the  West  Indies,  but  after  returning  to 
Washington  he  died  there  in  June,  1852.  He  has  left  his  epitaph  in 
one  of  his  sturdy  sentences:  "I  would  rather  be  right  than 
President." 


GEORGE  WHITEFIELD. 

THIS  pulpit  orator,  who  iuiroduct-d   into  England  the  practice  of 
open-air  preaching,  was  born  at  Gloucester,  England,  in  1714. 
His  father  was  an  innkeeper,  who  had  the  lad  educated  at  the 
Crypt  school  in  his  native  city,  and  at  Pembroke  college,  Oxford.     It 


/^:(>— 


i: 


■o- 


r 


11*8 


CELEBRATED  ORATORS. 


was  at  this  latter  place  that  he  became  associated  with  John  Wesley 
in  the  formation  of  a  Methffdist  society,  and  he  is  esteemed  as  the 
founder  of  that  branch  of  Methodism  known  as  "  Calvinistic. " 
His  religious  enthusiasm  led  him  to  live  rather  a  rigorous  life.  In 
1736  he  was  ordained  a  deacon,  and  ere  long  the  power  of  his 
eloquence  began  to  be  acknowledged,  and  he  became  quite  popular  as 
a  preacher.  In  1737  he  made  his  first  voyage  to  America,  sailing  for 
Georgia,  in  which  colony  he  remained  nearly  two  years.  After 
-  having  introduced  the  practice  of  open-air  preaching  into  England, 
and  meeting  with  astonishing  success  in  his  ministrations,  he 
returned  to  Georgia,  residing  there  until  1741.  Subsequently  he 
made  five  more  visits  to  that  colonj%  where,  among  other  benefits 
conferred  ui)on  the  people,  he  founded  his  orphan-house.  About  1741 
the  difference  of  opinion  between  Whitefield  and  Wesley  respecting  the 
doctrine  of  "  election"  was  manifested,  and  led  to  their  separation, 
but  not  to  extinction  of  their  friendship.  In  1748  Whitefield  num- 
bered among  the  converts  to  his  preaching  the  Countess  of  Hunting- 
don, who  appointed  him  her  chaplain.  Having  visited  many  parts 
of  England,  Wales,  Scotland  and  Ireland,  he  made  his  seventh  and 
last  voyage  to  America,  in  September, 
1769,  and  died  at  Newburyport,  Mass.,  in 
September,  1770.  Mr.  Whitefield  was  an 
untiring  as  well  as  an  attractive  and  effect- 
ive preacher  of  the  gospel.  He  has  left 
it  on  record  that  during  the  term  of  his 
ministry,  thirty-four  years,  he  preached 
more  than  18.000  sermons,  or  an  average  of 
about  eleven  a  week.  His  *'  short  allow- 
ance" was  nine  sermons  a  week.  Once, 
on  Boston  common,  he  preached  to  20,000 
persons.  Great  crowds  attended  his  meet- 
ings both  in  England  and  America,  and  the 
amount  of  good  performed  by  his  minis- 
trations is  simply  incalculable.  The  day 
before  his  death  he  preached  two  hours  at 
Exeter,  N.  H. 


In  1776  he  was  appointed  the  first  governor  of  Virginia,  and  to  this 
office  he  was  repeatedly  re-elected.  In  1786  he  was  appointed  by 
the  Virginia  legislature  one  of  the  delegates  to  the  convention,  at 
Philadelphia,  called  to  revise  the  federal  constitution.  In  1788  he 
was  a  member  of  the  convention  which  met  in  Virginia  to  consider 
the  constitution  of  the  United  States,  and  strenuously  opposed  it 
because  it  too  little  recognized  State  rights  and  was  not  sufficiently 
democratic.  In  1794  he  retired  from  the  practice  of  the  law.  His 
death  occurred  at  Red  Hill,  Va. ,  in  1799.  "Without  extensive 
information  upon  political  or  legal  topics,"  says  one  biographer,  **  he 
was  a  natural  orator  of  the  highest  order,  possessing  great  powers  of 
imagination,  sarcasm,  and  humor,  united  with  great  force  and  energy 
of  manner,  and  a  deep  knowledge  of  human  nature. " 


^^*a> 


*ff*=^^ 


;6 


PATRICK  HENRY. 

/"HIS  orator   and    statesman   carae   into 

the  world  in  Virginia,  in  1730.      After 

receiving  a  common  school  education, 
and  passing  some  time  in  commercial  and 
agricultural  pursuits,  he  studied  law  for  six 
weeks  and  then  began  to  practice  it  in  the 

courts.  For  several  years  he  struggled  with  poverty,  without  acquir- 
ing either  fame  or  a  profitable  business  as  an  attorney;  but  in  17G3,  by 
his  adroit  management  of  a  case  involving  the  income  of  the  clergy, 
in  which  he  opposed  the  claims  of  the  latter,  he  obtained  distinction 
and  made  the  question  one  of  importance  in  the  politics  of  the 
colonies.  In  1705  he  was  elected  a  member  of  the  Virginia  legisla- 
ture, in  which  he  boldly  opposed  the  British  ''stamp-act,"  and  had 
the  honor  of  beginning  the  opposition  to  the  measures  of  the  "  mother 
country "  which  terminated  in  the  American  revolution.  He  was 
also  one  of  the  delegates  sent  from  Virginia  to  the  first  general 
conffress  of  the  colonies  at  Philadelphia,  in  1774,  and  still  further 
dintinguished  himself  by  the  Ixddness  and  eloquence  of  his  speeches 
In  that  assembly.  In  the  spring  of  1775,  in  a  convention  at  Rich- 
mond, Va. ,  Mr.  Henry  moved  that  the  militia  be  organized  and  the 
colony  be  immediately  put  in  a  state  of  defense.  His  motion  was 
looked  upon  as  warlike,  and  opposed  as  too  precipitate  and  ill-ad 
vised.  It  was  then  that  Henry  Immortalized  his  name  by  exclaiming: 
"  There  is  no  retreat  !)ut  in  submission  and  slavery.  Our 
chains  are  forged.  Their  clunking  may  be  heard  on  the  jilains  of 
Boston.  The  next  gale  fluit  sweeps  from  Ihe  north  will  bring  lo  our 
ears  the  clanh  of  rebounding  arms!  .  .  .  I  know  not  what  course 
others  may  take;  but  as  for  me — give  me  liberty,  or  give  me  death  1'* 


Frederick  Douglass, 

Famous  Colored  Orator,  Bom  and  Reared  a  Slave. 


FREDERICK  DOUGLASS. 

S  AN  orator  and  journalist,  f'rederick  Douglass,  suffering  nnder 
the  disadvantages  of  having  been  a  slave  and  a  mulatto  by 
birth,  is  a  remarkable  man.  Bom  at  Tuckahoe,  Md.,  about 
the  year  1817,  of  a  negro  mother,  his 
father  being  a  white  man,  he  followed  the 
*' manifest  destiny"  of  his  race  in  the 
Southern  States,  and  was  reared  until  ten 
years  old  on  a  plantation.  At  that  age  he 
was  sent  to  Baltimore  to  serve  a  relative  of 
his  master.  It  was  there,  while  employed 
in  a  shipyard,  having  clandestinely  learned 
to  read,  he  secretly  left  his  master,  Sep- 
tember 3,  1836,  and  went  to  New  York,  and 
from  there  to  New  Bedford,  Mass.  At  the 
latter  place  he  found  employment  in  work- 
shops and  on  the  wharves,  and  married. 
At  an  anti-slavery  convention  at  Nantucket, 
in  1841,  he  spoke  upon  the  prevailing  topic 
with  much  vigor  and  intelligence,  and 
created  such  an  interest  in  his  behalf  as  to 
secure  his  appointment  as  agent  of  the 
Massachusetts  anti-slavery  society.  For 
four  years  he  visited  New  England  towns 
and  cities,  lecturing  upon  the  evils  of 
slavery.  In  addition,  he  also  published 
the  story  of  his  life.  In  1845  he  visited 
England,  and  lectured  in  the  principal 
cities  throughout  the  United  Kingdom, 
being  received  with  great  enthusiasm  at  almost  every  place.  During 
his  stay  of  nearly  two  years  in  Great  Britain,  his  friends  amassed 
about  $600  with  which  to  purchase  his  fn-edom  from  his  former 
master,  for  he  was  then,  it  must  be  remembered,  but  a  fugitive 
slave.  Returning  to  America,  he  took  up  his  abode  at  Rochester, 
N.  Y. ,  and  there,  in  1847,  established  a  weekly  newspaper,  first 
known  as  the  Norfh  Star^  and  afterwards  as  Frederick  Douglass^ 
Paper^  and  its  publication  was  continued  for  several  years.  His 
autobiography  appeared  in  1855,  rewritten  and  enlarged,  as  "My 
Bondage  and  My  Freedom,"  which  is  still  extant.  In  1855  he  was 
suspected  of  complicity  in  John  Brown's  raid  into  Virginia  to  free 
the  slaves  of  that  commonweallh,  and  Governor  Wise  issued  a 
requisition  for  his  arrest  upon  the  Governor  of  Michigan;  l)nf 
Douglass  avoided  this  trouble  by  going  to  England.  On  his  return 
home  he  resumed  his  editorial  duties  at  Rochester.  During  the  late 
war  he  advocated  the  use  of  colored  troops  and  a  general  emancipa- 
tion of  the  Southern  slaves,  and  in  1863  he  assisted  in  organizing 
negro  regiments  in  Massachusetts  and  elsewhere.  In  1870  he 
assumed  editorial  control  of  the  New  National  .fi'rrt,  at  Washiugton. 
In  1H71  he  was  secretary  of  the  national  commission  to  San  Domingo, 
and  has  since  held  prominent  political  positions  of  trust. 


.A 


—<)'• 


THE    WIDELY    KNOWN    ORATORS,   GOUGII    AND    SrUKGKON. 


199 


John  B.  Cough.     Charles  H.  Spurgeon. 


ALMOST  every  town  and  city  of  the  United 
States,  the  peculiarities  of  John  B. 
Gongh,  the  popular  lecturer,  and  his 
talents^  as  an  orator,  arc  familiarly  known. 
Born  at  Sandj^ate,  England,  in  1817,  he 
emigrated  to  New  York  in  18U0,  learned 
the  trade  of  a  bookbinder,  and  became 
noted  for  his  habits  of  intemperance. 
Through  some  influence  he  was  induced 
to  attend  a  temperance  meeting  in  Octo- 
ber, 1843,  where  he  signed  the  temper- 
ance pledge,  and  from  that  time  was 
thoroughly  reformed.  He  not  only  prac- 
ticed total  abstinence,  but  began  to  advo- 
cate it  from  the  platform  with  the  earnestness  and  eloquence  for 
which  he  is  now  so  greatly  distinguished.  His  reputation  as  an 
orator  widely  increased  as  he  traveled  and  lectured  throughout  the 
L'nited  States  and 
Canada.  His  fame 
extended  also  to 
England,  and  in  1853 
the  London  temper- 
ance league  invited 
him  to  visit  Great 
Britain.  He  did  so, 
and  eloquently  advo- 
cated the  temper- 
ance cause  in  all 
parts  of  England  for 
about  two  years, 
when  he  returned 
to  America.  Up  to 
this  time,  in  the 
two  nations,  he  had 
traveled  more  than 
29,500  miles,  deliv- 
ered 1,045  lectures, 
and  obtained  many 
thousands  of  signa- 
tures to  the  tem- 
perancepledge.  The 
beneficial  effects  of 

his  labors  are  immeasurable.  After  his  return  he  continued 
to  labor  in  this  manner,  and  in  1857  he  again  sailed  for  England, 
where  he  lectured  with  still  greater  success  than  on  his  former  visit. 
In  18(50  he  came  back  to  the  United  States.  He  now  added  lectures 
on  other  subjects  to  his  course,  and  continued  to  maintain  his  popu- 
larity, amassing  wealth  by  his  eloquence,  and  building  an  elegant 
residence  near  Worcester,  Mass.  Once  or  twice  it  has  been 
announced  that  he  was  going  to  retire  from  the  platform,  but  he  still 
appears  at  intervals  before  delighted  audiences.  In  1878  he  made  a 
third  visit  to  England.  His  autobiography  was  published  several 
years  ago. 


John   B.  Gough, 

Distingruislieii  Orator  and  Temperance 
Lecturer. 


CHARLES  HADDON  SPURGEON. 

/"HE  English  Baptist  clergyman  and  pulpit  orator,  Charles  Haddon 
Spurgeon,  Is  the  son  and  grandson  respectively  of  two  Independ- 
ent clergymen  —  a  sect  who  believe  that  every  organized  church 
is  complete  in  itself,  competent  to  govern  itself,  and  independent 
of  all  other  church  authority.  He  was  born  at  Kelvedon,  England, 
in  1834,  and   educated  at  Colchester.      He  then  became  an  assistant 


teacher  in  a  school  at  Newmarket.  Ilis  friends  desired  him  to  become 
an  Independent  preacher,  but  as  his  preferences  were  in  favor  of  the 
Baptist  doctrines,  he  joined  a  "lay-preachers'  association"  at  Cam- 
bridge, where  he  had  also  been  employed  as  a  teacher,  and  became  a 
village  preacher  and  tract-distributer  at  Faveri-hara,  near  Cambridge. 
Here  ho  was  known  as  the  '*  boy-preacher.  "  A  short  time  afterwards 
he  was  called  to  be  the  pastor  of  a  small  Baptist  chapel  at  Waterbcach. 
He  was  not  yet  eighteen  years  old.  Such  was  the  power  of  his  oratory 
that  not  only  was  the  chapel  filled,  but  crowds  gathered  outside  of  the 
building  to  hear  the  sound  of  his  voice.  Neighboring  congregations 
called  upon  him  to  preach  in  their  houses  of  worship,  and  his  fame 
spread  so  widely  that  he  was  offered  charge  of  the  chapel  in  New 
Park-street,  Southwark,  London.  His  first  appearance  in  the  British 
metropolis  was  made  in  1853,  and  such  was  the  favor  with  which  he 
was  received  that  within  two  years  it  was  found  necessary  to  enlarge 
the  building.  While  the  workmen  were  engaged  in  making  the  neces- 
sary improvements  in  the  chapel   Mr.  Spurgeon  preached  for  four 

months  at  Exeter 
hall,  London,  to 
crowded  houses,  and 
hundreds  were  una- 
ble to  gain  ad- 
mittance. The 
enlargement  of  the 
Southwark  chapel, 
too,  proved  insuffi- 
cient to  admit  to  it 
all  Mr.  Spurgeon's 
admirers,  and  to  ac- 
commodate a  larger 
number  of  hearers 
the  services  were 
conducted  in  the  Sur- 
rey music  hall.  In 
1856,  a  serious  acci- 
dent having  occurred 
in  the  hall,  the  build- 
ing of  a  new  "  taber- 
nacle "  at  Newington 
Butts,  which  was 
opened  to  the  public 
in  1861,  was  begun. 
This  chapel  holds  between 
During  his  minis- 


Charles  H.  Spurgeon, 

Eminent  Baptist  Clergjinan  and 
Pulpit  Orator. 


and  there  he  has  continued  to  officiate, 
5,000  and  6,000  people,  and  is  always  well  filled 
trations  Mr.  Spurgeon  has  received  probably  about  20,000  persons 
into  his  church,  and  has  erected  about  forty  chapels  in  London, 
which  have  been  supplied  with  ministers  who  were  trained  in  a 
college  also  founded  by  himself.  Numerous  volumes  of  his  sermons 
have  been  printed,  and  he  has  also  written  and  published  several 
other  religious  works,  besides  editing  a  periodical  called  the  Sword 
and  Trowel.  Mr.  Spurgeon  is  remarkable  for  the  plainness  of  his 
discourses  and  the  common  sense,  mingled  with  the  deepest  piety, 
which  pervades  them.  His  language  is  Anglo-Saxon,  terse  and 
comprehensive,  but  never  coarse.  The  flowers  of  rhetoric  receive 
less  cultivation  at  his  hands  than  the  sterner  truths  and  tender  senti- 
ments of  the  Christian  religion.  His  eloquence  consists  mainly  of 
his  power  in  presenting  the  doctrines  of  his  belief,  and  his  earnest- 
ness in  applying  them  to  every  phase  of  human  necessity,  so  that 
they  carry  conviction  to  the  mind  and  address  themselves  to  the 
hearts  and  consciences  of  his  audiences.  His  church  is  well  filled, 
and  stormy  weather  rarely  prevents  the  attendance  of  Ms  admirers. 


S-^^^"'^*' 


^rri 


2: 


200  COL.   INUERSOLL,   AUTHOR   OF    "  SKULLS,"    "MISTAKES    OF   MOSES,"    ETC. 


'jmm^' 


* 


Col.  Robert  G,  Ingersoll. 


==£+. 


=^ 


Eminent  Liberalist,  Political  Speaker,  Lawyer  and  Orator. 


UHN  INGERSOLL,  the  father  of  the  distin- 
guished orator,  was  a  native  of  Rutland  county, 
Vermont. 

Having  graduated  at  Middlebury  college  and 
having  wedded  Miss  Mary  Livingstone,  of  Lisbon, 
N.  Y. ,  he  en- 
tered upon  the 
ministry  as  a 
a  Congrcga- 
tionalist  in  the 
Green  Moun- 
tain State,  in 
the  town  of 
Pittsford.  Af- 
terwards the 
family  resided 
in  Oneida 
county  in  New 
York,  where 
the  subject  of 

this    sketch,   Robert   G.    Ingersoll, 

was    bom    about    1834,  being    the 

youngest  of  five  children,  of  whom 

there    were    three    song    and    two 

daughters. 
Of    the-o    John     Ingersoll,     jr., 

became  a  physician  and  settled  in 

Wisconsin.      One  of  the  daughters 

became  Mrs.  Dr.  Carter,  whose  resi- 
dence is  in  Buffalo,  N.   Y. ,  and  the 

other,  Mrs.    Piatt,  some  time  since 

deceased,    lived    at    Laportc,    Ind. 

Ebon  C.  and  Robert   G. ,   the  other 

sons,  settled  in  Illinois. 

The  early  education  of  these  chil- 
dren  was   such  as  would  naturally 

come    to    a    family   whose  parents 

were  liberally  educated,  whochangcd 

their    abode    frequently    and    who 

always    had    the    best    of    society. 

From  New  York  they  went  to  Ohio, 

thence  to  Wisconsin,  and  thence  to 

Illinois,    the    Rev.     Mr.     Ingersoll 

preaching  in  these  several  States. 
Having  reached  an  age  pufticlently  mature  to  determine  their  choice 

of  avocation,   Ebon  and   Robert  entered  upon  the   study  of  the  law 

In  the  ofllce  of  Colonel  Corwin,  in  Shawnectown,  111. ,  and  in  that  town 

commenced  their  law  practice. 

It  was  here   that  Robert  began  to  show  his  hcreticnl  tendencies. 

The  first  public  demonstration  was  on  one  Fourth  of  July,  when  the 

orator  of   the  day.   having    fiiiled  to  mnke   his   appearance,    Robert 


Robert  C-  Ingersoll, 

Dlatingllishcd  Orator  ami  Proiniru-nt  Opposcr  of  Orthodox 
Theology. 


was  called  upon  at  the  last  minute  to  supply  his  place. 

In  the  course  of  his  address  on  that  occasion,  which  was  of  neces- 
sity extempore,  the  speaker,  adverting  to  the  history  of  American 
independence,  strongly  eulogized  Thomas  Paine.  Whether  Ingersoll 
would  have  espoused  the  cause  of  Paine  thus  had  he  had  more  time 
for  deliberation,  is  not  certain.  As 
it  was  he  announced  himself  as  an 
admirer  of  Paine,  and  in  doing  so  he 
threw  a  fire-brand  into  the  audience, 
which  became  a  public  theme  of 
discussion  for  a  long  time  afterwards. 
About  that  time  Ingersoll  was  a  can- 
didate for  the  office  of  district 
attorney,  which  he  lost,  it  is  claimed, 
through  his  heretical  opinions. 

His  brother  Ebon  in  the  meantime, 
had  been  elected  to  the  Illinois 
legislature,  and  both  the  brothers, 
seeking  a  wider  field  for  the  exercise 
of  their  profession,  resolved  upon 
going  to  Peoria,  where  they  located 
in  1857. 

In  this  city  they  remained  some 
twenty-two  years,  both  growing  into 
a  large  law  practice,  especially  as 
railroad  lawyers.  Ebon  was  chosen 
the  successor  of  Owen  Lovcjoy  in 
Congress,  and  was  four  times  elected 
to  the  oflUce.  Subsequently  he  settled 
in  Washington,  where  he  died  in 
1879. 

In  1860  Robert  was  a  Democratic 
candidate  for  Congress  in  his  dis- 
trict, but  was  defeated  because  of  his 
outspoken  anti- slavery  sentiments. 
Tie  went  out  as  the  colonel  of  an 
Illinois  regiment  of  cavalry  during 
the  rebellion,  but  failing  health  and 
a  natural  repugnance  to  shooting  men, 
caused  him  to  resign  after  being  in 
the  service  for  a  little  time.  He  said 
his  liope  was,  whenever  his  men  fired 
upon  the  enemy,  that  they  would  miss 
their  mark. 

He  was  appointed  by  Governor  Oglesby  and  served  during  his 
appointment  as  attorney-general  for  Illinois,  but  declined  to  allow  bis 
name  to  be  used  for  re-election.  In  1808  he  was  a  candidate  for 
governor  before  the  State  convention  for  the  nomination  of  State 
otilcers,  but  was  again  defeated  because  of  his  heterodox  sentiments 
on  religious  questions. 

lie  was  urged  by  Ids  friends  to  accept  the  position   of    miTUster  to 


^^^: 


— ^^y 
201   y: 

'eoria,  f 


INGERSOLL  S   TKIIJUTE   TO    Ills    liliOTIIEK. 


iV^. 


(^ 


Berlin,  in    1HT7,  but  tliis  also  was  (Icclinod,  his  time  then  being  too 

fully    occupied   in 

lecturing. 

For  years  he 
hud  been  regarded 
by  those  who  knew 
him  ns  one  of  the 
moHt  effcctivepub- 
lie  wpeakers  in  the 
country.  The  Re- 
publieim  conven- 
tion, which  met  at 
Cincinnati,  in  187G, 
for  the  purpose  of 
selecting  a  prej^i- 
dcntial  candidate, 
atTcjrded  the  oppor- 
tunity for  making 
this  reputation  na- 
tional. It  was  at 
this  time,  as  the 
representative  of 
the  Illinois  dele- 
gation in  the  con- 
vention, that  he 
gavt;  his  reasons 
and  proposed  the 
name  of  James  G. 
Blaine  as  presi- 
dential candidate 
in  such  a  fitting 
and  happy  speech, 
as  to  win  for  him- 
self the  plaudits  of 
the  people  every- 
where. Although 
the  candidate  of 
his  choice  was  not 
selected,  he  en- 
tered vigorously 
ui>on  the  work  of 
the  campaign, 
and  made  many 
speeches,  which 
stamped  him  as  a 
speaker  of  great  el- 
oquence and  com- 
manding power, 
an  orator  of  the 
very  first  order. 

lie  has  latterly 
divided  his  time 
between  law  prac- 
tice and  the  lecture 
field,  his  residence 
being  in  Washing- 
ton, where  he  lo- 
cated in  1877, 
much  to  the  regret 
of  the  citizens  of 
Peoria,  his  former 
home,  where  he  is 
remembered  by 
the  people  who  most  intimately  knew  him,  as  a  genial,  large-hearted, 
public-spirited  citizen.      His  family  consists  of   his  wife,  formerly 


jelow  is  the  funeral  sermon  read  by  Colonel  Robert  O.  Ingersoll  at 
the  burial  of  his  brother,  Ebon  C.  Ingersoll,  es-representativc 
from  Illinois.  It  was  a  touching  tribute  of  brotherly  affection 
and  eulogy  upon  the  dead  man's  life  and  character,  and  expressed  in 
the  very  highest  art  of  eloquence,  of  which  Colonel  Ingersoll  is 
master.  The  love  between  the  brothers  was  always  a  matter  of 
comment  among  their  associates,  and  it  was  the  voice  of  affection 
which  spoke: 

"  My  Friends:  I  am  going  to  do  that  which  the  dead  often  promised 
he  would  do  for  me.  The  dead  and  living  brother,  hu^^ba^d,  father, 
friend,  died  when  manhood's  morning  almost  touched  noon,  and 
while  the  shadows  were  still  falling  toward  the  west.  He  had  not 
passed  on  life's  highway  the  stone  that  marks  the  highest  point,  but 
being  weary  for  a  moment  he  lay  down  by  the  way-side,  and,  placing 
bis  burden  for  a  pillow,  fell  into  that  dreamless  sleep  that  kisses 
down  the  eyelids  still.  While  in  love  with  life  and  enraptured  with 
the  world,  he  passed  to  silence  and  pathetic  dust.  Yet,  after  all, 
it  may  be  best;  just  in  the  happiest,  sunniest  hour  of  all  the 
voyage,  while  eager  winds  are  kissing  every  sail,  to  dash  against  the 
unseen  rocks,  and  in  an  instant  hear  the  billows  roar  about  the  sink- 
ing ship;  for  whether  at  mid-sea  or  among  the  breakers  of  the 
farther  shore,  a  wreck  must  mark  at  last  the  end  of  each  and  all  and 
every  life.  No  matter  if  its  every  hour  is  rich  with  joy,  it  will  at  , 
its  close  become  a  tragedy  as  sad  and  deep  and  dark  as 
can  be  woven  of  the  warp  and  woof  of  mystery  and  death. 
This  brave  and  tender  man  in  every  storm  of  life  was  oak  and  rock, 
but  in  the  sunshine  he  was  vine  and  flower.  He  was  the  friend  of  all 
heroic  souls;  he  climbed  the  heights  and  left  all  superstitions  far 
below,  while  on  his  forehead  fell  the  golden  dawning  of  a  grander 
day.  He  loved  the  beautiful,  and  was  with  color,  form  and  music 
touched  to  tears.  He  sided  with  the  weak,  and  with  a  willing  hand 
gave  alms.  With  loyal  heart  and  the  purest  hand  he  faithfully  dis- 
charged all  public  trusts.  He  believed  that  happiness  was  the  only 
good,  reason  the  only  torch,  justice  the  only  worshiper,  humanity 
the  only  religion,  and  love  the  only  priest.  He  added  to  the  sum  of 
human  joy,  and  were  every  one  for  whom  he  did  some  loving  service 
to  bring  a  blossom  to  his  grave,  he  would  sleep  to-night  beneath  a 
wilderness  of  flowers.  Life  is  a  narrow  vale  between  the  barren 
peaks  of  two  eternities.  We  strive  to  look  beyond  the  two  heights; 
we  cry  aloud,  and  the  only  answer  is  the  echo  of  our  wailing  cry. 
From  the  voiceless  lips  of  the  unreplying  dead  there  comes  no  word, 
but  in  the  night  of  death  hope  sees  a  star  and  listening  love  can  hear 
the  rustling  of  a  wing.  He  who  sleeps  here,  when  dying,  mistaking 
the  approach  of  death  for  the  return  of  health,  whispered  with  lowest 
whisper,  "  I  am  better  now.  "  Let  us  believe,  in  spite  of  doubts  and 
dogmas  and  tears  and  fears,  that  these  dear  words  are  true  of  all  the 
countless  dead.  And  now,  to  you  who  have  been  chosen  from  among 
the  many  men  whom  he  loved,  to  do  the  last  sad  office  for  the  dead,  we 
give  his  sacred  dust. 

There  was,  there  is,  no  greater,  stronger,  manlier  man  than  him 
whom  we  now  assign  to  your  care  for  the  moment  that  intervenes 
ere  the  grave  receives  him. 


Miss  Eva  Parker,  whom  he  married  at  Groveland,  111.,   near  Peoria, 

in  1802,  and  two 
daughters,  now 
nearly  grown  to 
womanhood. 

Colonel  Ingersoll 
is  perhaps  best 
known  because  of 
his  severe  criti- 
cism of  the  church 
and  its  beliefs.  In 
defense  of  his  po- 
sitions  be  has 
delivered  many 
lectures  variously 
entitled  *'The 
Gods,"  "Ghosts," 
"  Liberty  for  Man, 
Woman  and 
Child,"  "Skulls," 
"Thomas  Paine." 
the  "Mistakes  of 
Moses"  and  "The 
Great  Infidels." 

In   his  work  on 
"The   Gods"   oc- 
curs   this    oft-' 
quoted  phrase: 
"  An   honest  Ood  is 

the    noblest   work 

of  man." 

Phrenologically, 
Mr.  Ingersoll  has 
large  combat  ive- 
ness,  which  dis- 
poses him  to  com- 
bat what  he  deems 
to  be  an  evil.  The 
social  in  his  na- 
ture is  largely  de- 
veloped, hence  his 
eulogy  of  home 
and  the  family. 
Benevolence, 
causality  and  com- 
parison, are  all 
large;  so  also  is 
ideality,  which 
makes  him  pas- 
sionately fond  of 
the  beautiful  and 
the  poetic  in 
nature.  He  has 
a  large  brain,  his 
head  measuring 
t  w  e  n  t  \'  - 1  h  r  e  e 
inches;  an  inch 
larger  than  the 
average  head, 
which  measures 
twenty-two.  This 
brain  is  sustained 
by  a  strong  body, 
with  large  lung  power.  All  these  combined  make  him  a  man  of  great 
intellectual  strength,  and  as  an  orator  one  of  the  foremost  of  the  age. 


m 


I  I'l 


A 


:(j. — 


202 


A    BRIEF    RECORD    OF    A    GREAT    MAN. 


f     %%f®-=^^^ 


!'<@-9^i^l®e<$@99999€»^ 


^^^^^fb  ^3?.^?i?i?,^^!3!?i^®f^>!^?9!§§®!^!!?!ff^^^  '^'^^^S^^ 


»m>% 


Daniel  Wetster. 


¥#^"SSSS'3^$'S;ISS'aSSS'ijit¥S¥^^^^ 


A  Distinguished  Representative  in  the  Councils  of  the  Nation. 


jj^JIIE  American  orator  and  statesman, 
Daniel  Webster,  second  son  of  a  farmer 
in  moderate  circumstances,  was  born  at 
Salisbury  (now  Franklin),  N.  H. ,  in  1782. 
His  earli- 
est educa- 
tion was 
apparently 
derived 
principally  from 
the  instruction  of 
his  parents.  At 
fourteen  years  of 
age  he  was  sent  to  the 
Phillips  -  Exeter  acad- 
emy. After  remaining 
for  a  while  in  the  fam- 
ily of  Rev.  Mr.  Wood,  at  Boscawen,  he 
entered  Dartmouth  college  in  1797, 
earning  bis  living  and  fitting  his  brother 
EzL-kiel  for  college  by  teaching  school 
during  the  winter  months.  As  a  stu- 
dent he  appears  to  have  been  earnest 
and  industrious,  and  a  persistent  reader 
of  history  and  general  English  litera- 
ture. Already  he  began  to  manifest 
something  of  the  oratorical  powers  thai 
in  after-life  stirred  senators  and  the 
people,  in  his  addresses  before  college 
societies,  some  of  which  were  pub- 
lished, and  throughout  bis  college 
career  he  was  the  foremost  man  of  his 

class.  In  1801  he  graduated*  and  immediately  afterwards  he 
began  to  study  law  at  Salisbury.  During  a  part  of  1803  he  was 
principal  of  the  Fryeburg  academy  in  Maine,  at  a  light  salary,  which 
he  increased  by  copying  in  the  recorder's  oflicc  lie  continued  to 
study  law  at  Salisbury  until  in  February,  1804,  when  he  removed  to 
Boston,  where  he  entered  another  law-office  and  completed  his 
studies.  In  1805  he  was  admitted  to  the  bar,  and  during  the  ensuing 
year  practiced  as  an  attorney  at  Boscawen.  In  1806  he  was 
admitted  to  practice  in  the  superior  court  of  New  Hampshire,  and 
established  himself  in  business  at  Portsmouth,  then  the  capital  of 
that  State.  In  1808  he  was  married  to  Miss  Grace  Fletcher,  of 
llopkinlon,  N.  H.  Rising  rapidly  in  his  profession,  he  also  identi- 
fied himself  with  the  political  party  of  federalists,  and  in  1812  was 
elected  a  member  of  Congress.  In  181-1  he  was  re-elected  to  Con- 
gress. Mr,  Webster  having  lost  by  fire  his  house,  library,  and  other 
Vitluables,  at  Portsmouth,  N.  II. ,  he  was  induced  to  remove  to  Boston, 
Mass.,  which  he  did  in  181C,  at  the  close  of  his  congressifmal  term. 
For  seven  years  he  devoted  himself  almost  exclusively  to  the  j)ractice 


Daniel  Webster, 
Lawyer,  Politician,  Statesman,  and  Distinguished  Orator. 


of  the  law  in  his  new  home,  and  built  up  a  business  and  a  reputation 
almost  unsurpassed  by  that  of  any  other  member  of  his  profession. 
In  1822  he  was  elected  to  Congress  from  Boston.  In  1826  he  was 
chosen  United  States  senator  from  Massachusetts.  In  1830  occurred 
his  famous  controversy  in  the  senate 
with  Senator  Ilayne,  of  South  Carolina, 
on  the  subject  of  Southern  "■nullifica- 
tion"— the  right  of  a  State  to  nullify, 
or  make  void,  a  law  of  Congress  —  a 
doctrine  of  so-called  "State-rights," 
that  Mr.  Webster  admirably  refuted, 
and  which,  among  other  things,  subse- 
quently brought  on  the  civil  war  of 
1861-5.  In  1839  he  made  a  tour  of 
England,  Scotland,  and  France.  In 
1841,  under  the  administrations  of  Har- 
rison and  Tyler,  Mr.  Webster  was  Sec- 
retary of  State,  until  1843.  In  1845  he 
again  took  his  seat  in  the  United 
States  senate,  as  the  successor  of  Mr. 
Choate.  In  1847  he  visited  the  Southern 
States,  and  was  cordially  received.  In 
the  spring  of  1850  he  made  his  much- 
criticised  speech  in  support  of  the  fugi- 
tive-slave law.  In  the  summer  of  that 
year  he  was  called  to  the  cabinet  of 
President  Fillmore  as  Secretary  of 
State.  In  1852  he  met  with  a  severe 
carriage  accident,  and  his  health  failed, 
so  that  he  tendered  his  resignation, 
which  was  not  accei)ted,  and  retired  to 
his  home  at  Marshficld,  Mass.  Grad- 
ually his  giant  frame  succumbed  to  his  chronic  diseases,  and  he  died 
October  24,  1852,  lamented  and  honored  in  his  death,  as  in  his  life, 
by  thousands  of  admirers  and  friends,  and  funeral  orations  and  ser- 
mons were  delivered  throughout  the  country  in  great  numbers.  His 
remains  were  attended  to  his  tomb  at  Murshfield  by  a  great  concourse, 
and  there  he  rests  from  his  arduous  and  important  labors.  It  was 
not  alone  as  a  politician  and  statesman  that  Mr.  Webster  acquired 
distinction  by  his  powerful  oratory.  In  1820  he  pronounced  his 
celebrated  discourse  at  Plymouth,  Mass. ,  on  the  landing  of  the  pil- 
grim fathers;  in  1825  and  in  1843  he  delivered  his  two  great  orations 
over  the  commencement  and  completion  of  the  Bunker  Hill  monu- 
ment; in  1820  his  eulogy  on  Adams  and  Jefferstm,  and,  in  1851,  his 
address  at  the  laying  of  the  corner-stone  of  the  addition  to  the 
capitol  at  Washington.  His  record  in  public  life  is  intimately  con- 
nected with  the  history  of  his  country,  and  both  go  down  to  posterity 
together.  After  the  death  of  Mr.  Webster's  first  wife,  in  1828,  he 
married,  in  1829,  Caroline  Bayard  Lc  Roy,  daughter  of  a  New  York 
merchant. 


isa 


? 


f 


'Q- — 


A    WIDELY    KNOWN    AND    I'KOMINENT    POLITICIAN 


'A*\ 


i-^— is33- 


rJ,-)^ 


Roscoe  Conkling. 


gfTMnftmrgg 


For  a  Number  of  Years  a  Member  of  the  United  States  Senate. 


HE  early  part  of  President  Gar- 
field's administration, 
in  1881,  brought  very 
prominently  before 
the  people  of  this 
country  United  States 
Senator  Roscoe  Conk- 
ling, of  the  State  of 
New  York.  Although  still 
r  comparatively  young,  he  had 
previously  achieved  emi- 
nence in  the  councils  of  the 
nation  by  his  participation 
important  political  gatherings 
and  his 
advocacy 
of  the 
priin.ipley 
of  the  Republican  party.  The  contro- 
versy with  President  Garfield  arose 
from  Mr.  Conkling's  opposition  to 
the  appointment  of  a  custom-house 
collector  tor  the  port  of  New 'York. 
The  senator,  feeling  that  as  apolitical 
leader  in  the  State  of  New  York  his 
wishes  had  not  been  sufficiently  con- 
sulted by  the  president,  and  finding 
that  the  senate  was  in  favor  of  con- 
firming the  presidential  appointment, 
deemed  it  his  duty  to  resign  his  posi- 
tion in  the  senate  and  retire  to  private 
life. 

Whatever  opinions  may  exist  as  to 
Mr.  Conkling's  course  in  this  contro- 
versy, he  merits  a  place  of  honor  in 
these  pages  for  the  statesmanship  which 
he  manifested  in  the  previous  history 
of  the  nation.  Deriving  his  existence 
from  honorable  ancestry,  he  was  born 
at  Albany,  N.  Y. ,  in  1828.  His  father 
was  a  member  of  the  seventeenth  Con- 
gress, was  appointed  Minister  to  Mexico 

in  1853,  and  associated  judicially  with   the  United  States  district 
court  in    the  State  of  New  York. 

Roscoe  Conkling  was  educated  for  the  practice  of  law,  and  soon 
after  entering  upon  the  duties  of  his  profession  became  prominent 
as  an  attorney.  The  politieal  arena,  however,  presented  a  fine  field 
for  the  exercise  of  his  executive  talents  and  oratory,  and  about  a  year 


Roscoe 

Lawyer,  Statesman  and 


after  his  admission  to  the  bar  he  was  appointed  district  attorney  for 
Oneida  county. 

Residing  at  Utica  while  performing  the  duties  of  his  position,  in 
1858,  he  received  the  nominiition  for  mayor  of  that  city,  and  by  his 
popularity  secured  his  election.  Filling  this  office  satisfactorily,  his 
friends  in  the  district  united  their  forces  and  elected  him  a  member 
of  the  thirty-sixth  Congress.  The  able  manner  in  which  he  there 
maintained  the  interests  of  the  nation  and  his  constituency  resulted 
in  his  re-election,  successively,  to  the  thirty-seventh,  thirty-eighth, 
thirty-ninth  and  fortieth  Congresses. 

During  the  war  of  the  Southern  rebellion,  Mr.  Conkling  repre- 
sented in  the  halls  of  Congress  the  patriotism  and  energy  of  the 
people  of  New  York  by  his  cultivated  oratory  and  active  participa- 
tion in  measures  tending  to  preserve  the  integrity  of  the  Union, 
winning  not  only  the  approval  of 
his  personal  and  political  opponents, 
but  the  admiration  of  all  the  loyal 
people  of  the  North. 

The  result  of  his  increased  popularity 
was  shown,  in  1867,  by  Mr.  Conkling's 
election  as  a  United  States  senator  by 
the  legislature  of  his  native  State.  Six 
years  later  he  was  re-elected,  and  at 
the  time  of  his  resignation,  in  May, 
1881,  he  was  serving  his  third  term  in 
that  high  office. 

Whether  Mr.  Conkling  is  considered 
as  a  statesman,  a  political  leader,  or  an 
attorney;  whether  his  ruling  motive  be 
personal  ambition,  political  influence  or 
patriotism,  it  is  evident  that  he  has 
striven  to  excel  in  the  use  of  all  his 
natural  gifts  and  acquired  accomplish- 
ments. All  his  life  he  has  been  a  dig- 
nified, shrewd,  hard-working,  temperate 
man,  bestowing  upon  the  law  cases 
entrusted  to  his  care  great  research, 
thoughtfulness,  and  energy.  Retiring, 
yet  social  in  his  habits,  he  is  possibly 
too  eager  in  following  his  ambition  to 
lead  in  the  political  contests  of  his 
State  and  nation. 
In  his  younger  days  Mr.  Conkling  wedded  a  sister  of  Hon.  Horatio 
Seymour.     Their  only  child,  a  daughter,  was  married  in  ISSO. 

Mr.  Conkling's  person  is  consistent  with  his  oratorical  and  execu- 
tive talents — tall  and  commanding,  with  a  face  possessing  con- 
siderable manly  beauty.  As  a  public  speaker  he  is  eloquent  and 
effective. 


Conkling, 

Prominent  Public  Speaker. 


-<): 


2(M 


A    DISTINGUISHED    POLITICAL    DEUATER    AND    ORATOR. 


James  G.  Blaine. 


Journalist,  Politician  and  Statesman. 


IIE  distingiiisbed  legislator,  James 
Gillespie  Blaine,  is  a  native  of 
Pennsylvania,  having  entered  upon 
the  stage  of  life  in  Union  town- 
ship, Washington  county,  January 
31,  1830. 
H/ /  His  education  was  received 
\/  between  the  ages  of  twelve  and 
seventeen  years,  at  a  Presbyterian 
institution  in  his  native  county, 
known  as  the  college  of  Washing- 
ton and  Jefferson.  Graduating  in  1847, 
be  subsequently  went  to  Kentucky  and 
engaged  himself  as  professor  of  mathe- 
matics in  the 
Western 
Military  in- 
stitute at 
Blue  Lick 
springs. 
Remaining 
there  two 
years,  he  rc- 
moved  to 
Maine  in 
1853,  and  there,  not  long 
afterwards,  he  married 
Miss  Harriet  Stanwood. 
Entering  upon  the 
profession  of  journalism  about  that 
period,  for  a  time  he  assisted  in 
editing  the  Portland  (Me.)  Daily 
Advertiser^  and  then,  going  to 
Augusta,  the  State  capital,  he  assumed 
cdilorial  control  of  the  Kennebec 
Journal. 

In  politics,  he  and  bis  paper  worked 
ill  the  interest  of  the  Republican 
party  with  so  much  energy  and  ability 
as  to  insure  his  election  to  the  Maine 

legislature   in   1858,   and  his   re-election    and   participation   in   the 
sessions  of  I859-'G2.     During  his  last  two  terms  he  was  speaker  of 

til(;  llOUHC. 

In  this  position  he  had  so  faithfully  represented  the  interests  of 
his  State  that,  in  1863,  he  was  elected  to  represent  the  Kennebec 
district  in  the  thirty-eighth  Congress,  and  re-elected  by  the  Kepub- 
Means  to  the  six  succeeding  terms  of  Congress.  In  1860  he  was 
chosen  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Rei)resentatives,  retaining  this  high 
odke  for  about  six  years,  when  the  Democrats  came  into  power  and 
lie  succumbed  to  partisan  pressure. 

In  IH75  the  Maine  legislature  elected  Mr.  Blaine  a  United  States 
senator  as  the  eucccssorof  Hon.  Lot  Morrill,  who  bad  been  appointed 


For  a  Number  of  Yoai-s  Mi^mln'i 
Irom  y\ 


secretary  of  the  United  States  treasury.  At  the  close  of  the  term 
for  which  he  was  chosen  Mr.  Blaine  was  re-elected  for  the  term 
ending  March  4,  1883. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  presidential  campaign  of  18T6,  Mr.  Blaine 
came  prominently  before  the  people  as  the  possible  successor  of 
General  Grant.  His  friends  were  very  sanguine  of  his  nomination 
at  the  Cincinnati  convention,  and  it  was  on  that  occasion  that  Robert 
G.  Ingersoll  advocated  the  claims  of  the  senator  from  Maine  in  one 
of  his  most  forcible  bursts  of  oratory,  from  which  the  following 
is  an  extract: 

"  Like  an  armed  warrior,  like  a  plumed  knight,  James  G.  Blaine 
marched  down  the  halls  of  the  American  Congress  and  threw  his 
shining  lance  full  and  fair  against  the  brazen  forehead  of  every 
defamur  of  this  country  and  maligner  of  its  honor. 

"For  the  Republican  party  to  desert  that  gallant  man  now  is  as 
an  army  deserting  their  general  upon 
the  field  of  battle.  James  G.  Blaine 
has  been  for  years  the  bearer  of  the 
sacred  standard  of  the  Republic." 

The  convention,  however,  either 
failed  to  appreciate  the  claims  of 
"the  plumed  knight"  as  highly  as 
did  Mr.  Ingersoll,  or  political 
"policy"  required  the  nomination  of 
some  one  else,  so  that  Rutherford  B. 
Hayes,  of  Ohio,  carried  off  the  honors 
and  won  the  chief  magistracy  of  the 
nation. 

In  1880,  at  the  Chicago  national 
Republican  convention  to  nominate 
another  candidate  for  the  presidency, 
Mr.  Blaine's  friends  again  pressed  his 
claims  for  that  office  with  so  much 
vigor  and  determination  as  to  defeat 
the  nomination  of  General  Grant 
without  securing  the  prize  for  their 
favorite,  for  very  unexpectedly  the 
convention  declared  for  the  nomina- 
tion of  General  James  A.  Garfield. 

General  Garfield,  after  his  elec- 
tion, did  not  forget  the  merits  of 
Mr.  Blaine,  but  invited  him  into  his  cabinet  of  counselors  as 
Secretary  of  State.  At  this  writing,  in  these  "piping  times  of 
peace,''  it  is  loo  soon  to  declare  his  success  as  one  of  the  highest 
officers  of  the  Union— a  position  which  has  been  honored  by  the 
Adamses,  Webster,  Clay  and  Seward,  and  other  statesmen  of  the 
mo^^t  brilliant  talent  and  executive  skill. 

Mr.  Blaine  is  not  so  remarkable  for  profound  statesmanship  as  for 
his  thorough  uuderHtanding  of  parliamentary  usages  and  tactics,  by 
his  knowledge  of  which  he  is  capable  of  turning  the  tables  upon  his 
opponents  in  the  halls  of  legislation  and  defeating  all  their  arts  and 
designs  against  the  measures  that  he  advocates.  It  is  this  faculty 
that  has  made  him  successful  as  a  congressman  and  senator. 


Jame»  G.  Blame, 

■  of  tile  United  States  Senate 
iiiiio. 


-? 


:C>^~ 


THE    TALKKTKI),    VKKSA'|-U>E    LICCTUKER    AM)    WKITEK,   AKNA    DICKINSON. 


L'n:, 


Miiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiniiiiiiiii 


i^ij^  ^       ii>""i1liilL'"''<ii  "11'       ^iniiniiiiiitiiiiiiiiiintuniiinniminni 

^   T?^^,--?  Villi' /jjj^uiollir 

l;;>sp**^  Anna  Dickinson. 


llUtlllllllllOl 


jn'mu'o  I  ■    .,11 

rt(i^) 


Prominent  Advocate  of  Woman-Suffrage  and  the  Rights  of  the  Oppressed. 


scbool,    ^5^ 
;ipline,    ^\A^ 


^NNA  E.  DICKINSON,  the  remiirkable  female 
orator,  is  the  daughter  of  a  merchant  in 
Phi  hide  Iphijv,  and  was  born  in  1842.  When 
but  two  years  old,  her  father  died,  leaving  a 
widow  and  five  children.  "  Asababy,"  says 
Mrs.  Elizabeth  Cady  Stanton,  "Anna  was 
cross,  sleepless,  restless  and  crying  contin- 
ually with  a  loud  voice,  thus  preparing  her 
lungs  for  future  action."  As  a  child  she 
'  wayward,  willful,  intensely  earnest  and  imagina- 
tive, causing  herself  and  her  elders  much  trouble  and 
unhappiness. "  At  school, 
under  the  ruling  disci 
"  she  was  generally  in 
state  of  rebellion."  She 
was  educated  in  the  free 
schools  of  the  Society  of 
Friends,  and  the  circum- 
stance of  her  poverty  and 
her  love  for  her  care-worn 
mother  no  doubt  had  a 
strong  influence  in  shaping 
the  character  of  her  after-life.  The 
inunediate  result  was  a  desire  to  do 
something  for  her  own  support.  In 
her  school-days  she  read  the  current 
literature  of  the  times  freely  and 
extensively.  Blessed  with  a  won- 
derful raeraory,  the  lesson  once  read 
needed  no  study;  she  was  master  of 
it.  When  about  thirteen  years  old 
she  secured  a  job  of  copying,  and 
did  it  so  well  that  she  obtained  more 
work  of  the  same  kind.  Two  things 
wore  uppermost  in  her  mind:  how  to 
improve  her  capabilities,  and  how  to 
;iid  her  mother.  Once  she  scrubbed 
a  sidewalk  to  obtain  money  to 
admit  her  to  Wendell  Phillips'  lecture 

on  "  The  Lost  Arts."  '■'■  She  had  a  passion  for  oratory,"  and  money, 
fairly  earned  by  labor,  paid  her  way  to  the  enjoyment  of  hearing 
Curtis  or  Beecher  lecture.  After  a  while  she  obtained  a  saleswoman's 
place  in  a  store,  but  finding  that  it  required  misrepresentation  to  sell 
poor  goods,  she  quit  at  once.  In  January,  18C0,  she  was  present  at 
a  womans-rights-and-wrongs  meeting,  at  which  ladies  were  invited 
to'  speak,  and  she  spoke  for  twenty  minutes,  right  to  the  point.  A 
few  days  afterwards  she  spoke  again,  on  the  same  subject,  at  another 
meeting,  and  made  a  powerful  reply  to  the  objections  of  her  male 
opponent.      She  now  began  to  be  in  request  at  public  meetings  on  the 


Anna  Dickinson, 

Lecturer,  Author,  Political  Speaker,  Play  writer  and  Actress. 


subject  of  woman's  rights.  She  also  taught  a  district  school  in  Bucks 
county,  Pa.  At  Kennott  square.  Pa. ,  on  her  eighteenth  birthday,  she 
spoke  in  favor  of  anti-slavery  and  resistance  to  tyranny.  She  also 
spoke  that  summer  before  several  large  audiences  in  New  Jersey, 
on  temperance,  woman's  work,  and  anti-slavery,  producing  excellent 
impressions  on  her  auditors  and  winning  distinction  by  her  oratory. 
In  the  following  February  she  addressed  800  persons  for  two  hours 
in  Concert  hall,  Philadelphia.  Uer  speech  was  unwritten  and  suc- 
cessful. Some  time  afterwards  she  obtained  employment  in  the 
United  States  mint  as  an  adjuster.  Just  after  the  battle  of  Ball's 
Bluff,  Va. ,  in  a  public  speech  she  alleged  that  the  contest  went 
against  the  Unionists  on  account  of 
General  McClcUan's  "treason."  In 
18G4,  when  McClellan  was  running 
for  president,  she  repeated  the  accu- 
sation of  treason,  and  it  was  indorsed 
by  her  hearers.  But  her  first  utter- 
ance of  it,  in  1861,  cost  her  her  situ- 
ation in  the  mint.  After  that  she 
continued  to  lecture  on  the  political 
aspects  of  the  war  with  great  suc- 
cess, reaping  enviable  distinction  by 
her  oratory  and  independence  of 
thought  and  speech.  From  that 
period  dated  her  well-known  success 
as  a  public  lecturer.  Time  was 
spent  in  studying,  reading  and  visit- 
ing soldiers  in  the  government  hos- 
pitals, until  she  could  go  out  and 
tell  the  listening  people  what  she 
knew  of  the  civil  war,  its  causes  and 
progress.  Her  lecture  on  "  Hospital 
Life,"  repeated  in  New  Hampshire 
and  many  places,  resulted,  with 
other  causes,  in  carrying  the  State 
for  the  Republicans  in  1862.  New 
Hampshire  safe,  she  traveled  and  lec- 
tured in  Connecticut  amid  great 
enthusiasm,  and  with  the  same  happy 
She  next  spoke  at  the  Cooper  institute,  in  New  York 
"  The  Day — the  Cause,"  and  reaped  honor  and  large 
that    occasion.      Then    she    was    called    to 


result, 
city,    on 

pecuniary  profits 
speak  before  the  Philadelphia  Union  league,  where  she  received 
marked  attention,  and  more  money.  After  that  she  was  in  great 
demand  as  a  lecturer,  and  for  many  years  was  one  of  the  most  popu- 
lar and  successful  speakers  before  the  people.  About  the  year  1875 
she  entered  upon  the  work  of  plaj'-writing,  and  assumed  the  leading 
characters  in  her  own  dramas  of  "  Mary  Tudor,"  "AnncBoIeyn" 
and  other  plays.     As  a  lecturer  she  has  been  most  successful. 


9 


,d 


■0>~ —  ' 


206 


THE    HDNGAEIAN    PATRIOT.         THE    PLYMOUTH    PASTOR. 


Louis  Kossuth.     Henry  Ward  Beecher. 


Liberalists  and  Famous  Orators. 


^?f^ 


■r^:i  '^m 


^=-URING  THE  period  between  the 
years  1840  and  1850,  eminence 
in  statesmanship,  patriotism 
and  oratory  was  achieved  by 
Louis  Kossuth,  the  leader  of  the 
opposition  in  Hungary  to  Austrian 
rule.  Born  of  a  noble  family,  at 
Monok,  Hungary,  April  27,  1803,  he 
enjoyed  the  advantages  of  a  liberal  education,  and 
as  a  journalist  early  distinguished  himself  in  the 
stirring  events  of  those  times.  His  talents  as  a 
legislator  and  eloquent  appeals  to  his  countrymen 


soon  made  liim  their  leader 
in  the  popular  cause,  and 
also  led  to  his  arrest  and 
imprisonment.  The  history 
of  his  struggles  in  this  con- 
test is  detailed  on  another 
page.  Escaping  to  the  United 
States,  with  a  party  of  his 
co-patriots  in  1851,  he  soon  won  the  sym- 
pathy and  admiration  of  the  Americans  by 
the  eloquence  of  his  public  addresses,  no- 
bility of  character,  and  the  story  of  his 
wrongs.  For  a  while  he  was  the  lion  of  the 
day,  and  left  his  impress  most  emphatically 
upon  the  American  people  through  a  soft, 
black,  slouch,  wool  hat  that  he  wore,  known 
as  the  ''Kossuth,"  which  style  has  been 
almost  universally  adopted  by  our  people. 
Subsequently  he  returned  to  Europe,  settling 
at  Turin,  greatly  esteemed  by  all  liberal 
people. 


i&e-eo©- 


^knxxy 


HENRY  WARD  BEECHER. 

'V  MOXG  eloquent  American  pulpit  and  platform  orators  Henry 
4h  Ward  Bcecheroccupiesaconspicuous  place.  His  father,  Lj-man 
y^  Beecher,  was  a  sturdy  and  powerful  representative  of  Christian- 
ity in  New  England,  and  at  the  time  of  Henry's  birth,  June  24,  1813, 
was  pastor  of  a  church  at  Litchfield,  Conn.  Henry,  with  all  his 
brothers  and  sisters,  gave  evidence  of  unusual  literary  and  oratorical 
talent.  Receiving  his  education  at  Amherst  college,  Mass.,  where 
he  graduated  in  1834,  he  entered  upon  the  study  of  divinity  at  the 
Lane  Theological  seminary,  at  Cincinnati,  of  which  institution 
his  father  was  then  prei^ident.  Three  years  later,  in  1837,  he  became 
the  pastor  of  a  Presbyterian  church  at  Lawrenceburg,  Ind.,  where 
he  laid  the  foundation  of  his  future  greatness.  In  1839  he  removed 
to  Indianapolis,  engaged  in  pastoral  duties,  nntil,  in  1847.  he  accepted 
a  call  to  the  pulpit  of  Plymouth  Congregational  church  in  Brooklyn. 
Whatever  the  condition  of  Plymouth  church  may  have  been  at  that 
time,  it  is  certain  that  his  influence  and  oratory  Koon  raised  it 
from  obscurity  to  distinction.      While  he  filled  the   sacreti  duhk  and 


Louis  Kossuth 


ministered  to  the  spiritual  wants  of  his  congregation,  he  did  not 
confine  his  oratory  to  religious  theories,  but  preached  upon  current 
events  and  advocated  popular  political  reforms  and  the  moral  and 
educational  improvement  of  society.  His  strong  expressions  upon 
these  topics  soon  gave  him  celebrity,  and  thousands  of  citizens  and 
strangers  from  all  parts  thronged  the  aisles  and  pews  of  his  church. 
To  his  vocation  of  a  preacher  he  soon  added  that  of  a  public  lecturer, 
in  which  he  achieved  increased  popularity.  His  fame  was  still 
further  augmented  by  his  contributions  to  the  principal  religious 
papers  of  the  Union,  especially  to  the  Xew  York  Independent^  of 
which  he  became  a  leading  spirit.  On  literary  and  social  topics  he 
wrote  and  spoke  eloquently  and  forcibly,  and  exercised  a  wide- 
spread influence  upon  the  minds  of  the 
people.  At  one  period  of  the  war  of  the 
rebellion  he  visited  England  to  advocate  there 
the  policy  of  the  North,  and  vindicated  the 
canse  of  the  Union  successfully.  In  1865, 
after  the  war  had  ended,  he  delivered  an 
oration  at  Fort  Sumter,  on  the  anniversary 
of  its  surrender  in  1861.  In  1867  Mr. 
Beecher  wrote  for  the  columns  of  a  New 
York  story-paper  a  serial  novel,  entitled 
"  Norwood,"  which,  while  it  contained  many 
excellent  passages,  really  conferred  more 
honor  upon  the  paper  than  upon  the  writer. 
A  few  years  later  the  country  was  startled 
by  a  report  that  Mr.  Beecher  had  committed 
a  "great  transgression"  with  a  prominent 
lady  member  of  his  church,  the  wife  of  his 
friend  and  business  partner,  Theodore  Tilton. 
As  usual  the  story  grew  in  magnitude  and 
filthiness,  and  brought  about  the  customary 
effect — contumely  upon  the  church  and  all  the 
parties  connected  with  the  affair.  A  tedious 
investigation  of  the  scandal  followed,  and  al- 
though the  lady  insisted  it  was  true,  Mr.  Beecher  and  his  friends  as 
stoutly  denied  it.  The  arbitrators  eventually  decided  that  the  lady  had 
either  willfully  falsified,  or  was  suffering  from  an  unfortunate  delu- 
sion. The  trial  resulted  in  the  dismissal  of  the  lady  from  the  church 
and  the  retention  of  Mr.  Beecher  as  its  pastor.  Mr.  Beecher  is  the 
author  of  several  publications.  The  first  of  these,  printed  in  1844, 
and  since  then  considerably  enlarged,  was  entitled  "Lectures  to 
Young  Men,"  warning  them  against  the  popular  vices  of  the  day.  In 
18G5  he  published  "  Star  Papers,"  a  volume  of  his  essays  printed 
originally  in  the  New  York  Independent,  and  so  called  beca\ise  the 
articles  in  the  paper  were  signed  with  a  large  star.  A  second  volume 
of  the  same  character  was  subsequently  issued  under  the  caption  of 
"New  Star  Papers."  Several  volumes  of  his  sermons,  and  of 
extracts  from  his  discourses,  a  collection  of  his  church  prayers,  a 
compilation  of  articles  contributed  to  the  New  York  Ledger,  entitled 
"  Eyes  and  Ears,"  and  a  "Life  of  Jesus  the  Christ,"  are  among 
his  publications. 


=<J 


? 


-^- 


PORTKAIT    OF    EDWIN    FORRKST. 


207 


<«« 


■  r  -  '^ 


■■•.-ri    »■    11    11    n    ■■    ■■    ■■    11    n    ■■    11    11   ■■■■    «■    »■    ■»    »«    ■!    ■■    »i    ".'■    ■»    ■■    '■■t_M_Jl'l  . 'JLTTj!!— LDTTT 


I 
I 


Distinguished  in  Tragedy  and  Comedy. 


I 


DWIN  FORREST,  the  celebrated 
tragedian,  was  born  in  Phila- 
delphia, Pa.,  in  1806,  of 
Scotch-German  parents.  His 
dramatic  talent  was  mani- 
fested in  his  early  years  when 
a  member  of  an  amateur 
club,  and  in  1820  he  made  his 
first  public  appearance  on  the 
stage  as  young  ''Bouglas"  in 
the  play  of  that  name.  In  a 
traveling  engagement  in  the 
South  and  West,  soon  after- 
wards, he  won  considerable 
prof  e  9  - 
sional  repu- 
tation. At 
Cincinnati, 
in  1822,  he 
success- 
illy  began 
his  repre- 
scntat  ion  s 
of  Sbaks- 
p  e  a  r  i  a  n 
characters 
as  "Richard 
III.,'"  and 
"Othello."  It  was  in  this  last  imper- 
sonation, at  the  Park  theater  in  New 
York,  in  May,  1826,  that  he  achieved  hia 
first  great  success  as  a  tragedian,  and 
during  an  ensuing  engagement  at  the 
Bowery,  and  a  later  one  at  the  Park 
theater,  in  1829,  he  established  the  fame 
that  he  sustained  throughout  his  long 
dramatic  career.  Aside  from  his  Shaks- 
pearian  characters  he  won  distinction  as 
"Metamora,"  in  Stone's  tragedy  of  that 

name;  Sparfacus^  in  the  "■Gladiator,"  and  Aybnere  in  "Jack 
Cade."  He  visited  Europe  in  1835,  playing  with  great  success 
and  reputation.  Before  his  return  to  the  United  States  in  1837 
he  married  Miss  Catharine  Sinclair,  the  daughter  of  a  well- 
known  singer.  With  this  lady  he  lived  until  about  1850,  when 
a  separation  ensued,  which  resulted  in  the  wife  obtaining  a  divorce 


and  an  alimony  of  $3,000  a  year.  Forrest  opposed  this  measure 
through  all  the  courts  without  reversing  the  situation.  Forrest 
returned  to  America  in  1841,  and  was  heartily  welcomed  in  Philadel- 
phia and  New  York.  In  1845  he  sailed  again  for  Europe,  where  he 
remained  two  years.  It  was  during  this  visit  to  England  that  he 
quarreled  with  the  actor  Macready,  with  whom  he  had  been  on  terms 
of  great  friendship,  and  this  quarrel  is  said  to  have  caused,  almost, 
directly,  the  disgraceful  not  that  attended  Macready's  subsequent 
engagement  at  one  of  the  New  York  theaters,  in  May,  1849.  Forrest 
was  wealthy,  and  in  1855  purchased  a  residence  near  Philadelphia, 
where  he  lived  during  the  remainder  of  his  career,  except  when  ful- 
filling his  professional  engagements  in  various  portions  of  the  Union. 
He  died  at  Philadelphia  in  1873,  leaving  a  large  part  of  his  fortune, 
more  than  $1,000,000,  for  the  establishment  of  an  asylum  for  aged 
and  destitute  actors.  A  few  weeks  after 
his  death  his  valuable  library  was  almost 
wholly  destroyed  by  fire  in  Philadelphia. 


Edwin 

Eminent  Representative  oi 


DION  BOUCICAULT.  " 

THIS  play-writt-r  and  play-actor  was 
born  at  Bublin,  Ireland,  in  1822,  the 
son  of  a  merchant  of  French  birth, 
doing  business  in  that  city.  He  was 
educated  at  the  London  university,  Eng- 
land, for  the  profession  of  a  civil 
engineer,  but  his  preference  was  for  a 
dramatic  career.  His  first  play  was 
"London  Assurance,"  which  appeared  in 
1841,  and  was  followed  by  numerous 
others,  most  of  which  have  achieved  great 
popularity  both  in  England  and  America. 
Among  the  most  noted  of  these  are  "  The 
Colleen  Bawn,''  "The  Octoroon,"  "The 
Corsican  Brothers,"  "Arrah  na  Pogue," 
"  The  Willow  Copse,"  "The  Long 
Strike,"  "Hunted  Bown,"  and,  in  con- 
nection with  Charles  Reade,  "  Foul  Play. " 
As  an  actor  Mr.  Boucicault  excels  in 
Irish  characters;  in  play-writing  be  is  concise,  pointed  in  dialogue, 
skillful  in  stage  effects,  and  dramatic  in  construction.  His  first 
visit  to  the  United  States  was  made  in  1853,  at  which  time  he 
delivered  several  lectures  in  New  York  and  wrote  two  or  three  of  his 
popular  dramas,  remaining  here  until  1860.  Since  then  he  has 
visited  Europe  and  America  from  time  to  time. 


Forrest, 

f  Shakspearian  Characters 


,:: 


/<|:03- — 


208 


POKTEAIT    OF    CHARLOTTE    CUSHMAN. 


Play-Actors  Distinguished  in  Tragedy. 


..^  ji  •'-— 


Charlotte  saunders  cushman, 

the  actress,  was  born  at  Boston,  Mass. , 
in   1816.      When  twelve  years  old,  her 
father  having    failed  in  business,  the 
support  of  the  family  required  her  to 
seek     employment.       She     possessed, 
■:    even  at  this  age,  some  local  distinction 
as  a  singer,  with  a  fine  contralto  voice 
and  considerable  musical  taste,  and  by 
the   advice  of  Mrs.    Wood,    the   cele- 
brated vocalist,    she    set    about    cultivating  her 
talents  for  the  stage.      Her  first  appearance  in  a 
public   resort   (except  in  a  preliminary  concert) 
was    at    the     Tremont 


visits  between  the  United  States  and  England,  sometimes  retiring 
from  the  stage,  and  again  playing  or  reading  in  public,  until  her 
death,  which  occurred  in  this  country  in  1876. 


temple,    in    Boston,    in 

April,  1835,  and  resulted 

in    her   engagement   to 

sing    in    English   opera 

at  New  Orleans.      The 

change        of       climate 

proved  disastrous  to  her 

voice,  in  addition  to  her 
attempt  to  change  it  from  a  contralto  to  a 
soprano.  Relinquishing  music,  she  then 
studied  for  the  stage,  and  fitted  herself  to 
play  the  part  of  Lady  Macbeth^  in  which 
she  succeeded  with  entire  satisfaction. 
Returning  to  New  York,  she  made  a  three- 
years'  engagement  at  the  Bowery  theater. 
A  fit  of  sickness,  after  a  week's  perform- 
ance, confined  her  to  her  apartment,  and 
before  she  recovered,  the  theater,  with 
all  her  professional  wardrobe,  was  burned. 
She  next  appeared  at  the  Park  theater  as  a 
etock-actress,  and  for  three  years  performed 
in  various  characters.  Her  sister  Susan, 
also  an  actress,  had  an  engagement  at  the 
same  theater,  and,  together,  they  repre- 
sented male  and  female  personages,  Charlotte  playing,  for  instance, 
liovieo  to  Susan's  Juliet,  appearing  in  this  manner  for  several  seasons 
in  New  York  and  Philadelphia.  Prior  to  1844  she  managed  one  of  the 
Philadelphia  theaters,  and  then  accompanied  Mr.  Macready  in  high 
tragic  parts  on  a  successful  tour  through  llie  northern  States.  In 
1845  she  visited  England  and  was  received  with  great  enthusiasm, 
appearing  as  ISlanca,  Lady  Macbeth,  Julia  (in  the  "Hunchback"), 
Mrs.  J/aller,  Beatrice,  Lady  Teazle,  etc.,  for  eighty-four  nights  at 
the  Princess'  theater.  Several  years  were  spent,  in  company  with 
her  sister,  in  performances  in  various  parts  of  England.  Upon 
returning  to  the  United  States,  in  1849,  she  won  new  fame  by  her 
vigorous  representation  of  Meg  MerrilieH  in  the  play  of  "Guy 
Mannering,"  dramatized  from  Scott's  novel  of  that  name.  By  her 
dramatic   talent   she   accumulated  a   fortune,  and  alternated  in  her 


Charlotte 

Distinguish*^-!!  Actre 


WILLIAM  C.  MACREADY. 

TRAGEDIAN  of  undoubted  dramatic  genius  was  William  C. 
Macready,  who  was  born  in  London,  England,  in  1793.  At  ten 
y.  years  of  age  his  father,  a  lessee  and  manager  of  country  theaters, 
sent  him  to  school  at  Rugby,  where,  within  the  next  seven  years,  he 
became  noted  for  his  classical  attainments.  His  father  failing  in 
business  in  1810,  the  youth  was  induced  to  become  an  actor.  In  this 
profession  he  soon  began  to  acquire  considerable  reputation  in 
theaters  outside  the  metropolis.  In  1816 
he  made  his  first  appearance  in  London  at 
Covcnt  garden,  and  gradually  rose  in  popu- 
larity until  his  superiority  as  an  actor  was 
generally  acknowledged.  Not  only  was  he 
successful  in  his  Shakspearian  tragedies, 
but  in  the  marked  characters  of  other 
dramas.  His  first  tour  of  the  United 
States  was  made  in  1826,  and  was  quite 
successful.  From  1837  to  1840,  inclusive, 
he  was  8uccessi\ely  manager  of  Covent 
garden  and  Drury  Lane  theaters  in  London, 
and  endeavored  to  elevate  the  standard  of 
dramatic  representation.  Other  profes- 
sional \isits  were  made  to  the  United  States 
in  1843-4  and  1848.  Owing  to  a  quarrel, 
in  England,  with  Edwin  Forrest,  the 
American  tragedian,  the  friends  of  the 
latter  made  violent  war  upon  Mr.  Macready 
and  undertook  to  prevent  his  appearance 
as  an  actor  in  New  York,  on  the  occasion 
of  his  last  engagement,  in  1848.  So  great 
was  the  bitterness  manifested  toward  him 
that  on  the  lOlh  of  May  the  Astor  Place 
opera  house,  in  which  he  was  performing, 
was  attacked  by  a  mob  of  his  enemies  armed  with  stones  and  other 
missiles.  The  police  were  unable  to  restrain  the  assaulting  party, 
and  the  military  were  called  upon  to  suppress  the  rioters,  which 
was  not  effected  until  twenty-two  persons  had  been  killed  and 
tbirty-six  wounded.  Mr.  Macready,  although  assured  of  ample 
protection,  refused  to  act  longer  in  New  York  and  soon  returned 
to  Europe.  He  formally  retired  from  the  stage  in  London,  on  Feb- 
ruary 20,  1851,  at  the  Drury  Lane  theater.  A  few  days  afterwards  he 
was  given  a  complimentary  dinner,  which  was  largely  attended.  He 
never  afterwards  returncul  to  the  stage.  His  success  was  owing  to 
excellent  voice,  a  good  stage  presence,  self-command,  and  diligent 
study.  He  earnestly  strove  to  elevate  the  art,  and  to  him  is  awarded 
the  credit  of  having  done  much  in  that  direction.  He 
Somerselshire,  England,  in  1873. 


Cushman, 

ss  and  Elocutionist, 


died  in 


^ 


~-<5; 


r>- 


T 


TWO    WELL-KNOWN   CHARACTERS   ON   THE   THEATRICAL   BOARDS. 


209 


? 


ipiiiiii 

Prominent  French  Actress,  a  Popular  Comedian. 


ARAII  BERNIIARDT'S  mother  was  of 
Dutch  birth.  Her  fjither  was  a  French- 
man. It  would  not  be  fair  to  tell  when 
she  was  born,  but  we  may  say  that  she 
received  an  excellent  education  in  a  con- 
vent, where  her  self-will  and  peculiar- 
ities made  her  a  sore  trial  to  her 
teachers,  but  from  which  she  gradiiatid 
with  many  prizes. 

She  was 
nmk'cided 
when    she 
whether      she 
nun    or    un 
receivinj;    u 
training    afterwards  at  the 
conservatory  fitting  ber  for 
the   stage,  she   entered  the 
Tljcater  Francaise  about  1806. 

A  quarrel  with,  and  the  slapping  of 
a  lady  companion  in  the  face,  caut^ed 
her  to  leave  the  Theater  Francaise, 
when,  after  playing  in  a  spectacular 
piece  at  the  Porte  St.  Martin,  she 
finally  made  an  engagement  at  the 
Odcon  theater.  She  remained  here 
for  five  years,  gradually  taking  parts 
of  importance,  until  she  was  again 
engaged  at  the  Theater  Francaise,  to 
which  she  returned  with  a  reputation 
for  some  ability  and  many  eccentric- 
ities. 

Here  her  reputation  grew  rapidly, 
and  when  she  essayed  to  take  the 
parts  that  had  been  assumed  by  Rachel 
in  the  years  before,  and  acqnilted 
herself  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
critics,  her  success  was  assured.  Her 
triumph  was  the  greater  because  her 
health  was  at  this  time  very  frail,  and 
the  effort  was  such  a  trial  of  her 
physical  constitution  as  to  often  cause 
her  to  -spit  blood,  fall  and  faint  away 
at  the  close  of  her  play.  Hers  was  the  triumph  that  came  through 
force  nf  \\\\]. 

Of  tall  and  very  slender  figure,  she  possespes  the  form  on  which 
elegant  dress  shows  to  fine  advantage,  added  to  which  is  the  vivacity 
and  fire  of  the  great  actress,  coupled  with  a  voice  of  singular 
sweetness. 


Ascending  step  by  step,  she  had  become  the  most  celebrated 
actress  in  France,  when  she  turned  her  attention  to  sculpture  and 
afterwards  to  painting,  in  both  of  which  she  has  measurably 
succeeded. 

When  not  engaged  in  the  play  or  in  her  studio,  she  is  very  likely 
inditing  a  correspondence  to  some  publication,  or  else  is  speeding 
across  the  fields  on  horseback. 

Eccentric,  self-willed,  attractive  and  romantic  in  appearance, 
and  wonderfully  talented,  she  is  a  genius  of  a  very  high  order,  which 
will  always  make  her  star  of  success  a 
brilliant  one. 


BARNEY  WILLIAMS. 

N  THE  year  1823,  at  Cork,  Ireland, 
was  born  Bernard  Flaherty,  widely 
known  in  this  country  and  England 
as  the  comedian,  Barney  Williams. 
Beginning  theatrical  life  as  an  humble 
'^  supernumerary,"  he  drifted  to 
America  at  an  early  age  and  first  ap- 
peared as  an  actor  in  New  York  city, 
at  the  Franklin  theater,  in  the  "Ice 
Witch,"  under  the  management  of 
William  E.  Dinneford.  Continuing  his 
chosen  profession,  he  visited  Philadel- 
phia in  18-15,  where  he  played  at  the 
old  National  theater,  and  the  same  year 
assumed  control  of  Vauxhall  garden, 
in  the  Bowery,  in  New  York.  In 
1850  he  married  Mrs.  Mesteyer,  for- 
merly Jliss  Maria  Pray,  a  sprightly 
and  versatile  actress.  Four  years  later 
they  visited  San  Francisco  together 
and  opened  the  Metropolitan  theater. 
In  1855  they  sailed  for  England,  Mr. 
Williams  making  his  first  appearance 
on  the  stage  of  the  Adelphi  theater, 
London,  in  the  character  of  "  Rory 
O'More,"  winning  distinction.  He 
afterwards  traveled  through  Europe, 
and  returned  to  New  York  in  1850.  ap- 
pearing on  the  boards  at  Niblo"s. 
Some  time  later  he  became  manager  of 
the  Broadway  theater,  but  since  1869  he  has,  with  his  wife,  played 
star  engagements  throughout  the  Union.  Mrs.  Williams  was  born 
in  New  York  in  1828,  and  when  fifteen  years  old  was  a  ballet-girl  on 
the  stage.  Her  marriage  to  Mr.  Williams  was  a  great  advantage  to 
him  in  his  profession.  Her  first  appearance  as  an  actress  occurred 
at  the  French  theater  in  New  York  in  1867.      Both  are  very  popalar. 


u 


T 


210 


PROMIMEXT   COMEDIANS. 


■/: 


Widely  Known  and  Popular  Play-Actors. 


LBA'XY,  N.  Y. ,  was  the  birthplace  of  the 
American  comedian,  William  J.  Florence, 
in  1831.  He  first  appeared  as  an  actor  at 
the  Richmond  Hill  theater  in  New  York, 
in  December,  1849,  as  Peter,  in  the  play 
of  "The  Stranger,"  and  was  afterwards 
engaged  at  Niblo's  theater,  first  perform- 
ing there  in  May,  1850.     Snbsequently, 


in  the  character  of  Macduff 
at  Providence,  R.  I. ,  he  suc- 
cessfnlly  snpported  the  elder 
Booth  in  the  tragedy  of  "  Mac- 
beth."  A  little  later  he 
connected  himself  with 
Brougham's  theater  in  New 
Y'ork  as  the  able  personator 
of  Irish  characters.  In  1853 
he  married  the  divorced  wife 
of  a  Mr.  Littell,  who  was  a 
sistcrof  Mrs.  Barney  Williams 
and  had  been  a  dancing-girl 
at  Wallack's  theater.  This 
marriage  was,  professionally, 
a  great  success,  he  appearing 
as  the  Irish  Boy,  and  she 
as  the  Yankee  Gal.  In  these 
respective  characters  both 
evinced  great  versatility,  hu- 
mor and  superior  representa- 
tion, so  that  I  hey  soon  became 
prime  favorites.  A  starring 
.iourney  to  London  in  1856 
increased  their  eminence,  and 
for  fifty  nights  Ibcy  jxTformed 
to  good  bouses  at  Drury  Lane 
theater,  afterwards  playing  at 
the  principal  places  of  amuse- 
ment in  other  parts  of  Great 
Britain.  Returning  to  Amer- 
ica the  same  year  they  re- 
sumed their  career  as  favorite 
actors  with  gratifying  success 
and  meeting  with  hearty  re- 
ceptions In  all  sections  of  the 
_^  country.  One  of  his  later 
and  best  plays  has  been  the 
"Almighty  Dollar,"  In  which,  as  the 


W.  J 
A.s  Hon.  Mr.  S1.>1,- 


Hon.  Mr.  Slotc,  this  popular 
comedian  will  be  recognized  in  the  accompanying  engraving. 


■V  LTIIOUGH  born  in  Liverpool,  England,  in  1830,  Edward  Askew 
rjf\t  Sotheru,  owing  to  his  popularity  in  the  United  States,  and 
^j^  the  appreciation  with  which  he  met  in  his  own  play  of  "  Our 
American  Cousin,"  may  be  considered  an  American  actor.  It  was 
originally  designed  that  he  should  grace  an  English  pulpit,  but  the 
dramatic  profession  being  much  more  congenial  to  his  inclinations, 
he  went  upon  the  stage.  In  1851  he  came  to  the  United  States, 
appearing  in  Boston  and  New  York.     In  the  latter  city  he  continued 

to  play  leading  characters  for 
several  years  with  more  or  less 
success,  but  his  reputation 
rapidly  increased  after  his  first 
appearance  as  Lord  Dundreary 
in  "Our  American  Cousin." 
The  play  in  his  hands  was  a 
wonderful  success,  its  repre- 
sentation being  repeated  more 
than  1,100  times  in  this  coun- 
try. Going  to  England  in  1SG3 
he  brought  out  his  Lord  Dun.' 
dreary  at  the  Ilaymarket  thea- 
ter, in  London,  where  it  h.ad 
a  wonderful  "run"  of  49G 
consecutive  nights.  In  1804 
he  produced  his  popular  new 
characters  of  David  Garrick 
and  "Brother  Sam,"  and  ap- 
peared in  other  plays.  In 
18G7  he  performed  in  Paris, 
afterwards  coming  to  the 
United  States,  and  returning 
to  England  in  1874  for  an 
extended  professional  visit. 
Coming  again  to  the  United 
Slates  he  made  "  star  "  engage- 
ments in  many  of  the  principal 
cities,  adding  to  his  list  of 
popular  characters  another 
successful  one,  "  The  Crushed 
Tragedian."  In  bis  career  as 
an  actor  till  1858,  Solhern  was 
known  as  Douglas  Stewart, 
when  he  commenced  using  his 
own  name.  He  first  apjieared 
in  this  cottntry  as  Dr.  Panghss 
at  tin;  Boston  National  theater. 
Sothern's  last  visit  to  the  United  States  was  in  1880.  He  died  in 
England  in  1881. 


orence, 

•■.\lmighty  Dollar." 


.6- 


i: 


f- 


--^: 


PORTRAIT    OF   JOSKPH    JEFFERSON. 


211 


,1^      >^  Prominent  in  Tragedy.     Distinguished  as  a  Comedian. 


ing,    ill    studyiii 
and    sculpture. 


MODERN  family,  two  of  whom  have 
h^hed  luster  upon  the  dramatic  pro- 
fession by  their  efficiency  as  actors, 
and  one  of  whom  eternally  dis- 
graced himself  by  becoming  the 
assassin  of  President  Lincoln, 
April  14,  18G5,  was  the  Booths. 

Junius  Brutus  Booth,  distin- 
guished as  a  tragedian  of  great 
ability,  was  born  in  London,  Eng- 
land, in  1796.  Before  going  upon 
the  stage,  in  1813,  he  tried  his  hand 
at  seamanship  in  the  navy,  at  print- 
painting 


years 
he  played  in  minor  theaters  in  Eng- 
land and  other  parts  of  Europe,  and 
then,  in  1815,  made  his  first  appearance 
at  Covent  Garden  theater,  in  London. 
From  there  he  went  into  country  districts 
and  performed,  and  having  succeeded  in 
jjlaying  Sir  Giles  Overreach  with  dis- 
tinguished effect,  he  was  recalled  to 
Covent  Garden  in  1817,  where  he  per- 
formed ''Richard  IIL  "  Edmund  Kean 
was  then  playing  in  London,  at  another 
theater,  the  manager  of  which  induced 
Booth  to  leave  Covent  Garden  and  play  for 
him  alternately  with  Kean.  Returning 
shortly  afterwards  to  Covent  Garden. 
Booth  played  "Richard  IIL,"  Sir  Giles 
Overreach^  and  "King  Lear,"  with  such 
success  as  to  bring  him  into  great  repute. 
In  1831,  after  visiting  Holland  and  the 
island  of  Madeira,  he  sailed  for  the  United 
States,  and  began  a  dramatic  career  which 
lasted  for  thirty  years,  during  which  time 
he  played  in  nearly  every  theater  in  the 

Union,  and  established  a  brilliant  reputation  as  a  tragedian,  but  con- 
fining himself  to  such  effective  parts  as  lago,  "Othello,"  "Lear," 
"Richard  III.,"  "Hamlet,"  Skylock^  Sir  Giles  Overreach,  and 
Sir  Edward  Mortimer.  His  home,  when  not  professionally 
engaged,  was  on  a  farm,  twenty  miles  from  Baltimore.  He  died 
while  traveling  from  New  Orleans  to  Cincinnati,  December  1,  1852. 

Edwin  Booth,  son  of  Junius  Brutus  Booth,  also  an  actor  who  has 
distinguished  himself  in  representing  prominent  characters  in 
Shakspeare's  and  other  tragedies,  was  born  at  Belair,  Md.,  in  1833. 
When  a  boy  he  "supported"  his  father  on  the  stag?,  by  taking 
subordinate  parts  in  plays.  His  first  regular  appearance  was 
announced  and  made  in  Boston  in  1849,  and  in  1851,  when  his  father 
was  sick,  he  took  the  old  tragedian's  place  on  the  stage  in  "  Richard 
IIL,"  at  the  Chatham- street  theater,  in  New  York.  In  1852-3,  he 
performed  miscellaneous  stage  duties  {as  •utility  man")  at  San 
Francisco,   Cal.       In   1854   he   went   to  the   Sandwich  islands   and 


Australia,  returning  to  New  York  in  1857.  There  he  appeared  as  a 
leading  tragedian  at  Burton's  theater.  In  1860,  at  the  Winter 
Garden,  he  became  distinguished  for  his  representation  of 
Shakspearian  characters.  In  the  following  year  he  played  in  England, 
and  studied  dramatic  art  on  the  continent  of  Europe.  He  returned 
to  the  United  States  in  18G2,  and  entered  upon  his  present  brilliant 
career  as  a  "  star  "  tragedian,  excelling  nearly  all  his  contemporaries 
in  that  department  of  the  legitimate  drama,  and  winning  a  national 
distinction  by  his  careful  personations.  In  1869  he  built  a  theater 
in  New  Y'ork  city,  which  bore  his  name,  and  the  cost  of  which  in- 
volved the  loss  of  his  private  fortune.  He  married  Mary,  daughter 
of  J.  H.  McVicker,  Esq.,  of  McVicker's  theater,  Chicago. 
JoHX  Wilkes  Booth,  another  son  of  Junius  Brutus  Booth,  was 
born  at  Belair,  Md.,  in  1839.  He  took 
to  the  stage  as  a  profession  and  appeared 
with  considerable  success,  but  without 
brilliancy,  in  several  of  Shakspeare's  plays 
as  a  leading  tragedian.  Becoming  an  en- 
thusiast in  the  cause  of  the  South  during 
the  civil  war  in  the  United  States,  he  at- 
tempted to  avenge  the  fancied  wrongs  of 
his  Southern  friends,  and  shot  and  killed 
Abraham  Lincoln  at  Ford's  theater,  Wash- 
ington, during  the  performance  of  "  Our 
American  Cousin. "  Having  fired  the  fatal 
shot,  he  escaped  in  the  confusion  and 
terror  or  the  occasion  and  fled  to  Virginia. 
Pursuit  was  made  for  him,  and  April  26, 
1865,  he  was  surrounded,  and  shot  dead  by 
Sergeant  Boston  Corbett,  near  Bowling 
Green,  Va. 


Joseph  JeKerson, 

Comedian,  Widelv  Knn 
•■  Rij)  V 


vn  fnr  liis  Presentations  of 
.111  Winkle." 


JOSEPH  JEFFERSON. 

HE  actor,  Joseph  Jefferson,  has  won 
distinction  by  his  perfect  personation 
of  Washington  Irving's  good-natured, 
idle  Dutch  character  of  "Rip  Van  Winkle," 
dramatized  by  Dion  Boucicault.  His  grand- 
father was  also  a  celebrated  actor,  and  bore  the  same  name.  His 
mother  was  Mrs.  Burke,  a  celebrated  vocalist.  Joseph  was  born  in 
Philadelphia  in  1829,  took  naturally  to  the  stage  when  very  young, 
and  soon  became  a  talented  comedian,  being  recognized  as  such  both 
in  the  United  States  and  England.  He  is  a  versatile  actor,  his  range 
of  personations  extending  to  a  great  number  and  variety  of  charac- 
ters in  comedy  and  farce,  with  great  fidelity  to  nature  and  without 
descending  to  buffoonery.  He  is  best  known  as  "  Rip  Van  Winkle," 
which  he  has  delineated  in  about  every  city  of  the  United  States, 
and  by  this  personation  alone  he  has  won  fame  and  fortune. 
He  has  also  made  professional  visits  to  Australia  and  England.  He 
owns  a  sugar-plantation  in  Louisiana,  and  a  fine  farm  in  New  Jersey^ 
near  New  York  city.  A  disease  of  the  eyes  has  recently  interfered 
with  his  stage  performances,  making  them  less  frequent  than  for- 
merly. His  son,  Joseph  Jefferson,  jr.,  has  also  exhibited  consider- 
able talent  as  an  actor. 


k 


:C>- 


f- 


212 


A.    BEOXSON    ALCOTT    AND    HIS    DAUGHTER    LOUISA    MAY. 


f'.-w  v:  ^.  V  V-  V  ■^  -■''  -V  y.  -v  V 


m 


A^^iP 


Noted  Literary  CelcbritiGS. 


-i-45^^|^-i- 


^  T;^^ 


People  Weil-Known  in  the  World  of  Letters. 


'eOffj) 


A.  BRONSON  ALCOTT. 

THE  amiable  "philosopher  of  Concord,"  Amos  Bronson  Alcott,  is 
a  welcome  visitant  in  families  where  his  varied  accomplishments 
and  teachings  are  known  and  appreciated.  The  son  of  a  farmer, 
he  came  into  existence  at  Wolcott,  Conn.,  November  29,  1799.  In 
early  life  he  traveled  in  Virginia  from  place  to  place,  carrying  with  him 
a  trunk  of  merchandise  belonging  to  a  merchant  in  the  vicinity  of  his 
borne,  which  he 
sold  here  and  '^ 
there  in  the 
planters'  fami- 
lies. It  was 
here  that  he 
found  oppor- 
tunities in  dif- 
ferent house- 
holds to  borrow 
and  read  books, 
and  so  to  lay  the 
foundation  of 
his  subsequent 
education. 
When  he  re- 
turned home  he 
became  the 
teacher  of  an 
infant  school, 
in  which  voca- 
tion he  was  soon 
remarkably  suc- 
cessful. Going 
to  Boston  in 
1828,  he    again 

attracted  attention  by  his  mild  and  convcrsati(mal  manner  of  teach- 
ing boys  and  girls  from  five  to  seven  years  old  in  his  private  school. 
His  system  met  with  so  much  opposition  from  the  press  on  account 
of  its  peculiarities  that  he  closed  his  school,  which  was  held  in  the 
Masonic  temple.  He  now  became  a  resident  of  Concord,  Mass., 
pursuing  his  studies  with  reference  to  educational  reforms,  natural 
theology,  the  improvement  of  society  in  important  particulars,  and 
proper  diet  as  a  source  of  health.  In  1843  he  visited  England,  by 
invitJition  of  a  prominent  educator  in  London,  Mr.  James  P. 
Greaves,  who  died,  however,  before  Mr.  Alcott  reached  the  British 
metropolis.  The  fame  of  the  Concord  philosoplicr  had  preceded  him 
and  he  met  with  a  gratifying   reception   from  his  admirers,  who  had 


already  given  his  name  to  a  school  near  London.  Messrs.  Lane 
and  Wright,  two  of  bis  English  adherents,  came  to  America  with 
Mr.  Alcott  when  he  returned,  and  with  him,  at  Harvard,  Mass.,  they 
founded  a  community  on  a  farm  which  they  called  "Fruitlands."' 
but  this  enterprise  soon  failed,  the  Englishmen  went  home,  and  the 
farm  passed  into  other  hands.  After  this  episode  Mr.  Alcott  resided 
for  a  tiiiie  at  Boston,  and  subsequently  again  at  Concord.    Since  then 

he  has  devoted 


■>o-oo^- 


A.  Bronson  Alcott, 

Philosopher,  Teacher  and  Convcrsatinnal  Lecturer. 


Louisa  May  Alcott, 

Author  of    "Little   Men."   '■Little  Women,' 


systems    of     diet. 


himself  to  de- 
livering his 
conversational 
lectures,  which 
have  become  a 
literary  feature 
in  numerous 
communities. 
They  are  nearly 
always  repeated 
in"  scries  at  pri- 
vate houses  in 
accordance  with 
special  invita- 
tions, and  the 
subjects  are 
usually  an- 
nounced on 
cards.  His  dis- 
courses treat 
principally  of 
physical  health 
and  comfort, 
especially  in 
relation  to  con- 
theology,     ethics 


stitutional    peculiarities    and 

and  practical  social   training.       Ho  is   also  the  author  of    several 

noted  magazine  articles  and  a  volume  or  t\vo  of  more  or  less  general 

interest. 


LOUISA  MAY   ALCOTT. 

AVERY  popular  Amcrinui  wrii.  r  nf  l>,.oks  for  youth  and  children 
is  Louisa  May  Alcott,  the  daii^diter  of  tlie  social  philosopher,  A. 
Bronson  Alcott.   Her  birth  occurred  at  Germantown.  Pa. ,  in  1833. 
In  her  youth  she  wrote  fairy  tales,  and  published  her  first  book  in 
1855.     During  the  war  o'f  the  rebellion  she  served  as  a  hospital  uiirse 
in  the  Tiiion  armv.      Since  then  she  has  been  a  contributor  to  Ihe 


W 


<J 


PORTRAIT    OF    T.     S.     ARTHUR    IN    HIS    PRIME.       GKOROK    BANCROFT. 


Atlantic  Motif hly  ixwA  other  periodicals,  and  is  the  author  of  numerous 
attractive  volumes.  Her  principal  works  arc:  "Flower  Tables," 
"  Hospital  Sketches,  "  "Mooda"(a  novel),  "  Little  Women,"  "An 
olU-Fashioued  Girl,"  "Little  Men,"  etc. 


TIIVIOTHY  S.  ARTHUR. 

AMONG  the  most  prolific  and  popular  American  writers  of  social  and 
domestic  tales,  during  the  first  half 
of  the  present  century,  was  Timothy 
S.  Arthur,  who  was  born  at  Newburgh, 
N.  Y. ,  in  1809.  In  his  youth  he  was  ap- 
prenticed to  a  trade  at  Baltimore,  Md.  ; 
then  served  as  a  clerk,  became  a  journalist, 
and  began  the  composition  of  the  host  of 
short  novels,  temperance  and  moral 
stories  that  have  given  him  a  wide  celebrity 
all  over  this  country.  He  has  also  ftir 
years  edited  and  published  a  monthly 
magazine  at  Philadelphia.  His  contri- 
butions to  literature  comprise  hundreds 
uf  articles  and  scores  of  volumes.  '  '^  Ten 
Nights  in  p.  Bar-Room"  and  '*The  Wash- 
ingtouians"  are  among  his  popular  tem- 
perance tales. 


HANS  CHRISTIAN  ANDERSEN. 


DENMARK  had  the  honnr  of  giving  to 
fascinating  writers  of  modern  times. 
.■<l>r.    >t-n.:<     Kj^.n.i    i^t    i.f.r.n    ,^n,.,.,.t  l,    ,i*     rt<-l.>nc- 


GEORGE   BANCROFT. 

A  AMERICA'S    favorite  historian,  George 
Bancroft,    was   born    at    Worcester, 
Mass. ,  in  1800.    Receiving  his  educa- 
tion at  Harvard  college,  where  he  gradu- 
ated  in   1817,   he  traveled  in  Europe  and 
studied  history,  philosophy  and  literature 

at  Gottingen  and  Berlin.  It  had  been  his  intention  to  become  a 
minister  of  the  gospel,  but  upon  returning  to  America,  in  \^-Z2,  he 
relinquished  this  design  and  turned  his  attention  to  literature.  For 
a  time  he  served  as  a  professor  of  the  Greek 
language  in  Harvard  college,  but  m  1823,  in 
company  with  Dr.  Coggswell,  he  founded  the 
Round  Hill  school  at  Northampton,  Mass. 
The  first  volume  of  his  great  '*  History  of  the 
United  States"  w'as  published  in  1834. 
Entering  the  political  arena,  in  1838,  he  was 
appointed  customs-collector  at  Boston,  retain- 
ing that  otHce  for  about  three  years.  In  18-14 
he  was  a  candidate  for  the  Governorship  of 
Massachusetts,  as  a  Democrat,  but  was  de- 
feated. Upon  the  accession  of  President  Polk, 
in  1845,  Mr.  Bancroft  became  a  member  of  his 
Cabinet,  as  Secretary  of  the  Navy.  In  this 
position  he  established  the  national  naval 
academy  at  Annapolis,  Md.  In  1846  he  was 
sent  as  minister  to  Great  Britain,  and  during 
the  period  of  this  ofiice  he  added  largely  to 
his  historical  collections,  and  formed  valuable 
friendships.  Returning  to  the  United  States, 
be    continued  his  labors  upon  his  American 


T.  S.  ARTHUR. 

Novelist,  Author  of  Temperance  and  Other  Mural  Tales, 


the  world  one  of  the  mopt 
Hans  Chrii-tian  Andersen, 
who  was  born  of  poor  parents  at  Odense,  in  180.5.  In  bis  youth, 
he  was  charitably  instructed  for  stage  singing  at  Copenhagen,  but  hiH 
voice  failing  within  si.K  months,  he  led  a  precarious  existence  for  a 
few  years,  sometimes  studying  and  sometimes  working  in  the  the- 
ater. Some  tragedies  thai  he  wrote  at  this 
l)eriod  attraolpd  attention,  but  were  not 
produced  on  the  stage.  Later,  an  influ- 
ential citizen  procured  Andersen's  free 
admission  to  a  government  school,  and  he 
was  subsequently  admitted  to  the  Royal 
College  of  Copenhagen.  In  1829  his  first 
work,  "A  Journey  on  Foot  to  Amok," 
was  printed,  and  was  received  with  great 
favor.  Other  books  followed.  In  1833 
he  visited  Italy,  and  in  after-years  he 
traveled  in  Europe,  the  East,  England 
and  America,  his  writings  having  prepared 
the  way  for  his  kind  reception  every- 
where. His  principal  works  are:  '*The 
Improvisatore "  (a  novel),  **0.  T.  ,"■ 
' '  Only  a  Fiddler. "  ' '  Fairy  Tales.  "  '  ■  Pic- 
ture Book  Without  Pictures,"  '■'Travels 
in  the  Hartz  Mountains,"  "A  Poet's 
Bazaar,"  ''The  Story  of  My  Life,"  an 
autobiography,  and  numerous  volumes 
of  poetry,  dramas,  fairy  comedies,  etc. 
He  died  in  August,  1875. 


History,  the  tenth  and  last  volume  of  which  Authorof 
was  published  late  in  1874.  In  1867  he  wag 
appointed  minister  to  Prussia;  in  1868,  to  the  North  German 
Confederation,  and  in  1871  to  the  German  empire,  but  was  recalled 
at  his  own  request  in  1874.  His  principal  works  are  his  standard 
'■History  of  the  United  States"  and  a  volume  of  "Miscellanies," 
comprising  a  number  of  his  contributions  to  the  Noi'th  AmeHcan 
Revieiv. 


MONCURE  D.  CONWAY. 

AMONG  the  prominent  literary  and  political  reformers  of  the  day, 
Moncure  D.  Conway  holds  a  high  rank.     He  was  born  in  Stafford 
*'-  '''"     in  1832,  and  graduated  at  Dickinson  College,  at  Car- 
lisle, Pa.,  in  1849. 

For  awhile  he  studied  law,  but  relinquished 
it  in  order  to  become  a  Methodist  minister, 
entering  the  Baltimore  Conference  in  1850. 
Experiencing  a  change  in  his  political  and 
religious  views,  he  joined  the  divinity  school 
at  Cambridge,  Mass.,  at  which  he  graduated 
in  1854.  He  attempted  to  reside  in  Virginia, 
but  on  account  of  his  changed  political  opin- 
ions he  was  obliged  to  leave  the  State.  Soon 
afterwards  he  became  the  pastor  of  the  Uni- 
tarian Church  at  Washington,  D.  C.  His  anti- 
slavery  discourses  proving  unpalatable  to 
his  flock,  he  was  dismissed.  In  1857  he  was 
pastor  of  the  Unitarian  Church  at  Cincinnati. 
Subsequently  he  lectured  in  New  England  on 
slavery  and  its  relations  to  the  Southern 
rebellion.  During  the  civil  war  his  father's 
slaves  escaped  from  Virginia,  and  were  col- 
onized by  him  at  Yellow  Springs,  Ohio. 

In  1863  he  went  to  England,  and  wrote  and 
lectured  on  the  anti-slavery  features  of  the 
American  rebellion,  contributing  to  prominent 
In  18G3  he  began  preaching  in  the  vicinity  of 


GEORGE  BANCROFT. 

Bnncinfis  Histnivnf  the  United  States, 
and  other  Works. 


English  periodicals, 
London,  and  since  then  has  lectured  before  learned  societies  and 
written  freely  for  English  journals  and  American  periodicals  and 
newspapers.  He  has  also  published  the  fallowing  books:  '*Thc 
Rejected  Stone,"  *' The  Golden  Hour,"  "The  Earthward  Pilgrimage," 
"Republican  Superstitions,''  and  "Sacred  Anthology.*' 


•Cb^*-^ 


GRACE    GREENWOOD.       FANNY    FERN. 


MRS.   LIPPINCOTT. 

\RA  JANE,  daughter  of  Dr.  Tbaddens  Clarke,  was  born  at 
Pompej',  Onondaga  county,  N.  Y. ,  in  18*33,  but  much  of  her  child- 
hood was  lived  at  Rochester.  Iler  father,  aboui  the  year  1842, 
removed  with  her  to  New  Brighton,  Pa., 
and  eleven  years  aftervrards  she  became  the  ^ 
wife  of  Leander  K.  Lippincott.  of  Philadel- 
phia. Her  tastes  were  literary,  and  in  1844 
she  contributed  her  first  prose  article  to  the 
New  York  Mirror,  under  the  name  of 
"Grace  Greenwood. "  Since  then  she  has 
written  and  published  many  adult  and  juve- 
nile books  of  an  excellent  character,  has 
distinguished  herself  as  a  lecturer  on  liter- 
ary topics,  and  has  also  contributed  freely 
to  the  current  periodicals.  Among  her 
most  noted  works  are  '  'Greenwood  Leaves, " 
'  *  History  of  My  Pets, "  '  *  Haps  and  Mishaps 
of  a  Tour  in  Europe,"'  "Stories  of  Many 
Lands, "'etc.  Her  domestic  rehitions  have 
not  been  happy.  Her  only  daughter  mani- 
festing a  dramatic  talent,  Mrs.  Lippincott 
has  trained  her  for  the  st:ige. 


PAR  A 


LYDIA  MARIA  CHILD. 

ONE  of  the  most  philanthropic  of  Amer- 
ican authors  was  Lydia  Maria  Child, 
who  was  born  at  Medford,  Mass. ,  in 
1803.  She  was  the  daughter  of  David 
Francis,  a  baker,  and  began  a  literary  life  in  her  youth,  publishing 
her  first  book  in  1834,  and  her  second  in  1825,  the  latter  displaying 
unmistakable  genius.  About  1831  she  became  interested  in  the  anti- 
slavery  question,  and  identified  herself  with  the  abolitionists  by  her 
publications.  In  1841  she  removed  to  New  York,  where  for  two  years 
she  edited  the  Xational  Anti-Slacery  Stand- 
ard (assisted  by  her  husband,  Mr.  David  L. 
Child,  to  whom  she  was  married  in  1828). 
In  1859  she  wrote  a  letter  of  sympathy  to 
John  Brown,  the  unfortunate  champion  of 
the  slaves,  which  involved  a  correspondence 
with  Governor  Wise,  of  Virginia,  and  Mrs. 
Mason,  of  that  State.  These  letters  were 
collected  and  published  in  a  pamphlet,  and 
no  less  than  300,000  copies  were  circuhitcd. 
Mrs.  Child's  publications  are  as  follows: 
**Hobomok,  an  Indian  Story ;"  "The  Rebels- 
a  Tale  of  the  Revolution;"  The  Juvenile 
Magazine^  which  she  conducted  from  1826 
to  1834:  "The  American  Frugal  House- 
wife;*' "The  Girls'  Own  Book;"  "The 
Mothers'  Book ;"  "  Appeal  in  Behalf  of 
that  class  of  Americans  called  Africans;" 
"Philothea,  a  Grecian  Romance;"  "Letters 
from  New  York,"  "History  of  the  Condi- 
tion of  Women  in  All  Ages  and  Nations," 
"  BiographicH  of  Good  Wives,"  "Life  of 
Inaac  T.  Hopper,"  "Progress  of  Religious 
Ideas,"  "Autumnal  Leaves,"  "Looking 
Toward  Sunset,"  "The  Frcedman's  Book," 
"A  Romance  of  the  Republic,"  and  several  books  of  children's 
stories.  The  publication  on  the  stibject  of  slavery  (in  behalf  the 
Africans),  is  one  of  the  largest  and  best  of  her  works,  and  that  on 
domestic  economy,  or  frugal  housewifery,  has  not  been  displaced  by 
any  similar  hook.  Her  works  are  among  those  which  have  made  a 
deep  impression  on  the  public  mind.     She  died  in  1880. 


>  Mrs.  Sara  Jane  Lippincott, 

"Widely  and  Favorably  Known  as  an  Authoress  over 
tlie  signature,  Grace  Greenwood. 


Known  to  the  wo 


hi  n^  Fan 
Leaves, 


SARA  PAYSON. 

PAYSON,  better  known  as  "Fanny  Fern,'"  a  daughter  of 
thaniel  Willis,  sister  of  Nathaniel  P.  Willis  (the  poet),  and  wife 
of  James  Parton,  was  horn  in  Portland,  Maine,  in  18M,  and  edu- 
cated in  the  seminary  of  Miss  Catherine  E. 
Beecher,  with  whom  was  then  associated 
Miss  Harriet  Beecher  (Mrs.  Stowe),  at  Hart- 
ford, Conn.  She  appears  to  have  possessed 
remarkable  independence  and  energy  of 
character  from  her  earliest  years,  qualities 
which  gave  spice  in  after-life  to  her  literary 
productions,  "with  her  heart  as  full  of 
frolic  as  a  lark's  breast  is  of  singing." 
(Grace  Greenwood. )  With  her  first  husband, 
Mr.  Eldridge,  of  Boston,  Fanny  Fern  lived 
in  comfort  and  domestic  felicity,  until  death 
robbed  her  of  her  protector  and  her  first- 
bom  daughter;  Some  time  afterwarJs  she 
entered  upon  married  life  with  a  Mr.  Har- 
rington, with  whom  she  did  not  find  happi- 
ness, and  from  whom  the  law  gave  her  a 
release.  Poverty  came  with  her  other 
troubles,  accompanied,  as  usual,  with  neg- 
lect and  suffering;  but  Fanny  was  equal  to 
the  emergency.  She  wrote  a  little  sketch 
in  the  vein  which  afterwards  made  her  so 
popular  as  an  authoress,  and  sold  it  to  a 
Boston  editor  for  "a  half-dollar,  whose 
jingle  was  to  her  like  the  sound  of  Bow-bells 
in  Whittington's  ears,"  a  promise  of  subsistence  and  future  pros- 
perity. Her  little  venture  was  well  received,  and  the  public  called 
for  more  with  the  voracity  of  hungry  Oliver  Twist.  Fanny's  sketches 
were  in  demand,  and  again  competency  and  distinction  came  to  her 
liitle  household.  She  was  original,  sharp  and  pleasing  in  her  notes 
on  every-day  persons  and  things,  versatile 
in  themes,  and  vigorous  in  expression;  so 
that  whatever  she  wrote  was  attractive,  even 
when  she  scolded  at  the  cherished  follies  of 
social  life.  And  thus  she  succeeded  in 
establishing  a  literary  reputation  that  soon 
became  national.  Again  she  married;  this 
time  an  author  of  celebrity,  Mr.  James 
Parton,  and  her  life  appears  to  have  been 
one  of  medium  happiness.  The  death  of 
her  married  daugliter.  however,  clouded  her 
spirit.  She  died  in  New  York,  in  1873. 
Of  her  works,  the  first  edition  of  "Pern 
Leaves,"  a  collection  of  her  newspaper 
sketches,  was  probably  the  most  popular, 
its  sales  soon  reaching  TO,  000  copies.  Seven 
scries  of  these  ("Fern  Leaves,"  "Fresh 
Leaves,"  "Folly  as  it  Flies,"  "Ginger- 
Snaps.^'and  "Caper-Sauce,"  with  "Little 
Ferns"  for  children)  were  published.  Her 
other  books  were  two  novels,  ' '  Ruth  Hall  " 
and  "Rose  Clark,"  and  "The  Play-Uay 
Book. " 


MARY  ELIZABETH   BRADDON. 

)rn  in  London,  in  18:i7.  She  cnrly  di.'-played 
now  well-known  through  her  works,  among 
which  are:  '  *  The  Lover  of  Arcadia, "  a  comedietta;  ' '  CJaribaldl ;" 
' '  Lady  Andlcy's  Secret. "  * '  Aurora  Floyd, "  * '  Sir  Jasper's  Tenants." 
"Only  a  Clod,"  "To  the  Bitter  End,"  etc.  She  is  editor  of  Ikt- 
gratia,  a  London  magazine. 


THE  above  named  was  bo 
literary  talent,  and  is  ii 
...i.s^i, L  1  mi...  T 


CUAKLOTTE    BKUNTE,    AUTHOR   OF 


THE  BRONTE  SISTERS. 

FIVK  (liiiightors  were  born  to  Ri-v.  Patrick  Bronte,  curatt-  of  Tlioni- 
ton,  Yorksfhire,  England,  anil  aftLT\vard«  minister  of  Iliiworth. 
Charlotte,  tlic  most  distinguit^hed  of  the  family,  first  saw  tlie  light 
at  Thornton,  in  1816.  Four  of  the  eisters  were  sent  to  Hchoot  at 
Cowan's  Bridge,  but  two  died  from  disease  contracted  there. 
Charlotte  and  Emily  left  the  school  in  1835,  and  for  several  years 
lived  at  home  with  Anne,  another  sister,  the  care  of  the  htmsehold 
devolving  on  Charlotte.  Still  she  found  time  for  literary  pursuits, 
her  mind  and  talents  fihowing  n  remarkal)le  development.  In  the 
winter  of  1831,  Charlotte  was  again  sent  to  school,  where  she 
remained  nearly  two  years.  In  1835  she  re-entered  the  school 
as  a  teacher,  but  the  labor  proved  too  severe,  and  she  relinquished  it. 
For  two  or  three  years  .she  was  a  governess.  A  year  or  two  were 
spent  at  Brussels  by  Charlotte  and  Anne,  for  the  purpose  of  qualify- 
ing themselves;  to  open  a  school  at 
Havvorth,  but  on  their  return  the 
scheme  failed  for  want  of  patron- 
age. From  that  time  (1844)  the 
sisters  remained  at  home  together, 
and  in  1846  (under  the  fictitious 
names  of  Currer,  Ellis,  and  Acton 
Bell)  they  published  a  volume  of 
poems,  which  was  coldly  received. 
Not  discouraged,  they  wrote  each  a 
prose  tale,  proposing  to  have  the 
three  published  together,  under 
their  respective  fictitious  names. 
These  stories  w'ere:  Charlotte's 
"The  Professor;'' Emily's  "  Wuth- 
ering  Heights;''  and  Anne's  "Agnes 
Gray."  Only  the  last-named  two 
could  find  a  publisher,  Charlotte's 
not  being  given  to  the  world  until 
her  death.  Without  yielding  to 
her  disappointment,  Charlotte  next 
wrote  "Jane  Eyre,"  which  was 
published  in  1847,  and  was  greeted 
with  great  favor  by  the  public,  it 
being  translated  into  many  foreign 
tongues,  and  dramatized  in  Eng- 
land and  Germany.  Emily  died  in 
1848.  Anne  lived  to  finish  her 
second  novel,  "The  Tenant  of 
Wildfell  Hall."  and  died  in  1849. 
Charlotte's  second  book.  "Shir- 
ley," was  published  m  1849,  and 
her    third,    "Villette/'    in    1853, 

meeting  with  success.  Some  months  afterwards  Charlotte  married 
Mr.  Nicholls,  a  curate.  One  complete  novel,  ' '  The  Professor,  "  and 
an  unfinished  one  (or  parts  of  it)  were  published  after  her  death  at 
Haworth,  in  1855. 


THE  CAREY  SISTERS. 

AI.ICK  ami  IMiM'be  Carey  were  born  m-ar  Cincinnati.  Ohio,  the 
former  in  1830  and  the  latter  in  1H34.  Both  manifested  consid- 
erable literary  talent  in  their  early  years,  and  both  became  con- 
tributors to  periodicals  in  their  youth,  writing  prose  and  poetry  with 
great  facility  and  freshncHS.  Alice,  however,  wrote  more  of  prose 
than  Pha'be,  whose  poems  breathed  a  more  indei)endent  spirit  than 
those  of  her  sister.  Both  wrote  several  volumes  during  their  lives, 
which  met  with  much  favor  and  established  their  fame.  Alice  died  in 
New  York,  in  1871,  and  Phoebe  at  Newport,  R.  I.,  the  same  year. 
Jointly  they  published  as  their  first  work,  "Poems  of  Alice  and 
Phcebe  Carey"  (1849).  The  volumes  written  by  Alice  were:  Two 
series  of  "Clovernook  Papers,"  '' Clovernook  Children,"  "Hagar, " 
"  Lyra  and  Others  Poems,"  "Married,  not  Mated,"  "Pictures  of 
Country  Life,"  "  Lyrics  and  Hymns, "  "The  Bishop's  Son,"  "The 
Lover's  Diary,"  and  "Snow  Ber- 
ries." Phnebe's  books  were  prin- 
cipally compilations  of  her  own 
fugitive  poetry,  including  ' '  Poems 
and  Parodies,"  "  Poems  of  Faith, 
Hope  and  Love,"  and  a  large  por- 
tion of  Rev.  Dr.  Deems'  collection 
of  "Hymns  for  all  Christians." 


CHARLOTTE 

Author  of  "Jane  Eyrf,"   "  V 


>^li^^ — 


FREDERIKA  BREMER. 

NEAR  Abo,  Finland,  was  born  Frederika  Bremer,  in  1801;  she 
iLinoved,  in  1809,  with  her  wealthy  parents,  to  Sweden,  where 
■^  she  was  carefully  educated,  her  last  school  year  being  passed 
in  Paris.  On  her  return  she  taught  in  Stockholm.  Her  first 
novel,  "The  Neighbors, "'  was  published  in  1824,  and  enjoyed  a 
wide  European  translation.  In  1849  she  visited  the  United  States, 
where  she  was  received  with  a  hearty  welcome.  Two  years  were 
spent  in  this  country  and  in  a  short  visit  to  Cuba.  In  1851  she 
visited  England. 


MARY  RUSSELL  MITFORD. 

\UE  charming  authurL'S--,  ilarj- 
Russell  Mitford,  was  born  at 
Alrcsford,  England,  in  1786, 
the  daughter  of  a  physician  of 
limited  means.  Her  education  was 
mostly  obtained  at  a  Chelsea  school. 
At  an  early  age  she  developed  a 
taste  for  literary  labor,  and  when 
twenty  years  old  published  three 
volumes  of  narrative  and  other 
poems.  About  six  years  later  she 
began  to  contribute  tales  and 
sketches  to  the  periodicals  of  that 
day.  For  more  than  forty  years 
she  resided  in  Berkshire,  in  her 
humble  cottage,  engaged  in  literary 
pursuits.  Her  principal  works  are : 
"Our  Village,"  a  volume  of  at- 
tractive and  rural  sketches  in  five 
series,  "  Country  Stories, "  ''Rec- 
ollections of  a  Literary  Life,"  and 
the  dramas  of  "Julian,"  "Foscari," 
"  Rienzi,"  and  "Charles  the  First."  She  also  edited  three  volumes 
of  ''Stories  of  American  Life  by  American  Authors."  Her  death, 
preceded  by  the  painful  consequences  of  an  accident  three  years 
previous,  occurred  near  Reading,  England,  in  1855. 


BRONTE, 

llctte,"  and  Other  Works. 


DINAH   MARIA  MULOCK. 

THE  graphic  writer  of  novels,  tales  and  sketches,  Dinah  Maria 
Mulock,  was  the  daughter  of  aclergj-man.  and  was  horn  at  Stoke- 
upou-Trent,  England,  in  1825.  Her  first  novel.  "TheOgilvies,  " 
was  published  in  1840.  and  was  well  received.  Since  Jhen  she  has 
written  numerous  others,  but  in  "John  Halifax,  Gentleman. "  pub- 
lished in  1857,  her  genius  found  scope  for  such  superior  portraiture 
of  character  as  to  largely  increase  her  reputation  as  a  novelist.  In 
1865  she  became  the  wife  of  Mr.  George  L.  Craik.  Her  books  are 
in  good  demand  in  this  countrj'. 


— -t) 


T 


210 


ELIZABETH    STUAET    FlIELPS.        ^'GEORGE    SA^'D. 


ELIZABETH  STUART  PHELPS. 

AT  Andover,  Mass.,  in  1844,  was  born  the  talented  authoress, 
Eliztibeth  Stuart  Phelps,  the  daughter  of  literary  parents.  Pre- 
vious to  1868  she  had  written  several  miscellaneous  books,  but 
in  that  year  the  publication  of  "The  Gates  Ajar''  gave  her  renewed 
celebrity  by  its  energetic  and  original 
treatment  of  death  and  bereavement.  It 
passed  to  a  twentieth  edition  within  a  year. 
This  was  followed  by  others  of  less  power 
and  popularity,  but  possessing  the  elements 
of  success:  "Men,  Women,  and  Ghosts," 
*' Hedged  In,"  "The  Silent  Partner,"  and 
"  Poetic  Studies." 


6 


the  ship  was  wrecked  on  Fire  Island,  near  the  latter  port,  and  all 
three  were  drowned.  July  IG,  1850.  Her  published  books  are  as 
follows:  "  Woman  in  the  Nineteenth  Century, "'  "Letters  of  Gun- 
derode  and  Bettina  "  (a  translation),  "A  Summer  on  the  Lakes, " 
■  ■  Papers  on  Art  and  Literature.  " 


HANNAH   MORE. 

HANNAH  MORE,  the  thoughtful  Eng- 
lish authoress,  whose  "Shepherd  of 
Salisbury  Plain, "  and  * '  Calebs  in 
Search  of  a  Wife,"  which  are  well  known 
in  Europe  and  America,  was  born  at  Staple- 
ton,  England,  in  1745.  At  the  age  of  sis- 
teen  she  wrote  a  pastoral  drama.  This 
was  published  in  1773,  and  from  that  time 
until  1779  she  produced  a  succession  of 
secular  play.s  and  poems.  Her  tragedy 
of  ' '  Percy  "  was  brought  out  by  Garrick 
in  1777.  About  1780  she  became  relig- 
iously inclined,  and  henceforth  turned  her 
attention  from  stage-writing  to  other 
literary  work  more  acceptable  to  the  Christian  world.  She  wrote 
much  and  well,  and  her  books  are  numbered  among  the  standard 
religions  publications.  The  pecuniary  results  of  her  works  were 
npward  of  $125,000,  one-third  of  which  she'  gave  to  charitable 
purposes.  She  died  at  ■Clifton,  England, 
in  1833. 


"GEORGE  SAND." 


ONE  of  the  most  famnu;^  of  French  nov 
elists,    "George  Sand,"   was   bom   ii 


Elizabeth  Stuart  Phelps. 


Author  of  ' 


MARGARET    FULLER, 

CAMBIilDGKPOKT.  Mas^,.  in  1810.  was 
the  birthplace  of  the  brilliant  American 
authoress.  Margaret  Fuller.  She  was 
very  precocious,  reading  Latin  at  six  years 
old.  and  at  eight  she  studied  Shakspeare, 
and  was  partially  educated  at  a  school  in 
Groton.  Mass.  At  fifteen  years  she  began 
educating  herself,  and,  in  1832,  German 
literature  became  her  study.  About  1830 
she  began  teaching  languages  at  Boston 
for  a  livelihood,  and  in  1837  she  became 
principal  of  a  school  at  Providence.  R.  I. 
In  1810,  while  residing  in  the  vicinity  of 
Boston,  she  engaged  in  editing  the  I>ial^ 
a  quarterly  magazine,  in  which  lahor  she 
was  assisted  by  Ralph  Waldo  Emerson, 
George  Ripley  and  others.  With  this  peri- 
.  odical  she  was  connected  for  two  years.  In 
1&43  she  traveled  to  Michigan  and  Lake 
Superior.  In  18-14  she  went  to  New  York 
and  wrote  hook  reviews  for  the  New  York  Tribune.  In  184G-'7 
she  was  in  Europe,  and  in  December,  1847,  was  married,  at  Rome, 
to  the  Marquis  Ossoll,  a  Roman  nobleman.  When  Rome  was 
besieged  by  the  French,  in  1840.  she  was  ai)polntcd  directress  of 
one  of  the  hospitals  for  the  wounded  lt,alians.  In  18.50,  with  her 
hii?*band  and  infant  son,  she  sailed  from  Leghorn  for  New  York 


in 
Paris  in  1804,  and  was  brought  up 
under  the  care  of  her  grandmother,  the 
Countess  de  Horn.  After  spending  about 
two  years  in  a  hoarding  school  at  Paris, 
she  was  married  to  Casimir  Dudevant 
in  1822.  They  were  poor  and  did  not  har- 
monize. She  began  to  write  for  the  Paris 
Figaro  in  1831,  but  was  not  successful  as 
a  journalist.  At  that  time  she  received 
an  allowance  of  1,500  francs  per  annum 
from  her  husband.  In  order  to  visit  theaters 
and  other  resorts  without  observation,  she 
dressed  in  men's  clothing.  In  connection 
with  a  friend  she  wrote  her  first  novel, 
"Rose  and  Blanche  "  (literally  "Red  and 
White").  It  was  so  successful  that  her 
publisher  encouraged  her  friend  to  pro- 
duce another.  He  had  none  ready,  but 
Madame  Dudevant  had  ready  "Indiana," 
which  was  published  under  the  name  of 
"  George  Sand.  *'  This  and  her  next  novel,  "  Valentine,"  were  well 
received.  After  that  she  wrote  novels  for  the  Jievue  des  Deux  Mondes. 
"Lclia"  was  produced  in  1833.  Its  freedom  of  morals  commanded 
attention  and  created. suspicion.  Afterwards  she  became  indoctrin- 
ated with  socialism,  which  was  manifested 
in  several  books.  She  separated  from  her 
husband  and  attended  to  the  education  of 
her  children,  writing  pastorals,  novels, 
several  plays,  and  political  articles.  During 
her  life-time  she  wrote  about  sixty  novels 
and  more  than  twenty  plays,  beside  several 
other  works,  including  the  history  of  her 
life.      She  died  in  187G. 


Gales  A,i;ir.  ■  '■  Tlie  Silent  Partner,' 
and  i.Hlu-r  Works. 


TIIK  eslL-emedai 
William  and  1 
,1......  „f   r\....i.., 


Madame  Dudevant 

Famous  Krene)i  Ni»vilisi 


hut 


WILLIAM  AND  MARY  HOWITT. 

authors,  husband  and  wife, 
Mary  Ilowitt,  were  chil- 
dren of  Quaker  families.  William  was 
born  in  Derbyshire,  England,  in  1795; 
Mary,  at  Vttoxeter,  England,  in  1804.  Both 
possessed  fine  literary  tastes,  and  have 
made  the  writing  of  hooks  the  business  of 
their  lives.  Several  of  their  works  are 
joint  productions,  and  botli  have  made 
creditable  and  extensive  additions  to  the 
literature  of  England.  Mr.  Uowitt.  fur 
some  years,  conducted  two  literary  period- 
icals, which  no  hmger  exist.  Their 
publications  also  include  translations  of  the  works  of  foreign  authors- 
both  prose  and  poetry.  William's  principal  works  are:  "Popular 
History  of  Priestcraft,"  "Colonizatiim  and  Christianity,"  "Stories  of 
English  Life,*' etc.  Mary  wrote  the  novels  "  Wood  Leighton"  and 
"The  Heir  of  Wast  Waylaud,"' also  "  Biographical  Sketches  of  thi- 
(Juci'us  of  Kn^'land."  "  Birds  and  Their  Nests."  etc. 


•"George  Sand." 

I'mt  aiui  Plii.v-W 


1 


:5-- 


— jO.' 


WASHINGTON    IRVING.        '' GEORGE    ELIOT. 


ONK  of  tlu- 
liin  Irving 


WASHINGTON  IRVING. 

'  mofit  cstcGmcd  aiilhurs  in  (In;  Viiilcil  States,  Wushiiiy- 
,  was  born  in  New  York,  in  1783.  At  the  ago  of  about 
j^ixtoen  he  began  the  study  of  law,  and  in  1803  contributed  to  the 
Morning  Chronicle  several  articles  of  a  social  and  dramatic  character, 
under  the  name  of  "Jonathan  OUlstylc.*" 
On  account  of  ill-health,  he  visited  Europe 
in  1804-'0.  On  his  return  he  resumed  the 
study  of  law.  In  1807,  in  company  wilh 
his  brother  and  James  K.  Paulding,  he 
started  the  serial  • '  Salmagundi,  or  the 
^A'him-whams  and  Opinions  of  Launcelot 
Langstaff,"  the  humor,  wit  and  social  allu- 
sions of  which  won  a  reputation  for  it. 
Twenty  numbers  were  iss*ued.  In  1809  he 
published  "Knickerbocker's  History  of 
New  York."  In  1813-14  he  edited  the 
Analectic  Magazine  in  Philadelphia.  While 
a  silent  partner  in  the  mercantile  business 
with  two  of  his  brothers,  he  became  aixl- 
de-camp  and  military  secretary  to  Governor 
Tompkins,  and  in  1815  sfiiled  for  Europe, 
rambling  in  England  and  Scotland  and  be- 
coming acquainted  with  Sir  Walter  Scott 
and  other  prominent  literary  men.  The 
failure  of  his  mercautile  firm  obliged 
him  to  live  by  authorship,  and  he  remained  abroad  until  1832. 
During  his  absence  in  Europe  he  published  his  "Sketch  Book," 
"Bracebridge  Hall."  "  Tales  of  a  Traveler,"  "Life  and  Voyages 
of  Columbus, "  ' '  Chronicles  of  the  Conquest  of  Granada. " 
'  •  Voyages  of  the  Companions  of  Columbus, "  and  the  ' '  Alhambra. " 
In  1829  he  was  appointed  secretary  of 
legation  at  London,  and  in  1831  he 
received  the  degree  of  LL.  D.  from  Oxford 
university.  After  his  return  to  America 
he  accompanied  Commissioner  Ellsworth 
in  the  expedition  to  remove  the  Indians 
across  the  Mississippi,  a  voyage  that  re- 
sulted in  his  "Tour  on  the  Prairies," 
which,  with  other  papers,  was  published 
as  the  "  Crayon  Miscellany.  "  In  1836  he 
published  ' '  Astoria ;"  in  1837,  ' '  The 
Adventures  of  Captain  Bonneville;"  in 
1855,  "  Wolfert's  Roost"  (written  in 
1839-41);  in  1841,  a  life  of  Margaret 
Miller  Davidson.  From  1842  to  184tj  he 
was  United  States  Minister  to  Spain;  in 
1849  he  published  his  "  Life  of  Oliver 
Goldsmith,"  and.  in  1850,  his  "Maho- 
met. "  In  1848-'50  he  revised  his  works, 
and  from  1855  to  1859  he  devoted  himself 
to  the  preparation  and  publication  of  his 
"Life  of  George  Washington,"  in  five 
volumes,  the  last  appearing  about  three 
months  before  his  death,  which  occurred 
at  Tarrytown.  N.  Y.,  in  1859.     During 

his  life-time,  it  is  stated,  300.000  copies  of  his  books  were  sold,  and 
since  his  death  the  sales  are  estimated  at  30,000  annually.  His 
"Spanish  Papers  and  Other  Miscellanies"  were  published  after  his 
death,  by  his  nephew.  Mr.  Pierre  M.  Irving,  who  also  edited  his 
honored  relative's  "  Life  and  Letters. "  Owing  to  the  early  death  of 
Matilda  Hoffman,  a  young  lady  whom  he  favored,  Irving  was  never 
married.  He  was  a  man  of  tranquil  temperament,  genial  and  char- 
itable, with  delicate  suavity  of  manners  and  conversation. 


yAIU.VN 


WASHINGTON  IRVING, 

Genial  Essayist,  Novelist  and  Historian, 


'^GEORGE   ELIOT." 

VN  EVANS,  bitter  kncjwn  as  "  George  Eliot,  "  was  an  Eng- 
authorcHs  of  an  independent,  philosophical  turn  of  mind, 
who  gave  her  theories  to  the  world  in  the  guise  of  fiction.  She 
was  born  in  Warwickshire,  England,  about  1820.  PosBcssing  literary 
genius  of  n  high  order,  her  numerous  pub- 
lications have  been  received  with  great  favor 
by  the  public.  Among  the  most  prominent 
of  these  are  "The  Mill  on  the  Floss," 
"Felix  Holt,"  and  "Daniel  Deronda;"aml 
she  has  also  published  several  translations, 
besides  two  or  three  volumes  of  poetry. 
She  excelled  in  delineations  of  the  devel- 
opment of  character,  "in  seizing  and  em- 
bodying thorougiily  human  types  of  mind 
and  thought,  so  that  each  one  of  her  charac- 
ters becomes  a  living  representative  of 
some  traits  which  every  reader  recognizes.  " 
and  in  a  form  of  expression  that  by  its 
terseness  serves  to  retain  a  place  in  the 
mind.  Iler  peculiar  independence  in  social 
philosophy  is  well  exemplified  in  her  alli- 
ance with  George  Henry  Lewes,  another 
distinguished  English  author  and  philoso- 
pher, whereby  she  became  to  him  a  wife  in 
everything  but  the  marriage  ceremony, 
which  they  seemed  to  hold  in  contempt  as  regarded  persons  of  their 
own  degree  of  intellectual  perfection.  After  the  death  of  Mr.  Lewes, 
Miss  Evans  married  John  Walter  Cross,  a  merchant  of  London,  with 
whom  she  lived  but  a  few  months.  Her  death  occurred  December 
22,  1880.  Her  strong  individuality  of  character  is  well  illustrated  in 
the  massive  features  of  her  face,  as 
shown  in  the  portrait  herewith  given. 


A' 


"GEORGE  ELIOT," 

Distinguished  Enfe'lish  Novelist  and  Poet. 


GEORGE  HENRY  LEWES. 

N  English  author,  of  positivist  opin- 
ions, and  noted  for  his  investigations 
of  mental  phenomena  and  philosoph- 
ical systems,  was  born  in  London,  in 
1817.  After  receiving  his  education,  he 
entered  upon  a  mercautile  life,  which  he 
abandoned  in  order  to  study  medicine, 
and,  subsequently,  leaving  his  medical 
studies,  he  devoted  his  time  and  talents 
to  literature  and  philosophy.  The  years 
of  1838-'9  be  spent  in  Germany,  studying 
his  favorite  subjects,  and  after  his  re- 
turn to  London  he  entered  upon  a  literary 
career.  He  contributed  papers  to  the 
principal  British  magazines,  and  from 
1849  to  1854  was  literary  editor  of  the 
London  Leader.  In  1865  he  established 
the  London  Fortnightly  Review,  which 
he  edited  until  the  close  of  1866,  when 
he  retired  on  account  of  ill-health.  His 
principal  philosophical  works  are:  "A 
Biographical  History  of  Philosophy,  from  Thales  to  Comtc, "and 
"Problems  of  Life  and  Mind."  His  other  writings  embrace  lives 
of  Goethe  and  Robespierre;  the  tales  of  "  Ranthorpe  "  and  "Rose. 
Blanche  and  Violet, "'  ' '  The  Spanish  Drama, "  ' '  The  Koble  Heart " 
(a  tragedy),  "  Comte's  Philosophy  of  the  Sciences, "  "  Seaside  Stud- 
ies," "Physiology  of  Common  Life,"  "Studies  in  Animal  Life." 
etc.  He  demanded  certainty  upon  every  subject  of  human  inquiry — ■ 
fact  instead  of  speculation.     He  died  Xovember  30,  1878. 


>K|  0?- — 


A. 


HAWTHORNE    AND    THE    EARL    OF   BEACONSFIELD. 


BENJAMIN  DISRAELI. 

THE  history  of  the  recent  diftingui-hod  first  lord  of  the  English 
treasury,  Benjamin  Disraeli,  earl  of  Beaconsfield,  is  two-fold — 
political  and  literary.  The  first  is  connected  with  the  govern- 
ment and  political  prosperity  of  Great  Britain,  while  the  latter  is 
a  part  of  the  history  of  the  world's  literary 
progress  in  the  nineteenth  century.  Of  the 
former  little  need  be  said  in  this  connection; 
this  is  the  place  only  for  a  sketch  of  his  literary 
labors.  He  was  horn  in  London,  in  1805, 
educated  by  his  father  .and  private  tutors,  and 
intended  for  the  practice  of  the  law;  but  at  an 
early  age  he  abandoned  his  law  studies,  and 
began  his  brilliant  career  as  an  author. 
When  nineteen  years  old  he  published  his 
first  novel,  "Vivian  Grey,"  which  stamped 
him  as  an  original,  vivacious  and  witty  writer. 
His  next  book  was  a  satire,  entitled  "The 
Vaijage  of  Captain  Popanilla."  After  an 
o.xtended  tour  in  Europe,  Syria,  Egypt  and 
Nubia,  he  published,  in  1831,  his  novel  of 
"  The  Young  Duke, "  and  between  then  and 
1847  he  gave  the  world  the  following  publica- 
tions: "Contarini  Fleming,"  "The  Wondrous 
Tale  of  Alroy,"  "The  Rise  of  Iskander, " 
"Henrietta  Temple,"  "  Venetia;"  in  18.34 
and  1835  several  politicil  pamphlets;  in  18.39 
a  five-act  tragedy,  "Count  Alarcos;"  in  1844 

"Coningsby;"  in  1845  "Sybil,  or  the  Two  Nations:"  in  1847 
"  L\ion  in  Heaven"  and  other  tales,  and  "Tancred,"  a  novel;  in 
1849  a  biography  of  his  f.ither,  Isaac  Disraeli;  in  1852  a  life  of  Lord 
George  Bentinck;  in  1870  his  remarkable  novel  of  "Lothair, " 
which  in  the  United  States  alone  reached  ^»y) 
a  circulation  of  more  than  80,000  copies, 
and  in  1881  "Endymion. "  His  work, 
" Coningsby,  or  the  New  Generation," 
was  one  of  his  most  popular  productions, 
its  success  depending  largely  upon  the 
fact  that  its  leading  characters  were  drawn 
from  real  life,  and  had  special  reference 
to  per.sons  living  at  the  time  of  its  publi- 
cation. Disraeli  died  in  London,  April 
19,  1881. 


NATHANIEL  HAWTHORNE. 


AMONG  the  sons  of  New  England  who  have  achieved  fine  literary 
reputations  was  Nathaniel  Hawthorne,  who  was  born  at  Salem, 
■..„„.,     ;..    jgo4^  anij  „i|-i,  tijg   py^.f  Longfellow  and   President 
Maine, 


Mass, 
Pierce,  studied   at  Bowdoin  colle; 


He  first  appeared  in 
public,  as  an  anonymous  author,  in  1832. 
In  1837  his  "Twice-told  Tales"  were  pub- 
lished. In  1838  he  was  appointed  to  a 
position  in  the  Boston  custom-house,  remain- 
ing there  three  years.  In  1846  he  was  given 
the  othee  of  surveyor  in  the  Salem  (Mass  ) 
custom-house,  but  retained  it  only  about  a 
year.  In  1853  President  Pierce  appointed 
him  consul  to  Liverpool,  a  post  that  he  held 
until  1857.  After  making  a  tour  in  Europe 
he  returned  to  America  and  settled  at  Con- 
cord. He  was  a  genial  gentleman  and  pos- 
sessed a  superior  faculty  for  writing  interesting 
books.  His  principal  novels  are  '  ■  The  Scarlet 
Letter,"  "  The  House  of  the  Seven  Gables,  " 
"The  Blithedale  Romance, "  "The  Marble 
Faun. "     He  died  at  Plymouth,  N.  U. ,  in  1804. 


BENJAMIN   DISRAELI. 

Known  as  the  Earl  of  Beaconsfield. 


THE 
Gib 
173' 


EDWARD  GIBBON. 

E  great  English  historian,  Edward 

ibbon,  was  born  at  Putney,  England,  in 

and  was    educated    at  Westminster 


ISAAC  DISRAELI. 

ISAAC  DISRAELI,  father  of  the  carl 
of  Beaconsfield  (the  late  British  Prime 
Minister)  was  born  near  Enfield,  Eng- 
land, in  1706.  He  was  intended  for 
commercial  pursuits,  but  disgusted  his 
own  father  by  writing  poetry.  He  was 
educated  at  Amsterdam,  after  which  he 
traveled  in  France,  henceforth  devoting 
himself  to  literary  pursuits  with  singular 
assiduity,  and  producing  several  impor- 
tant additions   to    the   literature  of    his 

country.  His  principal  writings,  in  prose  and  poetry,  are  as  follows: 
"The  Curiosities  of  Literature,"  "  Calamities  of  Authors, "  "  (Juar- 
relsof  Authors,"  "Illustrations  of  the  Literary  Character,"  "Amen- 
ities of  Literature,"  "Life  and  Reign  of  Charles  I, ,"  "Miscellanies, 
or  Literary  Recreations,"  "  Vaurien,  a  Plillosoi»hical  Novel,"  a  vol- 
nmc  of  " Romances, "  or  short  tales,  "Narrative  Poems,"  "Despo- 
tism," a  novel,  "Fllm-Flams,  or  the  Life  and  Errors  of  my  Uncle, 
and  the  Amours  of  my  Aunt,"  etc.     He  died  in  1848. 


school,  Magdalen  college,  at  Oxford,  and  at  Lausanne,  Switzerland. 
Having  been  brought  up  a  Protestant,  he  became  a  Papist,  but  was 
reclaimed  from  popery,  and  settled  into  a  confirmed  skeptic.  For  a 
time  he  was  in  the  military  service  of  England,  but  having  read 
and  traveled  extensively,  he  turned  his 
thoughts  to  literature.  His  first  great 
work,  ' '  The  Decline  and  Fall  of  the 
Roman  Empire,"  was  published  between 
1776  and  1778.  and  established  his  fame  as 
a  historian.  He  entered  parliament  in 
1774,  and  for  some  time  was  interested  in 
politics.     He  died  in  England,  in  1794. 


A 


NATHANIEL  HAWTHORNE, 

Author  of  "The  Stailct  Letlir"  and  Otiier  Novels. 


FRANCIS  BRET  HARTE. 

notable  .American  writer  of  the  hu- 
morous school,  Francis  Bret  Hartc, 
was  born  at  Albany,  N.  Y. ,  in  1839. 
Going  to  California,  in  1854,  he  engaged 
in  mining,  teaching,  printing  and  editing 
a  newspa|)er.  From  1864  to  1870  he  was 
secretary  of  the  Government  mint  at  San 
Francisco.  He  also  contributed  articles 
to  current  periodicals,  and  in  1808  became 
editor  of  the  new  Overland  Mnnl/ih/, 
in  which  he  published  severakjit  his 
tales,  sketches,  and  poems.  The  most 
notable  of  the  series  was  "The  Heathen 
Chinee,"  which  obtained  a  wide  circula- 
tion. Mr.  Ilarte  came  East  in  1871,  residing  first  in  New  York  and 
then  in  Boston.  In  1878  he  was  appointed  United  States  consul 
at  Crefelt,  Prussia.  His  writings  have  been  mostly  published 
originally  in  magazines  and  then  collected  into  volumes.  Among 
his  prominent  books  are  "The  Luck  of  Roaring  Camp,  and  Other 
Sketches,"  "Poetical  Works,"  "Select  Poem.s, "  and  the  "Story 
of  a  Mine."  Among  his  best  short  poems  are  "The  Society  upon  the 
Stanislau"  and  "John  Hums  of  Gettysburg." 


;<r 


-9 


r 


AVIIJvIE     COLLINS. 


'I'LTKR    I'AKLICY. 


219 


WILLIAM  WILKIE  COLLINS. 

TIIK  favorite  Eni^'li^li  novL-li^t,  WiWiam  Wilkic  Collins  is  the  son 
of  William  Collin?,  an  EngUb^b  artist,  and  was  born  in  London,  in 
January,  1824.  After  receiving  a  private  education  and  sojourn- 
ing with  his  parents  in  Italy  for  two  year?,  he  was  apprenticed  to  a 
tea-house  for  four  years.  Subsequently  he 
studied  law.  His  first  literary  publication 
was  a  biography  of  his  father,  in  1848. 
Since  then  lie  has  devoted  himself  to  the 
production  of  books,  mostly  novels.  Ilia 
principal  works  are — Dramas :  '*  The  Frozen 
Deep,''  "  The  Lighthouse,"  and  "  Black  and 
White."  Novels:  "Antouina,"  "Basil,'' 
"  Mr.  Wray's  Cash-Box,"  "Hide  and  Seek," 
"After  Dark,"  "The  Dead  Secret,"  "The 
Queen  of  Hearts,"  "The  Woman  in  White," 
"No  Name,"  "Armadale,"  "The  Moon- 
stone," "Man  and  Wife,"  "Poor  Miss 
Finch,"  and  "  The  Magdalen. "  Other  pub- 
lications: "Rambles  Beyond  Railways," 
and  "My  Miscellanies."  He  visited  the 
United  States  in  1873,  and  gave  public  read- 
ings from  his  own  writings.  With  Cliarlcs 
Dickens  he  wrote :  "  The  Lazy  Tour  of  Two 
Idle  Apprentices"  and  "No Thoroughfare." 


CERVANTES. 

"IHE  renowned  author  of  "Don  Quixote," 


Peter  Parlei/s  Magazine,  **Peter  Parley's  Almanac,"  and  Mem/ji 
Museum  (another  magazine),  the  latter  of  which  was  published  until 
1851.  He  also  edited  *'The  Token,"  an  illustralCHl  annual,  for 
which  he  also  wrote,  from  1828  to  1842.  In  18.'31  he  was  appointed 
consul  to  Paris,  and  while  there  published  a  book  about  the  United 
States  in  the  French  language.  Besides 
his  other  works  issued  in  this  country  were: 
"The  Outcast,  and  other  Poems,"  "Recol- 
lections of  a  Life-Time"  (his  autobiog- 
raphy), "Fireside  Education,"  "Sketches 
from  u  Student's  Window,"  and  a  "Natural 
History  of  Animals."     He  died  in  18G0. 


THE  classic 
cjitor,  Ch; 


WILLIAM  WILKIE  COLLINS, 

Eminent  English  Novt'libt.  Author  of  *■ 


I    Saavedra  Miguel  de  Cervantes,  was  born 

at  Alcala  de  Henares,  Spain,  in  1547.  Joining  the  military  ser- 
vice of  his  country  about  the  year  1571,  he  fought  bravely  at  the 
battle  of  Lepanto,  where  he  was  wounded  and  crippled  for  life;  but 
he  remained  in  the  army  until  1575,  in  which  year,  as  be  was  return- 
ing home,  he  was  captured  by  an  Algerine 
corsair,  taken  to  Algiers,  and  kept  a  prisoner 
for  six  years.  Having  been  ransomed,  he 
returned  to  Spain  in  1581,  and,  in  1584, 
published  "Galatea,"  and  was  married. 
Little  is  known  of  his  subsequent  life. 
His  writings,  however,  indicate  literary 
industry  and  talent  of  a  high  order.  Of 
all  his  works,  "Don  Quixote"  is  the 
greatest,  and  has  immortalized  his  name. 
His  other  publications  include  about  thirty 
dramas  and  twelve  tales;  "Filena,"  "Gala- 
tea,"    and    "A   Journey    to    Parnassus" 

(poetry),  and  "Persiles  and  Sigismunda," 
a  romance.  Cervantes  died  at  Madrid, 
Spain,  in  1616. 


THE 


SAMUEL  G.  GOODRICH. 

well    known     "Peter    Parley," 


T 

Samuel   Griswold  Goodrich,    a  prolific 

writer  of  books  for  children  and  youth, 
wasborn  atRidgefield,  Conn.,  in  1793.      He 
first  established  himself  in  the  publishing        Author  of  ' 
business   at  Hartford,  Conn.      He   visited 

Europe  in  1824,  and  on  his  return  re-established  his  publishing  house 
in  Boston.  Soon  afterwards  he  began  the  publication  of  the  "Peter 
Parley  Books,"  which  admirably  served  the  purpose  of  making 
popular  and  interesting  a  large  amount  of  illustrated  information 
about  geography,  history,  travels,  and  various  arts  and  sciences. 
More  than  100  volumes  of  these  books,  including  stories,  were 
successively  and  successfully  issued.     Mr.  Goodrich  also  established 


CHARLES  ANTHON. 

ical  American  author  and  edn- 
Charles  Anthon,  was  born  in  the 
city  of  New  York,  in  1797,  and  educated 
at  Columbia  college,  where  he  graduated  in 
1815.  In  1819  he  was  admitted  to  the  prac- 
tice of  the  law,  and  the  following  year  was 
a])pointed  adjunct  professor  of  languages 
in  Columbia  college.  In  1830  he  became 
rector  of  the  college  grammar-school,  and 
rose  to  the  head  of  the  classical  department 
of  the  institution  in  1835.  His  classical 
works  number  about  fifty  volumes,  well 
known  in  America  as  standard  publica- 
tions, and  all  were  republished  in  England; 
they  comprise  Latin  classics  and  helps  to 
Latin  lexicon  and  a  "Dictionary  of  Greek 
"  He  was  active  and  industrious,  for  many 
years  it  being  his  custom  to  retire  at  ten  o'clock  and  rise  at  four;  thus 
much  of  his  day's  work  was  done  before  the  breakfast  hour.  He 
died  in  New  York,  in  1867. 


classical   study,   a  fine 
and  Roman  Antiquities 


MARY  ABIGAIL  OODGE. 


Ax   t'xtri'im-ly  satirical   author' 
Mary  Aliigail  Dodge,  better  I 


rcss,  ^liss 
known  as 
Gail  Hamilton,"  was  born  at  Ham- 
ilton, Mass.,  about  1830,  the  daughter  of  a 
farmer.  Her  country  living  and  country 
thinking  appear  to  have  established  her 
health  without  reducing  the  natural  caus- 
ticity of  her  disposition.  In  1851  and  for 
a  few  years  afterwards  she  taught  physical 
science  in  the  high-school  at  Hartford, 
Conn. ,  and  contributed  articles  to  the  New 
York  Independent^  the  Kational  Era  at 
Washington,  and  the  Congregalionalisl. 
.\fterwards  she  was  one  of  the  writers  for 
the  Atlantic  Monthly  and  editor  of  Our 
Young  Folks.  Several  volumes  have  been 
conii)iled  from  her  contributions  to  these 
periodicals,  such  as  ' '  Country  Living  and 
Country  Thinking,"'  "Stumbling-Blocks," 
"Gala-Days,"  "Woman's  Wrongs,"  "A 
New  Atmosphere,"  "  Twelve  Miles  from 
a  Lemon,"  etc.  Of  late  years  she  has  been  the  Washington  corre- 
spondent of  the  New  York  Tribune,  and  her  pen  portraits  of  cele- 
brated men  and  women,  as  they  appear  in  society,  at  the  national 
capital,  are  looked  for  with  interest  and  are  read  with  avidity  by  the 
public  who  study  Washington  gossip.  Her  letters  relating  to  mat- 
ters of  general  interest  are  also  equally  entertaining  and  valuable 
as  exponents  of  the  leading  events  at  the  capital. 


S.  G.  GOODRICH, 

Peter  Parley's  "  Works  for  Young  Folks. 


;(>— 


■^li^ 


220 


THE    FRENCH    NOVELIST.  VICTOR    UUGO.       .1.    G.    HOLLAND. 


VICTOR  MARIE  HUGO. 

THE  lifeof  the  eminent  French  novelist  and  poet.  Victor  Marie  Hugo, 
is  intimately  connected  with  some  of  the  stirring  events  of  French 
history  in  the  nineteenth  century,  and  it  is  stated  that  '-in  a 
certain  degree  he  has  revolutionized  French  literature  by  his  leader- 
ship  of  the  romancists  in  their  war  upon 
the  classicists."  He  was  bom  at  Besancon, 
France,  in  1803,  and  as  his  father  was  a 
soldier  his  childhood  was  passed  in  Elba, 
Corsica,  Switzerland,  and  Italy,  going  to 
Paris  in  1809.  His  literary  tastes  were  de- 
veloped in  his  youth,  and  in  1817  he  pre- 
sented to  the  French  academy  a  poem  upon 
"  The  -Advantages  of  Study. "  A  volume  of 
'■Odes  and  Ballads,"'  published  in  1823, 
created  a  sensation;  the  second  volume 
appeared  in  1S36.  In  1833  he  published  a 
novel,  and  in  1825  another.  His  drama  of 
' '  Cromwell  "  was  issued  in  1827.  Other 
works  appeared  in  rapid  succession,  and 
his  literary  superiority  was  established.  In 
1845  he  was  created  a  peer  of  France  by 
King  Louis  Philippe.  In  the  revolution  of 
1848  he  was  a  conservative  member  of  the 
constituent  assembly,  but  on  his  re-election 
he  exhibited  democratic  and  socialistic  ten- 
dencies, and  denounced  the  secret  policy  of 
Louis  Napoleon.  Owing  to  his  constitu- 
tional position  in  the  celebrated  violent 
measures  of  December  2.  1851,  Hugo  was 
denounced  and  took  refuge  in  Jersey  Island, 
continuing  his  opposition  to  Napoleon  III. , 
and  performing  literary  work.     In  1853  he 

was  obliged  to  flee  to  the  island  of  Guernsey,  and  in  1859  refused  to 
accept  the  amnesty  offered  to  political  exiles.  After  the  fall  of  Louis 
Napoleon,  he  returned  to  Paris,  and  in  1871  he  was  elected  to  the 
national  assembly  from  the  department 
of  the  Seine.  He  opposed  the  parlia- 
mentary treaty  of  peace  between  France 
and  Germany,  and  was  treated  with  so 
much  violence  tiiat  he  resigned.  In  the 
insurrection  of  the  commune  in  Paris,  he 
protested  in  vain  against  the  destruction 
of  the  column  Vendome.  Going  to 
Brussels,  he  gave  expression  to  senti- 
ments opposing  the  protection  of  tlie 
communists  l)y  the  Belgian  government, 
and  was  forced  to  leave  the  country. 
Retiring  to  London  he  remained  there 
until  the  leaders  of  the  commune  had 
been  condemned,  when  he  returned  to 
Paris  and  pleaded  the  cause  of  Rocliefort 
and  other.s  of  them.  Since  then  he  has 
devoted  himself  principally  to  literary 
work.  Hi.-^  books  are  numerous.  Among 
the  most  popularof  them  in  this  country 
arc  ■  •  Les  Miscrables, "  "  The  Toilers  of 
the  Sea,"  and ' '  The  Man  Who  Laughed.  " 
A  history  of  the  famous  coup  d'etat  in 
Paris,  in  1851,  is  among  his  recent  vol- 
umes. "  L' Annee  Terrible, "  a  book  of 
poetry,  illustrative  of  the  inisforlunes  of 

France,  was  published  in  1873.  Some  of  his  novels  have  been  pub- 
lished at  once  in  eight  or  ten  different  languages.  Two  of  his  sons 
and  a  brother  have  acquired  celebrity  in  France  by  their  literary  talent. 


VICTOR  HUGO, 

rolitician.  Novelist,  Poet  and  Play-Writer. 


J.  G.  HOLLAND, 

Lecturer,  Essayist,  Editor  and  Poet. 


THOMAS  HOOD. 

THE    very    genial     and    versatile    writer    of     prose    and    poetry 
(both  humorous  and    sentimental)  Thomas   liood,  was  born  in 
London,  in  1798.      He  first  attempted  commercial  pursuits,  but  bis 

health  failing,  he  abandoned  the  counting-house  and,  after  making 
some  literary  contributions  to  the  Dundee 
Magazine,  undertook  to  learn  the  art  of 
engraving.  His  verees,  meanwhile,  at- 
tracting attention,  he  was,  in  1821,  made 
6ub-editor  of  the  London  Magazine,  in 
which  capacity  he  formed  acquaintance  with 
the  prominent  literary  men  of  the  day- 
Among  these  was  Charles  Lamb,  with  whom 
he  became  very  intimate.  Hood"  s  first  book 
was  in  rh5'me  —  "Odes  and  Addresses  to 
Great  People" — to  which  his  brother-in- 
law  ( Reynolds)  contributed.  His  * '  Whims 
and  Oddities"  appeared  in  1836;  "National 
Tales,"  and  a  volume  of  sentimental  poetry, 
in  1837;  "  The  Epping  Hunt/' in  1829;  the 
"Comic  Annual,"  in  1830,  continuing 
through  eleven  years;  "  Hood's  Own,"  in 
1838-*9;  "Tylney  Hall,"  a  novel,  about 
1831.  From  1837,  for  several  years,  he 
lived  on  the  continent  of  Europe  for  the 
benefit  of  his  health,  and  while  in  Belgium 
published  his  "Up  the  Rhine."  When  he 
returned  to  England  he  edited  the  New 
Monthly  Magazine  until  1843;  in  1844  he 
started  Hood's  Magazine,  which  he  con- 
trolled until  his  death.  To  Punch,  \\\  1844, 
he  contributed  his  famous  "Song  of  a 
Shirt,"  which  was  written  on  a  sick  bed. 

"Whimsicalities"  appeared  in  1843,  and.  like  most  of  his  books. 

was  composed  of  his  periodical  contributions.     Toward  the  close  of 

his  life  he  received  a  pension  from  the  government  of  about  $500 
cc<,Cgg     annually.     He  died  in  London,  in  1845. 

JOSIAH  GILBERT  HOLLAND. 

HE  .successful  journalist,  essayist, 
novelist,  historian,  biographer,  and 
poet,  Br.  Josiah  G.  Holland,  was 
born  at  Belchertown,  Mass..  in  1819. 
He  studied  medicine  and  practiced  it  for 
three  years;  edited  a  literary  journal 
at  Springfield,  Mass. ,  for  several 
months,  and  was  superintendent  of  pub- 
lic schools  for  a  year  at  Vicksburg,  Miss. 
From  May,  1849,  to  1866,  he  was  suc- 
cessively associate  editor  and  proprietor 
of  the  Springfield  (Mass. )  i?f;)wWJrffn, 
and  since  1870  he  has  been  the  editor 
and  part  publisher  of -S'cnftW'??''*  Monfhhj 
in  New  York.  For  years  he  has  been 
widely  known  as  n  public  lecturer  on 
literary  and  other  subjects,  and  as  the 
writer  of  numerous  books.  His  '  *  Tim- 
othy Titcomb  Series  "  comprises  ' '  Let- 
ters to  the  Young, "  * '  Gold  Foil, " 
*' Lessons  JnLife, "  and  "Letters  to 
the  Joneses."  He  has  also  written  the 
*'  Life  of  Abraham  Lincoln."  His  "Bit- 
ter-Sweet," a  poem  written  in  dramatic  form,  has  been  largely  reaii. 
A  book  entitled  *' Garnered  Sheaves, "  containing  his  poems  com- 
plete, was  published  in  Nrw  York  in  1873.  Died  Oct,  12,  1881. 


T 


(y. — 


A 


K 


rj- 


J.    T.     IIKADI.EY    AND    OTIIlili    WELL-KNOWN    AUTIIOKS. 


221 


SI 


II 


JOEL  TYLER  HEADLEY. 

THE  wellknown  liistoihni,  .Im'l  T.  Ilciilliy,  was  liniii  at  WaHon, 
N.  Y. ,  in  1814.  Graduating  at  Union  college,  Sclicnoctttdy,  he 
i>tudied  theology  at  Auburn  and  preached  two  years  at  Stock- 
liridge,  Mass.  His  healtli  failing,  he  traveled  in  Europe  in  lS4a-'3, 
and  on  his  return  gave  the  results  of 
his  journey  to  the  public  in  two  volumes 
relating  to  Italy,  the  Alps  and  the  Khine. 
Since  then  Mr.  llcadley  has  prepared  nu- 
merous biographical  and  historical  works, 
prominent  among  which  are;  ''Napoleon 
and  liis  Marshals ,"  ' '  Washington  and  his 
Generals,"  lives  of  Cromwell,  Generals 
llavelock,  Scott,  Jackson  and  Washingtcni, 
a  history  of  the  war  of  1812,  and  another 
of  the  Southern  rebellion;  '■  The  Chaplains 
and  Clergy  of  the  Revolution,"  "Sacred 
Mountains ,"  "  Sacred  Scenes  and  Charac- 
ters," "Sacred  Heroes  and  Martyrs." 
Mr.  Headley  was  Secretary  of  State  in 
New  York  in  1856-' 7. 


admitted  to  the  bar  in  1848,  and  became  queen's  counsel  in  1809. 
He  has  been  a  Liberal  member  of  parliament  for  several  years,  and  is 
distinguished  for  his  efforts  in  behalf  of  the  laboring  classes  and  the 
interests  of  education.  He  visited  the  United  States  in  1869  and 
1870,  and  received  a  liearly  welcome.     Since  then  he  has  established 

a  social  and  industrial  colony  in  the  State 

of  Tennessee. 


# 


JOEL  TYLER  HEADLEY. 

Author  of  "Napoleuii  and  his  Marshals,"  and  Other  W 


EDWARD  EVERETT  HALE. 

A5[OXG  the  popular  Aim-rican  Unitarian 
ministers    and    maeazine   writers    is 
Edward  E.  Hale,  who  was  born  nt  Bos- 
ton,  Mass.,   in    1822.     Graduating    from 
Harvard   college,  in  1839,  be   studied  for 

the  pulpit,  and  has  been  the  pastor  of  Unitarian  churches  at  Boston 
and  Worcester,  Mass.  He  has  traveled  as  a  public  lecturer,  and  con- 
tributed to  current  periodicals  for  many  years.  The  most  noted  of 
his  collected  writings  are  the  following:  "The  Ingham  Papers,'' 
''The  Man  Without  a  Country,"  "  Ups  and  Downs,"  "His  Level 
Best,"  and  "■  Workingmen's  Homes. 


THE    pnililic  noveli^-t.  (i.  1*.    K. 
was  born  in  London,  in  1801. 


CAROLINE  LEE. 

A  POPULAR  American  writer  of 
novels  and  tales,  Caroline  Lee, 
daughter  of  General  John  Whit- 
ing, was  l)orn  at  Lancaster,  Mass., 
in  1800.  In  1825  she  married  Mr. 
N.  M.  Hentz,  who  subsequently  be- 
came connected  with  Chapel  Hill 
college,  N.  C.  From  Chapel  Hill 
they  removed  to  Covington,  Ky. ,  and 
afterwards  lived  at  Cincinnati,  Flor- 
ence, Ala.,  and  Tuscaloosa,  Tnske- 
gee  and  Columbus,  Ga.  Among  her 
books  are:  "  De  Lara"  (a  play), 
"Aunt  Patty's  Scrap-Book,"  "The 
Mob-  Cap,"  "  Linda,  "  "■  Rena," 
"Marcus  Marland,"  "Eoline," 
•The  Planter's  Northern  Bride," 
"Ernest  Linwood,"  "Helen  and 
Arthur,  or  Miss  Thusa's  Spinning- 
Wheel. "  and  "Wild  Jack."  Mrs, 
in  1856. 


GEORGE  PAYNE  RAINSFORD  JAMES. 

Jann  ^, 
He  was 
educated  at  Greenwich,  England,  and 
was  sent  to  France  when  he  was  fifteen 
years  old.  There  he  remained  for  several 
years.  At  seventeen  he  wrote  a  collec- 
tion of  Eastern  stories,  which  he  pub- 
lished in  1832  as  "A  String  of  Pearls.  ' 
In  1833  he  published  (by  the  counsel  of 
Washington  Irving)  a  life  of  Edward,  the 
Black  Prince.  ' '  Richelieu, "  his  first 
novel,  was  written  in  1825.  and  given  to 
the  world  in  1839.  He  died  in  Venice, 
in  18G0,  having  published  more  than  eighty 
original  works,  including  his  many  novels, 
several  volumes  of  poetry,  and  a  number 
of  histories  and  biographies.  He  removed 
to  the  United  States  about  1850,  and  was 
British  consul  at  Norfolk,  Ya.,  from  1852 
to  1858.  He  was  then  appointed  consul  to  Venice.  Two  of  his 
novels  have  a  basis  in  American  history — ' '  Ticonderoga  "  and  * '  The 
Old  Dominion."  In  connection  with  MaunscU  B.  Field,  he  wrote 
' '  Adrian,  or  the  Clouds  of  the  Mind. "  His  works  embrace  a  history 
of  chivalry,  and  lives  of  Charlemagne,  Richard  Coeur  de  Lion,  Henry 
IV.  of  France,  and  Louis  XIV.  He 
was  for  some  time  official  historian  of 
England,  having  been  appointed  to 
that  position  by  William  IV.  A  com 
jiact  edition  of  his  writings  has  been 
published  in  England. 


irks. 


<KK>eg^ 


^ooo 


-ooO-O^ 


Residence  of  Joel  T.  Headley,  near  Newburgh,  N.  Y. 


Hentz   died   at  Mariana,  Fla. 


THOMAS  HUGHES. 

AN  author  of  considerable  cek-brlty  for  bis  '  ■  Tcni  Brown's  School- 
days."  "Tom  Brown  at  Oxford,"  and  "The    Scouring  of  the 
White  Horse,"  Thomas  Hughes,  was  born  at  Newbury,  England, 
in  1823.      He  was  educated  at  Rugby  and  Oxford,  studied  law.  was 


FLAVIUS  JOSEPHUS. 

rpiIE  widily-known  Jewish  histo- 
rian Flavins  Josephus,  descended, 
on  his  mother's  side,  from  the 
Maccabean  race,  was  born  at  Jeru- 
salem, A.  D.  37,  and  was  early  edu- 
cated in  Hebrew  learning.  He  wrote 
the  "  History  of  the  Wars  of  tbe 
Jews,"  "Jewish  Antiquities,"  and 
other  works,  which  have  become  pop- 
ular in  this  country  in  the  English 
translation  by  Rev.  William  Whiston. 
L'Estrange  also  translated  Josephus 
into  English.  When  twenty-six  years 
old  Jofsephus  was  sent  to  Rome  in 
order  to  defend  the  cause  of  a  number  of  Jewish  priests  held  in 
durance  by  the  governor  Felix,  and  on  his  way  escaped  from  ship- 
wreck. The  results  of  this  mission  were :  An  introduction  to  Poppaea 
(Nero's  wife),  the  liberation  of  the  priests,  and  reception  of  many 
presents  from  the  empress.  In  67  he  desperately  resisted  the 
approach  of  Vespasian  in  the  strong  Galilean  city  of  Jotapata.  After 
its  fall  he  was  held  by  the  Romans  until  Vespasian  became  emperor. 
Josephus  is  supposed  to  have  died  about  the  year  100. 


-E:^ 


J2^ 


<j: 


COOrER,    THE    DISTINGUISHED    NOVELIST.       THE   AUTHOR   OF    ''ROBINSON   CRUSOE. 


^'" 


JAMES   FENIMORE  COOPER. 

ONE  of  the  most  celebrated  writers  of  American  fiction  was  James 
Fenimore  Cooper,  a  son  of  Judge  Cooper,  the  founder  of  Coopers- 
town,  Otsego  county,  N.  Y.  James  was  born  at  Burlington,  in 
1789,  and  his  earliest  education  was  derived  from  a  private  tutor  at 
Burlington.  In  1802  he  entered  Yale  college,  but  left  it  in  1805,  in 
order  to  enter  the  United  States  navy  as  a  midshipman.  He  remained 
in  the  naval  service  six  years  and  then  re- 
signed. Removing  to  Maraaroneck,  N.  Y. , 
soon  after  his  marriage  to  a  sister  of 
Bishop  De  Lancey,  he  entered  upon  his 
literary  career.  His  first  novel  was  pub- 
lished in  1819  at  his  own  expense,  and 
received  but  slight  notice.  His  next  book, 
'•■The  Spy,  "a  tale  of  the  American  revo- 
lution, became  very  popular  in  the  United 
States  and  Europe,  it  being  translated  into 
several  foreign  languages.  Two  years  after 
he  published  the  first  of  the  famous 
'•Leatherstocking tales,"  "The Pioneers," 
on  which  Ms  fame  as  a  writer  firmly  rests. 
"The  Pilot, "  a  sea- story,  which  appeared 
in  16*23,  greatly  increased  his  reputation. 
'•Lionel  Lincoln"  was  issued  in  1825, 
and  '-The  Last  of  the  Mohicans"  in  1826. 
In  1827  he  made  a  six  years'  visit  to  Europe. 
During  his  absence  he  published  "The 
Red  Rover, "  "The  Prairie,"  "  Notions  of 
the  Americans,  by  a  Traveling  Bachelor," 
' '  The  Wept  of  the  Wish-ton- Wish, "  ' '  The 
Water-Witch,"  "The Bravo,"  "TheHeid- 
enmauer,  "and  "The  Headsman  of  Borne, 
became  interested  in  the  character  of  the  French,  and  the  three  last- 
named  volumes  are  supposed  to  illustrate  his  views  and  impressions 
made  upon  his  mind  by  European  events,  which  also  led  him  into  a 
sharp  political  controversy.  He  returned  to  America  in  1833,  and  in 
1835  published  his  ' '  Monikins  "  and  '  *■  The 
American  Democrats,"  expressive  of  his 
opinion  of  his  countrymen  and  the  news- 
papers in  America.  His  prejudices  were 
severely  criticised  by  the  American  press 
and  a  series  of  libel  suits  followed.  The 
bitterness  against  Mr.  Cooper  was  increased 
by  the  publication  of  two  more  novels 
entitled  "  Homeward-Bound, "  and  '■'Home 
as  Found,"  in  1838.  Other  works  suc- 
ceeded these,  as  follows:  "Sketches  of 
Switzerland,"  "Gleanings  in  Europe," 
"France,"  "Italy,"  "Naval  History  of 
the  United  States."  "The  Pathfinder," 
"  Mercedes  of  Castile, "  *'  The  Deerslayer," 
"The  Two  Admirals, "  "  Wing-and-Wing," 
"Wyandotte,"  "Autobiography  of  a 
Pocket  -  handkerchief,  '  "  Ned  Myers, " 
"Afloat  and  Ashore,"  "Miles  Walling- 
ford, "  "Satanstoe,"  "The  Chainbearer, " 
'  *  The  Redskins, " '  *  Lives  of  Distinguished 
American  Naval  Officers,"  "The  Crater" 
(a  supernatural  romance),  "Oak  Open- 
ings," "Jack  Tier,"  "The  Sea-Lions," 
and  "The  Ways  of  the  Hour."  Mr.  Cooper  died  at  Cooperstown, 
N.  Y.,  in  I8.')l.  His  Irooks  have  passed  through  numerous  editions, 
and  although  not  read  as  much  as  formerly,  about  the  middle  of  the 
century  were  among  the  most  popular  of  the  novels  of  that  time. 


JAMES  F.  COOPER, 

Political  writer,  thou^'h  widely  kuown  as  a  Xovelist 


While  in  Europe  he 


DANIEL   DE  FOE. 

THE  son  of  a  butcher,  Daniel  Defoe,  the  popular  author,  was  bom  in 
London,  in  1661.  He  studied  for  the  pulpit,  but  joined  in  Mon- 
mouth's rebellion,  in  1685.  From  this  he  escaped  without  evil 
consequences.  His  literary  taste  had  already  developed  itself  in  a 
satirical  pamphlet  and  a  treatise  against  the  Turks.  He  now  unsuc- 
cessfully applied  himself  to  business  as  a  hosier,  and  then  as  a  tile 
manufacturer,  but  his  literary  inclinations 
continued.  He  wrote  voluminously  irony 
and  satire,  pointing  his  pen  against  living 
persons  and  institutions.  A  pamphlet  of 
his,  "A  Short  Way  with  the  Dissenters," 
brought  him  before  a  court  of  justice, 
where  he  was  sentenced  to  be  fined,  im- 
prisoned and  put  in  the  pillory.  Even 
this  severity  could  not  stop  his  pen  dur- 
ing his  two  years'  confinement.  In  the 
reign  of  Queen  Anne  he  was  again  im- 
prisoned for  an  offense  similar  to  his  first. 
Meeting  with  another  political  reverse  after 
that,  be  abandoned  politics  and  turned  his 
attention  to  other  subjects.  In  1719  he 
wrote  his  celebrated  "Adventures  of 
Robinson  Crusoe,"  founded  on  the  cast- 
away experiences  of  Alexander  Selkirk, 
a  Scotch  sailor,  on  the  island  of  San  Juan 
Fernandez.  Few  books  ever  attained  a 
more  enviable  and  wide-spread  reputation. 
Other  books  followed,  and  the  mere  cata- 
logue of  his  entire  productions  is  said  to 
cover  sixteen  printed  pages.  He  died  in 
Cripplegate,  London,  in  1731,  in  poverty  and  sorrow  caused  by  the 
misconduct  of  a  son.  Among  his  principal  works,  besides  "Rob- 
inson Crusoe,"  are  "The  Adventures  of  a  Cavalier,"  "A  Jour- 
nal of  the  Plague  in  16G5,"  "The  Political  History  of  the  Devil," 
and  *  *  A  System  of  Magic. "  He  is  represented  as  a  man  of  unshaken 
,.^;-^,^(3^i;-T~\  probity,  strong  natural  powers,  a  lively 
)X^  imagination,  solid  judgment,  and  invincible 
^^    integrity  in  his  political  sphere. 

(^ 

■  THOMAS  DICK. 


il     ONCE-FAMOUS  writer  of 

M    religious    books    and     lecti 

J       Thomas  Dick,  born  near  Dun 


DANIEL   DEFOE. 


A  voluminous  writer.   l>i- 


cientific- 
lectures  was 
ndce,  Scot- 
land, in  1774.  He  studied  for  the  pulpit, 
and  was  settled  as  a  minister  at  Stirling,  but 
resigned,  and  for  ten  years  followed  the 
profession  of  a  teacher  at  Perth.  His  first 
book,  "The  Christian  Philosopher,"  proved 
so  successful  that  he  devoted  his  time  to 
the  production  of  other  scientific  books, 
and  to  the  delivery  of  popular  lectures  on 
scientific  subjects.  His  literary  labors  were 
not  profitable  in  a  pecuniary  sense,  and 
his  latter  years  were  brightened  by  the 
receipt  of  subscriptions  taken  up  in  the 
United  States  for  his  benefit,  and  by  a 
small  pension  from  the  British  government. 
His  works  are  well  kuown  in  this  country, 
and  comprise,  besides  the  one  previously  mentioned.  "The  Philos- 
ophy of  Religion."  "The  Improvement  of  Society  by  the  DilTu- 
^ion  of  Knowledge,"  "The  Philot^ophy  of  a  Future  State,"  "Tlie 
Sidereal  Heavens,"  "Telescope  and  Microscope."     He  died  in  1857. 


it    knnu-n 
•n  Crusoe 


tlie  autlior  of 


■^ 


-^W- 


MARY  CLEMMEU,   DISTINGUISIIKD    NEWSPAPER    CORRESPONDENT.       GEO.   W.   CUETIS. 


223 


■? 


MARY  CLEMMER. 

AN  American  lady  who  is  well  known  to  now.^paper  nnd  prruKliciil 
readers  as  an  intelligent  and  interesting  writer  upon  current 
events,  is  Mary  Clcmmer.  Miss  Cleinmer  was  born  at  Ulica, 
N.  Y.,  about  1840.  When  fourteen  years  old  she  contributed  prose 
and  poetry  to  several  journals.  In  IStil 
she  became  the  Washington  correspondent 
of  loading  New  York  papers,  and  has 
followed  this  occupation  with  more  or 
U'ss  brilliancy  and  assiduity  ever  since. 
She  has  also  written  the  following  novels: 
"Victor,"  "Irene,"  and  "His  Two 
Wives,"  besides  a  memorial  of  the  Carey 
sisters,  and  a  volume  of  Washington 
sketches. 


GEORGE  WILLIAM  CURTIS. 

THE  wull-known  editor  of  Harper's 
Weekly  and  author  of  several  books, 
George  William  Curtis,  was  born  at 
Providence,  R.  I.,  in  1824.  He  was  edu- 
cated at  a  private  school,  and  was  after- 
waids  a  clerk  in  a  store  in  Xew  York. 
In  1842  he  went  to  Massachusetts,  near 
Roxbury,  where  he  spent  one  and  a  half 
years  in  studying  and  laboring  on  a  farm, 
and  passed  another  eighteen  months  in 
tilling  land  for  himself  and  with  his 
brother,  nearConcord,  Mass.     In  184Ghe 

visited  Europe,  sojourning  in  Italy  and  Berlin,  and  traveling  in  Egypt 
and  Syria.  Returning  to  the  United  States,  he  published  his  first 
book,  in  1850,  "Nile  Notes  of  a  Howadji. "  Soon  afterwards  he 
became  one  of  the  editors  of  the  New  York  Tribu?ie,  and  in  1853 
published  another  book,  "The  Howadji 
in  Syria. "  The  same  year  he  became  one 
of  the  editors  of  Putnam's  Magazine^  in 
New  York,  continuing  with  It  as  long  as 
it  existed.  Portions  of  his  contributions 
to  this  periodical  were  afterwards  pub- 
lished in  a  book,  ' '  The  Potiphar  Papers  " 
and  "  Prue  and  I."  Mr.  Curtis  has  also 
been  successful  as  a  public  lecturer  and 
as  a  political  speaker  in  the  interest  of 
the  Republican  party  in  the  Presidential 
contest  of  1856.  Besides  pursuing  his 
editorial  duties,  contributing  papers  to 
periodicals,  occasionally  issuing  a  book, 
and  lecturing,  Mr.  Curtis  has  achieved 
popularity  by  his  orations  and  poems 
delivered  before  literary  societies.  He 
has  also  held  some  honorable  political 
positions,  and  also  the  office  of  a  regent 
of  the  university  of  New  York  State. 


MARY  CLEMMER. 

Poet,  Novelist  and  NLnvsi-aper  Correspondent. 


and  Ireland.  From  December.  1803,  to  1808,  he  was  educated  at 
Oxford.  Visiting  London,  inl804,  he  was  attacked  with  rheumatism, 
and  in  order  to  relieve  his  pains  he  resorted  to  opium,  wiih  the  result 
of  becoming  an  opium-eater,  enjoying  all  the  delights  and  suffering 
all  the  misery  that  the  deadly  drug,  under  such  circumstances,  can 
bestow.  From  1809  to  1810  he  occupied 
a  cottage  at  Grassmerc,  having  among  his 
associates,  Wordsworth,  Southey  and 
Coleridge.  Later  in  life  he  sojourned 
in  London,  Bath,  and  Edinburgh,  studying 
(German  literature  and  philosophy,  and 
making  translations  from  Germanauthors. 
In  1813,  owing  to  a  painful  disease,  he 
resorted  again  to  opium,  and  confirmed 
his  habit  of  using  it  in  large  doses.  lie 
attempted  an  important  literary  enter- 
prise, l)ut  the  enervating  drug  had  weak- 
ened his  faculties,  and  he  could  do 
nothing  successfully.  Still  he  had  sufli- 
cient  strength  of  mind,  after  one  or  two 
failures,  to  overcome  his  besetting  habit, 
and  then  began  his  literary  labor,  which, 
continued  from  1821  until  his  death,  in 
1859.  His  principal  works  are:  "Con- 
fessions of  an  Opium-Eater, "  and  "The 
Logic  of  Political  Economy,"  several  pa- 
pers in  the  "  Encyclopaedia Britannicii," 
and  numerous  contributions  of  biogra- 
phies, sketches,  and  essays  to  periodicals. 


THE  DANAS. 

RICHARD  H.  DANA,  poet  and  essayist,  was  born  at  Cambridge, 
Mass.,  in  1787.      Completing  his  studies  at    Harvard  college, 


Newport,  R.  L, 


GEORGE  WILLIAM  CURTIS, 


Editor  of  Harper's  Weekly.  Lecturer  and  well-known 
Political  Writer. 


THOMAS   DE    QUINCEY. 

THE  celebrated  man  of  genius  and  a  victim  of  opium-eating, 
Thomas  De  Quincey,  came  into  the  world  near  Manchester,  Eng- 
land, in  1786,  and  was  educated  in  various  schools,  where  he 
acquired  a  knowledge  of  the  Greek  tongue.  His  guardian  refusing 
to  send  him  to  the  university,  he  ran  away,  and  wandered  about  the 
country  and  to  London,  suffering  from  hunger  and  exposure  to  an 
intense  degree;  but  after  his  rescue  a  reconciliation  was  effected,  and 
he  went  again  to  school,  traveling,  also,  in  several  parts  of  England 


Boston  and  Baltimore,  he  entered  upon  the 
practice  of  the  law  at  Cambridge^  in  1811, 
and  was  elected  a  member  of  the  Massa- 
chussetts  legislature.  In  1814  he  con- 
nected himself  with  the  North  American 
lieview,  and  some  of  his  earliest  literary 
writings  appeared  in  that  magazine,  of 
which  he  became  a  co-editor  in  1818. 
His  principal  publications  are  "The 
Buccaneer  and  Other  Poems,"  first  issued 
in  1827.  and  "  Poems  and  Prose  Writings, "' 
in  1850,  the  latter  in  two  volumes,  con- 
taining his  essays  and  reviews  from  the 
NortJi  Ajnerican,  and  some  others,  with 
his  former  poems.  In  lS39-"40  he  deliv- 
ered eight  lectures  on  Shakspeare,  in 
Boston,  New  York,  and  Philadelphia. 
He  died  in  1879. 


Richard  Hexrt  Dana,  Jr.  ,  son  of  the 
above-named,  was  born  at  Cambridge, 
Mass.,  in  1815.  Entering  Harvard  col- 
lege, in  1832,  his  eyesight  became  so 
affected  that  in  1834  he  undertook  a  sea 
voyage  aronnd  Cape  Horn  to  California,  a  country  then  little  known. 
On  his  return  he  again  entered  college,  studied  law  and  was  admitted 
to  the  bar  in  Boston,  in  1840.  He  was  one  of  the  founders  of  the 
Free-Soil  party,  and  afterwards  active  in  the  Republican  movement. 
He  has  added  to  the  literature  of  the  United  States  several  important 
works,  including  '^ International  Law,"  and  "Two  Years  Before  the 
Mast,"  "The  Seaman's  Friend"  (a  treatise  on  seamanship),  and 
"To  Cuba  and  Back,  a  Vacation  Voyage." 


^ 


A 


!(5- — 


— tT): 


t 


22i 


DUMAS   THE    NOVELIST.       THE    FOUNDEK    OF   THE   KEW    YORK    "HERALD 


1 


r 


J.   G.   BENNETT. 

THE  founder  of  the  ^ew  York  J/' raid.  James  Gordon  Bennett,  was 
born  at  Xew  Mill.  Scotland,  1795.  In  bis  yoiitb  he  studied  for 
tbe  Catholic  ministry,  but  abandoned  that  design  and  sailed  for 
America  in  1819.  Arriving  at  Halifax,  N.  S. ,  he  taught  school,  but 
reached  Boston  in  1819,  and  read  proof  for  a  livelihood.  From  thence 
he  went  to  New  York  in  1822,  and  then  to  Charleston,  S.  C. ,  where  he 
performed  editorial  work  on  the  Courier,  of  that  city.  A  few  months 
later  he  returned  to  New  York  and  delivered  a 
course  of  lectures  on  political  economy.  From 
1823  to  1834  he  worked  on  various  newspapers  in 
New  York  and  Philadelphia.  In  May,  1835.  he 
issued  the  lirst  number  of  the  New  York  Herald, 
which,  notwithstanding  several  adverse  circum- 
stances, prospered  fairly,  and  the  energy  and 
shrewdness  of  its  editor  soon  brought  it  into 
popularity.  It  was  the  first  paper  that  published 
a  daily  money-article  and  stock-lists.  In  1837  it 
set  up  a  ship-news  establishment,  to  board 
incoming  ships  and  obtain  foreign  intelligence  and 
passenger-lists,  arranging  for  correspondence 
from  all  parts  of  Europe,  and  received  the  first 
speech  that  was  ever  reported  by  telegraph.  The 
Herald  was  Democratic  and  advocated  the  fugitive 
slave  law,   but  came  over  to  the  Republicans  and 


ih..- 


Fremont    in    1856,    and  supported  the  Unionist 

in  the   Southern  rebellion.    It  was  at  that  time  a 

power  in  the  land.     In  1871  Mr.  Bennett  fitted 

out  an   expedition,  under  Henry  M.  Stanley,  to  explore  Africa  and 

discover   the   whereabouts    of   Dr.  Livingstone,  which   was   entirely 

successful  and  added  to  geographical  science.     A  second  expedition 

under  Stanley  also  produced  important  results.      Mr.  Bennett  died  in 

1872,  in  New  York,  leaving  the  Herald,  —  in  itself  a  large  fortune, 

— to  his  son.  James  Gordon,  Jr.     The  latter  remains  its  editor  and 

proprietor. 


James  Gordon  Bennett 
Founder  of  the  New  York  Herald. 


THE  ABBOTTS. 

Two  brothers  of  this  name  have  made  numerous  and  valuable  addi- 
tions to  American  literature.  Jacob  Abbott  was  born  at  Ilal- 
lowell.  Me.  ,in  1803.  He  received  his  educatioji  at  Bowdoin 
college  and  the  Andover  Theological  seminary.  After  graduating  he 
served  four  years  as  professor  of  mathematics  and  natural  philosphy 
at  Amherst  college,  and  subsequently  superintended  the  Mount 
Vernon  girls'  school.  From  1834  to  1838  he  was  a  Congregational 
minister  of  the  gospel,  but  having  retired  from 
the  pulpit,  he  devoted  himself  to  literary  work, 
producing  books  under  more  than  200  titles. 
Most  of  his  writings  took  a  serial  form,  and 
among  these  the  principal  were  the  followin'-r: 
"Young  Christian"  series,  four  volumes;  ''RoUo 
Books, "  twenty-eight  volumes ;  "  Franconia 
Stories,"  ten  volumes;  "Harper'6  Story-Books, "' 
thirty-six  volumes;  "Marco  Paul"  series,  six 
volumes,  etc.,  with  numerous  illustrated  histories 
and.  historical  school-books  and  a  series  of 
readers. 

John  S.  C.  Abbott  w'as  born  at  Bruns- 
wick, Me.,  in  1805.  Like  his  brother,  he  was 
educated  at  Bowdoin  and  Andover.  In  1830  he  was 
ordained  a  Congregational  minister,  preaching  the 
gospel  until  1844,  when  he  left  the  pulpit  and 
turned  his  attention  to  literary  pursuits,  after- 
wards resuming  his  pastoral  duties.  As  a 
writer  he  is  peculiarly  attractive  in  the  ele- 
gance and  vigor  of  his  language  and  fine  descriptive  powers.  His 
books  have  had  a  large  sale,  and  several  have  been  translated  into 
foreign  languages.  His  principal  works  embrace  a  florid  "History 
of  Napoleon  Bonaparte, "" Napoleon  at  St.  Helena,"  History  of 
Napoleon  III. ,  "  "  History  of  the  Civil  War  in  America, "  "  Romance 


y^O-O-oa- 


ALEXANDRE  DUMAS. 

iHE  favorite  French  play-writer  and  nov- 


I  elist,  Alexandre  Dumas,  the  elder,  was 
bom  at  Villers-Cotteretw,  France,  in 
1803.  Before  beginning  his  literary  career 
in  earnest,  while  at  school,  he  became  pro- 
ficient in  several  gentlemanly  accomplish- 
ments. He  was  clerk  for  a  notary,  and  held 
a  small  office  in  the  household  of  Louis 
Philippe,  devoting  his  spare  time  to  the 
perfecting  of  his  education.  From  1825  to 
1830  he  wrote  several  plays  for  the  stage, 
some  of  which  were  successful  as  dramas 
and  profitable  to  Dumas.  In  1835  he  pro- 
duced hiw  first  novel,  "Isabel  of  Baviere," 
and  from  that  time  until  just  before  his 
death,  in  1870,  he  was  a  prolific  writer  of 
ficlion,  by  the  publication  of  which  he 
realized  a  large  income  and  great  fame. 
Among  his  principal  novels,  which  have  been 
widely  translated,  may  be  mentioned  the 
following;      ' '  The     Three      Musketeers, " 

"Twenty  Years  After,"  "Count  of  Monte  Cristo, "  "Captain 
Paul,"  "Memoirs  of  a  Physician,"  "The  C^ueen's  Necklace,"  and 
"Forty-five  Guardsmen,"  besides  twenty-three  others  and  a  large 
number  of  dramas.  His  natural  son.  Alexandre  D. .  has  also  pro- 
duced numerous  poems,  novels,  and  plays,  which  his  countrymen 
have  stamped  with  their  approval. 


of  Spanish  History," 


'  History  of  Frederick  the  Great,"  "Kings 
and  Queens,"  "Practical  Christranity, " 
and  ten  volumes  of  illustrated  histories. 
He  died  in  June,  1877. 


Alexandre  Dumas, 

Distinguished  I'l;iy-\VriI(r  imd  Novelist,  Author  of 
"Twenty  Years  After,"  etc. 


THE  ALGERS. 

WILLIAM  R.  ALGER  was  born  at  Free- 
town. Mass.,  in  1823,  and  educated  at 
Harvard  college,  where  he  graduated 
in  1847.  He  then  studied  for  the  ministry, 
and  became  pastor  of  the  Unitarian  Church 
at  Roxbury.  Mass. ,  but  subsequently  suc- 
ceeded Theodore  Parker  at  Music  Hall, 
Boston.  He  has  written  several  books, 
among  which  are  the  following:  "The 
Poetry  of  the  Orient.  "  "A  Critical  History 
of  tiie  Doctrine  of  a  Future  Life,"  "The 
Genius  of  Solitude,"  "The  Friendships  of 
Women,"  etc. 

Hon.\Tio  Alger,  Jn. ,  a  cousin  of  William 
R. ,  was  born  at  Revere,  Mass.,  in  1834. 
He  also  received  his  education  at  Harvard 
college.  Subsequently  he  taught  school, 
and  became  a  journalist  in  Boston.  After 
having  traveled  a  year  in  Europe  he  re- 
turned home,  resumed  his  business  of  teaching,  and  engaged  in 
literary  pursuits.  Removing  to  New  York  in  1800,  he  became  inter- 
ested in  the  street  boys  of  that  city,  and  in  his  numerous  books  for 
the  young  he  has  shown  up  the  good  and  evil  peculiarities  of  thi>< 
class  of  youth.  His  principal  works  arc:  "Ragged  Dick  Series," 
"  Tiittercd  Tom  Series.  "  besides  contributions  to  periodicals. 


m^ 


4 


-O:-^ 


— ^: 


JAMES    PAKTON,    THE    BIOGKAPIIEK.        GKOKGE    MACD(JNALD,    SCOTCH    NOVELIST. 


JAMES   PARTON. 

THE  biographer  and  miscellaneous  author,  James  Parton,  was  born 
at  Canterbury,  England,  in  1822.  He  came  to  America  while  u 
child.  About  1841  he  became  a  teachi-r  at  White  Plains  (N.  Y. ) 
academy,  and  afterwards  taught  in  New  York  and  Philadelphia.  For 
three  years  he  was  connected  editorially 
with  the  Home  Journal^  in  New  Y'ork  city, 
and  for  several  years  he  has  been  before  the 
jiublic  as  a  lecturer  and  writer  of  miscel- 
laneous and  biographical  publicationis.  His 
"Life  of  Horace  Greeley"  first  appeared 
in  1855,  and  the  revised  edition  in  18G8. 
He  has  also  written  the  lives,  in  separate 
volumes,  of  Franklin,  Aaron  Burr,  and 
JelTiTson,  "The  People's  Book  of  Biogra- 
phy," "Famous  Americans  of  Recent 
Times,"  "General  Butler  in  New  Orleans," 
''Smoking  aud  Drinking,"  "Caricatures 
in  all  Times  and  Lands,"  "Triumphs  of 
Entt-rprise,  Ingenuity  and  Public  Spirit," 
aud  other  works. 


JULES   MICHELET. 

THE  French  historian,  Jules  Michelet, 
who  won  a  good  reputation,  w'as  born 
at  Paris  in  1798.  He  was  called  to  be 
jirofessor  of  history  in  the  college  of  Rolliu 
in  1821,  and  until  1826  he  was  professor  of 
ancient  languages  and  professor  of  philosophy  in  the  same  institution. 
In  1830  he  was  made  chief  of  the  historical  section  of  the  archives 
of  France.  In  1838  he  was  appointed  to  the  chair  of  history  in 
the  college  of  France,  and  elected  a  member  of  the  institute.  His 
academical  lectures  were  remarkable  for 
their  advocacy  of  democratic  ideas  aud 
assaults  upon  the  Jesuits,  aud  the  govern- 
ment of  Louis  Philippe  suppressed  them. 
After  the  revolution  of  1848  he  resumed  his 
lectures  with  so  much  political  bias  that  the 
government  of  Louis  Napoleon  suspended 
his  course.  In  1851  he  was  removed  from 
his  position  in  the  office  of  the  archives  for 
refusing  to  take  the  nqcessary  oath.  He 
then  retired  from  public  life  to  literary 
pursuits.  Among  his  published  works  are 
the  following:  "The  History  of  France" 
(sixteen  volnmes,  1833-1867),  "History  of 
X\\(i  French  Revolution,"  "The  Women  of 
the  Revolution,"  "Birds,"  "Insects," 
"Love,"  "Woraau, "  "The  Bible  of  Hu- 
manity," "A  History  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century,"  etc.,  several  of  which  have  been 
translated  into  English.  Michelet  died  at 
Hyeres,  France,  iu  1874. 


LINDLEY  MURRAY. 

THE  well-known  grammarian,  Lindley  Murray,  was  born  at  Swatara, 
Pa.,  in  1745,  He  was  educated  at  a  Quaker  school  in  Philadel- 
phia and  another  school  in  New  York,  and  began  life  in  a  counting- 
house,  but  abandoned  commercial  pursuits  for  the  study  of  the  law. 
After  his  admission  to  the  bar  he  obtained 
a  profitable  practice.  During  the  Revolu- 
tionary war  he  entered  upon  a  mercantile 
business  with  so  much  success  that  be  soon 
acquired  an  ample  fortune,  with  which  he 
retired  to  England  and  turned  his  attention 
to  literature.  Besides  his  "Grammar  of 
the  English  Language,"  he  wrote  "The 
Power  of  Religion  on  the  Mind,"  "English 
Exercises,"  a  "  Key "  to  his  grammar, 
"  The  English  Reader,"  an  •  •  English 
Spelling-Book,"  etc.  He  died  near  York, 
England,  in  1826.  His  autobiography  was 
published  after  his  death. 


A"^ 


JAMES    PARTON, 


Widely  Renowned  as  an  Interesting  and  Faithful 
Biographer. 


SAMUEL  AUSTIN  ALLIBONE. 

MONG  American  authors  who  have  dis- 
inguished  themselves  by  the  produc- 
tion of  useful  books  of  reference  and 
instruction,  is  Samuel  Austin  Allibone,  who 
was  born  at  Philadelphia,  in  1816.  His 
principal  works  are:  "A  Critical  Diction- 
ary of  English  Literature  and  British  and 
American  Authors,  Living  and  Deceased,  from  the  Earliest  Accounts 
to  the  Latter  Half  of  the  Nineteenth  Century, "  in  three  volumes,  and 
containing  notices  of  413,499  authors  and  their  writings;  several 
religious  essays,  contributions,  American  periodicals,  and  a  number 
of  tracts. 


JOSEPH  CLAY  NEAL. 

"IIIE  genial  journalist  and  author. 


Favorite  Scotoh  Novi-li.^t,  .tnri  Fi.rinerly  the  Pastor 
of  an  Independt-'Ut  Climrh. 


THE  genial  journalist  and  author,  Joseph  C.  Xual,  was  born  at 
Greenland,  N.  H. ,  in  1807-  In  1831  he  became  the  editor  of  the 
Pennsylvanian,  a  Philadelphia  newspaper.  In  1841  he  went 
abroad,  returning  the  following  year.  In  1844  he  established,  at  Phil- 
;uU'lphia,  Xeal's  Saturday  Gazette,  a  literary  paper,  and  in  1846  was 
married  to  Miss  Emily  Bradley,  who  wrote  for  the  press  under  the 
name  of  "Cousin  Alice."  Neal's  books  were  popular,  and  bore  the 
tiller  of  "Charcoal  Sketches,"  "  Peter  Ploddy, "  etc.    He  died  in  1848. 


GEORGE  MacDONALD. 

E  favorite  Stot'h  author,  George 
MacDonald.  was  born  at  Huntly.  Scot- 
land, in  1624,  and  graduated  at  King's 
college  and  university,  at  Aberdeen. 
He  studied  for  the  ministry  in  London, 
and  was  for  a  short  time  in  the  pulpit 
of  an  independent  church,  but  retired 
from  the  ministry  and  became  a  lay 
member  of  the  church  of  England.  Since 
then  he  has  followed  literary  pursuits,  and 
has  written  numerous  poems,  romances, 
novels,  and  books  for  the  j'oung.  Besides 
these  he  is  the  author  of  a  volume  of  "Un- 
spoken Sermons,"  and  a  treatise  on  "The 
Miracles  of  Our  Lord."  In  1877  the  English 
government,  in  consideration  of  his  literary 
labors,  bestowed  upon  him  a  pension  of 
about  $500  annually.  For  some  time  he 
was  principal  of  a  young  ladies'  seminary 
in  London,  and  later  traveled  in  Europe 
Within  and  Without  "  was  published  in  1855, 
followed  by  "  Phantastes,  a  Faerie  Romance," 
"The  Portent,"  "Alec  Forbes  of  Howglen," 
'Dealings  with  the  Fairies,"  "The  Disciples 
Annals  of  a  Quiet  Neighborhood,"  "The  Sea- 
board Parish,"  "Robert  Falconer,"  "Guild  Court,"  "England's 
Antiphon,"  "Ranald  Bannerman's  Boyhood,"  "At  the  Back  of  the 
North  Wind,"  and  others. 


GEORGE   MacDONALD. 


and  America.     His  ' 
"  Poems  "  in  1856, 
"David  Elginbrod,' 
"  Adela   Cathcart," 
and  other  Poems,"  ' 


.Qi. — 


15 


^^    /^"J*^**-*.- 


226 


THE    AUTIIOK    OF   THE    "'AGE    OF   KEASON. 


THOMAS  PAINE. 

THE  English  politician  and  liberalist,  Thomas  Paine,  was  born  at 
Thetford,  England,  in  1T37.  He  was  brought  up  as  a  stay-maker 
aud  became  an  exciseman.  Having  offended  the  authorities  and 
left  that  position,  he  came  to  America  and  joined  the  colonists  in  their 
revolution  against  the  mother  country,  and  materially  aided  their 
cause  by  his  writings.  Returning  to  England,  he  excited  considerable 
opposition  by  his  book  on  the  "  Riglits  of  Man,"  a  reply  to  Edmund 
Burke's  "Reflections  on  the  French  Revolution."  In  1793  Paine 
was  elected  a  member  of  the  French  national  convention  by  the  citi- 
zens of  Pas-de-Calais,  and  on  his  arrival  at  Calais  he  was  received 
with  gratifying  enthusiasm.  In  England  the  second  part  of  his 
"Rights  of  Man"  led  to  Paine's  prosecution,  but  as  he  was  then  in 
France  he  was  beyond  the  reach  of  English  law.  As  a  French  legis- 
lator he  excited  the  anger  of  the  Jacobins,  who  had  him  imprisoned, 
and  their  hatred  nearly  cost  him  his  life.  At  length  he  returned  to 
America,  dying  in  Xew  York  in  1809.  His  writings  created  a  most 
marked  sensation  in  behalf  of  liberty.  What  he  wrote  in  favor  of 
political  freedom  was  sure  to  make  friends  or  enemies  for  him.  His 
"  Age  of  Reason  "  ranks  among  the  mo'^t 
fearless  and  influential  of  the  liberal 
publications  of  the  world. 


epic  poet,  as  well  as  for  his  writings  in  prose.  In  religion  he  was 
atheist.  Some  of  his  latest  words  were;  "I  die  worshiping  God, 
loving  my  friends,  not  hating  my  enemies,  but  detesting  supersti- 
tion."  His  collected  works,  in  the  Beaumarchais  edition,  form 
seventy  volumes. 


Author  of  the 


FRANCOIS  M.  AROUET  DE  VOLTAIRE. 

AFKEN(_'II  anthur,  referring  to  Fran- 
cois Marie  Arouet  de  Voltaire,  says 
of  htm:  "  He  was  one  of  the  greatest 
poets — the  most  brilliant,  the  most  ele- 
gant, the  most  fertile,  of  our  prose 
writers."  Born  at  Paris,  France,  in 
1694.  he  was  educated  at  the  Jesuits'  col- 
lege, in  Paris,  where,  in  his  youth,  he  took 
delight  in  studying  character  in  the  gay 
society  about  him.  His  father  intended 
to  prepare  him  to  assume  the  functions 
of  a  magistrate,  but  nothing  could  over- 
come the  literary  propensity  of  the 
young  poet.  In  his  twenty- second  year 
he  was  imprisoned  in  the  Bastile  on  an 
unfounded  suspicion  of  being  the  author 
of  a  libel.  While  thus  confined  he 
conceived  the  plan  of  his  "Henriade" 
and  completed  his  tragedy  of  ''(Edipe," 
which  was  put  on  the  stage,  with  dis- 
tinguished success,  in  1718.  Having  been  released,  a  second  charge 
was  preferred  against  him,  and  he  was  again  confined  in  the  Bas- 
tile. This  treatment  induced  him,  upon  regaining  bis  liberty,  to 
reside  in  England  for  three  years.  There  he  was  favorably  received 
and  gained  a  large  patronage  for  "The  Henriade. "  In  1728  he 
returned  to  France,  and  previous  to  1749  he  produced  his  tragedies 
of  "Zaire,"  "Alzirc,"  "Mahomet,"  "  Merope,"  and  many  other 
works*;  became  a  member  of  the  French  academy,  and  was  appointed 
a  gentleman  of  the  king's  bedchamber  and  historian  of  France.  By 
invitation  of  the  king  of  Prussia,  in  1750,  he  visited  Berlin,  remain- 
ing there  about  three  years  on  the  mont  amicable  terms.  Something 
occurring  to  break  their  fricndnhip,  Voltaire  quilted  Prussia.  Not 
caring  to  return  to  Paris  on  account  of  the  intrigues  of  his  enemies, 
he  wandered  to  Geneva,  Switzerland,  and  other  places,  and  finally 
settled  at  Ferney,  France,  where  he  purchased  an  estate.  He  was 
in  jKJSBeesion  of  a  large  fortune,  surrounded  by  friends,  and  had 
]iIentyof  leisure  for  literary  creation.  After  an  absence  of  nearly 
thirty  years,  he  returned  to  Paris  in  1778,  and  was  received  with 
enthufiasm,  and  his  bust  was  crowned  on  the  stage;  but  he  was  near 
tii>^  r-iirl.  iiiid  in   May.  1778,  he  died.      Voltaire  became  renmvm-d  an  an 


ALPHONSE  MARIE  LOUIS  DE   LAMARTINE. 

THE  poet,  diplomatist,  historian  and  statesman  of  France,  Alphonse 
M.  L.  de  Lamartine,  was  born  at  Macon,  France,  in  1790,  and 
was  educated  at  home  and  at  Belley.  Leaving  school,  he  visited 
Ital^  and  then  took  up  his  residence  at  Paris,  devoting  himself  to 
literary  pursuits.  In  the  events  that  followed  the  restoration  of 
the  Bourbons  he  served  as  a  soldier  for  a  few  months,  and  on  the 
return  of  Louis  XVIII.  resumed  his  pen.  His  first  volume  of 
poems — "Poetic  Meditations" — published  in  3830,  although  an 
unpretending  book,  met  with  a  rapid  sale  and  firmly  established  his 
reputation  as  a  poet.  As  one  result  of  this  fame  the  French  govern- 
ment appointed  him  to  a  post  in  the  embassy  at  Florence,  Italy,  and 
afterwards  secretary  of  legation,  first  at  Xaples  and  then  at  London. 
While  at  the  latter  post  he  inherited  a 
fortune  from  an  uncle,  and  about  the 
same  time  he  married  a  wealthy  English 
lady,  aud  was  soon  afterwards  sent  as 
charge  d'affaires  to  Tuscany.  He  was 
recalled  from  his  residence  in  Ital)', 
where  he  had  written  and  published 
several  new  works,  in  1829,  and  was  then 
elected  a  member  of  the  French  acad- 
emy and  sent  as  a  special  envoy  to  King 
Otho,  of  Greece.  The  revolution  of 
1830,  however,  interfered  with  his  diplo- 
matic duties,  and  he  retired  to  private 
life  in  order  to  write  historical  and  other 
prose  works,  for  the  time  abandoning 
poetry.  Having  failed  to  secure  a  seat 
in  the  chamber  of  deputies,  he  visited 
Jerusalem  and  tlie  East,  but  was  recalled 
on  account  of  his  subsequent  election, 
and  in  1833-4  he  took  his  seat  in  the 
legislative  assembly,  entering  actively 
into  public  measures  relating  to  the  East, 
education  and  literature.  After  the  de- 
thronement of  the  Orleans  family,  he 
became  a  member  of  the  provisional  gov- 
ernment and  the  foreign  minister  of  the  republic.  His  popularity 
was  now  world-wide,  especially  among  the  middle  classes,  by  whom 
he  was  almost  worshiped;  but  this  adoration  was  subsequently 
changed  into  indifference  when  their  opinion  of  his  statesmanship 
underwent  an  alteration,  and  he  was  considered  a  mere  puppet  in  the 
hands  of  other  men,  so  that  he  was  with  difficulty  elected  again  to  tlie 
chamber  of  deputies.  As  a  candidate  for  the  presidency  of  the  repub- 
lic he  was  far  behind  Louis  Napoleon  or  Cavaignac.  After  the  coup 
d'etat  of  18.51  he  retired  from  political  life,  greatly  embarrassed  in 
pecuniary  matters.  Vast  subscriptions  were  afterwards  raised  for 
him  in  France,  and  the  government  of  Napoleon  III.  bestowed  upon 
him  a  certain  income,  but  he  was  little  better  than  a  literary  drudge. 
His  industry,  however,  resulted  in  the  production  of  numerous 
important  books.  He  died  in  1809.  His  principal  works,  aside  frnm 
his  poems,  embrace  a  "  History  of  the  Girondists,"  "  History  of  the 
Revolution  of  1848,"  "  History  of  Turkey,"  "  The  Great  Men  of  the 
East,"  "The  Life  of  Ciesar,"  "The  Men  of  the  Revolution." 
Lamarline  was  luxurious  in  his  style  of  living,  and  in  1832  he  sailed 
from  Marseilles  In  a  vessel  furnished  by  himself,  made  a  tour  of  the 
Eii>t.  Inivelini:  like  a  kiiiL';  Ihe  Arabs  eiilhd  him  the  French  emir. 


Kife'htsof  Han,' 


-— -^ — 'vC).' 


t 


MOTLEY,    THE    IIISTOKIAJST.         CAELYLE,    THE    ESSAYIST. 


JOHN   LOTHROP  MOTLEY. 

"IIIE  ominoiit  Anu-rican  histormn,  John  Lt)throp  Motley,  wan  born 
at  DorchcsU'r,  Mass.,  in  1814.  He  graduated  at  Hurviird  coIk'j,'i', 
in  1831,  studying  a  year  at  the  univert^ity  of  (lottiiigon,  andanotliiT 

at  Berlin,  and  traveled  for  a  time  in  tlie  south  of  Kuinpc.      Kctnrn- 

ing  to  the  United  States,  he  studied  law,  and 

was  admitted  to  practice  in  183G,  but  literary 

pursuits  engrossed  much  of   his  attention. 

In  1840  he  was  appointed  secretary  of   the 

American  legation  at  St.  Petersburg,  Russia, 

where  he  remained  for  about  eight  months, 

when  he  resigned   and  returned  home.     In 

1846    he  began    to   collect   material   for   his 

history  of  Holland,  but  found  it   necessary, 

in  1851,  to  return  to  Europe  with  his  family 

in  order  to  study  the  national  records,  and 

remained  abroad  five  years.      "The  Rise  of 

tlie  Dutch  Republic,"  in  three  volumes,  the 

result   of  his   European   investigations,  was 

published  in  London  and  New  York,  in  185G, 

and   was    translated    into    German,   Dutch, 

French    and  Russian.     In  1800-  the  second 

part  of  this  work  appeared — "The  History 

of  the  United  Netherlands,  from  the  Death 

of  William  the  Silent  to  the  Twelve  Years' 

Truce,  in  1609,"  and,  in  1867,  it  was  con- 
cluded in  two  additional  volumes.     In  18T4 

was    published    "The    Life  and    Death    of 

John  Barneveld,  Advocate  of  Holland,  with 

a  View  of  the   Primary  Causes   of    the  Thirty  Years' War.""     Mr. 

Motley  has  been  elected  a  member  of  various  learned   societies  in 

Europe  and  America;  has  received  the  degree   of  D.  C.  L.  from  the 

university  of  Oxford,  and  of  LL.  D.  from  Harvard  college,  and   also 

from  the  university  of  Cambridge,  Eng- 
land.    In  1861  he  was  appointed  United 

States  Minister  to  Austria,  a  position  that 

he  resigned  in   1867.       In    1869   he  was 

appointed  by  President  Grant  minister  to 

England,  but  was   recalled  in  1870.      He 

has  written  two  novels,  "  Morton's  Hope  " 

and  "Merry  Mount,"  and  numerous  con- 
tributions   to    periodical   literature,  etc. 

Mr.  Motley  died  in  1877. 


A 


John  Lothrop  Motley. 

Historian,  Novelist  and  United  States  Minister 
Abroad. 


JOHN  BUNYAN. 

BORN  at  Elstow,  England,  in  1638,  of 
humble  parents,  John  Bunyan  fol- 
lowed the  trade  of  traveling  tinker. 
In  his  youth  he  was  dissipated  and  pro- 
fane in  the  utmost  degree,  during  which 
time  he  became  a  soldier,  but  was  con- 
verted and  reformed,  and  became  a  re- 
ligious teacher  at  Bedford.  For  preaching 
as  a  dissenter  from  the  church  of  England, 
he  was  imprisoned  in  the  jail  at  Bedford 
nearly  thirteen  years,  where  he  wrote 
many  of  his  immortal  works.  After  his 
release  he  resumed  his  ministry  at  Bed- 
ford.     His   principal  works,    which    are 

numerous,  are  "The  Pilgrim's  Progress,"  "The  Holy  War,"  and 
"Grace  Abounding  to  the  Chief  of  Sinners"  (his  autobiography), 
"Pilgrim's  Progress"  has  probably  been  translated  into  more  lan- 
guages than  any  other  book  except  the  Bible.  He  died  in  London 
in  1688. 


WALTER  SAVAGE  LANDOR. 

MOXG  the.  literary  celebrities  of  England  stands  Walter  Savage 
Landor,  who  was  born  at  Ipsley  Court,  p:ngland,  in  1775,  of  very 
wealthy  parents,  and  was  educated  by  private  teachers,  at  Rughy 
school  and  at  Oxford.  Instead  of  entering  the  army,  or  of  studying 
law,  as  was  at  first  intended,  Landor  deter- 
mined to  follow  the  profession  of  literature. 
Succeeding  to  his  father's  immense  estate, 
he  first  improved  it,  and  then  in  a  wayward 
mood  sold  it  all,  and  determined  to  live 
abroad.  At  tlie  outbreak  of  Spain  against 
Napoleon,  in  1808,  Landor  raised  a  body  of 
troops  at  his  own  expense  and  presented 
them,  with  a  largo  sum  of  money,  to  Spain, 
and  was  made  a  colonel  in  the  Spanish  army. 
On  the  restoration  of  King  Ferdinand,  he  re- 
signed his  commission,  and  married  Julia, 
the  daughter  of  Baron  Nieuveville,  in  1811. 
After  that  he  resided  sometimes  in  England 
and  sometimes  in  Italy,  devoting  himself  to 
literary  work.  One  of  his  books,  published 
in  1858,  libeled  an  English  lady  whom  Landor 
disliked,  and  a  suit  and  judgment  against 
him  of  about  $5,000  followed.  He  died  at 
Florence,  Italy,  in  1864.  He  wrote  a  number 
of  publications,  poems,  dramas,  etc.,  but 
his  genius  is  probably  best  manifested  in 
his  '*  Imaginary  Conversations"  with  dead 
celebrities  of  past  and  present  times,  in 
which  a  variety  of  personal  and  national  peculiarities  and  opinions 
are  presented.  His  "  Pericles  and  Aspasia,"  "  A  Satire  on  Satirists 
and  Admonition  to  Detractors,"  "Pentameron  and  Pentalogia," 
and  the  drama  "Andrea  of  Hungary  and  Giovanna  of  Naples,"  were 
written  in  Ital.v,  and  later,  at  Bath,  he 
published  the  "Hellenics,"  "Antony  and 
Octavius,"  etc. 


0 


Thomas  Carlyle, 

Scotch  Historian,  Biographer  and  Essayist. 


THOMAS  CARLYLE. 

XE  of  the  stalwart  representatives  of 
modern  philosophy  and  English  liter- 
ature, Thomas  Carlyle,  was  born  at 
Ecclcfechan,  Scotland,  in  1795.  His  edu- 
cation was  received  at  Annan  and  Edin- 
burgh. With  a  view  of  becoming  a  min- 
ister of  the  gospel,  he  studied  divinity, 
but,  relinquishing  this  intention,  he  en- 
tered the  sphere  of  letters  as  a  book- 
writer  at  Edinburgh.  He  has  contributed 
freely  to  British  periodicals  of  the  better 
class,  and  notwithstanding  his  inelegant 
style  of  composition,  he  ranked  high 
among  the  essayists  of  Great  Britain. 
Aside  from  his  translations  of  German 
authors,  he  wrote  and  published  the  fol- 
lowing works,  on  which  his  reputation 
rests:  ''Life  of  Schiller,"  biographical 
sketches  incorporated  in  the  "Edin- 
burgh Cyclopiedia, "  "Miscellanies"  (a 
book  of  essays),  "Sartor  Resartus, " 
"The  French  Revolution,"  "Chartism,"  "Heroes  and  Hero  Wor- 
ship," "Past  and  Present,"  "Letters  and  Speeches  of  Cromwell," 
"Life  of  John  Sterling,"  "History  of  Frederick  the  Great,"  etc. 
Carlyle  was  earnest  in  belief,  audacious,  and  untiring  in  his  work. 
He  died  in  March,  1881. 


yfJOx — 


i 


— >c);p\ 


M^ 


PEESCOTT,    TUE    HISTORIAN.       UK.    WORCESTER,   AUTHOR    i  iF    WORCESTER  S    DICTIONARY. 


1- 


0 


WILLIAM    HICKLING  PRESCOTT. 

NE  of  Amen^:;l■^  mn>t  <ii>lini;ui^hed  lu^torians,  William  H. 
Prescott,  was  bora  at  Salem,  Mass.,  in  1T96,  and  graduated  at 
Harvard  college,  in  1814.  By  an  accident  toward  the  close  of  his 
college  career  his  sight  was  permanently 
affected,  greatly  to  his  disadvantage  dur- 
ing the  hitter  part  of  his  life.  For  two 
years  he  traveled  and  sojourned  in 
Europe.  Coming  home,  he  married  and 
took  up  his  abode  in  his  father's  family, 
in  Boston.  In  1819  he  began  the  study 
of  ancient  and  modern  literature,  and 
contributed  a  series  of  essays  relating  to 
Moliere  and  Italian  poetry  and  romance 
to  the  Xorth  American  Review.  About 
1825  Mr.  Prescott  began  collecting  ma- 
terials for  his  "History  of  Ferdinand 
and  Isabella  of  Spain,  "  which  was  pub- 
lished in  Boston  and  London,  in  1837. 
It  met  with  a  highly  favorable  reception, 
and  was  translated  into  German,  Span- 
ish and  French.  His  "History  of  the 
Conquest  of  Mexico"  was  published  in 
New  York  and  London  in  1843,  and  his 
"  Conquest  of  Peru  "  in  1847.  All  these 
works  were  received  with  much  distinc- 
tion, and  their  author  was  elected  a  mem- 
ber of  nearly  all  the  literary  societies 
of  Europe.  Columbia  college  bestowed 
upon  him  the  degree  of  LL.  D.  and  Oxford 

university  (England)  that  of  D.  C.  L.  In  1850  he  again  visited 
Europe.  His  "  History  of  Philip  II."  appeared  in  1855  and  1858. 
The  work,  however,  was  never  completed.  A  stroke  of  paralysis 
in  1858,  and  another  eleven  months  afterwards,  caused  his  death, 
which  occurred  in  Boston  in  1859.  Mr. 
Prescott  was  an  illegible  penman,  writing 
with  the  aid  of  a  blind  scholar's  instrument, 
all  his  manuscript  being  copied  by  his 
secretary,  corrected  and  recopied  for  the 
printer.  The  revised  edition  of  his  works 
fill  fifteen  volumes. 


issued  his 
Language;" 
Dictionary; 
Language"  (1,854  pages) 


"  Universal  and  Critical  Dictionary  of  the  English 
in  1855  a  "Pronouncing,  Explanatory  and  Synonymous 
'  and  in  1860  his  quarto  "Dictionary  of  the  English 
Besides  his  dictionaries,  he  published  a 
"  Pronouncing  Spelling- Book  of  the 
English  Language,"  "Remarks  on  Lon- 
gevity," and  for  twelve  years  edited  the 
"American  Almanac"  (1831  to  1843). 
He  died  at  Cambridge,  Mass.,  in  1805. 


C" 


fe->3» 


William  H.  Prescott, 


Author  of  the  '  'Conquest  of  Mexieo."  "Conquest  of  Peru,"  and 
Other  Histories. 


JOSEPH  EMERSON  WORCESTER. 

TWV.  author  "f  a  quarto  English  Diction- 
ary and  other  worlis,  Juse\)h  E.  Wor- 
cester, was  born  at  liedford,  N.  H. ,  in 
1784.  In  1811  he  graduated  at  Yale  college, 
and  for  a  nnmtier  of  years  taught  school 
at  Salem.  At  that  ])lace  he  prepared  most 
of  his  "  Universal  Gazetteer,"  or  geograph- 
ical dictionary,  which  was  published  at 
Andover,  Mass.,  in  181".  In  the  following 
year  he  issued  his  "  Gazetteer  of  the 
United  States."  In  1819  he  removed  to 
Cambridge,  Mass. ,  and  published  a  series  of 
educational  books,  between  1819  and  1838, 
as  follows:  "Elements  of  Geography, 
Ancient  and  Modern,"  "An  Epitome  of  History,"  "Outlines  of 
Scripture  Geography,"  "Johnson's  English  Dictionary,"  combined 
with  Walker's,  and  improved  and  abridged.  He  also  prepared  an 
abridgment  of  Webster's  "American  Dictionary."  In  18.30  he 
published  his  "  Comprehensive  Pronouncing  and  Explanatory  Dic- 
tionary."  That  year  and  the  next  he  visited  English  and  Scotch 
universities,   examining  works  relating  to   language.     In   1810   he 


CHARLES  LAMB. 

IIARLES  L.\MB,  the  genial  and  witty 
author  and  poet,  was  born  in  London, 
in  177.5,  and  was  educated  between 
his  seventh  and  fifteenth  years,  in  the 
school  connected  with  Christ  Church 
hospital.  From  1789  to  1792  he  was 
employed  in  the  South  Sea  house,  and 
as  a  clerk  in  the  accountant's  office  of 
the  East  India  company,  in  London, 
from  1792  until  1825,  when  he  was  retired 
from  service  with  a  pension  of  about 
$2,250  per  year.  During  this  long 
engagement  he  found  time  to  exercise 
his  tastes  and  talents  in  literary  labors, 
and  to  form  an  intimate  acquaintance 
with  Coleridge,  Southey,  Wordsworth, 
Hazlitt,  Talfourd,  Leigh  Hunt,  Procter 
(Barry  Cornwall),  De  Quincey,  Hood,  and 
other  literary  men.  Lamb  lived  with 
his  sister  Mary,  who  in  a  temporary  fit  of  madness  had  killed  her 
mother,  and  while  rational  she  would  indicate  whenever  a  fit  of  mad- 
ness was  approaching,  and  Lamb  would  take  her  to  the  asylum  to 
remain  until  the  fit  passed  off.  Lamb  was  insane  for  some  six  weeks 
when  about  twenty  years  old,  but  was  no 
mttre  troubled  with  this  malady.  Together 
the  brother  and  sister  wrote  a  volume  of 
"Tales  from  Shakspeare, "  and  a  collection 
of  juvenile  stories.  She  was  remarkable 
for  the  placidity  and  sweetness  of  her  dispo- 
sition. Lamb's  first  published  work  con- 
sisted of  poems.  In  1798  he  produced  his 
prose  tale  of  "Rosamund  Gray,"  and,  with 
Coleridge,  prepared  a  volume  of  fugitive 
poetry,  called  the  "Annual  Anthology." 
"  John  Woodvil,"  a  tragedy,  was  published 
in  1801;  "Specimens  of  English  Dramatic 
Poets,"  in  1808;  the  first  scries  of  "  Essays 
of  Elia,"  in  1823,  and  the  second  in  1833. 
He  died  in  1834,    at  Edmonton,    England. 


Joseph  E.  Worcester, 

Author  of  "  Worcester's  UnnbrUlfred  dictionary 

"Worcester's  Spelling  Book,''  etc. 


AN  esteemed  I 
Catharine  M.  : 
..  .■:..,; :.-)... 


CATHARINE   MARIA  SEDGWICK. 

med  American  authoress.  Miss 
Sedgwick,  descended  from 
a  distinguished  New  England  family, 
and  was  born  in  Slockbridge,  Mass. ,  in  1789. 
"The  New  England  Tale, "her  first  book,  was  published  anony- 
mously, in  1822,  and  at  once  achieved  popularity.  "Redwood," 
issued  in  1824,  was  republished  in  England,  and  translated  into  four 
European  languages.  Her  subsequent  works  included  "  Hope  Leslie," 
"The  Linwoods,"  "The  Poor  Rich  Man  and  the  Rich  Poor  Man," 
a  life  of  Lucretitt  Maria  Davidson,  "  Letters  fnmi  .\broad,"  after  a 
trip  to  Eurojie,  etc.      She  died  near  Roxbury,  Mass.,  in  1867. 


7  :Gv--- 


-^ 


f. 


=^ 


THE    AUTHOR   OF    "MARCO    liOZZAUlS. 


229 


■/. 


? 


FITZ-GREENE  H/U.LECK. 

THE  celebrated  Amcriciin  mcrclumt  and  poet,  Fitz-Greeue  nidleck, 
was  born  at  Guilford,  Conn.,  in  170O.  In  1813  he  entered  a  bank- 
ing-house in  Ntnv  York  city,  and  until  1849  remained  there,  occu- 
pied in  commercial  pursuits.  lie  returned  to  Connecticut  in  1849. 
AftcrwartU  lie  was  engaged  by  John  Jacob  Astor  to  assist  him  in  his 
bn.«incs8  affairs,  and  was  erne  of  the  first  tru:*tees  of  the  Astor 
library.  In  conjunction  with  J.  Rodman  Drake  (author  of  '*The 
American  Flag"),  Ilallcck,  in  1819,  contributed  various  miscella- 
ii(!ons  poems  and  odes  of  a  humorons  and  satirical  order  to  the  New 
Ycu'k  Evening  Post,  under  the  signature  of  "Fanny."  Fnmi  183^ 
to  1827  Ilalleck  was  in  Europe,  and  on  his  return  published  a  volume 
containing  his  poems  of  "  Alnwick  Castle,"  *'  Burns,"  "  Marco  Hoz- 
zarig,"  etc.  In  1835  another  volume  of  his  fugitive  poems  was 
issued.  *'  Fanny,"  a  satire  on  fashions,  follies  and  public  characters 
of  the  day,  was  first  printed  in  1819.  "Young  America"  appeared 
in  the  New  York  Ledger  in  18G4.  He  died  at  Guilford,  Conn.,  in 
1HC7. 


lie  was  a  member  of  the  extreme  left  in  the  French  assembly,  in 
1850,  but  the  famous  coi/p  Wttul  at  Paris,  in  1851,  drove  him  out  of 
the  city.  In  his  exile  he  continued  hia  literary  industry,  dying  at 
Annecy,  France,  in  1857. 


MRS.  EIVIiVIA  D.  E.  N.  SOUTHWORTH. 

ONE  of  the  most  voluminous  writers  of 
American  romances,  Mrs.  Emma  D. 
E.  N.  Southworth,  was  born  at  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. ,  in  1818.  In  1841  she  mar- 
ried Mr.  Nevitt,  but  in  order  to  earn  a 
livelihood,  two  years  later,  she  began  to 
write  for  the  press.  "Retribution,"  her 
first  novel,  was  published  serially  in  the 
Naflofial  Era,  at  Washington,  and  then  in 
book  form  in  1849.  Among  the  most 
prominent  of  her  subsequent  romances 
are:  "The  Deserted  Wife,"  "The  Curse 
of  Clifton,"  "The  Lost  Heiress,"  "A 
Beautiful  Fiend,"  "  The  Specter  Lover," 
"India,"  "  Vivia,"  etc.,  and  about  forty 
others. 


tfj,OOOft- 


■^e^^i^o— 


Fitz-Greene 

Merchant.  Poet,  Author  of 
Other  Po 


DAVID    H.  STROTHER. 

DAVID    II.     STROTHER,    the    genial 
artist  and  author,  was  horn  at  Mar- 
tinsburg,  Va. ,  in  181G.      In  his   early 
manhood  he  studied  drawing  and  ijainting. 
In   1845  he  visited    New  York  and  was 

engaged  in  the  illustration  of  books,  and  returned  to  Virginia  in 
1849.  For  several  years  he  wrote  illustrated  sketches  of  Southern 
peculiarities  for  Harper's  Monthly,  among  which  was  "Virginia 
Illustrated,"  afterwards  published  as  a  book  in  New  York  and 
Loudon.  When  the  Southern  rebellion  began,  in  1861,  he  entered  the 
t'nited  States  army,  became  a  colonel  of  cavalry,  and  subsequently  a 
brevet  brigadier-general  of  volunteers.  During  the  last  ten  or 
fifteen  years  he  has  continued  to  furnish  other  occasional  illustrated 
sketches  of  Southern  characters  and  incidents. 


BAYARD  TAYLOR. 

THE  eminent  traveler,  poet  and  novelist,  Bayard  Taylor,  was 
born  at  Kennetl  Square,  Pa.,  in  1835,  and  learned  the  printer's 
trade  at  West  Chester,  in  that  State.  He  began  his  pedestrian 
tour  of  Europe  in  1844-45,  and  in  1846  published,  after  his  return, 
his  "Views  Afoot,  or  Europe  Seen  with  Knapsack  and  Staff."  He 
edited,  for  a  year,  a  newspaper  at  Phct-Tuxvilk-,  Pa.  Then,  going  to 
New  York,  he  contributed  to  the  Literary  World.  Not  long  after- 
wards he  was  emphiyed  as  one  of  the  editors  of  the  New  York 
Tribune,  and  to  this  paper  he  for  many  years  contributed  copious 
notes  relating  to  his  subsequent  travels.  He  visited  CaHfornia  in 
1849,  returning  by  way  of  Mexico.  In  ]851-'52  he  made  extensive 
tours  in  the  east,  up  the  Nile  and  over  portions  of  Asia  Minor,  Syria 
and  Europe,  tlience  to  Calcutta  and  China; 
other  journeys  succeeded.  In  1862-'G3  he 
was  secretary  of  legation  at  the  court  of 
Russia.  In  1874  he  was  in  Egypt  again, 
and  visited  Iceland  to  participate  in  the 
millennial  celebration  of  that  country. 
H*;  resided  in  Germany  for  several  years, 
and  afterwards  in  Pennsylvania.  In  1877 
he  was  appointed  Minister  to  Germany, 
where  he  died  in  1878.  Mr.  Taylor  was 
distinguished  as  a  public  lecturer  on 
literary  subjects,  wrote  many  poems  of 
acknowledged  talent,  four  novels  of  a  mod- 
erate reputation,  and  a  number  of  books 
of  travels,  which  must  rank  among  his 
best  and  most  lusting  performances. 


-PO-OO*^ 


HARRIET  ELIZABETH   SPOFFORD. 


AT  CALAIS,  Maine,  in  IS 
the  author  of  "The  A 
1    „*i „*„_:„„      TT 


Halleck. 

'"Marco  Bozzaris" 


1S35,  was  born 
Amber  Gods  " 
and  other  stories,  Harriet  Elizabeth 
(Prcscott)  Spofford.  She  was  educated  at 
Newburyport,  Mass.,  and  married  to  Mr. 
Richard  S.  Spofford,  of  that  place.  Mrs. 
Spofford   is  the  author  of  "Sir   Rohan's 


MARIE   JOSEPH   EUGENE  SUE. 

SUE,  the  powerful  writer  of  French  roinanci's,  was  born  in  Paris, in 
1804.  Learning  the  profession  of  surgery,  he  was  engaged  as  a 
surgeon  in  both  the  army  and  navy  of  France.  In  1829  he  inher- 
ited a  fortune,  and  henceforth  turned  his  attention  to  writing  sea- 
novels,  prominent  among  which  was  "The  Salamander."  He  also 
wrote,  under  the  patronage  of  his  government,  a  "  History  of  the 
French  Marine  in  the  Seventeenth  Century,"  in  five  volumes.  Prob- 
ably the  best  known  and  most  widely  read  of  all  his  novels  in 
America  are  the  translations  of  "  The  Mysteries  of  Paris,"  and  "  The 
Wandering  Jew,"    which  have-  passed  through  numerous  editions. 


Ghost,"  "New  England  Legends,"  etc. 


JOHN    WALTER. 

THE  founder  of  the  London  Times,  John  Walter,  was  born  in  Eng- 
land, in  1739;  was  a  printer  by  trade  and  invented  "logographs," 
or  types  representing  words  (as  "  and  "  and  "  the "'),  or  the  begin- 
ning of  more  important  words  in  frequent  use.  In  1785  he  started 
a  paper  in  London  called  the  Universal  Hegister,  printed  with 
logographs.  The  system  failed,  but  the  paper  survived,  and  in  1788 
its  name  was  changed  to  the  Times.  Mr.  Walter  died  at  Teddington, 
Engkmd,  in  1812.  His  son,  John,  succeeded  him  in  the  publication 
of  the  Times.  He  was  born  in  London,  in  1784;  was  nineteen  years 
old  when  he  became  the  manager  of  the  TimeSy  which  greatly 
increased  its  circulation  in  his  hands,  and  in  1814  he  issued  the 
number  for  November  29  as  the  first  sheet  ever  printed  by  steam. 
Mr.  Walter  was  in  parliament  for  several  terms.  He  died  in 
London  in  1647.  The  present  proprietor  of  the  Times  is  his  .son, 
who  also  bears  the  name  of  John.  In  1851,  13,000,000  copies  were 
sold.  The  "Walter  press,"  invented  by  Macdonald  &  Calverley, 
prints  about  17,000  an  hour,  perfected,  1863-9. 


k 


— <):Jv< 


6 


230 


THE   VETERAN   JOUKNALIST,  THUELOW    WEED. 


-f 


THURLOW  WEED. 

OXE  of  the  oldest  living  journalists,  Thurlow  Weed,  was  born  at 
Cairo,  N.  T.,  in  1T97,  and  learned  the  printer's  trade  at  Catskill. 
In  the  war  of  1812  he  was  a  private  soldier  and  a  quartermaster- 
sergeant  on  the  northern  frontier  of  New  York.  In  early  manhood 
he  began  publishing  the  Agriculturist  at  Norwich,  N.  Y.,  and  within 
the  succeeding  ten  years  was  connected  editorially  with  various 
journals,  among  which  was  the  Anti-Masonic  Enquirer,  at  Rochester. 
In  the  Masonic- Morgan  excitement  in  Western  New  York,  in  1826- 
"27,  he  opposed  the  Masons,  and  was  twice  elected  to  the  State 
legislature.  In  politics  he  displayed  great  tact,  was  instrumental 
in  securing  the  election  of  De  Witt  Clinton  as  governor  of  the  State 
in  1826,  and  fought  the  "  Albany  Regency,"  a  conclave  who  managed 
the  Democratic  party  of  the  State.  In  1830  he  removed  to  Albany 
and  became  the  editor  of  the  Albany  Evening  Journal.  From  that 
time  until  1862  he  was  acknowledged  leader  in  the  Whig  and  Repub- 
lican political  parties,  was  promi- 
nent in  securing  the  nominations 
of  Harrison,  Taylor  and  Scott  for 
the  presidency,  and  advocated  the 
election  of  Fremont  and  Lincoln  in 
1856  and  1860.  Mr.  Lincoln,  in 
1861,  sent  him  to  Europe  as  a  semi- 
official embassador.  After  a  so- 
journ of  about  sis  months  abroad, 
he  returned  to  America,  and  soon 
afterwards  retired  from  the  man- 
agement of  the  Evening  Journal. 
In  1865  he  removed  to  New  Y'ork, 
where  he  edited  the  Commercial 
Adeertlser  for  a  time.  For  some 
years  his  ill-health  has  not  per- 
mitted him  to  indulge  in  active 
pursuits,  although  he  has  written 
more  or  less  for  the  press  on  cur- 
rent topics.  In  1866  he  published 
a  volume  of  "  Letters  from  Europe 
and  the  West  Indies,"  and  has  in 
preparation,  it  is  understood,  his 
autobiography  and  correspondence. 


CHARLES  ROLLIN. 

THE  eminent  historian,  Charles  RoUin,  was  born  at  Paris,  in  1661, 
and  studied  languages,  philosophy  and  theology.  He  was  for  about 
ten  years  professor  of  rhetoric  and  eloquence  at  the  college  de 
Plessis  and  the  Royal  college  of  France.  In  1694  he  was  appointed 
rector  of  the  university,  and  in  1696  coadjutor  of  the  college  de 
Beauvais.  He  held  this  last  office  for  fifteen  years,  but  having  been 
driven  from  it  by  the  hatred  of  the  Jesuits,  he  gave  his  time  wholly 
to  literary  pursuits.  His  principal  works  are  his  "Ancient  His- 
tory," "Roman  History,"  etc.     He  died  in  1T41. 


JEAN  JACQUES  ROUSSEAU. 

THE  eccentric  Frenclmian  and 
popular  writer,  Jean  Jacques 
Rousseau,  was  born  at  Geneva, 
Switzerland,  in  1712.  The  former 
part  of  his  life  was  employed,  prin- 
cipally, under  the  patronage  of  his 
mistress.   Madame  de  Warens,   in 

various  pursuits  and  wanderings.  In  1750  he  gained  the  prize 
offered  by  the  academy  of  Dijon,  for  his  celebrated  essay  on  the 
question  "Whether  the  Progress  of  the  Arts  and  Sciences  has  Con- 
tributed to  Corrupt  or  Purify  Manners,"  by  maintaining  that  their 
effect  was  injurious.  After  that  he  produced  the  words  and  music 
of  "The  Village  Conjurer,"  "A  Letter  on  French  Music,"  "The 
Origin  of  the  Inequality  of  Ranks,"  "The  Social  Contract,"  "The 
New  Eloisa,"  and  "Emilius. "  This  last  book  gave  great  offense 
to  the  government,  and  he  was  forced  to  flee  from  France.  Hence- 
forth he  wandered  from  place  to  place,  to  escape  real  or  fancied 
persecution.  He  died  in  1778,  after  having  written  a  remarkable 
hook  of  "  Confessions. "  His  remains  were  finally  deposited  in  the 
Pantheon  at  Paris,  where  a  statue  of  liim  was  erected  about  1794,' and 
the  sovereigns  honored  his  memory  by  relieving  the  town  where  he 
died  from  tlie  duty  of  paying  war-taxes. 


JOSEPH  ERNEST  RENAN. 

THE  noted  student  of  ancient  languages,  Joseph  Ernest  Renan,  is 
also  the  author  of  several  works  calculated  to  bring  the  Christian 
scriptures  into  ill-repute.  He  was  bom  at  Treguier,  France, 
in  1823.  He  studied  for  the  church,  but  was  too  independent  for  the 
priesthood,  and  devoted  himself  to 
the  literature  of  theology.  He  won 
distinction  by  his  acquaintance  with 
the  Semitic  and  Greek  languages 
and  by  his  subsequent  books. 
Among  these  was  a  ' '  Life  of 
Jesus,"  "Studies  in  Religious 
History,"  "The  Book  of  Job," 
"The  Song  of  Songs,"  etc.  The 
cross  of  the  legion  of  honor  was 
conferred  upon  him  in  1860. 


IN  T 
wa 


THURLOW  WEED, 

For  Many  Years  Editor  uf  tlie  Albany  Evening  Jtmrnol 


CAPTAIN  MAYNE  REID. 

THE  Norlh  f)f  Ireland,  in  1818, 
as  born  Captain  Mayne  Keid, 
the  widely -known  and  prolific 
writer  of  sensational  books  of  ad- 
venture. In  1838  he  visited  the 
American  prairies,  trading  and 
hunting  with  Indians  along  the  Red 
and  Missouri  rivers,  remaining 
there  five  years.  Afterwards  he 
traveled  extensively  in  the  United 
States,  became  an  officer  with  the 
American  army  during  the  war 
with  Mexico,  fought  gallantly, 
and  was  nearly  killed  at  the  hattle 
of  Chapultepec.  When  the  war 
was  over  he  organized  a  body  of 
armed  men  to  assist  the  Hungarians 
in  their  struggle  for  independence, 
but  was  too  late  to  render  tliem 
any  assistance  before  their  com- 
plete subjection  was  accomplished.  He  then  returned  to  London 
and  engaged  in  the  production  of  his  numerous  works  of  fiction, 
among  which  are  prominent  "The  Boy-Hunters,"  "The  Bush 
Boys,  "  and  ' '  The  White  Chief. " 


CUM: 
was 


CHARLES  READE. 

ARLES  READE,  the  ecccnirii-  English  novelist  and  play-writer. 


las  born  at  Ipsdcn,  England,  in  1814,  and  graduated  at  Magdalen 
college,  Oxford,  from  which  he  subsequently  received  the  degree 
of  D.  C.  L. ,  in  1835.  He  was  called  to  the  bar  in  1843,  but  abandoned 
law  soon  afterwards  and  entered  upon  a  successful  literary  career. 
Of  his  novels  whicli  have  been  extensively  read  in  America,  are ' '  Peg 
Woffington,"  "His  Never  too  Late  to  Mend,"  "Love  Me  Little, 
Love  Me  Long,"  "Hard  Cash,"  "Griflllh  Gaunt,"  "Foul  Play,"  etc. 


.\(  »A  II     WKIISTKU.       T.     IJ.     MACAULAV. 


281 


NOAH   WEBSTER. 

THE  great  American  author  of  scverni  (listinguif-hcd  works  rchiling 
to  the  English  language,  Noah  Webster,  was  born  at  West  Hart- 
ford, Conn.,  in  1758.  In  1777  he  served  as  a  soldier  in  hi**  father's 
regiment,  and  graduated  at  Yale  college  in  1778,  having  entered  it  in 
1774.  After  teaching  school  for  a  time,  he  was  admitted  to  the  bar 
in  1781.  He  began  the  publication  of  school-books  at  Hartford,  in 
1783,  and  within  tliree  years  published  as  many  parts  of  his  "  Gram- 
matical Institute  of  the  English  Language;"  also,  about  this  period,  he 
undertook  the  publication  of  *'  Governor  Winthrop's  Journal," 
and  wrote  political  newspaper  articles.  In  1780  he  delivered  a 
course  of  lectures  on  the  English  language  in  several  cities,  after- 
wards printing  them  in  a  book.  In  17H8  he  published  the  American 
Magazine  for  a  year — a  very  unprofitable  venture — in  New  York. 
Returning  to  Hartford,  he  practiced  law  for  several  years.  In  1793 
he  established  a  political  daily  paper  in  New  York,  called  the 
Minerva^  and  a  semi-weekly  paper,  the  Herald^  which  papers  were 
recently  still  published  under  other  titles.  Besides  his  political 
articles,  he  published,  in  1799,  a 
history  of  pestilential  diseases. 
He  resigned  his  editorial  work  in 
1798,  removing  to  New  Haven.  In 
1802  he  published  a  book  relating 
to  the  rights  of  neutral  nations  in 
time  of  war,  and  another  on  bank- 
ing and  insurance.  In  1807,  his 
"Philosophical  and  Practical  Gram- 
mar of  the  English  Language" 
was  published,  and  the  same  year 
he  began  the  preparation  of  his 
"  American  Dictionary  of  the 
English  Language,"  having  pre- 
viously published  his  "  Compen- 
dious Dictionary."  In  order  to 
obtain  a  better  knowledge  of  the 
structure  of  words,  he  spent  ten 
years  in  ascertaining  the  origin  of 
the  English  tongue  and  its  relation 
to  the  languages  of  other  countries, 
and  then  spent  seven  years  more 
in  bringing  his  Dictionary  nearly 
to  completion.  In  1824  he  sailed 
for  Europe,  spent  two  months  ex- 
amining books  in  the  royal  library 
at  Paris,  and  eight  months  more 
in  finishing  his  Dictionary  at 
Cambridge  university.  In  1838  he 
issued  2,500  copies  of  it  in  the 
United  States,  and  3,000  in  Eng- 
land. In  1840  a  second  edition  of 
3,000  copies  appeared,  several  abridged  editions  having  been,  in  the 
meantime,  given  to  the  world.  Mr.  Webster  was  one  of  the 
founders  of  Amherst  college,  and  for  several  years  president  of  its 
board  of  trustees;  he  also  represented  Amherst  township  in  the 
State  legislature  for  several  terms,  having  previously  served  in  the 
same  capacity  when  living  at  New  Haven,  besides  being  a  judge  in 
one  of  the  State  courts.  He  died  at  New  Haven  in  1843,  just  after 
finishing  a  revision  of  the  appendix  to  his  Dictionary.  Since  his 
death  the  Dictionary  has  been  re-issued  several  times  in  revised  and 
improved  editions,  and  for  a  number  of  years  the  annual  sales  of  all 
his  Dictionaries  have  reached  more  than  30,000  copies.  Of  his 
*•■  Elementary  Spelling-Book"  several  million  copies  were  sold  previ- 
ous to  187G.  His  name  goes  down  to  posterity  renowned  for  literary 
excellence,  combined  with  social  worth. 


THOMAS  BABINGTON  MACAULAY. 


ONE   of    England'? 
MacauUiy,  was  b 


NOAH  WEBSTER. 

Author  of  "  Webster's  Dictionary,"  "  Webster's  Grammar,"  "Web- 
ster's Spelling-Book,"  etc. 


most  oelc-l)ral(Ml  authors,  Thomas  Babington 
born  at  Kothley,  England,  in  1800.  At  eighteen 
he  entered  Trinity  college,  Cambridge,  and  there  he  soon  exhibited 
the  superior  genius  and  intellect  that  distingui^^hed  him  in  after-life. 
He  received  his  master's  degree  in  1825,  and  was  called  to  the 
London  bar  in  182G.  Previous  to  this  time  he  had  written  his  poems 
of  "Pompeii,"  ''Evening,"  "The  Spanish  Armada,"  "Moncontour," 
"■Ivry, "  etc.,  with  several  essay.s  and  reviews,  which  appeared 
principally  in  Knight's  QuarUriy  Magazine.  From  1825  until  1845 
he  contributed  largely  to  the  Edinburgh  Jieview.  He  also  wrote 
poetical  squibs  of  a  political  character  for  the  London  Tlnies  about 
1825.  His  first  public  office  was  that  of  commissioner  of  bankrupts. 
His  first  public  speech,  in  1830,  was  made  at  the  annual  anti-slavery 
meeting  in  London,  and  was  a  brilliant  effort.  In  1830  he  entered 
parliament,  made  several  speeches,  and  resigned  his  seat  in  1834  in 
order  to  go  to  India  as  a  member  of  the  supreme  council,  the  object 
being   to  prepare   a  new  code  for  the  government  of    the   Indian 

provinces.  His  mission  was  a 
failure,  because  the  code  which  he 
prepared  was  impracticable  for  the 
condition  of  the  people  for  whom 
it  was  designed.  He  returned  to 
England  in  1838,  was  elected  to 
parliament  from  Edinburgh  in 
1839,  and  appointed  secretary  of 
war  under  Lord  Melbourne.  In 
parliament  he  again  made  his  mark 
on  important  public  questions.  On 
the  re-accession  of  the  whigs  to 
power  in  184G,  he  was  made  pay- 
master-general, but  failed,  for 
political  reasons,  in  a  re-election 
to  parliament  in  1847.  He  then 
devoted  himself  to  the  production 
of  his  History  of  England,  which 
he  did  not  live  to  finish.  Five  vol- 
umes only,  being  the  records  from 
the  time  of  James  II.  down  to  the 
year  1701,  were  completed.  The 
first  and  second  volumes  were 
publishedat  the  close  of  1848;  the 
third  and  fourth  volumes  at  the 
close  of  1855,  and  the  fifth  was 
issued  after  his  death,  by  his  sister, 
in  1861.  It  ranks  among  the  most 
brilliant  of  English  histories.  In 
1849  Macaulay  was  elected  lord 
rector  of  the  university  of  Glasgow ; 
in  1 852  he  was  re-elected  to 
parliament  by  the  people  of  Edinburgh,  and  took  his  seat,  but  his 
health  was  too  much  impaired  to  permit  him  to  enter  into  debates. 
In  1857  he  was  created  a  peer  of  England,  with  the  title  of  Baron 
Macaulay,  and  his  promotion  was  universally  approved.  He  died 
in  Kensington,  England,  in  1859.  As  a  reviewer  of  current  publi- 
cations he  was  usually  just»  hut  extremely  candid  and  frequently 
caustic  whenever  the  character  of  a  public  man  or  of  a  book  appeared 
to  demand  severity.  Ilis  own  writings  generally  treated  of  topics  of 
common  interest  to  the  English  people.  As  an  essayist,  he  was 
unsurpassed  by  most  of  his  contemporaries.  His  complete  works, 
ranging  with  remarkable  power  and  elegance  over  a  great  variety 
of  topics,  fill  eight  octavo  volumes.  Macaulay  suffered  from  an 
affection  of  the  heart,  and  the  immediate  cause  of  his  death  was  a  fit 
of  coughing.     His  remains  were  buried  in  Westminster  Abbey. 


;6> — 


=vS: 


-CY 


T 


THE    FOUNDER    OF    THE    NEW    YORK    ''TRIBUNE. 


HORACE  GREELEY. 

HORACE  GREELEY,  the  popular  American  journalist,  author 
and  humanitarian,  was  born  at  Amherst,  N.H.,  in  1811.  He  served 
an  apprenticeship  at  the  printing  business  at  Vermont,  and  in  1831 
went  to  New  York  city,  the  scene  of  his  future  distinction,  and  was 
employed  as  a  journeyman  printer  in  various  offices.  In  1834  he 
became  a  co-proprietor  of  the  New  York  Mirror^  a  weekly  literary 
paper,  with  which  he  remained  about  seven  years,  but  as  it  proved 
unprofitable  its  publication  was  relinquished.  In  1841  Mr.  Greeley 
founded  the  New  York  Tribune,  which  prospered  greatly  under  his 
management  as  a  Whig  and  Republican  journal,  and  attained  a 
national  reputation,  which  it  maintained  during  Mr.  Greeley's  life- 
long connection  with  it.  In  1848  he  was  elected  a  member  of  the 
thirtieth  Congress;  in  1851  he  visited  Europe  and  was  chairman  of 
one  of  the  juries  in  the  London  world's  fair.  As  a  journalist,  he 
was  outspoken  in  the  cause  of  freedom,  justice,  and  the  rights  of 
man.  As  an  author,  he  contributed  to  American  literature  a  history 
of  his  travels  in  Europe,  *' Hints  Toward  Reforms"  (a  series  of 
addresses,  essays,  etc.),  "A  History  of  the  Strngf;le  for  Slavery 
Extension  "  (1856),  "The  American 
Conflict"  (a  history  of  the  Southern 
Rebellion),  "What  I  Know  About 
Farming,"  and  his  autobiography, 
under  the  title  of  "  Recollections  of 
a  Busy  Life."  In  1872  he  was  in- 
duced to  accept  the  Democratic  nom- 
ination for  the  presidency,  but  was 
beaten  by  General  Grant  who  was  then 
running  for  his  second  term.  This 
defeat,  undoubtedly,  unhinged  Mr. 
Greeley's  mind;  he  became  sleepless, 
and  then  insane,  and  in  November, 
1872,  he  died.  Mr.  Greeley  was  gen- 
erous to  a  fault,  his  philanthropy 
leading  him  to  loan  money  without 
security,  to  become  bail  for  Jefferson 
Davis,  and  to  advocate  the  cause  of 
the  oppressed  and  the  suffering  every- 
where. He  was  a  humanitarian  in  the 
largest  sense  of  the  word. 


11  nss  FK. 

y     her  tin 


LOUIS  ADOLPHE   THIERS. 


THE  TROLLOPES. 

Frances  Milton,  the  nio?t  voluminous  English  author  of 
me,  was  born  at  Heckfield,  England,  about  1780,  and  was 
married  to  Anthony  TroUope,  a  lawyer,  in  1809.  A  three-years' 
visit  to  the  United  States  was  begun  in  1829,  most  of  her  time  being 
spent  at  Cincinnati.  When  she  returned  to  England  she  published 
"Domestic  Manners  of  the  Americans,"  whose  peculiarities  of 
character  and  habits  were  portrayed  in  rather  a  ridiculous  manner. 
Two  novels  were  also  based  on  her  American  observations.  About 
1844  she  removed  from  England  to  Florence,  Italy,  whore  she  resided 
until  her  death,  in  1863.  Besides  a  host  of  other  novels  she  wrote 
travel-books,  as  follows:  "Belgium  and  Western  Germany  in  1833," 
"Paris  and  the  Parisians  in  1835,"  "Vienna  and  the  Austrians," 
"A  Visit  to  Italy,"  etc.  Anthony  Trollope,  her  son,  is  also  well 
known  as  a  prolific  novelist.  He  was  born  in  1815.  For  a  number 
of  years  he  was  connected  with  the  British  postal  service,  and  has 
visited  the  United  States,  Australia  and  other  nu'ions.  At  one 
period  he  was  editor  of  St.  Paul's,  London  magazine,  to  which  he 
contributed  several  of  his  stories  a?  serials.  His  "OrleyFarm," 
"  Barchester  Towers,"  "  Framley 
Parsonage,"  "The  Last  Chronicle  of 
Barset,"  "Phineas  Finn,"  "  The  Vicar 
of  Bullhampton,"  and  ethers  equally 
well  known  are  among  his  numerous 
novels.  Thomas  Adolphus  Trollope, 
a  brother  of  Anthony,  was  born  in 
1810,  and  has  written  several  histories, 
books  of  travels  and  a  few  novels, 
some  of  which  have  been  reprinted  in 
the  United  States.  He  has  resided 
many  years  in  Italy. 


TUSTIX    McCV 
journalist   an 


THE  (ii.--IingiiithGd  French  statesman 
and  author,  Louis  Adolphe  Thiers, 

was  born  at  Mar.^eille.^,  France,  in  1797,  and  educated  at  the 
lyceum  of  Marseilles  and  the  law  school  at  Aix.  From  1818  to  1821 
he  practiced  law,  then,  going  to  Paris,  he  -wrote  for  several  news- 
papers. In  182.3-'27,  his  "  History  of  the  French  Revolution"  was 
published  in  ten  volumes.  In  1830,  with  two  others,  he  established 
a  journal  called  the  National,  which  advocated  the  policy  brought 
about  by  the  revolution  of  July  of  that  year.  He  then  became  a 
l)ublic  official  under  Louig  Philippe,  and  he  has  since  been 
prominently  connected  with  the  political  history  of  his  country. 
The  province  of  this  sketch  is  to  indicate  his  relations  to  French 
literature  rather  than  to  follow  him  in  the  intricaci(is  of  his  public 
career.  In  1840  he  began  his  "History  of  the  Consulate  and  the 
Empire,"  which  filled  twenty  volumes,  and  was  published  between 
1845  and  1802.  Among  his  other  works  arc  a  "  History  of  Law," 
and  "  The  Monarchy  of  1830. "  He  had  in  C(mtemplation  a  history  of 
art,  for  which  he  had  gathered  a  portion  of  the  miitcriul,  but  which, 
it  i«  understood,  was  never  written.  To  his  other  accomplishments 
lie  added  an  effective  oratory,  remarkable  for  its  animation,  legislative 
skill  and  thorough  knowledge  of  current  political  topics,  and  was  a 
forcible  advocate  of  a  republican  form  of  government.  He  died  in  1877. 


Horace  Greeley, 

Founder  and  for  Many  Years  Editor  of  the  New  York  Tribune. 


JUSTIN    MCCARTHY. 

ARTHY,  the  London 
and  author  of  several 
novels  and  other  books,  was  born 
at  Cork,  Ireland,  in  1830,  and  was 
liberally  educated  in  that  city.  In 
1853  he  became  connected  editorially 
with  a  Liverpool  newspaper,  and  in 
ISGO  with  the  London  Morning  Star,  of 
which  he  became  the  chief  editor  in 
1804.  In  1864  he  resigned  his  posi- 
tion and  for  nearly  three  3'ears  traveled 
thirty-five  States.  He  has  been  a  con- 
tributor to  several  English  and  American  periodicals;  has  written 
"Con  Amore, "  a  volume  of  critical  essays,  and  "Prohibitory 
Legislation  in  the  Ignited  States,"  relative  to  the  working  of  temper- 
ance laws  in  several  States,  together  with  several  novels,  including 
* '  Dear  Lady  Di&daiu, "  and  "  Miss  Misanthrope. " 


in  the  United  Slates,  visiting 


A  REFINED  joi 
a  printer,  was 


WILLIAM   DEAN    HOWELLS. 

journalist  and  author.  William  D.  Howells,  the  son  of 
IS  born  at  Martinsville,  Ohio,  in  1837.  lie  was  a 
printer  in  his  father's  oflice  for  twelve  years,  and  then  became 
ijfisislant  editor  of  the  Ohio  State  Journal,  at  Columbus.  Since  then 
he  has  edited  the  Nation  and  the  Atlantic  Monthly.  "  Poems  of  Two 
Friends,"  written  by  himself  and  John  J.  Piatt,  and  a  life  of 
Abraham  Lincoln,  are  among  his  earlier  product  ions.  His  later 
works  have  been  favorably  received.  They  include  "Venetian 
Life,"  "  Italian  Journeys,"  "  Their  Wedding  Journey, "  "AChance 
Acquaintance,"  and  others.  He  has  also  edited  a  series  of  choice 
biographies  for  a  Boston  house. 


THK    AITTIIOU    OK    "twenty    THOUSAND    LEAUUKS    UNDEU   THE    SEA. 


233 


k 


JULES  VERNE. 

A  ROMANCE  writer  with  wdncicrrul  powors  of  imagination  is  Jules 
Verne,  whose  works  ahoiuul  with  extravagant  ineidcntH  and  ficien- 
tiflc  applications,  who  was  horn  at  Nantes,  Franee,  in  18^8.  lie 
studied  law,  hut  wrote  plays  and  operatic  pieces.  His  first  romnnce, 
"  Five  Weeks  in  a  Balloon,"  appeared  in  18153,  and  has  since  been 
followed  by  "A  Journey  to  the  North  Pole,"  "The  Field  of  lee,"  "A 
Journey  to  the  Center  of  the  Earth,"  "Twenty  Thousand  Leagues 
Under  the  Sea,"  "From  the  Earth  to  the  Moon,"  "Dropped  from  the 
Clouds,"  "The  Mysterious  Island,"  "Around  the  World  in  Eighty 
Days,"  etc.  The  last-named  met  with  great  success  as  a  play  when 
dramatized  in  1874.  Verne  has  also,  in  company  with  M.  Lavellee, 
published  an  illustrated  geography  of  France. 


CONSTANTINE  FRANCIS  VOLNEY. 

COUNT  de  Chasst'IiiiMif,  an  eminent  Freiieh  aiilhor,  bettor  known 
as  Constantino  F.  Volney,  was  liorn  at  Craon,  in  Brittany,  in  1757. 
lie  was  educated  at  Angers,  and  for  three  years  studied  med- 
icine at  Paris.  He  spent  three  more  ^ 
years  traveling  in  Syria  and  Egypt, 
and  a  volume  of  his  travels,  pub- 
lished after  his  return,  established  his 
literary  reputation.  He  was  then  ap- 
pointed to  an  important  public  office 
in  the  island  of  Corsica.  In  1789  he 
was  elected  a  member  of  the  national 
legislature  (states-general),  and  in  1791 
returned  to  Corsica.  In  1793-''94  he 
was  imprisoned  during  the  reign  of 
terror  for  ten  months  for  being  a  Giron- 
dist, and  in  1794  was  appointed  pro- 
fessor of  history  in  the  normal  school. 
In  1795  he  visited  the  United  States, 
remaining  about  three  years.  When 
he  returned  to  France  Napoleon  made 
him  a  senator,  in  1808  a  count,  and  in 
1814  Louis  XVIII.  created  him  a  peer. 
He  died  at  Paris  in  1820.  His  principal 
works  are  his  "Voyage  to  Egypt  and 
Syria,"  "The  Ruins,  or  Meditations 
on  the  Changes  in  Empires,"  "The 
Natural  Law,"  "Lessons  of  History," 
"  Views  of  the  Climate  and  Soil  of  the 
United  States  of  America,"  "New 
Researches  in  Ancient  History,"  "The 


York,  London,  Paris  and  Leipsic.  The  scricB  reached  many  volumes. 
In  1873  he  establisht-d  tUa  Popular  Science  Monthly  in  New  York, 
and  has  continued,  with  the  help  of  his  sister,  to  make  it  a  valuable 
record  of  scientific  diseoverieH.  His  eieter  has  also  published  sev- 
eral text-books  on  botany,  etc. 


A" 

■*■■*■      TT., 


SAMUEL  SMILES. 

AUTHOR  whose  writing-  li;i\r  hmi  uiainly  in  the  interest  of 
orkingmen  an<l  their  improvement,  Samuel  Smiles  was  born  at 
Haddington,  Scotland,  in  181G.  He  was  educated  for  a  surgeon 
and  for  some  time  practiced  his  profession  at  Leeds,  edited  the  Leeds 
Timea,  and  subsequently  became  secretary  of  the  Leeds  and  Tbirsk 
railway  and,  in  18.52,  secretary  of  the  Southeastern  railway,  a  position 
that  he  retained  until  186G.  His  works  include  a  volume  on  "Physi- 
cal Education,"  a  "  History  of  Ireland  and  the  Irish  People  Under 
the  Government  of  England,"  a  "Life  of  George  Stephenson," 
"Self-Help"  and  "Character,"  companion  books,  "Workmen's 
Earnings,  Strikes  and  Savings,"  "  Lives  of  the  Engineers"  (five 
volumes),  "  Industrial  Biography,"  a 
book  relating  to  the  Huguenots 
in  France,  and  another  about  the 
Huguenots  in  England  and  Ireland,  etc. 


JULES  VERNE, 

Twenty  Thousand  I,eap:uefl  Under  the  Sea, 
the  World  in  Eighty  Days,"  etc. 


European  Alphabet  Applicable  to  the  Languages  of  Asia,"  etc. 


EDWARD  LIVINGSTON   YOUMANS. 

THE  thoroughly  sciuntific  juithor,  Edward  L.  Youmans,  was  born  at 
Coeymans,  N.  Y. ,  in  1831.  Owing  to  disease  at  the  age  of  thirteen 
years,  his  eyesight  became  seriously  injured,  resulting  in  tempo- 
rary blindness  for  several  years  and  defective  vision  afterwards,  but 
with  the  aid  of  his  sister,  Eliza  Anne,  and  a  writing-machine  of  his 
own  contrivance,  he  was  enabled  to  stuth'  chemistry  and  physics.  His 
"Class-Book  of  Chemistry"  was  first  published  in  1853,  "Alcohol 
and  the  Constitution  of  Man"  in  1853,  "Chemical  Atlas"  in  1855, 
"The  Hand-Book  of  Household  Science  "  in  1857,  "The  Correlation 
and  Conservation  of  Forces"  in  1864,  "The  Culture  Demanded  by 
Modern  Life"  in  1867.  The  last  two  were  compilations,  with 
original  introductions,  and  the  latter  contained  an  original  lecture  on 
"The  Scientific  Study  of  Human  Nature."  He  has  delivered  two 
courses  of  scientific  lectures  in  public,  "The  Chemistry  of  a  Sun- 
beam'" and  "The  Dynamics  of  Life."  In  1871  he  planned  the 
publication  of  an  "  International  Scientific  Series  "  of  books  at  New 


CAPTAIN  FREDERICK  MARRYAT. 

CAPTAIN  Frederick  Marryat,  the 
writer  of  several  well-known  sea- 
tales,  novels,  and  books  for  youth, 
was  born  in  London,  in  1792.  He 
entered  the  naval  service  as  a  midship- 
man about  1806,  and  it  is  said  that  ho 
participated  in  no  less  than  fifty  engage- 
ments, being  severely  wounded  in  one. 
He  is  also  credited  with  having  saved 
the  lives  of  several  drowning  shipmates 
by  jumping  overboard  and  rescuing 
them,  feats  for  which  the  British 
Humane  society  awarded  him  a  medal. 
During  the  war  between  the  United 
States  and  Great  Britain,  his  ship  was 
stationed  on  the  North  American 
coast,  and  shortly  before  the  battle  of 
New  Orleans  he  was  engaged  in  a  fight 
with  gunboats  in  Lake  Pontchartrain, 
La.  lie  visited  the  United  States  in 
1838,  and  published  the  diary  of  his  tour  in  the  following  year.  His 
first  novel,  '*  Frank  Mildmay."  was  written  in  1839.  and  is  said  to 
contain  many  of  his  own  personal  adventures.  In  1837  he  published 
a  code  of  marine  signals  for  merchant  vessels,  which  has  been 
adopted  by  several  nations,  and  for  which  King  Louis  Philippe,  of 
France,  bestowed  upon  him  the  cross  of  the  legion  of  honor.  His 
books  have  been  very  popular,  and  are  distinguished  for  their  health- 
ful moral  tone  as  well  as  their  fullness  of  entertaining  incidents 
and  adventures.  He  died  at  Langham.  England,  in  1848.  His 
daughter  Florence  (Mrs.  Ross  Church)  published  his  life  and  corre- 
spondence in  1873.  and  has  herself  written  several  novels.  His  son 
Samuel,  who  was  born  in  1836,  was  also  an  officer  in  the  British 
navy,  but  resigned,  went  to  California  in  1850.  returned  to  England 
in  1853.  and  wrote  a  book  about  California,  '-Mountains  and  Mole- 
hills," which  was  published  in  London  in  1855,  the  year  of  his 
death.  Some  of  Marryafs  novels  are:  "The  King's  Own,"  "The 
Pacha  of  Many  Tales,"  "  The  Pirate  and  the  Three  Cutters,"  "  Mid- 
shipman Easy,"  "Japhet  in  Search  of  a  Father,"  "Percival  Keene," 
"The  Phantom  Ship,"  "  Poor  Jack,"  "  The  Privateersman," 


"Around 


'  etc. 


— sO: 


^t? — 

234 


T 


SHERIDAN,    AUTHOR    OF    "  PIZARRO  "    AND    OTHER    PLAYS, 


Poet,  Play-Writer  and   Politician 


L 


EREWITH  is  presented  the  sketch 
of  one  who,  though  never  con- 
spiciiou!?ly  distinguished  as  a 
poet,  nevertheless  so  favorably 
impresf*ed  the  British  public  with 
his  literary  talent,  as  to  find  a 
place  in  the  poet's  corner  in  West- 
minster Abbey  at  his  death. 

Richard  Brinsley  Sheridan,  a 
prominent  dramatist  and  politician, 
was  born  in  Dublin,  Ireland,  in  Sep- 
tember, 1751.  His  father,  Thomas, 
WHS  a  son  of  Thomas  Sheridan, 
senior,  an  Irish  clergyman,  while 
h^s  mother,  Frances,  wasof  English 
extraction. 

Richard's  father  was  an  elocu- 
tionist, for  some  years  manager  of 
the  Dublin  Theater,  and  a  literary 
man  of  note.  His  mother  was  a 
novelist.  Richard  thus  came  into 
the  world  with  a  considerable  in- 
heritance of  genius,  and  was 
destined  to  make  his  mark. 

At  the  age  of  eleven  years  he 
was  sent  to  Harrow,  and  later  went 
to  Bath,  where  his  family  had 
settled.  Here,  with  an  associate, 
he  engaged  in  literary  work, 
love  with  a  beautiful  young  vocalist.  Miss  Linley,  of 
that  city,  he  suddenly  left  with  her  and  proceeded  to  Calais,  France, 
in  1772.  where  they  were  secretly  married.  This  movement  was 
made  in  order  to  escape  the  annoyance  of  a  libertine  named  Matthews, 
who  pursued  the  lady.  Subsequently  two  duels  were  fought  with 
Matthews,  Sheridan  being  wounded  in  the  second.  He  became  a 
law-student  in  the  Middle  Temple  in  177.*J,  and  was  soon  married 
l)y  license,  when  he  domiciled  himself  in  a  coltage  at  East  Burnham. 
In  1775  his  play  of  "The  Rivals"  was  produced  at  Covent  Garden, 
London;  it  became  a  favorite  and  has  eincc  remained  so.  This  was 
followed  by  u  farce  and  the  comic  opera  of  "  The  Duenna, "  which 


Falling 


had  a  successful  run.  He  became 
interested  in  the  Drury  Lane  theater, 
and  in  1777  brought  out  "School  for 
Scandal,"  which  made  him  famous  in 
the  sphere  of  dramatic  literature. 

Later  he  joined  the  whig  party,  and 
connected  himself  with  a  periodical 
called  The  E nglishman-.  He  was  ^ 
made  a  member  of  parliament  from 
Stafford,  in  1780.  and  afterwards  was 
Under-Secretary  of  state  during  the 
Rockingham  ministry.  The  latter 
position  was  resigned  and  he  became 
secretary  of  the  treasury.  On  the 
occasion  of  the  impeachment  trial  of 
Warren  Hastings,  he  made  the  great- 
est speech  of  his  life,  four  days  being 
spent  in  its  delivery.  In  1790  he 
was  again  sent  to  parliament  from 
Stafford. 

On  the  death  of  his  wife,  in  1792, 
he  married  Miss  Ogle,  a  daughter  of 
the  dean  of  Winchester.  In  1799  the 
play  of  "Pizarro'"  was  brought  for- 
ward, and  has  ever  since  possessed  a 
charm  over  lovers  of  pure  drama. 

Sheridan's  improvident  habits  in- 
volved him  in  debt  and  misfortune; 
while  the  loss  by  fire  of  Drury  Lane 
theater,  his  failure  of  re-election  to 
office  in  1812,  together  with  drink  and 
waste  of  health,  completed  his  ruin, 
He  died  in  London,  in  July.  181C, 
attended  by  bis  medical  adviser  and 
three  other  friends,  who  remained 
true  lo  him  till  the  end. 

Sheridan  and  his  associate,  at  Bath,  wrote  *' A  Translation  of  Aris- 
tienctus."  His  life  by  Thomas  Moore  was  published  in  1825,  and 
his  speeches  were  edited  and  issued  in  London  in  181G.  Ills  poems, 
dramas,  and  other  matter,  were  printed  in  1874. 


J^ 


A    DISTINGUISinoi),    DESCIill'TIVE,    FICTION    WKITEK. 


235 


I 


W^M 


~^ 


-^NE  OF  THE  most  popular  and  fascinating  of 
modern  novelists,  was  Charles  Dickon^*,  the 
son  of  John  Dickens,  a  clerk  in  the  pay  otBce 
of  the  British  navy.  He  was  horn  near  Ports- 
mouth, England,  in  1812.  In  1816  the 
f.nnily  removed  to  Chatham,  where  Charles' 
t  ducalion  was  begun,  and  so  precocious  was 
his  literary  talent  that  he  wrote  a  tragedy 
when  nine  years  old.  The  father  having 
become  bankrupt,  the  family  suffered  the  in- 
conveniences of  poverty;  Charles  was  set 
at  work  in  a  blacking  manufactory,  and  the  father  found  employ- 
ment as  a  reporter  on  the  London -Vo/v/.j/zg' 67irom('^f.  being  helped 
also,  materially,  by  the  receipt  of  a  small  legacy.  After  two  years' 
schooling,  Charles  was  placed  in  an  attorney's  office,  and  read  novels 
and  visited  theaters  when  not  at  work.  He  then  applied  himself 
to  llu'  study  of  short-hand  writing  with  so  much  assiduity  that 
at  the  age  of  nineteen  was  engaged  as  a  reporter  for  two  London 
newspapers. 

His  first  published  literary  sketch,  "Mr. Timms  and  his  Cousin," 
appL-arcd  in  the  Old  Monthly  Magazine,  in  1834,  and  was  soon 
followed  by  others,  under  the  signature  of  "Boz, "  a  name  that 
originated  in  the  ludicrous  nicknaming  of  a  younger  brother.  Sub- 
sequently these  sketches,  for  which  Dickens  received  two  guineas  a 
week  in  addition  to  his  regular  salary  on  the  Evening  Chronicle, 
were  published  in  book  form,  in  183(5.  That  year  Dickens  married 
Miss  Kate  Hogarth,  the  eldest  daughter  of  a  newspaper  writer. 
About  tliis  time  Dickens  began,  as  a  serial,  the  publication  of  the 
"  Pickwick  Papers, "  a  work  which  won  him  fame  and  money,  and 
paved  the  way  for  his  life-long  career  as  a  successful  novelist.  It 
became  exceedingly  popular  in  Euroi>e  and  America.  "'Oliver 
Twist*'  api)eared  in  book  form  in  1838.  having  previously  run 
through  Benflei/tt  Miscellany  as  a  serial — a  magazine  of  which  he  was 
at  one  time  the  editor.  Other  books  followed,  the  most  noted  of 
which.  "Nicholas  Nickleby, "  was  concluded  in  October.  1839. 
"The  Old  Curiosity  Shop"  and  "Bamaby  Rudge  "  appeared  in 
numbers  in  1840  and  1841,  and  added  lohis  growing  fame. 


In  184'^  Dickens  and  his  wife  visited  America  for  a  few  months, 
and  were  received  with  fulsome  enthusiasm  by  the  people.  The  result 
of  the  visit  was  two  books — "American  Notes"  and  "Martin  Chuz- 
zlewit" — in  which  American  institutions  and  character  were  severely 
criticised. 

Continuing  his  literary  labors,  Dickens  went  to  Italy,  in  1844, 
remaining  there  about  a  year.  In  January,  1846,  he  became 
editor  of  the  London  Daily  Neivs,  but  this  position  he  only  held  four 
months.  In  1858  Dickens  and  his  wife  amicably  separated  for 
private  reasons.  In  1859  he  closed  up  Household  \yords,  a  weekly 
magazine  which  he  had  started  in  1850,  and  began  another  similar 
periodical.  All  the  Year  Round,  which  he  conducted  until  his  death, 
bequeathing  it  to  his  oldest  son. 

In  1858  Dickens  began  his  career  as  a  public  reader  of  bis  own 
writings,  in  which  he  met  with  great  success  in  Great  Britain, 
Ireland,  France  and  America.  On  the  occasion  of  his  second  visit 
to  this  country  in  1867  he  was  received  with  enthusiasm,  the  ani- 
mosities attending  his  assaults  upon  our  institutions  and  people,  in 
1843,  were  forgiven,  and  he  went  home,  after  a  few  months,  better 
pleased  with  the  Americans  and  they  with  him.  His  last  public  read- 
ing was  given  in  England,  in  March,  1870.  He  was  then  engrossed 
in  the  production  of  a  new  serial  novel,  ' '  Edwin  Drood, "  which  was 
aI)out  half  finished  at  the  time  when  he  suddenly  died  at  Gadshill, 
near  Rochester,  England,  June  9.  1870. 

Dickens  was  emphatically  the  people's  novelist,  and  his  faculty 
of  teaching  some  wholesome  public  moral  by  his  fictions  did  much 
toward  the  adoption  of  some  important  reforms.  He  was  buried 
in  Westminster  Abbey,  without  pomp.  Shortly  before  his  death 
he  visited  Queen  Victoria  at  her  request,  and  was  offered  the 
honor  of  knighthood;  but  he  declined  it.  His  works,  besides  those 
mentioned  above,  include  the  following:  Eight  "Christmas  Stories." 
which  met  with  great  favor  as  they  respectively  appeared ;  '  '■  Pictures 
from  Italy, "  ' '  Dombey  and  Son. "  '  •  David  Copperfield. "  "  A  Child's 
History  of  England."  "Hard  Times,"  "Bleak  House."  "Little 
Dorrit,"  "  A  Tale  of  Two  Cities."  "Great  Expectations."  "The 
Uncommercial  Traveler,"  and  "Our  Mutual  Friend,"  not  to  mention 
farces  and  some  uncollected  short  stories. 


.c 


.Qi. — 


THACKERAY,    WELL-KNOWN    ENGLISH    NOVELIST 


William  M.  Thackeray,  was  born  at  Calcutta, 
India,  in  1811,  while  his  father  was   in  the 
service  of  the  East  India  Company,  and  was 
educated   in   London  and  Cambridge  univer- 
sities,   England.       Inheriting  about  SlOO.  000 
in  1832,  he  traveled  in   Europe   and   studied 
art,    remaining     abroad     for    several     years. 
Losing  the  most  of   his  fortune  by  specula- 
xrp  '''^^Jz>^^       tion,  he   entered   upon  a  successful   literary 
(o     ^    c/       career,  which  he  continued  until  the  close  of 
^-^        J  his  life. 

He  wrote  for  Fraser's  Magazine,  under  the 
names  of  "Michael  Angelo  Titmarsh"  and  "George  Fitz-lJoodlc, " 
and  to  the  honclon  Punch,  in  which  appeared  "  Jeames' Diary, " 
"The  Fat  Contributor,"  and  "The  Snob  Papers,"  now  found 
among  the  later  editions  of  his  works.      "Vanity  Fair,"  a    novel, 


published  as  a  serial,  greatly  enhanced  his  reputation,  in  lS46-'8. 
In  1845  he  visited  the  East.  In  1848  he  was  admitted  to  the  bar, 
but  did  not  practice.  In  1851  he  delivered  to  London  audiences  his 
popular  lectures  of  the  "English  Humorists  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century;"  in  1852  he  repeated  them  to  American  houses,  and  in 
1855-'0  again  delivered  tbem  in  this  country,  together  with  his  other 
course  of  lectures  on  "The  Four  Georges."  From  1859  to  18B2  he 
edited  the  C'ortihUl  Magazine,  in  London,  which  gained  a  large  cir- 
culation under  his  management. 

He  died  in  December,  1863.  His  fame  rests  as  mucb  on  "Vanity 
Fair"  as  on  any  of  his  subsequent  books,  among  which  the  principal 
are  "Pendennis, "  "Henry  Esmond,"  "The  Newcomes. "  "The 
Virginians,"  "Lovel  the  Widower,"  "Adventures  of  Philip," 
and,  the  "Book  of  Snobs."  His  daughter,  Anne  Isabella,  has 
written  and  published  "The  Story  of  Elizabeth,"  "The  Village  on 
the  Cliff,"  and  other  books. 


The  Age  of  Wisdom. 


BY    WILLIAM    MAKEPEACE    THACKERAY. 


jfTO:  PRETTY  page,  with  the  dimpled  chin. 
'AA  'fiiat  never  has  known  the  barber's  shear, 

All  your  wish  is  woman  to  win; 

This  is  the  way  that  boys  begin — 
Wait  till  you  come  to  forty  year. 


^nrly  gold  locks  cover  foolish  brain?; 

■^  Billing  and  cooing  is  all  your  cheer — 
Sighing,  and  singing  of  midnight  strains, 
Under  Bonnybell's  window  panes — 
Wait  till  you  come  to  forty  year. 


E 


rty  times  over  let  Michaelmas  speed; 

fJrizzIing  hair  the  brain  doth  clear; 
ThfMi  you  know  a  boy  is  in  need 
Of  much  more  scn.se,  much  more  indccd- 

Once  you  have  come  to  forty  year. 


m 


ledge  me  round;  I  bid  ye  declare, 

All  good  fellows  whoso  beards  are  gray- 
Did  not  the  fairest  of  the  fair 
Common  grow  and  wearisome  ere 
Ever  a  mouth  was  past  away? 

[Tho  reddest  lips  that  ever  have  kissed, 
^^  The  brightest  eyes  that  ever  have  shone. 
May  pray  and  whisper  and  we  not  list, 
Or  look  away  and  never  be  missed — 
Ere  yet  ever  a  month  is  gone. 

Jillinn's  dead!  God  rest  her  bier — 
^  How  I  loved  her  twenty  years  syne  I 

Marian's  married;  but  I  sit  here. 

Alone  and  merry  at  forty  year. 

Dipping  my  nose  in  the  Gascon  wine. 


;C!)^- — 


d: 


THE    CELEBRATED    .SCnT<'H    NOVELIS'I'. 


237 


Author  of  the     Waverley  Novels." 


HE  EMINENT  novelist,  poet  and 
bistorinn.  Sir  Walter  Scott,  was 
hoiii  at  Edinburgh,  Scotland,  in 
1771.  lie  was  educated  at  the 
high  school  and  university  of 
Edinburgh.  In  178G  he  entered  his 
father's  law  office,  and  was  ad- 
mitted to  the  practice  of  the  law 
ill  179^.  Literature,  however,  soon  engrossed  his  thoughts.  In 
1707  he  married  Miss  Charlotte  M.  Carpenter,  and  in  1709  ho  was 
appointed  to  a  sheriff's  office.  In  1806  he  became  one  of  the  prin- 
cipal clerks  in  the  Scottish  court  of  session,  with  a  good  salary  and 
plenty  of  time  for  literary  pursuits. 

Prev'ous  to  1817  he  had  written  most  of  the  poems,  tales  in 
verse,  ballads,  translations  and  metrical  romances  that  have  made 
him  famous  as  a  poet.  He  also  edited  Dryden's  works  and  wrote 
a  life  of  that  poet.  '*  Waverley.  "  his  first  distinguished  novel,  was 
published  in  July,  1814,  anonymously,  btit  paved  the  way  by  its 
literary  excellence  for  the  extensive  series  of  "Waverley  Novels," 
on  which  his  reputation  is  based.  In  the  meantime  he  had  founded 
and  built  his  castellated  mansion  of  '*  Abbotsford, "  to  which  his 
lilrrary  fame  has  given  a  popular  interest.  In  1815  ' '  Guy  Manner- 
iug''  succeeded  "Waverley,"  and  from  that  period  to  1825  he  wrote 
his  other  novels  in  rapid  succession.  Besides  these  he  had  written 
some  of  his  dramas,  edited  the  works  of  Swift  and  other  authors, 
contributed  to  the  leading  reviews  and  other  periodicals  of  the  day. 


and  wrote  several  articles  for  the  " Encyclopsedia  Britannica. " 
His  wealth  and  popularity  made  Abbotsford  a  great  resort  for  vis- 
itors of  every  degree  and  rank.  In  1820  King  George  IV.  conferred 
upon  him  a  baronetcy.  In  1820  be  became  pecuniarily  embarrassed 
by  the  failure  of  his  Edinburgh  publishers,  and  another  firm,  by  its 
failure,  also  involved  his  means.  He  owed  the  creditors  of  both 
houses  about  $000,000,  and  at  the  age  of  fifty-five  years  he  set  about 
the  task  of  paying  off  these  demands  by  his  literary  labor.  In  1820 
appeared  his  "Life  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte, "  and  other  works  well 
known  to  his  readers,  but  it  was  not  until  1827  that  he  acknowledged 
himself  to  be  the  author  of  "Waverley"  and  the  "  Waverley  Novels, " 
although  he  had  long  been  credited  with  that  distinction.  He  con- 
tinued to  write  voluminously,  including  two  series  of  his  "Tales  of  a 
Grandfather;"  his  "History  of  Scotland,"  "Letters  on  Demonology 
and  Witchcraft,"  and  reduced  his  indebtedness  materially. 

His  health  began  to  fail  about  1830.  and  a  hereditary  disease  mani- 
fested itself  so  severely  that  literary  labor  was  suspeuded  by  medical 
advice,  and  he  visited  Italy  in  a  vessel  furnished  by  the  admiralty. 
Finding  himself  failing,  he  desired  to  be  taken  home,  but  was  in.=en- 
sible  when  London  was  reached  in  June,  1832,  and  died  within  a 
short  lime  after  his  arrival  at  Abbotsford.  He  was  buried  in  Dry- 
bnrgh  Abbey,  and  a  noble  Gothic  structure,  erected  at  Edinburgh  in 
1844-6,  perpetuates  his  memory. 

Before  his  death  he  had  liquidated  about  one-third  of  bis  indebted- 
ness, and  the  remainder  was  paid  through  the  sale  of  the  copyrights 
of  the  "Waverley  Novels." 


HYMN  OF  THE   HEBREW  MAID. 


BY  SIR  WALTER  SCOTT. 


HEN  Israel,  of  the  Lord  beloved. 

Out  from  the  land  of  bondag:e  came, 
Her  fatlior's  Ciod  before  her  moved, 

An  awful  piiide  in  smoke  and  llaine. 
By  (isiy  al<ini:r  the  astnni'^hcd  lands 

The  ci'.iidy  pill.ir  ^'Ii<lrd  slow; 
By  nifritt  Al  :iln;r>  crim-^i'lU'd  ^andg 

Returned  the  liury  cojuiim'ji  glow. 

There  rose  the  choral  hymn  of  praise. 

And  trump  and  timbrel  answered  keen; 
And  Zion's  daughters  poured  their  lays. 

With  priest's  and  warrior's  voice  between. 
No  portents  now  our  foes  atnaze — 

Forsaken  Israel  wanders  lone; 
Our  fathers  would  not  know  Thy  ways, 
And  Thou  hast  left  them  to  their  own. 


But.  present  still,  thoupli  now  unseen. 

When  hnL'htIv  shines  the  prosperous  day, 
Be  tli.'tmhts  of  Tlie.-  n  eii.udy  screen, 

T.I  tfiniier  Uie  .Ifi-eitlul  ray. 
And  oh.  when  stoops  uii  Jndah's  path 

In  shade  and  sttnin  the  frequent  ni?ht, 
Be  Thou.  long-sutYeiing.  slow  to  wrath, 

A  burning  and  a  shining  light! 

Our  harps  we  left  by  Babel's  streams — 

The  Tyrant's  .iest,  the  Gentile's  scorn; 
No  censer  I'ound  our  altar  beams, 

Ami  mute  are  timbrel,  trump,  and  horn. 
But  Thou  hast  said,  the  blood  of  goats, 

The  tiesh  of  rams,  I  will  not  prize— 
A  contrite  heart,  and  humble  thoughts, 

Are  mine  accepted  sacrifice. 


:Ct — 


-sO.fx 


■-^: 


238 


HOME    OF    MRS.    SIGOURNEY. 


•^^^ 


Distinguished  Poets. 


Lydia  H.  Sigourney,  Swinburne,  Virgil  and  Robert  Pollok. 


'Prorfe  and  Verse  ' 
in  1815;  "  Letters  to  Young 
Ladies,"'  in  1833;  *' Pocahontas  and 
Other  Poems,"  in  1841;  "Pleas- 
ant Memories  of  Pleasant  Lands," 
the  outgrowth  of  her  visit  to 
Europe,  in  1842;  "Past  Meridian," 
in  1854,  and  "The  Man  of  Vz,  and 
Other  Poems,"  in  1862.  She  died 
at  Hartford  in  1865,  and  her  auto- 
biography was  published  in  the 
following  year,  under  the  title  of 
"•Letters  of  Life." 


VDL\  HUNTLEY  was  born  at  Norwich,  Conn., 
in  1791,  and  during  her  life-time 
of  seventy-three  years,  contributed 
nearly  sixty  volumes  of  original 
poetry  and  prose  and  selected  writ- 
ings to  the  literature  of  the  United 
States.  At  the  age  of  twenty-three 
she  taught  a  private  school  at  Hart- 
ford, and  in  1819  she  was  married  to 
Mr.  Charles  Sigourney,  a  merchant 
of  that  city.  Her  "  Moral  Pieces  in 
was  published 


T 


A? 


ALGERNON  SWINBURNE. 

.KKNOX   CHAIiLKS,  sou  of 

the      late      British    Admiral 

Swinburne,  was  born  in  Lon- 
don in  1837.  He  entered  Balliol 
college,  Oxford,  in  1857,  but  left  it 
without  taking  a  degree.  Up  to 
1865  he  had  published  the  follow- 
ing plays:  "The  Queen  Mother,"  "Rosamond,"  "  Atalanta  in 
Calydon,"  and  "  Chawtelard."  In  1866  he  published  a  volume  of 
"  Poems  and  Ballads,"  which  was  bitterly  criticised^  and  inaugu- 
rated a  literary  warfare,  resulting  in  one  volume  by  W.  M. 
Kossetti,  and  a  rejoinder  by  Swinburne.  Since  then  the  latter 
ban  published  '*  A  Song  of  Italy,"  "  William  Blake,"  "  Siena,"  some 
*'Xote8onthe  Royal  Academy  Exhibition"  of  1868,  "Ode  on  the 
Proclamation  of  the  French  Rejiublic"  (September  4,  1870).  "Songs 
Before  Sunrise"  (u  glorification  of  pantheism  and  republicanism), 
"  Bothwell  "  (a  tragedy),  "  Essays  and  Studies,"  "  A  Note  on  Char- 
lotte Bronte,"  "  George  Chapman"  (a  critical  eseay),  "  Erecbthcus" 
(a  play).  In  addition  to  hiH  other  works,  he  edited  "Chri!*tubel, 
and  the  Lyrical  and  Imaginative  Poems  of  Samuel  T.  Coleridge,"  the 
works  of  George  Chapman,   and  a  second   ecrics  of  "  Poems  and 

B:.ll:id-," 


VIRGIL, 

HE  greatest  of  the  Roman  poets,  Publius  Virgilius  (or  Vergilius) 
Marc  Virgil,  was  born  at  Andes,  near  Mantua,  Italy,  seventy 
years  before  Christ,  and  was  educated  at  Cremona,  Milan,  and 
Naples.  In  his  thirtieth  year  be  visited  Rome,  seeking  to  obtain  the 
restoration  of  his  lands,  which  the  soldiers  of  Octavius  had  seized 
after  the  battle  of  Philippi.  Augustus  granted  him  the  necessary 
papers  of  restoration,  but  on  his  return  Octavius  compelled  bim  to 
swim  across  the  Mincio  river  in  order  to  save  his  life.  Another 
mandate  was  granted  by  Augustus,  and  with  this  Virgil  accomplished 
his  desire.  The  remainder  of  his 
life  was  devoted  to  literary  labor, 
and  was  cheered  by  the  friendship 
of  Augustus,  Maecenas,  and  all  the 
other  eminent  men  of  the  age. 
His  fame  is  founded  on  his 
"Eclogues,"  "  The  Georgics,"  and 
"  The  -'Eneid,"  although  he  did  not 
live  to  give  the  latter  the  finishing 
touches.  He  died  at  Brundusium 
in  the  year  nineteen  before  Christ, 
and  was  buried  at  Naples. 


mi: 


Home  of  Mrs.  Sigourney, 

Rural  Residence  which  uveiiooked  the  City  of   Hartford,  Conn. 


ROBERT  POLLOK. 

HE  sou  of  a  farmer,  Robert 
Pollok  was  born  near  Muir- 
house,  Scotland,  in  1798.  With 
the  view  of  becoming  a  preacher, 
after  some  years  of  labor  on  the 
farm,  he  entered  the  university  of 
Glasgow  at  the  age  of  nineteen, 
remaining  there  five  years.  Hav- 
ing graduated,  he  began  ins  theological  studies  at  Glasgow,  and  in 
1827  became  a  preacher  in  the  United  Secesf^ion  church.  In  the 
spring  of  this  year  be  published  his  poem  of  "The  Course  of 
Time,"  which  became  very  popular  owing  to  its  firm  religious  char- 
acter, as  well  as  its  originality  and  poetic  excellence.  It  has  reached 
a  wide  circulation,  both  in  Europe  and  America.  Pidlok  did  not 
long  survive  its  publication,  consumption  causing  bis  death  at  South- 
ampton, England,  in  September,  1827,  as  he  was  about  to  embark  on 
a  voyage  to  Italy  for  the  benefit  of  his  health.  While  a  student  he 
wrote  three  tales  in  prose,  entitled  "Helen  of  the  Glen,"  "Ralph 
Gemmell,"  and  "The  Persecuted  Family.''  These  have  since 
been  collected  and  published"  as  "Tales  of  the  Covenanters." 
Upward  of  twenty  editions  of  hie  principal  work  (the  "Course  of 
Time")  have  been  issued  in  this  country,  besides,  as  indicated,  the 
largo  number  in  Britain. 


'(> — 


i 


OLIVER    WENDELL   UULMES,    I'lIYSICI^VN   AND   POET. 


2'd'J 


OLIVER  WENDELL  HOLMES. 

THE  popular  American  physiciim,  poet,  essayiBt  and  novelist, 
Oliver  Wendell  Ilolmca,  was  liorn  at  Cambridge,  Mass.,  in  1809. 
He  was  educated  at  Harvard  college,  where  he  graduated  in  18^9. 
He  first  chose  the  profession  of  law,  but  forsooli  it  in  order  to  pre- 
liare  himself  for  a  physician.  In  pursuit  of  this  plan  he  visited  the 
Paris  and  other  European  hospitals,  and  began  to  practice  medicine 
in  Boston  in  1835.  In  1838  ho  was  elected  professor  of  anatomy  and 
Iihysiology  at  Dartmouth  college,  and  in  IS.'i"  he  was  appointed  to 
that  chair  in  Harvard  college.  His  literary  contributions  to  periodi- 
cals date  back  to  1836,  and  his  reputation  as  a  poet  was  enhanced  by 
his  metrical  essay  on  "Poetry,"  which  was  followed  by  numerous 
others  of  superior  merit.  For  years  he  was  a  popular  public  lec- 
turer, and  has  achieved  an  enviable  fame  by  his  verse-recitations  at 
class  and  literary  reunions,  and  by  his  songs,  lyrics  and  poems  for 
festive  occasions.  In  science  he  has  won  distinction  by  his 
researches  in  the  use  of  the  stethoscope  and  microscope  and  his 
contributions  to  current  medical  literature.  His  principal  books 
include  "The  Autocrat  of  the  Breakfast  Table,"  "The  Professor  at 
the  Breakfast  Table,"  "Elsie  Venner,' 
"Soundings  from  the  Atlantic,"  " 
"Mechanism  in  Thought  and  Morals," 
etc. 


"Songs  in  Many  Keys," 
The      Guardian      Angel," 


papers.  In  1850  he  connected  liimself  editorially  with  the  Home 
Journalm  New  York,  retaining  this  position  for  three  years.  Since 
then  he  has  written  freely,  both  of  prose  and  poetry.  His  principal 
books  are;  "The  Bells  and  Other  Poems,"  "  Babie  Bell  and  Other 
Poems, "  "  The  Course  of  True  Love  Never  Did  Uun  Smooth,"  "  Pam- 
pineaand  Otlier  Poems,"  "  Out  of  His  Head"  (a  prose  romance),  "The 
Story  ol  a  Bad  Boy,"  and  one  or  two  other  books.  He  was  once 
editor  of  Ecevy  Saturdai/,  and  in  1881,  of  the  Atlantic  Monthly. 


FELICIA  DOROTHEA  HEMANS. 

FELICI.\,  the  daughter  of  Mr.  Browne, 
a  merchant  of  Liverpool,  England, 
was  born  in  that  city  in  1794,  but 
her  infant  years  were  passed  in  Wales. 
In  her  childhood  she  wrote  a  number 
of  poems  which  were  collected  and 
printed  in  book-form  while  she  was  in 
her  fourteenth  year.  Another  volume  of 
poems,  on  the  domestic  affections,  pub- 
lished in  1812,  established  her  poetic 
reputation.  Having  been  married  in  1813 
to  Captain  Hemans,  she  became  the 
mother  of  five  sons,  after  which  her  hus- 
band parted  from  her  and  went  to  Italy 
to  recuperate  his  failing  health,  and  they 
never  met  again.  In  order  to  meet  the 
expense  of  educating  her  children,  she 
wrote  for  periodicals,  in  which  many  of 
her  shorter  poems  appeared.  Between  this  period  and  that  of  her 
death,  near  Dublin,  in  1835,  she  published  "Tales  and  Historic 
Scenes,"  "Modern  Greece,"  "Dartmoor"  (a  prize  poem),  "The 
Skeptic,"  "The  Vespers  of  Palermo,"  a  play,  which  was  successfully 
acted  at  Edinburgh,  although  its  representation  in  London  failed. 
Before  her  death  she  removed  to  Dublin,  where  a  brother  resided. 
Her  last  poem  was  "  A  Sabbath  Sonnet. " 


Author  of  ' 


THE   BROWNINGS. 

ROBERT  BROWNING  was  bciiii  at  Camberwcll,  England,  in  1812, 
and  was  educated  at  the  London  univerHity.  About  1832  he  went 
to  Italy,  and  remained  there  several  years,  stndyingthe  history  and 
characteristics  of  the  people.  In  I8;j5  was  published  his  dramatic 
poem  of  "  Paracelsujr,  and  in  1837  his  tragedy  of  "Strafford"  was 
produced  in  a  London  theater,  but  both  met  with  only  moderate 
popularity.  His  poem  of  "SordeUo"'  appeared  in  1840,  but  was 
condemned  by  the  public  as  an  "unintelligible  rhapsody,  with  no 
meaning.'"  "Bells  and  Pomegranates,"  a  serial  collection  of  his 
dramatic  and  lyric  poems,  was  published  between  1842  and  1846. 
Among  its  other  contents  was  his  tragedy  of  "  A  Blot  on  the 
Scutcheon,'''  which  displayed  much  poetic 
talent,  and  was  publicly  played  at  Brury 
Lane  theater  in  1843,  with  indifferent 
success.  In  1846  Mr.  Browning  mar- 
ried Miss  Elizabeth  Barrett,  a  poetess 
of  acknowledged  genius,  who  died  inl861. 
Browning  especially  cultivated  the  arts 
of  music  and  painting,  becoming  familiar 
with  the  history  of  both.  In  1856  ap- 
peared his  "  Men  and  Women."  Among 
his  other  works  the  following  are  noted: 
*'  King  "Victor  and  King  Charles," 
"Dramatic  Lyrics,"  "Return  of  the 
Druses,"  "The  Soul's  Errand," and  "The 
Ring  and  the  Book."  Mrs.  Browning's 
literary  reputation  rests  on  her  "  Aurora 
Leigh,"  "The  Drama  of  Exile,"  "Iso- 
bel's  Child,"  "  Casa  Guidi  Windows," 
"  The  Cry  of  the  Children,"  "My  Doves," 
"  The  Sleep,"  and  several  minor 
poems. 


The  Autocrat  of  the  Breakfast  Tab! 
Many  Charming  Poems. 


■  and 


THOIVIAS  BAILEY  ALDRICH. 

IN  1836,  Portsmouth,  N.  IL,  had  the  honor  of  being  the  birthplace 
of  Thomas  Bailey  Aldrich.  While  preparing  to  enter  college  he  had 
the  misfortune  to  lose  his  father,  and  abandoned  his  studies  in  order 
to  work  in  his  uncle's  mercantile  counting-house  in  New  York. 
Achieving  some  success  as  a  contributor  of  verses  to  the  New  York 
papers,  he  forsook  the  counting-house  at  the  end  of  three  years  and 
devoted  himself  to  the  more  genial  pursuits  of  literature.  In  1855  a 
collection  of  his  poems  was  published,  and  in  185G  his  reputation 
was  greatly  enhanced  by  the  publication  of  "Babie  Bell,"  which  had 
an  extensive  "  run  "  through  the  newspapers.  lie  became  a  frequent 
contributor  to  Pii(?iam's,  the  K))ieke.rhnck€i\  and  the  weekly  literary 


N' 


JOHN    DRYDEN. 

[OTED  among  British  poeis  as  a  j^upiTior  satirist,  and  the  author  of 
twenty-seven  plays,  John  Dryden  represented  the  age  in  which 
he  lived.  He  was  born  in  Northamptonshire,  England,  in  1631, 
the  eldest  of  fourteen  children  of  one  of  Cromweirs  magistrates,  and, 
while  receiving  his  education,  his  poetical  talent  early  manifested 
Itself.  Although  he  graduated  at  Trinity  college,  Cambridge,  in 
1654,  he  remained  there  about  three  years  longer.  Going  to  London 
he  obtained  an  inferior  position  as  a  clerk.  While  Cromwell  lived, 
Dryden  supported  his  cause,  and  lamented  his  death  in  heroic  verse. 
Upon  the  restoration  of  the  kingdom,  however,  he  gave  in  his  adher- 
ence to  Charles  II.  in  a  flattering  poem.  At  this  time  he  was  doing 
literary  drudgery  for  the  publishers,  but  adverse  circumstances  could 
not  restrain  his  natural  genius,  and  by  his  plays,  essays  and  verses 
he  rapidly  grew  into  public  favor.  In  1663  he  married  the  daughter 
of  the  earl  of  Berkshire,  and  five  years  later  he  was  appointed  poet 
laureate  of  England.  His  poetry  is  sadly  disfigured  by  personal  and 
political  bitterness,  but  is  vigorous  and  brilliant.  Several  of  his 
plays  were  successful  at  the  time  of  their  first  represention,  but  all 
are  now  nearly  obsolete.  He  died  May  1,  1700,  and  was  buried  in 
Westminster  Abbey.     His  bc?t  fame  is  founded  on  his  "Fables." 


•^^T^' 


-24:0 


GOETH?:,    SCHILLEE,    HOMKK. 


? 


JOHANN  WOLFGANG  VON  GOETHE. 

THE  German  play-writer,  poet  and  statesman,  Johann  Wolfgang 
von  Goethe,  was  born  at  Frankfort-on-the-Main  in  1749.  He  was 
taught,  at  an  early  age,  the  classics  and  modern  languages  by  his 
father,  an  imperial  councilor.  Goethe  was  handsome,  lively  and 
sensitive  when  a  child.  Before  he  was  ten  years  of  age  he  could 
write  in  several  languages,  meditated  poems,  and  had  a  knowledge 
of  works  of  art.  In  1765  he  was  sent  to  the  college  at  Leipsic, 
where  he  studied  jurisprudence,  medicine,  logic,  rhetoric,  philoso- 
phy, morals,  drawing,  etc. ,  and  wrote  two  dramas.  In  1770  he  was 
transferred  to  the  university  at  Strasburg,  where  he  became 
acquainted  with  English  classical  literature.  He  left  the  university 
in  1771,  and  in  177'^  he  went  to  Wetzlar  to  practice  law.  In  1773  he 
published  his  play  of  "  Gotz  von  Berlichingen,"'  which  excited  the 
greatest  enthusiasm  in  the  literary 
world.  In  1774  appeared  *' The 
Sorrows  of  Werther,"  founded  on 
a  love  adventure  of  his  own  and 
the  suicide  of  a  friend  who  had 
an  unhappy  passion  for  another 
friend's  wife.  This  novel  produced 
a  huge  sensation.  "  Clavigo,"  a 
drama,  was  written  the  same  year. 
Goethe's  fame  as  the  author  of 
*' Werther"  secured  him  the  notice 
and  friendship  of  Charles  Augustus, 
grand  duke  of  Saxe-Weimar,  who 
invited  the  poet  to  visit  his  court  in 
1775.  Goethe's  reception  at  court 
induced  him  to  make  Weimar  his 
permanent  home,  and  there  he 
made  the  acquaintance  of  many 
distinguished  personages  and  re- 
ceived enthusiastic  homage.  After 
a  long  series  of  enjoyments,  Goethe 
returned  to  literary  labor,  and  in 
1779  produced  his  *'Iphigenie  auf 
Tauris,"  a  prose  drama,  which  he 
afterwards  versified,  and  an  opera 
which  was  inspired  by  a  brief  visit 
to  Switzerland.  He  then  turned 
his  attention  to  the  study  of  natural 
science,  attaining  great  proficiency. 
Between  1780  and  1783  he  wrote  a 
part  of  "  WilhelmMeister,"  a  novel, 
and  numerous  small  poems.  Nearly 
two  years  (beginning  in  1786)  were 
passed  in  Italy,  where  he  studied 
antiquities  and  wrote  *'Torquato 
Tasso,"  a  drama  founded  on  the 
court  life  of  the  great  poet,  and 
also  a  narrative  of  his  travels, 
he  published  *'  Egmont,"  a  romantic  drama.  A  love  adventure  with 
an  uneducated  domestic  in  his  house,  named  Christiane  Vnlpius, 
resulted  in  his  marrying  her  after  the  birth  of  their  child.  In  179i» 
he  accompanied  the  Prussian  army  and  the  duke  of  Brunswick  in 
their  campaign  into  France,  and  of  this  he  wrote  a  narrative.  After 
his  return  he  was  appointed  minit»ter  of  stale.  Ho  also  wrote  several 
Hcientific  works.  He  made  the  acquaintance  of  the  poet  Schiller  at 
Jena,  in  17fl4,  and  they  soon  became  fast  friends.  The  first  and 
second  parts  of  '■'Wilhelm  Melster  "  appeared  respectively  in  1795 
.ind  1818.  In  IBOT}  lie  firnt  gave  his  masterpiece,  "Faust,"  to  the 
world,  the  second  part  appearing  in  1831.  In  1807  Alexander  of 
Kiiy-ia  conferred  on  him  fh--  Mr-i-r  of  "^t     M-vMit'lcr   V''\\';ki,   ;iiid 


afterwards  Napoleon  bestowed  upon  him  the  grand  cross  of  the  legion 
of  honor.  Goethe  died  at  Weimar  in  1832.  Besides  the  works  above 
mentioned,  he  wrote  several  others  which  affected  his  previous  fame 
in  a  greater  or  less  degree. 


JOHANN  CHRISTOPH   FRIEDRICH  VON  SCHILLER. 

AN  AUTIK^R  of  many  works  with  which  the  public  are  familiar, 
Johann  C'hristoph  Friedrich  von  Schiller,  was  born  at  Marbach, 
Germany,  in  1759.  In  his  youth  he  studied  medicine  and  became 
a  military  surgeon.  His  drama  of  "  The  Robbers  "  was  published  ia 
his  twenty-second  year,  and  so  established  his  reputation  as  a  man  of 
genius  that  he  decided  to  devote  himself  to  literary  occupations.  In 
1787  he  removed  to  Weimar,  acquired  the  friendship  of  the  prominent 
German  authors,  Goethe,  Wieland  and  Herder,  and  became  aulic 
counselor  and  professor  of  history 
and  philosophy  at  Jena.  Besides 
*' The  Robbers'"  he  wrote  the 
tragedies  of  "Fiesco  and  Cabal," 
'*Love,"  "Don  Carlos,"  "Wallen- 
stein,"  "Mary  Stuart,"  "Joan  of 
Arc,"  "The  Bride  of  Messina"  and 
"William  Tell."  He  also  wrote 
"  The  History  of  the  Thirty  Years' 
War,"  and  "The  History  of  the 
Revolt  in  the  Netherlands."  At 
Mannheim  he  translated  "  Mac- 
beth," and  wrote  other  tragedies. 
Later,  at  Weimar  he  met  Charlotte 
von  Lengefeld,  who  became  his 
wife.  He  died  in  1805.  Schiller 
held  that  the  cultivation  of  the  in- 
tellectual and  moral  faculties  was  a 
sure  means  to  gain  liberty.  Per- 
sonally he  was  tall  and  slender,  with 
high  brow,  pale  complexion,  aqui- 
line nose,  exquisite  mouth,  blue 
eyes  and  brown  hair.  His  remains 
were  finally  deposited  in  the  new 
cemetery  at  Weimar.  Memorial 
columns  have  been  erected  in  honor 
of  him  in  Berlin  and  in  Vienna,  as 
well  as  at  other  places.  Statues 
by  Thornwaldsen,  in  Stuttgard,  and 
Rietschel,  at  Weimar,  are  said  to  be 
the  finest  made  of  the  celebrated 
author. 


Novelist, 


Retnmiug  to  Weimar  in   1788, 


and  Rtatesmiiii. 


TWO  of  the  1 
poems  tha 


HOMER. 

most  remarkable  epic 
that  the  genius  of  mnn 
has  yet  produced— the  "Iliad" 
and  the  "Odyssey" — had  their  origin  in  Greece,  as  is  supposed, 
about  the  year  900  before  Christ,  and  are  popularly  ascribed  to  one 
Homer,  a  beggar  poet  of  that  country.  Respecting  the  life  of  this 
distinguished  writer,  we  must  be  content  to  remain  in  ignorance,  no 
memorials  of  it  having  been  preserved,  for  the  biography  of  him, 
whieh  it  is  said  was  prepared  by  Herodotus,  is  denounced  as  fabu- 
lous. In  Rucli  obscurity  is  his  life  shrouded,  that  some  have  even 
doubted  whether  he  everexisted.  While  Smyrna,  Rhodes,  Coloiduui, 
Salamis,  Chios,  Argus,  and  Athens  (cities  of  Greece),  c(mtended  for 
tlie  honor  of  having  been  the  birthplace  of  this  distinguished  poet, 
the  probability  remains  that  he  was  an  Asiatic  Greek.  One  legend 
deelares  that  Homer  died  of  vexation  because  he  could  not  solve  a 
rifldl''  i-rnp"uii'!<'(i  ftt  him  by  some  llshernien  n1  los. 


i 


=<5T^ 


T 


niSTINGUISlIED    POETS. 


241 


James  Thomson.     Alexander  Pope. 


0 


i 


NE  of  the  British  pastoral  poets,  James  Thomson,  the  8on  of 
a  Scotch  clergyman,  was  horn  at  Ednam,  Scothiiul,  in  1700, 
iincl   was   educated  at    Jedburgh    and   Edinburgh.     Four   years 

were  devoted  to 
preparing  for  the 
pulpit,  but  this  de- 
sign was  given  up, 
and  Thomson  went 
to  London,  where 
ho  was  for  several 
mnnlhs  a  tutor  in 
Uic  family  of  Lord 
Binning.  The  first 
of  his  "Seasons," 
a  poem  on  which 
his  fame  chiefly 
rests  —  "Winter  " — 
was  published  in 
172G,  and  the  three 
other  seasons  re- 
spectively, in  1728, 
1729  and  1730. 
During  these  years 
he  also  produced 
his  t  ragedy  of 
"Sophonisba,"  the  poem  of  "Britannia,"  and  a  poem  on  Sir 
Isaac  Newton.  As  one  result  of  his  literary  success.  Lord 
Chancellor  Talbot  selected  him  in  1731  to  travel  with  his  son  on  the 
continent  of  Europe.  Dur- 
ing the  three  years  thus 
occupied  Thomson  and  his 
companion  visited  most  of 
the  European  courts,  and 
after  their  return  to  Eng- 
land the  lord  chancellor 
retained  Thomson  in  his 
employment  as  secretary  of 
briefs  until  the  death  of  the 
former  in  1737,  when  Thom- 
son was  removed.  Soon 
afterwards  he  received  a 
pension  of  about  $500  a 
year  from  the  Prince  of 
Wales,  and  was  appointed 
surveyor-general  of  the  Lee- 
ward islands.  The  office 
was  a  sinecure,  the  duties 
being  performed  by  a  dep- 
uty, and  Thomson's  net 
salary  reaching  about  SU500 
a  year.  Thus  being  placed 
in  easy  circumstances, 
Thomson  continued  his  lit- 
erary labors  until  his  death, 
near  Richmond,  England,  in 
1748.  Besides  the  works 
enumerated  above,  he  wrote 

the  tragedies  of  "Agamemnon, "  "Edward  and  Eleanora,"  "  Tancrcd 
and  Sigismunda,"  the  poems  of  "  Liberty"  and  "  The  Castle  of  Indo- 
lence." His  play  of  "  Coriolanus,"  published  after  his  death,  was 
presented  at  Covent  Garden.  He  had  the  reputation  of  a  rough 
exterior  and  a  decided  propensity  for  indolence. 


THE  celebrated  poet,  Alexander  Pope,  the  f-on  of  a  linen-draper, 
was  born  in  Londtm  in  1088.  He  was  a  precocious  child,  wrilinga 
play  before  he  was  twelve  years  old,  and  composing  poetry  at  an 


age  80  early  that 
he  tells  us  he 
"  lisped  in  num- 
bers." His  educa- 
tion was  acquired 
at  two  private 
schools,  from  two 
Roman  Catholic 
priests,  who  were 
employed  as  his 
tu  tors,  and  from 
his  own  persever- 
ing studies.  He 
wrote  his  "  Pasto- 
rals "  when  he  was 
sixteen  years  old, 
and  they  secured 
him  the  friend.ship 
of  many  eminent 
persons.  The 
"  Pastorals  "  were 
followed  by  the 
publication,  successively, 
Messiah,"  "  The  Rape 
"Windsor  Forest"  and  ' 


of 


Pope's  Residence 


his  "Essay  on  Criticism,"  "The 
of  the  Lock,"  "The  Temple  of  Fame," 
The  Epistle  from  Eloisa,"  and  by  these  his 
'rj  reputation  as  a  poet  was 
permanently  established. 
In  1720  he  completed  his 
translation  of  Homer's 
"  Iliad,"  by  which  he  gained 
more  than  ©25,000.  In  the 
translation  of  Homer's 
"Odyssey"  he  was  aided  by 
Broome  and  Fenton.  The 
"Essay  on  Man"  appeared 
in  1733;  the  first  three 
books  of  "The  Dunciad"' 
in  1733,  the  fourth  book  in 
1742.  His  later  literary 
work  was  the  production  of 
satires.  In  1725  he  pub- 
lished a  poor  edition  of 
Shakspeare's  works.  The 
"Ode  on  Solitude"  was 
written  when  Alexander 
was  near  twelve  years; 
from  thirteen  to  fifteen  he 
labored  upon  an  epic  poem 
entitled  "  Alcander,"'  of 
which  he  completed  four 
books  and  then  destroyed  it. 
Two  plays,  a  comedy  and 
tragedy,  which  he  had  writ- 
ten, were  similarly  disposed 
of.  He  studied  painting  a  year  and  half,  but  his  poor  physical  body 
and  defective  eyesight  interposed  an  rflfectual  bar  to  success,  and 
that  pursuit  was  accordingly  abandoned.  He  was  so  deformed  that 
it  was  necessary  to  prop  his  body  in  position  in  order  to  enable  him 
to  accomplish  his  work.      He  died  iit  Twickenham,  in  May,  1744. 


i: 


IG 


-<jj)^ 


k 


242 


DISTINGUISHED   POETS. 


Ben  Jonson.     Thomas  Moore. 


George  P.  Morris. 


ENJAMI>f  JOXSOX,  the  famous  poet  and 
dramatist,  and  contemporary  of  Shaks- 
peare,  was  born  at  Westminster,  England, 
in  1574,  subseqnent  to  the  death  of  his 
father,  a  clergyman.  His  mother  having 
married  a  bricklayer,  she  took  Benjamin 
from  school  at  Westminster  in  order  to 
have  him  learn  his  step-father's  trade, 
but  the  youth,  preferring  some  other 
employment,  enlisted  as  a  private  soldier 
in  the  British  army.  His  regiment  was 
sent  to  Holland,  and  there  manifested  so 
much  courage  during  a  campaign  as  to 
gain  the  applause  of  his  officers.  After 
leaving  the  army  he  entered  St.  John's 
college  at  Cambridge,  England,  but  a  lack 
of  the  requisite  funds  did  not  permit  him  to 
remain.  Removing  to  London  at  about  the 
age  of  twenty  years,  he  sought  employment 
as  an  actor  (a  position  that  he  filled  with 
indifferent  success),  and  began  to  write  plays 
for  the  stage,  a 
work  in  which  he 
subsequently  be- 
came eminent. 
In  1598  his  first  play,  "Every  Man  in  His 
Humor,"  was  brought  out  at  the  London 
Globe  theater,  with  Shakspeare  appearing 
in  one  of  its  characters.  About  this  time 
Jonson  was  imprisoned  for  a  season  for 
having  killed  Gabriel  Spenser,  an  actor,  in 
a  duel.  His  next  play,  "Every  Man  Out 
of  His  Humor,"  was  brought  out,  and  in 
1599  "Sejanns,"  a  tragedy,  in  which  Shaks- 
peare is  said  to  have  made  his  farewell 
appearance  on  the  stage  in  1603.  Other 
plays  followed,  with  several  poems.  In 
1613  Jonson  traveled  in  Europe  as  the  tutor 
of  the  son  of  Sir  Walter  Raleigh.  In  1CI9 
he  was  appointed  poet  laureate,  and  aljout 
that  time  made  a  tour  on  foot  to  Scotland. 
In  1628  he  was  attacked  with  palsy,  and 
compelled  by  poverty  to  write  for  the  stage. 
King  Charles  I.  sent  him  S500  and  raised 
his   salary  as   poet  laureate,  but  Jonson's 

improvident  habits  kept  him  poor.  His  later  writings  were  hardly 
up  to  his  former  standard.  He  died  in  1637.  His  works  comprise 
seventeen  plays,  a  number  of  poems,  and  some  prose  writings. 


In  1803  he  accepted  and  was  appointed  to  an  office  under  the 
admiralty  in  the  Bermuda  islands,  but  not  liking  the  position  after 
reaching  the  station,  he  left  a  deputy  in  charge  of  the  business  and 
returned  home,  traveling  for  a  short  season  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  His  "Odes  and  Epistles,"  published  in  1806,  contained 
many  references  to  his  American  travels,  and  was  severely  criticised 
by  Jeffrey  in  the  Edinburgh  Beview.  Moore  challenged  Jeffrey,  but 
the  duel  never  took  place.  Byron  sarcastically  referred  to  the  affair, 
and  received  a  challenge  from  Moore,  but  the  disagreement  was 
settled,  and  the  poets  became  firm  friends,  as  did,  also,  Moore  and 
Jeffrey.  Moore  married  Miss  Dyke,  an  actress,  in  1811,  and  settled 
down  to  a  literary  life.  Owing  to  the  mismanagement  of  his  Ber- 
muda agent,  Moore,  about  1819,  became  involved  in  pecuniary  liabil- 
ities to  the  amount  of  $30,000,  and  to  avoid  arrest  (although  assistance 
was  offered  to  him),  he  went  to  France  and  Italy,  and  then,  having 
sent  for  his  family,  resided  in  Paris,  and  resumed  his  literary  labors. 
Within  three  years  his  pecuniary  difficulties  were  settled  by  the 
payment  of  the  claim  against  him,  and  he  returned  to  England, 
remaining  there  until  his  death  at  Devizes,  in  1852.  In  addition  to 
his  numerous  poetical  works,    so  widely  known,   he    published  a 


I    "Life  of  Sheridan," 


Notices  of  the  Life  of  Byron,"  "Memoirs  of 
Lord  Edward  Fitzgerald,"  "Travels  of  an 
Irish  Gentleman  in  Search  of  a  Religion," 
and  a  "  History  of  Ireland."  Moore  lost 
all  his  children  by  death  before  he  died,  and 
in  his  latter  days  became  imbecile  by  the 
softening  of  his  brain. 


ms 


Ben.  lonson. 

Poet,  Play-wnter  ami  Contemporary  of  William 
Shakspeare. 


THOMAS  MOORE. 

THE  Irish  poet,  Thomas  Moore,  was  born  in  Dublin,  in  1779.  His 
fatlier  was  a  grocer,  who  brought  him  up  in  the  Roman  Catholic 
faith.  At  school  he  acquired  a  taste  for  music,  declamation  and 
the  drama.  When  about  fourteen  years  old  he  contributed  short  poems 
to  a  Dublin  magazine.  In  1798  he  graduated  at  Trinity  college, 
Dublin,  and  the  following  year  went  to  London  to  study  law.  In 
1800  he  published  his  translation  of  the  "  Odes  of  Anacreon,"  which 
met  with  gratifying  success,  and,  through  the  influence  of  the 
Earl  of  .Moira,  he  soon  gained  entrance  into  the  fashionable  circles 
of  London.  In  1801  he  published  "The  Poetical  Works  of 
the  Late  Thomas    LittI'  ,"    .i    liit    ;it    his    own    diminutive   form. 


GEORGE  P.  MORRIS. 

HE  journalist  and  song-writer,  George 
P.  Morris,  was  born  at  Philadelphia,  in 
1802.  Going  to  New  York  city  at  an 
early  age,  he  wrote  for  two  newspapers,  the 
Gazette  and  the  Amenran.  He  was  in  his 
fifteenth  year  when  he  began  to  write  for 
the  Gazette.  In  1823  he  and  Samuel  Wood- 
worth  established  the  Xew  i'ork  Mirror\ 
a  weekly  literary  paper,  which  was  kept 
up  until  1842,  with  the  assistance  of  N.  P. 
Willis  and  Theodore  Fay.  In  1843  Morris 
and  Willis  began  the  publication  of  a  similar 
journal,  called  the  Xew  Mirror,  and  in  1844 
they  started  a  daily  paper — the  Evening 
Mirror.  In  1845  Morris  established,  alone, 
another  weekly  journal  —  the  National  Press.  In  1846  Willis  again 
joined  him,  and  they  changed  the  title  of  the  paper  to  that  of  the 
Uonu  Journal.  Morris,  either  in  prose  or  poetry,  was  a  genial 
writer,  but  his  fame  rests  principally  on  his  songs,  several  of  which 
became  prime  favorites;  such  were  "Woodman,  Spare  that  Tree," 
"  Long  Time  Ago,"  "  My  Mother's  Bible,"  "  Whip-poor-Will,"  etc. 
He  also  wrote  the  libretto  of  the  opera  of  "The  Maid  of  Saxony,"  a 
drama  entitled  "  Brierdiff,"  which  made  a  successful  run  on  the 
stage,  and  a  volume  of  prose  sketches — "The  Little  Frenchman  ami 
His  Water-lots. "  Some  of  his  other  song-productions  were:  "We 
were  Boys  together,"  "Land,  ho!"  and  "The  Origin  of  Yankee 
Doodle.  "  For  a  considerable  time  he  was  general  of  stale  militia. 
It  will  be  observed  that  Morris'  connection  with  the  press  was  quite 
liberal,  and  he  was  therefore  a  prominent  and  valualile  member  of 
the  newspaper  fraternity.  He  died  in  New  York  city  on  the  6th  of 
July,  1864. 


^'; 


DISTINGUISHED   POETS. 


24:^> 


James  R.  Lowell.     Nathaniel  P.  Willis.      Charles  Wolfe. 


j-j  S^f^  K^V'  Enj^hmd  takes  pride 
J  ,.Li  ill  >L  j[,  ]j^,|.  imincrous  poets, 
among  whom  she  num- 
bers James  RusbcH 
Lowell,  who  was  born  at 
t'nmbridge,  Mass.,  in 
1819.  He  was  educated 
at  Harvard  college,  where 
he  graduated  in  1838,  and 
his  '•'class  poem  "  on  that 
occasion  was  remarkable 
for  its  superiority  as  a 
witty  satire.  In  1840  he 
began  the  practice  of  law 
in  Boston,  but  soon  re- 
linquished it  for  literary 
f/r\^'/  \.    .■  ■' ~~"  pursuits.     His  first  vol- 

ume of  poetry,  ''A  Year's  Life,"  ap- 
peared in  1841.  In  1843,  with  Robert 
Carter,  he  began  the  publication  of  a 
monthly  magazine  called  the  Pioneer^  of 
which  only  three  numbers  were  issued, 
although  the  best  talent  of  the  country 
•  contributed  to  its  pages.  *' A  Legend  of 
Brittany,"  with  other  poems,  was  issued 
in  1844 ;  a  prose  volume,  "  Conversations 
on  Some  of  the  Old  Poets,"  in  1845; 
"The  ^  Present  Crisis,"  with  other 
poetry,  in  1848;  "The  Vision  of  Sir 
Launfal,"  in  1845;  "The  Biglow  Papers" 
(first  scries),  a  satire  mainly  directed 
against  slavery  and  the  Mexican  war,  in 
1848;  "A  Fable  for  Critics"  in  1848 
— a  satire  (anonymously  published)  upon 
sundry  eminent  American  authors.  In 
1851  and  1852  he  traveled  in  Europe. 
In  1854  and  1855  he  delivered  his  course 
of  lectures  on  the  British  poets.  In 
1855  he  was  appointed  professor  of 
modern  languages  and  polite  literature 
in  Harvard  college.  Another  year's 
visit  to  Europe,  for  study,  followed. 
From    1857    to  1863   he   was  the  editor 

of  the  AtlanCic  Monthly^  and  from  1863  to  1872  he  was  one  of  the 
editors  of  the  Nofth  American  Review.  His  "Fireside  Travels'" 
appeared  in  1864;  a  second  series  of  the  "Biglow  Papers"  in  1867; 
"  Under  the  Willows,"  with  other  poems,  in  1868;  "  The  Cathedral," 
in  18(59,  and  two  volumes  of  essays  "Among  my  Books,"  and  "My 
Study  Windows,"  in  1870.  His  "Commemoration  Ode,"  in  honor 
of  the  alumni  of  Harvard  college  who  died  in  the  Southern  rebellion 
armies,  ranks  as  one  of  the  noblest  of  his  poems.  From  1872 
to  1874  he  was  again  in  Europe.  Oxford  university,  England,  in 
1873,  conferred  upon  him  the  degree  of  D.  C.  L. ,  and  in  1874,  Cam- 
bridge university  gave  him  the  title  of  Doctor  of  Laws.  The  United 
States  government,  in  its  liberal  appreciation  of  individual  worth,  as 
well  as  of  the  republican  principles  on  which  it  is  founded,  a  few 
years  since  selected  Mr.  Lowell  to  represent  it  at  the  court  of  Great 
Britain,  and  the  office  has  seldom  been  filled  by  a  more  acceptable 
diplomatist.  His  writings  indicate  the  possession  of  a  versatile 
genius,  capable  of  ranging  with  equal  facility  "from  grave  to  gay, 
from  lively  to  severe." 


T 


^.  p.  Willis. 

Poet,  Essayist  and  for  Many  Yeai-s  Connected  with  the 
New  York  Home  Journal. 


HE  son  of  Xathanifl  Willin,  ii  well-known  Bopton  journalir^t,  and 
l)rolluT  of  "  Fanny  Fern,"  Nathaniel  Parker  Willis,  was  born  at 
Portland,  Maine,  in  180G.  He  was  educated  at  Yule  college,  grad- 
uating in  1827.  He  then  became  the  literary  assistant  of  S.  G. 
Goodrich  (Peter  Parley)  for  a  brief  period.  In  1828  he  started  llie 
American  Monthly  Magaz'ute^  which,  after  two  years'  existence,  was 
merged  in  tlie  New  York  Mirror,  a  weekly  literary  paper,  previously 
established  by  George  P.  Morris.  Willis  was  associate  editor  of  tlie 
Mirror,  and  while  occui)ying  this  position  and  visiting  Europe,  he 
wrote  letters  to  that  journal,  which  were  collected  in  I83.'j  and  pub- 
lished in  three  volumes  of  "  Pencilings  by  the  Way."  In  Paris  he 
was  attached  to  the  American  legation.  On  his  return  to  England 
in  1835,  he  was  married  to  Miss  Stacc,  the  daughter  of  the  com- 
mandant of  the  W^oohvich  arsenal,  near  London.  He  remained  in 
England  until  1837,  and  while  there  published  his  "Melanic  and 
Other  Poems,"  and  "Inklings  of  Adventure,"  a  collection  of  his 
magazine  tales  and  sketches.  Ectnrning  to  the  United  States  in  1837, 
he  lived  for  two  years  in  retirement  at 
"Glenmary,"  a  small  estate  which  he 
owned  near  Owego,  N.  Y. ,  on  the  banks 
of  the  Susquehainia  river.  For  a  few 
months  in  1839  he  wrote  for  the  Cor- 
sair, an  ephemeral  literary  paper  in 
New  Y'ork,  and  then  revisited  England. 
While  there  he  published  two  dramas, 
"  Tortesa,  the  Usurer,"  and  "  Bianca 
Visconti,"  "Loiterings  of  Travel,' 
"Letters  from  Under  a  Bridge  and 
Poems,"  and  an  illustrated  edition  of 
his  poems.  Coming  again  to  New  Y'ork, 
he  started,  in  connection  with  George  P. 
Morris,  a  daily  paper  called  the  Evening 
Mirror,  but  the  death  of  bis  wife  and  his 
own  failing  health  induced  him  to  return 
to  England.  There  he  published  another 
collection  of  his  magazine  articles, 
entitled  "  Dashes  at  Life  with  a  Free 
Pencil."  In  1846,  again  in  New  Y'ork, 
he  married  the  daughter  of  Hon.  Joseph 
Grinnell,  of  New  Bedford,  Mass.,  and 
settled  at  "Idlewild,"  a  seat  on  the 
Hudson  river.  In  1846,  also,  besides  pub- 
lishing a  complete  edition  of  his  works, 
he  joined  George  P.  Morris  in  establishing  the  Home  Journal,  a  weekly 
pajier,  to  which  he  continued  to  contribute  until  his  death,  in  1867. 
Besides  the  books  mentioned  he  published  about  a  dozen  others. 


A  POET 
lin.   Ire 


CHARLES  WOLFE. 

POET  of   limited  prodnclion,  Charles  Wolfe  was  bom  at  Dub- 

reland,    in   1791.      He    was    educated  at  Trinity  college, 

Dublin,  where  he  graduated  in  1814,  but  where  he  remained  for 

some  time  after  in  the  capacity  of  a  tutor.     In  1817  he  took  priests' 

orders,  and  was  curate  of  Ballyclog  and  Donougbmore,  Ireland.     His 

health   failing,    he  visited   the  south  of  France,  but  died,  after  his 

return  to  Cork,  of  consumption,  in  1823.     He  is  best  known  by  his 

celebrated  poem  on  the  "Burial  of  Sir  John  Moore:" 

"We buried  him  darkly  at  dead  of  night. 

The  sod  with  our  bayonets  turning. 

By  the  struggling  moonbeams'  misty  light. 

And  our  lanterns  dimly  burning." 


'2U 


JOHN    G.    SAXE,    THOMAS    GKAY    AND    OTHER    POETS. 


Joaquin  Miller.    John  G.  Saxe.    James  Hogg.    Thomas  Gray. 


NDER  the  name  of  '^Joaquin  Miller  " 
C'inciniiatus  Hiner  Miller  is  well- 
known.  He  was  born  in  Indiana  in 
1841.  During  boyhood  he  went  with 
hir?  father  to  Oregon,  and  when 
about  fourteen  years  old  removed  to 
California.  There,  with  very  little 
knowledge  of  grammar  or  the  art 
of  poi'try,  he  wrote  verses  and  led 
a  wandering  life  for  seven  years. 
Returning  home,  in  18G0,  he  became 
a  lawyer's  clerk  at  Eugene,  Oregon. 
Next  year  he  was  an  express  mes- 
senger in  the  gold-mining  districts  of 
Idaho,  a  position  that  he  abandoned  in 
order  to  edit  a  Democratic  newspaper 
at  Eugene. 
The  unpa-  ^^^^"^ 
triotic  char- 
acter of  the 
paper  during 
the  Southern 
rebellion 
caused  its 
suppression, 
and  Miller, 
in  18  6  3, 
opened  a  law- 
office  at  Ca- 
non city, 
Oregon.  For 
about  four 
years  (1866  to  1870)  he  was  county  judge 
of  Grant  county,  and  while  thus  occupied 
he  wrote  and  published  his  first  collection 
of  poems.  In  1863  he  married  Minnie 
Theresa  Dyer,  who  obtained  a  divorce 
from  him  in  1870,  and  he  went  to  London, 
where,  in  1871,  he  published  his  "Songs 
of  the  Sierras"  and  "Pacific  Poems." 
In  1873  appeared  his  "Songs  of  the  Sun 
Lands ''  and  a  prose  volume,  "  Life  Among 

the  Modocs,  Unwritten  History."  "The  Ship  in  the  Desert"  was 
published  in  1875,  together  with  "First  Fam'lies  in  the  Sierras," 
followed,  from  time  to  time,  by  "The  One  Fair  Woman,"  a  novel, 
and  "Songs  of  Far  Away  Lands.  " 


King  and  Other  Poems,"  "  Clever  Stories  of  Many  Nations,"  "The 
Masquerade  and  Other  Poems,"  "Fables  and  Legends  in  Ruymc," 
"Leisure  Day  Rhymes,"  etc. 


Joaquin  Miller, 
Author  of  **Song:s  of   the   Sierras,"  "  Paciflc    Poems 
Songs  of  "Far  Away  Lands,"  etc. 


JOHN   GODFREY   SAXE. 

IGHOATE,  Vt.,  in  18UI,  was  the  birthplace  of  John  G.  Saxe,  the 
Inimorous  American  author  and  lecturer.  He  was  educated  at 
Middlebury  college,  where  he  graduated  In  1839.  In  1843  he  was 
admitted  to  the  practice  of  the  law,  at  St.  Albans.  In  1850,  and 
for  about  five  years  afterwards,  he  was  the  proprietor  and  editor  of 
the  Burlington  Sentinel.  In  1856  he  became  State's  attorney.  In 
1859-'60  he  was  unsuccessfully  nominated  for  governor  of  the  State 
by  the  Democrats.  He  has  achieved  considerable  celebrity  by  his 
hnmorous  poetry  and  his  public  literary  lectures.  Among  his  pub- 
lished works  are:  "Progress,"  a  satire,  "The  New  Rape  of  the 
Lock,"  "The  Proud  Mifs   McBridc,"  "The  Times,"    "The  Money 


JAMES   HOGG. 

JAMES  HOGG,  known  as  "  the  Ettiiek  Shepherd,"  was  born  in  the 
parish  of  Ettrick,  in  Selkirkshire,  Scotland,  in  1772.  Like  his 
ancestors,  be  was  a  sheplierd,  and  the  probability  is  that  he  had 
but  little  or  no  schooling  in  his  younger  days.  When  twenty-four 
years  old  he  began  to  compose  poetry,  but  his  imperfect  penman- 
ship hindered  his  work  of  composition.  In  1800  his  patriotic  song, 
called  "  Donald  MacDunald,"  became  very  popular,  although  the 
name  of  its  author  was  unknown.  From  1790  to  1799,  while  employed 
as  a  shepherd  by  Mr.  Laidlaw,  of  Blackbouse,  he  was  permitted  to 
use  that  gentleman's  library  freely,  so  that  at  the  age  of  thirty  he 
had  read  extensively  and  greatly  improved  his  education.  In  1801, 
while  visiting  Edinburgh  with  sheep  for 
the  market,  he  arranged  for  the  publica- 
tion of  a  small  collection  of  his  songs, 
entitled  "Scottish  Pastorals,  Poems  and 
Songs."  Meeting  soon  afterwards  with 
Sir  Walter  Scott,  who  was  then  searching 
for  material  for  his  "Minstreli^y  of  the 
Scottish  Border,"  and  to  whom  Hogg  gave 
some  old  ballads,  Scott  eiM;ouraged  him  to 
publish  a  second  collection  of  his  poems, 
entitled  "The  Mountain  Bard."  Two 
attempts  to  establish  himself  as  a  farmer 
having  proved  unsuccessful,  Hogg  went  to 
Edinburgh,  in  1810,  to  follow  the  pro- 
fession of  an  author.  A  connection  as 
editor  for  a  year  with  a  weekly  paper 
called  the  Spy  barely  earned  him  a  liveli- 
hood. In  1813  he  published  his  poem  of 
"The  Queen's  Wake,"  which  made  him 
famous.  Another  attempt  at  farming, 
under  the  patronage  of  the  duke  of 
Buccleuch,  threw  him  into  bankruptcy 
after  a  few  years.  During  this  period 
he  contributed  to  Blacku'OOtVs  Magazine. 
In  1831  he  went  to  London  to  superintend 
the  publication  of  some  of  his  works, 
and  was  there  received  with  much  distinction.  He  died  at  Altrive, 
Scotland,  in  1835.  He  wrote  several  volumes  of  prose  and  poetry, 
including  "Winter  Evening  Tales,"  "Madoc  of  the  Moor,"  "The 
Pilgrims  of  the  Sun,"  and  "  The  Altrive  Tales. " 


THOMAS  GRAY. 


THE  widely-known  author  of  the  "Elegy  Written  in  a  Country 
Churchyard,"  Thomas  Gray,  was  born  in  L(md(m  in  1716,  and  was 
educated  at  Eton  and  Peter  House,  Cambridge.  He  accompanied 
Horace  Walpole  on  a  European  continental  tour,  from  which  he 
returned  in  1741.  Several  years  of  literary  retirement  succeeded, 
together  with  visits  to  the  English  lakes  and  Scotland.  The  post  of 
poet  laureate  was  offered  to  him  on  the  death  of  Cibber,  but  ho 
refused  it.  In  1768  he  accepted  the  chair  of  modern  history  at 
Cambridge,  and  died  in  1771.  His  poems  are  few  in  number,  but  of 
a  superior  quality.  His  "Elegy"  is  considered  by  many  the  best 
poem  ever  produced  in  the  English  language. 


DISTINGUISHED    POETS. 


24.- 


1 


Dante  Alighieri.    William  Wordsworth.    Charles  Mackay.    Edward  R.  B.  Lytton. 


tc-*.- 


H^ 


UK  Ilulian  pool,  Dante 
Alighieri,  whose  name 
was  a  contraction  of 
"  Iliirante,"  was  born  at 
l'li>rcnce,  Italy,  in  1265. 
Ho  was  educated  by  his 
mother,  with  tlie  assist- 
ed anco  of  Brunetto  Latini, 
the  distinguished  statesman,  poet  and 
scholar,  completing  bis  studies  at  the 
univorsiiios  of  Bologna  and  Padua. 
Afterwards  he  studied  theology  at 
Paris.  In  1289  and  1290  he  took  an 
active  part  in  the  war  between  his 
country  and  the  Aretines,  and  was 
'also  employed  on  fourteen  occasions 
as  an  envoy.  In  his  twenty-si.Kth 
year  he  married  Gemma,  one  of  the 
Donati  family,  with  whom  he  lived 
unhappily,  and  from  whom  he  finally 
separated.  In  1300  he  became  one 
of  the  eight  chief  magistrates  of  the 
country.  In  the  subsequent  inter- 
nal dissensions  he  joined  the 
^'Bianchi"  (white)  party,  but  their 
opponents,  the  *'  Neri '"  (black),  having 
gained  the  ascendancy,  Dante  was  banished 
from  Florence,  under  the  penalty  of  being 
burned  alive  in  case  he  should  fall  again 
into  their  hands.  After  that  he  became  a 
wanderer  until  he  found  an  asylum  with 
Guido  Novello,  lord  of  Ravenna,  and  in  this 
retreat  he  died  in  1321.  He  wrote  several 
books  in  Latin,  and  numerous  sonnets, 
lyrics,  etc.,  in  Italian.  His  fame  rests, 
however,  upon  his  "  Divine  Comedy," 
written  while  he  was  a  poor  wandering 
e.xile.  It  consists  of  three  distinct  acts,  or 
poems,  entitled  (in  English)  "Hell," 
"  Purgatory  "'  and  "  Heaven.  "  It  was  the 
first  poem  written  in  the  Italian  language,  and  has  been  several  times 
translated  into  English— notably  by  Henry  W.  Longfellow,  and  Cary, 
of  England.  It  is  marked  by  sweetness  and  dignilied  by  grandeur 
and  energy. 


WILLIAIVI  WORDSWORTH. 

ONE  of  the  notable  "  Lake  Poets"  of  England,  William  Words- 
worth, was  born  at  Cockermouth,  in  17T0.  He  was  educated 
at  St.  John's  college,  Cambridge,  and  while  sojourning  there 
spent  his  vacations  in  wandering  abont  the  country.  In  1790 
ho  made  a  three  months'  tour  in  France,  Switzerland,  to  the  Italian 
lakes  and  the  Rhine.  In  1791  he  quitted  the  college,  having  taken 
his  degree  of  bachelor  of  arts.  His  first  publication  was  "An  Even- 
ing Walk,"  partly  written  at  college,  and  issued  in  1793.  "  Lyrical 
Ballads,"  written  by  himself  and  Coleridge,  appeared  in  1728,  and 
passed  to  a  second  edition.  By  the  receipt  of  an  inheritance  Words- 
worth was  enabled  to  live  in  literary  retirement,  and  before  1S19  had 
published  his  "Sonnets,"  "  Essays  on  Epitaphs,"  "The  Excursion," 
"The  Prelude,"  "Peter  Bell,''  "The  Wagoner,"  and  other  smaller 
pieces.  In  1813  he  was  appointed  distributor  of  stamps  for  the 
county  of  Westmoreland,  an  office  worth  about  $3,500  a  year.  In 
1 843  he  was  appointed  poet  laureate  of  England,  to  fill  the  vacancy 


caused  by  the  death  of  Southey.  Wordsworth  lived  to  write  much 
poetry  with  which  the  world  is  tolerably  familiar,  and  was  a  very 
fair  delineator  of  the  true  and  beautiful  in  nature,  without  rising  to 
"  sparkling"  descriptions.  He  died  at  Rydal  Mount,  England,  after 
achieving  honor  by  his  publications,  and  receiving  distinguished 
tokens  of  approval  from  the  worthy  and  learned.  In  1802  he  marrietl 
Miss  Mary  Hutchinson,  whom  he  had  known  in  childhood,  and  whom 
he  celebrates  in  a  poem  beginning: 

"She  was  a  phantom  of  delight." 


CHARLES  MACKAY. 

THE  journalist,  poet  and  leclurer  of  considerable  celebrity, 
Charles  Mackay,  was  born  at  Perth,  England,  in  1812,  and  was 
educated  in  London,  and  at  Brussel.s,  Belgium.  In  1834,  and  for 
about  ten  years  afterwards,  he  was  one  of  the  editors  of  the  London 
Morning  Chronicle,  and  from  1844  to  1847  he  edited  the  Glasgow 
(Scotland)  Argue.  During  the  Southern  rebellion  in  the  United 
States  he  was  for  about  three  years  the  special  American  correspond- 
ent of  the  London  Times.  Between  1834  and  1874  he  published  a 
multitude  of  poems,  which  were  collected  and  republished  in  numer- 
ous volumes,  besides  a  few  prose  works  of  considerable  merit.  For 
some  time  he  was  engaged  upon  a  book  relating  to  the  Gaelic  etymol- 
ogy of  the  English  language.  In  1877  he  received  from  friends  a 
gift  of  nearly  $4,000  in  money  to  enable  him  to  pursue  his  literary 
labors  with  comfort. 


EDWARD  ROBERT  BULWER-LYTTON. 

OF  THE  pools  and  novolisis  of  lljo  liiurs,  IC.hvarrl  Robert  Bnhvcr- 
Lytton  ranks  with  the  most  popular  of  English  men  of  letters. 
He  was  born  in  1831.  His  early  education  was  received  at  the 
Harrow  school  and  from  private  tutors,  and  afterwards  he  studied 
the  modern  languages  at  the  university  of  Bonn,  Germany.  From 
1849  to  1873  he  was  almost  constantly  employed  as  an  attache,  secre- 
tary of  legation  or  charge  d'affaires  in  various  British  embassies:  at 
Washington,  U.  S.  A.  ;  at  Florence,  Italy;  twice  at  Paris,  France; 
at  the  Hague,  Holland;  at  St.  Petersburg,  Russia;  at  Constantinople, 
Turkey;  at  Vienna,  Austria,  four  times;  at  Copenhagen,  Denmark; 
at  Athens,  Greece;  at  Lisbon,  Portugal;  at  Madrid,  Spain;  in  1860, 
for  a  sliort  time,  he  was  consul-general  at  Belgrade,  and  was  sent  on 
a  special  mission  to  prevent  a  renewal  of  the  hostilities  between  the 
Turks  and  Servians,  and  in  1868  he  successfully  concluded  the  nego- 
tiations for  a  commercial  treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  Austria. 
In  1873,  on  the  death  of  his  father,  he  succeeded  to  the  title  of  Baron 
Lytton.  In  1874  he  was  appointed  embassador  at  Li-sbon.  In  1876 
he  was  nominated  for  the  high  office  of  viceroy  of  India,  and  he 
immediately  started  for  Hindostan,  on  his  journey  meeting  the  Prince 
of  Wales,  who  was  then  returning  home  from  India.  At  Calcutta 
Baron  Lytton  was  sworn  in  as  viceroy  and  governor-general,  April 
12,  1876.  January  1,  1877,  he  presided  over  the  gorgeous  ceremonial, 
on  the  plains  of  Delhi,  of  proclaiming  Queen  Victoria  of  England  as 
Empress  of  India.  In  the  same  year  the  queen  conferred  upon  him 
the  grand  cross  of  the  civil  order  of  the  bath.  At  this  writing  he  is 
still  viceroy  of  India.  His  lordship  has  proved  himself  an  eminent 
literary  genius  by  his  poetry.  His  first  work,  "Clytemnestra,"  with 
other  poems,  appeared  in  1855  under  the  nom  de  plume  of  "Owen 
Meredith."  "The  Wanderer,"  another  collection  of  poems,  was 
published  in  1859;"  "Lncile,"  his  well-known  novel  in  sprightly 
verse,  in  1860;  "  Tannhauser  "  (ancmymously),  in  1861: 
Songs  of  Servia  "  in  the  same  year ;  "  The  Ring  of  Amasis,' 
romance,  in  1863;  "Poetical  Works  of  Owen  Meredith' 
"Chronicles  and  Characters,"  in  1868;  "Orval,"  in  1869. 
he  married  the  niece  of  the  earl  of  Clarendon. 


*  Xational 

' a  prose 

in  1867; 

In  1864 


^ 


(d^ 


^ 


THE    AUTHORS    OF    "  THE    VAGABONDS"    AND    "BETSEY    AND    I    ARE    OUT. 


Will.  M.  Carleton.     John  T.  Trowbridge. 


;^0  O  oo 


i 


ILLIAM  M.  CARLETON  holds 
an  enviable  place  in  American 
literature,  in  consequence  of 
a  ufiion  of  common  sense,  a 
rich  appreciation  of  human 
•  nature  and  the  love  of  the 
beautiful,  which  with  facility  and 
aptness  characterize  his  poetical 
works.  He  can  boast,  it  is  true, 
of  no  elevated  ancestry,  and  began 
life  on  a  farm  near  Hudson,  in 
Michigan,  October  21,  1845.  The 
family  of  his  forefathers  dwelt  in 
England  and  Scotland,  and  his 
father,  emigrating  from  New 
Hampshire,  was  one  of  the  pioneers 
of  Michigan.  Farm-work  occu- 
\ncd  the  earlier  years  of  the  lad, 
and  as  he  grew  to  manhood  he 
divided  his  time  between  laboring 
on  his  native  soil  during  the  sum- 
mer and  attending  school — the  old- 
fashioned  district  school  —  when  snow  and 
frost  prevailed.  So  thoroughly  did  he  per- 
severe in  his  studies  that  when  but  sixteen 
years  old  he  was  qualified  to  teach,  and  alter- 
nately taught  school,  increased  his  own  stock 
of  knowledge,  and  worked  on  the  farm.  About 
this  time,  also,  he  began  to  contribute  articles 
to  several  newspapers  in  his  neighborhood  and 
other  portions  of  Michigan,  both  in  verse 
and  prose,  over  various  signatures.  In  1865 
he  abandoned  the  home-farm  and  entered 
Hillsdale  college,  in  his  native  State,  where 
he  remained  four  years.  Graduating  in 
1869,  he  engaged  in  writing  for  newspapers, 
and  from  time  to  time  produced  those  many 
popular  ballads  by  which  he  has  won  the 
reputation  of  a  most  successful  poet.  These 
labors  he  also  diversified  by  lecturing  upon 
literary  and  kindred  topics,  meeting  with 
flattering  receptions  throughout  the  West. 
The  first  volume  of  his  collected  poetry  was 
printed  for  private  circulation  about  two 
years  after  leaving  college.  '*  Betsey  and  I 
are  Out"  was  first  published  in  the  Toledo  (O. )  Blade,  in  187'-3, 
but  soon  afterwards  it  reappeared,  with  several  illustrations  of 
rural  home-life,  in  Harper's  Weekly.  Carleton  subsequently  con- 
tributed other  poems  to  Harper's,  and  his  next  collection  of  poetry, 
a  volume  of  '*  Farm  Ballads,"  was  issued  in  1873.  It  contains  many 
favorite  productions  which  have  been  widely  quoted  and  recited, 
and  greatly  strengthened  his  reputation.  This  was  followed  by 
a  volume  of  "Farm  Legends,"  and  quite  recently  he  has  pub- 
lif-hed  another  companion-book,  "  P'arm  Festivals,"  in  which  the 
ppirit  of  his  former  pictures  of  American  rural  peculiarities  is  \nT 
petuated.  His  style  of  phraseology  is  well  illustrated  in  the  follow- 
ing first  stanza  of  *'  Betsey  and  I  are  Out :" 

.^^UAW  Up  the  papers,  lawyer,  and  make  'cm  good  and  stout; 

C^:^  For  things  at  home  are  cross-way**,  and  Betsey  and  I  are  out. 
We  v,-ho  have  worked  together  so  long  as  man  and  wife, 
Must  pull  in  single  harness  the  rest  of  our  nat'rul  life. 


■oo-o^ 


^oo^ 


Will.  M.  Carleton 


AN  EXCELLENT  place  in  the  history  of  American  literature,  both 
as  a  writer  of  prose  and  poetry,  is  occupied  by  Jnbn  Townsend 
Trowbridge,  and  his  life  is  a  fine  example  of  successful 
struggles  against  adverse  circumstances  in  the  early  portion  of 
his  career.  His  father  was  one  of  the  pioneers  of  the  Genesee 
country,  in  western  New  York,  settling  in  the  vicinity  of  the  present 
city  of  Rochester,  about  1813.  The  subject  of  this  sketch  was  born 
on  his  father's  farm,  in  a  log-house,  September  18,  182T,  the  eighth 
child  of  his  parents,  both  of  whom  possessed  distinguishing  traits, 
which  evidently  aided  in  forming  the  character  of  the  young  author. 
His  education  at  a  district  school,  in  the  winters  of  his  childhood, 
alternated  with  his  duties  on  the  farm  at  other  seasons;  but  he  early 
manifested  his  aptness  as  a  scholar,  for  before  he  was  fifteen  years 
old  he  could,  under  self-instruction,  read  and  translate  the  French 
language.  He  also  studied  Latin,  and  read  Scott  and  Byron,  whose 
works  he  found  in  the  public  library.  These  books  aroused  the 
literary  genius  of  the  lad,  and  he  soon  began  to  plan  romances  and 
think  in  verse,  while  his  hands  were  busy  with  farming  implements. 
At  sixteen  he  wrote  "pieces"  for  country  magazines  and  news- 
papers. Soon  afterwards  he  attended  a  classical  school  at  Lockport, 
N.  y. ,  taught  school  one  winter,  and  became  a  farmer  in  Illinois,  but 
only  for  one  season.  Going  back  to  Lockport,  he  engaged  as  a  school- 
teacher for  one  term,  and  then,  when  nineteen 
years  old,  he  went  to  New  York,  a  total 
stranger  in  that  city,  in  hopes,  by  writing  for 
the  press,  to  earn  a  living  and  gain  reputa- 
tion. There  he  found  a  friend  in  the  distin- 
guished journalist,  Mordecai  M.  Noah,  of  the 
Si/nday  Times,  who  counseled  him  to  write 
prose  rather  than  verse,  on  account  of  its  being 
more  in  demand  and  bringing  larger  remunera- 
tion. Mr.  Noah  introduced  him  to  several 
publishers,  and  then  began  the  oft-repeated 
struggle  of  a  young  literary  aspirant  to  gain  a 
livelihood  by  his  pen  in  a  great  city.  There 
are  many  such  instances.  Young  Trowbridge 
lived  in  the  traditional  garret,  and  almost 
starved  while  writing  for  bread.  Forced  by 
circumstances,  he  then  engaged  in  other  work, 
and  when  that  failed  he  fell  into  the  hands 
of  a  charitable  French  family.  With  these 
people  he  remained  until  August,  1848,  when 
he  went  to  Boston  and  obtained  employment 
as  a  writer  of  sketches  and  stories,  under 
the  literary  name  of  "Paul  Creyton."  A 
newspaper  enterprise  in  which  he  was  interested  failed  in  1849, 
and  he  then  associated  himself  with  Benjamin  Perley  Poore  for  a 
brief  season,  as  assistant  editor  of  the  Boston  Senfinel.  Trow- 
bridge's first  book,  "Father  Brighthopes,"  was  issued  in  1853, 
and  from  this  time  onward  he  wrote  other  books  of  a  similar  sort, 
gained  reputation  and  made  some  money.  In  1855  and  18.56  he 
traveled  in  Great  Britain  and  Europe,  and  after  bis  return  published 
and  dramatized  his  "Neighbor  Jackwood,"  which  became  very 
popular  in  both  forms.  Since  then  Mr.  Trowbridge  has  written 
mucli  and  well,  both  in  his  published  books  and  as  a  copious  con- 
tributor to  the  .4/^a/i/ic  J/oH^A/y  and  Our  Young  Folks.  His  books, 
several  of  them  made  up  from  his  magazine  articles,  probably  number 
thirty  or  more.  He  married,  in  1860,  Miss  Cornelia  Warren,  of 
Lowell,  Mass. ,  but  death  separated  them  about  four  years  afterwards. 
Of  his  poetry,  "The  Vagabonds,"  "The  Name  in  the  Bark,"  and 
one  or  two  others  of  a  humorous  character,  are  considered  his  best. 


^^T^' 


^ 


— ^y- 

247  ^^': 


? 


AUTHOR  OF  "maud  MULLEK  "  AND  OTHER  POPULAR  POKMS. 


=^^®^<a 


IjC'     a     a     a     &      S     S      S~*Hi.: 

JohnG 


!« 


lNTi,*£££££±££*.£±£S.£dlr.:    p-"^"fJ   .     '^^^ 


Whittier. 

,^"i^     %£££££££££££££££ir' 


^'■'- 


The  Quaker  Poet  of  New  England,  Anti-Slavery  Agitator  and   Reformer. 


HE  QUAKER  POET,  J.  G.  Whittior,  i 
first  saw  the  light  at  Uaverhill, 
Mas8. ,  December  17,  1807,  on  the 
spot  which  his  ancestors  had  In- 
habited for  four  or  five  generations. 
In  the  district  schools  and  on  the 
farm  he  passed  his  youth  nntil 
twenty  years  of  age,  when  he  went 
to  Boston,  where  he  soon  became 
the  editor  of  the  American  Manu- 
facturer^ a  publication  designed  to 
assist  the  manufacturers,  and 
largely  devoted  to  the  interests  of 
a  protective  tariff. 

In  1830    he  took  charge  of  the 
New  England    Weekly  liemew,  at 
Hartford,  Conn. ,  and  a  year  after- 
wards he  returned  to  Haverhill  to 
engage    again  in    rural    pursuits. 
Here  he  remained  for  the  succeed- 
ing five  years,  and  represented  his 
town  in  the  legislature,  in  1835-'6. 
Appointed    secretary  of    the  American   Anti-Slavery   Society,   he 
removed  to  Philadelphia,  where,  in  18.38-'9,  he  edited  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Freeman,  the  office  of  which  was  burned  by  a  mob.     From 


that  time  forward  he  became  one  of  the  prominent  anti-slavery 
men  of  the  country,  his  pen,  in  prose  and  poetry  being  devoted  to 
the  cause. 

He  took  up  his  residence  at  Amesbury,  Mass.,  in  1840,  where  he 
has  since  continued  to  reside,  although  never  married.  Much  senti- 
ment pervades  many  of  his  poems,  as  illustrated  in  ' '  Maud  Muller. " 
and  "School  Days,  "the  latter  of  which  is  devoted  to  showing  the 
regret  of  a  brown-eyed  New  England  girl  at  having  spelled  down 

" the  little  boy 

Her  childish  favor  singled. " 

"I'm  sorry  that  I  spelt  the  word, 
I  hate  to  go  above  you. 
Because  " — the  brown  eyes  lower  fell  — 
* '  Because,  you  see,  I  love  you. " 

"Still  memory  to  a  gray -haired  man 
That  sweet  child  face  is  showing; 
Dear  girl,  the  grasses  on  her  grave 
Have  forty  years  been  growing. 

"He  lives  to  learn  In  life's  hard  school 
How  few  who  i>ass  above  him 
Lament  the  triumph  and  his  loss 
Like  her — because  they  love  him." 

His  poems,  which  date  back  to  18'28,  and  all  breathing  the  spirit  of 
freedom  and  hatred  of  oppression,  have  fulfilled  their  mission  and 
done  their  work' in  the  moral  elevation  of  mankind. 


SEED-TIME   AND   HARVEST. 

BT   JOHN    GREENLEAP   WHITTIER. 


S  O'ER  his  furrowed  fields,  which  lie 

Beneath  a  coldly-dropping  sky, 
Yet  chill  with  winter's  melted  snow. 
The  husbandman  goes  forth  to  sow: 

Thus,  freedom,  on  the  bitter  blast 
The  ventures  of  thy  seed  we  cast, 
And  trust  to  warmer  sun  and  rain 
To  swell  the  germ,  and  fill  the  grain. 

Wbo  calls  thy  glorious  service  hard? 
Who  deems  it  not  its  own  reward? 
Who,  for  its  trials,  counts  it  less 
A  cause  of  praise  and  thankfulness? 

It  may  not  be  our  lot  to  wield 
The  sickle  in  the  ripened  field; 
Nor  ours  to  hear,  on  summer  evea. 
The  reaper's  song  among  the  sheaves; 


Yet  where  our  duty's  task  is  wrought 
In  unison  with  God's  great  thought, 
The  near  and  future  blend  in  one. 
And  whatsoe'er  is  willed  is  done  I 

And  ours  the  grateful  service  whence 
Comes,  day  by  day,  the  recompense — 
The  hope,  the  trust,  the  purpose  staid. 
The  fountain,  and  the  noonday  shade. 

And  were  this  life  the  utmost  span. 
The  only  end  and  aim  of  man. 
Better  the  toils  of  fields  like  these 
Than  waking  dream  and  slothful  ease. 

Our  life,  thongh  falling  like  our  grain. 
Like  that  revives  and  springs  again; 
And  early  called,  how  blest  are  they 
Who  wait  in  heaven  their  harvest-day! 


•^i^ 


-<);• 


h. 


Life  and   Works  of  the   Distinguished   Dramatist. 


LTHOUGH  no  exact  record  of  the 
dute  of  his  hirth  exit^ts,  it  is  sup- 
posed that  William  Shakspeare  was 
born  April  2G,  1564,  his  birthplace 
being  St  ratford-  ii  pon  -  A  von.  He 
was  the  third  of  eijrht  children.  His 
father  wa:*  a  prominent  man.  at  one 
time,  in  the  town  of  1,500  people, 
being  successively,  a  glover,  a 
'^\j:\  '    '        butcher,  a  dealer  in  wool,  and  filled 

^^T^  in  order  the  offices  of  constable,  alderman,  and 
mayor. — all  that,  and  yet  not  able  to  write  his  own 
name,  which  indicated  that  he  was  a  man  of  such 
natural  ability  us  to  take  high  rank,  even  with  no 
education. 

The  mother  came  from  an  aristocratic  family  of 
some  note,  and  with  the  small  estate  that  she  brought 
her  husband,  the  couple  were  in  well-to^do  circum- 
stances, and  amid  these  pleasant  surroundings,  it  is 
supposed  William  attended  the  Stratford  grammar 
school  and  assisted  his  father  at  butchering  and  wool- 
buying,  and  afterwards  as  an  attorney's  clerk  and  schoolmaster. 

In  the  future  poet's  rovings  about  the  neighborhood,  he  met 
Anne  Hathaway,  whom  he  married  at  the  age  of  eighteen,  Anne 
being  at  the  time  twenty-six.  Five  months  afterwards  she  bore  him 
a  daughter,  and  before  he  was  twenty-one.  three  children  were  born 
to  him.  the  last  two  being  twins. 

About  this  time  his  father's  circumstances  became  embarrassed, 
and  William  was  compelled  to  turn  his  attention  to  something  besides 
his  father's  business  with  which  to  get  a  living.  The  tradition  is 
that  having  stolen  a  deer  from  Sir  Thomas  Lucy,  of  Charlecote,  near 
Stratford,  he  received  such  persecution  as  compelled  him  to  leave 
his  native  town  for  the  time.  Be  that  as  it  may,  having  often  wit- 
nessed the  plays  of  traveling  actors  from  London  In  Stratford,  and 
some  of  his  acquaintances  being  in  the  metropolis,  he  engaged  in 
theatrical  work,  lie  went  to  London,  and  was  soon  employed  as  an 
assistant  in  general  utility  work,  it  is  chilmed,  at  the  Blackfriars 
Theater,  where  he  also  soon  joined  a  theatrical  company. 

At  that  period  there  was  great  demand  for  new  plays,  and  he  very 


■^ 


soon  commenced  rearranging  and  adapting  old  plays  to  the  stage, 
succeeding  which  he  began  to  write  plays  of  his  own.  which  became 
so  popular  as  to  make  him,  in  ten  years  from  the  time  of  his  first 
arrival  in  London,  the  most  distinguished  literary  man  in  Great 
Britain.  For  sixteen  years,  it  is  said,  after  he  commenced  play- 
writing  he  frequently  took  a  part  in  his  own  plays.  He  then  ceased 
to  go  upon  the  stage,  but  continued  his  writing  and  remained 
iu  London,  from  the  time  of  his  first  arrival,  a  period  of  twenty-four 
years.  At  the  expiration  of  this  time,  with  an  income  of  $12,000  a 
year  from  his  writings,  he  returned  to  Stratford,  where  he  wrote 
three  more  plays,  one  of  which  was  the  "Tempest." 

Shakspeare  had,  years  before,  purchased  one  of  the  handsomest 
homes  in  Stratford  for  his  family,  but  rumor  has  it  that  he  was  never 
a  husband  to  his  wife  after  going  to  London,  though  he  visited  Strat- 
ford annually.  Engaged  in  a  drinking  spree  with  Drayton  and  Ben 
Jonson,  Shakspeare  contracted  a  fever,  from  which  he  died,  April 
23,  1016,  aged  fifty-two,  leaving  a  wife  who  survived  him  seven 
years,  and  two  married  daughters.  One  of  these.  Susanna,  the 
eldest,  had  married  a  Dr.  Hall,  of  Stratford,  and  Judith  had  wedded 
Thomas  Quincy.  His  other  child,  a  boy  called  Hammet,  died  at  the 
age  of  eleven. 

Shakspeare's  remains  were  buried  in  the  chancel  of  Trinity 
Chapel,  at  Stratford.  This  church,  which  contains  also  the  remains 
of  his  wife,  the  monument  that  stands  near  it,  upon  which  is  a 
portrait-bust  of  the  poet,  the  grammar  school  in  which  he  was 
educated,  and  the  house  where  he  was  born,  purchased  by  the 
national  government  at  a  cost  of  $20,000,  may  to-day  all  be  seen  by 
the  pilgrim  toStratford.  Thousands  of  the  admirers  of  Shakspeare, 
from  all  parts  of  the  world,  come  here  every  year,  and  although 
three  hundred  years  have  gone  by  since  the  poet's  birth,  the  centuries 
seem  but  to  add  brilliancy  and  a  halo  to  his  memory. 

The  great  dramatist  left  to  posterity  thirty-sevi-n  i>lay?.  in  which 
were  interblended  poetry,  love,  wit.  religion,  philosophy  and  knowl- 
edge of  human  nature,  in  such  measure  as  no  one  had  ever  wi'itten 
before,  and  no  one  will  ever  be  likely  to  surpass. 

On  the  following  page  are  given  somv  of  the  well-Unown  sayings 
from  this  famous  playwright.  It  will  be  seen,  from  their  study, 
that  the  fame  which  Shakspeare  has  enjoyed  for  three  hundred 
years,  was  well  and  jui-tly  n)crited. 


->:o: 


SERMONS    IN    A    SINGLE    LINE. 


249 


Familiar  Quotations  from  Shakspeare's  Writings. 
i'^^<^'i — — 


WEET  arc  tlie  iipcr  of  adversity, 

Which,    like  the  toad,    iit;I.v  and  vcnomoup, 
Wears  yet  a  iiret'ioiis  jewi'I  In  liis  hejid. 
And  this   our  lifi',    exempt  from  piiltlie  haunt. 
Kinds  tuiimios  in  trees,  books  in  ihe  running;  brooks, 
Sermons  in  stones,  and  g;ood  in  evcrylhin<^. 

As  You  Like  It.   Acl'ii.  iSc.  1. 

As  merry  as  the  day  is  long. 
(3  Much  Ado  About  A^of/Ling.     Act  li.  Sc.  1. 

Every  one  can  master  a  ^rief  hut  he  that  has  it. 

Much  Ado  About  Nothing.     Act  iii.  Sc.  2. 

The  man  that  hath  no  music  in  himself. 

Nor  is  not  moved  with  concord  of  sweet  sounds, 

Is  fit  for  treasons,  strataj^ems,  and  spoils; 

The  motions  of  his  spirit  are  dull  as  niglit, 

And  his  affections  dark  as  Erebus. 

Let  no  such  man  be  trusted. 

Merchant  of  Venice.     Act  v.  Sc.  1. 

All  the  world  's  a  stage 
And  all  the  men  and  women  merely  players; 
They  have  their  exits  and  their  entrances; 
And  one  man  in  his  time  plays  many  parts. — 
His  Acts  being  seven  ages.      At  first,  Ihe  Infant, 
Mewling  and  puking  in  the  nurse's  arms. 
Then  the  whining  School-boy,  with  his  satchel 
And  shining  morning  face,  creeping  like  snail 
LTnwillingly  to  school.      And  then  the  Lover, 
Sighing  like  furnace,  with  a  woful  ballad 
Made  to  his  mistress'  eyebrow.      Then  a  Soldier, 
Full  of  strange  oaths  and  bearded  like  the  pard; 
Jealous  in  honor,  sudden  and  quick  in  quarrel, 
Seeking  the  bubble  Reputation 

Even  in  the  cannon's  mouth.     And  then  the  Justice, 
In  fair  round  belly  with  good  capon  lin'd, 
With  eyes  severe  and  beard  of  formal  cut, 
Full  of  wise  saws  and  modern  instances, — 
And  so  he  plays  his  part.     The  sixth  age  shifts 
Inio  the  lean  and  slipper'd  pantaloon, 
With  spectacle  on  nose  and  pouch  on  side; 
His  youthful  hose,  well  sav'd,  a  world  too  wide 
For  his  shrunk  shank;  and  his  big  manly  voice, 
Turning  again  toward  childish  treble,  pipes 
And  whistles  in  his  sound.      Last  scene  of  all, 
That  ends  this  strange  eventful  history. 
Is  second  childishness  and  mere  oblivion; 
Sans  teeth,  sans  eyes,  sans  taste,  sans — everything. 
.4s  Vou  Like  It.     Act  ii.  Sc.  7. 

She  never  told  her  love ; 
But  let  concealment,  like  a  worm  i'  Ihe  bud. 
Feed  on  her  damask  cheek:  she  pined  in  thought; 
And,  with  a  green  and  yellow  melancholy. 
She  sat,  like  Patience  on  a  monument, 
Smiling  at  grief. 

Twelfth  Mghf.      Act  ii.  Sc.  4. 

Some  are  born  great,  some  achieve  greatness. 
And  some  have  greatness  thrust  upon  them. 

Twelfth  Mght.     Act  ii.  Sc.  5. 

Thus  the  whirligig  of  Time  brings  in  his  revenges. 
Twelfth  Night.     Act  v.  Sc.  1. 

When  Fortune  means  to  men  most  good, 
She  looks  upon  them  with  a  threatening  eye. 

King  John.     Act  iii.  Sc.  4. 

To  gild  refined  gold,  to  paint  the  lily, 

To  throw  a  perfume  on  the  vi(det. 

To  smooth  the  ice,  or  add  another  hue 

I'nto  the  rainbow,  or  with  taper-light 

To  seek  the  beauteous  eye  of  heaven  to  garnish, 

Is  wasteful  and  ridiculous  excess. 

King  John.     Act  iv.  Sc.  2. 

Uneasy  lies  the  head  that  wears  a  crown. 

King  Henry  IV.,  Part  II.     Act  \\\.  Sc.  1. 


Smooth  runs  the  water  where  the  brook  is  deep. 

King  Iffinry  VI.,  Part  IL     Act  Vn.  Sc.  \. 
The  smallest  worm  will  turn,  being  trodden  on. 

King  Henry  VI.,  Part  III.'     Act  ii.  Sc.  2. 
So  wise  so  young,  they  say,  do  ne'er  live  long. 

King  Richard  III.     Act  iii.  Sc.  1. 

A  horse !  a  horse !  My  kingdom  for  a  horse  I 

King  Richard  III.     Act  v.  Sc.4. 

Farewell,  a  long  farewell  to  all  my  greatness  I 
This  is  \he  state  of  man:  to-day  he  puts  forth 
The  tender  leaves  of  hope,  to-morrow  blossoms. 
And  bears  his  blushing  honors  thick  upon  him: 
The  third  day  comes  a  frost,  a  killing  frost. 

King  Henry  VIII.     Act  iii.  .Sc.  2. 

What  's  in  a  name?  that  which  we  call  a  rose 
By  any  other  name  wt)uld  smell  as  sweet. 

Borneo  and  Juliet.     Act  ii.  Sc.  2. 

For  nought  so  vile  that  on  the  earth  doth  live. 
But  to  the  earth  some  special  good  doth  give; 
Nor  aught  so  good,  but,  slrain'd  from  that  fair  use, 
Revolts  from  true  birth,  stumbling  on  abuse: 
Virtue  itself  turns  vice,  being  misapplied. 
And  vice  sometime  's  by  action  dignified. 

Romeo  and  Juliet.     Act  W.  Sc.  3. 

Romans,   countrymen,   and  lovers!    hear  me  for 
my  cause;  and  be  silent  that  you  may  hear. 

Julius  Ccesar.     Act  iii.  Sc.  2. 

Not  that  I   loved   CiPsar  less,    but  that  I  loved 
Rome  more. 

Julius  Cdisar.      Act  iii.  Sc.  2. 

But  yesterday,  the  word  of  Caesar  might 

Have  .stood  against  the  world:  now  lies  he  there, 

And  none  so  poor  to  do  him  reverence. 

Julius  CUesar.     Act  iii.  Sc.  2. 

There  is  a  tide  in  the  affairs  of  men. 
Which,  taken  at  the  Hood,  leads  on  to  fortune: 
Omitted,  all  the  voyage  of  their  life 
Is  bound  in  shallows  and  in  miseries. 

Julius  Casar.     Act  iv.  Sc.  3. 

His  life  was  gentle;  and  the  elements 

So  mixM  in  him,  that  Nature  might  stand  up 

And  say  to  all  the  world,    *'  This  is  a  man  V 

Julius  Ccesar.     Act  v.  Sc. 


5. 


To-morrow,  and  to-mnrrow\  and  to-morrow, 

Creeps  in  this  petty  pace  from  day  to  day. 

To  the  last  syllable  of  recorded  time; 

And  all  our  yesterdays  have  lighted  fools 

The  way  to  dusty  death.      Out,  out,  brief  candle  I 

Life  *s  but  a  walking  shadow;  a  poor  player. 

That  struts  and  frets  his  hour  upon  the  stage, 

And  then  is  heard  no  more:  it  is  a  tale 

Told  by  an  idiot,  full  of  sound  and  fury, 

Signifying  nothing. 

Macl}€th.     Act  V.  Sc.  5. 

Frailty,  thy  name  is  woman  ! 

HamUt.     Act  \.  Sc.  2. 

He  was  a  man.  take  him  for  all  in  all, 
I  shall  not  look  upon  his  like  again. 

HanUet.     Act  i.  Sc.  2. 


A  countenance  more 
In  sorrow  than  in  anger. 

Hamlet.     Act  i.  Sc.  2. 

Let  the  galled  jade  wince,  our  withers  are  unwrung. 
Hamlet.     Act  iii.  Sc.  2. 
There  's  a  divinity  that  shapes  our  ends, 
Rough-hew  them  how  we  will. 

Hamlet.     Act  v.  Sc.  2. 

Have  you  not  heard  It  said  full  oft, 
A  woman's  nay  doth  stand  for  naught? 

Ibid.  xiv. 


/^•(^ 


--nO: 


Author  of  "Childe  Harold,"  "Siege  of  Corinth,"  "Mazeppa,"  "The  Prisoner  of  Chillon,"  "Don  Juan," 
'The  Orient,"  "Song  of  the  Greek  Poet,"  "To  Thomas  Moore,"  "Destruction 
of  the  Sennacherib,"  "The  Coliseum,"  "Maid  of  Athens,  Ere  We 


Part,"  "Napoleon,"  etc. 


■jriAT  THE  peculi- 
arities and  ec- 
j,  centricities  of 
^^J .  a  parent  will  be 
tranirmittod  to 
children  is 
abundantly  ver- 
ified i  n  t  h  e 
Byron  family. 
John  Byron  was 
a  reckless,  dissipated  captain 
in  the  guards,  whose  first 
prominent  escapade  was  to 
elope,  at  the  age  of  twenty- 
three,  with  the  wife  of  a.  mar- 
quis, the  couple  taking  up 
their  residence  in  France, 
where  the  wife  died  in  1784, 
leaving  a  daughter — Augusta — who  afterwards  became  Mrs.  Leigh. 
Two  years  later,  the  fortune  of  the  first  wife  being  squandered,  John 
made  the  acquaintance  of  Catherine  Gordon,  a  Scotch  girl,  who  was 
rejiuted  to  lie  worth  $250,000.  Byron  openly  boasted  of  his  inten- 
tion to  marry  her  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  money  with  which 
to  pay  his  debts,  and  he  carried  out  his  purpose.  This  marriage  was 
very  satisfactory  to  Byron's  creditors,  who  came  upon  the  estate 
before  tlie  honeymoon  was  over.  First  went  the  ready  money, 
Sl.^.^)00;  next,  $.5,000  in  bank  and  other  stock;  thcnS45.0Q0  worth 
of  timber  was  cut  and  sold  from  the  estate.  Then  the  property 
was  mortgaged  for  $21,000,  and  all  the  money  thus  raised  was  spent 
in  paying  the  debts  of  the  spendthrift. 

First  settling  in  England,  where  the  property  was  squandered,  the 
wife  aftenvards  went -to  Aberdeen  lo  live  on  the  income  of  $10,000 
that  had  been  settled  upon  her  at  marriage,  which  amount  the 
hut*band  could  not  obtain.  Whl-n  everything  else  had  been  wasted,  to 
even  the  interest  on  this  last  amount,  the  husband  followed  her  from 
England  and  borrowed  all  he  could  get,  and  then  abandoned  her 
and    their   child,  a  boy  then  three   years  old,  uml  started  for  Paris, 


but  died  before  reaching  there.  With  all  the  meanness  of  the  man, 
his  wife  loved  him  devotedly  and  her  shrieks  were  of  the  most  violent 
kind  when  the  news  came  of  his  death. 

Such  was  the  parentage  of  the  poet.  Byron.  The  father  was  a 
wild,  reckless,  passionate  spendthrift.  The  mother  was  irrational 
and  emotional;  sometimes  storming  with  anger,  and  again  over- 
flowing in  her  heart  with  love.  What  wonder  that  the  future  Byron 
should  have  possessed  those  traits  of  character  that  poisoned  his 
morals  and  shadowed  the  purity  of  his  social  existence.  It  was  as 
natural  that  his  domestic  life  should  be  darkened  and  cursed  as  that 
thistles  shall  grow  where  the  seed  of  thistle  is  sown.  It  will  be  seen 
in  these  biographies  of  great  lives  that  while  training  has  done  much, 
a  smoothly,  evenly-rounded,  successful  life  is  almost  invariably 
preceded  by  an  intellectual,  moral,  well  balanced,  superior  parentage. 

George  Gordon  Byron,  the  subject  of  our  sketch,  was  born  in 
London,  January  22,  1788.  It  was  while  living  with  his  mother  in 
Aberdeen,  in  1798,  that  the  news  came  of  the  death  of  his  great 
uncle,  William  Lord  Byron,  of  Rochdale,  and  Newstcad  Abbey,  who 
had  died  without  direct  heirs,  and  George  Gordon  succeeded  to  the 
title  and  the  wealth  which  he  left.  The  future  poet  was  then  ten 
years  old,  —  a  bashful,  imaginative  boy,  who  was  very  sensitive 
because  of  lameness,  —  a  trouble  that  had  afflicted  him  from  birth, 
at  which  time  the  bones  of  his  right  foot  had  been  misplaced. 

The  widow  and  her  son  removed  to  the  Abbey,  and  from  there  he 
was  sent  to  a  school  at  Dulwich.  Two  years  afterwards  he  was 
transferred  to  Harrow  school,  where  he  remained  five  years,  proving 
a  careless  student  but  a  great  reader  of  fiction  and  history.  He  was 
ambitious  to  excel  in  athletic  sports,  and  l)ecame  an  expert  swimmer 
and  boxer.  His  poetic  temperament  and  amitivo,  passionate  nature 
predisposed  him  to  fall  in  love,  and  three  times  before  he  was  fifteen, 
it  is  averred,  he  was  madly  infatuated  with  as  many  girls. 

It  was  during  a  few  weeks'  vacation  when  sixteen  years  old.  that 
he  made  the  acquaintance  of  Mary  Anne  Chaworth,  whom  he  loved 
most  devotedly.  Two  years  his  senior,  she  married  soon  afterwards, 
the  news  of  which  nearly  threw  him  into  convulsicms.  Byron  in 
after  years  claimed  that  this  boyish  passion  was  the  turning-point 
of  his  life. 


'C 


S. 


7m^ 


t 


~^ 


BYKON  S    TOMB,    NEAR   NEWSTEAD    ATiBEY. 


251 


His  youthful  trnining  was  as  unfortunate  as  wore  the  mental 
chariicteristics  which  he  inherited.  His  mother  would  at  times 
indulj^t'  in  fits  of  rage  toward  bim  and  taunt  him  as  a  "lame  brat;" 
again  she  would  indulge  him  in  any  whim,  caress  and  praise  hlni  f<}r 
his  bright  eyes.  Thus,  with  a  bad  mental  organization  to  commence 
with,  an  unfortunate  training  in  his  youth,  potted  and  humored  for 
the  Kake  of  his  title,  the  wonder  is  that  there  was  any  good  left  in 
him. 

He  went  to  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  in  1805,  and  the  next  year 
appeared  a  small  volume  of  his  poems,  which,  along  with  other 
verses,  were  issued  in  1807  under  the  title,  "Hours  of  Idleness.'" 
This  volume  was  severely  criticised  by  the  Edinburgh  Review,  and 
Byron  retorted  by  a  satire,  published  in  1807,  entitled  "English 
Bards  and  Scotch  Reviewers." 

On  coming  of  flge,  in 
1809,  Byron  was  in  debt 
$50,000,  to  incur  which  he 
had  run  a  course  of  youth- 
ful dissipation  that  im- 
paired his  health.  This, 
with  the  limited  income 
from  his  estate,  made  him 
resolve  to  leave  England 
for  a  journey  to  the  East, 
where  a  portion  of  his  time 
was  spent  in  Greece.  Here 
he  wrote,  ' '  Hints  from 
Horace.'"  "The  Curse  of 
Minerva, "  and  the  first  and 
second  cantos  of  '• '  Childe 
Harold. " 

Returning  to  England, 
Byron  showed  these  poems 
to  a  relative,  who  urged 
their  publication,  many  of 
the  weakest  passages  being 
stricken  from  them,  and  the 
strongest  and  best  being 
added  as  they  wore  passing 
through  the  press. 

The    want    of    affection 
between    Byron     and    his 
mollior,  was  shown  in  the 
fact  that  though  absent  from 
England   two  years,  Byron 
did  not  go  to  see  her  upon 
bis  return,  her  last  impre- 
cation upon  him, when  he  left  home  two  years  before,  being  a  hope 
that  he  would  become  as  deformed  in  mind  as  he  was  in  body.     Soon 
after  his  return,  she  died  from  the  effects  of  a  fit  of  rage,  brought 
on  through  a  quarrel  with  a  tradesman. 

' '  Childe  Harold  "  came  from  the  press,  and  was  at  once  a  success. 
Through  it  he  may  be  said  to  have  attained  the  highest  literary  repu- 
tation of  any  man  of  his  age.  He  had,  in  the  meantime,  also,  made 
two  or  three  speeches  in  the  House  of  Peers,  of  which  he  was  a 
member  by  virtue  of  his  rank.  His  prolific  pen  caused  to  follow,  in 
rapid  succession,  about  this  time,  the  ' '  Giaour, "  ' '  Bride  of 
Abydos, "  "Corsair""  and,  lastly,  "Lara,"  which  appeared  in  1813. 

In  spite  of  dissipation  and  the  fates  which  had  been  so  terribly 
against  bim,  Byron  was  at  this  period,  undoubtedly,  the  most  popular 
literary  man  in  Europe.  He  had  developed  into  a  fine  personal 
appearance,  having  only  a  slight  limp  as  he  walked;  he  was  regarded 
as  a  talented  member  of  the  House  of  Lords,  and  he  was  an  author 
of  acknowledged  superior  genius.  Byron  could,  had  he  chosen, 
have  been  pecuniarily  independent  from  that  time  forward. 


Byron*s  Tomb,  at  Hucknall,  England 


His  only  near  relative  was  his  half-sister,  Angnsta,  who  had  been 
reared  by  her  grandmother,  tlie  Countess  of  IIolderncHH.  He  had  no 
dependents  upon  him,  and  yet  his  loves  with  women  of  questionable 
character,  and  his  spendthrift  habits,  kept  him  poor  and  in  debt. 

About  this  time  he  sold  his  estate  for  STOO. 000,  of  which  sum 
$100,000  was  paid  at  time  of  purchase,  which  was  to  be  forfeited  if 
the  remainder  was  not  forthcoming.  No  more  was  paid,  and  Byron 
used  the  sum  thus  furnished  in  part  liquidation  of  his  obligations, 
but  after  all  was  exhausted,  ho  was  yet  overwhelmed  with  debt. 

His  friends  advised  him  to  marry,  and  he  listened  to  the  suggestion. 
He  had  before  been  impressed  with  tlie  beauty  and  modesty  of  Miss 
Anne  Isabella  Milbanke.  Her  father  was  a  baronet,  with  large 
estates,  and  she  was  the  prospective  heiress  to  an  estate  of  an  uncle, 
which  yielded  an  income  of  $40,000  a  year.     Byron  proposed  to  her 

and  was  refused.  At  the 
suggestion  of  a  friend  he 
j)roposed  to  another  heiress, 
and  was  rejected;  where- 
upon he  reopened  corre- 
spondence with  Miss  Mil- 
banke, and  was  finally 
accepted,  the  marriage 
taking  place  January  2, 
1815,  Byron  being  then 
twenty-seven  years  old, 
and  his  wife  four  years 
younger. 

During  the  eucceeding 
year  he  wrote  the  "Siege 
of  Corinth,"  "Parisina, " 
and  other  smaller  poems. 
During  the  year,  also,  his 
creditors,  understanding 
that  he  had  married  a  rich 
heiress,  pressed  their 
claims,  and  his  wife's  for- 
tune rapidly  melted  away; 
several  executions  were 
placed  upon  his  house,  and 
he  escaped  personal  arrest 
only  by  virtue  of  being  a 
member  of  the  House  of 
Peers.  At  the  end  of  a 
year,  a  child  was  born  to 
Byron  and  his  wife,  known 
in  his  verse  as  "Ada,  sole 
daughter  of  my  home  and 
heart. "  The  mother  had  no  sooner  risen  from  childbed  than  Byron 
insisted  upon  her  returning  to  her  father's  house,  which  she  did,  and 
soon  after  a  formal  separation  took  place,  the  grounds  of  complaint 
being  harshness  and  cruelty  on  the  part  of  the  husband,  though 
flagrant  infidelity  on  his  part  was  suspected,  among  his  amours  being 
incestuous  intercourse  with  his  half-sister,  Mrs.  Leigh,  then  a 
married  woman  and  the  mother  of  four  children. 

Public  sentiment  turned  upon  Byron  as  soon  as  the  separation  from 
his  wife  became  known.  He  was  now  as  unpopular  as  he  had  before 
been  famous,  and  to  escape  the  lashings  of  the  press  and  his  enemies, 
he  left  England,  went  to  Brussels,  and  thence  up  the  Rhine  to 
Switzerland,  traveling  in  state  in  a  carriage  fitted  np  with  bed, 
library,  etc.,  having  with  him  a  physician  and- three  servants. 

At  Geneva  he  met  a  young  woman  by  whom  he  had  a  daughter, 
born  nine  months  afterwards.  This  child  was  sent  to  him.  at  Venice, 
when  it  was  twenty  months  old.  Named  Allegra,  she  died  when  five 
years  of  age. 

In  Switzerland  he  wrote  the  third  canto  of  "Childe  Harold,"  the 


k 


953 


A    SPECIMEN    OF    BYRON  S    VERSES. 


? 


The  Destruction  of  Sennacherib. 


•  ■  Prisoner  of  C'hillon, "'  several   smaller  poems,  and  outlined  the 
novel,  subsequently  published,  called  •  ■  The  Vampire. " 

From  Switzerland  he  went  to  Venice,  where  he  hired  a  palace, 
fitted  up  a  harem,  filled  with  a  low  class  of  Venetian  women,  and 
remained  here  three  years,  during  which  time  he  wrote  "Manfred," 
"The  Lament  of  Tasso, "  "Beppo, "  "Ode  on  Venice,"  "Mazep- 
pa, "  the  fourth  canto  of  '  •  Childe  Harold, "  and  four  cantos  of  "Don 
Juan, "  with  many  smaller  poems. 

In  1819  he  met  the  Countess  Teresa  Guiccioli,  a  young  lady  then 
but  sixteen  years  of  age,  who  had  recently  become  the  third  wife  of 
Count  Guiccioli,  a  wealthy  nobleman,  then  si.^tty  years  old.  Byrou 
and  the  countess  fell  in  lo\'e  with  each  other  at  first  sight,  and  the 
result  was  that  Byron  disbanded  his  harem  and  attached  himself  to 
her.  Afterwards,  when  the  husband  took  his  young  wife  to  Ravenna, 
she  fell  sick,  and,  as  a  last  resort,  the  father,  brother,  and  husband 
urged  Byron  to  go  and  visit  her,  which  he  did;  and  taking  up  his 
residence  in  the  husband's 
home,  remained  there  two 
years,  the  openly  recognized 
lover  of  the  countess.  Dur- 
ing this  time  he  wrote 
"Marino  Faliero, "  "Sar- 
danapalus, "  "The  Two 
Foscari."  "Cain,"  "The 
Vision  of  Judgment," 
"  Heaven  and  Earth, "  "The 
Prophecy  of  Dante, "  the 
fifth  cantoof  "Don  Juan," 
made  some  translations,  and 
commenced  "Werner"  and 
'  •  The  Deformed  Trans- 
formed. " 

The  count,  it  appears,  at 
last  objected  to  the  relations 
existing  between  Byron  and 
his  wife,  which  resulted  in 
a  separation  between  the 
countess  and  himself;  but 
after  Byron's  death,  in  1824, 
they  became  reconciled,  aud 
she  received  an  annuity  from 
his  estate.  In  1851  she 
married  the  French  Marquis 
de  Boissy,  who  used  to  refer 
tc)  her  as  ' '  My  wife,  for- 
merly mistress  of  Lord 
Byron."  Her  husband  died 
French,  afterwards  translated 
Kecollections  of  Lord  Byron." 

In  1821  the  poet  had  become  rich.  His  works  were  having  a  large 
sale.  He  had  sold  his  estates  for  cash,  and  a  portion  of  his  wife's 
inheritance,  settled  upon  him  at  marriage,  had  come  into  his  hands. 

At  this  time  Byron  and  the  Countess  Guiccioli  took  up  their  abode 
for  nine  months  in  Pisa.  Italy,  going  thence  to  Genoa.  In  this 
period  he  finished  "Werner,  "and  "The  Deformed  Transformed," 
wrote  "The  Age  of  Bronze,"  "The  Island,"  and  the  last  cantos  of 
"Don  Juan"  that  were  published.  The  countess  claimed  that  he 
wrote  live  more  canto.i,  in  which  he  brought  the  poem  to  a  happy 
conclusion.  Ho  also  wrote  his  memoir,  the  manuscript  of  which 
he  presented  to  Moore,  who  sold  it  to  Murray  for  $10.  Ono,  the 
cimdilion  being  that  It  should  not  be  jiublished  until  after  the 
poet's  death. 

Byron  was  now  thirty-six  years  old.  He  had  been  rich,  and  poor, 
and  riili,  in  liir?i.      He  had  lived  the  life  of  a  profligate;   had  been 


■t:^ 


1 


fjimous,  and  infamous,  and  famous  again;  he  had  wasted  his  hc-allh 
with  intemperance,  and  had  partially  recovered  it.  He  had  done  an 
immense  work  as  an  author,  from  which  literary  labor  he  now  con- 
cluded to  rest.  It  was  at  this  period  that  he  began  to  turn  his  atten- 
tion to  political  matters,  feeling  that  the  time  had  come  for  him  to 
verify  the  assertion,  made  years  before,  that  he  would  some  day  do 
something  besides  writing  poetry. 

The  Greeks  had  risen  against  the  Turks.  Byron  resolved  to  cast 
his  fortunes  with  Greece  in  her  struggle  for  independence.  He 
furnished  some  money,  and  in  January,  1824,  he  joined  the  ranks  of 
the  Grecian  soldiery,  and  was  appointed  commander-in-chief  of  an 
expedition  intended  to  be  sent  against  Lepanto.  Ho  left  Genoa 
and  sailed  for  the  Greek  islands,  making  his  headquarters  at 
Missolonghi.  and  on  the  23d  of  January.  1824,  he  wrote  his  last 
poem,  entitled,  "On  Completing  My  Thirty^sixth  Year. "  On  Feb- 
ruary 13,  he  was  seized  with  a  convulsive  fit,  from  which  he  died 

four  days  afterwards,  while 


vainly  endeavoring  to  give 
a  direction,  in  which  were 
articulated  the  names  of  his 
wife,  daughter  and  sister. 
The  countess  was  at  this 
time  in  Genoa. 

His  death  was  most  sin- 
cerely mourned  by  the 
Greeks  for  a  period  of 
twenty-one  days.  His  body 
was  embalmed  and  sent  to 
England,  where  it  was  in- 
terred in  the  tomb  of  his 
ancestors,  at  Hucknall,  near 
Newstead  Abbey. 

By  will  he  left  his  fortune 
to  his  sister,  Mrs.  Leigh. 
Much  of  the  memoir 
which  he  wrote  Moore  de- 
stroyed just  before  the  work 
appeared  in  public  print,  it 
is  said,  at  the  instigation  of 
Lady  Byron;  a  record  of 
what  might  have  been  of 
considerable  interest  to  the 
world,  was  thus  denied  to 
those  who,  through  this 
memoir,  would  doubtless 
have  known   much  more  of 


BY  LORD  BYKON. 

HE  Assyrian  came  down  like  a  wolf  on  the  fold. 
And  his  cohorts  were  gleaming  in  purple  and  gold; 
And  the  sheen  of  their  spears  was  like  stars  on  the  sea, 
When  the  blue  wave  rolls  nightly  on  deep  Galilee. 
'*% 

Like  the  leaves  of  the  forest  when  summer  is  green. 
That  host  with  their  banners  at  sunset  were  seen; 
Like  the  leaves  of  the  forest  when  autumn  hath  flown. 
That  host  on  the  morrow  lay  withered  and  strown. 

For  the  angel  of  death  spread  his  wings  on  the  blast. 
And  breathed  in  the  face  of  the  foe  as  he  passed; 
And  tlie  eyes  of  the  sleepers  waxed  deadly  and  chill. 
And  their  hearts  but  once  heaved  aud  forever  grew  still  I 

And  there  lay  the  steed  with  his  nostril  all  wide. 
But  through  it  there  rolled  not  the  breath  of  his  pride; 
And  the  foam  of  his  gasping  lay  white  on  the  turf. 
And  cold  as  the  spray  of  the  rock-beating  surf. 

And  there  lay  the  rider  distorted  and  pale, 
With  the  dew  on  his  brow  and  the  rust  on  his  mail; 
And  the  tents  were  all  silent,  the  banners  alone. 
The  lances  uplifted,  the  trumpets  unblown. 

And  the  widows  of  Ashnr  are  loud  in  their  wail; 

And  the  idols  are  broke  in  the  temple  of  Baal; 

And  the  misht  of  the  Gentile,  unsmote  by  the  sword, 

Hiith  melted  like  snow  in  the  glance  of  the  Lord! 


in  1866.      In 
into  English. 


186S    she  published   in 
a  work  entitled,  "My 


the  inner  existence  of  this  eccentric  character. 

Such  was  the  short  life  of  the  sensitive,  erratic,  fickle,  weak  and 
talented  Byron.  As  a  poet,  he  is  claimed  by  some  to  stand  at  the 
very  head  in  English  verse;  others  place  him  second  only  to  Hcmu-r. 
Shakespeare  and  Dante.  It  is  certain  that  he  occupies  a  place  in  the 
foremost  rank  as  a  descriptive  writer,  as  shown  in  the  third  and 
fourth  cantos  of  ' '  Childe  Harold,  "  while  in  * '  Don  Juan, "  his  blend- 
ing of  pathos?,  scorn,  wit,  humor,  glo(mi  and  vivacily,  is  of  the  very 
highest  order. 

His  powers  of  description  are  shown  in  the  poem  on  this  page 
entitled  "The  Destruction  of  Sennacherib,"  every  line  of  which, 
it  will  be  seen,  bo  vividly  illustrates  that  which  is  described  aa 
to  enable  the  reader  very  plainly  to  belioUl  the  scene. 

Owing  to  the  varied  feelings  of  the  people  concerning  the  blame 
attaching  lo  him,  when  parentage  and  youthful  training  are  con- 
sidered, the  merits  of  his  writings  have  been  exalted  or  undervalued 
from  time  to  time.  The  opinion  prevails,  however,  that  his  place 
in   literary  merit  is  amcmg  the  very  higlie>t  of  the  Kngli>h  poets. 


i: 


;6> — 


bulwer;  poet  and  novelist. 


253 


Poet,  Novelist  and  Member  of  the  British  Parliament. 


HE  CELEBRATED  Englir^b  novelist,  Edward 
George  Earle  Lytton,  Baron,  was  born  in  1805, 
of  an  ancient  family. 
He  was  educated  by  private  tutors  and  at  Trinity 
Hal],  Cambridge,  where  be  graduated  in  1836.  In  the 
r  meantime  he  had  made  pedestrian  tours  through  Eng- 
-  land  and  Scotland,  and  on  horseback  through  a  large 
portion  of  France.  His  literary  tastes  developed  at  an 
early  age  and  continued  until  his  death  to  be  mani- 
fested in  his  voluminous  writings.  He  succeeded  to  the  Knebworth 
estates  in  1844;  mainly  assisted  in  founding  the  guild  of  literature 
and  art;  became  lord  rector  of  the  University  of  Glasgow  in  1850,  and 
again  in  1858.  He  entered  parliament  in  1831,  and  again  in  185:J  and 
185T.  He  was  created  a  baronet  in  1838,  and  in  1858  became  secretary 
of  state  for  the  colonies  in  the  cabinet  of  the  earl  of  Derby,  but  this 


office  he  resigned  in  1859.  In  18G6  he  became  Baron  Lytton  and  a 
member  of  the  peerage.  He  died  in  London,  1873.  Among  hiy  works 
were  the  following: 

Poems:  "Sculpture,"  "Weeds  and  Wild  Flowers,"  "O'Neill, 
or  the  Rebel,"  "The  New  Timon,  "  "  King  Arthur,  "  "  The  Odes 
and  Epodes  of  Horace,"  "The  Siamese  Twins, ''  "  The  Lost  Tales 
of  Miletus."  Dramas:  "The  Duchess  de  La  Valliere, "  The  Lady 
■  Money, "  ' '  Not  so  Bad  as  We  Seem. " 
"Pelham, "  "The  Disowned,"  "  Dev- 
'  Eugene  Aram,"  "England  and  the 
"The  Pilgrims  of  the  Rhine,"   "The 


of  Lyons,"  "Richelieu," 
Other  works:  "  Falkland,' 
ereux, "  "Paul  Clifford," 
English,"    "The  Student, 


Caxtons, "    "A   Letter   to   John   Bull, "    ' '  Confessions   of   a  Water 
Patient,"  "My  Novel,"  "What  will  He  Do  with  It?"  "The  Paris- 
ians," "  Kenelm  Chillingly,"  and  "The  Crisis,"  a  political  paper. 
Lady  Bulwer,  his  wife,  also  wrote  several  novels. 


CLAUDE  MELNOTTE'S  APOLOGY  AND  DEFENSE. 


BY    LORD    EDWARD    BULWER-LYTTON. 


Pauline,  by  pride 
Angels  have  fallen  ere  thy  time;  by  pride, — 
That  sole  alloy  of  thy  most  lovely  mould  — 
The  evil  spirit  of  a  bitter  love 
And  a  revengeful  heart,  had  power  upon  thee. 
From  my  first  years  my  soul  was  filled  with  thee; 
I  saw  thee  midst  the  flowers  the  lowly  boy 
Tended,  unmarked  by  thee, —  a  spirit  of  bloom, 
And  joy  and  freshness,  as  spring  itself 
Were  made  a  living  thing  and  wore  thy  shape! 
I  saw  thee,  and  the  passionate  heart  of  man 
Entered  the  breast  of  the  wild-dreaming  boy; 
And  from  that  hour  I  grew  —  what  to  the  hist 
I  shall  be  —  thine  adorer!     Well,  this  love, 
Vain,  frantic,  —  guilty,  if  thou  wilt,  became 
A  fountain  of  ambition  and  bright  hope; 
I  thought  of  tales  that  by  the  wiuter  hearth 
Old  gossips  tell, —  how  maidens  sprung  from  kings 
Have  stooped  from  their  high  sphere;  how  Love,  like  Death, 
Levels  all  ranks,  and  lays  the  shepherd's  crook 
Beside  the  sceptre.      Thus  I  made  my  home 
In  the  soft  palace  of  a  fairy  Future! 
My  father  died;  and  I,  the  peasant-born. 
Was  my  own  loi-d.      Then  did  I  seek  to  rise 
Out  of  the  prison  of  my  mean  estate: 
And,  with  such  jewels  as  the  exploring  mind 
Brings  from  the  caves  of  Knowledge,  buy  my  ransom 
From  those  twin  jailers  of  the  daring  heart, — 
Low  birth  and  iron  fortune.      Thy  bright  image, 


Glassed  in  my  soul,  took  all  the  hues  of  glory 

And  lured  me  on  to  those  inspiring  toils 

By  which  man  masters  men !     For  thee,  I  grew 

A  midnight  student  o'er  the  dreams  of  sages! 

For  thee,  I  sought  to  borrow  from  e;ich  Grace 

And  f\'ery  Muse  such  attributes  ;^^  lend 

Ideal  charms  to  Lo\e.      I  thought  of  thee. 

And  passion  taught  me  poesy, —  of  thee, 

And  on  ihe  painter's  canvas  grew  the  life 

Of  beauty!  —  Art  became  the  shadow 

Of  the  dear  starlight  of  thy  haunting  eyes! 

Men  called  me  vain, —  some,  mad, —  I  heeded  not; 

But  still  toiled  on,  hoped  on, —  for  it  was  sweet, 

If  not  to  win,  to  feel  more  worthy,  thee ! 

At  last,  in  one  mad  hour,  I  dared  to  pour 

The  thoughts  that  burst  their  channels  into  song, 

And  sent  them  to  thee, —  such  a  tribute,  lady, 

As  beauty  rarely  scorns,  even  from  the  meanest. 

The  name  —  appended  by  the  burning  heart 

That  longed  to  show  its  idol  what  bright  things 

It  had  created  —  yea,  the  enthusiast's  name. 

That  should  have  been  thy  triumph,  was  thy  scorn! 

That  very  hour  —  when  passion,  turned  to  wrath, 

Resembled  hatred  most;  when  thy  disdain 

Made  my  whole  soul  a  chaos  —  in  that  hour 

The  tempters  found  me  a  revengeful  tool 

For  their  revenge  I     Thou  hadst  trampled  on  the  worm,- 

It  turned,  and  stung  thee! 


.A 


m^ 


>4c>- 


! 


254 


POE  S    "KAVEN. 


l?-^f;^-:>'t-->S-:;5-:;5-':JSv2^a'A.'  S  -ii^ 


Edgar  Allan  Poe. 


An  Erratic,  Sensitive  and  Peculiar  Genius. 


HE  AUTHOR  of  * '  The  Raven,"  E.  A.  Poe, 
was  born  at  Boston,  February  19,  1803. 
His  father  and  mother,  who  belonged  to  the 
theatrical  profession,  both  died  about  the 
same  time,  leaving  three  children,  one  of 
whom.  Edgar,  the  second  child,  was  adopted 
by  John  Allan,  of  Richmond,  who,  being  in 
wealthy  circumstances,  gave  the  boy  good 
educational  advantages.  At  the  age  of  seven 
he  was  sent  to  a  school  in  England,  near 
London. 

Returning  at  the  age  of  thirteen,  he  pursued 
his   studies  at  home,  under  private  instruc- 
tors, until  he  was  seventeen  years  old,  when 
he   entered    the    University    of    Virginia,  at 
Charlottesville.     He  was  a  bright  student,  but 
his   love  of   gambling   and    dissipation  caused 
him  to  leave  his  school  at   the  end  of  twelve 
months,  after  which  he  remained  at  home  three 
or    four    years.        In    the    meantime,     when 
about  twenty,  he  published  a  volume  of  poems 
at  Baltimore. 

A  short  time  afterwards,  he  was,  through  the  influence  of  Mr. 
Allan,  admitted  to  West  Point  Military  Academy,  but  neglect  of  his 
studies  and  intemperance  caused  his  expulsion  from  this  institution. 
Returning  to  Mr.  Allan's,  his  conduct  was  such  as  to  cause  his 
benefactor  to  turn  him  out  of  doors,  and  the  will  left  by  Mr.  Allan, 
when  he  died  soon  after,  made  no  mention  of  Poe. 

Thrown  upon  his  own  resources,  the  poet  then  turned  to  litera- 
ture, winning  two  prizes,  offered  by  a  Baltimore  publisher,  of  $100 
each — one  for  the  best  poem,  and  the  Other  for  the  best  story.  He 
soon  afterwards  took  the  editorship  of  the  Southern  Literary  Mes- 
senger, at  Richmond,  subsequently  the   Gentlevmn's  Magazine,  and 


afterwards  of  Graham's  Magazine — the  latter  two  in  Philadelphia — 
with  the  publishers  of  each  of  which  he  quarreled,  and  because  of 
his  irregular  habits  was  dismissed  from  both. 

Two  volumes  of  his  writings,  published  at  Philadelphia,  appeared 
in  1840,  entitled  ■■' Tales  of  the  Grotesque  and  Arabesque." 

In  1845,  in  the  American  Review,  appeared  ''  The  Raven, "  through 
which  he  became  widely  and  favorably  known. 

About  this  time  he  was  employed  on  the  Mirror,  as  an  assistant 
editor  with  N.  P.  Willis,  which  position  he  abandoned  to  take  the 
editorial  management  of  the  Broadway  Journal,  which  soon  after- 
wards ceased  to  exist. 

Following  this,  Poe  was  so  much  reduced  in  circumstances  as  to 
cause  several  newspapers  to  make  an  appeal  for  aid  in  his  behalf. 

He  was  married  to  his  cousin  about  1836,  and  in  1848  this  wife 
died.  In  1849  he  was  engaged  to  a  lady  of  wealth  and  intelligence  in 
Richmond,  to  whom  he  was  soon  to  have  been  married.  Starting  for 
New  York,  to  make  preparations,  he  fell  in  with  some  of  his  former 
dissolute  companions  in  Baltimore,  and  with  them  spent  a  night  in 
drinking.  He  was  found  in  the  streets  next  day,  unable  to  care  for 
himself,  and,  being  taken  to  a  hospital,  died  in  a  few  hours. 

Eleven  years  afterwards,  Mrs.  Sarah  Helen  Whitman,  the  lady  to 
whom  Poe  was  said  to  have  been  engaged  previous  to  his  death, 
published  a  volume  in  defense  of  Poe,  entitled  "Edgar  A,  Poe  and 
his  Critics, "  and  various  other  volumes  have  been  published  in  his 
defense.  He  was  a  versatile  and  strong  writer  in  prose,  and  several 
of  his  poems  are  among  the  most  beautiful  in  the  language.  Of 
these  are  ' '  The  Bells  "  and  ' '  The  Raven. " 

Poe's  remains,  after  his  death,  were  deposited  in  Westminster 
churchyard,  in  Baltimore,  where  they  rested  for  twenty-six  years 
with  nothing  to  mark  the  place  of  burial.  The  teachers  of  Balti- 
more, whose  recitations  had  so  often  been  enlivened  by  the  gems  of 
the  erratic  poet,  at  last  resolved  to  do  him  an  honor,  and,  in  1875, 
they  erected  a  monument  above  his  grave. 


The   Raven. 


BY  EDGAR  A.    POE. 


:^'E,  upon  a  midnight  dreary,  while  I  pondered,  weak  and 

weary. 
')ver  many  a  quaint  and   curious   volume  of    forgotten 

lore — 
While  I   nodded,  nearly  napping,  suddenly  there  came  a 

tapping. 
.■\s  of  f^ome  one  gently  ra]>plng.  rapping  at  my  chamber  door: 


' '  'Tis  some  visitor,  "  I  muttered.    ' '  tapping  at  my  chamber  door- 
Only  this,  and  nothing  more."' 

Ah.  distinctly  I  remcmlierl  it  was  in  the  bleak  December. 
And  each  separate  dyinu  emlier  wrought  its  ghost  upon  the  floor. 
Eagerly  I  wished  the  morrtiw;  vainly  I  had  tried  to  l)orrow 
From  niv  books  surcease  of  sorrow — sorrow  for  tin-  lost  I.enorr — 


A- 


::sr 


^ 


Foi-  the  riiri"  ami  radiant  maiiU-n  whom  the  angels  name  Lenorc — 
Namek'ss  here  for  evermore. 

And  the  t*ilkcn.  sad,  uncertain  rustling  of  each  purple  curtain 
ThrilU'd  me — tilled  me  with  fantastie  terrors  nevt-r  felt  before; 
So  that  now,  to  still  tlie  boatint;  of  my  heart,  X  stciod  rL-pt.-atinL;j, 
"  'Tis  some  visitor  entreatinji;  entrance  at  my  chamber  door — 
Some  late  visitor  entreating  entrance  at  my  chamber  door; — 
This  it  is,  and  nothing  more." 

Presently  my  soul  grew  stronger;  hesitating  then  no  longer, 
' '  Sir, "  said  I,    "or  madam,  truly  your  forgivenet^s  I  implore ; 
But  the  fact  is  I  was  napping,  and  so  gently  you  came  rapping, 
And  so  faintly  you  came  tapping,  tapping  at  my  chamber  door, 
That  I  scarce  was  sure  I  beard  you," — here  I  opened  wide  the  door: 
Darkness  there,  and  nothing  more! 

Deep   into  that  darkness   peering,    long   I   stood   there    wondering, 

fearing, 
Dnnbiing.  dreaming  dreams  no  mortal  ever  dared  to  dream  before; 
But  the  silence  was  unbroken,  and  the  darkness  gave  no  token. 
And    the    only    word     there    spoken    was     the    whispered    word, 

' '  Lenore  I" 
This  I  whispered,  and  an  echo  murmured  back  the  word  "Lenore!" 
Merely  this,  and  nothing  more. 

Then  into  the  chamber  turning,  all  my  soul  within  me  burning. 
Soon  I  heard  again  a  tapping,  somewhat  louder  than  before: 
"Surely,"  said  I.    "surely  that  is  something  at  my  window  lattice; 
Let  me  see,  then,  what  thereat  is,  and  this  mystery  explore — 
Let  my  heart  be  still  a  moment,  and  this  mystery  explore; — 
'Tis  the  wind,  and  nothing  more  !" 

Open  here  I  flung  the  shutter,  when,  with  many  a  flirt  and  flutter. 

In  there  stepped  a  stately  raven  of  the  saintly  days  of  yore; 

Not  the  least  obeisance  made  he;  not  an  instant  stopped  or  stayed 

he; 
But,  with  mien  of  lord  or  lady,  perched  above  my  chamber  door — 
Perched  upon  a  bust  of  Pallas,  just  above  my  chamber  door — 
Perched,  and  sat,  and  nothing  more. 

Then  this  ebony  bird  beguiling  my  sad  fancy  into  smiling, 
By  the  grave  and  stern  decorum  of  the  countenance  it  wore; 
"Though  thy  crest  be  shorn  and  shaven,  thou,"  I  said,   "art  sure 

no  craven — 
Ghastly,  grim,  and  ancient  raven,  wandering  from  the  nightly  shore — 
Tell  me  what  thy  lordly  name  is  on  the  night's  Plutonian  shore  I" 
Quoth  the  raven,  "Nevermore."' 

Much  I  marvelled  this  ungainly  fowl  to  hear  discourse  so  plainly — 
Though  its  answer  little  meaning,  little  relevancy  bore; 
For  we  cannot  help  agreeing  that  no  living  human  being 
Ever  yet  was  blessed  with  seeing  bird  above  his  chamber  door — 
Bird  or  beast  upon  the  sculptured  bust  above  his  chamber  door, 
With  such  name  as  ^ '  Nevermore.  " 

Bui  tlie  raven,  sitting  lonely  on  the  placid  bust,  spoke  only 
That  one  word,  as  if  his  soul  in  that  one  word  he  did  outpour. 
Nothing  farther  then  he  uttered — not  a  feather  then  he  fluttered — 
Till    I   scarcely   more   than  muttered,     "Other  friends   have    flown 

before — 
On  the  morrow  he  will  leave  me,  as  my  hopes  have  flown  before." 
Then  the  bird  said  '  *  Nevermore. " 


Startled  at  the  stillness  broken  by  reply  so  aptly  spoken 
"Douljtiess. "  said  I.    "what  it  utters  is  its  only  Htnrk  and  store — 
r'aught  from  some  unha])]»y  master,  whom  unmerciful  disaster 
Followed  fast  and  followed  faster,  till  his  songs  one  burden  bore — 
Till  the  dirges  of  his  hope  the  melancholy  burden  bore 
Of   'Never — Nevermore.'  " 

But  the  raven  still  beguiling  all  my  sad  soul  into  smiling, 

Straight  I  wheeled  a  cushioned  seat  in  front  of  bird,  and  bust  and 

(ioor ; 
Then  upon  the  velvet  sinking,  I  betook  myself  to  linking 
Fancy  unto  fancy,  thinking  what  this  ominous  bird  of  yore — 
What  this  grim,  ungainly,  ghastly,  gaunt  and  ominous  bird  of  yore 
Meant  in  croaking  • '  Nevermore.  " 

Then  I  sat  engaged  in  guessing,  but  no  syllable  expressing 
To  the  fowl,  whose  fiery  eyes  now  burned  into  my  bosoms  core; 
This,  and  more,  I  sat  divining,  with  my  head  at  ease  reclining 
On  the  cushion's  velvet  lining  that  the  lamplight  L'loated  o'er; 
But  whose  velvet  violet  lining,  with  the  lampliglil  gloating  o'er, 
She  shall  [Tress — ah,  nevermore! 

Then,  methonght,  the  air  grew  denser,  perfumed  from  an  unseen 

censer 
Swung  by  angela,  whose  faint  foot-falls  tinkled  on  the  tufted  floor. 
"Wretch!"  I  cried,    "thy  God  hath  lent  thee,  by  these  angels  he 

hath  sent  thee. 
Respite — respite  and  nepenthe  from  thy  memories  of  Lenorc! 
Quaff,  oh  quaff  this  kind  nepenthe,  and  forget  this  lost  Lenore!" 
Quoth  the  raven,    "Nevermore." 

"Prophet!"  said  I,    "thing  of  evil! — ])rophet  still,  if  bird  or  devil! 
Whether  tempter  sent,  or  whether  tempest  tossed  thee  here  ashore — 
Desolate,  yet  all  undaunted,  on  this  desert  land  enchanted, 
On  this  home  by  horror  haunted — tell  me  truly,  I  implore — 
Is  there — is  there  balm  in  Gileady  tell  me — tell  me,  I  implore!" 
Quoth  the  raven,    "Nevermore." 

"Prophet!"  said  L    "  thing  of  evil! — prophet  still,  if  bird  or  devil! 
By  that  heaven  that  bends  above  us — by  that  God  we  both  adore — 
Tell  this  soul  with  sorrow  laden  if,  within  the  distant  Aidenn, 
It  shall  clasp  a  sainted  maiden  whcun  the  angels  name  Lenore — 
Clasp  a  rare  and  radiant  maiden  Uhom  the  angels  name  Lenore.  " 
Quoth  the  raven,   ' '  Nevermore.  " 

"Be  that  word  our  sign  of  parting,  bird  or  fiend!"'  I  shrieked,  up- 

starting^ 
"Get  thee  back  into  the  tempest  and  the  night's  Plutonian  shore! 
Leave  no  black  plume  as  a  token  of  that  lie  thy  soul  hath  spoken ! 
Leave  my  loneliness  unbroken? — quit  the  bust  above  my  door! 
Take  thy  beak  from  out  my  heart,  and  take  thy  form  from  off  my 

door!" 

Quoth  the  raven,    "Nevermore.  " 

And  the  raven,  never  flitting,  still  is  sitting,  still  is  sitting 

On  the  pallid  bust  of  Pallas  just  above  my  chamber  door; 

And  his  eyes  have  all  the  seeming  of  a  demon's  that  is  dreaming. 

And  the  lamplight,  o'er  him  streaming,  throws  his  shadow  on  the 

floor ; 
And  my  soul  from  out  that  shadow  that  lies  floating  on  the  floor 
Shall  be  lifted — nevermore  1 


A- 


256 


DISTINGUISHED    AMERICAN    POET. 


W^WWWM'' 


Wm.  C. 


'W  ''lll!l'''''li!ll'''l-'!lf''l"l ill'"" 

^   1  1  Jiji'l  .'■ 


f  ^ 


@*sr-^ 


Bryant. 


Hero  of  a  Long  and   Eminent  Literary  Career. 


r 


HE  subject  of  this 
sketch  was  born  at 
Gumming  ton. 
Maes. ,     Nov.     3, 
1794.    Some  of  the 
literary  celebrities 
displayed  their 
talents  very  young  in  years.       Tasso,    when 
nine  years  old,  wrote  verses  to   his  mother 
that  were  praised.       "^  The  Tragical  History 
Pyramiis  and  Thisbe/'  was  written  by  Cowley 
when  he  was   ten.       At  twelve.    Pope  wrote  his 
'*Ode  to    Solitude,"    and  other  poems  of  much 
merit.     But  these  youths  exhibited  no  more  pre- 
cocity than  did  William  C.  Bryant,  who  wrote  good 
verse  and  translated  from  Latin  for  the  newspapers 
at  ten.  and  at  fourteen  wrote  a  political   satire  entitled 
*'The  Embargo,"  directed   against  President  Jeflferson 
and  the  Democratic  party  at  that  day,  which,  published  in 
book  form,  passed  to  the  second  edition  in  a  brief  time, 
with  other  poems  attached. 
Young  Bryant's   father   was  a   physician,    distinguished   for  his 
scholarly  acquirements,   good  judgment  and   taste,   and   under   his 
supervision  the  boy's  talent  was  carefully  nurtured. 

The  young  poet  entered  an  advanced  class  in  Williams  College,  at 
the  age  of  sixteen,  and  immediately  took  front  rank  as  a  classical 
scholar.  He  retired  from  the  institution,  however,  before  the  com- 
pletion of  his  course,  to  enter  upon  the  study  of  the  law.  Being 
admitted  to  the  bar  in  1815,  his  practice  commenced  in  Plainficld, 
Mass..  but  he  soon  after  removed  to  Great  Barrington,  Mass., 
where  be  married.     He  was  then  twenty-one  years  old. 

Ten  years  passed  in  euccessful  practice  in  the  uncongenial  profes- 
Aon  of  the  law.  which  he  concluded  to  abandon  for  the  purpose  of 
(it-voting  himself  more  exclusively  to  literature.  With  this  object  in 
view  he  removed  to  New  York  in  18:^5.      With  a  friend  he  established 


the  New  York  Eevieic  and  Atheneutn  Magazine,  in  which  appeared 
many  of  his  finest  poems. 

In  1830  he  commenced  editorial  work  upon  the  New  York  Evening 
Post,  and  with  that  journal  he  continued  his  connection  during  life, 
the  Pos^  being  known  as  a  leading  Democratic  organ,  favorable  to  free 
trade.  He  occasionally  edited  various  annual  publications,  and, 
from  time  to  time,  were  issued  volumes  of  his  own  poetry. 

Intermixed  with  his  editorial  labors  were  travels  in  various  por- 
tions of  Europe  and  America,  an  account  of  which  he  wrote  under 
the  heads  of  "  Letters  of  a  Traveler  "  and  "Letters  from  Spain, "  etc. 

In  the  later  years  of  his  life  he  was  frequently  called  upon  to  pay 
public  tributes  to  the  memory  of  eminent  Americans. 

In  1845  he  purchased  an  old  vine-embowered  mansion,  near 
Roslyn,  on  Long  Island,  where,  amid  the  birds,  the  flowers  and  the 
trees,  he  resided  in  the  declining  years  of  his  life. 

In  18G4  the  Century  Club  of  New  York  celebrated  his  seventieth 
birthday  by  a  festival,  at  which  many  of  the  distinguished  literary 
men  of  the  country  were  present.  While,  at  seventy,  his  work 
might  have  seemed  finished,  considering  how  early  he  commenced 
his  literary  labors,  he  yet  went  forward  with  his  active  employment, 
and  six  years  later  he  issued  the  "Iliad, "and  the  next  year  the 
'  •  Odyssey, "  being  translations  of  Homer  into  English  blank  verse. 

Subsequently  he  edited  various  important  publications,  and  made 
various  public  addresses,  prominent  among  them  being  one  on  the 
occasion  of  the  dedication  of  the  statue  of  Professor  Morse,  at  Central 
Park.  New  York,  in  1871.  and  on  a  similar  occasion  on  the  life  and 
services  of  Scott  and  Shakspeare.  in  1872. 

With  a  literary  career  so  long  and  nobly  rounded  out,  Bryant  died 
June  12.  1878,  being  between  eighty-three  and  eighty-four  years 
old  at  the  time  of  his  death;  there  being  in  that  time  seventy-four 
years  in  any  period  of  which  his  pen  could  write  that  which  was 
worthy  of  prc;*ervation  for  future  generations  to  read. 

It  is  difHcult  todesignate  the  best  of  his  poems.  *' Thanatopsis," 
one  of  his  earliest  written,  is  excellent,  and  the  "Snow-Shower," 
is  very  true  to  nature. 


i 


f 


'^ 


WILLIAM    C.    liKYANT  S    HuME. 


Stanza  from  Thanatopsis. 

So  live,  that,  when  thy  summons  comes  to  join 
The  innnmerabh'  oiiniviin  that  moves 
To  the  pale  realms  nf  sha(h-.    where  each  t*hall   take 
IILs  chamber  in  the  tfilfiit  lialls  of  death. 
Thou  CO,  not   like  the  qiiarry-^lave  at   nii;ht, 
ScoiiryL-d  to  hif^  diinL^eon,    Imt,  sustaiiu'd    and   soothed 
Uy  an  unfaltering  trust,  approach  thy  grave 
Like  one  who  wraps  the  drapery  of  his  couch 
About  him,  and  lies  down  to  pleasant  dreams. 

William  Citllai  Hryant. 


Residence  of  Bryant,  near  Roslyn,  Long  Island. 


•■•^5:^  THE    SNOW-SHOWER,  t:^ 


BY    V.'.    C.    BRYANT. 


TAND  here  by  my  side  and  turn,  I  pray, 
On  the  lake  below  thy  gentle  eyes; 

The  clouds  hang  over  it,  heavy  and  gray, 
And  dark  and  silent  the  water  lies; 

And  nut  of  that  frozen  mist  the  snow 

In  wavering  flakes  begins  to  flow; 

Flake  after  flake 

They  sink  in  the  dark  and  silent  lake. 

See  how  in  a  living  swarm  they  come 

From  the  chambers  beyond  that  misty  veil; 

Some  hover  awhile  in  air.  and  some 

Rush  prone  from  the  sky  like  summer  hail. 

All,  dropping  swiftly  or  settling  slow, 

Meet,  and  are  still  in  the  depths  below; 
Flake  after  flake 

Dissolved  in  the  dark  and  silent  lake. 

Here  delicate  snow-stars,  out  of  the  cloud, 
Come  floating  downward  in  airy  play. 

Like  spangles  dropped  from  the  glistening  crowd 
That  whiten  by  night  the  Milky  Way; 

There  broader  and  burlier  masses  fall; 

The  sullen  water  buries  them  all. — 

Flake  after  flake. — 

All  drowned  in  the  dark  and  silent  lake. 

And  some,  as  on  tender  wings  they  glide 

From  their  chilly  birth-cloud,  dim  and  gray, 
Are  joined  in  their  fall,  and,  side  by  side. 
Come  clinging  along  their  unsteady  way; 


As  friend  with  friend,  or  husband  with  wife, 
Makes  hand  in  hand  the  passage  of  life; 

Each  mated  flake 
Soon  sinks  in  the  dark  and  silent  lake. 

Lo!  while  we  are  gazing,  in  swifter  haste 

Stream  down  the  snows,  till    the  air  is  white. 

As,  myriads  by  myriads  madly  chased. 

They  fling  themselves  from  their  shadowy  height. 

The  fair,  frail  creatures  of   middle  sky. 

What  speed  they  make,  with  their  grave  so  nigh; 
Flake  after  flake 

To  lie  in  the  dark  and  silent  lake ! 

I  see  in  thy  gentle  eyes  a  tear; 

They  turn  to  me  in  sorrowful  thought: 
Thou  thinkest  of  friends,  the  good  and  dear. 

Who  were  for  a  time,  and  now  are  not; 
Like  these  fair  children  of  cloud  and  frost, 
That  glisten  a  moment  and  then  are  lost, — 

Flake  after  flake,— 
All  lost  in  the  dark  and  silent  lake. 

Yet  look  again,  for  the  clouds  divide; 

A  gleam  of  blue  on  the  water  lies; 
And  far  away,  on  the  mountain-side, 

A  sunbeam  falls  from  the  opening  skies. 
But  the  hurrying  host  that  flew  between 
The  cloud  and  the  water  no  more  is  seen; 

Flake  after  flake 
At  rest  in  the  dark  and  silent  lake. 


i 


'iHiiiiihfiiiiiHtmtiirmiimnMM^jiwntiiifijrommCT 


A 


3?i 


:(d. — 


17 


f- 


258 


LONGFELLOW,    A    SKETCH    OF    HIS    LIFE    AND   A   VIEW    OF   HIS    HOME   AT   CAMI3KIDGE. 


U^L^L^^^^l^J.^^R^^^^M 


Home  of  Longfellow,  Cambridge,  Mass. 


THE  POET 

Longfellow 


7:::'^r^'-m 


AND 


HIS  HOME. 


^rr 


^-=^^^- 

^^^^'.- 


Henry  W.  Longfellow. 


Author  of  *' Hiawatha,"  *' Psalm  of  Life,"  ^"The  Village  Blacksmith,"  etc. 


.HE  POET  Longfellow  Wiis  born  February  27. 1808, 
at  Portland,  Me.      He  entered  Bowdoin   college 
at  fourteen,  and  graduated  three  years  afterwards. 

Appointed  to  the  professorship  of  modern  languages 
in  the  college  where  he  was  educated,  he  spent  three 
years  and  a  half  in  visiting  and  residing  in  France, 
Spain,  Italy,  Germany,  Holland  and  England.  Return- 
ing in  1831,  he  married  and  commenced  his  labors. 
Tendered  the  professorship  of  modern  languages  and  bdles-leffres 
in  Harvard  college,  in  1835,  he  again  visited  Europe,  spending  some 
time  in  Denmark,  Sweden  and  Germany,  in  which  latter  country  his 
wife  died.  He  returned  to  the  United  States,  entered  upon  hie 
duties  at  Harvard,  and  took  up  his  residence  at  Cambridge,  Mass., 
in  1836,  where  he  has  since  dwelt,  holding  his  professorship  at 
Harvard  for  seventeen  years. 


During  a  visit  to  Europe  in  1868-9  he  was  the  recipient  of  many 
honors,  especially  wherever  the  English  language  is  .=poken,  he 
being  one  of  the  best  known  abroad  of  American  poets.  In  England, 
Oxford  University  conferred  upon  hira  the  degree  of  D.  C.  L. ,  that 
of  LL.  D.  having  ten  years  before  been  given  him  by  Harvard 
college,  in  America. 

He  has  edited  several  fine  collections  of  poems;  he  has  performed 
a  great  deal  of  labor  in  translations,  being  singularly  fortunate  in  the 
ability  to  impart  the  spirit  and  idea  of  the  original  into  the  English, 
and  he  is  himself  one  of  the  most  prolific  and  charming  of  the  writers 
of  poetry,  his  effusions  having  frequently  and  numerously  appeared 
since  1825. 

How  plainly  we  see  the  village  blacksmith  in  the  following,  as 
"children  coming  home  from  school,  look  in  at  the  open  door." 


The  Village  Blacksmith. 


.^c^ 


BY    HENRY    W.    LONGFELLOW. 


XDER  a  spreading  chestnut  tree 
The  village  smithy  stands: 

The  smith — a  mighty  man  is  he. 
With  large  and  sinewy  hands; 

And  the  muscles  of  his  brawny  arms 
Are  strong  as  iron  bands. 


His  hair  is  crisp,    and  black,   and  long; 
His  face  is  like  ttie  tan; 

His  brow  is  wet  with  honest  sweat- 
He  earns  whate'er  he  can; 

And  looks  the  wliole  world  in  the  face. 
For  he  owes  not  any  num. 

Week  in,   week  out,   from  mnrn  till  nighty 
You  can  hear  hi?  bellows  lilow; 

You  can  hear  bim  swing  his  heavy  sledge, 
With  measured  beat  and  slow — 

Like  a  soxton  ringing  the  village  bell, 
When  the  evening  sun  is  low. 

And  children,   coming  home  from  school 

Look  in  at  the  open  door; 
They  love  to  nee  the  fluming  forge, 

And  bear  the  bellows  roar. 
And  catch  the  burning  sparks,    that  fly 

Like  chaff  from  a  threshing  llonr. 


He  goes  on  Sunday  to  the  church, 

And  sits  among  his  boys; 
He  hears  the  parson  pray  and  preach — 

He  hears  his  daughter's  voice, 
Singing  in  the  village  choir, 

And  it  makes  his  heart  rejoice. 

It  pounds  to  him  like  her  mother's  voice, 

Siniring  in  Paradise ! 
He  needs  must  think  of  her  once  more. 

How  in  the  grave  she  lies; 
And  M'ith  his  hard,    rough  hand  he  wipes 

A  tear  out  of  his  eyes. 

Toiling,   rejoicing,    sorrowing — 

Onward  through  life  he  goes; 
Each  morning  sees  some  task  begin. 

Each  evening  sees  it  close — 
Something  attempted,    something  done, 

Has  earned  a  night's  repose. 

Thanks,    thanks  to  thoc.   my  worthy  friend. 
For  the  lesson  thon   hast  taught  1 

Thus  at  the  flnniing  forge  of  life 
Our  rnrtiiiies  must   be  wrought — 

Tlins  on  its  soutuling  anvil  shaped 
Eacli  burning  deed  and  thonglit! 


Ji 


^ 


AUTHOR   OF    ''QUEEN    OF    THE    MAY,"   "ENOCII    AKDEN  "    AND    OTHER    POEMS. 


Poet  Laureate  of  England. 


Trinity  college, 
in  blank  verse, 
who  was  also  a 
a  small  volume 


LFRKD  TENNYSON,  the  English  poet, 
uiiihorof  "Enoch  Arden,"  and  other 
poems,  was  born  at  Somersby,  Eng- 
land, in  1809.  His  mother  was  the 
daughter  of  a  vicar,  and  his  father, 
the  Rev.  George  Clayton  Tennyson, 
was  the  rector  of  Somersby  and  the 
vicar  of  Bennington  and  Grimsby. 

With  such  a  parentage,  it  was  very 
natural    that  our    future    poet,  who 
was  the   third   of    twelve    cliildren, 
should   have   good   schooling  in   his 
childhood,  and  that  he  should  after- 
wards have  the  advantage  of  a  liberal 
education,   which    was    accorded    at 
,  where  he  gained   the  Chancellor's  medal  for  a  poem 
,  entitled  "Timbucloo. "      With  his  brother  Charles, 
poet,  and  who  became  vicar  at  Grasby,  he  published 
of  verses  when  he  was  eighteen  years  old,  entitled 


"Poems,  ty  Two  Brothers."      Six  years  later,  in  1833,  appeared 
a   volume   of  his   poems,  in  which   were    "The   Lady  of  Shalott, " 
' '  The  May  Queen, "  "  A  Dream  of  Fair  Women,  "  and  •  •  The  Lotos-  - 
Eaters. '' 

"English  Idyls,  and  Other  Poems,"  in  two  volumes,  which 
appeared  in  1843,  brought  the  author  forward  to  the  front  rank  as  a 
poet.  Among  this  collection  were  "  Locksley  Hall, "  "The  Talking 
Oak,"  "The  Day-Dream, "  "The  Two  Voices,"  and  "Ulysses." 
Following  these  came  other  popular  effusions  from  his  pen,  which 
secured  him  the  appointment  as  poet  laureate  on  the  death  of 
Wordsworth,  in  1850. 

"Enoch  Arden  and  Other  Poems,"  which  were  issued  in  1864, 
included  "Sea-Dreams,  an  Idyl,"  about  which  there  was  nothing 
noteworthy,  save  that  Tennyson  had  received  $50  a  line  for  it  when 
it  had  originally  appeared  in  Macmillans  Magazine.  "Enoch 
Arden,"  which  was  the  principal  article  in  this  volume,  became  one 
of  the  most  popular  of  Tennyson's  later  poems. 

He  lived  many  years  in  London,  but  after  his  marriage,  in  1851,  he 
took  up  his  residence  at  Farringford,  Isle  of  Wight. 


T  COME  from  haunts  of  coot  and  hem; 
*     I  make  a  sudden  sally. 
And  sparkle  out  among  the  fern. 
To  bicker  down  a  valley. 

TIY  thirty  bills  I  hurry  down, 
■'-'    Or  slip  between  the  ridges; 
By  twenty  thorps,  a  little  town, 
And  half  a  hundred  bridges. 


ILL  last  by  Philip's  farm  I  flow 
To  join  the  brimming  river; 

For  men  may  come  and  men  may  go. 
But  I  go  on  for  ever. 


IF 


T?TITH  many  a  curve  my  banks  I  fret 
**    By  many  n  field  and  fallow, 
And  many  a  fairy  foreland  set 
With  willow-weed  and  mallow. 


SONG   OF  THE   BROOK. 

BY   ALFRED  TENNYSON. 

'  CHATTER,  chatter,  as  I  flow 
'     To  join  the  brimming  river; 
For  men  may  come  and  men  may  go, 
But  I  go  on  for  ever. 

■  WIND  about,  and  in  and  out, 
'     With  here  a  blossom  sailing. 
And  here  and  there  a  lusty  trout, 
And  here  and  there  a  grayling; 

ND  here  and  there  a  foamy  flake 

Upon  me,  as  I  travel, 
With  many  a  silvery  waterbreak 
Above  the  golden  gravel ; 

ND  draw  them  all  along,  and  flow 

To  join  the  brimming  river; 
For   men    may   come   and    men   may 
But  I  go  on  for  ever. 


^ 


% 


r  STEAL  by  lawns  and  grassy  plots; 
L     I  slide  by  hazel  covers; 
I  move  the  sweet  forget-me-nots 
That  grow  for  happy  lovers. 

[SLIP,  I  slide,  I  gloom,  I  glance, 
Among  my  skimming  swallows; 
I  make  the  netted  sunbeam  dance 
Against  my  sandy  shallows. 

[MURMUR  under  moon  and  stars 
In  brambly  wildernesses; 
I  linger  by  my  shingly  bars; 
I  loiter  round  my  cresses; 

ND  out  again  I  curve  and  flow 
To  join  the  brimming  river; 
For  men   may  come   and  men  may  go. 
But  I  go  on  for  ever. 


% 


■.Cd,.-— 


? 


260 


WAEM-HEARTEU,    GENIAL    "BOBBIE    BUKNS. 


7? 


TCE  OF  THE  sweetest  writers  of  verse 
was  Robert  Burns,  who  was  born 
near  Ayr,  in  Scotland.  January  25, 
1759.  Though  of  humble  birth,  and 
reared  on  a  farm,  he  drank  of  the 
poetic  from  every  bud  and  blossom. 
Genial,  generous  and  loving,  his 
overflow  of  spirits  sought  outlet  in 
tippling,  love-making,  rhyme  and 
metre,  in  the  intervals  as  he  followed 
the  plow. 

In  addition  to  the  rudiments  of  an 
education,   he   had    a   little  library, 
t-Iocked  with  the  Bible,  Mason's   Collection  of  Prose 
and  Verse,  Shakspeare,  Pope,  and  others. 

His  first  poetry  began  to  appear  in  his  sixteenth 
year,  and  from  that  time  forward  his  verses  found 
favor.  When  nineteen  years  old,  he  had  published 
"The  Dirge  of  Winter,"  ^'The  Death  of  Poor 
Maillie, '^  '•  Maillie's  Elegy, '"  and  "John  Barleycorn.''  Two  years 
afterwards,  while  struggling  with  his  brother  Gilbert  on  a  little  farm 
at  Mossgiel  to  support  his  parents,  he  wrote,  **The  Holy  Tailzie," 
"Holy  Wilhe's  Prayer."  "The  Ordination,"  "The  Holy  Fair," 
and  other  satires  upon  the  churchmen  of  that  period.  About  this 
time,  also,  appeared,  "To  a  Mountain  Daisy, "  "Man  was  Made  to 
Mourn, "  and  "The  Cotter's  Saturday  Night."  besides  many  love- 
songs  to  the  country  girls  whom  he  met  from  time  to  time. 

When  twenty-seven  years  old  he  was  a  poet  of  considerable 
reputation;  a  most  genial  fellow  with  his  companions,  but  with  no 
money.  In  addition  to  this,  he  had  had  illicit  intercourse  with  Jean 
Armour,  who  had  borne  him  twins,  and  by  her  relatives  he  had  been 
prosecuted  for  their  support.  It  was  at  this  time  that  he  had 
resolved  to  go  to  Jamaica  and  improve,  if  possible,  his  pecuniary 
corulition.  To  get  the  means  with  which  to  go,  he  concluded  to  issue 
a  volume  of  hi«  poems.  Of  these,  fSOO  copies  were  published,  and 
from  their  sale  he  realized  SlOO,  with  which  he  arranged  to  leave  the 
country. 

As  he  was  upon  the  verge  of  going,  a  letter  was  received  by  a  frioud 
of  Burns,  recommending  that  he  come  to  Edinburgh,  where  the 
people  were  loud  in  their  praiKC  of  his  poems.  He  accepted 
!he  Invitation,  and  in  the  metropolis  was  the  literary  lion  of  the  year. 
Twelve  montba  afterwards  he  returned  with  $2,500,  the  proceeds  of 


his  sale  of  books,  with  whit:h  he  stocked  a  farm  at  EUislund,  and,  in 
1788,  married  Jean  Armour. 

He  was  appointed  a  collector  of  excise  at  a  salary  of  $350  a  year, 
and  the  hope  was  that  this,  with  the  returns  from  the  farm,  would 
5'ield  the  family  a  support;  but  the  convivial  habits  of  the  poet  drew 
80  heavily  on  his  revenues  as  to  compel  him  to  relinquish  the  farm. 
Retiring  to  a  small  house  in  Dumfries,  he  meagerly  supported  his 
family  by  his  salary  aud  occasional  contributions  to  various  publica- 
tions; but  such  had  been  the  inroads  on  bis  health  by  intemperance 
and  exposure,  together  with  disappointment  in  not  getting  better 
office,  as  to  cause  his  death  in  his  thirty-seventh  year.  At  that  time 
the  lofty  sentiment,  the  pathos,  the  hatred  of  cant  and  the  liberty  of 
thought  which  pervaded  the  poems  of  Burns,  had  not  been 
appreciated.  As  the  decades  went  by,  however,  the  world  at  last 
learned  to  do  him  honor. 

Some  time  since,  Robert  G.  Ingersoll.  the  distinguished  orator, 
visited  Scotland  and  the  childiiood  home  of  the  poet.  As  he  surveyed 
the  interior  of  the  little  cottage  near  Ayr,  where  Burns  was  born, 
he  indited  the  following  graceful  tribute  to  the  famous  poet: 

The   Birthplace  of  Burns. 

BY  ROBERT  G.    INGERSOLL. 

ff^  HOUGH  Scotland  boasts  a  thousand  names 
U^  Of  patriot,  king  and  peer, 

■^T^         The  noblest,  grandest  uf  them  all. 

Was  loved  and  cradled  heiT. 
Here  livt-d  the  gentle  peasant-prince. 

The  Uivinp  cotter-king; 
Compared  with  him  the  greatest  loixi 

Is  but  a  titled  thing. 
*Tis  but  a  cot  roofed  in  with  straw, 

A  hovel  made  of  clay, 
One  door  shiits  out  the  snow  and  storm, 

One  window  greets  the  day. 
And  yet  I  stand  within  this  room 

And  hold  all  thrones  to  scorn, 
For  here,  Ijeneath  this  lowly  thatch, 

Love's  sweetest  bard  wa^*  liorn." 
AVithin  this  hallowed  hut  1  feel 

Like  one  who  clasps  a  shrine, 
When  the  glad  lips  at  last  have  touched 

The  something  seemed  divine. 
And  here  the  world,  through  all  the  years, 

As  long  as  day  returns, 
The  tribute  of  its  love  and  tears 

Will  [lay  to  Robert  Burns. 


>£l 


■-^- 


T- 


BIUTIIl'LAUl-;    OF   KOBEKT   BUKNS.       HIGHLAND    MARY. 


■2i)i 


During  his  last  sickness  the  people  thronged  his  humble  dwelling, 
and  rich  and  poor,  who  Imd  learned  to  love  the  genial  poet,  in  a  mul- 
titude attended  his  funeral.  Seventeen  years  afterwards,  a  monu- 
ment was  erected  to  his  memory  at  Dumfries,  and  at  the  centenary 
of  his  birth-day,  in  1859,  the  people  in  many  parts  of  the  civili/.ed 
world  paid  tribute  to  his  genial  nature  and  his  talent. 

Hums  left  four  sons,  one  of  wliom,  William,  a  colonel  in  the 
service,  purchased  the  house  where  his   father  died,  and   tliere  liis 


mother  lived  until  her  death,  in  I8.']4.  lly  the  provisions  of  William's 
will,  the  house  and  garden  were  left  for  the  use  of  the  Dumfries 
Kducation  Society,  upon  a  payment  of  an  annuity  to  certain  relatives 
of  the  i)oet  during  their  Hfu-time,  with  the  further  provii-ion  tliat  the 
house  t-hould  thereafter  be  kept  in  repair. 

The  poetry  of  Burns,  full  of  paHwion,  pathos,  wit,  and  fidelity  to 
nature,  appeals  directly  to  the  heart,  and  will  ever  hold  a  prominent 
place  among  the  sweet  songs  of  the  Englif*h  language. 


f 


262 


AUTHOR   OF    "battle    OF   IIOHENLINDEN       AND    OTHER   POEMS. 


liuthur  of  "The  Fleasurjes  of  l^ope." 


nOMAS  CAMPBELL,  a  descendant  of  the 
ancient    Scottish  family  of  that  name, 
was  born  at  Glasgow,  Scotland,  in 
1777,  and  educated  at  the  Univer- 
7  '  r  '      ?  ""     sityof  Glasgow,  where  he  became 
'r^/]J  j^        very  proficient  in  the  Greek  lan- 
,_^_  Ruage.      After    leaving  school  he 

i^^  >l)ent  a  year  in  Argyleshire,  where  he  wrote 
several  of  his  poems,  and  then  went  to  Edin- 
liurgh  to  enter  upon  a  literary  career.  Here 
lie  composed  and  published,  in  1799,  one  of 
his  most  popular  works  —  "The  Pleasures  of 
Hope  " — which  soon  won  for  him  fame  and  an 
entrance  into  good  society.  With  the  profits 
of  its  sale  he  was  enabled  to  visit  the  European 
^      ^_,  continent.        At    Gottingen,     Germanj'.     he 

(Z  £4^   \     ^  resumed  his  study  of  the  Greek  language,  and 

C  vU  elsewhere  was  an  eye-witness  of  the  battle  of 

Hohenlinden.  which  forms  the  sui)ject  of  one  of  his  best-known  poems. 
On  his  returu  to  Great  Britain  he  found  that  his  foreign  associa- 
tions had  produced  suspicions  against  him  as  a  French  spy,  and  on 
arriving  at  Edinburgh  it  was  difficult  for  him  to  convince  the  authori- 
ties of  his  loyalty.  During  bis  travels  he  composed  several  of  his 
well-known  pieces. 


In  1803  ne  removed  to  London,  and  afterwards  to  Sydenham, 
England,  where  he  remained  for  seventeen  years  engaged  in  literary 
employments,  but  at  times  despondent  on  account  of  pecuniary 
embarrassments. 

In  1806  a  literary  pension  of  about  $1,000  annually  was  bestowed 
upon  him,  and  in  1809  he  published  "  Gertrude  of  Wyoming,"  with 
other  poems.  Previously  he  had  contributed  a  history  of  Great  Brit- 
ain to  the  '  •  Edinburgh  Cyclopaedia,  "  a  history  of  the  reign  of  George 
HI. ,  etc.  In  1812  he  lectured  on  poetry  at  the  Royal  Institution,  in 
1814  he  visited  Paris,  in  1818  he  traveled  in  Germany,  and  for  ten 
years  afterwards  he  edited  ColburrCs  New  Monthly  Magazine,  occa- 
sionally printing  a  new  poem. 

He  was  the  original  projector  of  the  London  I'niversity.  In  1826 
he  was  elected  lord  rector  of  the  University  of  Glasgow,  and  was 
twice  re-elected  to  that  position.  In  18.31  he  started  the  London 
Metropolitan,  Magazine.  In  that  year  he  wrote  this  remarkable 
passage:  "My  wife  is  dead,  my  son  is  mad,  and  my  harp  unstrung," 
and  he  might  have  added  that  his  constitution  was  prematurely 
broken.  Still  he  labored  on  in  literary  work,  and  made  one  or  two 
more  journeys  abroad.  In  1843  he  removed  to  Boulogne,  France, 
where,  after  a  lingering  illness,  he  died  in  1844. 

His  poems  have  their  place  in  the  standard  libraries  of  famous 
British  poets,  and  arc  too  well  known  to  require  even  further  mention 
in  tills  sketch. 


THE  SOLDIER'S  DREAM. 


BY   THOMAS    CAMPBELL, 


H 


1' 


UR  bugles  sang  truce;  for  the  night  cloud  had  lowered, 
And  the  sentinel  stars  set  their  watch  in  the  sky. 
And  thousands  had  sunk  on  the  ground  overpowered — 
The  weary  to  sleep,  and  the  wounded  to  die. 

HEN  reposing  that  night  on  my  pallet  of  straw. 

By  the  wolf-scariiig  faggot  that  guarded  the  slain, 
At  the  dead  of  the  night  u  sweet  vision  I  saw. 
And  thrice  ere  the  morning  I  dreamt  it  again. 

RETHOUGHT  from  (he  baltle-fleld's  dreadful  array 

'1  Far,  far  I  had  roamed  on  a  desolate  track; 

\\      'Twas  autumn — and  sunshine  arose  on  the  way 

^        To  the  home  of  my  fathers,  that  welcomed  me  back. 


FLEW  to  the  pleasant  fields,  traversed  so  oft 

In  life's  morning  march,  when  my  bosom  was  young; 
I  heard  my  own  mouutain-goats  bleating  aloft, 

.\nd  knew  the  sweet  strain  that  the  corn-reajiers  sung. 

HEN  pledged  we  the  wine-cup.  and  fondly  I  swore 

From  my  home  anil  my  weeping  friends  never  to  part; 
My  Utile  ones  kissed  lue  a  thousand  times  o'er. 
And  my  wife  sobbed  aloud  in  her  fullness  of  heart. 

TAY,  stay  with  us! — rest;  thou  art  weary  and  worn  I — 
And  fain  was  tlu-ir  war-l>roken  soldier  to  stay; 
But  sorrow  returned  with  tlie  dawning  of  morn. 
.\n(l  Ihe  voice  in  uiy  dreaming  ear  nielled  away. 


ADDISON;    ESSAYIST    AND    POET. 


•2iy.i 


TOSEPH 


prnmnnBW 


k:y^  -.f^^  -^^i 


JJDDISON 


•1719-       ^^'-^ 


Author  of  the  *' Spectator"  and  other  Works. 


In  1706  he 


NE  OF  THE  most  brilliant  of  EnsH^b  authors 
ond  essayif^ts  was  Joseph  Addison.  Born  at 
Milstnn.  England,  in  1(572,  he  was  educated  at 
the  Charterhouse,  London,  and  at  Oxford.  He 
early  manifested  liteniry  talent,  and  under  the 
facilities  afforded  by  a  liberal  government  pen- 
sion, he  was  enabled  to  travel  in  Italy  for  three 
years,  collecting  literary  material,  and  writing, 
was  appointed   uuder-secrctary  of  state;  about   1710  he 


became  keeper  of  the  public  records  at  Dublin,  and  in  1717  was  : 
made  secretary  of  state.  Ill  health  and  other  circumstances, 
however,  led  him  to  resign  this  position,  and  be  retired  on  an 
annual  pension  of  about  $7,500.  His  principal  works  are:  "Cato. " 
a  tragedy ;  ' '  Rosamond, "  an  opera ;  ' '  The  Spectator ;"  ' '  A 
Treatise  on  the  Christian  Religion,"  and  numerous  poems  and 
contributions  of  essays  to  contemporary  publications.  The  "Spec- 
tator,'" however,  is  that  on  which  rests  his  undying  fame  as  a  pure 
and  elegant  writer.     He  died  in  England,  iu  1719. 


-2-^-^^; 


%■ 


low  are  Thy  servants  blest,  O  Lord! 
;         How  sure  is  their  defence 
Eternal  wisdom  is  their  guide, 
Their  help  omnipotence. 

N  foreign  realms,  and  lands  remote. 
Supported  by  Thy  care, 
Through  burning  climes  I  passed  unhurt, 
And  breathed  in  tainted  air. 

TS^HY  mercy  sweetened  every  soil, 
Made  every  region  please; 
The  hoary  Alpine  hills  it  warmed. 
And  smoothed  the  Tyrrhene  seas. 

9^HINK,  O  my  soul,  devoutly  think, 
^         How  with  affrighted  eyes 

Thou  saw'st  the  wide-extended  deep 
In  ail  its  horrors  rise  I 

giONFlTSION  dwelt  in  every  face, 
^        And  fear  in  every  heart, 

When  waves  on  waves,  and  gulfs  in  gulfs, 
O'ercamc  the  pilot's  art. 


TET  then  from  all  my  griefs,  O  Lord, 
Thy  mercy  set  me  free; 
Whilst  in  the  confidence  of  prayer 
My  soul  took  hold  on  Thee. 

T30R  though  in  dreadful  whirls  we  hung, 
-*^L         High  on  the  broken  wave; 

I  knew  Thou  wcrt  not  slow  to  hear. 
Nor  impotent  to  save. 

^HE  storm  was  laid,  the  winds  retired, 
^         Obedient  to  Tliy  will; 

The  sea,  that  roared  at  Thy  command. 
At  Tliy  command  was  still. 

•^N  midst  of  dangers,  fears,  and  deaths, 
©         Thy  goodness  I  "11  adore — 

And  praise  Thee  for  Thy  mercies  past. 
And  humbly  hope  for  more. 

^Y  life,  if  Thou  preserv'st  my  life, 
l^         Thy  sacritice  shall  be; 

And  death,  if  death  must  be  my  doom. 
Shall  join  my  soul  to  Thee. 


w 


i: 


f 


■.(f — - 


— -~<): 


26-i 


THE  TRAVELING  FLUTE  PLAYER. 


? 


'  LIVER  GOLDSMITH  was  the 
son  of  a  clorgyman.  He 
was  born  at  Pallas,  Ireland, 
in  1738,  and  educated  at  the 
nivcrsities  of  Dublin, 
Edinburgh,  and  Leyden, 
with  a  view  of  adopting  the 
medical  profession.  In  a 
sudden  freak  he  left  Leyden 
with  a  flute,  a  single  shirt 
in  his  pocket,  and  no  money, 
and  wandered  over  a  consid- 
ftrable  part  of  Europe,  sometimes  earning  food  and  lodging  by  play- 
ing his  flute  to  the  peasantry.     In  1758  he  returned  to  England  in  a 


penniless  condition,  and  was  employed  as  an  usher  in  a  school  at 
Peckham.  but  this  position  was  soon  resigned  in  order  that  he  might 
devote  his  time  to  literature.  He  appears  to  have  been  industrious, 
producing  various  works,  but  his  want  of  economy  kept  him  em- 
barrassed in  money  matters. 

Between  1759  and  his  death,  in  1774,  he  produced  "An  Essay  on 
the  Present  State  of  Polite  Learning;''  the  poems  of  ' 'The Traveler, " 
"The  Deserted  Village,"' and  "Retaliation;"  the  comedies  of  the 
"The  Good'Natured  Man"  and  "She  Stoops  to  Conquer;"  the 
novel  of  "The  Vicar  of  Wakefield;"  his  Histories  of  Greece, 
England  and  Rome;  "Animated  Nature,"  "The  Citizen  of  the 
World,"  and  several  lesser  compositions.  He  numbered  among  his 
friends  Dr.  Samuel  Johnson,  Garrick,  Burke  and  othi-r  eminent 
characters. 


AN  ELEGY  ON  THE  DEATH  OF  A  MAD  DOC. 

BY   OLIVER   (iOLDSMITH. 


OOD  people  all,  of  every  sort. 
Give  ear  unto  my  song, 
And  if  you  find  it  wond"roua  short — 
It  cannot  hold  you  long. 

X  Islington  there  was  a  man, 

Of  whom  the  world  might  say 
Tli:it  still  a  godly  race  he  ran — 
Whene'er  he  went  to  pray. 

KIXI)  and  centle  heart  he  had. 
To  comfort  friends  and  foes; 
The  naked  every  day  he  clad — 
When  he  put  on  his  clothes. 

XD  in  that  town  a  dog  was  found, 
As  many  dogs  there  be, 
Itolti  inougri-1,  puppy,  whelp,  and  hound, 
And  curs  of  low  degree. 


¥ 


HIS  dog  and  man  at  first  were  friends: 
But  when  a  pique  began, 
This  dog,  to  gain  his  private  ends, 
Went  mad,  and  bit  the  man. 


TTROUND  from  all  the  neighboring  streets 
/■''         The  wondering  neighbors  ran, 

And  swore  the  dog  had  lost  his  wits. 
To  bite  so  good  a  man. 


jp 


B 


HE  wound  it  seemed  both  sore  and  sad 
To  every  Christian  eye; 
And  while  they  swore  the  dog  was  mad. 
They  swore  the  man  would  die. 

UT  soon  a  wonder  came  to  light. 

That  showed  the  rogues  they  lied; 
The  man  recovered  of  the  bite — 
The  dog  it  wa8  that  died. 


culekidoe;  theologian,  philosopher  and  poet. 


Author  of  ''The  Rime  of  the  Ancient  Mariner,"  and  Other  Poems. 


returni-'il  to 
enthusiasts, 
from  a  want 
After  a  visit 


^  ESIDES   BEING 
Samuel  Taylo 


,^^^,^ an   eminent    poel, 

3'  ,  j  Samuel  Taylor  Coleridge,  who  was 

'  born  at  Ottery  St.  Mary,  England, 

in   17T2,  was  also  distinguished   as 
a  theologian  and  philosopher.     Edu- 
cated at  Christ's  Hospital,  London, 
and   Jesus    college,  Cambridge,  he 
early  exhibited  a  fondness  for  meta- 
physical studies  and  classical  knowledge. 
During  his   stay  at  Cambridge  he  went  to 
London,  and  enlisted  in  a  cavalry   regiment   under   an 
assumed  name,  but  after  an  absence  of  four  months  was 
his    friends.       With    Southey   and    Lovell,    two  other 
he  projected  a  model  colony  in  the  United  State*,  which, 
of  money  and  other  facilities,  was  never  carried  out. 
to  Germany  for  the  purpose  of  studying  the  language. 


Poems  by  S 


Severed  Friendship. 


G 


■^1^ 


^yAyLAS!  they  had  been  friends  in  youth; 
Lff/\        But  whispering  tongues  can  poison  truth; 
And  constancy  lives  in  realms  above; 
And  life  is  thorny;  and  youth  is  vain; 
And  to  be  wroth  witli  one  we  love. 
Doth  work  like  madness  in  the  brain. 
And  thus  it  chanced,  as  I  divine. 
With  Roland  and  Sir  Leoline. 
Each  spuke  words  of  high  disdain 
And  insult  to  his  benrt's  best  brother: 
They  parted — ne'er  to  meet  again  I 
But  never  either  found  another 
To  free  the  hollow  heart  from  paining — 
They  stood  aloof,  the  scars  remaining. 
Like  cliffs  which  had  been  rent  asunder; 
A  dreary  sea  now  nows  between; 
But  neither  heat,  nor  frost,  nor  thunder, 
Shall  wholly  do  away,  I  ween. 
The  marks  of  that  which  once  hath  been. 


Coleridge  settled  in  the  'Make  district"  of  England.  In  1804  he 
visited  Malta,  and,  in  1810.  went  to  London,  but  soon  afterwards 
took  up  his  residence  at  Highgate,  England,  remaining  there  until 
his  death. 

In  politics,  he  changed  from  a  Republican  to  a  Royalist;  in  relig- 
ion, from  a  Unitarian  to  an  Established  Churchman.  He  was  also 
a  contirmed  opium-eater.  As  a  philosopher  he  was  speculative,  but 
had  no  fully-defined  system.  As  a  writer  he  possessed  a  fine  imagi- 
nation and  an  elegance  of  expression. 

He  died  at  Highgate,  London,  in  1834,  leaving  behind  him  many 
beautiful  poems  and  influential  treatises.  Among  his  principal 
writings  may  bo  named  "  Christabel, "  "The  Rime  of  the  Ancient 
Mariner,"  "Hymn  Before  SunrLse  in  the  Valley  of  Chamouny. " 
"The  Statesman's  Manual,"  "  Literary  Biographies, "  "Aids  to 
Reflection,"  "Table  Talk,"  etc.  He  ranks  among  the  standard 
British  poets. 


Answer  to  a  Child's  Question. 

The  sparrow. 


m0^> 


O  YOU  ask  what  the  birds 

the  dove. 
The   linnet  and  thrush  say    "I  love,  and  I 

love!" 
In    the  winter  they're  silent,   the  wind  is   so 

strong; 
What  it  says  I  don't  know,  but  it  sings  a  loud 

song. 
But   green    leaves,    and   blossoms,    and    sunny 

warm  weather. 
And  singing  and  loving — all  come  back  together. 
But  the  lark  is    so   brimful    of    gladness   and 

love. 
The    green    fields   below    him.    the    blue    sky 

above. 
That  he  sings,  and  he  sings,  and  forever  sings 

he. 
' '  I  love  my  Love,  and  my  Love  loves  me. " 


^ 


4S®a-^ 


> 


^  ^  Kr-.^-'^j 


A 


<£).■• 


266 


AUTHOR   OF    "judge   NOT   THE   LOED   UY    FEEBLE    SENSE. 


11^  ^^\-    4. 

Author  of  "Light  Shining  Out  of  Darkness,"  and  Other  Beautiful  Poems. 


►yiLLIAM  COWPER,  the  son  of  a 
clergyman,  was  born  at  Berk- 
hampstead,  England,  iu  1731. 
After  studying  at  the  West- 
minster school,  it  was  intended 
to  fit  him  for  the  legal  profes- 
sion, but  he  seems  to  have 
acquired  but  little  legal  knowl- 
edge. He  was  afflicted  with 
nervous  weakness  and  constitu- 
tional timidity,  which  made  him 
very  retiring  in  his  disposition; 
and  he  was  obliged  to  resign  a  clerkship  in  the  House  of  Lords  owing 
to  an  agitation  of  mind  that  resulted  in  temporary  insanity,  for  which 


he  was  consigned  to  a  private  lunatic  asylum.  After  a  time  he 
recovered  his  reason,  and  went,  in  1765,  to  reside  with  Rev.  Mr. 
Unwin's  family  at  Huntingdon,  and  after  the  death  of  Mr.  Ui.win 
Cowper  continued  his  residence  with  the  widow  at  Olney  and  Weston, 
England.      She  also  died  in  1796. 

Insanity  again  attacked  him  in  1773.  continuing  until  1778;  and 
from  1794  until  his  death,  which  occurred  at  Dereham.  England,  in 
1800,  he  suffered  from  this  terrible  affliction.  In  his  lucid  hours, 
however,  he  established  his  undying  fame  as  a  standard  British 
poet.  Besides  his  own  principal  poems  of  "The  Task,  "Tiro- 
cinium, ■"  and  minor  poetry,  he  translated  Homer  into  blank  verse 
with  great  fidelitj',  and  also  some  of  Madame  Guyon's  religious 
poems.  His  letters,  also  published,  are  considered  as  elegant 
specimens  of  epistolary  composition. 


I 


-^■^ 


^>V 


Light  Shining  Out  of  Darkness. 

J  BY    WILLIA.M    COWPER. 

^OD  moves  in  a  mysterious  way 
^         His  wonders  to  perform; 
^      lie  plants  His  footsteps  in  the  sea. 
And  rides  upon  the  storm. 


^^ 


^ 


4 


«■ 


EEP  in  unfathomable  mines 
Of  never-failing  skill. 
He  treasures  up  His  bright  designs. 
And  works  His  sovereign  will. 


-(--*• 


E  fearful  saints,fresh  courage  takel 
The  clouds  ye  so  much  dread 
V      Are  big  with  mercy,  and  shall  break 
In  blessings  on  your  head. 


ujaw. 


rUDGE  not  the  Lord  by  feeble  sense 
'         But  trust  him  for  His  grace: 
Behind  a  frowning  providence 
He  hides  a  smiling  face. 

jIS  purposes  will  ripen  fast, 
K         Unfolding  every  hour; 

The  bud  may  have  a  bitter  taste, 
But  sweet  will  be  the  flower. 

)HND  unbelief  is  sure  to  err, 
f         And  scan  His  work  in  vain: 
God  is  His  own  interpreter, 
And  He  will  make  it  plain. 


sra^Bggpy»=M 


A   -^  J>^  J-^  .i^  -i-^  ^   .^  .1^  ^  .i^  .i^  . 


h 


x>3 


^^^ 


Author  ol  "Paradise  Lost"  and  Other  Poems, 


lONDON  was  the  birthplace,  in  1608,  of 
John  Milton,  one  of  the  most  sedate 
of  British  poets.  He  was  educated 
at  St.  Paul's  school  and  Christ's  col- 
lege at  Cambridge,  and  then  spent 
five  years  in  studions  retirement  in 
his  father's  house  at  Horton,  Eng- 
land. It  was  during  this  period  that  he 
produced  his  "Comus,"  "Lycidas," 
and  some  other  poems. 

Going  to  France  in  1638,  he  spent 

fifteen  months  there  and  in  Italy.     On 

his  return  to  England,  he  opened  an 

academy  in  London,  and  took  part  in  the  current  controversies  of  his 

day.     He  was  married  in  1643,  and  within  a  month  his  wife  deserted 


him,  going  home  to  her  parents;  but  a  reconciliation  ensued,  and 
she,  with  her  father  and  brothers,  took  up  her  residence  in  his 
house.  After  her  death  he  married  again,  and  subsequentl)',  huing 
widowed,  he  married  a  third  wife.  His  political  work  on  the  tenure 
of  kings  and  magistrates,  in  which  he  vindicated  the  execution  of 
Charles  I.,  induced  the  council  of  state  to  appoint  him  Latin  secre- 
tary. He  then  published  two  other  political  books,  in  the  writing  of 
which  he  lost  his  eyesight. 

After  the  restoration  of  the  kingly  government  of  England,  he 
spent  the  remainder  of  his  life  in  retirement,  during  which  period 
he  composed  his  "Paradise  Lost."  This  was  published  in  1667, 
and  brought  him  as  a  remuneration  about  $25  for  the  first  edition, 
with  a  promise  of  about  $50  more  if  two  other  editions  should  be 
sold.  Later  in  life  he  produced  his  "  Paradise  Regained, "  "Samson 
Agonistes,  "  and  the  ' '  History  of  Britain. "     He  died  in  1674. 


Poems    by  Milton. 


To  the  Nightingale. 

NIGHTINGALE,  that  on  yon  bloomy  spray 
Warblest  at  eve,  when  all  the  woods  are  still, 
Thou  with  fresh  hope  the  lover's  heart  dost  fill, 

While  the  jolly  hours  lead  on  propitious  May. 

Thy  liquid  notes  that  close  the  eye  of  day, 
First  heard  before  the  shallow  cuckoo's  bill, 
Portend  success  in  love.      Oh,  if  Jove's  will 
Have  linked  that  amorous  power  to  thy  soft  lay. 

Now  timely  sing,  ere  the  rude  bird  of  hate 

Foretell  my  hopeless  doom  in  some  grove  nigh; 
As  thou  from  year  to  year  hast  sung  too  late 

For  my  relief,  yet  hadst  no  reason  why. 
Whether  the  Muse  or  Love  call  thee  his  mate. 
Both  them  I  serve,  and  of  their  train  am  I. 

From  "Comus." 

He  that  has  light  within  his  own  clear  breast 
May  sit  in  the  centre  and  enjoy  bright  day; 
But  he  that  hides  a  dark  soul  and  foul  thoughts 
Benighted  walks  under  the  midday  sun. 


Eve's  Lament  on   Leaving   Paradise. 

UNEXPECTED  stroke,  worse  than  of  death! 
Must  I  thus  leave  thee.  Paradise?  thus  leave 
Thee,  native  soil!  these  happy  walks  and  shades, 
Fit  haunt  of  Gods?  where  I  had  hoped  to  spend, 
Qniet  though  sad,  the  respite  of  that  day 
That  must  be  mortal  to  us  both.      O,  flowers 
That  never  will  in  other  climate  grow. 
My  early  visitation  and  my  last 
At  even,  which  I  bred  up  with  tender  hand 
From  the  first  spring  bud,  and  gave  ye  names! 
Who  now  shall  rear  thee  to  the  sun,  or  rank 
Your  tribes,  and  water  from  the  ambrosial  fount? 
Thee  lastly,  nuptial  bower,   by  me  adorn'd 
By  what  to  sight  or  smell  was  sweet  I  from  thee 
How  shall  I  part,  and  whither  wander  down 
Into  a  lower  world,  to  thig  obscure 
And  wild?     How  shall  we  breathe  In  other  air 
Less  pure,  accustomed  to  immortal  fruits? 


-Paradise  Lost. 


.(7 — 


? 


268 


A    FEW    OF    THE    WELL-KNOWN    ARTISTS. 


Individuals  Distinguished  in  Sculpture,  Painting  and  Pen-Drawing. 


^  HE  distinguished  artist,  Raphael, 
was  a  painter  of  whom  it 
has  been  said  that  "  no 
other  artist  ever  united  with 
his  own  peculiar  excellence 
all  the  other  parts  of  the 
art  in  an  equal  degree  with 
him."  He  was  born  at 
Urbino,  Italy,  in  1483,  and 
was  the  son  of  a  painter, 
who  afforded  him  facilities 
for  ac(iuiring  an  art  educa- 
tion, and  Raphael  improved 
his  original  style  of  paint- 
ing by  studying  the  works 
of  Da  Vinci  and  Michael 
Angelo.  At  the  age  of 
twenty-five  he  was  invited  by  Pope  Julius  II.  to  go  to  Rome  and 
embellish  the  papal  edifice.  Nine  years  were  spent  in  adorning 
three  apartments  with  lii.s  pencil,  and  some  of  his  finest  work  was 
there  performed,  notably  "The  School  of  Athens."  He  was  an 
industrious  artist,  and  produced  many  paintings.  Among  these 
were  numerous  pictures  of  the  Virgin  Mary,  "The  Marriage  of  the 
Virgin,"  "The  Agony  in  the  Garden,"  "The  Dispute  of  the  Sacra- 
ment," "  Attila  Terrified  by  a  Celestial  Vision,"  "St.  Peter  Delivered 
from  Prison,"  "The  Death  of  Ananias,  '  "The  Conversion  of  St. 
Paul,"  and  manyother  scrii)tural  scenes.  Kaphacl  was  also  an  arch- 
itect, superintended  a  part  of  the  works  at  St.  Peter's  church  in 
Rome  and  designed  several  splendid  edifices.  He  was  likewise  a 
sculptor  and  a  poet.  He  died  ul  Kume  in  l.VJO.  His  real  name  was 
Sanzio. 

MICHAEL  ANGELO  BUONAROTTI. 

Vy/HE   brilliantly  pre-eminent   painter,  Michael  Angelo,  was   also 

noted  as  a  sculptor,  an  architect,  and  a  poet.     He  was  born  at 

\,    Are/.zo,  Italy,  in   1474.     His  family  were  poor,  but  noble,  and 

he  was  brought  np  in  a  village  that  boasted  many  carvers  and  scnl])- 

lors   in  stone.      One  (Jhirlimilaio  was    his    inslruelor  in    the   art   of 


painting.  While  amusing  himself  by  modeling  in  clay  the  antique 
statues  in  the  garden  of  Lorenzo  de  Medicis,  one  of  these  attracted 
the  attention  and  procured  him  the  patronage  of  de  Medicis,  who 
received  him  into  his  own  family.  One  of  his  notable  productions 
at  this  time  was  an  admirable  has  relief  of  "  The  Battle  of  the  Cen- 
taurs. "  De  Medicis  dying,  Angelo  continued  his  art-career  at 
Bologna  and  afterwards  at  Florence,  Italy.  In  the  latter  city  he 
sculptured  his  "  David  and  Goliath,"  and  painted  a  battle-scene  for 
the  ducal  palace.  His  reputation  was  then  so  great  that  Pope  Julius 
II.  invited  him  to  Rome,  and  it  was  there  he  produced  some  choice 
works  in  sculpture  and  painting,  including  the  statue  of  Moses,  the 
picture  of  the  Holy  Family,  and  his  cartoon  of  the  war  of  Pisa. 
At  a  later  date  he  cast  a  statue  of  the  pope  in  bronze,  and  painted 
the  dome  of  the  Sistine  chapel,  a  work  that  occupied  him  for  twenty 
months;  still  later  he  added  to  the  riches  of  this  chapel  his  compo- 
sition of  the  "Last  Judgment."  Under  the  reign  of  Pope  Leo  X. 
he  was  engaged  in  opening  marble  quarries  and  constructing  roads. 
Under  Pope  Adrian  VI.  he  was  chiefly  occupied  with  the  monument 
of  Julius  H.  During  their  brief  struggle  for  liberty  the  Florentines 
chose  him  engineer  and  superintendent  of  their  fortificaticnis,  an 
office  in  which  he  achieved  honorable  success.  When  peace  wa? 
restored.  Pope  Clement  VII.  called  him  again  to  Rome  and  intrusted 
to  him  as  an  architect  the  task  of  carrying  on  the  work  of  building 
St.  Peter's  church.  For  seventeen  years  he  labored  to  make  that 
structure  one  of  the  wonders  of  the  world.  During  this  same 
period  he  executed  numerous  other  works,  among  which  was  the 
building  of  the  Farncse  palace;  constructing  another  palace  on  the 
Capitoline  hill  and  adorning  the  hill  with  antique  statues;  making  a 
fliglit  of  steps  to  the  church  of  the  convent  of  Ara  Cieli;  rebuilding 
a  bridge  across  the  river  Tiber,  ami  converting  the  baths  of  Diode 
tian  into  the  magnificent  church  of  Sta.  Maria  degli  Angeli.  For  all 
his  care  and  labor  on  St.  Peter's  church  Angelo  would  accept  no 
remuneration.  As  a  poet  his  sonnets  are  considered  among  the 
noblest  of  that  species  of  verse,  and  it  is  stated  that  he  was  familiar 
with  oualomy  and  the  science  of  mechanics.  As  an  artist  it  is 
probable  that  he  has  never  been  surpassed.  In  February,  1503, 
at  Uiuue,  he  was  attacked  by  a  slow  fever  and  died  in  a  few  days. 
His  remains  were  interred  at  Florence. 


A. 


IIOGAKTH. 


269 


J-Sj/OTTra^- 


g^^-aTSln-v 


— i«jilCi2/S-^-' 


Hogarth.    The  Peales.    Paul  Rembrandt. 


s--'.-«."."  -veflj2j2/©-^^ 


HIS  ]);iinti'r  of  scenes   in   human   life, 
William  Hogarth,  was  l)<)rn  in  London, 
in  1097,  and  from  childhood  exhibited 
a  fondness  for  drawing.     At  an  early 
age  he  was  apprenticed  to  a  eilver- 
l)late  engraver,  and  having  served  out 
his  time,  he  began  life  as  a  copper- 
plate    engraver    for    the    book-pub- 
lishers.     Led  to  try  his  hand  at  painting, 
lie  pro-      ^|&« 
d  u  c  c  d, 
among 

his  first  works,  a  series  of  illustra- 
tions of  Butler's  "  Hudibras,"  from 

which  he  engraved  plates.     He  also 

painted  portraits  with  considerable 

success,  and  in  this  manner  earned 

his  subsistence.    In  1730  he  married, 

without  the  consent  of  her  father,  the 

daughter  of  Sir  James  Thornhill,  and 

a  reconciliation  was  not  effected  be- 
tween them  until  Hogarth's  fame  was 

established    by    his    production    of 

"The  Harlot's  Progress,'.'  in    1733. 

Hogarth  continued  to  maintain  his 

popularity  by  a  succession  of  those 

admirable    pictures    and  engravings 

which  are  now  so  extensively  known 

as  his  masterpieces.  He  also  pro- 
duced several  pictures  of  a  differ- 
ent    class,    which     were     severely 

criticised,    and    have    not    obtained 

great  celebrity.      These  include   bis 

•'Paul     Before     Felix,"     "Danae," 

*'The  Pool  of  Bethesda,"  and  "Sig- 

ismunda    Weeping.''      In    1753    he 

produced  his  "Analysis  of  Beauty," 

an    ingenious    work,    in    which    he 

argued  that  a  curved    line,  similar 

to  the  lette&  S,   is  the  true   line  of 

beauty.    The  book  was  received  with 

ridicule  by  bis  contemporaries.     In 

1757  he  became  a"serjeant-palnter" 

to  the  king.      According    to    some 

authorities  bis  death  occurred  on  the  26tli  of  October,  1764. 


Pennsylvania  State  legislature.     About  1785  be   founded   the  well- 
known  "  Peale's  Museum  "  at  Philadelphia,  by  gathering  a  coUection- 
of  curiosities  and  lecturing  on  natural    history.      He   also  aided  in 
establishing  the  Pennsylvania  Academy  of  Fine  Arts.      He  died  at 
Philadelphia  in  18^7. 

The  second  son  of  Charles  W.  Peale,  Kembbandt,  was  bom  in 
Bucks  county,  Penn. ,  in  1778.  In  179G  he  began  his  career  as  a 
portrait-painter  at  C'harlei*ton,  S.  C.  About  1801  he  went  to  Eng- 
land and  studied  art,  under  West,  for  three  or  four  years,  and  after- 
^^pyp.  wards  spent  several  years  in  Paris, 
returning  to  Philadelphia  in  1809. 
While  the  painting  of  portraits  en- 
grossed most  of  his  time,  he  found 
opportunities  for  producing  his  two 
historical  pictures  of  "The  Court  of 
Death"  and  "The  Roman  Daughter," 
which  have  acquired  considerable 
celebrity,  especially  the  former,  cov- 
ering a  canvas  twenty-four  feet  in 
length  by  thirteen  feet  in  width, 
which  was  exhibited  in  many  sec- 
tions of  this  country  and  reproduced 
as  a  colored  lithograph.  Mr.  Peale 
died  at  Philadelphia,  where  he  resided 
lifter  his  return  from  Europe  in  18(50. 


William 

Authoi-  of  the  Work  Entitk 


THE  PEALES. 

UCCESSIVELY  a  saddk-r,  harness-maker,  silversmith,  watch- 
maker, carver,  portrait-painter,  naturalist,  machinist,  dentist  and 
showman,  Charles  Wilson  Peale  has  a  place  among  eminent 
Americans.  He  was  born  at  Chesterton,  Md. ,  in  1741;  studied  art 
in  America  and  England,  under  Hesselius.  a  German  painter,  Copley 
and  West,  and  at  Annapolis,  Md.,  and  Philadelphia  became  quite 
distinguished  as  a  portrait-painter.  Among  his  art-enterprises  was 
a  series  of  national  portraits,  with  several  of  Washington.  In  the 
revolutionary  battles  of  Trenton  and  Germantown,  he  was  in  com- 
mand of  a  company  of  volunteers.     He  was  also  a  member  of  the 


PAUL  H.  REMBRANDT  VAN  RYN. 

N  ARTIST,  whose  real  name  was 
Gerretz,  but  who  is  best  known 
as  Paul  Rembrandt,  was  born  in 
a  windmill  on  the  banks  of  the  river 
Rhine,  nearLeyden,  Holland,  in  1607, 
and  studied  the  art  of  painting  under 
several  masters.  He  settled  at  Am- 
sterdam, and  so  skillful,  original  and 
successful  did  he  prove  in  his  profes- 
sion and  in  teaching  art,  that  he  be- 
came celebrated  and  acquired  great 
wealth.  His  first  distinguished  work 
was  his  mother's  portrait.  Twice 
he  married,  having  by  his  first  wife 
four  children,  none  of  whom  outlived 
him.  His  second  marriage  involved 
him  in  pecuniary  difficulties  which  reduced  him  to  poverty.  Per- 
sonally he  is  described  as  indulging  in  low  habits,  and  so  avaricious 
as  to  descend  to  the  meanest  tricks  in  order  to  make  money.  The 
catalogue  of  his  paintings  includes  640,  valued  at  from  $500  to 
$30,000.  Among  the  best  of  his  productions  are  rated  his"Staal- 
meesters,"  "  The  Ship  Builder  and  his  Wife,"  "  The  Jew  Merchant," 
"The  Night  Watch,"  "The  Duke  of  Gueldres  Threatening  his 
Father,"  "Moses  Destroying:  the  Tables  of  the  Law,"  "The  Sacrifice 
of  Abraham,"  "The  Woman  Taken  in  Adultery,"  "The  Descent 
from  the  Cross,"  "The  Nativity,"  "Christ  in  the  Garden  with 
Mary  Magdalene,"  and  "The  Adoration  of  the  Magi."  He  died  at 
Amsterdam  in  1669.  An  account  of  his  life  was  given  in  French  by 
C.  Vosmaer. 


Hogarth, 

d  ' '  Tin-  Analysis  of  Beauty, 


15:^ 


■^V- 


270 


PORTRAITS    OF    ALBERT    BIERSTADT   AND    GEORGE    CRUIKSHANK. 


Bierstadt.    Gilbert  Stuart.    George  Cruikshank. 


^^m^sm  W5^#:{:-' 


LTIIOUGH  America  claims  the  popular 
artist,  Albert  Bierstadt,  Germany  has 
the  honor  of  his  birth,  for  he  was  wel- 
comed   into      (TVij; 


the  world  at 
Dusteldorf  in 
1829,  about 
two  years  be- 
fore his  family 
removed  to  Massachu- 
setts, Albert's  youth 
and  early  manhood  having 
been  passed  at  New  Bed- 
ford. At  the  age  of  about 
twenty-tuo  years  he  began 
to  paint  i>ort raits  in  oil 
colors.  In  1853  he  visited 
Europe  and  studied  art  at 
Dusseldorf  and  Rome,  making 
sketching  tours  into  Germany 
and  Switzerland  during  the 
summer  months.  In  1857  he 
returned  to  America,    and  in 


Albert  Bierstadt 


began  painting  portraits  at  Newport.  Removing  from  that  place  he 
went  first  to  Boston,  then  to  New  York,  and  in  1778  to  London,  where 
for  about  two  years  he  met  with  but  little  success  and  suffered  from 
poverty.  Making  the  acquaintance  of  Ben- 
jamin West,  the  great  painter,  who  took  him 
into  his  family  and  instructed  him  in  his 
art,  Stuart  began  again,  in  1781,  to  practice 
his  profession  on  his  own  account,  and  soon 
rose  to  eminence  as  a  portrait-painter  and 
achieved  a  high  reputation  both  in  England 
and  Ireland.  After  sojourning  in  Dublin  and 
Paris  for  a  time,  he  returned  to  America 
in  1793.  At  Philadelphia  he  painted,  after 
one  ineffectual  attempt,  his  well-known 
portrait  of  Washington,  the  original  study 
of  which,  together  with  the  head  of  Martha 
Washington,  is  now  in  the  possession  of  the 
BostonAthrnoeum.  This  painting  of  Wash- 
ington by  Stuart  has,  from  the  first,  been 
regarded  as  a  standard  likeness  and  has  been 
the  model  for  many  copyists.  Subsequently 
he  practiced  his  art  at  Washington,  and  in 
1806  he  settled  at  Boston,  where  he  re- 
mained until  his  death  in  July,  1828.      As 


1858  accompanied  General 

Lander,  of  the  United  States  army,  in   an   expedition  to  survey  and    i    a   delineator  of  human  flesh-tints  he  was  unsurpassed,  and  on  the 
construct  a  wagon-road  to  the  Pacific  coast.     During  this  and  later    1    whole  rivaled  the  best  of  his  English  contemporaries, 
visits  to  the  Rocky  mountains   and    gtX*  ^3CC^ 

other  romantic  scenery  of  the  "New 


West,"  he  gathered  the  necessary 
"■  inspiration "'  for  his  celebrated 
paintings  of  *'  The  Yoscmite," 
"Storm  in  the  Rocky  Mountains," 
"Laramie,"  "Mount  Hood,"  and 
others,  including  "Lander's  Peak" 
in  the  Rocky  mountains,  which  has 
been  publicly  exhibited  in  the  United 
States  and  Europe.  For  several  of 
his  paintings  he  has  received  highly 
remunerative  prices,  and  in  recog- 
nition of  his  merits  as  an  artist 
the  Acjidemy  of  Fine  Arts  at  St. 
Petersburg,  Russia,  in  1871,  con- 
ferred upon  him  a  membership. 


GILBERT  CHARLES  STUART. 
ESCRIBED  as  not  only  one  of 
the  fir.^t  painters  of  his  lime, 
but  also  a  very  extraordinary 
man  out  of  his  profession,  Gilbert 
C  Stuart  was  born  at  Narragansett, 
R.  I. ,  in  1756.  When  about  eighteen 
years  of  age  he  accompanied  his  first 
instructor  in  the  art  of  painting,  a 
Srotchman  mimed  Alexander,  to 
Kflinburgh.       Ilin   master  died,  and 


George  Cruikshank. 


GEORGE  CRUIKSHANK. 

HE  mind  of  the  educated  reader 
always  reverts  to  the  individual 
bearing  this  name  with  interest 
and  pleasure,  for  few  artists,  includ- 
ing William  Hogarth,  ever  more 
deftly  depicted  the  social  follies  of 
his  times,  or  more  pointedly  excited 
mirthfulness  by  the  creations  of  his 
pencil.  It  is  not  the  events  of  his 
quiet  life  that  awaken  our  admira- 
tion, but  the  display  of  his  genius  in 
seizing  and  illustrating  his  own 
ideas  and  those  of  others,  appealing 
at  once  to  our  better  natures  or  our 
sense  of  the  ludicrous,  as  occasion 
demands.  When  he  burlesqued  the 
monument  to  Napoleon  by  repre- 
senting the  skeleton  of  that  anibi- 
ti(ms  warrior  standing  with  folded 
arms  upon  a  hilloi-k  of  human  skulls, 
ghastly  as  the  jiicture  necessarily 
was.  its  appro])riateness  and  justice 
instantly  struck  the  beholder.  When 
he  published  his  series  of  cartoons, 
entitled  "The  Bottle,"  showing  the 
drunkard's  career  from  the  first  glass 


of  ardent  spirits  to  his  execution  at 
Stuart  worked  his  passage  home  to  America  as  a  common  sailor,  and    |    Newgate,  he  preached  u  temperance   discourse  more  effective   than 


:&> — 


~^V- 


-"r 


ELECTION    FOR    BEADLE:    ONE    OF    GEOKGE    CKUIKSIIANK  S    CAIJTOONS. 


'Mi 


the  eloquence  of  Goiigh.  This  was  hi.s  mission,  to  gratify  the 
senses  anil  reform  the  morals  of  the  public  with  his  pencil,  as 
Dickens  did  with  his  pen,  brimming  deserved  contempt  upon  human 
meanness,  and  elevating  art  to  its  proper  position. 

Cruikshank  was  a  native  of  London,  of  true  English  birth,  and 
entered  upon  the  stage  of  existence  September  27,  1792.  He  came 
legitimately  by  his  talent  for  drawing,  his  father  and  elder  brother 
being  engravers  and  sometimes  designers  of  caricatures.  George 
also  manifested,  at  an  early  age,  a  fondness  for  dramatic  perform- 
ance, and,  it  is  said,  appeared  several  times  upon  the  stage  while  in 
his  youtli.  The  talent 
Ihu?  developed  re- 
mained with  him  long 
after  he  had  attained 
eminence  as  an  artist, 
and  was,  on  a  few  oc- 
casions, manifested  in 
notable  amateur  theat- 
ricals under  the  man- 
agement of  Dickens. 
As  a  designer  he  first 
applied  himself  to 
illustrating  song-books 
and  books  for  children. 
Owing  to  adverse  cir- 
cumstances he  was  pre- 
vented from  becoming 
a  student  at  the  Royal 
academy,  to  which  he 
afterwards,  however, 
made  several  contribu- 
tions of  his  art  pro- 
ductions. As  the 
co-publisher  of  two 
monthly  magazines  — 
the  Meteor  and  the 
Scourge  —  he  found 
ample  scope  as  an 
illustrator  of  current 
political  and  social 
themes,  ardently  em- 
bracing the  principles 
of  the  liberal  party 
of  his  day.  In  this 
field  he  won  consid- 
erable distinction  by 
his  designs.  He  was 
now  busily  engaged, 
and  for  about  thirty 
years  prior  to  1855  he 
worked  industriously 
and  successfully  in  his 
profession,  adding 
greatly  to  the  value  of 
the  publications  of  other  authors  by  his  own  creations.  The  list 
includes  histories,  novels,  poems,  periodicals,  and  almanacs,  besides 
his  own  Omnibus^  a  serial,  for  which  Laman  Blanchard  wrote 
extensively,  Cruikshank  enriching  it  with  his  engravings.  "The 
Bottle"  was  very  popular,  was  dramatized,  and  occupied  the  stages 
of  no  less  than  eight  theaters  in  the  metropolis  at  the  same  time. 
Cruikshank  also  sketched  other  but  smaller  cartoons,  with  the  signifi- 
cant titles  of  the  '* Gin-Shop,"  the  "  Gin- Juggernaut, "  etc.,  with  a 
moral  bias.  He  was  also  a  temperance  reformer,  an  advocate  of  total 
abstinence  in  his  public  addresses  and  writings.  In  his  later  years 
he  devoted  himself  to  the  production  of  oil-paintings,  with  charac- 


teristic skill  and  success.  He  died  in  1878.  Ilin  designs  are  num- 
bered by  thousands,  and  have  ever  been  highly  valued  by  an  appre- 
ciative public.  A  copy  of  his  "Election  for  Beadle"  is  given  on 
this  page,  illustrating  a  humorous  sketch  by  Dickens  in  one  of  his 
earlier  volumes,  which  very  fairly  indicates  his  sense  of  the  humor- 
ous, but  not  so  broadly  as  in  many  other  instances.  For  the 
information  of  American  readers  It  may  be  well  to  explain  that  the 
election  of  a  beadle  was  a  local  event  of  considerable  importance  in 
many  parishes  of  England.  The  duties  of  the  beadle,  however,  were 
not  of  a  high  order,    but  various,   embracing   the   preservation   of 

order  during  church 
services,  the  chastise- 
ment of  petty  offend- 
ers, etc. 


Election   for   Beadle. 

By  George  Cruikshank;   frum  a  Humorous  Sketch  by  Charles  Dickens. 


PETER   P.  RUBENS. 

Vyj  HE  arti.-t,  f'et.-r 
Paul  Rubens,  was 
\  born  at  Siegen, 
Germany,  in  1577. 
His  father  died  in  1587, 
and  the  following  year 
Rubens  went  to  Ant- 
werp, Belgium,  with 
his  mother,  and  became 
the  page  of  the  count- 
ess of  Salaing.  Xot 
long  afterwards  he  re- 
linquished this  posi- 
tion in  order  to  study 
art  under  competent 
masters,  and  then  went 
to  Italy  to  obtain  an 
acquaintance  with  the 
works  of  the  great 
artists  who  had  pre- 
ceded him.  Halting  at 
Venice,  he  found  a 
friend  in  the  duke  of 
Mantua,  who  attached 
him  to  his  court,  and 
enabled  him  to  reside 
in  Rome.  After  visit- 
ing Milan  and  Genoa, 
he  was  invited  to  return 
to  the  Netherlands  by 
Archduke  Albert  and 
the  Infanta  Isabella, 
who  honored  him  with 
office  and  a  pension. 
Rubens  then  settled  at 
Antwerp,  and  rose  to 
the  highest  eminence 
as  a  painter.  In  1G20, 
at  the  request  of  Mary  of  Medicis,  he  embellished  the  Luxemburg 
gallery  with  a  series  of  pictures,  and  in  1628  Isabella  dispatched  him 
to  Madrid,  Spain,  on  a  political  mission.  Here  he  executed  several 
fine  works,  for  which  he  was  knighted  and  appointed  a  gentleman  of 
the  royal  bed-chamber.  The  following  year  he  was  sent  on  an  embassy 
to  England,  and,  at  Whitehall,  painted  *'  The  Apotheosis  of  James 
I."  and  other  pieces,  receiving  a  gold-chain  and  the  title  of  knight 
from  Charles  I.  In  1626  he  lost  his  wife,  whose  portrait  he  fre- 
quently introduced  into  his  paintings.  In  1630  he  married  Helen 
Forman,  at  Antwerp.  In  1633  he  was  sent  again  as  an  embassador  to 
Holland.    His  paintings  numbered  1,800.    He  died  at  Antwerp  in  1640. 


:C^ — 


272 


I'KOMINEXT    PAINTERS    AND    SCULPTOIiS. 


(&■■ 


-V'\/Vi  ■     ^        'h-^?      ■       .'\/\/V^— 


-  ~\a££j2;©^«„iU£^- 


Hubert  Herkomer.    Phidias.    August  Kiss. 


— wvyV        ^  ^ 


-^'x££j2j2/©^^ 


^p^  [IE  father  of  Tliibert  Herkomer,  a  painter 
of  scenes  in  social  life,  whom  England 
has  honored  for  his  talents,  and  whom 
art-critics  extol,  was  a  native  of  Bavaria, 
in  which  country  Hubert  was  born  in 
1849.  About  two  years  later  the  family 
removed  to  the  United  State?,  remaining 
here  six  years.  His  father  was  a  wood- 
carver  by  trade,  and  believing  that  Eng- 
land offered  a  better  field  for  his  talen(i>, 
the  family  emigrated  to  that  country. 
Hubert  was  not  a  rugged  child.  He  was  sent  to  the  art-school  of 
Southampton  at  the  age  of 
thirteen,  where  he  won  a 
medal  the  first  year  for  his 
improvement.  Then  fol- 
lowed a  five  months' 
sojourn  at  Munich,  where 
the  father  was  temporarily 
employed  in  his  own  art. 
Returning  to  England, 
Hubert  resumed  his  studies 
in  art  in  South  Kensington, 
and  then  went  to  South- 
ampton. At  the  latter 
place  he  assisted  in  organ- 
izing a  life-school  and  an 
exhibition  of  the  works  of 
young  artists  in  that 
locality,  and  sold  his  first 
painting.  In  18G9  he  ex- 
hibited his  pictures  for  the 
first  time  in  London,  in 
which  metropolis  he  estal>- 
lished  himself  as  an  artist. 
From  that  period  he  con- 
tinued to  paint  pictures, 
win  fame  and  prosper.  In 
1879  lie  btrcame  an  asso- 
ciate of  ttie  Royal  academy, 
and  is  now  a  member  of 
several  of  the  distin- 
gui.'^hed  art  societies  on  the 
continent  of  Europe.  His 
paintings,  which  are  nu- 
merous, arc  studies  of 
human  nature  in  military 
and  Hocial  life,  as  will  be 
observed  by  sonic  of  their 
titles:  *' Reading  War- 
news,"  "The  Last 
MuHtcr,"  *'At  the  Well," 
-Life,  Light  and  Melody" 

In  Bavarian   village   scene),   portraits   of   Richard   Wagner,   Alfred 
Tennyson,  and  other  celebrated  characters.      "  The  Last  Muster  "  ;ii< 


pears  to  have  best  satisfied  the  public  sentiment  and  has  become  very 
popular.  "Eventide,"  on  the  opposite  page,  representing  the  vari- 
ous avocations  in  which  old  ladies  are  wont  to  engage  in  the  decline 
of  life,  is  also  a  fine  illustration  of  his  skill. 


PHIDIAS. 

THE  ancient  artist  Phidias,  around  whose  life  a  good  deal  of 
obscurity  is  thrown,  was  born  at  Athens,  Greece,  it  is  supposed, 
about  490  or  488  years  before  Christ.  Statements  vary  as  to  his 
instructors,  and  in  this  connection  Hippias,  Eladus  and  Hegesias  are 
mentioned.  Pericles,  It  is  said,  made  him  general  director  of  all  the 
great  art-works  in  Athens.      Among  the  productions  attributed  to 

him  are  nine  statues  of 
Minerva;  a  bronze  statue, 
fifty  or  sixty  feet  high 
of  Athena  Promachos, 
erected  in  the  Acropolis  at 
Athens;  the  colossal  gold 
and  ivory  statue  of  Athena 
in  the  Parthenon,  the  gold 
in  which  is  estimated  at 
about  $50,000;  the  colossal 
statue  of  Jupiter,  nearly 
sixty  feet  high,  represent- 
ing the  god  as  seated  on  a 
throne  of  cedar- wood,  hold- 
ing in  one  hand  a  statue 
of  Victory  made  of  ivory 
and  gold,  and  in  the  other 
a  sceptsr,  while  his  feet 
rested  upon  a  foot-stool, 
which  with  the  throne  and 
its  base  was  richly  orna- 
mented with  ivory,  gold 
and  gems,  paintings,  sculp- 
tures of  precious  metals, 
etc.  ;  and  he  also  executed 
statues  for  deities  at  Athens 
and  other  cities  of  Greece. 
He  died  about  432  years 
before  Christ. 


Hubert  Herkomer^ 

Engli-sh  Portrait-Painter;  Dlstinj^iiiHliecl  for  .Su|»ei'ior  Portraituro 
vi  Human  Nature. 


AUGUST  KISS. 

NATIVE  of  Silesia  of 
Prussia,  August  Kiss 
was  born  near  Pless  in 
1802,  and  was  first  educated 
at  (ileiwitz,  at   the  age  of 
twenty  years  becoming  an 
art-i)upil  (tf  Ranch,   at  the 
academy   of    Berlin.      His 
genius  was  first   exercised 
in  the   production  of  bas- 
reliefs  for  churches  and  other  edifices,  and  groups  of  nymphs  and 
tritons  for  gardens,  fountains,  etc.      His  principal  after-works  were 


:(> — 


QUIET   DAYS    IN    THE    OLD    LADIES     HOME. 


the  stfttnary  of  "  Tlio  Amazon  and  the  TiKcr,"  "St.  George  and 
the  Dragon,"  "  Frederick  the  Great,"  **  St.  Michael  overthrowing  the 
Dragon,"  and  a  tiger's  head  killing  a  serpent,  done  in  bronze.  Kiss 
died  in  1865. 


THOMAS  CRAWFORD. 

Yy^nE  sculptor,  Thomas  ('lawfdrd,   remarkable   for  the  nnniber  and 

excellence  of  his  works,  including  statuary  for  public  edifices  and 

\   other  resorts,  was  born  in  New  York  in  1H14.     His  first  art-labor 

was  wood-carving.     When  nineteen  years  old  he  devoted  himself  for 

two  years  to  monumental  design  in  a  studio  in  his  native  city,  and 


married,  and  rctiirricd  to  Rome  the  next  year  with  numerous  orders 
for  the  exercise  of  his  {.genius  and  skill.  Two  other  visits  to  the 
United  States  were  made  in  1849  and  185(J.  At  the  latter  date  a 
painful  disorder  of  the  brain,  originating  in  a  cancerous  tumor, 
incapacitated  him  for  further  work.  His  family  returned  to  Home, 
and  he  was  removed  to  Paris  and  London,  unsuccessfully  seeking 
relief  in  medical  treatment.  He  died  in  the  latter  city  in  1857. 
Among  his  many  prominent  productions  are  the  monument  erected 
to  the  memory  of  Washington  by  the  State  of  Virginia;  the  bronze 
statue  of  Beethoven  in  the  Boston  Music  hall ;  the  colossal  equestrian 
statue  of  Washington,  twenty-five  feet  hiirh,  at  Richmond,  Va.  :   the 


llllilllllHlllllilllilllll 


i^' 


n  I 


•A. 


By  H.    Herkomer,  A.   It.   A. 


*'  EVENTIDE," 

From  the  Pie-ture  Exhibited  at  the  lloyal  Academy  in  1878. 


while  there  produced  busts  of  Chief  Justice  Marshall  and  other  per- 
sons. At  the  end  of  that  time  he  went  to  Italy  and  studied  and  worked 
withThorwaldsen,  the  famous  sculptor,  for  several  years,  barely  being 
able  to  support  himself,  yet  industriously  pursuing  his  art.  The 
fame  of  his  stJitue  of  "Orpheus"  having  reached  his  native  land,  a 
copy  was  subscribed  for  at  the  instance  of  Charles  Sumner.  Its 
reception  in  Boston  was  an  epoch  in  the  artist's  life.  He  was  now 
enabled  to  fit  up  studios  of  his  own,  and  to  give  attention  to  his  ideal 
creations  as  well  as  the  production  of  busts;  his  rooms  were  the 
resort  of  visitors,  and  fortune  followed  the  fame  growing  out  of  the 
striking  originality  of  his  sculptures.     He  visited  America  in  1844, 


statue  of  "  Armed  Liberty"  for  the  dome  of  the  United  States  capi- 
tol  at  Washington,  the  bronze  doors,  with  other  statuary  and  designs 
for  the  same  edifice;  statuary  in  Central  park  at  New  York,  in  the 
Boston  Athenffium,  in  the  chapel  at  Mt.  Auburn,  and  elsewhere; 
statues  of  Henry  Clay,  Channing,  Allston,  Josiah  Quincy,  sr.  ;  several 
mythological  sculptures,  and  scriptural  groups  of  statuary.  In  all 
Crawford  finished  over  sixty  works,  many  of  them  being  of  immense 
size,  particularly  the  bronze  statue  of  Washington,  twenty-five  feet 
in  height,  cast  under  his  supervision  in  Munich,  which  is  now  in 
Richmond,  where  it  arrived  in  1858.  He  left,  also,  about  fifty 
designs  of  various  kinds  in  plaster. 


■;Cix— 


1^ 


t>: 


-<)■ 


274 


POETRAIT   OF   BKITON    KEVIERK. 


Briton  Reviere.  A.  H.  A. 


One  of  a  Family  of  Distinguished  Painters. 


RITON  RE^^ERE,  who  was  bom  in  London,  August  14, 

1840,    is    a    descendant   from   a    race  of    painters,    his 

ir  r  a  n  d  - 

lather, 

;         ;       Mr.    D. 

;  .;.\       V.    Re- 

"1^       viere, 

^         being 

an  exhibitor  of  rare 

paintings  in  water 

colors  at  the  Royal 

academy.    William 

Reviere,   father   of 

Mr.  Briton  Reviere, 

was  at  the  head  of 

the  drawing-school 

at  Cheltenham  col- 
lege,   and    it    was* 

through  his  energy 

and   zeal    that   art 

was  introduced  intf) 

the  curriculum   at 

Oxford.     Thus  the 

father  was  one   of 

the    best    of      in- 
structors to  his  son 

Briton,  the  subject 

of  this  sketch,  who 

studied       drawing 

and  painting  from 

early       childhood; 

first  for  nine  years 

at  Cheltenham  and 

afterwards   at  Ox- 
ford,   from    which 

university  he  grad- 
uated as  a  B    A.  in 

1867,  and  later  as 

M.  A.      in      1873. 

This  possession  of 

a  liberal  education, 

however,    did    not 

wean    him    in   the 

least       from      his 

chosen      field      of 

labor,  which  he  had 

prominently 

entered  as  far  back 

as   1858,   when,   in 

his  eighteenth  year, 

he  exhibited  at  tli.- 

Royal     academy  ^'l 

pictures       entitled  BRITON 

*'  Rest  from  Labor,"  "  Sheep  on  the  Cotswolds,"  and  "  On  the  Road 

to  GlonceMter  Fair."      lu  1800  his  work  began  to  obtain  recognition, 

and  in  the  following  year  bin  painting  entitled  "  Tlie  I.cmt^  Slcfji.' 


hung  at  the  oil  exhibition  of  the  Dudley,  won  for  him  a  large  amount 
of  public  approbation.      This  painting  represented  an   old  man  as 

[^  having  died  sitting 
'  1  his  chair,  at- 
*'  tended  by  his  two 
faithful  dogs,  who 
evidently  divined, 
as  they  looked  with 
wondering  gaze 
into  the  face  of 
their  dead  master, 
that  all  was  not 
right.  At  the  Royal 
academy,  in  1869, 
the  attention  of 
visitors  was  par- 
ticularly attracted 
to  a  painting  en- 
titled "Prisoners," 
a  pathetic  scene 
representing  a  dog 
and  his  master 
enduring  misfor- 
tune together,  the 
expression  of  each 
indicating  the  bond 
of  sympathy  be- 
tween them.  At 
the  international 
exhibition  at 
Vienna,  Mr. 
Reviere  w  a  s 
awarded  a  medal 
for  his  painting, 
"Charity,"  a  touch- 
ing scene  repre- 
senting an  outcast 
child  on  the  street 
door-step  sharing 
her  last  crust  with 
two  outcast  dogs. 
This  artist  has 
painted  several 
other  greatly- 
admired  pictures 
which  pertain  to 
the  pathetic  and 
are  true  to  life. 
This  is  mentioned 
lo  show  the  versa- 
t  i  1  i  t  y  of  Mr. 
^i'C  Reviere, whoseems 
REVIERE.  equally  at  home  in 

other  fu-lds  of  the  art,  as  shown  in  the  engraving  on  the  opposite 
liage,  representhig  "A  Stern  Chase  is  Always  a  Long  Cliase."  His 
broad  and  liberal  culture  has  greatly  aided  him  in  hi.M  rirorts. 


tilCLKISHNE.SS    AMdNG    TlIK    IJUCKS. 


275 


«3  Thomas  ColeJ 


American  Landscape  Painter,  and  Famous  Designer  of  Ideal  Pictures. 


Stein,  resolved   to  become  a  painter, 


nOMAS  COLE,  the  American  painter, 
was  born  at  Bolton-le-Monr.s, 
in  England,  February  1,  1801. 
Aside  from  being  possessed  of 
large  love  of  the  poetic  and 
the  romantic  in  scenery,  he 
exhibited  in  his  youth  an  apti- 
tude for  making  designs  for  a 
print  factory  and  for  engravers. 
His  father  having  emigrated  to 
America  and  settled  at  Steu- 
benville,  Ohio,  it  was  there 
that  young  Cole,  having  met 
a  portrait  -  painter  named 
After  a  time  of  practice,  in 


York,  the  spring  of  1825  found  him  with  a  studio  in  his  father's 
garret  in  that  city,  from  which  he  sallied  forth  from  time  to 
time  to  paint  various  landscape  views  along  the  Hudson,  promi- 
nent among  which  were  several  paintings  of  the  Catskills,  which, 
being  exhibited,  made  him  reputation  and  brought  him  many  com- 
missions. Among  the  sketches  which  he  afterwards  made  were 
views  of  the  Niagara  and  the  White  mountains.  With  a  fair  cer- 
tainty of  success  in  landscape  painting,  he  turned  aside  at  this  point 
and  commenced  representing  scenes  of  imagination.  Of  these  were 
"  The  Garden  of  Eden  "  and  '■'■  The  Expulsion,"  which  were  exhibited 
in  1838.  A  year  later  he  visited  Europe,  painted  two  years  in 
London,  thence  went  to  Florence  and  to  Rome,  in  which  latter  city 
he  remained  some  time  and  painted  various  views  of  Italian  scenery. 
He  returned  to  New  York,  was  married  in  1836,  and  went  to  Europe 
again  a  few  years  afterwards,    but   remained    but    a  short  time. 


'^A  Stern  Chase  is  Always  a   Long  Chase.*' 

From  the  Picture  by  Briton  Rtviere,  A.R.A.,  in  tlie  Royal  Academy  Exhibition  of  187( 


i 


which  he  attempted  landscape  and  portraits,  he  went  in  his 
twenty-first  year  to  Clairsville,  where  he  established  himself  as  a 
portrait-painter,  the  only  result  being  that  he  was  in  debt  for  his 
board  when  he  returned  home  a  few  months  afterwards.  He  studied 
carefully  through  the  summer,  and  in  the  following  winter  established 
himself  as  a  landscape  painter  at  Philadelphia,  where  he  obtained 
a  meager  subsistence,  being  often  compelled  to  ornament  chairs 
and  other   furniture.      His  father's  family  having  removed  to  New 


Though  a  very  superior  landscape  painter,  the  poetic  and  the 
imaginative  in  his  nature  caused  him  to  give  much  time  to  the  pro- 
duction of  ideal  pictures,  among  them  being  "Departure," 
**Return,"  "Dream  of  Arcadia,"  "The  Voyage  of  Life,"  "The 
Angel  Ajipearing  to  Shepherds,"  **Cross  in  the  Wilderness,"  etc. 
With  the  engraved  copies  of  these  the  public  is  familiar,  some  of 
them,  finely  executed  in  steel,  having  had  an  extensive  sale.  He  died 
at  Catskill,  N.  Y.,  in  1848. 


f 


^ 


276 


POKTIiAIT    OF    \'ICAT    COLK. 


I3l 


!|;j^fCg= 


Rosalie  Bonheur.    The  Beards.    Vicat  Cole. 


*f#fe&^ 


S  AN  ARTIST,  Rosalie  Bonheur  has  become 
famous,  her  skill  being  exercised  in  the 
puintins  of  quadrupeds.  She  was  born 
;it  Bordeaux,  France,  in  1822.  Her  father 
was  a  painter,  and  instructed  her,  but 
lier  success  in  depicting  animals  is  due 
to  her  study  of  living  creatures.  In 
1S4I  she  sent  two  pictures — "Goats  and 
Sheep,"  and  '*  Two  Rabbits"  —  to  the 
French  exposition.  From  that  time  she 
frequented  stables,  fairs  and  other  places 
where   animals  were    to   be   found,   and 


studied  their  structure  and 
This  sort  of  study  resulted 
in  a  perfection  of  animal 
portraiture  that  has  estab- 
li.rhed  for  her  an  enviable 
ri,'putation  as  a  painter.  Her 
most  noted  pictures  embrace 
"The  Horse  Fair,"  "The 
Ploughing  in  Nivernais," 
"The  Horse  for  Sale,"  "A 
Drove  on  the  Road,"  "Cows 
and  Sheep  in  a  Hollow 
Road,"  "Horses  in  a  Mead- 
ow, ' '  etc.  She  has  been 
directress  of  the  Paris  free 
school  of  design,  and  has 
received  several  medals  and 
prizes  for  exhibitions  of  her 
art,  both  as  a  painter  and 
sculptor. 


habits  under  various   circumstances. 


He  has  produced  several  paintings  of  this  sort,  and  at  least  one  of 
these  was  engraved  in  London.  For  several  years  be  has  bet-n 
painting  domestic  animals  and  composition  pictures,  distinguished 
for  their  correctness,  force  and  humor. 

William  H.  Beard,  a  brother  of  James,  was  born  at  Painesville, 
about  1824.  He  followed  the  business  of  portrait-painting  in  early 
manhood,  opening  a  studio  at  Buffalo, 'N.  Y.  ;  but  abandoning  this 
branch  of  his  art  he,  like  his  brother,  began  painting  animals  and 
scenes  in  ordinary  life.  With  a  fair  American  reputation,  he  spent  a 
year  or  two  abroad  (1858-'60),  and  then  returned  to  New  York,  where 
he  opened  a  studio.  The  peculiarity  of  his  art  is  its  fabulous  char- 
acter, the  animals  in  his  pictures  representing  the  foibles  and  dispo- 
sitions of  human  beings,  sometimes  with  considerable   humor  and 

frequently  with   nnmistaka- 


THE  BEARDS. 


>/FIE    AniLTiLan     painter, 
James   H.  Beard,  was 


ble  satire. 
B  ende  r," 
Dance"   are 


"  Bears  on  a 
and  "A  Bear 
among  his  best 


productions  in  this  viin. 


born  at  Buffalo,  N.  Y. , 
in  1815.  Removing  to 
Painesville,  O.,  in  infancy, 
he  began  to  paint  portraits  at 
the  age  of  fourteen  years, 
after  having  taken  but  a  few 
lessons  in  the  art.  Portrait- 
painting  was  aft<Twards  fol- 
lowed in  various  portions  of 
Ohio,  but  finally  he  drifted 
to  Cincinnati  and  settled. 
It  was  there  that  he  gain<'l 
the  friendship  of  General- 
Harrison  and  Taylor,  Henry 
day  and  other  public  men, 
most  of  whom  sat  to  him  for 
portraits,  and  in  this  depart- 
ment   of     art     he    was    an 

acknowledged  lender.  His  first  original  picture,  aside  from  portraits, 
was  painted  in  1840,  entitled  "The  North  Carolina  Emigrants."  It 
was  exhibited  and  sold  in  New  York,  and  gave  him  a  lasting  reputa- 
tion !ts  n  pnintcT  of  f-ccm's  illustrating  cvery-dity  life  and  manners. 


VICAT  COLE, 
Englisli  Landscape  raiuter,  and  Kc-liuw  of  the  Hoyal  Acadrrny. 


VICAT  COLE. 

"ICAT  COLE,  the  spir- 
ited landscape  painter, 
was  born  at  Portsmouth, 
England,  in  1833.  His  father 
was  "a  portrait-painter,  of 
considerable  reputation,  but 
subsequently  turned  his  at- 
tention to  painting  land- 
scapes and  animals  with 
equal  success,  bccomi  ng 
vice-president  of  the  society 
of  British  artists.  The  father 
instructed  the  son  in  his 
profession,  the  family  re- 
moving during  the  latter's 
boyhood.  For  his  "  studies  " 
he  had  the  paintings  of  Tur- 
ner and  two  other  contem- 
porary artists.  At  an  early 
age  he  succeeded  in  getting 
his  pictures  into  the  Pall 
Mall  British  institution,  but 
they  sold  only  at  nominal 
prices  and  were  scarcely  re- 
munerative. In  1853  or  1854 
his  paintings  were  admitted 
to  the  walls  of  the  Royal 
academy,  and  as  his  reputji- 
tion  increased  from  year  to 
year  he  was  elected,  after 
long  waiting,  an  associate 
member  of  that  institution. 
His  pictures  arc  remarkable 
for  their  fidelity  to  nature 
and  consistency  with  genuine  art;  that  is,  while  he  correctly  depicts 
nature  in  his  landscapes,  he  ennobles  the  details  of  the  sccncr^  by 
the  magic  touches  of  his  pencil.  A  very  fine  specimen  of  his  skill 
in    this    direction,  un  llic  fcdlowing  l)age,  forms  the  subirri  of  thr 


A 


x>-~ 


-<! 


I 


■  SUMMER    RAIN, 


A    PAINTING    liY    VK.'AT    C(JLK. 


accompanying  engraving  of  his  "  Summer  Rain,"  in  wliich  the  char- 
lU'teristics  of  hi^  genine  are  preserved.  Though  it  does  not  attempt 
to  "  improve "  nature,  the  beholder  is  led  to  admire  the  genius 
displayed  in  the  distribution  of  light,  sha<le  and  perspective,  and  its 
gracefulness  throughout.      Wliile  he  is  evidently  fully  alive   to  llie 


the  summer  foliage  nleeinng  in  the  evening  shadow,  and  lh(;  animal 
creation  resting  lazily  in  the  drowsy  haze  of  dreamy  quiet.  Mr. 
Cole  is  described  as  emphatically  manly  and  kindly  in  hiM  per^on 
and  life.  The  portrait  which  is  presented  elsewhere  indicates  the 
posspsjsion  of  those  sterling  qualities  that  make  men  beloved  as  well 


''SUMMER    RAIN.*' 

From  the  Painting  by  Vicat  Cole,  F.R. A.,  Exhibited  at  the  Royal  Academy,  1873. 


poetic,  wherever  it  maybe  found   in  nature,  his  genius  seems  to 
have  the  fullest  play  when  he  is  engaged  in  painting  smooth  water. 


as  famous.     He  has  painted  many  meritorious  pictures  already,  and 
as  he  is  still  young,  his  fair  fame  promises  to  increase. , 


SIR  EDWIN  LANDSEER. 


S  A  PAINTER  of  animals,  Sir  Edwin  Landseer  was  justly  dis- 
tinguished. He  was  born  in  London,  in  1803.  His  father  was 
an  engraver,  and  Edwin  in  his  childhood  manifested  such  a 
fondness  for  drawing  that  the  parent  encouraged  him  first  to  make 
sketches  from  living  domesticated  animals,  and  then  to  color  them, 
so  that  by  the  time  he  was  fourteen  years  old  the  fidelity  of  his  pro- 
ductions attracted  attention.  About  1819  he  exhibited  his  picture  of 
"Dogs  Fighting,"  which  was  sold  to  Sir  George  Beaumont.  Soon 
afterwards  he  exhibited  his  painting  of  St.  Bernard  dogs  rescuing 
a  traveler.  In  1837  he  was  elected  a  member  of  the  Royal  academy. 
A  visit  to  the  highlands  of  Scotland,  about  this  time,  furnished  him 
with  materials  and  impressions  that  subsequently  appeared  in  his 
paintings.     In  1847  he  was  elected  a  member  of  the  Royal  academy 


of  Belgium;  in  1850  he  was  made  a  knight,  and  at  the  Paris  expo- 
sition of  1855  he  was  the  only  English  artist  who  received  a  gold 
medal  for  his  pictures.  In  private  life  he  was  social  and  witty.  He 
never  married.  He  died  in  London  in  1873,  leaving  behind  him  a 
number  of  valuable  paintings  in  his  peculiar  department  of  art, 
all  remarkable  for  character  and  the  lessons  they  conveyed. 
Among  these  may  be  mentioned  "The  Return  from  Deer-Stalk- 
ing," "Sir  Walter  Scott  and  his  Dogs,"  "A  Distinguished  Member 
of  the  Humane  Society,"  and  "The  Stag  at  Bay,"  most  of  which 
have  been  reproduced  in  America  in  fine  engravings.  Of  his  other 
productions  are:  "High  Life  and  Low  Life,"  "The  Shepherd's 
Prayer,"  "The  Random  Shot,"  "The  Children  of  the  Mist," 
"Taming  of  the  Shrew,"  "  Windsor  Forest,"  "The  Sanctuary,"  etc. 


XI 


.(y- 


278 


INDIVinrAl.S    CELEBEATEI)    FOR    SKILL    IN    MODELING, 


Sculptors. 


>»» 


-^^««^ >~' — ■ "i^i ■ "i«i —'^ ^m^- 


-im- 


Hiram  Powers.    Antonio  Canova. 


•!*e 


HhQ 


t:^^ 


Prominent  as  Artists  in  Sculpture-Work. 


NE  of  the  most  excellent  of  Amer- 
ican sculptors,  Hiram  Powers, 
was  born  near  Woodstock,  Vt. , 
in  1805,  the  eighth  child  of  plain 
country  parents  living  on  a  farm. 
His  resources  of  education  were 
confined  to  the  home  life  and  the 
district  school.  The  family  emi- 
grating to  Ohio,  and  the  father  dy- 
i  ng 
soon 
afterwards,  Hiram 
went  to  Cincin- 
nati, being  first 
employed  as  a 
clerk  and  then  as 
an  apprentice  to 
a  clockmaker.  Under  the  instruc- 
tions of  a  Gorman  sculptor,  he 
learned  the  art  of  modeling  figures 
in  clay,  making  some  busts  and 
medallions  with  creditable  skill.  For 
seven  years  he  superintended  the 
waxwork  department  of  the  Western 
museum,  at  Cincinnati.  Going  to 
Washington  in  1835,  he  found  employ- 
ment in  modeling  busts  for  eminent 
individuals.  In  1837,  under  the  pat- 
ronage of  Nicholas  Longworth,  the 
Cincinnati  millionaire,  he  was  enabled 
to  make  a  journey  to  Italy,  and,  settling 
in  Florence,  he  made  that  place  hi.s 
residence  during  the  remainder  of  his 
life.  While  there  he  invented  a  val- 
uable improvement  in  the  formation 
of  plaster-casts  for  models,  and  i)ro- 
duced  those  masterpieces  of  his  sculp- 
tor's art  that  have  givrn  him  great  celebrity.  Among  these  the  fol- 
lowing are  prominent:  Statues  of  "  Eve,"  the  "Greek  Slave,"  the 
"Fisher-Boy,"  "II  Penseroso,"  "California,"  "America,"  Wash- 
ington, Webster,  Calhoun,  and  the  "Indian  Maiden;"  busts  of 
"  Proserpine,"  Adams,  Jackson,  Webster,  Calhoun,  Chief  Justice 
Mfirshall,  Everett  and  Van  IJuren.  Of  his  ideal  works  are  "The 
Lust  of  his  Tribe,"  and  a  "Head  of  Jesus  Christ."  His  "Greek 
Slave,"  II  piece  of  sculpture  admired  for  its  exquisite  beauty,  has 
Hi?rved  to  more  fully  develop  appreciation  in  the  public  mind  for  the 
Hculptor's  art.     Powers  died  at  Florence,  in  1873. 


Sculptor,  Disting-iiishod  for  liis  Stntni-  ni 
anil  oUiur  Works. 


HE  Italian  sculptor,  Antonio  Canova,  whose  works  are  quite 
numerous  and  were  produced  one  after  another  in  quick  succes- 
sion, was  born  in  1757  at  Possagno,  Italy.  When  twelve  years 
old  he  modeled  a  lion  in  butter  with  such  fidelity  and  skill,  that  the  lord 
of  the  village,  Falieri,  took  him  under  his  protection  and  had  him  edu- 
cated in  art.  At  seventeen  years  of  age  he  produced  his  statue  of 
"Eurydice. "  In  1799  he  was  invited  to  Rome,  received  an  ovation, 
and  was  knighted  and  appointed  inspector-general  of  the  fine  arts 
by  Pope  Pius  VII.  In  1802  he  visited  Paris  by  the  desire  of  the 
first  consul,  was  received  with  re- 
spect and  chosen  a  foreign  associate 
of  the  French  institute.  On  his 
return  to  Paris,  in  1815,  as  the  em- 
bassador of  the  Pope,  to  superin- 
tend the  sending  back  to  Italy  the 
works  of  art  which  the  French 
had'  carried  away,  he  was  received 
with  ridicule,  anger  and  hatred. 
Proceeding  to  England,  he  had  a  mag- 
nificent reception,  was  treated  as  a 
brother  by  all  art-lovers,  and  was  pre- 
sented by  the  prince  regent  with  a 
valuable  snuff-box.  On  his  return 
to  Rome  the  academy  of  St.  Luke 
went  in  a  body  to  meet  him,  and  the 
Pope  gave  him  a  pension  of  3,000 
crowns,  which  Canova  devoted  en- 
tirely to  the  benefit  of  the  arts  and 
artists.  The  Pope  also  created  him 
marquis  of  Ischia,  and  inscribed  his 
name  in  the  book  of  the  capital. 
Canova  freely  spent  his  jirivate  for- 
tune for  the  cause  of  benevolence  and 
the  advancement  of  art,  by  establish- 
ing prizes,  endowing  academies  and 
relieving  the  unfortunate  and  the 
aged.  He  died  at  Venice  In  1823. 
hed,  among  other  excellencies,  by 
several  sepulchral  monuments,  he 
of  *'  Psyche. "  "Cupid  and 
'  Repentant  Magdalen," 
several    "Venuses"    and 


Greek  Slave," 


His    sculpture    is    distinguis 
exquisite     grace.       Besides 
produced      statues      and      groups 
Psyche,"     "Venus     and     Adonis,"     a 
"  Perseus,"     "Hebe,"     "  The    Graces," 


a  crowned  "Kcliuion"  of  colossal  size.  Among  his  works  was  a 
figure  of  Washington,  of  large  size,  in  a  sitting  position,  which  was 
secured  for  the  state-house  at  Raleigh,  N.  C.  This  piece  was 
destroyed  by  fire  in  1831.  His  last  work  was  a  bust  of  Count 
Cicognara. 


— ^: 


T 


AKTISTS    IN    MUUELING    FIGURES. 


27'J 


— ^■^— ■'— ^^^'•^■^■^■^^^^■^^■^^^* 


»»»*^«^>»l>l»>i 


^■^^■^■^■^' 


■•.•^?:?'- 


Harriet  G.  Hosmer. 


John  Rogers. 


Randolph  Rogers.    John  Q.  A.  Ward. 


•«««««« 


P¥^¥^¥^T^¥^T^ywT^¥^¥^»^¥^p^y^ywy^>y^^^y^<r<»y^¥^T^*'i>p^ 


Artists  Widely  Known  as  Sculptors. 


NCLUDED  among 
the  most  promi- 
nent of  artists  is 
Harriet  G.  Hos- 
mer, the  Amer- 
ican sculptor,  who 
was  born  at  Wa- 
tertovvn,  Mass. , 
in  1830.  As  early 
as  her  sixteenth 
year  she  showed  a 
marked  inclina 
tion  for  her  art, 
and  soon  became 
skillful  in  model- 
ing figures  in  chiy 
and  plaster. 
Three  years  she 
attended  school 
at  Lennox,  Mass. 
She  then  entered 
a  studio  in  Bos- 
ton, intending  to 
devote  her  life  to 
sculpture.  In 
order  to  perfect 
herself  in  human 
anatomy  she  went 
to  St.  Louis,  and  from  the  medical  college  in  that  city,  where  her 
father  was  a  professor,  she  obtained  the  necessary  facilities.  Her 
first  work  in  marble  was  a  diminished  copy  of  Canova's  bust  of 
Napoleon  Bonaparte,  and  her  next,  '*  Hesper,  or  the  Evening  Star," 
an  ideal  study.  Going  to  Rome,  in  1852,  she  became  a  pupil  of 
Gibson,  and  has  mostly  resided  in  that  city  ever  since.  Her  first 
full-length  statue  in  marble,  "(Enone,"  was  completed  in  1855; 
her  second,  "  Beatrice  Cenci  Sleeping  in  ller  Cell,"  iu  1857.  "  Puck  " 
was  modeled  in  1865.  Other  notable  productions  of  her  chisel  are 
busts  of  **  Daphne "  and  "Medusa,"  the  *' Will-o'-the-Wisp,"  a 
statue  of  the  Hon.  Thomas  IL  Benton,  the  "Sleeping  Faun,"  the 
"Waking  Faun,"  a  colossal  statue  of  "Zenobia,  Queen  of  Palmyra, 
in  Chains,"  and  the  design  for  a  Lincoln  monumental  memorial. 


i 


JOHN  ROGERS. 

OTIK  ROGERS,  an  American  sculptor,  was  born  at  Salem,  Mass. ,  in 
1829,  and  has  made  statuettes  popular  by  clothing  them  with  origi- 
nality of  conception  and  fidelity  to  nature.      At  first  he  was  a  mer- 
chant's clerk  in  Boston  for  years,  then  a  voyager  to  Spain  for  his 


health,  a  machinist  for  seven  years  at  Manchester,  N.  H. ,  the 
sui)erintendent  of  a  railroad  machine-shop  at  Hannibal,  Mo.,  in  185t>, 
a  tourist  to  Paris  and  Rome  in  1857,  a  draughtsman  in  Chicago,  and 
a  famous  artist  in  New  York  city  during  the  first  years  of  the 
Southern  rebellion.  Such  is  a  brief  record  of  the  early  career  of 
the  man  whose  quaint  designs  and  happy  execnticm  make  his  works 
welcome  to  a  thousand  firesides.  Several  of  his  groups  arc  founded 
on  scenes  and  incidents  of  the  rebellion,  such  as  "The  Returned 
Volunteer,"  "The  Wounded  Scout,"  "Taking  the  Oath,"  etc. 
There  is  also  a  scries  illustrating  the  story  of  "  Rip  Van  Winkle," 
while  several  ideal  creations  of  a  pleasing  character,  such  as 
"Coming  to  the  Parson,"  "Courtship  in  Sleepy  Hollow,"  "The 
Favored  Scholar,"  and  "The  Charity  Patient,"  only  need  mentioning 
to  recall  their  beauties  to  the  minds  of  numerous  readers. 


RANDOLPH  ROGERS. 

NOTHER  American  sculptor  whose  genius  has  added  much  to  the 
adornment  of  our  public  edifices  and  other  resorts,  Randolph 
Rogers,  was  born  in  the  State  of  New  York  about  1825.  He 
studied  art  at  Rome  for  several  years,  and,  coming  home,  he  laid  the 
foundation  of  his  national  reputation  by  the  production  of  his  statues 
of  "  Nydia,  the  Blind  Girl  of  Pompeii,"  his  "  Boy  and  Dog,"  etc. 
But  he  did  not  remain  long  in  America.  RelnrniugtoRome  he  made 
that  city  bis  home.  One  of  his  greatest  works  is  the  design  and  model 
of  the  bronze  door  for  the  eastern  entrance  to  the  rotunda  of  the  cap- 
itol  at  Washington,  which  is  seventeen  feet  high  and  nine  feet  wide. 
In  each  of  its  eight  panels  is  represented  a  scene  in  the  life  of  Chris- 
topher Columbus.  He  also  finished  the  uncompleted  designs  for  the 
Washington  monument  at  Richmond,  Va.  ;  made  the  colossal  bronze 
statue  of  Abraham  Lincoln  at  Philadelphia;  a  statue  for  the  Colt 
monument  at  Hartford,  Conn.  ;  memorial  war-monuments  for  the 
States  of  Rhode  Island  and  Michigan,  and  ideal  creations,  in  stone, 
of  "Isaac"  and  "Ruth. " 


JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS  WARD. 

'"HE  American  sculptor,  John  Quincy  Adams  Ward,  is  the  author 
of  the  bronze  statues  of  "The  Indian  Hunter,"  "A  Private  of  the 
Seventh  Regiment,"' and  "Shakspeare,"  all  to  be  seen  in  Central 
park.  New  York.  L'rbana.  O. ,  was  his  birthplace  in  1830,  After  i)ar- 
tially  preparing  himself  for  tbe  medical  profession  he  studied  sculp- 
ture; spent  two  years  in  Washington,  modeling  busts;  settled  in  New 
York  in  18G1,  and  became  president  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Design  in  1874.  Among  his  other  works  are  "TheGood  Samaritan." 
a  statue  of  Commodore  Perry,  "The  Freedman,"  and  several  bas- 
reliefs,  groups,  etc. 


"--Si 


\ 


>so 


DISTINGUISHED    SCULPTORS. 


Y 


when 


'HE  sculplor,    Benjamin   Paul   Akers    'was   born 
at   Saccarappa,  Maine,  in  1825.     Going  to  Port- 
vt;"'lL         land  when  he  was   eighteen  years   old,    after 
5)  \v  o  r  Ic- 
ing   for 
some 
time  in 
a  print- 
ing otfico,  he 
turned  his  at- 
tention to  the 
art  of  sculp- 
t  u  r  e  ,     and 
about     twenty- 
four  he  began  business 

;is    a    sculptor   at    that 

city.  Among  the  re- 
sults of  his  labors  dur- 
ing the  next  two  years 

was  a  bust  of  the  poet 

Longfellow.       After    a 

visit  to  Italy  in  1851-2, 

he    returned   to  Maine 

and  produced  the  statue 

of    "Benjamin    in 

Egypt,"  which  was  on 

exhibition  at  the  world's 

fair   in   Xew  York   in 

1853.      In  1855  he  again 

visited  Europe,  resid- 
ing for   three  years  in 

Rome,  where  he  exe- 
cuted      his      superior 

statues  of    "  Una    and 

the  Lion."  "St.  Eliza- 

b  (f  t  h  o  f  Hungary" 

(three  copies  '  in   mar- 

bh-),  *' The  Bead  Pearl 

Diver,"   and    an   ideal 

hf-ad  of  Milton.        Mr. 

Akers  revisited  Rome 

in    1859,    returning  to 

America     in      the 

following     year,      and 

resided  during  the  remainder    of    his    life  at 

delphia.      He  died  in  the  Inrter  city  in  IKf'.l. 


Joseph  Edgar  Boehme,  English  Sculptor, 


Portland   and   Phila- 


JOSEPH  EDGAR  BOEHME. 

■/HE    English  artist,    Joseph    E.  Boehme,  was  born   at  Vienna, 
Austria,  in  IH.'M.       His  father  was  an  admirer  of  painting?,  and 
posseSHed,  in  Joseph'H  youth,  a  valuable  col'Icction  of  art-treas- 
ures, illustrutive  of   the  jiowctr  of  genius,   ranging  iu  ere.-it  variety 


from  Egyptian  antiquity  to  the  present  day.  The  father,  who  occu- 
pied a  high  position  under  the  government,  carefully  encouraged 
his  son,   by  proper   schooling,    to   cherish  a  love    for   art,    without 

intending  that  li  e 
should  adopt  it  as  a 
profession.  The  youth, 
however,  after  receiv- 
ing a  partial  educa- 
tion at  Vienna,  was  sent 
to  one  of  the  seals  of 
learning  in  England, 
where  he  remained 
three  years.  During 
this  period  he  studied 
the  works  of  the  old 
masters  in  the  British 
museum,  and  copied 
designs  from  the  Elgin 
marbles.  Returning  to 
Austria,  he  was  em- 
ployed in  a  government 
office,  but  his  love  of 
art  prevailed,  and, 
abandoning  his  official 
position,  he  went  to 
Paris  to  become  a 
sculptor.  While  this 
change  was  without  his 
father's  approval,  the 
parent  assisted  him  in 
his  early  struggles 
against  the  obstacles 
that  opposed  his  suc- 
cess. Joseph's  genius, 
therefore,  unhindered 
by  the  disadvantages  of 
poverty,  began  soon  to 
manifest  its  superior- 
ity, and  at  the  age  of 
twenty-two  he  received 
the  imperial  prize  at 
Vienna,  and  was  hon- 
ored with  other  favors. 
Since  then  he  has  re- 
ceived a  membership  in  the  Florence  art  academy,  an  associate 
membership  of  the  British  Royal  academy,  and  other  tokens  of  the 
high  estimation  that  has  been  placed  up»m  liis  statuary,  including  a 
medal  at  the  international  exposition  in  Paris.  All  these  evidences 
of  appreciation  appear  to  be  the  reward  of  untiring  devotion  to  a 
worthy  object,  and  show  a  ready  resi>onse  to  true  merit.  Among  his 
works  are  a  full-length  statue  of  Lord  John  Russell,  one  of  Carlyle, 
one  of  St.  fJeorge  and  the  I>rat;on. 


i 


SIATlllO    UK    l.nid)    .JdllN    ICL>SKI.L. 


-CY 


2»i 


m  cut  f  r  u  111  lb 
Academy  of  Fine  Arts  when 
he  was  but  twenty  years  old. 
In  1811,  by  his  bas-relief  of 
"Epaminondas,"  he  carried 
off  the  fivfit  prize  for  sculp- 
ture, be^^ides  the  grant  of  a 
pension  to  enable  him  to 
pursue  his  art -studies  in 
Italy.  After  remaining  five 
years  at  Rome  he  visited 
London  and  Paris,  and  in  the 
latter  city  gained  a  reputation 
by  executing  a  statue  of  the 
prince  of  Conde.  In  182G  he 
was  elected  a  member  of  the 
French  Academy  of  Fine  Arts, 
and  became  a  profetij^or  in  that 
institution.  His  great  work, 
the  sculptures  of  the  present 
church  of  St.  Genevieve,  in 
Paris,  then  the  Pantheon, 
occupied  the  years  1835  to 
1837.  Among  his  otherwise 
notable  productions  are  bas- 
reliefs  of  the  battles  of 
Flenrus  and  Heliopolis  for  the 
arch  of  Marseilles,  France,  and 
"Epaminondas,"  now  in  the 
museum  of  his  native  town; 
busts  of  "Washington  and 
Lafayette,  in  the  capitol  at 
Washington,  of  Beranger, 
Lamartine,  Chateaubriand  and 
Rossini  at  Paris,  of  Goethe 
and  Humboldt.  Of  his  funeral 
monuments  the  one  of  Marco 
Bozzaris,  at  Missolongbi,  pos- 
sesses great  beauty.  He  died 
at  Paris  in  185G. 


HE  sculptor,  Jean  Pierre  David,  was  born  at 
Angers,  France,  in  1780.  His  early  exhibition 
of  genius 
for  sculp- 
ture won 
for  him  a 
medal  of 
i-nconrage- 
.'   F  re  n  c  h 


SIR    FRANCIS    CHANTREY. 

fllE  fame  of  the  celebrated 

sculptor,      Sir      Francis 

Chantre)',  rests  not  only 
upon  his  excellent  art-works,  but  also  upon  his  muuilicent  contri- 
butions of   money  for   the    advancement  and  permanency  of  art  in 
Great  Britain.      He  was  bornatXort()n,  Enu'land,  in  1781.     When  old 


Statue  of  Lord  John  Russell. 

Executed  by  J.   E.    Bothmo.     Exhiljited  at  tlii.'  Koyal  Academy  in  1S.S0. 


enough  he  was  apprenticed  to  a  carver  at  Sheflield,but  sometime  after- 
wards he  began  the  business  of  modeling  busts  and  other 
^^^^  works  in  clay  successively  at 
Dublin,  Edinburgh  and  Lon- 
don. A  popular  sculptor, 
named  NollckeiiH,  having  seen 
a  specimen  of  Chantrey's  art- 
productions,  became  interested 
in  the  young  artist,  brought 
him  into  public  notice,  and  ere 
long  Chantrey  achieved  fame 
by  his  genius.  In  1818  and 
1819  he  was  made  a  member 
of  the  Royal  academy  of  Great 
Britain  and  of  the  academies 
of  Rome  and  Florence.  So 
much  popularity  did  he  derive 
from  the  production  of  monu- 
mental figures  that  he  amassed 
a  fortune.  He  was  knighted 
in  1835.  Although  he  exe- 
cuted numerous  busts  of  liv- 
ing individuals,  his  imagina- 
tive art-«orks  are  but  few  and 
unimportant.  He  died  in  Lon- 
don in  1841,  and  was  buried  in 
the  family  vault  which  he  had 
constructed  for  himself  in 
the  church  at  Norton.  He 
left  certain  bequests  to  the 
clergymen  and  others  of  the 
place  on  condition  of  his  tomb 
beingkept  inorder.  Amongthe 
most  distinguit^hed  of  his  mon- 
umental memorials  arc  ''The 
Sleeping  Children,"  in  Lich- 
field cathedral;  several  sculp- 
tures in  Westminster  abbey, 
London,  including  a  fine  statue 
of  Canning;  a  bronze  statue 
of  William  Pitt,  in  Hanover 
square,  London;  the  statue  of 
Washington  in  the  state  house 
at  Boston,  Mass.  ;  the  statne 
of  James  Watt,  in  the  church 
at  Aston,  England,  and  one  of 
Bishop  Heber,  at  Calcutta. 
Dying  without  children  or 
near  relatives,  having  made  a 
suitable  provision  for  tlie 
support  of  his  widow,  the 
bulk  of  his  fortune  was  left  to 
the  Royal  academy  for  the 
promotion  of  British  fine  art  in  painting  and  scnlpture.  The 
amount  availaiile,  including  $1,750  for  official  salaries.  Is  about 
Sie.oOO  annually. 


::sr 


— t): 


282 


riiRTRAIT    (IF    MFISSONIER. 


'\§r' — ^f;|-=^2,'2'i^-i — »- 


.^11^ 


Meissonier.    G.  P.  A.  Healy.    Reni  Guido. 


s!3-4r= 


jlIE  eminent  figure-painter,  Jean  Louis  Ernest 
Meissonier  was  born  about  1813,  at  Lyons, 
France.  Early  in  life  he  began  to  study  art 
as  a  labor  of  love,  and  received  competent 
instruction  at  Paris.  A  picture  %vhich  he 
exhibited  in  1836,  entitled  "The  Little  Mes- 
enger,"  drew  attention  to  his  merits  as  a 
)iainter.     Adopting  a  style  of  art  that  presents 

scenes    illustrative    of    every-day  life     and    manners,    Jleissonier 

has  become  one  of  the  most 


m^ 


popular  and  the  best- 
remunerated  of  modern 
French  artists.  In  his  work 
he  uses  small  canvas,  which 
seldom  exceeds  twenty 
inches  square,  but  his  style 
of  painting  is  remarkable  for 
its  delicacy  and  finish,  with 
a  faithful  portraiture.  Sev- 
eral years  ago  he  executed  a 
painting  representing  a 
battle  scene,  containing  Xa- 
poleon  I.  surrounded  by  his 
staff,  and  which  the  artist 
named  "  1807. "  This  paint- 
ing was  purchased  by  the 
late  A.  T.  Stewart,  mer- 
chant-prince of  New  York, 
in  Europe  for  a  sum  ex- 
ceeding $60,000.  Promi- 
nent among  his  other 
paintings  are  "The  Chess- 
players," "A  Game  of 
Piquet,"  "The  Painter  in 
his  Studio,"  "The  Body- 
Guard,"  "The  Emperor  at 
Solfcrino,"  "The  Charge  of 
Cavalry"  (which  brought 
him  about  $30,000),  and  "A 
Barricade,  June,  1848."  He 
has  also  prepared  designs  for 
several  publications,  and  has 
been     freely    honored    and 

decorated  by  royalty  and  eminent  institutions.     In  disposition  he  is 
said  to  be  rude  and  insolent,  and  jealous  of  his  competitors  in  art. 


MEtSSONIER, 

The  Famous  Fij^ure  Painter  of  France. 


GEORGE  PETER  ALEXANDER  HEALY. 

'F;OU(iK  p.  A.  llculy  >t:in(l-  in  lln-  fnuit  rank  nf  Aiiurican  portrait- 
r.  painters,  and  has  transferred  to  canvas,  with  great  fidelity,  the 
\Jl  features  of  King  Louis  Philippe,  of  Prance,  Marshal  Soult,  Web- 
ster, Calhoun,  General  Sherman,  the  poet  Longfellow,  the  historian 
Prescott,  and  other  distinguinhed  characters.  In  Kaiieuil  hall,  at  Bos- 
ton,  hangs   his   large   historical    picture   of   "  Web.«ter  Replying  to 


Hayne"  in  the  United  States  senate,  which  he  finished  in  1851,  and 
which  contains  130  portraits.  Another  remarkable  picture,  repre- 
senting Franklin  advocating  the  claims  of  America  before  Louis  XVI. 
of  France,  and  thirteen  portraits  were  exhibited  at  the  Paris  exposi- 
tion in  1855,  and  received  a  medal  of  the  second  class.  Mr.  Ilealy 
was  born  at  Boston  in  1813.  He  first  went  to  Paris  in  1836,  and 
since  then  has  alternately  resided  in  America  and  Europe.  Chicago 
was  his  home  from  1855  to  1867,  where,  by  his  portraitures  of 
prominent  citizens  and  high  social  position,  he  added  materially  to 
^    lii^fame^ 

RENI  GUIDO. 

NE  of  the  most  eminent 
of  Italian  painters, 
Reni  Guido,  was  born 
near  Bologna  in  1575.  He 
first  studied  art  with  Denys 
(';dvaert,  and  then  in  the 
school  of  Ludovico  Carracci. 
Going  to  Rome  he  achieved 
a  reputation  by  his  painting 
of  "  The  Martyrdcnn  of  St. 
Cecilia,"  and  his  splendid 
talents  soon  created  a  de- 
mand for  his  pictures. 
Popes,  cardinals,  princes  and 
nobles  employed,  honored 
and  caressed  him,  and  he 
practiced  his  art  alternately 
at  Rome,  Bologna  and  Na- 
ples, but  finally  settled  at 
Bologna.  After  having 
greatly  distinguished  him- 
self by  his  works,  he  gave 
way  to  his  passion  for  gam- 
ing, and  in  spite  of  all  that 
nature  and  sujierior  talents 
had  done  for  him,  he  died 
in  1042  in  a  state  of  poverty 
and  dejection.  His  paint- 
ings are  pre-eminently 
esteemed  for  their  beauty, 
expression  and  grace. 
The  Penitence  of  St.  Peter," 
the  latter  of  which  has  been 


Among  his  masterpieces  arc  rated 
and  "  Clirist  Crowned  with  Thorns,' 
copied  in  a  variety  of  forms  until  it  is  one  of  the  most  familiar  of 
llie  i)ictnre.s  representing  the  crucifixion  and  the  death  of  Christ. 
To  Ihe  magic  touch  of  Guido's  pencil  is  the  Christian  world  thus 
indebted  for  the  lesson  it  has  learned  of  Christ's  sufferings  that 
truth  might  be  triumphant.  Of  his  other  pictures  "The  Massa- 
cre of  the  Innocents,"  the  frescoes  of  the  "Aurora,"  "The  Concert 
of  Angels"  and  "  Fortune "  are  prominently  named,  as  indicuting 
tlie  excellence  of  his  genius,  with  special  reference  to  the  por- 
traiture of  the  highest  type  of  creation. 


6.—- 


--C) 


PLAIT    K.   SI'ENCK14,   DISTINGUISHED    TEAC1IE14    OF    I'ENMANSIIII'. 


283 


<t 


^^^>^7j\^, 


^Ml^ 


/A/''WWW^^''WWW^m^- 


J/W-5N 


V 


V 


^  Piatt  R-  Spencer.  .^  ^^ , 


fa x« 

fi  ta 


^^SaJ_J_,«^'     ■< 


5^    t   AJL^ 


^k 


Originator  of  the  Spencerian  System  of  Penmanship. 

KREWITH    a  portrait  is  presented  of 
the     famous     pen     artist,    Piatt     R. 
Spencer,  who  was  born  at  FishkiU,  N. 
Y. ,  in  1800.    His  father  emigrated  with 
his  family  to  Windham,  N.  Y. ,  about 
1807,  and  there  died  two  years  after- 
wards.      The    widow    then    removed 
with  her  children  to  the  (at  that  time) 
wilderness  of  Northern  Ohio,  where, 
although  the  school  opportunities  were 
very  limited,  young  Piatt  R.  cultivated 
a  knowledge  of  penmanship  with  sucli 
success  as  to  be  able  to  teach  the  art 
at  the   age  of    fifteen.     His  boyhood 
was  a  struggle  with  poverty  and  lack 
of    school    advantages,    and    yet,    in 
spite  of    these  adverse  circumstances, 
he  became,  when   quite  young,   a  suc- 
cessful teacher  of  writing-schools  in  the 
smalliT  villages  of  the  region  where  he 
lived. 

As  a  teacher  Mr.  Spencer  was  greatly 
esteemed  and  beloved,  but  it  was  in  his 
creative  genius  as  an  artist  where  lay 
the  power  that  was  to  distinguish  his 
iKime.  He  made  the  few  fundamental 
principles  of  beauty  in  nature  his  study. 
As  he  lay  on  his  mother's  hearthstone 
in  their  humble  home  by  the  bright 
firelight,  he  drew  the  curved  lines,  and 
studied  the  nature  and  necessity  of 
shades.  The  artistic  in  his  nature 
resolved  these  into  beautiful  forms,  and  the  result  was  a  new  system 
of  penmanship. 

In  due  time  the  fame  of  Mr.  Spencer  as  a  teacher  had  spread  so 
extensively  as  to  bring  applications  for  instruction  from  hundreds  of 
persons,  who  were  desirous  of  improving  their  penmanship,  in 
various  distant  portions  of  the  Union.      In  obedience  to  this  call,  he 


i 


Portrait  of  Piatt  R-  Spencer, 

Pen  Artist,  Author  and  Distinguished  Teat-her. 


r^T^i^S- 


erected  at  Geneva,  Ohio,  where  he  lived,  a  log- house,  a  rude  struc- 
ture, in  exterior  appearance,  in  which  he  arranged  all  the  needed 
conveniences  for  his  writing-classes.  Hither  gathered  pupils  from 
all  the  region  about,  aud  many  came  long  distances  from  abroad. 

In  time  this  log-cabin  seminary,  known  as  *' Jericho,"  acquired  a 
national  reputation,  many  of  Mr.  Spencer's  pupils  becoming  suc- 
cessful teachers,  all  of  whom  sounded  the  praises  of  the  Spencerian 
penmanship  and  its  author. 

From  the  log-cabin  Mr.  Spencer  was  called  to  teach  penmanship  in 
various  commercial  colleges  of  the  country,  and  in  the  later  years  of 
his  life  he  spent  much  time  in  the  revising  and  perfecting  of  his 
copies  for  publication.      He  died  at  Geneva,  Ohio,  in  186-4. 

Through  the  ideal  and  artistic  in  his  nature,  Mr.  Spencer  gave  to 
the  world  a  style  of  writing  that  combined  the  beautiful  with  the 
practical  more  fully  than  any  system  had  done  heretofore.  He  did 
this,  and  he  did  more.  He  reared  "a  family  of  sons  and  daughters  that 
honored  the  founder  of  the  Spencerian  penmanship,  in  their  ability 
to  dignify  the  work  of  commercial  education  and  perpetuate  the 
system  of  writing  in  all  the  perfection  which  the  father  originated. 

Of  these,  Robert  C.  Spencer,  the  oldest  of  the  song,  is  at  the  head 
of  a  popular  business  college  at  Mihvaukee,  Wis.  Henry  C  is 
successfully  conducting  a  commercial  school  at  Washington,  D.  C. 
Piatt  R.  is  at  the  head  of  a  similar  institution  at  Cleveland,  Ohio. 
Harvey  A.  controls  a  commercial  institute  at  Dallas,  Texas,  and 
Lyman  P.,  who  lives  at  Washington,  devotes  his  entire  time  to 
superintending  the  preparation  of  Spencerian  publications. 

Of  the  two  daughters,  Sarah,  with  her  husband,  Mr.  Junius  R. 
Sloan,  a  well-known  artist  of  celebrity,  resides  in  Chicago.  Ellen  is 
the  wife  of  Gen.  R.  D.  Mussey,  an  able  lawyer  of  Washington,  D.  C. 
Both  were  accomplished  teachers  of  peumauship  in  commercial  col- 
leges before  their  marriage. 

To  give  the  reader  a  knowledge  of  the  Spencerian  style,  specimens 
of  penmanship  prepared  for  this  work  by  the  Spencerian  authors  are 
shown  in  the  two  following  pages. 


S: 


M 


•:6 

m 


284 


THE    SKVEX    PRINCIPLES    UPON   WHICH    THE    SPENCEKIAN    PENMANSHIP    IS    FOUNDED. 


JrJU  HE  efforts  of  the  anthor  of  the  Spencerian  writing  was 
Vj-  /  mainly  directed  to  the  achievement  of  Jirst  making 
(^'^  letters  that  should  be  simple  in  form,  easy  of  execution, 
''^~      and   at  the 


ANALYSIS  OF  THE  SPENCERIAN  PENMANSHIP, 


medium  hand,  iis  taught  in  the  copy-books,  is  illustrated  upon  this 
page,  while  upon  the  next  is  shown  the  style,  as  applied  in  the  writing 


of  a  business  letter. 


SEMI-EXTENDED  LETTERS 


same     time 
beautiful. 

The  second  step  in 
the  work  was  to  intro- 
duce exercises  the  prac- 
tice of  which  would 
give  freedom  and  ease 
of  movement  while 
writing,  and  at  the  same 
time  train  and  strength- 
en the  muscles  of  the 
hand  and  arm. 

The  third  point  at- 
tained was  the  selection 
of  seven  simple,  ele- 
mentary forms,  called 
principles,  from  which 
all  the  letters  of  the 
alphabet  can  be  formed, 
an  understanding  of 
these  enabling  the  stu- 
dent to  much  more 
easily  master  the  con- 
struction of  letters. 
These  principles  and 
their  combination  in  the 
making  of  letters  are 
shown  in  the  diagram 
herewith. 

Semi-angular. 

Mr.  8pencf r  accom- 
plished another  impor- 
tant result  in  his  efforts 
to  improve  the  penman- 
ship of  the  country,  and 
that  was  in  striking  the 
golden  mean  between 
the  sharp,  angular  writ- 
ing and  the  old  round 
hand  of  our  forefathers. 
The  angular  hand  could 
be  rapidly  written,  but 
it  was  illegible.  The 
round  band  was  plain, 
but  it  took  a  long  time 
to  execute  it.  To  com- 
bine the  virtues  of  both 
was  the  object  sought, 
and  that  this  aim  was 
realized  is  very  clearly 
shown  in  the  business 
writing  on  the  succeed- 
ing page,  a  sufTicicncy 
of  tlie  round  being  re- 
tained to  give  legibility,  while  enongli 
give  rapidity  of  execution. 


eticeTmJy[eimiTi}^ 


SlccizZ^ 


Principles 


SHORT   LETTERS 


2     12     21212     2)21  22    31312       31313L2       31223933332233212232    23 122   2     IZ21S22 


^yyuy^y^/'x/^/yy^^/yx//'^/yyrr^^yjyj'yy/yJy 


EXTENDED  OR   LOOP  LTTTtRS 


STANDAno  CAPITAL  LETTERS 


3 

9 

a 

/n    /  ^    ^   ,  ^  > 

r-/  i-r  /Pr-^ 

X 

X 

//  /3.r)UrJ 

(r)  /r1  'V 

2 

a 

/          / 

2. 

^ 

a 

CopTRWHT,  BTLviaoN,  Blaxemaw.  TatlorS:  Co. 
i)f  the  angular  is  adopted  tu 


The  size,  s*lope,  fo^m^ 


Principles. 

,  proportions  and  analysis  of  the  standard 


Having  determined  the  form  of  the  letters  and 
the  principles  from 
which  they  should  be 
made,  the  author  of  the 
system  then  prescribed 
the  following  directions 
in  regard  to  position 
for  sitting  and  move- 
ment of  fingers,  hand 
and  arm  when  writing: 

Position. 

The  Spencerian  sys- 
tem teaches  positions 
while  writing,  either 
standing  or  sitting,  as 
follows:  The  person 
squarely  fronting  the 
desk,  or  either  the 
right  or  left  side  may 
be  turned  angularly  to- 
wards it. 

Movement. 

1st.  Finger  More- 
ment  —  This  is  produced 
by  extending  and  con- 
tracting the  first  and 
secund  fingers  and  the 
thumb,  the  hand  resting 
on  tht*  naiU  of  the  third 
and  fourth  fingers;  it  is 
applied  in  forming  the 
exiendfd  letters. 

2d.  Fore  -Arm 
Movement —  This  is  a 
movement  of  the  fore-arm 
and  whole  hand  in  any 
direction,  resting  upon 
the  large,  tieshy  part  of 
the  arm  just  forward  of 
the  elbow,  and  upon  the 
nails  of  the  tliird  and 
fourth  lingers.  In  this 
ludvcnient  the  fingers  and 
thumb  are  in  a  passive 
vtinililian,  having  no  in- 
dependent motion  of  their 
own,  the  movements  be- 
ing made  entirely  by  the 
muscles  of  the  fore-arm;  it 
is  applied  in  forming  the 
short  letters  and  capitals. 
»«l.  IThole  Arm 
M  o  V  e  in  e  n  t  —  T  h  i  s  i  s 
made  by  I'aising  the  fnre- 
nrmfromuiuMo  two  inehea 
from  the  desk,  and  sliding 
the  hand  upon  the  nails 
of  tlio  third  and  fourth 
lingers.  This  is  a  bold 
movement,  and  is  em- 
ployed in  making  largo 
eapitals,  and  In  flourish- 
ing. 
4Hi.  <;om|»oinHl.  or  Mlxeil  Movement —  This  is  a  harmonious 
union  uf  the  lir.>*t  tw<j  movemeuts,  and  is  piotiuced  by  sinmltaneous  action  of 
the  forearm,  hand,  and  lingers,  and  i«  by  far  the  most  jirarlirtil  movement 
In  writing.  In  jirodiiehig  the  Fore-arm  andCoinpouuii  movements,  the  irriHt 
shoulil  be  elevated  from  the  paper  at  leant  one-fourth  of  tut  iuch. 


.•(>- 


^^ 


i/ 


? 


A    SPKCIMli'N    OF    SPKNCJEKIAJJ    BUSINKS-S    WltlTINU. 


285 


M-^A-aj-^jyyt^ 


■yy-^^t-^y.^-^t^^^ru^ 


Copy-il^M.IJ79.ty)yison.BlakcTOn.rjyl(ir,l.Q). 


iCs^ — 


k 


'csi; 


? 


266 


PEN-FLOURISHING,  AND    ONE    OF    ITS    MOST    ORIGINAL    REPRESENTATIVES. 


6 


1>^?-«B?= 


-»J^S-(..f>||#-H 


John  D.  Williams. 


(5  '-"^Z'J  -^  c> 


'^^'F^n'wiwr^^ 


?•     Dislinguished  Off-Hand  Penman  and  Originator 
of  Many  Designs  in  Flourishing. 


i^ 


AXY  READERS  of  this  page  will 
rtinembur  the  time  when  the 
"■Writing-School"  was  an  insti- 
tution that  came  and  went  in  the 
rural  villages  almost  as  regularly 
as  one  season  followed  another. 
These  were  the  days  when  the 
youth  of  the  land  were  dependent 
upon  the  *' master"  of  the  dis- 
trict school  for  a  "copy''  to 
follow  in  their  writing.  That 
was  the  time  when  the  goose- 
fjuill  flourished,  and  the  indi- 
vidual was  held  in  high  esteem 
who  possessed  the  genius  to 
make  a  first-class  pen. 

In  those  years,  the  writing- 
teacher  traveled  from  town  to 
town,  and  secured  excellent 
l)atronagc  from  the  fact  that  the 
writing-school  was  >  the  only 
lilace  where  the  student  could 
with  certainty  learn  to  write. 

The  writing-master  was 
usually  a  stranger  in  town,  and, 
upon  lii^  arrival,  various  were 
the  devices  that  he  was  com- 
pelled to  resort  to  in  order  to 
organize  his  clasMep.  Prominent  among  these  was  an  elaborate 
display  of  penmant*hip,  pen-drawing  and  flourishing,  in  the  shape  of 
specimens,  which  were  exhibited  at  the  post-oflice  and  various  public 
places  in  the  village  about  the  time  of  opening  the  school. 

It  was  true  that  most  of  the  students  in  the  writing  class  had  little 
occasion  to  use  thit*  ornamental  flourlnhing  in  the  buniness  pursuits 
r,f  )if..       'I'll.'   t-nrlwT  WH«  jii-titi'-d,  !i..\v.'V<T,  in    lhi«   «li<pl;iv  of  Iii- 


Portrait  of  John  D.  Williams, 

'Packard  <fc  Williams'  Gems  of  Penmanship,"  and  Other 
Works  on  Writing  and  Flourishing. 


talent  in  pen-drawing  from  the  fact  that  its  practice  gave  command 
of  the  hand  and  arm  in  writing,  and  from  the  further  fact  that  it 
demon^^lrated  to  what  proficiency  in  the  art  of  pen-drawing  the 
skillful  penman  might  attain. 

The  advent  of  the  printed  copy-book  and  the  public  school  has 
made  the  traveling  writing-teacher  less  a  necessity  than  formerly; 
but  while  recollection  lives  in  this  generation,  we  shall  not  forget  the 
awe  inspired  and  the  genuine  admiration  elicited  for  the  professor  of 
penmanship,  when  he  drew  with  a  flourish  the  swooping  eagle,  the 
handsome  bird,  and  the  graceful  swan. 

Of  that  time  and  generation  was  John  D.  Williams.  Thdugh  bom 
in  Pittsburgh,  in  1829,  he  passed  the  first  eleven  years  of  his  life  at 
Newcastle,  Pa.,  where  he  early  evinced  a  fondness  for  writing  and 
drawing,  a  smooth  board  and  a  piece  of  charcoal  serving  every 
purpose  for  a  display  of  his  art,  his  excellence  consisting  principally 
in  off-hand  fiourih^bing,  a  few  specimens  of  which  are  shown  on  the 
next  page. 

Mr.  Williams  first  came  prominently  before  the  country  through 
the  advertising  of  Peter  Duff,  proprietor  of  Duff's  commercial  col- 
lege, at  Pittsburgh,  in  wliose  employ  Mr.  Williams  was  fnr  Mnne  years, 
during  whieli  time  he  originated  those  oflf-liand  specimens  of 
flourishing  which  afterwards  appeared  in  "Packard  and  Williams' 
(Jems  of  Penmanship,"  and  other  publications.  From  his  works 
the  penmen  of  the  country  have  copied  lluir  nourishing,  probalily, 
more  generally  than  any  other  books  extant. 

In  the  later  years  of  his  life  he  gave  much  attention  to  the  prei)ara- 
tion  of  his  work  for  the  engravers,  thus  transmitting  to  future 
generations  those  "  Gems  "  which  will  ever  have  admirers  as  hniu' 
as  the  principles  of  beauty  in  proportion,  shades,  and  curved  lino 
eiHliinv      Tie  died  at  Albany,  N.  Y,  ,  in  .Iiinnary,  1871. 


■vST 


:(t — 


'? 


SPKCIMEA'S    OF    FLOUKISIIING. 


2bt 


-r 


Principles  of  Beauty. 

ttt'O  make  these  desiprns  beautiful, 
*%-  the  author,  Mr.  John  D.  Williams, 
applied  four  principles;  of  these  there 
are: 

First.  The  rules  of  proportion.  The 
birds  and  swans  here  shown  exhibit  the 
forms  we  see  in  life. 

Second.  He  gave  graceful  curve  to 
every  line  he  made  ;  there  are  no 
straight  lines. 

Third.  He  made  contrast  by  an  in- 
terblending  of  light  and  heavy  shades. 

Fourth.  W]iere  lines  extend  in  the 
same  direction  they  run  parallel  with 
each  other. 


I 


'<ns^ 


t^^  proportion,  curves,  sh-ides  and 
parallels,  the  student  must  have: 

First.  Command  of  arm  movement 
to  carry  the  pen  rapidly  to  the  point 
the  mind  determines,  thus  leaving  the 
mark  graceful  in  outline. 

Second.  There  must  be  perfect  con- 
fldenee  in  the  ability  to  execute  the 
flourish,  else  tremor  and  irregular 
lines  will  show  themselves. 

Tliird.  The  individual  should  love 
the  beautiful  and  have  a  hiixh  appreci- 
ation of  the  ideal  and  the  artistic,  else 
the  attempt  to  excel  will  be  futile. 


i 


7. 


The  Bird's  Nest  and  the  Swans. as  Flourished  with  a  Pen  by  John  D    Williams. 


:(!i — 


><l  t>- 


D.    T.     AMES,    EXl'ERT    IN    II AXDWKITING. 


Ofi^s 


,.A.AAAA   >\\A...J,.A.\,\.>..    ,  \   , 


VVS  \.V.V^A.\..-k..^A  v..  >    ,        ■  ^Vr-. 


ran  >  V  t  ■  '  rv'^'»v.A'vwv'.wiA".'.' 


Daniol  T.  Ames.  ^ 


!:.i.i.iV'.wwv'k'.tWA-kA^'\\n^v-.v.'w-A 


^^■■^.Ul>■.^|  W  V'^WK.X'M-'V'.K  v^^ 


Ex-^ 


Commercial  Teacher,  Author  and  Professional  Expert 
in  Penmanship. 


T.      AMES, 
chirographic 
artist      of      New 
York,    holds    the 
relation    to    pen- 
drawing    that 
Spencer     did     to 
practical  penman- 
ship,     and     that 
Williams    did    to 
flourishing.    Both 
of  the  latter  stood 
at    the    head     in 
their  respective  depart- 
ments, and  so  does  the 
subject  of  this  sketch. 
Both  Spencer  and 
Williams    systematized 
their  work  and  gave  it  to 
the  world   for    a  copy, 
and  Mr.  Ames  has  done  the  same. 

The  town  of  Vershire,  Vermont,  was 
his  birthplace  in  1835.  Here  he  as- 
sisted upon  a  farm  in  the  summer,  and 
attended  the  district  school  in  the 
winter.  At  the  age  of  sixteen,  when  a 
St  udcnt  at  Chelsea  academy,  he  attended 
the  writing-classes  of  Professor  S.  L. 
Lyman,  soon  after  which  from  teach- 
ing district  schools,  Mr.  Ames  became 
an  instructor  of  penmanship  and  other 
branclK's  at  ihc 'i'opHflcld  (Mass. )  academy  where  he  remained  four 
ycarh*.  After  his  gradntiti<in  at  that  institution  lu;  entered  the  law 
'illlf-e  ot  Judge  ('(jbb,  at  StrafTord,  Vt.  A  two  years'  experience  here, 
involving  the  trial  of  various  cases  requiring  a  knowledge  of  book- 
li'fpirjL',  fvui-^'-t!  bini  fo  <-nt*T  thf  O'-wcl'o    (S.  Y.  )    commercial   col- 


Portrait  of  Daniel  T.  Ames, 


Editor  of  the 


'Penman's  Art  Journal."  Designer  and  Skillful 
Artist  in  Pen-Drawing. 


lege,  of  which  institution  he  became  erelong  a  part  owner  and  subse- 
quently principal. 

InlStJOhe  established  at  Syracuse,  N.  Y. ,  the  "Ames  National 
Business  College,"  which  he  conducted  .very  successfully  until  he 
sold  the  same,  in  1868,  to  enter  again  the  practice  of  the  law,  becom- 
ing a  member  of  the  Xew  York  bar  in  18G9. 

By  urgent  solicitation  he  subsequently  became  a  member  of  the 
publishing  house  of  H.  W.  Ellsworth  &  Co. ,  in  New  York,  and  assisted 
in  the  revision  of  the  Ellsworth  system  of  penmanship,  largely  in 
use  in  the  New  York  city  schools.  From  this  copartnership  he 
retired  in  1871,  and  opened  rooms  as  a  publisher  and  general  pen- 
artist. 

Since  that  date,  with  the  aid  of  photo  engraving,  Mr.  Ames  has  done 
more  than  any  person  in  the  United  States  to  systematize  and  utilize 
for  commercial  and  artistic  purposes  the  art  of  ornamental  penman- 
ship, being  assisted  by  the  Penman's  Art  Journal,  a  monthly  publi- 
cation of  large  circulation,  which  he  established  in  1877,  and  "  Ames' 
Compendium  of  Practical  and  Ornamental  Penmanship,"'  which  he 
issued  in  1878. 

To  the  lover  of  the  artistic  and  the  beautiful,  Mr.  Ames'  studio  on 
Broadway,  nearly  opposite  the  post-office,  in  New  York,  is  one  of  the 
most  interesting  places  in  the  city  to  visit.  Here  a  corps  of  pen- 
artists  are  busy  engrossing  in  elegant  style  for  framing,  forms  of 
resolutions,  memorials,  invitations,  cards,  diplomas,  etc.,  the  walls 
in  the  meantime  being  hung  with  elaborate  and  ornate  specimens  of 
pen-drawing. 

Possessing  good  command  of  language,  decision  of  purpose,  clear 
judgment,  legal  knowledge,  and  a  keen  discernment  for  delerminiug 
the  authorship  of  dilferent  handwritings,  the  services  of  Mr.  Ames 
are  much  called  for  of  late  in  the  various  courts  as  an  expert  in  hand- 
writing. 

Upon  the  two  following  pages  may  be  seen  copies  of  Mr.  Ames' 
pen  drawings. 


:<5^ 


TESTIMONIAL    IN    HONOR    OF    I'KESIDENT    GAIU'TELD. 


2.VJ 


-■i^^^^r^^f- 


ifea£.»!^Ljas«£?, 


James  A.  Oarfleld  was  born    l        Graduated    at    "WilUams   college,     r        For  bravery 
in    Oranpc  townsliip.    filteen   miles         ISiiS;    elected  State  senator  in  Ohio,  mauga.Teni 

from  Mentor,  Ohio,  Nov.  19,1831.  I     1859;  first  sent  to  Congress,  1862.  I     Gen. ;  chost- 


ery  at  battle   of   Chica-    r       Elected  President  of  U.  S.,  I8S0; 

n.,  in  18f',  .vas  made  Maj.  wounded  by  an  assassin,  July  2;  died  Js^ 

■n  U.  S.  :^enatu^.  Jan,  ISSO.     ;     at  Long  Branch.  N.  J.,  Sept.  19.  1S,11.  ^; 


19 


M 


290 


THE    LOED  S    1-EAYER,    AS    EXEOUTEl)    WITH    A    PEN    BY    D.    T.    AMES. 


S1^ 


A    MAN    UKKSS-MAKER. 


2yi 


f 


J2 


,,.,=1^^ 


f 


P^^^MH^MS^T^ 


I. .■».».»--■ 


Charles  F.  Worth 


K  ■  B  ■  ■  ■  ■  I 


I  ■  B  ■  I  ■  ■  I  I 


?Tr 


'-+^ 


^ 


C^    *\ft/'  'Ni/'   *nA/«   *\A/»     a>  Celebrated  for  Artistic  Designs  in  the  Manufacture  of  Women's  Wearing  Apparel 

I 


III8  famous 
of  Paris!,'' 
whom  all 
wearer  a 


*' man-milliner 

the  one  man  in 

admirers    and 

of    costly     and 


fashionable  female  ap- 
l)arel  in  foreign  and 
American  social  circles 
have  a  deep  and  undying 
interest,  takes  his  place  in 
this  volume  among  the 
other  distinguished  char- 
acters whose  portraitures  it  endeav- 
ors to  present. 

Charles 
Frederick  t^ 
Worth  has 
no  military 
or  literary 
achieve- 
ments of 
which  to  boast, 
and  yet  he 
wields  a  power 
over  Bociety  which  the  bravest  soldier,  the 
wisest  statesman  or  the  most  successful 
writer  might  not  disdain  to  possess. 

Although  France  claims  him  as  the  cyno- 
sure of  fashion,  Mr.  Worth  is  a  native  of 
England,  he  having  been  born  in  Lincoln- 
shire, but  his  age,  like  that  of  the  older 
portion  of  his  lady-patrons,  appears  to  be 
veiled  in  mystery.  His  protrait,  however, 
indicates  that  he  is  still  in  his  prime. 

His  father  was  a  lawyer.  While  Frederick 
and  the  other  children  were  young,  some 
domestic  misfortune  required  them  to  leave 
their  studies  and  engage  in  other  pursuits  to 
earn  their  support. 

Frederick,  at  twenty,  went  to  Paris  to  seek  employment  and  learn 
the  French  language.  He  first  engaged  himself  as  a  cutter  in  the 
fashionable  dress-making  house  of  Gagelin.  Here  he  found  the 
lady  whom  he  soon  after  married  employed  as  a  shop-girl.  After 
their  marriage  they  began  to  work  together  for  themselves  and  laid 
the  foundation  of  the  immense  business  which  they  now  control. 
Their  establishment  furnishes  employment  for  about  a  thousand 


Charles  Frederick  Worth, 


Distinguished  for  the  L^nique  ami  the  Artistic 
in  Dressmaking. 


persons  in  manufacturing  robes  and  costumes  for  fashionable  people 
in  all  parts  of  the  world.  Their  workshops  arc  commodious  and 
numerous,  each  being  assigned  to  some  special  labor  in  the  formation 
of  a  complete  outfit  for  a  lady's  wardrobe. 

So  carefully  is  this  business  conducted  that  Mr.  Worth  personally 
superintends  the  design  and  construction  of  every  article  made  in  his 
establishment,  so  that  his  own  remarkably  correct  taste  is  exercised 
to  invest  each  garment  with  a  charm  of  which  his  patrons  are  univer- 
sally proud.  That  a  dress  '■'■came  from  Worth's"  is  a  recommenda- 
tion that  no  fashionable  lady  dares  to  scorn. 

In  his  shops  the  models  of  new  designs,  which  Mr.  Worth  himself 
either  originates  or  adopts,  are  first  made  of  a  cheap  material  to 
exhibit  the  effect  of  form  and  arrangement.  H  a  dress  fails  to  please 
him,  after  being  made  up  of  costly  goods, 
ho  has  it  taken  to  pieces,  reformed  and 
remade,  and  any  dress  that  will  not  cost 
at  least  $100  when  finished  he  will  refuse 
to  make.  In  his  way  he  is  the  autocrat  of 
society. 

That  he  has  amassed  wealth  by  his  perse- 
vering industry,  exquisite  taste  in  his  art, 
and  extensive  patronage,  no  one  can  doubt. 
On  the  Versailles  road,  about  seven  miles 
from  Paris,  in  the  handsome  suburb  of 
Suresnes,  is  his  private  residence,  a  red 
brick  mansion,  with  towers  and  turrets  and 
surrounded  by  a  high  garden  wall.  Inside 
of  this  mansion  the  excellent  taste  of  the 
owner  is  displayed  in  the  furniture  and 
fittings,  a  series  of  apartments  separated 
from  each  other  only  by  drapery  of  curtains, 
filled  with  costly,  remarkable  and  beautiful 
productions  of  art  and  nature  that  captivate 
the  eye  and  arouse  the  admiration  of  the 
visitor.  Here  the  "man-milliner"'  spends 
his  summer  Sundays,  his  only  respite  from 
the  arduous  duties  and  cares  of  the  week. 
He  also  owns  a  winter-garden,  beautifully  laid  out  and  teeming  with 
out-door  flowers  and  vines,  a  conservatory  of  rare  and  elegant  foreign 
plants  and  a  grotto- fountain,  with  rich  tropical  vegetation.  Stables  for 
horses,  extremely  neat  and  tasteful  in  their  arrangements,  with  a 
horse- hospital,  parrots,  dogs,  rare  birds  and  other  delightful  append- 
ages to  a  gentleman's  home-residence,  are  attached  to  the  man-- 
sion,  and  Mr.  Worth's  "lines"  seem  indeed  to  "have  fallen  to  him 
in  pleasant  places. " 


:(!i^— 


Early  Brilliancy  with  Some;  Later  Achievement  with  Others. 


Pitman  Invented  phonography  at  24. 
Al€lrlch*8  "  Eabie  Bell"  appeared  at  20. 
Pope's  "  Essay  on  Man"  appeared  at  45. 
Bismarck  became  prime  minister  at  56. 
Poe  wrote  "The  Raven"  at  the  age  of  36. 
Howe  patented  his  sewing-machine  at  26. 
Colt  was  20  when  he  patented  his  revolver. 
Stanley  was  31  when  he  found  Livingstone. 
Hallcck  wrote  his  •'  Marco  Bozzaris"  at  37. 
Locke*  as  "  Nasby,"  was  well-known  at  27. 
Clemens  issued  '  *  Innocents  Abroad  "  at  32. 
Handel  commenced  musical  education  at  9. 
Edison  invented  his  duplex  telegraphy  at  22. 
AIlss  Sedgwick's  first  novel  appeared  at  33. 
Mrs.  South  worth  wrote  her  first  novel  at  25. 
"Victoria  ascended  the  English  throne  at  18. 
Columbus  was  57  when  he  discovered  America. 
Pollok's  "Course  of  Time"  appeared  at  29. 

Dickens'  first  volume  of  "  Sketches"  appeared 
at  i.'i. 

%Valtor  Scott  wrote  his  first  Waverley  novel 
at  43. 

Macaulay  began  his  "History  of  England" 
at  17. 

Worcester  published  his  first  large  dictionary 
ai  ir.. 

Hlalne  was  elected  to  Congress  from  Maine 
at  :i2. 

Spurgeon  crowded  his  church  with  hearers 
at  18. 

Alexandre  Dumas  wrote  his  first  plays 
at  2i. 

Ifiierstadt  painted  the  "Yoseraite"  at  the 
ape  of  31. 

De  Foe  i^TOte  his  * '  Robinson  Crusoe  "  at  the 
age  of  6s. 

Cuvier  had  become  distinguished,  as  a  natur- 
alist, at  28. 

*John  Milton  was  41  when  he  wrote  "Para- 
dise Lo«t." 

fj.    Fenlmore   Cooper   published  his  first 

nuvi-1  at  30. 

I^amnrtlne*9  first  volume  of  poems  was  pub- 
lished at  w. 

Mr*.  Hemans*  first  volume  of  poems  ap- 
peared at  H. 

Stuart  painted  his  famous  picture  of  Wash- 
hiKtun  ut.3S. 

Carleton  wrote  "  Betsey  and  I  are  Out"  at 
the  age  of  26. 

Harvey  at  38  had  discovered  the  circulation 
of  tlie  blood. 

Ilrovt'ne,  as  "  Artemus  Ward,"  was  first  cel- 
cbiai(-d  at  24. 

Horace  Greeley  founded  tho  New  York 
Trihuuc  at  30. 

tienny  LInd  was  20  when  sbc  sang  in  the 
Ulilt^-'l  States 

Ravard  Taylor's  (Irnt  book  of  travels  was 
published  at  21. 


Byron's  first  volume  of  poems  came  out  when 
he  was  IS. 

Dar%vin  proclaimed  his  theories  on  evolution 
at  the  age  of  50. 

Pullman  was  raising  buildings  in  Chicago  at 
the  age  of  2S. 

Campbell's  "Pleasures  of  Hoi)e"  appeared 
when  he  was  22. 

Webster  was  48  when  he  made  his  celebrated 
reply  to  Hayne. 

Tennyson  was  24  when  his  first  volume  of 
poems  appeared. 

Aristotle  was  called  by  Plato  "the  intellect 
of  his  school "  at  17. 

De  Lesseps  was  64  at  the  time  of  the  build- 
ing of  the  Suez  canal. 

"Victor  Hugo's  fii-st  volume  of  poems  ap- 
peared when  he  was  20. 

Charlotte  Broute  published  "Jane  Eyre," 
her  greatest  fiction,  at  22. 

Grant  was  42  years  old  when  he  achieved  his 
brilliant  military  success. 

Barnum  was  the  proprietor  of  the  American 
museum,  New  York,  at  31. 

Adellna  Pnttl  sang  in  concerts  at  8,  and 
wai  a  leading  singer  at  16. 

Dr.  Gall  announced  the  location  of  the 
phrenological  organs  at  33. 

Jules  Verne  w'rote  his  first  romance,  "Five 
Weeks  in  a  Balloon,"  at  35. 

William  III.  (King  of  England),  at  22  was 
an  able  general  in  Holland. 

McCormiek  invented  a  grain  cradle  at  15, 
and  produced  his  reaper  at  22. 

Hoe  gave  the  double  cylinder  printing-press 
to  the  people  at  the  age  of  25. 

Carl  Ijinnseus,  great  Swedish  botanist,  had 
achieved  high  reputation  at  24. 

Shakspeare  w-as  at  the  height  of  his  work 
in  play-writing  at  the  age  of  40 

W^ilkie  Collins*  first  important  literary 
work  appeared  when  he  was  24. 

Morse  was  40  when  ho  demonstrated  the 
practicability  of  the  telegraph. 

Bouelcault's  first  play,  "  London  Assur- 
ance," appeared  when  he  was  19. 

Thurlow  Wee«l  began  the  publication  of 
the  Albany  Eveniny  Journal  at  33. 

Mrs.  Stanton  called  the  first  woman's- 
rights  convention  at  the  age  of  32. 

Selilller,  the  famous  CJernian  poet,  attained 
cck-brity  at  23  by  his  "  Brigands." 

Napoleon  was  made  emperor  of  France  and 
was  at  the  height  of  his  glory  at  36. 

John  Adams*  second  President  of  the  United 
States,  was  active  as  a  politician  at  30. 

G.  P.  R.  James  wrote  tho  stories  entitled 
' '  A  String  of  Pearls  "  when  he  was  17. 

James  Gordon  Bennett  began  the  pub- 
lication of  tho  Now  York  Herald  at  40. 

Burns*  first  poetry  began  to  appear  when 
he  was  16.     He  was  dlBllngulfthed  at  27. 

Thomas     Moure     i,ubli>lu-.l      lib     "  LUtlr's 


Poems,"  and  found  himself  famous  thereby  at  23. 

Prescott  was  41  when  his  "History  of  Fer- 
dinand and  Isabella  of  Spain  "  appeared. 

Andrew  Jackson  Davis  dictated  "Na- 
ture's Divine  Revelations  "  at  the  age  of  23. 

Sir  Robert  Peel,  British  statesman,  began 
his  public  life  in  parliament  as  a  Tory  at  21. 

Goldsmith's  "  Deserted  Village."  and  his 
other  best  works,  appeared  after  he  was  31. 

Alexander  Volta,  an  Italian  electrician, 
at  44  invented  the  voltaic  battery  or  ' '  pile. " 

Bryant  ^vrote  poetry  for  the  newspapers  at 
10,  and  was  the  author  of  '  *  Thanatopsis  "  at  19. 

Hogarth  established  his  fame  as  an  artist 
at  36,  when  he  painted  "  The  Harlot's  Progress." 

Charles  Lamb,  an  English  poet  and  essay- 
ist, published  his  fii-st  collection  of  poems  at  22. 

George  Stephenson,  British  engineer  and 
father  of  railways,  made  his  first  steam-engine  at 
43. 

Beethoven,  the  famous  Prussian  musical 
composer,  began  to  publish  his  own  compositions 
at  13. 

Mozart  displayed  musical  talent  at  3.  was  a 
prodigy  at  6,  and  had  produced  his  first  opera 
at  15. 

James  Parton  came  prominently  before  the 
people  through  his  "Life  of  Horace  Greeley" 
at  33. 

Anna  Dickinson  was  18  when  she  startled 
a  woman's-righta  convention  with  her  oratorical 
power. 

Ben  Jonson,  the  KngHsh  dramatist,  became 
famous  at  24  by  his  comedy  of  "  Every  Man  in  His 
Humor." 

Rt.  Hon.  Charles  James  Fox,  Brlti'^h 
statesman  and  orator,  at  2:)  was  distinguished  in 
parliament. 

John  Dryden,  an  English  poet,  wrote  well 
at  29.  but  was  &0  before  recognized  as  a  writer  of 
the  first  order. 

Michael  Angelo  was  near  RO  when,  n*^  an 
architect,  he  designed  the  grand  dome  oL  St. 
Peter's  at  Rome. 

Sir  William  Herschel  made  his  own  tel- 
escopes and  became  renowned  for  his  scientific 
discoveries  at  13. 

Humboldt*8  first  work  on  natural  history 
was  publisbi-d  at  21;  he  concluded  his  "Cosmos" 
at  S2,  and  died  at  90. 

Noah  W^ebster  began  work  upon  his  great 
dictionary  at  4'J,  and  brought  it  out  twenty-one 
years  afterwards. 

Alexander  Pope  nubllshed  his  "Pastor- 
als" at  16.  and  translutca  Homer's  "Iliad"  when 
between  25  and  .10. 

Sir  Isaac  Newton  had  made  his  three 
grand  discoveries  concerning  light,  fiu.\ion3  and 
gi'avitations  at  24. 

John  Napier,  a  Scottish  baron,  wa.'>  l>om 
when  his  father  wiui  only  IC;  he  published  his  sys- 
tem of  logarithms  at  04. 

Genrnre  W.  Curtis  published  his  first  book. 
"  Nile  Notes  of  a  Howjidji,"  the  result  of  a  visit 
to  Egypt  jiiKi  Svriii.  at  2t".. 


MiS: 


T- 


WHK^'CE    COLLEGKS    OUTAINED    Tlliaii   NAMES. 


'^Vllllnm  Co\\'per,  an  esti^emed  British  poet, 
did  tint  bi't;in  to  wiitLMinttl  pust  middle  agu,  and 
giiiiu-d  liis  llrst  siicce:ss  at  54. 

'Wllllum  Wortliiworth,  one  of  the  penlh'at 
and  pui'L'iit  of  Biitish  pot'ts,  did  not  attain  high 
rank  as  a  writer  until  almiit  10. 

I^ord  John  Russell,  British  statesman,  at 
27  iJOKivn  his  career  as  a  parliamentary  refornuir; 
\vas  tliree  times  prime  ministei*. 

Henry  J.  Temule  (Lord  Palmei-ston),  Brit- 
ish statesman,  was  lully  45  bt^fore  he  clearly  dis- 
played liis  powei's  a»  a.  statesman. 

Hunnlhal,  the  famous  Carthagenian  war- 
rior, held  a  high  military  command  at  18,  and  had 
become  eminent  ii^  a  geneial  at  2ti. 

Voltnli'e,  while  in  prison  on  suspicion  of 
being  the  author  of  a  libel  against  the  govern- 
ment, wrote  his  fli-st  tragedy  at  22. 

Rt.  Hon.  Ben.1nmtn  Disraeli  (earl  of 
Beaeoristleldi,  wiu*  famous  as  a  novelist  at  22;  at  44 
wius  a  political  leader  in  parliament. 

Alexander  the  Orcat  governed  Macedo- 
nia wisely  at  16.  began  his  career  as  a  successful 
conqueror  of  nations  at  20,  and  died  at  aU. 

'^'Illlani  Pitt  (earl  of  Chatham),  Brlti-^h 
statesman,  won  distinetion  as  n  debater  in  parlia- 
ment at  32  by  his  reply  to  Horatio  Walpole. 

Bartholdy  Mendel««ohn  possessed  at  an 
early  age  a  strong  inclination  for  music,  and  his 
lirst'inusical  compositions  were  published  at  l.'i. 

I^ope  de  Veija,  a  Spanish  poet  of  consider- 
able reputation,  tound  time  during  a  life  of  73 
years  to  write  407  plays  and  much  other  matter. 

Maria  Ediceworth,  a  British  authoress. 
beir;in  to  write  the  series  of  novels  and  tales  Ijy 
which  she  achieved  a  lasting  literary  fame,  at  'Si. 

(.lames  Watt,  a  Scotch  mathematical  instru- 
ment maker,  at  14  consti-ucted  an  electrical 
machine,  at  27  invented  the  modern  steam- 
engine. 


William  Pitt  (2d\  British  statesman,  son 
of  tlie  earl  of  Clmthani,  was  an  excellent  scholar 
at  14.  was  chancellor  of  the  exchequer  at  24,  and 
prime  minister  at  25. 

Sir  Hnm|»hry  Davy,  famous  British  chem- 
ist and  philosopher,  piibli.-ticd  his  llrst  essays  at 
21.  ond  \v;us  |)roie.4sur  of  clu--mistiy  at  the  Ifoyal 
institution  at  23. 

Sir  Thomas  More,  English  statesman,  pre- 
cocious in  wit  and  learning,  successful  as  a  law- 
yer, was  kiiiirhted  and  made  socrutai-y  of  the 
cxchequL-r  at  41. 

Sir  Robert  ^Val|»ole,  English  statesman, 
fflt  32  wius  British  secretary  of  war  and  leader  of 
the  whigs  in  the  House  of  Commons;  wa?  prime 
minister  21  years. 

Xoriiiiato  Tasso,  noted  Italian  poet,  was 
exceedingly  precocious  in  youth,  at  17  had  written 
his  ■'  Kinaldo;"  at  31  published  his  famous  "Jeru- 
salem Delivered." 

Lamartlne  published  his  "  Poetical  Medita- 
tions" at  30,  selling  45,000  copies  in  four  years, 
and  reaping  corresponding  fame;  at  57  appeared 
his  "History  of  the  Giionclist3.  " 

Wlllinm  Wllberforce,  British  statesman 
and  philanthropist,  divpi;iyed  talent  for  elocution 
at  7:  at  21  entir.d  pai  li;inii'nt.  and  had  gained  a 
high  reputation  bi-lun.'  he  was  25. 

Francis  vToseph  Haydn,  the  celebrated 
Prussian  conii>oser,  brought  out  six  prand  sym- 
phonies ill  London  at  50,  and  produced  liis  greatest 
woik,  "The  Creation,"  at  67,  at  V'ienna. 

"Washlngton  Irving  contributed  to  the  peri- 
odical press  of  the  United  States  at  19,  published 
his  "History  of  New  York"  at  26,  his  "  Sketch- 
Book"  at  36,  and  his  "  Life  of  Washington"  at 
72-76. 

(John  Stuart  Mill,  an  English  philosopher, 
became  fii-st  widely  known  at  37  by  the  publication 
ot  his  "System  of  Logic,"  and  his  second  great 


work,  "Principles  of  Political  Economy,'*  ap- 
peared at  42. 

Jay  Gould  wan  18  when  he  published  a 
history  of  Uchiware  coniity.  New  York.  He  wa« 
'Zl  when  he  superintended  the  extensive  tttnninjf 
works  of  Pratt  &  Urnild  at  fioulrl«borough  in 
Pennsylvania,  and  was  distinguished  on  Wull 
street  before  he  was  30. 

The    Duke   of    W^elUngton,   gi-eatest  of 

modern  llini>th  wiirriois,  subdued  the  Malnatta 
dominion  in  India  at  :i5;  at  31*  commanded  the 
allied  Hrit  (■^h  iii  my  in  Spain,  and  w()n  the  battle  of 
Watiiloo  and  liiiished  the  dynasty  of  Napoleon  L 
by  the  time  lie  was  40. 

Corregglo,  the  IlUistrious  Italian  artlRt. 
beOame  a  painter  throutfh  his  natural  genius  and 
without  a  te<hhi'-al  ediifatloh:  at  30  he  beiran  his 
gi.al.-vr  ui.i  k,  till-  fii-M  ..  of  "The  Assumption  of 
thf  \  ht-'iii  "  in  111'-  (Mlln-ili  al  at  Parma,  which  was 
completed  in  jiboul  lunr  yeai-s. 

FranriH  Bacon,  philosopher  and  lord  chan- 
cellor of  I-^nglaiid.  dlstinffulshed  for  boyish  wit, 
at  11  speculated  on  tlie  laws  of  the  imag'inatioii. 
was  called  to  the  bar  at  21;  at  2H  was  counsel 
extraordinary  to  Queen  Elizabeth:  entered  parlia- 
ment at  32i  at  57  was  created  lord  liigh  cliun- 
cellor. 

Benjamin  Franklin,  American  pliilosopher 
and  statesman,  at  38  founded  the  univt-rsity 
of  Pennsylvania  and  the  American  Philosophical 
society;  about  40  invented  the  lightning-rctd.  and 
about  the  same  time  produced  his  well-known 
"  Franklin"  or  open  stove  j  at  .W  Oxford  and  Edin- 
burgh universities  confeired  upon  him  their  high- 
est degrees. 

Galileo,  lllu'^trious  as  an  Italian  astronomer. 

In  childlL.M.d -iiui-r.-d    m.-.^lianical    toys;    at  19 

discovei'l  ]..  .  iiliiiiiie?  of  tin-  pendulum;  at  25 
was  prote>M<i  ut  iiiiithemalics  m  the  university  at 
Pisa;  at  iO  discovered  the  satellites  of  Jupiter;  at 
56  suffered  persecution  for  declaring  that  the 
earth  moves  and  the  sun  does  not. 


(Si*' 


ORIGIN  OF  NAMES  OF  WELL-KNOWN  COLLEGES. 


Bates  College— At  Lewiston.  Me. ;  controlled 
by  the  Free  Baptists;  founded  in  1863,  and  named 
after  Benjamin  E.  Bates,  of  Boston,  who  contrib- 
uted $200,000  to  its  endowment  fund. 

Bowdoln  College  —  At  Brunswick,  Me.;  con- 
trolled by  the  Congregationalists;  founded  in 
1794.  and  named  after  Hon.  James  Bowdoin,  Gov- 
ernor of  Massachusetts,  in  1785.  His  son,  .James 
Bowdoin.  jr..  United  States  Minister  to  S))ain 
from  1805  to  1808.  bequeathed  to  this  college  an 
extensive  library,  philosophical  apparatus,  a  col- 
lection of  paintings.  6,000  acres  of  land,  and  the 
reversion  of  Naushon,  one  of  the  Elizabeth 
islands,  in  Buzzards'  bay,  on  the  south  coast  of 
Massachusetts,  which  had  been  his  favorite  resi- 
dence. 

Brown  University  —  At  Providence,  R.  I. ; 
controlled  by  the  Baptists;  founded  in  1765  as  the 
Rhode  Island  university;  changed  its  name  in 
1706  to  Brown  university,  in  honor  of  Nicholas 
Brown,  a  wealthy  merchant,  who  was  that  year 
elected  its  secretary,  and  remained  such  until 
1825.  At  that  time  he  gave  the  college  85,000  and 
a  tood  law-library,  and  in  1823  he  built  a  second 
college  edifice  at  his  own  expense:  his  total  gifts 
to  the  institution  amounted  to  8100.000. 

Cornell  UnlverHlty  —  At  Ithaca.  N.  Y.  ;  con- 
trolled by  the  State  educational  department; 
founded  in  1868  by  the  State  under  the  authority 
of  Congress  and  named  after  Ezra  Cornell,  a  capi- 
talist of  Ithaca,  who  gave  it  an  endowment  fund 
of  8500.000;  200  acres  of  land  on  which  it  is  situ- 
ated; the  Jewett  colle[,'e  in  geology  and  paleontol- 
ogy, with  about  ?1 0,000,  and  other  donations 
amounting  to  more  than  8100,000. 

Dartmouth  College  —  At  Hanover,  N.  H. ; 
controlled  by  the  Congregationalists;  founded  in 
1770,  originally  for  the  education  of  Indians;  was 
chartered  by  Governor  Wentworth,  of  New  Hamp- 
shire, under  British  rules  and  regulations,  and 
named  after  Lord  Dartmouth,  of  England.  %vho 
was  president  of  its  first  board  of  trustees.  It 
was  built  and  sustained  by  private  donations  from 
England  and  parties  in  this  country.  It  has  since 
received  many  rich  gifts. 

Harvard  College  —  At  Cambridge,  Mass.; 
controlled  by  no  relipious  denomination;  founded 
in  1638  by  the  authorities  of  the  commonwealth  of 
Massachusetts,  and  named  after  Rev.  John  Har- 
vard, who  bequeathed  to  the  college  a  small 
library  and  about  S3,500,   in  163^.     Mr.  Harvard 


was  a  native  of  England,  who  Immigrated  to 
Massachusetts,  where  he  preached  the  gospel  at 
Charlestown. 

Hon-ard  University  —  At  Washington,  D. 
C.  ;  controlled  by  the  Congregationalists;  founded 
in  1866  under  a  special  act  of  Congress,  and  was 
named  after  one  of  its  founders.  General  Oliver 
O.  Howard,  a  distinguished  American  soldier, 
who  was  its  president  from  1869  to  1873.  It  admits 
students  without  regard  to  color  or  sex. 

Lioyola  College  —  At  Baltimore,  Md. ;  con- 
trolled by  the  Roman  Catholics;  founded  in  1855; 
named  after  Loyola,  the  founder  of  the  order  of 
Jesuits. 

McKendree  College— At  Lebanon.  St.  Clair 
county,  111. ;  controlled  by  the  .Methodists  founded 
in  1835;  probably  named  after  Bishop  McKendree, 
of  the  American  Methodist  church,  and  a  revolu- 
tionary officer. 

Muhlenberg  College  —  At  Allenfcown,  Pa. ; 
controlled  by  the  Lutherans;  founded  in  184S; 
named  undoubtedly  after  Peter  John  Gabriel 
Muhlenberg,  the  founder  of  the  German  Lutheran 
church  in  Ameiica. 

Rutgers  College  —  At  New  Bnmswick.  V. 
J.  ;  originally  founded  by  a  royal  charter,  in  1770. 
as  Queen's  college;  in  18'2r>  it  received  its  present 
name  in  honor  of  Hon.  Henry  Rutgci-s.  who  con- 
tributed 85,000  to  its  fund.  Prior  to  1865  it  was 
controlled  by  the  Protestant  Reformed  Dutch 
church,  but  since  then  it  has  been  an  independent 
literary  institution,  and  in  a  prospei-ous  condi- 
tion. 

Shurtleff  College— At  Upper  Alton,  III. ;  con- 
trolled by  the  Baptists:  founded  in  1835  as  Alton 
college,  but  in  1836  its  name  was  changed  to 
ShurtlefT  college,  in  honor  of  Dr.  Benjamin  Shurt- 
leff. of  Boston,  who  gave  the  institution  $10,000; 
both  sexes  are  admitted  to  it. 

Tufts  College  —  At  College  Hill,  Medford, 
Mass.  ;  controlled  by  the  Universalists;  founded  in 
1853  and  named  after  Cliarles  Tufts,  who  gave  it 
70  acres  of  land  for  a  location.  It  has  now  an 
endowment  of  more  than  31,000,000. 

William  and  Mary  (College  of  >  — Near 
Williamsburg,  Va. ;  controlled  by  the  Episcopa- 
lians; founded  in  1603  and  named  after  the  reign- 
inc  king  and  queen  of  Encland,  who  appropriated 
lands,  money,  a  duty  on  tobi\cco,  and  the  office  of 
surveyor-general  of"  the  colony  for  its  support. 


Its  buildings  have  been  destroyed  by  fire  several 
times,  and  were  burned  during  the  war  of  the 
rebellion. 

Williams  College— At  Williamstown,  Mass. ; 
controlled  by  the  Congregationalists;  founded  in 
1793,  and  named  after  Colonel  E])hraim  Williams, 
who  by  his  will,  in  1755,  left  an  estate  for  the 
benefit  of  this  institution,  which  is  now  prosper- 
ous. 

Vaasar  College— Near  Poughkeepsie.  N.  Y. : 
controlled  by  no  religious  denomination;  founded 
by  Matthew  Vassar,  a  native  of  England  and  a 
brewer,  in  1861,  and  named  after  him.  Mr.  Vassar 
endowed  his  college,  which  was  intended  only  for 
the  education  of  females,  during  his  life  and  by 
his  will,  with  8-558,000  and  200  acres  of  land  on 
which  the  college  buildings  are  located.  Mr. 
Vassar  died  in  1868.  having  lived  to  see  the  success 
of  his  enterprise  fairly  established. 

Yale  College  —  At  New  Haven,  Conn. ;  one  of 
the  oldest  and  largest  of  American  educational 
institutions;  fii'st  located  at  Saybrook,  Conn.; 
removed  to  New  Haven  in  1716;  controlled  by  the 
Congregationalists;  named  in  honor  of  Elihn 
Yale,  who  made  donations  for  its  benefit,  between 
1714  and  1721,  amounting  to  about  82.500.  at  a  time 
when  the  money  was  much  needed.  Sir.  Yale  was 
born  at  New  Haven  in  1648  of  English  jiarents  %vho 
came  to  America  in  1638.  In  16-58  the  son  wtumed 
to  England  with  his  parents  and  never  revisited 
this  country,  going  to  the  East  Indies  and  after- 
wards returning  to  England,  where  he  was  chosen 
governor  of  the  East  India  company,  and  whei-e 
he  died  in  London  in  1721.  He  is  said  to  have  been 
the  first  pei"son  to  cause  a  sale  by  auction  in  Eng- 
land.    The  college  is  highly  prosperous. 

Smithsonian  Institution— -A.t  Washington, 
D.  C.  :  controlled  by  the  United  States  govern- 
ment in  the  interest  of  science:  founded  by  Con- 
gress in  1846.  in  accoi-dance  with  the  will  of  James 
Smithson,  an  English  scientist,  which  bequeathed 
for  its  establishment  propertv  that  realized 
8515. 160  in  gold.  More  than  8500,000  has  been 
exp'-nded  for  the  buildings.  Another  legacy,  the 
residue  of  another  bequest  in  Mr.  Sinithson's 
will,  amounting  to  $26,210.  was  received  in  1865. 
Congress,  also,  has  appropriated  freely  for  the 
enlargement,  improvement  and  support  of  the 
institution,  which  was  named  in  honor  of  its  lib- 
eral piojector,  and  in  Januarj',  1875,  it  had,  total 
resources  of  8701,909. 


-^u 


ilt-i 


THE    INFLUENCE    OF   ELEGANT    SURROUNDINGS. 


^1^  of  the 
)-C'col  lections 
are  the  scenes 
of  cliildhood,  if 
the  home  of  our 
tender  years  was 
made  happy  by 
kind  parents  and  pleas- 
ant surroundings.  No 
matter  if  that  home  was 
very  hinnble;  no  7natter  if 
its  occupants  had  only  the 
-l)arest  necessities  of  life; 
iKi  iiiMftci-  if  it  was  ever  so 
clicapiy  and  scantily  fur- 
mshcd.  the  little  that  there  was  of  the  pictnre 
on  tlic  wall,  the  (iniaincut  nn  the  manti'l  or  the 
tlower  by  the  ])atlnvay,  comes  back  in  niemory  to 
make  pleasant  tiic  recollection  of  that  childhood 
home. 

AVas  tlie  home  very  beantifiil  ?  Then  dunbly 
dear  is  the  thought  of  the  sunny  liours  that  we 
sjient  there  when  a  child,  by  our  mother's  side. 
In  the  after-years  we  encounter,  possibly,  much 


temptation  and  have  much  sorrow,  but  the  hal- 
lowed influence  of  the  happy,  beautiful  home 
which  we  knew  when  a  child,  is  ever  a  shield 
and  protection  from  evil. 

The  sunny  spots  of  childhood  make  the  sunny 
places  of  memory,  and  the  parent  who  lives  in 
the  afllection  of  the  child  made  the  home  of 
childhood  happy. 

AVe  plead  for  no  laxness  of  government  on 
the  part  of  the  parent.  The  child  should  obey 
and  be  taught  duty.  It  can  be  obedient  and  do 
the  right  and  love  the  guardian  all  the  better,  if 
the  discipline  be  wise.  And  doubly  dear  is  the 
remembrance  to  us  in  later  years,  if  to  a  wise 
training  in  childhood  were  added  attractive  and 
charming  surn lundings. 

The  poet  has  very  beautifully  said: 


MAKK  YOCR  hoiiie 
That  hoiu-d  up 
PiTi-lmn.M-  thi-v 


fAKK  YOrU  home  beautiful— frather  the  roses 

1  up  the  sunshine  witll  exq!iisit«  art: 
hey  may  pimr.  as  your  dread  darkness  closes, 
Tiiat  soft  sMinniei"  suu-liine  down  iutu  your  heart: 
If  V..U  can  do  so.  »)!  mal<i- it  an  l-:den 

(Vf  lieanlv  aii'i  ^rladn<-ss,   reinrnd)er  'tis  wise; 
'Twill  teach  you  to  lonn  for  that  home  you  are  needing, 
That  heaven  of  beauty  beyond  the  blue  skies. 


Make  home  a  hive,  where  all  beautiful  feelintra 

Cluster  lik<'  bees,  and  thi-ir  honeyilew  lirint,'; 
Make  it  a  telnl)ie  of  holy  revealintfs. 

And  love  Its  bripht  anBel  with  "shadowy  wlngr." 
Then  shall  It  be,  wlu'n  afar  on  life's  billow. 

Wherever  your  tempest-tossed  ehildren  are  Ihing. 
They  will  loiiK  for  the  shades  of  tlie  home  weeninK-wlllow, 

And  Hing  the  Bweut  song  which  their  mother  I)ad  sung. 


-<^ 


IKIMK    ADiili.NMENT. 


IT): 

295 


^^^-^ 


®  *':^a®ir*  1^ 


Fundamental  Principlss  of  Beauty, 


Relative  to  Household  Ornamentation. 


ERE  are  n  few  principles  relating  to  the 
lii'aiilifiil  that  bhould  be  understood  and 
applied  in 
tiie  decora- 
tion of  tbe 
interior  of 
the   home. 

^Contrast. 

The   lii-st 

of     th.'^,' 

is    dennin- 

inated    the 

ji  r  i  n  c  i  p  1  e 

o(  contract. 
It  is  the 
so  arranging  of  anything  as  to  gi\e 
relief  and  break  the  monotony  of  ap- 
pearance. Thns  a  picture  on  the  bare 
wall  will  add  beauty,  not  only  by  being 
of  itself  an  attraction,  but  it  will  break 
the  sameness  of  appearance  which  the 
plain  wall  presents. 

In  like  manner  the  window  is  relieved 
by  a  lambrequin,  the  mantel  by  suital)le 
ornaments,  the  ceiling  by  handsome  fres- 
coes, and  the  room  by  various  kinds  of 
furniture. 

Not  only  is  an  interior  thus  relieved 
by  pictures,  ornaments,  and  furniture, 
but  these  in  tuni  of  themselves  are  made 
beautiful  by  an  interblending  of  colors, 
carving,  or  relief-work  of  any  kind  that 
will  give  variety  in  appearance. 

Fig".  1,  shown  on  this  page,  represents 
a.  screen  made  to  shade  the  glow  from 
the  eyes  when  sitting  in  front  of  a 
brilliant  light.  A  study  of  this  will  show 
a  sufficient  variety  to  please  the  eye, 
not  only  by  the  light  and  shade,  but 
also  in  the  relief  work  on  the  corners, 
the  work  upon  the  dark  background,  and 
elsewhere. 

Curved  Lines. 

Another  iniijortant  jjrinciple  is  that  of 
the  curved  line.  Nature  in  all  her 
works  very  seldom,  if  ever,  makes  a  straight  line.  Observe  the  tree, 
the  shrub,  the  leaf,  the  blossom;  there  are  no  straight  lines.  All 
these  objects  are  formed  of  the  curved  line.  This  principle  is 
illustrated  also  in  Fig,  1.     The  outer  frame-work  of  the   screen  is 


Fig.  l---Li^ht-SiTeen, 


made  of  cane,  gracefully  curved,  as  are  also  the  stand,  the  supports, 
and  the  bird  in  the  center  of  the  screen. 

Proportion. 

The  third  principle  relates  to  balance, 
and  may  properly  be  best  described  as 
harmonious  proportion.  It  is  well 
illustrated  in  the  human  countenance. 
Taking  the  nose  as  a  center,  the  eyes 
should  each  be  of  the  same  size,  of  the 
same  color,  and  equally  distant  from 
the  nose  and  ears.  Again,  as  the  head 
is  higher  than  the  shoulders,  so  the 
center  of  any  article  of  furniture  sliould 
be  the  tallest  and  generally  the  largest. 
Thus,  of  three  pictures,  the  largest  of 
the  three  should  hang  in  the  center,  and 
should  be  a  little  the  highest  and  the 
most  conspicuous.  Tbe  center  of  any 
object  as  a  rule  should  be  its  highest 
point,  and  the  parts  extending  each  way 
from  the  center  should  be  of  equal 
height  and  size.  The  perfect  applica- 
tion of  this  rule  will  bring  the  center  of 
gravity  of  any  object  in  its  center, 
and  thus  it  will  be  self-supporting  and, 
consequently,  will  be  well  proportioned 
in  appearance.  Thus,  as  nature  pre- 
sents a  tree  with  its  highest  point  in  its 
center,  an  equal  amount  of  foliage  and 
branches  being  upon  each  side,  so  the 
architect  of  the  public  edifice  will  make 
the  center  the  highest  point  of  his 
building,  while  the  wings  are  lower  and 
of  equal  size  and  height,  if  the  edifice 
is  handsomely  proportioned.  In  the 
making  of  all  objects  of  use  and  adorn- 
ment, this  principle  must  be  understood 
if  we  desire  to  make  the  object  beau- 
tiful. 

In  Fig.  1  this  principle  is  applied. 
The  center  is  the  tallest:  the  corners  are 
equally  di.^tant  from  the  center,  and 
are  equally  high,  while  the  foundation 
is  sufficiently  broad  to  support  that 
which  is  above.    Examination  will  show 

that  it  is  perfectly  balanced. 
The  ornaments  which  are  presented  in  this  chapter  are  all  made  with 

reference  to  the  principles  of  relief  and  contrast,  curved  lines,  and 

suitable  proportion. 


:^ 


% — 


296 


WINDOW    ORXAMENTATION. 


There  arc  certain  other  principles  relative  to  parallel  lines,  harmony 
of  color,  etc.,  which  should  be  applied. 

Thelight-screen  rep- 
resented in  Fig.  1  has 
for  a  foundation  a  piece 
of  solid,  heavy  wood, 
round  and  black.  From 
this  rises  a  support 
made  of  large  wire, 
gracefully  curved, 
though  cane,  being  the 
lightest,  is  the  most 
desirable.  The  frame- 
work being  made,  any 
dark-colored  cloth, 
eight  or  ten  inches 
square,  will  form  the 
groundwork  upon 
which     is     laid      any 

pattern  which  is   desirable   as  an   ornament.      The   edges  of    the    1    lower  edge  of  the  board.     Suspended  to  .thi 
pattern  may  be   then   worked   in    fine   stitching.      The   screen    is    |    lambrequin  of  terry,  trimmed  with  braid,  tassels  hangiu] 


Fi?.  2---Lamhrequin  for  Window. 


wooden  ornaments,  such  as  may  be  obtained  at  the  furniture  stores, 
in  any  pattern  that  may  be  desired.      The  board  should  be  six  or 

eight  inches  in  width, 
thus  being  wide  enough 
to  admit  some  narrow 
gilt  moulding  on  its 
lower  edge,  or  else- 
where. A  board  thus 
trimmed  with  orna- 
ments and  handsomely 
painted  in  different 
colors  is  very  beautiful. 
Such  a  cornice  is 
shown  in  Fig.  3,  a 
board  being  cut  in 
curves,  furniture  orna- 
ments attached,  then 
painted,  and  a  bright 
cord  stretched  on  the 
)  is  a  very  easily-made 
from  the 


fastened   to  the   frame  by  stitches   as 
shown  in  the  figure,  and  tassels  may 
be  bung  according  to  taste. 
Lambreqiiins. 

In  no  portion  of  the  interior  of  the 
house  is  there  a  better  opportunity 
for  ornamentation  than  around  the 
windows.  A  window  is  immediately 
relieved  by  the  hanging  of  a  curtain, 
and  it  is  much  handsomer  if  the  cur- 
tain has  a  head-piece  at  the  top  to 
give  relief.  If  the  housewife  is  desir 
ous  of  ornamenting  the  window,  she 
can  do  so  very  cheaply  by  simply 
stretching  a  piece  of  wall-paper  across 
the  top  of  the  curtain.  A  very  pretty 
effect  is  had  by  the  capping  of  a  win- 
dow with  paper  border,  having  a  tissue 
fly  paper  suspended  eight  or  ten  inches 
beneath.  In  bedrooms,  where  economy 
is  to  be  consulted  and  some  relief  is 
desired  about  the  windows,  paper  lam- 
brequins thus  will  serve  the  purpose 
very  well. 

Supposing,  however,  that  the  reader 
desires  something  more  ornate,  the 
pattern  Fig.  2  is  presented.  This  is 
made  of  terry,  of  such  color  as  the 
maker  may  desire,  and  embroidered 
by  a  braid  of  some  contrasting  color, 
beneath  which,  at  the  edge  of  the 
cloth,  is  attached  a  muslin  fringe.  The 
cornice  to  which  the  lambrequin  is 
attaclied  in  this  is  quite  elaborately 
carved. 

A  cheaper  cornice,  and  one  that  will 
be  handsome,  can  be  made  of  picture- 
frame  mouldings.  As  this  cornice 
chould  always  set  out  from  the  wall 
gome  six  inches,  in  order  to  allow  cur- 
tains to  hang  free  from  the  windows, 
it  will  be  necessary  to  turn  the  corner 
of  the  cornice  by  mitcring. 


points.  The  graceful  sweep  of  the 
lace  curtains  beneath  is  finely  shown 
when  looped  back  with  curtain  ties, 
from  which  are  dropped  tassels  cor- 
responding in  color  with  the  lambre- 
quin. The  window  stand,  if  uphol- 
stered, should  be  supplied  with  a 
material  similar  in  color  to  the 
lambrequin  and  the  general  furniture 
of  the  room.  The  drapery  suspended 
beneath  may  be  ornamented  in  a  style 
to  suit  the  taste. 

Windo-ws. 

Windows  should  be  as  large  as  it  is 
possible  to  conveniently  make  them. 
In  the  earlier  history  of  the  world, 
when  glass  was  a  rarity  and  a  very 
expensive  article  to  purchase,  there 
was  excuse  for  the  small  window.  In 
modern  times,  however,  when  glass 
has  become  so  cheapened  in  price  as  to 
be  within  the  reach  of  all,  there  is  no 
longer  necessity  for  withholding  l^ 
light  from  entering  our  homes. 

The  window  opening  should  not  only 
bo  large  in  order  to  allow  sunlight  and 
air  to  enter  the  dwelling,  but  it  should, 
if  beauty  is  to  be  regarded,  be  supplied 
with  large  glass. 

If  it  is  possible  for  the  owner  nf  Ihe 
home  to  afford  the  expense,  a  clear, 
transparent  plate-glass,  set  in  sashes 
that  are  raised  with  the  aid  of  weights, 
should  be  used.  Especially  is  this 
glass  desirable  for  those  windows  in 
the  front  portions  of  the  house,  near 
which  the  family  frequently  sit. 
While  small  panes  of  glass  give  a 
I  heap  appearance  to  the  window,  so  a 
large  pane  gives  a  corresponding  im- 
proved appearance.  A  model  window 
may,  therefore,  be  regarded  as  that 
wliicli  is  large,  long,  low,  and  has  but  two  panes.      The  sash  outside 


--Lambroiiuin  Tor  >Viii<1on  with  L.-k'0  Curtniiis. 


A  very  handsome  cornice  is  made  by  placing  on  a  smooth  board    1    should  be  painted  dark  to  correspond  in  color  with  that  of  the  glass. 


^<? — 


WINDOW    DKCOUATION.       COLOES    THAT    HARMONIZE. 


Figs.  4  and  5  prewent  drapery  especially  suitable  for  a  doorway 
wliiLih  it   may  be  somctimuM  deHiruble  to  curtain.      In  the  one  the 

lambrequin  is 
K  u  fi  p  e  11  d  e  d 
from  a  roller. 
These  maybe 
trimmed  ac- 
cording to  the 
fancy  of  the 
maker  with 
braid,  fringe, 
tassels,  etc. 

Fig.  6  rep- 
resents a  lum- 
brequin  made 
from       two 
boards  as  long 
as    the    window    Is 
wide,  sawed  in  curves. 
These  are  fastened  some 
eight  inches  apart,    and 
to    the    upper    one    at- 
tached   furniture   orna- 
ments.     This  is  easily 
I  covered  by  striped  reps, 

to  which  may  be  fastened 
on  the  lower  edge  fringe 
and  two  tassels,  as  shown  in 
the  engraving. 

Colors. 

The  ob- 
]  ec  t  of 
two  or 
more  dif- 
f  e  r  e  n  t 
tint«     on 

cloth  is  to  obtain  relief  by  vari 
and  Tj^ooeo- 
the 
t\\o«hades 
brought 
in  contrast 
should 
h  a  r  m  o  - 
nize,  else 
the  beauty 
of  each 
will  be 
lessened. 
That  the 
reader  may  understand  the  colors  that 
will  contrast  and  yet  blend,  the  follow- 
ing list  of  harmonizing  colors  is  given: 
Blue  and  gold;  blue  and  orange; 
blue  and  salmon  color;  blue  and  drab; 
blue  and  stone  color;  blue  and  white; 
blue  and  gray;  blue  and  straw  color; 
blue  and  maize;  blue  and  chestnut; 
blue  and  brown;  blue  and  black;  blue 
and  white;  blue,  brown,  crimson  and 
gold. 

5/rtcA"  and  white;  black  and  orange; 
black  and  maize;  black  and  scarlet;  black  and  lilac;  black  and  pink; 
black  and  slate  color;  black  and  buff;  black,  white,  yellow  and  crim- 


DECORATION 


■^Windows and  Passage-Ways. '-p 


son;  black,  orange,  blue  and  yellow. 

Cnmsoft  and  gold ;  crimnon  and  orange;  crimson  and  maize 
son    and    purple: 
crimson  and  blai  k 
crimson  and  drab 

Green  and  gold ; 
green  and  yellow  , 
green  and  orange , 
green  and  crim 
son;  green,  crim- 
son, and  yellow  , 
green,  scarlet  and 
yellow. 

Lilac  and  gold; 
lilac    and    maize; 
lilac    and    cherry; 
lilac    and    scarlet; 
lilac  and  crimson;    lilac, 
scarlet,  white  and  black; 
lilac,  gold  and  chestnut; 
lilac,  yellow,  scarlet  and 
white. 

Orange  and  chestnut; 
orange  and  brown ; 
orange,  lilac  and  crimson; 
orange,  red  and  green; 
orange,  blue  and  crimson; 
orange,  purple  and  scarlet : 
orange,  blue,  scarlet,  green 
;:nd  wliite. 


-•<^ 

fc 


e  t  V, 
vet 


Par  pi  e 
and  gold ; 
purple  and 
orange- 
purple  a  id 
maize  ; 
purple,  scarlet  and  gold  col- 

-ooOOJi?;        f 


Fig.  4--Lan)brei)tii.i   ^u^ 
peuiled  from  ti  Uoder. 


or,  pi 
pie,  while 
and  ^Q-xr 
let,  pur 
pie,  blue, 
orange, 
and  «car 
let,  pur 
pie,  ecir 
let,  blue 
yellow 
and  bl  it  k 
Bed  and 
gold;  red, 
white  or 
gray; red, 

green  and  orange;  red,  black  and  yel- 
low; red,  yellow,  black  and  white. 

Scarlet  and  purple;  scarlet  and 
orange;  scarlet  and  blue;  scarlet  and 
slate  color;  scarlet,  black  and  white; 
scarlet,  white  and  blue;  scarlet,  gray 
and  blue;  scarlet,  yellow  and  blue; 
scarlet,  blue,  yellow  and  black. 

Yellow  and  red;  yellow  and  brown; 

yellow     and     chestnut;     yellow    and 

yellow  and  blue;  yellow  and  purple:    yellow  and  crimson; 

yellow  and  scarlet. 


Fiff.  5-I,iinibrc(|uin  Heavily 
Eiubnddprpd  with  Lace 
Attached. 


violet 

yellow  and  black ;  yellow,  purple  and  crimson 


;Ci — 


A- 


M 


298 


LAMBREQUINS    AND    AVINDOW    CURTAINS. 


Fig.  7  shows  a  lambrequin  attached  to  a  plain  board,  the  cloth  I  terry  or  rep, 
being  made  of  terr}'  or  a  cheaper  good:*  of  one  color.  There  are  three  I  as  shown  in 
divisions  in  front,  each 
dropping  from  fifteen 
to  twenty  inches,  and 
sides  that  are  consid- 
erably longer.  These 
are  bordered  with  ball 
fringe.  Bos  plaits  give 
relief,  as  do  the  era- 
broidery,  the  cords 
stretched  across  the 
upper  part  and  the 
ruffling  on  the  top. 

Fig.  8  shows  an 
ornamental  cornice, 
easily  made  from  a 
board  cut  curving,  to 
which  may  be  attached 
furniture  ornaments,  the  whole  painted  in    fancy  colors.      To  this    j    cord.^^  and  tas 


Fig.  T'-Lambrequin  Trimmed  with  Ball  Frinc:e. 


and  beneath  these  Is  a  handsomely  embroidered  lace, 
the   engraving.      The  window-stand  in  this  is  uphol- 
stered, while  a  flower 
vase     gives     relief    in 
the  center. 

Fig.  9  is  a  heavily- 
draped  curtain  —  too 
heavy,  it  will  be  seen, 
for  a  window,  as  it 
would  obscure  light, 
but  is  suitable  for  a 
door-way  or  recess  sel- 
dom used.  The  upper 
portion  shows  a  beauti- 
ful design  for  a  lam- 
brequin. 

In  Fig.  9  are  seen 
several  tassels.  The 
suitable  arrangement  of 

els  will  always  add  to  the  beauty  of  window  adornment. 


U  suspended  u  deep  fringe.      The    Hide-curlaina   are   made    of  rich    |    whetlur  heavy  curtains  be  used,  or  tliose  simply  made  of  lace. 


"-sO." 


— <): 


CURTAIN    OKNAMliNTATION. 


299 


-^S^gg^vj'St^., 


HEAVY  CURTAIN  DRAPERIES  FOR  WINDOWS  AND  DOOR-WAYS.  w 


r  ■  ■  ■  ■  ■  I 


Fig.  10  exliibits  a  bi^'hly  oni:imuiitud  curtain  for  a  door-way.     This    )  Various  Furnishings, 

is  made  of  any  dark  material  corresponding  with  tlie  general  eolor    :        There  are  certain  roomn  in  tin- house  that  liaveonly  white  walls^  and 


0  o  off. 


Fi^.  10»Lambre<]uin  Heavily  Embroidered. 


Wo 


-oooo'fe 


of  the  furniture  in  the  room.  The  edge  of  the  curtain  is  nrnch  lighter 
and  is  heavily  embroidered.  It  is  relieved  with  heavy  cord,  the  tas- 
sels corresponding  in  size  with  the  cord. 

In  Fig.  11  is  a  window-hunging  much  more  plain  than  some  others 
shown.  The  cornice  is  made  of  plain  picture-frame  moulding,  the 
lambrequin  is  easily  finished  with  a  band,  and  the  outer  curtains  are 
trimmed  with  a  large  cord.  Lace  curtains  are  beneath,  while  a  plain, 
white  dimity  hangs  next  the  window. 


white  ceilings.     Very  much  relief  can  be  given  such  a  room  by  a 
wall-paper  border  sit  the  top  of  the  sides  of  the  room. 

Always  useful  and  very  easily  constructed  are  brackets,  which  may 
be  made  to  rest  in  the  corners  of  the  room  or  on  the  sides.  Their 
construction  is  very  simple,  consisting  as  they  do  of  a  back,  a  shelf, 
and  a  support  for  the  shelf.  With  an  aperture  in  the  back,  they  can 
easily  be  hung  to  a  nail  or  hook,  and,  when  handsomely  covered  with 
ladies'  fancy-work,  they  at  once  become  ornamental. 


z^Cs— 


? 


300 


HOW  BEDS  MAY  BE  ORNAMENTED  BY  CANOPIES  ABOVE  THEM. 


it^OOoo- 


A  very  elegant  method  of  ornamenting  a  room  is  by  a  canopy  over 
the  bed.  An  elaborate  and  beautiful  design  for  this  purpose  is  shown 
in  Fig.  12.  To  make  this  a  thin  board-platform  as  long  as  the  bed- 
stead is  wide,  and  extending  over  the  head  of  the  bed  some  three 
feet,  should  be 
fastened  six  or 
more  feet  above 
the  bed  by  iron 
braces  extend- 
ing up  the  out- 
side of  the 
headboard. 
This  board  may 
be  cut  curving 
in  any  desired 
pattern.  To 
the  edge  of  this 
can  be  fastened 
an  ornamental 
band  which  may 
be  made  of  cloth 
and  beautified 
as  taste  may 
dictate.  Be- 
neath this  cor- 
nice will  sus- 
pend a  drapery 
similar  to  alam- 
brequin,  made 
of  rep  goods, 
corresponding 
in  color  to  the 


'*i  

Fig.  12-Bed   Canopy. 


of  winter.  As  a  cleanly  shaven,  bright,  green  lawn,  occasionally 
relieved  by  shrub  and  blossom,  is  the  most  beautiful  carpet  nature 
wears,  so  the  carpet  in  the  room,  bearing  a  goodly  amount  of  green, 
with  blossoms  for  relief,  is  sure  to  give  satisfaction. 

H>o^  As  nature 
never  presents 
a  straight  line, 
so  the  carpet  is 
in  best  taste 
that  has  no  set 
figures  and  no 
straight  lines. 
As  the  lawn  is 
handsomest  that 
does  not  have 
too  great  an 
abundance  of 
shrubbery  and 
flowers,  so  the 
carpet  is  most 
beautiful  that  is 
not  too  much 
crowded  with 
figures. 

As  a  dark 
carpet  and  a 
dark  paper  on 
the  walls  will 
cause  the  room 
to  look  smaller, 
so  light  carpets 
and    walls    en- 


window  lambrequins  aud  general  furnishing  of  the  room.  There 
is  abundant  opportunity  offered  here  for  display  in  taste,  as  shown  in 
the  illustration.  Beneath  will  hang  a 
lace  curtain  which  may  serve  the  pur- 
pose of  mosquito-netting,  should  it  be 
desired. 
Fig.     13     shows     a     bedstead     with 


large  the  appearance  of  the  room. 

Care  must  be  exercised  in  the  purchase  of  rugs. 


mats,  hassocks. 


^^# 


■i;^re*^* 


Sonogram, 
and  clearly  demonstrates    how 


canopy, 

this  furnishing  improves  a  room. 
Carpets. 
The  selection  of  a  carpet  Is  an  Impor- 
tant motter.     Nature  teaches  a  lesson  in 
its   selection.      At  the    most    delightful 
season  of  the  year  nature  robes  herself  in  green.     Later  in  the  year 
come  the  autumn  tints  and  the  brown,  which   merge  Into  the  white 


etc. ,  that  they  harmonize  in  tints  with 
the  color  of  the  carpet.  The  placing  of 
a  bright  rug  on  a  carpet  of  quiet  color 
will  often  injure  its  appearance.  The 
smaller  the  room  the  smaller  should  be 


Monogram 


oo-O-C^ 


■i^<XKy«- 


thc  figure  in  the  carpet. 

Monog-rams. 
It  is  somotiinrs  (ie.-iralile  to  work  n 
monogram,  consisting  of  two  or  three 
letters,  upon  the  canopy  or  other  fur- 
nishings in  the  house.  As  a  rule  they 
look  best  when  worked  in  gold  or  light-colored  silk  upon  a  dark 
background.     Sec  designs  upon  this  page. 


^ooo'Sjt 


SL'UGICSTIUNS    KKLATING    TO    OENAMENTATION.       IIEALTU    AND    COMFORT. 


:m     9" 


Fig.  14--Straitjht-Bnrkp(l  (hair. 


Wk^    CHAIRS, 


And  How  to  Ornament  Them. 
HEALTH  AND  COMFORT. 


Fie.  16"('liair  with  <  urvcd  Lpl's, 


An  important  accessory  in  the  beautifying  of  a  room  are  orna- 
mental chaire,  a  few  desi^s  of  which  are  given.  For  the  frame-work 
and  general  upholstery  it  may  be  best  to  depend  upon  the  furniture- 
dealer.  Extra  ornamentation  may  be  easily  added,  as  is  shown  in  the 
back  and  seat  of  Fig*.  14.  The  ornamental  band  improves  the  back 
and  seat  of  Fig.  15.  The  embroidery-work  in  Fig.  16  should  be 
made  on  the  cloth  before  the  chair  is  covered.     The  same  is  true  of 

Fig.  17.  The 
camp-chuir,  Fig. 
18,  is  much  im- 
proved by  fringe, 
as  indeed  are 
most  chairs. 
Fig.  19  is  made 
in  a  style  similar 
to  the  first  chair 
shown. 


In  the  placing  of  furniture,  in  the  hanging  of  lambrequins, 
curtains,  canopies,  etc. ,  care  should  be  observed  that  a  free 
circulation  of  air  through  a  room  is  not  impeded.  Windows  should 
be  so  constructed  that  both  the  upper  and  lower  sashes  can  be 
easily  raised  and  lowered.  If  the  weather  is  extremely  warm  and  it 
is  desired  to  keep  the  air  cool  in-doors,  the  windows  may  be  opened 
at  night  and  in  the  early  morning  to  admit  of  cool  air,  and  ihrough- 
out  the  remain- 
der of  the  day 
they  should  be 
closed  to  keep 
the  warm  air 
from  entering. 
This  is  the  best 
method  to  keep 
the  house  cool 
in  hot  weather. 


V, 


Fig.  20  shows  a  waste-paper 
lia^kut,  always  necessary  beside 
the     writing-table.      Tliis     is 
easily  made    from   wires    ob- 
tained at  the  hardware  stores. 
It  can  also  be  made  of  a  few 
straiiiht  pieces  of  wood,  sixteen 
or  eighteen  inches  high,  fast- 
ened    together     with     barrel- 
hoops.    Wicker-baskets  can  be 
bought  at  the  stores  likewise. 
Any  of  these  can  be  trimmed 
in  the   style   shown    herewith 
very    handsomely   with    cords 
and  tassels. 
Fig.  21  represents  a  basket 
'or  the  reception  of  soiled  clothing, 
made  of  a  circular  piece  of  board,  for  the 
i'ottom  twelve  or  more  inches  in  diameter, 
and    another  circular  piece   eighteen   or 
twenty  inches,  which  will  serve  for  the 
cover.      Both    may  be    made    larger,    if 
necessary.      The   bottom  is  fastened   in 
place  by  four  strong  wires,  which  may  be 
bent,  as  shown  in  the  illustration.     The 
upper  part  of  the  standards  may  be  fast- 
ened by  a  circular  wire  or  barrel-hoop. 
Inside  of  this,  and  resting  on  the  bottom, 
will  be  the  basket,  made  of  strong  paste- 
board, lined  with  enameled  clotli.      The 
cover  may  be  fastened  by  wire  at  the  top 
of  the  basket.     On  the  cover  should  be  a 
handle,  and  the  cover  may  be  handsomely 
upholstered.     The  wire-supports  can  be 
covered,  making  handles  as  shown  in  the 
engraving,  while   an  ornamental   draping 
may  hang  upon  the   sides  which  can  be 
highly  ornamented,  the  wire-work  being 
painted  or  bronzed. 

Fig.  22  dis]>lay9  a  lady's  work-basket, 
the  frame -work  of  which  can  be  made  of 
any  material  that  will  bend  easily,  such 
as  wire  or  cane.  Three  circular  pieces  of 
board  are  necessary ;  one  for  the  bottom, 
one  for  the  lower  part  of  the  basket,  and 
one'  for  the  cover.  Such  baskets  are  for 
sale  in  plain  wicker-work,  which  can  be 
handsomely  ornamented,  as  shown  in  the 
illustration. 

Fig.  23  shows  a  work-stand  having  a 
central  standard  supported  by  three  feet, 
of  dark-colored  wood.  The  pockets  are 
made  of  strong  i)asteboard,  over  which  i- 
a  clcith-canvas,    suitable   for   embroidery- 


>il 


KKSTS    FOK    THE    l-'KET. 


'.jiK 


■t 


»i  II  II  n 


Kit-. 
II   11   11   11  11 


zz 


-Foiitstool. 

1'  ■■   ■' ■ 


11   11   ■■   11   ■■ 


work,  upon  which  any  kind  of  ornamentation  may  be  made  that  is 
desired.  The  four  pockets  in  the  illustration  are  fastened  at  the  top 
with  a  ribbon.  The  ins^ide  of  the  pockets  may  be  lined  with  any  fancy 
paper,    and    the   upper 


■}■•   ••-••  i« 


Kift.  •-". 

11-11    11-11-11    1.    rr 


i--F<H)tst4)0l. 

II   11    11    n- 


would  do  in  case  no  better  material  is  at  hand. 

Fig.  24  is  a  footstool  made  of  a  circular  box,  stuffed  with  moss, 
which  is  fastened  in  place  by  ticking.     This  is  covered  with  any  dis- 
carded strong  cloth  of 


CUSHIONS  AND  FOOTSTOOLS 

How  b  Make  Them  Cheapl7  and  How  to  Omamont  Them. 


is    the     foot.stool.      Thi-y 


and    lower    edges    are 
finished  with  a  niching 
of  pink  satin,  while  an 
occasional  bow  of  rib- 
bon makes  a  pretty  finish 
A    very    useful     piece 
shonld  be  found  to  the  number 
of  one   or   two   in   all   the    best 
furnished  rooms  of  the    house. 
They   are    not   only   useful    and 
ornamental,    but    they   are   very 
easily  and  cheaply  made.      The 
most    common     box    about    the 
house,  twelve  inches  square,  can 
be  converted  into   an  article  of 
beauty  at  a  very  slight  expense, 
as  old  pieces  of  carpet,  trimmings 
of      dresses,     fringes,     buttons, 
cords,    tassels,    braids,    ribbons, 
etc.,  can  be  used  in  the  making 
of  footstools. 

While  the  foundation  of  the 
stool  may  be  square,  a  circular 
box  does  equally  well.  A  small 
cheese-box  serves  the  purpose 
finely,  as  do  pe^k  and  half-bushel  measures,  having  the  box  packed 
tightly  with  moss,  feathers,  hair  or  cotton.      Even  fine  hay  or  husks 


dark  color,  which  may 
have  done  service  in  a 
dress  or  otherwise. 
This  is  fastened  upon 
the  edge  of  the  box  at  the  point  that  is  trimmed  with  the  cord,  a  full- 
ness   being  left  below.       Four  triangular  pieces   of    black  velvet, 

trimmed  with  gimp  and  fastened 
together  in  the  center,  covered 
with  looped  cord,  ornament  and 
finish  the  top. 

Fig.  25  is  made  of  black 
velvet,  broadcloth,  or  any  dark, 
strong  cloth  fastened  over  the 
foundation,  which  has  been  pre- 
viously stuffed.  In  the  bhick 
cloth  square  openings  are  cut  on 
the  edge,  through  which  project 
puffs,  covered  with  a  lighter 
material.  The  corners  are 
finished  with  buttons,  the  top 
being  ornamented  with  needle- 
work. 

Fig.  26  represents  a  hair  pin- 
cusiiion,  the  foundation  of  which 
may  be  a  collar-box  filled  witb 
hair  or  wool,  and  raised  well  in  the  middle.  This  may  be  covered 
with  a  loose  knitting,  and  over  this  may  bo  another  covering  of  kni: 


F'ff.  27--Footstool  Covered  with  Wool  or  Fur, 


Fig.  '2S--FootNtoi)l  Made  in  I'iIIu«  Shape. 


;(3^ — 


m 


r 


■t>- 


=^ 


30i 


TABLE-SPEEAD    AND    WALL-PAPER   ADORNMENT. 


^ 


Fig.  29--Sitting.Kooni  Table. 


l^yv^'vMvmnmn.w  ^'v^Liyy  wr<j,iw  v^"vn'k  i,  ^l  I Jkw  A v  '.  \  v  v..\ 


i 

i 


Fig:.  80--Llpht  Stand. 


goods  or  other  material  through  which  pins  will 
pass  easily.  The  illustration  shows  how  ruching 
made  of  ribbon  and  pointed  flannel,  trimmed  in 
needlo-work,  may  add  other  ornamentation. 

Fig.  27  presents  another  footstool,  on  the  sides 
of  which  hang  a  heavy  fringe,  while  the  top  is 
covered  with  wool,  cat,  dog,  or  squirrel  skin. 

Fig.  28  displays  a  footstool  made  in  the  shape 
of  a  pillow,  stuffed,  and  ornamented  with  braid, 
gimp,  ruching,  etc.,  as  taste  may  dictate.  Care 
should  be  observed  in  these  to  use  colors  harmo- 
nizing with  the  general  color  of  the  furniture  of 
the  room. 


LIGHT  STANDS,   TABLE-SPREADS 
ORNAMENTAL  WALL-PAPERS. 


Fig.  29  shows  an  oblong  table,  with  two  drawers 
that  can  be  drawn  without  disturbing  the  cloth, 
which  is  a  matter  of  very  considerable  convenience 
to  the  housekeeper,  who  desires  to  keep  her 
sewing  materials,  pins,  etc.,  in  a  convenient 
lihice. 

Fig.  30  is  a  light  and  graceful  stand,  which 
may  be  placed  in  the  center  or  corner  of  the  room 
for  the  accommodation  of  the  feathered  songster. 
The  covering  upon  this  is  a  linen  damask,  with  its 
edges  frayed  out  to  a  fringe,  the  stripes  and 
ornamentation  being  made  of  material  that  will 
not  fade  when  washed.  A  stand  of  this  size  serves 
the  purpose  well  as  a  center  table  for  general  use, 
being  covered  with  a  woolen  cloth. 

Fig.  31  shows  a  section  of  wall-paper  with  top 
lH)rder  and  dado  at  the  bottom.  Styles  change  in 
the  fashion  of  ornamenting  a  room,  so  that  no 
definite  rules  can  be  laid  down  for  decoration.  A 
plain,  blank  wall  is  relieved,  however,  first,  by  a 
paper  that  bears  a  tint  different  from  white.  It 
is  further  relieved  by  a  border  on  the  wall  beneath 
the  ceiling,  and  a  border,  known  as  dado,  extend- 
ing upward  from  the  base-board  three  or  four  feet 
from  the  floor.  It  is  yet  more  relieved  and  beau- 
tified if  judicious  colors  and  patterns  arc  used 
over  the  entire  wall. 

Fig.  32  prescnis  a  mat  made  for  the  use  of  the 
dog.  If  a  pet,  the  dog  will  be  in  the  house  more 
or  less.  This  will  be  agreeable  to  the  animal,  and 
there  need  be  no  objection  if  the  dog  has  a  special 
place,  which  will  be  soon  learned  and  occupied 
when  such  is  provided.  For  this  purpose  a  quilted 
fianni-l  may  hv.  used,  thickly  wadded  and  tititchcMl 


^ 


WHK  H  \^IU- VE  Mi>NQVK-f^-»  If.l 


Oriiiiinrnlrd. 


(^ — 


:<r 


17): 


f 


MAT    AND    FOOT-RUGS. 


305 


by  the  st'wiii^'-inncliiiif .     A  woolen  fringe  will  ornament  the  edge, 
and  11  lininj^  of  any  smooth  material  will  be  serviceable  in  moving  it. 

A  very  pretty  mul  useful 
ormimcnt  upon  thu  rtoor  if  a 
foot-rug,  which  can  be  made 
of  waste  materials  about  the 
house. 

Fig.  33  shows  a  design 
made  l)y  using  a  substantial 
cloth  of  one  color,  which 
should  be  heavily  lined. 
Froui  any  bright  woolen 
material  cut  an  eight- 
pointed  star,  as  shown  in  the 
illustration.  This  star  may 
be  fastened  in  place  by 
needle  -  work  and  hand- 
somely-colored yarns.  Slits 
are  then  cut  in  the  cloth, 
through  which  is  drawn  a 
cloth  of  other  color  than  the 
groundwork.  Thus  the  four 
circles    are    made.       These 

are    tipped  with   embroidery.      Outside   is  fastened  a  braided 
which  may  be  made  of  any  color  that  taste  may  select. 

Fig.  34  represents  a  rug  which  consists  of  a  foundation  made  of 
heavy  cloth,  the  outer  edge  of  which  is  of  dark  color.      Over  this  is 
sewed    a    rope    of     the    design 
shown    in  the    illustration,   one 
large  white  button  being,  in  the 
outer  edge  of    the   space,    and 
three  small  buttons  in  a  row  on 
the  inner  edge.      Inside  is  a  rope 
of  another  color,  which,  closely 
wound,    thus    completes    what 
meut  for  the  floor. 

Various  Fumishingrs. 

There  are  many  articles  in  some  rooms  of  the  house  that  we  almost 
hourly  have  occasion  to  nse.      That  we  may  get  easy  access  to  these. 


plait 


it  becomefi  nccoHsary  for  them  to  be  very  conveniently  placed.     'I'hi- 

renderi*  the  center-table  a  necessity,  upon  which  will  rest  the  lamp, 

if  Huch  he  used,  the  late 
paper,  the  book,  the  maga- 
zine, the  sewing-work,  etc. 
This  table  should  be 
such  as  will  not  eahily  tip, 
large  enough  to  hold  what 
is  required  for  immediate 
use,  and  no  located  in  the 
room  that  the  family  may 
gather  around  it.  For  com- 
fort, marble,  oil-clotli,  or 
any  hard-finished  material 
as  a  covering,  ehould  be 
avoided.  As  a  rule  a  soft 
woolen  table-spread  wilt 
give  the  best  satisfaction. 
Both  the  table  and  ^<l^read 
are  to  be  found  at  the  stores. 
It  is  only  left  for  the  person 
of  taste  to  add  such  orna- 
mentation   to    the     spread 

as  fancy  may  dictate  to  increase  the  beauty  of  the  table. 
Effect  of  Colors. 
As  white  will  increase  the   apparent  size  of  any  object,  so  it  will 

also  give  the  appearance  of  coolness  wherever  it  is  used.     It  is  hence 

appropriate    in    warm   weather. 


ORNAMENTAL  FLOOR  MATS. 

The  Waste  Scraps  From  Which  They  are  Made, 

And  How  to  Make  Them  Elegant. 


really    a   very   han»l^ume    onia- 


1. 


Blue  is  also  a  cool  color.      Black 
is  gloomy  when  used   much    in 
1^^    furnishing,  and   red   is  warm  in 
J'"'     appearance. 

Prevailing-  Colors. 
In  furnishing  a  room  some  one 
color  should  have  a  jneponderance.  Thus,  if  green  enters  largely 
into  the  carpet,  the  chairs  should  be  upholstered  in  similar  color, 
and  the  lambrequins  should  have  the  same  shade.  If  blue  is  largely 
in  any  conspicuous  article  of  furniture,  the  same  shade  should  pre- 
vail throughout,  and  the  same  of  other  colors. 


"<Y 


T 


306 


/": 


GEMS    OF   NEEDLE- WORK. 


NCUSHIONS  AND  LAMP-SHADES- 


OiK-^ 


s 


! 


Fig.  35  shows  a  pincushion  o: 
win;^;r  are  to  be  madi 
and  a  body.  For  \vin| 
use  two  thicknesses  of 
pasteboard,  between 
which  may  be  a  thin 
layer  of  cotton,  or  wool. 
Cover  the  wings  with  a 
dark-colored  silk.  Add 
spots  with  black  velvet ; 
trim  with  chenille,  gold 
cord  and  gold  thread. 
Form  the  dots  of  bright 
silk  thread.  Make  the 
lower  wings  of  different 
color  from  the  other. 

The  body  is  made  of 
cotton  or  wool,  wonnd 
with  chenille  and  gold 
thread,  two  beads  serv- 
ini'  the  purpose  of  eyes. 

Fig.  36  represents  a 
light- screen,  supported 
l)y  a  handsomely-turned 
ebony  standard,  sixteen 
inches  high,  resting  on 
three  feet,  supported  by  C-il* 


f  nearly  actual  size.      Two  sets  of    |    velvet  or  satin,  which    nuiy  be  trimmed   in  gold  and  other  colored 

silk  in  the  manner  shown 


1! 


Fie,  35--Butt('rfly  rinoushinn. 


"";'■*  in  the  pattern.  Fasten 
upon  the  tin.  When  all 
is  complete  the  shade  is 
a  fine  ornament.  This 
is  but  one  style  of  a 
dozen  that  can  be  made, 
all  different,  and  all 
equally  heautiful. 

The  mat  upon  which 
the  lamp  rests  is  made 
of  card-hoard  ten  inches 
in  diameter,  covered 
with  green  flannel  or 
satin,  npon  which  may 
he  laid  braid  or  ruching, 
according  to  fancy. 

Cupboard. 

There  are  many  arti- 
cles of  use  and  orna- 
ment, which  cannot  be 
pictured  here,  that  may 
be  made  very  cheaply 
•ft  by  any  person  of  taste. 
^i'l;'^  Thus  at  the  shoe-stnres 


II 


-li. r  Mcht-Srrerii. 


a  cross-rod,  also  of 
ebony,  five  inches  long, 
with  cords  and  tassels. 
The  banner  is  made  of 
cashmere.  Being  very 
delicate  it  should  be  lined 
with  white  muslin  and 
then  stretched  on  a  frame 
to  embroider  it.  Silk 
twist,  gold,  blue,  white 
and  black  thread  and  gold 
cord  enter  into  the  com- 
bination of  colors  which 
are  i  n  tc  rblended,  as 
>hu\vn  in  the  illustra- 
lion. 

Fig.  37  presents 
another  ^tylc  of  a  lamp- 
shade, which  is  made  by 
first  cutting  out  a  piece 
of  circular  tin  for  the 
shade  to  hang  upon. 
Cover  this  with  a  dark- 
colored  silk.  Then  cut 
j  six  pieces  of  eilk^green 
'  is  i>erhap8  the  best  color 
— of  the  shape  shown  in 
the  illustration.  Over 
these  spread  a  lace  or 
tarlatan,  and  work  the 
edges  in  button-hole 
stitch.  Upon  each  now 
idiicu    a   pifcu    of    black 


will  be  found  usually  a 
number  of  waste  boxes, 
that  are  long  and  nar- 
row. These  can  be  pur- 
chased at  a  price  from 
ten  to  twenty-five  cents 
each.  Five,  six  or  eight 
of  these  piled  flatwise, 
one  on  the  top  of  another, 
and  nailed  together,  will 
make  a  convenient  cup- 
board. With  a  few  bat- 
tens to  cover  the  cracks, 
and  a  pot  of  paint,  it 
can  be  made  handsome 
in  appearance;  or  after 
being  nailed  together  in 
the  rough,  it  can  bi' 
papered  with  the  scraps 
of  wjiU-paper  and  border, 
a  quantity  of  which  is 
usually  about  tlie  house, 
and  with  a  curtain  of 
common  calico,  cretonne 
or  other  cloth,  to  hang  in 
front,  it  will  be  an  orna- 
m e n t  in  t h e  r o o m . 
While  an  ordinary  cup- 
board will  cost  from  five 
to  fifteen  dollars,  this  can 
be  made  as  described  for 
less  than  a  dolhir  of 
expense. 


3ODO0C3O3DSO;%3C3C 


»^   MATS,  CARD-CASES  AND  HOME-MADE  DRESSING-TABLES. 


Fig,  38  shows  a  card-case,  the  materials  necessary  to  make  winch 
are  cane,  isilli,  rihbons  and  various  smaller  trimmiugs.  The  frame- work 
is  made  of  pieces  of  cane  or 
wire,  the  longer  being  about 
fourteen  inches  in  length,  the 
cross-rods  about  ten  inches, 
and  the  standards  about  four 
inches  in  height,  the  pieces 
being  handsomely  finished  at 
the  ends  by  black  shawl -pins 
pushed  into  them  np  to 
the  head.  Fasten  together, 
as  shown  In  the  illustration. 
Inside  set  a  pasteboard  box 
which  has  been  covered  with 
dark  satin  or  silk,  and  orna- 
mented as  fancy  may  dictate. 
Inside  the  largest  set  smaller 
boxes  which  have  also  been 
trimmed  to  correspond  with 
the  larger.  Pasteboard,  lined 
with  a  material  similar  to  the 
box,  will  make  the  covers, 
while  ribbons  will  make  the 
hinges  and  other  fastenings. 

Fig.  39  represents  a  mat 
for  a  pitcher,  twelve  or  four- 
teen inches  in  diameter.  A 
mat  should  be  placed  under 
each  article,  in  order  to  make 
a  pleasing  effect  and  save  the 
surface  of  the  wash-stand. 
In  either  case  it  is  well  to 
have  a  linen  cloth  spread 
entirely  over  the  top  of  the 
stand.  Mats  may  be  orna- 
mented, as  shown  in  the , 
illustration,  with  woolen 
braid,  ruching  or  other  de- 
signs that  maybe  washed. 


rests  upon  may  be  made  of  either  baize,  linen  or  enameled  cloth. 
Fig.  40  shows   a   common    pine  box,    three    or  four    feet    long 

and  two  feet  deep.  Into 
the  opening  is  placed  an 
^  upright  and  one  shelf.  A 
back  and  side  are  cut  out  in 
curves,  as  shown  in  the  illus- 
tration, on  each  corner  of 
which  is  attached  a  top  piece 
and  a  larger  shelf  beiow.  An 
oval  mirror,  obtained  at  the 
store,  is  fastened  in  the 
back.  The  wood- work  above 
the  top  of  the  box,  when  fin- 
ished, is  made  perfectly 
smooth  and  then  painted  with 
light  colors.  The  box  is 
covered  with  a  handsome 
spread,  ornamented  with 
plaits  and  ruffles,  beautiful 
curtains  hanging  in  front, 
completing  that  which  from 
a  plain  board-box  has  become 
an  article  of  use  and  beauty 
in  the  interior  of  the  house. 

Pictures  in  these  later 
days  are  in  abundance.  To 
make  them  serviceable  they 
should  be  hung,  and  to  give 
them  finish  they  should  be 
framed.  Fig.  41  shows  one 
of  many  ways  by  which  a 
frame  may  be  made.  This 
is  formed  from  a  board  about 
inches  larger  each  way 
than  the  picture  and  covered 
with  dark-colored  cloth.  A 
mat  may  possibly  be  obtained 
of  the  right  size  at  the 
finish  to  the  outer  edge  of  the  pictnre. 


>?f 


(> — 


1\ 


•^ 


f 


308 


CHEAP    AND    HANDSOME    HUUSEHOLD    FUKNISHINGS. 


Y 


Picture-Frames,  Clothes-Bags  and  Slipper-Cases. 


Or  a  mat  may  be  made  of  tbin  pieces  of  wood  and  covered  wUb  velvet 
or  other  dark  cloth.  Over  this  may  be  placed  pieces  of  cane,  wire,  or 
cat-tails,  as  shown  in  the  illustration.  These  may  be  wound  with  cord 
and  green  leaves,  such  as  may  be 
had  at  the  fancy-goods  stores, 
while  the  corners  may  be  orna- 
mented, finished  with  pine  cones 
or  rosettes  made  of  ribbons. 

Fig".  42  shows  a  clothes-bag, 
an  indispensable  article,  which 
may  serve  as  a  receptacle  for 
soiled  linen  throughout  the 
week.  This  is  made  of  a  piece 
of  cloth  one  and  a  half  yards 
wide  and  three-quarters  of  a 
yard  long,  which  may  be  trimmed 
and  finished  in  the  style  shown 
in  the  illustration. 

Fig.  43  exhibits  another 
home-made  frame,  which  may  be 
ornamented  as  taste  may  dictate. 

Fig.  44  shows  a  slipper-case, 
the  frame-work  of  which  is  made 
of    pasteboard,  lined   with  dark 

cambric    or  silk.     The  outside  may  be  covered  with  silk,   satin  or 
velvet,  and  ornamented  according  to  fancy. 

Various  Furnishings. 
In  every  home    there  is 
a  constant  accumulation  of 


Fig.  41--Picture  Tvith  Rustic  Frame. 


>^^ 


;    P 


k 


\t^  ^  ~  -  '  \ 


'      ^      ''A 


Flir.  r^-dothcK-Hnir. 


little  things,  comprising  the 


useful,  curious    ami  iniKiineiil;il.       These  come  iu  at  the   holidays; 

they  are  found  in  the  shape  of  rare  stones  and  freaks  of  nature  in 

our  walks  across  the  fields,  and  they  are  continually  being  purchased 

at  the  stores.  To  preserve  these 
and  to  exhibit  them  to  advantage 
is  desirable.  This  can  be  done 
in  the  corner  of  the  room  in 
which  there  is  usually  unoccu- 
pied space.  To  contain  these 
there  should  be  suspended  in  the 
corner,  by  strong  cord  or  wire, 
five  or  six  shelves,  graduated  in 
size  from  the  largest  at  the  bot- 
tom to  the  smallest  at  the  top, 
being  phiced  eight  or  ten  inches 
apart.  These  shelves,  cut  from 
a  common  board,  will  be  three- 
cornered  in  shape,  the  outer 
edge  being  curved,  thns  render- 
ing the  shelf  a  little  more  grace- 
ful in  appearance.  The  cord 
passing  through  these  shelves  on 
each  side  will  be  attached  to  a 
strong  support  in  the  corner,  and 

thus  they  are  kept  in  place,  a  knot  in  the  cords  holding  each  shelf  in 

position.      They  can  be  covered  with  scarlet  or  green  cloth,  either  of 

which    will  make   a    good 

background  and  render  the 

what-not    quite    complete 

and  ornamental. 


'm.---^jf^^^j^,^ma^ 


■^^q:^^ 


li;.    i;t--l'irliiri'-l-'riinu'. 


A     l;orilillIl    AND    A    DRAW  IXi.-UdiiM. 


:;ii'.i 


\J^  ,|l  llniiillllli'- 


I "i;^ 


^^^^^ 


>>f:^ 


js!^:; 


# 


>^v 


^\^ 


*^     \nf7J     '™'  ' 


Tlie  uses  to 
wJiicii  various 
interior  furnish- 
ings may  be  ap- 
plied are  shown 
in  the  drawing- 
room.  Fig.  45, 
of  Kidoiiii  hiill, 
the  residence  of 
Princess  Louise, 
at  Ottawa,  Can- 
ada. The  him- 
breqnins  above 
the  windows  are 
in  fine  tiiste,  the 
mantel  is  ele- 
gantly trimmed, 
the  table -spread, 
tidies,  and  easy 
chairs  look  in- 
viting, and  the 
flowers,  books, 
rugs,  pictures, 
and  ornamental 
mirror-frames, 
all  give  relief  and 
convey  the  im- 
pression that  cul- 
tivated taste 
prepared  and  ar- 
ranged the  fur- 
nishings. 

From  the  draw- 
ing-room we  pass 
to  the  boudoir. 
Fig.  46,  in  Ri- 
dt-au  hall.  This 
room  contains 
less  furniture 
than  the  other,  an 
it  is  designed  to 
receive  less  com- 
pany; but  an  air 
of  quiet  elegance 
pervades  the 
scene.  From  the 
large  windows  we 
can  look  out  upon 
niiture.  From 
this  we  can  turn 
to  the  clioice 
books  upon  the 
table,  and,  when 


'/4(^ — 


4 


^ Cs, 


tiring  of  litera- 
ture, the  piano  is 
at  band,  from 
which  can  be 
d  r  a  w  n  y  w  e  e  t 
music.  T  h  e 
luxurious  carpet- 
in  g  a  n  d  low, 
broad,  easy 
chairs,  all  sug- 
gest refinement 
and  comfort. 

Both  of  these 
rooms  contain  a 
supply  of  fresh 
flowers,  which 
shed  their  per- 
fume as  an  addi- 
tional attraction 
upon  the  charni- 
ing  scene  which 
they  assist  in 
adorning.  The 
presence  of  these 
suggests  that  any 
home  is  made 
beautiful  by  a 
diffusion  of  bou- 
quets, scattered 
through  the 
rooms  that  we 
wish  to  beautify. 
To  furnish  these 
there  should  be  a 
bed  of  flowers 
trained  in  the  rear 
yard  or  in  the 
conservatory, 
from  which  a 
supply  can  daily 
be  drawn  of  the 
colors  and  per- 
fumes desired. 
A  very  little  ex- 
pense and  some 
labor  and  time  is 
all  that  is  neces- 
sary to  grow  an 
abundance  of 
blossoms,  the 
presence  of  which 
will  c  h  e  e  r  t  h  (? 
bonsebold. 


r>: 


^ 


T 


aiu 


'ICXrKE    UF    LADIKS    ADMIUINLi    A    flllLU. 


1 


-    I^Q  rzrrr:=::"::rr: 


^5=1:5=*= 


■"---Iriailj    »0,. 


(eJ-T 


An  Elegant  Household  Interior.  | 


dJr' 


♦     ti" 

^    a? 


^O^^  ¥ 


We  pass  out  from  Eidean  hall,  and  go  in  with  the  ladies  on  "a  visit 
to  the  young  mother.  "  While  the  ladies  chirrup  and  talk  to  the  haby 
and  congratulate  the  mother  on  the  beanty  of  her  child,  we  study  the 


The  nnrse,  who  has  intrusted  this  child  in  the  care  of  the  visitors 
but  a  minute,  is  approaching  from  a  door-way  at  the  left.  The 
infant  which  has  been  placed  in  this  prominent  plac?  for  a  brief  time. 


interior  of  the  room,  Fig.  47,  Jnni  Iliiiik  how  blessed  is  that  mother 
and  child,  if  to  that  elegant  home  i.s  addeil  tluit  real  love  which 
makes  home  a  heaven.  Certainly  the  richly  upholstered  hassock,  the 
dainty  pillow  that  supports  the  mother,  the  luxurious  sofa,  the  rich 
fresroes  on  the  wall,  the  elegant  chandidier,  the  delicate  what-not  in 
the  corner,  the  soft  carpet,  the  mirrors  and  pictures,  all  tend  to 
make  the  scene  very  channing. 


ouly  Hull  it  may  be  seen,  will  be  taken  to  another  apartment  and  the 
visitors  will  retire.  Happy  mother.  Happy  child.  How  blessed 
to  be  born  thus  in  the  la])  of  such  beauty,  if  the  other  qualities  are 
presented  which  give  balance  to  the  mind  and  coiuiuce  to  success. 
Certainly  the  hours  happily  spent  by  a  mother  in  such  a  home  prior 
to  the  birth  of  a  child,  could  not  but  impress  that  young  mlud  with 
a  love  of  the  artistic  and  the  beautiful. 


A 


il(),\V    -I'd    MAKIC    )IOMK,    ATTKAirnVlv 


;;ii 


^^=i<—-»r^—)^ 


HOUSEHOLD  DECORATION  AS  APPLIED  IN  FURNISHING, 


^t^--^"^^ 


Before  leaving  the  subject  of  interior  furnishings  the  reader  is 
shown,  Fig.  48,  a  neatly  emhcUi^hed  room  in  a  New  York  suburbim 
residence.  We  study  the  trimming  on  the  mantel^  its  orniiments, 
its  pictures,   the    elegantly  upholstered  chairs,   the  canopies   above 


if  ingenuity  and  taste  combine  to  utilize  tlie  opportunities  we  have 
about  us. 

Tlie  moriil  benefit  resulting  from  attractive  homes   it  is  impoHhiblc 
to  overestimate.      If  it  is  desirable  to  decorate  the  abode  of  vice  in 


Kit;.  4s.. Boudoir  in  a  New  \ork  Siil>url>iiii  Kcsiden 


the  hod,  and  the  dressing-case:  the  window  curtains,  the  ruffling 
upon  them,  and  the  score  of  other  beauties  that  reveal  themselves 
by  examination. 

This  is  a  beautiful  room,  made  so  because  taste  and  wealth  have 
evidently  been  cr)mbinod  in  its  adornment.  Examination  will  show, 
however,  that  artistic  knowledge  in  arrangement  is  the  cause  of  its 
chief  beauty.  Thus,  in  any  home,  while  more  or  less  expenditure  of 
money  may  be  necessary  to  decoration, -the  interior  may  be  made 
beautiful  out  of  scraps  and  articles  that  would  otherwise  go  to  waste. 


order  to  attract  the  cust<mier.  then  equally  important  is  it  that  the 
home  be  made  so  charming  tliat  the  family  shall  find  It  the  most 
delightful  place  in  which  its  members  may  congregate.  The  lesson  to 
parents  is  emphatic.  Gather  in  and  around  the  home  those  charms 
that  attract  the  young.  Thus  the  beautiful  of  elegant  interiors  will 
attract  the  eye,  the  harmony  of  music  will  attract  the  ear.  while  good 
books  and  moral  pictures  will  all  tend  to  so  direct  the  mind  of  the 
child  into  an  appreciation  of  the  pure  and  the  spiritual  as  to  maki' 
the  noble  character  in  after-life. 


T 


~<)':]>j< 


312 


DWELLINGS,    AND    HOW    TO    ORNAMENT   THEM. 


jj)^       THATM 
*/        ...-V       THEIvi 


^  Mir 

s 


MAKE 

M 


^txggastions  Tnd 'illustrations.  f|f^^ 


i 


Wo   HATE  a 

beautiful 
home,    to 
sit  down  under 
tlie  vine     that 
upon    its 
walls,  to  rest  in 
the    shadow    of 
tlio     tree      tliat 
sjrows  lieside  it, 
to  eat  of  the  fruits   that 
ripen  on  its  soil — to  pos- 
sess   tliis    is   a    ])lcasant 
dream  and  a  worthy  ani- 
hition.       To  fail  of  this 
is  to  largely  miss  life's  purpose. 

The  jiagcs  of  this  hook  contain  tlie  record  of 
irKiiiy  lives,  all  (if  wIkhii  have  attained  eminence 
in  certain  directions.  Tliey  are  jiresented  as 
exam]>les  of  tlu;  jxiwer  to  achieve.  It  is  true 
that  all  cannot  be  equally  great  nor  equally  suc- 


cessful, but  nearly  every  man,  through  temper- 
ance, industry,  and  economy,  in  broad,  free 
America,  can  sit  down  toward  the  close  of  life 
in  a  pleasant  home,  which  in  a  vast  many  cases 
may  be  his  own. 

This  hcnne  may  not  be  palatial;  it  may  be  in 
no  sense  grand.  On  tlie  contrary,  it  may  be 
but  a  simple  cottage.  It  may  be  only  the  plain- 
est log-cabin,  and  yet  projecting  cornices, 
window  caps,  and  inexpensive,  yet  tasteful, 
decoration  upon  its  exterior  will  change  it  to 
the  beautiful.  More  especially  will  this  be  the 
case  if  it  be  surrounded  with  a  cleanly-kept, 
closely-shaven  lawn,  interspersed  with  winding 
pathways,  trees,  shrubs,  flower-beds  and  arbors, 
arranged  and  constructed  with  artistic  taste. 

This  closing  chapter  is,  therefore,  devoted  to 
an  exposition  of  that  which  offers  to  all  a  field 
in  which  to  excel — a  good  and  nolile  ]iurpose — 
that  of  making  for  themselves  or  others  Beau- 
tiful Homes. 


^s^ 


:<5> 


'^ 


-■ 


DUWNING,     LAXDSCAI'K    AKTl.ST. 


:;i:; 


A-  J.  Downing. 


Distinguished  Landscape  Artist,  Designer  and   Author  of  Numerous 
Works  Relating  to  the  Embellishment  and  Beautifying 
•  of  Homes. 


HE  people  of  America 
have  made  f;reat  ini- 
rovement  in  the  past 
few  years  in  the  erec- 
■^     tioii  of  handifome  resi- 
dences, and  in  the  laying 
out  of   beautiful  grounds 
surrounding  them.    Much 
of  the  improved  taste   is 
due    to     the     efforts     of 
Andre  w  Jackson  Downing, 
at    Newburgh,    N.    Y. , 


who  was  born 
October  30,  1815. 
With  his  at- 
tention early 
drawn  to  horti- 
culture, botany 
and  the  science 
of  fruit,  tree, 
and  flower  grow- 
i n  g,  he  had 
ample  opportuni- 
ties for  the  culti- 
vation of  a  knowledge  of  the  same  in  the 
house  of  his  father,  who  was  a  nursery-man. 
Acquiring  a  fair  education  at  the  academy 
in  the  neighboring  town  of  Montgomery,  he 
interspersed  his  reading  and  study  with  labor 
in  the  nurseries  until  he  was  twenty  years  of 
age,  when  he  resolved  to  acquaint  himself 
more  fully  with  rural  architecture.  With 
that  object  in  view,  he  visited  many  of  the 
picturesque  homes  which  are  found  in 
abundance  up  and  down  the  Hudson,  and  a 
few  years  afterwards  he  erected  a  beautiful 
residence  on  his  grounds,  which  embodied 
the  ideas  he  had  gathered  of  what  would 
constitute  a  charming  home. 

In  1841  appeared  his  ''Treatise  on  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Landscape  Gardening. "  The  public  had  evidently  been  waiting  for 
just  such  a  volume.  It  supplied  a  demand,  and  immediately  became 
popular  and  a  standard  in  America  and  England.  A  year  afterwards 
he  issued  '■'■  Cottage  Residences,"  which  met  with  equal  favor.  Three 
years  later  appeared  "  Fruits  and  Fruit-Trees  of  America,"  and  in 
1846   he  became   the    editor    of    the    Horticulturist^   published    at 


View  in  Central  Park,  New  York. 


AndreiT  Jackson  Downing, 

Author  of  ' '  Cottatje  Residences, "  '  ■  Fruits  and  Fruitr 
Trees  of  America,"  etc. 


improve- 
ment and 
elevation  of  the  art  of  landscape  gardening  in  the  United  States. 

"  Additional  Notes  and  Hints  to  Persons  about  Building  in  this 
Country,"  "■  Hints  to  Young  Architects,"  "  Architecture  for  Country 
Homes,"  and  ''Gardening  for  Ladies,"  were  the  principal  of  his 
publications. 

For  the  purpose  of  studying  the  landscape  gardening  surrounding 
the  great  country-seats  in  England,  he  vis- 
ited that  country  in  1850,  and  spent  some 
months  among  the  old  ancestral  homes, 
writing  in  the  meantime  a  description  of  the 
same.  Returning  to  America,  his  services 
as  a  landscape  gardener  were  greatly  in 
demand,  among  his  commissions  being  the 
laying  out  of  the  grounds  surrounding  the 
Capitol  at  Washington,  the  Presidenfs 
house,  and  the  Smithsonian  institution. 

As  he  was  journeying  from  Xewburgh  to 
New  York  on  the  steamer  Henry  Clay,  July 
28,  1852,  the  steamer  took  fire  near  Yonkers, 
and  he  was  drowned  while  attempting  to 
reach  the  shore.  He  was  only  thirty-seven 
years  of  age  at  that  time,  and  was  just  com- 
ing on  the  stage  of  active  usefulness. 

Downing's  death  was  recognized  as  a  great 
public  loss.  He  had  lived  long  enough, 
however,  to  sow  the  seed  which  was  to  bear 
fruit  in  the  after-years.  This  is  evidenced 
in  the  growing  public  sentiment  among  all 
classes  relative  to  landscape  gardening. 
Particularly  docs  this  reveal  itself  in  the 
public  parks  found  in  nearly  every  city  and  village  of  considerable 
size  in  all  portions  of  the  Union.  The  people  demand  green  lawns, 
shady  groves,  quiet  walks,  the  perfume  and  beauty  of  flowers,  the 
rustic  arbors,  the  rippling  stream  and  the  glassy  lake.  They  demand 
these  and  they  are  willing  to  pay  for  them." 

As  the  years  go  by  and  wealth  accumulates,  people  will  study 
those  principles  that  make  their  homes  charming,  and  will  more  and 
more  surround  themselves  with  the  beautiful  in  nature. 


v^ 


-^ 


SU 


ILLUSTIJATIONS    KEPEEStNTINO    OEKTAIN    I'KINCirLES    OF    BEAUTY. 


■»__ 


l"Square  Wiudow. 


^ 


:tp  The  Science  of  Beauty  &^ 


-^i 
d 


In  Architecture,  the  Human  Form  and  in  Landscape  Gardening. 


As  in  household  decoration 
in  the  construction  of  the  dwellin; 
and  the 
arrange- 
ment of 
grounds, 
there  are 
certain 
funda- 
mental 


principles  to  be  understood  and  applied 
before  beauty  can  be  attained. 

Of  these,  primarily,  is  harmonious  pro- 
portion. Every  object  should  have  a  base 
sufficiently  broad  to  support  the  top,  and  it 
should  balance  in  size,  color  and  style 
with  other  objects  designed  to  be  a  balance. 

It  should  combine  as  much  as  possible 
the  curved  line  in  its  form  and  construc- 
tion. Fig".  1  shows  a  window  with  top 
formed  of  the  straight  line.  In  Fig.  2 
is  shown  the  improvement  which  results 
from  the  curved  line. 

Fig.  3  shows  a  combination  of  harmo- 
nious proportion  and  curved  line. 

Fig.  4  exhibits  the  harshness  which 
pervades  the  human  countenance  when 
filled  with  straight  lines.  So  the  face 
wasted  by  disease  and  furrowed  by 
angles  causes  the  beholder  to  remark, 
'^you  are  looking  badly." 

If,  as  is  the  case  in  Fig.  5,  a  gracefully 
rounded  curve  marks  the  outline  of  coun- 
tenance, the  possessor  of  that  face  is  sure 
to  win  compliments  for  the  beauty  which 
it  contains. 


oFig.  2- 


Round-top  Window.  6 


The  gracefully  rounded   and  beautiful  horse  which  we  admired 

i^oooo -*><K>£^i^     when  with  arching  neck 

?  ^      lu-  proudly  pranced  by 

us  in  bin  prime,  we 
look  on  with  amaze- 
ment when,  sick  and 
wasted  in  flesh,  he  is 
turned  out  to  recuper- 
ate or  die.  In  the  lirst 
case  we  saw  in  him 
bill,  the  curved  line. 
1m  llie  latter  the  pre- 
ponderance of  the 
Htraiglit  line  is  seen. 

There  is  another  and 
a  very  iniportiint  prin- 
eiple,  which  may  he 
termed  relief.  It  is 
that  which  adds  variety 
to  l;indj*cape  or  archi- 


o  [  tectnre;  it  gives  expression  to 
the  human  countenance,  and  frees 
the  ob- 
j  c  c  t 
from 
monot- 
ony of 
appear- 
flnce. 

Thus 
the  square  window  would  be  much  hand- 
somer if  there  was  a  cap  projecting  from 
the  top.  Even  if  made  up  wholly  of 
straight  lines,  if  there  be  considerable 
variety,  it  will  look  well.  If  that  which 
gives  variety,  however,  he  composed  of 
curved  lines  it  will  look  better. 

The  curved- top  window,  it  will  be  seen, 
is  an  improvement  upon  the  straight-top. 
It  would  be  handsomer  yet,  however,  if 
there  was  a  break  in  the  top  resembling  a 
key- stone,  or  some  figure  that  would 
break  the  sameness  of  appearance. 

Although  coarse  in  texture,  the  face, 
Fig.  4,  is  considerably  improved  by  the 
relief  shown  in  beard,  hair  that  stands 
prominently  out,  and  sharp  eyes  that  give 
expression.  Thus  a  face  may  have  such 
relief  through  white  skin,  black  eyebrows, 
bright  eyes,  clear-cut  features,  and  vivac- 
ity of  expression  as  to  be  very  attractive. 

So  a  face  full  of  curved  lines  may  lack 
attractiveness  because  the  eyes  may  be 
dull,  no  sparkle  may  mark  the  expression, 
and  the  eyes,  eyebrows  and  hair  may  be  all 
so  nearly  of  one  color  as  to  lack  variety. 
In  the  figure  representing  the  parlor  fountain,  another  feature  of 


3--Parlor  Fountain. 


Hk,  4--Kace  with  Strulifht  TEiieK. 


<MKH>'^ 


beauty  which  comes 
from  relief,  is  not 
shown  in  the  engrav- 
ing. This  relates  to 
the  diflfe rent  colors 
shown  in  blossoms.  A 
careful  study  of  Fig.  3 
will  well  repjiy  the 
reader.  Excepting  a 
few  lines  on  the  vase 
w  li  i  c  h  are  ma  d  e 
straight,  it  is  wholly 
composed  of  curves, 
interblended  with  re- 
lief, which  would  be 
be  much  greiiter  if  the 
natural  color  of  tin- 
bloBBoms  could  be 
seen. 


5*-Kace  with  Curved  Linos. 

- — — —  »^e-€^ii; 


V 


TIIIO    I 


iFK10(rr   UF    KI-KAKJIIT    AND    UUJiVIil)    LINES    ILI.USTlCATElJ. 


->^0c=*— 


+^-?^#'^ 


The  Charm  of  Curved  Lines,    m^  i 


Fifr.  «--SlriiiKlit  Lino. 


WIIE  poiimmi  uiuler- 
staiuls  that  the  letter 
shown  in  Fig.  6  isilefect- 
ive  because  it  lacks  curve, 
correct  proportion  auj 
heavy  contrasting  lines. 
He  linows  that  the  letter, 
Fig.  7,  is  beautiful  because 
tile  principles  of  curves, 
proportion  anil  relief  are 
all  perfectly  applied. 

An  examination  of  the 
letter  at  Fig.  6  shows  tlie 
character  formed  first  of 
Btraight  lines.  The  pen- 
man that  is  desirous  of 
securing  the  greatest 
amount  of  beauty  possilile 
in  his  penmanship  will 
avoid  ever  having  a 
straight  line  in  any  capi- 
tal letter.  The  letter  is 
seen  to  be  also  glaringly 
out  of  proportion.  As  it 
stands  upon  a  foundation 
much  smaller  than  its 
ui)per  part,  it  is  seen  to 
be  badly  out  of  proportion, 
or  badly  balanced,  and  to 
prevent  its  falling  a  sup- 
port would  be  necessary. 

Fig.  7  is  not  only  grace- 
ful in  curve  with  heavy 
shade,  which  gives  relief 
and  contrast,  but  the  letter 
is  so  balanced  as  to  be  self- 
supporting  in  appearance, 
with  the  center  of  gravity 
in  the  center,  making  har- 
monious and  good  propor- 
tion. The  principle  3 
applied  in  the  making  of 
this  single  letter  apply 
equally    to    all     penmanship,   and  ri 


Q-f> — »->«- 


Portrait  of  Human  Face,  Showing  Curves,  Proportion  and  Contrast. 


:htly  carried  out  will  make  a 
beautiful  handwriting. 

The  face  of  the  girl. 
Fig.  8,  linely  illustrates 
these  principles.  The 
gracefully  curved  hand, 
chin,  lip,  cheek,  hair  and 
wreath  of  flowers  which 
surround  her,  the  propor 
tions  of  hand,  mouth, 
nose,  eyes  and  hood  are 
all   admirably  set  off    by 


? 


FIk.  ?"Curvcd  Line.      I 


the  dark  background 
which  gives  relief 
and  brings  tlic  flgurc 
handsomely  to  the  front. 

A    prominent    feature 
essential  to  beauty  in  the 
human  face  is  perfect  Ijal- 
ance.      p;.taminatiou    of 
the  face  shows  that  it  is 
largely  made  up  of  twos. 
There  are  two  eyes,  two 
eyebrows,    two    sides    to 
the    nose,    two    nostrils, 
two  cheeks,   two  corners 
of    the    mouth,   and   two 
ears,      If  one  of  these  be 
difl'erent  frimi  tlie  other, 
the  balance   is  destroyed 
and  the  beauty  is  injured, 
as  would  be  the  case  were 
one  eye  different  in  size 
or  color   from  the  other, 
or  any   other    portion  of 
the    face    different    from 
the  other  side.     The  same 
rule   applies  to  the  body 
throughout.     The   differ- 
ent parts  being  in  pairs, 
each    should    correspond 
in  size  and  shape  with  tlie 
other,  with  which  it  bal- 
ances.    The    lack  of 
ttalance  is  shown  in   any 
person  who  is  deformed. 
Fig.    9    plainly    shows 
how  the  form  is   injured 
by  straight  lines  and 
angles,  while  Fig.  10 
demonstrates    the   beauty 
in  the  figure  when  formed 
of  curved  lines. 

One  of  the  most  beanti- 
ful  objects  in  nature  is  a 
bird.     It  is  true  that  there  is  a  difference  in  birds,  and  certain  kinds 
are  not    very  handsome. 

Those  varieties,  however,    ^      '  '    ?'2 

that  combine  the  plump 
form  with  brilliant  plum- 
age are  very  attractive. 
Fig.  9  iilustr.ites  the  ef- 
fort to  construct  the  form 
of  a  bird  from  straight 
lines.  As  will  be  seen,  al- 
though the  proportions  are 
nearly  correct,  the  form 


m 


316 


A    SPECIMEN  OF    WOOD    ENGRAVING    SHOWING    CONTRAST. 


is  rendered  ungraceful 
from  lack  of  curve. 

In  Fig.  10  is  i^bown 
how  a  very  few  touches 
of  a  pen  or  pencil  will 
make  a  form  that  is 
beautiful,  if  the  funda- 
mental principles  of 
beauty  are  observed. 

Fig.  11  represents  not 
only  the  inharmony  which 
comes  from  straight 
lines,  but  also  a  striking 
violation  of  nature's 
rules.  The  reader  will 
observe  that  no  such 
t^pecimenof  vine,  formed 
of  straight  lines,  is  found 
growing  among  nature's 
productions. 

Fig.  12  is  a  specimen 
of  beautiful  wood-en- 
graving, chiefly  remark- 
able for  the  relief  which 
is  shown  by  presenting 
the  poppy  in  front  of  a 
dark  background. 


File.  ll"Th«' VincFormcd     l3C 
of  Slniiuht  lAtii'H. 


rijM'-' . 


.ill:."*'',c  V^ 

^K\K ?' '" 


Fig.  13  shows  grace, 
(■n7itrast,  curves,  propor- 
tion, and  the  fine  effect 
which  comes  from  par- 
allel lines.  By  examin- 
ing the  leaf  of  the  poppy 
In  Fig.  12  it  will  be  seen 
that  it  is  formed  of  a 
great  number  of  lines 
that  run  parallel  with 
each  other.  Were  these 
lines  to  run  irregularly 
the  beauty  would  be 
greatly  destroyed.  Thus 
a  field  of  grain  or  a  for- 
est of  trees  derives 
much  beauty  from  the 
stalks  or  trees  growing 
all  in  the  same  direction. 
When  many  become 
broken  by  storm  or  other- 
wise, and  the  law  of 
parallels  is  destroyed, 
much  beauty  is  thereby 
lost. 


-:-S3|^*j8-^^ 


■^a*     Flit.   ll!--ViMe  I'orniiMl  of 


Turved  Lines. 


;(>- 


T- 


.SA.MI'LIOS    OF    BKAUTY    I.N    NATL'liK    AND    ART. 


.■il7 


? 


h 


f^^fL 


w 


>/, 


A. 

i eK- 


Fig.  14  exhibits  a 
•basket  formed 
wholly  of  curved 
Hues.  This  basket 
is  not  as  handsome 
as  some  others,  from 
the  fact  of  there 
being  little  or  no 
relief  upon  it.  It 
would  be  decidedly 
more  beautiful  if 
there  was  more  vine 
dropping  over  its  side,  thus  obscuring  the  form  of  the  basket. 

Fig.  15  is  a  hanging  basket,  which,  together  with  the  flowers  that 
it  contains,  combining  this  principle  of  curved  lines,  is  very  pretty. 


ArJ'"^' 


-^'S, 


're. 


~^<* 


Aw  flowers  are  more- 
beauiiful  ihan  any- 
\)i\i\%  that  can  be 
constructed  by  man, 
i^o  a  hanjjinj;  ba^^ket 
should  be  dark  in 
color,  rustic  in  ap- 
pearance, and  thus 
be  made  to  attract 
but  little  attention. 
5  Fig.  16  is  an  ex- 

cellent     illustration 

representative  of  the  curved  line  in  architectural  adornment. 
The  principles  of  proportion,  parallel  lines  and  contrast,  arc  al-o 

well  brought  out  in  this. 


-Q 


;!is 


TllK    IXFLL'ENOE    OF    THE    SUBLIME    AS    AN    ELEMENT    OF    BEAUTY. 


f!rj,oooe 


THE  SUBLIME 

—  IN  — 

•••^>^NATURE.t<— 


J 

iJT'HERE  is  yet  another  principle  which  lulds 

^    attraction    to    the   edifice  or  landscape, 

**'     which  may  be  termed  the  subUnie. 

In  nature  this  is  shown  in  the  great  tree, 

the    high  water-fall   (see    Fig.    17),  the  wide 

river,  the  tall  mountain  and  the  deep  ravine. 

It  especially  pertains  to  that  which  conveys  a 

sense  of    greatness.     The  swaying  pine,  the 

broad-spreading  elm,  the  long  row  of  poplars, 

the  broad  street,  all  are  attractive  because  they 

exhibit  the  grandeur  of  the  sublime. 

An  irresistible  fascination  takes  possession 
of  the  visitor  at  the  falls  of  Niagara,  at  the 
White  mountains,  when  viewing  the  wonders 
of  the  Yosemite,  or  the  greatness  of  any  of 
the  old  cathedrals.  It  is  the  impression  which 
arises  from  a  contem;  , 
plation  of  the  sublime.    ^^ 

The  admiration  that  JJ 
the  person  possesses  ^ 
U)T  an  object  will  de- 
pend upon  that  person's 
peculiar  organization 
of  mind.  Thus  the 
person  having  form 
large  will  be  peculiarly 
sensitive  in  relation  to 
incongruous  propor- 
tion, and  will  have  a 
high  appreciation  of 
those  objects  which  are 
finely  proportioned  and 
n-lievcd  by  such  vari- 
ety as  gives  contrast. 
If  added  to  form  is 
large  ideality,  the  in- 
dividual especially  de- 
lights in  landscape 
views  adorned  by  vari- 
ety consisting  of  trees, 
shrubbery  and  flowers. 
In  architecture,  the  eye 
takes  pleasure  in  con- 
templating the  relief- 
work  which  may  be 
f*trc'wn  upon  the  l)uild- 
ing  in  the  form  of 
figures,  balconies,  bal- 
iiF'triuleH,  and  orna- 
mental carvings.  If 
an  acute  sense  of  color 
be  added  to  the  other 


y^ 


"^^^ 


-*p=^i=i^=T 


-^^ 


THE  SUBLIME 

—  IN  — 

ARCHITECTURE. 


iw 


Fig.  1T--Wat(rfall, 

Illustrating  the  Sublime  in  Nature. 
ooo »« 


FIff.  1 

ItMifitratIn?  the   1 


8--Mrss1v(>  <'nlumns  with  OrnaniPntal  Caps, 

mposing,  tho  AitlMiic  ntul  the  Hublime   In   Archltocturo. 


organs,  the  person  will  be  pained  at  inhar- 
monies  of  tints  and  shades  often  to  be  seen  on 
painted  buildings.  In  the  same  proportion 
the  person  is  delighted  when  beholding  har- 
monics of  colors  on  furniture,  clothing,  houses, 
paintings,  or  landscape.  If  to  these  other 
organs  is  added  also  sublimity,  then  the  person 
visits  the  old  castles  of  ancient  times  to  find 
pleasure  in  those  relics  that  exhibit  greatness. 
To  a  person  having  large  love  of  the  sublime, 
the  pyramids,  the  immense  ruins  found 
throughout  the  valley  of  the  Nile,  the  obelisks, 
the  volcanoes,  the  mountain  scenery  of  Swit- 
zerland, the  wild,  grand  scenes  of  the  Rocky 
mountains  of  America, —  all  these  have 
charms,  to  the  lover  of  the  sublime,  that 
others  lacking  this 
faculty  would  entirely 
ail  to  appreciate. 

Fig.  18  combines 
the  princii)les  of  pro- 
portion, curved  lines, 
and  in  the  large  and  tall 
columns,  a  sense  of  the 
sublime. 

In  the  looking  upon 
these  columns  ideality 
will  take  delight  in  a 
study  of  the  Corinthian 
capitals,  partially 
formed  from  the  grace- 
ful leaves  of  the  acan- 
thus. If  to  ideality  is 
added  sublimity  in  the 
mind,  then  comes  in- 
tense appreciation  of 
the  tall  columns  shown 
in  this  illustration,  and 
an  ad  in  i  rati  on  for 
imposing  monuments 
and  large  buildings 
which  possess  a  high  de- 
gree of  ornamentation. 
The  r  e  a  d  e  r  w  i  1 1 
doubtless  call  to  mind 
many  an  edifice  that 
includes  in  its  struct- 
ure the  jjrinciplc  of 
sublimity.  In  all  pub- 
lic buildings  that  have 
large  and  tall  columns 
this  idea  is  expressed. 


(@'^IIE   grand    old 

Afj*fe>    G  IT  man     cn- 

i$A\(^   thcdral  shown 

^^:^i^  in    Fig.    19, 

repregeiiting  the  edifice 

as  seen  from  the  east, 

reveals  with   excellent 

effect  i\  comlii nation  of 

fiinilamental  principles 

of  beauty.  Examina- 
tion shows  the  propor- 
tions   to   be  good,  the 

tops  of  all  the  apertures 

curve,    great   diversity 

of  exterior  ornamenta- 
tion   gives    it   variety 

and   relief,   while    the 

very  tall  spires  hold  us 

entranced     with     the 

power  of  the  sublime. 
Even    its   great   age 

appeals    somewhat    to 

the    sublimity  in    our 

natures.      Its    history 

began  in  the  fourth 
century, when,  in  312, 
the  emperor  Constan- 
tine  placed  all  the 
Christian  communities 
under  protection.  It 
was  about  this  time  that  the  firf>t  cathe- 
dral was  erected. 

A  second  cathedral  was  commenced  in 
8l4,  and  gradually  progressed  in  impor- 
tance for  several  hundred  years.  Tt  at 
hist  became  dilapidated  and  was  finally 
destroyed  by  firo  in  1248. 

About  1250  the  erection  of  the  present 
building  was  commenced,  and  not  until 
recently  was  it  finished.  It  is  now  the 
largest  specimen  of  Gothic  architecture 

in  the  world,  being  511  feet  in  length,  231  in  breadth,  and  having 
towers  525  feet  high;  being  thirty-nine  feet  higher  than  the  next 
tallest  object  on  the  globe,  the  pyramid  of  Cheops,  in  Egypt,  which 
is  486  feet  high,  and  more  than  twice  as  tall  as  Bunker  hill  monument 
at  Boston,  Mass. ,  which  is  221  feet  in  height. 

These  old  cathedrals  possess  great  attraction  for  most  travelers 
from  the  fact  that  their  antiquity  and  great  size  gratify  the  love  of 
the  sublime  in  man's  nature.  On  this  account  the  tourist  abroad 
visits  St.  Peter's  at  Rome,  said  to  have  been  commenced  by  the 
bishop  of  Rome  in  the  year  90,  and  to  have  been  enlarged  by  Con- 
stantine  in  the   year  306.     The  present  building  of  St.  Peter  was 


252 
355 


Rnnian  Catholic  place  of 
worship,  in  the  city  oC 
C'olopme,  capital  of  the 
province  of  the  Rhine,  iu 
Prussia. 


commenced  in  1 LV), 
was  carried  forward 
toward  completion  by 
Raphael  in  1514,  was 
further  perfected  by 
Michael  Angelo  in 
1550,  and  was  dedi- 
cated 176  years  after 
the  time  it  was  com- 
menced. It  is  C13'4 
English  feet  in  length 
in  the  interior,  with  a 
transept  of  401 '/i  feet. 
It  is  448  feet  high  and 
will  hold  within  its 
walls  50,000  people  ut 
one  time. 

The  present  cathe- 
dral of  Milan  was  com- 
menced in  1387;  is 
486  feet  long, 
feet  wide,  and  is 
feet  high. 

The  height  of 
other  cathedrals  of  im- 
portance is  us  follows: 
Strasburg,  in  Germany, 
468  feet;  St.  Nicholas' 
church,  in  Hamburg, 
450  feet;  St.  Michael's 
church,  in  Hamburg, 
428  feet;  St.  Martin's 
church  at  Lffndshut, 
Germany,  411  feet;  ca- 
thedral at  Antwerp,  in 
Belgium,  408  feet,  and 
the  cathedral  at  Cre- 
mona, in  Lorabardy, 
396  feet. 

The  immensely  high 
walls  found  in  the  val- 
ley  of    the   Yoscmite, 
one  of  which  rises  4, 737 
feet  above   the   valley, 
form  one  of  the  modem 
wonders  of  the  world. 
The  fall  of  water  at  Niagara,  150  feet  in  height  on  the  Canadian  side 
and  164  feet  on  the  American  border,  is  viewed  with  awe  and  admira- 
tion because  of  the  great  body  of  water  which  drops  at  this  fall. 

The  tall  pines  in  the  big-tree  groves  of  California,  some  of  which 
grow  to  a  height  of  376  feet,  are  also  admired  for  immensity  of  size. 


A- 


■ji(\x^ — 


•^e 


320 


NATURE    AND    ART    COMBINED    IN   LANDSCAPE   VIEW. 


? 


Showing  Curved  Line,  Harmonious  Proportion,  Contrast  and  Some  of  the  Sublime. 


JIfhe  tall  edififf,  tliat  hat  continuous  columns  from  the  bottom  to  the 

top  of  the  building,  conveys,  in  these  extended  columns,  a  sense 

of  grandeur  which  cannot  be  if  they  are  divided.     A  buildiuL',  with 

tall  columns  in  front,  has  its  appearance  also  considerably  magnifled 


varied  landscape,  which  affords  contrast,  all  combined  make  the  view 
very  charming. 

Those  landscape  scenes  that  afford  an  opportunity  for  observing,  at 
a  single  view,  the  greatest  amount  of  the  curved  line,  harmonious 


Fl»t.  20--!Sci'nc  in  West  Laurel  Hill  teini'terj,  Philadcliililu. 


If,  in  addition  to  this,  it  i»  located  on  a  high  elevation. 

The  pcene  phown  in  Fig.  20  conibines  much  of  that  which  is 
attractive.  The  tall  trees,  the  house  located  on  the  high  eminence, 
the  curving  roadways,  the  Btrcams,  monuments,  ehrubs,  uneven  and 


proportion,  contrast  of  color  and  forms,  united  with  greatness, 
ore  much  the  most  beautiful.  In  this  scene  the  eye  sweeps  a  broad 
expanse,  bringing  within  the  view  many  beauties.  Thus  if  parks  had 
less  trees  in  their  centers  the  views  wilbiu  them  would  be  improveil. 


y? 


■>'-. 


T^ 


K 


SUGGESTIONS   KKLATINO   TO    liKIUOKS    IN    TUliLIC    GROUNDS. 


82  J 


Is]  ■„->,■  „-...>. 


•7,  8i:.< 


-;@)**T-Ji>£j; 


Park  Scenes. 


.vtj,00  OO 


S    Un:   curved 
1  i  n  e  g  i  V  0  s 

^^^^  beauty,  so  U 
altio  gives  strength,  a 
fact  evidently  nnder- 
Btood  by  the  makers 
of  the  rustic  bridge 
shown  in  Fig.  21. 

On  all  tshort  bridges 
in  parlis  various  ad- 
vantages are  gained 
by  the  curves.  The 
longer  bridge,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  22, 
must,  however,  be 
level  on  the  top,  the 
arches  only  possess- 
ing the  curve.  The 
roadway,  the  stream, 
the  wooded  back- 
ground, the  pedestri- 
ans, teams,  and  horse- 
back rider  in  this 
scene,  give  the  view 
an  expressive  effect. 

The   parks   of    the 
country  begin  to  af- 
ford a  superior  oppor- 
tunity for  the  study  of  the  beautiful, 
most   j)arks,  as    in    private    groundi 


«ft«^^ 


^P&^&e. 


Fig.  31"Rnstic  Bridge  over  Stream. 


.  general  fault,  however,  in 
a  disposition  to  place  too 


many  trees  in  them. 
They  are  soon  ho  full 
as  to  prevent  an  ex- 
tended view  in  any 
direction.  The 
groves  and  tall  shrub- 
bery should  be  mostly 
found  on  the  outer 
edges  of  the  park, 
unless  the  grounds 
be  very  large,  and 
even  then  there 
should  he  such  open- 
ings left  in  the  plac- 
ing of  trees  as  will 
enable  the  spectator, 
at  certain  elevated 
points,  to  see  from 
one  end  of  the  park 
to  the  other. 

In  all  jm  bl  i  c 
grounds  that  are 
made  highly  orna- 
mental there  should 
be  some  one  or  more 
central  elevations, 
provided  with  seats 
for  visitors,  from 
which  place  a  view  may  be  had  of  the  entire  grounds.  To  those  who 
may  rest  thus  the  vit^it  to  the  park  is  doubly  delightful. 


Vj>y>^ 


^ydh     . 


Fia.  •Ji--Arches  Orer  Stream  npar  Lull  Wiiter,  Prospert  Park,  Brooklyn,  X.  Y. 


21 


~r9: 


THE    riCTriJESQUE    AND    THE    ROMANTIC-. 


I 


Fig".  23  represents  one  of  the  hundreds  of  rustic  ornamental  con- 
veniences found  throughout  New  York  Central  park.  A  little  boat- 
house  thus  on  the  border  of  a  lake  or  river,  where  people  often 
assemble,  and  can  rest  while  they  wait,  is  a  necessity  which  needs  no 
explanation. 

Fig.  24  shows  how  wild  and  rugged  nature,  through  the  hand  of 
taste,  has  been  turned  into  a  bower  of  beauty.  It  is  one,  also,  of 
many  such  scenes  in  Central  park.  It  teaches  the  lesson  that  the 
roughest  and  most  forbidding  place  about  your  home,  reader,  can  be 


,^^^  ^^' 


Fig.  24"View  iu  Central  Park,  TV.  ¥. 


T^" 


(jiurden  Summer-House. 


converted 

through   en 

e  r  g  y     and 

taste,  into   a 

charming 

place   of  re 

sort. 

•    Fig.    25 

presents   a 

garden  sum- 
mer-house, 

embowered 
among 
trees 
and  vines.  Such  a  summer-house  can  be  made  elaborate, 
highly  ornamental  and  expensive,  or  it  can  be  made  of 
a  simple  frame- work  very  cheaply;  and  when  the  grape- 
vine, morning-glories,  or  the  ivy  clamber  over  it,  it  will 
be  a  cool,  cozy,  attractive  place  of  rest  and  quietude. 

-  Park  Fences. 

The  fence  surrounding  a  park,  whether  public  or  private, 
should  be  such  as  to  obscure  the  view  as  little  as  possible. 
It  is  questionable  whether  there  should  be  any  fence  whatever 
around  public  parks.  In  many  cities,  all  park  iuclosures  are 
being  taken  down.  With  the  fences  down,  certain  persons 
may  at  first  do  some  injury,  but  in  time  the  people  learn  that 
in  defacing  or  injuring  public  property  they  are  defrauding 
Iluuusolves,  and  this  trouble  soon  ceases. 

While  a  fence  is  a  constant  source  of  expense,  it  is  also  a 
standing  evidence  of  suspieion  that  the  visitor  intends  harm. 
When  it  is  removed,  the  underKtauding  is  that  the  visitor  can 
be  trusted  and  will  do  no  evil  to  Ihc  premises.  The  people 
will  advance  to  a  point  some  day  where  they  need  not  be 
suspected.  Then  the  inclosures  about  public  grounds  will 
be  taken  away,  and  the  grounds  will  be  much  more  greatly 
bcautifled. 


-1  - 


^<m 


T- 


SUBLIMITY    IN    I.ANDSCAI'E    DECORATION. 


K   Flower-Vase 

Support. 


]VirSii|//HE  vustic  flower- 
MIW    Fig.  26  cxpla 

vl  ML  p.     '^  portion  of  th( 


flower- support  shown  in 
)lains  itself.  With 
the  trunlc  of  a  tree 
^JS^^sf^^^r"  ami  Ijranehes  sawed  squarely 
oU,  turned  bottom  up,  and  platform  placed  on  the  same,  it  is  a 
unique   and   useful  article. 

Fig.  27  shows  an  elegant  floral  display  suitable  for  large  grounds. 
Inside  of  a  ejtone  coping  is  placed  a  mound  of  rich  earth,  covered 


Landscape 
Ornamentation.    ,-  *», 

wilha  greensward  of  clo8e|y-c\jt  grass,  the 
top  surmounted  with  a  vase  bearing  flow- 

cTt*.  Upon  the  sides  arc  (hen  cut  various 
designs,  in  which  are  ornamental  plants, 
consisting  of  certain  varieties  of  the  caetue,  short-ntemmed  Aowlth, 
foliage,  plants,  etc.  At  the  intersection  of  roadways  and  large,  open 
spaces  in  parks,  those  mounds  can  be  made  a  superior  attraction. 
The  extended  view  here  shown  gives  also  an  appearance  of  sublimity. 


G--Kustii-   Flu«i'r-Stand. 


>nc>- 


Hg.  27--Floral  Mouml.     Broad  Avenues,  Long  Rons  of  Trees,   Grandeur  of  Appearance.  w   x\:i 


"^K 


t 


324 


TOWN    AND    COUNTRY    RESIDENCES. 


i 


¥  ^  "-, f 


? 


lis.;;, 


Effect  of  Trees  and 
Vines. 


-»«] 

? 


Fig.  3S--Besidence  of  F, 


jdpHE  residence 
til  of  Mr.  Bar- 
^^l  ley,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  28,  repre- 
sents how  delight- 
ful a  home  may  be 
made  when  rightly 
located  and  assisted 
by  nature.  There 
is  nothing  elaborate 
as  embellishment  on  the  house.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  quite  plain  in 
appearance.  It  is  attractive,  however,  and  this  beauty  comes  from 
the  tall  trees  that  lend  their  shade,  the  broad  veranda,  and  the  vines 
that  cling  lovingly  about  it.  An  air  of  rest  and  quietude  pervades 
the  place  that  makes  It  charming. 

In  contrast  with  this  is  the  design  of  a  residence,  shown  in  Fig. 
29.  This  home  is  without  the  accessories  of  shrubbery  and  vines 
and  groves  of  trees  which  may  be  found  in  the 
country.  It  is  designed  for  the  town  lot,  and 
must  in  itself  possess  architectural  orna- 
ment to  -overbalance  the  lack  of  trees 
and  vines.  This  house  is  made  at- 
tractive by  its  cornices,  porches, 
bay-windows,  balustrades,  tow- 
ers, ornamental  chimneys, 
etc.,  all  of  which  give  con- 
trast and  variety. 

A  house  located 
amid  many  trees  and 
embowered  in  vines, 
will  need  much  less 
ornament  to  make  it 
attractive  than  if  sit- 
uated  in  open 
grounds.  There  are 
certain  sanitary  con- 
ditions that  should 
also  be  considered 
when  selecting  the 
location  for  a  home. 
Among  these  should 
be  an  elevation,  such 
an  will  be  free  from 
miasma  rising  from 
low  and  f^tagnant  wa- 
t*T  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  houHC.  The  site 
should  also  be  such 

a»  will  afford  an  abundance  of  air  'ind  pmi«hiiu'.      To  have  this  the 
lir)n»e  hliould  not  be  too  cloH(dy  Hiirrouudod  by  trees  of  dense  foliage. 

The  trees  that  give  shade  sliould,  when  matured,  tower  far  above 
the  house,  thus  giving  an  opportunity  for  the  circulation  of  the  air. 


O.  C.  Darley,  Artist. 


&t  Claymont,  Pa. 


c.V^^  -111 'ft ii 

Beauty  Unaided  by 
Nature. 


At  certain  periods 
of  tlic  day,  partic- 
ul  irly  in  ttie  morn- 
ing, tile  sun  sllould 
liave  ample  oppor- 
tunity to  shed  its 
most  lirilliant  rays 
full  upon,  into  and 
througli  tlie  house, 
thus  adding  mate- 


Prepareti  for  Mr. 


rially  to  the  healthfulness  of  the  home. 

When  clearing  the  ground  for  the  erection  of  a  dwelling  near  or  in 
a  grove  of  trees  a  certain  number  of  the  old  forest  trees  should  be 
allowed  to  stand  in  the  vicinity  of  the  house,  especially  in  the  rear. 
Upon  the  side  whence  heavy  winds  are  likely  to  come  there  should 
be  a  grove  of  trees,  if  the  size  of  the  grounds  will  permit  of  the 
same,  a  delicious  coolness  always  coming  from  the  trees  in  the 
summer,  while  they  serve  as  a  wind-break  in  the 
winter. 

While  a  variety  of  trees  should  have 
place  about  the  home,  unquestionably 
the  most  satisfactory  as  an  orna- 
mental tree  for  shade  is  the  elm. 
Whatever  other  trees  may  be 
iven  place,  plant  the  elm 
about  the  house  and  by  the 
roadside.  It  will 
not  perhaps  mature 
so  rapidly  as  some 
others,  but  it  will  be 
a  handsome  tree 
from  the  first.  Its 
towering  form  and 
pleasant  shade  will 
be  a  source  of  real 
happiness  to  the  res- 
ilient in  after-life, 
and  to  those  who 
come  in  a  succeeding 
age  the  tree  will  he 
a  blessing,  ever 
standing  as  a  monu- 
ment to  the  foresiglit 
and  wisdom  of  the 
fathers  in  a  previous 
generation.  For 
proof  that  this  is  true 
the  reader  has  hut 
to  visit  some  of  the  beautiful  New  Kngland  villages,  where  the  great 
elms,  planted  in  the  early  history  of  this  country,  as  they  line  the 
roadways  with  shade  for  miles,  arc  now  the  pride  of  those  charming 
towns  that  nestle  among  the  bills  in  the  Eastern  States. 


uiisltk'iable  exterior  oniaiueutation. 


— >c).'- 


f 


ELAUORATE    AND    COSTLY    HOMES. 


?.-25 


'iijii "        <• 

tsiii '*^^ ^,i< 


m 


Picturesque. 


•OOOff 


Frum  Croft's  "Progressive  American  Architecture, 
lished  by  Bicknell  &  Comstoclc,  New  York. 


old     oaks 


^^UK  picturesque  villa  shown  in  Fig. 
30  rcpresinits  an  elegant  modern 
American  home.  Its  beauty  large- 
ly consists  in  its  winding  pathways, 
with  no  fence  to  obscure  them  from  view, 
and   its  <'ontrasts,  which  come  from  its 

towers,  cornices,  balconies,  fountain  and 

unique  windows. 
Fig.  31  presents  "f)alv  Knoll,"  the  residence  of  the  late  R.  B 

^Yu(ldwa^d,     situated      in     the     midst     of     grand 

the  Napa  val- 
ley,    a    few 

miles  north 

from     San 

Francisco, 

California. 

Its  owner  was 

the  founder  of 

the  celebrated 

Woodward 

gardens  in  San 

Francisco,  and 

the  taste  there 

d  i  splayed 

would    clearly 

indicate  the 

ability  to  make 

a  b  e  a  u  t  i  f  u  1 

home    on    the 

most  barren  of 

country  local- 
ity.      In    this 

home    it    will 

be    seen    Mr. 

Woodward 

was    assisted 

by   old   forest 

trees,  supple- 
mented   by 

trees        of 

younger 

growth,  and 

shru  bbery 

planted   artis- 
tically.     This 

home,  CO m- 

prising     near 


>  u  u  ot  I'n  turts(|Ui 


! '^^^^^ 

^^\.-r: KM* 

i< *' 


Nature  Aided  by  Art. 


1,400  acres,  much  of  it  bearing  choice  fruit,  is  located  on  what  was   |    varying  tints  of  green,  and  from  variety  of  size 


originally  a  dreary  waste.  Through  the 
superior  taste  of  the  owner  it  became  a 
paradise  of  beauty. 

Examination  shows  that  in  the  orna- 
mentation of  his  public  and  private 
-»»0O%  grounds  Mr.  Woodward  knew  the  full 
pub-  value  of  trees.  The  lesson  is  that  in  the 
growing  of  these  upon  the  lawn,  care 
should  be  exercised  that  contrasts  be  attained.  This  can  be  done  if 
the  grounds  be  sufficiently  large  to  admit  of  a  variety  of  kinds. 

In  their 
setting  about 
the  home  am- 
pl  e  space 
should  be 
given  the 
evergreen, 
which  is  not 
only  an  orna- 
mental tree  at 
all  times,  but 
especially 
when  frosts 
have  denuded 
other  trees  of 
their  foliage 
in  the  fall  and 
when  the 
snows  have 
whitened  tho 
earth  in  win- 
ter. 

Nearly  all 
the  varieties 
of  evergreens 
will  admit  of 
beingtrimmed 
into  any  de- 
sired form. 
They  thus 
have  a  double 
value  as  an 
ornamental 
tree,  giving 
as  they  do  re- 
lief  to  the 
lawn,  through 
form  and  foliage. 


A- 


:(>— 


? 


— tij:K< 


326 


7rr 


HIGHLY    ORNAMKNTKU    RKSIDENCE    AND    I'LEASUEE    GKf)UNDS. 


7 


the  world  knows.  In  these  old  homes  are  forests  that  have  been 
growing  for  hundreds  of  years,  just  such  as  can  only  be  produced  in 
the  lapse  of  many  generations  under  one  management.  Here  are 
lawns  wearing  Kuch  a  green  at*  can  only  be  attained  in  such  a  moist 
atmosphere  as  England  knows,  and  here  are  great  mansions  filled  with 
articles  of  art  and  adornment,  the  long  accumuliitions  of  taste,  aided 
by  unlimited  wealth. 

In  Fig.  32  is  presented  Trentham  hall,  one  of  Ihe  most  elegant  of 
Brilain'H  grand  old  country  seats,  the  home  nf  the  bile  duke  of 
Sutherland,  situated  on  the  Trent. 

This  illustration  is  presented  as  a  specimen  of  the  sublime  in 
landscape  gardening.  The  large  edifice,  the  tower  over  a  hundred 
feet  in  height,  from  which  may  be  seen  broad  carriage-ways;  exten- 
sive conservatories,  evergreen  bowcra,  largo  flower-gardens,  broad 
lawns,  and  Ihe  distant  iiill-to])H  crowned  with  durk-green  forests — all 
convey  an  idea  of  greatness.  The  extent  and  magnilicence  of  the 
8CCDC  ia  best  expressed  in  the  word  onANp. 


Kit:.   :t:t--Fi»unl;iin 


ren  waste  of  land  in  the  ujiper  part  of  Manhattan  island,  now  known 
as  the  New  York  Central  park,  a  few  sketches  of  which  are  presented. 
Through  the  hand  of  taste,  the  roughest  and  moat  forbidding  por 
tions  of  this  land  have  become  the  most  attractive.  To  accomplish 
this  it  is  true  much  money  has  been  expended  in  certain  portions  of 
the  park.  An  evidence  of  elaborate  expenditure  is  eiiown  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  grand  fountain.  Fig.  33,  which  presents  n  display 
of  the  artistic,  combined  with  grand  ilTect,  that  is  nowhere  sur- 
passed on  the  Anu-rican  conliuent. 


X 


T^ 


JiKAUTIFUL    AND    EXrKN.SIVK    lIo.MKS. 


.^ 


V^ 


.c^f'IG.  34  sliow^  aiKilluT  beautiful 
American  home,  w lib  Man- 
sard-roof and  tower,  taken 
by  permission  of  Messrs.  Bicknell 
&  Comstock,  publishers,  New  York, 
from  Croft's  "  Progressive  American 
Architecture."'  A  low  fence,  which 
is  little  more  than  a  coping,  deter- 
mines the  outer  edge  of  the  lot. 
The  curving  walks,  arching  win- 
dows, and  graceful  fountain  uatisfy  the  desire  for  curves.  The 
principles  of  contrast  and  proportion  arc  here  also  finely  shown. 

As  the  best  appropriately  comes  at  the  close  of  the  feast  or  the 
entertain- 


elementj?  that  make  the  beautiful  in 
architecture  and  landscape  garden- 
ing, as  shown  in  its  curves,  its  har- 
monious proportions,  its  bold  reliefs, 
and  its  greatness  and  grandeur, 
which  make  the  sublime. 

While  in  this  chapter  have  been 
shown  mostly  expensive  dwellings, 
as  illustrative  of  those  which  con- 
stitute the  charming,  the  aim  has 
been  to  show  principles  in  such  a  manner  as  will  teach  the  poorest  to 
surround  themselves  with  adornment  that  will  make  their  homes, 
however  humble,  the  abodes  of  beauty.     Amid  such  surroundings 

may  the 


miles  from 
San  Fran- 
cisco. This 

residence  will  cost,  when  finished,  from  STOO,000  to  $1,000,000. 
When  complete  it  will  be,  unquestionably,  one  of  a  very  few  of  the 
most   beautiful    places   in  America.        In   it   are   combined   all   the 


Figf.  3o--Resi<lence  of  Mr.  James  C.  Flood, 

At  Menlo  Park,  California.     Augustus  Lever,  Architect,  San  Francisco. 


its  elegant 
homes, 
have  been 

traced,  in  this  volume,  the  leading  events  in  the  lives  of  many  per- 
sons who  have  been  distinguished  for  worthy  achievement.  The 
hope  is  that  the  reader  has  been  benefited  by  a  study  of  this  record. 


-vCT 


-<): 


AGENTS    WANTED. 


EC- 


<-^ 


:.Af,.^^:?<,. 


liw^^r^ 


}'\'^M>^: 


*^^-*^-*-^-*-^-*-^--*-^-f-^ 


:]3 


#%-,"^;^^ 


:.^.   -  «»   •  ;,;:-v^,'  -^  ;i&TiS3<y-^    4   4   4 


# 


►v^rv^r-r^m 


^^^if^if' 


P^T^T^y^TiW^y^T^T^T^^^^^y' 


.£££..j%j^^i^^j^-#;l 


'<r^i»¥'^»^y^v^^^>'r^^^r^'^^ 


A  Few  Suggestions  About  Selling  Books  by  Subscription. 


'%?^  '^'"^"W 


'iTIim  THE  past  few 
years   the  libraries 
of  tlie  people  have 
had  tlieir  best  books 
furnished   by  book- 
agents.     Nearly  all  the 
expensive    cyclopredias 
and  works  of   fine   art 
are     sujiplied     thr(>ugh 
this     means,     and     so 
nnich  accustomed  liave 
the   people   become    to 
this  method  of  procur- 
ing books  that  they  de- 
pend upon  the  agent  to 
sujiply  them. 
Hiirs  Album  is  furnished  to  the  people  only 
BY  SUBSCRIPTION.    To  Sell  the  book  thus  we  want 
live,  active   agents  in  all  parts  of  the  United 
States,  to  represent  its  interests. 

The  exclusive  right  to  canvass  and  sell  the 
book  in  any  district  can  be  had  by  addressing 
the  publishers,  provided  no  other  agent  for  the 
work  has  been  assigned  to  the  same  territory. 
Should  there  be  an  agent  in  the  locality  where 
the  applicant  desires  to  sell,  other  territory  will 


be  given  to  the  person  applying  for  the  agency, 
that  will  be  equally  satisfactory. 

The  great  excellence  of  Prof.  IlilPs  books 
causes  them  to  have  a  large  and  steadily  increas- 
ing sale  among  all  classes.  The  person  who 
represents  them  makes  a  permanent  reputation 
for  himself  as  the  agent  of  useful  pu])lications,  he 
does  good  service  to  the  people  by  furnishing 
them  the  best  of  books,  and  he  finds  the 
business  profitable  from  the  fact  that  tliey  sell 
so  readily. 

Any  person  desiring  to  sell  this  work  should 
send  to  the  publishers  for  terms  to  agents,  and 
designate  the  town  in  which  he  wishes  to  sell. 

If  the  reader  knows  of  anyone  of  good  address 
and  competent  to  canvass,  who  may  wish  the  op- 
23ortunity  to  engage  in  active,  pleasant,  outdoor 
employment,  he  or  she  will  render  a  favor  by 
calling  the  attention  of  that  person  to  the 
advantages  off"ered  by  this  house  in  the  sale  of 
standard  books. 

If  the  conditions  are  favorable,  an  agency  will 
be  given,  and  the  applicant  may  commence  work 
at  once.     Address  for  terms  and  full  particulars, 

HILL  STANDARD  BOOK  CO.,  Publishers, 

103  State  Street,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


:(^ 


li: 


EHf^ 


?:!! 


\/  ! 


o; 


BIOGRAPHIES 

DISTINGUISHED 

ACTORS, 

WARRIORS, 
MISICIANS, 
Sl'lEXTISTS, 
INTEXTORS, 
FIXAXCIERS, 
EXPLORERS, 
RELIGIONISTS. 


m»M 


j|pi,.i| 


Hill's  AlTDUin 


y ^vc< 

Q\Qi^^       -i "1 


if! 


Illustrated  with  Eunireds  of  Portraits 
Ttoughsat  witi  Elegant  Engravings 
Scienco  and  Art, 


and  EmbcUished 
Bescriptive  of 


J »  '."^^V   4  *  *  w  ■-  ■£■    //^^'  *  t\. 


!-«>3«-!- 


Laige  finarto,  Elegantly  Brand  in  Cloth  and  Qold, 

Half  and  Full  Morocco;   Sprinted  and 

Qilt  Edges. 


By  HON.  THOS.  E.  HILL, 

ACTHOK   OF    "HILL"9   MANUAL   OF   SOCIAL    AND    BUSINESS   FORMS." 


Jf- 


>'T^'HK  PFRPOSE   of  Hill's   Album   has 

\   r   r*^/"^  been  to  present   in  a  condensed 

form   the  leading  and   essential 

^::=  facts  concerning  the  lives  of  the 

'  most  noted    persons    who    have 

ever  lived. 

The  Plan  has  been  followed 
^^^S8B3&~-  ^^  arranging  distinct  classes  to- 
gether. Thus  the  great  Religious 
/^':£5-"  Founders,  including  Moses,  Bud- 
dha, Confucius,  Zoroaster, 
Christ,  Moliammed  and  others, 
accompanied  by  fine  illustra- 
tions, Ijiographies,  History  and 
Beliefs  of  Denominations,  Dictionary  of  Religions  Terms,  etc. ,  are 
included  in  one  chapter.  The  Great  Military  Heroes  at  all  times, 
including  Wellington,  Bonaparte,  Washington,  Grant  and  many 
others,  together  witli  a  list  of  memorjible  battles  fought,  a  Dictionary 
of  Military  Terms,  etc.,  form  another  chapter,  and  so  through  the 
volume. 

The  Lessons  drawn  from  these  biographies  as  they  are  presented, 
arc  of  themselves  a  peculiar  feature  of  this  work.  In  the  histories  of 
the  Rothschilds,  the  Astors,  VanderbiU,  Girard,  Peabody,  A.  T. 
Stewart,  Jay  Gould,  I.ongworth,  Mackey,  Flood  and  others,  the 
secret  of  their  success  in  money-getting  is  very  clearly  stated, 
so  that  the  reader  desirous  of  making  money  may  greatly  profit 
by  the  reading.  And  thus  throughout  the  volume  the  causes 
that  led  to  success,  in  whatever  direction,  is  very  clearly  pointed 
out.  Much  light  under  this  head  is  given  in  the  chapter  devoted  to 
jihrenoiogy. 


The  Examples  presented  through  the  struggles  of  inventors, 
including  lltnve,  Ctoodyear,  Stephenson,  Watt,  and  multitudes  of 
others  celebrated  for  triumphs  in  war,  finance,  exploration,  science, 
literature  and  art,  are  worthy  of  careful  study  and  imitation  by  the 
young  who  aspire  to  supremacy. 

General  Matter.  The  chapters  relatingto  the  History  and  Beliefs 
of  the  Cireat  Denominations;  the  Illustrated  Darwinian  Philosophy, 
showing  the  world's  progress  at  different  epochs  of  time;  the  depart- 
ment devoted  to  Astronomy,  presenting  the  subject  in  simple  lan- 
guage, clearly  illustrated;  the  chapter  relating  to  Phrenology,  accom- 
panied by  views  and  diagrams  of  beads;  the  portion  concerning 
Household  Decoration  and  that  treating  of  Landscape  Gardening, 
all  profusely  illustrated,  are  each  intensely  interesting  and  instructive. 

The  Scope  of  the  work  it  is  impossible  to  enumerate  here ; 
suffice  it  to  say  eleven  pages  are  devoted  to  giving  the  table  of  con- 
tents. The  range  of  the  work  includes  the  men  who  have  formed 
the  religions  beliefs,  that  have  been  brilliant  lights  in  the  commercial 
world,  that  have  wrought  great  improvements,  that  have  discovered 
new  continents,  that  have  opened  the  book  of  science,  that  have 
made  the  people  happy  through  laughter,  that  have  written  our 
sweetest  songs,  that  have  produced  the  most  thrilling  tales,  that  have 
presented  the  world  the  most  truthful  portraitures  with  the  brush 
and  chisel,  and  that  have  stirred  the  liearts  of  the  people  through 
powerful  oratory. 

The  Typographic  Display  "f  the  Album  is  a  distinguishing 
feature  of  the  book.  In  elegant,  artistic  finish  it  is  without  a  rival, 
the  secret  of  its  superior  embellishment  lying  in  the  fact  that  the 
power  to  produce  the  book  mechanically  rests  with  the  author,  who, 
by  his  knowledge  of  the  artistic,  is  able  to  produce  the  matter  in 
such  attractive  form. 


SOLD    BY    SUBSCRIPTION    ONLY.       AGENTS    WANTED. 


Ijj^jllIE  l)ook  is  T)nl)lislic(l  by  tlic  Kill  Standtird  Book  Co.,  in  Chicago,  111.,  on  heavy  tinted 
Vl(r  f'lipfi'-fidendered  paper,  in  various  styles  of  elcfrant  l)indii\ij:.  Full  int'ormation  concern- 
J;'^^-;  ing  terms  to  agents,  territory  in  which  they  may  sell  the  booh,  etc.,  can  be  learned  by 
addressing 

HILL  STANDARD  BOOK  CO..  Publishers. 

103  state  Street,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


OPINIONS   OF   THE    PRESS. 


The   newspapers  of  the  country  have  been  of  one  voice  in  the  praise  of  Hill's    Manual.      The 
follovvinsj  testimonials  are  a  few  of  the  liundreds  of  similar  character. 


=§^3«= 


IN    NEW    ENGLAND. 


From  the  Boston  Heral<i. 

"A  very  valuable  volume  is  'Hill's  Manual 
of  Social  "and  Business  Forms.'  It  is  a  large 
quarto,  handsomely  produced  as  far  as  externals 
are  concerned,  liut  not  less  attractive  and  desira- 
ble on  account  of  Its  contents,  for,  from  its  pa^es 
tlie  self-instructing-  student  can  become  lainiliar 
with  all  the  forms  in  general  use,  and  almost 
everything  that  a  person  should  know  in  this 
practical  age." 

From  the  Nashua  (N.  H.)  Telegraph. 

*' '  Hill's  Manual '  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
and  useful  books  ever  published.  It  is  a  book 
for  everybody,  man,  woman  and  child.  No  one 
can  fail  to  find  much  in  it  that  is  both  entertain- 
ing and  instructive,  and  that  can  be  applied  to 
practical  use.     It  is  an  eminently  useful  book  for 

Eublic  or  private  libraries,  and  a  most  valuable 
ook  for  study  and  reference  by  every  man  in 
every  possible  business.  No  book  on  this  con- 
tinent was  ever  gotten  up  with  such  exquisite 
taste  in  its  mechanical  execution,  and  certainly 
none  that  will  be  of  greater  value  to  the  masses 
of  men  and  women  —  old  and  young.  Whoever 
purchases  the  book  will  have  in  it  alone  a  valu- 
able library  at  very  small  cost." 

From  the  .Suffolk  Co.  (Mass.)  Journal. 

"Of  its  inestimable  value  one  cannot  judge 
fully  without  examining  the  work.  Many  of  tlie 
most  eminent  men  in  our  country  have  given  it 
their  unqualified  praise,  having  bought  and  used 
it,  and  the  general  sentiment  among  them  is,  that 
having  once  possessed  it  and  become  acquainted 
with  its  worth,  they  could  hardly  be  induced  to 
part  with  it  at  any  price.  Among  those  in  this 
section  of  country  are  Gov.  Gaston,  Gov.  Rice, 
C.  G.  Atwood  of  the  Boston  Board  of  Trade,  G. 
A.  Somerhv,  Esq.,  and  many  others.  The  lead- 
ing educational  men  of  our  country  speak  of  it 
in  the  same  terms  of  praise." 

From  the  Fall  River  (Mass.)  Border 
City  Herald. 

**  'Hill's  M.\nual  of  Social  and  Business 
Forms.' — This  is  a  valuable  new  work  of  real 
excellence,  and  forms  a  manual  comprehending 
instructions  and  examples  to  guide  the  scholar, 
the  man  of  business,  the  teacher,  and  the  general 
pulilic  in  everybranchof  enterprise  over  the  wide 
domain  of  human  effort.  The  work  is  of  the  most 
varied  character,  and  supplies  alike  the  wants  of 
the  old  and  the  demands  of  the  young  in  every 
phase  of  human  life.  We  assure  all  who  pur- 
chase this  work  that  a  more  elegant,  useful,  and 
comprehensive  volume  of  instructions  and  ex- 
amples, suiting  all  ages  and  conditions  in  life  in 
botn  sexes,  has  never  been  laid  upon  our  tables." 

From  the  Cambridge  (Mass.)  Chronicle. 
*'  'Hill's  Manual  of  Social  ajtd  Business 
Forms'  is  one  of  the  most  useful  volumes  ever 
pl.aced  upon  tlie  desk  of  a  business  or  profes- 
sional man,  or  upon  the  table  of  a  drawing-room. 
It  is  a  perfect  treasure  of  valuable  and  practical 
information  on  social  and  business  topics,  which 
are  of  immense  importance  to  every  one.  The 
items  confined  within  the  limits  of  the  book  em- 
brace instructions  and  guides  for  the  city  officer, 
student,  politician,  clergvman,  phvsician,  clerk. 
In  fact,  every  person  who  is  in  business  or 
engaged  in  any  callingwhatever,  will  findinfor- 
mation  as  to  the  proper  manner  in  which  to 
write  any  document  entering  into  the  various 
social  and  business  relations  of  life." 


IN  THE   MIDDLE   STATES.   IN  THE  WEST  AND  SOUTH 


From  the  Phrenological  (N,  Y.)  Journal. 

"This  work  is  exceedingly  comprehensive. 
The  author  has  evidently  aimed  to  cover  all  the 
departments  of  practical  life  in  which  the  pen  is 
an  essential  instrumentility,  and  his  endeavor 
has  not  failed  of  eminent  success  in  producing 
a  most  useful  book.  We  have  been  informed 
that  upward  of  50,000  copies  have  been  sold  in 
a  short  time;  and  no  wonder,  as  it  is  such  a 
work  as  an  agent  can  tilk  about,  if  talk  be  at 
all  necessary  besides  its  examination." 

From  the  Akron  (Ohio)  Beacon. 

"I.et  it  be  placed  where  young  people  may 
have  access  to  it;  and  in  the  hands  of  every 
family,  where  children  can,  as  it  were,  grow  up 
with  it,  so  that  its  principles  may  become  a  kind 
of  second  nature  to  them,  and  many  a  stream 
will  be  bridged  which  would  otherwise  separate 
them  from  positions  in  both  social  and  business 
life,  which  by  nature  they  are  fitted  to  fill.  The 
work  cerUiinly  belongs  to  the  list  of  articles 
which  shoulci  be  considered  a  necessity  in 
every  household,  and  a  timely,  helping  hand  to 
those  of  mature  years." 

From  the  Easton  (Penn.)  Free  Press. 

*'  '  Hill's  Manual '  is  a  work  of  which  no  writ- 
ten description  can  give  a  properly  adequate 
idea.  It  must  be  examined,  that  its  merits  may 
be  appreciated.  The  author  seems  to  have 
studied  the  wants  of  almost  every  person  and 
family,  and  more  perfectly  met  these  wants  than 
it  would  seem  possible  to  do  in  volumes;  and 
yet  we  find  it  in  one  compact  book,  which  comes 
within  the  reach  of  all." 

From  the  Syracuse  (N,  Y.)  Daily  Journal. 

"It  has  often  been  remarked  of  individuals 
that  '  they  have  forgotten  more  in  a  minute  ' 
than  others  have  learned  in  a  lifetime.  AA'hether 
the  remark  is  to  b>E  taken  is  a  compliment  to  the 
former  or  a  reflection  upon  the  latter,  matters  not 
particularlv,  since  it  is  a  well-known  fact,  and 
one  most  frequently  and  sincerely  regretted  by 
evervbody,  that  thousands  of  little  things  that 
contribute  to  daily  pleasure,  convenience  or 
knowledge  are  jtbsolutely  forgotten  and  beyond 
recall  at  the  very  moment  when  most  they  are 
needed.  What  heart  burnings  what  vexation  of 
spirit  would  6e  averted,  what  incalcidable  ma- 
terial benefits,  even,  would  often  accrue  were 
there  at  our  elbow  some  monitor,  visible  or  in- 
visible, embodying  in  its  inexhaustible  resources 
the  miiltmn  in  parz'O  which  forgetful  mortals 
crave. 

"Such  a  mentor,  nearlv  if  not  altogether  in- 
fallible, has  been  provided  in  'Hill's  Manual  of 
Social  and  Business  Forms  and  Guide  to  Correct 
Writing,'  a  copy  of  which  lies  before  us.  and 
the  examination  of  which  suggests  the  fitness 
of  the  above  title.  Its  external  appearance  and 
internal  composition  fit  it.  in  all  respects,  to  be 
the  guide  of  young  and  old,  male  and  female, 
business  man  of  whatever  trade,  calling  or  pro- 
fession, and  man  of  leisure,  dunce  and  scholar. 
'  Hill's  Manual '  best  speaks  for  itself,  for  its 
compactness,  brevity  and  comprehensiveness 
brings  ■within  ^  severs  thousands  upon  thou- 
sands of  items  of  information  in  dailv  practical 
use,  the  topical  enumeration  of  which,  in  the 
general  index,  occupies  seven  pages. 

"  The  book  is  a  marvel-of  patience  and  pains- 
taking care.  It  is  the  work  of  years,  and  a  tri- 
umph at  last.  No  more  useful  book  can  be 
found  in  existence." 


From  the  Chicago  Evening  Journal, 
March  8,  I87(i. 

"The  people  of  Aurora,  III.,  yesterday  elected 
Thomas  E,  Hill  mayor  of  their  city,  without 
opposition.  The  press  and  the  people  unani- 
mously declared  him  to  be  so  eminently  fitted 
for  the  place,  by  wealth,  public  spirit  and  enter- 
prise, that  all  classes  united  in  choosing  him  for 
the  place,  irrespective  of  party  or  political  feel- 
ing. Though  formerly,  for  several  years,  en- 
gaged in  teaching,  Mr.  Hill  has  latterly  made 
]our:ialism  his  profession.  He  is  best  known  to 
the  world,  however,  as  the  author  of  'Hill's 
Manual  of  Social  and  Business  Forms,'  a  book 
which,  though  a  very  large  volume,  has  had  the 
remarkable  sale  of  over  50,000  copies  in  a  very 
brief  time." 

From  the  Chicago  Evening  P<»st. 

"One  of  the  most  useful  volumes  that  was 
ever  hud  upon  the  counting-room  desk  or  the 
drawing-room  table,  is  '  Hill's  Manual  of  Busi- 
ness Forms.'  It  is  a  perfect  treasury  of  knowl- 
edge ;  a  complete  encyclopicdia  of  practical  in- 
formation. Scanning  the  table  of  contents,  it 
is  puzzling  to  conceive  how  so  much  can  have 
been  crowded  into  the  confines  of  a  single  book 
—  impossible  to  believe  that  the  half  which  is 
there  promised  can  be  fulfilled.  But  turning 
over  the  pages,  one  bv  one,  observing  the  freight 
thev  bear,  the  method  of  its  arrangement,  its 
variety  and  completeness,  incredulity  is  suc- 
ceeded by  astonishment  and  admiration.  'I  he- 
work  is  a  marvel  of  ingenuity  and  industn',  a 
prodigy  of  patient  and  skillful  labor." 

The  Preston  (Minn.)  Republican  says; 

"Hill's  Manual,  as  a  whole,  is  the  outgrowth 
of  many  years  of  preparation,  the  object  of  the 
author  being  to  give  in  a  concise  form,  and  in  one 
compendium,  much  that  has  been  heretofore  in- 
accessible, and  also  much  that  could  be  obtained 
elsewhere  only  at  great  cost,  thus  placing  this 
important  information  in  convenient  form  for 
ready  reference,  within  the  reach  of  all.  In  the 
varied  departments  of  practical,  every-day  life, 
it  will  be  found  at  once  the  faithful  tutor,  the 
reliable  guide,  and  the  safe  adviser. 

"  For  the  business  man  or  mechanic,  the  pro- 
fessional man  or  farmer,  for  ever\-  ladv,  the  stu- 
dent, the  young  or  old,  and  pre-eminently  for 
the  family,  the  work  has  never  had  its  equal,  as 
regards  real  practical  utility, 

"Meeting  an  existing  want  among  all  classes 
of  people,  the  sale  of  the  work  at  the  present 
time,  in  proportion  to  the  population,  has  rarely, 
if  ever,  been  equaled  by  any  other  work,  even 
in  the  most  prosperous  years  of  the  last  decade." 

From  the  Louisville  Commercial. 

"  Hill's  Manual. — We  learn  that  this  useful 
book  is  meeting  with  the  favor  it  so  well  de- 
serves. It  is  a  peculiar  work,  in  the  respect  that 
no  description  will  give  a  person  a  true  idea  of 
it.  owing  to  the  diversity  of  subjects  treated  ; 
hence,  only  those  who  examine  the  work  can 
really  appreciate  it.  We  are  all.  to  some  extent, 
specialists,  having  given  more  attention  to  some 
one  line  of  business  or  study,  leaving  other  mat- 
ters of  equal  importance  but  partially  covered; 
and  iust  here  this  work  will  be  found  to  meet  a 
want  which  almost  every  one  has  felt.  It  cer- 
tainly belongs  to  the  list  of  articles  \vhich  should 
be  considered  a  necessity  in  every  office  and  li- 
bran.',  and  is  a  helping  hand  to  those  of  mature 
years." 


COMMENDATIONS 

TROM 

DISTINGUISHED  EDUCATORS  AND  EMINENT  MEN. 

NO  work  of  an  educational  character,  of  late  years,  has  met  with  such  universal  approval  from 
teachers  and  learned  men  as  this.  While  the  book  is  most  warmly  welcomed  by  the 
illiterate,  it  is  equally  sought  for  by  the  educated.  Hundreds  of  testimonials  from  distinguished 
individuals  mi2:ht  be  criven  similar  to  the  following: 


From  Samuel  Fellows,  ex-State  Supt. 
Pub.  Schools,  Wisconsin. 

"I  am  hig'hlv  delig'hted  with  the  plan  and 
exfCution  ol   Hill's  Manual." 

From  Prof.  J.  G.  Cross,  Principal  of 
the  Northwestern  Business  College, 
Naperville,  111. 

"It  is  a  most  valuable  book,  which  ought  to 
be  multiplied  as  many  times  as  there  are  families 
in  the  United  States.  1  have  adopted  it  as  a 
book  of  daily  reference  for  our  business  stu- 
dents." 


From  Theodore  B.  Boyd,  Principal  of 
the  Louisville  Commercial  College, 

"I  have  examined  'Hill's  Manual  of  Social 
and  Business  Forms.'  and  am  surprised  at  tlie 
amount  of  useful  information  contained  in  one 
volume.  Prof.  IJiU  seems  to  have  studied  the 
wants  ifi  every  one.  It  is  one  of  the  most  use- 
ful books  that  was  ever  laid  upon  the  counting^- 
room  desk  or  the  drawing-room  table." 

From  D.  S.  Burns,  Supt.  Pub.  Schools, 
Harrisburg,  Pa, 

"  I  know  of  no  work  that  contains  so  great  a 
variety  of  valuable  information  on  social  and 
business  tojiics  as  '  Hill's  Manual  of  Social  and 
Business  Forms.'  I  think  it  a  work  of  special 
value  to  those  who  have  not  had  opportunities 
of  an  extended  school  course,  or  becoming 
familiar  by  contact  with  the  conventioniUities 
of  society." 

From  Wm.  Cornell,  Supt.  Pub.  Schools 
in  Fall  Kiver,  Mass. 

"  I  most  cheerfully  recommend  "Hill's  Man- 
ual of  Social  and  Business  Forms  '  as  a  very  full 
work  on  the  various  'Forms'  which  every  per- 
son is  likely  to  have  occasion  to  use  in  his  rela- 
tions with  persons  in  society.  A  thorough  study 
of  the  'book'  by  our  young  .men  and  women 
would  repay  them  by  their  acquiring  a  large 
fund  of  very  valuable  and  practical  knowledge 
from  its  pages.  It  should  meet  with  a  large 
circulation." 

From  1V[.  M.  Ballou,  nistingnished  Au- 
thor, formerly  l*ublisher  of  "Boston 
iiUthv,"  "  Ballou's  Monthly,"  etc. 

"'  Hill's  Manual  *  is  one  of  those  indispensa- 
ble books  of  reference  which  both  business  men 
and  families  should  always  have  at  hand.  It  is 
such  a  natural  outgrowth  ot"  the  spirit  of  the 
age  to  condense  and  put  in  availal)le  form  im- 
porL'int  information  upon  every  subject,  that, 
while  we  arc  much  gratified  to  possess  this  vol- 
ume, we  arc  also  surprised  that  such  a  book  has 
not  before  been  produced.  It  is  exactly  what  its 
title  indicates,  a  book  of  'Social  and  Business 
Forms  ' ;  but  it  would  require  too  nuirh  space  to 
give  even  a  synopsis  of  this  valuable  compen- 
dium of  instruction  and  important  knowledge." 


From  D.  P.  Lindsley,  Author  of  Linds- 
ley's  System  of  Tachygraphy,  Ando- 
ver,  Mass. 

"'Hill's  Manual'  is  re.illy  the  most  compre- 
hensive, thorough  and  elegant  volume,  treating 
on  'Social  and  Business  bornis,'  that  has  ever 
been  issued  in  this  country." 

From  Gov.  Gaston,  of  Massachusetts. 

" '  Hill's  Manual  of  Social  and  Business 
Forms'  contains  much  valuable  and  useful  in- 
formation.  I  think  ;'/  vjell  meets  a  ftthli'c  wont, 
and  can  therefore  be  safely  and  properly  com- 
mended to  public  favor." 

From  President  McCollister,  of  Buch- 
tel  College,  Akron,  Oliio. 

"  '  Hill's  Manual  '  is  a  timely  book,  meeting 
a  public  want  which  has  not  been  filled  before. 
Every  tamily  should  own  this  book.  It  contains 
information  important  and  useful  to  all  classes. 
1  feel  all  who  examine  it  will  want  it." 

From  Wm.  M.  Cubery,  of  Cubery  &  Co., 
Publishers  of  the  *•  Pacific  Church- 
man," San  Francisco,  Cal. 

" '  Hill's  Manual  of  Social  and  Business 
Forms'  is  not  only  a  luxurv,  hut  a  necessity  — 
eminently  serviceable  in  the  social  circle,  and 
indispensable  to  the  man  of  business  who 
would  save  time  and  money.  I  keep  a  copy 
in  my  counting-room  for  ready  reference." 

From  Stephen  Walkley,  Treasurer  of 
the  Peck,  Stow  &  AVilcox  Co.,  South- 
ington.  Conn. 

"Hill's  Manual  is  remarkable  as  containing  a 
great  varictv  of  forms  for  numberless  little  things 
which  all  people  have  to  do  at  sometime  in  their 
lives,  but  which  most  peojile  do  so  seldom  that 
thev  entirely  forget  the  methods  in  ordinary  use, 
and  do  them  awkwardlv  or  not  at  all.  I  have 
known  even  well-educated  persons  travel  one  or 
two  miles  to  have  a  subscription  paper  drawn, 
just  for  the  lack  of  such  a  book  as  this.  I  am 
surprised  at  the  great  scope  of  the  work,  and 
have  yet  to  discover  anv  social  or  business  form 
needed  by  people  in  the  ordinary  walks  of  life 
which  is  not  there  given." 

From  Newton  Batenian.  ex-State  Supt. 
of  Public  Schools,  IMinois. 

"Knox  College,  Galeshuko,  III. 
"  'TTIlI's  Manual  of  Social  and  Business 
Forms'  is  the  best  and  most  complete  work  of 
the  kind  that  has  yet  fallen  under  my  notice. 
Indeed  I  do  not  see  how  it  could  well  be  more 
comprehensive  and  exhaustive  in  respect  to  the 
matters  of  which  it  treats.  It  contains,  in  com- 
paratively small  compass,  an  immense  amount 
of  usefuf  information  upon  a  great  variety  of 
practical  matters,  general  and  special,  with 
which  every  person  in  every  community  ought 
to  be  accpMinted." 


From  Geo.  Soule,  President  of  Soule's 
Commercial  and  Literary  Institute, 
New  Orleans. 

"I  am  pleased  to  say  that  I  regard  'Hill's 
Manual  '  as  one  of  the  most  valuable  works  for 
all  classes  of  society  which  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury has  produced.'* 


From  Prof,  Worthy  Putnam,  Author  of 
Putnam's  Elocution  and  Oratory,  Ber- 
rien Springs,  Mich. 

"  .  have  bought  Hill's  Manual  —  I  like  it  —  I 
admire  it;  and  so  says  my  household.  It  is  a 
little  encyclopiedia  of  use,  ornament,  and  knowl- 
edge for  both  men  and  women.  It  is  a  gem  of 
authorship,  artistic  execution  and  usefulness." 

From  the  venerable  Jared  P.  Kirtland, 
M.D.,  LL.D. 

"After  a  thorolgh  and  critical  examina- 
tion of  'Hill's  Manual,'  I  have  subscribed  for 
three  copies:  one  to  accompany  Webster's  Una- 
bridged Dictionary  on  my  writing  desk  for  my 
own  use,  the  others  for  my  two  eldest  great- 
grandsons.  *  *  *  It  should  he  in  the  posses- 
sion of  every  class  of  persons,  from  the  young 
student  to  the  most  active  business  man  or 
woman."  Jaked  P.  Kirtland. 

President  Grant  Subscribes. 

The  agent  of  Hill's  Manual  at  Long  Branch 
writes  :  "  By  ten  a.  m.  I  was  at  the  president's 
cottage,  tipped  and  doffed  my  hat,  announced 
my  business,  when  the  president  promptly  said 
he  did  not  want  to  subscribe.  I  obtainetl  per- 
mission to  show  it  to  him,  and  did  so  very  hur- 
riedly. At  the  conclusion,  he  took  mv  specimen 
copy,  paid  me  the  cash,  and  added  his  name  to 
my  autograph  book," 

From  Major  Merwin, Editor  "American 
Journal  of  Kducation,"  St.  Louis. 

"After  having  given  '  Hill's  Manual '  a  very 
careful  and  thornugli  examination,  I  do  not  hesi- 
tate to  say  that  it  will  be  found  one  of  the  most 
useful arn\  /'raftiral  W'ovkfi  to  put  into  the  schools 
of  the  country  tliat  has  ever  been  published.    It 

IS  A  KIT  AND  ALMOST  INDISPENSABLE  COMPANION 

TO  Webster's  UNABRinoKD  Dictionary  ;  con- 
taining in  a  compact  form  just  those  things  every 
person  who  transacts  any  business  needs  to 
know.  There  is  scarcely  a  subject  which  comes 
within  the  purview  of  any  individual,  cither  in 
public  or  private  lile,  but  what  is  cxplait>ed  in 
this  elegant  volume.  If  it  could  be  consulted  in 
the  drawini;  up  of  contracts,  nearly  all  the  mis- 
takes which  occur  might  be  avoided,  and  the  ill 
feelintj  and  litigation  growing  out  of  misunder- 
standings wouul  be  a  thing  of  the  past.  I  wish 
every  person  in  the  State  could  be  supplied  witli 
a  copy." 


SOLD  ONLY  BY  SUBSCRIPTION,  and  not  at  Bookstores.     AGENTS  WANTED.     Address,  for  terras, 

HILL   STANDAIU)  1500K  ( ().,   Pul.lislicis, 

No.  103  State  Street,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


Bn  ailUads  of  fije  ^ 
United  States 


Eo  Ivepresent  fije 
Intecests  of 


AfjlLOFI 


HIS  Book  is  attaining  an  immense  circulation, 
tlie  printing  of  thie  twenty-seventh  edition  having 
been  called  for  within  a  short  period  from  the 
time  of  its  first  publication;  and  its  sale  is  con- 
stantly increasing  with  unparalleled  rapidity,  the 
prospect  being  that  in  time  it  will  reach  nearly 
every  household  in  the  land. 


SPECIAL  feature  of  this  book  favorable  to 
agents,  is,  that  it  has  a  more  rapid  sale  in  any 
locality  the  more  fully  people  become  acquainted 
with  its  merits.  A  second  and  third  canvass  of  a 
town  is  more  profitable  to  the  agent  than  the 
first.  J^of  terms  to  agfnfg.  address  Hill  Standard 
Book  Co.,  Publishers,  10:i  State  St.,  C/iicago,  III. 


COMMEITDATIOITS-    jj^ 


The  following  are  brief  extracts  from  hundreds  of  similar  notices  received  from  the  press  and  the  people. 


WHAT   NEWSPAPERS  SAY. 


From  the  '*  Statesman,"  Austin,  Texas, 

"  It  is  a  book  that  no  professional  or  business 
man  ougnt  to  be  witbuut." 


From  the  "  Churchman,"  San  Francisco, 

Cal. 

"  The  work  Is  having  the  rapid  sale  which  its 
intrinsic  vaiue  shouiU  inspire." 


From   the  **  Women's   Exponent,"   Salt 
Lake  City. 

"We  view  it  as  one  of  the  best  books  of  its 
kind  ever  brought  to  our  notice." 


From  the  **  Detroit  Free  Press." 

"This  l)ook  disarms  criticism  by  carefuliy  re- 
fraining from  promising  too  much,  and  as  care- 
fully performing  all  that  it  promises." 


From  the  "  Daily  Times,"  Denver,  Col, 

"The  book  is  an  original,  elegant,  and  won- 
derfullv  comprehensive  volume,  alike  indis- 
pensable in  every  home,  counting-room  and 
office." 

From  the  "Republican,"  Red  Wing, 
Minn. 

"No  one  can  Imagine  the  amountof  Informa- 
tion there  is  In  this  book  from  Its  title.  It  is 
clearly  thf  fuiiil;uiH'ii(;il  prinriiilos  of  a  Cnni- 
niiTcilil  ('(illrt^'.-.  cnll.'il.'il  ami  Ixuniil.  so  you  r^'an 
carry  it  homi-  with  juii  to  In-  studied  at  yuur 
leisure." 


From  the  *'  Chicago  Tribune." 

*' Prof.  Hill  lias  clone  an  excellent  service  in 
preparing  so  splendid  a  work.  With  it  at  hand, 
one  need  never  lie  at  a  loss  for  the  form  to  do  al- 
most any  ordinary  business  correctly,  or  to 
prepare  a  note  or  an  answer  to  the  niany  and 
varied  calls  of  social  life.  We  predict  for  it 
great  popularity  and  an  extensive  sale." 


OPINIONS    OF    PROMINENT 
MEN. 


From  Hon.  Schuyler  Colfax,  late  Vice- 
President  of  the  United  States. 

South  I!e>'i>,  im>. 

MtDearSir:  I  have  examined  with  interest, 
and  also  with  surprise,  your  "Manual  of  Social 
and  Busiut'ss  Konns,"  and  find  it  really  an  en- 
cyclojiedia  of  information  of  all  kinds,  needed 
in  social  or  husiness  life,  admirably  arranged 
and  handsomely  illustrated,  forming  tin-  most 
comprehensive  and  satisfactory  work  of  tin' 
kind  I  have  ever  seen.  It  ought  to  be  in  every 
library  and  counting-room,  and  the  longer  it  is 
examined  and  used,  the  more  highly  it  will  be 
appreciated.  Yours  truly. 

SCHtTYLER  COLFAX. 

Prof.Thos.  E.  Hill,  Chicago,  111. 


From    Prof.  A.  Freese.    formerly   Sup't 
of  Schools*  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

"Hill's  Manual  Is  no  ordinary  affair.  This 
you  will  see  after  examining  it  five  minutes. 
For  a  young  man  who  wants  to  know  how  busi- 
ness is  done,  how  to  put  things  in  good  shape, 
and  the  right  shape,  this  book  is  invalualdr. 
He  could  afford  to  pay  $50  for  it,  in  cast-  li.c.uid 
not  get  it  for  less.  If  I  could  have  found  stnli  a 
work  in  my  boyhood,  my  blunders  would  have 
been  less,  and  my  greenness  less  apparent  when 
I  struck  out  Into  this  sharp  and  critical  world." 

From  W.  AV.  Chandler,   <}eneral   Agent 
Star  Uniou  Liue,  Chicago. 

Chicago,  III. 

It  is  indeed  a.  ivonderful  production,  and  I  am 
more  and  more  astonished  at  the  great  variety 
and  vast  amount  of  practical  information  it 
contains.  No  young  man  can  afford  to  be  with- 
out a  copy,  and  the  Information  it  contains  is 
equally  valuable  and  essential  to  every 
LADY  IN  THE  LAND.  An  ofer  of  a  hundred 
dollars  ^or  the  hook,  or  even  fli^e  times  that  svm, 
would  7iot  buy  it  from  me.  tvere  it  an  ijnpossi- 
bility  to  procure  another  copy. 

Hill's     Mantal    is    emphaticallt    the 

MOST  complete.  COMPREHENSIVE,  AND  RE- 
LIABLE WORK  OF  THE  KIND  EVER  PUBLISHED, 
BEYOND  THE  SHADOW  OF  A  DODBT. 


WHAT   AGENTS  SAY. 


From  J.  S.  Martin,  Gold  Hill,  Nevada. 

"I  have  canvassed  for  Hill's  Manual  seven 
days,  and  taken  137  orders." 

From  J.  W,  Engrland,  Plain  City.  Utah. 

"The  book  takes  well,  and  the  more  It  is 
known  the  better  it  is  liked." 

From  T.  F.  Graber,  Kenosha,  Wis. 

"I  never  saw  a  book  that  I  could  canvass  for 
with  a  will,  before  I  saw  yours." 

Wm.  H.  Shepard,  San  Francisco,  Cal., 

Writes:  "Our  canvass  in  Denver,  Colorado 
bids  fair  to  reach  350  subscribers."  This  was 
the  second  canvass,  six  mouths  after  the  first. 

H.  B.  Mathevps,  Aurora,  111., 

Says;  "This  Is  the  best  book  in  existence  for 
an  agent  to  sell  in  hard  times,  as  it  enables  peo- 
ple to  save  money  and  make  money;  hence, 
they  cannot  attord  to  be  without  it. 

From  Mrs.  L.  Hoag:,  Hifirh  Forest,  Minn. 

"  We  find  by  recanvassing  after  the  book  has 
been  introduced,  we  can  double  ou  our  sub- 
scribers, and  we  intend  going  over  the  ground 
time  and  again." 


From  Wm.  Bolph,  Laporte  City,  Iowa, 

"I  like  the  business  of  canvassing  for  Hill's 
Manual  first-rate,  because  it  pays,  and  it  is  such 
a  work  as  I  consider  honorable  to  sell,  for  it  is 
equal  to  all  the  agent  can  say  for  it." 


Chas.  S,  Attix,  Camp  Brown,  Wyoming:, 

Inquires  concerning  the  agency  of  HilKs 
Manual,  saving  that  many  who  nave  seen  a  copy 
of  the  booV  Iq  his  possession  desire  it,  and 
adds:  "I  have  been  offered  ten  dollars  for  the 
copy  I  have,  but  would  not  part  for  it  for  double 
that  amount." 


(over.) 


CT 

10'  ■ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Santa  Barbara  College  Library 
Goleta,  California 

Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed. 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


irnia 

ARY  FACILITY 
17  .   Box  951388 
A  90095-1388 

which  it  was  borrowed. 


20m-10,'56(C2250s4)476 


